diff --git a/VTKConverter/.gitignore b/VTKConverter/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..815aa45a --- /dev/null +++ b/VTKConverter/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +.vs/ +VTKConverter/bin/ +VTKConverter/obj/ +*.csproj +*.csproj.user \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/.suo b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/.suo deleted file mode 100644 index 3ed588e9..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/.suo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/db.lock b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/db.lock deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide deleted file mode 100644 index 61951f91..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-shm b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-shm deleted file mode 100644 index 19c3284c..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-shm and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-wal b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-wal deleted file mode 100644 index f3337c14..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-wal and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/.suo b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/.suo deleted file mode 100644 index c3bcf4ef..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/.suo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/Server/sqlite3/db.lock b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/Server/sqlite3/db.lock deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide b/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide deleted file mode 100644 index a572b322..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/.vs/VTKConverter/v16/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/.vs/config/applicationhost.config b/VTKConverter/.vs/config/applicationhost.config deleted file mode 100644 index 8b653cb5..00000000 --- a/VTKConverter/.vs/config/applicationhost.config +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1015 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - - -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
-
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
-
- -
-
- -
-
-
- - -
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelConverter.cs b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelConverter.cs index 940756c6..1d546d38 100644 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelConverter.cs +++ b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelConverter.cs @@ -11,16 +11,22 @@ class ModelConverter public void Convert(string inputRootDir, string outputFolder) { - CreateOutputRoot(inputRootDir, outputFolder); var singleModel = new SingleModel(inputRootDir); + + CreateOutputRoot(inputRootDir, outputFolder, singleModel); ConvertSingleModel(singleModel); } - private void CreateOutputRoot(string inputRootDir, string outputFolder) + private void CreateOutputRoot(string inputRootDir, string outputFolder, SingleModel singleModel) { outputRootDir = outputFolder + @"\" + Path.GetFileName(inputRootDir); Directory.CreateDirectory(outputRootDir); File.Copy(inputRootDir + @"\ModelInfo.json", outputRootDir + @"\ModelInfo.json", true); + if (singleModel.Info.IconFileName != null) + { + File.Copy(inputRootDir + @"\" + singleModel.Info.IconFileName, + outputRootDir + @"\" + singleModel.Info.IconFileName, true); + } } private void ConvertSingleModel(SingleModel singleModel) diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelInfoClasses.cs b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelInfoClasses.cs index 92a1a348..17555af6 100644 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelInfoClasses.cs +++ b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/ModelInfoClasses.cs @@ -8,10 +8,16 @@ namespace VTKConverter public class ModelInfo { public string Caption; + // Icon filename. + // Initially (when deserialized from JSON) this is relative to ModelInfo.json, + // but it is converted to an absolute path during SingleModel.ReadInfoFile, + // so most of the code can safely assume it's an absolute filename. + // Must be a PNG file now. + public string IconFileName; public List Layers = new List(); } - // Information about a single layer. + // Information about a single layer.\ public class ModelLayerInfo { public string Caption; diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/AnatomyData.cs b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/AnatomyData.cs index 502a98cd..ec12148a 100644 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/AnatomyData.cs +++ b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/AnatomyData.cs @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ class AnatomyData : ModelData { public AnatomyData(vtkDataSet vtkModel) : base(vtkModel) { - LoadVertices(vtkModel); - LoadIndices(vtkModel); + ImportVertices(vtkModel); + ImportIndices(vtkModel); } } } diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FibreData.cs b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FibreData.cs index 13c04673..0dd4a07a 100644 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FibreData.cs +++ b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FibreData.cs @@ -10,12 +10,12 @@ public FibreData(vtkDataSet vtkModel) : base(vtkModel) { numberOfPoints = vtkModel.GetNumberOfPoints(); ComputePointIndices(numberOfPoints); - LoadVertices(vtkModel); - GetVectors(vtkModel); - GetAngles(vtkModel); + ImportVertices(vtkModel); + ImportVectors(vtkModel); + ImportAngles(vtkModel); } - private void GetVectors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + private void ImportVectors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { Vectors = new double[numberOfPoints][]; @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ private void GetVectors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) } } - private void GetAngles(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + private void ImportAngles(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { Scalars = new double[numberOfPoints][]; vtkPointData pointData = vtkModel.GetPointData(); diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FlowData.cs b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FlowData.cs index f21f8e2b..a7533667 100644 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FlowData.cs +++ b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/FlowData.cs @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -using Kitware.VTK; +using System.Linq; +using Kitware.VTK; namespace VTKConverter.DataImport { @@ -9,12 +10,12 @@ class FlowData : ModelData public FlowData(vtkDataSet vtkModel) : base(vtkModel) { numberOfVertices = vtkModel.GetNumberOfPoints() / 2; - GetLineVerticesAndVectors(vtkModel); + ImportVerticesAndVectors(vtkModel); ComputePointIndices(numberOfVertices); - GetFlowColors(vtkModel); + ImportFlowColors(vtkModel); } - private void GetLineVerticesAndVectors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + private void ImportVerticesAndVectors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { Vertices = new double[numberOfVertices][]; Vectors = new double[numberOfVertices][]; @@ -22,12 +23,14 @@ private void GetLineVerticesAndVectors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) for (int i = 0; i < numberOfVertices * 2; i+=2) { Vertices[currentVertexNumber] = vtkModel.GetPoint(i); - Vectors[currentVertexNumber] = vtkModel.GetPoint(i+1); + Vectors[currentVertexNumber] = vtkModel.GetPoint(i + 1).Zip(vtkModel.GetPoint(i), (vector, vertex) => vector - vertex).ToArray(); + Vertices[currentVertexNumber][2] = -Vertices[currentVertexNumber][2]; + Vectors[currentVertexNumber][2] = -Vectors[currentVertexNumber][2]; currentVertexNumber += 1; } } - private void GetFlowColors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + private void ImportFlowColors(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { // Kitware.VTK.dll automatically scales colours to 0-255 range. Scalars = new double[numberOfVertices][]; diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/ModelData.cs b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/ModelData.cs index bd0ace3d..7eae9305 100644 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/ModelData.cs +++ b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/ModelConversion/VTKImport/DataImport/ModelData.cs @@ -18,17 +18,17 @@ abstract class ModelData public ModelData(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { - LoadBounds(vtkModel); + ImportFrameBounds(vtkModel); } - private void LoadBounds(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + private void ImportFrameBounds(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { double[] boundingCoordinates = vtkModel.GetBounds(); BoundingBox = new double[6] {boundingCoordinates[0], boundingCoordinates[2], -boundingCoordinates[4], boundingCoordinates[1], boundingCoordinates[3], -boundingCoordinates[5]}; } - protected void LoadVertices(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + protected void ImportVertices(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { int numberOfPoints = vtkModel.GetNumberOfPoints(); Vertices = new double[numberOfPoints][]; @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ protected void LoadVertices(vtkDataSet vtkModel) } } - protected virtual void LoadIndices(vtkDataSet vtkModel) + protected virtual void ImportIndices(vtkDataSet vtkModel) { int numberOfCells = vtkModel.GetNumberOfCells(); NumberOfFacetEdges = vtkModel.GetMaxCellSize(); @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ protected virtual void LoadIndices(vtkDataSet vtkModel) int currentIndexNumber = 0; for (int i = 0; i < numberOfCells; i++) { - currentIndexNumber = LoadCellIndices(currentIndexNumber, vtkModel.GetCell(i).GetPointIds()); + currentIndexNumber = ImportCellIndices(currentIndexNumber, vtkModel.GetCell(i).GetPointIds()); } } @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ protected void ComputePointIndices(int numberOfPoints) } } - private int LoadCellIndices(int currentIndexNumber, vtkIdList cellIndices) + private int ImportCellIndices(int currentIndexNumber, vtkIdList cellIndices) { int numberOfIndices = cellIndices.GetNumberOfIds(); for (int j = 0; j < numberOfIndices; j++) diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.csproj b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index b870e928..00000000 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ - - - - - Debug - AnyCPU - {6C6E0406-759B-4E54-9913-E7163B8C674F} - Exe - VTKConverter - VTKConverter - v4.6.1 - 512 - true - true - - - AnyCPU - true - full - false - bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - AnyCPU - pdbonly - true - bin\Release\ - TRACE - prompt - 4 - - - - bin\Kitware.mummy.Runtime.dll - - - bin\Kitware.VTK.dll - - - ..\packages\log4net.2.0.8\lib\net45-full\log4net.dll - - - ..\packages\Newtonsoft.Json.12.0.3\lib\net45\Newtonsoft.Json.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.csproj.user b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.csproj.user deleted file mode 100644 index b94fa021..00000000 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.csproj.user +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ - - - - "C:\Users\mit-kuchnowski\EssentialVision\data\DataFlow\contour_path_lines\vtk" "C:\Users\mit-kuchnowski\EssentialVision\data\DataFlow\contour_path_lines\vtk\test" - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Cosmo.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Cosmo.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a3e17c9e..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Cosmo.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/EventMonitor.exe b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/EventMonitor.exe deleted file mode 100644 index 375a6290..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/EventMonitor.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/FileTree.exe b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/FileTree.exe deleted file mode 100644 index bb940484..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/FileTree.exe and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b37bd287..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkCharts.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkCharts.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 795eced3..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkCharts.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkCommon.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkCommon.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 12dd33bd..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkCommon.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkFiltering.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkFiltering.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 253bffaa..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkFiltering.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGenericFiltering.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGenericFiltering.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 337c3fbc..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGenericFiltering.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGeovis.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGeovis.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bf7ddd74..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGeovis.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGraphics.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGraphics.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1d1f09cd..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkGraphics.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkHybrid.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkHybrid.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bbc69909..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkHybrid.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkIO.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkIO.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3b70f288..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkIO.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkImaging.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkImaging.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index dd8ce132..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkImaging.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkInfovis.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkInfovis.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a05ddf31..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkInfovis.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkParallel.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkParallel.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 98f8756a..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkParallel.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkRendering.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkRendering.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 9a9d80e9..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkRendering.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkViews.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkViews.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index fbae349f..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkViews.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkVolumeRendering.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkVolumeRendering.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 3ba65a58..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkVolumeRendering.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkWidgets.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkWidgets.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 7f1ab615..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.vtkWidgets.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.xml b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.xml deleted file mode 100644 index 0846f103..00000000 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.VTK.xml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,324886 +0,0 @@ - - - - Kitware.VTK - - - - - vtkAbstractContextItem - base class for items that are part of a - vtkContextScene. - - - - Description - This class is the common base for all context scene items. You should - generally derive from vtkContextItem, rather than this class, as it provides - most of the commonly used API. - - - - - vtkObject - abstract base class for most VTK objects - - - Description - vtkObject is the base class for most objects in the visualization - toolkit. vtkObject provides methods for tracking modification time, - debugging, printing, and event callbacks. Most objects created - within the VTK framework should be a subclass of vtkObject or one - of its children. The few exceptions tend to be very small helper - classes that usually never get instantiated or situations where - multiple inheritance gets in the way. vtkObject also performs - reference counting: objects that are reference counted exist as - long as another object uses them. Once the last reference to a - reference counted object is removed, the object will spontaneously - destruct. - - - - - vtkObjectBase - abstract base class for most VTK objects - - - Description - vtkObjectBase is the base class for all reference counted classes - in the VTK. These classes include vtkCommand classes, vtkInformationKey - classes, and vtkObject classes. - - vtkObjectBase performs reference counting: objects that are - reference counted exist as long as another object uses them. Once - the last reference to a reference counted object is removed, the - object will spontaneously destruct. - - Constructor and destructor of the subclasses of vtkObjectBase - should be protected, so that only New() and UnRegister() actually - call them. Debug leaks can be used to see if there are any objects - left with nonzero reference count. - - Caveats - Note: Objects of subclasses of vtkObjectBase should always be - created with the New() method and deleted with the Delete() - method. They cannot be allocated off the stack (i.e., automatic - objects) because the constructor is a protected method. - - - - - vtkObject vtkCommand vtkInformationKey - - - - - Base class for all the mummy wrapped classes in Kitware.VTK. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkCharts' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkCommon' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkFiltering' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkGenericFiltering' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkGeovis' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkGraphics' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkHybrid' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkIO' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkImaging' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkInfovis' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkParallel' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkRendering' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkViews' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkVolumeRendering' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Export layer functions for 'vtkWidgets' are exported from - the DLL named by the value of this variable. - - - - - Constructor expected by the mummy Runtime. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an object with Debug turned off, modified time initialized - to zero, and reference counting on. - - - - - Create an object with Debug turned off, modified time initialized - to zero, and reference counting on. - - - - - Increase the reference count (mark as used by another object). - - - - - Decrease the reference count (release by another object). This - has the same effect as invoking Delete() (i.e., it reduces the - reference count by 1). - - - - - Delete a reference to this object. This version will not invoke - garbage collection and can potentially leak the object if it is - part of a reference loop. Use this method only when it is known - that the object has another reference and would not be collected - if a full garbage collection check were done. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. This method is defined - in all subclasses of vtkObjectBase with the vtkTypeMacro found - in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. This method is defined - in all subclasses of vtkObjectBase with the vtkTypeMacro found - in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. This method is defined - in all subclasses of vtkObjectBase with the vtkTypeMacro found - in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return the current reference count of this object. - - - - - Return 1 if this class is the same type of (or a subclass of) - the named class. Returns 0 otherwise. This method works in - combination with vtkTypeMacro found in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return 1 if this class type is the same type of (or a subclass of) - the named class. Returns 0 otherwise. This method works in - combination with vtkTypeMacro found in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Sets the reference count. (This is very dangerous, use with care.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an object with Debug turned off, modified time initialized - to zero, and reference counting on. - - - - - Create an object with Debug turned off, modified time initialized - to zero, and reference counting on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This method is called when vtkErrorMacro executes. It allows - the debugger to break on error. - - - - - Turn debugging output off. - - - - - Turn debugging output on. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - Get the value of the debug flag. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - Return this object's modified time. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Update the modification time for this object. Many filters rely on - the modification time to determine if they need to recompute their - data. The modification time is a unique monotonically increasing - unsigned long integer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the value of the debug flag. A non-zero value turns debugging on. - - - - - This is a global flag that controls whether any debug, warning - or error messages are displayed. - - - - - Returns the result of calling vtkObject::Print as a C# string. - - - - - Call RemoveAllHandlers on each non-null vtkObjectEventRelay. - TODO: This method needs to get called by the generated Dispose. - Make that happen... - - - - - The AbortCheckEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.AbortCheckEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The AnimationCueTickEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.AnimationCueTickEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The AnyEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.AnyEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The CharEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.CharEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ConfigureEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ConfigureEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ConnectionClosedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ConnectionClosedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ConnectionCreatedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ConnectionCreatedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The CreateTimerEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.CreateTimerEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The CursorChangedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.CursorChangedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The DeleteEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.DeleteEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The DestroyTimerEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.DestroyTimerEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The DisableEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.DisableEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The DomainModifiedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.DomainModifiedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EnableEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EnableEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EndAnimationCueEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EndAnimationCueEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EndEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EndEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EndInteractionEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EndInteractionEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EndPickEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EndPickEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EndWindowLevelEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EndWindowLevelEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The EnterEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.EnterEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ErrorEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ErrorEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ExecuteInformationEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ExecuteInformationEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ExitEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ExitEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ExposeEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ExposeEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The InteractionEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.InteractionEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The KeyPressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.KeyPressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The KeyReleaseEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.KeyReleaseEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The LeaveEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.LeaveEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The LeftButtonPressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.LeftButtonPressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The LeftButtonReleaseEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.LeftButtonReleaseEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The MiddleButtonPressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.MiddleButtonPressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The MiddleButtonReleaseEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.MiddleButtonReleaseEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ModifiedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ModifiedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The MouseMoveEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.MouseMoveEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The MouseWheelBackwardEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.MouseWheelBackwardEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The MouseWheelForwardEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.MouseWheelForwardEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The PickEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.PickEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The PlacePointEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.PlacePointEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The PlaceWidgetEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.PlaceWidgetEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ProgressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ProgressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The PropertyModifiedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.PropertyModifiedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The RegisterEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.RegisterEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The RenderEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.RenderEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The RenderWindowMessageEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.RenderWindowMessageEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ResetCameraClippingRangeEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ResetCameraClippingRangeEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ResetCameraEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ResetCameraEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The ResetWindowLevelEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.ResetWindowLevelEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The RightButtonPressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.RightButtonPressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The RightButtonReleaseEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.RightButtonReleaseEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The SelectionChangedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.SelectionChangedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The SetOutputEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.SetOutputEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The StartAnimationCueEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.StartAnimationCueEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The StartEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.StartEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The StartInteractionEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.StartInteractionEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The StartPickEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.StartPickEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The StartWindowLevelEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.StartWindowLevelEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The TimerEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.TimerEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The UnRegisterEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.UnRegisterEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The UpdateEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.UpdateEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The UpdateInformationEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.UpdateInformationEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The UpdatePropertyEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.UpdatePropertyEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The VolumeMapperComputeGradientsEndEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.VolumeMapperComputeGradientsEndEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The VolumeMapperComputeGradientsProgressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.VolumeMapperComputeGradientsProgressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The VolumeMapperComputeGradientsStartEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.VolumeMapperComputeGradientsStartEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The VolumeMapperRenderEndEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.VolumeMapperRenderEndEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The VolumeMapperRenderProgressEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.VolumeMapperRenderProgressEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The VolumeMapperRenderStartEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.VolumeMapperRenderStartEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The WarningEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.WarningEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The WidgetActivateEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.WidgetActivateEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The WidgetModifiedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.WidgetModifiedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The WidgetValueChangedEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.WidgetValueChangedEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The WindowLevelEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.WindowLevelEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - The WrongTagEvt event is invoked when the sender's InvokeEvent method - is called with vtkCommand.EventIds.WrongTagEvent - as the eventId parameter. - - - - - Generic signature for all vtkObject events. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add child items to this item. Increments reference count of item. - \return the index of the child item. - - - - - Remove all child items from this item. - - - - - Get the item at the specified index. - \return the item at the specified index (null if index is invalid). - - - - - Get the number of child items. - - - - - Get the parent item. The parent will be set for all items except top - level items in a tree. - - - - - Get the vtkContextScene for the item, always set for an item in a scene. - - - - - Get the visibility of the item (should it be drawn). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item, called whenever the item needs to be drawn. - - - - - Paint the children of the item, should be called whenever the children - need to be rendered. - - - - - Release graphics resources hold by the item. The default implementation - is empty. - - - - - Remove child item from this item. Decrements reference count of item. - \param item the item to be removed. - \return true on success, false otherwise. - - - - - Remove child item from this item. Decrements reference count of item. - \param index of the item to be removed. - \return true on success, false otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the parent item. The parent will be set for all items except top - level items in a scene. - - - - - Set the vtkContextScene for the item, always set for an item in a scene. - - - - - Set the visibility of the item (should it be drawn). - Visible by default. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkAxis - takes care of drawing 2D axes - - - - Description - The vtkAxis is drawn in screen coordinates. It is usually one of the last - elements of a chart to be drawn. It renders the axis label, tick marks and - tick labels. - - - - - vtkContextItem - base class for items that are part of a vtkContextScene. - - - - Description - Derive from this class to create custom items that can be added to a - vtkContextScene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the opacity of the item. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the opacity of the item. - 1.0 by default. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Use this function to autoscale the axes after setting the minimum and - maximum values. This will cause the axes to select the nicest numbers - that enclose the minimum and maximum values, and to select an appropriate - number of tick marks. - - - - - Get/set the behavior of the axis (auto, fixed, custom). Default is 0 (auto). - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkPen object that controls the way this axis is drawn. - - - - - Get/set whether the axis grid lines should be drawn, default is true. - - - - - Get the vtkTextProperty that governs how the axis lables are displayed. - Note that the alignment properties are not used. - - - - - Get/set whether the axis labels should be visible. - - - - - Get/set whether the axis should use a log scale, default is false. - - - - - Get the logical maximum value of the axis, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Get the logical highest possible value for \a Maximum, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Get the logical minimum value of the axis, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Get the logical lowest possible value for \a Minimum, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Get/set the numerical notation, standard, scientific or mixed (0, 1, 2). - - - - - Get the number of tick marks for this axis. - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkPen object that controls the way this axis is drawn. - - - - - Get point 1 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the origin. - - - - - Get point 1 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the origin. - - - - - Get point 1 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the origin. - - - - - Get point 2 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the terminus. - - - - - Get point 2 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the terminus. - - - - - Get point 2 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the terminus. - - - - - Get/set the position of the axis (LEFT, BOTTOM, RIGHT, TOP, PARALLEL). - - - - - Get/set the numerical precision to use, default is 2. - - - - - A string array containing the tick labels for the axis. - - - - - An array with the positions of the tick marks along the axis line. - The positions are specified in the plot coordinates of the axis. - - - - - An array with the positions of the tick marks along the axis line. - The positions are specified in scene coordinates. - - - - - Get the vtkTextProperty that governs how the axis title is displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the axis, called whenever the axis needs to be drawn. - - - - - Recalculate the spacing of the tick marks - typically useful to do after - scaling the axis. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/set the behavior of the axis (auto, fixed, custom). Default is 0 (auto). - - - - - Get/set whether the axis grid lines should be drawn, default is true. - - - - - Get/set whether the axis labels should be visible. - - - - - Get/set whether the axis should use a log scale, default is false. - - - - - Set the logical maximum value of the axis, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Set the logical highest possible value for \a Maximum, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Set the logical minimum value of the axis, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Set the logical lowest possible value for \a Minimum, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Get/set the numerical notation, standard, scientific or mixed (0, 1, 2). - - - - - Set the number of tick marks for this axis. Default is -1, which leads to - automatic calculation of nicely spaced tick marks. - - - - - Set point 1 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the origin. - - - - - Set point 2 of the axis (in pixels), this is usually the terminus. - - - - - Get/set the position of the axis (LEFT, BOTTOM, RIGHT, TOP, PARALLEL). - - - - - Get/set the numerical precision to use, default is 2. - - - - - Get the logical range of the axis, in plot coordinates. - - - - - Set the tick labels for the axis. - - - - - Set the tick positions (in plot coordinates). - - - - - Update the geometry of the axis. Takes care of setting up the tick mark - locations etc. Should be called by the scene before rendering. - - - - - Enumeration of the axis locations in a conventional XY chart. Other - layouts are possible. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Enumeration of the axis notations available. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Enumeration of the axis behaviors. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBlockItem - a vtkContextItem that draws a block (optional label). - - - - Description - This is a vtkContextItem that can be placed into a vtkContextScene. It draws - a block of the given dimensions, and reacts to mouse events. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the dimensions of the block, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y - coordinate of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and - height. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Get the dimensions of the block, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y - coordinate of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and - height. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Get the dimensions of the block, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y - coordinate of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and - height. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the dimensions of the block, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y - coordinate of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and - height. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0). - - - - - Set the dimensions of the block, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y - coordinate of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and - height. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0). - - - - - vtkBrush - provides a brush that fills shapes drawn by vtkContext2D. - - - - Description - The vtkBrush defines the fill (or pattern) of shapes that are drawn by - vtkContext2D. The color is stored as four unsigned chars (RGBA), where the - opacity defaults to 255, but can be modified separately to the other - components. Ideally we would use a lightweight color class to store and pass - around colors. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Make a deep copy of the supplied brush. - - - - - Get the color of the brush - expects an unsigned char of length 4. - - - - - Get the color of the brush - gives a pointer to the underlying data. - - - - - Get the color of the brush - expects a double of length 4 to copy into. - - - - - Description - Get the texture that is used to fill polygons - - - - - Description - Get the properties associated to the texture - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component unsigned chars (RGB), - ranging from 0 to 255. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component unsigned chars (RGB), - ranging from 0 to 255. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with four component unsigned chars (RGBA), - ranging from 0 to 255. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component doubles (RGB), ranging from - 0.0 to 1.0. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component doubles (RGB), ranging from - 0.0 to 1.0. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with four component doubles (RGBA), ranging from - 0.0 to 1.0. - - - - - Set the opacity with an unsigned char, ranging from 0 (transparent) to 255 - (opaque). - - - - - Set the opacity with a double, ranging from 0.0 (transparent) to 1.0 - (opaque). - - - - - Set the texture that will be used to fill polygons - By default, no texture is set. The image will be registered with the brush - (ref count is incremented) - To disable the texture, set Texture to 0. - - - - - Description - Set properties to the texture - By default, the texture is linearly stretched. - The behavior is undefined when Linear and Nearest are both set - The behavior is undefined when Stretch and Repeat are both set - The behavior is undefined if TextureProperties is 0 - - - - - Description - Texture properties - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkChart - Factory class for drawing 2D charts - - - - Description - This defines the interface for a chart. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a plot to the chart, defaults to using the name of the y column - - - - - Add a plot to the chart. Return the index of the plot, -1 if it failed. - - - - - Remove all plots from the chart. - - - - - Get the mouse button associated with the supplied action. The mouse button - enum is from vtkContextMouseEvent, and the action enum is from vtkChart. - - - - - Get the vtkAnnotationLink for the chart. - - - - - Set/get whether the chart should automatically resize to fill the current - render window. Default is true. - - - - - Get the axis specified by axisIndex. 0 is x, 1 is y. This should probably - be improved either using a string or enum to select the axis. - - - - - Get the mouse button associated with the supplied click action. The mouse - button enum is from vtkContextMouseEvent, and the action enum is from - vtkChart. - - - - - Set/get the width and the height of the chart. - - - - - Set/get the width and the height of the chart. - - - - - Set/get the width and the height of the chart. - - - - - Get the legend for the chart, if available. Can return NULL if there is no - legend. - - - - - Get the number of axes in the current chart. - - - - - Get the number of plots the chart contains. - - - - - Get the plot at the specified index, returns null if the index is invalid. - - - - - Set/get the first point in the chart (the bottom left). - - - - - Set/get the first point in the chart (the bottom left). - - - - - Set/get the first point in the chart (the bottom left). - - - - - Set/get the second point in the chart (the top right). - - - - - Set/get the second point in the chart (the top right). - - - - - Set/get the second point in the chart (the top right). - - - - - Set/get whether the chart should still render its axes and decorations - even if the chart has no visible plots. Default is false (do not render - an empty plot). - - Note that if you wish to render axes for an empty plot you should also - set AutoSize to false, as that will hide all axes for an empty plot. - - - - - Set/get whether the chart should draw a legend. - - - - - Get the vtkTextProperty that governs how the chart title is displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the chart, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Request that the chart recalculates the range of its axes. Especially - useful in applications after the parameters of plots have been modified. - - - - - Remove the plot at the specified index, returns true if successful, - false if the index was invalid. - - - - - Remove the given plot. Returns true if successful, false if the plot - was not contained in this chart. Note, the base implementation of - this method performs a linear search to locate the plot. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Assign action types to mouse buttons. Available action types are PAN, ZOOM - and SELECT in the chart enum, the default assigns the LEFT_BUTTON to - PAN, MIDDLE_BUTTON to ZOOM and RIGHT_BUTTON to SELECT. Valid mouse enums - are in the vtkContextMouseEvent class. - - Note that only one mouse button can be assigned to each action, an action - will have -1 (invalid button) assigned if it had the same button as the one - assigned to a different action. - - - - - Set the vtkAnnotationLink for the chart. - - - - - Set/get whether the chart should automatically resize to fill the current - render window. Default is true. - - - - - Set/get the borders of the chart (space in pixels around the chart). - - - - - Set/get the borders of the chart (space in pixels around the chart). - - - - - Assign action types to single mouse clicks. Available action types are - SELECT and NOTIFY in the chart enum. The default assigns the LEFT_BUTTON - to NOTIFY, and the RIGHT_BUTTON to SELECT. - - - - - Set/get the width and the height of the chart. - - - - - Set/get the width and the height of the chart. - - - - - Set/get the borders of the chart (space in pixels around the chart). - - - - - Set/get the first point in the chart (the bottom left). - - - - - Set/get the first point in the chart (the bottom left). - - - - - Set/get the second point in the chart (the top right). - - - - - Set/get the second point in the chart (the top right). - - - - - Set/get whether the chart should still render its axes and decorations - even if the chart has no visible plots. Default is false (do not render - an empty plot). - - Note that if you wish to render axes for an empty plot you should also - set AutoSize to false, as that will hide all axes for an empty plot. - - - - - Set/get the borders of the chart (space in pixels around the chart). - - - - - Set/get whether the chart should draw a legend. - - - - - Set/get the borders of the chart (space in pixels around the chart). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkChartLegend - draw the chart legend - - - - Description - The vtkChartLegend is drawn in screen coordinates. It is usually one of the - last elements of a chart to be drawn. It renders the the mark/line for each - plot, and the plot labels. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the brush used to draw the legend background. - - - - - Get the chart that the legend belongs to and will draw the legend for. - - - - - Get/set if the legend can be dragged with the mouse button, or not. - True results in left click and drag causing the legend to move around the - scene. False disables response to mouse events. - The default is true. - - - - - Get the horizontal alignment of the legend to the point specified. - - - - - Get/set if the legend should be drawn inline (inside the chart), or not. - True would generally request that the chart draws it inside the chart, - false would adjust the chart axes and make space to draw the axes outside. - - - - - Get the vtkTextProperty for the legend's labels. - - - - - Get the point size of the label text. - - - - - Get the padding between legend marks. - - - - - Get the pen used to draw the legend outline. - - - - - Get point the legend box is anchored to. - - - - - Get point the legend box is anchored to. - - - - - Get point the legend box is anchored to. - - - - - Get the legend symbol width. - - - - - Get the vertical alignment of the legend to the point specified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the axis, called whenever the axis needs to be drawn. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the chart that the legend belongs to and will draw the legend for. - - - - - Get/set if the legend can be dragged with the mouse button, or not. - True results in left click and drag causing the legend to move around the - scene. False disables response to mouse events. - The default is true. - - - - - Set the horizontal alignment of the legend to the point specified. - Valid values are LEFT, CENTER and RIGHT. - - - - - Get/set if the legend should be drawn inline (inside the chart), or not. - True would generally request that the chart draws it inside the chart, - false would adjust the chart axes and make space to draw the axes outside. - - - - - Set the point size of the label text. - - - - - Set the padding between legend marks, default is 5. - - - - - Set point the legend box is anchored to. - - - - - Set point the legend box is anchored to. - - - - - Set the symbol width, default is 15. - - - - - Set the vertical alignment of the legend to the point specified. - Valid values are TOP, CENTER and BOTTOM. - - - - - Update the geometry of the axis. Takes care of setting up the tick mark - locations etc. Should be called by the scene before rendering. - - - - - Get point the legend box is anchored to. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkChart2DHistogram - Chart for 2D histograms. - - - - Description - This defines the interface for a 2D histogram chart. - - - - - vtkChartXY - Factory class for drawing XY charts - - - - Description - This class implements an XY chart. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a plot to the chart, defaults to using the name of the y column - - - - - Adds a plot to the chart - - - - - If true then the axes will be turned on and off depending upon whether - any plots are in that corner. Defaults to true. - - - - - If true then the axes will be turned on and off depending upon whether - any plots are in that corner. Defaults to true. - - - - - Remove all plots from the chart. - - - - - If true then the axes will be drawn at the origin (scientific style). - - - - - If true then the axes will be drawn at the origin (scientific style). - - - - - Description - Force the axes to have their Minimum and Maximum properties inside the - plot boundaries. It constrains pan and zoom interaction. - False by default. - - - - - Description - Force the axes to have their Minimum and Maximum properties inside the - plot boundaries. It constrains pan and zoom interaction. - False by default. - - - - - If true then the axes will be turned on and off depending upon whether - any plots are in that corner. Defaults to true. - - - - - Get the axis specified by axisIndex. This is specified with the vtkAxis - position enum, valid values are vtkAxis::LEFT, vtkAxis::BOTTOM, - vtkAxis::RIGHT and vtkAxis::TOP. - - - - - Set the width fraction for any bar charts drawn in this chart. It is - assumed that all bar plots will use the same array for the X axis, and that - this array is regularly spaced. The delta between the first two x values is - used to calculated the width of the bars, and subdivided between each bar. - The default value is 0.8, 1.0 would lead to bars that touch. - - - - - If true then the axes will be drawn at the origin (scientific style). - - - - - Description - Force the axes to have their Minimum and Maximum properties inside the - plot boundaries. It constrains pan and zoom interaction. - False by default. - - - - - Border size of the axes that are hidden (vtkAxis::GetVisible()) - - - - - Get the vtkChartLegend object that will be displayed by the chart. - - - - - Get the number of axes in the current chart. - - - - - Get the number of plots the chart contains. - - - - - Get the plot at the specified index, returns null if the index is invalid. - - - - - Figure out which quadrant the plot is in. - - - - - Get the vtkTooltipItem object that will be displayed by the chart. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the chart, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Request that the chart recalculates the range of its axes. Especially - useful in applications after the parameters of plots have been modified. - - - - - Remove the plot at the specified index, returns true if successful, - false if the index was invalid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If true then the axes will be turned on and off depending upon whether - any plots are in that corner. Defaults to true. - - - - - Set the width fraction for any bar charts drawn in this chart. It is - assumed that all bar plots will use the same array for the X axis, and that - this array is regularly spaced. The delta between the first two x values is - used to calculated the width of the bars, and subdivided between each bar. - The default value is 0.8, 1.0 would lead to bars that touch. - - - - - If true then the axes will be drawn at the origin (scientific style). - - - - - Description - Force the axes to have their Minimum and Maximum properties inside the - plot boundaries. It constrains pan and zoom interaction. - False by default. - - - - - Border size of the axes that are hidden (vtkAxis::GetVisible()) - - - - - Figure out which quadrant the plot is in. - - - - - Set whether the chart should draw a legend. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D histogram chart - - - - - Creates a 2D histogram chart - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkChartParallelCoordinates - Factory class for drawing 2D charts - - - - Description - This defines the interface for a parallel coordinates chart. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a parallel coordinates chart - - - - - Creates a parallel coordinates chart - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the axis specified by axisIndex. - - - - - Get the number of axes in the current chart. - - - - - Get the number of plots the chart contains. - - - - - Get the plot at the specified index, returns null if the index is invalid. - - - - - Get a list of the columns, and the order in which they are displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the chart, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Request that the chart recalculates the range of its axes. Especially - useful in applications after the parameters of plots have been modified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the visibility of all columns (true will make them all visible, false - will remove all visible columns). - - - - - Description - Set plot to use for the chart. Since this type of chart can - only contain one plot, this will replace the previous plot. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkChartPie - Factory class for drawing pie charts - - - - Description - This class implements an pie chart. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a plot to the chart. - - - - - Add a plot to the chart. Return the index of the plot, -1 if it failed. - - - - - Get the legend for the chart, if available. Can return NULL if there is no - legend. - - - - - Get the number of plots the chart contains. - - - - - Get the plot at the specified index, returns null if the index is invalid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the chart, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the vtkContextScene for the item, always set for an item in a scene. - - - - - Set whether the chart should draw a legend. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkColorLegend - Legend item to display vtkScalarsToColors. - - - Description - vtkColorLegend is an item that will display the vtkScalarsToColors - using a 1D texture, and a vtkAxis to show both the color and numerical range. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Bounds of the item, by default (0, 1, 0, 1) but it mainly depends on the - range of the vtkScalarsToColors function. - - - - - Paint the texture into a rectangle defined by the bounds. If - MaskAboveCurve is true and a shape has been provided by a subclass, it - draws the texture into the shape - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint the texture into a rectangle defined by the bounds. If - MaskAboveCurve is true and a shape has been provided by a subclass, it - draws the texture into the shape - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint the texture into a rectangle defined by the bounds. If - MaskAboveCurve is true and a shape has been provided by a subclass, it - draws the texture into the shape - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkPlotPie - Class for drawing a Pie diagram. - - - - Description - - - - - vtkPlot - Abstract class for 2D plots. - - - - Description - The base class for all plot types used in vtkChart derived charts. - - - - - vtkPlotPoints vtkPlotLine vtkPlotBar vtkChart vtkChartXY - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the bounds for this plot as (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkBrush object that controls the was this plot fills - shapes. - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Get the data object that the plot will draw. - - - - - Get the indexed labels array. - - - - - Get the input table used by the plot. - - - - - Get the plot labels. If this array has a length greater than 1 the index - refers to the stacked objects in the plot. See vtkPlotBar for example. - - - - - Get the number of labels associated with this plot. - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkPen object that controls the was this plot draws - lines. - - - - - Convenience function to set the input arrays. For most plots index 0 - is the x axis, and index 1 is the y axis. The name is the name of the - column in the vtkTable. - - - - - Use the Y array index for the X value. If true any X column setting will be - ignored, and the X values will simply be the index of the Y column. - - - - - Get the width of the line. - - - - - Get/set the X axis associated with this plot. - - - - - Get/set the Y axis associated with this plot. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Set indexed labels for the plot. If set, this array can be used to provide - custom labels for each point in a plot. This array should be the same - length as the points array. Default is null (no indexed labels). - - - - - This is a convenience function to set the input table and the x, y column - for the plot. - - - - - This is a convenience function to set the input table and the x, y column - for the plot. - - - - - Set the plot labels, these are used for stacked chart variants, with the - index referring to the stacking index. - - - - - Convenience function to set the input arrays. For most plots index 0 - is the x axis, and index 1 is the y axis. The name is the name of the - column in the vtkTable. - - - - - Use the Y array index for the X value. If true any X column setting will be - ignored, and the X values will simply be the index of the Y column. - - - - - Set the width of the line. - - - - - Get/set the X axis associated with this plot. - - - - - Get/set the Y axis associated with this plot. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the color series used. - - - - - Get the dimensions of the pie, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y coordinate - of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and height. - - - - - Get the dimensions of the pie, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y coordinate - of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and height. - - - - - Get the dimensions of the pie, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y coordinate - of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and height. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color series to use for the Pie. - - - - - Set the dimensions of the pie, arguments 1 and 2 are the x and y coordinate - of the bottom corner. Arguments 3 and 4 are the width and height. - - - - - Set the dimensions of the pie, elements 0 and 1 are the x and y coordinate - of the bottom corner. Elements 2 and 3 are the width and height. - - - - - vtkColorSeries - stores a list of colors. - - - - Description - The vtkColorSeries stores a list of colors. There are several schemes - available and functions to control several aspects of what colors are - returned. In essence a color scheme is set and colors are returned based on - the index requested. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkColorSeries with the SPECTRUM color scheme. - - - - - Create a new vtkColorSeries with the SPECTRUM color scheme. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Clears the list of colors. - - - - - Make a deep copy of the supplied object. - - - - - Get the color scheme that is currently being used. - - - - - Get the number of colors available in the current color scheme. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Removes the color at the specified index in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color scheme that should be used from those in the enum. - - - - - Create a new vtkColorSeries with the SPECTRUM color scheme. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - - vtkPlot::Color, vtkPlot::Brush, vtkScalarsToColors::DrawPolyLine, - vtkScalarsToColors::MaskAboveCurve have no effect here. - - - - - vtkScalarsToColorsItem - Abstract class for ScalarsToColors items. - - - Description - vtkScalarsToColorsItem implements item bounds and painting for inherited - classes that provide a texture (ComputeTexture()) and optionally a shape - - - - vtkControlPointsItem - vtkLookupTableItem - vtkColorTransferFunctionItem - vtkCompositeTransferFunctionItem - vtkPiecewiseItemFunctionItem - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Bounds of the item, by default (0, 1, 0, 1) but it mainly depends on the - range of the ScalarsToColors function. - Need to be reimplemented by subclasses if the range is != [0,1] - - - - - Don't fill in the part above the transfer function. - If true texture is not visible above the shape provided by subclasses, - otherwise the whole rectangle defined by the bounds is filled with the - transfer function. - Note: only 2D transfer functions (RGB tf + alpha tf ) support the feature. - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkPen object that controls the drawing of the edge - of the shape if any. - PolyLinePen type is vtkPen::NO_PEN by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint the texture into a rectangle defined by the bounds. If - MaskAboveCurve is true and a shape has been provided by a subclass, it - draws the texture into the shape - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Don't fill in the part above the transfer function. - If true texture is not visible above the shape provided by subclasses, - otherwise the whole rectangle defined by the bounds is filled with the - transfer function. - Note: only 2D transfer functions (RGB tf + alpha tf ) support the feature. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the lookup table - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the lookup table - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the lookup table - - - - - vtkColorTransferControlPointsItem - Control points for - vtkColorTransferFunction. - - - Description - vtkColorTransferControlPointsItem draws the control points of a vtkColorTransferFunction. - - - - vtkControlPointsItem - vtkColorTransferFunctionItem - vtkCompositeTransferFunctionItem - - - - - vtkControlPointsItem - Abstract class for control points items. - - - Description - vtkControlPointsItem provides control point painting and management for - subclasses that provide points (typically control points of a transfer - function) - - - - vtkScalarsToColorsItem - vtkPiecewiseControlPointsItem - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a point to the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Unselect all the previously selected points - - - - - Unselect a point by its ID - - - - - Utility function that unselects a point providing its coordinates. - To be found, the position of the point must be no further away than its - painted point size - - - - - Returns the vtkIdType of the point given its coordinates and a tolerance - based on the screen point size. - - - - - Bounds of the item, typically the bound of all the control points - except if custom bounds have been set \sa SetUserBounds. - - - - - Returns the x and y coordinates as well as the midpoint and sharpness - of the control point corresponding to the index. - - - - - Returns the id of the control point exactly matching pos, -1 if not found. - - - - - Returns the current point selected. - - - - - Returns the total number of points - - - - - Controls whether or not control points are drawn (true) or clicked and - moved (false). - False by default. - - - - - If DrawPoints is false, SwitchPoints controls the behavior when a control - point is dragged past another point. The crossed point becomes current - (true) or the current point is blocked/stopped (false). - False by default. - - - - - Set custom bounds, except if bounds are invalid, bounds will be - automatically computed based on the range of the control points - Invalid bounds by default. - - - - - Set custom bounds, except if bounds are invalid, bounds will be - automatically computed based on the range of the control points - Invalid bounds by default. - - - - - Set custom bounds, except if bounds are invalid, bounds will be - automatically computed based on the range of the control points - Invalid bounds by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns true if pos is above the pointId point, false otherwise. - It uses the size of the drawn point. To search what point is under the pos, - use the more efficient \sa FindPoint() instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint the points with a fixed size (cosmetic) which doesn't depend - on the scene zoom factor. Selected and unselected points are drawn - with a different color. - - - - - Remove a point of the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Recompute the bounds next time they are requested. - You shouldn't have to call it but it is provided for rare cases. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Select all the points - - - - - Select a point by its ID - - - - - Utility function that selects a point providing its coordinates. - To be found, the position of the point must be no further away than its - painted point size - - - - - Sets the x and y coordinates as well as the midpoint and sharpness - of the control point corresponding to the index. - - - - - Sets the current point selected. - - - - - If DrawPoints is false, SwitchPoints controls the behavior when a control - point is dragged past another point. The crossed point becomes current - (true) or the current point is blocked/stopped (false). - False by default. - - - - - Set custom bounds, except if bounds are invalid, bounds will be - automatically computed based on the range of the control points - Invalid bounds by default. - - - - - Set custom bounds, except if bounds are invalid, bounds will be - automatically computed based on the range of the control points - Invalid bounds by default. - - - - - Toggle the selection of a point by its ID. If the point was selected then - unselect it, otherwise select it. - - - - - Utility function that toggles the selection a point providing its - coordinates. To be found, the position of the point must be no further - away than its painted point size - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a piecewise control points object - - - - - Creates a piecewise control points object - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a point to the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - If ColorFill is true, the control point brush color is set with the - matching color in the color transfer function. - False by default. - - - - - Description - Get the piecewise function - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a point of the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If ColorFill is true, the control point brush color is set with the - matching color in the color transfer function. - False by default. - - - - - Set the piecewise function to draw its points - - - - - vtkCompositeControlPointsItem - Control points for - vtkCompositeFunction. - - - Description - vtkCompositeControlPointsItem draws the control points of a vtkPiecewiseFunction - and a vtkColorTransferFunction. - - - - vtkControlPointsItem - vtkColorTransferControlPointsItem - vtkCompositeTransferFunctionItem - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a piecewise control points object - - - - - Creates a piecewise control points object - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a point to the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Description - Utility function that calls SetPiecewiseFunction() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a point of the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color transfer function to draw its points - - - - - Description - Utility function that calls SetPiecewiseFunction() - - - - - - vtkPlot::Color and vtkPlot::Brush have no effect here. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the piecewise function - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the piecewise function - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the piecewise function - - - - - vtkContext2D - Class for drawing 2D primitives to a graphical context. - - - - Description - This defines the interface for drawing onto a 2D context. The context must - be set up with a vtkContextDevice2D derived class that provides the functions - to facilitate the low level calls to the context. Currently only an OpenGL - based device is provided, but this could be extended in the future. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - vtkContextActor - provides a vtkProp derived object. - - - Description - This object provides the entry point for the vtkContextScene to be rendered - in a vtkRenderer. Uses the RenderOverlay pass to render the 2D - vtkContextScene. - - - - - vtkProp - abstract superclass for all actors, volumes and annotations - - - Description - vtkProp is an abstract superclass for any objects that can exist in a - rendered scene (either 2D or 3D). Instances of vtkProp may respond to - various render methods (e.g., RenderOpaqueGeometry()). vtkProp also - defines the API for picking, LOD manipulation, and common instance - variables that control visibility, picking, and dragging. - - - - vtkActor2D vtkActor vtkVolume vtkProp3D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Set/Get the value of the dragable instance variable. This determines if - an Prop, once picked, can be dragged (translated) through space. - This is typically done through an interactive mouse interface. - This does not affect methods such as SetPosition, which will continue - to work. It is just intended to prevent some vtkProp'ss from being - dragged from within a user interface. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the dragable instance variable. This determines if - an Prop, once picked, can be dragged (translated) through space. - This is typically done through an interactive mouse interface. - This does not affect methods such as SetPosition, which will continue - to work. It is just intended to prevent some vtkProp'ss from being - dragged from within a user interface. - Initial value is true. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Get the bounds for this Prop as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - in world coordinates. NULL means that the bounds are not defined. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Set/Get the value of the dragable instance variable. This determines if - an Prop, once picked, can be dragged (translated) through space. - This is typically done through an interactive mouse interface. - This does not affect methods such as SetPosition, which will continue - to work. It is just intended to prevent some vtkProp'ss from being - dragged from within a user interface. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - These methods are used by subclasses to place a matrix (if any) in the - prop prior to rendering. Generally used only for picking. See vtkProp3D - for more information. - - - - - vtkProp and its subclasses can be picked by subclasses of - vtkAbstractPicker (e.g., vtkPropPicker). The following methods interface - with the picking classes and return "pick paths". A pick path is a - hierarchical, ordered list of props that form an assembly. Most often, - when a vtkProp is picked, its path consists of a single node (i.e., the - prop). However, classes like vtkAssembly and vtkPropAssembly can return - more than one path, each path being several layers deep. (See - vtkAssemblyPath for more information.) To use these methods - first - invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by repeated calls to GetNextPath(). - GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer when the list is exhausted. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - vtkProp and its subclasses can be picked by subclasses of - vtkAbstractPicker (e.g., vtkPropPicker). The following methods interface - with the picking classes and return "pick paths". A pick path is a - hierarchical, ordered list of props that form an assembly. Most often, - when a vtkProp is picked, its path consists of a single node (i.e., the - prop). However, classes like vtkAssembly and vtkPropAssembly can return - more than one path, each path being several layers deep. (See - vtkAssemblyPath for more information.) To use these methods - first - invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by repeated calls to GetNextPath(). - GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer when the list is exhausted. - - - - - Set/Get the pickable instance variable. This determines if the vtkProp - can be picked (typically using the mouse). Also see dragable. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get property keys. Property keys can be digest by some rendering - passes. - For instance, the user may mark a prop as a shadow caster for a - shadow mapping render pass. Keys are documented in render pass classes. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Return the mtime of anything that would cause the rendered image to - appear differently. Usually this involves checking the mtime of the - prop plus anything else it depends on such as properties, textures - etc. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - In case the Visibility flag is true, tell if the bounds of this prop - should be taken into account or ignored during the computation of other - bounding boxes, like in vtkRenderer::ResetCamera(). - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of this vtkProp. Initial value is true. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - vtkProp and its subclasses can be picked by subclasses of - vtkAbstractPicker (e.g., vtkPropPicker). The following methods interface - with the picking classes and return "pick paths". A pick path is a - hierarchical, ordered list of props that form an assembly. Most often, - when a vtkProp is picked, its path consists of a single node (i.e., the - prop). However, classes like vtkAssembly and vtkPropAssembly can return - more than one path, each path being several layers deep. (See - vtkAssemblyPath for more information.) To use these methods - first - invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by repeated calls to GetNextPath(). - GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer when the list is exhausted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Method fires PickEvent if the prop is picked. - - - - - Set/Get the pickable instance variable. This determines if the vtkProp - can be picked (typically using the mouse). Also see dragable. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get the pickable instance variable. This determines if the vtkProp - can be picked (typically using the mouse). Also see dragable. - Initial value is true. - - - - - These methods are used by subclasses to place a matrix (if any) in the - prop prior to rendering. Generally used only for picking. See vtkProp3D - for more information. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Set/Get the value of the dragable instance variable. This determines if - an Prop, once picked, can be dragged (translated) through space. - This is typically done through an interactive mouse interface. - This does not affect methods such as SetPosition, which will continue - to work. It is just intended to prevent some vtkProp'ss from being - dragged from within a user interface. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - Set/Get the pickable instance variable. This determines if the vtkProp - can be picked (typically using the mouse). Also see dragable. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get property keys. Property keys can be digest by some rendering - passes. - For instance, the user may mark a prop as a shadow caster for a - shadow mapping render pass. Keys are documented in render pass classes. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Tells if the prop has all the required keys. - \pre keys_can_be_null: requiredKeys==0 || requiredKeys!=0 - - - - - In case the Visibility flag is true, tell if the bounds of this prop - should be taken into account or ignored during the computation of other - bounding boxes, like in vtkRenderer::ResetCamera(). - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of this vtkProp. Initial value is true. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkProp. - - - - - In case the Visibility flag is true, tell if the bounds of this prop - should be taken into account or ignored during the computation of other - bounding boxes, like in vtkRenderer::ResetCamera(). - Initial value is true. - - - - - In case the Visibility flag is true, tell if the bounds of this prop - should be taken into account or ignored during the computation of other - bounding boxes, like in vtkRenderer::ResetCamera(). - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of this vtkProp. Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of this vtkProp. Initial value is true. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the vtk2DPainter. - - - - - Get the chart object for the Actor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - We only render in the overlay for the context scene. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the vtkContext2D for the actor. - - - - - Set the chart object for the Actor. - - - - - vtkContextClip - all children of this item are clipped - by the specified area. - - - - Description - This class can be used to clip the rendering of an item inside a rectangular - area. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a vtkContextClip object. - - - - - Creates a vtkContextClip object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item, called whenever the item needs to be drawn. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the origin, width and height of the clipping rectangle. These are in - pixel coordinates. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkContextDevice2D - Abstract class for drawing 2D primitives. - - - - Description - This defines the interface for a vtkContextDevice2D. In this sense a - ContextDevice is a class used to paint 2D primitives onto a device, such as - an OpenGL context or a QGraphicsView. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply the supplied brush which controls the outlines of shapes, as well as - lines, points and related primitives. This makes a deep copy of the vtkBrush - object in the vtkContext2D, it does not hold a pointer to the supplied object. - - - - - Apply the supplied pen which controls the outlines of shapes, as well as - lines, points and related primitives. This makes a deep copy of the vtkPen - object in the vtkContext2D, it does not hold a pointer to the supplied object. - - - - - Apply the supplied text property which controls how text is rendered. - This makes a deep copy of the vtkTextProperty object in the vtkContext2D, - it does not hold a pointer to the supplied object. - - - - - Begin drawing, pass in the viewport to set up the view. - - - - - BTX - Start BufferId creation Mode. - The default implementation is empty. - \pre not_yet: !GetBufferIdMode() - \pre bufferId_exists: bufferId!=0 - \post started: GetBufferIdMode() - virtual void BufferIdModeBegin(vtkAbstractContextBufferId *bufferId); - ETX - Finalize BufferId creation Mode. It makes sure that the content of the - bufferId passed in argument of BufferIdModeBegin() is correctly set. - The default implementation is empty. - \pre started: GetBufferIdMode() - \post done: !GetBufferIdMode() - - - - - Disable clipping of the display. - - - - - Draw an elliptic wedge with center at x, y, outer radii outRx, outRy, - inner radii inRx, inRy between angles startAngle and stopAngle - (expressed in degrees). - \pre positive_outRx: outRx>=0 - \pre positive_outRy: outRy>=0 - \pre positive_inRx: inRx>=0 - \pre positive_inRy: inRy>=0 - \pre ordered_rx: inRx<=outRx - \pre ordered_ry: inRy<=outRy - - - - - Draw an elliptic arc with center at x,y with radii rX and rY between - angles startAngle and stopAngle (expressed in degrees). - \pre positive_rX: rX>=0 - \pre positive_rY: rY>=0 - - - - - Draw the supplied image at the given x, y (p[0], p[1]) (bottom corner), - scaled by scale (1.0 would match the image). - - - - - Draw a series of point sprites, images centred at the points supplied. - The supplied vtkImageData is the sprite to be drawn, only squares will be - drawn and the size is set using SetPointSize. - \param colors is an optional array of colors. - \param nc_comps is the number of components for the color. - - - - - Draw a series of points - fastest code path due to memory layout of the - coordinates. The colors and nc_comps are optional - color array. - - - - - Draw a poly line using the points - fastest code path due to memory - layout of the coordinates. The line will be colored by - the colors array, which must be have nc_comps components (defining a single - color). - - - - - Draw a polygon using the specified number of points. - - - - - Draw a quad using the specified number of points. - - - - - Draw a quad using the specified number of points. - - - - - End drawing, clean up the view. - - - - - Get the pen which controls the outlines of shapes as well as lines, points - and related primitives. - - - - - Tell if the device context is in BufferId creation mode. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Get the width of the device in pixels. - - - - - Set the model view matrix for the display - - - - - Get the pen which controls the outlines of shapes, as well as lines, - points and related primitives. This object can be modified and the changes - will be reflected in subsequent drawing operations. - - - - - Get the text properties object for the vtkContext2D. - - - - - Get the width of the device in pixels. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Multiply the current model view matrix by the supplied one - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Pop the current matrix off of the stack. - - - - - Push the current matrix onto the stack. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Supply a float array of length 4 with x1, y1, width, height specifying - clipping region for the device in pixels. - - - - - Set the color for the device using unsigned char of length 4, RGBA. - - - - - Set the line type type (using anonymous enum in vtkPen). - - - - - Set the line width. - - - - - Set the model view matrix for the display - - - - - Set the point size for glyphs/sprites. - - - - - Set the texture for the device, it is used to fill the polygons - - - - - Set the color for the device using unsigned char of length 4, RGBA. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkContextInteractorStyle - An interactor for chart views - It observes the user events (mouse events) and propagates them - to the scene. If the scene doesn't eat the event, it is propagated - to the interactor style superclass. - - - - Description - - - - - vtkInteractorStyle - provide event-driven interface to the rendering window (defines trackball mode) - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyle is a base class implementing the majority of motion - control routines and defines an event driven interface to support - vtkRenderWindowInteractor. vtkRenderWindowInteractor implements - platform dependent key/mouse routing and timer control, which forwards - events in a neutral form to vtkInteractorStyle. - - vtkInteractorStyle implements the "joystick" style of interaction. That - is, holding down the mouse keys generates a stream of events that cause - continuous actions (e.g., rotate, translate, pan, zoom). (The class - vtkInteractorStyleTrackball implements a grab and move style.) The event - bindings for this class include the following: - - Keypress j / Keypress t: toggle between joystick (position sensitive) and - trackball (motion sensitive) styles. In joystick style, motion occurs - continuously as long as a mouse button is pressed. In trackball style, - motion occurs when the mouse button is pressed and the mouse pointer - moves. - - Keypress c / Keypress a: toggle between camera and actor modes. In - camera mode, mouse events affect the camera position and focal point. In - actor mode, mouse events affect the actor that is under the mouse pointer. - - Button 1: rotate the camera around its focal point (if camera mode) or - rotate the actor around its origin (if actor mode). The rotation is in the - direction defined from the center of the renderer's viewport towards - the mouse position. In joystick mode, the magnitude of the rotation is - determined by the distance the mouse is from the center of the render - window. - - Button 2: pan the camera (if camera mode) or translate the actor (if - actor mode). In joystick mode, the direction of pan or translation is - from the center of the viewport towards the mouse position. In trackball - mode, the direction of motion is the direction the mouse moves. (Note: - with 2-button mice, pan is defined as \<Shift\>-Button 1.) - - Button 3: zoom the camera (if camera mode) or scale the actor (if - actor mode). Zoom in/increase scale if the mouse position is in the top - half of the viewport; zoom out/decrease scale if the mouse position is in - the bottom half. In joystick mode, the amount of zoom is controlled by the - distance of the mouse pointer from the horizontal centerline of the - window. - - Keypress 3: toggle the render window into and out of stereo mode. By - default, red-blue stereo pairs are created. Some systems support Crystal - Eyes LCD stereo glasses; you have to invoke SetStereoTypeToCrystalEyes() - on the rendering window. - - Keypress e: exit the application. - - Keypress f: fly to the picked point - - Keypress p: perform a pick operation. The render window interactor has - an internal instance of vtkCellPicker that it uses to pick. - - Keypress r: reset the camera view along the current view - direction. Centers the actors and moves the camera so that all actors are - visible. - - Keypress s: modify the representation of all actors so that they are - surfaces. - - Keypress u: invoke the user-defined function. Typically, - this keypress will bring up an interactor that you can type commands in. - Typing u calls UserCallBack() on the vtkRenderWindowInteractor, which - invokes a vtkCommand::UserEvent. In other words, to define a user-defined - callback, just add an observer to the vtkCommand::UserEvent on the - vtkRenderWindowInteractor object. - - Keypress w: modify the representation of all actors so that they are - wireframe. - - vtkInteractorStyle can be subclassed to provide new interaction styles and - a facility to override any of the default mouse/key operations which - currently handle trackball or joystick styles is provided. Note that this - class will fire a variety of events that can be watched using an observer, - such as LeftButtonPressEvent, LeftButtonReleaseEvent, - MiddleButtonPressEvent, MiddleButtonReleaseEvent, RightButtonPressEvent, - RightButtonReleaseEvent, EnterEvent, LeaveEvent, KeyPressEvent, - KeyReleaseEvent, CharEvent, ExposeEvent, ConfigureEvent, TimerEvent, - MouseMoveEvent, - - - - - vtkInteractorObserver - an abstract superclass for classes observing events invoked by vtkRenderWindowInteractor - - - Description - vtkInteractorObserver is an abstract superclass for subclasses that observe - events invoked by vtkRenderWindowInteractor. These subclasses are - typically things like 3D widgets; objects that interact with actors - in the scene, or interactively probe the scene for information. - - vtkInteractorObserver defines the method SetInteractor() and enables and - disables the processing of events by the vtkInteractorObserver. Use the - methods EnabledOn() or SetEnabled(1) to turn on the interactor observer, - and the methods EnabledOff() or SetEnabled(0) to turn off the interactor. - Initial value is 0. - - To support interactive manipulation of objects, this class (and - subclasses) invoke the events StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and - EndInteractionEvent. These events are invoked when the - vtkInteractorObserver enters a state where rapid response is desired: - mouse motion, etc. The events can be used, for example, to set the desired - update frame rate (StartInteractionEvent), operate on data or update a - pipeline (InteractionEvent), and set the desired frame rate back to normal - values (EndInteractionEvent). Two other events, EnableEvent and - DisableEvent, are invoked when the interactor observer is enabled or - disabled. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods for outside classes. Make sure that the - parameter "ren" is not-null. - - - - - Convenience methods for outside classes. Make sure that the - parameter "ren" is not-null. - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off, and determining - its state. All subclasses must provide the SetEnabled() method. - Enabling a vtkInteractorObserver has the side effect of adding - observers; disabling it removes the observers. Prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver you must set the render window interactor (via - SetInteractor()). Initial value is 0. - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off, and determining - its state. All subclasses must provide the SetEnabled() method. - Enabling a vtkInteractorObserver has the side effect of adding - observers; disabling it removes the observers. Prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver you must set the render window interactor (via - SetInteractor()). Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set/Get the current renderer. Normally when the widget is activated - (SetEnabled(1) or when keypress activation takes place), the renderer - over which the mouse pointer is positioned is used and assigned to - this Ivar. Alternatively, you might want to set the CurrentRenderer - explicitly. - WARNING: note that if the DefaultRenderer Ivar is set (see above), - it will always override the parameter passed to SetCurrentRenderer, - unless it is NULL. - (i.e., SetCurrentRenderer(foo) = SetCurrentRenderer(DefaultRenderer). - - - - - Set/Get the default renderer to use when activating the interactor - observer. Normally when the widget is activated (SetEnabled(1) or when - keypress activation takes place), the renderer over which the mouse - pointer is positioned is used. Alternatively, you can specify the - renderer to bind the interactor to when the interactor observer is - activated. - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off, and determining - its state. All subclasses must provide the SetEnabled() method. - Enabling a vtkInteractorObserver has the side effect of adding - observers; disabling it removes the observers. Prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver you must set the render window interactor (via - SetInteractor()). Initial value is 0. - - - - - This method is used to associate the widget with the render window - interactor. Observers of the appropriate events invoked in the render - window interactor are set up as a result of this method invocation. - The SetInteractor() method must be invoked prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver. - - - - - Enable/Disable of the use of a keypress to turn on and off the - interactor observer. (By default, the keypress is 'i' for "interactor - observer".) Set the KeyPressActivationValue to change which key - activates the widget.) - - - - - Specify which key press value to use to activate the interactor observer - (if key press activation is enabled). By default, the key press - activation value is 'i'. Note: once the SetInteractor() method is - invoked, changing the key press activation value will not affect the key - press until SetInteractor(NULL)/SetInteractor(iren) is called. - - - - - Set/Get the priority at which events are processed. This is used when - multiple interactor observers are used simultaneously. The default value - is 0.0 (lowest priority.) Note that when multiple interactor observer - have the same priority, then the last observer added will process the - event first. (Note: once the SetInteractor() method has been called, - changing the priority does not effect event processing. You will have - to SetInteractor(NULL), change priority, and then SetInteractor(iren) - to have the priority take effect.) - - - - - Set/Get the priority at which events are processed. This is used when - multiple interactor observers are used simultaneously. The default value - is 0.0 (lowest priority.) Note that when multiple interactor observer - have the same priority, then the last observer added will process the - event first. (Note: once the SetInteractor() method has been called, - changing the priority does not effect event processing. You will have - to SetInteractor(NULL), change priority, and then SetInteractor(iren) - to have the priority take effect.) - - - - - Set/Get the priority at which events are processed. This is used when - multiple interactor observers are used simultaneously. The default value - is 0.0 (lowest priority.) Note that when multiple interactor observer - have the same priority, then the last observer added will process the - event first. (Note: once the SetInteractor() method has been called, - changing the priority does not effect event processing. You will have - to SetInteractor(NULL), change priority, and then SetInteractor(iren) - to have the priority take effect.) - - - - - Convenience methods for outside classes. Make sure that the - parameter "ren" is not-null. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable of the use of a keypress to turn on and off the - interactor observer. (By default, the keypress is 'i' for "interactor - observer".) Set the KeyPressActivationValue to change which key - activates the widget.) - - - - - Enable/Disable of the use of a keypress to turn on and off the - interactor observer. (By default, the keypress is 'i' for "interactor - observer".) Set the KeyPressActivationValue to change which key - activates the widget.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off, and determining - its state. All subclasses must provide the SetEnabled() method. - Enabling a vtkInteractorObserver has the side effect of adding - observers; disabling it removes the observers. Prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver you must set the render window interactor (via - SetInteractor()). Initial value is 0. - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off, and determining - its state. All subclasses must provide the SetEnabled() method. - Enabling a vtkInteractorObserver has the side effect of adding - observers; disabling it removes the observers. Prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver you must set the render window interactor (via - SetInteractor()). Initial value is 0. - - - - - Sets up the keypress-i event. - - - - - Convenience methods for outside classes. Make sure that the - parameter "ren" is not-null. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the current renderer. Normally when the widget is activated - (SetEnabled(1) or when keypress activation takes place), the renderer - over which the mouse pointer is positioned is used and assigned to - this Ivar. Alternatively, you might want to set the CurrentRenderer - explicitly. - WARNING: note that if the DefaultRenderer Ivar is set (see above), - it will always override the parameter passed to SetCurrentRenderer, - unless it is NULL. - (i.e., SetCurrentRenderer(foo) = SetCurrentRenderer(DefaultRenderer). - - - - - Set/Get the default renderer to use when activating the interactor - observer. Normally when the widget is activated (SetEnabled(1) or when - keypress activation takes place), the renderer over which the mouse - pointer is positioned is used. Alternatively, you can specify the - renderer to bind the interactor to when the interactor observer is - activated. - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off, and determining - its state. All subclasses must provide the SetEnabled() method. - Enabling a vtkInteractorObserver has the side effect of adding - observers; disabling it removes the observers. Prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver you must set the render window interactor (via - SetInteractor()). Initial value is 0. - - - - - This method is used to associate the widget with the render window - interactor. Observers of the appropriate events invoked in the render - window interactor are set up as a result of this method invocation. - The SetInteractor() method must be invoked prior to enabling the - vtkInteractorObserver. - - - - - Enable/Disable of the use of a keypress to turn on and off the - interactor observer. (By default, the keypress is 'i' for "interactor - observer".) Set the KeyPressActivationValue to change which key - activates the widget.) - - - - - Specify which key press value to use to activate the interactor observer - (if key press activation is enabled). By default, the key press - activation value is 'i'. Note: once the SetInteractor() method is - invoked, changing the key press activation value will not affect the key - press until SetInteractor(NULL)/SetInteractor(iren) is called. - - - - - Set/Get the priority at which events are processed. This is used when - multiple interactor observers are used simultaneously. The default value - is 0.0 (lowest priority.) Note that when multiple interactor observer - have the same priority, then the last observer added will process the - event first. (Note: once the SetInteractor() method has been called, - changing the priority does not effect event processing. You will have - to SetInteractor(NULL), change priority, and then SetInteractor(iren) - to have the priority take effect.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This class must be supplied with a vtkRenderWindowInteractor wrapper or - parent. This class should not normally be instantiated by application - programmers. - - - - - This class must be supplied with a vtkRenderWindowInteractor wrapper or - parent. This class should not normally be instantiated by application - programmers. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is on, then before each render the - camera clipping range will be adjusted to "fit" the whole scene. Clipping - will still occur if objects in the scene are behind the camera or - come very close. If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is off, no adjustment - will be made per render, but the camera clipping range will still - be reset when the camera is reset. - - - - - If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is on, then before each render the - camera clipping range will be adjusted to "fit" the whole scene. Clipping - will still occur if objects in the scene are behind the camera or - come very close. If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is off, no adjustment - will be made per render, but the camera clipping range will still - be reset when the camera is reset. - - - - - Called by the callback to process 3DConnexion device events. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - When an event occurs, we must determine which Renderer the event - occurred within, since one RenderWindow may contain multiple - renderers. - - - - - If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is on, then before each render the - camera clipping range will be adjusted to "fit" the whole scene. Clipping - will still occur if objects in the scene are behind the camera or - come very close. If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is off, no adjustment - will be made per render, but the camera clipping range will still - be reset when the camera is reset. - - - - - If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is on, then before each render the - camera clipping range will be adjusted to "fit" the whole scene. Clipping - will still occur if objects in the scene are behind the camera or - come very close. If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is off, no adjustment - will be made per render, but the camera clipping range will still - be reset when the camera is reset. - - - - - If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is on, then before each render the - camera clipping range will be adjusted to "fit" the whole scene. Clipping - will still occur if objects in the scene are behind the camera or - come very close. If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is off, no adjustment - will be made per render, but the camera clipping range will still - be reset when the camera is reset. - - - - - Does ProcessEvents handle observers on this class or not - - - - - Set/Get the mouse wheel motion factor. Default to 1.0. Set it to a - different value to emphasize or de-emphasize the action triggered by - mouse wheel motion. - - - - - Set/Get the pick color (used by default to color vtkActor2D's). - The color is expressed as red/green/blue values between (0.0,1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the pick color (used by default to color vtkActor2D's). - The color is expressed as red/green/blue values between (0.0,1.0). - - - - - Some useful information for interaction - - - - - 3Dconnexion device interactor style. Initial value is a pointer to an - object of class vtkTdxInteractorStyleCamera. - - - - - If using timers, specify the default timer interval (in - milliseconds). Care must be taken when adjusting the timer interval from - the default value of 10 milliseconds--it may adversely affect the - interactors. - - - - - If using timers, specify the default timer interval (in - milliseconds). Care must be taken when adjusting the timer interval from - the default value of 10 milliseconds--it may adversely affect the - interactors. - - - - - If using timers, specify the default timer interval (in - milliseconds). Care must be taken when adjusting the timer interval from - the default value of 10 milliseconds--it may adversely affect the - interactors. - - - - - Set/Get timer hint - - - - - Does ProcessEvents handle observers on this class or not - - - - - Does ProcessEvents handle observers on this class or not - - - - - When picking successfully selects an actor, this method highlights the - picked prop appropriately. Currently this is done by placing a bounding - box around a picked vtkProp3D, and using the PickColor to highlight a - vtkProp2D. - - - - - When picking successfully selects an actor, this method highlights the - picked prop appropriately. Currently this is done by placing a bounding - box around a picked vtkProp3D, and using the PickColor to highlight a - vtkProp2D. - - - - - When picking successfully selects an actor, this method highlights the - picked prop appropriately. Currently this is done by placing a bounding - box around a picked vtkProp3D, and using the PickColor to highlight a - vtkProp2D. - - - - - This class must be supplied with a vtkRenderWindowInteractor wrapper or - parent. This class should not normally be instantiated by application - programmers. - - - - - This class must be supplied with a vtkRenderWindowInteractor wrapper or - parent. This class should not normally be instantiated by application - programmers. - - - - - This class must be supplied with a vtkRenderWindowInteractor wrapper or - parent. This class should not normally be instantiated by application - programmers. - - - - - OnChar is triggered when an ASCII key is pressed. Some basic key presses - are handled here ('q' for Quit, 'p' for Pick, etc) - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - OnKeyDown is triggered by pressing any key (identical to OnKeyPress()). - An empty implementation is provided. The behavior of this function should - be specified in the subclass. - - - - - OnKeyPress is triggered by pressing any key (identical to OnKeyDown()). - An empty implementation is provided. The behavior of this function should - be specified in the subclass. - - - - - OnKeyRelease is triggered by pressing any key (identical to OnKeyUp()). - An empty implementation is provided. The behavior of this function should - be specified in the subclass. - - - - - OnKeyUp is triggered by releaseing any key (identical to OnKeyRelease()). - An empty implementation is provided. The behavior of this function should - be specified in the subclass. - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - Generic event bindings can be overridden in subclasses - - - - - OnTimer calls Rotate, Rotate etc which should be overridden by - style subclasses. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - This class must be supplied with a vtkRenderWindowInteractor wrapper or - parent. This class should not normally be instantiated by application - programmers. - - - - - If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is on, then before each render the - camera clipping range will be adjusted to "fit" the whole scene. Clipping - will still occur if objects in the scene are behind the camera or - come very close. If AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange is off, no adjustment - will be made per render, but the camera clipping range will still - be reset when the camera is reset. - - - - - Turn on/off this interactor. Interactor styles operate a little - bit differently than other types of interactor observers. When - the SetInteractor() method is invoked, the automatically enable - themselves. This is a legacy requirement, and convenient for the - user. - - - - - Does ProcessEvents handle observers on this class or not - - - - - Set/Get the Interactor wrapper being controlled by this object. - (Satisfy superclass API.) - - - - - Set/Get the mouse wheel motion factor. Default to 1.0. Set it to a - different value to emphasize or de-emphasize the action triggered by - mouse wheel motion. - - - - - Set/Get the pick color (used by default to color vtkActor2D's). - The color is expressed as red/green/blue values between (0.0,1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the pick color (used by default to color vtkActor2D's). - The color is expressed as red/green/blue values between (0.0,1.0). - - - - - 3Dconnexion device interactor style. Initial value is a pointer to an - object of class vtkTdxInteractorStyleCamera. - - - - - If using timers, specify the default timer interval (in - milliseconds). Care must be taken when adjusting the timer interval from - the default value of 10 milliseconds--it may adversely affect the - interactors. - - - - - Set/Get timer hint - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - utility routines used by state changes - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - utility routines used by state changes - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Set/Get timer hint - - - - - Set/Get timer hint - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the observed scene. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called when the user clicks the mouse left button. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user releases the mouse left button. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user clicks the mouse middle button. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user releases the mouse middle button. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user moves the mouse - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user moves the mouse wheel backward. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user moves the mouse wheel forward. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user clicks the mouse right button. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the user releases the mouse right button. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Called when the scene is modified. Refresh the scene if needed. - - - - - Place holder for future implementation. - Default behavior forwards the event to the observed scene. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the scene to forward user events to. - Refresh the view when the scene is dirty and no event is being processed. - The scene is observed (vtkCommand::ModifiedEvent) and a refresh on the - view is called appropriately: scene is dirty and no event is being - processed. - - - - - vtkContextMapper2D - Abstract class for 2D context mappers. - - - - Description - - This class provides an abstract base for 2D context mappers. They currently - only accept vtkTable objects as input. - - - - - vtkAlgorithm - Superclass for all sources, filters, and sinks in VTK. - - - Description - vtkAlgorithm is the superclass for all sources, filters, and sinks - in VTK. It defines a generalized interface for executing data - processing algorithms. Pipeline connections are associated with - input and output ports that are independent of the type of data - passing through the connections. - - Instances may be used independently or within pipelines with a - variety of architectures and update mechanisms. Pipelines are - controlled by instances of vtkExecutive. Every vtkAlgorithm - instance has an associated vtkExecutive when it is used in a - pipeline. The executive is responsible for data flow. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Set/Get the AbortExecute flag for the process object. Process objects - may handle premature termination of execution in different ways. - - - - - Set/Get the AbortExecute flag for the process object. Process objects - may handle premature termination of execution in different ways. - - - - - Add a connection to the given input port index. See - SetInputConnection() for details on input connections. This - method is the complement to RemoveInputConnection() in that it - adds only the connection specified without affecting other - connections. Typical usage is - - filter2->AddInputConnection(0, filter1->GetOutputPort(0)). - - - - - Add a connection to the given input port index. See - SetInputConnection() for details on input connections. This - method is the complement to RemoveInputConnection() in that it - adds only the connection specified without affecting other - connections. Typical usage is - - filter2->AddInputConnection(0, filter1->GetOutputPort(0)). - - - - - Returns the priority of the piece described by the current update - extent. The priority is a number between 0.0 and 1.0 with 0 meaning - skippable (REQUEST_DATA not needed) and 1.0 meaning important. - - - - - Convenience routine to convert from a linear ordering of input - connections to a port/connection pair. - - - - - Set/Get the AbortExecute flag for the process object. Process objects - may handle premature termination of execution in different ways. - - - - - The error code contains a possible error that occured while - reading or writing the file. - - - - - Get this algorithm's executive. If it has none, a default - executive will be created. - - - - - Set/Get the information object associated with this algorithm. - - - - - Get the info object for the specified input array to this algorithm - - - - - Get the algorithm output port connected to an input port. - - - - - Get the data object that will contain the algorithm input for the given - port and given connection. - - - - - Get the information object associated with an input port. There - is one input port per kind of input to the algorithm. Each input - port tells executives what kind of data and downstream requests - this algorithm can handle for that input. - - - - - Get the number of inputs currently connected to a port. - - - - - Get the number of input ports used by the algorithm. - - - - - Get the number of output ports provided by the algorithm. - - - - - Get the data object that will contain the algorithm output for - the given port. - - - - - Get a proxy object corresponding to the given output port of this - algorithm. The proxy object can be passed to another algorithm's - SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - RemoveInputConnection() methods to modify pipeline connectivity. - - - - - Get a proxy object corresponding to the given output port of this - algorithm. The proxy object can be passed to another algorithm's - SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - RemoveInputConnection() methods to modify pipeline connectivity. - - - - - Get the information object associated with an output port. There - is one output port per output from the algorithm. Each output - port tells executives what kind of upstream requests this - algorithm can handle for that output. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Set the current text message associated with the progress state. - This may be used by a calling process/GUI. - Note: Because SetProgressText() is called from inside RequestData() - it does not modify the algorithm object. Algorithms are not - allowed to modify themselves from inside RequestData(). - - - - - Turn release data flag on or off for all output ports. - - - - - Get the total number of inputs for this algorithm - - - - - Check whether this algorithm has an assigned executive. This - will NOT create a default executive. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Keys used to specify input port requirements. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method gives the algorithm a chance to modify the contents of a - request before or after (specified in the when argument) it is - forwarded. The default implementation is empty. Returns 1 on success, - 0 on failure. When can be either vtkExecutive::BeforeForward or - vtkExecutive::AfterForward. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These are flags that can be set that let the pipeline keep accurate - meta-information for ComputePriority. - - - - - These are flags that can be set that let the pipeline keep accurate - meta-information for ComputePriority. - - - - - These are flags that can be set that let the pipeline keep accurate - meta-information for ComputePriority. - - - - - These are flags that can be set that let the pipeline keep accurate - meta-information for ComputePriority. - - - - - These are flags that can be set that let the pipeline keep accurate - meta-information for ComputePriority. - - - - - These are flags that can be set that let the pipeline keep accurate - meta-information for ComputePriority. - - - - - Version of ProcessRequest() that is wrapped. This converts the - collection to an array and calls the other version. - - - - - Turn release data flag on or off for all output ports. - - - - - Turn release data flag on or off for all output ports. - - - - - Remove all the input data. - - - - - Remove a connection from the given input port index. See - SetInputConnection() for details on input connection. This - method is the complement to AddInputConnection() in that it - removes only the connection specified without affecting other - connections. Typical usage is - - filter2->RemoveInputConnection(0, filter1->GetOutputPort(0)). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the AbortExecute flag for the process object. Process objects - may handle premature termination of execution in different ways. - - - - - If the DefaultExecutivePrototype is set, a copy of it is created - in CreateDefaultExecutive() using NewInstance(). - - - - - Set this algorithm's executive. This algorithm is removed from - any executive to which it has previously been assigned and then - assigned to the given executive. - - - - - Set/Get the information object associated with this algorithm. - - - - - Set the input data arrays that this algorithm will - process. Specifically the idx array that this algorithm will process - (starting from 0) is the array on port, connection with the specified - association and name or attribute type (such as SCALARS). The - fieldAssociation refers to which field in the data object the array is - stored. See vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations for detail. - - - - - Set the input data arrays that this algorithm will - process. Specifically the idx array that this algorithm will process - (starting from 0) is the array on port, connection with the specified - association and name or attribute type (such as SCALARS). The - fieldAssociation refers to which field in the data object the array is - stored. See vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations for detail. - - - - - Set the input data arrays that this algorithm will - process. Specifically the idx array that this algorithm will process - (starting from 0) is the array on port, connection with the specified - association and name or attribute type (such as SCALARS). The - fieldAssociation refers to which field in the data object the array is - stored. See vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations for detail. - - - - - String based versions of SetInputArrayToProcess(). Because - fieldAssociation and fieldAttributeType are enums, they cannot be - easily accessed from scripting language. These methods provides an - easy and safe way of passing association and attribute type - information. Field association is one of the following: - @verbatim - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_NONE - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS_THEN_CELLS - @endverbatim - Attribute type is one of the following: - @verbatim - vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS - vtkDataSetAttributes::VECTORS - vtkDataSetAttributes::NORMALS - vtkDataSetAttributes::TCOORDS - vtkDataSetAttributes::TENSORS - @endverbatim - If the last argument is not an attribute type, it is assumed to - be an array name. - - - - - Set the connection for the given input port index. Each input - port of a filter has a specific purpose. A port may have zero or - more connections and the required number is specified by each - filter. Setting the connection with this method removes all - other connections from the port. To add more than one connection - use AddInputConnection(). - - The input for the connection is the output port of another - filter, which is obtained with GetOutputPort(). Typical usage is - - filter2->SetInputConnection(0, filter1->GetOutputPort(0)). - - - - - Set the connection for the given input port index. Each input - port of a filter has a specific purpose. A port may have zero or - more connections and the required number is specified by each - filter. Setting the connection with this method removes all - other connections from the port. To add more than one connection - use AddInputConnection(). - - The input for the connection is the output port of another - filter, which is obtained with GetOutputPort(). Typical usage is - - filter2->SetInputConnection(0, filter1->GetOutputPort(0)). - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Set the current text message associated with the progress state. - This may be used by a calling process/GUI. - Note: Because SetProgressText() is called from inside RequestData() - it does not modify the algorithm object. Algorithms are not - allowed to modify themselves from inside RequestData(). - - - - - Turn release data flag on or off for all output ports. - - - - - Bring this algorithm's outputs up-to-date. - - - - - This detects when the UpdateExtent will generate no data - This condition is satisfied when the UpdateExtent has - zero volume (0,-1,...) or the UpdateNumberOfPieces is 0. - The source uses this call to determine whether to call Execute. - - - - - This detects when the UpdateExtent will generate no data - This condition is satisfied when the UpdateExtent has - zero volume (0,-1,...) or the UpdateNumberOfPieces is 0. - The source uses this call to determine whether to call Execute. - - - - - Backward compatibility method to invoke UpdateInformation on executive. - - - - - Update the progress of the process object. If a ProgressMethod exists, - executes it. Then set the Progress ivar to amount. The parameter amount - should range between (0,1). - - - - - Bring this algorithm's outputs up-to-date. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the input for this object - only accepts vtkTable as input. - - - - - Make the arrays accessible to the plot objects. - - - - - Make the arrays accessible to the plot objects. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the input for this object - only accepts vtkTable as input. - - - - - vtkContextScene - Provides a 2D scene for vtkContextItem objects. - - - - Description - Provides a 2D scene that vtkContextItem objects can be added to. Manages the - items, ensures that they are rendered at the right times and passes on mouse - events. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Painter object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add child items to this item. Increments reference count of item. - \return the index of the child item. - - - - - Remove all child items from this item. - - - - - Get the vtkAnnotationLink for the chart. - - - - - Inform the scene that something changed that requires a repaint of the - scene. This should only be used by the vtkContextItem derived objects in - a scene in their event handlers. - - - - - Get the width and height of the scene in pixels. - - - - - Get the width and height of the scene in pixels. - - - - - Get the width and height of the scene in pixels. - - - - - Get the item at the specified index. - \return the item at the specified index (null if index is invalid). - - - - - Get the number of child items. - - - - - Whether to scale the scene transform when tiling, for example when - using vtkWindowToImageFilter to take a large screenshot. - The default is true. - - - - - Get the height of the scene. - - - - - Get the width of the scene. - - - - - Inform the scene that something changed that requires a repaint of the - scene. This should only be used by the vtkContextItem derived objects in - a scene in their event handlers. - - - - - Get whether the scene is using the color buffer. Default is true. - - - - - Get the height of the view - - - - - Get the width of the view - - - - - Inform the scene that something changed that requires a repaint of the - scene. This should only be used by the vtkContextItem derived objects in - a scene in their event handlers. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the chart, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Inform the scene that something changed that requires a repaint of the - scene. This should only be used by the vtkContextItem derived objects in - a scene in their event handlers. - - - - - Remove child item from this item. Decrements reference count of item. - \param item the item to be removed. - \return true on success, false otherwise. - - - - - Remove child item from this item. Decrements reference count of item. - \param index of the item to be removed. - \return true on success, false otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to scale the scene transform when tiling, for example when - using vtkWindowToImageFilter to take a large screenshot. - The default is true. - - - - - Whether to scale the scene transform when tiling, for example when - using vtkWindowToImageFilter to take a large screenshot. - The default is true. - - - - - Set the vtkAnnotationLink for the chart. - - - - - Inform the scene that something changed that requires a repaint of the - scene. This should only be used by the vtkContextItem derived objects in - a scene in their event handlers. - - - - - Set the width and height of the scene in pixels. - - - - - Set the width and height of the scene in pixels. - - - - - This should not be necessary as the context view should take care of - rendering. - - - - - Whether to scale the scene transform when tiling, for example when - using vtkWindowToImageFilter to take a large screenshot. - The default is true. - - - - - Inform the scene that something changed that requires a repaint of the - scene. This should only be used by the vtkContextItem derived objects in - a scene in their event handlers. - - - - - Set whether the scene should use the color buffer. Default is true. - - - - - vtkContextTransform - all children of this item are transformed - by the vtkTransform2D of this item. - - - - Description - This class can be used to transform all child items of this class. The - default transform is the identity. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a vtkContextTransform object. - - - - - Creates a vtkContextTransform object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Access the vtkTransform2D that controls object transformation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item, called whenever the item needs to be drawn. - - - - - Rotate the item by the specified angle. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Scale the item by the specified amounts dx and dy in the x and y - directions. - - - - - Translate the item by the specified amounts dx and dy in the x and y - directions. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkContextView - provides a view of the vtkContextScene. - - - - Description - This class is derived from vtkRenderViewBase and provides a view of a - vtkContextScene, with a default interactor style, renderer etc. It is - the simplest way to create a vtkRenderWindow and display a 2D scene inside - of it. - - By default the scene has a white background. - - - - - vtkRenderViewBase - A base view containing a renderer. - - - - Description - vtkRenderViewBase is a view which contains a vtkRenderer. You may add - vtkActors directly to the renderer. - - This class is also the parent class for any more specialized view which uses - a renderer. - - In order to use the view with a QVTKWidget the following code is required - to ensure the interactor and render window are initialized properly. - - QVTKWidget *widget = new QVTKWidget; - vtkContextView *view = vtkContextView::New(); - view->SetInteractor(widget->GetInteractor()); - widget->SetRenderWindow(view->GetRenderWindow()); - - - - - - vtkView - The superclass for all views. - - - - Description - vtkView is the superclass for views. A view is generally an area of an - application's canvas devoted to displaying one or more VTK data objects. - Associated representations (subclasses of vtkDataRepresentation) are - responsible for converting the data into a displayable format. These - representations are then added to the view. - - For views which display only one data object at a time you may set a - data object or pipeline connection directly on the view itself (e.g. - vtkGraphLayoutView, vtkLandscapeView, vtkTreeMapView). - The view will internally create a vtkDataRepresentation for the data. - - A view has the concept of linked selection. If the same data is displayed - in multiple views, their selections may be linked by setting the same - vtkAnnotationLink on their representations (see vtkDataRepresentation). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds the representation to the view. - - - - - Convenience method which creates a simple representation with the - specified input and adds it to the view. - NOTE: The returned representation pointer is not reference-counted, - so you MUST call Register() on the representation if you want to - keep a reference to it. - - - - - Convenience method which creates a simple representation with the - connection and adds it to the view. - Returns the representation internally created. - NOTE: The returned representation pointer is not reference-counted, - so you MUST call Register() on the representation if you want to - keep a reference to it. - - - - - Apply a theme to the view. - - - - - Returns the number of representations from first port(0) in this view. - - - - - Apply a theme to the view. - - - - - The representation at a specified index. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check to see if a representation is present in the view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Meant for use by subclasses and vtkRepresentation subclasses. - Call this method to register vtkObjects (generally - vtkAlgorithm subclasses) which fire vtkCommand::ProgressEvent with the - view. The view listens to vtkCommand::ProgressEvent and fires - ViewProgressEvent with ViewProgressEventCallData containing the message and - the progress amount. If message is not provided, then the class name for - the algorithm is used. - - - - - Removes all representations from the view. - - - - - Removes the representation from the view. - - - - - Removes any representation with this connection from the view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the representation to the view. - - - - - Convenience method which sets the representation to the - specified input and adds it to the view. - NOTE: The returned representation pointer is not reference-counted, - so you MUST call Register() on the representation if you want to - keep a reference to it. - - - - - Convenience method which sets the representation with the - connection and adds it to the view. - Returns the representation internally created. - NOTE: The returned representation pointer is not reference-counted, - so you MUST call Register() on the representation if you want to - keep a reference to it. - - - - - Unregister objects previously registered with RegisterProgress. - - - - - Update the view. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The render window interactor. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - Get a handle to the render window. - - - - - Gets the renderer for this view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Updates the representations, then calls Render() on the render window - associated with this view. - - - - - Updates the representations, then calls ResetCamera() on the renderer - associated with this view. - - - - - Updates the representations, then calls ResetCameraClippingRange() on the - renderer associated with this view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The render window interactor. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - Set the render window for this view. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - Sets the renderer for this view. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the vtkContext2D for the view. - - - - - Get the scene of the view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the vtkContext2D for the view. - - - - - Set the scene object for the view. - - - - - vtkImageItem - a vtkContextItem that draws a supplied image in the - scene. - - - - Description - This vtkContextItem draws the supplied image in the scene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the image of the item. - - - - - Get the position of the bottom corner of the image. - - - - - Get the position of the bottom corner of the image. - - - - - Get the position of the bottom corner of the image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the image of the item. - - - - - Set the position of the bottom corner of the image. - - - - - Set the position of the bottom corner of the image. - - - - - - vtkPlot::Color, vtkPlot::Brush, vtkScalarsToColors::DrawPolyLine, - vtkScalarsToColors::MaskAboveCurve have no effect here. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the lookup table - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the lookup table - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the lookup table - - - - - vtkPen - provides a pen that draws the outlines of shapes drawn - by vtkContext2D. - - - - Description - The vtkPen defines the outline of shapes that are drawn by vtkContext2D. - The color is stored as four unsigned chars (RGBA), where the - opacity defaults to 255, but can be modified separately to the other - components. Ideally we would use a lightweight color class to store and pass - around colors. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Make a deep copy of the supplied pen. - - - - - Get the color of the brush - expects an unsigned char of length 3. - - - - - Get the color of the brush - gives a pointer to the underlying data. - - - - - Get the color of the brush - expects a double of length 3 to copy into. - - - - - Get the type of line that the pen will draw. - - - - - Get the opacity (unsigned char), ranging from 0 (transparent) to 255 - (opaque). - - - - - Set/Get the width of the pen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component unsigned chars (RGB), - ranging from 0 to 255. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component unsigned chars (RGB), - ranging from 0 to 255. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with four component unsigned chars (RGBA), - ranging from 0 to 255. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component doubles (RGB), ranging from - 0.0 to 1.0. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with three component doubles (RGB), ranging from - 0.0 to 1.0. - - - - - Set the color of the brush with four component doubles (RGBA), ranging from - 0.0 to 1.0. - - - - - Set the type of line that the pen should draw. The default is solid (1). - - - - - Set the opacity with an unsigned char, ranging from 0 (transparent) to 255 - (opaque). - - - - - Set the opacity with a double, ranging from 0.0 (transparent) to 1.0 - (opaque). - - - - - Set/Get the width of the pen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPiecewiseControlPointsItem - Control points for - vtkPiecewiseFunction. - - - Description - vtkPiecewiseControlPointsItem draws the control points of a vtkPiecewiseFunction. - - - - vtkControlPointsItem - vtkPiecewiseFunctionItem - vtkCompositeTransferFunctionItem - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a piecewise control points object - - - - - Creates a piecewise control points object - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a point to the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Description - Get the piecewise function - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a point of the function. Returns the index of the point (0 based), - or -1 on error. - Subclasses should reimplement this function to do the actual work. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the piecewise function to draw its points - - - - - Controls whether or not control points are drawn (true) or clicked and - moved (false). - False by default. - - - - - vtkPiecewiseFunctionItem internall uses vtkPlot::Color, white by default - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the piecewise function - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the piecewise function - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reimplemented to return the range of the piecewise function - - - - - vtkPlotBar - Class for drawing an XY plot given two columns from a - vtkTable. - - - - Description - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the bounds for this mapper as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax). - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Get the color series used if when this is a stacked bar plot. - - - - - Description - Get the plot labels. - - - - - Set/get the horizontal offset of the bars. - Positive values move the bars leftward. - For HORIZONTAL orientation, offsets bars vertically, - with a positive value moving bars downward. - - - - - Set/get the orientation of the bars. - Valid orientations are VERTICAL (default) and HORIZONTAL. - - - - - Get the width of the line. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the XY plot, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Set the color series to use if this becomes a stacked bar plot. - - - - - Set/get the horizontal offset of the bars. - Positive values move the bars leftward. - For HORIZONTAL orientation, offsets bars vertically, - with a positive value moving bars downward. - - - - - Set/get the orientation of the bars. - Valid orientations are VERTICAL (default) and HORIZONTAL. - - - - - Set the width of the line. - - - - - Enum of bar chart oritentation types - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPlotGrid - takes care of drawing the plot grid - - - - Description - The vtkPlotGrid is drawn in screen coordinates. It is usually one of the - first elements of a chart to be drawn, and will generally be obscured - by all other elements of the chart. It builds up its own plot locations - from the parameters of the x and y axis of the plot. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the axis, called whenever the axis needs to be drawn - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the X axis of the grid. - - - - - Set the X axis of the grid. - - - - - vtk2DHistogramItem - 2D histogram item. - - - - Description - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Creates a new object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the color transfer function that is used to generate the histogram. - - - - - Get the input table used by the plot. - - - - - Get the color transfer function that is used to generate the histogram. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the item, called whenever it needs to be drawn. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the input, we are expecting a vtkImageData with just one component, - this would normally be a float or a double. It will be passed to the other - functions as a double to generate a color. - - - - - Set the input, we are expecting a vtkImageData with just one component, - this would normally be a float or a double. It will be passed to the other - functions as a double to generate a color. - - - - - Set the color transfer funtion that will be used to generate the 2D - histogram. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkPlotLine - Class for drawing an XY line plot given two columns from - a vtkTable. - - - - Description - - - - - - vtkPlotPoints - Class for drawing an points given two columns from a - vtkTable. - - - - Description - This class draws points in a plot given two columns from a table. If you need - a line as well you should use vtkPlotLine which derives from vtkPlotPoints - and is capable of drawing both points and a line. - - - - - vtkPlotLine - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default lookup table. Generally used to create one when none - is available with the scalar data. - - - - - Get the bounds for this plot as (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Get/set the marker size that should be used. The default is negative, and - in that case it is 2.3 times the pen width, if less than 8 will be used. - - - - - Get/set the marker style that should be used. The default is none, the enum - in this class is used as a parameter. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the XY plot, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - When ScalarMode is set to UsePointFieldData or UseCellFieldData, - you can specify which array to use for coloring using these methods. - The lookup table will decide how to convert vectors to colors. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Get/set the marker size that should be used. The default is negative, and - in that case it is 2.3 times the pen width, if less than 8 will be used. - - - - - Get/set the marker style that should be used. The default is none, the enum - in this class is used as a parameter. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - Get the array name to color by. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the XY plot, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPlotStacked - Class for drawing an stacked polygon plot - given an X, Ybase, Yextent in a vtkTable. - - - - Description - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a Stacked Plot Object - - - - - Creates a Stacked Plot Object - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the bounds for this mapper as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Get the color series used if when this is a stacked bar plot. - - - - - Description - Get the plot labels. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the Stacked plot, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Set the plot color - - - - - Set the color series to use if this becomes a stacked bar plot. - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkPlotParallelCoordinates - Class for drawing a parallel coordinate - plot given columns from a vtkTable. - - - - Description - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a parallel coordinates chart - - - - - Creates a parallel coordinates chart - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default lookup table. Generally used to create one when none - is available with the scalar data. - - - - - Get the bounds for this mapper as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the XY plot, called whenever the chart needs to be drawn - - - - - Reset the selection criteria for the chart. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - When ScalarMode is set to UsePointFieldData or UseCellFieldData, - you can specify which array to use for coloring using these methods. - The lookup table will decide how to convert vectors to colors. - - - - - This is a convenience function to set the input table. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Set the selection criteria on the given axis in normalized space (0.0 - 1.0). - - - - - Perform any updates to the item that may be necessary before rendering. - The scene should take care of calling this on all items before their - Paint function is invoked. - - - - - vtkTooltipItem - takes care of drawing 2D axes - - - - Description - The vtkTooltipItem is drawn in screen coordinates. It is used to display a - tooltip on a scene, giving additional information about an element on the - scene, such as in vtkChartXY. It takes care of ensuring that it draws itself - within the bounds of the screen. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Creates a 2D Chart object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkPen object. - - - - - Get a pointer to the vtkTextProperty object that controls the way the - text is rendered. - - - - - Get position of the axis (in pixels). - - - - - Get position of the axis (in pixels). - - - - - Get position of the axis (in pixels). - - - - - Get the vtkTextProperty that governs how the tooltip text is displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Paint event for the tooltip. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the position of the tooltip (in pixels). - - - - - Set the position of the tooltip (in pixels). - - - - - Update the geometry of the tooltip. - - - - - - vtkAbstractArray - Abstract superclass for all arrays - - - - Description - - vtkAbstractArray is an abstract superclass for data array objects. - This class defines an API that all subclasses must support. The - data type must be assignable and copy-constructible, but no other - assumptions about its type are made. Most of the subclasses of - this array deal with numeric data either as scalars or tuples of - scalars. A program can use the IsNumeric() method to check whether - an instance of vtkAbstractArray contains numbers. It is also - possible to test for this by attempting to SafeDownCast an array to - an instance of vtkDataArray, although this assumes that all numeric - arrays will always be descended from vtkDataArray. - - <p> - - Every array has a character-string name. The naming of the array - occurs automatically when it is instantiated, but you are free to - change this name using the SetName() method. (The array name is - used for data manipulation.) - - - - - vtkDataArray vtkStringArray vtkCellArray - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory for this array. Delete old storage only if necessary. - Note that ext is no longer used. - - - - - Delete the associated fast lookup data structure on this array, - if it exists. The lookup will be rebuilt on the next call to a lookup - function. - - - - - Copies the component names from the inputed array to the current array - make sure that the current array has the same number of components as the input array - - - - - Inquire if this array has an instance of vtkInformation - already associated with it. - - - - - Creates an array for dataType where dataType is one of - VTK_BIT, VTK_CHAR, VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR, VTK_SHORT, - VTK_UNSIGNED_SHORT, VTK_INT, VTK_UNSIGNED_INT, VTK_LONG, - VTK_UNSIGNED_LONG, VTK_DOUBLE, VTK_DOUBLE, VTK_ID_TYPE, - VTK_STRING. - Note that the data array returned has to be deleted by the - user. - - - - - Tell the array explicitly that the data has changed. - This is only necessary to call when you modify the array contents - without using the array's API (i.e. you retrieve a pointer to the - data and modify the array contents). You need to call this so that - the fast lookup will know to rebuild itself. Otherwise, the lookup - functions will give incorrect results. - - - - - Deep copy of data. Implementation left to subclasses, which - should support as many type conversions as possible given the - data type. - - Subclasses should call vtkAbstractArray::DeepCopy() so that the - information object (if one exists) is copied from \a da. - - - - - This method copies the array data to the void pointer specified - by the user. It is up to the user to allocate enough memory for - the void pointer. - - - - - This key is a hint to end user interface that this array - is internal and should not be shown to the end user. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this data array. Used to - support streaming and reading/writing data. The value returned is - guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory required to - actually represent the data represented by this object. The - information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - - - - Get the component name for a given component. - Note: will return the actual string that is stored - - - - - Returns the size of the data in DataTypeSize units. Thus, the - number of bytes for the data can be computed by GetDataSize() * - GetDataTypeSize(). Non-contiguous or variable- size arrays need - to override this method. - - - - - Return the underlying data type. An integer indicating data type is - returned as specified in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Get the name of a data type as a string. - - - - - Return the size of the underlying data type. For a bit, 0 is - returned. For string 0 is returned. Arrays with variable length - components return 0. - - - - - Return the size of the underlying data type. For a bit, 0 is - returned. For string 0 is returned. Arrays with variable length - components return 0. - - - - - Return the size, in bytes, of the lowest-level element of an - array. For vtkDataArray and subclasses this is the size of the - data type. For vtkStringArray, this is - sizeof(vtkStdString::value_type), which winds up being - sizeof(char). - - - - - Get an information object that can be used to annotate the array. - This will always return an instance of vtkInformation, if one is - not currently associated with the array it will be created. - - - - - What is the maximum id currently in the array. - - - - - Set/get array's name - - - - - Set/Get the dimention (n) of the components. Must be >= 1. Make sure that - this is set before allocation. - - - - - Set/Get the dimention (n) of the components. Must be >= 1. Make sure that - this is set before allocation. - - - - - Set/Get the dimention (n) of the components. Must be >= 1. Make sure that - this is set before allocation. - - - - - Get the number of tuples (a component group) in the array. - - - - - Return the size of the data. - - - - - Given a list of point ids, return an array of tuples. - You must insure that the output array has been previously - allocated with enough space to hold the data. - - - - - Get the tuples for the range of points ids specified - (i.e., p1->p2 inclusive). You must insure that the output array has - been previously allocated with enough space to hold the data. - - - - - Return a void pointer. For image pipeline interface and other - special pointer manipulation. - - - - - Returns if any component has had a name assigned - - - - - Inquire if this array has an instance of vtkInformation - already associated with it. - - - - - Release storage and reset array to initial state. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at the end in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - Returns the location at which the data was inserted. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at ith location in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - Set the ith tuple in this array as the interpolated tuple value, - given the ptIndices in the source array and associated - interpolation weights. - This method assumes that the two arrays are of the same type - and strcuture. - - - - - Description - Insert the ith tuple in this array as interpolated from the two values, - p1 and p2, and an interpolation factor, t. - The interpolation factor ranges from (0,1), - with t=0 located at p1. This method assumes that the three arrays are of - the same type. p1 is value at index id1 in source1, while, p2 is - value at index id2 in source2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method is here to make backward compatibility easier. It - must return true if and only if an array contains numeric data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Subclasses must override this method and provide the right kind - of templated vtkArrayIteratorTemplate. - - - - - Reset to an empty state, without freeing any memory. - - - - - Resize the array while conserving the data. Returns 1 if - resizing succeeded and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the name for a component. Must be >= 1. - - - - - Set/get array's name - - - - - Set/Get the dimention (n) of the components. Must be >= 1. Make sure that - this is set before allocation. - - - - - Set the number of tuples (a component group) in the array. Note that - this may allocate space depending on the number of components. - Also note that if allocation is performed no copy is performed so - existing data will be lost (if data conservation is sought, one may - use the Resize method instead). - - - - - Set the tuple at the ith location using the jth tuple in the source array. - This method assumes that the two arrays have the same type - and structure. Note that range checking and memory allocation is not - performed; use in conjunction with SetNumberOfTuples() to allocate space. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the supplied array. - - - - - Free any unnecessary memory. - Resize object to just fit data requirement. Reclaims extra memory. - - - - - vtkAbstractTransform - superclass for all geometric transformations - - - Description - vtkAbstractTransform is the superclass for all VTK geometric - transformations. The VTK transform hierarchy is split into two - major branches: warp transformations and homogeneous (including linear) - transformations. The latter can be represented in terms of a 4x4 - transformation matrix, the former cannot. - <p>Transformations can be pipelined through two mechanisms: - <p>1) GetInverse() returns the pipelined - inverse of a transformation i.e. if you modify the original transform, - any transform previously returned by the GetInverse() method will - automatically update itself according to the change. - <p>2) You can do pipelined concatenation of transformations through - the vtkGeneralTransform class, the vtkPerspectiveTransform class, - or the vtkTransform class. - - - - vtkGeneralTransform vtkWarpTransform vtkHomogeneousTransform - vtkLinearTransform vtkIdentityTransform - vtkTransformPolyDataFilter vtkTransformFilter vtkImageReslice - vtkImplicitFunction - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Needs a special UnRegister() implementation to avoid - circular references. - - - - - Check for self-reference. Will return true if concatenating - with the specified transform, setting it to be our inverse, - or setting it to be our input will create a circular reference. - CircuitCheck is automatically called by SetInput(), SetInverse(), - and Concatenate(vtkXTransform *). Avoid using this function, - it is experimental. - - - - - Copy this transform from another of the same type. - - - - - Get the inverse of this transform. If you modify this transform, - the returned inverse transform will automatically update. If you - want the inverse of a vtkTransform, you might want to use - GetLinearInverse() instead which will type cast the result from - vtkAbstractTransform to vtkLinearTransform. - - - - - Override GetMTime necessary because of inverse transforms. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Invert the transformation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set a transformation that this transform will be the inverse of. - This transform will automatically update to agree with the - inverse transform that you set. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision normal at the specified - vertex. If the transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use - TransformDoubleNormal() instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision (x,y,z) coordinate. - Use this if you are programming in Python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision (x,y,z) coordinate. - Use this if you are programming in Python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision vector at the specified - vertex. If the transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use - TransformDoubleVector() instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a single-precision normal at the specified - vertex. If the transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use - TransformFloatNormal() instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to an (x,y,z) coordinate. - Use this if you are programming in Python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to an (x,y,z) coordinate. - Use this if you are programming in Python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a single-precision vector at the specified - vertex. If the transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use - TransformFloatVector() instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a normal at the specified vertex. If the - transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use TransformNormal() - instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a normal at the specified vertex. If the - transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use TransformNormal() - instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a coordinate. You can use the same - array to store both the input and output point. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision coordinate. - Use this if you are programming in Python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision coordinate. - Use this if you are programming in Python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a combination of points, normals - and vectors. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a vector at the specified vertex. If the - transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use TransformVector() - instead. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a vector at the specified vertex. If the - transformation is a vtkLinearTransform, you can use TransformVector() - instead. - - - - - Update the transform to account for any changes which - have been made. You do not have to call this method - yourself, it is called automatically whenever the - transform needs an update. - - - - - vtkAmoebaMinimizer - nonlinear optimization with a simplex - - - Description - vtkAmoebaMinimizer will modify a set of parameters in order to find - the minimum of a specified function. The method used is commonly - known as the amoeba method, it constructs an n-dimensional simplex - in parameter space (i.e. a tetrahedron if the number or parameters - is 3) and moves the vertices around parameter space until a local - minimum is found. The amoeba method is robust, reasonably efficient, - but is not guaranteed to find the global minimum if several local - minima exist. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Evaluate the function. This is usually called internally by the - minimization code, but it is provided here as a public method. - - - - - Return the number of times that the function has been evaluated. - - - - - Get the function value resulting from the minimization. - - - - - Return the number of interations that have been performed. This - is not necessarily the same as the number of function evaluations. - - - - - Specify the maximum number of iterations to try before giving up. - - - - - Get the number of parameters that have been set. - - - - - For completeness, an unchecked method to get the name for particular - parameter (the result will be NULL if no name was set). - - - - - Set the scale to use when modifying a parameter, i.e. the - initial amount by which the parameter will be modified - during the search for the minimum. It is preferable to - identify scalars by name rather than by number. - - - - - Set the scale to use when modifying a parameter, i.e. the - initial amount by which the parameter will be modified - during the search for the minimum. It is preferable to - identify scalars by name rather than by number. - - - - - Get the value of a parameter at the current stage of the minimization. - Call this method within the function that you are minimizing in order - to get the current parameter values. It is preferable to specify - parameters by name rather than by index. - - - - - Get the value of a parameter at the current stage of the minimization. - Call this method within the function that you are minimizing in order - to get the current parameter values. It is preferable to specify - parameters by name rather than by index. - - - - - Specify the fractional tolerance to aim for during the minimization. - - - - - Initialize the minimizer. This will reset the number of parameters to - zero so that the minimizer can be reused. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform one iteration of minimization. Returns zero if the tolerance - stopping criterion has been met. - - - - - Iterate until the minimum is found to within the specified tolerance, - or until the MaxIterations has been reached. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the function value resulting from the minimization. - - - - - Specify the maximum number of iterations to try before giving up. - - - - - Set the scale to use when modifying a parameter, i.e. the - initial amount by which the parameter will be modified - during the search for the minimum. It is preferable to - identify scalars by name rather than by number. - - - - - Set the scale to use when modifying a parameter, i.e. the - initial amount by which the parameter will be modified - during the search for the minimum. It is preferable to - identify scalars by name rather than by number. - - - - - Set the initial value for the specified parameter. Calling - this function for any parameter will reset the Iterations - and the FunctionEvaluations counts to zero. You must also - use SetParameterScale() to specify the step size by which the - parameter will be modified during the minimization. It is - preferable to specify parameters by name, rather than by - number. - - - - - Set the initial value for the specified parameter. Calling - this function for any parameter will reset the Iterations - and the FunctionEvaluations counts to zero. You must also - use SetParameterScale() to specify the step size by which the - parameter will be modified during the minimization. It is - preferable to specify parameters by name, rather than by - number. - - - - - Specify the fractional tolerance to aim for during the minimization. - - - - - vtkAnimationCue - a seqin an animation. - - - Description - vtkAnimationCue and vtkAnimationScene provide the framework to support - animations in VTK. vtkAnimationCue represents an entity that changes/ - animates with time, while vtkAnimationScene represents scene or setup - for the animation, which consists on individual cues or other scenes. - - A cue has three states: UNINITIALIZED, ACTIVE and INACTIVE. - UNINITIALIZED represents an point in time before the start time of the cue. - The cue is in ACTIVE state at a point in time between start time and end time - for the cue. While, beyond the end time, it is in INACTIVE state. - When the cue enters the ACTIVE state, StartAnimationCueEvent is fired. This - event may be handled to initialize the entity to be animated. - When the cue leaves the ACTIVE state, EndAnimationCueEvent is fired, which - can be handled to cleanup after having run the animation. - For every request to render during the ACTIVE state, AnimationCueTickEvent is - fired, which must be handled to perform the actual animation. - - - - vtkAnimationScene - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called when the scene reaches the end. - If the cue state is ACTIVE when this method is called, this will - trigger a EndAnimationCueEvent. - - - - - This is valid only in a AnimationCueTickEvent handler. - Before firing the event the animation cue sets the AnimationTime to - the time of the tick. - - - - - This is valid only in a AnimationCueTickEvent handler. - Before firing the event the animation cue sets the ClockTime to - the time of the tick. ClockTime is directly the time from the animation - scene neither normalized nor offsetted to the start of the scene. - - - - - This is valid only in a AnimationCueTickEvent handler. - Before firing the event the animation cue sets the DeltaTime - to the difference in time between the current tick and the last tick. - - - - - Get/Set the End time for this cue. - When the current time is > EndTime, the Cue is in - INACTIVE state. Whenever the cue leaves an ACTIVE state to enter - INACTIVE state, the EndEvent is triggered. - The End time is in seconds relative to the start of the - container Scene (when in Relative time mode) or is normalized - over the span of the container Scene (when in Normalized time mode). - - - - - Get/Set the Start time for this cue. - When the current time is >= StartTime, the Cue is in - ACTIVE state. if Current time i < StartTime, the Cue is in - UNINITIALIZED state. Whenever the cue enters the ACTIVE state from - an INACTIVE state, it triggers the StartEvent. - The Start time is in seconds relative to the start of the - container Scene (when in Relative time mode) or is normalized - over the span of the container Scene (when in Normalized time mode). - - - - - Get/Set the time mode. In Normalized mode, the start and end - times of the cue are normalized [0,1] with respect to the start and - end times of the container scene. In Relative mode the start and end - time of the cue are specified in offset seconds relative to the - start time of the container scene. - - - - - Called when the playing of the scene begins. - This will set the Cue to UNINITIALIZED state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the End time for this cue. - When the current time is > EndTime, the Cue is in - INACTIVE state. Whenever the cue leaves an ACTIVE state to enter - INACTIVE state, the EndEvent is triggered. - The End time is in seconds relative to the start of the - container Scene (when in Relative time mode) or is normalized - over the span of the container Scene (when in Normalized time mode). - - - - - Get/Set the Start time for this cue. - When the current time is >= StartTime, the Cue is in - ACTIVE state. if Current time i < StartTime, the Cue is in - UNINITIALIZED state. Whenever the cue enters the ACTIVE state from - an INACTIVE state, it triggers the StartEvent. - The Start time is in seconds relative to the start of the - container Scene (when in Relative time mode) or is normalized - over the span of the container Scene (when in Normalized time mode). - - - - - Get/Set the time mode. In Normalized mode, the start and end - times of the cue are normalized [0,1] with respect to the start and - end times of the container scene. In Relative mode the start and end - time of the cue are specified in offset seconds relative to the - start time of the container scene. - - - - - Get/Set the time mode. In Normalized mode, the start and end - times of the cue are normalized [0,1] with respect to the start and - end times of the container scene. In Relative mode the start and end - time of the cue are specified in offset seconds relative to the - start time of the container scene. - - - - - Get/Set the time mode. In Normalized mode, the start and end - times of the cue are normalized [0,1] with respect to the start and - end times of the container scene. In Relative mode the start and end - time of the cue are specified in offset seconds relative to the - start time of the container scene. - - - - - Indicates a tick or point in time in the animation. - Triggers a Tick event if currenttime >= StartTime and - currenttime <= EndTime. - Whenever the state of the cue changes, - either StartEvent or EndEvent is triggerred depending upon - whether the cue entered Active state or quit active state respectively. - The current time is relative to the start of the container Scene - (when in Relative time mode) or is normalized - over the span of the container Scene (when in Normalized time mode). - deltatime is the time since last call to Tick. deltatime also can be in seconds - relative to the start of the container Scene or normalized depending upon the - cue's Time mode. - clocktime is the time from the scene i.e. it does not depend on the time - mode for the cue. - For the first call to Tick - after a call to Initialize(), the deltatime is 0; - - - - - This is valid only in a AnimationCueTickEvent handler. - Before firing the event the animation cue sets the ClockTime to - the time of the tick. ClockTime is directly the time from the animation - scene neither normalized nor offsetted to the start of the scene. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAnimationScene - the animation scene manager. - - - Description - vtkAnimationCue and vtkAnimationScene provide the framework to support - animations in VTK. vtkAnimationCue represents an entity that changes/ - animates with time, while vtkAnimationScene represents scene or setup - for the animation, which consists of individual cues or other scenes. - - A scene can be played in real time mode, or as a seqence of frames - 1/frame rate apart in time. - - - - vtkAnimationCue - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add/Remove an AnimationCue to/from the Scene. - It's an error to add a cue twice to the Scene. - - - - - Makes the state of the scene same as the given time. - - - - - Get/Set the frame rate (in frames per second). - This parameter affects only in the Sequence mode. The time interval - indicated to each cue on every tick is progressed by 1/frame-rate seconds. - - - - - Enable/Disable animation loop. - - - - - Add/Remove an AnimationCue to/from the Scene. - It's an error to add a cue twice to the Scene. - - - - - Get/Set the PlayMode for running/playing the animation scene. - In the Sequence mode, all the frames are generated one after the other. - The time reported to each Tick of the constituent cues (during Play) is - incremented by 1/frame rate, irrespective of the current time. - In the RealTime mode, time indicates the instance in time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns if the animation is being played. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Starts playing the animation scene. Fires a vtkCommand::StartEvent - before play beings and vtkCommand::EndEvent after play ends. - - - - - Add/Remove an AnimationCue to/from the Scene. - It's an error to add a cue twice to the Scene. - - - - - Add/Remove an AnimationCue to/from the Scene. - It's an error to add a cue twice to the Scene. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Makes the state of the scene same as the given time. - - - - - Get/Set the frame rate (in frames per second). - This parameter affects only in the Sequence mode. The time interval - indicated to each cue on every tick is progressed by 1/frame-rate seconds. - - - - - Enable/Disable animation loop. - - - - - Get/Set the PlayMode for running/playing the animation scene. - In the Sequence mode, all the frames are generated one after the other. - The time reported to each Tick of the constituent cues (during Play) is - incremented by 1/frame rate, irrespective of the current time. - In the RealTime mode, time indicates the instance in time. - - - - - Get/Set the PlayMode for running/playing the animation scene. - In the Sequence mode, all the frames are generated one after the other. - The time reported to each Tick of the constituent cues (during Play) is - incremented by 1/frame rate, irrespective of the current time. - In the RealTime mode, time indicates the instance in time. - - - - - Get/Set the PlayMode for running/playing the animation scene. - In the Sequence mode, all the frames are generated one after the other. - The time reported to each Tick of the constituent cues (during Play) is - incremented by 1/frame rate, irrespective of the current time. - In the RealTime mode, time indicates the instance in time. - - - - - Overridden to allow change to Normalized mode only - if none of the constituent cues is in Relative time mode. - - - - - Stops the animation scene that is running. - - - - - Returns if the animation is being played. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkArrayIterator - Abstract superclass to iterate over elements - in an vtkAbstractArray. - - - - Description - vtkArrayIterator is used to iterate over elements in any - vtkAbstractArray subclass. The vtkArrayIteratorTemplateMacro is used - to centralize the set of types supported by Execute methods. It also - avoids duplication of long switch statement case lists. - - Note that in this macro VTK_TT is defined to be the type of the - iterator for the given type of array. One must include the - vtkArrayIteratorIncludes.h header file to provide for extending of - this macro by addition of new iterators. - - Example usage: - - vtkArrayIter* iter = array->NewIterator(); - switch(array->GetDataType()) - { - vtkArrayIteratorTemplateMacro(myFunc(static_cast<VTK_TT*>(iter), arg2)); - } - iter->Delete(); - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Get the data type from the underlying array. Returns 0 if - no underlying array is present. - - - - - Set the array this iterator will iterate over. - After Initialize() has been called, the iterator is valid - so long as the Array has not been modified - (except using the iterator itself). - If the array is modified, the iterator must be re-intialized. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAssemblyNode - represent a node in an assembly - - - Description - vtkAssemblyNode represents a node in an assembly. It is used by - vtkAssemblyPath to create hierarchical assemblies of props. The - props can be either 2D or 3D. - - An assembly node refers to a vtkProp, and possibly a vtkMatrix4x4. - Nodes are used by vtkAssemblyPath to build fully evaluated path - (matrices are concatenated through the path) that is used by picking - and other operations involving assemblies. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an assembly node. - - - - - Create an assembly node. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Override the standard GetMTime() to check for the modified times - of the prop and matrix. - - - - - Specify a transformation matrix associated with the prop. - Note: if the prop is not a type of vtkProp3D, then the - transformation matrix is ignored (and expected to be NULL). - Also, internal to this object the matrix is copied because - the matrix is used for computation by vtkAssemblyPath. - - - - - Set/Get the prop that this assembly node refers to. - - - - - Create an assembly node. - - - - - Create an assembly node. - - - - - Create an assembly node. - - - - - Create an assembly node. - - - - - Specify a transformation matrix associated with the prop. - Note: if the prop is not a type of vtkProp3D, then the - transformation matrix is ignored (and expected to be NULL). - Also, internal to this object the matrix is copied because - the matrix is used for computation by vtkAssemblyPath. - - - - - Set/Get the prop that this assembly node refers to. - - - - - vtkAssemblyPath - a list of nodes that form an assembly path - - - Description - vtkAssemblyPath represents an ordered list of assembly nodes that - represent a fully evaluated assembly path. This class is used primarily - for picking. Note that the use of this class is to add one or more - assembly nodes to form the path. (An assembly node consists of an instance - of vtkProp and vtkMatrix4x4, the matrix may be NULL.) As each node is - added, the matrices are concatenated to create a final, evaluated matrix. - - - - - vtkCollection - create and manipulate unsorted lists of objects - - - Description - vtkCollection is a general object for creating and manipulating lists - of objects. The lists are unsorted and allow duplicate entries. - vtkCollection also serves as a base class for lists of specific types - of objects. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with empty list. - - - - - Construct with empty list. - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Add an object to the list. Does not prevent duplicate entries. - - - - - Get the i'th item in the collection. NULL is returned if i is out - of range - - - - - See vtkGarbageCollector.h: - - - - - Return the number of objects in the list. - - - - - Initialize the traversal of the collection. This means the data pointer - is set at the beginning of the list. - - - - - Insert item into the list after the i'th item. Does not prevent duplicate entries. - If i < 0 the item is placed at the top of the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Search for an object and return location in list. If the return value is - 0, the object was not found. If the object was found, the location is - the return value-1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get an iterator to traverse the objects in this collection. - - - - - Remove all objects from the list. - - - - - Remove the i'th item in the list. - Be careful if using this function during traversal of the list using - GetNextItemAsObject (or GetNextItem in derived class). The list WILL - be shortened if a valid index is given! If this->Current is equal to the - element being removed, have it point to then next element in the list. - - - - - Remove an object from the list. Removes the first object found, not - all occurrences. If no object found, list is unaffected. See warning - in description of RemoveItem(int). - - - - - Replace the i'th item in the collection with a - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate empty path with identify matrix. - - - - - Instantiate empty path with identify matrix. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience method adds a prop and matrix together, - creating an assembly node transparently. The matrix - pointer m may be NULL. Note: that matrix is the one, - if any, associated with the prop. - - - - - Delete the last assembly node in the list. This is like - a stack pop. - - - - - Get the first assembly node in the list. See the comments for - GetNextNode() regarding the contents of the returned node. (Note: This - node corresponds to the vtkProp associated with the vtkRenderer. - - - - - Get the last assembly node in the list. See the comments - for GetNextNode() regarding the contents of the returned node. - - - - - Override the standard GetMTime() to check for the modified times - of the nodes in this path. - - - - - Get the next assembly node in the list. The node returned - contains a pointer to a prop and a 4x4 matrix. The matrix - is evaluated based on the preceding assembly hierarchy - (i.e., the matrix is not necessarily as the same as the - one that was added with AddNode() because of the - concatenation of matrices in the assembly hierarchy). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform a shallow copy (reference counted) on the - incoming path. - - - - - vtkAssemblyPaths - a list of lists of props representing an assembly hierarchy - - - Description - vtkAssemblyPaths represents an assembly hierarchy as a list of - vtkAssemblyPath. Each path represents the complete path from the - top level assembly (if any) down to the leaf prop. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Override the standard GetMTime() to check for the modified times - of the paths. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkBitArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of bits - - - Description - vtkBitArray is an array of bits (0/1 data value). The array is packed - so that each byte stores eight bits. vtkBitArray provides methods - for insertion and retrieval of bits, and will automatically resize - itself to hold new data. - - - - - vtkDataArray - abstract superclass for arrays of numeric data - - - Description - - vtkDataArray is an abstract superclass for data array objects - containing numeric data. It extends the API defined in - vtkAbstractArray. vtkDataArray is an abstract superclass for data - array objects. This class defines an API that all array objects - must support. Note that the concrete subclasses of this class - represent data in native form (char, int, etc.) and often have - specialized more efficient methods for operating on this data (for - example, getting pointers to data or getting/inserting data in - native form). Subclasses of vtkDataArray are assumed to contain - data whose components are meaningful when cast to and from double. - - - - - vtkBitArray vtkCharArray vtkUnsignedCharArray vtkShortArray - vtkUnsignedShortArray vtkIntArray vtkUnsignedIntArray vtkLongArray - vtkUnsignedLongArray vtkDoubleArray vtkDoubleArray - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This key is used to hold tight bounds on the range of - one component over all tuples of the array. - Two values (a minimum and maximum) are stored for each component. - When GetRange() is called when no tuples are present in the array - this value is set to { VTK_DOUBLE_MAX, VTK_DOUBLE_MIN }. - - - - - Copy a component from one data array into a component on this data array. - This method copies the specified component ("fromComponent") from the - specified data array ("from") to the specified component ("j") over all - the tuples in this data array. This method can be used to extract - a component (column) from one data array and paste that data into - a component on this data array. - - - - - Copy information instance. Arrays use information objects - in a variety of ways. It is important to have flexibility in - this regard because certain keys should not be coppied, while - others must be. NOTE: Up to the implmeneter to make sure that - keys not inteneded to be coppied are excluded here. - - - - - Creates an array for dataType where dataType is one of - VTK_BIT, VTK_CHAR, VTK_SIGNED_CHAR, VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR, VTK_SHORT, - VTK_UNSIGNED_SHORT, VTK_INT, VTK_UNSIGNED_INT, VTK_LONG, - VTK_UNSIGNED_LONG, VTK_DOUBLE, VTK_DOUBLE, VTK_ID_TYPE. - Note that the data array returned has be deleted by the - user. - - - - - Create default lookup table. Generally used to create one when none - is available. - - - - - Deep copy of data. Copies data from different data arrays even if - they are different types (using doubleing-point exchange). - - - - - Deep copy of data. Copies data from different data arrays even if - they are different types (using doubleing-point exchange). - - - - - Fill a component of a data array with a specified value. This method - sets the specified component to specified value for all tuples in the - data array. This methods can be used to initialize or reinitialize a - single component of a multi-component array. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this data array. Used to - support streaming and reading/writing data. The value returned is - guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory required to - actually represent the data represented by this object. The - information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - - - - Return the data component at the ith tuple and jth component location. - Note that i is less than NumberOfTuples and j is less than - NumberOfComponents. - - - - - Get the data as a double array in the range (tupleMin,tupleMax) and - (compMin, compMax). The resulting double array consists of all data in - the tuple range specified and only the component range specified. This - process typically requires casting the data from native form into - doubleing point values. This method is provided as a convenience for data - exchange, and is not very fast. - - - - - These methods return the Min and Max possible range of the native - data type. For example if a vtkScalars consists of unsigned char - data these will return (0,255). - - - - - These methods return the Min and Max possible range of the native - data type. For example if a vtkScalars consists of unsigned char - data these will return (0,255). - - - - - These methods return the Min and Max possible range of the native - data type. For example if a vtkScalars consists of unsigned char - data these will return (0,255). - - - - - These methods return the Min and Max possible range of the native - data type. For example if a vtkScalars consists of unsigned char - data these will return (0,255). - - - - - These methods return the Min and Max possible range of the native - data type. For example if a vtkScalars consists of unsigned char - data these will return (0,255). - - - - - These methods return the Min and Max possible range of the native - data type. For example if a vtkScalars consists of unsigned char - data these will return (0,255). - - - - - Return the size, in bytes, of the lowest-level element of an - array. For vtkDataArray and subclasses this is the size of the - data type. - - - - - Set/get the lookup table associated with this scalar data, if any. - - - - - Return the maximum norm for the tuples. - Note that the max. is computed everytime GetMaxNorm is called. - - - - - Return the range of the array values for the given component. - Range is copied into the array provided. - If comp is equal to -1, it returns the range of the magnitude - (if the number of components is equal to 1 it still returns the range of - component 0). - - - - - Return the range of the array values for the given component. - Range is copied into the array provided. - If comp is equal to -1, it returns the range of the magnitude - (if the number of components is equal to 1 it still returns the range of - component 0). - - - - - Return the range of the array values for the 0th component. - Range is copied into the array provided. - - - - - Return the range of the array values for the 0th component. - Range is copied into the array provided. - - - - - Get the data tuple at ith location. Return it as a pointer to an array. - Note: this method is not thread-safe, and the pointer is only valid - as long as another method invocation to a vtk object is not performed. - - - - - Get the data tuple at ith location by filling in a user-provided array, - Make sure that your array is large enough to hold the NumberOfComponents - amount of data being returned. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - Given a list of point ids, return an array of tuples. - You must insure that the output array has been previously - allocated with enough space to hold the data. - - - - - Get the tuples for the range of points ids specified - (i.e., p1->p2 inclusive). You must insure that the output array has - been previously allocated with enough space to hold the data. - - - - - Insert the data component at ith tuple and jth component location. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at the end in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - Returns the location at which the data was inserted. - This pure virtual function is redeclared here to avoid - declaration hidden warnings. - - - - - Insert the data tuple at the end of the array and return the location at - which the data was inserted. Memory is allocated as necessary to hold - the data. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at ith location in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - This pure virtual function is redeclared here to avoid - declaration hidden warnings. - - - - - Insert the data tuple at ith location. Note that memory allocation - is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - InsertTuple() which takes arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - Set the ith tuple in this array as the interpolated tuple value, - given the ptIndices in the source array and associated - interpolation weights. - This method assumes that the two arrays are of the same type - and strcuture. - - - - - Description - Insert the ith tuple in this array as interpolated from the two values, - p1 and p2, and an interpolation factor, t. - The interpolation factor ranges from (0,1), - with t=0 located at p1. This method assumes that the three arrays are of - the same type. p1 is value at index id1 in source1, while, p2 is - value at index id2 in source2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method is here to make backward compatibility easier. It - must return true if and only if an array contains numeric data. - All vtkDataArray subclasses contain numeric data, hence this method - always returns 1(true). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This key is used to hold tight bounds on the $L_2$ norm - of tuples in the array. - Two values (a minimum and maximum) are stored for each component. - When GetRange() is called when no tuples are present in the array - this value is set to { VTK_DOUBLE_MAX, VTK_DOUBLE_MIN }. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This key is used to hold a vector of COMPONENT_RANGE keys -- one - for each component of the array. You may add additional per-component - key-value pairs to information objects in this vector. However if you - do so, you must be sure to either (1) set COMPONENT_RANGE to - { VTK_DOUBLE_MAX, VTK_DOUBLE_MIN } or (2) call ComputeRange( component ) - <b>before</b> modifying the information object. Otherwise it is - possible for modifications to the array to take place without the bounds - on the component being updated since the modification time of the - vtkInformation object is used to determine when the COMPONENT_RANGE - values are out of date. - - - - - These methods remove tuples from the data array. They shift data and - resize array, so the data array is still valid after this operation. Note, - this operation is fairly slow. - - - - - These methods remove tuples from the data array. They shift data and - resize array, so the data array is still valid after this operation. Note, - this operation is fairly slow. - - - - - These methods remove tuples from the data array. They shift data and - resize array, so the data array is still valid after this operation. Note, - this operation is fairly slow. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the data component at the ith tuple and jth component location. - Note that i is less than NumberOfTuples and j is less than - NumberOfComponents. Make sure enough memory has been allocated - (use SetNumberOfTuples() and SetNumberOfComponents()). - - - - - Set/get the lookup table associated with this scalar data, if any. - - - - - Set the tuple at the ith location using the jth tuple in the source array. - This method assumes that the two arrays have the same type - and structure. Note that range checking and memory allocation is not - performed; use in conjunction with SetNumberOfTuples() to allocate space. - - - - - Set the data tuple at ith location. Note that range checking or - memory allocation is not performed; use this method in conjunction - with SetNumberOfTuples() to allocate space. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - These methods are included as convenience for the wrappers. - GetTuple() and SetTuple() which return/take arrays can not be - used from wrapped languages. These methods can be used instead. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory for this array. Delete old storage only if necessary. - Note that ext is no longer used. - - - - - Delete the associated fast lookup data structure on this array, - if it exists. The lookup will be rebuilt on the next call to a lookup - function. - - - - - Tell the array explicitly that the data has changed. - This is only necessary to call when you modify the array contents - without using the array's API (i.e. you retrieve a pointer to the - data and modify the array contents). You need to call this so that - the fast lookup will know to rebuild itself. Otherwise, the lookup - functions will give incorrect results. - - - - - Deep copy of another bit array. - - - - - Deep copy of another bit array. - - - - - satisfy vtkDataArray API - - - - - satisfy vtkDataArray API - - - - - Direct manipulation of the underlying data. - - - - - Get a pointer to a tuple at the ith location. This is a dangerous method - (it is not thread safe since a pointer is returned). - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - Release storage and reset array to initial state. - - - - - Insert the data component at ith tuple and jth component location. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at the end in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - Returns the location at which the data was inserted. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - hide superclass' DeepCopy() from the user and the compiler - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at ith location in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - hide superclass' DeepCopy() from the user and the compiler - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the indices where a specific value appears. - - - - - Return the indices where a specific value appears. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns a new vtkBitArrayIterator instance. - - - - - These methods remove tuples from the data array. They shift data and - resize array, so the data array is still valid after this operation. Note, - this operation is fairly slow. - - - - - These methods remove tuples from the data array. They shift data and - resize array, so the data array is still valid after this operation. Note, - this operation is fairly slow. - - - - - These methods remove tuples from the data array. They shift data and - resize array, so the data array is still valid after this operation. Note, - this operation is fairly slow. - - - - - Resize the array while conserving the data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. If save 0, the array must have been allocated - with new[] not malloc. - - - - - Set the data component at the ith tuple and jth component location. - Note that i is less then NumberOfTuples and j is less then - NumberOfComponents. Make sure enough memory has been allocated (use - SetNumberOfTuples() and SetNumberOfComponents()). - - - - - Set the number of n-tuples in the array. - - - - - hide superclass' DeepCopy() from the user and the compiler - - - - - Set the tuple at the ith location using the jth tuple in the source array. - This method assumes that the two arrays have the same type - and structure. Note that range checking and memory allocation is not - performed; use in conjunction with SetNumberOfTuples() to allocate space. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - hide superclass' DeepCopy() from the user and the compiler - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. If save 0, the array must have been allocated - with new[] not malloc. - - - - - hide superclass' DeepCopy() from the user and the compiler - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkBitArrayIterator - Iterator for vtkBitArray. - This iterator iterates over a vtkBitArray. It uses the double interface - to get/set bit values. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the array. - - - - - Get the data type from the underlying array. - - - - - Get the data type size from the underlying array. - - - - - Must be called only after Initialize. - - - - - Must be called only after Initialize. - - - - - Must be called only after Initialize. - - - - - Must be called only after Initialize. - - - - - Must be called only after Initialize. - - - - - Set the array this iterator will iterate over. - After Initialize() has been called, the iterator is valid - so long as the Array has not been modified - (except using the iterator itself). - If the array is modified, the iterator must be re-intialized. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the value at the index. This does not verify if the index is valid. - The caller must ensure that id is less than the maximum number of values. - - - - - vtkBox - implicit function for a bounding box - - - Description - vtkBox computes the implicit function and/or gradient for a axis-aligned - bounding box. (The superclasses transform can be used to modify this - orientation.) Each side of the box is orthogonal to all other sides - meeting along shared edges and all faces are orthogonal to the x-y-z - coordinate axes. (If you wish to orient this box differently, recall that - the superclass vtkImplicitFunction supports a transformation matrix.) - vtkCube is a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - - vtkCubeSource vtkImplicitFunction - - - - - vtkImplicitFunction - abstract interface for implicit functions - - - Description - vtkImplicitFunction specifies an abstract interface for implicit - functions. Implicit functions are real valued functions defined in 3D - space, w = F(x,y,z). Two primitive operations are required: the ability to - evaluate the function, and the function gradient at a given point. The - implicit function divides space into three regions: on the surface - (F(x,y,z)=w), outside of the surface (F(x,y,z)>c), and inside the - surface (F(x,y,z)<c). (When c is zero, positive values are outside, - negative values are inside, and zero is on the surface. Note also - that the function gradient points from inside to outside.) - - Implicit functions are very powerful. It is possible to represent almost - any type of geometry with the level sets w = const, especially if you use - boolean combinations of implicit functions (see vtkImplicitBoolean). - - vtkImplicitFunction provides a mechanism to transform the implicit - function(s) via a vtkAbstractTransform. This capability can be used to - translate, orient, scale, or warp implicit functions. For example, - a sphere implicit function can be transformed into an oriented ellipse. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Evaluate function at position x-y-z and return value. You should - generally not call this method directly, you should use - FunctionValue() instead. This method must be implemented by - any derived class. - - - - - Evaluate function at position x-y-z and return value. You should - generally not call this method directly, you should use - FunctionValue() instead. This method must be implemented by - any derived class. - - - - - Evaluate function gradient at position x-y-z and pass back vector. - You should generally not call this method directly, you should use - FunctionGradient() instead. This method must be implemented by - any derived class. - - - - - Evaluate function gradient at position x-y-z and pass back vector. Point - x[3] is transformed through transform (if provided). - - - - - Evaluate function gradient at position x-y-z and pass back vector. Point - x[3] is transformed through transform (if provided). - - - - - Evaluate function gradient at position x-y-z and pass back vector. Point - x[3] is transformed through transform (if provided). - - - - - Evaluate function at position x-y-z and return value. Point x[3] is - transformed through transform (if provided). - - - - - Evaluate function at position x-y-z and return value. Point x[3] is - transformed through transform (if provided). - - - - - Overload standard modified time function. If Transform is modified, - then this object is modified as well. - - - - - Set/Get a transformation to apply to input points before - executing the implicit function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get a transformation to apply to input points before - executing the implicit function. - - - - - Set/Get a transformation to apply to input points before - executing the implicit function. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct box with center at (0,0,0) and each side of length 1.0. - - - - - Description - Construct box with center at (0,0,0) and each side of length 1.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A special method that allows union set operation on bounding boxes. - Start with a SetBounds(). Subsequent AddBounds() methods are union set - operations on the original bounds. Retrieve the final bounds with a - GetBounds() method. - - - - - Description - Evaluate box defined by the two points (pMin,pMax). - - - - - Description - Evaluate box defined by the two points (pMin,pMax). - - - - - Description - Evaluate the gradient of the box. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Bounding box intersection modified from Graphics Gems Vol I. The method - returns a non-zero value if the bounding box is hit. Origin[3] starts - the ray, dir[3] is the vector components of the ray in the x-y-z - directions, coord[3] is the location of hit, and t is the parametric - coordinate along line. (Notes: the intersection ray dir[3] is NOT - normalized. Valid intersections will only occur between 0<=t<=1.) - - - - - Intersect a line with the box. Give the endpoints of the line in - p1 and p2. The parameteric distances from p1 to the entry and exit - points are returned in t1 and t2, where t1 and t2 are clamped to the - range [0,1]. The entry and exit planes are returned in plane1 and - plane2 where integers (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) stand for the - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) planes respectively, and a value - of -1 means that no intersection occurred. The actual intersection - coordinates are stored in x1 and x2, which can be set to NULL of you - do not need them to be returned. The function return value will be - zero if the line is wholly outside of the box. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Intersect a line with the box. Give the endpoints of the line in - p1 and p2. The parameteric distances from p1 to the entry and exit - points are returned in t1 and t2, where t1 and t2 are clamped to the - range [0,1]. The entry and exit planes are returned in plane1 and - plane2 where integers (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) stand for the - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) planes respectively, and a value - of -1 means that no intersection occurred. The actual intersection - coordinates are stored in x1 and x2, which can be set to NULL of you - do not need them to be returned. The function return value will be - zero if the line is wholly outside of the box. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - Intersect a line with the box. Give the endpoints of the line in - p1 and p2. The parameteric distances from p1 to the entry and exit - points are returned in t1 and t2, where t1 and t2 are clamped to the - range [0,1]. The entry and exit planes are returned in plane1 and - plane2 where integers (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) stand for the - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) planes respectively, and a value - of -1 means that no intersection occurred. The actual intersection - coordinates are stored in x1 and x2, which can be set to NULL of you - do not need them to be returned. The function return value will be - zero if the line is wholly outside of the box. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box using various methods. - - - - - vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence - Gaussian sequence of pseudo random numbers implemented with the Box-Mueller transform - - - Description - vtkGaussianRandomSequence is a sequence of pseudo random numbers - distributed according to the Gaussian/normal distribution (mean=0 and - standard deviation=1). - - It based is calculation from a uniformly distributed pseudo random sequence. - The initial sequence is a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence. - - - - - vtkGaussianRandomSequence - Gaussian sequence of pseudo random numbers - - - Description - vtkGaussianRandomSequence is a sequence of pseudo random numbers - distributed according to the Gaussian/normal distribution (mean=0 and - standard deviation=1) - - This is just an interface. - - - - - vtkRandomSequence - Sequence of random numbers. - - - Description - vtkRandomSequence defines the interface of any sequence of random numbers. - - At this level of abstraction, there is no assumption about the distribution - of the numbers or about the quality of the sequence of numbers to be - statistically independent. There is no assumption about the range of values. - - To the question about why a random "sequence" class instead of a random - "generator" class or to a random "number" class?, - see the OOSC book: - "Object-Oriented Software Construction", 2nd Edition, by Bertrand Meyer. - chapter 23, "Principles of class design", "Pseudo-random number generators: - a design exercise", page 754--755. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Current value - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move to the next number in the random sequence. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenient method to return a value given the mean and standard deviation - of the Gaussian distribution from the the Gaussian distribution of mean=0 - and standard deviation=1.0. There is an initial implementation that can - be overridden by a subclass. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the uniformly distributed sequence of random numbers. - - - - - Current value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move to the next number in the random sequence. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the uniformly distributed sequence of random numbers. - Default is a . - - - - - vtkByteSwap - perform machine dependent byte swapping - - - Description - vtkByteSwap is used by other classes to perform machine dependent byte - swapping. Byte swapping is often used when reading or writing binary - files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Swap 2, 4, or 8 bytes for storage as Big Endian. - - - - - Swap a block of 2-, 4-, or 8-byte segments for storage as Big Endian. - - - - - Swap 2, 4, or 8 bytes for storage as Little Endian. - - - - - Swap a block of 2-, 4-, or 8-byte segments for storage as Little Endian. - - - - - Swap 2, 4, or 8 bytes for storage as Big Endian. - - - - - Swap a block of 2-, 4-, or 8-byte segments for storage as Big Endian. - - - - - Swap 2, 4, or 8 bytes for storage as Little Endian. - - - - - Swap a block of 2-, 4-, or 8-byte segments for storage as Little Endian. - - - - - Swap 2, 4, or 8 bytes for storage as Big Endian. - - - - - Swap a block of 2-, 4-, or 8-byte segments for storage as Big Endian. - - - - - Swap 2, 4, or 8 bytes for storage as Little Endian. - - - - - Swap a block of 2-, 4-, or 8-byte segments for storage as Little Endian. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Swaps the bytes of a buffer. Uses an arbitrary word size, but - assumes the word size is divisible by two. - - - - - vtkCharArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of char - - - Description - vtkCharArray is an array of values of type char. It provides - methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkClientSocket - Encapsulates a client socket. - - - - - vtkSocket - BSD socket encapsulation. - - - Description - This abstract class encapsulates a BSD socket. It provides an API for - basic socket operations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Close the socket. - - - - - ----- Status API ---- - Check is the socket is alive. - - - - - Provides access to the internal socket descriptor. This is valid only when - GetConnected() returns true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Receive data from the socket. - This call blocks until some data is read from the socket. - When readFully is set, this call will block until all the - requested data is read from the socket. - 0 on error, else number of bytes read is returned. On error, - vtkCommand::ErrorEvent is raised. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Selects set of sockets. Returns 0 on timeout, -1 on error. - 1 on success. Selected socket's index is returned thru - selected_index - - - - - ------ Communication API --- - These methods send data over the socket. - Returns 1 on success, 0 on error and raises vtkCommand::ErrorEvent. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Connects to host. Returns 0 on success, -1 on error. - - - - - Returns if the socket is on the connecting side (the side that requests a - ConnectToServer() or on the connected side (the side that was waiting for - the client to connect). This is used to disambiguate the two ends of a socket - connection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCollectionIterator - iterator through a vtkCollection. - - - Description - vtkCollectionIterator provides an alternative way to traverse - through the objects in a vtkCollection. Unlike the collection's - built in interface, this allows multiple iterators to - simultaneously traverse the collection. If items are removed from - the collection, only the iterators currently pointing to those - items are invalidated. Other iterators will still continue to - function normally. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the collection over which to iterate. - - - - - Get the item at the current iterator position. Valid only when - IsDoneWithTraversal() returns 1. - - - - - Position the iterator at the first item in the collection. - - - - - Move the iterator to the next item in the collection. - - - - - Position the iterator at the first item in the collection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Test whether the iterator is currently positioned at a valid item. - Returns 1 for yes, 0 for no. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the collection over which to iterate. - - - - - vtkCommand - superclass for callback/observer methods - - - Description - vtkCommand is an implementation of the observer/command design - pattern. In this design pattern, any instance of vtkObject can be - "observed" for any events it might invoke. For example, - vtkRenderer invokes a StartEvent as it begins to render and a - EndEvent when it finishes rendering. Filters (subclasses of - vtkProcessObject) invoke StartEvent, ProgressEvent, and EndEvent as - the filter processes data. Observers of events are added with the - AddObserver() method found in vtkObject. AddObserver(), besides - requiring an event id or name, also takes an instance of vtkCommand - (or a subclasses). Note that vtkCommand is meant to be subclassed, - so that you can package the information necessary to support your - callback. - - Event processing can be organized in priority lists, so it is - possible to truncate the processing of a particular event by - setting the AbortFlag variable. The priority is set using the - AddObserver() method. By default the priority is 0, events of the - same priority are processed in last-in-first-processed order. The - ordering/aborting of events is important for things like 3D - widgets, which handle an event if the widget is selected (and then - aborting further processing of that event). Otherwise. the event - is passed along for further processing. - - When an instance of vtkObject invokes an event, it also passes an optional - void pointer to a callData. This callData is NULL most of the time. - The callData is not specific to a type of event but specific to a type - of vtkObject invoking a specific event. For instance, vtkCommand::PickEvent - is invoked by vtkProp with a NULL callData but is invoked by - vtkInteractorStyleImage with a pointer to the vtkInteractorStyleImage object - itself. - - Here is the list of events that may be invoked with a none NULL callData. - - vtkCommand::ProgressEvent - - most of the objects return a pointer to a double value ranged between - 0.0 and 1.0 - - Infovis/vtkFixedWidthTextReader returns a pointer to a float value equal - to the number of lines read so far. - - vtkCommand::ErrorEvent - - an error message as a const char * string - - vtkCommand::WarningEvent - - a warning message as a const char * string - - vtkCommand::StartAnimationCueEvent - - a pointer to a vtkAnimationCue::AnimationCueInfo object - - vtkCommand::EndAnimationCueEvent - - a pointer to a vtkAnimationCue::AnimationCueInfo object - - vtkCommand::AnimationCueTickEvent - - a pointer to a vtkAnimationCue::AnimationCueInfo object - - vtkCommand::PickEvent - - Common/vtkProp returns NULL - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::StartPickEvent - - Rendering/vtkPropPicker returns NULL - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::EndPickEvent - - Rendering/vtkPropPicker returns NULL - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::WrongTagEvent - - Parallel/vtkSocketCommunicator returns a received tag as a char * - - vtkCommand::SelectionChangedEvent - - Views/vtkView returns NULL - - Views/vtkDataRepresentation returns a pointer to a vtkSelection - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand2D returns an array of 5 unsigned - integers (p1x, p1y, p2x, p2y, mode), where mode is - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand2D::SELECT_UNION or - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand2D::SELECT_NORMAL - - vtkCommand::AnnotationChangedEvent - - GUISupport/Qt/vtkQtAnnotationView returns a pointer to a - vtkAnnotationLayers - - vtkCommand::PlacePointEvent - - Widgets/vtkSeedWidget returns a pointer to an int, being the current - handle number - - vtkCommand::ResetWindowLevelEvent - - Widgets/vtkImagePlaneWidget returns an array of 2 double values (window - and level) - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::StartWindowLevelEvent - - Widgets/vtkImagePlaneWidget returns an array of 2 double values (window - and level) - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::EndWindowLevelEvent - - Widgets/vtkImagePlaneWidget returns an array of 2 double values (window - and level) - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::WindowLevelEvent - - Widgets/vtkImagePlaneWidget returns an array of 2 double values (window - and level) - - Rendering/vtkInteractorStyleImage returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::CharEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QKeyEvent * - - vtkCommand::TimerEvent - - most of the objects return a to an int representing a timer id - - Rendering/vtkXRenderWindowTclInteractor returns NULL - - Widgets/vtkHoverWidget returns NULL - - vtkCommand::CreateTimerEvent - - Rendering/vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor returns a to an int - representing a timer id - - vtkCommand::DestroyTimerEvent - - Rendering/vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor returns a to an int - representing a timer id - - vtkCommand::UserEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - Infovis/vtkInteractorStyleTreeMapHover returns a pointer to a vtkIdType - representing a pedigree id - - vtkCommand::KeyPressEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QKeyEvent* - - vtkCommand::KeyReleaseEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QKeyEvent* - - vtkCommand::LeftButtonPressEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::LeftButtonReleaseEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::MouseMoveEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::MouseWheelForwardEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QWheelEvent* - - vtkCommand::MouseWheelBackwardEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QWheelEvent* - - vtkCommand::RightButtonPressEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::RightButtonReleaseEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::MiddleButtonPressEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::MiddleButtonReleaseEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QMouseEvent* - - vtkCommand::CursorChangedEvent - - most of the objects return a pointer to an int representing a shape - - Rendering/vtkInteractorObserver returns NULL - - vtkCommand::ResetCameraEvent - - Rendering/vtkRenderer returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::ResetCameraClippingRangeEvent - - Rendering/vtkRenderer returns a pointer to itself - - vtkCommand::ActiveCameraEvent - - Rendering/vtkRenderer returns a pointer to the active camera - - vtkCommand::CreateCameraEvent - - Rendering/vtkRenderer returns a pointer to the created camera - - vtkCommand::EnterEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QEvent* - - vtkCommand::LeaveEvent - - most of the objects return NULL - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QEvent* - - vtkCommand::RenderWindowMessageEvent - - Rendering/vtkWin32OpenGLRenderWindow return a pointer to a UINT message - - vtkCommand::ComputeVisiblePropBoundsEvent - - Rendering/vtkRenderer returns a pointer to itself - - QVTKWidget::ContextMenuEvent - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QContextMenuEvent* - - QVTKWidget::DragEnterEvent - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QDragEnterEvent* - - QVTKWidget::DragMoveEvent - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QDragMoveEvent* - - QVTKWidget::DragLeaveEvent - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QDragLeaveEvent* - - QVTKWidget::DropEvent - - GUISupport/Qt/QVTKWidget returns a QDropEvent* - - vtkCommand::ViewProgressEvent - - View/vtkView returns a ViewProgressEventCallData* - - vtkCommand::VolumeMapperRenderProgressEvent - - A pointer to a double value between 0.0 and 1.0 - - vtkCommand::VolumeMapperComputeGradientsProgressEvent - - A pointer to a double value between 0.0 and 1.0 - - vtkCommand::TDxMotionEvent (TDx=3DConnexion) - - A vtkTDxMotionEventInfo* - - vtkCommand::TDxButtonPressEvent - - A int* being the number of the button - - vtkCommand::TDxButtonReleaseEvent - - A int* being the number of the button - - - - - vtkObject vtkCallbackCommand vtkOldStyleCallbackCommand - vtkInteractorObserver vtk3DWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Decrease the reference count (release by another object). This has - the same effect as invoking Delete() (i.e., it reduces the reference - count by 1). - - - - - Set/Get the abort flag. If this is set to true no further - commands are executed. - - - - - Set/Get the abort flag. If this is set to true no further - commands are executed. - - - - - All derived classes of vtkCommand must implement this - method. This is the method that actually does the work of the - callback. The caller argument is the object invoking the event, - the eventId parameter is the id of the event, and callData - parameter is data that can be passed into the execute - method. (Note: vtkObject::InvokeEvent() takes two parameters: the - event id (or name) and call data. Typically call data is NULL, - but the user can package data and pass it this - way. Alternatively, a derived class of vtkCommand can be used to - pass data.) - - - - - Set/Get the abort flag. If this is set to true no further - commands are executed. - - - - - Convenience methods for translating between event names and event - ids. - - - - - Set/Get the passive observer flag. If this is set to true, this - indicates that this command does not change the state of the - system in any way. Passive observers are processed first, and - are not called even when another command has focus. - - - - - Convenience methods for translating between event names and event - ids. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the passive observer flag. If this is set to true, this - indicates that this command does not change the state of the - system in any way. Passive observers are processed first, and - are not called even when another command has focus. - - - - - Set/Get the passive observer flag. If this is set to true, this - indicates that this command does not change the state of the - system in any way. Passive observers are processed first, and - are not called even when another command has focus. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the abort flag. If this is set to true no further - commands are executed. - - - - - Set/Get the passive observer flag. If this is set to true, this - indicates that this command does not change the state of the - system in any way. Passive observers are processed first, and - are not called even when another command has focus. - - - - - Set/Get the passive observer flag. If this is set to true, this - indicates that this command does not change the state of the - system in any way. Passive observers are processed first, and - are not called even when another command has focus. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkConditionVariable - mutual exclusion locking class - - - Description - vtkConditionVariable allows the locking of variables which are accessed - through different threads. This header file also defines - vtkSimpleConditionVariable which is not a subclass of vtkObject. - - The win32 implementation is based on notes provided by - Douglas C. Schmidt and Irfan Pyarali, - Department of Computer Science, - Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri. - http://www.cs.wustl.edu/~schmidt/win32-cv-1.html - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Wait for the condition to change. - Upon entry, the mutex must be locked and the lock held by the calling thread. - Upon exit, the mutex will be locked and held by the calling thread. - Between entry and exit, the mutex will be unlocked and may be held by other threads. - - @param mutex The mutex that should be locked on entry and will be locked on exit (but not in between) - @retval Normally, this function returns 0. Should a thread be interrupted by a signal, a non-zero value may be returned. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Wait for the condition to change. - Upon entry, the mutex must be locked and the lock held by the calling thread. - Upon exit, the mutex will be locked and held by the calling thread. - Between entry and exit, the mutex will be unlocked and may be held by other threads. - - @param mutex The mutex that should be locked on entry and will be locked on exit (but not in between) - @retval Normally, this function returns 0. Should a thread be interrupted by a signal, a non-zero value may be returned. - - - - - Wait for the condition to change. - Upon entry, the mutex must be locked and the lock held by the calling thread. - Upon exit, the mutex will be locked and held by the calling thread. - Between entry and exit, the mutex will be unlocked and may be held by other threads. - - @param mutex The mutex that should be locked on entry and will be locked on exit (but not in between) - @retval Normally, this function returns 0. Should a thread be interrupted by a signal, a non-zero value may be returned. - - - - - vtkContourValues - helper object to manage setting and generating contour values - - - Description - vtkContourValues is a general class to manage the creation, generation, - and retrieval of contour values. This class serves as a helper class for - contouring classes, or those classes operating on lists of contour values. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with a single contour value at 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with a single contour value at 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Return the number of contours in the - - - - - Get the ith contour value. The return value will be clamped if the - index i is out of range. - - - - - Return a pointer to a list of contour values. The contents of the - list will be garbage if the number of contours <= 0. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. Make sure you've - allocated memory of size GetNumberOfContours(). - - - - - Construct object with a single contour value at 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with a single contour value at 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with a single contour value at 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with a single contour value at 0.0. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set the ith contour value. - - - - - vtkCriticalSection - Critical section locking class - - - Description - vtkCriticalSection allows the locking of variables which are accessed - through different threads. This header file also defines - vtkSimpleCriticalSection which is not a subclass of vtkObject. - The API is identical to that of vtkMutexLock, and the behavior is - identical as well, except on Windows 9x/NT platforms. The only difference - on these platforms is that vtkMutexLock is more flexible, in that - it works across processes as well as across threads, but also costs - more, in that it evokes a 600-cycle x86 ring transition. The - vtkCriticalSection provides a higher-performance equivalent (on - Windows) but won't work across processes. Since it is unclear how, - in vtk, an object at the vtk level can be shared across processes - in the first place, one should use vtkCriticalSection unless one has - a very good reason to use vtkMutexLock. If higher-performance equivalents - for non-Windows platforms (Irix, SunOS, etc) are discovered, they - should replace the implementations in this class - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Unlock the vtkCriticalSection - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Unlock the vtkCriticalSection - - - - - vtkCylindricalTransform - cylindrical to rectangular coords and back - - - Description - vtkCylindricalTransform will convert (r,theta,z) coordinates to - (x,y,z) coordinates and back again. The angles are given in radians. - By default, it converts cylindrical coordinates to rectangular, but - GetInverse() returns a transform that will do the opposite. The - equation that is used is x = r*cos(theta), y = r*sin(theta), z = z. - Caveats - This transform is not well behaved along the line x=y=0 (i.e. along - the z-axis) - - - - vtkSphericalTransform vtkGeneralTransform - - - - - vtkWarpTransform - superclass for nonlinear geometric transformations - - - Description - vtkWarpTransform provides a generic interface for nonlinear - warp transformations. - - - - vtkThinPlateSplineTransform vtkGridTransform vtkGeneralTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the inverse flag of the transformation. This flag is - set to zero when the transformation is first created, and - is flipped each time Inverse() is called. - - - - - Set the maximum number of iterations for the inverse - transformation. The default is 500, but usually only - 2 to 5 iterations are used. The inversion method - is fairly robust, and it should converge for nearly all smooth - transformations that do not fold back on themselves. - - - - - Set the tolerance for inverse transformation. - The default is 0.001. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Invert the transformation. Warp transformations are usually - inverted using an iterative technique such as Newton's method. - The inverse transform is usually around five or six times as - computationally expensive as the forward transform. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the maximum number of iterations for the inverse - transformation. The default is 500, but usually only - 2 to 5 iterations are used. The inversion method - is fairly robust, and it should converge for nearly all smooth - transformations that do not fold back on themselves. - - - - - Set the tolerance for inverse transformation. - The default is 0.001. - - - - - Do not use these methods. They exists only as a work-around for - internal templated functions (I really didn't want to make the - Forward/Inverse methods public, is there a decent work around - for this sort of thing?) - - - - - Do not use these methods. They exists only as a work-around for - internal templated functions (I really didn't want to make the - Forward/Inverse methods public, is there a decent work around - for this sort of thing?) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataArrayCollection - maintain an unordered list of dataarray objects - - - Description - vtkDataArrayCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists of - datasets. See also vtkCollection and subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataarray to the list. - - - - - Get the ith dataarray in the list. - - - - - Get the next dataarray in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataArrayCollectionIterator - iterator through a vtkDataArrayCollection. - - - Description - vtkDataArrayCollectionIterator provides an implementation of - vtkCollectionIterator which allows the items to be retrieved with - the proper subclass pointer type for vtkDataArrayCollection. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the item at the current iterator position. Valid only when - IsDoneWithTraversal() returns 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the collection over which to iterate. - - - - - Set the collection over which to iterate. - - - - - vtkDataArraySelection - Store on/off settings for data arrays for a vtkSource. - - - Description - vtkDataArraySelection can be used by vtkSource subclasses to store - on/off settings for whether each vtkDataArray in its input should - be passed in the source's output. This is primarily intended to - allow file readers to configure what data arrays are read from the - file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Remove all array entries. - - - - - Return whether the array with the given name exists. - - - - - Return whether the array with the given name is enabled. If - there is no entry, the array is assumed to be disabled. - - - - - Copy the selections from the given vtkDataArraySelection instance. - - - - - Disable all arrays that currently have an entry. - - - - - Disable the array with the given name. Creates a new entry if - none exists. - - - - - Enable all arrays that currently have an entry. - - - - - Enable the array with the given name. Creates a new entry if - none exists. - - - - - Get an index of the array containing name within the enabled arrays - - - - - Get the name of the array entry at the given index. - - - - - Get whether the array at the given index is enabled. - - - - - Get whether the array at the given index is enabled. - - - - - Get the index of an array with the given name among those - that are enabled. Returns -1 if the array is not enabled. - - - - - Get the number of arrays that currently have an entry. - - - - - Get the number of arrays that are enabled. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all array entries. - - - - - Remove all array entries. - - - - - Remove all array entries. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDebugLeaks - identify memory leaks at program termination - - - Description - vtkDebugLeaks is used to report memory leaks at the exit of the program. - It uses the vtkObjectFactory to intercept the construction of all VTK - objects. It uses the UnRegister method of vtkObject to intercept the - destruction of all objects. A table of object name to number of instances - is kept. At the exit of the program if there are still VTK objects around - it will print them out. To enable this class add the flag - -DVTK_DEBUG_LEAKS to the compile line, and rebuild vtkObject and - vtkObjectFactory. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Call this when creating a class of a given name. - - - - - Call this when deleting a class of a given name. - - - - - Get/Set flag for exiting with an error when leaks are present. - Default is on when testing and off otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Print all the values in the table. Returns non-zero if there - were leaks. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set flag for exiting with an error when leaks are present. - Default is on when testing and off otherwise. - - - - - vtkDirectory - OS independent class for access and manipulation of system directories - - - Description - vtkDirectory provides a portable way of finding the names of the files - in a system directory. It also provides methods of manipulating directories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkDirectory object. - - - - - Create a new vtkDirectory object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Remove a directory. - - - - - Return true if the file is a directory. If the file is not an - absolute path, it is assumed to be relative to the opened - directory. If no directory has been opened, it is assumed to - be relative to the current working directory. - - - - - Get the current working directory. - - - - - Return the file at the given index, the indexing is 0 based - - - - - Get an array that contains all the file names. - - - - - Return the number of files in the current directory. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Create directory. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Open the specified directory and load the names of the files - in that directory. 0 is returned if the directory can not be - opened, 1 if it is opened. - - - - - Rename a file or directory. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - vtkDoubleArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of double - - - Description - vtkDoubleArray is an array of values of type double. It provides - methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkDynamicLoader - class interface to system dynamic libraries - - - Description - vtkDynamicLoader provides a portable interface to loading dynamic - libraries into a process. - - - - A more portable and lightweight solution is kwsys::DynamicLoader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the last error produced from a calls made on this class. - - - - - Return the library extension for the given architecture - - - - - Return the library prefix for the given architecture - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEdgeTable - keep track of edges (edge is pair of integer id's) - - - Description - vtkEdgeTable is a general object for keeping track of lists of edges. An - edge is defined by the pair of point id's (p1,p2). Methods are available - to insert edges, check if edges exist, and traverse the list of edges. - Also, it's possible to associate attribute information with each edge. - The attribute information may take the form of vtkIdType id's, void* - pointers, or points. To store attributes, make sure that - InitEdgeInsertion() is invoked with the storeAttributes flag set properly. - If points are inserted, use the methods InitPointInsertion() and - InsertUniquePoint(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object assuming that 1000 edges are to be inserted. - - - - - Instantiate object assuming that 1000 edges are to be inserted. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Traverse list of edges in table. Return the edge as (p1,p2), where p1 - and p2 are point id's. Method return value is <0 if list is exhausted; - non-zero otherwise. The value of p1 is guaranteed to be <= p2. - - - - - Return the number of edges that have been inserted thus far. - - - - - Initialize the edge insertion process. Provide an estimate of the number - of points in a dataset (the maximum range value of p1 or p2). The - storeAttributes variable controls whether attributes are to be stored - with the edge, and what type of attributes. If storeAttributes==1, then - attributes of vtkIdType can be stored. If storeAttributes==2, then - attributes of type void* can be stored. In either case, additional - memory will be required by the data structure to store attribute data - per each edge. This method is used in conjunction with one of the three - InsertEdge() methods described below (don't mix the InsertEdge() - methods---make sure that the one used is consistent with the - storeAttributes flag set in InitEdgeInsertion()). - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. The newPts is an object - representing point coordinates into which incremental insertion methods - place their data. The points are associated with the edge. - - - - - Intialize traversal of edges in table. - - - - - Free memory and return to the initially instantiated state. - - - - - Insert the edge (p1,p2) into the table. It is the user's - responsibility to check if the edge has already been inserted - (use IsEdge()). If the storeAttributes flag in InitEdgeInsertion() - has been set, then the method returns a unique integer id (i.e., - the edge id) that can be used to set and get edge - attributes. Otherwise, the method will return 1. Do not mix this - method with the InsertEdge() method that follows. - - - - - Insert the edge (p1,p2) into the table with the attribute id - specified (make sure the attributeId >= 0). Note that the - attributeId is ignored if the storeAttributes variable was set to - 0 in the InitEdgeInsertion() method. It is the user's - responsibility to check if the edge has already been inserted - (use IsEdge()). Do not mix this method with the other two - InsertEdge() methods. - - - - - Insert the edge (p1,p2) into the table with the attribute id - specified (make sure the attributeId >= 0). Note that the - attributeId is ignored if the storeAttributes variable was set to - 0 in the InitEdgeInsertion() method. It is the user's - responsibility to check if the edge has already been inserted - (use IsEdge()). Do not mix this method with the other two - InsertEdge() methods. - - - - - Insert a unique point on the specified edge. Invoke this method only - after InitPointInsertion() has been called. Return 0 if point was - already in the list, otherwise return 1. - - - - - Instantiate object assuming that 1000 edges are to be inserted. - - - - - Return an integer id for the edge, or an attribute id of the edge - (p1,p2) if the edge has been previously defined (it depends upon - which version of InsertEdge() is being used); otherwise -1. The - unique integer id can be used to set and retrieve attributes to - the edge. - - - - - Instantiate object assuming that 1000 edges are to be inserted. - - - - - Instantiate object assuming that 1000 edges are to be inserted. - - - - - Reset the object and prepare for reinsertion of edges. Does not delete - memory like the Initialize() method. - - - - - Instantiate object assuming that 1000 edges are to be inserted. - - - - - vtkExtentSplitter - Split an extent across other extents. - - - Description - vtkExtentSplitter splits each input extent into non-overlapping - sub-extents that are completely contained within other "source - extents". A source extent corresponds to some resource providing - an extent. Each source extent has an integer identifier, integer - priority, and an extent. The input extents are split into - sub-extents according to priority, availability, and amount of - overlap of the source extents. This can be used by parallel data - readers to read as few piece files as possible. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an extent to the queue of extents to be split among the - available sources. - - - - - Add an extent to the queue of extents to be split among the - available sources. - - - - - Add/Remove a source providing the given extent. Sources with - higher priority numbers are favored. Source id numbers and - priorities must be non-negative. - - - - - Add/Remove a source providing the given extent. Sources with - higher priority numbers are favored. Source id numbers and - priorities must be non-negative. - - - - - Split the extents currently in the queue among the available - sources. The queue is empty when this returns. Returns 1 if all - extents could be read. Returns 0 if any portion of any extent - was not available through any source. - - - - - Get the number of sub-extents into which the original set of - extents have been split across the available sources. Valid - after a call to ComputeSubExtents. - - - - - Get/Set whether "point mode" is on. In point mode, sub-extents - are generated to ensure every point in the update request is - read, but not necessarily every cell. This can be used when - point data are stored in a planar slice per piece with no cell - data. The default is OFF. - - - - - Get the sub-extent associated with the given index. Use - GetSubExtentSource to get the id of the source from which this - sub-extent should be read. Valid after a call to - ComputeSubExtents. - - - - - Get the sub-extent associated with the given index. Use - GetSubExtentSource to get the id of the source from which this - sub-extent should be read. Valid after a call to - ComputeSubExtents. - - - - - Get the id of the source from which the sub-extent associated - with the given index should be read. Returns -1 if no source - provides the sub-extent. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set whether "point mode" is on. In point mode, sub-extents - are generated to ensure every point in the update request is - read, but not necessarily every cell. This can be used when - point data are stored in a planar slice per piece with no cell - data. The default is OFF. - - - - - Get/Set whether "point mode" is on. In point mode, sub-extents - are generated to ensure every point in the update request is - read, but not necessarily every cell. This can be used when - point data are stored in a planar slice per piece with no cell - data. The default is OFF. - - - - - Add/Remove a source providing the given extent. Sources with - higher priority numbers are favored. Source id numbers and - priorities must be non-negative. - - - - - Add/Remove a source providing the given extent. Sources with - higher priority numbers are favored. Source id numbers and - priorities must be non-negative. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set whether "point mode" is on. In point mode, sub-extents - are generated to ensure every point in the update request is - read, but not necessarily every cell. This can be used when - point data are stored in a planar slice per piece with no cell - data. The default is OFF. - - - - - vtkExtentTranslator - Generates a structured extent from unstructured. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - How should the streamer break up extents. Block mode - tries to break an extent up into cube blocks. It always chooses - the largest axis to split. - Slab mode first breaks up the Z axis. If it gets to one slice, - then it starts breaking up other axes. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These are the main methods that should be called. These methods - are responsible for converting a piece to an extent. The signatures - without arguments are only thread safe when each thread accesses a - different instance. The signatures with arguments are fully thread - safe. - - - - - These are the main methods that should be called. These methods - are responsible for converting a piece to an extent. The signatures - without arguments are only thread safe when each thread accesses a - different instance. The signatures with arguments are fully thread - safe. - - - - - These are the main methods that should be called. These methods - are responsible for converting a piece to an extent. The signatures - without arguments are only thread safe when each thread accesses a - different instance. The signatures with arguments are fully thread - safe. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - How should the streamer break up extents. Block mode - tries to break an extent up into cube blocks. It always chooses - the largest axis to split. - Slab mode first breaks up the Z axis. If it gets to one slice, - then it starts breaking up other axes. - - - - - How should the streamer break up extents. Block mode - tries to break an extent up into cube blocks. It always chooses - the largest axis to split. - Slab mode first breaks up the Z axis. If it gets to one slice, - then it starts breaking up other axes. - - - - - How should the streamer break up extents. Block mode - tries to break an extent up into cube blocks. It always chooses - the largest axis to split. - Slab mode first breaks up the Z axis. If it gets to one slice, - then it starts breaking up other axes. - - - - - How should the streamer break up extents. Block mode - tries to break an extent up into cube blocks. It always chooses - the largest axis to split. - Slab mode first breaks up the Z axis. If it gets to one slice, - then it starts breaking up other axes. - - - - - By default the translator creates N structured subextents by repeatedly - splitting the largest current dimension until there are N pieces. - If you do not want it always split the largest dimension, for instance when the - shortest dimension is the slowest changing and thus least coherent in memory, - use this to tell the translator which dimensions to split. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - Set the Piece/NumPieces. Set the WholeExtent and then call PieceToExtent. - The result can be obtained from the Extent ivar. - - - - - vtkFastNumericConversion - Enables fast conversion of floating point to fixed point - - - Description - vtkFastNumericConversion uses a portable (assuming IEEE format) method for - converting single and double precision floating point values to a fixed - point representation. This allows fast integer floor operations on - platforms, such as Intel X86, in which CPU floating point conversion - algorithms are very slow. It is based on the techniques described in Chris - Hecker's article, "Let's Get to the (Floating) Point", in Game Developer - Magazine, Feb/Mar 1996, and the techniques described in Michael Herf's - website, http://www.stereopsis.com/FPU.html. The Hecker article can be - found at http://www.d6.com/users/checker/pdfs/gdmfp.pdf. Unfortunately, - each of these techniques is incomplete, and doesn't convert properly, in a - way that depends on how many bits are reserved for fixed point fractional - use, due to failing to properly account for the default round-towards-even - rounding mode of the X86. Thus, my implementation incorporates some - rounding correction that undoes the rounding that the FPU performs during - denormalization of the floating point value. Note that the rounding affect - I'm talking about here is not the effect on the fistp instruction, but - rather the effect that occurs during the denormalization of a value that - occurs when adding it to a much larger value. The bits must be shifted to - the right, and when a "1" bit falls off the edge, the rounding mode - determines what happens next, in order to avoid completely "losing" the - 1-bit. Furthermore, my implementation works on Linux, where the default - precision mode is 64-bit extended precision. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add one to the requested number of fractional bits, to make - the conversion safe with respect to rounding mode. This is the - same as the difference between QuickFloor and SafeFloor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Add one to the requested number of fractional bits, to make - the conversion safe with respect to rounding mode. This is the - same as the difference between QuickFloor and SafeFloor. - - - - - Add one to the requested number of fractional bits, to make - the conversion safe with respect to rounding mode. This is the - same as the difference between QuickFloor and SafeFloor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Add one to the requested number of fractional bits, to make - the conversion safe with respect to rounding mode. This is the - same as the difference between QuickFloor and SafeFloor. - - - - - Set the number of bits reserved for fractional precision that are - maintained as part of the flooring process. This number affects the - flooring arithmetic. It may be useful if the factional part is to be - used to index into a lookup table of some sort. However, if you are only - interested in knowing the fractional remainder after flooring, there - doesn't appear to be any advantage to using these bits, either in terms - of a lookup table, or by directly multiplying by some unit fraction, - over simply subtracting the floored value from the original value. Note - that since only 32 bits are used for the entire fixed point - representation, increasing the number of reserved fractional bits - reduces the range of integer values that can be floored to. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFileOutputWindow - File Specific output window class - - - Description - Writes debug/warning/error output to a log file instead of the console. - To use this class, instantiate it and then call SetInstance(this). - - - - - - vtkOutputWindow - base class for writing debug output to a console - - - Description - This class is used to encapsulate all text output, so that it will work - with operating systems that have a stdout and stderr, and ones that - do not. (i.e windows does not). Sub-classes can be provided which can - redirect the output to a window. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is a singleton pattern New. There will only be ONE - reference to a vtkOutputWindow object per process. Clients that - call this must call Delete on the object so that the reference - counting will work. The single instance will be unreferenced when - the program exits. - - - - - This is a singleton pattern New. There will only be ONE - reference to a vtkOutputWindow object per process. Clients that - call this must call Delete on the object so that the reference - counting will work. The single instance will be unreferenced when - the program exits. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Display the text. Four virtual methods exist, depending on the type of - message to display. This allows redirection or reformatting of the - messages. The default implementation uses DisplayText for all. - - - - - Display the text. Four virtual methods exist, depending on the type of - message to display. This allows redirection or reformatting of the - messages. The default implementation uses DisplayText for all. - - - - - Display the text. Four virtual methods exist, depending on the type of - message to display. This allows redirection or reformatting of the - messages. The default implementation uses DisplayText for all. - - - - - Display the text. Four virtual methods exist, depending on the type of - message to display. This allows redirection or reformatting of the - messages. The default implementation uses DisplayText for all. - - - - - Display the text. Four virtual methods exist, depending on the type of - message to display. This allows redirection or reformatting of the - messages. The default implementation uses DisplayText for all. - - - - - Return the singleton instance with no reference counting. - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - If PromptUser is set to true then each time a line of text - is displayed, the user is asked if they want to keep getting - messages. - - - - - If PromptUser is set to true then each time a line of text - is displayed, the user is asked if they want to keep getting - messages. - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Supply a user defined output window. Call ->Delete() on the supplied - instance after setting it. - - - - - If PromptUser is set to true then each time a line of text - is displayed, the user is asked if they want to keep getting - messages. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Setting append will cause the log file to be - opened in append mode. Otherwise, if the log file exists, - it will be overwritten each time the vtkFileOutputWindow - is created. - - - - - Setting append will cause the log file to be - opened in append mode. Otherwise, if the log file exists, - it will be overwritten each time the vtkFileOutputWindow - is created. - - - - - Put the text into the log file. - New lines are converted to carriage return new lines. - - - - - Turns on buffer flushing for the output - to the log file. - - - - - Turns on buffer flushing for the output - to the log file. - - - - - Setting append will cause the log file to be - opened in append mode. Otherwise, if the log file exists, - it will be overwritten each time the vtkFileOutputWindow - is created. - - - - - Sets the name for the log file. - - - - - Turns on buffer flushing for the output - to the log file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Setting append will cause the log file to be - opened in append mode. Otherwise, if the log file exists, - it will be overwritten each time the vtkFileOutputWindow - is created. - - - - - Sets the name for the log file. - - - - - Turns on buffer flushing for the output - to the log file. - - - - - vtkFloatArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of float - - - Description - vtkFloatArray is an array of values of type float. It provides - methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkFunctionParser - Parse and evaluate a mathematical expression - - - Description - vtkFunctionParser is a class that takes in a mathematical expression as - a char string, parses it, and evaluates it at the specified values of - the variables in the input string. - - You can use the "if" operator to create conditional expressions - such as if ( test, trueresult, falseresult). These evaluate the boolean - valued test expression and then evaluate either the trueresult or the - falseresult expression to produce a final (scalar or vector valued) value. - "test" may contain <,>,=,|,&, and () and all three subexpressions can - evaluate arbitrary function operators (ln, cos, +, if, etc) - - Thanks - Juha Nieminen (juha.nieminen@gmail.com) for relicensing this branch of the - function parser code that this class is based upon under the new BSD license - so that it could be used in VTK. Note, the BSD license applies to this - version of the function parser only (by permission of the author), and not - the original library. - - Thomas Dunne (thomas.dunne@iwr.uni-heidelberg.de) for adding code for - two-parameter-parsing and a few functions (sign, min, max). - - Sid Sydoriak (sxs@lanl.gov) for adding boolean operations and - conditional expressions and for fixing a variety of bugs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get input string to evaluate. - - - - - Get the number of scalar variables. - - - - - Get the number of vector variables. - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - Get a scalar result from evaluating the input function. - - - - - Get the ith scalar variable name. - - - - - Get the value of a scalar variable. - - - - - Get the value of a scalar variable. - - - - - Get a vector result from evaluating the input function. - - - - - Get a vector result from evaluating the input function. - - - - - Get the ith vector variable name. - - - - - Get the value of a vector variable. - - - - - Get the value of a vector variable. - - - - - Get the value of a vector variable. - - - - - Get the value of a vector variable. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check whether the result is a scalar result. If it isn't, then - either the result is a vector or an error has occurred. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check whether the result is a vector result. If it isn't, then - either the result is scalar or an error has occurred. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all the current variables. - - - - - Remove all the scalar variables. - - - - - Remove all the vector variables. - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get input string to evaluate. - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - Set the value of a scalar variable. If a variable with this name - exists, then its value will be set to the new value. If there is not - already a variable with this name, variableName will be added to the - list of variables, and its value will be set to the new value. - - - - - Set the value of a scalar variable. If a variable with this name - exists, then its value will be set to the new value. If there is not - already a variable with this name, variableName will be added to the - list of variables, and its value will be set to the new value. - - - - - Set the value of a vector variable. If a variable with this name - exists, then its value will be set to the new value. If there is not - already a variable with this name, variableName will be added to the - list of variables, and its value will be set to the new value. - - - - - Set the value of a vector variable. If a variable with this name - exists, then its value will be set to the new value. If there is not - already a variable with this name, variableName will be added to the - list of variables, and its value will be set to the new value. - - - - - Set the value of a vector variable. If a variable with this name - exists, then its value will be set to the new value. If there is not - already a variable with this name, variableName will be added to the - list of variables, and its value will be set to the new value. - - - - - Set the value of a vector variable. If a variable with this name - exists, then its value will be set to the new value. If there is not - already a variable with this name, variableName will be added to the - list of variables, and its value will be set to the new value. - - - - - vtkFunctionSet - Abstract interface for sets of functions - - - Description - vtkFunctionSet specifies an abstract interface for set of functions - of the form F_i = F_i(x_j) where F (with i=1..m) are the functions - and x (with j=1..n) are the independent variables. - The only supported operation is the function evaluation at x_j. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Evaluate functions at x_j. - x and f have to point to valid double arrays of appropriate - sizes obtained with GetNumberOfFunctions() and - GetNumberOfIndependentVariables. - - - - - Return the number of functions. Note that this is constant for - a given type of set of functions and can not be changed at - run time. - - - - - Return the number of independent variables. Note that this is - constant for a given type of set of functions and can not be changed - at run time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGarbageCollector - Detect and break reference loops - - - Description - vtkGarbageCollector is used by VTK classes that may be involved in - reference counting loops (such as Algorithm <-> Executive). It - detects strongly connected components of the reference graph that - have been leaked deletes them. The garbage collector uses the - ReportReferences method to search the reference graph and construct - a net reference count for each connected component. If the net - reference count is zero the entire set of objects is deleted. - Deleting each component may leak other components, which are then - collected recursively. - - To enable garbage collection for a class, add these members: - - - - public: - virtual void Register(vtkObjectBase* o) - { - this->RegisterInternal(o, 1); - } - virtual void UnRegister(vtkObjectBase* o) - { - this->UnRegisterInternal(o, 1); - } - - protected: - - virtual void ReportReferences(vtkGarbageCollector* collector) - { - // Report references held by this object that may be in a loop. - this->Superclass::ReportReferences(collector); - vtkGarbageCollectorReport(collector, this->OtherObject, "Other Object"); - } - - - The implementations should be in the .cxx file in practice. - It is important that the reference be reported using the real - pointer or smart pointer instance that holds the reference. When - collecting the garbage collector will actually set this pointer to - NULL. The destructor of the class should be written to deal with - this. It is also expected that an invariant is maintained for any - reference that is reported. The variable holding the reference - must always either be NULL or refer to a fully constructed valid - object. Therefore code like "this->Object->UnRegister(this)" must - be avoided if "this->Object" is a reported reference because it - is possible that the object is deleted before UnRegister returns - but then "this->Object" will be left as a dangling pointer. Instead - use code like - - - vtkObjectBase* obj = this->Object; - this->Object = 0; - obj->UnRegister(this); - - - so that the reported reference maintains the invariant. - - If subclassing from a class that already supports garbage - collection, one need only provide the ReportReferences method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Collect immediately using any objects whose collection was - previously deferred as a root for the reference graph walk. - Strongly connected components in the reference graph are - identified. Those with a net reference count of zero are - deleted. When a component is deleted it may remove references to - other components that are not part of the same reference loop but - are held by objects in the original component. These removed - references are handled as any other and their corresponding - checks may be deferred. This method keeps collecting until no - deferred collection checks remain. - - - - - Collect immediately using the given object as the root for a - reference graph walk. Strongly connected components in the - reference graph are identified. Those with a net reference count - of zero are deleted. When a component is deleted it may remove - references to other components that are not part of the same - reference loop but are held by objects in the original component. - These removed references are handled as any other and their - corresponding checks may be deferred. This method does continue - collecting in this case. - - - - - Push/Pop whether to do deferred collection. Whenever the total - number of pushes exceeds the total number of pops collection will - be deferred. Code can call the Collect method directly to force - collection. - - - - - Push/Pop whether to do deferred collection. Whenever the total - number of pushes exceeds the total number of pops collection will - be deferred. Code can call the Collect method directly to force - collection. - - - - - Set/Get global garbage collection debugging flag. When set to 1, - all garbage collection checks will produce debugging information. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get global garbage collection debugging flag. When set to 1, - all garbage collection checks will produce debugging information. - - - - - vtkGeneralTransform - allows operations on any transforms - - - Description - vtkGeneralTransform is like vtkTransform and vtkPerspectiveTransform, - but it will work with any vtkAbstractTransform as input. It is - not as efficient as the other two, however, because arbitrary - transformations cannot be concatenated by matrix multiplication. - Transform concatenation is simulated by passing each input point - through each transform in turn. - - - - vtkTransform vtkPerspectiveTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Check for self-reference. Will return true if concatenating - with the specified transform, setting it to be our inverse, - or setting it to be our input will create a circular reference. - CircuitCheck is automatically called by SetInput(), SetInverse(), - and Concatenate(vtkXTransform *). Avoid using this function, - it is experimental. - - - - - Concatenates the matrix with the current transformation according - to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Concatenates the matrix with the current transformation according - to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Concatenate the specified transform with the current transformation - according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The concatenation is pipelined, meaning that if any of the - transformations are changed, even after Concatenate() is called, - those changes will be reflected when you call TransformPoint(). - - - - - Description - Get one of the concatenated transformations as a vtkAbstractTransform. - These transformations are applied, in series, every time the - transformation of a coordinate occurs. This method is provided - to make it possible to decompose a transformation into its - constituents, for example to save a transformation to a file. - - - - - Set the input for this transformation. This will be used as the - base transformation if it is set. This method allows you to build - a transform pipeline: if the input is modified, then this transformation - will automatically update accordingly. Note that the InverseFlag, - controlled via Inverse(), determines whether this transformation - will use the Input or the inverse of the Input. - - - - - Get the inverse flag of the transformation. This controls - whether it is the Input or the inverse of the Input that - is used as the base transformation. The InverseFlag is - flipped every time Inverse() is called. The InverseFlag - is off when a transform is first created. - - - - - Override GetMTime to account for input and concatenation. - - - - - Get the total number of transformations that are linked into this - one via Concatenate() operations or via SetInput(). - - - - - Set this transformation to the identity transformation. If - the transform has an Input, then the transformation will be - reset so that it is the same as the Input. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Invert the transformation. This will also set a flag so that - the transformation will use the inverse of its Input, if an Input - has been set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Deletes the transformation on the top of the stack and sets the top - to the next transformation on the stack. - - - - - Sets the internal state of the transform to PostMultiply. All subsequent - operations will occur after those already represented in the - current transformation. In homogeneous matrix notation, M = A*M where - M is the current transformation matrix and A is the applied matrix. - The default is PreMultiply. - - - - - Sets the internal state of the transform to PreMultiply. All subsequent - operations will occur before those already represented in the - current transformation. In homogeneous matrix notation, M = M*A where - M is the current transformation matrix and A is the applied matrix. - The default is PreMultiply. - - - - - Pushes the current transformation onto the transformation stack. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The angle is in degrees, and (x,y,z) specifies the axis that the - rotation will be performed around. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The angle is in degrees, and (x,y,z) specifies the axis that the - rotation will be performed around. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y, z) - and concatenate it with the current transformation according to - PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y, z) - and concatenate it with the current transformation according to - PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Set the input for this transformation. This will be used as the - base transformation if it is set. This method allows you to build - a transform pipeline: if the input is modified, then this transformation - will automatically update accordingly. Note that the InverseFlag, - controlled via Inverse(), determines whether this transformation - will use the Input or the inverse of the Input. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - vtkHeap - replacement for malloc/free and new/delete - - - Description - This class is a replacement for malloc/free and new/delete for software - that has inherent memory leak or performance problems. For example, - external software such as the PLY library (vtkPLY) and VRML importer - (vtkVRMLImporter) are often written with lots of malloc() calls but - without the corresponding free() invocations. The class - vtkOrderedTriangulator may create and delete millions of new/delete calls. - This class allows the overloading of the C++ new operator (or other memory - allocation requests) by using the method AllocateMemory(). Memory is - deleted with an invocation of CleanAll() (which deletes ALL memory; any - given memory allocation cannot be deleted). Note: a block size can be used - to control the size of each memory allocation. Requests for memory are - fulfilled from the block until the block runs out, then a new block is - created. - - Caveats - Do not use this class as a general replacement for system memory - allocation. This class should be used only as a last resort if memory - leaks cannot be tracked down and eliminated by conventional means. Also, - deleting memory from vtkHeap is not supported. Only the deletion of - the entire heap is. (A Reset() method allows you to reuse previously - allocated memory.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate the memory requested. - - - - - Set/Get the size at which blocks are allocated. If a memory - request is bigger than the block size, then that size - will be allocated. - - - - - Get the number of allocations thus far. - - - - - Get the number of allocations thus far. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This methods resets the current allocation location - back to the beginning of the heap. This allows - reuse of previously allocated memory which may be - beneficial to performance in many cases. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the size at which blocks are allocated. If a memory - request is bigger than the block size, then that size - will be allocated. - - - - - Convenience method performs string duplication. - - - - - vtkHomogeneousTransform - superclass for homogeneous transformations - - - Description - vtkHomogeneousTransform provides a generic interface for homogeneous - transformations, i.e. transformations which can be represented by - multiplying a 4x4 matrix with a homogeneous coordinate. - - - - vtkPerspectiveTransform vtkLinearTransform vtkIdentityTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Just like GetInverse(), but includes typecast to vtkHomogeneousTransform. - - - - - Get a copy of the internal transformation matrix. The - transform is Updated first, to guarantee that the matrix - is valid. - - - - - Get a pointer to an internal vtkMatrix4x4 that represents - the transformation. An Update() is called on the transform - to ensure that the matrix is up-to-date when you get it. - You should not store the matrix pointer anywhere because it - might become stale. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a combination of points, normals - and vectors. - - - - - vtkIdList - list of point or cell ids - - - Description - vtkIdList is used to represent and pass data id's between - objects. vtkIdList may represent any type of integer id, but - usually represents point and cell ids. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy an id list by explicitly copying the internal array. - - - - - Delete specified id from list. Will remove all occurrences of id in list. - - - - - Return the id at location i. - - - - - Return the number of id's in the list. - - - - - Get a pointer to a particular data index. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the id at location i. Does range checking and allocates memory - as necessary. - - - - - In-lined for performance - - - - - If id is not already in list, insert it and return location in - list. Otherwise return just location in list. - - - - - Intersect this list with another vtkIdList. Updates current list according - to result of intersection operation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - In-lined for performance - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset to an empty state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the id at location i. Doesn't do range checking so it's a bit - faster than InsertId. Make sure you use SetNumberOfIds() to allocate - memory prior to using SetId(). - - - - - Specify the number of ids for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the number of ids. - - - - - Free any unused memory. - - - - - Get a pointer to a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkIdListCollection - maintain an unordered list of dataarray objects - - - Description - vtkIdListCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists of - datasets. See also vtkCollection and subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list. - - - - - Get the ith dataset in the list. - - - - - Get the next dataset in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkIdTypeArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkIdType - - - Description - vtkIdTypeArray is an array of values of type vtkIdType. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkIdentityTransform - a transform that doesn't do anything - - - Description - vtkIdentityTransform is a transformation which will simply pass coordinate - data unchanged. All other transform types can also do this, however, - the vtkIdentityTransform does so with much greater efficiency. - - - - vtkLinearTransform - - - - - vtkLinearTransform - abstract superclass for linear transformations - - - Description - vtkLinearTransform provides a generic interface for linear - (affine or 12 degree-of-freedom) geometric transformations. - - - - vtkTransform vtkIdentityTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Just like GetInverse, but it includes a typecast to - vtkLinearTransform. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision (x,y,z) normal. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision (x,y,z) normal. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision (x,y,z) vector. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a double-precision (x,y,z) vector. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to an (x,y,z) normal. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to an (x,y,z) normal. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to an (x,y,z) vector. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to an (x,y,z) vector. - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a normal. - You can use the same array to store both the input and output. - - - - - Synonymous with TransformDoubleNormal(x,y,z). - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Synonymous with TransformDoubleNormal(x,y,z). - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of normals, and append the - results to outNms. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a combination of points, normals - and vectors. - - - - - Synonymous with TransformDoubleVector(x,y,z). - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Synonymous with TransformDoubleVector(x,y,z). - Use this if you are programming in python, tcl or Java. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a vector. - You can use the same array to store both the input and output. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of vectors, and append the - results to outVrs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Invert the transformation. This doesn't do anything to the - identity transformation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make a transform of the same type. This will actually - return the same transform. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of normals, and append the - results to outNms. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a combination of points, normals - and vectors. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of vectors, and append the - results to outVrs. - - - - - vtkImplicitFunctionCollection - maintain a list of implicit functions - - - Description - vtkImplicitFunctionCollection is an object that creates and manipulates - lists of objects of type vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - vtkCollection vtkPlaneCollection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkInformation - Store vtkAlgorithm input/output information. - - - Description - vtkInformation represents information and/or data for one input or - one output of a vtkAlgorithm. It maps from keys to values of - several data types. Instances of this class are collected in - vtkInformationVector instances and passed to - vtkAlgorithm::ProcessRequest calls. The information and - data referenced by the instance on a particular input or output - define the request made to the vtkAlgorithm instance. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Initiate garbage collection when a reference is removed. - - - - - Initiate garbage collection when a reference is removed. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Provide extra overloads of this method to avoid requiring user - code to include the headers for these key types. Avoid wrapping - them because the original method can be called from the wrappers - anyway and this causes a python help string to be too long. - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Clear all information entries. - - - - - Copy all information entries from the given vtkInformation - instance. Any previously existing entries are removed. If - deep==1, a deep copy of the information structure is performed (new - instances of any contained vtkInformation and vtkInformationVector - objects are created). - - - - - Use the given key to lookup a list of other keys in the given - information object. The key/value pairs associated with these - other keys will be copied. If deep==1, a deep copy of the - information structure is performed. - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Copy the key/value pair associated with the given key in the - given information object. If deep=1, a deep copy of the information - structure is performed (new instances of any contained vtkInformation and - vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing another vtkInformation instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkInformationVector instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkObjectBase instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkDataObject instance. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a vtkIdType-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-pointer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-pointer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an unsigned-long-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Upcast the given key instance. - - - - - Return the number of keys in this information object (as would be returned - by iterating over the keys). - - - - - Get/Set the Request ivar - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing another vtkInformation instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkInformationVector instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkObjectBase instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkDataObject instance. - - - - - Check whether the given key appears in this information object. - - - - - Get/Set a request-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a vtkIdType-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-pointer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an unsigned-long-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-pointer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Modified signature with no arguments that calls Modified - on vtkObject superclass. - - - - - Modified signature that takes an information key as an argument. - Sets the new MTime and invokes a modified event with the - information key as call data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing another vtkInformation instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkInformationVector instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkObjectBase instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkDataObject instance. - - - - - Remove the given key and its data from this information object. - - - - - Get/Set a request-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a vtkIdType-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-pointer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an unsigned-long-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an InformationKey-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set a string-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing another vtkInformation instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkInformationVector instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkObjectBase instance. - - - - - Get/Set an entry storing a vtkDataObject instance. - - - - - Get/Set a request-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a vtkIdType-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set a string-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an integer-pointer-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an unsigned-long-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set an double-vector-valued entry. - - - - - Get/Set the Request ivar - - - - - vtkInformationDataObjectKey - Key for vtkDataObject values. - - - Description - vtkInformationDataObjectKey is used to represent keys in - vtkInformation for values that are vtkDataObject instances. - - - - - vtkInformationKey - Superclass for vtkInformation keys. - - - Description - vtkInformationKey is the superclass for all keys used to access the - map represented by vtkInformation. The vtkInformation::Set and - vtkInformation::Get methods of vtkInformation are accessed by - information keys. A key is a pointer to an instance of a subclass - of vtkInformationKey. The type of the subclass determines the - overload of Set/Get that is selected. This ensures that the type - of value stored in a vtkInformation instance corresponding to a - given key matches the type expected for that key. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Prevent normal vtkObject reference counting behavior. - - - - - Prevent normal vtkObject reference counting behavior. - - - - - Duplicate (new instance created) the entry associated with this key from - one information object to another (new instances of any contained - vtkInformation and vtkInformationVector objects are created). - Default implementation simply calls ShallowCopy(). - - - - - Get the location of the key. This is the name of the class in - which the key is defined. - - - - - Get the name of the key. This is not the type of the key, but - the name of the key instance. - - - - - Check whether this key appears in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Print the key's value in an information object to a stream. - - - - - Remove this key from the given information object. - - - - - Report a reference this key has in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Report a reference this key has in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationDoubleKey - Key for double values in vtkInformation. - - - Description - vtkInformationDoubleKey is used to represent keys for double values - in vtkInformation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationDoubleVectorKey - Key for double vector values. - - - Description - vtkInformationDoubleVectorKey is used to represent keys for double - vector values in vtkInformation.h - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationIdTypeKey - Key for vtkIdType values in vtkInformation. - - - Description - vtkInformationIdTypeKey is used to represent keys for vtkIdType values - in vtkInformation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationInformationKey - Key for vtkInformation values. - - - Description - vtkInformationInformationKey is used to represent keys in vtkInformation - for other information objects. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Duplicate (new instance created) the entry associated with this key from - one information object to another (new instances of any contained - vtkInformation and vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationInformationVectorKey - Key for vtkInformation vectors. - - - Description - vtkInformationInformationVectorKey is used to represent keys in - vtkInformation for vectors of other vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Duplicate (new instance created) the entry associated with this key from - one information object to another (new instances of any contained - vtkInformation and vtkInformationVector objects are created). - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Report a reference this key has in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationIntegerKey - Key for integer values in vtkInformation. - - - Description - vtkInformationIntegerKey is used to represent keys for integer values - in vtkInformation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationIntegerPointerKey - Key for pointer to integer. - - - Description - vtkInformationIntegerPointerKey is used to represent keys for pointer - to integer values in vtkInformation.h - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationIntegerVectorKey - Key for integer vector values. - - - Description - vtkInformationIntegerVectorKey is used to represent keys for integer - vector values in vtkInformation.h - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationIterator - Iterates over keys of an information object - - - Description - vtkInformationIterator can be used to iterate over the keys of an - information object. The corresponding values can then be directly - obtained from the information object using the keys. - - - - - vtkInformation vtkInformationKey - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the current item. Valid only when IsDoneWithTraversal() - returns 1. - - - - - Set/Get the information to iterator over. - - - - - Move the iterator to the beginning of the collection. - - - - - Move the iterator to the next item in the collection. - - - - - Move the iterator to the beginning of the collection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Test whether the iterator is currently pointing to a valid - item. Returns 1 for yes, 0 for no. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the information to iterator over. - - - - - Set the function to iterate over. The iterator - will not hold a reference to the information object. - Can be used to optimize certain places by avoiding - garbage collection. - - - - - vtkInformationKeyVectorKey - Key for vector-of-keys values. - - - Description - vtkInformationKeyVectorKey is used to represent keys for - vector-of-keys values in vtkInformation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationObjectBaseKey - Key for vtkObjectBase values. - - - Description - vtkInformationObjectBaseKey is used to represent keys in - vtkInformation for values that are vtkObjectBase instances. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Report a reference this key has in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationObjectBaseVectorKey - Key for vtkObjectBase vector values. - - - Description - vtkInformationObjectBaseVectorKey is used to represent keys for double - vector values in vtkInformation.h. NOTE the interface in this key differs - from that in other similar keys because of our internal use of smart - pointers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Put the value on the back of the vector, with ref counting. - - - - - Clear the vector. - - - - - Get the vtkObjectBase at a specific location in the vector. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the vector's length. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Resize (extend) the vector to hold n objects. Any new elements - created will be null initialized. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set element i of the vector to value. Resizes the vector - if needed. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - Get the vector's length. - - - - - vtkInformationQuadratureSchemeDefinitionVectorKey - Key for vtkQuadratureSchemeDefinition vector values. - - - Description - vtkInformationQuadratureSchemeDefinitionVectorKey is used to represent keys for double - vector values in vtkInformation.h. NOTE the interface in this key differs - from that in other similar keys because of our internal use of smart - pointers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Put the value on the back of the vector, with reference counting. - - - - - Clear the vector. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - Get the vtkQuadratureSchemeDefinition at a specific location in the vector. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the vector's length. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Resize (extend) the vector to hold n objects. Any new elements - created will be null initialized. - - - - - Load key/value pairs from an XML state representation created - with SaveState. Duplicate keys will generate a fatal error. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Generate an XML representation of the object. Each - key/value pair will be nested in the resulting XML hierarchy. - The element passed in is assumed to be empty. - - - - - Set element i of the vector to value. Resizes the vector - if needed. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - Get the vector's length. - - - - - vtkInformationRequestKey - Key for pointer to pointer. - - - Description - vtkInformationRequestKey is used to represent keys for pointer - to pointer values in vtkInformation.h - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationStringKey - Key for string values in vtkInformation. - - - Description - vtkInformationStringKey is used to represent keys for string values - in vtkInformation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationStringVectorKey - Key for String vector values. - - - Description - vtkInformationStringVectorKey is used to represent keys for String - vector values in vtkInformation.h - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationUnsignedLongKey - Key for unsigned long values in vtkInformation. - - - Description - vtkInformationUnsignedLongKey is used to represent keys for unsigned long values - in vtkInformation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationVector - Store zero or more vtkInformation instances. - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Initiate garbage collection when a reference is removed. - - - - - Initiate garbage collection when a reference is removed. - - - - - Append/Remove an information object. - - - - - Copy all information entries from the given vtkInformation - instance. Any previously existing entries are removed. If - deep==1, a deep copy of the information structure is performed (new - instances of any contained vtkInformation and vtkInformationVector - objects are created). - - - - - Get/Set the vtkInformation instance stored at the given index in - the vector. The vector will automatically expand to include the - index given if necessary. Missing entries in-between will be - filled with empty vtkInformation instances. - - - - - Get/Set the number of information objects in the vector. Setting - the number to larger than the current number will create empty - vtkInformation instances. Setting the number to smaller than the - current number will remove entries from higher indices. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Append/Remove an information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the vtkInformation instance stored at the given index in - the vector. The vector will automatically expand to include the - index given if necessary. Missing entries in-between will be - filled with empty vtkInformation instances. - - - - - Get/Set the number of information objects in the vector. Setting - the number to larger than the current number will create empty - vtkInformation instances. Setting the number to smaller than the - current number will remove entries from higher indices. - - - - - vtkInitialValueProblemSolver - Integrate a set of ordinary - differential equations (initial value problem) in time. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - For certain concrete sub-classes delTActual != delT. This occurs - when the solver supports adaptive stepsize control. If this - is the case, the solver tries to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep. - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. Adaptive solvers - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - Note that only some concrete sub-classes support this. Otherwise, - the error is set to 0. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - For certain concrete sub-classes delTActual != delT. This occurs - when the solver supports adaptive stepsize control. If this - is the case, the solver tries to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep. - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. Adaptive solvers - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - Note that only some concrete sub-classes support this. Otherwise, - the error is set to 0. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - For certain concrete sub-classes delTActual != delT. This occurs - when the solver supports adaptive stepsize control. If this - is the case, the solver tries to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep. - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. Adaptive solvers - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - Note that only some concrete sub-classes support this. Otherwise, - the error is set to 0. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - For certain concrete sub-classes delTActual != delT. This occurs - when the solver supports adaptive stepsize control. If this - is the case, the solver tries to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep. - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. Adaptive solvers - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - Note that only some concrete sub-classes support this. Otherwise, - the error is set to 0. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Set / get the dataset used for the implicit function evaluation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns 1 if the solver uses adaptive stepsize control, - 0 otherwise - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the dataset used for the implicit function evaluation. - - - - - Returns 1 if the solver uses adaptive stepsize control, - 0 otherwise - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkInstantiator - create an instance of any VTK class from its name. - - - Description - vtkInstantiator provides an interface to create an instance of any - VTK class from its name. Instances are created through registered - pointers to functions returning the objects. New classes can also be - registered with the creator. VTK libraries automatically register - their classes with the creator when they are loaded. Instances are - created using the static New() method, so the normal vtkObjectFactory - mechanism is still invoked. - - When using this class from language wrappers (Tcl, Python, or Java), - the vtkInstantiator should be able to create any class from any kit - that has been loaded. - - In C++ code, one should include the header for each kit from which - one wishes to create instances through vtkInstantiator. This is - necessary to ensure proper linking when building static libraries. - Be careful, though, because including each kit's header means every - class from that kit will be linked into your executable whether or - not the class is used. The headers are: - - vtkCommon - vtkCommonInstantiator.h - vtkFiltering - vtkFilteringInstantiator.h - vtkIO - vtkIOInstantiator.h - vtkImaging - vtkImagingInstantiator.h - vtkGraphics - vtkGraphicsInstantiator.h - vtkRendering - vtkRenderingInstantiator.h - vtkVolumeRendering - vtkVolumeRenderingInstantiator.h - vtkHybrid - vtkHybridInstantiator.h - vtkParallel - vtkParallelInstantiator.h - - The VTK_MAKE_INSTANTIATOR() command in CMake is used to automatically - generate the creator registration for each VTK library. It can also - be used to create registration code for VTK-style user libraries - that are linked to vtkCommon. After using this command to register - classes from a new library, the generated header must be included. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an instance of the class whose name is given. If creation - fails, a NULL pointer is returned. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create an instance of the class whose name is given. If creation - fails, a NULL pointer is returned. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create an instance of the class whose name is given. If creation - fails, a NULL pointer is returned. - - - - - Create an instance of the class whose name is given. If creation - fails, a NULL pointer is returned. - - - - - vtkIntArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of int - - - Description - vtkIntArray is an array of values of type int. It provides - methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkLogLookupTable - map scalars into colors using log (base 10) scale - - - Description - This class is an empty shell. Use vtkLookupTable with SetScaleToLog10() - instead. - - - - - vtkLookupTable - - - - - vtkLookupTable - map scalar values into colors via a lookup table - - - Description - vtkLookupTable is an object that is used by mapper objects to map scalar - values into rgba (red-green-blue-alpha transparency) color specification, - or rgba into scalar values. The color table can be created by direct - insertion of color values, or by specifying hue, saturation, value, and - alpha range and generating a table. - - Caveats - You need to explicitly call Build() when constructing the LUT by hand. - - - - - vtkLogLookupTable vtkWindowLevelLookupTable - - - - - vtkScalarsToColors - Superclass for mapping scalar values into - colors - - - Description - vtkScalarsToColors is a general purpose superclass for objects that - convert scalars to colors. This include vtkLookupTable classes and - color transfer functions. - - The scalars to color mapping can be augmented with an additional - uniform alpha blend. This is used, for example, to blend a vtkActor's - opacity with the lookup table values. - - - - - vtkLookupTable vtkColorTransferFunction - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Perform any processing required (if any) before processing - scalars. - - - - - An internal method used to convert a color array to RGBA. The - method instantiates a vtkUnsignedCharArray and returns it. The user is - responsible for managing the memory. - - - - - Specify an additional opacity (alpha) value to blend with. Values - != 1 modify the resulting color consistent with the requested - form of the output. This is typically used by an actor in order to - blend its opacity. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the color as - an RGB array of doubles between 0 and 1. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the color as - an RGB array of doubles between 0 and 1. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the luminance - 0.3*red + 0.59*green + 0.11*blue as a double between 0 and 1. - Returns the luminance value for the specified scalar value. - - - - - Get the number of available colors for mapping to. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the alpha value - (the opacity) as a double between 0 and 1. - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. - - - - - If the mapper does not select which component of a vector - to map to colors, you can specify it here. - - - - - Change mode that maps vectors by magnitude vs. component. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return true if all of the values defining the mapping have an opacity - equal to 1. Default implementation return true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - An internal method maps a data array into a 4-component, unsigned char - RGBA array. The color mode determines the behavior of mapping. If - VTK_COLOR_MODE_DEFAULT is set, then unsigned char data arrays are - treated as colors (and converted to RGBA if necessary); otherwise, - the data is mapped through this instance of ScalarsToColors. The offset - is used for data arrays with more than one component; it indicates - which component to use to do the blending. - When the component argument is -1, then the this object uses its - own selected technique to change a vector into a scalar to map. - - - - - Map a set of scalars through the lookup table in a single operation. - The output format can be set to VTK_RGBA (4 components), - VTK_RGB (3 components), VTK_LUMINANCE (1 component, greyscale), - or VTK_LUMINANCE_ALPHA (2 components) - If not supplied, the output format defaults to RGBA. - - - - - Map a set of scalars through the lookup table in a single operation. - The output format can be set to VTK_RGBA (4 components), - VTK_RGB (3 components), VTK_LUMINANCE (1 component, greyscale), - or VTK_LUMINANCE_ALPHA (2 components) - If not supplied, the output format defaults to RGBA. - - - - - An internal method typically not used in applications. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return a color defined - as a RGBA unsigned char tuple (4 bytes). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify an additional opacity (alpha) value to blend with. Values - != 1 modify the resulting color consistent with the requested - form of the output. This is typically used by an actor in order to - blend its opacity. - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. - - - - - If the mapper does not select which component of a vector - to map to colors, you can specify it here. - - - - - Change mode that maps vectors by magnitude vs. component. - - - - - Change mode that maps vectors by magnitude vs. component. - - - - - Change mode that maps vectors by magnitude vs. component. - - - - - This should return 1 is the subclass is using log scale for mapping scalars - to colors. Default implementation returns 0. - - - - - Change mode that maps vectors by magnitude vs. component. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with range=[0,1]; and hsv ranges set up for rainbow color table - (from red to blue). - - - - - Construct with range=[0,1]; and hsv ranges set up for rainbow color table - (from red to blue). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate a color table of specified size. - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. This is a duplicate - of Get/SetTableRange. - - - - - Generate lookup table from hue, saturation, value, alpha min/max values. - Table is built from linear ramp of each value. - - - - - Copy the contents from another LookupTable - - - - - Force the lookup table to regenerate from hue, saturation, value, - and alpha min/max values. Table is built from a linear ramp of - each value. ForceBuild() is useful if a lookup table has been - defined manually (using SetTableValue) and then an application - decides to rebuild the lookup table using the implicit process. - - - - - Set the range in alpha (using automatic generation). Alpha ranges from - [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in alpha (using automatic generation). Alpha ranges from - [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in alpha (using automatic generation). Alpha ranges from - [0,1]. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the color as - an RGB array of doubles between 0 and 1. - - - - - Set the range in hue (using automatic generation). Hue ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in hue (using automatic generation). Hue ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in hue (using automatic generation). Hue ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Return the table index associated with a particular value. - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. This is a duplicate - of Get/SetTableRange. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGBA 4-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGBA 4-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGBA 4-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Get the number of available colors for mapping to. - - - - - Set the number of colors in the lookup table. Use - SetNumberOfTableValues() instead, it can be used both before and - after the table has been built whereas SetNumberOfColors() has no - effect after the table has been built. - - - - - Set the number of colors in the lookup table. Use - SetNumberOfTableValues() instead, it can be used both before and - after the table has been built whereas SetNumberOfColors() has no - effect after the table has been built. - - - - - Set the number of colors in the lookup table. Use - SetNumberOfTableValues() instead, it can be used both before and - after the table has been built whereas SetNumberOfColors() has no - effect after the table has been built. - - - - - Specify the number of values (i.e., colors) in the lookup - table. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the alpha value - (the opacity) as a double between 0 and 1. - - - - - Get pointer to color table data. Format is array of unsigned char - r-g-b-a-r-g-b-a... - - - - - Set the shape of the table ramp to either linear or S-curve. - The default is S-curve, which tails off gradually at either end. - The equation used for the S-curve is y = (sin((x - 1/2)*pi) + 1)/2, - while the equation for the linear ramp is simply y = x. For an - S-curve greyscale ramp, you should set NumberOfTableValues to 402 - (which is 256*pi/2) to provide room for the tails of the ramp. - The equation for the SQRT is y = sqrt(x). - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. This is a duplicate - of Get/SetTableRange. - - - - - Set the range in saturation (using automatic generation). Saturation - ranges between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in saturation (using automatic generation). Saturation - ranges between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in saturation (using automatic generation). Saturation - ranges between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, then the TableRange must not - cross the value zero. - - - - - Set/Get the internal table array that is used to map the scalars - to colors. The table array is an unsigned char array with 4 - components representing RGBA. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum scalar values for scalar mapping. Scalar - values less than minimum range value are clamped to minimum range value. - Scalar values greater than maximum range value are clamped to maximum - range value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum scalar values for scalar mapping. Scalar - values less than minimum range value are clamped to minimum range value. - Scalar values greater than maximum range value are clamped to maximum - range value. - - - - - Return a rgba color value for the given index into the lookup table. Color - components are expressed as [0,1] double values. - - - - - Return a rgba color value for the given index into the lookup table. Color - components are expressed as [0,1] double values. - - - - - Set the range in value (using automatic generation). Value ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in value (using automatic generation). Value ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in value (using automatic generation). Value ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Construct with range=[0,1]; and hsv ranges set up for rainbow color table - (from red to blue). - - - - - Return true if all of the values defining the mapping have an opacity - equal to 1. Default implementation return true. - - - - - Construct with range=[0,1]; and hsv ranges set up for rainbow color table - (from red to blue). - - - - - map a set of scalars through the lookup table - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table. - - - - - Construct with range=[0,1]; and hsv ranges set up for rainbow color table - (from red to blue). - - - - - Construct with range=[0,1]; and hsv ranges set up for rainbow color table - (from red to blue). - - - - - Set the range in alpha (using automatic generation). Alpha ranges from - [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in alpha (using automatic generation). Alpha ranges from - [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in hue (using automatic generation). Hue ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in hue (using automatic generation). Hue ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGBA 4-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGBA 4-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the number of colors in the lookup table. Use - SetNumberOfTableValues() instead, it can be used both before and - after the table has been built whereas SetNumberOfColors() has no - effect after the table has been built. - - - - - Specify the number of values (i.e., colors) in the lookup - table. - - - - - Set the shape of the table ramp to either linear or S-curve. - The default is S-curve, which tails off gradually at either end. - The equation used for the S-curve is y = (sin((x - 1/2)*pi) + 1)/2, - while the equation for the linear ramp is simply y = x. For an - S-curve greyscale ramp, you should set NumberOfTableValues to 402 - (which is 256*pi/2) to provide room for the tails of the ramp. - The equation for the SQRT is y = sqrt(x). - - - - - Set the shape of the table ramp to either linear or S-curve. - The default is S-curve, which tails off gradually at either end. - The equation used for the S-curve is y = (sin((x - 1/2)*pi) + 1)/2, - while the equation for the linear ramp is simply y = x. For an - S-curve greyscale ramp, you should set NumberOfTableValues to 402 - (which is 256*pi/2) to provide room for the tails of the ramp. - The equation for the SQRT is y = sqrt(x). - - - - - Set the shape of the table ramp to either linear or S-curve. - The default is S-curve, which tails off gradually at either end. - The equation used for the S-curve is y = (sin((x - 1/2)*pi) + 1)/2, - while the equation for the linear ramp is simply y = x. For an - S-curve greyscale ramp, you should set NumberOfTableValues to 402 - (which is 256*pi/2) to provide room for the tails of the ramp. - The equation for the SQRT is y = sqrt(x). - - - - - Set the shape of the table ramp to either linear or S-curve. - The default is S-curve, which tails off gradually at either end. - The equation used for the S-curve is y = (sin((x - 1/2)*pi) + 1)/2, - while the equation for the linear ramp is simply y = x. For an - S-curve greyscale ramp, you should set NumberOfTableValues to 402 - (which is 256*pi/2) to provide room for the tails of the ramp. - The equation for the SQRT is y = sqrt(x). - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. This is a duplicate - of Get/SetTableRange. - - - - - Sets/Gets the range of scalars which will be mapped. This is a duplicate - of Get/SetTableRange. - - - - - Set the range in saturation (using automatic generation). Saturation - ranges between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in saturation (using automatic generation). Saturation - ranges between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, then the TableRange must not - cross the value zero. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, then the TableRange must not - cross the value zero. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, then the TableRange must not - cross the value zero. - - - - - Set/Get the internal table array that is used to map the scalars - to colors. The table array is an unsigned char array with 4 - components representing RGBA. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum scalar values for scalar mapping. Scalar - values less than minimum range value are clamped to minimum range value. - Scalar values greater than maximum range value are clamped to maximum - range value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum scalar values for scalar mapping. Scalar - values less than minimum range value are clamped to minimum range value. - Scalar values greater than maximum range value are clamped to maximum - range value. - - - - - Directly load color into lookup table. Use [0,1] double values for color - component specification. Make sure that you've either used the - Build() method or used SetNumberOfTableValues() prior to using this - method. - - - - - Directly load color into lookup table. Use [0,1] double values for color - component specification. - - - - - Set the range in value (using automatic generation). Value ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - Set the range in value (using automatic generation). Value ranges - between [0,1]. - - - - - This should return 1 is the subclass is using log scale for mapping scalars - to colors. Returns 1 is scale == VTK_SCALE_LOG10. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLongArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of long - - - Description - vtkLongArray is an array of values of type long. It provides - methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkLookupTableWithEnabling - A lookup table that allows for an - optional array to be provided that specifies which scalars to "enable" and - which to "disable". - - - - Description - vtkLookupTableWithEnabling "disables" or "grays out" output colors - based on whether the given value in EnabledArray is "0" or not. - - - Caveats - You must set the EnabledArray before MapScalars() is called. - Indices of EnabledArray must map directly to those of the array passed - to MapScalars(). - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A convenience method for taking a color and desaturating it. - - - - - This must be set before MapScalars() is called. - Indices of this array must map directly to those in the scalars array - passed to MapScalars(). - Values of 0 in the array indicate the color should be desaturatated. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Map a set of scalars through the lookup table. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This must be set before MapScalars() is called. - Indices of this array must map directly to those in the scalars array - passed to MapScalars(). - Values of 0 in the array indicate the color should be desaturatated. - - - - - vtkMath - performs common math operations - - - Description - vtkMath provides methods to perform common math operations. These - include providing constants such as Pi; conversion from degrees to - radians; vector operations such as dot and cross products and vector - norm; matrix determinant for 2x2 and 3x3 matrices; univariate polynomial - solvers; and for random number generation (for backward compatibility only). - - - - vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence, vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Addition of two 3-vectors (float version). Result is stored in c. - - - - - Are the bounds initialized? - - - - - Start iterating over "m choose n" objects. - This function returns an array of n integers, each from 0 to m-1. - These integers represent the n items chosen from the set [0,m[. - - You are responsible for calling vtkMath::FreeCombination() once the iterator is no longer needed. - - Warning: this gets large very quickly, especially when n nears m/2! - (Hint: think of Pascal's triangle.) - - - - - The number of combinations of n objects from a pool of m objects (m>n). - This is commonly known as "m choose n" and sometimes denoted \f$_mC_n\f$ - or \f$\left(\begin{array}{c}m \\ n\end{array}\right)\f$. - - - - - Return true if first 3D bounds is within the second 3D bounds - Bounds is x-min, x-max, y-min, y-max, z-min, z-max - Delta is the error margin along each axis (usually a small number) - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Clamp some values against a range - The method without 'clamped_values' will perform in-place clamping. - - - - - Clamp some values against a range - The method without 'clamped_values' will perform in-place clamping. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Cross product of two 3-vectors. Result (a x b) is stored in z[3]. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Compute determinant of 2x2 matrix. Two columns of matrix are input. - - - - - Calculate the determinant of a 2x2 matrix: | a b | | c d | - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Dot product of two 3-vectors (float version). - - - - - Dot product of two 2-vectors. - - - - - A mathematical constant (double-precision version). This version - is 3.1415926535897932384626. - - - - - A mathematical constant (double-precision version). This version - is 6.283185307179586. - - - - - Return true if first 3D extent is within second 3D extent - Extent is x-min, x-max, y-min, y-max, z-min, z-max - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Free the "iterator" array created by vtkMath::BeginCombination. - - - - - Generate pseudo-random numbers distributed according to the standard - normal distribution. - - DON'T USE Random(), RandomSeed(), GetSeed(), Gaussian() - THIS IS STATIC SO THIS IS PRONE TO ERRORS (SPECIALLY FOR REGRESSION TESTS) - THIS IS HERE FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ONLY. - Instead, for a sequence of random numbers with a uniform distribution - create a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence object. - For a sequence of random numbers with a gaussian/normal distribution - create a vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence object. - - - - - Generate pseudo-random numbers distributed according to the Gaussian - distribution with mean \a mean and standard deviation \a std. - - DON'T USE Random(), RandomSeed(), GetSeed(), Gaussian() - THIS IS STATIC SO THIS IS PRONE TO ERRORS (SPECIALLY FOR REGRESSION TESTS) - THIS IS HERE FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ONLY. - Instead, for a sequence of random numbers with a uniform distribution - create a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence object. - For a sequence of random numbers with a gaussian/normal distribution - create a vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence object. - - - - - Compute the amplitude of a Gaussian function with mean=0 and specified variance. - That is, 1./(sqrt(2 Pi * variance)) * exp(-distanceFromMean^2/(2.*variance)). - - - - - Compute the amplitude of a Gaussian function with specified mean and variance. - That is, 1./(sqrt(2 Pi * variance)) * exp(-(position - mean)^2/(2.*variance)). - - - - - Compute the amplitude of an unnormalized Gaussian function with mean=0 and specified variance. - That is, exp(-distanceFromMean^2/(2.*variance)). When distanceFromMean = 0, this function - returns 1. - - - - - Compute the amplitude of an unnormalized Gaussian function with specified mean and variance. - That is, exp(-(position - mean)^2/(2.*variance)). When the distance from 'position' to 'mean' - is 0, this function returns 1. - - - - - Get a vtkDataArray's scalar range for a given component. - If the vtkDataArray's data type is unsigned char (VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR) - the range is adjusted to the whole data type range [0, 255.0]. - Same goes for unsigned short (VTK_UNSIGNED_SHORT) but the upper bound - is also adjusted down to 4095.0 if was between ]255, 4095.0]. - Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Return the scalar type that is most likely to have enough precision - to store a given range of data once it has been scaled and shifted - (i.e. [range_min * scale + shift, range_max * scale + shift]. - If any one of the parameters is not an integer number (decimal part != 0), - the search will default to float types only (float or double) - Return -1 on error or no scalar type found. - - - - - Return the current seed used by the random number generator. - - DON'T USE Random(), RandomSeed(), GetSeed(), Gaussian() - THIS IS STATIC SO THIS IS PRONE TO ERRORS (SPECIALLY FOR REGRESSION TESTS) - THIS IS HERE FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ONLY. - Instead, for a sequence of random numbers with a uniform distribution - create a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence object. - For a sequence of random numbers with a gaussian/normal distribution - create a vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence object. - - - - - Convert color in HSV format (Hue, Saturation, Value) to RGB - format (Red, Green, Blue). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in HSV format (Hue, Saturation, Value) to RGB - format (Red, Green, Blue). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in HSV format (Hue, Saturation, Value) to RGB - format (Red, Green, Blue). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in HSV format (Hue, Saturation, Value) to RGB - format (Red, Green, Blue). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in HSV format (Hue, Saturation, Value) to RGB - format (Red, Green, Blue). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Special IEEE-754 number used to represent positive infinity. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Test if a number is equal to the special floating point value infinity. - - - - - Test if a number is equal to the special floating point value Not-A-Number (Nan). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convert color from the CIE-L*ab system to RGB. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE-L*ab system to RGB. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE-L*ab system to RGB. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE-L*ab system to CIE XYZ. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE-L*ab system to CIE XYZ. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE-L*ab system to CIE XYZ. - - - - - Multiplies a 3-vector by a scalar (float version). - This modifies the input 3-vector. - - - - - Multiplies a 3-vector by a scalar (double version). - This modifies the input 3-vector. - - - - - Multiplies a 2-vector by a scalar (float version). - This modifies the input 2-vector. - - - - - Multiplies a 2-vector by a scalar (double version). - This modifies the input 2-vector. - - - - - Special IEEE-754 number used to represent Not-A-Number (Nan). - - - - - Special IEEE-754 number used to represent negative infinity. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Given \a m, \a n, and a valid \a combination of \a n integers in - the range [0,m[, this function alters the integers into the next - combination in a sequence of all combinations of \a n items from - a pool of \a m. - - If the \a combination is the last item in the sequence on input, - then \a combination is unaltered and 0 is returned. - Otherwise, 1 is returned and \a combination is updated. - - - - - Compute the norm of n-vector. x is the vector, n is its length. - - - - - Compute the norm of 3-vector. - - - - - Compute the norm of a 2-vector. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Given a unit vector x, find two unit vectors y and z such that - x cross y = z (i.e. the vectors are perpendicular to each other). - There is an infinite number of such vectors, specify an angle theta - to choose one set. If you want only one perpendicular vector, - specify NULL for z. - - - - - A mathematical constant. This version is 3.14159265358979f. - - - - - Return true if point is within the given 3D bounds - Bounds is x-min, x-max, y-min, y-max, z-min, z-max - Delta is the error margin along each axis (usually a small number) - - - - - Compute the projection of vector a on vector b and return it in projection[3]. - If b is a zero vector, the function returns false and 'projection' is invalid. - Otherwise, it returns true. - - - - - Compute the projection of 2D vector 'a' on 2D vector 'b' and returns the result - in projection[2]. - If b is a zero vector, the function returns false and 'projection' is invalid. - Otherwise, it returns true. - - - - - Convert color in RGB format (Red, Green, Blue) to HSV format - (Hue, Saturation, Value). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in RGB format (Red, Green, Blue) to HSV format - (Hue, Saturation, Value). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in RGB format (Red, Green, Blue) to HSV format - (Hue, Saturation, Value). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in RGB format (Red, Green, Blue) to HSV format - (Hue, Saturation, Value). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color in RGB format (Red, Green, Blue) to HSV format - (Hue, Saturation, Value). The input color is not modified. - - - - - Convert color from the RGB system to CIE-L*ab. - - - - - Convert color from the RGB system to CIE-L*ab. - - - - - Convert color from the RGB system to CIE-L*ab. - - - - - Convert color from the RGB system to CIE XYZ. - - - - - Convert color from the RGB system to CIE XYZ. - - - - - Convert color from the RGB system to CIE XYZ. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Generate pseudo-random numbers distributed according to the uniform - distribution between 0.0 and 1.0. - This is used to provide portability across different systems. - - DON'T USE Random(), RandomSeed(), GetSeed(), Gaussian() - THIS IS STATIC SO THIS IS PRONE TO ERRORS (SPECIALLY FOR REGRESSION TESTS) - THIS IS HERE FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ONLY. - Instead, for a sequence of random numbers with a uniform distribution - create a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence object. - For a sequence of random numbers with a gaussian/normal distribution - create a vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence object. - - - - - Generate pseudo-random numbers distributed according to the uniform - distribution between \a min and \a max. - - DON'T USE Random(), RandomSeed(), GetSeed(), Gaussian() - THIS IS STATIC SO THIS IS PRONE TO ERRORS (SPECIALLY FOR REGRESSION TESTS) - THIS IS HERE FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ONLY. - Instead, for a sequence of random numbers with a uniform distribution - create a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence object. - For a sequence of random numbers with a gaussian/normal distribution - create a vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence object. - - - - - Initialize seed value. NOTE: Random() has the bad property that - the first random number returned after RandomSeed() is called - is proportional to the seed value! To help solve this, call - RandomSeed() a few times inside seed. This doesn't ruin the - repeatability of Random(). - - DON'T USE Random(), RandomSeed(), GetSeed(), Gaussian() - THIS IS STATIC SO THIS IS PRONE TO ERRORS (SPECIALLY FOR REGRESSION TESTS) - THIS IS HERE FOR BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY ONLY. - Instead, for a sequence of random numbers with a uniform distribution - create a vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence object. - For a sequence of random numbers with a gaussian/normal distribution - create a vtkBoxMuellerRandomSequence object. - - - - - Rounds a float to the nearest integer. - - - - - Rounds a float to the nearest integer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - In Euclidean space, there is a unique circle passing through any given - three non-collinear points P1, P2, and P3. Using Cartesian coordinates - to represent these points as spatial vectors, it is possible to use the - dot product and cross product to calculate the radius and center of the - circle. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circumcircle and more - specifically the section Barycentric coordinates from cross- and - dot-products - - - - - Subtraction of two 3-vectors (float version). Result is stored in c according to c = a - b. - - - - - Set the bounds to an uninitialized state - - - - - Convert Color from the CIE XYZ system to CIE-L*ab. - - - - - Convert Color from the CIE XYZ system to CIE-L*ab. - - - - - Convert Color from the CIE XYZ system to CIE-L*ab. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE XYZ system to RGB. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE XYZ system to RGB. - - - - - Convert color from the CIE XYZ system to RGB. - - - - - vtkMatrix3x3 - represent and manipulate 3x3 transformation matrices - - - Description - vtkMatrix3x3 is a class to represent and manipulate 3x3 matrices. - Specifically, it is designed to work on 3x3 transformation matrices - found in 2D rendering using homogeneous coordinates [x y w]. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a 3x3 identity matrix. - - - - - Construct a 3x3 identity matrix. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute adjoint of the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Compute adjoint of the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Set the elements of the matrix to the same values as the elements - of the source Matrix. - - - - - Set the elements of the matrix to the same values as the elements - of the source Matrix. - - - - - Set the elements of the matrix to the same values as the elements - of the source Matrix. - - - - - Non-static member function. Assigns *from* elements array - - - - - Compute the determinant of the matrix and return it. - - - - - Compute the determinant of the matrix and return it. - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Return a pointer to the first element of the matrix (double[9]). - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Set equal to Identity matrix - - - - - Set equal to Identity matrix - - - - - Matrix Inversion (adapted from Richard Carling in "Graphics Gems," - Academic Press, 1990). - - - - - Matrix Inversion (adapted from Richard Carling in "Graphics Gems," - Academic Press, 1990). - - - - - Matrix Inversion (adapted from Richard Carling in "Graphics Gems," - Academic Press, 1990). - - - - - Construct a 3x3 identity matrix. - - - - - Return a pointer to the first element of the matrix (double[9]). - - - - - Construct a 3x3 identity matrix. - - - - - Multiplies matrices a and b and stores the result in c (c=a*b). - - - - - Multiplies matrices a and b and stores the result in c (c=a*b). - - - - - Multiply a homogeneous coordinate by this matrix, i.e. out = A*in. - The in[3] and out[3] can be the same array. - - - - - Multiply a homogeneous coordinate by this matrix, i.e. out = A*in. - The in[3] and out[3] can be the same array. - - - - - Construct a 3x3 identity matrix. - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Construct a 3x3 identity matrix. - - - - - Return a pointer to the first element of the matrix (double[9]). - - - - - Transpose the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Transpose the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Transpose the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Set all of the elements to zero. - - - - - Set all of the elements to zero. - - - - - vtkMatrix4x4 - represent and manipulate 4x4 transformation matrices - - - Description - vtkMatrix4x4 is a class to represent and manipulate 4x4 matrices. - Specifically, it is designed to work on 4x4 transformation matrices - found in 3D rendering using homogeneous coordinates [x y z w]. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a 4x4 identity matrix. - - - - - Construct a 4x4 identity matrix. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute adjoint of the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Compute adjoint of the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Set the elements of the matrix to the same values as the elements - of the source Matrix. - - - - - Set the elements of the matrix to the same values as the elements - of the source Matrix. - - - - - Set the elements of the matrix to the same values as the elements - of the source Matrix. - - - - - Non-static member function. Assigns *from* elements array - - - - - Compute the determinant of the matrix and return it. - - - - - Compute the determinant of the matrix and return it. - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Set equal to Identity matrix - - - - - Set equal to Identity matrix - - - - - Matrix Inversion (adapted from Richard Carling in "Graphics Gems," - Academic Press, 1990). - - - - - Matrix Inversion (adapted from Richard Carling in "Graphics Gems," - Academic Press, 1990). - - - - - Matrix Inversion (adapted from Richard Carling in "Graphics Gems," - Academic Press, 1990). - - - - - Construct a 4x4 identity matrix. - - - - - Construct a 4x4 identity matrix. - - - - - Multiplies matrices a and b and stores the result in c. - - - - - Multiplies matrices a and b and stores the result in c. - - - - - For use in Java, Python or Tcl. The default MultiplyPoint() uses - a single-precision point. - - - - - For use in Java, Python or Tcl. The default MultiplyPoint() uses - a single-precision point. - - - - - Multiply a homogeneous coordinate by this matrix, i.e. out = A*in. - The in[4] and out[4] can be the same array. - - - - - Multiply a homogeneous coordinate by this matrix, i.e. out = A*in. - The in[4] and out[4] can be the same array. - - - - - For use in Java, Python or Tcl. The default MultiplyPoint() uses - a single-precision point. - - - - - Construct a 4x4 identity matrix. - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Construct a 4x4 identity matrix. - - - - - Returns the element i,j from the matrix. - - - - - Transpose the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Transpose the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Transpose the matrix and put it into out. - - - - - Set all of the elements to zero. - - - - - Set all of the elements to zero. - - - - - vtkMatrixToHomogeneousTransform - convert a matrix to a transform - - - Description - This is a very simple class which allows a vtkMatrix4x4 to be used in - place of a vtkHomogeneousTransform or vtkAbstractTransform. For example, - if you use it as a proxy between a matrix and vtkTransformPolyDataFilter - then any modifications to the matrix will automatically be reflected in - the output of the filter. - - - - vtkPerspectiveTransform vtkMatrix4x4 vtkMatrixToLinearTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the input matrix. Any modifications to the matrix will be - reflected in the transformation. - - - - - Get the MTime: this is the bit of magic that makes everything work. - - - - - The input matrix is left as-is, but the transformation matrix - is inverted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make a new transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the input matrix. Any modifications to the matrix will be - reflected in the transformation. - - - - - vtkMatrixToLinearTransform - convert a matrix to a transform - - - Description - This is a very simple class which allows a vtkMatrix4x4 to be used in - place of a vtkLinearTransform or vtkAbstractTransform. For example, - if you use it as a proxy between a matrix and vtkTransformPolyDataFilter - then any modifications to the matrix will automatically be reflected in - the output of the filter. - - - - vtkTransform vtkMatrix4x4 vtkMatrixToHomogeneousTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the input matrix. Any modifications to the matrix will be - reflected in the transformation. - - - - - Get the MTime: this is the bit of magic that makes everything work. - - - - - The input matrix is left as-is, but the transformation matrix - is inverted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make a new transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the input matrix. Any modifications to the matrix will be - reflected in the transformation. - - - - - vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence - Park and Miller Sequence of pseudo random numbers - - - Description - vtkMinimalStandardRandomSequence is a sequence of statistically independent - pseudo random numbers uniformly distributed between 0.0 and 1.0. - - The sequence is generated by a prime modulus multiplicative linear - congruential generator (PMMLCG) or "Lehmer generator" with multiplier 16807 - and prime modulus 2^(31)-1. The authors calls it - "minimal standard random number generator" - - ref: "Random Number Generators: Good Ones are Hard to Find," - by Stephen K. Park and Keith W. Miller in Communications of the ACM, - 31, 10 (Oct. 1988) pp. 1192-1201. - Code is at page 1195, "Integer version 2" - - Correctness test is described in first column, page 1195: - A seed of 1 at step 1 should give a seed of 1043618065 at step 10001. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenient method to return a value in a specific range from the - range [0,1. There is an initial implementation that can be overridden - by a subclass. - There is no pre-condition on the range: - - it can be in increasing order: rangeMin<rangeMax - - it can be empty: rangeMin=rangeMax - - it can be in decreasing order: rangeMin>rangeMax - \post result_in_range: - (rangeMin<=rangeMax && result>=rangeMin && result<=rangeMax) - || (rangeMax<=rangeMin && result>=rangeMax && result<=rangeMin) - - - - - Get the seed of the random sequence. - Only useful for writing correctness test. - - - - - Current value - \post unit_range: result>=0.0 && result<=1.0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move to the next number in the random sequence. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the seed of the random sequence. - The following pre-condition is stated page 1197, second column: - valid_seed: value>=1 && value<=2147483646 - 2147483646=(2^31)-2 - This method does not have this criterium as a pre-condition (ie it will - not fail if an incorrect seed value is passed) but the value is silently - changed to fit in the valid range [1,2147483646]. - 2147483646 is added to a null or negative value. - 2147483647 is changed to be 1 (ie 2147483646 is substracted). - Implementation note: it also performs 3 calls to Next() to avoid the - bad property that the first random number is proportional to the seed - value. - - - - - Set the seed of the random sequence. There is no extra internal - ajustment. Only useful for writing correctness test. - The following pre-condition is stated page 1197, second column - 2147483646=(2^31)-2 - This method does not have this criterium as a pre-condition (ie it will - not fail if an incorrect seed value is passed) but the value is silently - changed to fit in the valid range [1,2147483646]. - 2147483646 is added to a null or negative value. - 2147483647 is changed to be 1 (ie 2147483646 is substracted). - - - - - vtkMultiThreader - A class for performing multithreaded execution - - - Description - vtkMultithreader is a class that provides support for multithreaded - execution using sproc() on an SGI, or pthread_create on any platform - supporting POSIX threads. This class can be used to execute a single - method on multiple threads, or to specify a method per thread. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods are excluded from Tcl wrapping 1) because the - wrapper gives up on them and 2) because they really shouldn't be - called from a script anyway. - - - - - Set/Get the value which is used to initialize the NumberOfThreads - in the constructor. Initially this default is set to the number of - processors or VTK_MAX_THREADS (which ever is less). - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of threads to use when multithreading. - This limits and overrides any other settings for multithreading. - A value of zero indicates no limit. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create. It will be clamped to the range - 1 - VTK_MAX_THREADS, so the caller of this method should check that the - requested number of threads was accepted. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create. It will be clamped to the range - 1 - VTK_MAX_THREADS, so the caller of this method should check that the - requested number of threads was accepted. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create. It will be clamped to the range - 1 - VTK_MAX_THREADS, so the caller of this method should check that the - requested number of threads was accepted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods are excluded from Tcl wrapping 1) because the - wrapper gives up on them and 2) because they really shouldn't be - called from a script anyway. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods are excluded from Tcl wrapping 1) because the - wrapper gives up on them and 2) because they really shouldn't be - called from a script anyway. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the value which is used to initialize the NumberOfThreads - in the constructor. Initially this default is set to the number of - processors or VTK_MAX_THREADS (which ever is less). - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of threads to use when multithreading. - This limits and overrides any other settings for multithreading. - A value of zero indicates no limit. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create. It will be clamped to the range - 1 - VTK_MAX_THREADS, so the caller of this method should check that the - requested number of threads was accepted. - - - - - These methods are excluded from Tcl wrapping 1) because the - wrapper gives up on them and 2) because they really shouldn't be - called from a script anyway. - - - - - These methods are excluded from Tcl wrapping 1) because the - wrapper gives up on them and 2) because they really shouldn't be - called from a script anyway. - - - - - These methods are excluded from Tcl wrapping 1) because the - wrapper gives up on them and 2) because they really shouldn't be - called from a script anyway. - - - - - vtkMutexLock - mutual exclusion locking class - - - Description - vtkMutexLock allows the locking of variables which are accessed - through different threads. This header file also defines - vtkSimpleMutexLock which is not a subclass of vtkObject. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Unlock the vtkMutexLock - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Unlock the vtkMutexLock - - - - - The sender of each ActiViz.NET event passes itself as its "sender" - parameter and an instance of vtkObjectEventArgs as its "e" parameter. - - - - - Each ActiViz.NET event automatically constructs a vtkObjectEventArgs to - pass to its handlers. Client ActiViz.NET applications do not need to - call this vtkObjectEventArgs constructor. - - - - - Caller is the object that invoked the event. Usually it is the same - object as the event handler's "sender" parameter. - - - - - EventId is usually a value in the vtkCommand.EventIds enum. It is - primarily useful for handlers of the "Any" event. The "Any" event - fires whenever any other event is invoked from a given vtkObject. In - that case, the EventId passed with the event indicates the actual - event that was invoked. - - It is also useful in the case of user defined events, where the event - id value is outside the pre-defined range of vtkCommand.EventIds. - - - - - CallData varies based on what event is firing. It is frequently - IntPtr.Zero (NULL from C++)... If non-zero, see the documentation - of the specific event for the type of the data. - - - - - Implement a relay handler for VTK events. This is a class - that receives events directly from the VTK object sender and - transforms them into calls to .NET delegates. - - - - - Type registration mechanics. - - - - - Type registration mechanics. - - - - - Type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkObjectEventRelay object that will call "handler" when its - Execute method gets called. Typically, it is not necessary to create - instances of vtkObjectEventRelay from client applications. Usually, clients - will just connect to ActiViz.NET events, which use vtkObjectEventRelay - internally. However, vtkObjectEventRelay is suitable for use as the - vtkCommand parameter to AddObserver calls. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Do not call directly. This method is called from VTK library code when - InvokeEvent is called on a vtkObject. - - - - - AddHandler adds a managed/.NET event handler to this event relay object. - If this is the first time a handler is being added, we call AddObserver - so that the underlying VTK object will invoke the event from now on. - - - - - RemoveHandler removes a managed/.NET event handler previously added to - this event relay object. - If this is the last handler being removed, we call RemoveObserver - so that the underlying VTK object will no longer send the event to us. - - - - - HasHandlers returns true if this event presently has any managed/.NET - handlers. - - - - - RemoveAllHandlers forcibly removes all existing handlers from its list. - Sender should call this method from its Dispose if it has one. - - - - - Signature for method that vtkObject can call for VTK events. - - - - - Custom marshaller for conversion to/from a System.IntPtr. - - - - - Get the custom marshaller for vtkObject objects. - - - - - vtkObjectFactory - abstract base class for vtkObjectFactories - - - Description - vtkObjectFactory is used to create vtk objects. The base class - vtkObjectFactory contains a static method CreateInstance which is used - to create vtk objects from the list of registered vtkObjectFactory - sub-classes. The first time CreateInstance is called, all dll's or shared - libraries in the environment variable VTK_AUTOLOAD_PATH are loaded into - the current process. The C functions vtkLoad, vtkGetFactoryCompilerUsed, - and vtkGetFactoryVersion are called on each dll. To implement these - functions in a shared library or dll, use the macro: - VTK_FACTORY_INTERFACE_IMPLEMENT. - VTK_AUTOLOAD_PATH is an environment variable - containing a colon separated (semi-colon on win32) list of paths. - - The vtkObjectFactory can be use to override the creation of any object - in VTK with a sub-class of that object. The factories can be registered - either at run time with the VTK_AUTOLOAD_PATH, or at compile time - with the vtkObjectFactory::RegisterFactory method. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create all possible instances of the named vtk object. - Each registered vtkObjectFactory will be asked, and the - result will be stored in the user allocated vtkCollection - passed in to the function. - - - - - Create and return an instance of the named vtk object. - Each loaded vtkObjectFactory will be asked in the order - the factory was in the VTK_AUTOLOAD_PATH. After the - first factory returns the object no other factories are asked. - - - - - Set all enable flags for the given class to 0. This will - mean that the factory will stop producing class with the given - name. - - - - - Return the name of a class override at the given index. - - - - - Return the name of the class that will override the class - at the given index - - - - - Return a descriptive string describing the factory. - - - - - Return the enable flag for the class at the given index. - - - - - Set and Get the Enable flag for the specific override of className. - if subclassName is null, then it is ignored. - - - - - This returns the path to a dynamically loaded factory. - - - - - Return number of overrides this factory can create. - - - - - Return the description for a the class override at the given - index. - - - - - Fill the given collection with all the overrides for - the class with the given name. - - - - - Return the list of all registered factories. This is NOT a copy, - do not remove items from this list! - - - - - All sub-classes of vtkObjectFactory should must return the version of - VTK they were built with. This should be implemented with the macro - VTK_SOURCE_VERSION and NOT a call to vtkVersion::GetVTKSourceVersion. - As the version needs to be compiled into the file as a string constant. - This is critical to determine possible incompatible dynamic factory loads. - - - - - Return 1 if this factory overrides the given class name, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Return 1 if this factory overrides the given class name, 0 otherwise. - - - - - return 1 if one of the registered factories - overrides the given class name - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Re-check the VTK_AUTOLOAD_PATH for new factory libraries. - This calls UnRegisterAll before re-loading - - - - - Register a factory so it can be used to create vtk objects - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Set the enable flag for a given named class for all registered - factories. - - - - - Set the enable flag for a given named class subclass pair - for all registered factories. - - - - - Set and Get the Enable flag for the specific override of className. - if subclassName is null, then it is ignored. - - - - - Unregister all factories - - - - - Remove a factory from the list of registered factories - - - - - This returns the path to a dynamically loaded factory. - - - - - vtkObjectFactoryCollection - maintain a list of object factories - - - Description - vtkObjectFactoryCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists - of object of type vtkObjectFactory. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an ObjectFactory from the list. - - - - - Get the next ObjectFactory in the list. Return NULL when the end of the - list is reached. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOnePieceExtentTranslator - Returns the whole extent for any piece.. - vtkOnePieceExtentTranslator returns the whole extent for any piece. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOverrideInformation - Factory object override information - - - Description - vtkOverrideInformation is used to represent the information about - a class which is overriden in a vtkObjectFactory. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the name of the class being overriden. For example, - if you had a factory that provided an override for - vtkVertex, then this funciton would return "vtkVertex" - - - - - Returns the name of the class that will override the class. - For example, if you had a factory that provided an override for - vtkVertex called vtkMyVertex, then this would return "vtkMyVertex" - - - - - Return a human readable or GUI displayable description of this - override. - - - - - Return the specific object factory that this override occurs in. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the class override name - - - - - Set the class override with name - - - - - Set the description - - - - - vtkOverrideInformationCollection - maintain a list of override information objects - - - Description - vtkOverrideInformationCollection is an object that creates and manipulates - lists of objects of type vtkOverrideInformation. - - - - vtkCollection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParametricBoy - Generate Boy's surface. - - - Description - vtkParametricBoy generates Boy's surface. - This is a Model of the projective plane without singularities. - It was found by Werner Boy on assignment from David Hilbert. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - vtkParametricFunction - abstract interface for parametric functions - - - Description - vtkParametricFunction is an abstract interface for functions - defined by parametric mapping i.e. f(u,v,w)->(x,y,z) where - u_min <= u < u_max, v_min <= v < v_max, w_min <= w < w_max. (For - notational convenience, we will write f(u)->x and assume that - u means (u,v,w) and x means (x,y,z).) - - The interface contains the pure virtual function, Evaluate(), that - generates a point and the derivatives at that point which are then used to - construct the surface. A second pure virtual function, EvaluateScalar(), - can be used to generate a scalar for the surface. Finally, the - GetDimension() virtual function is used to differentiate 1D, 2D, and 3D - parametric functions. Since this abstract class defines a pure virtual - API, its subclasses must implement the pure virtual functions - GetDimension(), Evaluate() and EvaluateScalar(). - - This class has also methods for defining a range of parametric values (u,v,w). - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - vtkParametricFunctionSource - tessellates a parametric function - - Implementations of derived classes implementing non-orentable surfaces: - vtkParametricBoy vtkParametricCrossCap vtkParametricFigure8Klein - vtkParametricKlein vtkParametricMobius vtkParametricRoman - - Implementations of derived classes implementing orientable surfaces: - vtkParametricConicSpiral vtkParametricDini vtkParametricEllipsoid - vtkParametricEnneper vtkParametricRandomHills vtkParametricSuperEllipsoid - vtkParametricSuperToroid vtkParametricTorus - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines the ordering of the the - vertices forming the triangle strips. The ordering of the - points being inserted into the triangle strip is important - because it determines the direction of the normals for the - lighting. If set, the ordering is clockwise, otherwise the - ordering is anti-clockwise. Default is true (i.e. clockwise - ordering). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines the ordering of the the - vertices forming the triangle strips. The ordering of the - points being inserted into the triangle strip is important - because it determines the direction of the normals for the - lighting. If set, the ordering is clockwise, otherwise the - ordering is anti-clockwise. Default is true (i.e. clockwise - ordering). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines whether derivatives are available - from the parametric function (i.e., whether the Evaluate() method - returns valid derivatives). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines whether derivatives are available - from the parametric function (i.e., whether the Evaluate() method - returns valid derivatives). - - - - - Performs the mapping \$f(uvw)->(Pt,Duvw)\$f. - This is a pure virtual function that must be instantiated in - a derived class. - - uvw are the parameters, with u corresponding to uvw[0], - v to uvw[1] and w to uvw[2] respectively. Pt is the returned Cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Note that the first three values in Duvw are Du, the next three are Dv, - and the final three are Dw. Du Dv Dw are the partial derivatives of the - function at the point Pt with respect to u, v and w respectively. - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - This is a pure virtual function that must be instantiated in - a derived class. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v, and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines the ordering of the the - vertices forming the triangle strips. The ordering of the - points being inserted into the triangle strip is important - because it determines the direction of the normals for the - lighting. If set, the ordering is clockwise, otherwise the - ordering is anti-clockwise. Default is true (i.e. clockwise - ordering). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines whether derivatives are available - from the parametric function (i.e., whether the Evaluate() method - returns valid derivatives). - - - - - Description - Return the dimension of parametric space. Depending on the dimension, - then the (u,v,w) parameters and associated information (e.g., derivates) - have meaning. For example, if the dimension of the function is one, then - u[0] and Duvw[0...2] have meaning. - This is a pure virtual function that must be instantiated in - a derived class. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to the last one. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the the ends of the triangle strips. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum u-value. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum v-value. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum w-value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum u-value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum v-value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum w-value. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to - the last one with a twist. - JoinU must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the ends of the - triangle strips with a twist. - JoinV must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to the last one. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to the last one. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the the ends of the triangle strips. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the the ends of the triangle strips. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines the ordering of the the - vertices forming the triangle strips. The ordering of the - points being inserted into the triangle strip is important - because it determines the direction of the normals for the - lighting. If set, the ordering is clockwise, otherwise the - ordering is anti-clockwise. Default is true (i.e. clockwise - ordering). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which determines whether derivatives are available - from the parametric function (i.e., whether the Evaluate() method - returns valid derivatives). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to the last one. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the the ends of the triangle strips. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum u-value. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum v-value. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum w-value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum u-value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum v-value. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum w-value. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to - the last one with a twist. - JoinU must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the ends of the - triangle strips with a twist. - JoinV must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to - the last one with a twist. - JoinU must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the first triangle strip to - the last one with a twist. - JoinU must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the ends of the - triangle strips with a twist. - JoinV must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which joins the ends of the - triangle strips with a twist. - JoinV must also be set if this is set. Used when building - some non-orientable surfaces. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct Boy's surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 1, TwistV = 1; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - ZScale = 0.125. - - - - - Construct Boy's surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 1, TwistV = 1; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - ZScale = 0.125. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boy's surface. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor for the z-coordinate. - Default = 1/8, giving a nice shape. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor for the z-coordinate. - Default = 1/8, giving a nice shape. - - - - - vtkParametricConicSpiral - Generate conic spiral surfaces that resemble sea-shells. - - - Description - vtkParametricConicSpiral generates conic spiral surfaces. These can resemble sea shells, or - may look like a torus "eating" its own tail. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a conic spiral surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = 2Pi, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - A = 0.2, B = 1.0, C = 0.1, N = 2. - - - - - Construct a conic spiral surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = 2Pi, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - A = 0.2, B = 1.0, C = 0.1, N = 2. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A conic spiral surface. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor. - Default = 0.2 - - - - - Set/Get the A function coefficient (see equation below). - Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the B function coefficient (see equation below). - Default = 0.1. - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the C function coefficient (see equation below). - Default = 2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor. - Default = 0.2 - - - - - Set/Get the A function coefficient (see equation below). - Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the B function coefficient (see equation below). - Default = 0.1. - - - - - Set/Get the C function coefficient (see equation below). - Default = 2. - - - - - vtkParametricCrossCap - Generate a cross-cap. - - - Description - vtkParametricCrossCap generates a cross-cap which is a - non-orientable self-intersecting single-sided surface. - This is one possible image of a projective plane in three-space. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a cross-cap with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 1, TwistV = 1; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1 - - - - - Construct a cross-cap with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 1, TwistV = 1; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A cross-cap. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParametricDini - Generate Dini's surface. - - - Description - vtkParametricDini generates Dini's surface. - Dini's surface is a surface that posesses constant negative - Gaussian curvature - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct Dini's surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 4*Pi, - MinimumV = 0.001, MaximumV = 2, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1 - A = 1, B = 0.2 - - - - - Construct Dini's surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 4*Pi, - MinimumV = 0.001, MaximumV = 2, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1 - A = 1, B = 0.2 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Dini's surface. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor. - Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor. - Default = 0.2 - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor. - Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor. - Default = 0.2 - - - - - vtkParametricEllipsoid - Generate an ellipsoid. - - - Description - vtkParametricEllipsoid generates an ellipsoid. - If all the radii are the same, we have a sphere. - An oblate spheroid occurs if RadiusX = RadiusY > RadiusZ. - Here the Z-axis forms the symmetry axis. To a first - approximation, this is the shape of the earth. - A prolate spheroid occurs if RadiusX = RadiusY < RadiusZ. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an ellipsoid with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - XRadius = 1, YRadius = 1, - ZRadius = 1, a sphere in this case. - - - - - Construct an ellipsoid with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - XRadius = 1, YRadius = 1, - ZRadius = 1, a sphere in this case. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - An ellipsoid. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the x-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the y-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the z-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the x-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the y-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the z-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - vtkParametricEnneper - Generate Enneper's surface. - - - Description - vtkParametricEnneper generates Enneper's surface. - Enneper's surface is a a self-intersecting minimal surface - posessing constant negative Gaussian curvature - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct Enneper's surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = -2, MaximumU = 2, - MinimumV = -2, MaximumV = 2, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1 - - - - - Construct Enneper's surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = -2, MaximumU = 2, - MinimumV = -2, MaximumV = 2, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enneper's surface. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uv are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParametricFigure8Klein - Generate a figure-8 Klein bottle. - - - Description - vtkParametricFigure8Klein generates a figure-8 Klein bottle. A Klein bottle - is a closed surface with no interior and only one surface. It is - unrealisable in 3 dimensions without intersecting surfaces. It can be - realised in 4 dimensions by considering the map \f$F:R^2 \rightarrow R^4\f$ given by: - - - \f$f(u,v) = ((r*cos(v)+a)*cos(u),(r*cos(v)+a)*sin(u),r*sin(v)*cos(u/2),r*sin(v)*sin(u/2))\f$ - - This representation of the immersion in \f$R^3\f$ is formed by taking two Mobius - strips and joining them along their boundaries, this is the so called - "Figure-8 Klein Bottle" - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a figure-8 Klein Bottle with the following parameters: - MinimumU = -Pi, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = -Pi, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - Radius = 1 - - - - - Construct a figure-8 Klein Bottle with the following parameters: - MinimumU = -Pi, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = -Pi, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - Radius = 1 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A Figure-8 Klein bottle. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the bottle. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the bottle. - - - - - vtkParametricKlein - Generates a "classical" representation of a Klein bottle. - - - Description - vtkParametricKlein generates a "classical" representation of a Klein - bottle. A Klein bottle is a closed surface with no interior and only one - surface. It is unrealisable in 3 dimensions without intersecting - surfaces. It can be - realised in 4 dimensions by considering the map \f$F:R^2 \rightarrow R^4\f$ given by: - - - \f$f(u,v) = ((r*cos(v)+a)*cos(u),(r*cos(v)+a)*sin(u),r*sin(v)*cos(u/2),r*sin(v)*sin(u/2))\f$ - - The classical representation of the immersion in \f$R^3\f$ is returned by this function. - - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a Klein Bottle with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = -Pi, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - - - - - Construct a Klein Bottle with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = -Pi, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A Klein bottle. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParametricMobius - Generate a Mobius strip. - - - Description - vtkParametricMobius generates a Mobius strip. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a Mobius strip with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = -1, MaximumV = 1, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - Radius = 1. - - - - - Construct a Mobius strip with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = -1, MaximumV = 1, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - Radius = 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The Mobius strip. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Du, Dv are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the Mobius strip. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the Mobius strip. - - - - - vtkParametricRandomHills - Generate a surface covered with randomly placed hills. - - - Description - vtkParametricRandomHills generates a surface covered with randomly placed hills. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a surface of random hills with the following parameters: - MinimumU = -10, MaximumU = 10, - MinimumV = -10, MaximumV = 10, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 0, - Number of hills = 30, - Variance of the hills 2.5 in both x- and y- directions, - Scaling factor for the variances 1/3 in both x- and y- directions, - Amplitude of each hill = 1, - Scaling factor for the amplitude = 1/3, - RandomSeed = 1, - AllowRandomGeneration = 1. - - - - - Construct a surface of random hills with the following parameters: - MinimumU = -10, MaximumU = 10, - MinimumV = -10, MaximumV = 10, - JoinU = 0, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 0, - Number of hills = 30, - Variance of the hills 2.5 in both x- and y- directions, - Scaling factor for the variances 1/3 in both x- and y- directions, - Amplitude of each hill = 1, - Scaling factor for the amplitude = 1/3, - RandomSeed = 1, - AllowRandomGeneration = 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the random generation flag. - A value of 0 will disable the generation of random hills on the surface. - This allows a reproducible shape to be generated. - Any other value means that the generation of the hills will be done - randomly. - Default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the random generation flag. - A value of 0 will disable the generation of random hills on the surface. - This allows a reproducible shape to be generated. - Any other value means that the generation of the hills will be done - randomly. - Default is 1. - - - - - Construct a terrain consisting of randomly placed hills on a surface. - - It is assumed that the function GenerateTheHills() has been executed - to build the vectors of coordinates required to generate the point Pt. - Pt represents the sum of all the amplitudes over the space. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the Cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Generate the centers of the hills, their standard deviations and - their amplitudes. This function creates a series of vectors representing - the u, v coordinates of each hill, its variance in the u, v directions and - the amplitude. - - NOTE: This function must be called whenever any of the parameters are changed. - - - - - Set/Get the random generation flag. - A value of 0 will disable the generation of random hills on the surface. - This allows a reproducible shape to be generated. - Any other value means that the generation of the hills will be done - randomly. - Default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the amplitude. - Default is 1/3. - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the hill amplitude (height). - Default is 2. - - - - - Set/Get the hill variance in the x-direction. - Default is 2.5. - - - - - Set/Get the hill variance in the y-direction. - Default is 2.5. - - - - - Set/Get the number of hills. - Default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the Seed for the random number generator, - a value of 1 will initialize the random number generator, - a negative value will initialize it with the system time. - Default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the variance in the x-direction. - Default is 1/3. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the variance in the y-direction. - Default is 1/3. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the random generation flag. - A value of 0 will disable the generation of random hills on the surface. - This allows a reproducible shape to be generated. - Any other value means that the generation of the hills will be done - randomly. - Default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the amplitude. - Default is 1/3. - - - - - Set/Get the hill amplitude (height). - Default is 2. - - - - - Set/Get the hill variance in the x-direction. - Default is 2.5. - - - - - Set/Get the hill variance in the y-direction. - Default is 2.5. - - - - - Set/Get the number of hills. - Default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the Seed for the random number generator, - a value of 1 will initialize the random number generator, - a negative value will initialize it with the system time. - Default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the variance in the x-direction. - Default is 1/3. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the variance in the y-direction. - Default is 1/3. - - - - - vtkParametricRoman - Generate Steiner's Roman Surface. - - - Description - vtkParametricRoman generates Steiner's Roman Surface. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct Steiner's Roman Surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 1, TwistV = 0; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - Radius = 1 - - - - - Construct Steiner's Roman Surface with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 1, TwistV = 0; - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - Radius = 1 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Steiner's Roman Surface - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the Cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the radius. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the radius. - - - - - vtkParametricSuperEllipsoid - Generate a superellipsoid. - - - Description - vtkParametricSuperEllipsoid generates a superellipsoid. A superellipsoid - is a versatile primitive that is controlled by two parameters n1 and - n2. As special cases it can represent a sphere, square box, and closed - cylindrical can. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Also see: http://astronomy.swin.edu.au/~pbourke/surfaces/ - - Caveats - Care needs to be taken specifying the bounds correctly. You may need to - carefully adjust MinimumU, MinimumV, MaximumU, MaximumV. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a superellipsoid with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 0, - N1 = 1, N2 = 1, XRadius = 1, YRadius = 1, - ZRadius = 1, a sphere in this case. - - - - - Construct a superellipsoid with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 0, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 0, - N1 = 1, N2 = 1, XRadius = 1, YRadius = 1, - ZRadius = 1, a sphere in this case. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A superellipsoid. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the "squareness" parameter in the z axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the "squareness" parameter in the x-y plane. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the x-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the y-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the z-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the "squareness" parameter in the z axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the "squareness" parameter in the x-y plane. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the x-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the y-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the z-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - vtkParametricSuperToroid - Generate a supertoroid. - - - Description - vtkParametricSuperToroid generates a supertoroid. Essentially a - supertoroid is a torus with the sine and cosine terms raised to a power. - A supertoroid is a versatile primitive that is controlled by four - parameters r0, r1, n1 and n2. r0, r1 determine the type of torus whilst - the value of n1 determines the shape of the torus ring and n2 determines - the shape of the cross section of the ring. It is the different values of - these powers which give rise to a family of 3D shapes that are all - basically toroidal in shape. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Also see: http://astronomy.swin.edu.au/~pbourke/surfaces/. - - Caveats - Care needs to be taken specifying the bounds correctly. You may need to - carefully adjust MinimumU, MinimumV, MaximumU, MaximumV. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a supertoroid with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = 2*Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 0, - RingRadius = 1, CrossSectionRadius = 0.5, - N1 = 1, N2 = 1, XRadius = 1, - YRadius = 1, ZRadius = 1, a torus in this case. - - - - - Construct a supertoroid with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = 2*Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 0, - RingRadius = 1, CrossSectionRadius = 0.5, - N1 = 1, N2 = 1, XRadius = 1, - YRadius = 1, ZRadius = 1, a torus in this case. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A supertoroid. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$ . - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$ . - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the cross section of ring of the supertoroid. - Default = 0.5. - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the shape of the torus ring. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the shape of the cross section of the ring. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the radius from the center to the middle of the ring of the - supertoroid. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the x-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the y-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the z-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the cross section of ring of the supertoroid. - Default = 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get the shape of the torus ring. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the shape of the cross section of the ring. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the radius from the center to the middle of the ring of the - supertoroid. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the x-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the y-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling factor for the z-axis. Default = 1. - - - - - vtkParametricTorus - Generate a torus. - - - Description - vtkParametricTorus generates a torus. - - For further information about this surface, please consult the - technical description "Parametric surfaces" in http://www.vtk.org/documents.php - in the "VTK Technical Documents" section in the VTk.org web pages. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for - creating and contributing the class. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a torus with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = 2*Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - RingRadius = 1, CrossSectionRadius = 0.5. - - - - - Construct a torus with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 2*Pi, - MinimumV = 0, MaximumV = 2*Pi, - JoinU = 1, JoinV = 1, - TwistU = 0, TwistV = 0, - ClockwiseOrdering = 1, - DerivativesAvailable = 1, - RingRadius = 1, CrossSectionRadius = 0.5. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A torus. - - This function performs the mapping \f$f(u,v) \rightarrow (x,y,x)\f$, returning it - as Pt. It also returns the partial derivatives Du and Dv. - \f$Pt = (x, y, z), Du = (dx/du, dy/du, dz/du), Dv = (dx/dv, dy/dv, dz/dv)\f$. - Then the normal is \f$N = Du X Dv\f$. - - - - - Calculate a user defined scalar using one or all of uvw, Pt, Duvw. - - uvw are the parameters with Pt being the the Cartesian point, - Duvw are the derivatives of this point with respect to u, v and w. - Pt, Duvw are obtained from Evaluate(). - - This function is only called if the ScalarMode has the value - vtkParametricFunctionSource::SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED - - If the user does not need to calculate a scalar, then the - instantiated function should return zero. - - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the cross section of ring of the torus. The default value - is 0.5. - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the radius from the center to the middle of the ring of the - torus. The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the cross section of ring of the torus. The default value - is 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get the radius from the center to the middle of the ring of the - torus. The default value is 1.0. - - - - - vtkPerspectiveTransform - describes a 4x4 matrix transformation - - - Description - A vtkPerspectiveTransform can be used to describe the full range of - homogeneous transformations. It was designed in particular - to describe a camera-view of a scene. - <P>The order in which you set up the display coordinates (via - AdjustZBuffer() and AdjustViewport()), the projection (via Perspective(), - Frustum(), or Ortho()) and the camera view (via SetupCamera()) are - important. If the transform is in PreMultiply mode, which is the - default, set the Viewport and ZBuffer first, then the projection, and - finally the camera view. Once the view is set up, the Translate - and Rotate methods can be used to move the camera around in world - coordinates. If the Oblique() or Stereo() methods are used, they - should be called just before SetupCamera(). - <P>In PostMultiply mode, you must perform all transformations - in the opposite order. This is necessary, for example, if you - already have a perspective transformation set up but must adjust - the viewport. Another example is if you have a view transformation, - and wish to perform translations and rotations in the camera's - coordinate system rather than in world coordinates. - <P>The SetInput and Concatenate methods can be used to create - a transformation pipeline with vtkPerspectiveTransform. See vtkTransform - for more information on the transformation pipeline. - - - - vtkGeneralTransform vtkTransform vtkMatrix4x4 vtkCamera - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Perform an adjustment to the viewport coordinates. By default Ortho, - Frustum, and Perspective provide a window of ([-1,+1],[-1,+1]). - In PreMultiply mode, you call this method before calling Ortho, Frustum, - or Perspective. In PostMultiply mode you can call it after. Note - that if you must apply both AdjustZBuffer and AdjustViewport, it - makes no difference which order you apply them in. - - - - - Perform an adjustment to the Z-Buffer range that the near and far - clipping planes map to. By default Ortho, Frustum, and Perspective - map the near clipping plane to -1 and the far clipping plane to +1. - In PreMultiply mode, you call this method before calling Ortho, Frustum, - or Perspective. In PostMultiply mode you can call it after. - - - - - Check for self-reference. Will return true if concatenating - with the specified transform, setting it to be our inverse, - or setting it to be our input will create a circular reference. - CircuitCheck is automatically called by SetInput(), SetInverse(), - and Concatenate(vtkXTransform *). Avoid using this function, - it is experimental. - - - - - Concatenates the matrix with the current transformation according - to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Concatenates the matrix with the current transformation according - to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Concatenate the specified transform with the current transformation - according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The concatenation is pipelined, meaning that if any of the - transformations are changed, even after Concatenate() is called, - those changes will be reflected when you call TransformPoint(). - - - - - Create an perspective projection matrix and concatenate it by the - current transformation. The matrix maps a frustum with a back - plane at -zfar and a front plane at -znear with extent - [xmin,xmax],[ymin,ymax] to [-1,+1], [-1,+1], [+1,-1]. - - - - - Description - Get one of the concatenated transformations as a vtkAbstractTransform. - These transformations are applied, in series, every time the - transformation of a coordinate occurs. This method is provided - to make it possible to decompose a transformation into its - constituents, for example to save a transformation to a file. - - - - - Set the input for this transformation. This will be used as the - base transformation if it is set. This method allows you to build - a transform pipeline: if the input is modified, then this transformation - will automatically update accordingly. Note that the InverseFlag, - controlled via Inverse(), determines whether this transformation - will use the Input or the inverse of the Input. - - - - - Get the inverse flag of the transformation. This controls - whether it is the Input or the inverse of the Input that - is used as the base transformation. The InverseFlag is - flipped every time Inverse() is called. The InverseFlag - is off when a transform is first created. - - - - - Override GetMTime to account for input and concatenation. - - - - - Get the total number of transformations that are linked into this - one via Concatenate() operations or via SetInput(). - - - - - Set this transformation to the identity transformation. If - the transform has an Input, then the transformation will be - reset so that it is the same as the Input. - - - - - Invert the transformation. This will also set a flag so that - the transformation will use the inverse of its Input, if an Input - has been set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make a new transform of the same type -- you are responsible for - deleting the transform when you are done with it. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create an orthogonal projection matrix and concatenate it by the - current transformation. The matrix maps [xmin,xmax], [ymin,ymax], - [-znear,-zfar] to [-1,+1], [-1,+1], [+1,-1]. - - - - - Create a perspective projection matrix by specifying the view angle - (this angle is in the y direction), the aspect ratio, and the near - and far clipping range. The projection matrix is concatenated - with the current transformation. This method works via Frustum. - - - - - Deletes the transformation on the top of the stack and sets the top - to the next transformation on the stack. - - - - - Sets the internal state of the transform to PostMultiply. All subsequent - operations will occur after those already represented in the - current transformation. In homogeneous matrix notation, M = A*M where - M is the current transformation matrix and A is the applied matrix. - The default is PreMultiply. - - - - - Sets the internal state of the transform to PreMultiply. All subsequent - operations will occur before those already represented in the - current transformation. In homogeneous matrix notation, M = M*A where - M is the current transformation matrix and A is the applied matrix. - The default is PreMultiply. - - - - - Pushes the current transformation onto the transformation stack. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The angle is in degrees, and (x,y,z) specifies the axis that the - rotation will be performed around. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The angle is in degrees, and (x,y,z) specifies the axis that the - rotation will be performed around. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y, z) - and concatenate it with the current transformation according to - PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y, z) - and concatenate it with the current transformation according to - PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Set the input for this transformation. This will be used as the - base transformation if it is set. This method allows you to build - a transform pipeline: if the input is modified, then this transformation - will automatically update accordingly. Note that the InverseFlag, - controlled via Inverse(), determines whether this transformation - will use the Input or the inverse of the Input. - - - - - Set the current matrix directly. This actually calls Identity(), - followed by Concatenate(matrix). - - - - - Set the current matrix directly. This actually calls Identity(), - followed by Concatenate(matrix). - - - - - Set a view transformation matrix for the camera (this matrix does - not contain any perspective) and concatenate it with the current - transformation. - - - - - Set a view transformation matrix for the camera (this matrix does - not contain any perspective) and concatenate it with the current - transformation. - - - - - Create a shear transformation about a plane at distance z from - the camera. The values dxdz (i.e. dx/dz) and dydz specify the - amount of shear in the x and y directions. The 'zplane' specifies - the distance from the camera to the plane at which the shear - causes zero displacement. Generally you want this plane to be the - focal plane. - This transformation can be used in combination with Ortho to create - an oblique projection. It can also be used in combination with - Perspective to provide correct stereo views when the eye is at - arbitrary but known positions relative to the center of a flat - viewing screen. - - - - - Create a stereo shear matrix and concatenate it with the - current transformation. This can be applied in conjunction with either a - perspective transformation (via Frustum or Projection) or an - orthographic projection. You must specify the distance from - the camera plane to the focal plane, and the angle between - the distance vector and the eye. The angle should be negative - for the left eye, and positive for the right. This method - works via Oblique. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - vtkPlane - perform various plane computations - - - Description - vtkPlane provides methods for various plane computations. These include - projecting points onto a plane, evaluating the plane equation, and - returning plane normal. vtkPlane is a concrete implementation of the - abstract class vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct plane passing through origin and normal to z-axis. - - - - - Description - Construct plane passing through origin and normal to z-axis. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a line defined by the two points p1,p2; and a plane defined by the - normal n and point p0, compute an intersection. The parametric - coordinate along the line is returned in t, and the coordinates of - intersection are returned in x. A zero is returned if the plane and line - do not intersect between (0<=t<=1). If the plane and line are parallel, - zero is returned and t is set to VTK_LARGE_DOUBLE. - - - - - Return the distance of a point x to a plane defined by n(x-p0) = 0. The - normal n[3] must be magnitude=1. - - - - - Given a line defined by the two points p1,p2; and a plane defined by the - normal n and point p0, compute an intersection. The parametric - coordinate along the line is returned in t, and the coordinates of - intersection are returned in x. A zero is returned if the plane and line - do not intersect between (0<=t<=1). If the plane and line are parallel, - zero is returned and t is set to VTK_LARGE_DOUBLE. - - - - - Description - Evaluate plane equation for point x[3]. - - - - - Description - Evaluate plane equation for point x[3]. - - - - - Description - Evaluate function gradient at point x[3]. - - - - - Description - Project a point x onto plane defined by origin and normal. The - projected point is returned in xproj. NOTE : normal does NOT have to - have magnitude 1. - - - - - Description - Project a point x onto plane defined by origin and normal. The - projected point is returned in xproj. NOTE : normal does NOT have to - have magnitude 1. - - - - - Set/get plane normal. Plane is defined by point and normal. - - - - - Set/get plane normal. Plane is defined by point and normal. - - - - - Set/get point through which plane passes. Plane is defined by point - and normal. - - - - - Set/get point through which plane passes. Plane is defined by point - and normal. - - - - - Given a line defined by the two points p1,p2; and a plane defined by the - normal n and point p0, compute an intersection. The parametric - coordinate along the line is returned in t, and the coordinates of - intersection are returned in x. A zero is returned if the plane and line - do not intersect between (0<=t<=1). If the plane and line are parallel, - zero is returned and t is set to VTK_LARGE_DOUBLE. - - - - - Given a line defined by the two points p1,p2; and a plane defined by the - normal n and point p0, compute an intersection. The parametric - coordinate along the line is returned in t, and the coordinates of - intersection are returned in x. A zero is returned if the plane and line - do not intersect between (0<=t<=1). If the plane and line are parallel, - zero is returned and t is set to VTK_LARGE_DOUBLE. - - - - - Description - Construct plane passing through origin and normal to z-axis. - - - - - Description - Construct plane passing through origin and normal to z-axis. - - - - - Description - Construct plane passing through origin and normal to z-axis. - - - - - Description - Project a point x onto plane defined by origin and normal. The - projected point is returned in xproj. NOTE : normal assumed to - have magnitude 1. - - - - - Description - Project a point x onto plane defined by origin and normal. The - projected point is returned in xproj. NOTE : normal assumed to - have magnitude 1. - - - - - Translate the plane in the direction of the normal by the - distance specified. Negative values move the plane in the - opposite direction. - - - - - Description - Construct plane passing through origin and normal to z-axis. - - - - - Set/get plane normal. Plane is defined by point and normal. - - - - - Set/get plane normal. Plane is defined by point and normal. - - - - - Set/get point through which plane passes. Plane is defined by point - and normal. - - - - - Set/get point through which plane passes. Plane is defined by point - and normal. - - - - - vtkPlaneCollection - maintain a list of planes - - - Description - vtkPlaneCollection is an object that creates and manipulates - lists of objects of type vtkPlane. - - - - vtkCollection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Get the ith plane in the list. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPlanes - implicit function for convex set of planes - - - Description - vtkPlanes computes the implicit function and function gradient for a set - of planes. The planes must define a convex space. - - The function value is the closest first order distance of a point to the - convex region defined by the planes. The function gradient is the plane - normal at the function value. Note that the normals must point outside of - the convex region. Thus, a negative function value means that a point is - inside the convex region. - - There are several methods to define the set of planes. The most general is - to supply an instance of vtkPoints and an instance of vtkDataArray. (The - points define a point on the plane, and the normals corresponding plane - normals.) Two other specialized ways are to 1) supply six planes defining - the view frustrum of a camera, and 2) provide a bounding box. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate plane equations. Return smallest absolute value. - - - - - Description - Evaluate plane equations. Return smallest absolute value. - - - - - Description - Evaluate planes gradient. - - - - - Specify a list of normal vectors for the planes. There is a one-to-one - correspondence between plane points and plane normals. - - - - - Return the number of planes in the set of planes. - - - - - Create and return a pointer to a vtkPlane object at the ith - position. Asking for a plane outside the allowable range returns NULL. - This method always returns the same object. - Use GetPlane(int i, vtkPlane *plane) instead - - - - - Create and return a pointer to a vtkPlane object at the ith - position. Asking for a plane outside the allowable range returns NULL. - This method always returns the same object. - Use GetPlane(int i, vtkPlane *plane) instead - - - - - Specify a list of points defining points through which the planes pass. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - An alternative method to specify six planes defined by a bounding box. - The bounding box is a six-vector defined as (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - It defines six planes orthogonal to the x-y-z coordinate axes. - - - - - An alternative method to specify six planes defined by a bounding box. - The bounding box is a six-vector defined as (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - It defines six planes orthogonal to the x-y-z coordinate axes. - - - - - An alternative method to specify six planes defined by the camera view - frustrum. See vtkCamera::GetFrustumPlanes() documentation. - - - - - Specify a list of normal vectors for the planes. There is a one-to-one - correspondence between plane points and plane normals. - - - - - Specify a list of points defining points through which the planes pass. - - - - - vtkPoints - represent and manipulate 3D points - - - Description - vtkPoints represents 3D points. The data model for vtkPoints is an - array of vx-vy-vz triplets accessible by (point or cell) id. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate initial memory size. - - - - - Determine (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounds of points. - - - - - Different ways to copy data. Shallow copy does reference count (i.e., - assigns pointers and updates reference count); deep copy runs through - entire data array assigning values. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this attribute data. - Used to support streaming and reading/writing data. The value - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to actually represent the data represented - by this object. The information returned is valid only after - the pipeline has been updated. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Set/Get the underlying data array. This function must be implemented - in a concrete subclass to check for consistency. (The tuple size must - match the type of data. For example, 3-tuple data array can be assigned to - a vector, normal, or points object, but not a tensor object, which has a - tuple dimension of 9. Scalars, on the other hand, can have tuple dimension - from 1-4, depending on the type of scalar.) - - - - - Return the underlying data type. An integer indicating data type is - returned as specified in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return number of points in array. - - - - - Return a pointer to a double point x[3] for a specific id. - WARNING: Just don't use this error-prone method, the returned pointer - and its values are only valid as long as another method invocation is not - performed. Prefer GetPoint() with the return value in argument. - - - - - Copy point components into user provided array v[3] for specified - id. - - - - - Given a list of pt ids, return an array of points. - - - - - Return a void pointer. For image pipeline interface and other - special pointer manipulation. - - - - - Return object to instantiated state. - - - - - Insert point into next available slot. Returns id of slot. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Insert point into object. Range checking performed and memory - allocated as necessary. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make object look empty but do not delete memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the underlying data array. This function must be implemented - in a concrete subclass to check for consistency. (The tuple size must - match the type of data. For example, 3-tuple data array can be assigned to - a vector, normal, or points object, but not a tensor object, which has a - tuple dimension of 9. Scalars, on the other hand, can have tuple dimension - from 1-4, depending on the type of scalar.) - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Insert point into object. No range checking performed (fast!). - Make sure you use SetNumberOfPoints() to allocate memory prior - to using SetPoint(). - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Different ways to copy data. Shallow copy does reference count (i.e., - assigns pointers and updates reference count); deep copy runs through - entire data array assigning values. - - - - - Reclaim any extra memory. - - - - - vtkPoints2D - represent and manipulate 2D points - - - Description - vtkPoints2D represents 2D points. The data model for vtkPoints2D is an - array of vx-vy doublets accessible by (point or cell) id. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate initial memory size. - - - - - Determine (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax) bounds of points. - - - - - Different ways to copy data. Shallow copy does reference count (i.e., - assigns pointers and updates reference count); deep copy runs through - entire data array assigning values. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this attribute data. - Used to support streaming and reading/writing data. The value - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to actually represent the data represented - by this object. The information returned is valid only after - the pipeline has been updated. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Set/Get the underlying data array. This function must be implemented - in a concrete subclass to check for consistency. (The tuple size must - match the type of data. For example, 3-tuple data array can be assigned to - a vector, normal, or points object, but not a tensor object, which has a - tuple dimension of 9. Scalars, on the other hand, can have tuple dimension - from 1-4, depending on the type of scalar.) - - - - - Return the underlying data type. An integer indicating data type is - returned as specified in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return number of points in array. - - - - - Return a pointer to a double point x[2] for a specific id. - WARNING: Just don't use this error-prone method, the returned pointer - and its values are only valid as long as another method invocation is not - performed. Prefer GetPoint() with the return value in argument. - - - - - Copy point components into user provided array v[2] for specified id. - - - - - Given a list of pt ids, return an array of points. - - - - - Return a void pointer. For image pipeline interface and other - special pointer manipulation. - - - - - Return object to instantiated state. - - - - - Insert point into next available slot. Returns id of slot. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Insert point into object. Range checking performed and memory - allocated as necessary. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make object look empty but do not delete memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the underlying data array. This function must be implemented - in a concrete subclass to check for consistency. (The tuple size must - match the type of data. For example, 3-tuple data array can be assigned to - a vector, normal, or points object, but not a tensor object, which has a - tuple dimension of 9. Scalars, on the other hand, can have tuple dimension - from 1-4, depending on the type of scalar.) - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Specify the underlying data type of the object. - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Insert point into object. No range checking performed (fast!). - Make sure you use SetNumberOfPoints() to allocate memory prior - to using SetPoint(). - - - - - Return the bounds of the points. - - - - - Different ways to copy data. Shallow copy does reference count (i.e., - assigns pointers and updates reference count); deep copy runs through - entire data array assigning values. - - - - - Reclaim any extra memory. - - - - - vtkPolynomialSolversUnivariate - polynomial solvers - - - Description - vtkPolynomialSolversUnivariate provides solvers for - univariate polynomial equations with real coefficients. - The Tartaglia-Cardan and Ferrari solvers work on polynomials of fixed - degree 3 and 4, respectively. - The Lin-Bairstow and Sturm solvers work on polynomials of arbitrary - degree. The Sturm solver is the most robust solver but only reports - roots within an interval and does not report multiplicities. - The Lin-Bairstow solver reports multiplicities. - - For difficult polynomials, you may wish to use FilterRoots to - eliminate some of the roots reported by the Sturm solver. - FilterRoots evaluates the derivatives near each root to - eliminate cases where a local minimum or maximum is close - to zero. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay, Korben Rusek, David Thompson, and Maurice Rojas - for implementing these solvers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Algebraically extracts REAL roots of the quartic polynomial with - REAL coefficients X^4 + c[0] X^3 + c[1] X^2 + c[2] X + c[3] - and stores them (when they exist) and their respective multiplicities - in the \a r and \a m arrays, based on Ferrari's method. - Some numerical noise can be filtered by the use of a tolerance \a tol - instead of equality with 0 (one can use, e.g., VTK_DBL_EPSILON). - Returns the number of roots. - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to pass a non-negative \a tol. - - - - - This uses the derivative sequence to filter possible roots of a polynomial. - First it sorts the roots and removes any duplicates. - If the number of sign changes of the derivative sequence at a root at - upperBnds[i] == that at upperBnds[i] - diameter then the i^th value is - removed from upperBnds. It returns the new number of roots. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing polynomial Euclidean division - to find polynomial roots. This tolerance is used to decide whether the - coefficient(s) of a polynomial remainder are close enough to - zero to be neglected. - - - - - Finds all REAL roots (within tolerance \a tol) of the \a d -th degree polynomial - \f[ - P[0] X^d + ... + P[d-1] X + P[d] - \f] - in ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] using the Habicht sequence (polynomial - coefficients are REAL) and returns the count \a nr. All roots are bracketed - in the \nr first ]\a upperBnds[i] - \a tol ; \a upperBnds[i]] intervals. - Returns -1 if anything went wrong (such as: polynomial does not have - degree \a d, the interval provided by the other is absurd, etc.). - - \a intervalType specifies the search interval as follows: - 0 = 00 = ]a,b[ - 1 = 10 = [a,b[ - 2 = 01 = ]a,b] - 3 = 11 = [a,b] - This defaults to 0. - - The last non-zero item in the Habicht sequence is the gcd of P and P'. The - parameter divideGCD specifies whether the program should attempt to divide - by the gcd and run again. It works better with polynomials known to have - high multiplicities. When divideGCD != 0 then it attempts to divide by the - GCD, if applicable. This defaults to 0. - - Compared to the Sturm solver the Habicht solver is slower, - although both are O(d^2). The Habicht solver has the added benefit - that it has a built in mechanism to keep the leading coefficients of the - result from polynomial division bounded above and below in absolute value. - This will tend to keep the coefficients of the polynomials in the sequence - from zeroing out prematurely or becoming infinite. - - Constructing the Habicht sequence is O(d^2) in both time and space. - - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a upperBnds - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - Note that \a nr is smaller or equal to the actual number of roots in - ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] since roots within \tol are lumped in the same bracket. - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected upper bounds. - - - - - Finds all REAL roots (within tolerance \a tol) of the \a d -th degree polynomial - \f[ - P[0] X^d + ... + P[d-1] X + P[d] - \f] - in ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] using the Habicht sequence (polynomial - coefficients are REAL) and returns the count \a nr. All roots are bracketed - in the \nr first ]\a upperBnds[i] - \a tol ; \a upperBnds[i]] intervals. - Returns -1 if anything went wrong (such as: polynomial does not have - degree \a d, the interval provided by the other is absurd, etc.). - - \a intervalType specifies the search interval as follows: - 0 = 00 = ]a,b[ - 1 = 10 = [a,b[ - 2 = 01 = ]a,b] - 3 = 11 = [a,b] - This defaults to 0. - - The last non-zero item in the Habicht sequence is the gcd of P and P'. The - parameter divideGCD specifies whether the program should attempt to divide - by the gcd and run again. It works better with polynomials known to have - high multiplicities. When divideGCD != 0 then it attempts to divide by the - GCD, if applicable. This defaults to 0. - - Compared to the Sturm solver the Habicht solver is slower, - although both are O(d^2). The Habicht solver has the added benefit - that it has a built in mechanism to keep the leading coefficients of the - result from polynomial division bounded above and below in absolute value. - This will tend to keep the coefficients of the polynomials in the sequence - from zeroing out prematurely or becoming infinite. - - Constructing the Habicht sequence is O(d^2) in both time and space. - - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a upperBnds - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - Note that \a nr is smaller or equal to the actual number of roots in - ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] since roots within \tol are lumped in the same bracket. - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected upper bounds. - - - - - Finds all REAL roots (within tolerance \a tol) of the \a d -th degree polynomial - \f[ - P[0] X^d + ... + P[d-1] X + P[d] - \f] - in ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] using the Habicht sequence (polynomial - coefficients are REAL) and returns the count \a nr. All roots are bracketed - in the \nr first ]\a upperBnds[i] - \a tol ; \a upperBnds[i]] intervals. - Returns -1 if anything went wrong (such as: polynomial does not have - degree \a d, the interval provided by the other is absurd, etc.). - - \a intervalType specifies the search interval as follows: - 0 = 00 = ]a,b[ - 1 = 10 = [a,b[ - 2 = 01 = ]a,b] - 3 = 11 = [a,b] - This defaults to 0. - - The last non-zero item in the Habicht sequence is the gcd of P and P'. The - parameter divideGCD specifies whether the program should attempt to divide - by the gcd and run again. It works better with polynomials known to have - high multiplicities. When divideGCD != 0 then it attempts to divide by the - GCD, if applicable. This defaults to 0. - - Compared to the Sturm solver the Habicht solver is slower, - although both are O(d^2). The Habicht solver has the added benefit - that it has a built in mechanism to keep the leading coefficients of the - result from polynomial division bounded above and below in absolute value. - This will tend to keep the coefficients of the polynomials in the sequence - from zeroing out prematurely or becoming infinite. - - Constructing the Habicht sequence is O(d^2) in both time and space. - - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a upperBnds - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - Note that \a nr is smaller or equal to the actual number of roots in - ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] since roots within \tol are lumped in the same bracket. - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected upper bounds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Seeks all REAL roots of the \a d -th degree polynomial - c[0] X^d + ... + c[d-1] X + c[d] = 0 - equation Lin-Bairstow's method ( polynomial coefficients are REAL ) and - stores the \a nr roots found ( multiple roots are multiply stored ) in \a r. - \a tolerance is the user-defined solver tolerance; this variable may be - relaxed by the iterative solver if needed. - Returns \a nr. - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a r - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing polynomial Euclidean division - to find polynomial roots. This tolerance is used to decide whether the - coefficient(s) of a polynomial remainder are close enough to - zero to be neglected. - - - - - Solves a cubic equation c0*t^3 + c1*t^2 + c2*t + c3 = 0 when c0, c1, c2, - and c3 are REAL. Solution is motivated by Numerical Recipes In C 2nd - Ed. Return array contains number of (real) roots (counting multiple - roots as one) followed by roots themselves. The value in roots[4] is a - integer giving further information about the roots (see return codes for - int SolveCubic() ). - - - - - Solves a cubic equation when c0, c1, c2, And c3 Are REAL. Solution - is motivated by Numerical Recipes In C 2nd Ed. Roots and number of - real roots are stored in user provided variables r1, r2, r3, and - num_roots. Note that the function can return the following integer - values describing the roots: (0)-no solution; (-1)-infinite number - of solutions; (1)-one distinct real root of multiplicity 3 (stored - in r1); (2)-two distinct real roots, one of multiplicity 2 (stored - in r1 & r2); (3)-three distinct real roots; (-2)-quadratic equation - with complex conjugate solution (real part of root returned in r1, - imaginary in r2); (-3)-one real root and a complex conjugate pair - (real root in r1 and real part of pair in r2 and imaginary in r3). - - - - - Solves a linear equation c2*t + c3 = 0 when c2 and c3 are REAL. - Solution is motivated by Numerical Recipes In C 2nd Ed. - Return array contains number of roots followed by roots themselves. - - - - - Solves a linear equation c2*t + c3 = 0 when c2 and c3 are REAL. - Solution is motivated by Numerical Recipes In C 2nd Ed. - Root and number of (real) roots are stored in user provided variables - r2 and num_roots. - - - - - Solves a quadratic equation c1*t^2 + c2*t + c3 = 0 when c1, c2, and c3 - are REAL. Solution is motivated by Numerical Recipes In C 2nd Ed. - Return array contains number of (real) roots (counting multiple roots as - one) followed by roots themselves. Note that roots[3] contains a return - code further describing solution - see documentation for SolveCubic() - for meaning of return codes. - - - - - Solves a quadratic equation c1*t^2 + c2*t + c3 = 0 when - c1, c2, and c3 are REAL. - Solution is motivated by Numerical Recipes In C 2nd Ed. - Roots and number of roots are stored in user provided variables - r1, r2, num_roots - - - - - Algebraically extracts REAL roots of the quadratic polynomial with - REAL coefficients c[0] X^2 + c[1] X + c[2] - and stores them (when they exist) and their respective multiplicities - in the \a r and \a m arrays. - Returns either the number of roots, or -1 if ininite number of roots. - - - - - Finds all REAL roots (within tolerance \a tol) of the \a d -th degree polynomial - P[0] X^d + ... + P[d-1] X + P[d] - in ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] using Sturm's theorem ( polynomial - coefficients are REAL ) and returns the count \a nr. All roots are bracketed - in the \nr first ]\a upperBnds[i] - \a tol ; \a upperBnds[i]] intervals. - Returns -1 if anything went wrong (such as: polynomial does not have - degree \a d, the interval provided by the other is absurd, etc.). - - intervalType specifies the search interval as follows: - 0 = 00 = ]a,b[ - 1 = 10 = [a,b[ - 2 = 01 = ]a,b] - 3 = 11 = [a,b] - This defaults to 0. - - The last non-zero item in the Sturm sequence is the gcd of P and P'. The - parameter divideGCD specifies whether the program should attempt to divide - by the gcd and run again. It works better with polynomials known to have - high multiplicities. When divideGCD != 0 then it attempts to divide by the - GCD, if applicable. This defaults to 0. - - Constructing the Sturm sequence is O(d^2) in both time and space. - - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a upperBnds - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - Note that \a nr is smaller or equal to the actual number of roots in - ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] since roots within \tol are lumped in the same bracket. - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected upper bounds. - - - - - Finds all REAL roots (within tolerance \a tol) of the \a d -th degree polynomial - P[0] X^d + ... + P[d-1] X + P[d] - in ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] using Sturm's theorem ( polynomial - coefficients are REAL ) and returns the count \a nr. All roots are bracketed - in the \nr first ]\a upperBnds[i] - \a tol ; \a upperBnds[i]] intervals. - Returns -1 if anything went wrong (such as: polynomial does not have - degree \a d, the interval provided by the other is absurd, etc.). - - intervalType specifies the search interval as follows: - 0 = 00 = ]a,b[ - 1 = 10 = [a,b[ - 2 = 01 = ]a,b] - 3 = 11 = [a,b] - This defaults to 0. - - The last non-zero item in the Sturm sequence is the gcd of P and P'. The - parameter divideGCD specifies whether the program should attempt to divide - by the gcd and run again. It works better with polynomials known to have - high multiplicities. When divideGCD != 0 then it attempts to divide by the - GCD, if applicable. This defaults to 0. - - Constructing the Sturm sequence is O(d^2) in both time and space. - - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a upperBnds - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - Note that \a nr is smaller or equal to the actual number of roots in - ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] since roots within \tol are lumped in the same bracket. - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected upper bounds. - - - - - Finds all REAL roots (within tolerance \a tol) of the \a d -th degree polynomial - P[0] X^d + ... + P[d-1] X + P[d] - in ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] using Sturm's theorem ( polynomial - coefficients are REAL ) and returns the count \a nr. All roots are bracketed - in the \nr first ]\a upperBnds[i] - \a tol ; \a upperBnds[i]] intervals. - Returns -1 if anything went wrong (such as: polynomial does not have - degree \a d, the interval provided by the other is absurd, etc.). - - intervalType specifies the search interval as follows: - 0 = 00 = ]a,b[ - 1 = 10 = [a,b[ - 2 = 01 = ]a,b] - 3 = 11 = [a,b] - This defaults to 0. - - The last non-zero item in the Sturm sequence is the gcd of P and P'. The - parameter divideGCD specifies whether the program should attempt to divide - by the gcd and run again. It works better with polynomials known to have - high multiplicities. When divideGCD != 0 then it attempts to divide by the - GCD, if applicable. This defaults to 0. - - Constructing the Sturm sequence is O(d^2) in both time and space. - - Warning: it is the user's responsibility to make sure the \a upperBnds - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected roots. - Note that \a nr is smaller or equal to the actual number of roots in - ]\a a[0] ; \a a[1]] since roots within \tol are lumped in the same bracket. - array is large enough to contain the maximal number of expected upper bounds. - - - - - Algebraically extracts REAL roots of the cubic polynomial with - REAL coefficients X^3 + c[0] X^2 + c[1] X + c[2] - and stores them (when they exist) and their respective multiplicities - in the \a r and \a m arrays. - Some numerical noise can be filtered by the use of a tolerance \a tol - instead of equality with 0 (one can use, e.g., VTK_DBL_EPSILON). - The main differences with SolveCubic are that (1) the polynomial must have - unit leading coefficient, (2) complex roots are discarded upfront, - (3) non-simple roots are stored only once, along with their respective - multiplicities, and (4) some numerical noise is filtered by the use of - relative tolerance instead of equality with 0. - Returns the number of roots. - <i> In memoriam </i> Niccolo Tartaglia (1500 - 1559), unfairly forgotten. - - - - - vtkPriorityQueue - an list of ids arranged in priority order - - - Description - vtkPriorityQueue is a general object for creating and manipulating lists - of object ids (e.g., point or cell ids). Object ids are sorted according - to a user-specified priority, where entries at the top of the queue have - the smallest values. - - This implementation provides a feature beyond the usual ability to insert - and retrieve (or pop) values from the queue. It is also possible to - pop any item in the queue given its id number. This allows you to delete - entries in the queue which can useful for reinserting an item into the - queue. - - Caveats - This implementation is a variation of the priority queue described in - "Data Structures & Algorithms" by Aho, Hopcroft, Ullman. It creates - a balanced, partially ordered binary tree implemented as an ordered - array. This avoids the overhead associated with parent/child pointers, - and frequent memory allocation and deallocation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate priority queue with default size and extension size of 1000. - - - - - Instantiate priority queue with default size and extension size of 1000. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate initial space for priority queue. - - - - - Empty the queue but without releasing memory. This avoids the - overhead of memory allocation/deletion. - - - - - Return the number of items in this queue. - - - - - Empty the queue but without releasing memory. This avoids the - overhead of memory allocation/deletion. - - - - - Insert id with priority specified. The id is generally an - index like a point id or cell id. - - - - - Instantiate priority queue with default size and extension size of 1000. - - - - - Instantiate priority queue with default size and extension size of 1000. - - - - - Instantiate priority queue with default size and extension size of 1000. - - - - - Empty the queue but without releasing memory. This avoids the - overhead of memory allocation/deletion. - - - - - Empty the queue but without releasing memory. This avoids the - overhead of memory allocation/deletion. - - - - - Insert id with priority specified. The id is generally an - index like a point id or cell id. - - - - - Same as above but simplified for easier wrapping into interpreted - languages. - - - - - Empty the queue but without releasing memory. This avoids the - overhead of memory allocation/deletion. - - - - - Instantiate priority queue with default size and extension size of 1000. - - - - - vtkPropCollection - a list of Props - - - Description - vtkPropCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list of - Props (i.e., vtkProp and subclasses). The list is unsorted and duplicate - entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Get the number of paths contained in this list. (Recall that a - vtkProp can consist of multiple parts.) Used in picking and other - activities to get the parts of composite entities like vtkAssembly - or vtkPropAssembly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkProperty2D - represent surface properties of a 2D image - - - Description - vtkProperty2D contains properties used to render two dimensional images - and annotations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a vtkProperty2D with the following default values: - Opacity 1, Color (1,1,1) - - - - - Creates a vtkProperty2D with the following default values: - Opacity 1, Color (1,1,1) - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Assign one property to another. - - - - - Set/Get the RGB color of this property. - - - - - Set/Get the RGB color of this property. - - - - - Set/Get the RGB color of this property. - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling pattern of a Line, as a 16-bit binary pattern - (1 = pixel on, 0 = pixel off). - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 0xFFFF. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the Opacity of this property. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a Point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a Point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a Point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the RGB color of this property. - - - - - Set/Get the RGB color of this property. - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - The DisplayLocation is either background or foreground. - If it is background, then this 2D actor will be drawn - behind all 3D props or foreground 2D actors. If it is - background, then this 2D actor will be drawn in front of - all 3D props and background 2D actors. Within 2D actors - of the same DisplayLocation type, order is determined by - the order in which the 2D actors were added to the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling pattern of a Line, as a 16-bit binary pattern - (1 = pixel on, 0 = pixel off). - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 0xFFFF. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the Opacity of this property. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a Point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - vtkQuadratureSchemeDefinition - - - Description - An Elemental data type that holds a definition of a - numerical quadrature scheme. The definition contains - the requisite information to interpolate to the so called - quadrature points of the specific scheme. namely: - - <pre> - 1) - A matrix of shape function weights(shape functions evaluated - at parametric coordinates of the quadrature points). - - 2) - The number of quadrature points and cell nodes. These parameters - size the matrix, and allow for convinent evaluation by users - of the definition. - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - New object in an unsuable state. You'll have to call - "Initilaize" to get the definition in to a usable state. - - - - - New object in an unsuable state. You'll have to call - "Initilaize" to get the definition in to a usable state. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Release all allocated resources and set the - object to an unitialized state. - - - - - vtk stuff - - - - - Deep copy. - - - - - Access the VTK cell type id. - - - - - Get the number of nodes associated with the interpolation. - - - - - Get the number of quadrature points associated with the scheme. - - - - - Access to an alternative key. - - - - - Access to the quadrature weights. - - - - - Get the array of shape function weights. Shape function weights are - the shape functions evaluated at the quadrature points. There are - "NumberOfNodes" weights for each quadrature point. - - - - - Get the array of shape function weights associated with a - single quadrature point. - - - - - Initialize the object allocating resources as needed. - - - - - Initialize the object allocating resources as needed. - - - - - vtk stuff - - - - - vtk stuff - - - - - vtk stuff - - - - - vtk stuff - - - - - Restore the object from an XML representation. - - - - - vtk stuff - - - - - Put the object into an XML representation. The element - passed in is assumed to be empty. - - - - - vtkQuadric - evaluate implicit quadric function - - - Description - vtkQuadric evaluates the quadric function F(x,y,z) = a0*x^2 + a1*y^2 + - a2*z^2 + a3*x*y + a4*y*z + a5*x*z + a6*x + a7*y + a8*z + a9. vtkQuadric is - a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct quadric with all coefficients = 1. - - - - - Description - Construct quadric with all coefficients = 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate quadric equation. - - - - - Description - Evaluate quadric equation. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the gradient to the quadric equation. - - - - - Description - Set / get the 10 coefficients of the quadric equation. - - - - - Description - Set / get the 10 coefficients of the quadric equation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Set / get the 10 coefficients of the quadric equation. - - - - - Description - Set / get the 10 coefficients of the quadric equation. - - - - - vtkReferenceCount - Obsolete / empty subclass of object. - - - Description - vtkReferenceCount functionality has now been moved into vtkObject - - - - vtkObject - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRungeKutta2 - Integrate an initial value problem using 2nd - order Runge-Kutta method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkRungeKutta2 with no initial FunctionSet. - - - - - Construct a vtkRungeKutta2 with no initial FunctionSet. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRungeKutta4 - Integrate an initial value problem using 4th - order Runge-Kutta method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkRungeKutta4 with no initial FunctionSet. - - - - - Construct a vtkRungeKutta4 with no initial FunctionSet. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delT (xnext). - delTActual is always equal to delT. - Since this class can not provide an estimate for the error error - is set to 0. - maxStep, minStep and maxError are unused. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRungeKutta45 - Integrate an initial value problem using 5th - order Runge-Kutta method with adaptive stepsize control. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkRungeKutta45 with no initial FunctionSet. - - - - - Construct a vtkRungeKutta45 with no initial FunctionSet. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - Possibly delTActual != delT. This may occur - because this solver supports adaptive stepsize control. It tries - to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep (note that maxStep and minStep should both - be positive, whereas delT can be negative). - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. vtkRungeKutta45 - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - This is the norm of the error vector if there are more than - one function to be integrated. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - Possibly delTActual != delT. This may occur - because this solver supports adaptive stepsize control. It tries - to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep (note that maxStep and minStep should both - be positive, whereas delT can be negative). - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. vtkRungeKutta45 - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - This is the norm of the error vector if there are more than - one function to be integrated. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - Possibly delTActual != delT. This may occur - because this solver supports adaptive stepsize control. It tries - to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep (note that maxStep and minStep should both - be positive, whereas delT can be negative). - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. vtkRungeKutta45 - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - This is the norm of the error vector if there are more than - one function to be integrated. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Given initial values, xprev , initial time, t and a requested time - interval, delT calculate values of x at t+delTActual (xnext). - Possibly delTActual != delT. This may occur - because this solver supports adaptive stepsize control. It tries - to change to stepsize such that - the (estimated) error of the integration is less than maxError. - The solver will not set the stepsize smaller than minStep or - larger than maxStep (note that maxStep and minStep should both - be positive, whereas delT can be negative). - Also note that delT is an in/out argument. vtkRungeKutta45 - will modify delT to reflect the best (estimated) size for the next - integration step. - An estimated value for the error is returned (by reference) in error. - This is the norm of the error vector if there are more than - one function to be integrated. - This method returns an error code representing the nature of - the failure: - OutOfDomain = 1, - NotInitialized = 2, - UnexpectedValue = 3 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkServerSocket - Encapsulate a socket that accepts connections. - - - Description - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a server socket at a given port and binds to it. - Returns -1 on error. 0 on success. - - - - - Returns the port on which the server is running. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Waits for a connection. When a connection is received - a new vtkClientSocket object is created and returned. - Returns NULL on timeout. - - - - - vtkShortArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of short - - - Description - vtkShortArray is an array of values of type short. It provides - methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkSignedCharArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of signed char - - - Description - vtkSignedCharArray is an array of values of type signed char. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkSocketCollection - a collection for sockets. - - - Description - Apart from being vtkCollection subclass for sockets, this class - provides means to wait for activity on all the sockets in the - collection simultaneously. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add Socket to the collection. - - - - - Returns the socket selected during the last SelectSockets(), if any. - NULL otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overridden to unset SelectedSocket. - - - - - Overridden to unset SelectedSocket. - - - - - Overridden to unset SelectedSocket. - - - - - Overridden to unset SelectedSocket. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Select all Connected sockets in the collection. If msec is specified, - it timesout after msec milliseconds on inactivity. - Returns 0 on timeout, -1 on error; 1 is a socket was selected. - The selected socket can be retrieved by GetLastSelectedSocket(). - - - - - vtkSortDataArray - Provides several methods for sorting vtk arrays. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sorts the given array. - - - - - Sorts the given array. - - - - - Sorts the given key/value pairs based on the keys. A pair is given - as the entries at a given index of each of the arrays. Obviously, - the two arrays must be of equal size. - - - - - Sorts the given key/value pairs based on the keys. A pair is given - as the entries at a given index of each of the arrays. Obviously, - the two arrays must be of equal size. - - - - - Sorts the given key/value pairs based on the keys. A pair is given - as the entries at a given index of each of the arrays. Obviously, - the two arrays must be of equal size. - - - - - Sorts the given key/value pairs based on the keys. A pair is given - as the entries at a given index of each of the arrays. Obviously, - the two arrays must be of equal size. - - - - - Sorts the given data array using the specified component as a key. - Think of the array as a 2-D grid with each tuple representing a row. - Tuples are swapped until the \a k-th column of the grid is - monotonically increasing. Where two tuples have the same value for - the \a k-th component, their order in the final result is unspecified. - - - - - vtkSphericalTransform - spherical to rectangular coords and back - - - Description - vtkSphericalTransform will convert (r,phi,theta) coordinates to - (x,y,z) coordinates and back again. The angles are given in radians. - By default, it converts spherical coordinates to rectangular, but - GetInverse() returns a transform that will do the opposite. The equation - that is used is x = r*sin(phi)*cos(theta), y = r*sin(phi)*sin(theta), - z = r*cos(phi). - Caveats - This transform is not well behaved along the line x=y=0 (i.e. along - the z-axis) - - - - vtkCylindricalTransform vtkGeneralTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkStringArray - a vtkAbstractArray subclass for strings - - - Description - Points and cells may sometimes have associated data that are stored - as strings, e.g. labels for information visualization projects. - This class provides a clean way to store and access those strings. - Thanks - Andy Wilson (atwilso@sandia.gov) wrote this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory for this array. Delete old storage only if necessary. - Note that ext is no longer used. - - - - - Delete the associated fast lookup data structure on this array, - if it exists. The lookup will be rebuilt on the next call to a lookup - function. - - - - - Tell the array explicitly that the data has changed. - This is only necessary to call when you modify the array contents - without using the array's API (i.e. you retrieve a pointer to the - data and modify the array contents). You need to call this so that - the fast lookup will know to rebuild itself. Otherwise, the lookup - functions will give incorrect results. - - - - - Tell the array explicitly that a single data element has - changed. Like DataChanged(), then is only necessary when you - modify the array contents without using the array's API. - - - - - Deep copy of another string array. Will complain and change nothing - if the array passed in is not a vtkStringArray. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this data array. Used to - support streaming and reading/writing data. The value returned is - guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory required to - actually represent the data represented by this object. The - information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - This function takes into account the size of the contents of the - strings as well as the string containers themselves. - - - - - Returns the size of the data in DataTypeSize units. Thus, the number of bytes - for the data can be computed by GetDataSize() * GetDataTypeSize(). - The size computation includes the string termination character for each string. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Return the size of the data type. WARNING: This may not mean - what you expect with strings. It will return - sizeof(vtkstd::string) and not take into account the data - included in any particular string. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Given a list of indices, return an array of values. You must - insure that the output array has been previously allocated with - enough space to hold the data and that the types match - sufficiently to allow conversion (if necessary). - - - - - Get the values for the range of indices specified (i.e., - p1->p2 inclusive). You must insure that the output array has been - previously allocated with enough space to hold the data and that - the type of the output array is compatible with the type of this - array. - - - - - Set a value in the array form a variant. - Insert a value into the array from a variant. - - - - - Release storage and reset array to initial state. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at the end in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - Returns the location at which the data was inserted. - - - - - Set a value in the array form a variant. - Insert a value into the array from a variant. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at ith location in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the ith tuple in this array as the interpolated tuple value, - given the ptIndices in the source array and associated - interpolation weights. - This method assumes that the two arrays are of the same type - and strcuture. - - - - - Description - Insert the ith tuple in this array as interpolated from the two values, - p1 and p2, and an interpolation factor, t. - The interpolation factor ranges from (0,1), - with t=0 located at p1. This method assumes that the three arrays are of - the same type. p1 is value at index id1 in source1, while, p2 is - value at index id2 in source2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the indices where a specific value appears. - - - - - Return the indices where a specific value appears. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns a vtkArrayIteratorTemplate<vtkStdString>. - - - - - Resize the array while conserving the data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of tuples (a component group) in the array. Note that - this may allocate space depending on the number of components. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple at the ith location using the jth tuple in the source array. - This method assumes that the two arrays have the same type - and structure. Note that range checking and memory allocation is not - performed; use in conjunction with SetNumberOfTuples() to allocate space. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Deep copy of another string array. Will complain and change nothing - if the array passed in is not a vtkStringArray. - - - - - Free any unnecessary memory. - Resize object to just fit data requirement. Reclaims extra memory. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - vtkStructuredData - abstract class for topologically regular data - - - Description - vtkStructuredData is an abstract class that specifies an interface for - topologically regular data. Regular data is data that can be accessed - in rectangular fashion using an i-j-k index. A finite difference grid, - a volume, or a pixmap are all considered regular. - - - - vtkStructuredGrid vtkUniformGrid vtkRectilinearGrid vtkRectilinearGrid - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a location in structured coordinates (i-j-k), and the dimensions - of the structured dataset, return the cell id. This method does not - adjust for the beginning of the extent. - - - - - Given a location in structured coordinates (i-j-k), and the extent - of the structured dataset, return the point id. - - - - - Given a location in structured coordinates (i-j-k), and the dimensions - of the structured dataset, return the point id. This method does not - adjust for the beginning of the extent. - - - - - Given a location in structured coordinates (i-j-k), and the extent - of the structured dataset, return the point id. - - - - - Get the cells using the points ptIds, exclusive of the cell cellId. - (See vtkDataSet for more info.) - - - - - Get the points defining a cell. (See vtkDataSet for more info.) - - - - - Returns the data description given the dimensions (eg. VTK_SINGLE_POINT, - VTK_X_LINE, VTK_XY_PLANE etc.) - - - - - Return the topological dimension of the data (e.g., 0, 1, 2, or 3D). - - - - - Get the cells using a point. (See vtkDataSet for more info.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the dimensions of a regular, rectangular dataset. The input is - the new dimensions (inDim) and the current dimensions (dim). The function - returns the dimension of the dataset (0-3D). If the dimensions are - improperly specified a -1 is returned. If the dimensions are unchanged, a - value of 100 is returned. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of a regular, rectangular dataset. The input is - the new dimensions (inDim) and the current dimensions (dim). The function - returns the dimension of the dataset (0-3D). If the dimensions are - improperly specified a -1 is returned. If the dimensions are unchanged, a - value of 100 is returned. - - - - - vtkStructuredExtent - helper class to aid working with structured - extents. - - - - Description - vtkStructuredExtent is an helper class that helps in arithmetic with - structured extents. It defines a bunch of static methods (most of which are - inlined) to aid in dealing with extents. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - vtkStructuredVisibilityConstraint - helper object to manage the - visibility of points and cells - - - Description - vtkStructuredVisibilityConstraint is a general class to manage - a list of points/cell marked as invalid or invisible. Currently, - it does this by maintaining an unsigned char array associated - with points/cells. To conserve memory, this array is allocated - only when it is needed (when Blank() is called the first time). - Make sure to call Initialize() with the right dimensions before - calling any methods that set/get visibility. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Copies the dimensions, the visibility array - and the initialized flag. - - - - - Get the dimensions used to initialize the object. - - - - - Get the dimensions used to initialize the object. - - - - - Set/Get the array used to store the visibility flags. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns 0 if there is no visibility array (all cells/points - are visible), 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the array used to store the visibility flags. - - - - - Copies the dimensions, the visibility array pointer - and the initialized flag. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - vtkTableExtentTranslator - Extent translation through lookup table. - - - Description - vtkTableExtentTranslator provides a vtkExtentTranslator that is - programmed with a specific extent corresponding to each piece - number. Readers can provide this to an application to allow the - pipeline to execute using the same piece breakdown that is provided - in the input file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the extent table entry for the given piece. This is only for - code that is setting up the table. Extent translation should - always be done through the PieceToExtent method. - - - - - Get the extent table entry for the given piece. This is only for - code that is setting up the table. Extent translation should - always be done through the PieceToExtent method. - - - - - Set the maximum ghost level that can be requested. This can be - used by a reader to make sure an extent request does not go - outside the boundaries of the piece's file. - - - - - Set the real number of pieces in the extent table. - - - - - Get/Set whether the given piece is available. Requesting a piece - that is not available will produce errors in the pipeline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called to translate the current piece into an extent. This is - not thread safe. - - - - - Not supported by this subclass of vtkExtentTranslator. - - - - - Not supported by this subclass of vtkExtentTranslator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the extent to be used for a piece. This sets the extent table - entry for the piece. - - - - - Set the maximum ghost level that can be requested. This can be - used by a reader to make sure an extent request does not go - outside the boundaries of the piece's file. - - - - - Set the number of pieces into which the whole extent will be - split. If this is 1 then the whole extent will be returned. If - this is more than the number of pieces in the table then the - extra pieces will be empty data. If this is more than one but - less than the number of pieces in the table then only this many - pieces will be returned (FIXME). - - - - - Set the real number of pieces in the extent table. - - - - - Get/Set whether the given piece is available. Requesting a piece - that is not available will produce errors in the pipeline. - - - - - vtkTensor - supporting class to enable assignment and referencing of tensors - - - Description - vtkTensor is a floating point representation of an nxn tensor. vtkTensor - provides methods for assignment and reference of tensor components. It - does it in such a way as to minimize data copying. - - Caveats - vtkTensor performs its operations using pointer reference. You are - responsible for supplying data storage (if necessary) if local copies - of data are being made. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add to the value of the tensor component at location (i,j). - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Return column vector from tensor. (Assumes 2D matrix form and 0-offset.) - - - - - Get the tensor component (i,j). - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the value of the tensor component (i,j). - - - - - vtkThreadMessager - A class for performing inter-thread messaging - - - Description - vtkMultithreader is a class that provides support for messaging between - threads multithreaded using pthreads or Windows messaging. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - pthreads only. If the wait is enabled, the thread who - is to call WaitForMessage() will block until a receiver - thread is ready to receive. - - - - - pthreads only. If the wait is enabled, the thread who - is to call WaitForMessage() will block until a receiver - thread is ready to receive. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Send a message to all threads who are waiting via - WaitForMessage(). - - - - - Wait (block, non-busy) until another thread sends a - message. - - - - - pthreads only. - If wait is enable, this will block until one thread is ready - to receive a message. - - - - - vtkTimePointUtility - performs common time operations - - - Description - - vtkTimePointUtility is provides methods to perform common time operations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the time point for a date and time. - - - - - Return the time point for 12:00am on a specified day. - - - - - Retrieve the year, month, and day of a time point. - Everything but the first argument are output parameters. - - - - - Retrieve the date and time of a time point. - Everything but the first argument are output parameters. - - - - - Retrieve the day of the month from a time point. - - - - - Retrieve the hour of the day from the time point. - - - - - Retrieve the milliseconds from the start of the last second. - - - - - Retrieve the number of minutes from the start of the last hour. - - - - - Retrieve the month from a time point. - - - - - Retrieve the number of seconds from the start of the last minute. - - - - - Retrieve the hour, minute, second, and milliseconds of a time point. - Everything but the first argument are output parameters. - - - - - Retrieve the year from a time point. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Converts a VTK timepoint into one of the following ISO8601 - formats. The default format is ISO8601_DATETIME_MILLIS. - - <PRE> - Type Format / Example - 0 ISO8601_DATETIME_MILLIS [YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]T[hh]:[mm]:[ss].[SSS] - 2006-01-02T03:04:05.678 - 1 ISO8601_DATETIME [YYYY]-[MM]-[DD]T[hh]:[mm]:[ss] - 2006-01-02T03:04:05 - 2 ISO8601_DATE [YYYY]-[MM]-[DD] - 2006-01-02 - 3 ISO8601_TIME_MILLIS [hh]:[mm]:[ss].[SSS] - 03:04:05.678 - 4 ISO8601_TIME [hh]:[mm]:[ss] - 03:04:05 - </PRE> - - - - - Return the time point for a time of day (the number of milliseconds from 12:00am. - The hour should be from 0-23. - - - - - Retrieve the milliseconds from the start of the last second. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTimerLog - Timer support and logging - - - Description - vtkTimerLog contains walltime and cputime measurements associated - with a given event. These results can be later analyzed when - "dumping out" the table. - - In addition, vtkTimerLog allows the user to simply get the current - time, and to start/stop a simple timer separate from the timing - table logging. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate timing table with MaxEntries elements. - - - - - Remove timer log. - - - - - Write the timing table out to a file. Calculate some helpful - statistics (deltas and percentages) in the process. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of entries allowed in the timer log - - - - - Returns the CPU time for this process - On Win32 platforms this actually returns wall time. - - - - - Returns the difference between StartTime and EndTime as - a doubleing point value indicating the elapsed time in seconds. - - - - - Programatic access to events. Indexed from 0 to num-1. - - - - - Programatic access to events. Indexed from 0 to num-1. - - - - - Programatic access to events. Indexed from 0 to num-1. - - - - - This flag will turn loging of events off or on. - By default, logging is on. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of entries allowed in the timer log - - - - - Programatic access to events. Indexed from 0 to num-1. - - - - - Returns the elapsed number of seconds since January 1, 1970. This - is also called Universal Coordinated Time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This flag will turn loging of events off or on. - By default, logging is on. - - - - - This flag will turn loging of events off or on. - By default, logging is on. - - - - - I want to time events, so I am creating this interface to - mark events that have a start and an end. These events can be, - nested. The standard Dumplog ignores the indents. - - - - - Record a timing event and capture wall time and cpu ticks. - - - - - I want to time events, so I am creating this interface to - mark events that have a start and an end. These events can be, - nested. The standard Dumplog ignores the indents. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Clear the timing table. walltime and cputime will also be set - to zero when the first new event is recorded. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This flag will turn loging of events off or on. - By default, logging is on. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of entries allowed in the timer log - - - - - Set the StartTime to the current time. Used with GetElapsedTime(). - - - - - Sets EndTime to the current time. Used with GetElapsedTime(). - - - - - vtkTransform2D - describes linear transformations via a 3x3 matrix - - - Description - A vtkTransform2D can be used to describe the full range of linear (also - known as affine) coordinate transformations in two dimensions, - which are internally represented as a 3x3 homogeneous transformation - matrix. When you create a new vtkTransform2D, it is always initialized - to the identity transformation. - - This class performs all of its operations in a right handed - coordinate system with right handed rotations. Some other graphics - libraries use left handed coordinate systems and rotations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return a matrix which is the inverse of the current transformation - matrix. - - - - - Override GetMTime to account for input and concatenation. - - - - - Get the underlying 3x3 matrix. - - - - - Get the underlying 3x3 matrix. - - - - - Return the position from the current transformation matrix as an array - of two floating point numbers. This is simply returning the translation - component of the 3x3 matrix. - - - - - Return a matrix which is the transpose of the current transformation - matrix. This is equivalent to the inverse if and only if the - transformation is a pure rotation with no translation or scale. - - - - - Set the transformation to the identity transformation. - - - - - Invert the transformation. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. Where n is the number of points, and the float pointers - are of length 2*n. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use this method only if you wish to compute the transformation in - homogeneous (x,y,w) coordinates, otherwise use TransformPoint(). - This method calls this->GetMatrix()->MultiplyPoint(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation. The angle is in degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y) - and concatenate it with the current transformation. - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y) - and concatenate it with the current transformation. - - - - - Set the current matrix directly. - - - - - Set the current matrix directly. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. Where n is the number of points, and the float pointers - are of length 2*n. - - - - - Apply the transformation to a series of points, and append the - results to outPts. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation. - - - - - vtkTransform - describes linear transformations via a 4x4 matrix - - - Description - A vtkTransform can be used to describe the full range of linear (also - known as affine) coordinate transformations in three dimensions, - which are internally represented as a 4x4 homogeneous transformation - matrix. When you create a new vtkTransform, it is always initialized - to the identity transformation. - <P>The SetInput() method allows you to set another transform, - instead of the identity transform, to be the base transformation. - There is a pipeline mechanism to ensure that when the input is - modified, the current transformation will be updated accordingly. - This pipeline mechanism is also supported by the Concatenate() method. - <P>Most of the methods for manipulating this transformation, - e.g. Translate, Rotate, and Concatenate, can operate in either - PreMultiply (the default) or PostMultiply mode. In PreMultiply - mode, the translation, concatenation, etc. will occur before any - transformations which are represented by the current matrix. In - PostMultiply mode, the additional transformation will occur after - any transformations represented by the current matrix. - <P>This class performs all of its operations in a right handed - coordinate system with right handed rotations. Some other graphics - libraries use left handed coordinate systems and rotations. - - - - vtkPerspectiveTransform vtkGeneralTransform vtkMatrix4x4 - vtkTransformCollection vtkTransformFilter vtkTransformPolyDataFilter - vtkImageReslice - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Check for self-reference. Will return true if concatenating - with the specified transform, setting it to be our inverse, - or setting it to be our input will create a circular reference. - CircuitCheck is automatically called by SetInput(), SetInverse(), - and Concatenate(vtkXTransform *). Avoid using this function, - it is experimental. - - - - - Concatenates the matrix with the current transformation according - to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Concatenates the matrix with the current transformation according - to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Concatenate the specified transform with the current transformation - according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The concatenation is pipelined, meaning that if any of the - transformations are changed, even after Concatenate() is called, - those changes will be reflected when you call TransformPoint(). - - - - - Description - Get one of the concatenated transformations as a vtkAbstractTransform. - These transformations are applied, in series, every time the - transformation of a coordinate occurs. This method is provided - to make it possible to decompose a transformation into its - constituents, for example to save a transformation to a file. - - - - - Set the input for this transformation. This will be used as the - base transformation if it is set. This method allows you to build - a transform pipeline: if the input is modified, then this transformation - will automatically update accordingly. Note that the InverseFlag, - controlled via Inverse(), determines whether this transformation - will use the Input or the inverse of the Input. - - - - - Return a matrix which is the inverse of the current transformation - matrix. - - - - - Return an inverse transform which will always update itself - to match this transform. - - - - - Get the inverse flag of the transformation. This controls - whether it is the Input or the inverse of the Input that - is used as the base transformation. The InverseFlag is - flipped every time Inverse() is called. The InverseFlag - is off when a transform is first created. - - - - - Override GetMTime to account for input and concatenation. - - - - - Get the total number of transformations that are linked into this - one via Concatenate() operations or via SetInput(). - - - - - Get the x, y, z orientation angles from the transformation matrix as an - array of three floating point values. - - - - - Get the x, y, z orientation angles from the transformation matrix as an - array of three floating point values. - - - - - Convenience function to get the x, y, z orientation angles from - a transformation matrix as an array of three floating point values. - - - - - Return the wxyz angle+axis representing the current orientation. - The angle is in degrees and the axis is a unit vector. - - - - - Return the wxyz angle+axis representing the current orientation. - The angle is in degrees and the axis is a unit vector. - - - - - Return the position from the current transformation matrix as an array - of three floating point numbers. This is simply returning the translation - component of the 4x4 matrix. - - - - - Return the position from the current transformation matrix as an array - of three floating point numbers. This is simply returning the translation - component of the 4x4 matrix. - - - - - Return the scale factors of the current transformation matrix as - an array of three float numbers. These scale factors are not necessarily - about the x, y, and z axes unless unless the scale transformation was - applied before any rotations. - - - - - Return the scale factors of the current transformation matrix as - an array of three float numbers. These scale factors are not necessarily - about the x, y, and z axes unless unless the scale transformation was - applied before any rotations. - - - - - Return a matrix which is the transpose of the current transformation - matrix. This is equivalent to the inverse if and only if the - transformation is a pure rotation with no translation or scale. - - - - - Set the transformation to the identity transformation. If - the transform has an Input, then the transformation will be - reset so that it is the same as the Input. - - - - - Invert the transformation. This will also set a flag so that - the transformation will use the inverse of its Input, if an Input - has been set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make a new transform of the same type. - - - - - Use this method only if you wish to compute the transformation in - homogeneous (x,y,z,w) coordinates, otherwise use TransformPoint(). - This method calls this->GetMatrix()->MultiplyPoint(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Deletes the transformation on the top of the stack and sets the top - to the next transformation on the stack. - - - - - Sets the internal state of the transform to PostMultiply. All subsequent - operations will occur after those already represented in the - current transformation. In homogeneous matrix notation, M = A*M where - M is the current transformation matrix and A is the applied matrix. - The default is PreMultiply. - - - - - Sets the internal state of the transform to PreMultiply. All subsequent - operations will occur before those already represented in the - current transformation. In homogeneous matrix notation, M = M*A where - M is the current transformation matrix and A is the applied matrix. - The default is PreMultiply. - - - - - Pushes the current transformation onto the transformation stack. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The angle is in degrees, and (x,y,z) specifies the axis that the - rotation will be performed around. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - The angle is in degrees, and (x,y,z) specifies the axis that the - rotation will be performed around. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Create a rotation matrix about the X, Y, or Z axis and concatenate - it with the current transformation according to PreMultiply or - PostMultiply semantics. The angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y, z) - and concatenate it with the current transformation according to - PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Create a scale matrix (i.e. set the diagonal elements to x, y, z) - and concatenate it with the current transformation according to - PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Set the input for this transformation. This will be used as the - base transformation if it is set. This method allows you to build - a transform pipeline: if the input is modified, then this transformation - will automatically update accordingly. Note that the InverseFlag, - controlled via Inverse(), determines whether this transformation - will use the Input or the inverse of the Input. - - - - - Set the current matrix directly. This actually calls Identity(), - followed by Concatenate(matrix). - - - - - Set the current matrix directly. This actually calls Identity(), - followed by Concatenate(matrix). - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - Create a translation matrix and concatenate it with the current - transformation according to PreMultiply or PostMultiply semantics. - - - - - vtkTransformCollection - maintain a list of transforms - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUnicodeStringArray - Subclass of vtkAbstractArray that holds vtkUnicodeStrings - - - - Description - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUnsignedCharArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of unsigned char - - - Description - vtkUnsignedCharArray is an array of values of type unsigned char. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkUnsignedIntArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of unsigned int - - - Description - vtkUnsignedIntArray is an array of values of type unsigned int. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkUnsignedLongArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of unsigned long - - - Description - vtkUnsignedLongArray is an array of values of type unsigned long. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkUnsignedShortArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of unsigned short - - - Description - vtkUnsignedShortArray is an array of values of type unsigned short. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkVariantArray - An array holding vtkVariants. - - - - Description - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory for this array. Delete old storage only if necessary. - Note that ext is no longer used. - - - - - Delete the associated fast lookup data structure on this array, - if it exists. The lookup will be rebuilt on the next call to a lookup - function. - - - - - Tell the array explicitly that the data has changed. - This is only necessary to call when you modify the array contents - without using the array's API (i.e. you retrieve a pointer to the - data and modify the array contents). You need to call this so that - the fast lookup will know to rebuild itself. Otherwise, the lookup - functions will give incorrect results. - - - - - Tell the array explicitly that a single data element has - changed. Like DataChanged(), then is only necessary when you - modify the array contents without using the array's API. - - - - - Deep copy of data. Implementation left to subclasses, which - should support as many type conversions as possible given the - data type. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this data array. Used to - support streaming and reading/writing data. The value returned is - guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory required to - actually represent the data represented by this object. The - information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - - - - Return the underlying data type. An integer indicating data type is - returned as specified in vtkSetGet.h. - - - - - Return the size of the underlying data type. For a bit, 1 is - returned. For string 0 is returned. Arrays with variable length - components return 0. - - - - - Return the size, in bytes, of the lowest-level element of an - array. For vtkDataArray and subclasses this is the size of the - data type. For vtkStringArray, this is - sizeof(vtkStdString::value_type), which winds up being - sizeof(char). - - - - - Return the number of values in the array. - - - - - Return a void pointer. For image pipeline interface and other - special pointer manipulation. - - - - - Release storage and reset array to initial state. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at the end in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - Returns the location at which the data was inserted. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in the source array, at ith location in this array. - Note that memory allocation is performed as necessary to hold the data. - - - - - Set the ith tuple in this array as the interpolated tuple value, - given the ptIndices in the source array and associated - interpolation weights. - This method assumes that the two arrays are of the same type - and strcuture. - - - - - Description - Insert the ith tuple in this array as interpolated from the two values, - p1 and p2, and an interpolation factor, t. - The interpolation factor ranges from (0,1), - with t=0 located at p1. This method assumes that the three arrays are of - the same type. p1 is value at index id1 in source1, while, p2 is - value at index id2 in source2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Since each item can be of a different type, we say that a variant array is not numeric. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Subclasses must override this method and provide the right - kind of templated vtkArrayIteratorTemplate. - - - - - Resize the array while conserving the data. Returns 1 if - resizing succeeded and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of tuples (a component group) in the array. Note that - this may allocate space depending on the number of components. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple at the ith location using the jth tuple in the source array. - This method assumes that the two arrays have the same type - and structure. Note that range checking and memory allocation is not - performed; use in conjunction with SetNumberOfTuples() to allocate space. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the supplied array. - - - - - Free any unnecessary memory. - Resize object to just fit data requirement. Reclaims extra memory. - - - - - vtkVersion - Versioning class for vtk - - - Description - Holds methods for defining/determining the current vtk version - (major, minor, build). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the version of vtk this object is a part of. - A variety of methods are included. GetVTKSourceVersion returns a string - with an identifier which timestamps a particular source tree. - - - - - Return the version of vtk this object is a part of. - A variety of methods are included. GetVTKSourceVersion returns a string - with an identifier which timestamps a particular source tree. - - - - - Return the version of vtk this object is a part of. - A variety of methods are included. GetVTKSourceVersion returns a string - with an identifier which timestamps a particular source tree. - - - - - Return the version of vtk this object is a part of. - A variety of methods are included. GetVTKSourceVersion returns a string - with an identifier which timestamps a particular source tree. - - - - - Return the version of vtk this object is a part of. - A variety of methods are included. GetVTKSourceVersion returns a string - with an identifier which timestamps a particular source tree. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkVoidArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of void* pointers - - - Description - vtkVoidArray is an array of pointers to void. It provides methods - for insertion and retrieval of these pointers values, and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Initialize with empty array. - - - - - Initialize with empty array. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory for this array. Delete old storage only if necessary. - Note that the parameter ext is no longer used. - - - - - Deep copy of another void array. - - - - - Return the type of data. - - - - - Return the size of the data contained in the array. - - - - - Get the number of void* pointers held in the array. - - - - - Get the void* pointer at the ith location. - - - - - Release storage and reset array to initial state. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the void* pointer at the - end of the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the void* into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Initialize with empty array. - - - - - Initialize with empty array. - - - - - Initialize with empty array. - - - - - Reuse already allocated data; make the container look like it is - empty. - - - - - Initialize with empty array. - - - - - Set the number of void* pointers held in the array. - - - - - Set the void* pointer value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Resize the array to just fit the inserted memory. Reclaims extra memory. - - - - - vtkWindow - window superclass for vtkRenderWindow - - - Description - vtkWindow is an abstract object to specify the behavior of a - rendering window. It contains vtkViewports. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Keep track of whether double buffering is on or off - - - - - Keep track of whether double buffering is on or off - - - - - Turn on/off erasing the screen between images. This allows multiple - exposure sequences if turned on. You will need to turn double - buffering off or make use of the SwapBuffers methods to prevent - you from swapping buffers between exposures. - - - - - Turn on/off erasing the screen between images. This allows multiple - exposure sequences if turned on. You will need to turn double - buffering off or make use of the SwapBuffers methods to prevent - you from swapping buffers between exposures. - - - - - GetSize() returns the size * this->TileScale, whereas this method returns - the size without multiplying with the tile scale. - - - - - Return a best estimate to the dots per inch of the display - device being rendered (or printed). - - - - - Return a best estimate to the dots per inch of the display - device being rendered (or printed). - - - - - Return a best estimate to the dots per inch of the display - device being rendered (or printed). - - - - - Keep track of whether double buffering is on or off - - - - - Turn on/off erasing the screen between images. This allows multiple - exposure sequences if turned on. You will need to turn double - buffering off or make use of the SwapBuffers methods to prevent - you from swapping buffers between exposures. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - Keep track of whether the rendering window has been mapped to screen. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not be - supported for every type of window and on some windows you may need to - invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGBRGB. The - front argument indicates if the front buffer should be used or the back - buffer. It is the caller's responsibility to delete the resulting - array. It is very important to realize that the memory in this array - is organized from the bottom of the window to the top. The origin - of the screen is in the lower left corner. The y axis increases as - you go up the screen. So the storage of pixels is from left to right - and from bottom to top. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGBRGB. The - front argument indicates if the front buffer should be used or the back - buffer. It is the caller's responsibility to delete the resulting - array. It is very important to realize that the memory in this array - is organized from the bottom of the window to the top. The origin - of the screen is in the lower left corner. The y axis increases as - you go up the screen. So the storage of pixels is from left to right - and from bottom to top. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Get the current size of the screen in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - Get name of rendering window - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make the window current. May be overridden in subclasses to do - for example a glXMakeCurrent or a wglMakeCurrent. - - - - - Keep track of whether the rendering window has been mapped to screen. - - - - - Keep track of whether the rendering window has been mapped to screen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not be - supported for every type of window and on some windows you may need to - invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not be - supported for every type of window and on some windows you may need to - invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Ask each viewport owned by this Window to render its image and - synchronize this process. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return a best estimate to the dots per inch of the display - device being rendered (or printed). - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - Keep track of whether double buffering is on or off - - - - - Turn on/off erasing the screen between images. This allows multiple - exposure sequences if turned on. You will need to turn double - buffering off or make use of the SwapBuffers methods to prevent - you from swapping buffers between exposures. - - - - - Keep track of whether the rendering window has been mapped to screen. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not be - supported for every type of window and on some windows you may need to - invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These methods are used by vtkWindowToImageFilter to tell a VTK window - to simulate a larger window by tiling. For 3D geometry these methods - have no impact. It is just in handling annotation that this information - must be available to the mappers and the coordinate calculations. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - These are window system independent methods that are used - to help interface vtkWindow to native windowing systems. - - - - - Get name of rendering window - - - - - vtkWindowLevelLookupTable - map scalar values into colors or colors to scalars; generate color table - - - Description - vtkWindowLevelLookupTable is an object that is used by mapper objects - to map scalar values into rgba (red-green-blue-alpha transparency) - color specification, or rgba into scalar values. The color table can - be created by direct insertion of color values, or by specifying a - window and level. Window / Level is used in medical imaging to specify - a linear greyscale ramp. The Level is the center of the ramp. The - Window is the width of the ramp. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate lookup table as a linear ramp between MinimumTableValue - and MaximumTableValue. - - - - - Set inverse video on or off. You can achieve the same effect by - switching the MinimumTableValue and the MaximumTableValue. - - - - - Set the Level for the lookup table. The level is the average of - TableRange[0] and TableRange[1]. - - - - - Set the maximum table value. All lookup table entries above the - end of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the maximum table value. All lookup table entries above the - end of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the maximum table value. All lookup table entries above the - end of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the minimum table value. All lookup table entries below the - start of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the minimum table value. All lookup table entries below the - start of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the minimum table value. All lookup table entries below the - start of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the window for the lookup table. The window is the difference - between TableRange[0] and TableRange[1]. - - - - - Set inverse video on or off. You can achieve the same effect by - switching the MinimumTableValue and the MaximumTableValue. - - - - - Set inverse video on or off. You can achieve the same effect by - switching the MinimumTableValue and the MaximumTableValue. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set inverse video on or off. You can achieve the same effect by - switching the MinimumTableValue and the MaximumTableValue. - - - - - Set the Level for the lookup table. The level is the average of - TableRange[0] and TableRange[1]. - - - - - Set the maximum table value. All lookup table entries above the - end of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the maximum table value. All lookup table entries above the - end of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the minimum table value. All lookup table entries below the - start of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the minimum table value. All lookup table entries below the - start of the ramp will be set to this color. After you change - this value, you must re-build the lookup table. - - - - - Set the window for the lookup table. The window is the difference - between TableRange[0] and TableRange[1]. - - - - - vtkXMLDataElement - Represents an XML element and those nested inside. - - - Description - vtkXMLDataElement is used by vtkXMLDataParser to represent an XML - element. It provides methods to access the element's attributes - and nested elements in a convenient manner. This allows easy - traversal of an input XML file by vtkXMLReader and its subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Add nested element - - - - - Copy this element from another of the same type (elem), recursively. - Old attributes and nested elements are removed, new ones are created - given the contents of 'elem'. - Warning: Parent is ignored. - - - - - Find the first nested element with the given id, given name, or given - name and id. - WARNING: the search is only performed on the children, not - the grand-children. - - - - - Find the first nested element with the given id, given name, or given - name and id. - WARNING: the search is only performed on the children, not - the grand-children. - - - - - Find the first nested element with the given id, given name, or given - name and id. - WARNING: the search is only performed on the children, not - the grand-children. - - - - - Find the first nested element with the given id, given name, or given - name and id. - WARNING: the search is only performed on the children, not - the grand-children. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name. If it doesn't exist, - returns 0. - - - - - Get/Set the internal character encoding of the attributes. - Default type is VTK_ENCODING_UTF_8. - Note that a vtkXMLDataParser has its own AttributesEncoding ivar. If - this ivar is set to something other than VTK_ENCODING_NONE, it will be - used to set the attribute encoding of each vtkXMLDataElement - created by this vtkXMLDataParser. - - - - - Get/Set the internal character encoding of the attributes. - Default type is VTK_ENCODING_UTF_8. - Note that a vtkXMLDataParser has its own AttributesEncoding ivar. If - this ivar is set to something other than VTK_ENCODING_NONE, it will be - used to set the attribute encoding of each vtkXMLDataElement - created by this vtkXMLDataParser. - - - - - Get/Set the internal character encoding of the attributes. - Default type is VTK_ENCODING_UTF_8. - Note that a vtkXMLDataParser has its own AttributesEncoding ivar. If - this ivar is set to something other than VTK_ENCODING_NONE, it will be - used to set the attribute encoding of each vtkXMLDataElement - created by this vtkXMLDataParser. - - - - - Get the n-th attribute name. - Returns 0 if there is no such attribute. - - - - - Get the n-th attribute value. - Returns 0 if there is no such attribute. - - - - - Set/Get the character data between XML start/end tags. - - - - - Get/Set the width (in number of fields) that character - data (that between open and closing tags ie. <X> ... </X>) - is printed. If the width is less than one the tag's character - data is printed all on one line. If it is greater than one - the character data is streamed insterting line feeds every - width number of fields. See PrintXML. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the id attribute of the element, if any. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the element. This is its XML tag. - - - - - Get the element nested in this one at the given index. - - - - - Get the number of attributes. - - - - - Get the number of elements nested in this one. - - - - - Set/Get the parent of this element. - - - - - Get root of the XML tree this element is part of. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name and converted to a scalar - value. Returns whether value was extracted. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name and converted to a scalar - value. Returns whether value was extracted. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name and converted to a scalar - value. Returns whether value was extracted. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name and converted to a scalar - value. Returns whether value was extracted. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name and converted to a scalar - value. Returns length of vector read. - - - - - Get the attribute with the given name and converted to a word type - such as VTK_FLOAT or VTK_UNSIGNED_LONG. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the beginning of the XML document to this element. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check if the instance has the same name, attributes, character data - and nested elements contents than the given element (this method is - applied recursively on the nested elements, and they must be stored in - the same order). - Warning: Id, Parent, XMLByteIndex are ignored. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Lookup the element with the given id, starting at this scope. - - - - - Find the first nested element with given name. - WARNING: the search is performed on the whole XML tree. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Prints element tree as XML. - - - - - Remove one or all attributes. - - - - - Remove all nested elements. - - - - - Remove one or all attributes. - - - - - Remove nested element. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the attribute with the given name and value. If it doesn't exist, - adds it. - - - - - Get/Set the internal character encoding of the attributes. - Default type is VTK_ENCODING_UTF_8. - Note that a vtkXMLDataParser has its own AttributesEncoding ivar. If - this ivar is set to something other than VTK_ENCODING_NONE, it will be - used to set the attribute encoding of each vtkXMLDataElement - created by this vtkXMLDataParser. - - - - - Set/Get the character data between XML start/end tags. - - - - - Get/Set the width (in number of fields) that character - data (that between open and closing tags ie. <X> ... </X>) - is printed. If the width is less than one the tag's character - data is printed all on one line. If it is greater than one - the character data is streamed insterting line feeds every - width number of fields. See PrintXML. - - - - - Set the attribute with the given name. - We can not use the same GetScalarAttribute() construct since - the compiler will not be able to resolve between - SetAttribute(..., int) and SetAttribute(..., unsigned long). - - - - - Set the attribute with the given name. - We can not use the same GetScalarAttribute() construct since - the compiler will not be able to resolve between - SetAttribute(..., int) and SetAttribute(..., unsigned long). - - - - - Set/Get the value of the id attribute of the element, if any. - - - - - Set the attribute with the given name. - We can not use the same GetScalarAttribute() construct since - the compiler will not be able to resolve between - SetAttribute(..., int) and SetAttribute(..., unsigned long). - - - - - Set/Get the name of the element. This is its XML tag. - - - - - Set/Get the parent of this element. - - - - - Set the attribute with the given name. - We can not use the same GetScalarAttribute() construct since - the compiler will not be able to resolve between - SetAttribute(..., int) and SetAttribute(..., unsigned long). - - - - - Set the attribute with the given name. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the beginning of the XML document to this element. - - - - - vtkXMLFileOutputWindow - XML File Specific output window class - - - Description - Writes debug/warning/error output to an XML file. Uses prefined XML - tags for each text display method. The text is processed to replace - XML markup characters. - - DisplayText - <Text> - - DisplayErrorText - <Error> - - DisplayWarningText - <Warning> - - DisplayGenericWarningText - <GenericWarning> - - DisplayDebugText - <Debug> - - The method DisplayTag outputs the text unprocessed. To use this - class, instantiate it and then call SetInstance(this). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Put the text into the log file. The text is processed to - replace &, <, > with &amp, &lt, and &gt. - Each display method outputs a different XML tag. - - - - - Put the text into the log file. The text is processed to - replace &, <, > with &amp, &lt, and &gt. - Each display method outputs a different XML tag. - - - - - Put the text into the log file. The text is processed to - replace &, <, > with &amp, &lt, and &gt. - Each display method outputs a different XML tag. - - - - - Put the text into the log file without processing it. - - - - - Put the text into the log file. The text is processed to - replace &, <, > with &amp, &lt, and &gt. - Each display method outputs a different XML tag. - - - - - Put the text into the log file. The text is processed to - replace &, <, > with &amp, &lt, and &gt. - Each display method outputs a different XML tag. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLongLongArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of long long - - - Description - vtkLongLongArray is an array of values of type long long. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkUnsignedLongLongArray - dynamic, self-adjusting array of unsigned long long - - - Description - vtkUnsignedLongLongArray is an array of values of type unsigned long long. - It provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type. - - - - - Get the maximum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the minimum data value in its native type. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Performs no checks - to verify that the memory has been allocated etc. - - - - - Copy the tuple value into a user-provided array. - - - - - Get the data at a particular index. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the given component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Get the range of array values for the 0th component in the - native data type. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple onto the end of the array. - - - - - Insert data at the end of the array. Return its location in the array. - - - - - Insert (memory allocation performed) the tuple into the ith location - in the array. - - - - - Insert data at a specified position in the array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - This method lets the user specify data to be held by the array. The - array argument is a pointer to the data. size is the size of - the array supplied by the user. Set save to 1 to keep the class - from deleting the array when it cleans up or reallocates memory. - The class uses the actual array provided; it does not copy the data - from the suppled array. - - - - - Specify the number of values for this object to hold. Does an - allocation as well as setting the MaxId ivar. Used in conjunction with - SetValue() method for fast insertion. - - - - - Set the tuple value at the ith location in the array. - - - - - Set the data at a particular index. Does not do range checking. Make sure - you use the method SetNumberOfValues() before inserting data. - - - - - Get the address of a particular data index. Make sure data is allocated - for the number of items requested. Set MaxId according to the number of - data values requested. - - - - - vtkTypeInt8Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeInt8 - - - Description - vtkTypeInt8Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeInt8. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeInt16Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeInt16 - - - Description - vtkTypeInt16Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeInt16. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeInt32Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeInt32 - - - Description - vtkTypeInt32Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeInt32. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeInt64Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeInt64 - - - Description - vtkTypeInt64Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeInt64. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeUInt8Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeUInt8 - - - Description - vtkTypeUInt8Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeUInt8. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeUInt16Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeUInt16 - - - Description - vtkTypeUInt16Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeUInt16. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeUInt32Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeUInt32 - - - Description - vtkTypeUInt32Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeUInt32. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeUInt64Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeUInt64 - - - Description - vtkTypeUInt64Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeUInt64. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeFloat32Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeFloat32 - - - Description - vtkTypeFloat32Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeFloat32. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTypeFloat64Array - dynamic, self-adjusting array of vtkTypeFloat64 - - - Description - vtkTypeFloat64Array is an array of values of type vtkTypeFloat64. It - provides methods for insertion and retrieval of values and will - automatically resize itself to hold new data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkArray - Abstract interface for N-dimensional arrays. - - - - Description - vtkArray is the root of a hierarchy of arrays that can be used to - store data with any number of dimensions. It provides an abstract - interface for retrieving and setting array attributes that are - independent of the type of values stored in the array - such as the - number of dimensions, extents along each dimension, and number of - values stored in the array. - - To get and set array values, the vtkTypedArray template class derives - from vtkArray and provides type-specific methods for retrieval and - update. - - Two concrete derivatives of vtkTypedArray are provided at the moment: - vtkDenseArray and vtkSparseArray, which provide dense and sparse - storage for arbitrary-dimension data, respectively. Toolkit users - can create their own concrete derivatives that implement alternative - storage strategies, such as compressed-sparse-row, etc. You could - also create an array that provided read-only access to 'virtual' data, - such as an array that returned a Fibonacci sequence, etc. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National - Laboratories. - - - - vtkTypedArray, vtkDenseArray, vtkSparseArray - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a new array where StorageType is one of vtkArray::DENSE - or vtkArray::SPARSE, and ValueType is one of VTK_CHAR, - VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR, VTK_SHORT, VTK_UNSIGNED_SHORT, VTK_INT, - VTK_UNSIGNED_INT, VTK_LONG, VTK_UNSIGNED_LONG, VTK_DOUBLE, - VTK_ID_TYPE, or VTK_STRING. The caller is responsible for the - lifetime of the returned object. - - - - - Returns a new array that is a deep copy of this array. - - - - - Returns the number of dimensions stored in the array. Note that - this is the same as calling GetExtents().GetDimensions(). - - - - - Returns the number of non-null values stored in the array. Note - that this value will equal GetSize() for dense arrays, and will be - less-than-or-equal to GetSize() for sparse arrays. - - - - - Returns the number of values stored in the array. Note that this is - the same as calling GetExtents().GetSize(), and represents the - maximum number of values that could ever be stored using the current - extents. This is equal to the number of values stored in a dense - array, but may be larger than the number of values stored in a - sparse array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns true iff the underlying array storage is "dense", i.e. that - GetSize() and GetNonNullSize() will always return the same value. - If not, the array is "sparse". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Resizes the array to the given extents (number of dimensions and - size of each dimension). Note that concrete implementations of - vtkArray may place constraints on the the extents that they will - store, so you cannot assume that GetExtents() will always return - the same value passed to Resize(). - - The contents of the array are undefined after calling Resize() - you - should initialize its contents accordingly. In particular, - dimension-labels will be undefined, dense array values will be - undefined, and sparse arrays will be empty. - - - - - Resizes the array to the given extents (number of dimensions and - size of each dimension). Note that concrete implementations of - vtkArray may place constraints on the the extents that they will - store, so you cannot assume that GetExtents() will always return - the same value passed to Resize(). - - The contents of the array are undefined after calling Resize() - you - should initialize its contents accordingly. In particular, - dimension-labels will be undefined, dense array values will be - undefined, and sparse arrays will be empty. - - - - - Resizes the array to the given extents (number of dimensions and - size of each dimension). Note that concrete implementations of - vtkArray may place constraints on the the extents that they will - store, so you cannot assume that GetExtents() will always return - the same value passed to Resize(). - - The contents of the array are undefined after calling Resize() - you - should initialize its contents accordingly. In particular, - dimension-labels will be undefined, dense array values will be - undefined, and sparse arrays will be empty. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkWin32OutputWindow - Win32 Specific output window class - - - Description - This class is used for error and debug message output on the windows - platform. It creates a read only EDIT control to display the - output. This class should not be used directly. It should - only be used through the interface of vtkOutputWindow. This class - only handles one output window per process. If the window is destroyed, - the vtkObject::GlobalWarningDisplayOff() function is called. The - window is created the next time text is written to the window. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a vtkWin32OutputWindow. - - - - - Create a vtkWin32OutputWindow. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - New lines are converted to carriage return new lines. - - - - - Set or get whether the vtkWin32OutputWindow should also send its output - to stderr / cerr. - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Set or get whether the vtkWin32OutputWindow should also send its output - to stderr / cerr. - - - - - Set or get whether the vtkWin32OutputWindow should also send its output - to stderr / cerr. - - - - - Set or get whether the vtkWin32OutputWindow should also send its output - to stderr / cerr. - - - - - vtkWin32ProcessOutputWindow - Win32-specific output window class - - - Description - vtkWin32ProcessOutputWindow executes a process and sends messages - to its standard input pipe. This is useful to have a separate - process display VTK errors so that if a VTK application crashes, - the error messages are still available. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Send text to the output window process. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAbstractCellLocator - an abstract base class for locators which find cells - - - Description - vtkAbstractCellLocator is a spatial search object to quickly locate cells in 3D. - vtkAbstractCellLocator supplies a basic interface which concrete subclasses - should implement. - - Warning - When deriving a class from vtkAbstractCellLocator, one should include the - 'hidden' member functions by the following construct in the derived class - \verbatim - //BTX - using vtkAbstractCellLocator::IntersectWithLine; - using vtkAbstractCellLocator::FindClosestPoint; - using vtkAbstractCellLocator::FindClosestPointWithinRadius; - //ETX - \endverbatim - - - - - vtkLocator - abstract base class for objects that accelerate spatial searches - - - Description - vtkLocator is an abstract base class for spatial search objects, or - locators. The principle behind locators is that they divide 3-space into - small pieces (or "buckets") that can be quickly found in response to - queries like point location, line intersection, or object-object - intersection. - - The purpose of this base class is to provide ivars and methods shared by - all locators. The GenerateRepresentation() is one such interesting method. - This method works in conjunction with vtkLocatorFilter to create polygonal - representations for the locator. For example, if the locator is an OBB tree - (i.e., vtkOBBTree.h), then the representation is a set of one or more - oriented bounding boxes, depending upon the specified level. - - Locators typically work as follows. One or more "entities", such as - points or cells, are inserted into the tree. These entities are associated - with one or more buckets. Then, when performing geometric operations, the - operations are performed first on the buckets, and then if the operation - tests positive, then on the entities in the bucket. For example, during - collision tests, the locators are collided first to identify intersecting - buckets. If an intersection is found, more expensive operations are then - carried out on the entities in the bucket. - - To obtain good performance, locators are often organized in a tree - structure. In such a structure, there are frequently multiple "levels" - corresponding to different nodes in the tree. So the word level (in the - context of the locator) can be used to specify a particular representation - in the tree. For example, in an octree (which is a tree with 8 children), - level 0 is the bounding box, or root octant, and level 1 consists of its - eight children. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Handle the PointSet <-> Locator loop. - - - - - Handle the PointSet <-> Locator loop. - - - - - Boolean controls whether locator depth/resolution of locator is computed - automatically from average number of entities in bucket. If not set, - there will be an explicit method to control the construction of the - locator (found in the subclass). - - - - - Boolean controls whether locator depth/resolution of locator is computed - automatically from average number of entities in bucket. If not set, - there will be an explicit method to control the construction of the - locator (found in the subclass). - - - - - Build the locator from the input dataset. - - - - - Free the memory required for the spatial data structure. - - - - - Method to build a representation at a particular level. Note that the - method GetLevel() returns the maximum number of levels available for - the tree. You must provide a vtkPolyData object into which to place the - data. - - - - - Boolean controls whether locator depth/resolution of locator is computed - automatically from average number of entities in bucket. If not set, - there will be an explicit method to control the construction of the - locator (found in the subclass). - - - - - Return the time of the last data structure build. - - - - - Build the locator from the points/cells defining this dataset. - - - - - Get the level of the locator (determined automatically if Automatic is - true). The value of this ivar may change each time the locator is built. - Initial value is 8. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. If the Automatic ivar is - off, this will be the target depth of the locator. - Initial value is 8. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. If the Automatic ivar is - off, this will be the target depth of the locator. - Initial value is 8. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. If the Automatic ivar is - off, this will be the target depth of the locator. - Initial value is 8. - - - - - Specify absolute tolerance (in world coordinates) for performing - geometric operations. - - - - - Specify absolute tolerance (in world coordinates) for performing - geometric operations. - - - - - Specify absolute tolerance (in world coordinates) for performing - geometric operations. - - - - - Initialize locator. Frees memory and resets object as appropriate. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean controls whether locator depth/resolution of locator is computed - automatically from average number of entities in bucket. If not set, - there will be an explicit method to control the construction of the - locator (found in the subclass). - - - - - Build the locator from the points/cells defining this dataset. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. If the Automatic ivar is - off, this will be the target depth of the locator. - Initial value is 8. - - - - - Specify absolute tolerance (in world coordinates) for performing - geometric operations. - - - - - Cause the locator to rebuild itself if it or its input dataset has - changed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boolean controls whether the bounds of each cell are computed only - once and then saved. Should be 10 to 20% faster if repeatedly - calling any of the Intersect/Find routines and the extra memory - won't cause disk caching (24 extra bytes per cell are required to - save the bounds). - - - - - Boolean controls whether the bounds of each cell are computed only - once and then saved. Should be 10 to 20% faster if repeatedly - calling any of the Intersect/Find routines and the extra memory - won't cause disk caching (24 extra bytes per cell are required to - save the bounds). - - - - - Returns the Id of the cell containing the point, - returns -1 if no cell found. This interface uses a tolerance of zero - - - - - Find the cell containing a given point. returns -1 if no cell found - the cell parameters are copied into the supplied variables, a cell must - be provided to store the information. - - - - - Given a finite line defined by the two points (p1,p2), return the list - of unique cell ids in the buckets containing the line. It is possible - that an empty cell list is returned. The user must provide the vtkIdList - to populate. This method returns data only after the locator has been - built. - - - - - Return a list of unique cell ids inside of a given bounding box. The - user must provide the vtkIdList to populate. This method returns data - only after the locator has been built. - - - - - Return the closest point and the cell which is closest to the point x. - The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it need not be one of the - vertices of the cell. - - - - - Return the closest point and the cell which is closest to the point x. - The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it need not be one of the - vertices of the cell. This version takes in a vtkGenericCell - to avoid allocating and deallocating the cell. This is much faster than - the version which does not take a *cell, especially when this function is - called many times in a row such as by a for loop, where the allocation and - deallocation can be done only once outside the for loop. If a cell is - found, "cell" contains the points and ptIds for the cell "cellId" upon - exit. - - - - - Return the closest point within a specified radius and the cell which is - closest to the point x. The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it - need not be one of the vertices of the cell. This method returns 1 if - a point is found within the specified radius. If there are no cells within - the specified radius, the method returns 0 and the values of closestPoint, - cellId, subId, and dist2 are undefined. - - - - - Return the closest point within a specified radius and the cell which is - closest to the point x. The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it - need not be one of the vertices of the cell. This method returns 1 if a - point is found within the specified radius. If there are no cells within - the specified radius, the method returns 0 and the values of - closestPoint, cellId, subId, and dist2 are undefined. This version takes - in a vtkGenericCell to avoid allocating and deallocating the cell. This - is much faster than the version which does not take a *cell, especially - when this function is called many times in a row such as by a for loop, - where the allocation and deallocation can be done only once outside the - for loop. If a closest point is found, "cell" contains the points and - ptIds for the cell "cellId" upon exit. - - - - - Return the closest point within a specified radius and the cell which is - closest to the point x. The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it - need not be one of the vertices of the cell. This method returns 1 if a - point is found within the specified radius. If there are no cells within - the specified radius, the method returns 0 and the values of - closestPoint, cellId, subId, and dist2 are undefined. This version takes - in a vtkGenericCell to avoid allocating and deallocating the cell. This - is much faster than the version which does not take a *cell, especially - when this function is called many times in a row such as by a for loop, - where the allocation and dealloction can be done only once outside the - for loop. If a closest point is found, "cell" contains the points and - ptIds for the cell "cellId" upon exit. If a closest point is found, - inside returns the return value of the EvaluatePosition call to the - closest cell; inside(=1) or outside(=0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether the bounds of each cell are computed only - once and then saved. Should be 10 to 20% faster if repeatedly - calling any of the Intersect/Find routines and the extra memory - won't cause disk caching (24 extra bytes per cell are required to - save the bounds). - - - - - Most Locators build their search structures during BuildLocator - but some may delay construction until it is actually needed. - If LazyEvaluation is supported, this turns on/off the feature. - if not supported, it is ignored. - - - - - Specify the preferred/maximum number of cells in each node/bucket. - Default 32. Locators generally operate by subdividing space into - smaller regions until the number of cells in each region (or node) - reaches the desired level. - - - - - Specify the preferred/maximum number of cells in each node/bucket. - Default 32. Locators generally operate by subdividing space into - smaller regions until the number of cells in each region (or node) - reaches the desired level. - - - - - Specify the preferred/maximum number of cells in each node/bucket. - Default 32. Locators generally operate by subdividing space into - smaller regions until the number of cells in each region (or node) - reaches the desired level. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to maintain list of cells in each node. - not applicable to all implementations, but if the locator is being used - as a geometry simplification technique, there is no need to keep them. - - - - - Some locators support querying a new dataset without rebuilding - the search structure (typically this may occur when a dataset - changes due to a time update, but is actually the same topology) - Turning on this flag enables some locators to skip the rebuilding - phase - - - - - Quickly test if a point is inside the bounds of a particular cell. - Some locators cache cell bounds and this function can make use - of fast access to the data. - - - - - Return intersection point (if any) of finite line with cells contained - in cell locator. - - - - - Return intersection point (if any) AND the cell which was intersected by - the finite line. - - - - - Return intersection point (if any) AND the cell which was intersected by - the finite line. The cell is returned as a cell id and as a generic cell. - - - - - Take the passed line segment and intersect it with the data set. - This method assumes that the data set is a vtkPolyData that describes - a closed surface, and the intersection points that are returned in - 'points' alternate between entrance points and exit points. - The return value of the function is 0 if no intersections were found, - -1 if point 'a0' lies inside the closed surface, or +1 if point 'a0' - lies outside the closed surface. - Either 'points' or 'cellIds' can be set to NULL if you don't want - to receive that information. This method is currently only implemented - in vtkOBBTree - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Most Locators build their search structures during BuildLocator - but some may delay construction until it is actually needed. - If LazyEvaluation is supported, this turns on/off the feature. - if not supported, it is ignored. - - - - - Most Locators build their search structures during BuildLocator - but some may delay construction until it is actually needed. - If LazyEvaluation is supported, this turns on/off the feature. - if not supported, it is ignored. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean controls whether to maintain list of cells in each node. - not applicable to all implementations, but if the locator is being used - as a geometry simplification technique, there is no need to keep them. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to maintain list of cells in each node. - not applicable to all implementations, but if the locator is being used - as a geometry simplification technique, there is no need to keep them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean controls whether the bounds of each cell are computed only - once and then saved. Should be 10 to 20% faster if repeatedly - calling any of the Intersect/Find routines and the extra memory - won't cause disk caching (24 extra bytes per cell are required to - save the bounds). - - - - - Most Locators build their search structures during BuildLocator - but some may delay construction until it is actually needed. - If LazyEvaluation is supported, this turns on/off the feature. - if not supported, it is ignored. - - - - - Specify the preferred/maximum number of cells in each node/bucket. - Default 32. Locators generally operate by subdividing space into - smaller regions until the number of cells in each region (or node) - reaches the desired level. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to maintain list of cells in each node. - not applicable to all implementations, but if the locator is being used - as a geometry simplification technique, there is no need to keep them. - - - - - Some locators support querying a new dataset without rebuilding - the search structure (typically this may occur when a dataset - changes due to a time update, but is actually the same topology) - Turning on this flag enables some locators to skip the rebuilding - phase - - - - - Some locators support querying a new dataset without rebuilding - the search structure (typically this may occur when a dataset - changes due to a time update, but is actually the same topology) - Turning on this flag enables some locators to skip the rebuilding - phase - - - - - Some locators support querying a new dataset without rebuilding - the search structure (typically this may occur when a dataset - changes due to a time update, but is actually the same topology) - Turning on this flag enables some locators to skip the rebuilding - phase - - - - - vtkAbstractInterpolatedVelocityField - An abstract class for - obtaining the interpolated velocity values at a point - - - - Description - vtkAbstractInterpolatedVelocityField acts as a continuous velocity field - by performing cell interpolation on the underlying vtkDataSet. This is an - abstract sub-class of vtkFunctionSet, NumberOfIndependentVariables = 4 - (x,y,z,t) and NumberOfFunctions = 3 (u,v,w). With a brute-force scheme, - every time an evaluation is performed, the target cell containing point - (x,y,z) needs to be found by calling FindCell(), via either vtkDataSet or - vtkAbstractCelllocator's sub-classes (vtkCellLocator & vtkModifiedBSPTree). - As it incurs a large cost, one (for vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField - via vtkAbstractCellLocator) or two (for vtkInterpolatedVelocityField via - vtkDataSet that involves vtkPointLocator in addressing vtkPointSet) levels - of cell caching may be exploited to increase the performance. - - For vtkInterpolatedVelocityField, level #0 begins with intra-cell caching. - Specifically if the previous cell is valid and the next point is still in - it ( i.e., vtkCell::EvaluatePosition() returns 1, coupled with newly created - parametric coordinates & weights ), the function values can be interpolated - and only vtkCell::EvaluatePosition() is invoked. If this fails, then level #1 - follows by inter-cell search for the target cell that contains the next point. - By an inter-cell search, the previous cell provides an important clue or serves - as an immediate neighbor to aid in locating the target cell via vtkPointSet:: - FindCell(). If this still fails, a global cell location / search is invoked via - vtkPointSet::FindCell(). Here regardless of either inter-cell or global search, - vtkPointLocator is in fact employed (for datasets of type vtkPointSet only, note - vtkImageData and vtkRectilinearGrid are able to provide rapid and robust cell - location due to the simple mesh topology) as a crucial tool underlying the cell - locator. However, the use of vtkPointLocator makes vtkInterpolatedVelocityField - non-robust in cell location for vtkPointSet. - - For vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField, the only caching (level #0) works - by intra-cell trial. In case of failure, a global search for the target cell is - invoked via vtkAbstractCellLocator::FindCell() and the actual work is done by - either vtkCellLocator or vtkModifiedBSPTree (for datasets of type vtkPointSet - only, while vtkImageData and vtkRectilinearGrid themselves are able to provide - fast robust cell location). Without the involvement of vtkPointLocator, robust - cell location is achieved for vtkPointSet. - - Caveats - vtkAbstractInterpolatedVelocityField is not thread safe. A new instance - should be created by each thread. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset for implicit velocity function evaluation. If more than - one dataset is added, the evaluation point is searched in all until a - match is found. THIS FUNCTION DOES NOT CHANGE THE REFERENCE COUNT OF - dataset FOR THREAD SAFETY REASONS. - - - - - Set the last cell id to -1 to incur a global cell search for the next point. - - - - - Import parameters. Sub-classes can add more after chaining. - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field f at point (x, y, z). - - - - - Get the caching statistics. CacheHit refers to the number of level #0 cache - hits while CacheMiss is the number of level #0 cache misses. - - - - - Get the caching statistics. CacheHit refers to the number of level #0 cache - hits while CacheMiss is the number of level #0 cache misses. - - - - - Set/Get the caching flag. If this flag is turned ON, there are two levels - of caching for derived concrete class vtkInterpolatedVelocityField and one - level of caching for derived concrete class vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField. - Otherwise a global cell location is always invoked for evaluating the - function values at any point. - - - - - Get/Set the id of the cell cached from last evaluation. - - - - - Get the most recently visited dataset and it id. The dataset is used - for a guess regarding where the next point will be, without searching - through all datasets. When setting the last dataset, care is needed as - no reference counting or checks are performed. This feature is intended - for custom interpolators only that cache datasets independently. - - - - - Get the most recently visited dataset and it id. The dataset is used - for a guess regarding where the next point will be, without searching - through all datasets. When setting the last dataset, care is needed as - no reference counting or checks are performed. This feature is intended - for custom interpolators only that cache datasets independently. - - - - - Get the interpolation weights cached from last evaluation. Return 1 if the - cached cell is valid and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Get the interpolation weights cached from last evaluation. Return 1 if the - cached cell is valid and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Set/Get the flag indicating vector post-normalization (following vector - interpolation). Vector post-normalization is required to avoid the - 'curve-overshooting' problem (caused by high velocity magnitude) that - occurs when Cell-Length is used as the step size unit (particularly the - Minimum step size unit). Furthermore, it is required by RK45 to achieve, - as expected, high numerical accuracy (or high smoothness of flow lines) - through adaptive step sizing. Note this operation is performed (when - NormalizeVector TRUE) right after vector interpolation such that the - differing amount of contribution of each node (of a cell) to the - resulting direction of the interpolated vector, due to the possibly - significantly-differing velocity magnitude values at the nodes (which is - the case with large cells), can be reflected as is. Also note that this - flag needs to be turned to FALSE after vtkInitialValueProblemSolver:: - ComputeNextStep() as subsequent operations, e.g., vorticity computation, - may need non-normalized vectors. - - - - - Get/Set the name of a spcified vector array. By default it is NULL, with - the active vector array for use. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the name of a spcified vector array. By default it is NULL, with - the active vector array for use. - - - - - Set/Get the caching flag. If this flag is turned ON, there are two levels - of caching for derived concrete class vtkInterpolatedVelocityField and one - level of caching for derived concrete class vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField. - Otherwise a global cell location is always invoked for evaluating the - function values at any point. - - - - - Get/Set the id of the cell cached from last evaluation. - - - - - Set the id of the most recently visited cell of a dataset. - - - - - Set/Get the flag indicating vector post-normalization (following vector - interpolation). Vector post-normalization is required to avoid the - 'curve-overshooting' problem (caused by high velocity magnitude) that - occurs when Cell-Length is used as the step size unit (particularly the - Minimum step size unit). Furthermore, it is required by RK45 to achieve, - as expected, high numerical accuracy (or high smoothness of flow lines) - through adaptive step sizing. Note this operation is performed (when - NormalizeVector TRUE) right after vector interpolation such that the - differing amount of contribution of each node (of a cell) to the - resulting direction of the interpolated vector, due to the possibly - significantly-differing velocity magnitude values at the nodes (which is - the case with large cells), can be reflected as is. Also note that this - flag needs to be turned to FALSE after vtkInitialValueProblemSolver:: - ComputeNextStep() as subsequent operations, e.g., vorticity computation, - may need non-normalized vectors. - - - - - vtkAbstractMapper - abstract class specifies interface to map data - - - Description - vtkAbstractMapper is an abstract class to specify interface between data and - graphics primitives or software rendering techniques. Subclasses of - vtkAbstractMapper can be used for rendering 2D data, geometry, or volumetric - data. - - - - - vtkAbstractMapper3D vtkMapper vtkPolyDataMapper vtkVolumeMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify clipping planes to be applied when the data is mapped - (at most 6 clipping planes can be specified). - - - - - Get/Set the vtkPlaneCollection which specifies the - clipping planes. - - - - - Override Modifiedtime as we have added Clipping planes - - - - - Internal helper function for getting the active scalars. The scalar - mode indicates where the scalars come from. The cellFlag is a - return value that is set when the scalars actually are cell scalars. - (0 for point scalars, 1 for cell scalars, 2 for field scalars) - The arrayAccessMode is used to indicate how to retrieve the scalars from - field data, per id or per name (if the scalarMode indicates that). - - - - - Get the time required to draw the geometry last time it was rendered - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Specify clipping planes to be applied when the data is mapped - (at most 6 clipping planes can be specified). - - - - - Specify clipping planes to be applied when the data is mapped - (at most 6 clipping planes can be specified). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the vtkPlaneCollection which specifies the - clipping planes. - - - - - An alternative way to set clipping planes: use up to six planes found - in the supplied instance of the implicit function vtkPlanes. - - - - - Make a shallow copy of this mapper. - - - - - vtkAbstractPointLocator - abstract class to quickly locate points in 3-space - - - Description - vtkAbstractPointLocator is an abstract spatial search object to quickly locate points - in 3D. vtkAbstractPointLocator works by dividing a specified region of space into - "rectangular" buckets, and then keeping a list of points that - lie in each bucket. Typical operation involves giving a position in 3D - and finding the closest point. The points are provided from the specified - dataset input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a position. This returns the closest - N points to a position. A faster method could be created that returned - N close points to a position, but necessarily the exact N closest. - The returned points are sorted from closest to farthest. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a position. This returns the closest - N points to a position. A faster method could be created that returned - N close points to a position, but necessarily the exact N closest. - The returned points are sorted from closest to farthest. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x, return the id of the point closest to it. Alternative - method requires separate x-y-z values. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x, return the id of the point closest to it. Alternative - method requires separate x-y-z values. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x and a radius r, return the id of the point - closest to the point in that radius. - dist2 returns the squared distance to the point. - - - - - Find all points within a specified radius R of position x. - The result is not sorted in any specific manner. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find all points within a specified radius R of position x. - The result is not sorted in any specific manner. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Provide an accessor to the bounds. - - - - - Provide an accessor to the bounds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkActor2DCollection - a list of 2D actors - - - Description - vtkActor2DCollection is a subclass of vtkCollection. vtkActor2DCollection - maintains a collection of vtkActor2D objects that is sorted by layer - number, with lower layer numbers at the start of the list. This allows - the vtkActor2D objects to be rendered in the correct order. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Desctructor for the vtkActor2DCollection class. This removes all - objects from the collection. - - - - - Desctructor for the vtkActor2DCollection class. This removes all - objects from the collection. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an actor to the list. The new actor is inserted in the list - according to it's layer number. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Desctructor for the vtkActor2DCollection class. This removes all - objects from the collection. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Desctructor for the vtkActor2DCollection class. This removes all - objects from the collection. - - - - - Desctructor for the vtkActor2DCollection class. This removes all - objects from the collection. - - - - - Sort and then render the collection of 2D actors. - - - - - Desctructor for the vtkActor2DCollection class. This removes all - objects from the collection. - - - - - Sorts the vtkActor2DCollection by layer number. Smaller layer - numbers are first. Layer numbers can be any integer value. - - - - - vtkActor2D - a actor that draws 2D data - - - Description - vtkActor2D is similar to vtkActor, but it is made to be used with two - dimensional images and annotation. vtkActor2D has a position but does not - use a transformation matrix like vtkActor (see the superclass vtkProp - for information on positioning vtkActor2D). vtkActor2D has a reference to - a vtkMapper2D object which does the rendering. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates an actor2D with the following defaults: - position (0,0) (coordinate system is viewport); - at layer 0. - - - - - Creates an actor2D with the following defaults: - position (0,0) (coordinate system is viewport); - at layer 0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Return the actual vtkCoordinate reference that the mapper should use - to position the actor. This is used internally by the mappers and should - be overridden in specialized subclasses and otherwise ignored. - - - - - Return the actual vtkCoordinate reference that the mapper should use - to position the actor. This is used internally by the mappers and should - be overridden in specialized subclasses and otherwise ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the height and width of the Actor2D. The value is expressed - as a fraction of the viewport. This really is just another way of - setting the Position2 instance variable. - - - - - Set/Get the layer number in the overlay planes into which to render. - - - - - Return this objects MTime. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkMapper2D which defines the data to be drawn. - - - - - Get the PositionCoordinate instance of vtkCoordinate. - This is used for for complicated or relative positioning. - The position variable controls the lower left corner of the Actor2D - - - - - Access the Position2 instance variable. This variable controls - the upper right corner of the Actor2D. It is by default - relative to Position and in normalized viewport coordinates. - Some 2D actor subclasses ignore the position2 variable - - - - - Access the Position2 instance variable. This variable controls - the upper right corner of the Actor2D. It is by default - relative to Position and in normalized viewport coordinates. - Some 2D actor subclasses ignore the position2 variable - - - - - Get the PositionCoordinate instance of vtkCoordinate. - This is used for for complicated or relative positioning. - The position variable controls the lower left corner of the Actor2D - - - - - Returns this actor's vtkProperty2D. Creates a property if one - doesn't already exist. - - - - - Set/Get the height and width of the Actor2D. The value is expressed - as a fraction of the viewport. This really is just another way of - setting the Position2 instance variable. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Prop2D's position in display coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the height and width of the Actor2D. The value is expressed - as a fraction of the viewport. This really is just another way of - setting the Position2 instance variable. - - - - - Set/Get the layer number in the overlay planes into which to render. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkMapper2D which defines the data to be drawn. - - - - - Get the PositionCoordinate instance of vtkCoordinate. - This is used for for complicated or relative positioning. - The position variable controls the lower left corner of the Actor2D - - - - - Get the PositionCoordinate instance of vtkCoordinate. - This is used for for complicated or relative positioning. - The position variable controls the lower left corner of the Actor2D - - - - - Access the Position2 instance variable. This variable controls - the upper right corner of the Actor2D. It is by default - relative to Position and in normalized viewport coordinates. - Some 2D actor subclasses ignore the position2 variable - - - - - Access the Position2 instance variable. This variable controls - the upper right corner of the Actor2D. It is by default - relative to Position and in normalized viewport coordinates. - Some 2D actor subclasses ignore the position2 variable - - - - - Set this vtkProp's vtkProperty2D. - - - - - Set/Get the height and width of the Actor2D. The value is expressed - as a fraction of the viewport. This really is just another way of - setting the Position2 instance variable. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkActor2D. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkAdjacentVertexIterator - Iterates through adjacent vertices in a graph. - - - - Description - vtkAdjacentVertexIterator iterates through all vertices adjacent to a - vertex, i.e. the vertices which may be reached by traversing an out edge - of the source vertex. Use graph->GetAdjacentVertices(v, it) to initialize - the iterator. - - Thanks - - - - - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the graph and vertex associated with this iterator. - - - - - Get the graph and vertex associated with this iterator. - - - - - Whether this iterator has more edges. - - - - - Initialize the iterator with a graph and vertex. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns the next edge in the graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAlgorithmOutput - Proxy object to connect input/output ports. - - - Description - vtkAlgorithmOutput is a proxy object returned by the GetOutputPort - method of vtkAlgorithm. It may be passed to the - SetInputConnection, AddInputConnection, or RemoveInputConnection - methods of another vtkAlgorithm to establish a connection between - an output and input port. The connection is not stored in the - proxy object: it is simply a convenience for creating or removing - connections. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAnnotation - Stores a collection of annotation artifacts. - - - - Description - vtkAnnotation is a collection of annotation properties along with - an associated selection indicating the portion of data the annotation - refers to. - - Thanks - Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories - contributed code to this class. - - - - - vtkDataObject - general representation of visualization data - - - Description - vtkDataObject is an general representation of visualization data. It serves - to encapsulate instance variables and methods for visualization network - execution, as well as representing data consisting of a field (i.e., just - an unstructured pile of data). This is to be compared with a vtkDataSet, - which is data with geometric and/or topological structure. - - vtkDataObjects are used to represent arbitrary repositories of data via the - vtkFieldData instance variable. These data must be eventually mapped into a - concrete subclass of vtkDataSet before they can actually be displayed. - - - - - vtkDataSet vtkFieldData vtkDataObjectSource vtkDataObjectFilter - vtkDataObjectMapper vtkDataObjectToDataSet - vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Handle the source/data loop. - - - - - Handle the source/data loop. - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Copy the generic information (WholeExtent ...) - - - - - Copy information about this data object from the - PipelineInformation to its own Information for the given request. - - - - - Copy information about this data object to the output - information from its own Information for the given - request. If the second argument is not NULL then it is the - pipeline information object for the input to this data object's - producer. If forceCopy is true, information is copied even - if it exists in the output. - - - - - Calls CopyInformationToPipeline(request, input, this->PipelineInformation, 0). - Subclasses should not override this method (not virtual) - - - - - By default, there is no type specific information - - - - - This method crops the data object (if necesary) so that the extent - matches the update extent. - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - This method is called by the source when it executes to generate data. - It is sort of the opposite of ReleaseData. - It sets the DataReleased flag to 0, and sets a new UpdateTime. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. These copy the data, but not any of the - pipeline connections. - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Return the information object within the input information object's - field data corresponding to the specified association - (FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS) and attribute - (SCALARS, VECTORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, or TENSORS) - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Retrieves the attribute type that an array came from. - This is useful for obtaining which attribute type a input array - to an algorithm came from (retrieved from GetInputAbstractArrayToProcesss). - - - - - Returns the attributes of the data object of the specified - attribute type. The type may be: - <ul> - <li>POINT - Defined in vtkDataSet subclasses. - <li>CELL - Defined in vtkDataSet subclasses. - <li>VERTEX - Defined in vtkGraph subclasses. - <li>EDGE - Defined in vtkGraph subclasses. - <li>ROW - Defined in vtkTable. - </ul> - The other attribute type, FIELD, will return NULL since - field data is stored as a vtkFieldData instance, not a - vtkDataSetAttributes instance. To retrieve field data, use - GetAttributesAsFieldData. - - - - - Returns the attributes of the data object as a vtkFieldData. - This returns non-null values in all the same cases as GetAttributes, - in addition to the case of FIELD, which will return the field data - for any vtkDataObject subclass. - - - - - Key used to put SIL information in the output information by readers. - - - - - Key used to put SIL information in the output information by readers. - - - - - Return class name of data type. This is one of VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, - VTK_STRUCTURED_POINTS, VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID, VTK_POLY_DATA, or - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID (see vtkSetGet.h for definitions). - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Get the flag indicating the data has been released. - - - - - Get the estimated size of this data object itself. Should be called - after UpdateInformation() and PropagateUpdateExtent() have both been - called. Should be overridden in a subclass - otherwise the default - is to assume that this data object requires no memory. - The size is returned in kilobytes. - - - - - An object that will translate pieces into structured extents. - - - - - The ExtentType will be left as VTK_PIECES_EXTENT for data objects - such as vtkPolyData and vtkUnstructuredGrid. The ExtentType will be - changed to VTK_3D_EXTENT for data objects with 3D structure such as - vtkImageData (and its subclass vtkStructuredPoints), vtkRectilinearGrid, - and vtkStructuredGrid. The default is the have an extent in pieces, - with only one piece (no streaming possible). - - - - - Assign or retrieve a general field data to this data object. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether every object releases its data - after being used by a filter. - - - - - Set/Get the information object associated with this data object. - - - - - Data objects are composite objects and need to check each part for MTime. - The information object also needs to be considered. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of pieces that can be requested. - The maximum number of pieces is meta data for unstructured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - A value of -1 indicates that there is no maximum. - - - - - Return the information object within the input information object's - field data corresponding to the specified association - (FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS) and name. - - - - - Get the number of elements for a specific attribute type (POINT, CELL, etc.). - - - - - Get/Set the pipeline information object that owns this data - object. - - - - - Get the cumulative modified time of everything upstream. Does - not include the MTime of this object. - - - - - Get the port currently producing this object. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a filter. - - - - - This request flag indicates whether the requester can handle - more data than requested. Right now it is used in vtkImageData. - Image filters can return more data than requested. The the - consumer cannot handle this (i.e. DataSetToDataSetFitler) - the image will crop itself. This functionality used to be in - ImageToStructuredPoints. - - - - - Set/Get the source object creating this data object. - - - - - Set the update extent for data objects that use 3D extents. Using this - method on data objects that set extents as pieces (such as vtkPolyData or - vtkUnstructuredGrid) has no real effect. - Don't use the set macro to set the update extent - since we don't want this object to be modified just due to - a change in update extent. When the volume of the extent is zero (0, -1,..), - then no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - Set the update extent for data objects that use 3D extents. Using this - method on data objects that set extents as pieces (such as vtkPolyData or - vtkUnstructuredGrid) has no real effect. - Don't use the set macro to set the update extent - since we don't want this object to be modified just due to - a change in update extent. When the volume of the extent is zero (0, -1,..), - then no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - Set the update extent for data objects that use 3D extents. Using this - method on data objects that set extents as pieces (such as vtkPolyData or - vtkUnstructuredGrid) has no real effect. - Don't use the set macro to set the update extent - since we don't want this object to be modified just due to - a change in update extent. When the volume of the extent is zero (0, -1,..), - then no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - Set / Get the update ghost level and the update number of ghost levels. - Similar to update extent in 3D. - - - - - Set / Get the update piece and the update number of pieces. Similar - to update extent in 3D. - - - - - Set / Get the update piece and the update number of pieces. Similar - to update extent in 3D. - - - - - Used by Threaded ports to determine if they should initiate an - asynchronous update (still in development). - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of this data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of this data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of this data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of this data object. - The whole extent is meta data for structured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of this data object. - The whole extent is meta data for structured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of this data object. - The whole extent is meta data for structured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether every object releases its data - after being used by a filter. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether every object releases its data - after being used by a filter. - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - make the output data ready for new data to be inserted. For most - objects we just call Initialize. But for vtkImageData we leave the old - data in case the memory can be reused. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - The update extent for this object is propagated up the pipeline. - This propagation may early terminate based on the PipelineMTime. - - - - - Release data back to system to conserve memory resource. Used during - visualization network execution. Releasing this data does not make - down-stream data invalid, so it does not modify the MTime of this - data object. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a filter. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a filter. - - - - - Remove the info associated with an array - - - - - This request flag indicates whether the requester can handle - more data than requested. Right now it is used in vtkImageData. - Image filters can return more data than requested. The the - consumer cannot handle this (i.e. DataSetToDataSetFitler) - the image will crop itself. This functionality used to be in - ImageToStructuredPoints. - - - - - This request flag indicates whether the requester can handle - more data than requested. Right now it is used in vtkImageData. - Image filters can return more data than requested. The the - consumer cannot handle this (i.e. DataSetToDataSetFitler) - the image will crop itself. This functionality used to be in - ImageToStructuredPoints. - - - - - Key used to put SIL information in the output information by readers. - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the named array to be the active field for the specified type - (SCALARS, VECTORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, or TENSORS) and association - (FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS). Returns the - active field information object and creates on entry if one not found. - - - - - Set the name, array type, number of components, and number of tuples - within the passed information object for the active attribute of type - attributeType (in specified association, FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or - FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS). If there is not an active attribute of the - specified type, an entry in the information object is created. If - arrayType, numComponents, or numTuples equal to -1, or name=NULL the - value is not changed. - - - - - An object that will translate pieces into structured extents. - - - - - Assign or retrieve a general field data to this data object. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether every object releases its data - after being used by a filter. - - - - - Set/Get the information object associated with this data object. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of pieces that can be requested. - The maximum number of pieces is meta data for unstructured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - A value of -1 indicates that there is no maximum. - - - - - Get/Set the pipeline information object that owns this data - object. - - - - - Convenience version of previous method for use (primarily) by the Imaging - filters. If arrayType or numComponents == -1, the value is not changed. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a filter. - - - - - This request flag indicates whether the requester can handle - more data than requested. Right now it is used in vtkImageData. - Image filters can return more data than requested. The the - consumer cannot handle this (i.e. DataSetToDataSetFitler) - the image will crop itself. This functionality used to be in - ImageToStructuredPoints. - - - - - Set/Get the source object creating this data object. - - - - - A generic way of specifying an update extent. Subclasses - must decide what a piece is. When the NumberOfPieces is zero, then - no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - A generic way of specifying an update extent. Subclasses - must decide what a piece is. When the NumberOfPieces is zero, then - no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - Set the update extent for data objects that use 3D extents. Using this - method on data objects that set extents as pieces (such as vtkPolyData or - vtkUnstructuredGrid) has no real effect. - Don't use the set macro to set the update extent - since we don't want this object to be modified just due to - a change in update extent. When the volume of the extent is zero (0, -1,..), - then no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - Set the update extent for data objects that use 3D extents. Using this - method on data objects that set extents as pieces (such as vtkPolyData or - vtkUnstructuredGrid) has no real effect. - Don't use the set macro to set the update extent - since we don't want this object to be modified just due to - a change in update extent. When the volume of the extent is zero (0, -1,..), - then no data is requested, and the source will not execute. - - - - - If the whole input extent is required to generate the requested output - extent, this method can be called to set the input update extent to the - whole input extent. This method assumes that the whole extent is known - (that UpdateInformation has been called) - - - - - Set / Get the update ghost level and the update number of ghost levels. - Similar to update extent in 3D. - - - - - Set / Get the update piece and the update number of pieces. Similar - to update extent in 3D. - - - - - Set / Get the update piece and the update number of pieces. Similar - to update extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of this data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of this data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of this data object. - The whole extent is meta data for structured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of this data object. - The whole extent is meta data for structured data sets. - It gets set by the source during the update information call. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. These copy the data, but not any of the - pipeline connections. - - - - - Return flag indicating whether data should be released after use - by a filter. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - Propagate back up the pipeline for ports and trigger the update on the - other side of the port to allow for asynchronous parallel processing in - the pipeline. - This propagation may early terminate based on the PipelineMTime. - - - - - Provides opportunity for the data object to insure internal - consistency before access. Also causes owning source/filter - (if any) to update itself. The Update() method is composed of - UpdateInformation(), PropagateUpdateExtent(), - TriggerAsynchronousUpdate(), and UpdateData(). - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - Propagate the update back up the pipeline, and perform the actual - work of updating on the way down. When the propagate arrives at a - port, block and wait for the asynchronous update to finish on the - other side. - This propagation may early terminate based on the PipelineMTime. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - Update all the "easy to update" information about the object such - as the extent which will be used to control the update. - This propagates all the way up then back down the pipeline. - As a by-product the PipelineMTime is updated. - - - - - Given an integer association type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Points"). - - - - - This method crops the data object (if necesary) so that the extent - matches the update extent. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - This method crops the data object (if necesary) so that the extent - matches the update extent. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Get the number of elements for a specific attribute type (POINT, CELL, etc.). - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The color for this annotation. - This is stored as an RGB triple with values between 0 and 1. - - - - - Associate a vtkDataObject with this annotation - - - - - Make this annotation have the same properties and have - a copy of the selection of another annotation. - - - - - Whether or not this annotation is enabled. - A value of 1 means enabled, 0 disabled. - - - - - Retrieve a vtkAnnotation stored inside an information object. - - - - - Retrieve a vtkAnnotation stored inside an information object. - - - - - Get the modified time of this object. - - - - - The selection to which this set of annotations will apply. - - - - - Whether or not this annotation is visible. - - - - - An icon index for this annotation. - - - - - Initialize the annotation to an empty state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The label for this annotation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The color for this annotation. - This is stored as a value between 0 and 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The selection to which this set of annotations will apply. - - - - - Make this annotation have the same properties and have - the same selection of another annotation. - - - - - vtkAnnotationLayers - Stores a ordered collection of annotation sets - - - - Description - vtkAnnotationLayers stores a vector of annotation layers. Each layer - may contain any number of vtkAnnotation objects. The ordering of the - layers introduces a prioritization of annotations. Annotations in - higher layers may obscure annotations in lower layers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an annotation to a layer. - - - - - Copy data from another data object into this one, - performing a deep copy of member annotations. - - - - - Retrieve an annotation from a layer. - - - - - The current annotation associated with this annotation link. - - - - - The current selection associated with this annotation link. - This is simply the selection contained in the current annotation. - - - - - Retrieve a vtkAnnotationLayers stored inside an information object. - - - - - Retrieve a vtkAnnotationLayers stored inside an information object. - - - - - The modified time for this object. - - - - - The number of annotations in a specific layer. - - - - - Initialize the data structure to an empty state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove an annotation from a layer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The current annotation associated with this annotation link. - - - - - The current selection associated with this annotation link. - This is simply the selection contained in the current annotation. - - - - - Copy data from another data object into this one - which references the same member annotations. - - - - - vtkAnnotationLayersAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only vtkAnnotationLayers as output - - - - Description - vtkAnnotationLayersAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be vtkAnnotationLayers. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkAttributesErrorMetric - Objects that compute - attribute-based error during cell tessellation. - - - - Description - It is a concrete error metric, based on an attribute criterium: - the variation of the active attribute/component value from a linear ramp - - - - - vtkGenericCellTessellator vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric - - - - - vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric - Objects that compute - error during cell tessellation. - - - - Description - Objects of that class answer the following question during the cell - subdivision: "does the edge need to be subdivided?" through - RequiresEdgeSubdivision(). - The answer depends on the criterium actually used in the subclass of this - abstract class: a geometric-based error - metric (variation of edge from a straight line), an attribute-based error - metric (variation of the active attribute/component value from a linear - ramp) , a view-depend error metric, ... - Cell subdivision is performed in the context of the adaptor - framework: higher-order, or complex cells, are automatically tessellated - into simplices so that they can be processed with conventional - visualization algorithms. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the dataset to be tessellated. - - - - - Return the error at the mid-point. The type of error depends on the state - of the concrete error metric. For instance, it can return an absolute - or relative error metric. - See RequiresEdgeSubdivision() for a description of the arguments. - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - The cell that the edge belongs to. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Does the edge need to be subdivided according to the implemented - computation? - The edge is defined by its `leftPoint' and its `rightPoint'. - `leftPoint', `midPoint' and `rightPoint' have to be initialized before - calling RequiresEdgeSubdivision(). - Their format is global coordinates, parametric coordinates and - point centered attributes: xyx rst abc de... - `alpha' is the normalized abscissa of the midpoint along the edge. - (close to 0 means close to the left point, close to 1 means close to the - right point) - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Set/Get the dataset to be tessellated. - - - - - The cell that the edge belongs to. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default relative attribute accuracy - equal to 0.1. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default relative attribute accuracy - equal to 0.1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Absolute tolerance of the active scalar (attribute+component). - Subdivision is required if the square distance between the real attribute - at the mid point on the edge and the interpolated attribute is greater - than AbsoluteAttributeTolerance. - This is the attribute accuracy. - 0.01 will give better result than 0.1. - - - - - Relative tolerance of the active scalar (attribute+component). - Subdivision is required if the square distance between the real attribute - at the mid point on the edge and the interpolated attribute is greater - than AttributeTolerance. - This is the attribute accuracy. - 0.01 will give better result than 0.1. - - - - - Return the error at the mid-point. The type of error depends on the state - of the concrete error metric. For instance, it can return an absolute - or relative error metric. - See RequiresEdgeSubdivision() for a description of the arguments. - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Does the edge need to be subdivided according to the distance between - the value of the active attribute/component at the midpoint and the mean - value between the endpoints? - The edge is defined by its `leftPoint' and its `rightPoint'. - `leftPoint', `midPoint' and `rightPoint' have to be initialized before - calling RequiresEdgeSubdivision(). - Their format is global coordinates, parametric coordinates and - point centered attributes: xyx rst abc de... - `alpha' is the normalized abscissa of the midpoint along the edge. - (close to 0 means close to the left point, close to 1 means close to the - right point) - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Set the absolute attribute accuracy to `value'. See - GetAbsoluteAttributeTolerance() for details. - It is particularly useful when some concrete implementation of - vtkGenericAttribute does not support GetRange() request, called - internally in SetAttributeTolerance(). It may happen when the - implementation support higher order attributes but - cannot compute the range. - \pre valid_range_value: value>0 - - - - - Set the relative attribute accuracy to `value'. See - GetAttributeTolerance() for details. - \pre valid_range_value: value>0 && value<1 - - - - - vtkBiQuadraticQuad - cell represents a parabolic, 9-node - isoparametric quad - - - Description - vtkQuadraticQuad is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a two-dimensional, 9-node isoparametric parabolic quadrilateral - element with a Centerpoint. The interpolation is the standard finite - element, quadratic isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a - mid-edge node for each of the four edges of the cell and a center node at - the surface. The ordering of the eight points defining the cell are point - ids (0-3,4-8) where ids 0-3 define the four corner vertices of the quad; - ids 4-7 define the midedge nodes (0,1), (1,2), (2,3), (3,0) and 8 define - the face center node. - - Thanks - Thanks to Soeren Gebbert who developed this class and - integrated it into VTK 5.0. - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge vtkQuadraticTriangle vtkQuadraticTetra - vtkQuadraticHexahedron vtkQuadraticWedge vtkQuadraticPyramid - vtkQuadraticQuad - - - - - - vtkNonLinearCell - abstract superclass for non-linear cells - - - Description - vtkNonLinearCell is an abstract superclass for non-linear cell types. - Cells that are a direct subclass of vtkCell or vtkCell3D are linear; - cells that are a subclass of vtkNonLinearCell have non-linear interpolation - functions. Non-linear cells require special treatment when tessellating - or converting to graphics primitives. Note that the linearity of the cell - is a function of whether the cell needs tessellation, which does not - strictly correlate with interpolation order (e.g., vtkHexahedron has - non-linear interpolation functions (a product of three linear functions - in r-s-t) even thought vtkHexahedron is considered linear.) - - - - - vtkCell - abstract class to specify cell behavior - - - Description - vtkCell is an abstract class that specifies the interfaces for data cells. - Data cells are simple topological elements like points, lines, polygons, - and tetrahedra of which visualization datasets are composed. In some - cases visualization datasets may explicitly represent cells (e.g., - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid), and in some cases, the datasets are - implicitly composed of cells (e.g., vtkStructuredPoints). - - Caveats - The \#define VTK_CELL_SIZE is a parameter used to construct cells and provide - a general guideline for controlling object execution. This parameter is - not a hard boundary: you can create cells with more points. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given parametric coordinates of a point, return the closest cell - boundary, and whether the point is inside or outside of the cell. The - cell boundary is defined by a list of points (pts) that specify a face - (3D cell), edge (2D cell), or vertex (1D cell). If the return value of - the method is != 0, then the point is inside the cell. - - - - - Cut (or clip) the cell based on the input cellScalars and the - specified value. The output of the clip operation will be one or - more cells of the same topological dimension as the original cell. - The flag insideOut controls what part of the cell is considered inside - - normally cell points whose scalar value is greater than "value" are - considered inside. If insideOut is on, this is reversed. Also, if the - output cell data is non-NULL, the cell data from the clipped cell is - passed to the generated contouring primitives. (Note: the CopyAllocate() - method must be invoked on both the output cell and point data. The - cellId refers to the cell from which the cell data is copied.) - - - - - Generate contouring primitives. The scalar list cellScalars are - scalar values at each cell point. The point locator is essentially a - points list that merges points as they are inserted (i.e., prevents - duplicates). Contouring primitives can be vertices, lines, or - polygons. It is possible to interpolate point data along the edge - by providing input and output point data - if outPd is NULL, then - no interpolation is performed. Also, if the output cell data is - non-NULL, the cell data from the contoured cell is passed to the - generated contouring primitives. (Note: the CopyAllocate() method - must be invoked on both the output cell and point data. The - cellId refers to the cell from which the cell data is copied.) - - - - - Copy this cell by completely copying internal data structures. This is - slower but safer than ShallowCopy(). - - - - - Compute derivatives given cell subId and parametric coordinates. The - values array is a series of data value(s) at the cell points. There is a - one-to-one correspondence between cell point and data value(s). Dim is - the number of data values per cell point. Derivs are derivatives in the - x-y-z coordinate directions for each data value. Thus, if computing - derivatives for a scalar function in a hexahedron, dim=1, 8 values are - supplied, and 3 deriv values are returned (i.e., derivatives in x-y-z - directions). On the other hand, if computing derivatives of velocity - (vx,vy,vz) dim=3, 24 values are supplied ((vx,vy,vz)1, (vx,vy,vz)2, - ....()8), and 9 deriv values are returned - ((d(vx)/dx),(d(vx)/dy),(d(vx)/dz), (d(vy)/dx),(d(vy)/dy), (d(vy)/dz), - (d(vz)/dx),(d(vz)/dy),(d(vz)/dz)). - - - - - Determine global coordinate (x[3]) from subId and parametric coordinates. - Also returns interpolation weights. (The number of weights is equal to - the number of points in the cell.) - - - - - Given a point x[3] return inside(=1), outside(=0) cell, or (-1) - computational problem encountered; evaluate - parametric coordinates, sub-cell id (!=0 only if cell is composite), - distance squared of point x[3] to cell (in particular, the sub-cell - indicated), closest point on cell to x[3] (unless closestPoint is null, - in which case, the closest point and dist2 are not found), and - interpolation weights in cell. (The number of weights is equal to the - number of points defining the cell). Note: on rare occasions a -1 is - returned from the method. This means that numerical error has occurred - and all data returned from this method should be ignored. Also, - inside/outside is determine parametrically. That is, a point is inside - if it satisfies parametric limits. This can cause problems for cells of - topological dimension 2 or less, since a point in 3D can project onto - the cell within parametric limits but be "far" from the cell. Thus the - value dist2 may be checked to determine true in/out. - - - - - Compute cell bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). Copy result - into user provided array. - - - - - Compute cell bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). Return pointer - to array of six double values. - - - - - Return the topological dimensional of the cell (0,1,2, or 3). - - - - - Return the type of cell. - - - - - Return the edge cell from the edgeId of the cell. - - - - - Return the face cell from the faceId of the cell. - - - - - Determine whether the cell requires explicit face representation, and - methods for setting and getting the faces (see vtkPolyhedron for example - usage of these methods). - - - - - Compute Length squared of cell (i.e., bounding box diagonal squared). - - - - - Return the number of edges in the cell. - - - - - Return the number of faces in the cell. - - - - - Return the number of points in the cell. - - - - - Return center of the cell in parametric coordinates. Note that the - parametric center is not always located at (0.5,0.5,0.5). The return - value is the subId that the center is in (if a composite cell). If you - want the center in x-y-z space, invoke the EvaluateLocation() method. - - - - - Return a contiguous array of parametric coordinates of the points - defining this cell. In other words, (px,py,pz, px,py,pz, etc..) The - coordinates are ordered consistent with the definition of the point - ordering for the cell. This method returns a non-NULL pointer when - the cell is a primary type (i.e., IsPrimaryCell() is true). Note that - 3D parametric coordinates are returned no matter what the topological - dimension of the cell. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. This is - used during picking to get the correct cell picked. (The tolerance - will occasionally allow cells to be picked who are not really - intersected "inside" the cell.) - - - - - For cell point i, return the actual point id. - - - - - Return the list of point ids defining the cell. - - - - - Get the point coordinates for the cell. - - - - - Initialize cell from outside with point ids and point - coordinates specified. - - - - - Some cells require initialization prior to access. For example, they - may have to triangulate themselves or set up internal data structures. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - No-ops at this level. Typically overridden in subclasses. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - No-ops at this level. Typically overridden in subclasses. - - - - - Intersect with a ray. Return parametric coordinates (both line and cell) - and global intersection coordinates, given ray definition and tolerance. - The method returns non-zero value if intersection occurs. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Explicit cells require additional representational information - beyond the usual cell type and connectivity list information. - Most cells in VTK are implicit cells. - - - - - Non-linear cells require special treatment beyond the usual cell type - and connectivity list information. Most cells in VTK are implicit - cells. - - - - - Return whether this cell type has a fixed topology or whether the - topology varies depending on the data (e.g., vtkConvexPointSet). - This compares to composite cells that are typically composed of - primary cells (e.g., a triangle strip composite cell is made up of - triangle primary cells). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether the cell requires explicit face representation, and - methods for setting and getting the faces (see vtkPolyhedron for example - usage of these methods). - - - - - Some cells require initialization prior to access. For example, they - may have to triangulate themselves or set up internal data structures. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether the cell requires explicit face representation, and - methods for setting and getting the faces (see vtkPolyhedron for example - usage of these methods). - - - - - Copy this cell by reference counting the internal data structures. - This is safe if you want a "read-only" copy. If you modify the cell - you might wish to use DeepCopy(). - - - - - Generate simplices of proper dimension. If cell is 3D, tetrahedron are - generated; if 2D triangles; if 1D lines; if 0D points. The form of the - output is a sequence of points, each n+1 points (where n is topological - cell dimension) defining a simplex. The index is a parameter that controls - which triangulation to use (if more than one is possible). If numerical - degeneracy encountered, 0 is returned, otherwise 1 is returned. - This method does not insert new points: all the points that define the - simplices are the points that define the cell. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Non-linear cells require special treatment (tessellation) when - converting to graphics primitives (during mapping). The vtkCell - API IsLinear() is modified to indicate this requirement. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this biquadratic quad using scalar value provided. Like contouring, - except that it cuts the twi quads to produce linear triangles. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticQuad::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticQuad::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticHexahedron - cell represents a biquadratic, - 24-node isoparametric hexahedron - - - Description - vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticHexahedron is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 24-node isoparametric biquadratic - hexahedron. The interpolation is the standard finite element, - biquadratic-quadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes mid-edge and center-face nodes. The - ordering of the 24 points defining the cell is point ids (0-7,8-19, 20-23) - where point ids 0-7 are the eight corner vertices of the cube; followed by - twelve midedge nodes (8-19), nodes 20-23 are the center-face nodes. Note that - these midedge nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,3), (3,0), (4,5), (5,6), (6,7), - (7,4), (0,4), (1,5), (2,6), (3,7). The center face nodes lieing in quad - 22-(0,1,5,4), 21-(1,2,6,5), 23-(2,3,7,6) and 22-(3,0,4,7) - - \verbatim - - top - 7--14--6 - | | - 15 13 - | | - 4--12--5 - - middle - 19--23--18 - | | - 20 21 - | | - 16--22--17 - - bottom - 3--10--2 - | | - 11 9 - | | - 0-- 8--1 - - \endverbatim - - - Thanks - Thanks to Soeren Gebbert who developed this class and - integrated it into VTK 5.0. - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge vtkQuadraticTriangle vtkQuadraticTetra - vtkQuadraticQuad vtkQuadraticPyramid vtkQuadraticWedge - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this biquadratic hexahedron using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the hex to produce linear - tetrahedron. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticHexahedron::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticHexahedron::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticWedge - cell represents a parabolic, 18-node isoparametric wedge - - - Description - vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticWedge is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 18-node isoparametric biquadratic - wedge. The interpolation is the standard finite element, - biquadratic-quadratic isoparametric shape function plus the linear functions. - The cell includes a mid-edge node. The - ordering of the 18 points defining the cell is point ids (0-5,6-15, 16-18) - where point ids 0-5 are the six corner vertices of the wedge; followed by - nine midedge nodes (6-15) and 3 center-face nodes. Note that these midedge - nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,0), (3,4), (4,5), (5,3), (0,3), - (1,4), (2,5), and the center-face nodes are lieing in quads 16-(0,1,4,3), - 17-(1,2,5,4) and (2,0,3,5). - - Thanks - Thanks to Soeren Gebbert who developed this class and - integrated it into VTK 5.0. - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge vtkQuadraticTriangle vtkQuadraticTetra - vtkQuadraticHexahedron vtkQuadraticQuad vtkQuadraticPyramid - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic Wedge using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the hex to produce linear - tetrahedron. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Return the center of the quadratic wedge in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticWedge::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticQuadraticWedge::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkBiQuadraticTriangle - cell represents a parabolic, isoparametric triangle - - - Description - vtkBiQuadraticTriangle is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a two-dimensional, 7-node, isoparametric parabolic triangle. The - interpolation is the standard finite element, bi-quadratic isoparametric - shape function. The cell includes three mid-edge nodes besides the three - triangle vertices and a center node. The ordering of the three points defining the cell is - point ids (0-2,3-6) where id #3 is the midedge node between points - (0,1); id #4 is the midedge node between points (1,2); and id #5 is the - midedge node between points (2,0). id #6 is the center node of the cell. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic triangle using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the triangle to produce linear - triangles. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticTriangle::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkBiQuadraticTriangle::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkBSPCuts - This class represents an axis-aligned Binary Spatial - Partitioning of a 3D space. - - - - Description - This class converts between the vtkKdTree - representation of a tree of vtkKdNodes (used by vtkDistributedDataFilter) - and a compact array representation that might be provided by a - graph partitioning library like Zoltan. Such a representation - could be used in message passing. - - - - - vtkKdTree vtkKdNode vtkDistributedDataFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Initialize the cuts with arrays of information. This type of - information would be obtained from a graph partitioning software - package like Zoltan. - - bounds - the bounds (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) of the - space being partitioned - ncuts - the number cuts, also the size of the following arrays - dim - the dimension along which the cut is made (x/y/z - 0/1/2) - coord - the location of the cut along the axis - lower - array index for the lower region bounded by the cut - upper - array index for the upper region bounded by the cut - lowerDataCoord - optional upper bound of the data in the lower region - upperDataCoord - optional lower bound of the data in the upper region - npoints - optional number of points in the spatial region - - - - - Initialize the cuts from a tree of vtkKdNode's - - - - - Shallow copy. These copy the data, but not any of the - pipeline connections. - - - - - Compare these cuts with those of the other tree. Returns true if - the two trees are the same. - - - - - Get the arrays representing the cuts in the partitioning. - - - - - Compare these cuts with those of the other tree. Returns true if - the two trees are the same. - - - - - Compare these cuts with those of the other tree. Returns true if - the two trees are the same. - - - - - Return a tree of vtkKdNode's representing the cuts specified - in this object. This is our copy, don't delete it. - - - - - Get the number of cuts in the partitioning, which also the size of - the arrays in the array representation of the partitioning. - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Compare these cuts with those of the other tree. Returns true if - the two trees are the same. - - - - - Compare these cuts with those of the other tree. Returns true if - the two trees are the same. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow copy. These copy the data, but not any of the - pipeline connections. - - - - - vtkBSPIntersections - Perform calculations (mostly intersection - calculations) on regions of a 3D binary spatial partitioning. - - - - Description - Given an axis aligned binary spatial partitioning described by a - vtkBSPCuts object, perform intersection queries on various - geometric entities with regions of the spatial partitioning. - - - - - vtkBSPCuts vtkKdTree - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When computing the intersection of k-d tree regions with other - objects, we use the spatial bounds of the region. To use the - tighter bound of the bounding box of the data within the region, - set this variable ON. (Specifying data bounds in the vtkBSPCuts - object is optional. If data bounds were not specified, this - option has no meaning.) - - - - - When computing the intersection of k-d tree regions with other - objects, we use the spatial bounds of the region. To use the - tighter bound of the bounding box of the data within the region, - set this variable ON. (Specifying data bounds in the vtkBSPCuts - object is optional. If data bounds were not specified, this - option has no meaning.) - - - - - Get the bounds of the whole space (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) - Return 0 if OK, 1 on error. - - - - - When computing the intersection of k-d tree regions with other - objects, we use the spatial bounds of the region. To use the - tighter bound of the bounding box of the data within the region, - set this variable ON. (Specifying data bounds in the vtkBSPCuts - object is optional. If data bounds were not specified, this - option has no meaning.) - - - - - Define the binary spatial partitioning. - - - - - The number of regions in the binary spatial partitioning - - - - - Get the spatial bounds of a particular region - Return 0 if OK, 1 on error. - - - - - Get the bounds of the data within the k-d tree region, possibly - smaller than the bounds of the region. - Return 0 if OK, 1 on error. - - - - - Determine whether a region of the spatial decomposition - intersects an axis aligned box. - - - - - Determine whether a region of the spatial decomposition - intersects an axis aligned box. - - - - - Compute a list of the Ids of all regions that - intersect the specified axis aligned box. - Returns: the number of ids in the list. - - - - - Compute a list of the Ids of all regions that - intersect the specified axis aligned box. - Returns: the number of ids in the list. - - - - - Determine whether a region of the spatial decomposition - intersects the given cell. If you already - know the region that the cell centroid lies in, provide - that as the last argument to make the computation quicker. - - - - - Compute a list of the Ids of all regions that - intersect the given cell. If you alrady - know the region that the cell centroid lies in, provide - that as the last argument to make the computation quicker. - Returns the number of regions the cell intersects. - - - - - Determine whether a region of the spatial decomposition - intersects a sphere, given the center of the sphere - and the square of it's radius. - - - - - Compute a list of the Ids of all regions that - intersect the specified sphere. The sphere is given - by it's center and the square of it's radius. - Returns: the number of ids in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When computing the intersection of k-d tree regions with other - objects, we use the spatial bounds of the region. To use the - tighter bound of the bounding box of the data within the region, - set this variable ON. (Specifying data bounds in the vtkBSPCuts - object is optional. If data bounds were not specified, this - option has no meaning.) - - - - - Define the binary spatial partitioning. - - - - - vtkCachedStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline - - - - Description - vtkCachedStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline - - - - - vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline - Executive supporting partial updates. - - - Description - vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline is an executive that supports - updating only a portion of the data set in the pipeline. This is - the style of pipeline update that is provided by the old-style VTK - 4.x pipeline. Instead of always updating an entire data set, this - executive supports asking for pieces or sub-extents. - - - - - vtkDemandDrivenPipeline - Executive supporting on-demand execution. - - - Description - vtkDemandDrivenPipeline is an executive that will execute an - algorithm only when its outputs are out-of-date with respect to its - inputs. - - - - - vtkExecutive - Superclass for all pipeline executives in VTK. - - - Description - vtkExecutive is the superclass for all pipeline executives in VTK. - A VTK executive is responsible for controlling one instance of - vtkAlgorithm. A pipeline consists of one or more executives that - control data flow. Every reader, source, writer, or data - processing algorithm in the pipeline is implemented in an instance - of vtkAlgorithm. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - - Information key to store the executive/port number pairs - consuming an information object. - - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - - Information key to store the output port number from which a - request is made. - - - - - Get the algorithm to which this executive has been assigned. - - - - - Get the data object for an input port of the algorithm. - - - - - Get the executive managing the given input connection. - - - - - Get the pipeline information for the given input connection. - - - - - Get the pipeline information vectors for the given input port. - - - - - Get the number of input connections on the given port. - - - - - Get the number of input/output ports for the algorithm associated - with this executive. Returns 0 if no algorithm is set. - - - - - Get the number of input/output ports for the algorithm associated - with this executive. Returns 0 if no algorithm is set. - - - - - Get/Set the data object for an output port of the algorithm. - - - - - Get the pipeline information object for the given output port. - - - - - Get the pipeline information object for all output ports. - - - - - Get the output port that produces the given data object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Information key to store the executive/port number producing an - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the data object for an output port of the algorithm. - - - - - Get/Set the data object for an output port of the algorithm. - - - - - Set a pointer to an outside instance of input or output - information vectors. No references are held to the given - vectors, and setting this does not change the executive object - modification time. This is a preliminary interface to use in - implementing filters with internal pipelines, and may change - without notice when a future interface is created. - - - - - Bring the algorithm's outputs up-to-date. Returns 1 for success - and 0 for failure. - - - - - Bring the algorithm's outputs up-to-date. Returns 1 for success - and 0 for failure. - - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Keys to program vtkExecutive::ProcessRequest with the default - behavior for unknown requests. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Key to store a mark for an output that will not be generated. - Algorithms use this to tell the executive that they will not - generate certain outputs for a REQUEST_DATA. - - - - - Get the PipelineMTime for this exective. - - - - - Get whether the given output port releases data when it is consumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create (New) and return a data object of the given type. - This is here for backwards compatibility. Use - vtkDataObjectTypes::NewDataObject() instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Key to specify in pipeline information the request that data be - released after it is used. - - - - - Key defining a request to make sure the output data are up to date. - - - - - Key defining a request to mark outputs that will NOT be generated - during a REQUEST_DATA. - - - - - Key defining a request to make sure the output data objects exist. - - - - - Key defining a request to make sure the output information is up to date. - - - - - Key to be used for REQUEST_INFORMATION and REQUEST_DATA_OBJECT - passes when you modification time should not be taken into account. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set whether the given output port releases data when it is - consumed. Returns 1 if the the value changes and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Bring the algorithm's outputs up-to-date. Returns 1 for success - and 0 for failure. - - - - - Bring the algorithm's outputs up-to-date. Returns 1 for success - and 0 for failure. - - - - - Bring the output data up to date. This should be called only - when information is up to date. Use the Update method if it is - not known that the information is up to date. - - - - - Bring the output data object's existence up to date. This does - not actually produce data, but does create the data object that - will store data produced during the UpdateData step. - - - - - Bring the output information up to date. - - - - - Bring the PipelineMTime up to date. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Key for combining the update extents requested by all consumers, - so that the final extent that is produced satisfies all consumers. - - - - - Key for an algorithm to store in a request to tell this executive - to keep executing it. - - - - - Issues pipeline request to determine and return the priority of the - piece described by the current update extent. The priority is a - number between 0.0 and 1.0 with 0 meaning skippable (REQUEST_DATA - not needed) and 1.0 meaning important. - - - - - Issues pipeline request to determine and return the priority of the - piece described by the current update extent. The priority is a - number between 0.0 and 1.0 with 0 meaning skippable (REQUEST_DATA - not needed) and 1.0 meaning important. - - - - - Key to specify the request for exact extent in pipeline information. - - - - - Key to store an extent translator in pipeline information. - - - - - Key to allow a reader to advertise that it supports a fast-path - for reading data over time. - - - - - Possible values: INDEX, GLOBAL - - - - - The id (either index or global id) being requested - - - - - The type of data being requested. - Possible values: POINT, CELL, EDGE, FACE - - - - - Get/Set the object that will translate pieces into structured - extents for an output port. - - - - - Get/Set the object that will translate pieces into structured - extents for an output port. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of pieces that can be requested from - the given port. The maximum number of pieces is meta data for - unstructured data sets. It gets set by the source during the - update information call. A value of -1 indicates that there is - no maximum. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of pieces that can be requested from - the given port. The maximum number of pieces is meta data for - unstructured data sets. It gets set by the source during the - update information call. A value of -1 indicates that there is - no maximum. - - - - - Set/Get the piece bounding box of an output port data object. - The piece bounding box is meta data for data sets. It gets - set by the algorithm during the update extent information pass. - - - - - Set/Get the piece bounding box of an output port data object. - The piece bounding box is meta data for data sets. It gets - set by the algorithm during the update extent information pass. - - - - - This request flag indicates whether the requester can handle more - data than requested for the given port. Right now it is used in - vtkImageData. Image filters can return more data than requested. - The the consumer cannot handle this (i.e. DataSetToDataSetFitler) - the image will crop itself. This functionality used to be in - ImageToStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use 3D extents. - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use 3D extents. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of an output port data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets. It gets - set by the algorithm during the update information pass. - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of an output port data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets. It gets - set by the algorithm during the update information pass. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of an output port. The whole extent is - meta data for structured data sets. It gets set by the algorithm - during the update information pass. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of an output port. The whole extent is - meta data for structured data sets. It gets set by the algorithm - during the update information pass. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Key to store the maximum number of pieces provided in pipeline - information. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Key to store the bounding box of a portion of the data set in - pipeline information. - - - - - Key that specifies from 0.0 to 1.0 the pipeline computed priority - of this update extent. 0.0 means does not contribute and can - be skipped. - - - - - Propagate the update request from the given output port back - through the pipeline. Should be called only when information is - up to date. - - - - - Used internally to validate meta information as it flows through pipeline - - - - - Key defining to propagate resolution changes up the pipeline. - - - - - Key defining a request to propagate the update extent upstream. - - - - - Key defining a request to propagate information about the update - extent downstream. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the object that will translate pieces into structured - extents for an output port. - - - - - Get/Set the object that will translate pieces into structured - extents for an output port. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of pieces that can be requested from - the given port. The maximum number of pieces is meta data for - unstructured data sets. It gets set by the source during the - update information call. A value of -1 indicates that there is - no maximum. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of pieces that can be requested from - the given port. The maximum number of pieces is meta data for - unstructured data sets. It gets set by the source during the - update information call. A value of -1 indicates that there is - no maximum. - - - - - Set/Get the piece bounding box of an output port data object. - The piece bounding box is meta data for data sets. It gets - set by the algorithm during the update extent information pass. - - - - - This request flag indicates whether the requester can handle more - data than requested for the given port. Right now it is used in - vtkImageData. Image filters can return more data than requested. - The the consumer cannot handle this (i.e. DataSetToDataSetFitler) - the image will crop itself. This functionality used to be in - ImageToStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use 3D extents. - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use 3D extents. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - If the whole input extent is required to generate the requested output - extent, this method can be called to set the input update extent to the - whole input extent. This method assumes that the whole extent is known - (that UpdateInformation has been called) - - - - - If the whole input extent is required to generate the requested output - extent, this method can be called to set the input update extent to the - whole input extent. This method assumes that the whole extent is known - (that UpdateInformation has been called) - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Set/Get the update piece, update number of pieces, and update - number of ghost levels for an output port. Similar to update - extent in 3D. - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use Temporal Extents - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use Temporal Extents - - - - - Get/Set the update extent for output ports that use Temporal Extents - - - - - Set/Get the whole bounding box of an output port data object. - The whole whole bounding box is meta data for data sets. It gets - set by the algorithm during the update information pass. - - - - - Set/Get the whole extent of an output port. The whole extent is - meta data for structured data sets. It gets set by the algorithm - during the update information pass. - - - - - Key to store available time range for continuous sources. - - - - - Key to store available time steps. - - - - - This is set if the update extent is not restricted to the - whole extent, for sources that can generate an extent of - any requested size. - - - - - Keys to store an update request in pipeline information. - - - - - Keys to store an update request in pipeline information. - - - - - This is set if the extent was set through extent translation. - GenerateGhostLevelArray() is called only when this is set. - - - - - Keys to store an update request in pipeline information. - - - - - Keys to store an update request in pipeline information. - - - - - Keys to store an update request in pipeline information. - - - - - Key that specifies a requested resolution level for this update - extent. 0.0 is very low and 1.0 is full resolution. - - - - - Update time steps requested by the pipeline. - - - - - Bring the outputs up-to-date. - - - - - Bring the outputs up-to-date. - - - - - Bring the outputs up-to-date. - - - - - Key to store the bounding box of the entire data set in pipeline - information. - - - - - Key to store the whole extent provided in pipeline information. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the maximum number of images that can be retained in memory. - it defaults to 10. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the maximum number of images that can be retained in memory. - it defaults to 10. - - - - - Bring the algorithm's outputs up-to-date. - - - - - Bring the algorithm's outputs up-to-date. - - - - - vtkCardinalSpline - computes an interpolating spline using a - a Cardinal basis. - - - - - vtkSpline - spline abstract class for interpolating splines - - - Description - vtkSpline interpolates a set of data points (i.e., interpolation means - that the spline passes through the points). vtkSpline is an abstract - class: its subclasses vtkCardinalSpline and vtkKochenekSpline do the - interpolation. Note that this spline maps the 1D parametric coordinate - t into a single value x. Thus if you want to use the spline to - interpolate points (i.e. x[3]), you have to create three splines for - each of the x-y-z coordinates. Fortunately, the vtkParametricSpline - class does this for you. - - Typically a spline is used by adding a sequence of parametric coordinate / - data (t,x) values followed by use of an evaluation function (e.g., - vtkCardinalSpline::Evaluate()). Since these splines are 1D, a point in - this context is an independent / dependent variable pair. - - Splines can also be set up to be closed or open. Closed splines continue - from the last point to the first point with continuous function and - derivative values. (You don't need to duplicate the first point to close - the spline, just set ClosedOn.) - - This implementation of splines does not use a normalized parametric - coordinate. If the spline is open, then the parameter space is (tMin <= t - <= tMax) where tMin and tMax are the minimum and maximum parametric values - seen when performing AddPoint(). If the spline is closed, then the - parameter space is (tMin <= t <= (tMax+1)) where tMin and tMax are the - minimum and maximum parametric values seen when performing AddPoint(). - Note, however, that this behavior can be changed by explicitly setting - the ParametricRange(tMin,tMax). If set, the parameter space remains - (tMin <= t <= tMax), except that additions of data with parametric - values outside this range are clamped within this range. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a pair of points to be fit with the spline. - - - - - Set/Get ClampValue. If On, results of the interpolation will be - clamped to the min/max of the input data. - - - - - Set/Get ClampValue. If On, results of the interpolation will be - clamped to the min/max of the input data. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Compute the coefficients for the spline. - - - - - Deep copy of spline data. - - - - - Interpolate the value of the spline at parametric location of t. - - - - - Set/Get ClampValue. If On, results of the interpolation will be - clamped to the min/max of the input data. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the Piecewise function. - - - - - Return the number of points inserted thus far. - - - - - Set/Get the parametric range. If not set, the range is determined - implicitly by keeping track of the (min,max) parameter values for - t. If set, the AddPoint() method will clamp the t value to lie - within the specified range. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all points from the data. - - - - - Remove a point from the data to be fit with the spline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get ClampValue. If On, results of the interpolation will be - clamped to the min/max of the input data. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - Set/Get the parametric range. If not set, the range is determined - implicitly by keeping track of the (min,max) parameter values for - t. If set, the AddPoint() method will clamp the t value to lie - within the specified range. - - - - - Set/Get the parametric range. If not set, the range is determined - implicitly by keeping track of the (min,max) parameter values for - t. If set, the AddPoint() method will clamp the t value to lie - within the specified range. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Compute Cardinal Splines for each dependent variable - - - - - Deep copy of cardinal spline data. - - - - - Evaluate a 1D cardinal spline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCastToConcrete - works around type-checking limitations - - - Description - vtkCastToConcrete is a filter that works around type-checking limitations - in the filter classes. Some filters generate abstract types on output, - and cannot be connected to the input of filters requiring a concrete - input type. For example, vtkElevationFilter generates vtkDataSet for output, - and cannot be connected to vtkDecimate, because vtkDecimate requires - vtkPolyData as input. This is true even though (in this example) the input - to vtkElevationFilter is of type vtkPolyData, and you know the output of - vtkElevationFilter is the same type as its input. - - vtkCastToConcrete performs run-time checking to insure that output type - is of the right type. An error message will result if you try to cast - an input type improperly. Otherwise, the filter performs the appropriate - cast and returns the data. - - - - - vtkDataSetAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce output of the same type as input - - - Description - vtkDataSetAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. Ther are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this classes - contstructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be DataSet. If that isn't - the case then please override this method in your subclass. This class - breaks out the downstream requests into seperate functions such as - RequestDataObject RequestData and RequestInformation. The default - implementation of RequestDataObject will create an output data of the - same type as the input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get the input data object. This method is not recommended for use, but - lots of old style filters use it. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output as vtkPolyData. - - - - - Get the output as vtkRectilinearGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get the output as vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCell3D - abstract class to specify 3D cell interface - - - Description - vtkCell3D is an abstract class that extends the interfaces for 3D data - cells, and implements methods needed to satisfy the vtkCell API. The - 3D cells include hexehedra, tetrahedra, wedge, pyramid, and voxel. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Cut (or clip) the cell based on the input cellScalars and the specified - value. The output of the clip operation will be one or more cells of the - same topological dimension as the original cell. The flag insideOut - controls what part of the cell is considered inside - normally cell - points whose scalar value is greater than "value" are considered - inside. If insideOut is on, this is reversed. Also, if the output cell - data is non-NULL, the cell data from the clipped cell is passed to the - generated contouring primitives. (Note: the CopyAllocate() method must - be invoked on both the output cell and point data. The cellId refers to - the cell from which the cell data is copied.) (Satisfies vtkCell API.) - - - - - Get the list of vertices that define a face. The list is terminated - with a negative number. Note that the vertices are 0-offset; that is, - they refer to the ids of the cell, not the point ids of the mesh that - the cell belongs to. The faceId must range between - 0<=faceId<this->GetNumberOfFaces(). - - - - - The topological dimension of the cell. (Satisfies vtkCell API.) - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra during clipping. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra during clipping. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra during clipping. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra during clipping. - - - - - vtkCellArray - object to represent cell connectivity - - - Description - vtkCellArray is a supporting object that explicitly represents cell - connectivity. The cell array structure is a raw integer list - of the form: (n,id1,id2,...,idn, n,id1,id2,...,idn, ...) - where n is the number of points in the cell, and id is a zero-offset index - into an associated point list. - - Advantages of this data structure are its compactness, simplicity, and - easy interface to external data. However, it is totally inadequate for - random access. This functionality (when necessary) is accomplished by - using the vtkCellTypes and vtkCellLinks objects to extend the definition of - the data structure. - - - - - vtkCellTypes vtkCellLinks - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate cell array (connectivity list). - - - - - Instantiate cell array (connectivity list). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory and set the size to extend by. - - - - - Perform a deep copy (no reference counting) of the given cell array. - - - - - Utility routines help manage memory of cell array. EstimateSize() - returns a value used to initialize and allocate memory for array based - on number of cells and maximum number of points making up cell. If - every cell is the same size (in terms of number of points), then the - memory estimate is guaranteed exact. (If not exact, use Squeeze() to - reclaim any extra memory.) - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this cell array. Used to - support streaming and reading/writing data. The value returned is - guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory required to - actually represent the data represented by this object. The - information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - - - - Internal method used to retrieve a cell given an offset into - the internal array. - - - - - Return the underlying data as a data array. - - - - - Computes the current insertion location within the internal array. - Used in conjunction with GetCell(int loc,...). - - - - - Returns the size of the largest cell. The size is the number of points - defining the cell. - - - - - A cell traversal methods that is more efficient than vtkDataSet traversal - methods. GetNextCell() gets the next cell in the list. If end of list - is encountered, 0 is returned. - - - - - Get the number of cells in the array. - - - - - Get the total number of entries (i.e., data values) in the connectivity - array. This may be much less than the allocated size (i.e., return value - from GetSize().) - - - - - Get pointer to array of cell data. - - - - - Get the size of the allocated connectivity array. - - - - - Get/Set the current traversal location. - - - - - Computes the current traversal location within the internal array. Used - in conjunction with GetCell(int loc,...). - - - - - A cell traversal methods that is more efficient than vtkDataSet traversal - methods. InitTraversal() initializes the traversal of the list of cells. - - - - - Free any memory and reset to an empty state. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Define multiple cells by providing a connectivity list. The list is in - the form (npts,p0,p1,...p(npts-1), repeated for each cell). Be careful - using this method because it discards the old cells, and anything - referring these cells becomes invalid (for example, if BuildCells() has - been called see vtkPolyData). The traversal location is reset to the - beginning of the list; the insertion location is set to the end of the - list. - - - - - Set the number of cells in the array. - DO NOT do any kind of allocation, advanced use only. - - - - - Get/Set the current traversal location. - - - - - Reclaim any extra memory. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - vtkCellData - represent and manipulate cell attribute data - - - Description - vtkCellData is a class that is used to represent and manipulate - cell attribute data (e.g., scalars, vectors, normals, texture - coordinates, etc.) Special methods are provided to work with filter - objects, such as passing data through filter, copying data from one - cell to another, and interpolating data given cell interpolation weights. - - - - - vtkDataSetAttributes - represent and manipulate attribute data in a dataset - - - Description - vtkDataSetAttributes is a class that is used to represent and manipulate - attribute data (e.g., scalars, vectors, normals, texture coordinates, - tensors, global ids, pedigree ids, and field data). - - This adds to vtkFieldData the ability to pick one of the arrays from the - field as the currently active array for each attribute type. In other - words, you pick one array to be called "THE" Scalars, and then filters down - the pipeline will treat that array specially. For example vtkContourFilter - will contour "THE" Scalar array unless a different array is asked for. - - Additionally vtkDataSetAttributes provides methods that filters call to - pass data through, copy data into, and interpolate from Fields. PassData - passes entire arrays from the source to the destination. Copy passes - through some subset of the tuples from the source to the destination. - Interpolate interpolates from the chosen tuple(s) in the source data, using - the provided weights, to produce new tuples in the destination. - Each attribute type has pass, copy and interpolate "copy" flags that - can be set in the destination to choose which attribute arrays will be - transfered from the source to the destination. - - Finally this class provides a mechanism to determine which attributes a - group of sources have in common, and to copy tuples from a source into - the destination, for only those attributes that are held by all. - - - - - vtkFieldData - represent and manipulate fields of data - - - Description - vtkFieldData represents and manipulates fields of data. The model of a field - is a m x n matrix of data values, where m is the number of tuples, and n - is the number of components. (A tuple is a row of n components in the - matrix.) The field is assumed to be composed of a set of one or more data - arrays, where the data in the arrays are of different types (e.g., int, - double, char, etc.), and there may be variable numbers of components in - each array. Note that each data array is assumed to be "m" in length - (i.e., number of tuples), which typically corresponds to the number of - points or cells in a dataset. Also, each data array must have a - character-string name. (This is used to manipulate data.) - - There are two ways of manipulating and interfacing to fields. You can do - it generically by manipulating components/tuples via a double-type data - exchange, or you can do it by grabbing the arrays and manipulating them - directly. The former is simpler but performs type conversion, which is bad - if your data has non-castable types like (void) pointers, or you lose - information as a result of the cast. The, more efficient method means - managing each array in the field. Using this method you can create - faster, more efficient algorithms that do not lose information. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an array to the array list. If an array with the same name - already exists - then the added array will replace it. - - - - - Allocate data for each array. - Note that ext is no longer used. - - - - - AllocateOfArrays actually sets the number of - vtkAbstractArray pointers in the vtkFieldData object, not the - number of used pointers (arrays). Adding more arrays will - cause the object to dynamically adjust the number of pointers - if it needs to extend. Although AllocateArrays can - be used if the number of arrays which will be added is - known, it can be omitted with a small computation cost. - - - - - Turn off copying of all data. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on copying of all data. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of the field specified by name. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of the field specified by name. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Copy data array structure from a given field. The same arrays - will exist with the same types, but will contain nothing in the - copy. - - - - - Copy a field by creating new data arrays (i.e., duplicate storage). - - - - - Returns the ith array in the field. Unlike GetArray(), this method returns - a vtkAbstractArray. A NULL is returned only if the index i is - out of range. - - - - - Return the array with the name given. Returns NULL is array not found. - Unlike GetArray(), this method returns a vtkAbstractArray. - Also returns index of array if found, -1 otherwise. - - - - - Return the array with the name given. Returns NULL is array not found. - Unlike GetArray(), this method returns a vtkAbstractArray. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this field data. Used to - support streaming and reading/writing data. The value returned is - guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory required to - actually represent the data represented by this object. - - - - - Return the ith array in the field. A NULL is returned if the - index i is out of range. A NULL is returned if the array at the given - index is not a vtkDataArray. - - - - - Return the array with the name given. Returns NULL is array not found. - A NULL is also returned if the array with the given name is not a - vtkDataArray. Also returns index of array if found, -1 otherwise. - - - - - Return the array with the name given. Returns NULL is array not found. - A NULL is also returned if the array with the given name is not a - vtkDataArray. - - - - - Return the array containing the ith component of the field. The - return value is an integer number n 0<=n<this->NumberOfArrays. Also, - an integer value is returned indicating the component in the array - is returned. Method returns -1 if specified component is not - in the field. - - - - - Get the name of ith array. - Note that this is equivalent to: - GetAbstractArray(i)->GetName() if ith array pointer is not NULL - - - - - Get a field from a list of ids. Supplied field f should have same - types and number of data arrays as this one (i.e., like - CopyStructure() creates). This method should not be used if the - instance is from a subclass of vtkFieldData (vtkPointData or - vtkCellData). This is because in those cases, the attribute data - is stored with the other fields and will cause the method to - behave in an unexpected way. - - - - - Check object's components for modified times. - - - - - Get the number of arrays of data available. - This does not include NULL array pointers therefore after - fd->AllocateArray(n); nArrays = GetNumberOfArrays() - nArrays is not necessarily equal to n. - - - - - Get the number of components in the field. This is determined by adding - up the components in each non-NULL array. - This method should not be used if the instance is from a - subclass of vtkFieldData (vtkPointData or vtkCellData). - This is because in those cases, the attribute data is - stored with the other fields and will cause the method - to behave in an unexpected way. - - - - - Get the number of tuples in the field. Note: some fields have arrays with - different numbers of tuples; this method returns the number of tuples in - the first array. Mixed-length arrays may have to be treated specially. - This method should not be used if the instance is from a - subclass of vtkFieldData (vtkPointData or vtkCellData). - This is because in those cases, the attribute data is - stored with the other fields and will cause the method - to behave in an unexpected way. - - - - - Return 1 if an array with the given name could be found. 0 otherwise. - - - - - Release all data but do not delete object. - Also, clear the copy flags. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in source field data at the end of the - tuple matrix. Range checking is performed and memory is allocated - as necessary. - - - - - Insert the jth tuple in source field data at the ith location. - Range checking is performed and memory allocates as necessary. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Pass entire arrays of input data through to output. Obey the "copy" - flags. - - - - - Remove an array (with the given name) from the list of arrays. - - - - - Resets each data array in the field (Reset() does not release memory but - it makes the arrays look like they are empty.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of tuples for each data array in the field. - This method should not be used if the instance is from a - subclass of vtkFieldData (vtkPointData or vtkCellData). - This is because in those cases, the attribute data is - stored with the other fields and will cause the method - to behave in an unexpected way. - - - - - Set the jth tuple in source field data at the ith location. - Set operations mean that no range checking is performed, so - they're faster. - - - - - Copy a field by reference counting the data arrays. - - - - - Squeezes each data array in the field (Squeeze() reclaims unused memory.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with copying turned on for all data. - - - - - Construct object with copying turned on for all data. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn off copying of all data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on copying of all data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Allocates point data for point-by-point (or cell-by-cell) copy operation. - If sze=0, then use the input DataSetAttributes to create (i.e., find - initial size of) new objects; otherwise use the sze variable. - Note that pd HAS to be the vtkDataSetAttributes object which - will later be used with CopyData. If this is not the case, - consider using the alternative forms of CopyAllocate and CopyData. - ext is no longer used. - If shallowCopyArrays is true, input arrays are copied to the output - instead of new ones being allocated. - - - - - Allocates point data for point-by-point (or cell-by-cell) copy operation. - If sze=0, then use the input DataSetAttributes to create (i.e., find - initial size of) new objects; otherwise use the sze variable. - Note that pd HAS to be the vtkDataSetAttributes object which - will later be used with CopyData. If this is not the case, - consider using the alternative forms of CopyAllocate and CopyData. - ext is no longer used. - If shallowCopyArrays is true, input arrays are copied to the output - instead of new ones being allocated. - - - - - Copy the attribute data from one id to another. Make sure CopyAllocate() - has been invoked before using this method. When copying a field, - the following copying rules are - followed: 1) Check if a field is an attribute, if yes and if there - is a COPYTUPLE copy flag for that attribute (on or off), obey the flag - for that attribute, ignore (2) and (3), 2) if there is a copy field for - that field (on or off), obey the flag, ignore (3) 3) obey - CopyAllOn/Off - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of global id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of global id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of normals data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of normals data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of pedigree id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of pedigree id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of scalar data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of scalar data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - This method is used to copy data arrays in images. - You should call "CopyAllocate" before calling this method. - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of texture coordinates data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of texture coordinates data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of tensor data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of tensor data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Copy a tuple of data from one data array to another. This method - assumes that the fromData and toData objects are of the - same type, and have the same number of components. This is true if you - invoke CopyAllocate() or InterpolateAllocate(). - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of vector data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of vector data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Deep copy of data (i.e., create new data arrays and - copy from input data). - Ignores the copy flags but preserves them in the output. - - - - - Return an attribute given the attribute type - (see vtkDataSetAttributes::AttributeTypes). - This is the same as GetAttribute(), except that the returned array - is a vtkAbstractArray instead of vtkDataArray. - Some attributes (such as PEDIGREEIDS) may not be vtkDataArray subclass. - - - - - Return an attribute given the attribute type - (see vtkDataSetAttributes::AttributeTypes). - Some attributes (such as PEDIGREEIDS) may not be vtkDataArray subclass, - so in that case use GetAbstractAttribute(). - - - - - Get the field data array indices corresponding to scalars, - vectors, tensors, etc. - - - - - Given an integer attribute type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Scalars"). - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of global id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of normals data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of pedigree id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of scalar data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of texture coordinates data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of tensor data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of vector data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Set/Get the global id data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Given an integer attribute type, this static method returns a string type - for the attribute (i.e. type = 0: returns "Scalars"). - - - - - Set/get the normal data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Set/Get the pedigree id data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Set/Get the scalar data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Set/Get the texture coordinate data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Set/Get the tensor data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Set/Get the vector data. - - - - - This will first look for an array with the correct name. - If one exists, it is returned. Otherwise, the name argument - is ignored, and the active attribute is returned. - - - - - Initialize all of the object's data to NULL - Also, clear the copy flags. - - - - - Initialize point interpolation method. - Note that pd HAS to be the vtkDataSetAttributes object which - will later be used with InterpolatePoint or InterpolateEdge. - ext is no longer used. - If shallowCopyArrays is true, input arrays are copied to the output - instead of new ones being allocated. - - - - - Initialize point interpolation method. - Note that pd HAS to be the vtkDataSetAttributes object which - will later be used with InterpolatePoint or InterpolateEdge. - ext is no longer used. - If shallowCopyArrays is true, input arrays are copied to the output - instead of new ones being allocated. - - - - - Interpolate data from the two points p1,p2 (forming an edge) and an - interpolation factor, t, along the edge. The weight ranges from (0,1), - with t=0 located at p1. Make sure that the method InterpolateAllocate() - has been invoked before using this method. - If the INTERPOLATION copy flag is set to 0 for an array, interpolation - is prevented. If the flag is set to 1, weighted interpolation occurs. - If the flag is set to 2, nearest neighbor interpolation is used. - - - - - Interpolate data set attributes from other data set attributes - given cell or point ids and associated interpolation weights. - If the INTERPOLATION copy flag is set to 0 for an array, interpolation - is prevented. If the flag is set to 1, weighted interpolation occurs. - If the flag is set to 2, nearest neighbor interpolation is used. - - - - - Interpolate data from the same id (point or cell) at different points - in time (parameter t). Two input data set attributes objects are input. - The parameter t lies between (0<=t<=1). IMPORTANT: it is assumed that - the number of attributes and number of components is the same for both - from1 and from2, and the type of data for from1 and from2 are the same. - Make sure that the method InterpolateAllocate() has been invoked before - using this method. - If the INTERPOLATION copy flag is set to 0 for an array, interpolation - is prevented. If the flag is set to 1, weighted interpolation occurs. - If the flag is set to 2, nearest neighbor interpolation is used. - - - - - Construct object with copying turned on for all data. - - - - - Determine whether a data array of index idx is considered a data set - attribute (i.e., scalar, vector, tensor, etc). Return less-than zero - if it is, otherwise an index 0<=idx<NUM_ATTRIBUTES to indicate - which attribute. - - - - - Construct object with copying turned on for all data. - - - - - Construct object with copying turned on for all data. - - - - - Pass entire arrays of input data through to output. Obey the "copy" - flags. When passing a field, the following copying rules are - followed: 1) Check if a field is an attribute, if yes and if there - is a PASSDATA copy flag for that attribute (on or off), obey the flag - for that attribute, ignore (2) and (3), 2) if there is a copy field for - that field (on or off), obey the flag, ignore (3) 3) obey - CopyAllOn/Off - - - - - Remove an array (with the given name) from the list of arrays. - - - - - Remove an array (with the given name) from the list of arrays. - - - - - Construct object with copying turned on for all data. - - - - - Make the array with the given name the active attribute. - Attribute types are: - vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS = 0 - vtkDataSetAttributes::VECTORS = 1 - vtkDataSetAttributes::NORMALS = 2 - vtkDataSetAttributes::TCOORDS = 3 - vtkDataSetAttributes::TENSORS = 4 - vtkDataSetAttributes::GLOBALIDS = 5 - vtkDataSetAttributes::PEDIGREEIDS = 6 - vtkDataSetAttributes::EDGEFLAG = 7 - Returns the index of the array if succesful, -1 if the array - is not in the list of arrays. - - - - - Make the array with the given index the active attribute. - - - - - Set/Get the global id data. - - - - - Set/get the normal data. - - - - - Set/Get the pedigree id data. - - - - - Set/Get the scalar data. - - - - - Set/Get the texture coordinate data. - - - - - Set/Get the tensor data. - - - - - Set/Get the vector data. - - - - - Specify whether to copy the data attribute referred to by index. - ctype selects from the AttributeCopyOperations. - If ctype is set to ALLCOPY, then COPYTUPLE, INTERPOLATE, and - PASSDATA are set to value. If value is 0, copying is disallowed. - otherwise it is allowed. - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of global id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of normals data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of pedigree id data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of scalar data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of texture coordinates data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of tensor data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of vector data. - ctype is one of the AttributeCopyOperations, and controls copy, - interpolate and passdata behavior. - For set, ctype=ALLCOPY means set all three flags to the same value. - For get, ctype=ALLCOPY returns true only if all three flags are true. - - During copying, interpolation and passdata, the following rules are - followed for each array: - 1. If the copy/interpolate/pass flag for an attribute is set (on or off), it is applied. - This overrides rules 2 and 3. - 2. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 3. - 3. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Set/Get the global id data. - - - - - Set/get the normal data. - - - - - Set/Get the pedigree id data. - - - - - Set/Get the scalar data. - - - - - Set/Get the texture coordinate data. - - - - - Set/Get the tensor data. - - - - - Set/Get the vector data. - - - - - Shallow copy of data (i.e., use reference counting). - Ignores the copy flags but preserves them in the output. - - - - - Attributes have a chance to bring themselves up to date; right - now this is ignored. - - - - - -- attribute copy properties ------------------------------------------ - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - -- attribute types ----------------------------------------------------- - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - -- attribute types ----------------------------------------------------- - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCellLinks - object represents upward pointers from points to list of cells using each point - - - Description - vtkCellLinks is a supplemental object to vtkCellArray and vtkCellTypes, - enabling access from points to the cells using the points. vtkCellLinks is - a list of Links, each link represents a dynamic list of cell id's using the - point. The information provided by this object can be used to determine - neighbors and construct other local topological information. - - - - vtkCellArray vtkCellTypes - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Allocate the specified number of links (i.e., number of points) that - will be built. - - - - - Build the link list array. - - - - - Build the link list array. - - - - - Standard DeepCopy method. Since this object contains no reference - to other objects, there is no ShallowCopy. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this cell links array. - Used to support streaming and reading/writing data. The value - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory - required to actually represent the data represented by this object. - The information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - - - - Return a list of cell ids using the point. - - - - - Get the number of cells using the point specified by ptId. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Insert a new point into the cell-links data structure. The size parameter - is the initial size of the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Reset to a state of no entries without freeing the memory. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reclaim any unused memory. - - - - - vtkCellLocator - octree-based spatial search object to quickly locate cells - - - Description - vtkCellLocator is a spatial search object to quickly locate cells in 3D. - vtkCellLocator uses a uniform-level octree subdivision, where each octant - (an octant is also referred to as a bucket) carries an indication of - whether it is empty or not, and each leaf octant carries a list of the - cells inside of it. (An octant is not empty if it has one or more cells - inside of it.) Typical operations are intersection with a line to return - candidate cells, or intersection with another vtkCellLocator to return - candidate cells. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 cells per bucket. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 cells per bucket. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Satisfy vtkLocator abstract interface. - - - - - Satisfy vtkLocator abstract interface. - - - - - Satisfy vtkLocator abstract interface. - - - - - Returns the Id of the cell containing the point, - returns -1 if no cell found. This interface uses a tolerance of zero - - - - - Find the cell containing a given point. returns -1 if no cell found - the cell parameters are copied into the supplied variables, a cell must - be provided to store the information. - - - - - Given a finite line defined by the two points (p1,p2), return the list - of unique cell ids in the buckets containing the line. It is possible - that an empty cell list is returned. The user must provide the vtkIdList - to populate. This method returns data only after the locator has been - built. - - - - - Return a list of unique cell ids inside of a given bounding box. The - user must provide the vtkIdList to populate. This method returns data - only after the locator has been built. - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - Return the closest point and the cell which is closest to the point x. - The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it need not be one of the - vertices of the cell. This version takes in a vtkGenericCell - to avoid allocating and deallocating the cell. This is much faster than - the version which does not take a *cell, especially when this function is - called many times in a row such as by a for loop, where the allocation and - deallocation can be done only once outside the for loop. If a cell is - found, "cell" contains the points and ptIds for the cell "cellId" upon - exit. - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - Return the closest point within a specified radius and the cell which is - closest to the point x. The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it - need not be one of the vertices of the cell. This method returns 1 if a - point is found within the specified radius. If there are no cells within - the specified radius, the method returns 0 and the values of - closestPoint, cellId, subId, and dist2 are undefined. This version takes - in a vtkGenericCell to avoid allocating and deallocating the cell. This - is much faster than the version which does not take a *cell, especially - when this function is called many times in a row such as by a for loop, - where the allocation and dealloction can be done only once outside the - for loop. If a closest point is found, "cell" contains the points and - ptIds for the cell "cellId" upon exit. If a closest point is found, - inside returns the return value of the EvaluatePosition call to the - closest cell; inside(=1) or outside(=0). - For other FindClosestPointWithinRadius signatures, see vtkAbstractCellLocator - - - - - Satisfy vtkLocator abstract interface. - - - - - Satisfy vtkLocator abstract interface. - - - - - Satisfy vtkLocator abstract interface. - - - - - Get the cells in a particular bucket. - - - - - Return number of buckets available. Insure that the locator has been - built before attempting to access buckets (octants). - - - - - Specify the average number of cells in each octant. - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - Return intersection point (if any) AND the cell which was intersected by - the finite line. The cell is returned as a cell id and as a generic cell. - For other IntersectWithLine signatures, see vtkAbstractCellLocator - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the average number of cells in each octant. - - - - - vtkCellTypes - object provides direct access to cells in vtkCellArray and type information - - - Description - This class is a supplemental object to vtkCellArray to allow random access - into cells as well as representing cell type information. The "location" - field is the location in the vtkCellArray list in terms of an integer - offset. An integer offset was used instead of a pointer for easy storage - and inter-process communication. The type information is defined in the - file vtkCellType.h. - - Caveats - Sometimes this class is used to pass type information independent of the - random access (i.e., location) information. For example, see - vtkDataSet::GetCellTypes(). If you use the class in this way, you can use - a location value of -1. - - - - - vtkCellArray vtkCellLinks - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate memory for this array. Delete old storage only if necessary. - - - - - Standard DeepCopy method. Since this object contains no reference - to other objects, there is no ShallowCopy. - - - - - Delete cell by setting to NULL cell type. - - - - - Return the memory in kilobytes consumed by this cell type array. - Used to support streaming and reading/writing data. The value - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory - required to actually represent the data represented by this object. - The information returned is valid only after the pipeline has - been updated. - - - - - Return the location of the cell in the associated vtkCellArray. - - - - - Return the type of cell. - - - - - Given an int (as defined in vtkCellType.h) identifier for a class - return it's classname. - - - - - Return the number of types in the list. - - - - - Given a data object classname, return it's int identified (as - defined in vtkCellType.h) - - - - - Add a cell at specified id. - - - - - Add a cell to the object in the next available slot. - - - - - Add the type specified to the end of the list. Range checking is performed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Initialize object without releasing memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify a group of cell types. - - - - - Reclaim any extra memory. - - - - - vtkColorTransferFunction - Defines a transfer function for mapping a property to an RGB color value. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add/Remove a point to/from the function defined in RGB or HSV - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - See the description of class vtkPiecewiseFunction for an explanation of - midpoint and sharpness. - - - - - Add/Remove a point to/from the function defined in RGB or HSV - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - See the description of class vtkPiecewiseFunction for an explanation of - midpoint and sharpness. - - - - - Add two points to the function and remove all the points - between them - - - - - Add/Remove a point to/from the function defined in RGB or HSV - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - See the description of class vtkPiecewiseFunction for an explanation of - midpoint and sharpness. - - - - - Add/Remove a point to/from the function defined in RGB or HSV - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - See the description of class vtkPiecewiseFunction for an explanation of - midpoint and sharpness. - - - - - Add two points to the function and remove all the points - between them - - - - - Remove all points out of the new range, and make sure there is a point - at each end of that range. - Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the color transfer - function (off by default). - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the color transfer - function (off by default). - - - - - Construct a color transfer function from a table. Function range is - is set to [x1, x2], each function size is set to size, and function - points are regularly spaced between x1 and x2. Parameter "table" is - assumed to be a block of memory of size [3*size] - - - - - Sets and gets the clamping value for this transfer function. - - - - - Sets and gets the clamping value for this transfer function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns a list of all nodes - Fills from a pointer to data stored in a similar list of nodes. - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the color transfer - function (off by default). - - - - - Get the color components individually. - - - - - Sets and gets the clamping value for this transfer function. - - - - - Sets and gets the clamping value for this transfer function. - - - - - Sets and gets the clamping value for this transfer function. - - - - - Returns an RGB color for the specified scalar value - - - - - Returns an RGB color for the specified scalar value - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Returns a list of all nodes - Fills from a pointer to data stored in a similar list of nodes. - - - - - Get the color components individually. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - For the node specified by index, set/get the - location (X), R, G, and B values, midpoint, and - sharpness values at the node. - - - - - Get the number of available colors for mapping to. - - - - - Returns min and max position of all function points. - - - - - Returns min and max position of all function points. - - - - - Returns min and max position of all function points. - - - - - Get the color components individually. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, and the range contains - zero, the color mapping will be linear. - - - - - How many points are there defining this function? - - - - - Fills in a table of n function values between x1 and x2 - - - - - Fills in a table of n function values between x1 and x2 - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - map a set of scalars through the lookup table - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all points - - - - - Add/Remove a point to/from the function defined in RGB or HSV - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - See the description of class vtkPiecewiseFunction for an explanation of - midpoint and sharpness. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the color transfer - function (off by default). - - - - - Sets and gets the clamping value for this transfer function. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set/Get the color space used for interpolation: RGB, HSV, CIELAB, or - Diverging. In HSV mode, if HSVWrap is on, it will take the shortest path - in Hue (going back through 0 if that is the shortest way around the hue - circle) whereas if HSVWrap is off it will not go through 0 (in order the - match the current functionality of vtkLookupTable). Diverging is a special - mode where colors will pass through white when interpolating between two - saturated colors. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - - - - - For the node specified by index, set/get the - location (X), R, G, and B values, midpoint, and - sharpness values at the node. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, and the range contains - zero, the color mapping will be linear. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, and the range contains - zero, the color mapping will be linear. - - - - - Set the type of scale to use, linear or logarithmic. The default - is linear. If the scale is logarithmic, and the range contains - zero, the color mapping will be linear. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompositeDataIterator - superclass for composite data iterators - - - Description - vtkCompositeDataIterator provides an interface for accessing datasets - in a collection (vtkCompositeDataIterator). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the current item. Valid only when IsDoneWithTraversal() returns 0. - - - - - Flat index is an index obtained by traversing the tree in preorder. - This can be used to uniquely identify nodes in the tree. - Not valid if IsDoneWithTraversal() returns true. - - - - - Returns the meta-data associated with the current item. This will allocate - a new vtkInformation object is none is already present. Use - HasCurrentMetaData to avoid unnecessary creation of vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Set the composite dataset this iterator is iterating over. - Must be set before traversal begins. - - - - - Returns if the iteration is in reverse order. - - - - - If SkipEmptyNodes is true, then NULL datasets will be skipped. Default is - true. - - - - - If TraverseSubTree is set to true, the iterator will visit the entire tree - structure, otherwise it only visits the first level children. Set to 1 by - default. - - - - - If VisitOnlyLeaves is true, the iterator will only visit nodes - (sub-datasets) that are not composite. If it encounters a composite - data set, it will automatically traverse that composite dataset until - it finds non-composite datasets. With this options, it is possible to - visit all non-composite datasets in tree of composite datasets - (composite of composite of composite for example :-) ) If - VisitOnlyLeaves is false, GetCurrentDataObject() may return - vtkCompositeDataSet. By default, VisitOnlyLeaves is 1. - - - - - Move the iterator to the beginning of the collection. - - - - - Move the iterator to the next item in the collection. - - - - - Returns if the a meta-data information object is present for the current - item. Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Begin iterating over the composite dataset structure in reverse order. - - - - - Begin iterating over the composite dataset structure. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Test whether the iterator is finished with the traversal. - Returns 1 for yes, and 0 for no. - It is safe to call any of the GetCurrent...() methods only when - IsDoneWithTraversal() returns 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the composite dataset this iterator is iterating over. - Must be set before traversal begins. - - - - - If SkipEmptyNodes is true, then NULL datasets will be skipped. Default is - true. - - - - - If TraverseSubTree is set to true, the iterator will visit the entire tree - structure, otherwise it only visits the first level children. Set to 1 by - default. - - - - - If VisitOnlyLeaves is true, the iterator will only visit nodes - (sub-datasets) that are not composite. If it encounters a composite - data set, it will automatically traverse that composite dataset until - it finds non-composite datasets. With this options, it is possible to - visit all non-composite datasets in tree of composite datasets - (composite of composite of composite for example :-) ) If - VisitOnlyLeaves is false, GetCurrentDataObject() may return - vtkCompositeDataSet. By default, VisitOnlyLeaves is 1. - - - - - If SkipEmptyNodes is true, then NULL datasets will be skipped. Default is - true. - - - - - If SkipEmptyNodes is true, then NULL datasets will be skipped. Default is - true. - - - - - If TraverseSubTree is set to true, the iterator will visit the entire tree - structure, otherwise it only visits the first level children. Set to 1 by - default. - - - - - If TraverseSubTree is set to true, the iterator will visit the entire tree - structure, otherwise it only visits the first level children. Set to 1 by - default. - - - - - If VisitOnlyLeaves is true, the iterator will only visit nodes - (sub-datasets) that are not composite. If it encounters a composite - data set, it will automatically traverse that composite dataset until - it finds non-composite datasets. With this options, it is possible to - visit all non-composite datasets in tree of composite datasets - (composite of composite of composite for example :-) ) If - VisitOnlyLeaves is false, GetCurrentDataObject() may return - vtkCompositeDataSet. By default, VisitOnlyLeaves is 1. - - - - - If VisitOnlyLeaves is true, the iterator will only visit nodes - (sub-datasets) that are not composite. If it encounters a composite - data set, it will automatically traverse that composite dataset until - it finds non-composite datasets. With this options, it is possible to - visit all non-composite datasets in tree of composite datasets - (composite of composite of composite for example :-) ) If - VisitOnlyLeaves is false, GetCurrentDataObject() may return - vtkCompositeDataSet. By default, VisitOnlyLeaves is 1. - - - - - vtkCompositeDataPipeline - Executive supporting composite datasets. - - - Description - vtkCompositeDataPipeline is an executive that supports the processing of - composite dataset. It supports algorithms that are aware of composite - dataset as well as those that are not. Type checking is performed at run - time. Algorithms that are not composite dataset-aware have to support - all dataset types contained in the composite dataset. The pipeline - execution can be summarized as follows: - - * REQUEST_INFORMATION: The producers have to provide information about - the contents of the composite dataset in this pass. - Sources that can produce more than one piece (note that a piece is - different than a block; each piece consistes of 0 or more blocks) should - set MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_PIECES to -1. - - * REQUEST_UPDATE_EXTENT: This pass is identical to the one implemented - in vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline - - * REQUEST_DATA: This is where the algorithms execute. If the - vtkCompositeDataPipeline is assigned to a simple filter, - it will invoke the vtkStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline passes in a loop, - passing a different block each time and will collect the results in a - composite dataset. - - - - vtkCompositeDataSet - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - COMPOSITE_DATA_META_DATA is a key placed in the output-port information by - readers/sources producing composite datasets. This meta-data provides - information about the structure of the composite dataset and things like - data-bounds etc. - *** THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE. IT MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE *** - - - - - COMPOSITE_INDEX() is added to the leaf nodes of the meta-data composite - dataset (COMPOSITE_DATA_META_DATA) during REQUEST_INFORMATION(). Filters - downstream can use this index to request specific datasets when - creating UPDATE_COMPOSITE_INDICES(). - *** THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE. IT MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE *** - - - - - COMPOSITE_INDICES() is put in the output information by the executive if - the request has UPDATE_COMPOSITE_INDICES() using the generated composite - dataset's structure. - Note that COMPOSITE_INDICES has to be sorted vector with increasing - indices. - *** THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE. IT MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE *** - - - - - Returns the data object stored with the DATA_OBJECT() in the - output port - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompositeDataPipeline specific keys - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - UPDATE_COMPOSITE_INDICES is a key placed in the request to request a set of - composite indices from a reader/source producing composite dataset. - Typically, the reader publishes its structure using - COMPOSITE_DATA_META_DATA() and then the sink requests blocks of interest - using UPDATE_COMPOSITE_INDICES(). - Note that UPDATE_COMPOSITE_INDICES has to be sorted vector with increasing - indices. - *** THIS IS AN EXPERIMENTAL FEATURE. IT MAY CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE *** - - - - - vtkCompositeDataSetAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only vtkCompositeDataSet as output - - - Description - Algorithms that take any type of data object (including composite dataset) - and produce a vtkCompositeDataSet in the output can subclass from this - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkCompositeDataSet - abstract superclass for composite - (multi-block or AMR) datasets - - - Description - vtkCompositeDataSet is an abstract class that represents a collection - of datasets (including other composite datasets). It - provides an interface to access the datasets through iterators. - vtkCompositeDataSet provides methods that are used by subclasses to store the - datasets. - vtkCompositeDataSet provides the datastructure for a full tree - representation. Subclasses provide the semantics for it and control how - this tree is built. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Copies the tree structure from the input. All pointers to non-composite - data objects are intialized to NULL. This also shallow copies the meta data - associated with all the nodes. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. - - - - - Return class name of data type (see vtkType.h for - definitions). - - - - - Returns the dataset located at the positiong pointed by the iterator. - The iterator does not need to be iterating over this dataset itself. It can - be an iterator for composite dataset with similar structure (achieved by - using CopyStructure). - - - - - Returns the meta-data associated with the position pointed by the iterator. - This will create a new vtkInformation object if none already exists. Use - HasMetaData to avoid creating the vtkInformation object unnecessarily. - The iterator does not need to be iterating over this dataset itself. It can - be an iterator for composite dataset with similar structure (achieved by - using CopyStructure). - - - - - Returns the total number of points of all blocks. This will - iterate over all blocks and call GetNumberOfPoints() so it - might be expansive. - - - - - Get the port currently producing this object. - - - - - Returns if any meta-data associated with the position pointed by the iterator. - The iterator does not need to be iterating over this dataset itself. It can - be an iterator for composite dataset with similar structure (achieved by - using CopyStructure). - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Key used to put node name in the meta-data associated with a node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return a new iterator (the iterator has to be deleted by user). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the data set at the location pointed by the iterator. - The iterator does not need to be iterating over this dataset itself. It can - be any composite datasite with similar structure (achieved by using - CopyStructure). - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - vtkComputingResources - Definition of computing resource - (threads/kernels) - - - Description - This is a class for distribute the number of threads to a network of modules - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set resources to an empty states - - - - - Add an amount of computing resources to this object - - - - - Assign the resources and information of this object to an - executive, i.e., set the number of threads of the algorithm the - executive is pointing to - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Assign a maximum amount of usable resources to this object - - - - - Assign a minimum amount of usable resources to this object, - e.g. 1 thread - - - - - Take an amount of computing resources out of this object. Return - true if it is successful. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCone - implicit function for a cone - - - Description - vtkCone computes the implicit function and function gradient for a cone. - vtkCone is a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. The cone vertex - is located at the origin with axis of rotation coincident with x-axis. (Use - the superclass' vtkImplicitFunction transformation matrix if necessary to - reposition.) The angle specifies the angle between the axis of rotation - and the side of the cone. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate cone equation. - - - - - Description - Evaluate cone equation. - - - - - Description - Evaluate cone normal. - - - - - Set/Get the cone angle (expressed in degrees). - - - - - Set/Get the cone angle (expressed in degrees). - - - - - Set/Get the cone angle (expressed in degrees). - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Set/Get the cone angle (expressed in degrees). - - - - - vtkConvexPointSet - a 3D cell defined by a set of convex points - - - Description - vtkConvexPointSet is a concrete implementation that represents a 3D cell - defined by a convex set of points. An example of such a cell is an octant - (from an octree). vtkConvexPointSet uses the ordered triangulations - approach (vtkOrderedTriangulator) to create triangulations guaranteed to - be compatible across shared faces. This allows a general approach to - processing complex, convex cell types. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the set of points forming a face of the triangulation of these - points that are on the boundary of the cell that are closest - parametrically to the point specified. - - - - - Satisfy the vtkCell API. This method contours by triangulating the - cell and then adding clip-edge intersection points into the - triangulation; extracting the clipped region. - - - - - Satisfy the vtkCell API. This method contours by triangulating the - cell and then contouring the resulting tetrahedra. - - - - - Computes derivatives by triangulating and from subId and pcoords, - evaluating derivatives on the resulting tetrahedron. - - - - - The inverse of EvaluatePosition. - - - - - Satisfy the vtkCell API. This method determines the subId, pcoords, - and weights by triangulating the convex point set, and then - determining which tetrahedron the point lies in. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - A convex point set has no explicit cell edge or faces; however - implicitly (after triangulation) it does. Currently the method - GetNumberOfEdges() always returns 0 while the GetNumberOfFaces() returns - the number of boundary triangles of the triangulation of the convex - point set. The method GetNumberOfFaces() triggers a triangulation of the - convex point set; repeated calls to GetFace() then return the boundary - faces. (Note: GetNumberOfEdges() currently returns 0 because it is a - rarely used method and hard to implement. It can be changed in the future. - - - - - A convex point set has no explicit cell edge or faces; however - implicitly (after triangulation) it does. Currently the method - GetNumberOfEdges() always returns 0 while the GetNumberOfFaces() returns - the number of boundary triangles of the triangulation of the convex - point set. The method GetNumberOfFaces() triggers a triangulation of the - convex point set; repeated calls to GetFace() then return the boundary - faces. (Note: GetNumberOfEdges() currently returns 0 because it is a - rarely used method and hard to implement. It can be changed in the future. - - - - - A convex point set has no explicit cell edge or faces; however - implicitly (after triangulation) it does. Currently the method - GetNumberOfEdges() always returns 0 while the GetNumberOfFaces() returns - the number of boundary triangles of the triangulation of the convex - point set. The method GetNumberOfFaces() triggers a triangulation of the - convex point set; repeated calls to GetFace() then return the boundary - faces. (Note: GetNumberOfEdges() currently returns 0 because it is a - rarely used method and hard to implement. It can be changed in the future. - - - - - A convex point set has no explicit cell edge or faces; however - implicitly (after triangulation) it does. Currently the method - GetNumberOfEdges() always returns 0 while the GetNumberOfFaces() returns - the number of boundary triangles of the triangulation of the convex - point set. The method GetNumberOfFaces() triggers a triangulation of the - convex point set; repeated calls to GetFace() then return the boundary - faces. (Note: GetNumberOfEdges() currently returns 0 because it is a - rarely used method and hard to implement. It can be changed in the future. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See vtkCell3D API for description of these methods. - - - - - See vtkCell3D API for description of this method. - - - - - This cell requires that it be initialized prior to access. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Triangulates the cells and then intersects them to determine the - intersection point. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A convex point set is triangulated prior to any operations on it so - it is not a primary cell, it is a composite cell. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This cell requires that it be initialized prior to access. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Triangulate using methods of vtkOrderedTriangulator. - - - - - vtkCoordinate - perform coordinate transformation, and represent position, in a variety of vtk coordinate systems - - - Description - vtkCoordinate represents position in a variety of coordinate systems, and - converts position to other coordinate systems. It also supports relative - positioning, so you can create a cascade of vtkCoordinate objects (no loops - please!) that refer to each other. The typical usage of this object is - to set the coordinate system in which to represent a position (e.g., - SetCoordinateSystemToNormalizedDisplay()), set the value of the coordinate - (e.g., SetValue()), and then invoke the appropriate method to convert to - another coordinate system (e.g., GetComputedWorldValue()). - - The coordinate systems in vtk are as follows: - <PRE> - DISPLAY - x-y pixel values in window - NORMALIZED DISPLAY - x-y (0,1) normalized values - VIEWPORT - x-y pixel values in viewport - NORMALIZED VIEWPORT - x-y (0,1) normalized value in viewport - VIEW - x-y-z (-1,1) values in camera coordinates. (z is depth) - WORLD - x-y-z global coordinate values - USERDEFINED - x-y-z in User defined space - </PRE> - - If you cascade vtkCoordinate objects, you refer to another vtkCoordinate - object which in turn can refer to others, and so on. This allows you to - create composite groups of things like vtkActor2D that are positioned - relative to one another. Note that in cascaded sequences, each - vtkCoordinate object may be specified in different coordinate systems! - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates an instance of this class with the following defaults: - value of (0,0,0) in world coordinates. - - - - - Creates an instance of this class with the following defaults: - value of (0,0,0) in world coordinates. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the computed value in a specified coordinate system. - - - - - Return the computed value in a specified coordinate system. - - - - - Return the computed value in a specified coordinate system. - - - - - Return the computed value in a specified coordinate system. - - - - - GetComputedUserDefinedValue() is to be used only when - the coordinate system is VTK_USERDEFINED. The user - must subclass vtkCoordinate and override this function, - when set as the TransformCoordinate in 2D-Mappers, the user - can customize display of 2D polygons - - - - - GetComputedValue() will return either World, Viewport or - Display based on what has been set as the coordinate system. - This is good for objects like vtkLineSource, where the - user might want to use them as World or Viewport coordinates - - - - - Return the computed value in a specified coordinate system. - - - - - Return the computed value in a specified coordinate system. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - If this coordinate is relative to another coordinate, - then specify that coordinate as the ReferenceCoordinate. - If this is NULL the coordinate is assumed to be absolute. - - - - - Set/get the value of this coordinate. This can be thought of as - the position of this coordinate in its coordinate system. - - - - - Set/get the value of this coordinate. This can be thought of as - the position of this coordinate in its coordinate system. - - - - - Set/get the value of this coordinate. This can be thought of as - the position of this coordinate in its coordinate system. - - - - - If you want this coordinate to be relative to a specific - vtkViewport (vtkRenderer) then you can specify - that here. - NOTE: this is a raw pointer, not a weak pointer not a reference counted - object to avoid reference cycle loop between rendering classes and filter - classes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system which this coordinate - is defined in. The options are Display, Normalized Display, - Viewport, Normalized Viewport, View, and World. - - - - - If this coordinate is relative to another coordinate, - then specify that coordinate as the ReferenceCoordinate. - If this is NULL the coordinate is assumed to be absolute. - - - - - Set/get the value of this coordinate. This can be thought of as - the position of this coordinate in its coordinate system. - - - - - Set/get the value of this coordinate. This can be thought of as - the position of this coordinate in its coordinate system. - - - - - Set/get the value of this coordinate. This can be thought of as - the position of this coordinate in its coordinate system. - - - - - If you want this coordinate to be relative to a specific - vtkViewport (vtkRenderer) then you can specify - that here. - NOTE: this is a raw pointer, not a weak pointer not a reference counted - object to avoid reference cycle loop between rendering classes and filter - classes. - - - - - vtkCubicLine - cell represents a cubic , isoparametric 1D line - - - Description - vtkCubicLine is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to represent a 1D Cubic line. - The Cubic Line is the 4 nodes isoparametric parabolic line . The - interpolation is the standard finite element, cubic isoparametric - shape function. The cell includes two mid-edge nodes. The ordering of the - four points defining the cell is point ids (0,1,2,3) where id #2 and #3 are the - mid-edge nodes. Please note that the parametric coordinates lie between -1 and 1 - in accordance with most standard documentations. - Thanks - <verbatim> - This file has been developed by Oxalya - www.oxalya.com - Copyright (c) EDF - www.edf.fr - </verbatim> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Clip this line using scalar value provided. Like contouring, except - that it cuts the line to produce other lines. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkCubicLine::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkCubicLine::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-line intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkCylinder - implicit function for a cylinder - - - Description - vtkCylinder computes the implicit function and function gradient for a - cylinder. vtkCylinder is a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. - Cylinder is centered at Center and axes of rotation is along the - y-axis. (Use the superclass' vtkImplicitFunction transformation matrix if - necessary to reposition.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct cylinder radius of 0.5. - - - - - Description - Construct cylinder radius of 0.5. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate cylinder equation F(x,y,z) = (x-x0)^2 + (z-z0)^2 - R^2. - - - - - Description - Evaluate cylinder equation F(x,y,z) = (x-x0)^2 + (z-z0)^2 - R^2. - - - - - Description - Evaluate cylinder function gradient. - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center - - - - - Set/Get cylinder radius. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center - - - - - Set/Get cylinder radius. - - - - - vtkDataObjectAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only data object as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkDataObjectCollection - maintain an unordered list of data objects - - - Description - vtkDataObjectCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists of - data objects. See also vtkCollection and subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a data object to the list. - - - - - Get the ith data object in the list. - - - - - Get the next data object in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataObjectSource - abstract class specifies interface for - field source (or objects that generate field output) - - - - - vtkSource - abstract class specifies interface for visualization network source - - - Description - vtkSource is an abstract object that specifies behavior and interface - of source objects. Source objects are objects that begin visualization - pipeline. Sources include readers (read data from file or communications - port) and procedural sources (generate data programmatically). vtkSource - objects are also objects that generate output data. In this sense - vtkSource is used as a superclass to vtkFilter. - - Concrete subclasses of vtkSource must define Update() and Execute() - methods. The public method Update() invokes network execution and will - bring the network up-to-date. The protected Execute() method actually - does the work of data creation/generation. The difference between the two - methods is that Update() implements input consistency checks and modified - time comparisons and then invokes the Execute() which is an implementation - of a particular algorithm. - - An important feature of subclasses of vtkSource is that it is possible - to control the memory-management model (i.e., retain output versus delete - output data). If enabled the ReleaseDataFlag enables the deletion of the - output data once the downstream process object finishes processing the - data (please see text). - - - - - vtkProcessObject - abstract class specifies interface for visualization filters - - - - Description - vtkProcessObject is an abstract object that specifies behavior and - interface of visualization network process objects (sources, filters, - mappers). Source objects are creators of visualization data; filters - input, process, and output visualization data; and mappers transform data - into another form (like rendering primitives or write data to a file). - - vtkProcessObject fires events for Start and End events before and after - object execution (via Execute()). These events can be used for any purpose - (e.g., debugging info, highlighting/notifying user interface, etc.) - - Another event, Progress, can be observed. Some filters fire this - event periodically during their execution. The use is similar to that of - Start and End events. Filters may also check their AbortExecute - flag to determine whether to prematurely end their execution. - - An important feature of subclasses of vtkProcessObject is that it is - possible to control the memory-management model (i.e., retain output - versus delete output data). If enabled the ReleaseDataFlag enables the - deletion of the output data once the downstream process object finishes - processing the data (please see text). - - - - - vtkDataObject vtkSource vtkFilter vtkMapper vtkWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - Return an array with all the inputs of this process object. - This is useful for tracing back in the pipeline to construct - graphs etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all the input data. - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - Reimplemented from vtkAlgorithm to maintain backward - compatibility for vtkProcessObject. - - - - - This method will rearrange the input array so that all NULL entries - are removed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - What is the input update extent that is required to produce the - desired output? By default, the whole input is always required but - this is overridden in many subclasses. - - - - - Return an array with all the inputs of this process object. - This is useful for tracing back in the pipeline to construct - graphs etc. - - - - - Return what index output the passed in output is, return -1 if it - does not match any of the outputs - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - The update extent for this object is propagated up the pipeline. - This propagation may early terminate based on the PipelineMTime. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a source. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set this algorithm's executive. This algorithm is removed from - any executive to which it has previously been assigned and then - assigned to the given executive. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether this object's data is released - after being used by a source. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - Propagate back up the pipeline for ports and trigger the update on the - other side of the port to allow for asynchronous parallel processing in - the pipeline. - This propagation may early terminate based on the PipelineMTime. - - - - - Release/disconnect all outputs of this source. This is intended to be - called prior to Delete() if the user is concerned about outputs holding - on to the filter/source. - - - - - Bring object up-to-date before execution. Update() checks modified - time against last execution time, and re-executes object if necessary. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT FOR GENERAL USE. - THIS METHOD IS PART OF THE PIPELINE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY. - Propagate the update back up the pipeline, and perform the actual - work of updating on the way down. When the propagate arrives at a - port, block and wait for the asynchronous update to finish on the - other side. - This propagation may early terminate based on the PipelineMTime. - - - - - Updates any global information about the data - (like spacing for images) - - - - - Like update, but make sure the update extent is the whole extent in - the output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output field of this source. - - - - - Get the output field of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output field of this source. - - - - - vtkDataObject - helper class to get VTK data object types as string and instantiate them - - - Description - vtkDataObjectTypes is a helper class that supports conversion between - integer types defined in vtkType.h and string names as well as creation - of data objects from either integer or string types. This class has - to be updated every time a new data type is added to VTK. - - - - vtkDataObject - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given an int (as defined in vtkType.h) identifier for a class - return it's classname. - - - - - Given a data object classname, return it's int identified (as - defined in vtkType.h) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create (New) and return a data object of the given classname. - - - - - Create (New) and return a data object of the given type id. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataSetCollection - maintain an unordered list of dataset objects - - - Description - vtkDataSetCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists of - datasets. See also vtkCollection and subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list. - - - - - Get the ith dataset in the list. - - - - - Get the ith dataset in the list. - - - - - Get the next dataset in the list. - - - - - Get the next dataset in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataSet - abstract class to specify dataset behavior - - - Description - vtkDataSet is an abstract class that specifies an interface for dataset - objects. vtkDataSet also provides methods to provide informations about - the data, such as center, bounding box, and representative length. - - In vtk a dataset consists of a structure (geometry and topology) and - attribute data. The structure is defined implicitly or explicitly as - a collection of cells. The geometry of the structure is contained in - point coordinates plus the cell interpolation functions. The topology - of the dataset structure is defined by cell types and how the cells - share their defining points. - - Attribute data in vtk is either point data (data at points) or cell data - (data at cells). Typically filters operate on point data, but some may - operate on cell data, both cell and point data, either one, or none. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This method checks to see if the cell and point attributes - match the geometry. Many filters will crash if the number of - tupples in an array is less than the number of points/cells. - This method returns 1 if there is a mismatch, - and 0 if everything is ok. It prints an error if an - array is too short, and a warning if an array is too long. - - - - - Compute the data bounding box from data points. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Copy the attributes associated with the specified dataset to this - instance of vtkDataSet. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an object. Note that - the invoking object and the object pointed to by the parameter ds must - be of the same type. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Locate the cell that contains a point and return the cell. Also returns - the subcell id, parametric coordinates and weights for subsequent - interpolation. This method combines the derived class methods - int FindCell and vtkCell *GetCell. Derived classes may provide a more - efficient implementation. See for example vtkStructuredPoints. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Locate cell based on global coordinate x and tolerance - squared. If cell and cellId is non-NULL, then search starts from - this cell and looks at immediate neighbors. Returns cellId >= 0 - if inside, < 0 otherwise. The parametric coordinates are - provided in pcoords[3]. The interpolation weights are returned in - weights[]. (The number of weights is equal to the number of - points in the found cell). Tolerance is used to control how close - the point is to be considered "in" the cell. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - This is a version of the above method that can be used with - multithreaded applications. A vtkGenericCell must be passed in - to be used in internal calls that might be made to GetCell() - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Locate the closest point to the global coordinate x. Return the - point id. If point id < 0; then no point found. (This may arise - when point is outside of dataset.) - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Locate the closest point to the global coordinate x. Return the - point id. If point id < 0; then no point found. (This may arise - when point is outside of dataset.) - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Normally called by pipeline executives or algoritgms only. This method - computes the ghost arrays for a given dataset. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Returns the attributes of the data object as a vtkFieldData. - This returns non-null values in all the same cases as GetAttributes, - in addition to the case of FIELD, which will return the field data - for any vtkDataObject subclass. - - - - - Return a pointer to the geometry bounding box in the form - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Return a pointer to the geometry bounding box in the form - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get cell with cellId such that: 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Get cell with cellId such that: 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - This is a thread-safe alternative to the previous GetCell() - method. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get the bounds of the cell with cellId such that: - 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - A subclass may be able to determine the bounds of cell without using - an expensive GetCell() method. A default implementation is provided - that actually uses a GetCell() call. This is to ensure the method - is available to all datasets. Subclasses should override this method - to provide an efficient implementation. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Return a pointer to this dataset's cell data. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Topological inquiry to get all cells using list of points exclusive of - cell specified (e.g., cellId). Note that the list consists of only - cells that use ALL the points provided. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Topological inquiry to get points defining cell. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get type of cell with cellId such that: 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get a list of types of cells in a dataset. The list consists of an array - of types (not necessarily in any order), with a single entry per type. - For example a dataset 5 triangles, 3 lines, and 100 hexahedra would - result a list of three entries, corresponding to the types VTK_TRIANGLE, - VTK_LINE, and VTK_HEXAHEDRON. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get the center of the bounding box. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Get the center of the bounding box. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Normally called by pipeline executives or algoritgms only. This method - computes the ghost arrays for a given dataset. - - - - - Normally called by pipeline executives or algoritgms only. This method - computes the ghost arrays for a given dataset. - - - - - Return the type of data object. - - - - - Return the length of the diagonal of the bounding box. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Datasets are composite objects and need to check each part for MTime - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Convenience method returns largest cell size in dataset. This is generally - used to allocate memory for supporting data structures. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Determine the number of cells composing the dataset. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Get the number of elements for a specific attribute type (POINT, CELL, etc.). - - - - - Determine the number of points composing the dataset. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Get point coordinates with ptId such that: 0 <= ptId < NumberOfPoints. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Time at which scalar range is computed - - - - - Topological inquiry to get cells using point. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Return a pointer to this dataset's point data. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Convenience method to get the range of the scalar data (if there is any - scalar data). Returns the (min/max) range of combined point and cell data. - If there are no point or cell scalars the method will return (0,1). - Note: Update needs to be called to create the scalars. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Convenience method to get the range of the scalar data (if there is any - scalar data). - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Reclaim any extra memory used to store data. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDataSetSource - abstract class whose subclasses generate datasets - - - Description - vtkDataSetSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate datasets. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - vtkDataSetToDataSetFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkDataSetToDataSetFilter is an abstract filter class. Subclasses of - vtkDataSetToDataSetFilter take a dataset as input and create a dataset as - output. The form of the input geometry is not changed in these filters, - only the point attributes (e.g. scalars, vectors, etc.). - - This is an abstract filter type. What that means is that the output of the - filter is an abstract type (i.e., vtkDataSet), no matter what the input of - the filter is. This can cause problems connecting together filters due to - the change in dataset type. (For example, in a series of filters - processing vtkPolyData, when a vtkDataSetToDataSetFilter or subclass is - introduced into the pipeline, if the filter downstream of it takes - vtkPolyData as input, the pipeline connection cannot be made.) To get - around this problem, use one of the convenience methods to return a - concrete type (e.g., vtkGetPolyDataOutput(), GetStructuredPointsOutput(), - etc.). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default copy the output update extent to the input - - - - - Get the input data or filter. - - - - - Get the output of this filter. If output is NULL then input - hasn't been set which is necessary for abstract objects. - - - - - Get the output of this filter. If output is NULL then input - hasn't been set which is necessary for abstract objects. - - - - - Get the output as vtkPolyData. - - - - - Get the output as vtkRectilinearGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get the output as vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkDataSetToImageFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkDataSetToImageFilter is an abstract filter class whose subclasses take - as input any dataset and generate image data on output. - - - - - vtkImageSource - Source of data for the imaging pipeline - - - Description - vtkImageSource is the superclass for all imaging sources and filters. - The method Update(), called by the cache, is the major interface - to the source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkDataSetToPolyDataFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkDataSetToPolyDataFilter is an abstract filter class whose subclasses - take as input any dataset and generate polygonal data on output. - - - - - vtkPolyDataSource - abstract class whose subclasses generate polygonal data - - - Description - vtkPolyDataSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate polygonal - data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Do not let images return more than requested. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkDataSetToStructuredGridFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkDataSetToStructuredGridFilter is an abstract filter class whose - subclasses take as input any dataset and generate a structured - grid on output. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridSource - Abstract class whose subclasses generates structured grid data - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate - structured grid data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkDataSetToStructuredPointsFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkDataSetToStructuredPointsFilter is an abstract filter class whose - subclasses take as input any dataset and generate structured points - data on output. - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsSource - Abstract class whose subclasses generates structured Points data - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate - structured Points data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the output of this source. - - - - - Set/Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the output of this source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkDataSetToUnstructuredGridFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkDataSetToUnstructuredGridFilter is an abstract filter class whose - subclasses take as input any dataset and generate an unstructured - grid on output. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridSource - abstract class whose subclasses generate unstructured grid data - - - Description - vtkUnstructuredGridSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate - unstructured grid data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph - A rooted tree data structure. - - - - Description - vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph is a connected directed graph with no cycles. A tree is a type of - directed graph, so works with all graph algorithms. - - vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph is a read-only data structure. - To construct a tree, create an instance of vtkMutableDirectedGraph. - Add vertices and edges with AddVertex() and AddEdge(). You may alternately - start by adding a single vertex as the root then call graph->AddChild(parent) - which adds a new vertex and connects the parent to the child. - The tree MUST have all edges in the proper direction, from parent to child. - After building the tree, call tree->CheckedShallowCopy(graph) to copy the - structure into a vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph. This method will return false if the graph is - an invalid tree. - - vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph provides some convenience methods for obtaining the parent and - children of a vertex, for finding the root, and determining if a vertex - is a leaf (a vertex with no children). - - - - - vtkDirectedGraph vtkMutableDirectedGraph vtkGraph - - - - - vtkDirectedGraph - A directed graph. - - - - Description - vtkDirectedGraph is a collection of vertices along with a collection of - directed edges (edges that have a source and target). ShallowCopy() - and DeepCopy() (and CheckedShallowCopy(), CheckedDeepCopy()) - accept instances of vtkTree and vtkMutableDirectedGraph. - - vtkDirectedGraph is read-only. To create an undirected graph, - use an instance of vtkMutableDirectedGraph, then you may set the - structure to a vtkDirectedGraph using ShallowCopy(). - - - - - vtkGraph vtkMutableDirectedGraph - - - - - vtkGraph - Base class for graph data types. - - - - Description - vtkGraph is the abstract base class that provides all read-only API for graph - data types. A graph consists of a collection of vertices and a - collection of edges connecting pairs of vertices. The vtkDirectedGraph - subclass represents a graph whose edges have inherent order from source - vertex to target vertex, while vtkUndirectedGraph is a graph whose edges - have no inherent ordering. - - Graph vertices may be traversed in two ways. In the current implementation, - all vertices are assigned consecutive ids starting at zero, so they may - be traversed in a simple for loop from 0 to graph->GetNumberOfVertices() - 1. - You may alternately create a vtkVertexListIterator and call graph->GetVertices(it). - it->Next() will return the id of the next vertex, while it->HasNext() indicates - whether there are more vertices in the graph. - This is the preferred method, since in the future graphs may support filtering - or subsetting where the vertex ids may not be contiguous. - - Graph edges must be traversed through iterators. To traverse all edges - in a graph, create an instance of vtkEdgeListIterator and call graph->GetEdges(it). - it->Next() returns lightweight vtkEdgeType structures, which contain the public - fields Id, Source and Target. Id is the identifier for the edge, which may - be used to look up values in assiciated edge data arrays. Source and Target - store the ids of the source and target vertices of the edge. Note that the - edge list iterator DOES NOT necessarily iterate over edges in order of ascending - id. To traverse edges from wrapper code (Python, Tcl, Java), use - it->NextGraphEdge() instead of it->Next(). This will return a heavyweight, - wrappable vtkGraphEdge object, which has the same fields as vtkEdgeType - accessible through getter methods. - - To traverse all edges outgoing from a vertex, create a vtkOutEdgeIterator and - call graph->GetOutEdges(v, it). it->Next() returns a lightweight vtkOutEdgeType - containing the fields Id and Target. The source of the edge is always the - vertex that was passed as an argument to GetOutEdges(). - Incoming edges may be similarly traversed with vtkInEdgeIterator, which returns - vtkInEdgeType structures with Id and Source fields. - Both vtkOutEdgeIterator and vtkInEdgeIterator also provide the wrapper functions - NextGraphEdge() which return vtkGraphEdge objects. - - An additional iterator, vtkAdjacentVertexIterator can traverse outgoing vertices - directly, instead needing to parse through edges. Initialize the iterator by - calling graph->GetAdjacentVertices(v, it). - - vtkGraph has two instances of vtkDataSetAttributes for associated - vertex and edge data. It also has a vtkPoints instance which may store - x,y,z locations for each vertex. This is populated by filters such as - vtkGraphLayout and vtkAssignCoordinates. - - All graph types share the same implementation, so the structure of one - may be shared among multiple graphs, even graphs of different types. - Structures from vtkUndirectedGraph and vtkMutableUndirectedGraph may be - shared directly. Structures from vtkDirectedGraph, vtkMutableDirectedGraph, - and vtkTree may be shared directly with the exception that setting a - structure to a tree requires that a "is a tree" test passes. - - For graph types that are known to be compatible, calling ShallowCopy() - or DeepCopy() will work as expected. When the outcome of a conversion - is unknown (i.e. setting a graph to a tree), CheckedShallowCopy() and - CheckedDeepCopy() exist which are identical to ShallowCopy() and DeepCopy(), - except that instead of emitting an error for an incompatible structure, - the function returns false. This allows you to programmatically check - structure compatibility without causing error messages. - - To construct a graph, use vtkMutableDirectedGraph or - vtkMutableUndirectedGraph. You may then use CheckedShallowCopy - to set the contents of a mutable graph type into one of the non-mutable - types vtkDirectedGraph, vtkUndirectedGraph. - To construct a tree, use vtkMutableDirectedGraph, with directed edges - which point from the parent to the child, then use CheckedShallowCopy - to set the structure to a vtkTree. - - Caveats - All copy operations implement copy-on-write. The structures are initially - shared, but if one of the graphs is modified, the structure is copied - so that to the user they function as if they were deep copied. This means - that care must be taken if different threads are accessing different graph - instances that share the same structure. Race conditions may develop if - one thread is modifying the graph at the same time that another graph is - copying the structure. - - Vertex pedigree IDs - The vertices in a vtkGraph can be associated with pedigree IDs - through GetVertexData()->SetPedigreeIds. In this case, there is a - 1-1 mapping between pedigree Ids and vertices. One can query the - vertex ID based on the pedigree ID using FindVertex, add new - vertices by pedigree ID with AddVertex, and add edges based on the - pedigree IDs of the source and target vertices. For example, - AddEdge("Here", "There") will find (or add) vertices with pedigree - ID "Here" and "There" and then introduce an edge from "Here" to - "There". - - To configure the vtkGraph with a pedigree ID mapping, create a - vtkDataArray that will store the pedigree IDs and set that array as - the pedigree ID array for the vertices via - GetVertexData()->SetPedigreeIds(). - - Distributed graphs - - vtkGraph instances can be distributed across multiple machines, to - allow the construction and manipulation of graphs larger than a - single machine could handle. A distributed graph will typically be - distributed across many different nodes within a cluster, using the - Message Passing Interface (MPI) to allow those cluster nodes to - communicate. - - An empty vtkGraph can be made into a distributed graph by attaching - an instance of a vtkDistributedGraphHelper via the - SetDistributedGraphHelper() method. To determine whether a graph is - distributed or not, call GetDistributedGraphHelper() and check - whether the result is non-NULL. For a distributed graph, the number - of processors across which the graph is distributed can be - retrieved by extracting the value for the DATA_NUMBER_OF_PIECES key - in the vtkInformation object (retrieved by GetInformation()) - associated with the graph. Similarly, the value corresponding to - the DATA_PIECE_NUMBER key of the vtkInformation object describes - which piece of the data this graph instance provides. - - Distributed graphs behave somewhat differently from non-distributed - graphs, and will require special care. In a distributed graph, each - of the processors will contain a subset of the vertices in the - graph. That subset of vertices can be accessed via the - vtkVertexListIterator produced by GetVertices(). - GetNumberOfVertices(), therefore, returns the number of vertices - stored locally: it does not account for vertices stored on other - processors. A vertex (or edge) is identified by both the rank of - its owning processor and by its index within that processor, both - of which are encoded within the vtkIdType value that describes that - vertex (or edge). The owning processor is a value between 0 and - P-1, where P is the number of processors across which the vtkGraph - has been distributed. The local index will be a value between 0 and - GetNumberOfVertices(), for vertices, or GetNumberOfEdges(), for - edges, and can be used to access the local parts of distributed - data arrays. When given a vtkIdType identifying a vertex, one can - determine the owner of the vertex with - vtkDistributedGraphHelper::GetVertexOwner() and the local index - with vtkDistributedGraphHelper::GetVertexIndex(). With edges, the - appropriate methods are vtkDistributedGraphHelper::GetEdgeOwner() - and vtkDistributedGraphHelper::GetEdgeIndex(), respectively. To - construct a vtkIdType representing either a vertex or edge given - only its owner and local index, use - vtkDistributedGraphHelper::MakeDistributedId(). - - The edges in a distributed graph are always stored on the - processors that own the vertices named by the edge. For example, - given a directed edge (u, v), the edge will be stored in the - out-edges list for vertex u on the processor that owns u, and in - the in-edges list for vertex v on the processor that owns v. This - "row-wise" decomposition of the graph means that, for any vertex - that is local to a processor, that processor can look at all of the - incoming and outgoing edges of the graph. Processors cannot, - however, access the incoming or outgoing edge lists of vertex owned - by other processors. Vertices owned by other processors will not be - encountered when traversing the vertex list via GetVertices(), but - may be encountered by traversing the in- and out-edge lists of - local vertices or the edge list. - - Distributed graphs can have pedigree IDs for the vertices in the - same way that non-distributed graphs can. In this case, the - distribution of the vertices in the graph is based on pedigree - ID. For example, a vertex with the pedigree ID "Here" might land on - processor 0 while a vertex pedigree ID "There" would end up on - processor 3. By default, the pedigree IDs themselves are hashed to - give a random (and, hopefully, even) distribution of the - vertices. However, one can provide a different vertex distribution - function by calling - vtkDistributedGraphHelper::SetVertexPedigreeIdDistribution. Once a - distributed graph has pedigree IDs, the no-argument AddVertex() - method can no longer be used. Additionally, once a vertex has a - pedigree ID, that pedigree ID should not be changed unless the user - can guarantee that the vertex distribution will still map that - vertex to the same processor where it already resides. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - Compute the bounds of the graph. In a distributed graph, this - computes the bounds around the local part of the graph. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - Initializes the adjacent vertex iterator to iterate over - all outgoing vertices from vertex v. For an undirected graph, - returns all adjacent vertices. In a distributed graph, the vertex - v must be local to this processor. - - - - - ETX - - - - - Return a pointer to the geometry bounding box in the form - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). In a distributed graph, this - computes the bounds around the local part of the graph. - - - - - Return a pointer to the geometry bounding box in the form - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). In a distributed graph, this - computes the bounds around the local part of the graph. - - - - - ETX - - Retrieve the vertex with the given pedigree ID. If successful, - returns the ID of the vertex. Otherwise, either the vertex data - does not have a pedigree ID array or there is no vertex with the - given pedigree ID, so this function returns -1. - If the graph is a distributed graph, this method will return the - Distributed-ID of the vertex. - vtkIdType FindVertex(const vtkVariant& pedigreeID); - - Shallow copies the data object into this graph. - If it is an incompatible graph, reports an error. - virtual void ShallowCopy(vtkDataObject *obj); - - Deep copies the data object into this graph. - If it is an incompatible graph, reports an error. - virtual void DeepCopy(vtkDataObject *obj); - - Does a shallow copy of the topological information, - but not the associated attributes. - virtual void CopyStructure(vtkGraph *g); - - Performs the same operation as ShallowCopy(), - but instead of reporting an error for an incompatible graph, - returns false. - virtual bool CheckedShallowCopy(vtkGraph *g); - - Performs the same operation as DeepCopy(), - but instead of reporting an error for an incompatible graph, - returns false. - virtual bool CheckedDeepCopy(vtkGraph *g); - - Reclaim unused memory. - virtual void Squeeze(); - - BTX - Retrieve a graph from an information vector. - - - - - ETX - - Retrieve the vertex with the given pedigree ID. If successful, - returns the ID of the vertex. Otherwise, either the vertex data - does not have a pedigree ID array or there is no vertex with the - given pedigree ID, so this function returns -1. - If the graph is a distributed graph, this method will return the - Distributed-ID of the vertex. - vtkIdType FindVertex(const vtkVariant& pedigreeID); - - Shallow copies the data object into this graph. - If it is an incompatible graph, reports an error. - virtual void ShallowCopy(vtkDataObject *obj); - - Deep copies the data object into this graph. - If it is an incompatible graph, reports an error. - virtual void DeepCopy(vtkDataObject *obj); - - Does a shallow copy of the topological information, - but not the associated attributes. - virtual void CopyStructure(vtkGraph *g); - - Performs the same operation as ShallowCopy(), - but instead of reporting an error for an incompatible graph, - returns false. - virtual bool CheckedShallowCopy(vtkGraph *g); - - Performs the same operation as DeepCopy(), - but instead of reporting an error for an incompatible graph, - returns false. - virtual bool CheckedDeepCopy(vtkGraph *g); - - Reclaim unused memory. - virtual void Squeeze(); - - BTX - Retrieve a graph from an information vector. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - The total of all incoming and outgoing vertices for vertex v. - For undirected graphs, this is simply the number of edges incident - to v. In a distributed graph, the vertex v must be local to this - processor. - - - - - Retrieves the distributed graph helper for this graph - - - - - Get the vertex or edge data. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - Initializes the edge list iterator to iterate over all - edges in the graph. Edges may not be traversed in order of - increasing edge id. In a distributed graph, this returns edges - that are stored locally. - - - - - ETX - - - - - The number of incoming edges to vertex v. - For undirected graphs, returns the same as GetDegree(). In a - distributed graph, the vertex v must be local to this processor. - - - - - Random-access method for retrieving incoming edges to vertex v. - The method fills the vtkGraphEdge instance with the id, source, and - target of the edge. This method is provided for wrappers, - GetInEdge(vtkIdType, vtkIdType) is preferred. - - - - - Initializes the in edge iterator to iterate over - all incoming edges to vertex v. For an undirected graph, - returns all incident edges. In a distributed graph, the vertex - v must be local to this processor. - - - - - ETX - - - - - The modified time of the graph. - - - - - ETX - - - - - The number of edges in the graph. In a distributed graph, - this returns the number of edges stored locally. - - - - - ETX - - - - - The number of vertices in the graph. In a distributed graph, - returns the number of local vertices in the graph. - - - - - The number of outgoing edges from vertex v. - For undirected graphs, returns the same as GetDegree(). In a - distributed graph, the vertex v must be local to this processor. - - - - - Random-access method for retrieving outgoing edges from vertex v. - The method fills the vtkGraphEdge instance with the id, source, and - target of the edge. This method is provided for wrappers, - GetOutEdge(vtkIdType, vtkIdType) is preferred. - - - - - Initializes the out edge iterator to iterate over - all outgoing edges of vertex v. For an undirected graph, - returns all incident edges. In a distributed graph, the vertex - v must be local to this processor. - - - - - These methods return the point (0,0,0) until the points structure - is created, when it returns the actual point position. In a - distributed graph, only the points for local vertices can be - retrieved. - - - - - These methods return the point (0,0,0) until the points structure - is created, when it returns the actual point position. In a - distributed graph, only the points for local vertices can be - retrieved. - - - - - Returns the points array for this graph. - If points is not yet constructed, generates and returns - a new points array filled with (0,0,0) coordinates. In a - distributed graph, only the points for local vertices can be - retrieved or modified. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - Get the vertex or edge data. - - - - - Initializes the vertex list iterator to iterate over all - vertices in the graph. In a distributed graph, the iterator - traverses all local vertices. - - - - - Initialize to an empty graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ETX - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ETX - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - BTX - Sets the distributed graph helper of this graph, turning it into a - distributed graph. This operation can only be executed on an empty - graph. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - Reorder the outgoing vertices of a vertex. - The vertex list must have the same elements as the current out edge - list, just in a different order. - This method does not change the topology of the graph. - In a distributed graph, the vertex v must be local. - void ReorderOutVertices(vtkIdType v, vtkIdTypeArray *vertices); - - Returns true if both graphs point to the same adjacency structure. - Can be used to test the copy-on-write feature of the graph. - bool IsSameStructure(vtkGraph *other); - - Retrieve the source and target vertices for an edge id. - NOTE: The first time this is called, the graph will build - a mapping array from edge id to source/target that is the - same size as the number of edges in the graph. If you have - access to a vtkOutEdgeType, vtkInEdgeType, vtkEdgeType, or - vtkGraphEdge, you should directly use these structures - to look up the source or target instead of this method. - vtkIdType GetSourceVertex(vtkIdType e); - vtkIdType GetTargetVertex(vtkIdType e); - - BTX - Get/Set the internal edge control points associated with each edge. - The size of the pts array is 3*npts, and holds the x,y,z - location of each edge control point. - - - - - Returns the points array for this graph. - If points is not yet constructed, generates and returns - a new points array filled with (0,0,0) coordinates. In a - distributed graph, only the points for local vertices can be - retrieved or modified. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check the storage, and accept it if it is a valid - undirected graph. This is public to allow - the ToDirected/UndirectedGraph to work. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDirectedGraphAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only directed graph as output - - - - Description - vtkDirectedGraphAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline edgehitecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be Graph. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkDiscretizableColorTransferFunction - a combination of vtkColorTransferFunction and - vtkLookupTable. - - - Description - This is a cross between a vtkColorTransferFunction and a vtkLookupTable - selectively combiniting the functionality of both. - NOTE: One must call Build() after making any changes to the points - in the ColorTransferFunction to ensure that the discrete and non-discrete - version match up. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate discretized lookup table, if applicable. - This method must be called after changes to the ColorTransferFunction - otherwise the discretized version will be inconsitent with the - non-discretized one. - - - - - Set if the values are to mapped after discretization. The - number of discrete values is set by using SetNumberOfValues(). - Not set by default, i.e. color value is determined by - interpolating at the scalar value. - - - - - Set if the values are to mapped after discretization. The - number of discrete values is set by using SetNumberOfValues(). - Not set by default, i.e. color value is determined by - interpolating at the scalar value. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return the color as - an RGB array of doubles between 0 and 1. - - - - - Set if the values are to mapped after discretization. The - number of discrete values is set by using SetNumberOfValues(). - Not set by default, i.e. color value is determined by - interpolating at the scalar value. - - - - - Get the number of available colors for mapping to. - - - - - Set the number of values i.e. colors to be generated in the - discrete lookup table. This has no effect if Discretize is off. - The default is 256. - - - - - Returns the (x, r, g, b) values as an array. - - - - - Get/Set if log scale must be used while mapping scalars - to colors. The default is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - An internal method maps a data array into a 4-component, unsigned char - RGBA array. The color mode determines the behavior of mapping. If - VTK_COLOR_MODE_DEFAULT is set, then unsigned char data arrays are - treated as colors (and converted to RGBA if necessary); otherwise, - the data is mapped through this instance of ScalarsToColors. The offset - is used for data arrays with more than one component; it indicates - which component to use to do the blending. - When the component argument is -1, then the this object uses its - own selected technique to change a vector into a scalar to map. - - - - - Map one value through the lookup table and return a color defined - as a RGBA unsigned char tuple (4 bytes). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify an additional opacity (alpha) value to blend with. Values - != 1 modify the resulting color consistent with the requested - form of the output. This is typically used by an actor in order to - blend its opacity. - Overridden to pass the alpha to the internal vtkLookupTable. - - - - - Set if the values are to mapped after discretization. The - number of discrete values is set by using SetNumberOfValues(). - Not set by default, i.e. color value is determined by - interpolating at the scalar value. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - Overridden to pass the NanColor to the internal vtkLookupTable. - - - - - Set the color to use when a NaN (not a number) is encountered. This is an - RGB 3-tuple color of doubles in the range [0,1]. - Overridden to pass the NanColor to the internal vtkLookupTable. - - - - - Set the number of values i.e. colors to be generated in the - discrete lookup table. This has no effect if Discretize is off. - The default is 256. - - - - - Get/Set if log scale must be used while mapping scalars - to colors. The default is 0. - - - - - This should return 1 is the subclass is using log scale for mapping scalars - to colors. - - - - - vtkDistributedGraphHelper - helper for the vtkGraph class - that allows the graph to be distributed across multiple memory spaces. - - - - Description - A distributed graph helper can be attached to an empty vtkGraph - object to turn the vtkGraph into a distributed graph, whose - vertices and edges are distributed across several different - processors. vtkDistributedGraphHelper is an abstract class. Use a - subclass of vtkDistributedGraphHelper, such as - vtkPBGLDistributedGraphHelper, to build distributed graphs. - - The distributed graph helper provides facilities used by vtkGraph - to communicate with other processors that store other parts of the - same distributed graph. The only user-level functionality provided - by vtkDistributedGraphHelper involves this communication among - processors and the ability to map between "distributed" vertex and - edge IDs and their component parts (processor and local index). For - example, the Synchronize() method provides a barrier that allows - all processors to catch up to the same point in the code before any - processor can leave that Synchronize() call. For example, one would - call Synchronize() after adding many edges to a distributed graph, - so that all processors can handle the addition of inter-processor - edges and continue, after the Synchronize() call, with a consistent - view of the distributed graph. For more information about - manipulating (distributed) graphs, see the vtkGraph documentation. - - - - - vtkGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Clones the distributed graph helper, returning another - distributed graph helper of the same kind that can be used in - another vtkGraph. - - - - - Information Keys that distributed graphs can append to attribute arrays - to flag them as containing distributed IDs. These can be used to let - routines that migrate vertices (either repartitioning or collecting graphs - to single nodes) to also modify the ids contained in the attribute arrays - to maintain consistency. - - - - - Information Keys that distributed graphs can append to attribute arrays - to flag them as containing distributed IDs. These can be used to let - routines that migrate vertices (either repartitioning or collecting graphs - to single nodes) to also modify the ids contained in the attribute arrays - to maintain consistency. - - - - - Returns local index of edge with ID e_id, by masking off top ceil(log2 P) - bits of e_id. - - - - - Returns owner of edge with ID e_id, by extracting top ceil(log2 P) bits of e_id. - - - - - Returns local index of vertex v, by masking off top ceil(log2 P) bits of v. - - - - - Returns owner of vertex v, by extracting top ceil(log2 P) bits of v. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Builds a distributed ID consisting of the given owner and the local ID. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Synchronizes all of the processors involved in this distributed - graph, so that all processors have a consistent view of the - distributed graph for the computation that follows. This routine - should be invoked after adding new edges into the distributed - graph, so that other processors will see those edges (or their - corresponding back-edges). - - - - - vtkEdgeListIterator - Iterates through all edges in a graph. - - - - Description - vtkEdgeListIterator iterates through all the edges in a graph, by traversing - the adjacency list for each vertex. You may instantiate this class directly - and call SetGraph() to traverse a certain graph. You may also call the graph's - GetEdges() method to set up the iterator for a certain graph. - - Note that this class does NOT guarantee that the edges will be processed in - order of their ids (i.e. it will not necessarily return edge 0, then edge 1, - etc.). - - - - - vtkGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether this iterator has more edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Just like Next(), but - returns heavy-weight vtkGraphEdge object instead of - the vtkEdgeType struct, for use with wrappers. - The graph edge is owned by this iterator, and changes - after each call to NextGraphEdge(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEmptyCell - an empty cell used as a place-holder during processing - - - Description - vtkEmptyCell is a concrete implementation of vtkCell. It is used - during processing to represented a deleted element. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkExecutionScheduler - Scheduling execution with - thread/computing resources distributing - - - Description - This is a class for balancing the computing resources throughout - the network - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the global instance of the scheduler - - - - - Return the mutex lock reserved for the given exec to notify - when it releases its inputs - - - - - Return the thread messager reserved for the given exec to notify - when it releases its inputs - - - - - Return the thread messager reserved for the given exec to notify - when it is done - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Re-acquire the resource released earlier by ReleaseResource - - - - - Release the resources that are being used by the given exec - - - - - Redistribute the thread resources from a sink given a certain - amount of resource - - - - - Redistribute the thread resources over the network from a sink - with a maximum resource - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Put the current set of executives (modules) to the be scheduled given its - dependency graph which will be used to compute the set - topological orders - - - - - Put the current set of executives (modules) to the be scheduled - given its dependency graph which will be used to compute the set - topological orders. Then wait for their execution to be complete - - - - - Key to store the priority of a task - - - - - Similar to WaitForTaskDone but return whenever input connections - of a task are released instead of done computing. But exec cannot - be NULL. - - - - - Wait for a task that is on the scheduling queue to be done. If - the task is not there, this will return immediately. If the exec - is NULL, any task that is done will trigger this the return - - - - - Wait for all tasks to be done - - - - - Wait until the current set of executives (modules) have finished executing - - - - - Wait until the current set of executives (modules) have their inputs released - - - - - vtkExecutiveCollection - maintain a list of executive objects - - - Description - vtkExecutiveCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists of - objects that are (inherited from) vtkExecutives. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an executive to the list. - - - - - Get the next executive in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExplicitCell - abstract superclass for cells requiring an explicit representation - - - Description - vtkExplicitCell is an abstract superclass for cells that cannot be - represented implicitly. An implicit representation requires only a - cell type and connectivity list (e.g., triangle). Explicit cells - require information beyond this; e.g., a NURBS surface or cells that - require explicit face/edge descriptions. Most cells in VTK are - implicitly represented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the cell id. This is necessary for explicit cells because they - often need to keep extra information (typically contained in the - cell data of a point set). This information might be things like - knot points/weights, boundaries, etc. - - - - - Set/Get the mesh that owns this cell. This is necessary for explicit - cells because they often need to keep extra information (typically - contained in the cell data of a point set). This information might be - things like knot points/weights, boundaries, etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Explicit cells require additional representational information - beyond the usual cell type and connectivity list information. - Most cells in VTK are implicit cells. The vtkCell::IsImplicitCell() - virtual function is overloaded to reflect this requirement. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the cell id. This is necessary for explicit cells because they - often need to keep extra information (typically contained in the - cell data of a point set). This information might be things like - knot points/weights, boundaries, etc. - - - - - Set/Get the mesh that owns this cell. This is necessary for explicit - cells because they often need to keep extra information (typically - contained in the cell data of a point set). This information might be - things like knot points/weights, boundaries, etc. - - - - - vtkGenericAdaptorCell - defines cell interface - - - Description - In VTK, spatial-temporal data is defined in terms of a dataset which is - composed of cells. The cells are topological entities over which an - interpolation field is applied. Cells are defined in terms of a topology - (e.g., vertices, lines, triangles, polygons, tetrahedra, etc.), points - that instantiate the geometry of the cells, and interpolation fields - (in the general case one interpolation field is for geometry, the other - is for attribute data associated with the cell). - - Currently most algorithms in VTK use vtkCell and vtkDataSet, which make - assumptions about the nature of datasets, cells, and attributes. In - particular, this abstraction assumes that cell interpolation functions - are linear, or products of linear functions. Further, VTK implements - most of the interpolation functions. This implementation starts breaking - down as the complexity of the interpolation (or basis) functions - increases. - - vtkGenericAdaptorCell addresses these issues by providing more general - abstraction for cells. It also adopts modern C++ practices including using - iterators. The vtkGenericAdaptorCell is designed to fit within the adaptor - framework; meaning that it is meant to adapt VTK to external simulation - systems (see the GenericFiltering/README.html). - - Please note that most cells are defined in terms of other cells (the - boundary cells). They are also defined in terms of points, which are - not the same as vertices (vertices are a 0-D cell; points represent a - position in space). - - Another important concept is the notion of DOFNodes. These concept - supports cell types with complex interpolation functions. For example, - higher-order p-method finite elements may have different functions on each - of their topological features (edges, faces, region). The coefficients of - these polynomial functions are associated with DOFNodes. (There is a - single DOFNode for each topological feature.) Note that from this - perspective, points are used to establish the topological form of the - cell; mid-side nodes and such are considered DOFNodes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Cut (or clip) the current cell with respect to the contour defined by - the `value' or the implicit function `f' of the scalar attribute - (`attributes->GetActiveAttribute()',`attributes->GetActiveComponent()'). - If `f' exists, `value' is not used. The output is the part of the - current cell which is inside the contour. The output is a set of zero, - one or more cells of the same topological dimension as the current - cell. Normally, cell points whose scalar value is greater than "value" - are considered inside. If `insideOut' is on, this is reversed. Clipping - interpolates the `attributes->GetNumberOfattributesToInterpolate()' - attributes `attributes->GetAttributesToInterpolate()'. `locator', - `connectivity', `outPd' and `outCd' are cumulative data arrays over cell - iterations: they store the result of each call to Clip(): - - `locator' is a points list that merges points as they are inserted - (i.e., prevents duplicates). - - `connectivity' is an array of generated cells - - `outPd' is an array of interpolated point data along the edge (if - not-NULL) - - `outCd' is an array of copied cell data of the current cell (if - not-NULL) - `internalPd', `secondaryPd' and `secondaryCd' are initialized by the - filter that call it from `attributes'. - - `internalPd' stores the result of the tessellation pass: the - higher-order cell is tessellated into linear sub-cells. - - `secondaryPd' and `secondaryCd' are used internally as inputs to the - Clip() method on linear sub-cells. - Note: the CopyAllocate() method must be invoked on both `outPd' and - `outCd', from `secondaryPd' and `secondaryCd'. - - NOTE: `vtkGenericAttributeCollection *attributes' will be replaced by a - `vtkInformation'. - - \pre attributes_exist: attributes!=0 - \pre tessellator_exists: tess!=0 - \pre locator_exists: locator!=0 - \pre connectivity_exists: connectivity!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - \pre secondaryPd_exists: secondaryPd!=0 - \pre secondaryCd_exists: secondaryCd!=0 - - - - - Generate a contour (contouring primitives) for each `values' or with - respect to an implicit function `f'. Contouring is performed on the - scalar attribute (`attributes->GetActiveAttribute()' - `attributes->GetActiveComponent()'). Contouring interpolates the - `attributes->GetNumberOfattributesToInterpolate()' attributes - `attributes->GetAttributesToInterpolate()'. The `locator', `verts', - `lines', `polys', `outPd' and `outCd' are cumulative data arrays over - cell iterations: they store the result of each call to Contour(): - - `locator' is a points list that merges points as they are inserted - (i.e., prevents duplicates). - - `verts' is an array of generated vertices - - `lines' is an array of generated lines - - `polys' is an array of generated polygons - - `outPd' is an array of interpolated point data along the edge (if - not-NULL) - - `outCd' is an array of copied cell data of the current cell (if - not-NULL) - `internalPd', `secondaryPd' and `secondaryCd' are initialized by the - filter that call it from `attributes'. - - `internalPd' stores the result of the tessellation pass: the - higher-order cell is tessellated into linear sub-cells. - - `secondaryPd' and `secondaryCd' are used internally as inputs to the - Contour() method on linear sub-cells. - Note: the CopyAllocate() method must be invoked on both `outPd' and - `outCd', from `secondaryPd' and `secondaryCd'. - - NOTE: `vtkGenericAttributeCollection *attributes' will be replaced by a - `vtkInformation'. - - \pre values_exist: (values!=0 && f==0) || (values==0 && f!=0) - \pre attributes_exist: attributes!=0 - \pre tessellator_exists: tess!=0 - \pre locator_exists: locator!=0 - \pre verts_exist: verts!=0 - \pre lines_exist: lines!=0 - \pre polys_exist: polys!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - \pre secondaryPd_exists: secondaryPd!=0 - \pre secondaryCd_exists: secondaryCd!=0 - - - - - Number of cells (dimension>boundary->GetDimension()) of the dataset - that share the boundary `boundary' of `this'. - `this' IS NOT INCLUDED. - \pre boundary_exists: boundary!=0 - \pre real_boundary: !boundary->IsInDataSet() - \pre cell_of_the_dataset: IsInDataSet() - \pre boundary: HasBoundary(boundary) - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Number of cells (dimension>boundary->GetDimension()) of the dataset - that share the boundary `boundary' of `this'. - `this' IS NOT INCLUDED. - \pre boundary_exists: boundary!=0 - \pre real_boundary: !boundary->IsInDataSet() - \pre cell_of_the_dataset: IsInDataSet() - \pre boundary: HasBoundary(boundary) - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Compute derivatives `derivs' of the attribute `attribute' (from its - values at the corner points of the cell) given sub-cell `subId' (0 means - primary cell) and parametric coordinates `pcoords'. - Derivatives are in the x-y-z coordinate directions for each data value. - \pre positive_subId: subId>=0 - \pre clamped_pcoords: (0<=pcoords[0])&&(pcoords[0]<=1)&&(0<=pcoords[1]) - &&(pcoords[1]<=1)&&(0<=pcoords[2])%%(pcoords[2]<=1) - \pre attribute_exists: attribute!=0 - \pre derivs_exists: derivs!=0 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(derivs)>=attribute->GetNumberOfComponents()*3 - - - - - Determine the global coordinates `x' from sub-cell `subId' and parametric - coordinates `pcoords' in the cell. - \pre positive_subId: subId>=0 - \pre clamped_pcoords: (0<=pcoords[0])&&(pcoords[0]<=1)&&(0<=pcoords[1]) - &&(pcoords[1]<=1)&&(0<=pcoords[2])&&(pcoords[2]<=1) - - - - - Is `x' inside the current cell? It also evaluates parametric coordinates - `pcoords', sub-cell id `subId' (0 means primary cell), distance squared - to the sub-cell in `dist2' and closest corner point `closestPoint'. - `dist2' and `closestPoint' are not evaluated if `closestPoint'==0. - If a numerical error occurred, -1 is returned and all other results - should be ignored. - \post valid_result: result==-1 || result==0 || result==1 - \post positive_distance: result!=-1 implies (closestPoint!=0 implies - dist2>=0) - - - - - Compute the closest boundary of the current sub-cell `subId' for point - `pcoord' (in parametric coordinates) in `boundary', and return whether - the point is inside the cell or not. `boundary' is of dimension - GetDimension()-1. - \pre positive_subId: subId>=0 - - - - - Return the interpolation order of attribute `a' on the cell - (may differ by cell). - \pre a_exists: a!=0 - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the `boundaries' cells of dimension `dim' (or all dimensions - less than GetDimension() if -1) that are part of the boundary of the cell. - \pre valid_dim_range: (dim==-1) || ((dim>=0)&&(dim<GetDimension())) - \pre boundaries_exist: boundaries!=0 - - - - - Compute the bounding box of the current cell in `bounds' in global - coordinates. - THREAD SAFE - - - - - Return the bounding box of the current cell in global coordinates. - NOT THREAD SAFE - \post result_exists: result!=0 - \post valid_size: sizeof(result)>=6 - - - - - Return the topological dimension of the current cell. - \post valid_result: result>=0 && result<=3 - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge `edgeId'. - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - \pre valid_dimension: this->GetDimension()>=2 - \pre valid_edgeId_range: edgeId>=0 && edgeId<this->GetNumberOfBoundaries(1) - \post result_exists: result!=0 - \post valid_size: sizeof(result)==2 - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining face `faceId'. - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - \pre is_3d: this->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_faceId_range: faceId>=0 && faceId<this->GetNumberOfBoundaries(2) - \post result_exists: result!=0 - \post valid_size: sizeof(result)>=GetNumberOfVerticesOnFace(faceId) - - - - - Return the interpolation order of the geometry. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the index of the first point centered attribute with the highest - order in `ac'. - \pre ac_exists: ac!=0 - \post valid_result: result>=-1 && result<ac->GetNumberOfAttributes() - - - - - Unique identification number of the cell over the whole - data set. This unique key may not be contiguous. - - - - - Return the bounding box diagonal squared of the current cell. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Put into `neighbors' the cells (dimension>boundary->GetDimension()) - of the dataset that share the boundary `boundary' with this cell. - `this' IS NOT INCLUDED. - \pre boundary_exists: boundary!=0 - \pre real_boundary: !boundary->IsInDataSet() - \pre cell_of_the_dataset: IsInDataSet() - \pre boundary: HasBoundary(boundary) - \pre neighbors_exist: neighbors!=0 - - - - - Return the number of boundaries of dimension `dim' (or all dimensions - greater than 0 and less than GetDimension() if -1) of the cell. - When \a dim is -1, the number of vertices is not included in the - count because vertices are a special case: a vertex will have - at most a single field value associated with it; DOF nodes may have - an arbitrary number of field values associated with them. - \pre valid_dim_range: (dim==-1) || ((dim>=0)&&(dim<GetDimension())) - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Accumulated number of DOF nodes of the current cell. A DOF node is - a component of cell with a given topological dimension. e.g.: a triangle - has 4 DOF: 1 face and 3 edges. An hexahedron has 19 DOF: - 1 region, 6 faces, and 12 edges. - - The number of vertices is not included in the - count because vertices are a special case: a vertex will have - at most a single field value associated with it; DOF nodes may have - an arbitrary number of field values associated with them. - \post valid_result: result==GetNumberOfBoundaries(-1)+1 - - - - - Return the number of corner points that compose the cell. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the number of vertices defining face `faceId'. - \pre is_3d: this->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_faceId_range: faceId>=0 && faceId<this->GetNumberOfBoundaries(2) - \post positive_result: && result>0 - - - - - Get the center of the current cell (in parametric coordinates) and place - it in `pcoords'. If the current cell is a composite, the return value - is the sub-cell id that the center is in. \post valid_result: - (result>=0) && (IsPrimary() implies result==0) - - - - - Return a contiguous array of parametric coordinates of the corrner points - defining the current cell. In other words, (px,py,pz, px,py,pz, etc..) The - coordinates are ordered consistent with the definition of the point - ordering for the cell. Note that 3D parametric coordinates are returned - no matter what the topological dimension of the cell. - \post valid_result_exists: ((IsPrimary()) && (result!=0)) || - ((!IsPrimary()) && (result==0)) - result!=0 implies sizeof(result)==GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate `pcoords' to the - current cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. This - is used during picking to get the correct cell picked. (The tolerance - will occasionally allow cells to be picked who are not really - intersected "inside" the cell.) \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Put into `id' the list of the dataset points that define the corner points - of the cell. - \pre id_exists: id!=0 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(id)==GetNumberOfPoints(); - - - - - Return the points of cell into `it'. - \pre it_exists: it!=0 - - - - - Return the type of the current cell. - \post (result==VTK_HIGHER_ORDER_EDGE)|| - (result==VTK_HIGHER_ORDER_TRIANGLE)|| - (result==VTK_HIGHER_ORDER_TETRAHEDRON) - - - - - Interpolate the attribute `a' at local position `pcoords' of the cell into - `val'. - \pre a_exists: a!=0 - \pre a_is_point_centered: a->GetCentering()==vtkPointCentered - \pre clamped_point: pcoords[0]>=0 && pcoords[0]<=1 && pcoords[1]>=0 && - pcoords[1]<=1 && pcoords[2]>=0 && pcoords[2]<=1 - \pre val_exists: val!=0 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(val)==a->GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - Interpolate the whole collection of attributes `c' at local position - `pcoords' of the cell into `val'. Only point centered attributes are - taken into account. - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - \pre clamped_point: pcoords[0]>=0 && pcoords[0]<=1 && pcoords[1]>=0 && - pcoords[1]<=1 && pcoords[2]>=0 && pcoords[2]<=1 - \pre val_exists: val!=0 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(val)==c->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents() - - - - - Is there an intersection between the current cell and the ray (`p1',`p2') - according to a tolerance `tol'? If true, `x' is the global intersection, - `t' is the parametric coordinate for the line, `pcoords' are the - parametric coordinates for cell. `subId' is the sub-cell where - the intersection occurs. - \pre positive_tolerance: tol>0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Does the attribute `a' have a non-linear interpolation? - \pre a_exists: a!=0 - \post definition: result==(GetAttributeOrder()==1) - - - - - Is the face `faceId' of the current cell on the exterior boundary of the - dataset? - \pre 3d: GetDimension()==3 - - - - - Does the cell have a non-linear interpolation for the geometry? - \post definition: result==(GetGeometryOrder()==1) - - - - - Does `this' a cell of a dataset? (otherwise, it is a boundary cell) - - - - - Is the cell on the exterior boundary of the dataset? - \pre 2d: GetDimension()==2 - - - - - Is the cell primary (i.e. not composite) ? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create an empty cell iterator. The user is responsible for deleting it. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tessellate the cell if it is not linear or if at least one attribute of - `attributes' is not linear. The output are linear cells of the same - dimension than the cell. If the cell is linear and all attributes are - linear, the output is just a copy of the current cell. - `points', `cellArray', `pd' and `cd' are cumulative output data arrays - over cell iterations: they store the result of each call to Tessellate(). - `internalPd' is initialized by the calling filter and stores the - result of the tessellation. - If it is not null, `types' is filled with the types of the linear cells. - `types' is null when it is called from vtkGenericGeometryFilter and not - null when it is called from vtkGenericDatasetTessellator. - \pre attributes_exist: attributes!=0 - \pre tessellator_exists: tess!=0 - \pre points_exist: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - \pre pd_exist: pd!=0 - \pre cd_exists: cd!=0 - - - - - Tessellate face `index' of the cell. See Tessellate() for further - explanations. - \pre cell_is_3d: GetDimension()==3 - \pre attributes_exist: attributes!=0 - \pre tessellator_exists: tess!=0 - \pre valid_face: index>=0 - \pre points_exist: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - \pre pd_exist: pd!=0 - \pre cd_exists: cd!=0 - - - - - vtkGenericAttributeCollection - a collection of attributes - - - Description - vtkGenericAttributeCollection is a class that collects attributes - (represented by vtkGenericAttribute). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an empty collection. - - - - - Create an empty collection. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Copy, without reference counting, the other attribute array. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre not_self: other!=this - \post same_size: GetNumberOfAttributes()==other->GetNumberOfAttributes() - - - - - Return the index of the attribute named `name'. Return the non-negative - index if found. Return -1 otherwise. - \pre name_exists: name!=0 - \post valid_result: (result==-1) || (result>=0) && (result<=GetNumberOfAttributes()) - - - - - Index of the attribute to be processed (not necessarily scalar). - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \post valid_result: result>=0 && result<GetNumberOfAttributes() - - - - - Component of the active attribute to be processed. -1 means module. - \pre not_empty: GetNumberOfAttributes()>0 - \post valid_result: result>=-1 && - result<GetAttribute(GetActiveAttribute())->GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - Actual size of the data in kilobytes; only valid after the pipeline has - updated. It is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory - required to represent the data. - - - - - Return a pointer to the ith instance of vtkGenericAttribute. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \pre valid_i: i>=0 && i<GetNumberOfAttributes() - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Return the index of the first component of attribute `i' in an array of - format attrib0comp0 attrib0comp1 ... attrib4comp0 ... - \pre valid_i: i>=0 && i<GetNumberOfAttributes() - \pre is_point_centered: GetAttribute(i)->GetCentering()==vtkPointCentered - - - - - Number of attributes to interpolate. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - vtkAttributeCollection is a composite object and needs to check each - member of its collection for modified time. - - - - - Maximum number of components encountered among all attributes. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - \post valid_result: result<=GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - Return the number of attributes (e.g., instances of vtkGenericAttribute) - in the collection. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Number of attributes to interpolate. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the number of components. This is the sum of all components - found in all attributes. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the number of components. This is the sum of all components - found in all point centered attributes. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Description - Does the array `attributes' of size `size' have `attribute'? - \pre positive_size: size>=0 - \pre valid_attributes: size>0 implies attributes!=0 - - - - - Replace the attribute at index `i' by `a'. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \pre a_exists: a!=0 - \pre valid_i: i>=0 && i<GetNumberOfAttributes() - \post same_size: GetNumberOfAttributes()==old GetNumberOfAttributes() - \post item_is_set: GetAttribute(i)==a - - - - - Add the attribute `a' to the end of the collection. - \pre a_exists: a!=0 - \post more_items: GetNumberOfAttributes()==old GetNumberOfAttributes()+1 - \post a_is_set: GetAttribute(GetNumberOfAttributes()-1)==a - - - - - Standard type definition and print methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Indicate whether the collection contains any attributes. - \post definition: result==(GetNumberOfAttributes()==0) - - - - - Standard type definition and print methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard type definition and print methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Remove the attribute at `i'. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \pre valid_i: i>=0 && i<GetNumberOfAttributes() - \post fewer_items: GetNumberOfAttributes()==old GetNumberOfAttributes()-1 - - - - - Remove all attributes. - \post is_empty: GetNumberOfAttributes()==0 - - - - - Standard type definition and print methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Set the scalar attribute to be processed. -1 means module. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \pre valid_attribute: attribute>=0 && attribute<GetNumberOfAttributes() - \pre valid_component: component>=-1 && - component<GetAttribute(attribute)->GetNumberOfComponents() - \post is_set: GetActiveAttribute()==attribute && - GetActiveComponent()==component - - - - - Set the attributes to interpolate. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \pre positive_size: size>=0 - \pre valid_attributes: size>0 implies attributes!=0 - \pre valid_attributes_contents: attributes!=0 implies - !HasAttributes(size,attributes,GetActiveAttribute()) - \post is_set: (GetNumberOfAttributesToInterpolate()==size)&& - (GetAttributesToInterpolate()==attributes) - - - - - Set the attributes to interpolate. - \pre not_empty: !IsEmpty() - \pre positive_size: size>=0 - \pre valid_attributes: size>0 implies attributes!=0 - \pre valid_attributes_contents: attributes!=0 implies - !HasAttributes(size,attributes,GetActiveAttribute()) - \post is_set: (GetNumberOfAttributesToInterpolate()==size)&& - (GetAttributesToInterpolate()==attributes) - - - - - Copy, via reference counting, the other attribute array. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre not_self: other!=this - \post same_size: GetNumberOfAttributes()==other->GetNumberOfAttributes() - - - - - vtkGenericAttribute - abstract class defined API for attribute data - - - Description - vtkGenericAttribute is an abstract class that defines an API for attribute - data. Attribute data is data associated with the topology or geometry of - a dataset (i.e., points, cells, etc.). vtkGenericAttribute is part of the - adaptor framework (see GenericFiltering/README.html). - - vtkGenericAttribute provides a more general interface to attribute data - than its counterpart vtkDataArray (which assumes a linear, contiguous - array). It adopts an iterator interface, and allows attributes to be - associated with points, edges, faces, or edges. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Recursive duplication of `other' in `this'. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre not_self: other!=this - - - - - Size in kilobytes taken by the attribute. - - - - - Is the attribute centered either on points, cells or boundaries? - \post valid_result: (result==vtkPointCentered)||(result==vtkCellCentered) - - - - - Put component `i' of the attribute at all points of cell `c' in `values'. - \pre valid_component: (i>=0) && (i<GetNumberOfComponents()) - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - \pre c_valid: !c->IsAtEnd() - \pre values_exist: values!=0 - \pre valid_values: sizeof(values)>=c->GetCell()->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Value of the component `i' of the attribute at position `p'. - \pre valid_component: (i>=0) && (i<GetNumberOfComponents()) - \pre p_exists: p!=0 - \pre p_valid: !p->IsAtEnd() - - - - - Type of the components of the attribute: int, float, double - \post valid_result: (result==VTK_BIT) ||(result==VTK_CHAR) - ||(result==VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR) ||(result==VTK_SHORT) - ||(result==VTK_UNSIGNED_SHORT)||(result==VTK_INT) - ||(result==VTK_UNSIGNED_INT) ||(result==VTK_LONG) - ||(result==VTK_UNSIGNED_LONG) ||(result==VTK_FLOAT) - ||(result==VTK_DOUBLE) ||(result==VTK_ID_TYPE) - - - - - Return the maximum euclidean norm for the tuples. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Name of the attribute. (e.g. "velocity") - \post result_may_not_exist: result!=0 || result==0 - - - - - Dimension of the attribute. (1 for scalar, 3 for velocity) - \post positive_result: result>=0 - \post GetType()==VTK_SCALARS implies result==1 - \post (GetType()==VTK_VECTORS||(GetType()==VTK_NORMALS)||(GetType()==VTK_TCOORDS) implies result==3 - \post GetType()==VTK_TENSORS implies result==6 - - - - - Range of the attribute component `component'. If `component'==-1, it - returns the range of the magnitude (euclidean norm). - It returns double, even if GetType()==VTK_INT. - NOT THREAD SAFE - \pre valid_component: (component>=-1)&&(component<GetNumberOfComponents()) - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Range of the attribute component `component'. If `component'==-1, it - returns the range of the magnitude (euclidean norm). - THREAD SAFE - \pre valid_component: (component>=-1)&&(component<GetNumberOfComponents()) - - - - - Number of tuples. - \post valid_result: result>=0 - - - - - Attribute at all points of cell `c'. - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - \pre c_valid: !c->IsAtEnd() - \post result_exists: result!=0 - \post valid_result: sizeof(result)==GetNumberOfComponents()*c->GetCell()->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Put attribute at all points of cell `c' in `tuple'. - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - \pre c_valid: !c->IsAtEnd() - \pre tuple_exists: tuple!=0 - \pre valid_tuple: sizeof(tuple)>=GetNumberOfComponents()*c->GetCell()->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Attribute at all points of cell `c'. - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - \pre c_valid: !c->IsAtEnd() - \post result_exists: result!=0 - \post valid_result: sizeof(result)==GetNumberOfComponents()*c->GetCell()->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Put attribute at all points of cell `c' in `tuple'. - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - \pre c_valid: !c->IsAtEnd() - \pre tuple_exists: tuple!=0 - \pre valid_tuple: sizeof(tuple)>=GetNumberOfComponents()*c->GetCell()->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Value of the attribute at position `p'. - \pre p_exists: p!=0 - \pre p_valid: !p->IsAtEnd() - \post result_exists: result!=0 - \post valid_result_size: sizeof(result)==GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - Put the value of the attribute at position `p' into `tuple'. - \pre p_exists: p!=0 - \pre p_valid: !p->IsAtEnd() - \pre tuple_exists: tuple!=0 - \pre valid_tuple_size: sizeof(tuple)>=GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - Type of the attribute: scalar, vector, normal, texture coordinate, tensor - \post valid_result: (result==vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS) - ||(result==vtkDataSetAttributes::VECTORS) - ||(result==vtkDataSetAttributes::NORMALS) - ||(result==vtkDataSetAttributes::TCOORDS) - ||(result==vtkDataSetAttributes::TENSORS) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Update `this' using fields of `other'. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre not_self: other!=this - - - - - vtkGenericCell - provides thread-safe access to cells - - - Description - vtkGenericCell is a class that provides access to concrete types of cells. - It's main purpose is to allow thread-safe access to cells, supporting - the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) method. vtkGenericCell acts - like any type of cell, it just dereferences an internal representation. - The SetCellType() methods use \#define constants; these are defined in - the file vtkCellType.h. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create handle to any type of cell; by default a vtkEmptyCell. - - - - - Create handle to any type of cell; by default a vtkEmptyCell. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Instantiate a new vtkCell based on it's cell type value - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Create handle to any type of cell; by default a vtkEmptyCell. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Create handle to any type of cell; by default a vtkEmptyCell. - - - - - Create handle to any type of cell; by default a vtkEmptyCell. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Create handle to any type of cell; by default a vtkEmptyCell. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - This method is used to support the vtkDataSet::GetCell(vtkGenericCell *) - method. It allows vtkGenericCell to act like any cell type by - dereferencing an internal instance of a concrete cell type. When - you set the cell type, you are resetting a pointer to an internal - cell which is then used for computation. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkGenericCellIterator - iterator used to traverse cells - - - Description - This class (and subclasses) are used to iterate over cells. Use it - only in conjunction with vtkGenericDataSet (i.e., the adaptor framework). - - Typical use is: - <pre> - vtkGenericDataSet *dataset; - vtkGenericCellIterator *it = dataset->NewCellIterator(2); - for (it->Begin(); !it->IsAtEnd(); it->Next()); - { - spec=it->GetCell(); - } - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Move iterator to first position if any (loop initialization). - - - - - Get the cell at current position. The cell should be instantiated - with the NewCell() method. - \pre not_at_end: !IsAtEnd() - \pre c_exists: c!=0 - THREAD SAFE - - - - - Get the cell at the current traversal position. - NOT THREAD SAFE - \pre not_at_end: !IsAtEnd() - \post result_exits: result!=0 - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - Is the iterator at the end of traversal? - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - Create an empty cell. The user is responsible for deleting it. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - Move the iterator to the next position in the list. - \pre not_at_end: !IsAtEnd() - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - vtkGenericCellTessellator - helper class to perform cell tessellation - - - Description - vtkGenericCellTessellator is a helper class to perform adaptive tessellation - of particular cell topologies. The major purpose for this class is to - transform higher-order cell types (e.g., higher-order finite elements) - into linear cells that can then be easily visualized by VTK. This class - works in conjunction with the vtkGenericDataSet and vtkGenericAdaptorCell - classes. - - This algorithm is based on edge subdivision. An error metric along each - edge is evaluated, and if the error is greater than some tolerance, the - edge is subdivided (as well as all connected 2D and 3D cells). The process - repeats until the error metric is satisfied. - - A significant issue addressed by this algorithm is to insure face - compatibility across neigboring cells. That is, diagonals due to face - triangulation must match to insure that the mesh is compatible. The - algorithm employs a precomputed table to accelerate the tessellation - process. The table was generated with the help of vtkOrderedTriangulator; - the basic idea is that the choice of diagonal is made by considering the - relative value of the point ids. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the list of error metrics used to decide if an edge has to be - splitted or not. It is a collection of vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric-s. - - - - - Get the maximum error measured after the fixed subdivision. - \pre errors_exists: errors!=0 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(errors)==GetErrorMetrics()->GetNumberOfItems() - - - - - If true, measure the quality of the fixed subdivision. - - - - - Init the error metric with the dataset. Should be called in each filter - before any tessellation of any cell. - - - - - Initialize the tessellator with a data set `ds'. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the list of error metrics used to decide if an edge has to be - splitted or not. It is a collection of vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric-s. - - - - - If true, measure the quality of the fixed subdivision. - - - - - Tessellate a 3D `cell'. The result is a set of smaller linear - tetrahedra in `cellArray' with `points' and point data `internalPd'. - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre valid_dimension: cell->GetDimension()==3 - \pre att_exists: att!=0 - \pre points_exists: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - - - - - Tessellate a face of a 3D `cell'. The face is specified by the - index value. - The result is a set of smaller linear triangles in `cellArray' with - `points' and point data `internalPd'. - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre valid_dimension: cell->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_index_range: (index>=0) && (index<cell->GetNumberOfBoundaries(2)) - \pre att_exists: att!=0 - \pre points_exists: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - - - - - Triangulate a 2D `cell'. The result is a set of smaller linear triangles - in `cellArray' with `points' and point data `internalPd'. - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre valid_dimension: cell->GetDimension()==2 - \pre att_exists: att!=0 - \pre points_exists: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - - - - - vtkGenericDataSetAlgorithm - Objects that generate adapted data sets - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkGenericDataSet - defines dataset interface - - - Description - In VTK, spatial-temporal data is defined in terms of a dataset. The - dataset consists of geometry (e.g., points), topology (e.g., cells), and - attributes (e.g., scalars, vectors, etc.) vtkGenericDataSet is an abstract - class defining this abstraction. - - Since vtkGenericDataSet provides a general interface to manipulate data, - algorithms that process it tend to be slower than those specialized for a - particular data type. For this reason, there are concrete, non-abstract - subclasses that represent and provide access to data more efficiently. - Note that filters to process this dataset type are currently found in the - VTK/GenericFiltering/ subdirectory. - - Unlike the vtkDataSet class, vtkGenericDataSet provides a more flexible - interface including support for iterators. vtkGenericDataSet is also - designed to interface VTK to external simulation packages without the - penalty of copying memory (see VTK/GenericFiltering/README.html) for - more information. Thus vtkGenericDataSet plays a central role in the - adaptor framework. - - Please note that this class introduces the concepts of "boundary cells". - This refers to the boundaries of a cell (e.g., face of a tetrahedron) - which may in turn be represented as a cell. Boundary cells are derivative - topological features of cells, and are therefore never explicitly - represented in the dataset. Often in visualization algorithms, looping - over boundaries (edges or faces) is employed, while the actual dataset - cells may not traversed. Thus there are methods to loop over these - boundary cells. - - Finally, as a point of clarification, points are not the same as vertices. - Vertices refer to points, and points specify a position is space. Vertices - are a type of 0-D cell. Also, the concept of a DOFNode, which is where - coefficients for higher-order cells are kept, is a new concept introduced - by the adaptor framework (see vtkGenericAdaptorCell for more information). - - - - - vtkGenericAdaptorCell vtkDataSet - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute the geometry bounding box. - - - - - Locate the closest cell to position `x' (global coordinates) with - respect to a tolerance squared `tol2' and an initial guess `cell' (if - valid). The result consists in the `cell', the `subId' of the sub-cell - (0 if primary cell), the parametric coordinates `pcoord' of the - position. It returns whether the position is inside the cell or - not (boolean). Tolerance is used to control how close the point is to be - considered "in" the cell. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - \pre not_empty: GetNumberOfCells()>0 - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre positive_tolerance: tol2>0 - - - - - Locate the closest point `p' to position `x' (global coordinates). - \pre not_empty: GetNumberOfPoints()>0 - \pre p_exists: p!=0 - - - - - Actual size of the data in kilobytes; only valid after the pipeline has - updated. It is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the memory - required to represent the data. - - - - - Get the collection of attributes associated with this dataset. - - - - - Returns the attributes of the data object of the specified - attribute type. The type may be: - <ul> - <li>POINT - Defined in vtkDataSet subclasses. - <li>CELL - Defined in vtkDataSet subclasses. - <li>VERTEX - Defined in vtkGraph subclasses. - <li>EDGE - Defined in vtkGraph subclasses. - <li>ROW - Defined in vtkTable. - </ul> - The other attribute type, FIELD, will return NULL since - field data is stored as a vtkFieldData instance, not a - vtkDataSetAttributes instance. To retrieve field data, use - GetAttributesAsFieldData. - - - - - Return a pointer to the geometry bounding box in the form - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - The return value is VOLATILE. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Return the geometry bounding box in global coordinates in - the form (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) in the `bounds' array. - - - - - Return -1 if the dataset is explicitly defined by cells of varying - dimensions or if there are no cells. If the dataset is explicitly - defined by cells of a unique dimension, return this dimension. - \post valid_range: (result>=-1) && (result<=3) - - - - - Get a list of types of cells in a dataset. The list consists of an array - of types (not necessarily in any order), with a single entry per type. - For example a dataset 5 triangles, 3 lines, and 100 hexahedra would - result a list of three entries, corresponding to the types VTK_TRIANGLE, - VTK_LINE, and VTK_HEXAHEDRON. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - \pre types_exist: types!=0 - - - - - Get the center of the bounding box in global coordinates. - The return value is VOLATILE. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Get the center of the bounding box in global coordinates. - - - - - Estimated size needed after tessellation (or special operation) - - - - - Estimated size needed after tessellation (or special operation) - - - - - Return the type of data object. - - - - - Estimated size needed after tessellation (or special operation) - - - - - Return the length of the diagonal of the bounding box. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Datasets are composite objects and need to check each part for their - modified time. - - - - - Return the number of cells that explicitly define the dataset. See - NewCellIterator() for more details. - \pre valid_dim_range: (dim>=-1) && (dim<=3) - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the number of points composing the dataset. See NewPointIterator() - for more details. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Set/Get a cell tessellator if cells must be tessellated during - processing. - \pre tessellator_exists: tessellator!=0 - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Return an iterator to traverse cell boundaries of dimension `dim' (or - all dimensions if -1) of the dataset. If `exteriorOnly' is true, only - the exterior cell boundaries of the dataset will be returned, otherwise - it will return exterior and interior cell boundaries. The user is - responsible for deleting the iterator. - \pre valid_dim_range: (dim>=-1) && (dim<=2) - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Return an iterator to traverse cells of dimension `dim' (or all - dimensions if -1) that explicitly define the dataset. For instance, it - will return only tetrahedra if the mesh is defined by tetrahedra. If the - mesh is composed of two parts, one with tetrahedra and another part with - triangles, it will return both, but will not return the boundary edges - and vertices of these cells. The user is responsible for deleting the - iterator. - \pre valid_dim_range: (dim>=-1) && (dim<=3) - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Return an iterator to traverse the points composing the dataset; they - can be points that define a cell (corner points) or isolated points. - The user is responsible for deleting the iterator. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Set/Get a cell tessellator if cells must be tessellated during - processing. - \pre tessellator_exists: tessellator!=0 - - - - - vtkGenericEdgeTable - keep track of edges (defined by pair of integer id's) - - - Description - vtkGenericEdgeTable is used to indicate the existance of and hold - information about edges. Similar to vtkEdgeTable, this class is - more sophisticated in that it uses reference counting to keep track - of when information about an edge should be deleted. - - vtkGenericEdgeTable is a helper class used in the adaptor framework. It - is used during the tessellation process to hold information about the - error metric on each edge. This avoids recomputing the error metric each - time the same edge is visited. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate an empty edge table. - - - - - Instantiate an empty edge table. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to determine whether an edge is in the table (0 or 1), or not (-1). - It returns whether the edge was split (1) or not (0), - and the point id exists. - - - - - Return the edge reference count. - - - - - Check if a point is already in the point table. - - - - - Check for the existence of a point and return its coordinate value. - \pre scalar_size: sizeof(scalar)==this->GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - For debugging purposes. It is particularly useful to dump the table - and check that nothing is left after a complete iteration. LoadFactor - should ideally be very low to be able to have a constant time access - - - - - Return the total number of components for the point-centered attributes. - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Method that increments the referencecount and returns it. - - - - - Increment the reference count for the indicated point. - - - - - To specify the starting point id. It will initialize LastPointId - This is very sensitive the start point should be cautiously chosen - - - - - Split the edge with the indicated point id. - - - - - Insert an edge but do not split it. - - - - - Insert point associated with an edge. - - - - - \pre: sizeof(s)==GetNumberOfComponents() - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - For debugging purposes. It is particularly useful to dump the table - and check that nothing is left after a complete iteration. LoadFactor - should ideally be very low to be able to have a constant time access - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Method to remove an edge from the table. The method returns the - current reference count. - - - - - Remove a point from the point table. - - - - - Standard VTK type and print macros. - - - - - Set the total number of components for the point-centered attributes. - \pre positive_count: count>0 - - - - - vtkGenericInterpolatedVelocityField - Interface for obtaining - interpolated velocity values - - - Description - vtkGenericInterpolatedVelocityField acts as a continuous velocity field - by performing cell interpolation on the underlying vtkDataSet. - This is a concrete sub-class of vtkFunctionSet with - NumberOfIndependentVariables = 4 (x,y,z,t) and - NumberOfFunctions = 3 (u,v,w). Normally, every time an evaluation - is performed, the cell which contains the point (x,y,z) has to - be found by calling FindCell. This is a computationally expansive - operation. In certain cases, the cell search can be avoided or shortened - by providing a guess for the cell iterator. For example, in streamline - integration, the next evaluation is usually in the same or a neighbour - cell. For this reason, vtkGenericInterpolatedVelocityField stores the last - cell iterator. If caching is turned on, it uses this iterator as the - starting point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkGenericInterpolatedVelocityField with no initial data set. - Caching is on. LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Construct a vtkGenericInterpolatedVelocityField with no initial data set. - Caching is on. LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset used for the implicit function evaluation. - If more than one dataset is added, the evaluation point is - searched in all until a match is found. THIS FUNCTION - DOES NOT CHANGE THE REFERENCE COUNT OF dataset FOR THREAD - SAFETY REASONS. - - - - - Turn caching on/off. - - - - - Turn caching on/off. - - - - - Set the last cell id to -1 so that the next search does not - start from the previous cell - - - - - Copy the user set parameters from source. This copies - the Caching parameters. Sub-classes can add more after - chaining. - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field, f, at (x, y, z, t). - For now, t is ignored. - - - - - Caching statistics. - - - - - Caching statistics. - - - - - Turn caching on/off. - - - - - Return the cell cached from last evaluation. - - - - - Returns the last dataset that was visited. Can be used - as a first guess as to where the next point will be as - well as to avoid searching through all datasets to get - more information about the point. - - - - - Returns the interpolation weights cached from last evaluation - if the cached cell is valid (returns 1). Otherwise, it does not - change w and returns 0. - - - - - If you want to work with an arbitrary vector array, then set its name - here. By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active vector - array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you want to work with an arbitrary vector array, then set its name - here. By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active vector - array. - - - - - Turn caching on/off. - - - - - vtkGenericPointIterator - iterator used to traverse points - - - Description - This class (and subclasses) are used to iterate over points. Use it - only in conjunction with vtkGenericDataSet (i.e., the adaptor framework). - - Typical use is: - <pre> - vtkGenericDataSet *dataset; - vtkGenericPointIterator *it = dataset->NewPointIterator(); - for (it->Begin(); !it->IsAtEnd(); it->Next()); - { - x=it->GetPosition(); - } - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Move iterator to first position if any (loop initialization). - - - - - Return the unique identifier for the point, could be non-contiguous. - \pre not_off: !IsAtEnd() - - - - - Get the coordinates of the point at the current iterator position. - \pre not_off: !IsAtEnd() - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Get the coordinates of the point at the current iterator position. - \pre not_off: !IsAtEnd() - \pre x_exists: x!=0 - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - Is the iterator at the end of traversal? - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - Move the iterator to the next position in the list. - \pre not_off: !IsAtEnd() - - - - - Standard VTK construction and type macros. - - - - - vtkGeometricErrorMetric - Objects that compute - geometry-based error during cell tessellation. - - - - Description - It is a concrete error metric, based on a geometric criterium: - the variation of the edge from a straight line. - - - - - vtkGenericCellTessellator vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default squared absolute geometric - accuracy equal to 1. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default squared absolute geometric - accuracy equal to 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the squared absolute geometric accuracy. See - SetAbsoluteGeometricTolerance() for details. - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Return the error at the mid-point. It will return an error relative to - the bounding box size if GetRelative() is true, a square absolute error - otherwise. - See RequiresEdgeSubdivision() for a description of the arguments. - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the type of output of GetError() - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Does the edge need to be subdivided according to the distance between - the line passing through its endpoints and the mid point? - The edge is defined by its `leftPoint' and its `rightPoint'. - `leftPoint', `midPoint' and `rightPoint' have to be initialized before - calling RequiresEdgeSubdivision(). - Their format is global coordinates, parametric coordinates and - point centered attributes: xyx rst abc de... - `alpha' is the normalized abscissa of the midpoint along the edge. - (close to 0 means close to the left point, close to 1 means close to the - right point) - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Set the geometric accuracy with a squared absolute value. - This is the geometric object-based accuracy. - Subdivision will be required if the square distance between the real - point and the straight line passing through the vertices of the edge is - greater than `value'. For instance 0.01 will give better result than 0.1. - \pre positive_value: value>0 - - - - - Set the geometric accuracy with a value relative to the length of the - bounding box of the dataset. Internally compute the absolute tolerance. - For instance 0.01 will give better result than 0.1. - \pre valid_range_value: value>0 && value<1 - \pre ds_exists: ds!=0 - - - - - vtkGraphAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only graph as output - - - - Description - vtkGraphAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be Graph. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkGraphEdge - Representation of a single graph edge. - - - - Description - A heavy-weight (vtkObject subclass) graph edge object that may be used - instead of the vtkEdgeType struct, for use with wrappers. - The edge contains the source and target vertex ids, and the edge id. - - - - - vtkGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The id of the edge. - - - - - The source of the edge. - - - - - The target of the edge. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The id of the edge. - - - - - The source of the edge. - - - - - The target of the edge. - - - - - vtkGraphInternals - Internal representation of vtkGraph - - - - Description - This is the internal representation of vtkGraph, used only in rare cases - where one must modify that representation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHexagonalPrism - a 3D cell that represents a prism with - hexagonal base - - - Description - vtkHexagonalPrism is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a - linear 3D prism with hexagonal base. Such prism is defined by the twelve points - (0-12) where (0,1,2,3,4,5) is the base of the prism which, using the right - hand rule, forms a hexagon whose normal points is in the direction of the - opposite face (6,7,8,9,10,11). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkHexagonalPrism::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkHexagonalPrism::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkHexahedron - a cell that represents a linear 3D hexahedron - - - Description - vtkHexahedron is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a - linear, 3D rectangular hexahedron (e.g., "brick" topology). vtkHexahedron - uses the standard isoparametric shape functions for a linear - hexahedron. The hexahedron is defined by the eight points (0-7) where - (0,1,2,3) is the base of the hexahedron which, using the right hand rule, - forms a quadrilaterial whose normal points in the direction of the - opposite face (4,5,6,7). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkHexahedron::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkHexahedron::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataIterator - subclass of vtkCompositeDataIterator - with API to get current level and dataset index. - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the dataset index for the current data object. Valid only if the - current data is a leaf node i.e. no a composite dataset. - - - - - Returns the level for the current dataset. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSetAlgorithm - superclass for algorithms that - produce vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet as output. - - - Description - Algorithms that take any type of data object (including composite dataset) - and produce a vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet in the output can subclass from this - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet - hierarchical dataset of vtkUniformGrids - - - - Description - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet is a concrete implementation of - vtkCompositeDataSet. The dataset type is restricted to - vtkUniformGrid. Each dataset has an associated vtkAMRBox that represents - it's region (similar to extent) in space. - - Warning - To compute the cellId of a cell within a vtkUniformGrid with AMRBox=box, - you should not use vtkUniformGrid::ComputeCellId( {x,y,z} ) but instead - use the following pseudo code: - for (int i=0; i<3; i++) - { - cellDims[i] = box.HiCorner[i] - box.LoCorner[i] + 1; - } - vtkIdType cellId = - (z-box.LoCorner[2])*cellDims[0]*cellDims[1] + - (y-box.LoCorner[1])*cellDims[0] + - (x-box.LoCorner[0]); - - NOTE vtkAMRBox is used to compute cell visibility, therefor it - should be dimensioned according to the visible region. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Return class name of data type (see vtkType.h for definitions). - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Given the level and dataset index, returns the flat index provided level - and dataset index are valid. - - - - - Get meta-data associated with a level. This may allocate a new - vtkInformation object if none is already present. Use HasLevelMetaData to - avoid unnecessary allocations. - - - - - Get meta-data associated with a dataset. This may allocate a new - vtkInformation object if none is already present. Use HasMetaData to - avoid unnecessary allocations. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Returns the number of data sets available at any level. - - - - - Returns the number of levels. - - - - - Returns the refinement of a given level. - - - - - Returns the refinement ratio for the position pointed by the iterator. - - - - - Copy the cached scalar range into range. - - - - - Return the cached range. - - - - - Returns if meta-data exists for a given level. - - - - - Returns if meta-data exists for a given dataset under a given level. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return a new iterator (the iterator has to be deleted by user). - - - - - Blank lower level cells if they are overlapped by higher - level ones. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the data set at the location pointed by the iterator. - The iterator does not need to be iterating over this dataset itself. It can - be any composite datasite with similar structure (achieve by using - CopyStructure). - Un-hiding superclass overload. - - - - - Set the dataset pointer for a given node. This will resize the number of - levels and the number of datasets in the level to fit level, id requested. - - - - - Set the number of data set at a given level. - - - - - Set the number of refinement levels. This call might cause - allocation if the new number of levels is larger than the - current one. - - - - - Sets the refinement of a given level. The spacing at level - level+1 is defined as spacing(level+1) = spacing(level)/refRatio(level). - Note that currently, this is not enforced by this class however - some algorithms might not function properly if the spacing in - the blocks (vtkUniformGrid) does not match the one described - by the refinement ratio. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only octree as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeCursor - Objects that can traverse hyperoctree nodes. - - - Description - Objects that can traverse hyperoctree nodes. It is an abstract class. - Cursors are created by the hyperoctree. - - - - vtkDataObject vtkFieldData vtkHyperOctreeAlgorithm - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a copy of `this'. - \post results_exists:result!=0 - \post same_tree: result->SameTree(this) - - - - - Is the node pointed by the cursor a leaf? - - - - - Is the node pointed by the cursor the root? - - - - - Are the children of the current node all leaves? - This query can be called also on a leaf node. - \post compatible: result implies !CurrentIsLeaf() - - - - - Description - Did the last call to MoveToNode succeed? - - - - - Return the child number of the current node relative to its parent. - \pre not_root: !CurrentIsRoot(). - \post valid_range: result>=0 && result<GetNumberOfChildren() - - - - - Return the level of the node pointed by the cursor. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the dimension of the tree. - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Return the index in dimension `d', as if the node was a cell of a - uniform grid of 1<<GetCurrentLevel() cells in each dimension. - \pre valid_range: d>=0 && d<GetDimension() - \post valid_result: result>=0 && result<(1<<GetCurrentLevel()) - - - - - Return the index of the current leaf in the data arrays. - \pre is_leaf: CurrentIsLeaf() - - - - - Return the number of children for each node of the tree. - \post positive_number: result>0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is `this' equal to `other'? - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre same_hyperoctree: this->SameTree(other); - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move to the node described by its indices in each dimension and - at a given level. If there is actually a node or a leaf at this - location, Found() returns true. Otherwise, Found() returns false and the - cursor moves to the closest parent of the query. It can be the root in the - worst case. - \pre indices_exists: indices!=0 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(indices)==GetDimension() - \pre valid_level: level>=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Are `this' and `other' pointing on the same hyperoctree? - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - - - - - Move the cursor to child `child' of the current node. - \pre not_leaf: !CurrentIsLeaf() - \pre valid_child: child>=0 && child<this->GetNumberOfChildren() - - - - - Move the cursor to the parent of the current node. - \pre not_root: !CurrentIsRoot() - - - - - Move the cursor the root node. - \pre can be root - \post is_root: CurrentIsRoot() - - - - - Move the cursor to the same node pointed by `other'. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre same_hyperoctree: this->SameTree(other); - \post equal: this->IsEqual(other) - - - - - vtkHyperOctree - A dataset structured as a tree where each node has - exactly 2^n children. - - - Description - An hyperoctree is a dataset where each node has either exactly 2^n children - or no child at all if the node is a leaf. `n' is the dimension of the - dataset (1 (binary tree), 2 (quadtree) or 3 (octree) ). - The class name comes from the following paper: - - \verbatim - @ARTICLE{yau-srihari-1983, - author={Mann-May Yau and Sargur N. Srihari}, - title={A Hierarchical Data Structure for Multidimensional Digital Images}, - journal={Communications of the ACM}, - month={July}, - year={1983}, - volume={26}, - number={7}, - pages={504--515} - } - \endverbatim - - Each node is a cell. Attributes are associated with cells, not with points. - The geometry is implicitly given by the size of the root node on each axis - and position of the center and the orientation. (TODO: review center - position and orientation). The geometry is then not limited to an hybercube - but can have a rectangular shape. - Attributes are associated with leaves. For LOD (Level-Of-Detail) purpose, - attributes can be computed on none-leaf nodes by computing the average - values from its children (which can be leaves or not). - - By construction, an hyperoctree is efficient in memory usage when the - geometry is sparse. The LOD feature allows to cull quickly part of the - dataset. - - A couple of filters can be applied on this dataset: contour, outline, - geometry. - - * 3D case (octree) - for each node, each child index (from 0 to 7) is encoded in the following - orientation. It is easy to access each child as a cell of a grid. - Note also that the binary representation is relevant, each bit code a - side: bit 0 encodes -x side (0) or +x side (1) - bit 1 encodes -y side (0) or +y side (1) - bit 2 encodes -z side (0) or +z side (2) - - the -z side first - - 0: -y -x sides - - 1: -y +x sides - - 2: +y -x sides - - 3: +y +x sides - \verbatim - +y - +-+-+ ^ - |2|3| | - +-+-+ O +z +-> +x - |0|1| - +-+-+ - \endverbatim - - - then the +z side, in counter-clockwise - - 4: -y -x sides - - 5: -y +x sides - - 6: +y -x sides - - 7: +y +x sides - \verbatim - +y - +-+-+ ^ - |6|7| | - +-+-+ O +z +-> +x - |4|5| - +-+-+ - \endverbatim - - The cases with fewer dimensions are consistent with the octree case: - - * Quadtree: - in counter-clockwise - - 0: -y -x edges - - 1: -y +x edges - - 2: +y -x edges - - 3: +y +x edges - \verbatim - +y - +-+-+ ^ - |2|3| | - +-+-+ O+-> +x - |0|1| - +-+-+ - \endverbatim - - * Binary tree: - \verbatim - +0+1+ O+-> +x - \endverbatim - - Caveats - It is not a spatial search object! If you looking for this kind of - octree see vtkCellLocator instead. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Collapse a node for which all children are leaves. - At the end, cursor points on the leaf that used to be a node. - \pre node_exists: node!=0 - \pre node_is_node: !node->CurrentIsLeaf() - \pre children_are_leaves: node->CurrentIsTerminalNode() - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an input rectilinear grid - object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Locate cell based on global coordinate x and tolerance - squared. If cell and cellId is non-NULL, then search starts from - this cell and looks at immediate neighbors. Returns cellId >= 0 - if inside, < 0 otherwise. The parametric coordinates are - provided in pcoords[3]. The interpolation weights are returned in - weights[]. (The number of weights is equal to the number of - points in the found cell). Tolerance is used to control how close - the point is to be considered "in" the cell. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - This is a version of the above method that can be used with - multithreaded applications. A vtkGenericCell must be passed in - to be used in internal calls that might be made to GetCell() - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Topological inquiry to get all cells using list of points exclusive of - cell specified (e.g., cellId). Note that the list consists of only - cells that use ALL the points provided. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Get cell with cellId such that: 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Get cell with cellId such that: 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - This is a thread-safe alternative to the previous GetCell() - method. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Topological inquiry to get all cells using list of points exclusive of - cell specified (e.g., cellId). Note that the list consists of only - cells that use ALL the points provided. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Topological inquiry to get points defining cell. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get type of cell with cellId such that: 0 <= cellId < NumberOfCells. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Return the dimension of the tree (1D:binary tree(2 children), 2D:quadtree(4 children), - 3D:octree (8 children)) - \post valid_result: result>=1 && result<=3 - - - - - Switch between returning leaves as cells, or the dual grid. - - - - - A generic way to set the leaf data attributes. - This can be either point data for dual or cell data for normal grid. - - - - - Convenience method returns largest cell size in dataset. This is generally - used to allocate memory for supporting data structures. - This is the number of points of a cell. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE - - - - - Return the number of cells corresponding to the boundary of a cell - of level `level' where all the leaves at at the last level. - \pre positive_level: level>=0 && level<this->GetNumberOfLevels() - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the number of points corresponding to an hyperoctree starting at - level `level' where all the leaves at at the last level. In this case, the - hyperoctree is like a uniform grid. So this number is the number of points - of the uniform grid. - \pre positive_level: level>=0 && level<this->GetNumberOfLevels() - \post definition: result==(2^(GetNumberOfLevels()-level-1)+1)^GetDimension() - - - - - Return the number of points corresponding to the boundary of an - hyperoctree starting at level `level' where all the leaves at at the last - level. In this case, the hyperoctree is like a uniform grid. So this - number is the number of points of on the boundary of the uniform grid. - For an octree, the boundary are the faces. For a quadtree, the boundary - are the edges. - \pre 2d_or_3d: this->GetDimension()==2 || this->GetDimension()==3 - \pre positive_level: level>=0 && level<this->GetNumberOfLevels() - \post min_result: result>=GetMaxNumberOfPoints(this->GetNumberOfLevels()-1) - \post max_result: result<=GetMaxNumberOfPoints(level) - - - - - Return the number of cells in the dual grid. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Get the number of leaves in the tree. - - - - - Return the number of levels. - \post result_greater_or_equal_to_one: result>=1 - - - - - Return the number of points in the dual grid. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) ) of the root. - - - - - Return the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) ) of the root. - - - - - Return the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) ) of the root. - - - - - Get point coordinates with ptId such that: 0 <= ptId < NumberOfPoints. - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Copy point coordinates into user provided array x[3] for specified - point id. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Topological inquiry to get cells using point. - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Get the points of node `sibling' on its edge `axis','k','j'. - If axis==0, the edge is X-aligned and k gives the z coordinate and j the - y-coordinate. If axis==1, the edge is Y-aligned and k gives the x coordinate - and j the z coordinate. If axis==2, the edge is Z-aligned and k gives the - y coordinate and j the x coordinate. - \pre sibling_exists: sibling!=0 - \pre sibling_3d: sibling->GetDimension()==3 - \pre sibling_not_leaf: !sibling->CurrentIsLeaf() - \pre valid_axis: axis>=0 && axis<3 - \pre valid_k: k>=0 && k<=1 - \pre valid_j: j>=0 && j<=1 - \pre valid_level_not_leaf: level>=0 level<(this->Input->GetNumberOfLevels()-1) - - - - - Get the points of node `sibling' on its edge `edge'. - \pre sibling_exists: sibling!=0 - \pre sibling_not_leaf: !sibling->CurrentIsLeaf() - \pre sibling_2d: sibling->GetDimension()==2 - \pre valid_edge: edge>=0 && edge<4 - \pre valid_level_not_leaf: level>=0 level<(this->Input->GetNumberOfLevels()-1) - - - - - Get the points of node `sibling' on its face `face'. - \pre sibling_exists: sibling!=0 - \pre sibling_not_leaf: !sibling->CurrentIsLeaf() - \pre sibling_3d: sibling->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_face: face>=0 && face<6 - \pre valid_level_not_leaf: level>=0 level<(this->GetNumberOfLevels()-1) - - - - - Get the points of the parent node of `cursor' on its edge `axis','k','j' - at level `level' or deeper. - If axis==0, the edge is X-aligned and k gives the z coordinate and j the - y-coordinate. If axis==1, the edge is Y-aligned and k gives the x - coordinate and j the z coordinate. If axis==2, the edge is Z-aligned and - k gives the y coordinate and j the x coordinate. - \pre cursor_exists: cursor!=0 - \pre cursor_3d: cursor->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_level: level>=0 - \pre valid_range_axis: axis>=0 && axis<3 - \pre valid_range_k: k>=0 && k<=1 - \pre valid_range_j: j>=0 && j<=1 - - - - - Get the points of the parent node of `cursor' on its edge `edge' at - level `level' or deeper. (edge=0 for -X, 1 for +X, 2 for -Y, 3 for +Y) - \pre cursor_exists: cursor!=0 - \pre cursor_2d: cursor->GetDimension()==2 - \pre valid_level: level>=0 - \pre valid_edge: edge>=0 && edge<4 - - - - - Get the points of the parent node of `cursor' on its faces `faces' at - level `level' or deeper. - \pre cursor_exists: cursor!=0 - \pre cursor_3d: cursor->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_level: level>=0 - \pre boolean_faces: (faces[0]==0 || faces[0]==1) && (faces[1]==0 || faces[1]==1) && (faces[2]==0 || faces[2]==1) - - - - - Return the size on each axis. - - - - - Return the size on each axis. - - - - - Return the size on each axis. - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - THIS METHOD IS NOT THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a new cursor: an object that can traverse - the cell of an hyperoctree. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the dimension of the tree with `dim'. See GetDimension() for details. - \pre valid_dim: dim>=1 && dim<=3 - \post dimension_is_set: GetDimension()==dim - - - - - Switch between returning leaves as cells, or the dual grid. - - - - - Set the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) of the root. - - - - - Set the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) of the root. - - - - - Set the size on each axis. - - - - - Set the size on each axis. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Subdivide node pointed by cursor, only if its a leaf. - At the end, cursor points on the node that used to be leaf. - \pre leaf_exists: leaf!=0 - \pre is_a_leaf: leaf->CurrentIsLeaf() - - - - - vtkHyperOctreePointsGrabber - An object used by filters to - store points computed on face or edge of an hyperoctant. It is an - abstract class. vtkClipHyperOctree and vtkHyperOctreeCutter use - vtkHyperOctreeClipCutPointsGrabber - vtkHyperOctreeContourFilter use an internal one: - vtkHyperOctreeContourFilterPointsGrabber. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the dimension of the hyperoctree. - \post valid_result: (result==2 || result==3) - - - - - Initialize the points insertion scheme. - Actually, it is just a trick to initialize the IdSet from the filter. - The IdSet class cannot be shared with the filter because it is a Pimpl. - It is used by clip,cut and contour filters to build the points - that lie on an hyperoctant. - \pre only_in_3d: GetDimension()==3 - - - - - Insert a point, assuming the point is unique and does not require a - locator. Tt does not mean it does not use a locator. It just mean that - some implementation may skip the use of a locator. - - - - - Insert a point in the quadtree case. - - - - - Insert a point using a locator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the dimension of the hyperoctree. - \pre valid_dim: (dim==2 || dim==3) - \post is_set: GetDimension()==dim - - - - - vtkImageAlgorithm - Generic algorithm superclass for image algs - - - Description - vtkImageAlgorithm is a filter superclass that hides much of the - pipeline complexity. It handles breaking the pipeline execution - into smaller extents so that the vtkImageData limits are observed. It - also provides support for multithreading. If you don't need any of this - functionality, consider using vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter instead. - - - - vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkImageData - topologically and geometrically regular array of data - - - Description - vtkImageData is a data object that is a concrete implementation of - vtkDataSet. vtkImageData represents a geometric structure that is - a topological and geometrical regular array of points. Examples include - volumes (voxel data) and pixmaps. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate the vtkScalars object associated with this object. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Given a location in structured coordinates (i-j-k), return the cell id. - - - - - Given how many pixel are required on a side for bounrary conditions (in - bnds), the target extent to traverse, compute the internal extent (the - extent for this ImageData that does nto suffer from any boundary - conditions) and place it in intExt - - - - - Given a location in structured coordinates (i-j-k), return the point id. - - - - - Convenience function computes the structured coordinates for a point x[3]. - The voxel is specified by the array ijk[3], and the parametric coordinates - in the cell are specified with pcoords[3]. The function returns a 0 if the - point x is outside of the volume, and a 1 if inside the volume. - - - - - This method is passed a input and output region, and executes the filter - algorithm to fill the output from the input. - It just executes a switch statement to call the correct function for - the regions data types. - - - - - This method is passed a input and output region, and executes the filter - algorithm to fill the output from the input. - It just executes a switch statement to call the correct function for - the regions data types. - - - - - Override these to handle origin, spacing, scalar type, and scalar - number of components. See vtkDataObject for details. - - - - - Override these to handle origin, spacing, scalar type, and scalar - number of components. See vtkDataObject for details. - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an input image data - object. - - - - - Must only be called with vtkImageData (or subclass) as input - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Since various arrays have different number of components, - the will have different increments. - - - - - These are convenience methods for getting a pointer - from any filed array. It is a start at expanding image filters - to process any array (not just scalars). - - - - - These are convenience methods for getting a pointer - from any filed array. It is a start at expanding image filters - to process any array (not just scalars). - - - - - Set / Get the extent on just one axis - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Different ways to get the increments for moving around the data. - incX is always returned with 0. incY is returned with the - increment needed to move from the end of one X scanline of data - to the start of the next line. incZ is filled in with the - increment needed to move from the end of one image to the start - of the next. The proper way to use these values is to for a loop - over Z, Y, X, C, incrementing the pointer by 1 after each - component. When the end of the component is reached, the pointer - is set to the beginning of the next pixel, thus incX is properly set to 0. - - - - - The extent type is a 3D extent - - - - - The extent type is a 3D extent - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Get dimensions of this structured points dataset. - It is the number of points on each axis. - Dimensions are computed from Extents during this call. - - - - - Get dimensions of this structured points dataset. - It is the number of points on each axis. - Dimensions are computed from Extents during this call. - - - - - Get the estimated size of this data object itself. Should be called - after UpdateInformation() and PropagateUpdateExtent() have both been - called. This estimate should be fairly accurate since this is structured - data. - - - - - Set/Get the extent. On each axis, the extent is defined by the index - of the first point and the index of the last point. The extent should - be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. The Extent is - stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - The dataset extent does not have to start at (0,0,0). (0,0,0) is just the - extent of the origin. - The first point (the one with Id=0) is at extent - (Extent[0],Extent[2],Extent[4]). As for any dataset, a data array on point - data starts at Id=0. - - - - - Set/Get the extent. On each axis, the extent is defined by the index - of the first point and the index of the last point. The extent should - be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. The Extent is - stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - The dataset extent does not have to start at (0,0,0). (0,0,0) is just the - extent of the origin. - The first point (the one with Id=0) is at extent - (Extent[0],Extent[2],Extent[4]). As for any dataset, a data array on point - data starts at Id=0. - - - - - Set/Get the extent. On each axis, the extent is defined by the index - of the first point and the index of the last point. The extent should - be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. The Extent is - stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - The dataset extent does not have to start at (0,0,0). (0,0,0) is just the - extent of the origin. - The first point (the one with Id=0) is at extent - (Extent[0],Extent[2],Extent[4]). As for any dataset, a data array on point - data starts at Id=0. - - - - - The extent type is a 3D extent - - - - - Different ways to get the increments for moving around the data. - GetIncrements() calls ComputeIncrements() to ensure the increments are - up to date. - - - - - Different ways to get the increments for moving around the data. - GetIncrements() calls ComputeIncrements() to ensure the increments are - up to date. - - - - - Different ways to get the increments for moving around the data. - GetIncrements() calls ComputeIncrements() to ensure the increments are - up to date. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Set/Get the number of scalar components for points. As with the - SetScalarType method this is setting pipeline info. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the dataset. The origin is the position in world - coordinates of the point of extent (0,0,0). This point does not have to be - part of the dataset, in other words, the dataset extent does not have to - start at (0,0,0) and the origin can be outside of the dataset bounding - box. - The origin plus spacing determine the position in space of the points. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the dataset. The origin is the position in world - coordinates of the point of extent (0,0,0). This point does not have to be - part of the dataset, in other words, the dataset extent does not have to - start at (0,0,0) and the origin can be outside of the dataset bounding - box. - The origin plus spacing determine the position in space of the points. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the dataset. The origin is the position in world - coordinates of the point of extent (0,0,0). This point does not have to be - part of the dataset, in other words, the dataset extent does not have to - start at (0,0,0) and the origin can be outside of the dataset bounding - box. - The origin plus spacing determine the position in space of the points. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Given structured coordinates (i,j,k) for a point in a structured point - dataset, compute the gradient vector from the scalar data at that point. - The scalars s are the scalars from which the gradient is to be computed. - This method will treat structured point datasets of any dimension. - - - - - For access to data from tcl - - - - - For access to data from tcl - - - - - Access the native pointer for the scalar data - - - - - Access the native pointer for the scalar data - - - - - Access the native pointer for the scalar data - - - - - Access the native pointer for the scalar data - - - - - Get the size of the scalar type in bytes. - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - These returns the minimum and maximum values the ScalarType can hold - without overflowing. - - - - - These returns the minimum and maximum values the ScalarType can hold - without overflowing. - - - - - Set the spacing (width,height,length) of the cubical cells that - compose the data set. - - - - - Set the spacing (width,height,length) of the cubical cells that - compose the data set. - - - - - Set the spacing (width,height,length) of the cubical cells that - compose the data set. - - - - - Given structured coordinates (i,j,k) for a voxel cell, compute the eight - gradient values for the voxel corners. The order in which the gradient - vectors are arranged corresponds to the ordering of the voxel points. - Gradient vector is computed by central differences (except on edges of - volume where forward difference is used). The scalars s are the scalars - from which the gradient is to be computed. This method will treat - only 3D structured point datasets (i.e., volumes). - - - - - Restore data object to initial state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - make the output data ready for new data to be inserted. For most - objects we just call Initialize. But for image data we leave the old - data in case the memory can be reused. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the extent on just one axis - - - - - \deprecated{This is for backward compatibility only - use SetExtent().} - Same as SetExtent(0, i-1, 0, j-1, 0, k-1) - - - - - \deprecated{This is for backward compatibility only - use SetExtent().} - Same as SetExtent(0, dims[0]-1, 0, dims[1]-1, 0, dims[2]-1) - - - - - Set/Get the extent. On each axis, the extent is defined by the index - of the first point and the index of the last point. The extent should - be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. The Extent is - stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - The dataset extent does not have to start at (0,0,0). (0,0,0) is just the - extent of the origin. - The first point (the one with Id=0) is at extent - (Extent[0],Extent[2],Extent[4]). As for any dataset, a data array on point - data starts at Id=0. - - - - - Set/Get the extent. On each axis, the extent is defined by the index - of the first point and the index of the last point. The extent should - be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. The Extent is - stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - The dataset extent does not have to start at (0,0,0). (0,0,0) is just the - extent of the origin. - The first point (the one with Id=0) is at extent - (Extent[0],Extent[2],Extent[4]). As for any dataset, a data array on point - data starts at Id=0. - - - - - Set/Get the number of scalar components for points. As with the - SetScalarType method this is setting pipeline info. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the dataset. The origin is the position in world - coordinates of the point of extent (0,0,0). This point does not have to be - part of the dataset, in other words, the dataset extent does not have to - start at (0,0,0) and the origin can be outside of the dataset bounding - box. - The origin plus spacing determine the position in space of the points. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the dataset. The origin is the position in world - coordinates of the point of extent (0,0,0). This point does not have to be - part of the dataset, in other words, the dataset extent does not have to - start at (0,0,0) and the origin can be outside of the dataset bounding - box. - The origin plus spacing determine the position in space of the points. - - - - - For access to data from tcl - - - - - For access to data from tcl - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set the spacing (width,height,length) of the cubical cells that - compose the data set. - - - - - Set the spacing (width,height,length) of the cubical cells that - compose the data set. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Override to copy information from pipeline information to data - information for backward compatibility. See - vtkDataObject::UpdateInformation for details. - - - - - Creates a vtkImageData object from a System.Drawing.Image - - The System.Drawing.Image to convert - - - - Creates a vtkImageData object from a System.Drawing.Image - - The System.Drawing.Image to convert - 3 for RGB and 4 for RGBA - - - - Returns a System.Drawing.Bitmap created from a plane - of the vtkImageData - - - - - vtkImageInPlaceFilter - Filter that operates in place. - - - Description - vtkImageInPlaceFilter is a filter super class that - operates directly on the input region. The data is copied - if the requested region has different extent than the input region - or some other object is referencing the input region. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageMultipleInputFilter - Generic filter that has N inputs. - - - Description - vtkImageMultipleInputFilter is a super class for filters that - have any number of inputs. Streaming is not available in this class yet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds an input to the first null position in the input list. - Expands the list memory if necessary - - - - - Turning bypass on will cause the filter to turn off and - simply pass the data from the first input (input0) through. - It is implemented for consistency with vtkImageToImageFilter. - - - - - Turning bypass on will cause the filter to turn off and - simply pass the data from the first input (input0) through. - It is implemented for consistency with vtkImageToImageFilter. - - - - - Turning bypass on will cause the filter to turn off and - simply pass the data from the first input (input0) through. - It is implemented for consistency with vtkImageToImageFilter. - - - - - Get one input to this filter. - - - - - Get one input to this filter. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Adds an input to the first null position in the input list. - Expands the list memory if necessary - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turning bypass on will cause the filter to turn off and - simply pass the data from the first input (input0) through. - It is implemented for consistency with vtkImageToImageFilter. - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Putting this here until I merge graphics and imaging streaming. - - - - - vtkImageMultipleInputOutputFilter - Generic filter that has N inputs. - - - Description - vtkImageMultipleInputOutputFilter is a super class for filters that - have any number of inputs. Streaming is not available in this class yet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get one input to this filter. - - - - - Get one input to this filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageToImageFilter - Generic filter that has one input of type vtkImageData - - - Description - vtkImageToImageFilter is a filter superclass that hides much of the - pipeline complexity. It handles breaking the pipeline execution - into smaller extents so that the vtkImageData limits are observed. It - also provides support for multithreading. If you don't need any of this - functionality, consider using vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter instead. - Warning - This used to be the parent class for most imaging filter in VTK4.x, now - this role has been replaced by vtkImageAlgorithm. You should consider - using vtkImageAlgorithm instead, when writing filter for VTK5 and above. - This class was kept to ensure full backward compatibility. - - - - vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter vtkImageSpatialFilter vtkImageAlgorithm - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Obsolete feature - do not use. - - - - - Obsolete feature - do not use. - - - - - Obsolete feature - do not use. - - - - - Set the Input of a filter. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Obsolete feature - do not use. - - - - - Set the Input of a filter. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Putting this here until I merge graphics and imaging streaming. - - - - - If the subclass does not define an Execute method, then the task - will be broken up, multiple threads will be spawned, and each thread - will call this method. It is public so that the thread functions - can call this method. - - - - - vtkImageToStructuredPoints - Attaches image pipeline to VTK. - - - Description - vtkImageToStructuredPoints changes an image cache format to - a structured points dataset. It takes an Input plus an optional - VectorInput. The VectorInput converts the RGB scalar components - of the VectorInput to vector pointdata attributes. This filter - will try to reference count the data but in some cases it must - make a copy. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of the filter. - - - - - Set/Get the input object from the image pipeline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the input object from the image pipeline. - - - - - vtkImageTwoInputFilter - Generic superclass for filters that have - two inputs. - - - Description - vtkImageTwoInputFilter handles two inputs. - It is just a subclass of vtkImageMultipleInputFilter with some - methods that are specific to two inputs. Although the inputs are labeled - input1 and input2, they are stored in an array indexed starting at 0. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the inputs to this filter. - - - - - Get the inputs to this filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Input1 of this filter. If a ScalarType has not been set, - then the ScalarType of the input is used. - - - - - Set the Input2 of this filter. If a ScalarType has not been set, - then the ScalarType of the input is used. - - - - - vtkImplicitBoolean - implicit function consisting of boolean combinations of implicit functions - - - Description - vtkImplicitBoolean is an implicit function consisting of boolean - combinations of implicit functions. The class has a list of functions - (FunctionList) that are combined according to a specified operator - (VTK_UNION or VTK_INTERSECTION or VTK_DIFFERENCE). You can use nested - combinations of vtkImplicitFunction's (and/or vtkImplicitBoolean) to create - elaborate implicit functions. vtkImplicitBoolean is a concrete - implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. - - The operators work as follows. The VTK_UNION operator takes the minimum - value of all implicit functions. The VTK_INTERSECTION operator takes the - maximum value of all implicit functions. The VTK_DIFFERENCE operator - subtracts the 2nd through last implicit functions from the first. The - VTK_UNION_OF_MAGNITUDES takes the minimum absolute value of the - implicit functions. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Default boolean method is union. - - - - - Default boolean method is union. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another implicit function to the list of functions. - - - - - Evaluate boolean combinations of implicit function using current operator. - - - - - Evaluate boolean combinations of implicit function using current operator. - - - - - Evaluate gradient of boolean combination. - - - - - Return the collection of implicit functions. - - - - - Override modified time retrieval because of object dependencies. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Return the boolean operation type as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a function from the list of implicit functions to boolean. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - Specify the type of boolean operation. - - - - - vtkImplicitDataSet - treat a dataset as if it were an implicit function - - - Description - vtkImplicitDataSet treats any type of dataset as if it were an - implicit function. This means it computes a function value and - gradient. vtkImplicitDataSet is a concrete implementation of - vtkImplicitFunction. - - vtkImplicitDataSet computes the function (at the point x) by performing - cell interpolation. That is, it finds the cell containing x, and then - uses the cell's interpolation functions to compute an interpolated - scalar value at x. (A similar approach is used to find the - gradient, if requested.) Points outside of the dataset are assigned - the value of the ivar OutValue, and the gradient value OutGradient. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct an vtkImplicitDataSet with no initial dataset; the OutValue - set to a large negative number; and the OutGradient set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Description - Construct an vtkImplicitDataSet with no initial dataset; the OutValue - set to a large negative number; and the OutGradient set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the implicit function. This returns the interpolated scalar value - at x[3]. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the implicit function. This returns the interpolated scalar value - at x[3]. - - - - - Description - Evaluate implicit function gradient. - - - - - Set / get the dataset used for the implicit function evaluation. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the DataSet dependency. - - - - - Set / get the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set / get the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set / get the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set / get the function value to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the dataset used for the implicit function evaluation. - - - - - Set / get the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set / get the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set / get the function value to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - vtkImplicitHalo - implicit function for an halo - - - Description - vtkImplicitHalo evaluates to 1.0 for each position in the sphere of a - given center and radius Radius*(1-FadeOut). It evaluates to 0.0 for each - position out the sphere of a given Center and radius Radius. It fades out - linearly from 1.0 to 0.0 for points in a radius from Radius*(1-FadeOut) to - Radius. - vtkImplicitHalo is a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. - It is useful as an input to - vtkSampleFunction to generate an 2D image of an halo. It is used this way by - vtkShadowMapPass. - Caveats - It does not implement the gradient. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Center=(0.0,0.0,0.0), Radius=1.0, FadeOut=0.01 - - - - - Description - Center=(0.0,0.0,0.0), Radius=1.0, FadeOut=0.01 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the equation. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the equation. - - - - - Description - Evaluate normal. Not implemented. - - - - - Center of the sphere. - - - - - Center of the sphere. - - - - - Center of the sphere. - - - - - FadeOut ratio. Valid values are between 0.0 and 1.0. - - - - - Radius of the sphere. - - - - - Description - Center=(0.0,0.0,0.0), Radius=1.0, FadeOut=0.01 - - - - - Description - Center=(0.0,0.0,0.0), Radius=1.0, FadeOut=0.01 - - - - - Description - Center=(0.0,0.0,0.0), Radius=1.0, FadeOut=0.01 - - - - - Description - Center=(0.0,0.0,0.0), Radius=1.0, FadeOut=0.01 - - - - - Center of the sphere. - - - - - Center of the sphere. - - - - - FadeOut ratio. Valid values are between 0.0 and 1.0. - - - - - Radius of the sphere. - - - - - vtkImplicitSelectionLoop - implicit function for a selection loop - - - Description - vtkImplicitSelectionLoop computes the implicit function value and - function gradient for a irregular, cylinder-like object whose cross - section is defined by a set of points forming a loop. The loop need - not be convex nor its points coplanar. However, the loop must be - non-self-intersecting when projected onto the plane defined by the - accumulated cross product around the loop (i.e., the axis of the - loop). (Alternatively, you can specify the normal to use.) - - The following procedure is used to compute the implicit function - value for a point x. Each point of the loop is first projected onto - the plane defined by the loop normal. This forms a polygon. Then, - to evaluate the implicit function value, inside/outside tests are - used to determine if x is inside the polygon, and the distance to - the loop boundary is computed (negative values are inside the - loop). - - One example application of this implicit function class is to draw a - loop on the surface of a mesh, and use the loop to clip or extract - cells from within the loop. Remember, the selection loop is "infinite" - in length, you can use a plane (in boolean combination) to cap the extent - of the selection loop. Another trick is to use a connectivity filter to - extract the closest region to a given point (i.e., one of the points used - to define the selection loop). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with no initial loop. - - - - - Instantiate object with no initial loop. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic normal generation. By default, the normal is - computed from the accumulated cross product of the edges. You can also - specify the normal to use. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic normal generation. By default, the normal is - computed from the accumulated cross product of the edges. You can also - specify the normal to use. - - - - - Evaluate selection loop returning a signed distance. - - - - - Evaluate selection loop returning a signed distance. - - - - - Evaluate selection loop returning the gradient. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic normal generation. By default, the normal is - computed from the accumulated cross product of the edges. You can also - specify the normal to use. - - - - - Set/Get the array of point coordinates defining the loop. There must - be at least three points used to define a loop. - - - - - Overload GetMTime() because we depend on the Loop - - - - - Set / get the normal used to determine whether a point is inside or outside - the selection loop. - - - - - Set / get the normal used to determine whether a point is inside or outside - the selection loop. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for printing and type information. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for printing and type information. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for printing and type information. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for printing and type information. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic normal generation. By default, the normal is - computed from the accumulated cross product of the edges. You can also - specify the normal to use. - - - - - Set/Get the array of point coordinates defining the loop. There must - be at least three points used to define a loop. - - - - - Set / get the normal used to determine whether a point is inside or outside - the selection loop. - - - - - Set / get the normal used to determine whether a point is inside or outside - the selection loop. - - - - - vtkImplicitSum - implicit sum of other implicit functions - - - Description - vtkImplicitSum produces a linear combination of other implicit functions. - The contribution of each function is weighted by a scalar coefficient. - The NormalizeByWeight option normalizes the output so that the - scalar weights add up to 1. Note that this function gives accurate - sums and gradients only if the input functions are linear. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another implicit function to the list of functions, along with a - weighting factor. - - - - - Add another implicit function to the list of functions, weighting it by - a factor of 1. - - - - - Evaluate implicit function using current functions and weights. - - - - - Evaluate implicit function using current functions and weights. - - - - - Evaluate gradient of the weighted sum of functions. Input functions - should be linear. - - - - - Override modified time retrieval because of object dependencies. - - - - - When calculating the function and gradient values of the - composite function, setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the gradient vector. - By default, NormalizeByWeight is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When calculating the function and gradient values of the - composite function, setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the gradient vector. - By default, NormalizeByWeight is off. - - - - - When calculating the function and gradient values of the - composite function, setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the gradient vector. - By default, NormalizeByWeight is off. - - - - - Remove all functions from the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the weight (coefficient) of the given function to be weight. - - - - - When calculating the function and gradient values of the - composite function, setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the gradient vector. - By default, NormalizeByWeight is off. - - - - - vtkImplicitVolume - treat a volume as if it were an implicit function - - - Description - vtkImplicitVolume treats a volume (e.g., structured point dataset) - as if it were an implicit function. This means it computes a function - value and gradient. vtkImplicitVolume is a concrete implementation of - vtkImplicitFunction. - - vtkImplicitDataSet computes the function (at the point x) by performing - cell interpolation. That is, it finds the cell containing x, and then - uses the cell's interpolation functions to compute an interpolated - scalar value at x. (A similar approach is used to find the - gradient, if requested.) Points outside of the dataset are assigned - the value of the ivar OutValue, and the gradient value OutGradient. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct an vtkImplicitVolume with no initial volume; the OutValue - set to a large negative number; and the OutGradient set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Description - Construct an vtkImplicitVolume with no initial volume; the OutValue - set to a large negative number; and the OutGradient set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the ImplicitVolume. This returns the interpolated scalar value - at x[3]. - - - - - Description - Evaluate the ImplicitVolume. This returns the interpolated scalar value - at x[3]. - - - - - Description - Evaluate ImplicitVolume gradient. - - - - - Returns the mtime also considering the volume. This also calls Update - on the volume, and it therefore must be called before the function is - evaluated. - - - - - Set the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set the function value to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Specify the volume for the implicit function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set the function gradient to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Set the function value to use for points outside of the dataset. - - - - - Specify the volume for the implicit function. - - - - - vtkImplicitWindowFunction - implicit function maps another implicit function to lie within a specified range - - - Description - vtkImplicitWindowFunction is used to modify the output of another - implicit function to lie within a specified "window", or function - range. This can be used to add "thickness" to cutting or clipping - functions. - - This class works as follows. First, it evaluates the function value of the - user-specified implicit function. Then, based on the window range specified, - it maps the function value into the window values specified. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with window range (0,1) and window values (0,1). - - - - - Construct object with window range (0,1) and window values (0,1). - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Participate in garbage collection. - - - - - Description - Evaluate window function. - - - - - Description - Evaluate window function. - - - - - Description - Evaluate window function gradient. Just return implicit function gradient. - - - - - Specify an implicit function to operate on. - - - - - Override modified time retrieval because of object dependencies. - - - - - Specify the range of function values which are considered to lie within - the window. WindowRange[0] is assumed to be less than WindowRange[1]. - - - - - Specify the range of function values which are considered to lie within - the window. WindowRange[0] is assumed to be less than WindowRange[1]. - - - - - Specify the range of output values that the window range is mapped - into. This is effectively a scaling and shifting of the original - function values. - - - - - Specify the range of output values that the window range is mapped - into. This is effectively a scaling and shifting of the original - function values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify an implicit function to operate on. - - - - - Specify the range of function values which are considered to lie within - the window. WindowRange[0] is assumed to be less than WindowRange[1]. - - - - - Specify the range of function values which are considered to lie within - the window. WindowRange[0] is assumed to be less than WindowRange[1]. - - - - - Specify the range of output values that the window range is mapped - into. This is effectively a scaling and shifting of the original - function values. - - - - - Specify the range of output values that the window range is mapped - into. This is effectively a scaling and shifting of the original - function values. - - - - - vtkIncrementalOctreeNode - Octree node constituting incremental - octree (in support of both point location and point insertion) - - - - Description - Octree nodes serve as spatial sub-division primitives to build the search - structure of an incremental octree in a recursive top-down manner. The - hierarchy takes the form of a tree-like representation by which a parent - node contains eight mutually non-overlapping child nodes. Each child is - assigned with an axis-aligned rectangular volume (Spatial Bounding Box) - and the eight children together cover exactly the same region as governed - by their parent. The eight child nodes / octants are ordered as - - { (xBBoxMin, xBBoxMid] & (yBBoxMin, yBBoxMid] & (zBBoxMin, zBBoxMid] }, - { (xBBoxMid, xBBoxMax] & (yBBoxMin, yBBoxMid] & (zBBoxMin, zBBoxMid] }, - { (xBBoxMin, xBBoxMid] & (yBBoxMid, yBBoxMax] & (zBBoxMin, zBBoxMid] }, - { (xBBoxMid, xBBoxMax] & (yBBoxMid, yBBoxMax] & (zBBoxMin, zBBoxMid] }, - { (xBBoxMin, xBBoxMid] & (yBBoxMin, yBBoxMid] & (zBBoxMid, zBBoxMax] }, - { (xBBoxMid, xBBoxMax] & (yBBoxMin, yBBoxMid] & (zBBoxMid, zBBoxMax] }, - { (xBBoxMin, xBBoxMid] & (yBBoxMid, yBBoxMax] & (zBBoxMid, zBBoxMax] }, - { (xBBoxMid, xBBoxMax] & (yBBoxMid, yBBoxMax] & (zBBoxMid, zBBoxMax] }, - - where { xrange & yRange & zRange } defines the region of each 3D octant. - In addition, the points falling within and registered, by means of point - indices, in the parent node are distributed to the child nodes for delegated - maintenance. In fact, only leaf nodes, i.e., those without any descendants, - actually store point indices while each node, regardless of a leaf or non- - leaf node, keeps a dynamically updated Data Bounding Box of the inhabitant - points, if any. Given a maximum number of points per leaf node, an octree - is initialized with an empty leaf node that is then recursively sub-divided, - but only on demand as points are incrementally inserted, to construct a - populated tree. - - Please note that this octree node class is able to handle a large number - of EXACTLY duplicate points that is greater than the specified maximum - number of points per leaf node. In other words, as an exception, a leaf - node may maintain an arbitrary number of exactly duplicate points to deal - with possible extreme cases. - - - - - vtkIncrementalOctreePointLocator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - In-lined for performance - - - - - In-lined for performance - - - - - Delete the eight child nodes. - - - - - Export all the indices of the points (contained in or under this node) by - directly setting them in an allocated vtkIdList object. pntIdx indicates - the starting location (in terms of vtkIdList) from which new point indices - are added to vtkIdList by vtkIdList::SetId(). - - - - - Export all the indices of the points (contained in or under this node) by - inserting them to an allocated vtkIdList via vtkIdList::InsertNextId(). - - - - - Get the spatial bounding box of the node. The values are returned via - an array in order of: x_min, x_max, y_min, y_max, z_min, z_max. - - - - - Get quick access to a child of this node. Note that this node is assumed - to be a non-leaf one and no checking is performed on the node type. - - - - - In-lined for performance - - - - - Compute the minimum squared distance from a point to this node, with all - six boundaries considered. The data bounding box is checked if checkData - is non-zero. - - - - - Compute the minimum squared distance from a point to this node, with all - six boundaries considered. The data bounding box is checked if checkData - is non-zero. The closest on-boundary point is returned via closest. - - - - - Given a point inside this node, get the minimum squared distance to all - inner boundaries. An inner boundary is a node's face that is shared by - another non-root node. - - - - - Get access to MaxBounds. Do not free this pointer. - - - - - Get access to MaxBounds. Do not free this pointer. - - - - - Get access to MaxBounds. Do not free this pointer. - - - - - Get access to MaxDataBounds. Note that MaxDataBounds is not valid until - point insertion. - - - - - Get access to MinBounds. Do not free this pointer. - - - - - Get access to MinBounds. Do not free this pointer. - - - - - Get access to MinBounds. Do not free this pointer. - - - - - Get access to MinDataBounds. Note that MinDataBounds is not valid until - point insertion. - - - - - Get the number of points inside or under this node. - - - - - Get the list of point indices, NULL for a non-leaf node. - - - - - This function is called after a successful point-insertion check and - only applies to a leaf node. Prior to a call to this function, the - octree should have been retrieved top-down to find the specific leaf - node in which this new point (newPt) will be inserted. The actual index - of the new point (to be inserted to points) is stored in pntId. Argument - ptMode specifies whether the point is not inserted at all but instead only - the point index is provided upon 0, the point is inserted via vtkPoints:: - InsertPoint() upon 1, or it is inserted via vtkPoints::InsertNextPoint() - upon 2. For case 0, pntId needs to be specified. For cases 1 and 2, the - actual point index is returned via pntId. Note that this function always - returns 1 to indicate the success of point insertion. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether or not this node is a leaf. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the spatial bounding box of the node. This function sets a default - data bounding box. - - - - - vtkIncrementalOctreePointLocator - Incremental octree in support - of both point location and point insertion. - - - - Description - As opposed to the uniform bin-based search structure (adopted in class - vtkPointLocator) with a fixed spatial resolution, an octree mechanism - employs a hierarchy of tree-like sub-division of the 3D data domain. Thus - it enables data-aware multi-resolution and accordingly accelerated point - location as well as insertion, particularly when handling a radically - imbalanced layout of points as not uncommon in datasets defined on - adaptive meshes. Compared to a static point locator supporting pure - location functionalities through some search structure established from - a fixed set of points, an incremental point locator allows for, in addition, - point insertion capabilities, with the search structure maintaining a - dynamically increasing number of points. - Class vtkIncrementalOctreePointLocator is an octree-based accelerated - implementation of the functionalities of the uniform bin-based incremental - point locator vtkPointLocator. For point location, an octree is built by - accessing a vtkDataSet, specifically a vtkPointSet. For point insertion, - an empty octree is inited and then incrementally populated as points are - inserted. Three increasingly complex point insertion modes, i.e., direct - check-free insertion, zero tolerance insertion, and non-zero tolerance - insertion, are supported. In fact, the octree used in the point location - mode is actually constructed via direct check-free point insertion. This - class also provides a polygonal representation of the octree boundary. - - - - - vtkAbstractPointLocator, vtkIncrementalPointLocator, vtkPointLocator, - vtkMergePoints - - - - - vtkIncrementalPointLocator - Abstract class in support of both - point location and point insertion. - - - - Description - Compared to a static point locator for pure location functionalities - through some search structure established from a fixed set of points, - an incremental point locator allows for, in addition, point insertion - capabilities, with the search structure maintaining a dynamically - increasing number of points. There are two incremental point locators, - i.e., vtkPointLocator and vtkIncrementalOctreePointLocator. As opposed - to the uniform bin-based search structure (adopted in vtkPointLocator) - with a fixed spatial resolution, an octree mechanism (employed in - vtkIncrementalOctreePointlocator) resorts to a hierarchy of tree-like - sub-division of the 3D data domain. Thus it enables data-aware multi- - resolution and accordingly accelerated point location as well as point - insertion, particularly when handling a radically imbalanced layout of - points as not uncommon in datasets defined on adaptive meshes. In other - words, vtkIncrementalOctreePointLocator is an octree-based accelerated - implementation of all functionalities of vtkPointLocator. - - - - - vtkLocator, vtkIncrementalOctreePointLocator, vtkPointLocator, - vtkMergePoints - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a point x assumed to be covered by the search structure, return the - index of the closest point (already inserted to the search structure) - regardless of the associated minimum squared distance relative to the - squared insertion-tolerance distance. This method is used when performing - incremental point insertion. Note -1 indicates that no point is found. - InitPointInsertion() should have been called in advance. - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. newPts is an object, storing 3D - point coordinates, to which incremental point insertion puts coordinates. - It is created and provided by an external VTK class. Argument bounds - represents the spatial bounding box, into which the points fall. - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. newPts is an object, storing 3D - point coordinates, to which incremental point insertion puts coordinates. - It is created and provided by an external VTK class. Argument bounds - represents the spatial bounding box, into which the points fall. - - - - - Delete the search structure. - - - - - Insert a given point and return the point index. InitPointInsertion() - should have been called prior to this function. Also, IsInsertedPoint() - should have been called in advance to ensure that the given point has not - been inserted unless point duplication is allowed. - - - - - Insert a given point with a specified point index ptId. InitPointInsertion() - should have been called prior to this function. Also, IsInsertedPoint() - should have been called in advance to ensure that the given point has not - been inserted unless point duplication is allowed. - - - - - Insert a point unless there has been a duplciate in the search structure. - This method is not thread safe. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether or not a given point has been inserted. Return the id of - the already inserted point if true, else return -1. InitPointInsertion() - should have been called in advance. - - - - - Determine whether or not a given point has been inserted. Return the id of - the already inserted point if true, else return -1. InitPointInsertion() - should have been called in advance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get whether the search octree is built as a cubic shape or not. - - - - - Set/Get whether the search octree is built as a cubic shape or not. - - - - - Load points from a dataset to construct an octree for point location. - This function resorts to InitPointInsertion() to fulfill some of the work. - - - - - Given a point x assumed to be covered by the octree, return the index of - the closest in-octree point regardless of the associated minimum squared - distance relative to the squared insertion-tolerance distance. This method - is used when performing incremental point insertion. Note -1 indicates that - no point is found. InitPointInsertion() should have been called in advance. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a given point. The returned point ids (via - result) are sorted from closest to farthest. BuildLocator() should have - been called prior to this function. This method is thread safe if - BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a point x, return the id of the closest point. BuildLocator() should - have been called prior to this function. This method is thread safe if - BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a point (x, y, z), return the id of the closest point. Note that - BuildLocator() should have been called prior to this function. This method - is thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a - single thread first. - - - - - Given a point x, return the id of the closest point and the associated - minimum squared distance (via miniDist2). Note BuildLocator() should have - been called prior to this function. This method is thread safe if - BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a point (x, y, z), return the id of the closest point and the - associated minimum squared distance (via miniDist2). BuildLocator() should - have been called prior to this function. This method is thread safe if - BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a point x and a radius, return the id of the closest point within - the radius and the associated minimum squared distance (via dist2, this - returned distance is valid only if the point id is not -1). Note that - BuildLocator() should have been called prior to this function. This method - is thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a - single thread first. - - - - - Given a point x and a squared radius radius2, return the id of the closest - point within the radius and the associated minimum squared distance (via - dist2, note this returned distance is valid only if the point id is not - -1). BuildLocator() should have been called prior to this function.This - method is thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called - from a single thread first. - - - - - Find all points within a radius R relative to a given point x. The returned - point ids (stored in result) are not sorted in any way. BuildLocator() should - have been called prior to this function. This method is thread safe if - BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find all points within a squared radius R2 relative to a given point x. The - returned point ids (stored in result) are not sorted in any way. BuildLocator() - should have been called prior to this function. This method is thread safe if - BuildLocator() is directly or indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Delete the octree search structure. - - - - - Create a polygonal representation of the octree boundary (from the root - node to a specified level). - - - - - Get the spatial bounding box of the octree. - - - - - Get the spatial bounding box of the octree. - - - - - Set/Get whether the search octree is built as a cubic shape or not. - - - - - Get access to the vtkPoints object in which point coordinates are stored - for either point location or point insertion. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of points that a leaf node may maintain. - Note that the actual number of points maintained by a leaf node might - exceed this threshold if there is a large number (equal to or greater - than the threshold) of exactly duplicate points (with zero distance) - to be inserted (e.g., to construct an octree for subsequent point - location) in extreme cases. Respecting this threshold in such scenarios - would cause endless node sub-division. Thus this threshold is broken, but - only in case of such situations. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of points that a leaf node may maintain. - Note that the actual number of points maintained by a leaf node might - exceed this threshold if there is a large number (equal to or greater - than the threshold) of exactly duplicate points (with zero distance) - to be inserted (e.g., to construct an octree for subsequent point - location) in extreme cases. Respecting this threshold in such scenarios - would cause endless node sub-division. Thus this threshold is broken, but - only in case of such situations. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of points that a leaf node may maintain. - Note that the actual number of points maintained by a leaf node might - exceed this threshold if there is a large number (equal to or greater - than the threshold) of exactly duplicate points (with zero distance) - to be inserted (e.g., to construct an octree for subsequent point - location) in extreme cases. Respecting this threshold in such scenarios - would cause endless node sub-division. Thus this threshold is broken, but - only in case of such situations. - - - - - Get the number of points maintained by the octree. - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. points is an object, storing 3D - point coordinates, to which incremental point insertion put coordinates. - It is created and provided by an external VTK class. Argument bounds - represents the spatial bounding box, into which the points fall. In fact, - an adjusted version of the bounding box is used to build the octree to - make sure no any point (to be inserted) falls outside the octree. This - function is not thread safe. - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. points is an object, storing 3D - point coordinates, to which incremental point insertion put coordinates. - It is created and provided by an external VTK class. Argument bounds - represents the spatial bounding box, into which the points fall. In fact, - an adjusted version of the bounding box is used to build the octree to - make sure no any point (to be inserted) falls outside the octree. Argument - estSize specifies the initial estimated size of the vtkPoints object. This - function is not thread safe. - - - - - Delete the octree search structure. - - - - - Insert a given point into the octree and return the point index. Note that - InitPointInsertion() should have been called prior to this function. In - addition, IsInsertedPoint() should have been called in advance to ensure - that the given point has not been inserted unless point duplication is - allowed (in this case, this function invovles a repeated leaf container - location). vtkPoints::InsertNextPoint() is invoked. - - - - - Insert a given point into the octree with a specified point index ptId. - InitPointInsertion() should have been called prior to this function. In - addition, IsInsertedPoint() should have been called in advance to ensure - that the given point has not been inserted unless point duplication is - allowed (Note that in this case, this function involves a repeated leaf - container location). vtkPoints::InsertPoint() is invoked. - - - - - "Insert" a point to the octree without any checking. Argument insert means - whether vtkPoints::InsertNextPoint() upon 1 is called or the point itself - is not inserted to the vtkPoints at all but instead only the point index is - inserted to a vtkIdList upon 0. For case 0, the point index needs to be - specified via pntId. For case 1, the actual point index is returned via - pntId. InitPointInsertion() should have been called. - - - - - Insert a point to the octree unless there has been a duplciate point. - Whether the point is actually inserted (return 1) or not (return 0 upon a - rejection by an existing duplicate), the index of the point (either new - or the duplicate) is returned via pntId. Note that InitPointInsertion() - should have been called prior to this function. vtkPoints::InsertNextPoint() - is invoked. This method is not thread safe. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether or not a given point has been inserted into the octree. - Return the id of the already inserted point if true, otherwise return -1. - InitPointInsertion() should have been called in advance. - - - - - Determine whether or not a given point has been inserted into the octree. - Return the id of the already inserted point if true, otherwise return -1. - InitPointInsertion() should have been called in advance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get whether the search octree is built as a cubic shape or not. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of points that a leaf node may maintain. - Note that the actual number of points maintained by a leaf node might - exceed this threshold if there is a large number (equal to or greater - than the threshold) of exactly duplicate points (with zero distance) - to be inserted (e.g., to construct an octree for subsequent point - location) in extreme cases. Respecting this threshold in such scenarios - would cause endless node sub-division. Thus this threshold is broken, but - only in case of such situations. - - - - - vtkInEdgeIterator - Iterates through all incoming edges to a vertex. - - - - Description - vtkInEdgeIterator iterates through all edges whose target is a particular - vertex. Instantiate this class directly and call Initialize() to traverse - the vertex of a graph. Alternately, use GetInEdges() on the graph to - initialize the iterator. it->Next() returns a vtkInEdgeType structure, - which contains Id, the edge's id, and Source, the edge's source vertex. - - - - - vtkGraph vtkOutEdgeIterator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the graph and vertex associated with this iterator. - - - - - Get the graph and vertex associated with this iterator. - - - - - Whether this iterator has more edges. - - - - - Initialize the iterator with a graph and vertex. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Just like Next(), but - returns heavy-weight vtkGraphEdge object instead of - the vtkEdgeType struct, for use with wrappers. - The graph edge is owned by this iterator, and changes - after each call to NextGraphEdge(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkInformationExecutivePortKey - Key for vtkExecutive/Port value pairs. - - - Description - vtkInformationExecutivePortKey is used to represent keys in - vtkInformation for values that are vtkExecutive instances paired - with port numbers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Report a reference this key has in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInformationExecutivePortVectorKey - Key for vtkExecutive/Port value pair vectors. - - - Description - vtkInformationExecutivePortVectorKey is used to represent keys in - vtkInformation for values that are vectors of vtkExecutive - instances paired with port numbers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the value associated with this key in the given - information object. - - - - - Remove this key from the given information object. - - - - - Report a reference this key has in the given information object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy the entry associated with this key from one information - object to another. If there is no entry in the first information - object for this key, the value is removed from the second. - - - - - vtkInterpolatedVelocityField - A concrete class for obtaining - the interpolated velocity values at a point. - - - - Description - vtkInterpolatedVelocityField acts as a continuous velocity field via - cell interpolation on a vtkDataSet, NumberOfIndependentVariables = 4 - (x,y,z,t) and NumberOfFunctions = 3 (u,v,w). As a concrete sub-class - of vtkAbstractInterpolatedVelocityField, this class adopts two levels - of cell caching for faster though less robust cell location than its - sibling class vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField. Level #0 begins - with intra-cell caching. Specifically, if the previous cell is valid - and the nex point is still within it, ( vtkCell::EvaluatePosition() - returns 1, coupled with the new parametric coordinates and weights ), - the function values are interpolated and vtkCell::EvaluatePosition() - is invoked only. If it fails, level #1 follows by inter-cell location - of the target cell (that contains the next point). By inter-cell, the - previous cell gives an important clue / guess or serves as an immediate - neighbor to aid in the location of the target cell (as is typically the - case with integrating a streamline across cells) by means of vtkDataSet:: - FindCell(). If this still fails, a global cell search is invoked via - vtkDataSet::FindCell(). - - Regardless of inter-cell or global search, vtkPointLocator is employed - as a crucial tool underlying the cell locator. The use of vtkPointLocator - casues vtkInterpolatedVelocityField to return false target cells for - datasets defined on complex grids. - - Caveats - vtkInterpolatedVelocityField is not thread safe. A new instance should be - created by each thread. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkInterpolatedVelocityField without an initial dataset. - Caching is set on and LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Construct a vtkInterpolatedVelocityField without an initial dataset. - Caching is set on and LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset used for the implicit function evaluation. If more than - one dataset is added, the evaluation point is searched in all until a - match is found. THIS FUNCTION DOES NOT CHANGE THE REFERENCE COUNT OF - DATASET FOR THREAD SAFETY REASONS. - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field f at point (x, y, z). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the cell id cached by the last evaluation within a specified dataset. - - - - - Set the cell id cached by the last evaluation. - - - - - vtkKdNode - This class represents a single spatial region - in an 3D axis aligned binary spatial partitioning. It is assumed - the region bounds some set of points. Regions are represented - as nodes in a binary tree. - - - - Description - - - - - vtkKdTree vtkOBSPCuts - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add the left and right children. - - - - - Return 1 if this spatial region entirely contains a box specified - by it's bounds. Use the possibly smaller - bounds of the points within the region if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Return 1 if this spatial region entirely contains the given point. - Use the possibly smaller bounds of the points within the region - if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Delete the left and right children. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the spatial region represented by this node. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetBounds. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the points contained in this spatial region. - This may be smaller than the bounds of the region itself. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetDataBounds. - - - - - Set/Get the dimension along which this region is divided. - (0 - x, 1 - y, 2 - z, 3 - leaf node (default)). - - - - - Calculate the distance squared from any point to the boundary of this - region. Use the boundary of the points within the region if useDataBounds - is non-zero. - - - - - Calculate the distance squared from any point to the boundary of this - region. Use the boundary of the points within the region if useDataBounds - is non-zero. Set boundaryPt to the point on the boundary. - - - - - Calculate the distance from the specified point (which is required to - be inside this spatial region) to an interior boundary. An interior - boundary is one that is not also an boundary of the entire space - partitioned by the tree of vtkKdNode's. - - - - - Get the location of the division plane along the axis the region - is divided. See also GetDim(). The result is undertermined if - this node is not divided (a leaf node). - - - - - Set/Get the ID associated with the region described by this node. If - this is not a leaf node, this value should be -1. - - - - - Set/Get a pointer to the left child of this node. - - - - - Get a pointer to the 3 bound minima (xmin, ymin and zmin) or the - 3 bound maxima (xmax, ymax, zmax). Don't free this pointer. - - - - - Get a pointer to the 3 data bound minima (xmin, ymin and zmin) or the - 3 data bound maxima (xmax, ymax, zmax). Don't free this pointer. - - - - - If this node is not a leaf node, there are leaf nodes below it whose - regions represent a partitioning of this region. The IDs of these - leaf nodes form a contigous set. Set/Get the range of the IDs of - the leaf nodes below this node. If this is already a leaf node, these - values should be the same as the ID. - - - - - Get a pointer to the 3 bound minima (xmin, ymin and zmin) or the - 3 bound maxima (xmax, ymax, zmax). Don't free this pointer. - - - - - Get a pointer to the 3 data bound minima (xmin, ymin and zmin) or the - 3 data bound maxima (xmax, ymax, zmax). Don't free this pointer. - - - - - If this node is not a leaf node, there are leaf nodes below it whose - regions represent a partitioning of this region. The IDs of these - leaf nodes form a contigous set. Set/Get the range of the IDs of - the leaf nodes below this node. If this is already a leaf node, these - values should be the same as the ID. - - - - - Set/Get the number of points contained in this region. - - - - - Set/Get a pointer to the right child of this node. - - - - - Set/Get a pointer to the parent of this node. - - - - - Return 1 if this spatial region intersects the axis-aligned box given - by the bounds passed in. Use the possibly smaller bounds of the points - within the region if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Return 1 if the cell specified intersects this region. If you - already know the ID of the region containing the cell's centroid, - provide that as an argument. If you already know the bounds of the - cell, provide that as well, in the form of xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin, - zmax. Either of these may speed the calculation. - Use the possibly smaller bounds of the points within the region - if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - A vtkPlanesIntersection object represents a convex 3D region bounded - by planes, and it is capable of computing intersections of - boxes with itself. Return 1 if this spatial region intersects - the spatial region described by the vtkPlanesIntersection object. - Use the possibly smaller bounds of the points within the region - if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Return 1 if this spatial region intersects a sphere described by - it's center and the square of it's radius. Use the possibly smaller - bounds of the points within the region if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For debugging purposes, print out this node. - - - - - For debugging purposes, print out this node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the spatial region represented by this node. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetBounds. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the spatial region represented by this node. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetBounds. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the points contained in this spatial region. - This may be smaller than the bounds of the region itself. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetDataBounds. - - - - - Given a pointer to NumberOfPoints points, set the DataBounds of this - node to the bounds of these points. - - - - - Set/Get the dimension along which this region is divided. - (0 - x, 1 - y, 2 - z, 3 - leaf node (default)). - - - - - Set/Get the ID associated with the region described by this node. If - this is not a leaf node, this value should be -1. - - - - - Set/Get a pointer to the left child of this node. - - - - - Set the xmax, ymax and zmax value of the bounds of this region - - - - - Set the xmax, ymax and zmax value of the bounds of this - data within this region - - - - - If this node is not a leaf node, there are leaf nodes below it whose - regions represent a partitioning of this region. The IDs of these - leaf nodes form a contigous set. Set/Get the range of the IDs of - the leaf nodes below this node. If this is already a leaf node, these - values should be the same as the ID. - - - - - Set the xmin, ymin and zmin value of the bounds of this region - - - - - Set the xmin, ymin and zmin value of the bounds of this - data within this region - - - - - If this node is not a leaf node, there are leaf nodes below it whose - regions represent a partitioning of this region. The IDs of these - leaf nodes form a contigous set. Set/Get the range of the IDs of - the leaf nodes below this node. If this is already a leaf node, these - values should be the same as the ID. - - - - - Set/Get the number of points contained in this region. - - - - - Set/Get a pointer to the right child of this node. - - - - - Set/Get a pointer to the parent of this node. - - - - - vtkKdTree - a Kd-tree spatial decomposition of a set of points - - - - Description - Given one or more vtkDataSets, create a load balancing - k-d tree decomposition of the points at the center of the cells. - Or, create a k-d tree point locator from a list of points. - - This class can also generate a PolyData representation of - the boundaries of the spatial regions in the decomposition. - - It can sort the regions with respect to a viewing direction, - and it can decompose a list of regions into subsets, each - of which represent a convex spatial region (since many algorithms - require a convex region). - - If the points were derived from cells, vtkKdTree - can create a list of cell Ids for each region for each data set. - Two lists are available - all cells with centroid in the region, - and all cells that intersect the region but whose centroid lies - in another region. - - For the purpose of removing duplicate points quickly from large - data sets, or for finding nearby points, we added another mode for - building the locator. BuildLocatorFromPoints will build a k-d tree - from one or more vtkPoints objects. This can be followed by - BuildMapForDuplicatePoints which returns a mapping from the original - ids to a subset of the ids that is unique within a supplied - tolerance, or you can use FindPoint and FindClosestPoint to - locate points in the original set that the tree was built from. - - - - - vtkLocator vtkCellLocator vtkPKdTree - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This class can compute a spatial decomposition based on the cells in a list - of one or more input data sets. Add them one at a time with this method. - - - - - Get a list (in order by data set by cell id) of the - region IDs of the region containing the centroid for - each cell. - This is faster than calling GetRegionContainingCell - for each cell in the DataSet. - vtkKdTree uses this list, so don't delete it. - - - - - Create the k-d tree decomposition of the cells of the data set - or data sets. Cells are assigned to k-d tree spatial regions - based on the location of their centroids. - - - - - This is a special purpose locator that builds a k-d tree to - find duplicate and near-by points. It builds the tree from - one or more vtkPoints objects instead of from the cells of - a vtkDataSet. This build would normally be followed by - BuildMapForDuplicatePoints, FindPoint, or FindClosestPoint. - Since this will build a normal k-d tree, all the region intersection - queries will still work, as will most other calls except those that - have "Cell" in the name. - - This method works most efficiently when the point arrays are - float arrays. - - - - - This is a special purpose locator that builds a k-d tree to - find duplicate and near-by points. It builds the tree from - one or more vtkPoints objects instead of from the cells of - a vtkDataSet. This build would normally be followed by - BuildMapForDuplicatePoints, FindPoint, or FindClosestPoint. - Since this will build a normal k-d tree, all the region intersection - queries will still work, as will most other calls except those that - have "Cell" in the name. - - This method works most efficiently when the point arrays are - float arrays. - - - - - This call returns a mapping from the original point IDs supplied - to BuildLocatorFromPoints to a subset of those IDs that is unique - within the specified tolerance. - If points 2, 5, and 12 are the same, then - IdMap[2] = IdMap[5] = IdMap[12] = 2 (or 5 or 12). - - "original point IDs" - For point IDs we start at 0 for the first - point in the first vtkPoints object, and increase by 1 for subsequent - points and subsequent vtkPoints objects. - - You must have called BuildLocatorFromPoints() before calling this. - You are responsible for deleting the returned array. - - - - - Create a copy of the binary tree representation of the - k-d tree spatial partitioning provided. - - - - - Create a list for each of the requested regions, listing - the IDs of all cells whose centroid falls in the region. - These lists are obtained with GetCellList(). - If no DataSet is specified, the cell list is created - for DataSet 0. If no list of requested regions is provided, - the cell lists for all regions are created. - - When CreateCellLists is called again, the lists created - on the previous call are deleted. - - - - - Create a list for each of the requested regions, listing - the IDs of all cells whose centroid falls in the region. - These lists are obtained with GetCellList(). - If no DataSet is specified, the cell list is created - for DataSet 0. If no list of requested regions is provided, - the cell lists for all regions are created. - - When CreateCellLists is called again, the lists created - on the previous call are deleted. - - - - - Create a list for each of the requested regions, listing - the IDs of all cells whose centroid falls in the region. - These lists are obtained with GetCellList(). - If no DataSet is specified, the cell list is created - for DataSet 0. If no list of requested regions is provided, - the cell lists for all regions are created. - - When CreateCellLists is called again, the lists created - on the previous call are deleted. - - - - - Create a list for each of the requested regions, listing - the IDs of all cells whose centroid falls in the region. - These lists are obtained with GetCellList(). - If no DataSet is specified, the cell list is created - for DataSet 0. If no list of requested regions is provided, - the cell lists for all regions are created. - - When CreateCellLists is called again, the lists created - on the previous call are deleted. - - - - - Free the memory used by the cell lists. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a position. This returns the closest - N points to a position. A faster method could be created that returned - N close points to a position, but necessarily the exact N closest. - The returned points are sorted from closest to farthest. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find the Id of the point that was previously supplied - to BuildLocatorFromPoints() which is closest to the given point. - Set the square of the distance between the two points. - - - - - Find the Id of the point that was previously supplied - to BuildLocatorFromPoints() which is closest to the given point. - Set the square of the distance between the two points. - - - - - Find the Id of the point in the given region which is - closest to the given point. Return the ID of the point, - and set the square of the distance of between the points. - - - - - Find the Id of the point in the given region which is - closest to the given point. Return the ID of the point, - and set the square of the distance of between the points. - - - - - Given a position x and a radius r, return the id of the point - closest to the point in that radius. - dist2 returns the squared distance to the point. - - - - - Find the Id of the point that was previously supplied - to BuildLocatorFromPoints(). Returns -1 if the point - was not in the original array. - - - - - Find the Id of the point that was previously supplied - to BuildLocatorFromPoints(). Returns -1 if the point - was not in the original array. - - - - - Fill ids with points found in area. The area is a 6-tuple containing - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax). - This method will clear the array by default. To append ids to an array, - set clearArray to false. - - - - - Find all points within a specified radius R of position x. - The result is not sorted in any specific manner. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Delete the k-d tree data structure. Also delete any - cell lists that were computed with CreateCellLists(). - - - - - Create a polydata representation of the boundaries of - the k-d tree regions. If level equals GetLevel(), the - leaf nodes are represented. - - - - - Generate a polygonal representation of a list of regions. - Only leaf nodes have region IDs, so these will be leaf nodes. - - - - - The polydata representation of the k-d tree shows the boundaries - of the k-d tree decomposition spatial regions. The data inside - the regions may not occupy the entire space. To draw just the - bounds of the data in the regions, set this variable ON. - - - - - The polydata representation of the k-d tree shows the boundaries - of the k-d tree decomposition spatial regions. The data inside - the regions may not occupy the entire space. To draw just the - bounds of the data in the regions, set this variable ON. - - - - - The cell list obtained with GetCellList is the list - of all cells such that their centroid is contained in - the spatial region. It may also be desirable to get - a list of all cells intersecting a spatial region, - but with centroid in some other region. This is that - list. This list is computed in CreateCellLists() if - and only if IncludeRegionBoundaryCells is ON. This - returns a pointer to KdTree's memory, so don't free it. - - - - - Get the spatial bounds of the entire k-d tree space. Sets - bounds array to xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Get the cell list for a region. This returns a pointer - to vtkKdTree's memory, so don't free it. - - - - - - For a list of regions, get two cell lists. The first lists - the IDs all cells whose centroids lie in one of the regions. - The second lists the IDs of all cells that intersect the regions, - but whose centroid lies in a region not on the list. - - The total number of cell IDs written to both lists is returned. - Either list pointer passed in can be NULL, and it will be ignored. - If there are multiple data sets, you must specify which data set - you wish cell IDs for. - - The caller should delete these two lists when done. This method - uses the cell lists created in CreateCellLists(). - If the cell list for any of the requested regions does not - exist, then this method will call CreateCellLists() to create - cell lists for *every* region of the k-d tree. You must remember - to DeleteCellLists() when done with all calls to this method, as - cell lists can require a great deal of memory. - - - - - - For a list of regions, get two cell lists. The first lists - the IDs all cells whose centroids lie in one of the regions. - The second lists the IDs of all cells that intersect the regions, - but whose centroid lies in a region not on the list. - - The total number of cell IDs written to both lists is returned. - Either list pointer passed in can be NULL, and it will be ignored. - If there are multiple data sets, you must specify which data set - you wish cell IDs for. - - The caller should delete these two lists when done. This method - uses the cell lists created in CreateCellLists(). - If the cell list for any of the requested regions does not - exist, then this method will call CreateCellLists() to create - cell lists for *every* region of the k-d tree. You must remember - to DeleteCellLists() when done with all calls to this method, as - cell lists can require a great deal of memory. - - - - - - For a list of regions, get two cell lists. The first lists - the IDs all cells whose centroids lie in one of the regions. - The second lists the IDs of all cells that intersect the regions, - but whose centroid lies in a region not on the list. - - The total number of cell IDs written to both lists is returned. - Either list pointer passed in can be NULL, and it will be ignored. - If there are multiple data sets, you must specify which data set - you wish cell IDs for. - - The caller should delete these two lists when done. This method - uses the cell lists created in CreateCellLists(). - If the cell list for any of the requested regions does not - exist, then this method will call CreateCellLists() to create - cell lists for *every* region of the k-d tree. You must remember - to DeleteCellLists() when done with all calls to this method, as - cell lists can require a great deal of memory. - - - - - Get a vtkBSPCuts object, a general object representing an axis- - aligned spatial partitioning. Used by vtkBSPIntersections. - - - - - Return the n'th data set. - - - - - Return the 0'th data set. For compatability with the superclass' - interface. - - - - - Return the index of the given data set. Returns -1 if that data - set does not exist. - - - - - Return a collection of all the data sets. - - - - - Some algorithms on k-d trees require a value that is a very - small distance relative to the diameter of the entire space - divided by the k-d tree. This factor is the maximum axis-aligned - width of the space multipled by 10e-6. - - - - - The polydata representation of the k-d tree shows the boundaries - of the k-d tree decomposition spatial regions. The data inside - the regions may not occupy the entire space. To draw just the - bounds of the data in the regions, set this variable ON. - - - - - If IncludeRegionBoundaryCells is ON, - CreateCellLists() will also create a list of cells which - intersect a given region, but are not assigned - to the region. These lists are obtained with - GetBoundaryCellList(). Default is OFF. - - - - - Minimum number of cells per spatial region. Default is 100. - - - - - Get the number of data sets included in spatial paritioning - - - - - The number of leaf nodes of the tree, the spatial regions - - - - - Set/Get the number of spatial regions you want to get close - to without going over. (The number of spatial regions is normally - a power of two.) Call this before BuildLocator(). Default - is unset (0). - - - - - Set/Get the number of spatial regions you want to get close - to while having at least this many regions. (The number of - spatial regions is normally a power of two.) Default - is unset (0). - - - - - Get a list of the original IDs of all points in a region. You - must have called BuildLocatorFromPoints before calling this. - - - - - Get the spatial bounds of k-d tree region - - - - - Get the id of the region containing the cell centroid. If - no DataSet is specified, assume DataSet 0. If you need the - region ID for every cell, use AllGetRegionContainingCell - instead. It is more efficient. - - - - - Get the id of the region containing the cell centroid. If - no DataSet is specified, assume DataSet 0. If you need the - region ID for every cell, use AllGetRegionContainingCell - instead. It is more efficient. - - - - - Get the id of the region containing the cell centroid. If - no DataSet is specified, assume DataSet 0. If you need the - region ID for every cell, use AllGetRegionContainingCell - instead. It is more efficient. - - - - - Get the id of the region containing the specified location. - - - - - Get the bounds of the data within the k-d tree region - - - - - Turn on timing of the k-d tree build - - - - - If IncludeRegionBoundaryCells is ON, - CreateCellLists() will also create a list of cells which - intersect a given region, but are not assigned - to the region. These lists are obtained with - GetBoundaryCellList(). Default is OFF. - - - - - If IncludeRegionBoundaryCells is ON, - CreateCellLists() will also create a list of cells which - intersect a given region, but are not assigned - to the region. These lists are obtained with - GetBoundaryCellList(). Default is OFF. - - - - - Forget about the last geometry used. The next call to NewGeometry will - return 1. A new k-d tree will be built the next time BuildLocator is - called. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return 1 if the geometry of the input data sets - has changed since the last time the k-d tree was built. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Partition along all three axes - this is the default - - - - - Omit partitions along the X axis, yielding shafts in the X direction - - - - - Omit partitions along the X and Y axes, yielding slabs along Z - - - - - Omit partitions along the Y axis, yielding shafts in the Y direction - - - - - Omit partitions along the Y and Z axes, yielding slabs along X - - - - - Omit partitions along the Z axis, yielding shafts in the Z direction - - - - - Omit partitions along the Z and X axes, yielding slabs along Y - - - - - Print out leaf node data for given id - - - - - Print out nodes of kd tree - - - - - Print out nodes of kd tree - - - - - Remove the given data set. - - - - - Remove the given data set. - - - - - Remove the given data set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Normally the k-d tree is computed from the dataset(s) provided - in SetDataSet. Alternatively, you can provide the cuts that will - be applied by calling SetCuts. - - - - - Clear out all data sets and replace with single data set. For backward - compatibility with superclass. - - - - - Some algorithms on k-d trees require a value that is a very - small distance relative to the diameter of the entire space - divided by the k-d tree. This factor is the maximum axis-aligned - width of the space multipled by 10e-6. - - - - - The polydata representation of the k-d tree shows the boundaries - of the k-d tree decomposition spatial regions. The data inside - the regions may not occupy the entire space. To draw just the - bounds of the data in the regions, set this variable ON. - - - - - If IncludeRegionBoundaryCells is ON, - CreateCellLists() will also create a list of cells which - intersect a given region, but are not assigned - to the region. These lists are obtained with - GetBoundaryCellList(). Default is OFF. - - - - - Minimum number of cells per spatial region. Default is 100. - - - - - There are certain applications where you want the bounds of - the k-d tree space to be at least as large as a specified - box. If the k-d tree has been built, you can expand it's - bounds with this method. If the bounds supplied are smaller - than those computed, they will be ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the number of spatial regions you want to get close - to without going over. (The number of spatial regions is normally - a power of two.) Call this before BuildLocator(). Default - is unset (0). - - - - - Set/Get the number of spatial regions you want to get close - to while having at least this many regions. (The number of - spatial regions is normally a power of two.) Default - is unset (0). - - - - - Turn on timing of the k-d tree build - - - - - Turn on timing of the k-d tree build - - - - - Turn on timing of the k-d tree build - - - - - Given a camera position (typically obtained with vtkCamera::GetPosition()), - this method, creates a list of the k-d tree region IDs in order from front - to back with respect to that direction. The number of ordered regions is - returned. Use this method to view order regions for cameras that use - perspective projection. - - - - - Given a direction of projection (typically obtained with - vtkCamera::GetDirectionOfProjection()), this method, creates a list of the - k-d tree region IDs in order from front to back with respect to that - direction. The number of ordered regions is returned. Use this method to - view order regions for cameras that use parallel projection. - - - - - Given a camera position and a list of k-d tree region IDs, this method, - creates a list of the k-d tree region IDs in order from front to back with - respect to that direction. The number of ordered regions is returned. Use - this method to view order regions for cameras that use perspective - projection. - - - - - Given a direction of projection and a list of k-d tree region IDs, this - method, creates a list of the k-d tree region IDs in order from front to - back with respect to that direction. The number of ordered regions is - returned. Use this method to view order regions for cameras that use - parallel projection. - - - - - vtkKdTreePointLocator - class to quickly locate points in 3-space - - - Description - vtkKdTreePointLocator is a wrapper class that derives from - vtkAbstractPointLocator and calls the search functions in vtkKdTree. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a position. This returns the closest - N points to a position. A faster method could be created that returned - N close points to a position, but necessarily the exact N closest. - The returned points are sorted from closest to farthest. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x, return the id of the point closest to it. Alternative - method requires separate x-y-z values. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x and a radius r, return the id of the point - closest to the point in that radius. - dist2 returns the squared distance to the point. - - - - - Find all points within a specified radius R of position x. - The result is not sorted in any specific manner. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkKochanekSpline - computes an interpolating spline using a Kochanek basis. - - - Description - Implements the Kochenek interpolating spline described in: Kochanek, D., - Bartels, R., "Interpolating Splines with Local Tension, Continuity, and - Bias Control," Computer Graphics, vol. 18, no. 3, pp. 33-41, July 1984. - These splines give the user more control over the shape of the curve than - the cardinal splines implemented in vtkCardinalSpline. Three parameters - can be specified. All have a range from -1 to 1. - - Tension controls how sharply the curve bends at an input point. A - value of -1 produces more slack in the curve. A value of 1 tightens - the curve. - - Continuity controls the continuity of the first derivative at input - points. - - Bias controls the direction of the curve at it passes through an input - point. A value of -1 undershoots the point while a value of 1 - overshoots the point. - - These three parameters give the user broad control over the shape of - the interpolating spline. The original Kochanek paper describes the - effects nicely and is recommended reading. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a KochanekSpline with the following defaults: DefaultBias = 0, - DefaultTension = 0, DefaultContinuity = 0. - - - - - Construct a KochanekSpline with the following defaults: DefaultBias = 0, - DefaultTension = 0, DefaultContinuity = 0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute Kochanek Spline coefficients. - - - - - Deep copy of cardinal spline data. - - - - - Evaluate a 1D Kochanek spline. - - - - - Set the bias for all points. Default is 0. - - - - - Set the continuity for all points. Default is 0. - - - - - Set the tension for all points. Default is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the bias for all points. Default is 0. - - - - - Set the continuity for all points. Default is 0. - - - - - Set the tension for all points. Default is 0. - - - - - vtkLine - cell represents a 1D line - - - Description - vtkLine is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 1D line. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Clip this line using scalar value provided. Like contouring, except - that it cuts the line to produce other lines. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Computes the shortest distance squared between two finite line segments - defined by their end points (l0,l1) and (m0,m1). - Upon return, the closest points on the two line segments will be stored - in closestPt1 and closestPt2. Their parametric coords (0 <= t0, t1 <= 1) - will be stored in t0 and t1. The return value is the shortest distance - squared between the two line-segments. - - - - - Computes the shortest distance squared between two infinite lines, each - defined by a pair of points (l0,l1) and (m0,m1). - Upon return, the closest points on the two line segments will be stored - in closestPt1 and closestPt2. Their parametric coords - (-inf <= t0, t1 <= inf) will be stored in t0 and t1. The return value is - the shortest distance squared between the two line-segments. - - - - - Compute the distance of a point x to a finite line (p1,p2). The method - computes the parametric coordinate t and the point location on the - line. Note that t is unconstrained (i.e., it may lie outside the range - [0,1]) but the closest point will lie within the finite line - [p1,p2]. Also, the method returns the distance squared between x and the - line (p1,p2). - - - - - Determine the distance of the current vertex to the edge defined by - the vertices provided. Returns distance squared. Note: line is assumed - infinite in extent. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkLine::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkLine::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-line intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Performs intersection of two finite 3D lines. An intersection is found if - the projection of the two lines onto the plane perpendicular to the cross - product of the two lines intersect. The parameters (u,v) are the - parametric coordinates of the lines at the position of closest approach. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkMapper2D - abstract class specifies interface for objects which render 2D actors - - - Description - vtkMapper2D is an abstract class which defines the interface for objects - which render two dimensional actors (vtkActor2D). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMeanValueCoordinatesInterpolator - compute interpolation computes - for closed triangular mesh - - - Description - vtkMeanValueCoordinatesInterpolator computes interpolation weights for a - closed, manifold polyhedron mesh. Once computed, the interpolation - weights can be used to interpolate data anywhere interior or exterior to - the mesh. This work implements two MVC algorithms. The first one is for - triangular meshes which is documented in the Siggraph 2005 paper by Tao Ju, - Scot Schaefer and Joe Warren from Rice University "Mean Value Coordinates - for Closed Triangular Meshes". The second one is for general polyhedron - mesh which is documented in the Eurographics Symposium on Geometry Processing - 2006 paper by Torsten Langer, Alexander Belyaev and Hans-Peter Seidel from - MPI Informatik "Spherical Barycentric Coordinates". - The filter will automatically choose which algorithm to use based on whether - the input mesh is triangulated or not. - - In VTK this class was initially created to interpolate data across - polyhedral cells. In addition, the class can be used to interpolate - data values from a polyhedron mesh, and to smoothly deform a mesh from - an associated control mesh. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Standard instantiable class methods. - - - - - Description - Standard instantiable class methods. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to generate interpolation weights for a point x[3] from a list of - triangles. In this version of the method, the triangles are defined by - a vtkPoints array plus a vtkIdList, where the vtkIdList is organized - such that three ids in order define a triangle. Note that number of weights - must equal the number of points. - - - - - Method to generate interpolation weights for a point x[3] from a list of - polygonal faces. In this version of the method, the faces are defined by - a vtkPoints array plus a vtkCellArray, where the vtkCellArray contains all - faces and is of format [nFace0Pts, pid1, pid2, pid3,..., nFace1Pts, pid1, - pid2, pid3,...]. Note: the number of weights must equal the number of points. - - - - - Description - Standard instantiable class methods. - - - - - Description - Standard instantiable class methods. - - - - - Description - Standard instantiable class methods. - - - - - Description - Standard instantiable class methods. - - - - - vtkMergePoints - merge exactly coincident points - - - Description - vtkMergePoints is a locator object to quickly locate points in 3D. - The primary difference between vtkMergePoints and its superclass - vtkPointLocator is that vtkMergePoints merges precisely coincident points - and is therefore much faster. - - - - vtkCleanPolyData - - - - - vtkPointLocator - quickly locate points in 3-space - - - Description - vtkPointLocator is a spatial search object to quickly locate points in 3D. - vtkPointLocator works by dividing a specified region of space into a regular - array of "rectangular" buckets, and then keeping a list of points that - lie in each bucket. Typical operation involves giving a position in 3D - and finding the closest point. - - vtkPointLocator has two distinct methods of interaction. In the first - method, you supply it with a dataset, and it operates on the points in - the dataset. In the second method, you supply it with an array of points, - and the object operates on the array. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 points per bucket. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 points per bucket. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Given a position x, return the id of the point closest to it. This method - is used when performing incremental point insertion. Note that -1 - indicates that no point was found. - This method is thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a position. This returns the closest - N points to a position. A faster method could be created that returned - N close points to a position, but necessarily the exact N closest. - The returned points are sorted from closest to farthest. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x, return the id of the point closest to it. Alternative - method requires separate x-y-z values. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Given a position x and a radius r, return the id of the point - closest to the point in that radius. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. dist2 returns the squared - distance to the point. - - - - - Given a position x and a radius r, return the id of the point - closest to the point in that radius. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. dist2 returns the squared - distance to the point. - - - - - Find the closest points to a position such that each octant of - space around the position contains at least N points. Loosely - limit the search to a maximum number of points evaluated, M. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find the closest points to a position such that each octant of - space around the position contains at least N points. Loosely - limit the search to a maximum number of points evaluated, M. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Find all points within a specified radius R of position x. - The result is not sorted in any specific manner. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Set the number of divisions in x-y-z directions. - - - - - Set the number of divisions in x-y-z directions. - - - - - Specify the average number of points in each bucket. - - - - - Specify the average number of points in each bucket. - - - - - Specify the average number of points in each bucket. - - - - - Provide an accessor to the points. - - - - - Given a position x, return the list of points in the bucket that - contains the point. It is possible that NULL is returned. The user - provides an ijk array that is the indices into the locator. - This method is thread safe. - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. The newPts is an object - representing point coordinates into which incremental insertion methods - place their data. Bounds are the box that the points lie in. - Not thread safe. - - - - - Initialize the point insertion process. The newPts is an object - representing point coordinates into which incremental insertion methods - place their data. Bounds are the box that the points lie in. - Not thread safe. - - - - - See vtkLocator interface documentation. - These methods are not thread safe. - - - - - Incrementally insert a point into search structure. The method returns - the insertion location (i.e., point id). You should use the method - IsInsertedPoint() to see whether this point has already been - inserted (that is, if you desire to prevent duplicate points). - Before using this method you must make sure that newPts have been - supplied, the bounds has been set properly, and that divs are - properly set. (See InitPointInsertion().) - Not thread safe. - - - - - Incrementally insert a point into search structure with a particular - index value. You should use the method IsInsertedPoint() to see whether - this point has already been inserted (that is, if you desire to prevent - duplicate points). Before using this method you must make sure that - newPts have been supplied, the bounds has been set properly, and that - divs are properly set. (See InitPointInsertion().) - Not thread safe. - - - - - Determine whether point given by x[3] has been inserted into points list. - Return 0 if point was already in the list, otherwise return 1. If the - point was not in the list, it will be ADDED. In either case, the id of - the point (newly inserted or not) is returned in the ptId argument. - Note this combines the functionality of IsInsertedPoint() followed - by a call to InsertNextPoint(). - This method is not thread safe. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 points per bucket. - - - - - Determine whether point given by x[3] has been inserted into points list. - Return id of previously inserted point if this is true, otherwise return - -1. This method is thread safe. - - - - - Determine whether point given by x[3] has been inserted into points list. - Return id of previously inserted point if this is true, otherwise return - -1. This method is thread safe. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 points per bucket. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 points per bucket. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 points per bucket. - - - - - Set the number of divisions in x-y-z directions. - - - - - Set the number of divisions in x-y-z directions. - - - - - Specify the average number of points in each bucket. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determine whether point given by x[3] has been inserted into points list. - Return 0 if point was already in the list, otherwise return 1. If the - point was not in the list, it will be ADDED. In either case, the id of - the point (newly inserted or not) is returned in the ptId argument. - Note this combines the functionality of IsInsertedPoint() followed - by a call to InsertNextPoint(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether point given by x[3] has been inserted into points list. - Return id of previously inserted point if this is true, otherwise return - -1. - - - - - Determine whether point given by x[3] has been inserted into points list. - Return id of previously inserted point if this is true, otherwise return - -1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMultiBlockDataSetAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only vtkMultiBlockDataSet as output - - - Description - Algorithms that take any type of data object (including composite dataset) - and produce a vtkMultiBlockDataSet in the output can subclass from this - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkMultiBlockDataSet - Composite dataset that organizes datasets into - blocks. - - - Description - vtkMultiBlockDataSet is a vtkCompositeDataSet that stores - a hierarchy of datasets. The dataset collection consists of - multiple blocks. Each block can itself be a vtkMultiBlockDataSet, thus - providing for a full tree structure. - Sub-blocks are usually used to distribute blocks across processors. - For example, a 1 block dataset can be distributed as following: - @verbatim - proc 0: - Block 0: - * ds 0 - * (null) - - proc 1: - Block 0: - * (null) - * ds 1 - @endverbatim - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the block at the given index. It is recommended that one uses the - iterators to iterate over composite datasets rather than using this API. - - - - - Returns the meta-data for the block. If none is already present, a new - vtkInformation object will be allocated. Use HasMetaData to avoid - allocating vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Returns the meta-data for the block. If none is already present, a new - vtkInformation object will be allocated. Use HasMetaData to avoid - allocating vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Return class name of data type (see vtkType.h for - definitions). - - - - - Returns the meta-data for the block. If none is already present, a new - vtkInformation object will be allocated. Use HasMetaData to avoid - allocating vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Returns the number of blocks. - - - - - Returns true if meta-data is available for a given block. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove the given block from the dataset. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the data object as the given block. The total number of blocks will - be resized to fit the requested block no. - - - - - Set the number of blocks. This will cause allocation if the new number of - blocks is greater than the current size. All new blocks are initialized to - null. - - - - - vtkMultiPieceDataSet - composite dataset to encapsulates pieces of - dataset. - - - Description - A vtkMultiPieceDataSet dataset groups multiple data pieces together. - For example, say that a simulation broke a volume into 16 piece so that - each piece can be processed with 1 process in parallel. We want to load - this volume in a visualization cluster of 4 nodes. Each node will get 4 - pieces, not necessarily forming a whole rectangular piece. In this case, - it is not possible to append the 4 pieces together into a vtkImageData. - In this case, these 4 pieces can be collected together using a - vtkMultiPieceDataSet. - Note that vtkMultiPieceDataSet is intended to be included in other composite - datasets eg. vtkMultiBlockDataSet, vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet. Hence the lack - of algorithms producting vtkMultiPieceDataSet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the meta-data for the piece. If none is already present, a new - vtkInformation object will be allocated. Use HasMetaData to avoid - allocating vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Returns the meta-data for the piece. If none is already present, a new - vtkInformation object will be allocated. Use HasMetaData to avoid - allocating vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Return class name of data type (see vtkType.h for - definitions). - - - - - Returns the meta-data for the piece. If none is already present, a new - vtkInformation object will be allocated. Use HasMetaData to avoid - allocating vtkInformation objects. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Returns the number of pieces. - - - - - Returns the piece at the given index. - - - - - Returns the piece at the given index. - - - - - Returns true if meta-data is available for a given piece. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of pieces. This will cause allocation if the new number of - pieces is greater than the current size. All new pieces are initialized to - null. - - - - - Sets the data object as the given piece. The total number of pieces will - be resized to fit the requested piece no. - - - - - vtkMutableDirectedGraph - An editable directed graph. - - - - Description - vtkMutableDirectedGraph is a directed graph which has additional methods - for adding edges and vertices. AddChild() is a convenience method for - constructing trees. ShallowCopy(), DeepCopy(), CheckedShallowCopy() and - CheckedDeepCopy() will succeed for instances of vtkDirectedGraph, - vtkMutableDirectedGraph and vtkTree. - - - - - vtkDirectedGraph vtkGraph vtkTree - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience method for creating trees. - Returns the newly created vertex id. - Shortcut for - - vtkIdType v = g->AddVertex(); - g->AddEdge(parent, v); - - If non-null, \p propertyArr provides edge properties - for the newly-created edge. The values in \p propertyArr must match - up with the arrays in the edge data returned by GetEdgeData(). - - - - - Convenience method for creating trees. - Returns the newly created vertex id. - Shortcut for - - vtkIdType v = g->AddVertex(); - g->AddEdge(parent, v); - - If non-null, \p propertyArr provides edge properties - for the newly-created edge. The values in \p propertyArr must match - up with the arrays in the edge data returned by GetEdgeData(). - - - - - Variant of AddEdge() that returns a heavyweight \p vtkGraphEdge object. - The graph owns the reference of the edge and will replace - its contents on the next call to AddGraphEdge(). - - \note This is a less efficient method for use with wrappers. - In C++ you should use the faster AddEdge(). - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph and returns the index of the new vertex. - - \note In a distributed graph (i.e. a graph whose DistributedHelper - is non-null), this routine cannot be used to add a vertex - if the vertices in the graph have pedigree IDs, because this routine - will always add the vertex locally, which may conflict with the - proper location of the vertex based on the distribution of the - pedigree IDs. - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph with associated properties defined in - \p propertyArr and returns the index of the new vertex. - The number and order of values in \p propertyArr must match up with the - arrays in the vertex data retrieved by GetVertexData(). - - If a vertex with the given pedigree ID already exists, its properties will be - overwritten with the properties in \p propertyArr and the existing - vertex index will be returned. - - \note In a distributed graph (i.e. a graph whose DistributedHelper - is non-null) the vertex added or found might not be local. In this case, - AddVertex will wait until the vertex can be added or found - remotely, so that the proper vertex index can be returned. If you - don't actually need to use the vertex index, consider calling - LazyAddVertex, which provides better performance by eliminating - the delays associated with returning the vertex index. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Adds a directed edge from \p u to \p v, - where \p u and \p v are vertex indices. - - The number and order of values in the optional parameter - \p propertyArr must match up with the arrays in the edge data - retrieved by GetEdgeData(). - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph. - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph with associated properties defined in - \p propertyArr. - The number and order of values in \p propertyArr must match up with the - arrays in the vertex data retrieved by GetVertexData(). - - If a vertex with the given pedigree ID already exists, its properties will be - overwritten with the properties in \p propertyArr. - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Removes the edge from the graph. - Note: This invalidates the last edge index, which is reassigned to e. - - - - - Removes a collection of edges from the graph. - - - - - Removes the vertex from the graph along with any connected edges. - Note: This invalidates the last vertex index, which is reassigned to v. - - - - - Removes a collection of vertices from the graph along with any connected edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Allocates space for the specified number of vertices in the graph's - internal data structures. - - This has no effect on the number of vertex coordinate tuples or - vertex attribute tuples allocated; you are responsible for - guaranteeing these match. - Also, this call is not implemented for distributed-memory graphs since - the semantics are unclear; calling this function on a graph with a - non-NULL DistributedGraphHelper will generate an error message and - no allocation will be performed. - - - - - vtkMutableUndirectedGraph - An editable undirected graph. - - - - Description - vtkMutableUndirectedGraph is an undirected graph with additional functions - for adding vertices and edges. ShallowCopy(), DeepCopy(), CheckedShallowCopy(), - and CheckedDeepCopy() will succeed when the argument is a vtkUndirectedGraph - or vtkMutableUndirectedGraph. - - - - - vtkUndirectedGraph vtkGraph - - - - - vtkUndirectedGraph - An undirected graph. - - - - Description - vtkUndirectedGraph is a collection of vertices along with a collection of - undirected edges (they connect two vertices in no particular order). - ShallowCopy(), DeepCopy(), CheckedShallowCopy(), CheckedDeepCopy() - accept instances of vtkUndirectedGraph and vtkMutableUndirectedGraph. - GetOutEdges(v, it) and GetInEdges(v, it) return the same list of edges, - which is the list of all edges which have a v as an endpoint. - GetInDegree(v), GetOutDegree(v) and GetDegree(v) all return the full - degree of vertex v. - - vtkUndirectedGraph is read-only. To create an undirected graph, - use an instance of vtkMutableUndirectedGraph, then you may set the - structure to a vtkUndirectedGraph using ShallowCopy(). - - - - - vtkGraph vtkMutableUndirectedGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Random-access method for retrieving incoming edges to vertex v. - The method fills the vtkGraphEdge instance with the id, source, and - target of the edge. This method is provided for wrappers, - GetInEdge(vtkIdType, vtkIdType) is preferred. - - - - - Random-access method for retrieving incoming edges to vertex v. - The method fills the vtkGraphEdge instance with the id, source, and - target of the edge. This method is provided for wrappers, - GetInEdge(vtkIdType, vtkIdType) is preferred. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Returns the full degree of the vertex. - - - - - Random-access method for retrieving incoming edges to vertex v. - The method fills the vtkGraphEdge instance with the id, source, and - target of the edge. This method is provided for wrappers, - GetInEdge(vtkIdType, vtkIdType) is preferred. - - - - - Initialize the iterator to get the incoming edges to a vertex. - For an undirected graph, this is all incident edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check the structure, and accept it if it is a valid - undirected graph. This is public to allow - the ToDirected/UndirectedGraph to work. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Variant of AddEdge() that returns a heavyweight \p vtkGraphEdge object. - The graph owns the reference of the edge and will replace - its contents on the next call to AddGraphEdge(). - - \note This is a less efficient method for use with wrappers. - In C++ you should use the faster AddEdge(). - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph and returns the index of the new vertex. - - \note In a distributed graph (i.e. a graph whose DistributedHelper - is non-null), this routine cannot be used to add a vertex - if the vertices in the graph have pedigree IDs, because this routine - will always add the vertex locally, which may conflict with the - proper location of the vertex based on the distribution of the - pedigree IDs. - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph with associated properties defined in - \p propertyArr and returns the index of the new vertex. - The number and order of values in \p propertyArr must match up with the - arrays in the vertex data retrieved by GetVertexData(). - - If a vertex with the given pedigree ID already exists, its properties will be - overwritten with the properties in \p propertyArr and the existing - vertex index will be returned. - - \note In a distributed graph (i.e. a graph whose DistributedHelper - is non-null) the vertex added or found might not be local. In this case, - AddVertex will wait until the vertex can be added or found - remotely, so that the proper vertex index can be returned. If you - don't actually need to use the vertex index, consider calling - LazyAddVertex, which provides better performance by eliminating - the delays associated with returning the vertex index. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Adds an undirected edge from \p u to \p v, - where \p u and \p v are vertex indices. - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Adds an undirected edge from \p u to \p v, - where \p u and \p v are vertex indices. - - The number and order of values in - \p propertyArr must match up with the arrays in the edge data - retrieved by GetEdgeData(). - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph. - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Adds a vertex to the graph with associated properties defined in - \p propertyArr. - The number and order of values in \p propertyArr must match up with the - arrays in the vertex data retrieved by GetVertexData(). - - If a vertex with the given pedigree ID already exists, its properties will be - overwritten with the properties in \p propertyArr. - - This method is lazily evaluated for distributed graphs (i.e. graphs - whose DistributedHelper is non-null) the next time Synchronize is - called on the helper. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Removes the edge from the graph. - Note: This invalidates the last edge index, which is reassigned to e. - - - - - Removes a collection of edges from the graph. - - - - - Removes the vertex from the graph along with any connected edges. - Note: This invalidates the last vertex index, which is reassigned to v. - - - - - Removes a collection of vertices from the graph along with any connected edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Allocates space for the specified number of vertices in the graph's - internal data structures. - The previous number of vertices is returned on success and -1 - is returned on failure. - - This has no effect on the number of vertex coordinate tuples or - vertex attribute tuples allocated; you are responsible for - guaranteeing these match. - Also, this call is not implemented for distributed-memory graphs since - the semantics are unclear; calling this function on a graph with a - non-NULL DistributedGraphHelper will generate an error message, - no allocation will be performed, and a value of -1 will be returned. - - - - - vtkNonMergingPointLocator - direct / check-free point insertion. - - - - Description - As a special sub-class of vtkPointLocator, vtkNonMergingPointLocator is - intended for direct / check-free insertion of points into a vtkPoints - object. In other words, any given point is always directly inserted. - The name emphasizes the difference between this class and its sibling - class vtkMergePoints in that the latter class performs check-based zero - tolerance point insertion (or to 'merge' exactly duplicate / coincident - points) by exploiting the uniform bin mechanism employed by the parent - class vtkPointLocator. vtkPointLocator allows for generic (zero and non- - zero) tolerance point insertion as well as point location. - - - - - vtkIncrementalPointLocator vtkPointLocator vtkMergePoints - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determine whether a given point x has been inserted into the points list. - Return 0 if a duplicate has been inserted in the list, or 1 else. Note - this function always returns 1 since any point is always inserted. The - index of the point is returned via ptId. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOctreePointLocator - a octree spatial decomposition of a set of points - - - - Description - Given a vtkDataSetxs, create an octree that is locally refined - such that all leaf octants contain less than a certain - amount of points. Note that there is no size constraint that - a leaf octant in relation to any of its neighbors. - - This class can also generate a PolyData representation of - the boundaries of the spatial regions in the decomposition. - - - - - vtkPointLocator vtkOctreePointLocatorNode - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the octree decomposition of the cells of the data set - or data sets. Cells are assigned to octree spatial regions - based on the location of their centroids. - - - - - Find the closest N points to a position. This returns the closest - N points to a position. A faster method could be created that returned - N close points to a position, but not necessarily the exact N closest. - The returned points are sorted from closest to farthest. - These methods are thread safe if BuildLocator() is directly or - indirectly called from a single thread first. - - - - - Return the Id of the point that is closest to the given point. - Set the square of the distance between the two points. - - - - - Return the Id of the point that is closest to the given point. - Set the square of the distance between the two points. - - - - - Find the Id of the point in the given leaf region which is - closest to the given point. Return the ID of the point, - and set the square of the distance of between the points. - - - - - Find the Id of the point in the given leaf region which is - closest to the given point. Return the ID of the point, - and set the square of the distance of between the points. - - - - - Given a position x and a radius r, return the id of the point - closest to the point in that radius. - dist2 returns the squared distance to the point. - - - - - Fill ids with points found in area. The area is a 6-tuple containing - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax). - This method will clear the array by default. To append ids to an array, - set clearArray to false. - - - - - Find all points within a specified radius of position x. - The result is not sorted in any specific manner. - - - - - Delete the octree data structure. - - - - - Create a polydata representation of the boundaries of - the octree regions. - - - - - Get the spatial bounds of the entire octree space. Sets - bounds array to xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Get the spatial bounds of the entire octree space. Sets - bounds array to xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Get/Set macro for CreateCubicOctants. - - - - - Some algorithms on octrees require a value that is a very - small distance relative to the diameter of the entire space - divided by the octree. This factor is the maximum axis-aligned - width of the space multipled by 10e-6. - - - - - Maximum number of points per spatial region. Default is 100. - - - - - The number of leaf nodes of the tree, the spatial regions - - - - - Get a list of the original IDs of all points in a leaf node. - - - - - Get the spatial bounds of octree region - - - - - Get the id of the leaf region containing the specified location. - - - - - Get the bounds of the data within the leaf node - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set macro for CreateCubicOctants. - - - - - Some algorithms on octrees require a value that is a very - small distance relative to the diameter of the entire space - divided by the octree. This factor is the maximum axis-aligned - width of the space multipled by 10e-6. - - - - - Maximum number of points per spatial region. Default is 100. - - - - - vtkOctreePointLocatorNode - Octree node that has 8 children each of equal size - - - - Description - This class represents a single spatial region in a 3D axis octant - partitioning. It is intended to work efficiently with the - vtkOctreePointLocator and is not meant for general use. It is assumed - the region bounds some set of points. The ordering of the children is - (-x,-y,-z),(+x,-y,-z),(-x,+y,-z),(+x,+y,-z),(-x,-y,+z),(+x,-y,+z), - (-x,+y,+z),(+x,+y,+z). The portion of the domain assigned to an - octant is Min < x <= Max. - - - - - vtkOctreePointLocator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Recursive function to compute ID, MinVal, MaxVal, and MinID. - Parent is used for MinVal and MaxVal in the case that no - points are in the leaf node. - - - - - Return 1 if this spatial region entirely contains the given point. - Use the possibly smaller bounds of the points within the region - if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Add the 8 children. - - - - - Delete the 8 children. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the spatial region represented by this node. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetBounds. - - - - - Get a pointer to the ith child of this node. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the points contained in this spatial region. - This may be smaller than the bounds of the region itself. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetDataBounds. - - - - - Calculate the distance squared from any point to the boundary of this - region. Use the boundary of the points within the region if useDataBounds - is non-zero. - - - - - Calculate the distance squared from any point to the boundary of this - region. Use the boundary of the points within the region if useDataBounds - is non-zero. Set boundaryPt to the point on the boundary. - - - - - Calculate the distance from the specified point (which is required to - be inside this spatial region) to an interior boundary. An interior - boundary is one that is not also an boundary of the entire space - partitioned by the tree of vtkOctreePointLocatorNode's. - - - - - Get the ID associated with the region described by this node. If - this is not a leaf node, this value should be -1. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the points contained in this spatial region. - This may be smaller than the bounds of the region itself. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetDataBounds. - - - - - Set the xmax, ymax and zmax value of the bounds of this region - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the points contained in this spatial region. - This may be smaller than the bounds of the region itself. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetDataBounds. - - - - - Set the xmax, ymax and zmax value of the bounds of this region - - - - - If this node is not a leaf node, there are leaf nodes below it whose - regions represent a partitioning of this region. The IDs of these - leaf nodes form a contigous set. Get the first of the first point's - ID that is contained in this node. - - - - - Set/Get the number of points contained in this region. - - - - - Return the id of the suboctant that a given point is in. - If CheckContainment is non-zero then it checks whether - the point is in the actual bounding box of the suboctant, - otherwise it only checks which octant the point is in - that is created from the axis-aligned partitioning of - the domain at this octant's center. - - - - - A vtkPlanesIntersection object represents a convex 3D region bounded - by planes, and it is capable of computing intersections of - boxes with itself. Return 1 if this spatial region intersects - the spatial region described by the vtkPlanesIntersection object. - Use the possibly smaller bounds of the points within the region - if useDataBounds is non-zero. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the spatial region represented by this node. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetBounds. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the spatial region represented by this node. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetBounds. - - - - - Set/Get the bounds of the points contained in this spatial region. - This may be smaller than the bounds of the region itself. - Caller allocates storage for 6-vector in GetDataBounds. - - - - - Set the xmax, ymax and zmax value of the bounds of this region - - - - - Set the xmax, ymax and zmax value of the bounds of this - data within this region. - - - - - Set the xmin, ymin and zmin value of the bounds of this region - - - - - Set the xmin, ymin and zmin value of the bounds of this - data within this region. - - - - - Set/Get the number of points contained in this region. - - - - - vtkOrderedTriangulator - helper class to generate triangulations - - - Description - This class is used to generate unique triangulations of points. The - uniqueness of the triangulation is controlled by the id of the inserted - points in combination with a Delaunay criterion. The class is designed to - be as fast as possible (since the algorithm can be slow) and uses block - memory allocations to support rapid triangulation generation. Also, the - assumption behind the class is that a maximum of hundreds of points are to - be triangulated. If you desire more robust triangulation methods use - vtkPolygon::Triangulate(), vtkDelaunay2D, or vtkDelaunay3D. - - Background - This work is documented in the technical paper: W.J. Schroeder, B. Geveci, - M. Malaterre. Compatible Triangulations of Spatial Decompositions. In - Proceedings of Visualization 2004, IEEE Press October 2004. - - Delaunay triangulations are unique assuming a random distribution of input - points. The 3D Delaunay criterion is as follows: the circumsphere of each - tetrahedron contains no other points of the triangulation except for the - four points defining the tetrahedron. In application this property is - hard to satisfy because objects like cubes are defined by eight points all - sharing the same circumsphere (center and radius); hence the Delaunay - triangulation is not unique. These so-called degenerate situations are - typically resolved by arbitrary selecting a triangulation. This code does - something different: it resolves degenerate triangulations by modifying - the "InCircumsphere" method to use a slightly smaller radius. Hence, - degenerate points are always considered "out" of the circumsphere. This, - in combination with an ordering (based on id) of the input points, - guarantees a unique triangulation. - - There is another related characteristic of Delaunay triangulations. Given - a N-dimensional Delaunay triangulation, points lying on a (N-1) dimensional - plane also form a (N-1) Delaunay triangulation. This means for example, - that if a 3D cell is defined by a set of (2D) planar faces, then the - face triangulations are Delaunay. Combining this with the method to - generate unique triangulations described previously, the triangulations - on the face are guaranteed unique. This fact can be used to triangulate - 3D objects in such a way to guarantee compatible face triangulations. - This is a very useful fact for parallel processing, or performing - operations like clipping that require compatible triangulations across - 3D cell faces. (See vtkClipVolume for an example.) - - A special feature of this class is that it can generate triangulation - templates on the fly. If template triangulation is enabled, then the - ordered triangulator will first triangulate the cell using the slower - ordered Delaunay approach, and then store the result as a template. - Later, if the same cell type and cell configuration is encountered, - then the template is reused which greatly speeds the triangulation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object. - - - - - Construct object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add the tetras to the unstructured grid provided. The unstructured - grid is assumed to have been initialized (with Allocate()) and - points set (with SetPoints()). The tetrahdera added are of the type - specified (0=inside,1=outside,2=all). Inside tetrahedron are - those whose points are classified "inside" or on the "boundary." - Outside tetrahedron have at least one point classified "outside." - The method returns the number of tetrahedrahedron of the type - requested. - - - - - Add the tetrahedra classified (0=inside,1=outside) to the connectivity - list provided. Inside tetrahedron are those whose points are all - classified "inside." Outside tetrahedron have at least one point - classified "outside." The method returns the number of tetrahedron - of the type requested. - - - - - Assuming that all the inserted points come from a cell `cellId' to - triangulate, get the tetrahedra in outConnectivity, the points in locator - and copy point data and cell data. Return the number of added tetras. - \pre locator_exists: locator!=0 - \pre outConnectivity: outConnectivity!=0 - \pre inPD_exists: inPD!=0 - \pre outPD_exists: outPD!=0 - \pre inCD_exists: inCD!=0 - \pre outCD_exists: outCD!=0 - - - - - Add the tetrahedra classified (0=inside,1=outside) to the list - of ids and coordinates provided. These assume that the first four points - form a tetrahedron, the next four the next, and so on. - - - - - Add the triangle faces classified (2=boundary) to the connectivity - list provided. The method returns the number of triangles. - - - - - Add the triangle faces classified (2=boundary) and attached to the - specified point id to the connectivity list provided. (The id is the - same as that specified in InsertPoint().) - - - - - Methods to get one tetra at a time. Start with InitTetraTraversal() - and then invoke GetNextTetra() until the method returns 0. - cellScalars are point-centered scalars on the original cell. - tetScalars are point-centered scalars on the tetra: the values will be - copied from cellScalars. - \pre tet_exists: tet!=0 - \pre cellScalars_exists: cellScalars!=0 - \pre tetScalars_exists: tetScalars!=0 - \pre tetScalars_valid_size: tetScalars->GetNumberOfTuples()==4 - - - - - Return the number of inserted points. - - - - - Return the Id of point `internalId'. This id is the one passed in - argument of InsertPoint. - It assumes that the point has already been inserted. - The method should be invoked prior to the Triangulate method. - \pre valid_range: internalId>=0 && internalId<this->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Return the global coordinates of point `internalId'. - It assumes that the point has already been inserted. - The method should be invoked prior to the Triangulate method. - \pre valid_range: internalId>=0 && internalId<this->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Return the parametric coordinates of point `internalId'. - It assumes that the point has already been inserted. - The method should be invoked prior to the Triangulate method. - \pre valid_range: internalId>=0 && internalId<this->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the points have been pre-sorted. If - pre-sorted is enabled, the points are not sorted on point id. - By default, presorted is off. (The point id is defined in - InsertPoint().) - - - - - Initialize and add the tetras and points from the triangulation to the - unstructured grid provided. New points are created and the mesh is - allocated. (This method differs from AddTetras() in that it inserts - points and cells; AddTetras only adds the tetra cells.) The tetrahdera - added are of the type specified (0=inside,1=outside,2=all). Inside - tetrahedron are those whose points are classified "inside" or on the - "boundary." Outside tetrahedron have at least one point classified - "outside." The method returns the number of tetrahedrahedron of the - type requested. - - - - - If this flag is set, then the ordered triangulator will create - and use templates for the triangulation. To use templates, the - TemplateTriangulate() method should be called when appropriate. - (Note: the TemplateTriangulate() method works for complete - (interior) cells without extra points due to intersection, etc.) - - - - - Tells the triangulator that a second sort id is provided - for each point and should also be considered when sorting. - - - - - Methods to get one tetra at a time. Start with InitTetraTraversal() - and then invoke GetNextTetra() until the method returns 0. - - - - - Initialize the triangulation process. Provide a bounding box and - the maximum number of points to be inserted. Note that since the - triangulation is performed using parametric coordinates (see - InsertPoint()) the bounds should be represent the range of the - parametric coordinates inserted. - \post no_point_inserted: GetNumberOfPoints()==0 - - - - - Initialize the triangulation process. Provide a bounding box and - the maximum number of points to be inserted. Note that since the - triangulation is performed using parametric coordinates (see - InsertPoint()) the bounds should be represent the range of the - parametric coordinates inserted. - \post no_point_inserted: GetNumberOfPoints()==0 - - - - - For each point to be inserted, provide an id, a position x, parametric - coordinate p, and whether the point is inside (type=0), outside - (type=1), or on the boundary (type=2). You must call InitTriangulation() - prior to invoking this method. Make sure that the number of points - inserted does not exceed the numPts specified in - InitTriangulation(). Also note that the "id" can be any integer and can - be greater than numPts. It is used to create tetras (in AddTetras()) with - the appropriate connectivity ids. The method returns an internal id that - can be used prior to the Triangulate() method to update the type of the - point with UpdatePointType(). (Note: the algorithm triangulated with the - parametric coordinate p[3] and creates tetras with the global coordinate - x[3]. The parametric coordinates and global coordinates may be the same.) - - - - - For each point to be inserted, provide an id, a position x, parametric - coordinate p, and whether the point is inside (type=0), outside - (type=1), or on the boundary (type=2). You must call InitTriangulation() - prior to invoking this method. Make sure that the number of points - inserted does not exceed the numPts specified in - InitTriangulation(). Also note that the "id" can be any integer and can - be greater than numPts. It is used to create tetras (in AddTetras()) with - the appropriate connectivity ids. The method returns an internal id that - can be used prior to the Triangulate() method to update the type of the - point with UpdatePointType(). (Note: the algorithm triangulated with the - parametric coordinate p[3] and creates tetras with the global coordinate - x[3]. The parametric coordinates and global coordinates may be the same.) - - - - - For each point to be inserted, provide an id, a position x, parametric - coordinate p, and whether the point is inside (type=0), outside - (type=1), or on the boundary (type=2). You must call InitTriangulation() - prior to invoking this method. Make sure that the number of points - inserted does not exceed the numPts specified in - InitTriangulation(). Also note that the "id" can be any integer and can - be greater than numPts. It is used to create tetras (in AddTetras()) with - the appropriate connectivity ids. The method returns an internal id that - can be used prior to the Triangulate() method to update the type of the - point with UpdatePointType(). (Note: the algorithm triangulated with the - parametric coordinate p[3] and creates tetras with the global coordinate - x[3]. The parametric coordinates and global coordinates may be the same.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the points have been pre-sorted. If - pre-sorted is enabled, the points are not sorted on point id. - By default, presorted is off. (The point id is defined in - InsertPoint().) - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the points have been pre-sorted. If - pre-sorted is enabled, the points are not sorted on point id. - By default, presorted is off. (The point id is defined in - InsertPoint().) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the points have been pre-sorted. If - pre-sorted is enabled, the points are not sorted on point id. - By default, presorted is off. (The point id is defined in - InsertPoint().) - - - - - If this flag is set, then the ordered triangulator will create - and use templates for the triangulation. To use templates, the - TemplateTriangulate() method should be called when appropriate. - (Note: the TemplateTriangulate() method works for complete - (interior) cells without extra points due to intersection, etc.) - - - - - Tells the triangulator that a second sort id is provided - for each point and should also be considered when sorting. - - - - - Perform the triangulation. (Complete all calls to InsertPoint() prior - to invoking this method.) A special version is available when templates - should be used. - - - - - Perform the triangulation. (Complete all calls to InsertPoint() prior - to invoking this method.) A special version is available when templates - should be used. - - - - - Update the point type. This is useful when the merging of nearly - coincident points is performed. The id is the internal id returned - from InsertPoint(). The method should be invoked prior to the - Triangulate method. The type is specified as inside (type=0), - outside (type=1), or on the boundary (type=2). - \pre valid_range: internalId>=0 && internalId<this->GetNumberOfPoints() - - - - - If this flag is set, then the ordered triangulator will create - and use templates for the triangulation. To use templates, the - TemplateTriangulate() method should be called when appropriate. - (Note: the TemplateTriangulate() method works for complete - (interior) cells without extra points due to intersection, etc.) - - - - - If this flag is set, then the ordered triangulator will create - and use templates for the triangulation. To use templates, the - TemplateTriangulate() method should be called when appropriate. - (Note: the TemplateTriangulate() method works for complete - (interior) cells without extra points due to intersection, etc.) - - - - - Tells the triangulator that a second sort id is provided - for each point and should also be considered when sorting. - - - - - Tells the triangulator that a second sort id is provided - for each point and should also be considered when sorting. - - - - - vtkOutEdgeIterator - Iterates through all outgoing edges from a vertex. - - - - Description - vtkOutEdgeIterator iterates through all edges whose source is a particular - vertex. Instantiate this class directly and call Initialize() to traverse - the vertex of a graph. Alternately, use GetInEdges() on the graph to - initialize the iterator. it->Next() returns a vtkOutEdgeType structure, - which contains Id, the edge's id, and Target, the edge's target vertex. - - - - - vtkGraph vtkInEdgeIterator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the graph and vertex associated with this iterator. - - - - - Get the graph and vertex associated with this iterator. - - - - - Whether this iterator has more edges. - - - - - Initialize the iterator with a graph and vertex. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Just like Next(), but - returns heavy-weight vtkGraphEdge object instead of - the vtkEdgeType struct, for use with wrappers. - The graph edge is owned by this iterator, and changes - after each call to NextGraphEdge(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParametricSpline - parametric function for 1D interpolating splines - - - Description - vtkParametricSpline is a parametric function for 1D interpolating splines. - vtkParametricSpline maps the single parameter u into a 3D point (x,y,z) - using three instances of interpolating splines. This family of 1D splines - is quaranteed to be parameterized in the interval [0,1]. Attempting to - evaluate outside this interval will cause the parameter u to be clamped in - the range [0,1]. - - When constructed, this class creates instances of vtkCardinalSpline for - each of the x-y-z coordinates. The user may choose to replace these with - their own instances of subclasses of vtkSpline. - - Caveats - If you wish to tessellate the spline, use the class - vtkParametricFunctionSource. - - - - - vtkSpline vtkKochanekSpline vtkCardinalSpline - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the spline with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 1, JoinU = 0 (unless the spline is - closed, then JoinU = 1), TwistU = 0, DerivativesSupplied = 0 - (the other vtkParametricFunction parameters are ignored). - - - - - Construct the spline with the following parameters: - MinimumU = 0, MaximumU = 1, JoinU = 0 (unless the spline is - closed, then JoinU = 1), TwistU = 0, DerivativesSupplied = 0 - (the other vtkParametricFunction parameters are ignored). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Evaluate the spline at parametric coordinate u[0] returning - the point coordinate Pt[3]. - - - - - Evaluate a scalar value at parametric coordinate u[0] and Pt[3]. - The scalar value is just the parameter u[0]. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Description - Return the parametric dimension of the class. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - Control whether the spline is parameterized by length or by point index. - Default is by length. - - - - - Specify the list of points defining the spline. Do this by - specifying a vtkPoints array containing the points. Note that - the order of the points in vtkPoints is the order that the - splines will be fit. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - By default, this class is constructed with three instances of - vtkCardinalSpline (for each of the x-y-z coordinate axes). The user may - choose to create and assign their own instances of vtkSpline. - - - - - By default, this class is constructed with three instances of - vtkCardinalSpline (for each of the x-y-z coordinate axes). The user may - choose to create and assign their own instances of vtkSpline. - - - - - By default, this class is constructed with three instances of - vtkCardinalSpline (for each of the x-y-z coordinate axes). The user may - choose to create and assign their own instances of vtkSpline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the spline is parameterized by length or by point index. - Default is by length. - - - - - Control whether the spline is parameterized by length or by point index. - Default is by length. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - Another API to set the points. Set the number of points and then set the - individual point coordinates. - - - - - Control whether the spline is parameterized by length or by point index. - Default is by length. - - - - - Another API to set the points. Set the number of points and then set the - individual point coordinates. - - - - - Specify the list of points defining the spline. Do this by - specifying a vtkPoints array containing the points. Note that - the order of the points in vtkPoints is the order that the - splines will be fit. - - - - - Set the type of constraint of the left(right) end points. Four - constraints are available: - - 0: the first derivative at left(right) most point is determined - from the line defined from the first(last) two points. - - 1: the first derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 2: the second derivative at left(right) most point is set to - Left(Right)Value. - - 3: the second derivative at left(right)most points is Left(Right)Value - times second derivative at first interior point. - - - - - The values of the derivative on the left and right sides. The value - is used only if the left(right) constraint is type 1-3. - - - - - By default, this class is constructed with three instances of - vtkCardinalSpline (for each of the x-y-z coordinate axes). The user may - choose to create and assign their own instances of vtkSpline. - - - - - By default, this class is constructed with three instances of - vtkCardinalSpline (for each of the x-y-z coordinate axes). The user may - choose to create and assign their own instances of vtkSpline. - - - - - By default, this class is constructed with three instances of - vtkCardinalSpline (for each of the x-y-z coordinate axes). The user may - choose to create and assign their own instances of vtkSpline. - - - - - vtkPassInputTypeAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce output of the same type as input - - - Description - vtkPassInputTypeAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. Ther are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this classes - contstructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be DataObject. If that isn't - the case then please override this method in your subclass. This class - breaks out the downstream requests into seperate functions such as - RequestDataObject RequestData and RequestInformation. The default - implementation of RequestDataObject will create an output data of the - same type as the input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Get the output as vtkGraph. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get the input data object. This method is not recommended for use, but - lots of old style filters use it. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output as vtkPolyData. - - - - - Get the output as vtkRectilinearGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredPoints. - - - - - Get the output as vtkTable. - - - - - Get the output as vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkPentagonalPrism - a 3D cell that represents a prism with - pentagonal base - - - Description - vtkPentagonalPrism is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a - linear 3D prism with pentagonal base. Such prism is defined by the ten points (0-9) - where (0,1,2,3,4) is the base of the prism which, using the right hand - rule, forms a pentagon whose normal points is in the direction of the - opposite face (5,6,7,8,9). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkPentagonalPrism::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkPentagonalPrism::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell3D API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkPerlinNoise - an implicit function that implements Perlin noise - - - Description - vtkPerlinNoise computes a Perlin noise field as an implicit function. - vtkPerlinNoise is a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. - Perlin noise, originally described by Ken Perlin, is a non-periodic and - continuous noise function useful for modeling real-world objects. - - The amplitude and frequency of the noise pattern are adjustable. This - implementation of Perlin noise is derived closely from Greg Ward's version - in Graphics Gems II. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Description - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Evaluate PerlinNoise function. - - - - - Evaluate PerlinNoise function. - - - - - Evaluate PerlinNoise gradient. Currently, the method returns a 0 - gradient. - - - - - Set/get the amplitude of the noise function. Amplitude can be negative. - The noise function varies randomly between -|Amplitude| and |Amplitude|. - Therefore the range of values is 2*|Amplitude| large. - The initial amplitude is 1. - - - - - Set/get the frequency, or physical scale, of the noise function - (higher is finer scale). The frequency can be adjusted per axis, or - the same for all axes. - - - - - Set/get the frequency, or physical scale, of the noise function - (higher is finer scale). The frequency can be adjusted per axis, or - the same for all axes. - - - - - Set/get the phase of the noise function. This parameter can be used to - shift the noise function within space (perhaps to avoid a beat with a - noise pattern at another scale). Phase tends to repeat about every - unit, so a phase of 0.5 is a half-cycle shift. - - - - - Set/get the phase of the noise function. This parameter can be used to - shift the noise function within space (perhaps to avoid a beat with a - noise pattern at another scale). Phase tends to repeat about every - unit, so a phase of 0.5 is a half-cycle shift. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the amplitude of the noise function. Amplitude can be negative. - The noise function varies randomly between -|Amplitude| and |Amplitude|. - Therefore the range of values is 2*|Amplitude| large. - The initial amplitude is 1. - - - - - Set/get the frequency, or physical scale, of the noise function - (higher is finer scale). The frequency can be adjusted per axis, or - the same for all axes. - - - - - Set/get the frequency, or physical scale, of the noise function - (higher is finer scale). The frequency can be adjusted per axis, or - the same for all axes. - - - - - Set/get the phase of the noise function. This parameter can be used to - shift the noise function within space (perhaps to avoid a beat with a - noise pattern at another scale). Phase tends to repeat about every - unit, so a phase of 0.5 is a half-cycle shift. - - - - - Set/get the phase of the noise function. This parameter can be used to - shift the noise function within space (perhaps to avoid a beat with a - noise pattern at another scale). Phase tends to repeat about every - unit, so a phase of 0.5 is a half-cycle shift. - - - - - vtkPiecewiseFunctionAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only piecewise function as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkPiecewiseFunction - Defines a 1D piecewise function. - - - - Description - Defines a piecewise function mapping. This mapping allows the addition - of control points, and allows the user to control the function between - the control points. A piecewise hermite curve is used between control - points, based on the sharpness and midpoint parameters. A sharpness of - 0 yields a piecewise linear function and a sharpness of 1 yields a - piecewise constant function. The midpoint is the normalized distance - between control points at which the curve reaches the median Y value. - The midpoint and sharpness values specified when adding a node are used - to control the transition to the next node (the last node's values are - ignored) Outside the range of nodes, the values are 0 if Clamping is off, - or the nearest node point if Clamping is on. Using the legacy methods for - adding points (which do not have Sharpness and Midpoint parameters) - will default to Midpoint = 0.5 (halfway between the control points) and - Sharpness = 0.0 (linear). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add/Remove points to/from the function. If a duplicate point is added - then the function value is changed at that location. - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - - - - - Add/Remove points to/from the function. If a duplicate point is added - then the function value is changed at that location. - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - - - - - Add a line segment to the function. All points defined between the - two points specified are removed from the function. This is a legacy - method that does not allow the specification of the sharpness and - midpoint values for the two nodes. - - - - - Remove all points out of the new range, and make sure there is a point - at each end of that range. - Return 1 on success, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the piecewise - function (off by default). - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the piecewise - function (off by default). - - - - - Constructs a piecewise function from a table. Function range is - is set to [x1, x2], function size is set to size, and function points - are regularly spaced between x1 and x2. Parameter "stride" is - is step through the input table. - - - - - When zero range clamping is Off, GetValue() returns 0.0 when a - value is requested outside of the points specified. - When zero range clamping is On, GetValue() returns the value at - the value at the lowest point for a request below all points - specified and returns the value at the highest point for a request - above all points specified. On is the default. - - - - - When zero range clamping is Off, GetValue() returns 0.0 when a - value is requested outside of the points specified. - When zero range clamping is On, GetValue() returns the value at - the value at the lowest point for a request below all points - specified and returns the value at the highest point for a request - above all points specified. On is the default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns a pointer to the data stored in the table. - Fills from a pointer to data stored in a similar table. These are - legacy methods which will be maintained for compatibility - however, - note that the vtkPiecewiseFunction no longer stores the nodes - in a double array internally. - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the piecewise - function (off by default). - - - - - When zero range clamping is Off, GetValue() returns 0.0 when a - value is requested outside of the points specified. - When zero range clamping is On, GetValue() returns the value at - the value at the lowest point for a request below all points - specified and returns the value at the highest point for a request - above all points specified. On is the default. - - - - - Clears out the current function. A newly created vtkPiecewiseFunction - is alreay initialized, so there is no need to call this method which - in turn simply calls RemoveAllPoints() - - - - - Clears out the current function. A newly created vtkPiecewiseFunction - is alreay initialized, so there is no need to call this method which - in turn simply calls RemoveAllPoints() - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Returns a pointer to the data stored in the table. - Fills from a pointer to data stored in a similar table. These are - legacy methods which will be maintained for compatibility - however, - note that the vtkPiecewiseFunction no longer stores the nodes - in a double array internally. - - - - - Returns the first point location which precedes a non-zero segment of the - function. Note that the value at this point may be zero. - - - - - For the node specified by index, set/get the - location (X), value (Y), midpoint, and sharpness - values at the node. - - - - - Returns the min and max node locations of the function. - - - - - Returns the min and max node locations of the function. - - - - - Returns the min and max node locations of the function. - - - - - Get the number of points used to specify the function - - - - - Fills in an array of function values evaluated at regular intervals. - Parameter "stride" is used to step through the output "table". - - - - - Return the type of function: - Function Types: - 0 : Constant (No change in slope between end points) - 1 : NonDecreasing (Always increasing or zero slope) - 2 : NonIncreasing (Always decreasing or zero slope) - 3 : Varied (Contains both decreasing and increasing slopes) - - - - - Returns the value of the function at the specified location using - the specified interpolation. - - - - - Clears out the current function. A newly created vtkPiecewiseFunction - is alreay initialized, so there is no need to call this method which - in turn simply calls RemoveAllPoints() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Removes all points from the function. - - - - - Add/Remove points to/from the function. If a duplicate point is added - then the function value is changed at that location. - Return the index of the point (0 based), or -1 on error. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Toggle whether to allow duplicate scalar values in the piecewise - function (off by default). - - - - - When zero range clamping is Off, GetValue() returns 0.0 when a - value is requested outside of the points specified. - When zero range clamping is On, GetValue() returns the value at - the value at the lowest point for a request below all points - specified and returns the value at the highest point for a request - above all points specified. On is the default. - - - - - For the node specified by index, set/get the - location (X), value (Y), midpoint, and sharpness - values at the node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPiecewiseFunctionShiftScale - - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPixel - a cell that represents an orthogonal quadrilateral - - - Description - vtkPixel is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 2D - orthogonal quadrilateral. Unlike vtkQuad, the corners are at right angles, - and aligned along x-y-z coordinate axes leading to large increases in - computational efficiency. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the center of the triangle in parametric coordinates. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Return the center of the triangle in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkPixel::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkPixel::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Return the center of the triangle in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the center of the triangle in parametric coordinates. - - - - - vtkPlanesIntersection - A vtkPlanesIntersection object is a - vtkPlanes object that can compute whether the arbitrary convex region - bounded by it's planes intersects an axis-aligned box. - - - - Description - A subclass of vtkPlanes, this class determines whether it - intersects an axis aligned box. This is motivated by the - need to intersect the axis aligned region of a spacial - decomposition of volume data with various other regions. - It uses the algorithm from Graphics Gems IV, page 81. - - Caveat - An instance of vtkPlanes can be redefined by changing the planes, - but this subclass then will not know if the region vertices are - up to date. (Region vertices can be specified in SetRegionVertices - or computed by the subclass.) So Delete and recreate if you want - to change the set of planes. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Another convenience function provided by this class, returns - the vtkPlanesIntersection object representing a 3D - cell. The point IDs for each face must be given in - counter-clockwise order from the outside of the cell. - - - - - It helps if you know the vertices of the convex region. - If you don't, we will calculate them. Region vertices - are 3-tuples. - - - - - It helps if you know the vertices of the convex region. - If you don't, we will calculate them. Region vertices - are 3-tuples. - - - - - Return 1 if the axis aligned box defined by R intersects - the region defined by the planes, or 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A convenience function provided by this class, returns - 1 if the polygon defined in pts intersects the bounding - box defined in bounds, 0 otherwise. - - The points must define a planar polygon. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - It helps if you know the vertices of the convex region. - If you don't, we will calculate them. Region vertices - are 3-tuples. - - - - - It helps if you know the vertices of the convex region. - If you don't, we will calculate them. Region vertices - are 3-tuples. - - - - - vtkPointData - represent and manipulate point attribute data - - - Description - vtkPointData is a class that is used to represent and manipulate - point attribute data (e.g., scalars, vectors, normals, texture - coordinates, etc.) Most of the functionality is handled by - vtkDataSetAttributes - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPointSetAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce output of the same type as input - - - Description - vtkPointSetAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. Ther are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this classes - contstructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be PointSet. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into seperate functions such as - RequestDataObject RequestData and ExecuteInformation. The default - implementation of RequestDataObject will create an output data of the - same type as the input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output as vtkPolyData. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredGrid. - - - - - Get the output as vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkPointSet - abstract class for specifying dataset behavior - - - Description - vtkPointSet is an abstract class that specifies the interface for - datasets that explicitly use "point" arrays to represent geometry. - For example, vtkPolyData and vtkUnstructuredGrid require point arrays - to specify point position, while vtkStructuredPoints generates point - positions implicitly. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute the (X, Y, Z) bounds of the data. - - - - - Copy the geometric structure of an input point set object. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - See vtkDataSet for additional information. - - - - - See vtkDataSet for additional information. - - - - - See vtkDataSet for additional information. - - - - - See vtkDataSet for additional information. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Get MTime which also considers its vtkPoints MTime. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - See vtkDataSet for additional information. - - - - - See vtkDataSet for additional information. - - - - - Specify point array to define point coordinates. - - - - - Reset to an empty state and free any memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify point array to define point coordinates. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Reclaim any unused memory. - - - - - vtkPointSetSource - abstract class whose subclasses generate point data - - - Description - vtkPointSetSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate pointdata. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - vtkPointSetToPointSetFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkPointSetToPointSetFilter is an abstract filter class whose subclasses - take as input a point set and generates a point set on output. At a - minimum, the concrete subclasses of vtkPointSetToPointSetFilter modify - their point coordinates. They never modify their topological form, - however. - - This is an abstract filter type. What that means is that the output of the - filter is an abstract type (i.e., vtkPointSet), no matter what the input - of the filter is. This can cause problems connecting together filters due - to the change in dataset type. (For example, in a series of filters - processing vtkPolyData, when a vtkPointSetToPointSetFilter or subclass is - introduced into the pipeline, if the filter downstream of it takes - vtkPolyData as input, the pipeline connection cannot be made.) To get - around this problem, use one of the convenience methods to return a - concrete type (e.g., vtkGetPolyDataOutput(), GetStructuredGridOutput(), - etc.). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default copy the output update extent to the input - - - - - Get the input data or filter. - - - - - Get the output of this filter. If output is NULL, then input hasn't been - set, which is necessary for abstract filter objects. - - - - - Get the output of this filter. If output is NULL, then input hasn't been - set, which is necessary for abstract filter objects. - - - - - Get the output as vtkPolyData. Performs run-time checking. - - - - - Get the output as vtkStructuredGrid. Performs run-time checking. - - - - - Get the output as vtkUnstructuredGrid. Performs run-time checking. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkPointsProjectedHull - the convex hull of the orthogonal - projection of the vtkPoints in the 3 coordinate directions - - - Description - a subclass of vtkPoints, it maintains the counter clockwise - convex hull of the points (projected orthogonally in the - three coordinate directions) and has a method to - test for intersection of that hull with an axis aligned - rectangle. This is used for intersection tests of 3D volumes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the coordinates (y,z) of the points in the convex hull - of the projection of the points down the positive x-axis. pts has - storage for len*2 values. - - - - - Returns the coordinates (z, x) of the points in the convex hull - of the projection of the points down the positive y-axis. pts has - storage for len*2 values. - - - - - Returns the coordinates (x, y) of the points in the convex hull - of the projection of the points down the positive z-axis. pts has - storage for len*2 values. - - - - - Returns the number of points in the convex hull of the projection - of the points down the positive x-axis - - - - - Returns the number of points in the convex hull of the projection - of the points down the positive y-axis - - - - - Returns the number of points in the convex hull of the projection - of the points down the positive z-axis - - - - - Returns the number of points in the convex hull of the projection - of the points down the positive z-axis - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - determine whether the resulting rectangle intersects the - convex hull of the projection of the points along that axis. - - - - - the convex hull of the projection of the points along the - positive X-axis. - - - - - the convex hull of the projection of the points along the - positive X-axis. - - - - - of the parallel projection along the Y axis of the points - - - - - the convex hull of the projection of the points along the - positive Y-axis. - - - - - the convex hull of the projection of the points along the - positive Y-axis. - - - - - of the parallel projection along the Z axis of the points - - - - - the convex hull of the projection of the points along the - positive Z-axis. - - - - - the convex hull of the projection of the points along the - positive Z-axis. - - - - - Returns the number of points in the convex hull of the projection - of the points down the positive z-axis - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Forces recalculation of convex hulls, use this if - you delete/add points - - - - - vtkPolyDataAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only polydata as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkPolyDataCollection - maintain a list of polygonal data objects - - - Description - vtkPolyDataCollection is an object that creates and manipulates lists of - datasets of type vtkPolyData. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a poly data to the list. - - - - - Get the next poly data in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPolyData - concrete dataset represents vertices, lines, polygons, and triangle strips - - - Description - vtkPolyData is a data object that is a concrete implementation of - vtkDataSet. vtkPolyData represents a geometric structure consisting of - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips. Point and cell - attribute values (e.g., scalars, vectors, etc.) also are represented. - - The actual cell types (vtkCellType.h) supported by vtkPolyData are: - vtkVertex, vtkPolyVertex, vtkLine, vtkPolyLine, vtkTriangle, vtkQuad, - vtkPolygon, and vtkTriangleStrip. - - One important feature of vtkPolyData objects is that special traversal and - data manipulation methods are available to process data. These methods are - generally more efficient than vtkDataSet methods and should be used - whenever possible. For example, traversing the cells in a dataset we would - use GetCell(). To traverse cells with vtkPolyData we would retrieve the - cell array object representing polygons (for example using GetPolys()) and - then use vtkCellArray's InitTraversal() and GetNextCell() methods. - - Caveats - Because vtkPolyData is implemented with four separate instances of - vtkCellArray to represent 0D vertices, 1D lines, 2D polygons, and 2D - triangle strips, it is possible to create vtkPolyData instances that - consist of a mixture of cell types. Because of the design of the class, - there are certain limitations on how mixed cell types are inserted into - the vtkPolyData, and in turn the order in which they are processed and - rendered. To preserve the consistency of cell ids, and to insure that - cells with cell data are rendered properly, users must insert mixed cells - in the order of vertices (vtkVertex and vtkPolyVertex), lines (vtkLine and - vtkPolyLine), polygons (vtkTriangle, vtkQuad, vtkPolygon), and triangle - strips (vtkTriangleStrip). - - Some filters when processing vtkPolyData with mixed cell types may process - the cells in differing ways. Some will convert one type into another - (e.g., vtkTriangleStrip into vtkTriangles) or expect a certain type - (vtkDecimatePro expects triangles or triangle strips; vtkTubeFilter - expects lines). Read the documentation for each filter carefully to - understand how each part of vtkPolyData is processed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - Add a reference to a cell in a particular point's link list. (You may also - consider using AddCellReference() to add the references from all the - cell's points to the cell.) This operator does not realloc memory; use the - operator ResizeCellList() to do this if necessary. - - - - - Method allocates initial storage for vertex, line, polygon, and - triangle strip arrays. Use this method before the method - PolyData::InsertNextCell(). (Or, provide vertex, line, polygon, and - triangle strip cell arrays.) - - - - - Similar to the method above, this method allocates initial storage for - vertex, line, polygon, and triangle strip arrays. It does this more - intelligently, examining the supplied inPolyData to determine whether to - allocate the verts, lines, polys, and strips arrays. (These arrays are - allocated only if there is data in the corresponding arrays in the - inPolyData.) Caution: if the inPolyData has no verts, and after - allocating with this method an PolyData::InsertNextCell() is invoked - where a vertex is inserted, bad things will happen. - - - - - Create data structure that allows random access of cells. - - - - - Create upward links from points to cells that use each point. Enables - topologically complex queries. Normally the links array is allocated - based on the number of points in the vtkPolyData. The optional - initialSize parameter can be used to allocate a larger size initially. - - - - - Compute the (X, Y, Z) bounds of the data. - - - - - Copy cells listed in idList from pd, including points, point data, - and cell data. This method assumes that point and cell data have - been allocated. If you pass in a point locator, then the points - won't be duplicated in the output. - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an input poly data object. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - Release data structure that allows random access of the cells. This must - be done before a 2nd call to BuildLinks(). DeleteCells implicitly deletes - the links as well since they are no longer valid. - - - - - Release the upward links from point to cells that use each point. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet interface. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet interface. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet interface. - - - - - Get the neighbors at an edge. More efficient than the general - GetCellNeighbors(). Assumes links have been built (with BuildLinks()), - and looks specifically for edge neighbors. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet interface. - - - - - Copy a cells point ids into list provided. (Less efficient.) - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet interface. - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Get the ghost level. - - - - - Get the cell array defining lines. If there are no lines, an - empty array will be returned (convenience to simplify traversal). - - - - - Return the maximum cell size in this poly data. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet interface. - - - - - Return the number of primitives of a particular type held.. - - - - - Get the piece and the number of pieces. Similar to extent in 3D. - - - - - Return the number of primitives of a particular type held.. - - - - - Return the number of primitives of a particular type held.. - - - - - Return the number of primitives of a particular type held.. - - - - - Get the piece and the number of pieces. Similar to extent in 3D. - - - - - Efficient method to obtain cells using a particular point. Make sure that - routine BuildLinks() has been called. - - - - - Get the cell array defining polygons. If there are no polygons, an - empty array will be returned (convenience to simplify traversal). - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - - Get the cell array defining triangle strips. If there are no - triangle strips, an empty array will be returned (convenience to - simplify traversal). - - - - - For streaming. User/next filter specifies which piece they want updated. - The source of this poly data has to return exactly this piece. - - - - - We need this here to avoid hiding superclass method - - - - - We need this here to avoid hiding superclass method - - - - - We need this here to avoid hiding superclass method - - - - - Get the cell array defining vertices. If there are no vertices, an - empty array will be returned (convenience to simplify traversal). - - - - - Restore object to initial state. Release memory back to system. - - - - - Insert a cell of type VTK_VERTEX, VTK_POLY_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_POLY_LINE, - VTK_TRIANGLE, VTK_QUAD, VTK_POLYGON, or VTK_TRIANGLE_STRIP. Make sure that - the PolyData::Allocate() function has been called first or that vertex, - line, polygon, and triangle strip arrays have been supplied. - Note: will also insert VTK_PIXEL, but converts it to VTK_QUAD. - - - - - Insert a cell of type VTK_VERTEX, VTK_POLY_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_POLY_LINE, - VTK_TRIANGLE, VTK_QUAD, VTK_POLYGON, or VTK_TRIANGLE_STRIP. Make sure that - the PolyData::Allocate() function has been called first or that vertex, - line, polygon, and triangle strip arrays have been supplied. - Note: will also insert VTK_PIXEL, but converts it to VTK_QUAD. - - - - - Add a new cell to the cell data structure (after cell pointers have been - built). This method adds the cell and then updates the links from the - points to the cells. (Memory is allocated as necessary.) - - - - - Add a point to the cell data structure (after cell pointers have been - built). This method adds the point and then allocates memory for the - links to the cells. (To use this method, make sure points are available - and BuildLinks() has been invoked.) Of the two methods below, one inserts - a point coordinate and the other just makes room for cell links. - - - - - Add a point to the cell data structure (after cell pointers have been - built). This method adds the point and then allocates memory for the - links to the cells. (To use this method, make sure points are available - and BuildLinks() has been invoked.) Of the two methods below, one inserts - a point coordinate and the other just makes room for cell links. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine whether two points form an edge. If they do, return non-zero. - By definition PolyVertex and PolyLine have no edges since 1-dimensional - edges are only found on cells 2D and higher. - Edges are defined as 1-D boundary entities to cells. - Make sure BuildLinks() has been called first. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - The cells marked by calls to DeleteCell are stored in the Cell Array - VTK_EMPTY_CELL, but they still exist in the polys array. - Calling RemoveDeletedCells will travers the poly array and remove/compact - the cell array as well as any cell data thus truly removing the cells - from the polydata object. WARNING. This only handles the polys - at the moment - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - - Remove a reference to a cell in a particular point's link list. You may - also consider using RemoveCellReference() to remove the references from - all the cell's points to the cell. This operator does not reallocate - memory; use the operator ResizeCellList() to do this if necessary. - - - - - Replace the points defining cell "cellId" with a new set of points. This - operator is (typically) used when links from points to cells have not been - built (i.e., BuildLinks() has not been executed). Use the operator - ReplaceLinkedCell() to replace a cell when cell structure has been built. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - Replace one cell with another in cell structure. This operator updates the - connectivity list and the point's link list. It does not delete references - to the old cell in the point's link list. Use the operator - RemoveCellReference() to delete all references from points to (old) cell. - You may also want to consider using the operator ResizeCellList() if the - link list is changing size. - - - - - Begin inserting data all over again. Memory is not freed but otherwise - objects are returned to their initial state. - - - - - For legacy compatibility. Do not use. - - - - - Reverse the order of point ids defining the cell. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the cell array defining lines. - - - - - Set the cell array defining polygons. - - - - - Set the cell array defining triangle strips. - - - - - Set the cell array defining vertices. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Recover extra allocated memory when creating data whose initial size - is unknown. Examples include using the InsertNextCell() method, or - when using the CellArray::EstimateSize() method to create vertices, - lines, polygons, or triangle strips. - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. It does not remove unused points (yet). - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPolyDataToPolyDataFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkPolyDataToPolyDataFilter is an abstract filter class whose subclasses - take as input polygonal data and generate polygonal data on output. - Warning - This used to be the parent class for most polydata filter in VTK4.x, now - this role has been replaced by vtkPolyDataAlgorithm. You should consider - using vtkPolyDataAlgorithm instead of this class, - when writing filter for VTK5 and above. - This class was kept to ensure full backward compatibility. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkPolygon - a cell that represents an n-sided polygon - - - Description - vtkPolygon is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 2D - n-sided polygon. The polygons cannot have any internal holes, and cannot - self-intersect. Define the polygon with n-points ordered in the counter- - clockwise direction; do not repeat the last point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the area of a polygon. This is a convenience function - which simply calls static double ComputeArea(vtkPoints *p, - vtkIdType numPts, vtkIdType *pts, double normal[3]); - with the appropriate parameters from the instantiated vtkPolygon. - - - - - Compute the area of a polygon in 3D. The area is returned, as well as - the normal (a side effect of using this method). If you desire to - compute the area of a triangle, use vtkTriangleArea which is faster. - If you already have a vtkPolygon instantiated, a convenience function, - ComputeArea() is provided. - - - - - Compute the centroid of a set of points. - - - - - Polygon specific methods. - - - - - Polygon specific methods. - - - - - Polygon specific methods. - - - - - Compute the polygon normal from an array of points. This version assumes - that the polygon is convex, and looks for the first valid normal. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the distance of a point to a polygon. The closest point on - the polygon is also returned. The bounds should be provided to - accelerate the computation. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Set/Get the flag indicating whether to use Mean Value Coordinate for the - interpolation. If true, InterpolateFunctions() uses the Mean Value - Coordinate to compute weights. Otherwise, the conventional 1/r^2 method - is used. The UseMVCInterpolation parameter is set to false by default. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives. - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - Two interpolation algorithms are available: 1/r^2 and Mean Value - Coordinate. The former is used by default. To use the second algorithm, - set UseMVCInterpolation to be true. - The function assumes the input point lies on the polygon plane without - checking that. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives. - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - Two interpolation algorithms are available: 1/r^2 and Mean Value - Coordinate. The former is used by default. To use the second algorithm, - set UseMVCInterpolation to be true. - The function assumes the input point lies on the polygon plane without - checking that. - - - - - Intersect two convex 2D polygons to produce a line segment as output. - The return status of the methods indicated no intersection (returns 0); - a single point of intersection (returns 1); or a line segment (i.e., two - points of intersection, returns 2). The points of intersection are - returned in the arrays p0 and p1. If less than two points of - intersection are generated then p1 and/or p0 may be - indeterminiate. Finally, if the two convex polygons are parallel, then - "0" is returned (i.e., no intersection) even if the triangles lie on one - another. - - - - - Method intersects two polygons. You must supply the number of points and - point coordinates (npts, *pts) and the bounding box (bounds) of the two - polygons. Also supply a tolerance squared for controlling - error. The method returns 1 if there is an intersection, and 0 if - not. A single point of intersection x[3] is also returned if there - is an intersection. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Same as Triangulate(vtkIdList *outTris) - but with a first pass to split the polygon into non-degenerate polygons. - - - - - Create a local s-t coordinate system for a polygon. The point p0 is - the origin of the local system, p10 is s-axis vector, and p20 is the - t-axis vector. (These are expressed in the modeling coordinate system and - are vectors of dimension [3].) The values l20 and l20 are the lengths of - the vectors p10 and p20, and n is the polygon normal. - - - - - Determine whether point is inside polygon. Function uses ray-casting - to determine if point is inside polygon. Works for arbitrary polygon shape - (e.g., non-convex). Returns 0 if point is not in polygon; 1 if it is. - Can also return -1 to indicate degenerate polygon. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag indicating whether to use Mean Value Coordinate for the - interpolation. If true, InterpolateFunctions() uses the Mean Value - Coordinate to compute weights. Otherwise, the conventional 1/r^2 method - is used. The UseMVCInterpolation parameter is set to false by default. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Triangulate this polygon. The user must provide the vtkIdList outTris. - On output, the outTris list contains the ids of the points defining - the triangulation. The ids are ordered into groups of three: each - three-group defines one triangle. - - - - - vtkPolyhedron - a 3D cell defined by a set of polygonal faces - - - Description - vtkPolyhedron is a concrete implementation that represents a 3D cell - defined by a set of polygonal faces. The polyhedron should be watertight, - non-self-intersecting and manifold (each edge is used twice). - - Interpolation functions and weights are defined / computed using the - method of Mean Value Coordinates (MVC). See the VTK class - vtkMeanValueCoordinatesInterpolator for more information. - - The class assumes that the polyhedron is non-convex. However, the - polygonal faces should be planar. Non-planar polygonal faces will - definitely cause problems, especially in severely warped situations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard new methods. - - - - - Standard new methods. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Find the boundary face closest to the point defined by the pcoords[3] - and subId of the cell (subId can be ignored). - - - - - Satisfy the vtkCell API. This method clips the input polyhedron and outputs - a new polyhedron. The face information of the output polyhedron is encoded - in the output vtkCellArray using a special format: - CellLength [nCellFaces, nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...]. - Use the static method vtkUnstructuredGrid::DecomposePolyhedronCellArray - to convert it into a standard format. Note: the algorithm assumes water-tight - polyhedron cells. - - - - - Satisfy the vtkCell API. This method contours the input polyhedron and outputs - a polygon. When the result polygon is not planar, it will be triangulated. - The current implementation assumes water-tight polyhedron cells. - - - - - Computes derivatives at the point specified by the parameter coordinate. - Current implementation uses all vertices and subId is not used. - To accelerate the speed, the future implementation can triangulate and - extract the local tetrahedron from subId and pcoords, then evaluate - derivatives on the local tetrahedron. - - - - - The inverse of EvaluatePosition. Note the weights should be the MVC - weights. - - - - - Satisfy the vtkCell API. The subId is ignored and zero is always - returned. The parametric coordinates pcoords are normalized values in - the bounding box of the polyhedron. The weights are determined by - evaluating the MVC coordinates. The dist is always zero if the point x[3] - is inside the polyhedron; otherwise it's the distance to the surface. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - A polyhedron is represented internally by a set of polygonal faces. - These faces can be processed to explicitly determine edges. - - - - - A polyhedron is represented internally by a set of polygonal faces. - These faces can be processed to explicitly determine edges. - - - - - Methods supporting the definition of faces. Note that the GetFaces() - returns a list of faces in vtkCellArray form; use the method - GetNumberOfFaces() to determine the number of faces in the list. - The SetFaces() method is also in vtkCellArray form, except that it - begins with a leading count indicating the total number of faces in - the list. - - - - - A polyhedron is represented internally by a set of polygonal faces. - These faces can be processed to explicitly determine edges. - - - - - A polyhedron is represented internally by a set of polygonal faces. - These faces can be processed to explicitly determine edges. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See vtkCell3D API for description of these methods. - - - - - Construct polydata if no one exist, then return this->PolyData - - - - - This cell requires that it be initialized prior to access. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives). Here we use the MVC calculation - process to compute the interpolation functions. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives). Here we use the MVC calculation - process to compute the interpolation functions. - - - - - Intersect the line (p1,p2) with a given tolerance tol to determine a - point of intersection x[3] with parametric coordinate t along the - line. The parametric coordinates are returned as well (subId can be - ignored). Returns the number of intersection points. - - - - - Standard new methods. - - - - - Descriprion: - A method particular to vtkPolyhedron. It determines whether a point x[3] - is inside the polyhedron or not (returns 1 is the point is inside, 0 - otherwise). The tolerance is expressed in normalized space; i.e., a - fraction of the size of the bounding box. - - - - - A polyhedron is a full-fledged primary cell. - - - - - Standard new methods. - - - - - Standard new methods. - - - - - Methods supporting the definition of faces. Note that the GetFaces() - returns a list of faces in vtkCellArray form; use the method - GetNumberOfFaces() to determine the number of faces in the list. - The SetFaces() method is also in vtkCellArray form, except that it - begins with a leading count indicating the total number of faces in - the list. - - - - - This cell requires that it be initialized prior to access. - - - - - Standard new methods. - - - - - Methods supporting the definition of faces. Note that the GetFaces() - returns a list of faces in vtkCellArray form; use the method - GetNumberOfFaces() to determine the number of faces in the list. - The SetFaces() method is also in vtkCellArray form, except that it - begins with a leading count indicating the total number of faces in - the list. - - - - - Use vtkOrderedTriangulator to tetrahedralize the polyhedron mesh. This - method works well for a convex polyhedron but may return wrong result - in a concave case. - Once triangulation has been performed, the results are saved in ptIds and - pts. The ptIds is a vtkIdList with 4xn number of ids (n is the number of - result tetrahedrons). The first 4 represent the point ids of the first - tetrahedron, the second 4 represents the point ids of the second tetrahedron - and so on. The point ids represent global dataset ids. - The points of result tetrahedons are stored in pts. Note that there are - 4xm output points (m is the number of points in the original polyhedron). - A point may be stored multiple times when it is shared by more than one - tetrahedrons. The points stored in pts are ordered the same as they are - listed in ptIds. - - - - - vtkPolyLine - cell represents a set of 1D lines - - - Description - vtkPolyLine is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a set - of 1D lines. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Given points and lines, compute normals to lines. These are not true - normals, they are "orientation" normals used by classes like vtkTubeFilte - that control the rotation around the line. The normals try to stay pointing - in the same direction as much as possible (i.e., minimal rotation). - - - - - Given points and lines, compute normals to lines. These are not true - normals, they are "orientation" normals used by classes like vtkTubeFilte - that control the rotation around the line. The normals try to stay pointing - in the same direction as much as possible (i.e., minimal rotation). - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the center of the point cloud in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkPolyVertex - cell represents a set of 0D vertices - - - Description - vtkPolyVertex is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a - set of 3D vertices. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the center of the point cloud in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkPropAssembly - create hierarchies of props - - - Description - vtkPropAssembly is an object that groups props and other prop assemblies - into a tree-like hierarchy. The props can then be treated as a group - (e.g., turning visibility on and off). - - A vtkPropAssembly object can be used in place of an vtkProp since it is a - subclass of vtkProp. The difference is that vtkPropAssembly maintains a - list of other prop and prop assembly instances (its "parts") that form the - assembly. Note that this process is recursive: you can create groups - consisting of prop assemblies to arbitrary depth. - - vtkPropAssembly's and vtkProp's that compose a prop assembly need not be - added to a renderer's list of props, as long as the parent assembly is in - the prop list. This is because they are automatically renderered during - the hierarchical traversal process. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create with an empty parts list. - - - - - Create with an empty parts list. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a part to the list of parts. - - - - - Methods to traverse the paths (i.e., leaf nodes) of a prop - assembly. These methods should be contrasted to those that traverse the - list of parts using GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children - of this assembly, not necessarily the leaf nodes of the assembly. To use - the methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by - repeated calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer - when the list is exhausted. (See the superclass vtkProp for more - information about paths.) - - - - - Get the bounds for this prop assembly as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - May return NULL in some cases (meaning the bounds is undefined). - - - - - Override default GetMTime method to also consider all of the - prop assembly's parts. - - - - - Methods to traverse the paths (i.e., leaf nodes) of a prop - assembly. These methods should be contrasted to those that traverse the - list of parts using GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children - of this assembly, not necessarily the leaf nodes of the assembly. To use - the methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by - repeated calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer - when the list is exhausted. (See the superclass vtkProp for more - information about paths.) - - - - - Methods to traverse the paths (i.e., leaf nodes) of a prop - assembly. These methods should be contrasted to those that traverse the - list of parts using GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children - of this assembly, not necessarily the leaf nodes of the assembly. To use - the methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by - repeated calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer - when the list is exhausted. (See the superclass vtkProp for more - information about paths.) - - - - - Return the list of parts. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Methods to traverse the paths (i.e., leaf nodes) of a prop - assembly. These methods should be contrasted to those that traverse the - list of parts using GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children - of this assembly, not necessarily the leaf nodes of the assembly. To use - the methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by - repeated calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer - when the list is exhausted. (See the superclass vtkProp for more - information about paths.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Remove a part from the list of parts, - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. The rendering process is - recursive. The parts of each assembly are rendered only if the - visibility for the prop is turned on. - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. The rendering process is - recursive. The parts of each assembly are rendered only if the - visibility for the prop is turned on. - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. The rendering process is - recursive. The parts of each assembly are rendered only if the - visibility for the prop is turned on. - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. The rendering process is - recursive. The parts of each assembly are rendered only if the - visibility for the prop is turned on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkPropAssembly. - - - - - vtkPyramid - a 3D cell that represents a linear pyramid - - - Description - vtkPyramid is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 3D - pyramid. A pyramid consists of a rectangular base with four triangular - faces. vtkPyramid uses the standard isoparametric shape functions for - a linear pyramid. The pyramid is defined by the five points (0-4) where - (0,1,2,3) is the base of the pyramid which, using the right hand rule, - forms a quadrilaterial whose normal points in the direction of the - pyramid apex at vertex #4. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkPyramid::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkPyramid::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuad - a cell that represents a 2D quadrilateral - - - Description - vtkQuad is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 2D - quadrilateral. vtkQuad is defined by the four points (0,1,2,3) in - counterclockwise order. vtkQuad uses the standard isoparametric - interpolation functions for a linear quadrilateral. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quad using scalar value provided. Like contouring, except - that it cuts the quad to produce other quads and/or triangles. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge (`edgeId`). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuad::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuad::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge - cell represents a parabolic, isoparametric edge - - - Description - vtkQuadraticEdge is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a one-dimensional, 3-nodes, isoparametric parabolic line. The - interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic isoparametric - shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node. The ordering of the - three points defining the cell is point ids (0,1,2) where id #2 is the - midedge node. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this edge using scalar value provided. Like contouring, except - that it cuts the edge to produce linear line segments. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticEdge::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticEdge::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticHexahedron - cell represents a parabolic, 20-node isoparametric hexahedron - - - Description - vtkQuadraticHexahedron is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 20-node isoparametric parabolic - hexahedron. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node. The - ordering of the twenty points defining the cell is point ids (0-7,8-19) - where point ids 0-7 are the eight corner vertices of the cube; followed by - twelve midedge nodes (8-19). Note that these midedge nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,3), (3,0), (4,5), (5,6), (6,7), - (7,4), (0,4), (1,5), (2,6), (3,7). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic hexahedron using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the hex to produce linear - tetrahedron. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticHexahedron::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticHexahedron::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticLinearQuad - cell represents a quadratic-linear, 6-node isoparametric quad - - - Description - vtkQuadraticQuad is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a two-dimensional, 6-node isoparametric quadratic-linear quadrilateral - element. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic-linear - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node for two - of the four edges. The ordering of the six points defining - the cell are point ids (0-3,4-5) where ids 0-3 define the four corner - vertices of the quad; ids 4-7 define the midedge nodes (0,1) and (2,3) . - - Thanks - Thanks to Soeren Gebbert who developed this class and - integrated it into VTK 5.0. - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge vtkQuadraticTriangle vtkQuadraticTetra vtkQuadraticQuad - vtkQuadraticHexahedron vtkQuadraticWedge vtkQuadraticPyramid - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic linear quad using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the quad to produce linear triangles. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge (`edgeId`). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticLinearQuad::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticLinearQuad::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticLinearWedge - cell represents a, 12-node isoparametric wedge - - - Description - vtkQuadraticLinearWedge is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 12-node isoparametric linear quadratic - wedge. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic - isoparametric shape function in xy - layer and the linear functions in z - direction. - The cell includes mid-edge node in the triangle edges. The - ordering of the 12 points defining the cell is point ids (0-5,6-12) - where point ids 0-5 are the six corner vertices of the wedge; followed by - six midedge nodes (6-12). Note that these midedge nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,0), (3,4), (4,5), (5,3). - The Edges (0,3), (1,4), (2,5) dont have midedge nodes. - - Thanks - Thanks to Soeren Gebbert who developed this class and - integrated it into VTK 5.0. - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge vtkQuadraticTriangle vtkQuadraticTetra - vtkQuadraticHexahedron vtkQuadraticQuad vtkQuadraticPyramid - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic linear wedge using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the hex to produce linear - tetrahedron. - - - - - The quadratic linear wege is splitted into 4 linear wedges, - each of them is contoured by a provided scalar value - - - - - The quadratic linear wege is splitted into 4 linear wedges, - each of them is contoured by a provided scalar value - - - - - The quadratic linear wege is splitted into 4 linear wedges, - each of them is contoured by a provided scalar value - - - - - The quadratic linear wege is splitted into 4 linear wedges, - each of them is contoured by a provided scalar value - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Return the center of the quadratic wedge in parametric coordinates. - - - - - The quadratic linear wege is splitted into 4 linear wedges, - each of them is contoured by a provided scalar value - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticLinearWedge::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticLinearWedge::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The quadratic linear wege is splitted into 4 linear wedges, - each of them is contoured by a provided scalar value - - - - - vtkQuadraticPyramid - cell represents a parabolic, 13-node isoparametric pyramid - - - Description - vtkQuadraticPyramid is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 13-node isoparametric parabolic - pyramid. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node. The - ordering of the thirteen points defining the cell is point ids (0-4,5-12) - where point ids 0-4 are the five corner vertices of the pyramid; followed - by eight midedge nodes (5-12). Note that these midedge nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,3), (3,0), (0,4), (1,4), (2,4), - (3,4). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic triangle using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the triangle to produce linear - triangles. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Return the center of the quadratic pyramid in parametric coordinates. - - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticPyramid::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticPyramid::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticQuad - cell represents a parabolic, 8-node isoparametric quad - - - Description - vtkQuadraticQuad is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a two-dimensional, 8-node isoparametric parabolic quadrilateral - element. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node for each - of the four edges of the cell. The ordering of the eight points defining - the cell are point ids (0-3,4-7) where ids 0-3 define the four corner - vertices of the quad; ids 4-7 define the midedge nodes (0,1), (1,2), - (2,3), (3,0). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic quad using scalar value provided. Like contouring, - except that it cuts the quad to produce linear triangles. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticQuad::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticQuad::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticTetra - cell represents a parabolic, 10-node isoparametric tetrahedron - - - Description - vtkQuadraticTetra is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 10-node, isoparametric parabolic - tetrahedron. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node on each of - the size edges of the tetrahedron. The ordering of the ten points defining - the cell is point ids (0-3,4-9) where ids 0-3 are the four tetra - vertices; and point ids 4-9 are the midedge nodes between (0,1), (1,2), - (2,0), (0,3), (1,3), and (2,3). - - - - - vtkQuadraticEdge vtkQuadraticTriangle vtkQuadraticWedge - vtkQuadraticQuad vtkQuadraticHexahedron vtkQuadraticPyramid - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this edge using scalar value provided. Like contouring, except - that it cuts the tetra to produce new tetras. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the center of the quadratic tetra in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticTetra::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticTetra::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticTriangle - cell represents a parabolic, isoparametric triangle - - - Description - vtkQuadraticTriangle is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a two-dimensional, 6-node, isoparametric parabolic triangle. The - interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic isoparametric - shape function. The cell includes three mid-edge nodes besides the three - triangle vertices. The ordering of the three points defining the cell is - point ids (0-2,3-5) where id #3 is the midedge node between points - (0,1); id #4 is the midedge node between points (1,2); and id #5 is the - midedge node between points (2,0). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic triangle using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the triangle to produce linear - triangles. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticTriangle::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticTriangle::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkQuadraticWedge - cell represents a parabolic, 15-node isoparametric wedge - - - Description - vtkQuadraticWedge is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 15-node isoparametric parabolic - wedge. The interpolation is the standard finite element, quadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes a mid-edge node. The - ordering of the fifteen points defining the cell is point ids (0-5,6-14) - where point ids 0-5 are the six corner vertices of the wedge; followed by - nine midedge nodes (6-14). Note that these midedge nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,0), (3,4), (4,5), (5,3), (0,3), - (1,4), (2,5). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this quadratic hexahedron using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the hex to produce linear - tetrahedron. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Return the center of the quadratic wedge in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticWedge::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkQuadraticWedge::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only rectilinear grid as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGrid - a dataset that is topologically regular with variable spacing in the three coordinate directions - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGrid is a data object that is a concrete implementation of - vtkDataSet. vtkRectilinearGrid represents a geometric structure that is - topologically regular with variable spacing in the three coordinate - directions x-y-z. - - To define a vtkRectilinearGrid, you must specify the dimensions of the - data and provide three arrays of values specifying the coordinates - along the x-y-z axes. The coordinate arrays are specified using three - vtkDataArray objects (one for x, one for y, one for z). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Convenience function computes the structured coordinates for a point x[3]. - The cell is specified by the array ijk[3], and the parametric coordinates - in the cell are specified with pcoords[3]. The function returns a 0 if the - point x is outside of the grid, and a 1 if inside the grid. - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an input rectilinear grid - object. - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Get dimensions of this rectilinear grid dataset. - - - - - Get dimensions of this rectilinear grid dataset. - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Structured extent. The extent type is a 3D extent - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Specify the grid coordinates in the x-direction. - - - - - Specify the grid coordinates in the y-direction. - - - - - Specify the grid coordinates in the z-direction. - - - - - Restore object to initial state. Release memory back to system. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set dimensions of rectilinear grid dataset. - This also sets the extent. - - - - - Set dimensions of rectilinear grid dataset. - This also sets the extent. - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Specify the grid coordinates in the x-direction. - - - - - Specify the grid coordinates in the y-direction. - - - - - Specify the grid coordinates in the z-direction. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridSource - Abstract class whose subclasses generates rectilinear grid data - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridSource is an abstract class whose subclasses generate - rectilinear grid data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this source. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridToPolyDataFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridToPolyDataFilter is a filter whose subclasses take as - input rectilinear grid datasets and generate polygonal data on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - vtkReebGraph - Reeb graph computation for PL scalar fields. - - - - Description - vtkReebGraph is a class that computes a Reeb graph given a PL scalar - field (vtkDataArray) defined on a simplicial mesh. - A Reeb graph is a concise representation of the connectivity evolution of - the level sets of a scalar function. - - It is particularly useful in visualization (optimal seed set computation, - fast flexible isosurface extraction, automated transfer function design, - feature-driven visualization, etc.) and computer graphics (shape - deformation, shape matching, shape compression, etc.). - - Reference: - "Sur les points singuliers d'une forme de Pfaff completement integrable ou - d'une fonction numerique", - G. Reeb, - Comptes-rendus de l'Academie des Sciences, 222:847-849, 1946. - - vtkReebGraph implements one of the latest and most robust Reeb graph - computation algorithms. - - Reference: - "Robust on-line computation of Reeb graphs: simplicity and speed", - V. Pascucci, G. Scorzelli, P.-T. Bremer, and A. Mascarenhas, - ACM Transactions on Graphics, Proc. of SIGGRAPH 2007. - - vtkReebGraph provides methods for computing multi-resolution topological - hierarchies through topological simplification. - Topoligical simplification can be either driven by persistence homology - concepts (default behavior) or by application specific metrics (see - vtkReebGraphSimplificationMetric). - In the latter case, designing customized simplification metric evaluation - algorithms enables the user to control the definition of what should be - considered as noise or signal in the topological filtering process. - - References: - "Topological persistence and simplification", - H. Edelsbrunner, D. Letscher, and A. Zomorodian, - Discrete Computational Geometry, 28:511-533, 2002. - - "Extreme elevation on a 2-manifold", - P.K. Agarwal, H. Edelsbrunner, J. Harer, and Y. Wang, - ACM Symposium on Computational Geometry, pp. 357-365, 2004. - - "Simplifying flexible isosurfaces using local geometric measures", - H. Carr, J. Snoeyink, M van de Panne, - IEEE Visualization, 497-504, 2004 - - "Loop surgery for volumetric meshes: Reeb graphs reduced to contour trees", - J. Tierny, A. Gyulassy, E. Simon, V. Pascucci, - IEEE Trans. on Vis. and Comp. Graph. (Proc of IEEE VIS), 15:1177-1184, 2009. - - - - Reeb graphs can be computed from 2D data (vtkPolyData, with triangles only) - or 3D data (vtkUnstructuredGrid, with tetrahedra only), sequentially (see - the "Build" calls) or in streaming (see the "StreamTriangle" and - "StreamTetrahedron" calls). - - vtkReebGraph inherits from vtkMutableDirectedGraph. - - Each vertex of a vtkReebGraph object represents a critical point of the - scalar field where the connectivity of the related level set changes - (creation, deletion, split or merge of connected components). - A vtkIdTypeArray (called "Vertex Ids") is associated with the VertexData of - a vtkReebGraph object, in order to retrieve if necessary the exact Ids of - the corresponding vertices in the input mesh. - - The edges of a vtkReebGraph object represent the regions of the input mesh - separated by the critical contours of the field, and where the connectivity - of the input field does not change. - A vtkVariantArray is associated with the EdgeDta of a vtkReebGraph object and - each entry of this array is a vtkAbstractArray containing the Ids of the - vertices of those regions, sorted by function value (useful for flexible - isosurface extraction or level set signature computation, for instance). - - See Graphics/Testing/Cxx/TestReebGraph.cxx for examples of traversals and - typical usages (customized simplification, skeletonization, contour spectra, - etc.) of a vtkReebGraph object. - - - Tests - Graphics/Testing/Cxx/TestReebGraph.cxx - - - - vtkReebGraphSimplificationMetric - vtkPolyDataToReebGraphFilter - vtkUnstructuredGridToReebGraphFilter - vtkReebGraphSimplificationFilter - vtkReebGraphSurfaceSkeletonFilter - vtkReebGraphVolumeSkeletonFilter - vtkAreaContourSpectrumFilter - vtkVolumeContourSpectrumFilter - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Build the Reeb graph of the field 'scalarField' defined on the surface - mesh 'mesh'. - - Returned values: - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_INCORRECT_FIELD: 'scalarField' does not have as many - tuples as 'mesh' has vertices. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NOT_A_SIMPLICIAL_MESH: the input mesh 'mesh' is not a - simplicial mesh (for example, the surface mesh contains quads instead of - triangles). - - - - - - Build the Reeb graph of the field 'scalarField' defined on the volume - mesh 'mesh'. - - Returned values: - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_INCORRECT_FIELD: 'scalarField' does not have as many - tuples as 'mesh' has vertices. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NOT_A_SIMPLICIAL_MESH: the input mesh 'mesh' is not a - simplicial mesh. - - - - - - Build the Reeb graph of the field given by the Id 'scalarFieldId', - defined on the surface mesh 'mesh'. - - Returned values: - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_INCORRECT_FIELD: 'scalarField' does not have as many - tuples as 'mesh' as vertices. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NOT_A_SIMPLICIAL_MESH: the input mesh 'mesh' is not a - simplicial mesh (for example, the surface mesh contains quads instead of - triangles). - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NO_SUCH_FIELD: the scalar field given by the Id - 'scalarFieldId' does not exist. - - - - - - Build the Reeb graph of the field given by the Id 'scalarFieldId', - defined on the volume mesh 'mesh'. - - Returned values: - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_INCORRECT_FIELD: 'scalarField' does not have as many - tuples as 'mesh' as vertices. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NOT_A_SIMPLICIAL_MESH: the input mesh 'mesh' is not a - simplicial mesh. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NO_SUCH_FIELD: the scalar field given by the Id - 'scalarFieldId' does not exist. - - - - - - Build the Reeb graph of the field given by the name 'scalarFieldName', - defined on the surface mesh 'mesh'. - - Returned values: - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_INCORRECT_FIELD: 'scalarField' does not have as many - tuples as 'mesh' as vertices. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NOT_A_SIMPLICIAL_MESH: the input mesh 'mesh' is not a - simplicial mesh (for example, the surface mesh contains quads instead of - triangles). - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NO_SUCH_FIELD: the scalar field given by the name - 'scalarFieldName' does not exist. - - - - - - Build the Reeb graph of the field given by the name 'scalarFieldName', - defined on the volume mesh 'mesh'. - - Returned values: - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_INCORRECT_FIELD: 'scalarField' does not have as many - tuples as 'mesh' as vertices. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NOT_A_SIMPLICIAL_MESH: the input mesh 'mesh' is not a - simplicial mesh. - - vtkReebGraph::ERR_NO_SUCH_FIELD: the scalar field given by the name - 'scalarFieldName' does not exist. - - - - - - Finalize internal data structures, in the case of streaming computations - (with StreamTriangle or StreamTetrahedron). - After this call, no more triangle or tetrahedron can be inserted via - StreamTriangle or StreamTetrahedron. - IMPORTANT: This method _must_ be called when the input stream is finished. - If you need to get a snapshot of the Reeb graph during the streaming - process (to parse or simplify it), do a DeepCopy followed by a - CloseStream on the copy. - - - - - Descrition: - Implements deep copy - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use a pre-defined Reeb graph (post-processing). - Use with caution! - - - - - Simplify the Reeb graph given a threshold 'simplificationThreshold' - (between 0 and 1). - - This method is the core feature for Reeb graph multi-resolution hierarchy - construction. - - Return the number of arcs that have been removed through the simplification - process. - - 'simplificationThreshold' represents a "scale", under which each Reeb graph - feature is considered as noise. 'simplificationThreshold' is expressed as a - fraction of the scalar field overall span. It can vary from 0 - (no simplification) to 1 (maximal simplification). - - 'simplificationMetric' is an object in charge of evaluating the importance - of a Reeb graph arc at each step of the simplification process. - if 'simplificationMetric' is NULL, the default strategy (persitence of the - scalar field) is used. - Customized simplification metric evaluation algorithm can be designed (see - vtkReebGraphSimplificationMetric), enabling the user to control the - definition of what should be considered as noise or signal. - - References: - - "Topological persistence and simplification", - H. Edelsbrunner, D. Letscher, and A. Zomorodian, - Discrete Computational Geometry, 28:511-533, 2002. - - "Extreme elevation on a 2-manifold", - P.K. Agarwal, H. Edelsbrunner, J. Harer, and Y. Wang, - ACM Symposium on Computational Geometry, pp. 357-365, 2004. - - "Simplifying flexible isosurfaces using local geometric measures", - H. Carr, J. Snoeyink, M van de Panne, - IEEE Visualization, 497-504, 2004 - - "Loop surgery for volumetric meshes: Reeb graphs reduced to contour trees", - J. Tierny, A. Gyulassy, E. Simon, V. Pascucci, - IEEE Trans. on Vis. and Comp. Graph. (Proc of IEEE VIS), 15:1177-1184,2009. - - - - - Streaming Reeb graph computation. - Add to the streaming computation the tetrahedra of the vtkUnstructuredGrid - volume mesh described by - vertex0Id, scalar0 - vertex1Id, scalar1 - vertex2Id, scalar2 - vertex3Id, scalar3 - - where vertex<i>Id is the Id of the vertex in the vtkUnstructuredGrid - structure and scalar<i> is the corresponding scalar field value. - - IMPORTANT: The stream _must_ be finalized with the "CloseStream" call. - - - - - Streaming Reeb graph computation. - Add to the streaming computation the triangle of the vtkPolyData surface - mesh described by - vertex0Id, scalar0 - vertex1Id, scalar1 - vertex2Id, scalar2 - - where vertex<i>Id is the Id of the vertex in the vtkPolyData structure - and scalar<i> is the corresponding scalar field value. - - IMPORTANT: The stream _must_ be finalized with the "CloseStream" call. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkReebGraphSimplificationMetric - abstract class for custom Reeb graph - simplification metric design. - - This class makes it possible to design customized simplification metric - evaluation algorithms, enabling the user to control the definition of what - should be considered as noise or signal in the topological filtering process. - - References: - "Topological persistence and simplification", - H. Edelsbrunner, D. Letscher, and A. Zomorodian, - Discrete Computational Geometry, 28:511-533, 2002. - - "Extreme elevation on a 2-manifold", - P.K. Agarwal, H. Edelsbrunner, J. Harer, and Y. Wang, - ACM Symposium on Computational Geometry, pp. 357-365, 2004. - - "Simplifying flexible isosurfaces using local geometric measures", - H. Carr, J. Snoeyink, M van de Panne, - IEEE Visualization, 497-504, 2004 - - "Loop surgery for volumetric meshes: Reeb graphs reduced to contour trees", - J. Tierny, A. Gyulassy, E. Simon, V. Pascucci, - IEEE Trans. on Vis. and Comp. Graph. (Proc of IEEE VIS), 15:1177-1184, 2009. - - - See Graphics/Testing/Cxx/TestReebGraph.cxx for an example of concrete - implemetnation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Function to implement in your simplification metric algorithm. - Given the input mesh and the Ids of the vertices living on the Reeb graph - arc to consider for removal, you should return a value between 0 and 1 (the - smallest the more likely the arc will be removed, depending on the - user-defined simplification threshold). - - - - - Set the lowest possible value for the custom metric space. - This value can be set prior to launching the Reeb graph simplification and - then used inside the ComputeMetric call to make sure the returned value of - ComputeMetric call is indeed between 0 and 1. - - - - - Set the highest possible value for the custom metric space. - This value can be set prior to launching the Reeb graph simplification and - then used inside the ComputeMetric call to make sure the returned value of - ComputeMetric call is indeed between 0 and 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the lowest possible value for the custom metric space. - This value can be set prior to launching the Reeb graph simplification and - then used inside the ComputeMetric call to make sure the returned value of - ComputeMetric call is indeed between 0 and 1. - - - - - Set the highest possible value for the custom metric space. - This value can be set prior to launching the Reeb graph simplification and - then used inside the ComputeMetric call to make sure the returned value of - ComputeMetric call is indeed between 0 and 1. - - - - - vtkScalarTree - organize data according to scalar values (used to accelerate contouring operations) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the scalar tree from the dataset provided. Checks build times - and modified time from input and reconstructs the tree if necessary. - - - - - Build the tree from the points/cells defining this dataset. - - - - - Return the next cell that may contain scalar value specified to - initialize traversal. The value NULL is returned if the list is - exhausted. Make sure that InitTraversal() has been invoked first or - you'll get erratic behavior. - - - - - Begin to traverse the cells based on a scalar value. Returned cells - will have scalar values that span the scalar value specified. - - - - - Initialize locator. Frees memory and resets object as appropriate. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Build the tree from the points/cells defining this dataset. - - - - - vtkSelectionAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only Selection as output - - - - Description - vtkSelectionAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline edgehitecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be Selection. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkSelection - A node in a selection tree. Used to store selection results. - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds a selection node. - - - - - Copy selection nodes of the input. - - - - - Dumps the contents of the selection, giving basic information only. - - - - - Retrieve a vtkSelection stored inside an invormation object. - - - - - Retrieve a vtkSelection stored inside an invormation object. - - - - - Returns VTK_SELECTION enumeration value. - - - - - Return the MTime taking into account changes to the properties - - - - - Returns a node given it's index. Performs bound checking - and will return 0 if out-of-bounds. - - - - - Returns the number of nodes in this selection. - Each node contains information about part of the selection. - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Removes a selection node. - - - - - Removes a selection node. - - - - - Removes a selection node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy selection nodes of the input. - This is a shallow copy: selection lists and pointers in the - properties are passed by reference. - - - - - Union this selection with the specified selection. - Attempts to reuse selection nodes in this selection if properties - match exactly. Otherwise, creates new selection nodes. - - - - - Union this selection with the specified selection node. - Attempts to reuse a selection node in this selection if properties - match exactly. Otherwise, creates a new selection node. - - - - - vtkSelectionNode - A node in a selection tree. Used to store selection results. - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When ContentType==THRESHOLDS or ContentType==VALUES - i.e. threshold and value based selections, it is - possible pick the component number using this key. If none is specified, - the 0th component is used. If any number less than 0 is specified, then - the magnitude is used. - - - - - Used to identify a node in composite datasets. - - - - - This flag tells the extraction filter, when FIELD_TYPE==POINT, that - it should also extract the cells that contain any of the extracted points. - - - - - vtkSelectionNode specific keys follow: - Get the (primary) property that describes the content of a selection - node's data. Other auxiliary description properties follow. - GLOBALIDS means that the selection list contains values from the - vtkDataSetAttribute array of the same name. - PEDIGREEIDS means that the selection list contains values from the - vtkDataSetAttribute array of the same name. - VALUES means the the selection list contains values from an - arbitrary attribute array (ignores any globalids attribute) - INDICES means that the selection list contains indexes into the - cell or point arrays. - FRUSTUM means the set of points and cells inside a frustum - LOCATIONS means the set of points and cells near a set of positions - THRESHOLDS means the points and cells with values within a set of ranges - GetContentType() returns -1 if the content type is not set. - - - - - Copy properties, selection list and children of the input. - - - - - For location selection of points, if distance is greater than this reject. - - - - - Compares Properties of self and other to ensure that they are exactly same. - - - - - Controls whether cell, point, or field data determine what is inside and out. - The default is CELL. - Vertex and edge types are also available for graph classes. - GetFieldType() returns -1 if the field type is not set. - - - - - Get or set the content type of the selection. - This is the same as setting the CONTENT_TYPE() key on the property. - - - - - Get or set the field type of the selection. - This is the same as setting the FIELD_TYPE() key on the property. - - - - - Return the MTime taking into account changes to the properties - - - - - Returns the property map. - - - - - Get or set the prop of the selection. - This is the same as setting the PROP() key on the property. - - - - - Sets the selection table. - - - - - Sets the selection list. - - - - - Used to identify a dataset in a hiererchical box dataset. - - - - - Used to identify a dataset in a hiererchical box dataset. - - - - - This key is used when making visible vertex selection. It means - that the cell ID selection has data about which vertices for each - cell are visible. - - - - - This flag tells the extraction filter to exclude the selection. - - - - - Restore data object to initial state, - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A helper for visible cell selector, this is the number of pixels covered - by the actor whose cells are listed in the selection. - - - - - Process id the selection is on. - - - - - Pointer to the prop the selection belongs to. - - - - - ID of the prop the selection belongs to. What - ID means is application specific. - - - - - Pointer to the data or algorithm the selection belongs to. - - - - - ID of the data or algorithm the selection belongs to. What - ID means is application specific. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get or set the content type of the selection. - This is the same as setting the CONTENT_TYPE() key on the property. - - - - - Get or set the field type of the selection. - This is the same as setting the FIELD_TYPE() key on the property. - - - - - Get or set the prop of the selection. - This is the same as setting the PROP() key on the property. - - - - - Sets the selection table. - - - - - Sets the selection list. - - - - - Copy properties, selection list and children of the input. - This is a shallow copy: selection lists and pointers in the - properties are passed by reference. - - - - - Merges the selection list between self and the other. Assumes that both has - identical properties. - - - - - vtkSelectionNode specific keys follow: - Get the (primary) property that describes the content of a selection - node's data. Other auxiliary description properties follow. - GLOBALIDS means that the selection list contains values from the - vtkDataSetAttribute array of the same name. - PEDIGREEIDS means that the selection list contains values from the - vtkDataSetAttribute array of the same name. - VALUES means the the selection list contains values from an - arbitrary attribute array (ignores any globalids attribute) - INDICES means that the selection list contains indexes into the - cell or point arrays. - FRUSTUM means the set of points and cells inside a frustum - LOCATIONS means the set of points and cells near a set of positions - THRESHOLDS means the points and cells with values within a set of ranges - GetContentType() returns -1 if the content type is not set. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Controls whether cell, point, or field data determine what is inside and out. - The default is CELL. - Vertex and edge types are also available for graph classes. - GetFieldType() returns -1 if the field type is not set. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSimpleCellTessellator - helper class to perform cell tessellation - - - Description - vtkSimpleCellTessellator is a helper class to perform adaptive tessellation - of particular cell topologies. The major purpose for this class is to - transform higher-order cell types (e.g., higher-order finite elements) - into linear cells that can then be easily visualized by VTK. This class - works in conjunction with the vtkGenericDataSet and vtkGenericAdaptorCell - classes. - - This algorithm is based on edge subdivision. An error metric along each - edge is evaluated, and if the error is greater than some tolerance, the - edge is subdivided (as well as all connected 2D and 3D cells). The process - repeats until the error metric is satisfied. Since the algorithm is based - on edge subdivision it inherently avoid T-junctions. - - A significant issue addressed by this algorithm is to insure face - compatibility across neigboring cells. That is, diagonals due to face - triangulation must match to insure that the mesh is compatible. The - algorithm employs a precomputed table to accelerate the tessellation - process. The table was generated with the help of vtkOrderedTriangulator - the basic idea is that the choice of diagonal is made only by considering the - relative value of the point ids. - - - - - vtkGenericCellTessellator vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric vtkAttributesErrorMetric - vtkGeometricErrorMetric vtkViewDependentErrorMetric - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the number of fixed subdivisions. It is used to prevent from - infinite loop in degenerated cases. For order 3 or higher, if the - inflection point is exactly on the mid-point, error metric will not - detect that a subdivision is required. 0 means no fixed subdivision: - there will be only adaptive subdivisions. - - The algorithm first performs `GetFixedSubdivisions' non adaptive - subdivisions followed by at most `GetMaxAdaptiveSubdivisions' adaptive - subdivisions. Hence, there are at most `GetMaxSubdivisionLevel' - subdivisions. - \post positive_result: result>=0 && result<=GetMaxSubdivisionLevel() - - - - - Get the higher order cell in order to access the evaluation function. - - - - - Return the maximum number of adaptive subdivisions. - \post valid_result: result==GetMaxSubdivisionLevel()-GetFixedSubdivisions() - - - - - Return the maximum level of subdivision. It is used to prevent from - infinite loop in degenerated cases. For order 3 or higher, if the - inflection point is exactly on the mid-point, error metric will not - detect that a subdivision is required. 0 means no subdivision, - neither fixed nor adaptive. - \post positive_result: result>=GetFixedSubdivisions() - - - - - Initialize the tessellator with a data set `ds'. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset the output for repeated use of this class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of fixed subdivisions. See GetFixedSubdivisions() for - more explanations. - \pre positive_level: level>=0 && level<=GetMaxSubdivisionLevel() - \post is_set: GetFixedSubdivisions()==level - - - - - Set the maximum level of subdivision. See GetMaxSubdivisionLevel() for - more explanations. - \pre positive_level: level>=GetFixedSubdivisions() - \post is_set: level==GetMaxSubdivisionLevel() - - - - - Set both the number of fixed subdivisions and the maximum level of - subdivisions. See GetFixedSubdivisions(), GetMaxSubdivisionLevel() and - GetMaxAdaptiveSubdivisions() for more explanations. - \pre positive_fixed: fixed>=0 - \pre valid_range: fixed<=maxLevel - \post fixed_is_set: fixed==GetFixedSubdivisions() - \post maxLevel_is_set: maxLevel==GetMaxSubdivisionLevel() - - - - - Tessellate a 3D `cell'. The result is a set of smaller linear - tetrahedra in `cellArray' with `points' and point data `internalPd'. - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre valid_dimension: cell->GetDimension()==3 - \pre att_exists: att!=0 - \pre points_exists: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - - - - - Tessellate a face of a 3D `cell'. The face is specified by the - index value. - The result is a set of smaller linear triangles in `cellArray' with - `points' and point data `internalPd'. - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre valid_dimension: cell->GetDimension()==3 - \pre valid_index_range: (index>=0) && (index<cell->GetNumberOfBoundaries(2)) - \pre att_exists: att!=0 - \pre points_exists: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - - - - - Triangulate a 2D `cell'. The result is a set of smaller linear triangles - in `cellArray' with `points' and point data `internalPd'. - \pre cell_exists: cell!=0 - \pre valid_dimension: cell->GetDimension()==2 - \pre att_exists: att!=0 - \pre points_exists: points!=0 - \pre cellArray_exists: cellArray!=0 - \pre internalPd_exists: internalPd!=0 - - - - - vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter - Generic image filter with one input. - - - Description - vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter is a filter which aims to avoid much - of the complexity associated with vtkImageAlgorithm (i.e. - support for pieces, multi-threaded operation). If you need to write - a simple image-image filter which operates on the whole input, use - this as the superclass. The subclass has to provide only an execute - method which takes input and output as arguments. Memory allocation - is handled in vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter. Also, you are guaranteed to - have a valid input in the Execute(input, output) method. By default, - this filter - requests it's input's whole extent and copies the input's information - (spacing, whole extent etc...) to the output. If the output's setup - is different (for example, if it performs some sort of sub-sampling), - ExecuteInformation has to be overwritten. As an example of how this - can be done, you can look at vtkImageShrink3D::ExecuteInformation. - For a complete example which uses templates to support generic data - types, see vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSimpleScalarTree - organize data according to scalar values (used to accelerate contouring operations) - - - Description - vtkSimpleScalarTree creates a pointerless binary tree that helps search for - cells that lie within a particular scalar range. This object is used to - accelerate some contouring (and other scalar-based techniques). - - The tree consists of an array of (min,max) scalar range pairs per node in - the tree. The (min,max) range is determined from looking at the range of - the children of the tree node. If the node is a leaf, then the range is - determined by scanning the range of scalar data in n cells in the - dataset. The n cells are determined by arbitrary selecting cell ids from - id(i) to id(i+n), and where n is specified using the BranchingFactor - ivar. Note that leaf node i=0 contains the scalar range computed from - cell ids (0,n-1); leaf node i=1 contains the range from cell ids (n,2n-1); - and so on. The implication is that there are no direct lists of cell ids - per leaf node, instead the cell ids are implicitly known. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate scalar tree with maximum level of 20 and branching - factor of 5. - - - - - Instantiate scalar tree with maximum level of 20 and branching - factor of 5. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the scalar tree from the dataset provided. Checks build times - and modified time from input and reconstructs the tree if necessary. - - - - - Set the branching factor for the tree. This is the number of - children per tree node. Smaller values (minimum is 2) mean deeper - trees and more memory overhead. Larger values mean shallower - trees, less memory usage, but worse performance. - - - - - Set the branching factor for the tree. This is the number of - children per tree node. Smaller values (minimum is 2) mean deeper - trees and more memory overhead. Larger values mean shallower - trees, less memory usage, but worse performance. - - - - - Set the branching factor for the tree. This is the number of - children per tree node. Smaller values (minimum is 2) mean deeper - trees and more memory overhead. Larger values mean shallower - trees, less memory usage, but worse performance. - - - - - Get the level of the scalar tree. This value may change each time the - scalar tree is built and the branching factor changes. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. - - - - - Return the next cell that may contain scalar value specified to - initialize traversal. The value NULL is returned if the list is - exhausted. Make sure that InitTraversal() has been invoked first or - you'll get erratic behavior. - - - - - Begin to traverse the cells based on a scalar value. Returned cells - will have scalar values that span the scalar value specified. - - - - - Initialize locator. Frees memory and resets object as appropriate. - - - - - Standard type related macros and PrintSelf() method. - - - - - Standard type related macros and PrintSelf() method. - - - - - Standard type related macros and PrintSelf() method. - - - - - Standard type related macros and PrintSelf() method. - - - - - Set the branching factor for the tree. This is the number of - children per tree node. Smaller values (minimum is 2) mean deeper - trees and more memory overhead. Larger values mean shallower - trees, less memory usage, but worse performance. - - - - - Set the maximum allowable level for the tree. - - - - - vtkSmoothErrorMetric - Objects that compute - geometry-based error during cell tessellation according to - some max angle. - - - - Description - It is a concrete error metric, based on a geometric criterium: - a max angle between the chord passing through the midpoint and one of the - endpoints and the other chord passing through the midpoint and the other - endpoint of the edge. It is related to the flatness of an edge. - - - - - vtkGenericCellTessellator vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default flatness threshold of 90.1 - degrees. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default flatness threshold of 90.1 - degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the flatness threshold. - \post positive_result: result>90 && result<180 - - - - - Return the error at the mid-point. It will return an error relative to - the bounding box size if GetRelative() is true, a square absolute error - otherwise. - See RequiresEdgeSubdivision() for a description of the arguments. - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Does the edge need to be subdivided according to the cosine between - the two chords passing through the mid-point and the endpoints? - The edge is defined by its `leftPoint' and its `rightPoint'. - `leftPoint', `midPoint' and `rightPoint' have to be initialized before - calling RequiresEdgeSubdivision(). - Their format is global coordinates, parametric coordinates and - point centered attributes: xyx rst abc de... - `alpha' is the normalized abscissa of the midpoint along the edge. - (close to 0 means close to the left point, close to 1 means close to the - right point) - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Set the flatness threshold with an angle in degrees. Internally - compute the cosine. value is supposed to be in ]90,180[, if not - it is clamped in [90.1,179.9]. - For instance 178 will give better result than 150. - - - - - vtkSphere - implicit function for a sphere - - - Description - vtkSphere computes the implicit function and/or gradient for a sphere. - vtkSphere is a concrete implementation of vtkImplicitFunction. Additional - methods are available for sphere-related computations, such as computing - bounding spheres for a set of points, or set of spheres. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct sphere with center at (0,0,0) and radius=0.5. - - - - - Description - Construct sphere with center at (0,0,0) and radius=0.5. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a bounding sphere from a set of points. The set of points is - defined by an array of doubles, in the order of x-y-z (which repeats for - each point). An optional hints array provides a guess for the initial - bounding sphere; the two values in the hints array are the two points - expected to be the furthest apart. The output sphere consists of a - center (x-y-z) and a radius. - - - - - Description - Evaluate sphere equation ((x-x0)^2 + (y-y0)^2 + (z-z0)^2) - R^2. - - - - - Description - Evaluate sphere equation ((x-x0)^2 + (y-y0)^2 + (z-z0)^2) - R^2. - - - - - Description - Evaluate sphere gradient. - - - - - Set / get the center of the sphere. The default is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set / get the center of the sphere. The default is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set / get the radius of the sphere. The default is 0.5. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the center of the sphere. The default is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set / get the center of the sphere. The default is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set / get the radius of the sphere. The default is 0.5. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only structured grid as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkStructuredGrid - topologically regular array of data - - - Description - vtkStructuredGrid is a data object that is a concrete implementation of - vtkDataSet. vtkStructuredGrid represents a geometric structure that is a - topologically regular array of points. The topology is that of a cube that - has been subdivided into a regular array of smaller cubes. Each point/cell - can be addressed with i-j-k indices. Examples include finite difference - grids. - - The order and number of points must match that specified by the dimensions - of the grid. The point order increases in i fastest (from 0<=i<dims[0]), - then j (0<=j<dims[1]), then k (0<=k<dims[2]) where dims[] are the - dimensions of the grid in the i-j-k topological directions. The number of - points is dims[0]*dims[1]*dims[2]. The same is true for the cells of the - grid. The order and number of cells must match that specified by the - dimensions of the grid. The cell order increases in i fastest (from - 0<=i<(dims[0]-1)), then j (0<=j<(dims[1]-1)), then k (0<=k<(dims[2]-1)) - The number of cells is (dims[0]-1)*(dims[1]-1)*(dims[2]-1). - - A unusual feature of vtkStructuredGrid is the ability to blank, - or "turn-off" points and cells in the dataset. This is controlled by - defining a "blanking array" whose values (0,1) specify whether - a point should be blanked or not. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - cells in the structured grid, and hence the cells connected to them. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - points in the structured grid, and hence the cells connected to them. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an input poly data object. - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the cells, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Get the array that defines the blanking (visibility) of each cell. - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - Reallocates and copies to set the Extent to the UpdateExtent. - This is used internally when the exact extent is requested, - and the source generated more than the update extent. - - - - - Internal method used by DeepCopy and ShallowCopy. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Get dimensions of this structured points dataset. - - - - - Get dimensions of this structured points dataset. - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - The extent type is a 3D extent - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Internal method used by DeepCopy and ShallowCopy. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Get a point in the grid. If adjustForExtent is true, (i,j,k) is - interpreted as a position relative to the beginning of the extent. - If adjustForExtent is false, (i,j,k) is interpreted literally - and the (i,j,k) point of the grid is returned regardless of the - extent beginning. - The point coordinate is returned in 'p'. - The default adjustForExtent is true. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the points, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Get the array that defines the blanking (visibility) of each point. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return non-zero value if specified point is visible. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Return non-zero value if specified point is visible. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an array that defines the (blanking) visibility of the cells - in the grid. Make sure that length of the visibility array matches - the number of points in the grid. - - - - - following methods are specific to structured grid - - - - - following methods are specific to structured grid - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Different ways to set the extent of the data array. The extent - should be set before the "Scalars" are set or allocated. - The Extent is stored in the order (X, Y, Z). - - - - - Set an array that defines the (blanking) visibility of the points - in the grid. Make sure that length of the visibility array matches - the number of points in the grid. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - cells in the structured grid, and hence the cells connected to them. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - points in the structured grid, and hence the cells connected to them. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridToPolyDataFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridToPolyDataFilter is a filter whose subclasses take as input - structured grid datasets and generate polygonal data on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridToStructuredGridFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsToStructuredPointsFilter is an abstract filter class - whose subclasses take on input a structured grid and generate a - structured grid on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsCollection - maintain a list of structured points data objects - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsCollection is an object that creates and manipulates - lists of structured points datasets. See also vtkCollection and - subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a pointer to a vtkStructuredPoints to the list. - - - - - Get the next item in the collection. NULL is returned if the collection - is exhausted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkStructuredPoints - A subclass of ImageData. - - - Description - StructuredPoints is a subclass of ImageData that requires the data extent - to exactly match the update extent. Normall image data allows that the - data extent may be larger than the update extent. - StructuredPoints also defines the origin differently that vtkImageData. - For structured points the origin is the location of first point. - Whereas images define the origin as the location of point 0, 0, 0. - Image Origin is stored in ivar, and structured points - have special methods for setting/getting the origin/extents. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - To simplify filter superclasses, - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsToPolyDataFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsToPolyDataFilter is an abstract filter class whose - subclasses take on input structured points and generate polygonal - data on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsToStructuredPointsFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsToStructuredPointsFilter is an abstract filter class - whose subclasses take on input structured points and generate - structured points on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsToUnstructuredGridFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsToUnstructuredGridFilter is an abstract filter class - whose subclasses take on input structured points and generate unstructured - grid data on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkSuperquadric - implicit function for a Superquadric - - - Description - vtkSuperquadric computes the implicit function and function gradient - for a superquadric. vtkSuperquadric is a concrete implementation of - vtkImplicitFunction. The superquadric is centered at Center and axes - of rotation is along the y-axis. (Use the superclass' - vtkImplicitFunction transformation matrix if necessary to reposition.) - Roundness parameters (PhiRoundness and ThetaRoundness) control - the shape of the superquadric. The Toroidal boolean controls whether - a toroidal superquadric is produced. If so, the Thickness parameter - controls the thickness of the toroid: 0 is the thinnest allowable - toroid, and 1 has a minimum sized hole. The Scale parameters allow - the superquadric to be scaled in x, y, and z (normal vectors are correctly - generated in any case). The Size parameter controls size of the - superquadric. - - This code is based on "Rigid physically based superquadrics", A. H. Barr, - in "Graphics Gems III", David Kirk, ed., Academic Press, 1992. - - Caveats - The Size and Thickness parameters control coefficients of superquadric - generation, and may do not exactly describe the size of the superquadric. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct with superquadric radius of 0.5, toroidal off, center at 0.0, - scale (1,1,1), size 0.5, phi roundness 1.0, and theta roundness 0.0. - - - - - Description - Construct with superquadric radius of 0.5, toroidal off, center at 0.0, - scale (1,1,1), size 0.5, phi roundness 1.0, and theta roundness 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ImplicitFunction interface - - - - - ImplicitFunction interface - - - - - ImplicitFunction interface - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric north/south roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric isotropic size. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric east/west roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - - - - - Description - Construct with superquadric radius of 0.5, toroidal off, center at 0.0, - scale (1,1,1), size 0.5, phi roundness 1.0, and theta roundness 0.0. - - - - - Description - Construct with superquadric radius of 0.5, toroidal off, center at 0.0, - scale (1,1,1), size 0.5, phi roundness 1.0, and theta roundness 0.0. - - - - - Description - Construct with superquadric radius of 0.5, toroidal off, center at 0.0, - scale (1,1,1), size 0.5, phi roundness 1.0, and theta roundness 0.0. - - - - - Description - Construct with superquadric radius of 0.5, toroidal off, center at 0.0, - scale (1,1,1), size 0.5, phi roundness 1.0, and theta roundness 0.0. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric north/south roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric isotropic size. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric east/west roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - - - - - vtkTableAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only vtkTables as output - - - - Description - vtkTableAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be Tree. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie for creating this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkTable - A table, which contains similar-typed columns of data - - - - Description - vtkTable is a basic data structure for storing columns of data. - Internally, columns are stored in a vtkDataSetAttributes structure called - RowData. However, using the vtkTable API additionally ensures that every column - has the same number of entries, and provides row access (using vtkVariantArray) - and single entry access (using vtkVariant). - - The field data inherited from vtkDataObject may be used to store metadata - related to the table. - - Caveats - You should use the vtkTable API to change the table data. Performing - operations on the object returned by GetRowData() may - yield unexpected results. vtkTable does allow the user to set the field - data using SetRowData(); the number of rows in the table is determined - by the number of tuples in the first array (it is assumed that all arrays - are the same length). - - Each column added with AddColumn <b>must</b> have its name set to a unique, - non-empty string in order for GetValue() to function properly. - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class API. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a column to the table. - - - - - Shallow/deep copy the data from src into this object. - - - - - Dump table contents. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). - - - - - Returns the attributes of the data object as a vtkFieldData. - This returns non-null values in all the same cases as GetAttributes, - in addition to the case of FIELD, which will return the field data - for any vtkDataObject subclass. - - - - - Get a column of the table by its column index. - - - - - Get a column of the table by its name. - - - - - Get the name of a column of the table. - - - - - Retrieve the table from vtkInformation. - - - - - Retrieve the table from vtkInformation. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Get the number of columns in the table. - - - - - Get the number of elements for a specific attribute type (ROW, etc.). - - - - - Get the number of rows in the table. - - - - - Get a row of the table as a vtkVariantArray which has one entry for each column. - NOTE: This version of the method is NOT thread safe. - - - - - Get a row of the table as a vtkVariantArray which has one entry for each column. - - - - - Get/Set the main data (columns) of the table. - - - - - Initialize to an empty table. - - - - - Insert a blank row at the end of the table. - - - - - Insert a row specified by a vtkVariantArray. The number of entries in the array - should match the number of columns in the table. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a column from the table by its column index. - - - - - Remove a column from the table by its name. - - - - - Delete a row from the table. Rows below the deleted row are shifted up. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of rows in the table. Note that memory allocation might be performed - as a result of this, but no memory will be released. - - - - - Set a row of the table with a vtkVariantArray which has one entry for each column. - - - - - Get/Set the main data (columns) of the table. - - - - - Shallow/deep copy the data from src into this object. - - - - - vtkTemporalDataSetAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only vtkTemporalDataSet as output - - - Description - Algorithms that take any type of data object (including composite dataset) - and produce a vtkTemporalDataSet in the output can subclass from this - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkTemporalDataSet - Composite dataset that holds multiple times - - - Description - vtkTemporalDataSet is a vtkCompositeDataSet that stores - multiple time steps of data. - - - - vtkCompositeDataSet - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns if timestep meta-data is present. - - - - - Returns if timestep meta-data is present. - - - - - Return class name of data type (see vtkType.h for - definitions). - - - - - The extent type is a 3D extent - - - - - Get timestep meta-data. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Returns the number of time steps. - - - - - Get a timestep. - - - - - Returns if timestep meta-data is present. - - - - - Unhiding superclass method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of time steps in theis dataset - - - - - Set a data object as a timestep. Cannot be vtkTemporalDataSet. - - - - - vtkTetra - a 3D cell that represents a tetrahedron - - - Description - vtkTetra is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 3D - tetrahedron. vtkTetra uses the standard isoparametric shape functions - for a linear tetrahedron. The tetrahedron is defined by the four points - (0-3); where (0,1,2) is the base of the tetrahedron which, using the - right hand rule, forms a triangle whose normal points in the direction - of the fourth point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a 3D point x[3], determine the barycentric coordinates of the point. - Barycentric coordinates are a natural coordinate system for simplices that - express a position as a linear combination of the vertices. For a - tetrahedron, there are four barycentric coordinates (because there are - four vertices), and the sum of the coordinates must equal 1. If a - point x is inside a simplex, then all four coordinates will be strictly - positive. If three coordinates are zero (so the fourth =1), then the - point x is on a vertex. If two coordinates are zero, the point x is on an - edge (and so on). In this method, you must specify the vertex coordinates - x1->x4. Returns 0 if tetrahedron is degenerate. - - - - - Returns the set of points that are on the boundary of the tetrahedron that - are closest parametrically to the point specified. This may include faces, - edges, or vertices. - - - - - Compute the circumcenter (center[3]) and radius squared (method - return value) of a tetrahedron defined by the four points x1, x2, - x3, and x4. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the volume of a tetrahedron defined by the four points - p1, p2, p3, and p4. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. - - - - - Compute the center (center[3]) and radius (method return value) of - a sphere that just fits inside the faces of a tetrahedron defined - by the four points x1, x2, x3, and x4. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkTetra::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkTetra::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Compute the center of the tetrahedron, - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkThreadedImageAlgorithm - Generic filter that has one input.. - - - Description - vtkThreadedImageAlgorithm is a filter superclass that hides much of the - pipeline complexity. It handles breaking the pipeline execution - into smaller extents so that the vtkImageData limits are observed. It - also provides support for multithreading. If you don't need any of this - functionality, consider using vtkSimpleImageToImageAlgorithm instead. - - - - vtkSimpleImageToImageAlgorithm - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when rendering - - - - - Putting this here until I merge graphics and imaging streaming. - - - - - also support the old signature - - - - - vtkThreadedStreamingPipeline - Executive supporting multi-threads - - - Description - vtkThreadeStreamingDemandDrivenPipeline is an executive that supports - updating input ports based on the number of threads available. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Key to store the priority of a task - - - - - Key to store the additional information for an update request - - - - - Send a direct REQUEST_DATA (on all ports) to this executive - - - - - Return the scheduling for this executive - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Trigger the updates on certain execs and asking all of its - upstream modules to be updated as well (propagate up) - - - - - Trigger the updates on certain execs and asking all of its - upstream modules to be updated as well (propagate up) - - - - - A simplified version of Pull() which only acts upon a single executive - - - - - A simplified version of Pull() which only acts upon a single executive - - - - - Triggers upstream modules to update but not including itself - - - - - Triggers upstream modules to update but not including itself - - - - - Trigger the updates on certain execs and asking all of its - downstream modules to be updated as well (propagate down) - - - - - Trigger the updates on certain execs and asking all of its - downstream modules to be updated as well (propagate down) - - - - - A simplified version of Push() which only acts upon a single executive - - - - - A simplified version of Push() which only acts upon a single executive - - - - - Triggers downstream modules to update but not including itself - - - - - Triggers downstream modules to update but not including itself - - - - - Release all the locks for input ports living upstream - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable automatic propagation of Push events - - - - - Enable/Disable Multi-Threaded updating mechanism - - - - - Update the LastDataRequestTimeFromSource using its upstream time - - - - - Key to store the additional information for an update request - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTreeAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only Tree as output - - - - Description - vtkTreeAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline edgehitecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be Tree. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkTree - A rooted tree data structure. - - - - Description - vtkTree is a connected directed graph with no cycles. A tree is a type of - directed graph, so works with all graph algorithms. - - vtkTree is a read-only data structure. - To construct a tree, create an instance of vtkMutableDirectedGraph. - Add vertices and edges with AddVertex() and AddEdge(). You may alternately - start by adding a single vertex as the root then call graph->AddChild(parent) - which adds a new vertex and connects the parent to the child. - The tree MUST have all edges in the proper direction, from parent to child. - After building the tree, call tree->CheckedShallowCopy(graph) to copy the - structure into a vtkTree. This method will return false if the graph is - an invalid tree. - - vtkTree provides some convenience methods for obtaining the parent and - children of a vertex, for finding the root, and determining if a vertex - is a leaf (a vertex with no children). - - - - - vtkDirectedGraph vtkMutableDirectedGraph vtkGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the i-th child of a parent vertex. - - - - - Get the child vertices of a vertex. - This is a convenience method that functions exactly like - GetAdjacentVertices. - - - - - Return whether the vertex is a leaf (i.e. it has no children). - - - - - Return whether the vertex is a leaf (i.e. it has no children). - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Get the level of the vertex in the tree. The root vertex has level 0. - Returns -1 if the vertex id is < 0 or greater than the number of vertices - in the tree. - - - - - Get the number of children of a vertex. - - - - - Get the parent of a vertex. - - - - - Get the root vertex of the tree. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return whether the vertex is a leaf (i.e. it has no children). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reorder the children of a parent vertex. - The children array must contain all the children of parent, - just in a different order. - This does not change the topology of the tree. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTreeBFSIterator - breadth first search iterator through a vtkTree - - - - Description - vtkTreeBFSIterator performs a breadth first search of a tree. - - After setting up the iterator, the normal mode of operation is to - set up a <code>while(iter->HasNext())</code> loop, with the statement - <code>vtkIdType vertex = iter->Next()</code> inside the loop. - - Thanks - Thanks to David Doria for submitting this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the visit mode of the iterator. Mode can be - DISCOVER (0): Order by discovery time - FINISH (1): Order by finish time - Default is DISCOVER. - Use DISCOVER for top-down algorithms where parents need to be processed before children. - Use FINISH for bottom-up algorithms where children need to be processed before parents. - - - - - The start vertex of the seedgeh. - The tree iterator will only iterate over the subtree rooted at vertex. - If not set (or set to a negative value), starts at the root of the tree. - - - - - Return true when all vertices have been visited. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The next vertex visited in the graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the visit mode of the iterator. Mode can be - DISCOVER (0): Order by discovery time - FINISH (1): Order by finish time - Default is DISCOVER. - Use DISCOVER for top-down algorithms where parents need to be processed before children. - Use FINISH for bottom-up algorithms where children need to be processed before parents. - - - - - The start vertex of the seedgeh. - The tree iterator will only iterate over the subtree rooted at vertex. - If not set (or set to a negative value), starts at the root of the tree. - - - - - Set the graph to iterate over. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTreeDFSIterator - depth first seedgeh iterator through a vtkGraph - - - - Description - vtkTreeDFSIterator performs a depth first seedgeh of a tree. First, - you must set the tree on which you are going to iterate, and set - the starting vertex and mode. The mode is either DISCOVER, in which - case vertices are visited as they are first reached, or FINISH, in which - case vertices are visited when they are done, i.e. all adjacent vertices - have been discovered already. - - After setting up the iterator, the normal mode of operation is to - set up a <code>while(iter->HasNext())</code> loop, with the statement - <code>vtkIdType vertex = iter->Next()</code> inside the loop. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the visit mode of the iterator. Mode can be - DISCOVER (0): Order by discovery time - FINISH (1): Order by finish time - Default is DISCOVER. - Use DISCOVER for top-down algorithms where parents need to be processed before children. - Use FINISH for bottom-up algorithms where children need to be processed before parents. - - - - - The start vertex of the seedgeh. - The tree iterator will only iterate over the subtree rooted at vertex. - If not set (or set to a negative value), starts at the root of the tree. - - - - - Return true when all vertices have been visited. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The next vertex visited in the graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the visit mode of the iterator. Mode can be - DISCOVER (0): Order by discovery time - FINISH (1): Order by finish time - Default is DISCOVER. - Use DISCOVER for top-down algorithms where parents need to be processed before children. - Use FINISH for bottom-up algorithms where children need to be processed before parents. - - - - - The start vertex of the seedgeh. - The tree iterator will only iterate over the subtree rooted at vertex. - If not set (or set to a negative value), starts at the root of the tree. - - - - - Set the graph to iterate over. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTriangle - a cell that represents a triangle - - - Description - vtkTriangle is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a triangle - located in 3-space. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a 2D point x[2], determine the barycentric coordinates of the point. - Barycentric coordinates are a natural coordinate system for simplices that - express a position as a linear combination of the vertices. For a - triangle, there are three barycentric coordinates (because there are - three vertices), and the sum of the coordinates must equal 1. If a - point x is inside a simplex, then all three coordinates will be strictly - positive. If two coordinates are zero (so the third =1), then the - point x is on a vertex. If one coordinates are zero, the point x is on an - edge. In this method, you must specify the vertex coordinates x1->x3. - Returns 0 if triangle is degenerate. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the circumcenter (center[3]) and radius squared (method - return value) of a triangle defined by the three points x1, x2, - and x3. (Note that the coordinates are 2D. 3D points can be used - but the z-component will be ignored.) - - - - - Clip this triangle using scalar value provided. Like contouring, except - that it cuts the triangle to produce other triangles. - - - - - A convenience function to compute the area of a vtkTriangle. - - - - - Compute the triangle normal from a points list, and a list of point ids - that index into the points list. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Calculate the error quadric for this triangle. Return the - quadric as a 4x4 matrix or a vtkQuadric. (from Peter - Lindstrom's Siggraph 2000 paper, "Out-of-Core Simplification of - Large Polygonal Models") - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Get the edge specified by edgeId (range 0 to 2) and return that edge's - coordinates. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge (`edgeId`). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the distance of the parametric coordinate provided to the - cell. If inside the cell, a distance of zero is returned. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkTriangle::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkTriangle::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Plane intersection plus in/out test on triangle. The in/out test is - performed using tol as the tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Given a point x, determine whether it is inside (within the - tolerance squared, tol2) the triangle defined by the three - coordinate values p1, p2, p3. Method is via comparing dot products. - (Note: in current implementation the tolerance only works in the - neighborhood of the three vertices of the triangle. - - - - - Project triangle defined in 3D to 2D coordinates. Returns 0 if - degenerate triangle; non-zero value otherwise. Input points are x1->x3; - output 2D points are v1->v3. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkTriangleStrip - a cell that represents a triangle strip - - - Description - vtkTriangleStrip is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 2D - triangle strip. A triangle strip is a compact representation of triangles - connected edge to edge in strip fashion. The connectivity of a triangle - strip is three points defining an initial triangle, then for each - additional triangle, a single point that, combined with the previous two - points, defines the next triangle. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Given a triangle strip, decompose it into a list of (triangle) - polygons. The polygons are appended to the end of the list of triangles. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the center of the point cloud in parametric coordinates. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkTriQuadraticHexahedron - cell represents a parabolic, 27-node isoparametric hexahedron - - - Description - vtkTriQuadraticHexahedron is a concrete implementation of vtkNonLinearCell to - represent a three-dimensional, 27-node isoparametric triquadratic - hexahedron. The interpolation is the standard finite element, triquadratic - isoparametric shape function. The cell includes 8 edge nodes, 12 mid-edge nodes, - 6 mid-face nodes and one mid-volume node. The ordering of the 27 points defining the - cell is point ids (0-7,8-19, 20-25, 26) - where point ids 0-7 are the eight corner vertices of the cube; followed by - twelve midedge nodes (8-19); followed by 6 mid-face nodes (20-25) and the last node (26) - is the mid-volume node. Note that these midedge nodes correspond lie - on the edges defined by (0,1), (1,2), (2,3), (3,0), (4,5), (5,6), (6,7), - (7,4), (0,4), (1,5), (2,6), (3,7). The mid-surface nodes lies on the faces - defined by (first edge nodes id's, than mid-edge nodes id's): - (0,1,5,4;8,17,12,16), (1,2,6,5;9,18,13,17), (2,3,7,6,10,19,14,18), - (3,0,4,7;11,16,15,19), (0,1,2,3;8,9,10,11), (4,5,6,7;12,13,14,15). - The last point lies in the center of the cell (0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7). - - \verbatim - - top - 7--14--6 - | | - 15 25 13 - | | - 4--12--5 - - middle - 19--23--18 - | | - 20 26 21 - | | - 16--22--17 - - bottom - 3--10--2 - | | - 11 24 9 - | | - 0-- 8--1 - - \endverbatim - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Clip this triquadratic hexahedron using scalar value provided. Like - contouring, except that it cuts the hex to produce linear - tetrahedron. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkTriQuadraticHexahedron::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkTriQuadraticHexahedron::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Line-edge intersection. Intersection has to occur within [0,1] parametric - coordinates and with specified tolerance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement the vtkCell API. See the vtkCell API for descriptions - of these methods. - - - - - vtkTrivialProducer - Producer for stand-alone data objects. - - - Description - vtkTrivialProducer allows stand-alone data objects to be connected - as inputs in a pipeline. All data objects that are connected to a - pipeline involving vtkAlgorithm must have a producer. This trivial - producer allows data objects that are hand-constructed in a program - without another vtk producer to be connected. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The modified time of this producer is the newer of this object or - the assigned output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the data object that is "produced" by this producer. It is - never really modified. - - - - - vtkUndirectedGraphAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce undirected graph as output - - - - Description - vtkUndirectedGraphAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline edgehitecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be Graph. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkUniformGrid - image data with blanking - - - Description - vtkUniformGrid is a subclass of vtkImageData. In addition to all - the image data functionality, it supports blanking. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an empty uniform grid. - - - - - Construct an empty uniform grid. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - cells in the structured grid. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - points in the structured grid, and hence the cells connected to them. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Copy the geometric and topological structure of an input image data - object. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the cells, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Get the array that defines the blanking (visibility) of each cell. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the cells, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the cells, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Return what type of dataset this is. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the points, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Get the array that defines the blanking (visibility) of each point. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Construct an empty uniform grid. - - - - - Return non-zero value if specified cell is visible. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Return non-zero value if specified point is visible. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Construct an empty uniform grid. - - - - - Returns 1 if there is any visibility constraint on the cells, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Construct an empty uniform grid. - - - - - Construct an empty uniform grid. - - - - - Set an array that defines the (blanking) visibility of the cells - in the grid. Make sure that length of the visibility array matches - the number of points in the grid. - - - - - Set an array that defines the (blanking) visibility of the points - in the grid. Make sure that length of the visibility array matches - the number of points in the grid. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - cells in the structured grid. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - Methods for supporting blanking of cells. Blanking turns on or off - points in the structured grid, and hence the cells connected to them. - These methods should be called only after the dimensions of the - grid are set. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only unstructured grid as output - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters - use it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGrid - dataset represents arbitrary combinations of - all possible cell types - - - Description - vtkUnstructuredGrid is a data object that is a concrete implementation of - vtkDataSet. vtkUnstructuredGrid represents any combinations of any cell - types. This includes 0D (e.g., points), 1D (e.g., lines, polylines), 2D - (e.g., triangles, polygons), and 3D (e.g., hexahedron, tetrahedron, - polyhedron, etc.). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Convert pid in a face stream into idMap[pid]. The face stream is of format - [nCellFaces, nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...]. The user is - responsible to make sure all the Ids in faceStream do not exceed the - range of idMap. - - - - - Convert pid in a face stream into idMap[pid]. The face stream is of format - [nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...]. The user is responsible to - make sure all the Ids in faceStream do not exceed the range of idMap. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - A static method for converting a polyhedron vtkCellArray of format - [nCellFaces, nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...] - into three components: (1) an integer indicating the number of faces - (2) a standard vtkCellArray storing point ids [nCell0Pts, i, j, k] - and (3) an vtkIdTypeArray storing face connectivity in format - [nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...] - Note: input is assumed to contain only one polyhedron cell. - Outputs (2) and (3) will be stacked at the end of the input - cellArray and faces. The original data in the input will not - be touched. - - - - - A static method for converting a polyhedron vtkCellArray of format - [nCellFaces, nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...] - into three components: (1) an integer indicating the number of faces - (2) a standard vtkCellArray storing point ids [nCell0Pts, i, j, k] - and (3) an vtkIdTypeArray storing face connectivity in format - [nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...] - Note: input is assumed to contain only one polyhedron cell. - Outputs (2) and (3) will be stacked at the end of the input - cellArray and faces. The original data in the input will not - be touched. - - - - - A static method for converting an input polyhedron cell stream of format - [nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...] - into three components: (1) an integer indicating the number of faces - (2) a standard vtkCellArray storing point ids [nCell0Pts, i, j, k] - and (3) an vtkIdTypeArray storing face connectivity in format - [nFace0Pts, i, j, k, nFace1Pts, i, j, k, ...] - Note: input is assumed to contain only one polyhedron cell. - Outputs (2) and (3) will be stacked at the end of the input - cellArray and faces. The original data in the input will not - be touched. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Return the actual size of the data in kilobytes. This number - is valid only after the pipeline has updated. The memory size - returned is guaranteed to be greater than or equal to the - memory required to represent the data (e.g., extra space in - arrays, etc. are not included in the return value). THIS METHOD - IS THREAD SAFE. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Topological inquiry to get all cells using list of points exclusive of - cell specified (e.g., cellId). - THIS METHOD IS THREAD SAFE IF FIRST CALLED FROM A SINGLE THREAD AND - THE DATASET IS NOT MODIFIED - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet API methods. See vtkDataSet for more information. - - - - - Get pointer to faces and facelocations. Support for polyhedron cells. - - - - - Get the face stream of a polyhedron cell in the following format: - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...). - If the requested cell is not a polyhedron, then the standard GetCellPoints - is called to return a list of unique point ids (id1, id2, id3, ...). - - - - - Special support for polyhedron. Return NULL for all other cell types. - - - - - Get pointer to faces and facelocations. Support for polyhedron cells. - - - - - Get the ghost level. - - - - - Fill vtkIdTypeArray container with list of cell Ids. This - method traverses all cells and, for a particular cell type, - inserts the cell Id into the container. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Set / Get the piece and the number of pieces. Similar to extent in 3D. - - - - - Set / Get the piece and the number of pieces. Similar to extent in 3D. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - We need this here to avoid hiding superclass method - - - - - We need this here to avoid hiding superclass method - - - - - For streaming. User/next filter specifies which piece the want updated. - The source of this poly data has to return exactly this piece. - - - - - We need this here to avoid hiding superclass method - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Special function used by vtkUnstructuredGridReader. - By default vtkUnstructuredGrid does not contain face information, which is - only used by polyhedron cells. If so far no polyhedron cells have been - added, Faces and FaceLocations pointers will be NULL. In this case, need to - initialize the arrays and assign values to the previous non-polyhedron cells. - - - - - Insert/create cell in object by type and list of point ids defining - cell topology. Most cells require just a type which implicitly defines - a set of points and their ordering. For non-polyhedron cell type, npts - is the number of unique points in the cell. pts are the list of global - point Ids. For polyhedron cell, a special input format is required. - npts is the number of faces in the cell. ptIds is the list of face stream: - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - - - - - Insert/create cell in object by a list of point ids defining - cell topology. Most cells require just a type which implicitly defines - a set of points and their ordering. For non-polyhedron cell type, ptIds - is the list of global Ids of unique cell points. For polyhedron cell, - a special ptIds input format is required: - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - - - - - Desciption: - Insert/create a polyhedron cell. npts is the number of unique points in - the cell. pts is the list of the unique cell point Ids. nfaces is the - number of faces in the cell. faces is the face-stream - [numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...]. - All point Ids are global. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Traverse cells and determine if cells are all of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method will remove any cell that has a ghost level array value - greater or equal to level. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Special methods specific to vtkUnstructuredGrid for defining the cells - composing the dataset. Most cells require just arrays of cellTypes, - cellLocations and cellConnectivities which implicitly define the set of - points in each cell and their ordering. In those cases the - cellConnectivities are of the format - (numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts, id1, id2, id3...). However, some - cells like vtkPolyhedron require points plus a list of faces. To handle - vtkPolyhedron, SetCells() support a special input cellConnectivities format - (numCellFaces, numFace0Pts, id1, id2, id3, numFace1Pts,id1, id2, id3, ...) - The functions use vtkPolyhedron::DecomposeAPolyhedronCell() to convert - polyhedron cells into standard format. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Standard vtkDataSet methods; see vtkDataSet.h for documentation. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridToPolyDataFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - vtkUnstructuredGridToPolyDataFilter is an abstract filter class whose - subclasses take as input datasets of type vtkUnstructuredGrid and - generate polygonal data on output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Do not let datasets return more than requested. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridToUnstructuredGridFilter - abstract filter class - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input Grid or filter. - - - - - vtkVertex - a cell that represents a 3D point - - - Description - vtkVertex is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 3D point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given parametric coordinates of a point, return the closest cell - boundary, and whether the point is inside or outside of the cell. The - cell boundary is defined by a list of points (pts) that specify a vertex - (1D cell). If the return value of the method is != 0, then the point is - inside the cell. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Generate contouring primitives. The scalar list cellScalars are - scalar values at each cell point. The point locator is essentially a - points list that merges points as they are inserted (i.e., prevents - duplicates). - - - - - Get the derivative of the vertex. Returns (0.0, 0.0, 0.0) for all - dimensions. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkVertex::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkVertex::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Intersect with a ray. Return parametric coordinates (both line and cell) - and global intersection coordinates, given ray definition and tolerance. - The method returns non-zero value if intersection occurs. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Triangulate the vertex. This method fills pts and ptIds with information - from the only point in the vertex. - - - - - vtkVertexListIterator - Iterates all vertices in a graph. - - - - Description - vtkVertexListIterator iterates through all vertices in a graph. - Create an instance of this and call graph->GetVertices(it) to initialize - this iterator. You may alternately call SetGraph() to initialize the - iterator. - - - - - vtkGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the graph associated with this iterator. - - - - - Whether this iterator has more edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns the next edge in the graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Setup the iterator with a graph. - - - - - vtkViewDependentErrorMetric - Objects that compute a - screen-based error during cell tessellation. - - - - Description - It is a concrete error metric, based on a geometric criterium in - the screen space: the variation of the projected edge from a projected - straight line - - - - - vtkGenericCellTessellator vtkGenericSubdivisionErrorMetric - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default squared screen-based geometric - accuracy measured in pixels equal to 0.25 (0.5^2). - - - - - Construct the error metric with a default squared screen-based geometric - accuracy measured in pixels equal to 0.25 (0.5^2). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the error at the mid-point. The type of error depends on the state - of the concrete error metric. For instance, it can return an absolute - or relative error metric. - See RequiresEdgeSubdivision() for a description of the arguments. - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the squared screen-based geometric accurary measured in pixels. - An accuracy less or equal to 0.25 (0.5^2) ensures that the screen-space - interpolation of a mid-point matchs exactly with the projection of the - mid-point (a value less than 1 but greater than 0.25 is not enough, - because of 8-neighbors). Maybe it is useful for lower accuracy in case of - anti-aliasing? - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Set/Get the renderer with `renderer' on which the error metric - is based. The error metric use the active camera of the renderer. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Does the edge need to be subdivided according to the distance between - the line passing through its endpoints in screen space and the projection - of its mid point? - The edge is defined by its `leftPoint' and its `rightPoint'. - `leftPoint', `midPoint' and `rightPoint' have to be initialized before - calling RequiresEdgeSubdivision(). - Their format is global coordinates, parametric coordinates and - point centered attributes: xyx rst abc de... - `alpha' is the normalized abscissa of the midpoint along the edge. - (close to 0 means close to the left point, close to 1 means close to the - right point) - \pre leftPoint_exists: leftPoint!=0 - \pre midPoint_exists: midPoint!=0 - \pre rightPoint_exists: rightPoint!=0 - \pre clamped_alpha: alpha>0 && alpha<1 - \pre valid_size: sizeof(leftPoint)=sizeof(midPoint)=sizeof(rightPoint) - =GetAttributeCollection()->GetNumberOfPointCenteredComponents()+6 - - - - - Standard VTK type and error macros. - - - - - Set the squared screen-based geometric accuracy measured in pixels. - Subdivision will be required if the square distance between the projection - of the real point and the straight line passing through the projection - of the vertices of the edge is greater than `value'. - For instance, 0.25 will give better result than 1. - \pre positive_value: value>0 - - - - - Set/Get the renderer with `renderer' on which the error metric - is based. The error metric use the active camera of the renderer. - - - - - vtkViewport - abstract specification for Viewports - - - Description - vtkViewport provides an abstract specification for Viewports. A Viewport - is an object that controls the rendering process for objects. Rendering - is the process of converting geometry, a specification for lights, and - a camera view into an image. vtkViewport also performs coordinate - transformation between world coordinates, view coordinates (the computer - graphics rendering coordinate system), and display coordinates (the - actual screen coordinates on the display device). Certain advanced - rendering features such as two-sided lighting can also be controlled. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - Add a prop to the list of props. Prop is the superclass of all - actors, volumes, 2D actors, composite props etc. - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of the rendered image. This is computed - automatically and should not be set by the user. - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - Convert display coordinates to view coordinates. - - - - - Convert display (or screen) coordinates to world coordinates. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of the rendered image. This is computed - automatically and should not be set by the user. - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of the rendered image. This is computed - automatically and should not be set by the user. - - - - - Set/Get the background color of the rendering screen using an rgb color - specification. - - - - - Set/Get the background color of the rendering screen using an rgb color - specification. - - - - - Set/Get the background color of the rendering screen using an rgb color - specification. - - - - - Set/Get the second background color of the rendering screen - for gradient backgrounds using an rgb color specification. - - - - - Set/Get the second background color of the rendering screen - for gradient backgrounds using an rgb color specification. - - - - - Set/Get the second background color of the rendering screen - for gradient backgrounds using an rgb color specification. - - - - - Return the center of this viewport in display coordinates. - - - - - Set/get a point location in display (or screen) coordinates. - The lower left corner of the window is the origin and y increases - as you go up the screen. - - - - - Set/get a point location in display (or screen) coordinates. - The lower left corner of the window is the origin and y increases - as you go up the screen. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a gradient background - using the Background (top) and Background2 (bottom) colors. - Default is off. - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Get the size and origin of the viewport in display coordinates. Note: - if the window has not yet been realized, GetSize() and GetOrigin() - return (0,0). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Methods used to return the pick (x,y) in local display coordinates (i.e., - it's that same as selectionX and selectionY). - - - - - Return the Z value for the last picked Prop. - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of a pixel in the rendered image. - This factor permits the image to rendered anisotropically - (i.e., stretched in one direction or the other). - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of a pixel in the rendered image. - This factor permits the image to rendered anisotropically - (i.e., stretched in one direction or the other). - - - - - Get the size and origin of the viewport in display coordinates. Note: - if the window has not yet been realized, GetSize() and GetOrigin() - return (0,0). - - - - - Get the size and origin of the viewport in display coordinates. Note: - if the window has not yet been realized, GetSize() and GetOrigin() - return (0,0). - - - - - Get the size and origin of the viewport in display coordinates. Note: - if the window has not yet been realized, GetSize() and GetOrigin() - return (0,0). - - - - - Return the vtkWindow that owns this vtkViewport. - - - - - Specify a point location in view coordinates. The origin is in the - middle of the viewport and it extends from -1 to 1 in all three - dimensions. - - - - - Specify a point location in view coordinates. The origin is in the - middle of the viewport and it extends from -1 to 1 in all three - dimensions. - - - - - Return any props in this viewport. - - - - - Specify the viewport for the Viewport to draw in the rendering window. - Coordinates are expressed as (xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax), where each - coordinate is 0 <= coordinate <= 1.0. - - - - - Specify the viewport for the Viewport to draw in the rendering window. - Coordinates are expressed as (xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax), where each - coordinate is 0 <= coordinate <= 1.0. - - - - - Specify a point location in world coordinates. This method takes - homogeneous coordinates. - - - - - Specify a point location in world coordinates. This method takes - homogeneous coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a gradient background - using the Background (top) and Background2 (bottom) colors. - Default is off. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a gradient background - using the Background (top) and Background2 (bottom) colors. - Default is off. - - - - - Query if a prop is in the list of props. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is a given display point in this Viewport's viewport. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - Return the Prop that has the highest z value at the given x, y position - in the viewport. Basically, the top most prop that renders the pixel at - selectionX, selectionY will be returned. If no Props are there NULL is - returned. This method selects from the Viewports Prop list. - - - - - Same as PickProp with two arguments, but selects from the given - collection of Props instead of the Renderers props. Make sure - the Props in the collection are in this renderer. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - Remove all actors from the list of actors. - - - - - Remove an actor from the list of actors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of the rendered image. This is computed - automatically and should not be set by the user. - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of the rendered image. This is computed - automatically and should not be set by the user. - - - - - Set/Get the background color of the rendering screen using an rgb color - specification. - - - - - Set/Get the background color of the rendering screen using an rgb color - specification. - - - - - Set/Get the second background color of the rendering screen - for gradient backgrounds using an rgb color specification. - - - - - Set/Get the second background color of the rendering screen - for gradient backgrounds using an rgb color specification. - - - - - Set/get a point location in display (or screen) coordinates. - The lower left corner of the window is the origin and y increases - as you go up the screen. - - - - - Set/get a point location in display (or screen) coordinates. - The lower left corner of the window is the origin and y increases - as you go up the screen. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a gradient background - using the Background (top) and Background2 (bottom) colors. - Default is off. - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of a pixel in the rendered image. - This factor permits the image to rendered anisotropically - (i.e., stretched in one direction or the other). - - - - - Set the aspect ratio of a pixel in the rendered image. - This factor permits the image to rendered anisotropically - (i.e., stretched in one direction or the other). - - - - - Specify a point location in view coordinates. The origin is in the - middle of the viewport and it extends from -1 to 1 in all three - dimensions. - - - - - Specify a point location in view coordinates. The origin is in the - middle of the viewport and it extends from -1 to 1 in all three - dimensions. - - - - - Specify the viewport for the Viewport to draw in the rendering window. - Coordinates are expressed as (xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax), where each - coordinate is 0 <= coordinate <= 1.0. - - - - - Specify the viewport for the Viewport to draw in the rendering window. - Coordinates are expressed as (xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax), where each - coordinate is 0 <= coordinate <= 1.0. - - - - - Specify a point location in world coordinates. This method takes - homogeneous coordinates. - - - - - Specify a point location in world coordinates. This method takes - homogeneous coordinates. - - - - - Convert view coordinates to display coordinates. - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - Convert view point coordinates to world coordinates. - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - Convert world point coordinates to display (or screen) coordinates. - - - - - These methods map from one coordinate system to another. - They are primarily used by the vtkCoordinate object and - are often strung together. These methods return valid information - only if the window has been realized (e.g., GetSize() returns - something other than (0,0)). - - - - - Convert world point coordinates to view coordinates. - - - - - vtkVoxel - a cell that represents a 3D orthogonal parallelepiped - - - Description - vtkVoxel is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a 3D - orthogonal parallelepiped. Unlike vtkHexahedron, vtkVoxel has interior - angles of 90 degrees, and sides are parallel to coordinate axes. This - results in large increases in computational performance. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See vtkCell3D API for description of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkVoxel::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions. - This static method is for convenience. Use the member function - if you already have an instance of a voxel. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkWedge - a 3D cell that represents a linear wedge - - - Description - vtkWedge is a concrete implementation of vtkCell to represent a linear 3D - wedge. A wedge consists of two triangular and three quadrilateral faces - and is defined by the six points (0-5). vtkWedge uses the standard - isoparametric shape functions for a linear wedge. The wedge is defined - by the six points (0-5) where (0,1,2) is the base of the wedge which, - using the right hand rule, forms a triangle whose normal points outward - (away from the triangular face (3,4,5)). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Return the ids of the vertices defining edge/face (`edgeId`/`faceId'). - Ids are related to the cell, not to the dataset. - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - Compute the interpolation functions/derivatives - (aka shape functions/derivatives) - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkWedge::InterpolateDerivs as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by vtkWedge::InterpolateFunctions as of VTK 5.2 - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - See the vtkCell API for descriptions of these methods. - - - - - vtkArrayData - Pipeline data object that contains multiple vtkArray objects. - - - - Description - Because vtkArray cannot be stored as attributes of data objects (yet), a "carrier" - object is needed to pass vtkArray through the pipeline. vtkArrayData acts as a - container of zero-to-many vtkArray instances, which can be retrieved via a zero-based - index. Note that a collection of arrays stored in vtkArrayData may-or-may-not have related - types, dimensions, or extents. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - vtkArrayDataAlgorithm, vtkArray - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds a vtkArray to the collection - - - - - Clears the contents of the collection - - - - - Return class name of data type (VTK_ARRAY_DATA). - - - - - Returns the n-th vtkArray in the collection - - - - - Returns the array having called name from the collection - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return class name of data type (VTK_ARRAY_DATA). - - - - - Returns the number of vtkArray instances in the collection - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return class name of data type (VTK_ARRAY_DATA). - - - - - vtkArrayDataAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce - vtkArrayDatas as output - - - - Description - vtkArrayDataAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be vtkArrayData. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - ExecuteData and ExecuteInformation. For new algorithms you should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) but for older filters - there is a default implementation that calls the old ExecuteData(output) - signature. For even older filters that don't implement ExecuteData the - default implementation calls the even older Execute() signature. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - vtkGenericContourFilter - generate isocontours from input dataset - - - Description - vtkGenericContourFilter is a filter that takes as input any (generic) - dataset and generates on output isosurfaces and/or isolines. The exact - form of the output depends upon the dimensionality of the input data. - Data consisting of 3D cells will generate isosurfaces, data consisting of - 2D cells will generate isolines, and data with 1D or 0D cells will - generate isopoints. Combinations of output type are possible if the input - dimension is mixed. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. - You can either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour - value, or use GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly - spaced contours. You can use ComputeNormalsOn to compute the normals - without the need of a vtkPolyDataNormals - - This filter has been implemented to operate on generic datasets, rather - than the typical vtkDataSet (and subclasses). vtkGenericDataSet is a more - complex cousin of vtkDataSet, typically consisting of nonlinear, - higher-order cells. To process this type of data, generic cells are - automatically tessellated into linear cells prior to isocontouring. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - If you want to contour by an arbitrary scalar attribute, then set its - name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active scalar array. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Modified GetMTime Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you want to contour by an arbitrary scalar attribute, then set its - name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active scalar array. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - Methods to set / get contour values. - - - - - vtkGenericGeometryFilter - extract geometry from data (or convert data to polygonal type) - - - Description - vtkGenericGeometryFilter is a general-purpose filter to extract geometry (and - associated data) from any type of dataset. Geometry is obtained as - follows: all 0D, 1D, and 2D cells are extracted. All 2D faces that are - used by only one 3D cell (i.e., boundary faces) are extracted. It also is - possible to specify conditions on point ids, cell ids, and on - bounding box (referred to as "Extent") to control the extraction process. - - This filter also may be used to convert any type of data to polygonal - type. The conversion process may be less than satisfactory for some 3D - datasets. For example, this filter will extract the outer surface of a - volume or structured grid dataset. (For structured data you may want to - use vtkImageDataGeometryFilter, vtkStructuredGridGeometryFilter, - vtkExtractUnstructuredGrid, vtkRectilinearGridGeometryFilter, or - vtkExtractVOI.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - vtkGenericClip - clip any dataset with an implicit function or scalar data - - - Description - vtkGenericClip is a filter that any type of dataset using either - any subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, or the input scalar - data. Clipping means that it actually "cuts" through the cells of - the dataset, returning everything inside of the specified implicit - function (or greater than the scalar value) including "pieces" of - a cell. (Compare this with vtkExtractGeometry, which pulls out - entire, uncut cells.) The output of this filter is an unstructured - grid. - - To use this filter, you must decide if you will be clipping with an - implicit function, or whether you will be using the input scalar - data. If you want to clip with an implicit function, you must: - 1) define an implicit function - 2) set it with the SetClipFunction method - 3) apply the GenerateClipScalarsOn method - If a ClipFunction is not specified, or GenerateClipScalars is off - (the default), then the input's scalar data will be used to clip - the polydata. - - You can also specify a scalar value, which is used to decide what is - inside and outside of the implicit function. You can also reverse the - sense of what inside/outside is by setting the InsideOut instance - variable. (The clipping algorithm proceeds by computing an implicit - function value or using the input scalar data for each point in the - dataset. This is compared to the scalar value to determine - inside/outside.) - - This filter can be configured to compute a second output. The - second output is the part of the cell that is clipped away. Set the - GenerateClippedData boolean on if you wish to access this output data. - - This filter has been implemented to operate on generic datasets, rather - than the typical vtkDataSet (and subclasses). vtkGenericDataSet is a more - complex cousin of vtkDataSet, typically consisting of nonlinear, - higher-order cells. To process this type of data, generic cells are - automatically tessellated into linear cells prior to isocontouring. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, - then the selected input scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - If you want to clip by an arbitrary array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active scalar array. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator and clip function. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you want to clip by an arbitrary array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active scalar array. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, - then the selected input scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. - - - - - vtkGenericProbeFilter - sample data values at specified point locations - - - Description - vtkGenericProbeFilter is a filter that computes point attributes (e.g., scalars, - vectors, etc.) at specified point positions. The filter has two inputs: - the Input and Source. The Input geometric structure is passed through the - filter. The point attributes are computed at the Input point positions - by interpolating into the source data. For example, we can compute data - values on a plane (plane specified as Input) from a volume (Source). - - This filter can be used to resample data, or convert one dataset form into - another. For example, a generic dataset can be probed with a volume - (three-dimensional vtkImageData), and then volume rendering techniques can - be used to visualize the results. Another example: a line or curve can be - used to probe data to produce x-y plots along that line or curve. - - This filter has been implemented to operate on generic datasets, rather - than the typical vtkDataSet (and subclasses). vtkGenericDataSet is a more - complex cousin of vtkDataSet, typically consisting of nonlinear, - higher-order cells. To process this type of data, generic cells are - automatically tessellated into linear cells prior to isocontouring. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. A generic dataset - type is assumed. - - - - - Get the list of point ids in the output that contain attribute data - interpolated from the source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. A generic dataset - type is assumed. - - - - - vtkGenericDataSetTessellator - tessellates generic, higher-order datasets into linear cells - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off generation of a cell centered attribute with ids of the - original cells (as an input cell is tessellated into several linear - cells). - The name of the data array is "OriginalIds". It is true by default. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off generation of a cell centered attribute with ids of the - original cells (as an input cell is tessellated into several linear - cells). - The name of the data array is "OriginalIds". It is true by default. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off generation of a cell centered attribute with ids of the - original cells (as an input cell is tessellated into several linear - cells). - The name of the data array is "OriginalIds". It is true by default. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off generation of a cell centered attribute with ids of the - original cells (as an input cell is tessellated into several linear - cells). - The name of the data array is "OriginalIds". It is true by default. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - vtkGenericCutter - cut a vtkGenericDataSet with an implicit function or scalar data - - - Description - vtkGenericCutter is a filter to cut through data using any subclass of - vtkImplicitFunction. That is, a polygonal surface is created - corresponding to the implicit function F(x,y,z) = value(s), where - you can specify one or more values used to cut with. - - In VTK, cutting means reducing a cell of dimension N to a cut surface - of dimension N-1. For example, a tetrahedron when cut by a plane (i.e., - vtkPlane implicit function) will generate triangles. (In comparison, - clipping takes a N dimensional cell and creates N dimension primitives.) - - vtkGenericCutter is generally used to "slice-through" a dataset, generating - a surface that can be visualized. It is also possible to use - vtkGenericCutter to do a form of volume rendering. vtkGenericCutter does - this by generating multiple cut surfaces (usually planes) which are ordered - (and rendered) from back-to-front. The surfaces are set translucent to give - a volumetric rendering effect. - - This filter has been implemented to operate on generic datasets, rather - than the typical vtkDataSet (and subclasses). vtkGenericDataSet is a more - complex cousin of vtkDataSet, typically consisting of nonlinear, - higher-order cells. To process this type of data, generic cells are - automatically tessellated into linear cells prior to isocontouring. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; initial value of 0.0; and - generating cut scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; initial value of 0.0; and - generating cut scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Override GetMTime because we delegate to vtkContourValues and refer to - vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkGenericGlyph3DFilter - copy oriented and scaled glyph geometry to every input point - - - Description - vtkGenericGlyph3DFilter is a filter that copies a geometric representation (called - a glyph) to every point in the input dataset. The glyph is defined with - polygonal data from a source filter input. The glyph may be oriented - along the input vectors or normals, and it may be scaled according to - scalar data or vector magnitude. More than one glyph may be used by - creating a table of source objects, each defining a different glyph. If a - table of glyphs is defined, then the table can be indexed into by using - either scalar value or vector magnitude. - - To use this object you'll have to provide an input dataset and a source - to define the glyph. Then decide whether you want to scale the glyph and - how to scale the glyph (using scalar value or vector magnitude). Next - decide whether you want to orient the glyph, and whether to use the - vector data or normal data to orient it. Finally, decide whether to use a - table of glyphs, or just a single glyph. If you use a table of glyphs, - you'll have to decide whether to index into it with scalar value or with - vector magnitude. - - Caveats - Contrary to vtkGlyph3D, the only way to specify which attributes will be - used for scaling, coloring and orienting is through SelectInputScalars(), - SelectInputVectors() and SelectInputNormals(). - - The scaling of the glyphs is controlled by the ScaleFactor ivar multiplied - by the scalar value at each point (if VTK_SCALE_BY_SCALAR is set), or - multiplied by the vector magnitude (if VTK_SCALE_BY_VECTOR is set), - Alternatively (if VTK_SCALE_BY_VECTORCOMPONENTS is set), the scaling - may be specified for x,y,z using the vector components. The - scale factor can be further controlled by enabling clamping using the - Clamping ivar. If clamping is enabled, the scale is normalized by the - Range ivar, and then multiplied by the scale factor. The normalization - process includes clamping the scale value between (0,1). - - Typically this object operates on input data with scalar and/or vector - data. However, scalar and/or vector aren't necessary, and it can be used - to copy data from a single source to each point. In this case the scale - factor can be used to uniformly scale the glyphs. - - The object uses "vector" data to scale glyphs, orient glyphs, and/or index - into a table of glyphs. You can choose to use either the vector or normal - data at each input point. Use the method SetVectorModeToUseVector() to use - the vector input data, and SetVectorModeToUseNormal() to use the - normal input data. - - If you do use a table of glyphs, make sure to set the Range ivar to make - sure the index into the glyph table is computed correctly. - - You can turn off scaling of the glyphs completely by using the Scaling - ivar. You can also turn off scaling due to data (either vector or scalar) - by using the SetScaleModeToDataScalingOff() method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on, scaling mode is by scalar value, - scale factor = 1.0, the range is (0,1), orient geometry is on, and - orientation is by vector. Clamping and indexing are turned off. No - initial sources are defined. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on, scaling mode is by scalar value, - scale factor = 1.0, the range is (0,1), orient geometry is on, and - orientation is by vector. Clamping and indexing are turned off. No - initial sources are defined. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Return the method of coloring as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. - - - - - Return the index mode as a character string. - - - - - If you want to use an arbitrary normals array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active normal array. - - - - - If you want to use an arbitrary scalars array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active scalar array. - - - - - If you want to use an arbitrary vectors array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active vector array. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the PointIds array if generated. By default the Ids - are named "InputPointIds", but this can be changed with this function. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Return the method of scaling as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Get a pointer to a source object at a specified table location. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Return the vector mode as a character string. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - If you want to use an arbitrary normals array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active normal array. - - - - - If you want to use an arbitrary scalars array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active scalar array. - - - - - If you want to use an arbitrary vectors array, then set its name here. - By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active vector array. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the PointIds array if generated. By default the Ids - are named "InputPointIds", but this can be changed with this function. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Set the source to use for the glyph. - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - vtkGenericStreamTracer - Streamline generator - - - Description - vtkGenericStreamTracer is a filter that integrates a vector field to - generate streamlines. The integration is performed using the provided - integrator. The default is second order Runge-Kutta. - - vtkGenericStreamTracer generate polylines as output. Each cell (polyline) - corresponds to one streamline. The values associated with each streamline - are stored in the cell data whereas the values associated with points - are stored in point data. - - Note that vtkGenericStreamTracer can integrate both forward and backward. - The length of the streamline is controlled by specifying either - a maximum value in the units of length, cell length or elapsed time - (the elapsed time is the time each particle would have traveled if - flow were steady). Otherwise, the integration terminates after exiting - the dataset or if the particle speed is reduced to a value less than - the terminal speed or when a maximum number of steps is reached. - The reason for the termination is stored in a cell array named - ReasonForTermination. - - The quality of integration can be controlled by setting integration - step (InitialIntegrationStep) and in the case of adaptive solvers - the maximum error, the minimum integration step and the maximum - integration step. All of these can have units of length, cell length - or elapsed time. - - The integration time, vorticity, rotation and angular velocity - are stored in point arrays named "IntegrationTime", "Vorticity", - "Rotation" and "AngularVelocity" respectively (vorticity, rotation - and angular velocity are computed only when ComputeVorticity is on). - All point attributes in the source data set are interpolated on the - new streamline points. - - vtkGenericStreamTracer integrates through any type of dataset. As a result, - if the dataset contains 2D cells such as polygons or triangles, the - integration is constrained to lie on the surface defined by the 2D cells. - - The starting point of traces may be defined in two different ways. - Starting from global x-y-z "position" allows you to start a single trace - at a specified x-y-z coordinate. If you specify a source object, - a trace will be generated for each point in the source that is - inside the dataset. - - - - - vtkRibbonFilter vtkRuledSurfaceFilter vtkInitialValueProblemSolver - vtkRungeKutta2 vtkRungeKutta4 vtkRungeKutta45 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object to start from position (0,0,0), integrate forward, - terminal speed 1.0E-12, vorticity computation on, integration - step length 0.5 (unit cell length), maximum number of steps 2000, - using 2nd order Runge Kutta and maximum propagation 1.0 (unit length). - - - - - Construct object to start from position (0,0,0), integrate forward, - terminal speed 1.0E-12, vorticity computation on, integration - step length 0.5 (unit cell length), maximum number of steps 2000, - using 2nd order Runge Kutta and maximum propagation 1.0 (unit length). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list inputs - - - - - Description - Turn on/off calculation of vorticity at streamline points - (necessary for generating proper streamribbons using the - vtkRibbonFilter. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off calculation of vorticity at streamline points - (necessary for generating proper streamribbons using the - vtkRibbonFilter. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off calculation of vorticity at streamline points - (necessary for generating proper streamribbons using the - vtkRibbonFilter. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - If you want to generate traces using an arbitrary vector array, - then set its name here. By default this in NULL and the filter will - use the active vector array. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum error in the integration. This value - is passed to the integrator. Therefore, it's meaning depends - on the integrator used. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum number of steps used in the integration. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Description - This can be used to scale the rate with which the streamribbons - twist. The default is 1. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Description - If at any point, the speed is below this value, the integration - is terminated. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you want to generate traces using an arbitrary vector array, - then set its name here. By default this in NULL and the filter will - use the active vector array. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off calculation of vorticity at streamline points - (necessary for generating proper streamribbons using the - vtkRibbonFilter. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify the initial step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - If the integrator is not adaptive, this is the actual - step used. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamtrace will be generated in the - upstream or downstream direction. - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance in the process of integration - (prototype pattern). The default is 2nd order Runge Kutta. - The integrator can also be changed using SetIntegratorType. - The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - The object used to interpolate the velocity field during - integration is of the same class as this prototype. - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum error in the integration. This value - is passed to the integrator. Therefore, it's meaning depends - on the integrator used. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the maximum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum number of steps used in the integration. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the streamlines expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Specify the minimum step used in the integration expressed in - one of the: - TIME_UNIT = 0 - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - Only valid when using adaptive integrators. - - - - - Description - This can be used to scale the rate with which the streamribbons - twist. The default is 1. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Description - If at any point, the speed is below this value, the integration - is terminated. - - - - - Description - If at any point, the speed is below this value, the integration - is terminated. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGenericOutlineFilter - create wireframe outline for arbitrary - generic data set - - - - Description - vtkGenericOutlineFilter is a filter that generates a wireframe outline of - any generic data set. The outline consists of the twelve edges of the - generic dataset bounding box. - - - - - vtkGenericDataSet - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompassRepresentation - provide a compass - - - Description - This class is used to represent and render a compass. - - - - - vtkContinuousValueWidgetRepresentation - provide the representation for a continuous value - - - Description - This class is used mainly as a superclass for continuous value widgets - - - - - - vtkWidgetRepresentation - abstract class defines interface between the widget and widget representation classes - - - Description - This class is used to define the API for, and partially implement, a - representation for different types of widgets. Note that the widget - representation (i.e., subclasses of vtkWidgetRepresentation) are a type of - vtkProp; meaning that they can be associated with a vtkRenderer end - embedded in a scene like any other vtkActor. However, - vtkWidgetRepresentation also defines an API that enables it to be paired - with a subclass vtkAbstractWidget, meaning that it can be driven by a - widget, serving to represent the widget as the widget responds to - registered events. - - The API defined here should be regarded as a guideline for implementing - widgets and widget representations. Widget behavior is complex, as is the - way the representation responds to the registered widget events, so the API - may vary from widget to widget to reflect this complexity. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkWidgetRepresentation must implement these methods. This is - considered the minimum API for a widget representation. - <pre> - SetRenderer() - the renderer in which the widget is to appear must be set. - BuildRepresentation() - update the geometry of the widget based on its - current state. - </pre> - WARNING: The renderer is NOT reference counted by the representation, - in order to avoid reference loops. Be sure that the representation - lifetime does not extend beyond the renderer lifetime. - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that appear as - part of the widget (if any). These handles (like spheres, etc.) are - used to manipulate the widget. The HandleSize data member allows you - to change the relative size of the handles. Note that while the handle - size is typically expressed in pixels, some subclasses may use a relative size - with respect to the viewport. (As a corollary, the value of this ivar is often - set by subclasses of this class during instance instantiation.) - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that appear as - part of the widget (if any). These handles (like spheres, etc.) are - used to manipulate the widget. The HandleSize data member allows you - to change the relative size of the handles. Note that while the handle - size is typically expressed in pixels, some subclasses may use a relative size - with respect to the viewport. (As a corollary, the value of this ivar is often - set by subclasses of this class during instance instantiation.) - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that appear as - part of the widget (if any). These handles (like spheres, etc.) are - used to manipulate the widget. The HandleSize data member allows you - to change the relative size of the handles. Note that while the handle - size is typically expressed in pixels, some subclasses may use a relative size - with respect to the viewport. (As a corollary, the value of this ivar is often - set by subclasses of this class during instance instantiation.) - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - Some subclasses use this data member to keep track of whether to render - or not (i.e., to minimize the total number of renders). - - - - - Some subclasses use this data member to keep track of whether to render - or not (i.e., to minimize the total number of renders). - - - - - Some subclasses use this data member to keep track of whether to render - or not (i.e., to minimize the total number of renders). - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkWidgetRepresentation must implement these methods. This is - considered the minimum API for a widget representation. - <pre> - SetRenderer() - the renderer in which the widget is to appear must be set. - BuildRepresentation() - update the geometry of the widget based on its - current state. - </pre> - WARNING: The renderer is NOT reference counted by the representation, - in order to avoid reference loops. Be sure that the representation - lifetime does not extend beyond the renderer lifetime. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Some subclasses use this data member to keep track of whether to render - or not (i.e., to minimize the total number of renders). - - - - - Some subclasses use this data member to keep track of whether to render - or not (i.e., to minimize the total number of renders). - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that appear as - part of the widget (if any). These handles (like spheres, etc.) are - used to manipulate the widget. The HandleSize data member allows you - to change the relative size of the handles. Note that while the handle - size is typically expressed in pixels, some subclasses may use a relative size - with respect to the viewport. (As a corollary, the value of this ivar is often - set by subclasses of this class during instance instantiation.) - - - - - Some subclasses use this data member to keep track of whether to render - or not (i.e., to minimize the total number of renders). - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkWidgetRepresentation must implement these methods. This is - considered the minimum API for a widget representation. - <pre> - SetRenderer() - the renderer in which the widget is to appear must be set. - BuildRepresentation() - update the geometry of the widget based on its - current state. - </pre> - WARNING: The renderer is NOT reference counted by the representation, - in order to avoid reference loops. Be sure that the representation - lifetime does not extend beyond the renderer lifetime. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. They are repeated here (from the - vtkProp superclass) as a reminder to the widget implementor. Failure to implement - these methods properly may result in the representation not appearing in the scene - (i.e., not implementing the Render() methods properly) or leaking graphics resources - (i.e., not implementing ReleaseGraphicsResources() properly). - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - The following is a suggested API for widget representations. These methods - define the communication between the widget and its representation. These - methods are only suggestions because widgets take on so many different - forms that a universal API is not deemed practical. However, these methods - should be implemented when possible to insure that the VTK widget hierarchy - remains self-consistent. - <pre> - PlaceWidget() - given a bounding box (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax), place - the widget inside of it. The current orientation of the widget - is preserved, only scaling and translation is performed. - StartWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a initial event (e.g., - mouse down) that starts the interaction process - with the widget. - WidgetInteraction() - invoked when an event causes the widget to change - appearance. - EndWidgetInteraction() - generally corresponds to a final event (e.g., mouse up) - and completes the interaction sequence. - ComputeInteractionState() - given (X,Y) display coordinates in a renderer, with a - possible flag that modifies the computation, - what is the state of the widget? - GetInteractionState() - return the current state of the widget. Note that the - value of "0" typically refers to "outside". The - interaction state is strictly a function of the - representation, and the widget/represent must agree - on what they mean. - Highlight() - turn on or off any highlights associated with the widget. - Highlights are generally turned on when the widget is selected. - </pre> - Note that subclasses may ignore some of these methods and implement their own - depending on the specifics of the widget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Set/Get the value - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Set/Get the value - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - virtual void Highlight(int); - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Set/Get the properties for the label and title text. - - - - - Position the first end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point1Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Position the second end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point2Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Get the slider properties. The properties of the slider when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the selection property. This property is used to modify the - appearance of selected objects (e.g., the slider). - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkCompassWidget - set a value by manipulating something - - - Description - The vtkCompassWidget is used to adjust a scalar value in an - application. Note that the actual appearance of the widget depends on - the specific representation for the widget. - - To use this widget, set the widget representation. (the details may - vary depending on the particulars of the representation). - - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If the slider bead is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select slider - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release slider - MouseMoveEvent - move slider - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkCompassWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkCompassWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - vtkAbstractWidget - define the API for widget / widget representation - - - Description - The vtkAbstractWidget defines an API and implements methods common to all - widgets using the interaction/representation design. In this design, the - term interaction means that part of the widget that performs event - handling, while the representation corresponds to a vtkProp (or the - subclass vtkWidgetRepresentation) used to represent the - widget. vtkAbstractWidget also implements some methods common to all - subclasses. - - Note that vtkAbstractWidget provides access to the - vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class is responsible for translating VTK - events (defined in vtkCommand.h) into widget events (defined in - vtkWidgetEvent.h). This class can be manipulated so that different VTK - events can be mapped into widget events, thereby allowing the modification - of event bindings. Each subclass of vtkAbstractWidget defines the events - to which it responds. - - Caveats - Note that the pair (vtkAbstractWidget/vtkWidgetRepresentation) are an - implementation of the second generation VTK Widgets design. In the first - generation design, widgets were implemented in a single monotonic - class. This design was problematic because in client-server applications - it was difficult to manage widgets properly. Also, new "representations" - or look-and-feel, for a widget required a whole new class, with a lot of - redundant code. The separation of the widget event handling and - representation enables users and developers to create new appearances for - the widget. It also facilitates parallel processing, where the client - application handles events, and remote representations of the widget are - slaves to the client (and do not handle events). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. The - representation defines the geometry of the widget (i.e., how it appears) - as well as providing special methods for manipulting the state and - appearance of the widget. - - - - - Get the event translator. Careful manipulation of this class enables - the user to override the default event bindings. - - - - - Turn on or off the management of the cursor. Cursor management is - typically disabled for subclasses when composite widgets are - created. For example, vtkHandleWidgets are often used to create - composite widgets, and the parent widget takes over the cursor - management. - - - - - Specifying a parent to this widget is used when creating composite - widgets. It is an internal method not meant to be used by the public. - When a widget has a parent, it defers the rendering to the parent. It - may also defer managing the cursor (see ManagesCursor ivar). - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Set this to Off to disable interaction. On by default. - Subclasses must overide SetProcessEvents() to make sure - that they pass on the flag to all component widgets. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Set this to Off to disable interaction. On by default. - Subclasses must overide SetProcessEvents() to make sure - that they pass on the flag to all component widgets. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Set this to Off to disable interaction. On by default. - Subclasses must overide SetProcessEvents() to make sure - that they pass on the flag to all component widgets. - - - - - Return an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of - vtkProp (typically a subclass of vtkWidgetRepresenation) so it can be - added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Standard macros implementing standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard macros implementing standard VTK methods. - - - - - Turn on or off the management of the cursor. Cursor management is - typically disabled for subclasses when composite widgets are - created. For example, vtkHandleWidgets are often used to create - composite widgets, and the parent widget takes over the cursor - management. - - - - - Turn on or off the management of the cursor. Cursor management is - typically disabled for subclasses when composite widgets are - created. For example, vtkHandleWidgets are often used to create - composite widgets, and the parent widget takes over the cursor - management. - - - - - Standard macros implementing standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Set this to Off to disable interaction. On by default. - Subclasses must overide SetProcessEvents() to make sure - that they pass on the flag to all component widgets. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Set this to Off to disable interaction. On by default. - Subclasses must overide SetProcessEvents() to make sure - that they pass on the flag to all component widgets. - - - - - This method is called by subclasses when a render method is to be - invoked on the vtkRenderWindowInteractor. This method should be called - (instead of vtkRenderWindow::Render() because it has built into it - optimizations for minimizing renders and/or speeding renders. - - - - - Standard macros implementing standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods for activating this widget. Note that the widget representation - must be specified or the widget will not appear. - ProcessEvents (On by default) must be On for Enabled widget to respond - to interaction. If ProcessEvents is Off, enabling/disabling a widget - merely affects the visibility of the representation. - - - - - Turn on or off the management of the cursor. Cursor management is - typically disabled for subclasses when composite widgets are - created. For example, vtkHandleWidgets are often used to create - composite widgets, and the parent widget takes over the cursor - management. - - - - - Specifying a parent to this widget is used when creating composite - widgets. It is an internal method not meant to be used by the public. - When a widget has a parent, it defers the rendering to the parent. It - may also defer managing the cursor (see ManagesCursor ivar). - - - - - Override the superclass method. This will automatically change the - priority of the widget. Unlike the superclass documentation, no - methods such as SetInteractor to null and reset it etc. are necessary - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Set this to Off to disable interaction. On by default. - Subclasses must overide SetProcessEvents() to make sure - that they pass on the flag to all component widgets. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - vtkGeoArcs - layout graph edges on a globe as arcs. - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - TODO: Change this to take in a vtkGeoTerrain to get altitude. - - - - - Return the modified time of this object. - - - - - The maximum number of pixels between points on the arcs. - If two adjacent points are farther than the threshold, - the line segment will be subdivided such that each point - is separated by at most the threshold. - - - - - The minimum number of pixels between points on the arcs. - Points closer than the threshold will be skipped until - a point farther than the minimum threshold is reached. - - - - - The renderer used to estimate the number of pixels between - points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - TODO: Change this to take in a vtkGeoTerrain to get altitude. - - - - - The maximum number of pixels between points on the arcs. - If two adjacent points are farther than the threshold, - the line segment will be subdivided such that each point - is separated by at most the threshold. - - - - - The minimum number of pixels between points on the arcs. - Points closer than the threshold will be skipped until - a point farther than the minimum threshold is reached. - - - - - The renderer used to estimate the number of pixels between - points. - - - - - vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation - A multi-resolution image tree - - - - Description - vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation represents a high resolution image - over the globle. It has an associated vtkGeoSource which is responsible - for fetching new data. This class keeps the fetched data in a quad-tree - structure organized by latitude and longitude. - - - - - vtkDataRepresentation - The superclass for all representations - - - - Description - vtkDataRepresentation the superclass for representations of data objects. - This class itself may be instantiated and used as a representation - that simply holds a connection to a pipeline. - - If there are multiple representations present in a view, you should use - a subclass of vtkDataRepresentation. The representation is - responsible for taking the input pipeline connection and converting it - to an object usable by a view. In the most common case, the representation - will contain the pipeline necessary to convert a data object into an actor - or set of actors. - - The representation has a concept of a selection. If the user performs a - selection operation on the view, the view forwards this on to its - representations. The representation is responsible for displaying that - selection in an appropriate way. - - Representation selections may also be linked. The representation shares - the selection by converting it into a view-independent format, then - setting the selection on its vtkAnnotationLink. Other representations - sharing the same selection link instance will get the same selection - from the selection link when the view is updated. The application is - responsible for linking representations as appropriate by setting the - same vtkAnnotationLink on each linked representation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Analagous to Select(). The view calls this method when it needs to - change the underlying annotations (some views might perform the - creation of annotations). The representation takes the annotations - and converts them into a selection on its data by calling ConvertAnnotations, - then calls UpdateAnnotations with the converted selection. - Subclasses should not overrride this method, but should instead - override ConvertSelection. - The optional third argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Analagous to Select(). The view calls this method when it needs to - change the underlying annotations (some views might perform the - creation of annotations). The representation takes the annotations - and converts them into a selection on its data by calling ConvertAnnotations, - then calls UpdateAnnotations with the converted selection. - Subclasses should not overrride this method, but should instead - override ConvertSelection. - The optional third argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Apply a theme to this representation. - Subclasses should override this method. - - - - - Convert the selection to a type appropriate for sharing with other - representations through vtkAnnotationLink, possibly using the view. - For the superclass, we just return the same selection. - Subclasses may do something more fancy, like convert the selection - from a frustrum to a list of pedigree ids. If the selection cannot - be applied to this representation, return NULL. - - - - - The annotation link for this representation. - To link annotations, set the same vtkAnnotationLink object in - multiple representations. - - - - - Convenience override method for obtaining the input connection - without specifying the port or index. - - - - - The output port that contains the annotations whose selections are - localized for a particular input data object. - This should be used when connecting the internal pipelines. - - - - - The output port that contains the annotations whose selections are - localized for a particular input data object. - This should be used when connecting the internal pipelines. - - - - - The output port that contains the annotations whose selections are - localized for a particular input data object. - This should be used when connecting the internal pipelines. - - - - - Retrieves an output port for the input data object at the specified port - and connection index. This may be connected to the representation's - internal pipeline. - - - - - Retrieves an output port for the input data object at the specified port - and connection index. This may be connected to the representation's - internal pipeline. - - - - - Retrieves an output port for the input data object at the specified port - and connection index. This may be connected to the representation's - internal pipeline. - - - - - The output port that contains the selection associated with the - current annotation (normally the interactive selection). - This should be used when connecting the internal pipelines. - - - - - The output port that contains the selection associated with the - current annotation (normally the interactive selection). - This should be used when connecting the internal pipelines. - - - - - The output port that contains the selection associated with the - current annotation (normally the interactive selection). - This should be used when connecting the internal pipelines. - - - - - Whether this representation is able to handle a selection. - Default is true. - - - - - If a VALUES selection, the array used to produce a selection. - - - - - If a VALUES selection, the arrays used to produce a selection. - - - - - Set the selection type produced by this view. - This should be one of the content type constants defined in - vtkSelectionNode.h. Common values are - vtkSelectionNode::INDICES - vtkSelectionNode::PEDIGREEIDS - vtkSelectionNode::VALUES - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The view calls this method when a selection occurs. - The representation takes this selection and converts it into - a selection on its data by calling ConvertSelection, - then calls UpdateSelection with the converted selection. - Subclasses should not overrride this method, but should instead - override ConvertSelection. - The optional third argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - The view calls this method when a selection occurs. - The representation takes this selection and converts it into - a selection on its data by calling ConvertSelection, - then calls UpdateSelection with the converted selection. - Subclasses should not overrride this method, but should instead - override ConvertSelection. - The optional third argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Whether this representation is able to handle a selection. - Default is true. - - - - - Whether this representation is able to handle a selection. - Default is true. - - - - - The annotation link for this representation. - To link annotations, set the same vtkAnnotationLink object in - multiple representations. - - - - - Whether this representation is able to handle a selection. - Default is true. - - - - - If a VALUES selection, the array used to produce a selection. - - - - - If a VALUES selection, the arrays used to produce a selection. - - - - - Set the selection type produced by this view. - This should be one of the content type constants defined in - vtkSelectionNode.h. Common values are - vtkSelectionNode::INDICES - vtkSelectionNode::PEDIGREEIDS - vtkSelectionNode::VALUES - - - - - Updates the selection in the selection link and fires a selection - change event. Subclasses should not overrride this method, - but should instead override ConvertSelection. - The optional second argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Updates the selection in the selection link and fires a selection - change event. Subclasses should not overrride this method, - but should instead override ConvertSelection. - The optional second argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Updates the selection in the selection link and fires a selection - change event. Subclasses should not overrride this method, - but should instead override ConvertSelection. - The optional second argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Updates the selection in the selection link and fires a selection - change event. Subclasses should not overrride this method, - but should instead override ConvertSelection. - The optional second argument specifies whether the selection should be - added to the previous selection on this representation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Retrieve the most refined image patch that covers the specified - latitude and longitude bounds (lat-min, lat-max, long-min, long-max). - - - - - The source for this representation. This must be set first before - calling GetBestImageForBounds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Serialize the database to the specified directory. - Each image is stored as a .vti file. - The Origin and Spacing of the saved image contain (lat-min, long-min) - and (lat-max, long-max), respectively. - Files are named based on their level and id within that level. - - - - - The source for this representation. This must be set first before - calling GetBestImageForBounds. - - - - - vtkGeoAlignedImageSource - Splits hi-res image into tiles. - - - - Description - vtkGeoAlignedImageSource uses a high resolution image to generate tiles - at multiple resolutions in a hierarchy. It should be used as a source in - vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation. - - - - - vtkGeoSource - A multi-resolution geographic data source - - - - Description - vtkGeoSource is an abstract superclass for all multi-resolution data sources - shown in a geographic view like vtkGeoView or vtkGeoView2D. vtkGeoSource - subclasses need to implement the FetchRoot() method, which fills a - vtkGeoTreeNode with the low-res data at the root, and FetchChild(), which - produces a refinement of a parent node. Other geovis classes such as - vtkGeoTerrain, vtkGeoTerrain2D, and vtkGeoAlignedImageSource use a - vtkGeoSource subclass to build their geometry or image caches which are - stored in trees. The source itself does not maintain the tree, but - simply provides a mechanism for generating refined tree nodes. - - Sources are multi-threaded. Each source may have one or more worker threads - associated with it, which this superclass manages. It is essential that the - FetchChild() method is thread-safe, since it may be called from multiple - workers simultaneously. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Blocking access methods to be implemented in subclasses. - - - - - Blocking access methods to be implemented in subclasses. - - - - - Non-blocking methods for to use from the main application. - After calling RequestChildren() for a certain node, - GetRequestedNodes() will after a certain period of time return a - non-null pointer to a collection of four vtkGeoTreeNode objects, - which are the four children of the requested node. - The collection is reference counted, so you need to eventually - call Delete() on the returned collection pointer (if it is non-null). - - - - - Return the projection transformation used by this source. - - - - - Spawn worker threads. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Non-blocking methods for to use from the main application. - After calling RequestChildren() for a certain node, - GetRequestedNodes() will after a certain period of time return a - non-null pointer to a collection of four vtkGeoTreeNode objects, - which are the four children of the requested node. - The collection is reference counted, so you need to eventually - call Delete() on the returned collection pointer (if it is non-null). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shut down the source. This terminates the thread and releases memory. - - - - - Shut down the source. This terminates the thread and releases memory. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Fetch a child image. - - - - - Fetch the root image. - - - - - The high-resolution image to be used to cover the globe. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The overlap of adjacent tiles. - - - - - The overlap of adjacent tiles. - - - - - The overlap of adjacent tiles. - - - - - Whether to force image sizes to a power of two. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to force image sizes to a power of two. - - - - - Whether to force image sizes to a power of two. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The high-resolution image to be used to cover the globe. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The range of the input hi-res image. - - - - - The overlap of adjacent tiles. - - - - - Whether to force image sizes to a power of two. - - - - - vtkGeoArcs - Layout graph edges on a globe as arcs. - - - - Description - vtkGeoArcs produces arcs for each line in the input polydata. This is useful - for viewing lines on a sphere (e.g. the earth). The arcs may "jump" above - the sphere's surface using ExplodeFactor. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Factor on which to "explode" the arcs away from the surface. - A value of 0.0 keeps the values on the surface. - Values larger than 0.0 push the arcs away from the surface by a distance - proportional to the distance between the points. - The default is 0.2. - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - - - - - The number of subdivisions in the arc. - The default is 20. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Factor on which to "explode" the arcs away from the surface. - A value of 0.0 keeps the values on the surface. - Values larger than 0.0 push the arcs away from the surface by a distance - proportional to the distance between the points. - The default is 0.2. - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - - - - - The number of subdivisions in the arc. - The default is 20. - - - - - vtkGeoAssignCoordinates - Given latitude and longitude arrays, - take the values in those arrays and convert them to x,y,z world coordinates. - - - - Description - Givem latitude and longitude arrays, - take the values in those arrays and convert them to x,y,z world coordinates. - Uses a spherical model of the earth to do the conversion. - The position is in meters relative to the center of the earth. - - If a transform is given, use the transform to convert latitude and longitude - to the world coordinate. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on, uses LatitudeArrayName and LongitudeArrayName to - move values in data arrays into the points of the data set. - Turn off if the lattitude and longitude are already in - the points. - - - - - If on, uses LatitudeArrayName and LongitudeArrayName to - move values in data arrays into the points of the data set. - Turn off if the lattitude and longitude are already in - the points. - - - - - If on, uses LatitudeArrayName and LongitudeArrayName to - move values in data arrays into the points of the data set. - Turn off if the lattitude and longitude are already in - the points. - - - - - The base radius to use in GLOBAL mode. - Default is the earth's radius. - - - - - Set the latitude coordinate array name. - - - - - Set the longitude coordinate array name. - - - - - The transform to use to convert coordinates of the form - (lat, long, 0) to (x, y z). If this is NULL (the default), - use GlobeRadius to perform a spherical embedding. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, uses LatitudeArrayName and LongitudeArrayName to - move values in data arrays into the points of the data set. - Turn off if the lattitude and longitude are already in - the points. - - - - - The base radius to use in GLOBAL mode. - Default is the earth's radius. - - - - - Set the latitude coordinate array name. - - - - - Set the longitude coordinate array name. - - - - - The transform to use to convert coordinates of the form - (lat, long, 0) to (x, y z). If this is NULL (the default), - use GlobeRadius to perform a spherical embedding. - - - - - vtkGeoCamera - Geo interface to a camera. - - - - Description - I wanted to hide the normal vtkCamera API - so I did not make this a subclass. The camera is a helper object. - You can get a pointer to the camera, but it should be treated like - a const. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Distance is in Meters - Relative to Longitude and Latitude. - above sea level ???? should we make this from center of earth ???? - ???? what about equatorial bulge ???? - - - - - Heading is in degrees: (-180->180) - Relative to Logitude and Latitude. - 0 is north. - 90 is east. ???? what is the standard ???? - 180 is south. - -90 is west. - Rotate Heading around -y axis Center, - - - - - Latitude is in degrees: (-90->90) - Relative to Longitude. - Rotate Latitude around x axis by Latitude, - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value, - or to let the heading "roam free" when performing - latitude and longitude changes. - - - - - Longitude is in degrees: (-180->180) - Relative to absolute coordinates. - Rotate Longitude around z axis (earth axis), - - - - - This method estimates how much of the view is covered by the sphere. - Returns a value from 0 to 1. - - - - - Get the rectilinear cooridinate location of the origin. - This is used to shift the terrain points. - - - - - Get the rectilinear cooridinate location of the origin. - This is used to shift the terrain points. - - - - - Get the rectilinear cooridinate location of the origin. - This is used to shift the terrain points. - - - - - This point is shifted to 0,0,0 to avoid openGL issues. - - - - - This point is shifted to 0,0,0 to avoid openGL issues. - - - - - Get the world position without the origin shift. - - - - - Get the world position without the origin shift. - - - - - Get the world position without the origin shift. - - - - - Tilt is also know as pitch. - Tilt is in degrees: (0->90) - Relative to Longitude, Latitude, and Heading. - Rotate Tilt around x axis, - - - - - This vtk camera is updated to match this geo cameras state. - It should be treated as a const and should not be modified. - - - - - We precompute some values to speed up update of the terrain. - Unfortunately, they have to be manually/explicitly updated - when the camera or renderer size changes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value, - or to let the heading "roam free" when performing - latitude and longitude changes. - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value, - or to let the heading "roam free" when performing - latitude and longitude changes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Distance is in Meters - Relative to Longitude and Latitude. - above sea level ???? should we make this from center of earth ???? - ???? what about equatorial bulge ???? - - - - - Heading is in degrees: (-180->180) - Relative to Logitude and Latitude. - 0 is north. - 90 is east. ???? what is the standard ???? - 180 is south. - -90 is west. - Rotate Heading around -y axis Center, - - - - - Latitude is in degrees: (-90->90) - Relative to Longitude. - Rotate Latitude around x axis by Latitude, - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value, - or to let the heading "roam free" when performing - latitude and longitude changes. - - - - - Longitude is in degrees: (-180->180) - Relative to absolute coordinates. - Rotate Longitude around z axis (earth axis), - - - - - Get the rectilinear cooridinate location of the origin. - This is used to shift the terrain points. - - - - - This point is shifted to 0,0,0 to avoid openGL issues. - - - - - This point is shifted to 0,0,0 to avoid openGL issues. - - - - - Tilt is also know as pitch. - Tilt is in degrees: (0->90) - Relative to Longitude, Latitude, and Heading. - Rotate Tilt around x axis, - - - - - vtkGeoFileImageSource - A tiled image source on disk. - - - - Description - vtkGeoFileImageSource is a vtkGeoSource that fetches .vti images from - disk in a directory with a certain naming scheme. You may use - vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation's SaveDatabase method to generate - an database of image tiles in this format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Fetches the child image of a parent from disk. - - - - - Fetches the root image representing the whole globe. - - - - - The path the tiled image database. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The path the tiled image database. - - - - - vtkGeoFileTerrainSource - A source for tiled geometry on disk. - - - - Description - vtkGeoFileTerrainSource reads geometry tiles as .vtp files from a - directory that follow a certain naming convention containing the level - of the patch and the position within that level. Use vtkGeoTerrain's - SaveDatabase method to create a database of files in this format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Retreive the child's geometry from disk. - - - - - Retrieve the root geometry representing the entire globe. - - - - - The path the tiled geometry database. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The path the tiled geometry database. - - - - - vtkGeoGlobeSource - Spherical globe source. - - - - Description - vtkGeoGlobeSource is a 3D vtkGeoSource suitable for use in vtkGeoTerrain. - It uses the vtkGlobeSource filter to produce terrain patches. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Fetches a refined geometry patch, a section of a sphere. - - - - - Fetches a low-resolution sphere for the entire globe. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGeoGraticule - Create a polygonal lat-long grid - - - - Description - This filter generates polydata to illustrate the distortions introduced - by a map projection. The level parameter specifies the number of lines - to be drawn. Poles are treated differently than other regions; hence the - use of a Level parameter instead of a NumberOfLines parameter. - The latitude and longitude are specified as half-open intervals with units - of degrees. By default the latitude bounds are [-90,90[ and the longitude - bounds are [0,180[. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set//get the type(s) of cells that will be - output by the filter. By default, polylines - are output. You may also request quadrilaterals. - This is a bit vector of GeometryType enums. - - - - - The latitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The latitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The latitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The latitude delta at a certain frequency level. - - - - - The frequency level of latitude lines. - - - - - The frequency level of latitude lines. - - - - - The frequency level of latitude lines. - - - - - The longitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The longitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The longitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The longitude delta at a certain frequency level. - - - - - The frequency level of longitude lines. - - - - - The frequency level of longitude lines. - - - - - The frequency level of longitude lines. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set//get the type(s) of cells that will be - output by the filter. By default, polylines - are output. You may also request quadrilaterals. - This is a bit vector of GeometryType enums. - - - - - The latitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The latitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The frequency level of latitude lines. - - - - - The longitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The longitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - - The frequency level of longitude lines. - - - - - Set//get the type(s) of cells that will be - output by the filter. By default, polylines - are output. You may also request quadrilaterals. - This is a bit vector of GeometryType enums. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - The longitude bounds of the graticule. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGeoImageNode - A node in a multi-resolution image tree. - - - - Description - vtkGeoImageNode contains an image tile in a multi-resolution image tree, - along with metadata about that image's extents. - - - - - vtkGeoTreeNode vtkGeoTerrainNode - - - - - vtkGeoTreeNode - Stores data for a patch of the globe. - - - - Description - A self-referential data structure for storing geometry or imagery for - the geospatial views. The data is organized in a quadtree. Each node - contains a pointer to its parent and owns references to its four - child nodes. The ID of each node is unique in its level, and encodes - the path from the root node in its bits. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create children of the same type as parent. - Id, level and Latitude-Longitude ranges are set. - Returns VTK_ERROR if level gets too deep to create children. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. Deep copy performs a shallow copy - of the Child nodes. - - - - - Deletes the data associated with the node to make this - an "empty" node. This is performed when the node has - been unused for a certain amount of time. - - - - - Get the child as a vtkGeoTreeNode. - Subclasses also implement GetChild() which returns the child - as the appropriate subclass type. - - - - - The id uniquely specified this node. - For this implementation I am going to store the branch path - in the bits. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Description; - Knowing the level simplifies encoding the branch trace in the Id. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Manage links to older and newer tree nodes. - These are used to periodically delete unused patches. - - - - - Manage links to older and newer tree nodes. - These are used to periodically delete unused patches. - - - - - Get the parent as a vtkGeoTreeNode. - Subclasses also implement GetParent() which returns the parent - as the appropriate subclass type. - - - - - Get the parent as a vtkGeoTreeNode. - Subclasses also implement GetParent() which returns the parent - as the appropriate subclass type. - - - - - Get this nodes child index in node's parent. - - - - - Returns whether this node has valid data associated - with it, or if it is an "empty" node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method returns true if this node descends from the - elder node. The descision is made from the node ids, so the nodes do - not have to be in the same tree! - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get a child of this node. If one is set, then they all should - set. No not mix subclasses. - - - - - The id uniquely specified this node. - For this implementation I am going to store the branch path - in the bits. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Description; - Knowing the level simplifies encoding the branch trace in the Id. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Longitude and latitude range of the terrain model. - - - - - Manage links to older and newer tree nodes. - These are used to periodically delete unused patches. - - - - - Manage links to older and newer tree nodes. - These are used to periodically delete unused patches. - - - - - When we merge children to a lower resolution parent, we need - this reference. It is not referenced counted to avoid reference loops. - A child should never exist when the parent is destructed anyway. - - - - - Get the parent as a vtkGeoTreeNode. - Subclasses also implement GetParent() which returns the parent - as the appropriate subclass type. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. Deep copy performs a shallow copy - of the Child nodes. - - - - - Get the parent as a vtkGeoTreeNode. - Subclasses also implement GetParent() which returns the parent - as the appropriate subclass type. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This crops the image as small as possible while still covering the - patch. The Longitude Latitude range may get bigger to reflect the - actual size of the image. - If prefix is specified, writes the tile to that location. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Deletes the data associated with the node to make this - an "empty" node. This is performed when the node has - been unused for a certain amount of time. - - - - - Every subclass implements these methods returning the specific type. - This is easier than templating. - - - - - Get the image tile. - - - - - Every subclass implements these methods returning the specific type. - This is easier than templating. - - - - - Get the image tile. - - - - - Returns whether this node has valid data associated - with it, or if it is an "empty" node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This loads the image from a tile database at the specified location. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the image tile. - - - - - Get the image tile. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - vtkGeoInteractorStyle - Interaction for a globe - - - - Description - vtkGeoInteractorStyle contains interaction capabilities for a geographic - view including orbit, zoom, and tilt. It also includes a compass widget - for changing view parameters. - - - - - vtkCompassWidget vtkInteractorStyle - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleTrackballCamera - interactive manipulation of the camera - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyleTrackballCamera allows the user to interactively - manipulate (rotate, pan, etc.) the camera, the viewpoint of the scene. In - trackball interaction, the magnitude of the mouse motion is proportional - to the camera motion associated with a particular mouse binding. For - example, small left-button motions cause small changes in the rotation of - the camera around its focal point. For a 3-button mouse, the left button - is for rotation, the right button for zooming, the middle button for - panning, and ctrl + left button for spinning. (With fewer mouse buttons, - ctrl + shift + left button is for zooming, and shift + left button is for - panning.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Set the apparent sensitivity of the interactor style to mouse motion. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the apparent sensitivity of the interactor style to mouse motion. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Used for updating the terrain. - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value during pan. - - - - - Set/Get the Interactor wrapper being controlled by this object. - (Satisfy superclass API.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value during pan. - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value during pan. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Public for render callback. - - - - - This can be used to set the camera to the standard view of the earth. - - - - - Called after camera properties are modified - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Override to make the renderer use this camera subclass - - - - - Set/Get the Interactor wrapper being controlled by this object. - (Satisfy superclass API.) - - - - - Whether to lock the heading a particular value during pan. - - - - - See cxx for description of why we need this method. - - - - - Set/Get the Interactor wrapper being controlled by this object. - (Satisfy superclass API.) - - - - - Set/Get the Interactor wrapper being controlled by this object. - (Satisfy superclass API.) - - - - - ! Called when the sub widgets have an interaction - - - - - Set/Get the Interactor wrapper being controlled by this object. - (Satisfy superclass API.) - - - - - vtkGeoProjectionSource - A 2D geographic geometry source - - - - Description - vtkGeoProjectionSource is a vtkGeoSource suitable for use in vtkTerrain2D. - This source uses the libproj4 library to produce geometry patches at - multiple resolutions. Each patch covers a specific region in projected - space. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Blocking methods for sources with low latency. - - - - - Blocking methods for sources with low latency. - - - - - The minimum number of cells per node. - - - - - The projection ID defining the projection. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Return the projection transformation used by this 2D terrain. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The minimum number of cells per node. - - - - - The projection ID defining the projection. Initial value is 0. - - - - - vtkGeoProjection - Represent a projection from a sphere to a plane - - - - Description - This class uses the PROJ.4 library to represent geographic coordinate - projections. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the longitude which corresponds to the central meridian of the projection. - This defaults to 0, the Greenwich Meridian. - - - - - Get the description of a projection. - This will return NULL if the projection name is invalid. - - - - - Return the index of the current projection's type in the list of all projection types. - On error, this will return -1. On success, it returns a number in [0,GetNumberOfProjections()[. - - - - - Set/get the short name describing the projection you wish to use. - This defaults to "rpoly" for no reason other than I like it. - To get a list of valid values, use the GetNumberOfProjections() and - GetProjectionName(int) static methods. - - - - - Returns the number of projections that this class offers. - - - - - Returns a description of one of the projections supported by this class. - @param projection the index of a projection, must be in [0,GetNumberOfProjections()[. - - - - - Returns the name of one of the projections supported by this class. - You can pass these strings to SetName(char*). - @param projection the index of a projection, must be in [0,GetNumberOfProjections()[. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the longitude which corresponds to the central meridian of the projection. - This defaults to 0, the Greenwich Meridian. - - - - - Set/get the short name describing the projection you wish to use. - This defaults to "rpoly" for no reason other than I like it. - To get a list of valid values, use the GetNumberOfProjections() and - GetProjectionName(int) static methods. - - - - - vtkGeoRandomGraphSource - A geospatial graph with random edges - - - - Description - Generates a graph with a specified number of vertices, with the density of - edges specified by either an exact number of edges or the probability of - an edge. You may additionally specify whether to begin with a random - tree (which enforces graph connectivity). - - The filter also adds random vertex attributes called latitude and longitude. - The latitude is distributed uniformly from -90 to 90, while longitude is - distributed uniformly from -180 to 180. - - - - - vtkRandomGraphSource - - - - - vtkRandomGraphSource - a graph with random edges - - - - Description - Generates a graph with a specified number of vertices, with the density of - edges specified by either an exact number of edges or the probability of - an edge. You may additionally specify whether to begin with a random - tree (which enforces graph connectivity). - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When set, multiple edges from a source to a target vertex are - allowed. The default is to forbid such loops. - - - - - When set, multiple edges from a source to a target vertex are - allowed. The default is to forbid such loops. - - - - - If this flag is set to true, edges where the source and target - vertex are the same can be generated. The default is to forbid - such loops. - - - - - If this flag is set to true, edges where the source and target - vertex are the same can be generated. The default is to forbid - such loops. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - Add pedigree ids to vertex and edge data. - - - - - Add pedigree ids to vertex and edge data. - - - - - When set, multiple edges from a source to a target vertex are - allowed. The default is to forbid such loops. - - - - - If this flag is set to true, edges where the source and target - vertex are the same can be generated. The default is to forbid - such loops. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - The name of the edge pedigree id array. Default "edge id". - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is on, adds an edge with this probability between 0 and 1 - for each pair of vertices in the graph. - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is on, adds an edge with this probability between 0 and 1 - for each pair of vertices in the graph. - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is on, adds an edge with this probability between 0 and 1 - for each pair of vertices in the graph. - - - - - The name of the edge weight array. Default "edge weight". - - - - - Add pedigree ids to vertex and edge data. - - - - - When set, includes edge weights in an array named "edge_weights". - Defaults to off. Weights are random between 0 and 1. - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is off, creates a graph with the specified number - of edges. Duplicate (parallel) edges are allowed. - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is off, creates a graph with the specified number - of edges. Duplicate (parallel) edges are allowed. - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is off, creates a graph with the specified number - of edges. Duplicate (parallel) edges are allowed. - - - - - The number of vertices in the graph. - - - - - The number of vertices in the graph. - - - - - The number of vertices in the graph. - - - - - Control the seed used for pseudo-random-number generation. - This ensures that vtkRandomGraphSource can produce repeatable - results. - - - - - When set, builds a random tree structure first, then adds additional - random edges. - - - - - When set, uses the EdgeProbability parameter to determine the density - of edges. Otherwise, NumberOfEdges is used. - - - - - The name of the vertex pedigree id array. Default "vertex id". - - - - - When set, includes edge weights in an array named "edge_weights". - Defaults to off. Weights are random between 0 and 1. - - - - - When set, includes edge weights in an array named "edge_weights". - Defaults to off. Weights are random between 0 and 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set, multiple edges from a source to a target vertex are - allowed. The default is to forbid such loops. - - - - - If this flag is set to true, edges where the source and target - vertex are the same can be generated. The default is to forbid - such loops. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - The name of the edge pedigree id array. Default "edge id". - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is on, adds an edge with this probability between 0 and 1 - for each pair of vertices in the graph. - - - - - The name of the edge weight array. Default "edge weight". - - - - - Add pedigree ids to vertex and edge data. - - - - - When set, includes edge weights in an array named "edge_weights". - Defaults to off. Weights are random between 0 and 1. - - - - - If UseEdgeProbability is off, creates a graph with the specified number - of edges. Duplicate (parallel) edges are allowed. - - - - - The number of vertices in the graph. - - - - - Control the seed used for pseudo-random-number generation. - This ensures that vtkRandomGraphSource can produce repeatable - results. - - - - - When set, builds a random tree structure first, then adds additional - random edges. - - - - - When set, uses the EdgeProbability parameter to determine the density - of edges. Otherwise, NumberOfEdges is used. - - - - - The name of the vertex pedigree id array. Default "vertex id". - - - - - When set, builds a random tree structure first, then adds additional - random edges. - - - - - When set, builds a random tree structure first, then adds additional - random edges. - - - - - When set, uses the EdgeProbability parameter to determine the density - of edges. Otherwise, NumberOfEdges is used. - - - - - When set, uses the EdgeProbability parameter to determine the density - of edges. Otherwise, NumberOfEdges is used. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGeoSampleArcs - Samples geospatial lines at regular intervals. - - - - Description - vtkGeoSampleArcs refines lines in the input polygonal data - so that the distance between adjacent points is no more than a threshold - distance. Points are interpolated along the surface of the globe. - This is useful in order to keep lines such as political boundaries from - intersecting the globe and becoming invisible. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - TODO: Change this to take in a vtkGeoTerrain to get altitude. - - - - - The input coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The maximum distance, in meters, between adjacent points. - - - - - The desired output coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - TODO: Change this to take in a vtkGeoTerrain to get altitude. - - - - - The input coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The input coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The input coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The maximum distance, in meters, between adjacent points. - - - - - The desired output coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The desired output coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The desired output coordinate system. - RECTANGULAR is x,y,z meters relative the the earth center. - SPHERICAL is longitude,latitude,altitude. - - - - - The maximum distance, in meters, between adjacent points. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGeoSphereTransform - A transformation between long-lat-alt and rect coords - - - Description - the cartesian coordinate system is the following (if BaseAltitude is 0), - - the origin is at the center of the earth - - the x axis goes from the origin to (longtitude=-90,latitude=0), intersection of equator and the meridian passing just east of Galapagos Islands - - the y axis goes from the origin to the intersection of Greenwitch meridian and equator (longitude=0,latitude=0) - - the z axis goes from the origin to the Geographic North Pole (latitude=90) - - therefore the frame is right-handed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The base altitude to transform coordinates to. This can be useful for transforming - lines just above the earth's surface. Default is 0. - - - - - If on, this transform converts (long,lat,alt) triples to (x,y,z) as an offset - from the center of the earth. Alt, x, y, and z are all be in meters. - If off, the tranform works in the reverse direction. - Initial value is on. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Invert the transformation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The base altitude to transform coordinates to. This can be useful for transforming - lines just above the earth's surface. Default is 0. - - - - - If on, this transform converts (long,lat,alt) triples to (x,y,z) as an offset - from the center of the earth. Alt, x, y, and z are all be in meters. - If off, the tranform works in the reverse direction. - Initial value is on. - - - - - If on, this transform converts (long,lat,alt) triples to (x,y,z) as an offset - from the center of the earth. Alt, x, y, and z are all be in meters. - If off, the tranform works in the reverse direction. - Initial value is on. - - - - - If on, this transform converts (long,lat,alt) triples to (x,y,z) as an offset - from the center of the earth. Alt, x, y, and z are all be in meters. - If off, the tranform works in the reverse direction. - Initial value is on. - - - - - vtkGeoTerrain - A 3D terrain model for the globe. - - - - Description - vtkGeoTerrain contains a multi-resolution tree of geometry representing - the globe. It uses a vtkGeoSource subclass to generate the terrain, such - as vtkGeoGlobeSource. This source must be set before using the terrain in - a vtkGeoView. The terrain also contains an AddActors() method which - will update the set of actors representing the globe given the current - camera position. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Update the actors in an assembly used to render the globe. - ren is the current renderer, and imageReps holds the collection of - vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentations that will be blended together to - form the image on the globe. - - - - - The maximum level of the terrain tree. - - - - - The maximum level of the terrain tree. - - - - - The maximum level of the terrain tree. - - - - - The world-coordinate origin offset used to eliminate precision errors - when zoomed in to a particular region of the globe. - - - - - The world-coordinate origin offset used to eliminate precision errors - when zoomed in to a particular region of the globe. - - - - - The world-coordinate origin offset used to eliminate precision errors - when zoomed in to a particular region of the globe. - - - - - The source used to obtain geometry patches. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Save the set of patches up to a given maximum depth. - - - - - The maximum level of the terrain tree. - - - - - The world-coordinate origin offset used to eliminate precision errors - when zoomed in to a particular region of the globe. - - - - - The world-coordinate origin offset used to eliminate precision errors - when zoomed in to a particular region of the globe. - - - - - The source used to obtain geometry patches. - - - - - vtkGeoTerrain2D - A 2D terrain model for the globe. - - - - Description - vtkGeoTerrain2D contains a multi-resolution tree of geometry representing - the globe. It uses a vtkGeoSource subclass to generate the terrain, such - as vtkGeoProjectionSource. This source must be set before using the - terrain in a vtkGeoView2D. The terrain also contains an AddActors() - method which updates the set of actors representing the globe given the - current camera position. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The maximum allowed deviation of geometry in pixels. - Geometry will be refined if the deviation is larger than the tolerance. - - - - - The maximum size of a single texel in pixels. - Images will be refined if a texel becomes larger than the tolerance. - - - - - Return the projection transformation used by this 2D terrain. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The maximum allowed deviation of geometry in pixels. - Geometry will be refined if the deviation is larger than the tolerance. - - - - - The maximum size of a single texel in pixels. - Images will be refined if a texel becomes larger than the tolerance. - - - - - vtkGeoTerrainNode - - - - Description Quadtree of poly data terrain patches. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Deletes the data associated with the node to make this - an "empty" node. This is performed when the node has - been unused for a certain amount of time. - - - - - Given, a long, lat position, return altitude in meters - relative to sea level. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Every subclass implements these methods returning the specific type. - This is easier than templating. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the maximum deviation of line segment centers - from the actual projection value. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the maximum deviation of line segment centers - from the actual projection value. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the granularity of the graticule in this node. - - - - - Get the terrrain model. The user has to copy the terrain - into this object. - - - - - Every subclass implements these methods returning the specific type. - This is easier than templating. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the bounds of the node in projected space - to quickly determine if a node is offscreen. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the bounds of the node in projected space - to quickly determine if a node is offscreen. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the bounds of the node in projected space - to quickly determine if a node is offscreen. - - - - - Returns whether this node has valid data associated - with it, or if it is an "empty" node. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For 2D projections, store the maximum deviation of line segment centers - from the actual projection value. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the maximum deviation of line segment centers - from the actual projection value. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the granularity of the graticule in this node. - - - - - Get the terrrain model. The user has to copy the terrain - into this object. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the bounds of the node in projected space - to quickly determine if a node is offscreen. - - - - - For 2D projections, store the bounds of the node in projected space - to quickly determine if a node is offscreen. - - - - - Shallow and Deep copy. - - - - - Bounding sphere is precomputed for faster updates of terrain. - - - - - vtkGeoTransform - A transformation between two geographic coordinate systems - - - Description - This class takes two geographic projections and transforms point - coordinates between them. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The target geographic projection. - - - - - The source geographic projection. - - - - - This will calculate the transformation without calling Update. - Meant for use only within other VTK classes. - - - - - Invert the transformation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The target geographic projection. - - - - - The source geographic projection. - - - - - Transform many points at once. - - - - - vtkGeoTreeNodeCache - Manages a list of vtkGeoTreeNodes. - - - - Description - vtkGeoTreeNodeCache keeps track of a linked list of vtkGeoTreeNodes, - and has operations to move nodes to the front of the list and to - delete data from the least used nodes. This is used to recover memory - from nodes that store data that hasn't been used in a while. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The size of the cache of geospatial nodes. - When the size reaches this limit, the list of non-empty - nodes will be shortened to CacheMinimumLimit. - - - - - The cache is reduced to this size when the maximum limit is reached. - - - - - The current size of the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove the node from the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Send a node to the front of the list. - Perform this whenever a node is accessed, so that the most - recently accessed nodes' data are not deleted. - - - - - The size of the cache of geospatial nodes. - When the size reaches this limit, the list of non-empty - nodes will be shortened to CacheMinimumLimit. - - - - - The cache is reduced to this size when the maximum limit is reached. - - - - - vtkGeoView - A 3D geospatial view. - - - - Description - vtkGeoView is a 3D globe view. The globe may contain a multi-resolution - geometry source (vtkGeoTerrain), multiple multi-resolution image sources - (vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation), as well as other representations such - as vtkRenderedGraphRepresentation. At a minimum, the view must have a terrain - and one image representation. The view uses vtkGeoInteractorStyle to orbit, - zoom, and tilt the view, and contains a vtkCompassWidget for manipulating - the camera. - - Each terrain or image representation contains a vtkGeoSource subclass which - generates geometry or imagery at multiple resolutions. As the camera - position changes, the terrain and/or image representations may ask its - vtkGeoSource to refine the geometry. This refinement is performed on a - separate thread, and the data is added to the view when it becomes available. - - - - - vtkGeoTerrain vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation vtkGeoSource - - - - - vtkRenderView - A view containing a renderer. - - - - Description - vtkRenderView is a view which contains a vtkRenderer. You may add vtkActors - directly to the renderer, or add certain vtkDataRepresentation subclasses - to the renderer. The render view supports drag selection with the mouse to - select cells. - - This class is also the parent class for any more specialized view which uses - a renderer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add labels from an input connection with an associated text - property. The output must be a vtkLabelHierarchy (normally the - output of vtkPointSetToLabelHierarchy). - - - - - Applies a view theme to this view. - - - - - Whether the view should display hover text. - - - - - Whether the view should display hover text. - - - - - Whether the view should display hover text. - - - - - Set the display size of the icon (which may be different from the icon - size). By default, if this value is not set, the the IconSize is used. - - - - - Set the display size of the icon (which may be different from the icon - size). By default, if this value is not set, the the IconSize is used. - - - - - Set the size of each icon in the icon texture. - - - - - Set the size of each icon in the icon texture. - - - - - Set the size of each icon in the icon texture. - - - - - Set the icon sheet to use for rendering icons. - - - - - Set the render window for this view. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - Get the interactor style associated with the render view. - - - - - Label placement mode. - NO_OVERLAP uses vtkLabelPlacementMapper, which has a faster startup time and - works with 2D or 3D labels. - ALL displays all labels (Warning: This may cause incredibly slow render - times on datasets with more than a few hundred labels). - - - - - Label render mode. - FREETYPE uses the freetype label rendering. - QT uses more advanced Qt-based label rendering. - - - - - Whether to render on every mouse move. - - - - - Sets the selection mode for the render view. - SURFACE selection uses vtkHardwareSelector to perform a selection - of visible cells. - FRUSTUM selection just creates a view frustum selection, which will - select everything in the frustum. - - - - - Sets the selection mode for the render view. - SURFACE selection uses vtkHardwareSelector to perform a selection - of visible cells. - FRUSTUM selection just creates a view frustum selection, which will - select everything in the frustum. - - - - - Sets the selection mode for the render view. - SURFACE selection uses vtkHardwareSelector to perform a selection - of visible cells. - FRUSTUM selection just creates a view frustum selection, which will - select everything in the frustum. - - - - - Set the view's transform. All vtkRenderedRepresentations - added to this view should use this transform. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove labels from an input connection. - - - - - Updates the representations, then calls Render() on the render window - associated with this view. - - - - - Whether to render on every mouse move. - - - - - Whether to render on every mouse move. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether the view should display hover text. - - - - - Set the display size of the icon (which may be different from the icon - size). By default, if this value is not set, the the IconSize is used. - - - - - Set the display size of the icon (which may be different from the icon - size). By default, if this value is not set, the the IconSize is used. - - - - - Set the size of each icon in the icon texture. - - - - - Set the size of each icon in the icon texture. - - - - - Set the icon sheet to use for rendering icons. - - - - - Set the render window for this view. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - Set the interaction mode for the view. Choices are: - vtkRenderView::INTERACTION_MODE_2D - 2D interactor - vtkRenderView::INTERACTION_MODE_3D - 3D interactor - - - - - Set the interaction mode for the view. Choices are: - vtkRenderView::INTERACTION_MODE_2D - 2D interactor - vtkRenderView::INTERACTION_MODE_3D - 3D interactor - - - - - The render window interactor. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - The interactor style associated with the render view. - - - - - Label placement mode. - NO_OVERLAP uses vtkLabelPlacementMapper, which has a faster startup time and - works with 2D or 3D labels. - ALL displays all labels (Warning: This may cause incredibly slow render - times on datasets with more than a few hundred labels). - - - - - Label placement mode. - NO_OVERLAP uses vtkLabelPlacementMapper, which has a faster startup time and - works with 2D or 3D labels. - ALL displays all labels (Warning: This may cause incredibly slow render - times on datasets with more than a few hundred labels). - - - - - Label placement mode. - NO_OVERLAP uses vtkLabelPlacementMapper, which has a faster startup time and - works with 2D or 3D labels. - ALL displays all labels (Warning: This may cause incredibly slow render - times on datasets with more than a few hundred labels). - - - - - Label render mode. - FREETYPE uses the freetype label rendering. - QT uses more advanced Qt-based label rendering. - - - - - Label render mode. - FREETYPE uses the freetype label rendering. - QT uses more advanced Qt-based label rendering. - - - - - Label render mode. - FREETYPE uses the freetype label rendering. - QT uses more advanced Qt-based label rendering. - - - - - Whether to render on every mouse move. - - - - - Set the render window for this view. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - - Sets the selection mode for the render view. - SURFACE selection uses vtkHardwareSelector to perform a selection - of visible cells. - FRUSTUM selection just creates a view frustum selection, which will - select everything in the frustum. - - - - - Sets the selection mode for the render view. - SURFACE selection uses vtkHardwareSelector to perform a selection - of visible cells. - FRUSTUM selection just creates a view frustum selection, which will - select everything in the frustum. - - - - - Sets the selection mode for the render view. - SURFACE selection uses vtkHardwareSelector to perform a selection - of visible cells. - FRUSTUM selection just creates a view frustum selection, which will - select everything in the frustum. - - - - - Set the view's transform. All vtkRenderedRepresentations - added to this view should use this transform. - - - - - Set the render window for this view. Note that this requires special - handling in order to do correctly - see the notes in the detailed - description of vtkRenderViewBase. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Whether the view should display hover text. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Set the display size of the icon (which may be different from the icon - size). By default, if this value is not set, the the IconSize is used. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Label placement mode. - NO_OVERLAP uses vtkLabelPlacementMapper, which has a faster startup time and - works with 2D or 3D labels. - ALL displays all labels (Warning: This may cause incredibly slow render - times on datasets with more than a few hundred labels). - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds an image representation with a simple terrain model using - the image in the specified file as the globe terrain. - - - - - Rebuild low-res earth source; call after (re)setting origin. - - - - - Convenience method for obtaining the internal interactor style. - - - - - Whether the view locks the heading when panning. - Default is off. - - - - - The terrain (geometry) model for this earth view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether the view locks the heading when panning. - Default is off. - - - - - Whether the view locks the heading when panning. - Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Decsription: - Prepares the view for rendering. - - - - - Update and render the view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Method to change the interactor style. - - - - - Whether the view locks the heading when panning. - Default is off. - - - - - The terrain (geometry) model for this earth view. - - - - - vtkGeoView2D - A 2D geospatial view. - - - - Description - vtkGeoView is a 2D globe view. The globe may contain a multi-resolution - geometry source (vtkGeoTerrain2D), multiple multi-resolution image sources - (vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation), as well as other representations such - as vtkGeoGraphRepresentation2D. At a minimum, the view must have a terrain - and one image representation. By default, you may select in the view with - the left mouse button, pan with the middle button, and zoom with the right - mouse button or scroll wheel. - - Each terrain or image representation contains a vtkGeoSource subclass which - generates geometry or imagery at multiple resolutions. As the camera - position changes, the terrain and/or image representations may ask its - vtkGeoSource to refine the geometry. This refinement is performed on a - separate thread, and the data is added to the view when it becomes available. - - - - - vtkGeoTerrain2D vtkGeoAlignedImageRepresentation vtkGeoSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply the view theme to this view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns the transform associated with the surface. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Update and render the view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGlobeSource - Sphere patch with Lat/Long scalar array. - - - Description - vtkGlobeSource will generate any "rectangular" patch of the globe - given its Longitude-Latitude extent. It adds two point scalar arrays - Longitude and Latitude to the output. These arrays can be transformed - to generate texture coordinates for any texture map. This source is - imperfect near the poles as implmented. It should really reduce the - longitude resolution as the triangles become slivers. - - \image html vtkGlobeSourceSphericalToCartesianFigure.png - \image latex vtkGlobeSourceSphericalToCartesianFigure.eps - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both latitude - and longitude directions. longitude ranges from (-180,180) - and latitude (-90,90) degrees. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both latitude - and longitude directions. longitude ranges from (-180,180) - and latitude (-90,90) degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Calculates the normal and point on a sphere with a specified radius - at the spherical coordinates theta and phi. - - - - - Calculates the spherical coordinates theta and phi based on the - point on a sphere. - - - - - Set/Get curtain height. - - - - - Set/Get curtain height. - - - - - Set/Get curtain height. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartLatitude to EndLatitude). - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartLatitude to EndLatitude). - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartLatitude to EndLatitude). - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartLongitude to EndLongitude). - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartLongitude to EndLongitude). - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartLongitude to EndLongitude). - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is 6356750.0 - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is 6356750.0 - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is 6356750.0 - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get curtain height. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartLatitude to EndLatitude). - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartLongitude to EndLongitude). - - - - - Descrpition: - This world point will be shifted to 0,0,0. - Used to avoid picking bug caused by rendering errors with large offsets. - - - - - Descrpition: - This world point will be shifted to 0,0,0. - Used to avoid picking bug caused by rendering errors with large offsets. - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is 6356750.0 - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - Longitude Latitude clamps. - - - - - vtkAnnotationLink - An algorithm for linking annotations among objects - - - Description - vtkAnnotationLink is a simple source filter which outputs the - vtkAnnotationLayers object stored internally. Multiple objects may share - the same annotation link filter and connect it to an internal pipeline so - that if one object changes the annotation set, it will be pulled into all - the other objects when their pipelines update. - - The shared vtkAnnotationLayers object (a collection of annotations) is - shallow copied to output port 0. - - vtkAnnotationLink can also store a set of domain maps. A domain map is - simply a table associating values between domains. The domain of each - column is defined by the array name of the column. The domain maps are - sent to a multi-block dataset in output port 1. - - Output ports 0 and 1 can be set as input ports 0 and 1 to - vtkConvertSelectionDomain, which can use the domain maps to convert the - domains of selections in the vtkAnnotationLayers to match a particular - data object (set as port 2 on vtkConvertSelectionDomain). - - The shared vtkAnnotationLayers object also stores a "current selection" - normally interpreted as the interactive selection of an application. - As a convenience, this selection is sent to output port 2 so that it - can be connected to pipelines requiring a vtkSelection. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The domain mappings. - - - - - The annotations to be shared. - - - - - Set or get the current selection in the annotation layers. - - - - - The domain mappings. - - - - - Get the mtime of this object. - - - - - The domain mappings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The domain mappings. - - - - - The domain mappings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The annotations to be shared. - - - - - Set or get the current selection in the annotation layers. - - - - - vtkAppendCompositeDataLeaves - appends one or more composite datasets with the same structure together into a single output composite dataset - - - Description - vtkAppendCompositeDataLeaves is a filter that takes input composite datasets with the same - structure: (1) the same number of entries and -- if any children are composites -- the - same constraint holds from them; and (2) the same type of dataset at each position. - It then creates an output dataset with the same structure whose leaves contain all the - cells from the datasets at the corresponding leaves of the input datasets. - - Currently, only input polydata and unstructured grids are handled; other types of - leaf datasets will be ignored and their positions in the output dataset will be NULL pointers. - Point attributes (i.e., scalars, vectors, normals, field data, etc.) are extracted - and appended only if all datasets have the point attributes available. - (For example, if one dataset has scalars but another does not, scalars will - not be appended.) - - - - - vtkAppendPolyData vtkAppendFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get whether the field data of each dataset in the composite dataset is copied to the output. - If AppendFieldData is non-zero, then field data arrays from all the inputs are added - to the output. If there are duplicates, the array on the first input encountered is taken. - - - - - Set/get whether the field data of each dataset in the composite dataset is copied to the output. - If AppendFieldData is non-zero, then field data arrays from all the inputs are added - to the output. If there are duplicates, the array on the first input encountered is taken. - - - - - Set/get whether the field data of each dataset in the composite dataset is copied to the output. - If AppendFieldData is non-zero, then field data arrays from all the inputs are added - to the output. If there are duplicates, the array on the first input encountered is taken. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether the field data of each dataset in the composite dataset is copied to the output. - If AppendFieldData is non-zero, then field data arrays from all the inputs are added - to the output. If there are duplicates, the array on the first input encountered is taken. - - - - - vtkAppendFilter - appends one or more datasets together into a single unstructured grid - - - Description - vtkAppendFilter is a filter that appends one of more datasets into a single - unstructured grid. All geometry is extracted and appended, but point - attributes (i.e., scalars, vectors, normals, field data, etc.) are extracted - and appended only if all datasets have the point attributes available. - (For example, if one dataset has scalars but another does not, scalars will - not be appended.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns a copy of the input array. Modifications to this list - will not be reflected in the actual inputs. - - - - - Get if the filter should merge coincidental points - Note: The filter will only merge points if the ghost cell array doesn't exist - Defaults to Off - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the filter to merge coincidental points. - Note: The filter will only merge points if the ghost cell array doesn't exist - Defaults to Off - - - - - Set the filter to merge coincidental points. - Note: The filter will only merge points if the ghost cell array doesn't exist - Defaults to Off - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the filter to merge coincidental points. - Note: The filter will only merge points if the ghost cell array doesn't exist - Defaults to Off - - - - - vtkAppendPolyData - appends one or more polygonal datasets together - - - Description - - vtkAppendPolyData is a filter that appends one of more polygonal datasets - into a single polygonal dataset. All geometry is extracted and appended, - but point and cell attributes (i.e., scalars, vectors, normals) are - extracted and appended only if all datasets have the point and/or cell - attributes available. (For example, if one dataset has point scalars but - another does not, point scalars will not be appended.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber instead. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber (NULL) instead. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber (NULL) instead. - - - - - ParallelStreaming is for a particular application. - It causes this filter to ask for a different piece - from each of its inputs. If all the inputs are the same, - then the output of this append filter is the whole dataset - pieced back together. Duplicate points are create - along the seams. The purpose of this feature is to get - data parallelism at a course scale. Each of the inputs - can be generated in a different process at the same time. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ParallelStreaming is for a particular application. - It causes this filter to ask for a different piece - from each of its inputs. If all the inputs are the same, - then the output of this append filter is the whole dataset - pieced back together. Duplicate points are create - along the seams. The purpose of this feature is to get - data parallelism at a course scale. Each of the inputs - can be generated in a different process at the same time. - - - - - ParallelStreaming is for a particular application. - It causes this filter to ask for a different piece - from each of its inputs. If all the inputs are the same, - then the output of this append filter is the whole dataset - pieced back together. Duplicate points are create - along the seams. The purpose of this feature is to get - data parallelism at a course scale. Each of the inputs - can be generated in a different process at the same time. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber (NULL) instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set Nth input, should only be used when UserManagedInputs is true. - - - - - Directly set(allocate) number of inputs, should only be used - when UserManagedInputs is true. - - - - - ParallelStreaming is for a particular application. - It causes this filter to ask for a different piece - from each of its inputs. If all the inputs are the same, - then the output of this append filter is the whole dataset - pieced back together. Duplicate points are create - along the seams. The purpose of this feature is to get - data parallelism at a course scale. Each of the inputs - can be generated in a different process at the same time. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - vtkAppendSelection - appends one or more selections together - - - - Description - vtkAppendSelection is a filter that appends one of more selections into - a single selection. All selections must have the same content type unless - AppendByUnion is false. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber instead. - - - - - When set to true, all the selections are combined together to form a single - vtkSelection output. - When set to false, the output is a composite selection with - input selections as the children of the composite selection. This allows - for selections with different content types and properties. Default is - true. - - - - - When set to true, all the selections are combined together to form a single - vtkSelection output. - When set to false, the output is a composite selection with - input selections as the children of the composite selection. This allows - for selections with different content types and properties. Default is - true. - - - - - When set to true, all the selections are combined together to form a single - vtkSelection output. - When set to false, the output is a composite selection with - input selections as the children of the composite selection. This allows - for selections with different content types and properties. Default is - true. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber (NULL) instead. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber (NULL) instead. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. Should not be - used when UserManagedInputs is true, use SetInputByNumber (NULL) instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set to true, all the selections are combined together to form a single - vtkSelection output. - When set to false, the output is a composite selection with - input selections as the children of the composite selection. This allows - for selections with different content types and properties. Default is - true. - - - - - Set Nth input, should only be used when UserManagedInputs is true. - - - - - Directly set(allocate) number of inputs, should only be used - when UserManagedInputs is true. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - UserManagedInputs allows the user to set inputs by number instead of - using the AddInput/RemoveInput functions. Calls to - SetNumberOfInputs/SetInputByNumber should not be mixed with calls - to AddInput/RemoveInput. By default, UserManagedInputs is false. - - - - - vtkApproximatingSubdivisionFilter - generate a subdivision surface using an Approximating Scheme - - - Description - vtkApproximatingSubdivisionFilter is an abstract class that defines - the protocol for Approximating subdivision surface filters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the number of subdivisions. - - - - - vtkArcSource - create an arc between two end points - - - Description - vtkArcSource is a source object that creates an arc defined by two - endpoints and a center. The number of segments composing the polyline is - controlled by setting the object resolution. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set position of the center of the circle that define the arc. - Note: you can use the function vtkMath::Solve3PointCircle to - find the center from 3 points located on a circle. - - - - - Set position of the center of the circle that define the arc. - Note: you can use the function vtkMath::Solve3PointCircle to - find the center from 3 points located on a circle. - - - - - Use the angle that is a negative coterminal of the vectors angle: - the longest angle. - Note: false by default. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - Note: if Resolution is set to 1 (default), the arc is a - straight line. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - Note: if Resolution is set to 1 (default), the arc is a - straight line. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - Note: if Resolution is set to 1 (default), the arc is a - straight line. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the angle that is a negative coterminal of the vectors angle: - the longest angle. - Note: false by default. - - - - - Use the angle that is a negative coterminal of the vectors angle: - the longest angle. - Note: false by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set position of the center of the circle that define the arc. - Note: you can use the function vtkMath::Solve3PointCircle to - find the center from 3 points located on a circle. - - - - - Set position of the center of the circle that define the arc. - Note: you can use the function vtkMath::Solve3PointCircle to - find the center from 3 points located on a circle. - - - - - Use the angle that is a negative coterminal of the vectors angle: - the longest angle. - Note: false by default. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - Note: if Resolution is set to 1 (default), the arc is a - straight line. - - - - - vtkAreaContourSpectrumFilter - compute an approximation of the area - contour signature (evolution of the area of the input surface along an arc of - the Reeb graph). - - - Description - The filter takes a vtkPolyData as an input (port 0), along with a - vtkReebGraph (port 1). - The Reeb graph arc to consider can be specified with SetArcId() (default: 0). - The number of (evenly distributed) samples of the signature can be defined - with SetNumberOfSamples() (default value: 100). - The filter will first try to pull as a scalar field the vtkDataArray with Id - 'FieldId' of the vtkPolyData, see SetFieldId (default: 0). The filter will - abort if this field does not exist. - - The filter outputs a vtkTable with the area contour signature - approximation, each sample being evenly distributed in the function span of - the arc. - - This filter is a typical example for designing your own contour signature - filter (with customized metrics). It also shows typical vtkReebGraph - traversals. - - Reference: - C. Bajaj, V. Pascucci, D. Schikore, - "The contour spectrum", - IEEE Visualization, 167-174, 1997. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the arc Id for which the contour signature has to be computed. - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples in the output signature - Default value: 100 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the arc Id for which the contour signature has to be computed. - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples in the output signature - Default value: 100 - - - - - vtkArrayCalculator - perform mathematical operations on data in field data arrays - - - Description - vtkArrayCalculator performs operations on vectors or scalars in field - data arrays. It uses vtkFunctionParser to do the parsing and to - evaluate the function for each entry in the input arrays. The arrays - used in a given function must be all in point data or all in cell data. - The resulting array will be stored as a field data array. The result - array can either be stored in a new array or it can overwrite an existing - array. - - The functions that this array calculator understands is: - <pre> - standard operations: + - * / ^ . - build unit vectors: iHat, jHat, kHat (ie (1,0,0), (0,1,0), (0,0,1)) - abs - acos - asin - atan - ceil - cos - cosh - exp - floor - log - mag - min - max - norm - sign - sin - sinh - sqrt - tan - tanh - </pre> - Note that some of these operations work on scalars, some on vectors, and some on - both (e.g., you can multiply a scalar times a vector). The operations are performed - tuple-wise (i.e., tuple-by-tuple). The user must specify which arrays to use as - vectors and/or scalars, and the name of the output data array. - - - - - vtkFunctionParser - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a variable name, a corresponding array name, and which components of - the array to use. - - - - - Add a variable name, a corresponding array name, and which components of - the array to use. - - - - - Add an array name to the list of arrays used in the function and specify - which components of the array to use in evaluating the function. The - array name must match the name in the function. Use AddScalarVariable or - AddVectorVariable to use a variable name different from the array name. - - - - - Add a variable name, a corresponding array name, and which components of - the array to use. - - - - - Add an array name to the list of arrays used in the function and specify - which components of the array to use in evaluating the function. The - array name must match the name in the function. Use AddScalarVariable or - AddVectorVariable to use a variable name different from the array name. - - - - - Add a variable name, a corresponding array name, and which components of - the array to use. - - - - - Set whether to output results as coordinates. ResultArrayName will be - ignored. Outputing as coordinates is only valid with vector results and - if the AttributeMode is AttributeModeToUsePointData. - If a valid output can't be made, an error will occur. - - - - - Set whether to output results as coordinates. ResultArrayName will be - ignored. Outputing as coordinates is only valid with vector results and - if the AttributeMode is AttributeModeToUsePointData. - If a valid output can't be made, an error will occur. - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Set whether to output results as coordinates. ResultArrayName will be - ignored. Outputing as coordinates is only valid with vector results and - if the AttributeMode is AttributeModeToUsePointData. - If a valid output can't be made, an error will occur. - - - - - Set/Get the function to be evaluated. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - Set the name of the array in which to store the result of - evaluating this function. If this is the name of an existing array, - that array will be overwritten. Otherwise a new array will be - created with the specified name. - - - - - Type of the result array. It is ignored if CoordinateResults is true. - Initial value is VTK_DOUBLE. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Methods to get information about the current variables. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all the variable names and their associated array names. - - - - - Remove all the coordinate variables. - - - - - Remove all the coordinate variables. - - - - - Remove all the scalar variable names and their associated array names. - - - - - Remove all the scalar variable names and their associated array names. - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Control whether the filter operates on point data or cell data. - By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter uses point - data. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - For graphs you can set the filter to use vertex data - (AttributeModeToUseVertexData) or edge data (AttributeModeToUseEdgeData). - - - - - Set whether to output results as coordinates. ResultArrayName will be - ignored. Outputing as coordinates is only valid with vector results and - if the AttributeMode is AttributeModeToUsePointData. - If a valid output can't be made, an error will occur. - - - - - Set/Get the function to be evaluated. - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - When ReplaceInvalidValues is on, all invalid values (such as - sqrt(-2), note that function parser does not handle complex - numbers) will be replaced by ReplacementValue. Otherwise an - error will be reported - - - - - Set the name of the array in which to store the result of - evaluating this function. If this is the name of an existing array, - that array will be overwritten. Otherwise a new array will be - created with the specified name. - - - - - Type of the result array. It is ignored if CoordinateResults is true. - Initial value is VTK_DOUBLE. - - - - - vtkArrowSource - Appends a cylinder to a cone to form an arrow. - - - Description - vtkArrowSource was intended to be used as the source for a glyph. - The shaft base is always at (0,0,0). The arrow tip is always at (1,0,0). If - "Invert" is true, then the ends are flipped i.e. tip is at (0,0,0) while - base is at (1, 0, 0). - The resolution of the cone and shaft can be set and default to 6. - The radius of the cone and shaft can be set and default to 0.03 and 0.1. - The length of the tip can also be set, and defaults to 0.35. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Inverts the arrow direction. When set to true, base is at (1, 0, 0) while the - tip is at (0, 0, 0). The default is false, i.e. base at (0, 0, 0) and the tip - at (1, 0, 0). - - - - - Set the radius of the shaft. Defaults to 0.03. - - - - - Set the radius of the shaft. Defaults to 0.03. - - - - - Set the radius of the shaft. Defaults to 0.03. - - - - - Set the resolution of the shaft. 2 gives a rectangle. - I would like to extend the cone to produce a line, - but this is not an option now. - - - - - Set the resolution of the shaft. 2 gives a rectangle. - I would like to extend the cone to produce a line, - but this is not an option now. - - - - - Set the resolution of the shaft. 2 gives a rectangle. - I would like to extend the cone to produce a line, - but this is not an option now. - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the resolution of the tip. The tip behaves the same as a cone. - Resoultion 1 gives a single triangle, 2 gives two crossed triangles. - - - - - Set the resolution of the tip. The tip behaves the same as a cone. - Resoultion 1 gives a single triangle, 2 gives two crossed triangles. - - - - - Set the resolution of the tip. The tip behaves the same as a cone. - Resoultion 1 gives a single triangle, 2 gives two crossed triangles. - - - - - Inverts the arrow direction. When set to true, base is at (1, 0, 0) while the - tip is at (0, 0, 0). The default is false, i.e. base at (0, 0, 0) and the tip - at (1, 0, 0). - - - - - Inverts the arrow direction. When set to true, base is at (1, 0, 0) while the - tip is at (0, 0, 0). The default is false, i.e. base at (0, 0, 0) and the tip - at (1, 0, 0). - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Description - Construct cone with angle of 45 degrees. - - - - - Inverts the arrow direction. When set to true, base is at (1, 0, 0) while the - tip is at (0, 0, 0). The default is false, i.e. base at (0, 0, 0) and the tip - at (1, 0, 0). - - - - - Set the radius of the shaft. Defaults to 0.03. - - - - - Set the resolution of the shaft. 2 gives a rectangle. - I would like to extend the cone to produce a line, - but this is not an option now. - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the length, and radius of the tip. They default to 0.35 and 0.1 - - - - - Set the resolution of the tip. The tip behaves the same as a cone. - Resoultion 1 gives a single triangle, 2 gives two crossed triangles. - - - - - vtkAssignAttribute - Labels a field as an attribute - - - Description - vtkAssignAttribute is use to label a field (vtkDataArray) as an attribute. - A field name or an attribute to labeled can be specified. For example: - @verbatim - aa->Assign("foo", vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS, - vtkAssignAttribute::POINT_DATA); - @endverbatim - tells vtkAssignAttribute to make the array in the point data called - "foo" the active scalars. On the other hand, - @verbatim - aa->Assign(vtkDataSetAttributes::VECTORS, vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS, - vtkAssignAttribute::POINT_DATA); - @endverbatim - tells vtkAssignAttribute to make the active vectors also the active - scalars. The same can be done more easily from Tcl by using the Assign() - method which takes strings: - @verbatim - aa Assign "foo" SCALARS POINT_DATA - or - aa Assign SCALARS VECTORS POINT_DATA - - AttributeTypes: SCALARS, VECTORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, TENSORS - Attribute locations: POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA - @endverbatim - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkAssignAttribute. - - - - - Create a new vtkAssignAttribute. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Label an attribute as another attribute. - - - - - Label an array as an attribute. - - - - - Helper method used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Helper method used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAttributeDataToFieldDataFilter - map attribute data to field data - - - Description - vtkAttributeDataToFieldDataFilter is a class that maps attribute data into - field data. Since this filter is a subclass of vtkDataSetAlgorithm, - the output dataset (whose structure is the same as the input dataset), - will contain the field data that is generated. The filter will convert - point and cell attribute data to field data and assign it as point and - cell field data, replacing any point or field data that was there - previously. By default, the original non-field point and cell attribute - data will be passed to the output of the filter, although you can shut - this behavior down. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct this object. - - - - - Construct this object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the passing of point and cell non-field attribute data to the - output of the filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the passing of point and cell non-field attribute data to the - output of the filter. - - - - - Turn on/off the passing of point and cell non-field attribute data to the - output of the filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the passing of point and cell non-field attribute data to the - output of the filter. - - - - - vtkAxes - create an x-y-z axes - - - Description - vtkAxes creates three lines that form an x-y-z axes. The origin of the - axes is user specified (0,0,0 is default), and the size is specified with - a scale factor. Three scalar values are generated for the three lines and - can be used (via color map) to indicate a particular coordinate axis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Option for computing normals. By default they are computed. - - - - - Option for computing normals. By default they are computed. - - - - - Option for computing normals. By default they are computed. - - - - - Set the origin of the axes. - - - - - Set the origin of the axes. - - - - - Set the scale factor of the axes. Used to control size. - - - - - If Symetric is on, the the axis continue to negative values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Option for computing normals. By default they are computed. - - - - - Set the origin of the axes. - - - - - Set the origin of the axes. - - - - - Set the scale factor of the axes. Used to control size. - - - - - If Symetric is on, the the axis continue to negative values. - - - - - If Symetric is on, the the axis continue to negative values. - - - - - If Symetric is on, the the axis continue to negative values. - - - - - vtkBandedPolyDataContourFilter - generate filled contours for vtkPolyData - - - Description - vtkBandedPolyDataContourFilter is a filter that takes as input vtkPolyData - and produces as output filled contours (also represented as vtkPolyData). - Filled contours are bands of cells that all have the same cell scalar - value, and can therefore be colored the same. The method is also referred - to as filled contour generation. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. You can - either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour value, or use - GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly spaced contours. Each - contour value divides (or clips) the data into two pieces, values below - the contour value, and values above it. The scalar values of each - band correspond to the specified contour value. Note that if the first and - last contour values are not the minimum/maximum contour range, then two - extra contour values are added corresponding to the minimum and maximum - range values. These extra contour bands can be prevented from being output - by turning clipping on. - - - - - vtkClipDataSet vtkClipPolyData vtkClipVolume vtkContourFilter - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with no contours defined. - - - - - Construct object with no contours defined. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Indicate whether to clip outside the range specified by the user. - (The range is contour value[0] to contour value[numContours-1].) - Clipping means all cells outside of the range specified are not - sent to the output. - - - - - Indicate whether to clip outside the range specified by the user. - (The range is contour value[0] to contour value[numContours-1].) - Clipping means all cells outside of the range specified are not - sent to the output. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether contour edges are generated. - Contour edges are the edges between bands. If enabled, they are - generated from polygons/triangle strips and placed into the second - output (the ContourEdgesOutput). - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether contour edges are generated. - Contour edges are the edges between bands. If enabled, they are - generated from polygons/triangle strips and placed into the second - output (the ContourEdgesOutput). - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Indicate whether to clip outside the range specified by the user. - (The range is contour value[0] to contour value[numContours-1].) - Clipping means all cells outside of the range specified are not - sent to the output. - - - - - Get the second output which contains the edges dividing the contour - bands. This output is empty unless GenerateContourEdges is enabled. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether contour edges are generated. - Contour edges are the edges between bands. If enabled, they are - generated from polygons/triangle strips and placed into the second - output (the ContourEdgesOutput). - - - - - Overload GetMTime because we delegate to vtkContourValues so its - modified time must be taken into account. - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Control whether the cell scalars are output as an integer index or - a scalar value. If an index, the index refers to the bands produced - by the clipping range. If a value, then a scalar value which is a - value between clip values is used. - - - - - Control whether the cell scalars are output as an integer index or - a scalar value. If an index, the index refers to the bands produced - by the clipping range. If a value, then a scalar value which is a - value between clip values is used. - - - - - Control whether the cell scalars are output as an integer index or - a scalar value. If an index, the index refers to the bands produced - by the clipping range. If a value, then a scalar value which is a - value between clip values is used. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Indicate whether to clip outside the range specified by the user. - (The range is contour value[0] to contour value[numContours-1].) - Clipping means all cells outside of the range specified are not - sent to the output. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether contour edges are generated. - Contour edges are the edges between bands. If enabled, they are - generated from polygons/triangle strips and placed into the second - output (the ContourEdgesOutput). - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Control whether the cell scalars are output as an integer index or - a scalar value. If an index, the index refers to the bands produced - by the clipping range. If a value, then a scalar value which is a - value between clip values is used. - - - - - Control whether the cell scalars are output as an integer index or - a scalar value. If an index, the index refers to the bands produced - by the clipping range. If a value, then a scalar value which is a - value between clip values is used. - - - - - Control whether the cell scalars are output as an integer index or - a scalar value. If an index, the index refers to the bands produced - by the clipping range. If a value, then a scalar value which is a - value between clip values is used. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkBlankStructuredGrid - translate point attribute data into a blanking field - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the data array id to use to generate the blanking - field. Alternatively, you can specify the array name. (If both are set, - the array name takes precedence.) - - - - - Specify the data array name to use to generate the blanking - field. Alternatively, you can specify the array id. (If both are set, - the array name takes precedence.) - - - - - Specify the component in the data array to use to generate the blanking - field. - - - - - Specify the component in the data array to use to generate the blanking - field. - - - - - Specify the component in the data array to use to generate the blanking - field. - - - - - Specify the upper data value in the data array specified which will be - converted into a "blank" (or off) value in the blanking array. - - - - - Specify the lower data value in the data array specified which will be - converted into a "blank" (or off) value in the blanking array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the data array id to use to generate the blanking - field. Alternatively, you can specify the array name. (If both are set, - the array name takes precedence.) - - - - - Specify the data array name to use to generate the blanking - field. Alternatively, you can specify the array id. (If both are set, - the array name takes precedence.) - - - - - Specify the component in the data array to use to generate the blanking - field. - - - - - Specify the upper data value in the data array specified which will be - converted into a "blank" (or off) value in the blanking array. - - - - - Specify the lower data value in the data array specified which will be - converted into a "blank" (or off) value in the blanking array. - - - - - vtkBlankStructuredGridWithImage - blank a structured grid with an image - - - Description - This filter can be used to set the blanking in a structured grid with - an image. The filter takes two inputs: the structured grid to blank, - and the image used to set the blanking. Make sure that the dimensions of - both the image and the structured grid are identical. - - Note that the image is interpreted as follows: zero values indicate that - the structured grid point is blanked; non-zero values indicate that the - structured grid point is visible. The blanking data must be unsigned char. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input image used to perform the blanking. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input image used to perform the blanking. - - - - - vtkBlockIdScalars - generates scalars from blocks. - - - Description - vtkBlockIdScalars is a filter that generates scalars using the block index - for each block. Note that all sub-blocks within a block get the same scalar. - The new scalars array is named \c BlockIdScalars. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkBoxClipDataSet - clip an unstructured grid - - - - Description - Clipping means that is actually 'cuts' through the cells of the dataset, - returning tetrahedral cells inside of the box. - The output of this filter is an unstructured grid. - - This filter can be configured to compute a second output. The - second output is the part of the cell that is clipped away. Set the - GenerateClippedData boolean on if you wish to access this output data. - - The vtkBoxClipDataSet will triangulate all types of 3D cells (i.e, create tetrahedra). - This is necessary to preserve compatibility across face neighbors. - - To use this filter,you can decide if you will be clipping with a box or a hexahedral box. - 1) Set orientation - if(SetOrientation(0)): box (parallel with coordinate axis) - SetBoxClip(xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax) - if(SetOrientation(1)): hexahedral box (Default) - SetBoxClip(n[0],o[0],n[1],o[1],n[2],o[2],n[3],o[3],n[4],o[4],n[5],o[5]) - PlaneNormal[] normal of each plane - PlanePoint[] point on the plane - 2) Apply the GenerateClipScalarsOn() - 3) Execute clipping Update(); - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Constructor of the clipping box. The initial box is (0,1,0,1,0,1). - The hexahedral box and the parallel box parameters are set to match this - box. - - - - - Constructor of the clipping box. The initial box is (0,1,0,1,0,1). - The hexahedral box and the parallel box parameters are set to match this - box. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated, and not the input scalar data. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated, and not the input scalar data. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated, and not the input scalar data. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the Box with which to perform the clipping. - If the box is not parallel to axis, you need to especify - normal vector of each plane and a point on the plane. - - - - - Description - Specify the Box with which to perform the clipping. - If the box is not parallel to axis, you need to especify - normal vector of each plane and a point on the plane. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated, and not the input scalar data. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - Tells if clipping happens with a box parallel with coordinate axis - (0) or with an hexahedral box (1). Initial value is 1. - - - - - vtkBrownianPoints - assign random vector to points - - - Description - vtkBrownianPoints is a filter object that assigns a random vector (i.e., - magnitude and direction) to each point. The minimum and maximum speed - values can be controlled by the user. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the maximum speed value. - - - - - Set the maximum speed value. - - - - - Set the maximum speed value. - - - - - Set the minimum speed value. - - - - - Set the minimum speed value. - - - - - Set the minimum speed value. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Set the maximum speed value. - - - - - Set the minimum speed value. - - - - - vtkButterflySubdivisionFilter - generate a subdivision surface using the Butterfly Scheme - - - Description - vtkButterflySubdivisionFilter is an interpolating subdivision scheme - that creates four new triangles for each triangle in the mesh. The - user can specify the NumberOfSubdivisions. This filter implements the - 8-point butterfly scheme described in: Zorin, D., Schroder, P., and - Sweldens, W., "Interpolating Subdivisions for Meshes with Arbitrary - Topology," Computer Graphics Proceedings, Annual Conference Series, - 1996, ACM SIGGRAPH, pp.189-192. This scheme improves previous - butterfly subdivisions with special treatment of vertices with valence - other than 6. - - Currently, the filter only operates on triangles. Users should use the - vtkTriangleFilter to triangulate meshes that contain polygons or - triangle strips. - - The filter interpolates point data using the same scheme. New - triangles created at a subdivision step will have the cell data of - their parent cell. - - - - - vtkInterpolatingSubdivisionFilter - generate a subdivision surface using an Interpolating Scheme - - - Description - vtkInterpolatingSubdivisionFilter is an abstract class that defines - the protocol for interpolating subdivision surface filters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - vtkButtonSource - abstract class for creating various button types - - - Description - vtkButtonSource is an abstract class that defines an API for creating - "button-like" objects in VTK. A button is a geometry with a rectangular - region that can be textured. The button is divided into two regions: the - texture region and the shoulder region. The points in both regions are - assigned texture coordinates. The texture region has texture coordinates - consistent with the image to be placed on it. All points in the shoulder - regions are assigned a texture coordinate specified by the user. In this - way the shoulder region can be colored by the texture. - - Creating a vtkButtonSource requires specifying its center point. - (Subclasses have other attributes that must be set to control - the shape of the button.) You must also specify how to control - the shape of the texture region; i.e., whether to size the - texture region proportional to the texture dimensions or whether - to size the texture region proportional to the button. Also, buttons - can be created single sided are mirrored to create two-sided buttons. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin (center) of the button. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin (center) of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the default texture coordinate to set the shoulder region to. - - - - - Set/Get the default texture coordinate to set the shoulder region to. - - - - - Set/Get the default texture coordinate to set the shoulder region to. - - - - - Set/get the texture dimension. This needs to be set if the texture - style is set to fit the image. - - - - - Set/get the texture dimension. This needs to be set if the texture - style is set to fit the image. - - - - - Set/get the texture dimension. This needs to be set if the texture - style is set to fit the image. - - - - - Set/Get the style of the texture region: whether to size it - according to the x-y dimensions of the texture, or whether to make - the texture region proportional to the width/height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the style of the texture region: whether to size it - according to the x-y dimensions of the texture, or whether to make - the texture region proportional to the width/height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the style of the texture region: whether to size it - according to the x-y dimensions of the texture, or whether to make - the texture region proportional to the width/height of the button. - - - - - Indicate whether the button is single or double sided. A double sided - button can be viewed from two sides...it looks sort of like a "pill." - A single-sided button is meant to viewed from a single side; it looks - like a "clam-shell." - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin (center) of the button. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin (center) of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the default texture coordinate to set the shoulder region to. - - - - - Set/Get the default texture coordinate to set the shoulder region to. - - - - - Set/get the texture dimension. This needs to be set if the texture - style is set to fit the image. - - - - - Set/get the texture dimension. This needs to be set if the texture - style is set to fit the image. - - - - - Set/Get the style of the texture region: whether to size it - according to the x-y dimensions of the texture, or whether to make - the texture region proportional to the width/height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the style of the texture region: whether to size it - according to the x-y dimensions of the texture, or whether to make - the texture region proportional to the width/height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the style of the texture region: whether to size it - according to the x-y dimensions of the texture, or whether to make - the texture region proportional to the width/height of the button. - - - - - Indicate whether the button is single or double sided. A double sided - button can be viewed from two sides...it looks sort of like a "pill." - A single-sided button is meant to viewed from a single side; it looks - like a "clam-shell." - - - - - Indicate whether the button is single or double sided. A double sided - button can be viewed from two sides...it looks sort of like a "pill." - A single-sided button is meant to viewed from a single side; it looks - like a "clam-shell." - - - - - Indicate whether the button is single or double sided. A double sided - button can be viewed from two sides...it looks sort of like a "pill." - A single-sided button is meant to viewed from a single side; it looks - like a "clam-shell." - - - - - vtkCellCenters - generate points at center of cells - - - Description - vtkCellCenters is a filter that takes as input any dataset and - generates on output points at the center of the cells in the dataset. - These points can be used for placing glyphs (vtkGlyph3D) or labeling - (vtkLabeledDataMapper). (The center is the parametric center of the - cell, not necessarily the geometric or bounding box center.) The cell - attributes will be associated with the points on output. - - Caveats - You can choose to generate just points or points and vertex cells. - Vertex cells are drawn during rendering; points are not. Use the ivar - VertexCells to generate cells. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with vertex cell generation turned off. - - - - - Construct object with vertex cell generation turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. The default - is Off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. The default - is Off. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. The default - is Off. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. The default - is Off. - - - - - vtkCellDataToPointData - map cell data to point data - - - Description - vtkCellDataToPointData is a filter that transforms cell data (i.e., data - specified per cell) into point data (i.e., data specified at cell - points). The method of transformation is based on averaging the data - values of all cells using a particular point. Optionally, the input cell - data can be passed through to the output as well. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether the input cell data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input cell data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the input cell data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input cell data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - Control whether the input cell data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input cell data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the input cell data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input cell data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - vtkCellDerivatives - compute derivatives of scalars and vectors - - - Description - vtkCellDerivatives is a filter that computes derivatives of scalars - and vectors at the center of cells. You can choose to generate - different output including the scalar gradient (a vector), computed - tensor vorticity (a vector), gradient of input vectors (a tensor), - and strain matrix of the input vectors (a tensor); or you may - choose to pass data through to the output. - - Note that it is assumed that on input scalars and vector point data - is available, which are then used to generate cell vectors and tensors. - (The interpolation functions of the cells are used to compute the - derivatives which is why point data is required.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct to compute the gradient of the scalars and vectors. - - - - - Construct to compute the gradient of the scalars and vectors. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate tensor cell data. You can - choose to pass the input cell tensors, compute the gradient of - the input vectors, or compute the strain tensor of the vector gradient - tensor. By default (TensorModeToComputeGradient), the filter will - take the gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate tensor cell data. You can - choose to pass the input cell tensors, compute the gradient of - the input vectors, or compute the strain tensor of the vector gradient - tensor. By default (TensorModeToComputeGradient), the filter will - take the gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate vector cell data. You - can choose to pass the input cell vectors, compute the gradient - of the input scalars, or extract the vorticity of the computed - vector gradient tensor. By default (VectorModeToComputeGradient), - the filter will take the gradient of the input scalar data. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate vector cell data. You - can choose to pass the input cell vectors, compute the gradient - of the input scalars, or extract the vorticity of the computed - vector gradient tensor. By default (VectorModeToComputeGradient), - the filter will take the gradient of the input scalar data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate tensor cell data. You can - choose to pass the input cell tensors, compute the gradient of - the input vectors, or compute the strain tensor of the vector gradient - tensor. By default (TensorModeToComputeGradient), the filter will - take the gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate tensor cell data. You can - choose to pass the input cell tensors, compute the gradient of - the input vectors, or compute the strain tensor of the vector gradient - tensor. By default (TensorModeToComputeGradient), the filter will - take the gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate tensor cell data. You can - choose to pass the input cell tensors, compute the gradient of - the input vectors, or compute the strain tensor of the vector gradient - tensor. By default (TensorModeToComputeGradient), the filter will - take the gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate tensor cell data. You can - choose to pass the input cell tensors, compute the gradient of - the input vectors, or compute the strain tensor of the vector gradient - tensor. By default (TensorModeToComputeGradient), the filter will - take the gradient of the vector data to construct a tensor. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate vector cell data. You - can choose to pass the input cell vectors, compute the gradient - of the input scalars, or extract the vorticity of the computed - vector gradient tensor. By default (VectorModeToComputeGradient), - the filter will take the gradient of the input scalar data. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate vector cell data. You - can choose to pass the input cell vectors, compute the gradient - of the input scalars, or extract the vorticity of the computed - vector gradient tensor. By default (VectorModeToComputeGradient), - the filter will take the gradient of the input scalar data. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate vector cell data. You - can choose to pass the input cell vectors, compute the gradient - of the input scalars, or extract the vorticity of the computed - vector gradient tensor. By default (VectorModeToComputeGradient), - the filter will take the gradient of the input scalar data. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate vector cell data. You - can choose to pass the input cell vectors, compute the gradient - of the input scalars, or extract the vorticity of the computed - vector gradient tensor. By default (VectorModeToComputeGradient), - the filter will take the gradient of the input scalar data. - - - - - vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField - A concrete class for - obtaining the interpolated velocity values at a point. - - - - Description - vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField acts as a continuous velocity - field via cell interpolation on a vtkDataSet, NumberOfIndependentVariables - = 4 (x,y,z,t) and NumberOfFunctions = 3 (u,v,w). As a concrete sub-class - of vtkAbstractInterpolatedVelocityField, it adopts vtkAbstractCellLocator's - sub-classes, e.g., vtkCellLocator and vtkModifiedBSPTree, without the use - of vtkPointLocator ( employed by vtkDataSet/vtkPointSet::FindCell() in - vtkInterpolatedVelocityField ). vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField - adopts one level of cell caching. Specifically, if the next point is still - within the previous cell, cell location is then simply skipped and vtkCell:: - EvaluatePosition() is called to obtain the new parametric coordinates and - weights that are used to interpolate the velocity function values across the - vertices of this cell. Otherwise a global cell (the target containing the next - point) location is instead directly invoked, without exploiting the clue that - vtkInterpolatedVelocityField makes use of from the previous cell (an immediate - neighbor). Although ignoring the neighbor cell may incur a relatively high - computational cost, vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField is more robust in - locating the target cell than its sibling class vtkInterpolatedVelocityField. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField without an initial - dataset. Caching is set on and LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Construct a vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField without an initial - dataset. Caching is set on and LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset coupled with a cell locator (of type vtkAbstractCellLocator) - for vector function evaluation. Note the use of a vtkAbstractCellLocator - enables robust cell location. If more than one dataset is added, the - evaluation point is searched in all until a match is found. THIS FUNCTION - DOES NOT CHANGE THE REFERENCE COUNT OF dataset FOR THREAD SAFETY REASONS. - - - - - Import parameters. Sub-classes can add more after chaining. - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field f at point (x, y, z). - - - - - Get the prototype of the cell locator that is used for interpolating the - velocity field during integration. - - - - - Get the cell locator attached to the most recently visited dataset. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set a prototype of the cell locator that is used for interpolating the - velocity field during integration. - - - - - Set the cell id cached by the last evaluation within a specified dataset. - - - - - Set the cell id cached by the last evaluation. - - - - - vtkCellQuality - Calculate functions of quality of the elements - of a mesh - - - - Description - vtkCellQuality computes one or more functions of (geometric) quality for each - cell of a mesh. The per-cell quality is added to the mesh's cell data, in an - array named "Quality." Cell types not supported by this filter or undefined - quality of supported cell types will have an entry of 0. - - Caveats - Most quadrilateral quality functions are intended for planar quadrilaterals - only. The minimal angle is not, strictly speaking, a quality function, but - it is provided because of its useage by many authors. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the return value for undefined quality. Undefined quality - are qualities that could be addressed by this filter but is not well - defined for the particular geometry of cell in question, e.g. a - volume query for a triangle. Undefined quality will always be undefined. - The default value for UndefinedQuality is -1. - - - - - Set/Get the return value for unsupported geometry. Unsupported geometry - are geometries that are not supported by this filter currently, future - implementation might include support for them. The defalut value for - UnsupportedGeometry is -1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the return value for undefined quality. Undefined quality - are qualities that could be addressed by this filter but is not well - defined for the particular geometry of cell in question, e.g. a - volume query for a triangle. Undefined quality will always be undefined. - The default value for UndefinedQuality is -1. - - - - - Set/Get the return value for undefined quality. Undefined quality - are qualities that could be addressed by this filter but is not well - defined for the particular geometry of cell in question, e.g. a - volume query for a triangle. Undefined quality will always be undefined. - The default value for UndefinedQuality is -1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of all - supported geometries. For qualities that are not defined for certain - geometries, later program logic ensures that CellQualityNone static - function will be used so that a predefined value is returned for the - request. - There is no default value for this call and valid values include all - possible qualities supported by this class. - - - - - Set/Get the return value for undefined quality. Undefined quality - are qualities that could be addressed by this filter but is not well - defined for the particular geometry of cell in question, e.g. a - volume query for a triangle. Undefined quality will always be undefined. - The default value for UndefinedQuality is -1. - - - - - Set/Get the return value for unsupported geometry. Unsupported geometry - are geometries that are not supported by this filter currently, future - implementation might include support for them. The defalut value for - UnsupportedGeometry is -1. - - - - - Set/Get the return value for undefined quality. Undefined quality - are qualities that could be addressed by this filter but is not well - defined for the particular geometry of cell in question, e.g. a - volume query for a triangle. Undefined quality will always be undefined. - The default value for UndefinedQuality is -1. - - - - - vtkCleanPolyData - merge duplicate points, and/or remove unused points and/or remove degenerate cells - - - Description - vtkCleanPolyData is a filter that takes polygonal data as input and - generates polygonal data as output. vtkCleanPolyData can merge duplicate - points (within specified tolerance and if enabled), eliminate points - that are not used, and if enabled, transform degenerate cells into - appropriate forms (for example, a triangle is converted into a line - if two points of triangle are merged). - - Conversion of degenerate cells is controlled by the flags - ConvertLinesToPoints, ConvertPolysToLines, ConvertStripsToPolys which act - cumulatively such that a degenerate strip may become a poly. - The full set is - Line with 1 points -> Vert (if ConvertLinesToPoints) - Poly with 2 points -> Line (if ConvertPolysToLines) - Poly with 1 points -> Vert (if ConvertPolysToLines && ConvertLinesToPoints) - Strp with 3 points -> Poly (if ConvertStripsToPolys) - Strp with 2 points -> Line (if ConvertStripsToPolys && ConvertPolysToLines) - Strp with 1 points -> Vert (if ConvertStripsToPolys && ConvertPolysToLines - && ConvertLinesToPoints) - - If tolerance is specified precisely=0.0, then vtkCleanPolyData will use - the vtkMergePoints object to merge points (which is faster). Otherwise the - slower vtkIncrementalPointLocator is used. Before inserting points into the point - locator, this class calls a function OperateOnPoint which can be used (in - subclasses) to further refine the cleaning process. See - vtkQuantizePolyDataPoints. - - Note that merging of points can be disabled. In this case, a point locator - will not be used, and points that are not used by any cells will be - eliminated, but never merged. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate lines to points. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate lines to points. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate polys to lines. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate polys to lines. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate strips to polys. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate strips to polys. Default is On. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Specify tolerance in absolute terms. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify tolerance in absolute terms. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify tolerance in absolute terms. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate lines to points. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate polys to lines. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate strips to polys. Default is On. - - - - - Set/Get a spatial locator for speeding the search process. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Get the MTime of this object also considering the locator. - - - - - This filter is difficult to stream. - To get invariant results, the whole input must be processed at once. - This flag allows the user to select whether strict piece invariance - is required. By default it is on. When off, the filter can stream, - but results may change. - - - - - Set/Get a boolean value that controls whether point merging is - performed. If on, a locator will be used, and points laying within - the appropriate tolerance may be merged. If off, points are never - merged. By default, merging is on. - - - - - Specify tolerance in terms of fraction of bounding box length. - Default is 0.0. - - - - - By default ToleranceIsAbsolute is false and Tolerance is - a fraction of Bounding box diagonal, if true, AbsoluteTolerance is - used when adding points to locator (merging) - - - - - Specify tolerance in terms of fraction of bounding box length. - Default is 0.0. - - - - - Specify tolerance in terms of fraction of bounding box length. - Default is 0.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform operation on bounds - - - - - Perform operation on a point - - - - - This filter is difficult to stream. - To get invariant results, the whole input must be processed at once. - This flag allows the user to select whether strict piece invariance - is required. By default it is on. When off, the filter can stream, - but results may change. - - - - - This filter is difficult to stream. - To get invariant results, the whole input must be processed at once. - This flag allows the user to select whether strict piece invariance - is required. By default it is on. When off, the filter can stream, - but results may change. - - - - - Set/Get a boolean value that controls whether point merging is - performed. If on, a locator will be used, and points laying within - the appropriate tolerance may be merged. If off, points are never - merged. By default, merging is on. - - - - - Set/Get a boolean value that controls whether point merging is - performed. If on, a locator will be used, and points laying within - the appropriate tolerance may be merged. If off, points are never - merged. By default, merging is on. - - - - - Release locator - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify tolerance in absolute terms. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate lines to points. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate polys to lines. Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off conversion of degenerate strips to polys. Default is On. - - - - - Set/Get a spatial locator for speeding the search process. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - This filter is difficult to stream. - To get invariant results, the whole input must be processed at once. - This flag allows the user to select whether strict piece invariance - is required. By default it is on. When off, the filter can stream, - but results may change. - - - - - Set/Get a boolean value that controls whether point merging is - performed. If on, a locator will be used, and points laying within - the appropriate tolerance may be merged. If off, points are never - merged. By default, merging is on. - - - - - Specify tolerance in terms of fraction of bounding box length. - Default is 0.0. - - - - - By default ToleranceIsAbsolute is false and Tolerance is - a fraction of Bounding box diagonal, if true, AbsoluteTolerance is - used when adding points to locator (merging) - - - - - By default ToleranceIsAbsolute is false and Tolerance is - a fraction of Bounding box diagonal, if true, AbsoluteTolerance is - used when adding points to locator (merging) - - - - - By default ToleranceIsAbsolute is false and Tolerance is - a fraction of Bounding box diagonal, if true, AbsoluteTolerance is - used when adding points to locator (merging) - - - - - vtkClipClosedSurface - Clip a closed surface with a plane collection - - - Description - vtkClipClosedSurface will clip a closed polydata surface with a - collection of clipping planes. It will produce a new closed surface - by creating new polygonal faces where the input data was clipped. - If GenerateOutline is on, it will also generate an outline wherever - the clipping planes intersect the data. The ScalarMode option - will add cell scalars to the output, so that the generated faces - can be visualized in a different color from the original surface. - Caveats - The triangulation of new faces is done in O(n) time for simple convex - inputs, but for non-convex inputs the worst-case time is O(n^2*m^2) - where n is the number of points and m is the number of 3D cavities. - The best triangulation algorithms, in contrast, are O(n log n). - There are also rare cases where the triangulation will fail to produce - a watertight output. Turn on TriangulationErrorDisplay to be notified - of these failures. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class to VTK. - - - - vtkOutlineFilter vtkOutlineSource vtkVolumeOutlineSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. This is - on by default. If it is off, then the output will have no polys. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. This is - on by default. If it is off, then the output will have no polys. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is off by default. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is off by default. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry produced by clipping with the - ActivePlane, if ActivePlaneId is set. Default is yellow. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry produced by clipping with the - ActivePlane, if ActivePlaneId is set. Default is yellow. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry produced by clipping with the - ActivePlane, if ActivePlaneId is set. Default is yellow. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the active plane, so that the clipping from that plane can be - displayed in a different color. Set this to -1 if there is no active - plane. The default value is -1. - - - - - Set the color for all cells were part of the original geometry. - If the the input data already has color cell scalars, then those - values will be used and parameter will be ignored. The default color - is red. Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for all cells were part of the original geometry. - If the the input data already has color cell scalars, then those - values will be used and parameter will be ignored. The default color - is red. Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for all cells were part of the original geometry. - If the the input data already has color cell scalars, then those - values will be used and parameter will be ignored. The default color - is red. Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry, either faces or outlines, that are - created as a result of the clipping. The default color is orange. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry, either faces or outlines, that are - created as a result of the clipping. The default color is orange. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry, either faces or outlines, that are - created as a result of the clipping. The default color is orange. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the vtkPlaneCollection that holds the clipping planes. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. This is - on by default. If it is off, then the output will have no polys. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is off by default. - - - - - Pass the point data to the output. Point data will be interpolated - when new points are generated. This is off by default. - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set the tolerance for creating new points while clipping. If the - tolerance is too small, then degenerate triangles might be produced. - The default tolerance is 1e-6. - - - - - Generate errors when the triangulation fails. Usually the - triangulation errors are too small to see, but they result in - a surface that is not watertight. This option has no impact - on performance. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Pass the point data to the output. Point data will be interpolated - when new points are generated. This is off by default. - - - - - Pass the point data to the output. Point data will be interpolated - when new points are generated. This is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry produced by clipping with the - ActivePlane, if ActivePlaneId is set. Default is yellow. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry produced by clipping with the - ActivePlane, if ActivePlaneId is set. Default is yellow. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the active plane, so that the clipping from that plane can be - displayed in a different color. Set this to -1 if there is no active - plane. The default value is -1. - - - - - Set the color for all cells were part of the original geometry. - If the the input data already has color cell scalars, then those - values will be used and parameter will be ignored. The default color - is red. Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for all cells were part of the original geometry. - If the the input data already has color cell scalars, then those - values will be used and parameter will be ignored. The default color - is red. Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry, either faces or outlines, that are - created as a result of the clipping. The default color is orange. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the color for any new geometry, either faces or outlines, that are - created as a result of the clipping. The default color is orange. - Requires SetScalarModeToColors. - - - - - Set the vtkPlaneCollection that holds the clipping planes. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. This is - on by default. If it is off, then the output will have no polys. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is off by default. - - - - - Pass the point data to the output. Point data will be interpolated - when new points are generated. This is off by default. - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set whether to add cell scalars, so that new faces and outlines - can be distinguished from original faces and lines. The options - are "None", "Colors", and "Labels". For the "Labels" option, - a scalar value of "0" indicates an original cell, "1" indicates - a new cell on a cut face, and "2" indicates a new cell on the - ActivePlane as set by the SetActivePlane() method. The default - scalar mode is "None". - - - - - Set the tolerance for creating new points while clipping. If the - tolerance is too small, then degenerate triangles might be produced. - The default tolerance is 1e-6. - - - - - Generate errors when the triangulation fails. Usually the - triangulation errors are too small to see, but they result in - a surface that is not watertight. This option has no impact - on performance. - - - - - Generate errors when the triangulation fails. Usually the - triangulation errors are too small to see, but they result in - a surface that is not watertight. This option has no impact - on performance. - - - - - Generate errors when the triangulation fails. Usually the - triangulation errors are too small to see, but they result in - a surface that is not watertight. This option has no impact - on performance. - - - - - vtkClipConvexPolyData - clip any dataset with user-specified implicit function or input scalar data - - - Description - vtkClipConvexPolyData is a filter that clips a convex polydata with a set - of planes. Its main usage is for clipping a bounding volume with frustum - planes (used later one in volume rendering). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Redefines this method, as this filter depends on time of its components - (planes) - - - - - Set all the planes at once using a vtkPlanes implicit function. - This also sets the D value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set all the planes at once using a vtkPlanes implicit function. - This also sets the D value. - - - - - vtkClipDataSet - clip any dataset with user-specified implicit function or input scalar data - - - Description - vtkClipDataSet is a filter that clips any type of dataset using either - any subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, or the input scalar - data. Clipping means that it actually "cuts" through the cells of - the dataset, returning everything inside of the specified implicit - function (or greater than the scalar value) including "pieces" of - a cell. (Compare this with vtkExtractGeometry, which pulls out - entire, uncut cells.) The output of this filter is an unstructured - grid. - - To use this filter, you must decide if you will be clipping with an - implicit function, or whether you will be using the input scalar - data. If you want to clip with an implicit function, you must: - 1) define an implicit function - 2) set it with the SetClipFunction method - 3) apply the GenerateClipScalarsOn method - If a ClipFunction is not specified, or GenerateClipScalars is off - (the default), then the input's scalar data will be used to clip - the polydata. - - You can also specify a scalar value, which is used to decide what is - inside and outside of the implicit function. You can also reverse the - sense of what inside/outside is by setting the InsideOut instance - variable. (The clipping algorithm proceeds by computing an implicit - function value or using the input scalar data for each point in the - dataset. This is compared to the scalar value to determine - inside/outside.) - - This filter can be configured to compute a second output. The - second output is the part of the cell that is clipped away. Set the - GenerateClippedData boolean on if you wish to access this output data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, - then the selected input scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator and clip function. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - If UseValueAsOffset is true, Value is used as an offset parameter to - the implicit function. Otherwise, Value is used only when clipping - using a scalar array. Default is true. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. This value is ignored if - UseValueAsOffset is true and a clip function is defined. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, - then the selected input scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the vertices of cells. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this - instance variable. - - - - - If UseValueAsOffset is true, Value is used as an offset parameter to - the implicit function. Otherwise, Value is used only when clipping - using a scalar array. Default is true. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. This value is ignored if - UseValueAsOffset is true and a clip function is defined. - - - - - If UseValueAsOffset is true, Value is used as an offset parameter to - the implicit function. Otherwise, Value is used only when clipping - using a scalar array. Default is true. - - - - - If UseValueAsOffset is true, Value is used as an offset parameter to - the implicit function. Otherwise, Value is used only when clipping - using a scalar array. Default is true. - - - - - vtkClipHyperOctree - clip an hyperoctree with user-specified implicit function or input scalar data - - - Description - vtkClipHyperOctree is a filter that clips an hyperoctree using either - any subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, or the input scalar - data. Clipping means that it actually "cuts" through the leaves (cells) of - the hyperoctree, returning everything inside of the specified implicit - function (or greater than the scalar value) including "pieces" of - a cell. (Compare this with vtkExtractGeometry, which pulls out - entire, uncut cells.) The output of this filter is an unstructured - grid. - - To use this filter, you must decide if you will be clipping with an - implicit function, or whether you will be using the input scalar - data. If you want to clip with an implicit function, you must: - 1) define an implicit function - 2) set it with the SetClipFunction method - 3) apply the GenerateClipScalarsOn method - If a ClipFunction is not specified, or GenerateClipScalars is off - (the default), then the input's scalar data will be used to clip - the polydata. - - You can also specify a scalar value, which is used to decide what is - inside and outside of the implicit function. You can also reverse the - sense of what inside/outside is by setting the InsideOut instance - variable. (The clipping algorithm proceeds by computing an implicit - function value or using the input scalar data for each point in the - dataset. This is compared to the scalar value to determine - inside/outside.) - - This filter can be configured to compute a second output. The - second output is the part of the cell that is clipped away. Set the - GenerateClippedData boolean on if you wish to access this output data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, - then the selected input scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator and clip function. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, - then the selected input scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. - - - - - vtkClipPolyData - clip polygonal data with user-specified implicit function or input scalar data - - - Description - vtkClipPolyData is a filter that clips polygonal data using either - any subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, or the input scalar - data. Clipping means that it actually "cuts" through the cells of - the dataset, returning everything inside of the specified implicit - function (or greater than the scalar value) including "pieces" of - a cell. (Compare this with vtkExtractGeometry, which pulls out - entire, uncut cells.) The output of this filter is polygonal data. - - To use this filter, you must decide if you will be clipping with an - implicit function, or whether you will be using the input scalar - data. If you want to clip with an implicit function, you must: - 1) define an implicit function - 2) set it with the SetClipFunction method - 3) apply the GenerateClipScalarsOn method - If a ClipFunction is not specified, or GenerateClipScalars is off - (the default), then the input's scalar data will be used to clip - the polydata. - - You can also specify a scalar value, which is used to - decide what is inside and outside of the implicit function. You can - also reverse the sense of what inside/outside is by setting the - InsideOut instance variable. (The cutting algorithm proceeds by - computing an implicit function value or using the input scalar data - for each point in the dataset. This is compared to the scalar value - to determine inside/outside.) - - This filter can be configured to compute a second output. The - second output is the polygonal data that is clipped away. Set the - GenerateClippedData boolean on if you wish to access this output data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, then the input - scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - Return the Clipped output. - - - - - Return the output port (a vtkAlgorithmOutput) of the clipped output. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator and clip function. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the - clipping. If you do not define an implicit function, then the input - scalar data will be used for clipping. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered - inside the implicit function if its value is greater than the - Value ivar. When InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is - considered inside the implicit function if its implicit function - value is less than or equal to the Value ivar. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, an - instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with - scalars). The default value is 0.0. - - - - - vtkClipVolume - clip volume data with user-specified implicit function or input scalar data - - - Description - vtkClipVolume is a filter that clips volume data (i.e., vtkImageData) - using either: any subclass of vtkImplicitFunction or the input scalar - data. The clipping operation cuts through the cells of the - dataset--converting 3D image data into a 3D unstructured grid--returning - everything inside of the specified implicit function (or greater than the - scalar value). During the clipping the filter will produce pieces of a - cell. (Compare this with vtkExtractGeometry or vtkGeometryFilter, which - produces entire, uncut cells.) The output of this filter is a 3D - unstructured grid (e.g., tetrahedra or other 3D cell types). - - To use this filter, you must decide if you will be clipping with an - implicit function, or whether you will be using the input scalar data. If - you want to clip with an implicit function, you must first define and then - set the implicit function with the SetClipFunction() method. Otherwise, - you must make sure input scalar data is available. You can also specify a - scalar value, which is used to decide what is inside and outside of the - implicit function. You can also reverse the sense of what inside/outside - is by setting the InsideOut instance variable. (The cutting algorithm - proceeds by computing an implicit function value or using the input scalar - data for each point in the dataset. This is compared to the scalar value - to determine inside/outside.) - - This filter can be configured to compute a second output. The - second output is the portion of the volume that is clipped away. Set the - GenerateClippedData boolean on if you wish to access this output data. - - The filter will produce an unstructured grid of entirely tetrahedra or a - mixed grid of tetrahedra and other 3D cell types (e.g., wedges). Control - this behavior by setting the Mixed3DCellGeneration. By default the - Mixed3DCellGeneration is on and a combination of cell types will be - produced. Note that producing mixed cell types is a faster than producing - only tetrahedra. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; InsideOut turned off; - value set to 0.0; and generate clip scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the unstructured grid that's been clipped away. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the unstructured grid that's been clipped away. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the clipping. If you - do not define an implicit function, then the input scalar data will be - used for clipping. - - - - - Return the clipped output. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the unstructured grid that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered inside the - implicit function if its value is greater than the Value ivar. When - InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is considered inside the implicit - function if its implicit function value is less than or equal to the - Value ivar. InsideOut is off by default. - - - - - Set / Get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator and clip function. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the corners of voxels. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the corners of voxels. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the corners of voxels. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra. - - - - - Control whether the filter produces a mix of 3D cell types on output, or - whether the output cells are all tetrahedra. By default, a mixed set of - cells (e.g., tetrahedra and wedges) is produced. (Note: mixed type - generation is faster and less overall data is generated.) - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with scalars). The - default value is 0.0. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered inside the - implicit function if its value is greater than the Value ivar. When - InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is considered inside the implicit - function if its implicit function value is less than or equal to the - Value ivar. InsideOut is off by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered inside the - implicit function if its value is greater than the Value ivar. When - InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is considered inside the implicit - function if its implicit function value is less than or equal to the - Value ivar. InsideOut is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the filter produces a mix of 3D cell types on output, or - whether the output cells are all tetrahedra. By default, a mixed set of - cells (e.g., tetrahedra and wedges) is produced. (Note: mixed type - generation is faster and less overall data is generated.) - - - - - Control whether the filter produces a mix of 3D cell types on output, or - whether the output cells are all tetrahedra. By default, a mixed set of - cells (e.g., tetrahedra and wedges) is produced. (Note: mixed type - generation is faster and less overall data is generated.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function with which to perform the clipping. If you - do not define an implicit function, then the input scalar data will be - used for clipping. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the - input scalar data. If you enable this flag but do not provide an - implicit function an error will be reported. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the unstructured grid that's been clipped away. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, a vertex is considered inside the - implicit function if its value is greater than the Value ivar. When - InsideOutside is turned on, a vertex is considered inside the implicit - function if its implicit function value is less than or equal to the - Value ivar. InsideOut is off by default. - - - - - Set / Get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the tolerance for merging clip intersection points that are near - the corners of voxels. This tolerance is used to prevent the generation - of degenerate tetrahedra. - - - - - Control whether the filter produces a mix of 3D cell types on output, or - whether the output cells are all tetrahedra. By default, a mixed set of - cells (e.g., tetrahedra and wedges) is produced. (Note: mixed type - generation is faster and less overall data is generated.) - - - - - Set the clipping value of the implicit function (if clipping with - implicit function) or scalar value (if clipping with scalars). The - default value is 0.0. - - - - - vtkCoincidentPoints - contains an octree of labels - - - - Description - This class provides a collection of points that is organized such that - each coordinate is stored with a set of point id's of points that are - all coincident. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Accumulates a set of Ids in a map where the point coordinate - is the key. All Ids in a given map entry are thus coincident. - @param Id - a unique Id for the given \a point that will be stored in an vtkIdList. - @param[in] point - the point coordinate that we will store in the map to test if any other points are - coincident with it. - - - - - Description - Clear the maps for reuse. This should be called if the caller - might reuse this class (another executive pass for instance). - - - - - Retrieve the list of point Ids that are coincident with the given \a point. - @param[in] point - the coordinate of coincident points we want to retrieve. - - - - - Used to iterate the sets of coincident points within the map. - InitTraversal must be called first or NULL will always be returned. - - - - - Description - Initialize iteration to the begining of the coincident point map. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Iterate through all added points and remove any entries that have - no coincident points (only a single point Id). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Calculate \a num points, at a regular interval, along a parametric - spiral. Note this spiral is only in two dimensions having a constant - z value. - - - - - vtkCompositeDataGeometryFilter - extract geometry from multi-group data - - - Description - vtkCompositeDataGeometryFilter applies vtkGeometryFilter to all - leaves in vtkCompositeDataSet. Place this filter at the end of a - pipeline before a polydata consumer such as a polydata mapper to extract - geometry from all blocks and append them to one polydata object. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompositeDataProbeFilter - subclass of vtkProbeFilter which supports - composite datasets in the input. - - - Description - vtkCompositeDataProbeFilter supports probing into multi-group datasets. - It sequentially probes through each concrete dataset within the composite - probing at only those locations at which there were no hits when probing - earlier datasets. For Hierarchical datasets, this traversal through leaf - datasets is done in reverse order of levels i.e. highest level first. - - When dealing with composite datasets, partial arrays are common i.e. - data-arrays that are not available in all of the blocks. By default, this - filter only passes those point and cell data-arrays that are available in all - the blocks i.e. partial array are removed. - When PassPartialArrays is turned on, this behavior is changed to take a - union of all arrays present thus partial arrays are passed as well. However, - for composite dataset input, this filter still produces a non-composite - output. For all those locations in a block of where a particular data array - is missing, this filter uses vtkMath::Nan() for double and float arrays, - while 0 for all other types of arrays i.e int, char etc. - - - - - vtkProbeFilter - sample data values at specified point locations - - - Description - vtkProbeFilter is a filter that computes point attributes (e.g., scalars, - vectors, etc.) at specified point positions. The filter has two inputs: - the Input and Source. The Input geometric structure is passed through the - filter. The point attributes are computed at the Input point positions - by interpolating into the source data. For example, we can compute data - values on a plane (plane specified as Input) from a volume (Source). - The cell data of the source data is copied to the output based on in - which source cell each input point is. If an array of the same name exists - both in source's point and cell data, only the one from the point data is - probed. - - This filter can be used to resample data, or convert one dataset form into - another. For example, an unstructured grid (vtkUnstructuredGrid) can be - probed with a volume (three-dimensional vtkImageData), and then volume - rendering techniques can be used to visualize the results. Another example: - a line or curve can be used to probe data to produce x-y plots along - that line or curve. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. Any geometry - can be used. Old style. Do not use unless for backwards compatibility. - - - - - This flag is used only when a piece is requested to update. By default - the flag is off. Because no spatial correspondence between input pieces - and source pieces is known, all of the source has to be requested no - matter what piece of the output is requested. When there is a spatial - correspondence, the user/application can set this flag. This hint allows - the breakup of the probe operation to be much more efficient. When piece - m of n is requested for update by the user, then only n of m needs to - be requested of the source. - - - - - Returns the name of the char array added to the output with values 1 for - valid points and 0 for invalid points. - Set to "vtkValidPointMask" by default. - - - - - Get the list of point ids in the output that contain attribute data - interpolated from the source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. Any geometry - can be used. Old style. Do not use unless for backwards compatibility. - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. Any geometry - can be used. New style. Equivalent to SetInputConnection(1, algOutput). - - - - - This flag is used only when a piece is requested to update. By default - the flag is off. Because no spatial correspondence between input pieces - and source pieces is known, all of the source has to be requested no - matter what piece of the output is requested. When there is a spatial - correspondence, the user/application can set this flag. This hint allows - the breakup of the probe operation to be much more efficient. When piece - m of n is requested for update by the user, then only n of m needs to - be requested of the source. - - - - - Returns the name of the char array added to the output with values 1 for - valid points and 0 for invalid points. - Set to "vtkValidPointMask" by default. - - - - - This flag is used only when a piece is requested to update. By default - the flag is off. Because no spatial correspondence between input pieces - and source pieces is known, all of the source has to be requested no - matter what piece of the output is requested. When there is a spatial - correspondence, the user/application can set this flag. This hint allows - the breakup of the probe operation to be much more efficient. When piece - m of n is requested for update by the user, then only n of m needs to - be requested of the source. - - - - - This flag is used only when a piece is requested to update. By default - the flag is off. Because no spatial correspondence between input pieces - and source pieces is known, all of the source has to be requested no - matter what piece of the output is requested. When there is a spatial - correspondence, the user/application can set this flag. This hint allows - the breakup of the probe operation to be much more efficient. When piece - m of n is requested for update by the user, then only n of m needs to - be requested of the source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When dealing with composite datasets, partial arrays are common i.e. - data-arrays that are not available in all of the blocks. By default, this - filter only passes those point and cell data-arrays that are available in - all the blocks i.e. partial array are removed. When PassPartialArrays is - turned on, this behavior is changed to take a union of all arrays present - thus partial arrays are passed as well. However, for composite dataset - input, this filter still produces a non-composite output. For all those - locations in a block of where a particular data array is missing, this - filter uses vtkMath::Nan() for double and float arrays, while 0 for all - other types of arrays i.e int, char etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When dealing with composite datasets, partial arrays are common i.e. - data-arrays that are not available in all of the blocks. By default, this - filter only passes those point and cell data-arrays that are available in - all the blocks i.e. partial array are removed. When PassPartialArrays is - turned on, this behavior is changed to take a union of all arrays present - thus partial arrays are passed as well. However, for composite dataset - input, this filter still produces a non-composite output. For all those - locations in a block of where a particular data array is missing, this - filter uses vtkMath::Nan() for double and float arrays, while 0 for all - other types of arrays i.e int, char etc. - - - - - When dealing with composite datasets, partial arrays are common i.e. - data-arrays that are not available in all of the blocks. By default, this - filter only passes those point and cell data-arrays that are available in - all the blocks i.e. partial array are removed. When PassPartialArrays is - turned on, this behavior is changed to take a union of all arrays present - thus partial arrays are passed as well. However, for composite dataset - input, this filter still produces a non-composite output. For all those - locations in a block of where a particular data array is missing, this - filter uses vtkMath::Nan() for double and float arrays, while 0 for all - other types of arrays i.e int, char etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When dealing with composite datasets, partial arrays are common i.e. - data-arrays that are not available in all of the blocks. By default, this - filter only passes those point and cell data-arrays that are available in - all the blocks i.e. partial array are removed. When PassPartialArrays is - turned on, this behavior is changed to take a union of all arrays present - thus partial arrays are passed as well. However, for composite dataset - input, this filter still produces a non-composite output. For all those - locations in a block of where a particular data array is missing, this - filter uses vtkMath::Nan() for double and float arrays, while 0 for all - other types of arrays i.e int, char etc. - - - - - vtkConeSource - generate polygonal cone - - - Description - vtkConeSource creates a cone centered at a specified point and pointing in - a specified direction. (By default, the center is the origin and the - direction is the x-axis.) Depending upon the resolution of this object, - different representations are created. If resolution=0 a line is created; - if resolution=1, a single triangle is created; if resolution=2, two - crossed triangles are created. For resolution > 2, a 3D cone (with - resolution number of sides) is created. It also is possible to control - whether the bottom of the cone is capped with a (resolution-sided) - polygon, and to specify the height and radius of the cone. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with default resolution 6, height 1.0, radius 0.5, and - capping on. The cone is centered at the origin and points down - the x-axis. - - - - - Construct with default resolution 6, height 1.0, radius 0.5, and - capping on. The cone is centered at the origin and points down - the x-axis. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the base of the cone with a polygon. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the base of the cone with a polygon. - - - - - Set the angle of the cone. This is the angle between the axis of the cone - and a generatrix. Warning: this is not the aperture! The aperture is - twice this angle. - As a side effect, the angle plus height sets the base radius of the cone. - Angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the base of the cone with a polygon. - - - - - Set the center of the cone. It is located at the middle of the axis of - the cone. Warning: this is not the center of the base of the cone! - The default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the cone. It is located at the middle of the axis of - the cone. Warning: this is not the center of the base of the cone! - The default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the orientation vector of the cone. The vector does not have - to be normalized. The direction goes from the center of the base toward - the apex. The default is (1,0,0). - - - - - Set the orientation vector of the cone. The vector does not have - to be normalized. The direction goes from the center of the base toward - the apex. The default is (1,0,0). - - - - - Set the height of the cone. This is the height along the cone in - its specified direction. - - - - - Set the height of the cone. This is the height along the cone in - its specified direction. - - - - - Set the height of the cone. This is the height along the cone in - its specified direction. - - - - - Set the base radius of the cone. - - - - - Set the base radius of the cone. - - - - - Set the base radius of the cone. - - - - - Set the number of facets used to represent the cone. - - - - - Set the number of facets used to represent the cone. - - - - - Set the number of facets used to represent the cone. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the angle of the cone. This is the angle between the axis of the cone - and a generatrix. Warning: this is not the aperture! The aperture is - twice this angle. - As a side effect, the angle plus height sets the base radius of the cone. - Angle is expressed in degrees. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the base of the cone with a polygon. - - - - - Set the center of the cone. It is located at the middle of the axis of - the cone. Warning: this is not the center of the base of the cone! - The default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the cone. It is located at the middle of the axis of - the cone. Warning: this is not the center of the base of the cone! - The default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the orientation vector of the cone. The vector does not have - to be normalized. The direction goes from the center of the base toward - the apex. The default is (1,0,0). - - - - - Set the orientation vector of the cone. The vector does not have - to be normalized. The direction goes from the center of the base toward - the apex. The default is (1,0,0). - - - - - Set the height of the cone. This is the height along the cone in - its specified direction. - - - - - Set the base radius of the cone. - - - - - Set the number of facets used to represent the cone. - - - - - vtkConnectivityFilter - extract data based on geometric connectivity - - - Description - vtkConnectivityFilter is a filter that extracts cells that share common - points and/or meet other connectivity criterion. (Cells that share - vertices and meet other connectivity criterion such as scalar range are - known as a region.) The filter works in one of six ways: 1) extract the - largest connected region in the dataset; 2) extract specified region - numbers; 3) extract all regions sharing specified point ids; 4) extract - all regions sharing specified cell ids; 5) extract the region closest to - the specified point; or 6) extract all regions (used to color the data by - region). - - vtkConnectivityFilter is generalized to handle any type of input dataset. - It generates output data of type vtkUnstructuredGrid. If you know that - your input type is vtkPolyData, you may wish to use - vtkPolyDataConnectivityFilter. - - The behavior of vtkConnectivityFilter can be modified by turning on the - boolean ivar ScalarConnectivity. If this flag is on, the connectivity - algorithm is modified so that cells are considered connected only if 1) - they are geometrically connected (share a point) and 2) the scalar values - of one of the cell's points falls in the scalar range specified. This use - of ScalarConnectivity is particularly useful for volume datasets: it can - be used as a simple "connected segmentation" algorithm. For example, by - using a seed voxel (i.e., cell) on a known anatomical structure, - connectivity will pull out all voxels "containing" the anatomical - structure. These voxels can then be contoured or processed by other - visualization filters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with default extraction mode to extract largest regions. - - - - - Construct with default extraction mode to extract largest regions. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a seed id (point or cell id). Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Add a region id to extract. Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Delete a seed id (point or cell id). Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Delete a region id to extract. Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Return the method of extraction as a string. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Obtain the number of connected regions. - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Initialize list of point ids/cell ids used to seed regions. - - - - - Initialize list of region ids to extract. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - vtkContourFilter - generate isosurfaces/isolines from scalar values - - - Description - vtkContourFilter is a filter that takes as input any dataset and - generates on output isosurfaces and/or isolines. The exact form - of the output depends upon the dimensionality of the input data. - Data consisting of 3D cells will generate isosurfaces, data - consisting of 2D cells will generate isolines, and data with 1D - or 0D cells will generate isopoints. Combinations of output type - are possible if the input dimension is mixed. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. - You can either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour - value, or use GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly - spaced contours. It is also possible to accelerate the operation of - this filter (at the cost of extra memory) by using a - vtkScalarTree. A scalar tree is used to quickly locate cells that - contain a contour surface. This is especially effective if multiple - contours are being extracted. If you want to use a scalar tree, - invoke the method UseScalarTreeOn(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - Currently this feature only works if the input is a vtkImageData. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Modified GetMTime Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - Currently this feature only works if the input is a vtkImageData. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - vtkContourGrid - generate isosurfaces/isolines from scalar values (specialized for unstructured grids) - - - Description - vtkContourGrid is a filter that takes as input datasets of type - vtkUnstructuredGrid and generates on output isosurfaces and/or - isolines. The exact form of the output depends upon the dimensionality of - the input data. Data consisting of 3D cells will generate isosurfaces, - data consisting of 2D cells will generate isolines, and data with 1D or 0D - cells will generate isopoints. Combinations of output type are possible if - the input dimension is mixed. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. - You can either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour - value, or use GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly - spaced contours. It is also possible to accelerate the operation of - this filter (at the cost of extra memory) by using a - vtkScalarTree. A scalar tree is used to quickly locate cells that - contain a contour surface. This is especially effective if multiple - contours are being extracted. If you want to use a scalar tree, - invoke the method UseScalarTreeOn(). - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Modified GetMTime Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - vtkConvertSelection - Convert a selection from one type to another - - - - Description - vtkConvertSelection converts an input selection from one type to another - in the context of a data object being selected. The first input is the - selection, while the second input is the data object that the selection - relates to. - - - - - vtkSelection vtkSelectionNode vtkExtractSelection vtkExtractSelectedGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods used by UI - - - - - Convenience methods used by UI - - - - - The output array name for value or threshold selections. - - - - - The output array names for value selection. - - - - - The input field type. - If this is set to a number other than -1, ignores the input selection - field type and instead assumes that all selection nodes have the - field type specified. - This should be one of the constants defined in vtkSelectionNode.h. - Default is -1. - - - - - When on, creates a separate selection node for each array. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - The output selection content type. - This should be one of the constants defined in vtkSelectionNode.h. - - - - - Static methods for easily obtaining selected items from a data object. - The array argument will be filled with the selected items. - - - - - Static methods for easily obtaining selected items from a data object. - The array argument will be filled with the selected items. - - - - - Static generic method for obtaining selected items from a data object. - Other static methods (e.g. GetSelectedVertices) call this one. - - - - - Static methods for easily obtaining selected items from a data object. - The array argument will be filled with the selected items. - - - - - Static methods for easily obtaining selected items from a data object. - The array argument will be filled with the selected items. - - - - - Static methods for easily obtaining selected items from a data object. - The array argument will be filled with the selected items. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When on, creates a separate selection node for each array. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - When on, creates a separate selection node for each array. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The output array name for value or threshold selections. - - - - - The output array names for value selection. - - - - - A convenience method for setting the second input (i.e. the data object). - - - - - The input field type. - If this is set to a number other than -1, ignores the input selection - field type and instead assumes that all selection nodes have the - field type specified. - This should be one of the constants defined in vtkSelectionNode.h. - Default is -1. - - - - - When on, creates a separate selection node for each array. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - The output selection content type. - This should be one of the constants defined in vtkSelectionNode.h. - - - - - Static methods for easily converting between selection types. - NOTE: The returned selection pointer IS reference counted, - so be sure to Delete() it when you are done with it. - - - - - Static methods for easily converting between selection types. - NOTE: The returned selection pointer IS reference counted, - so be sure to Delete() it when you are done with it. - - - - - Static methods for easily converting between selection types. - NOTE: The returned selection pointer IS reference counted, - so be sure to Delete() it when you are done with it. - - - - - A generic static method for converting selection types. - The type should be an integer constant defined in vtkSelectionNode.h. - - - - - Static methods for easily converting between selection types. - NOTE: The returned selection pointer IS reference counted, - so be sure to Delete() it when you are done with it. - - - - - Static methods for easily converting between selection types. - NOTE: The returned selection pointer IS reference counted, - so be sure to Delete() it when you are done with it. - - - - - vtkCubeSource - create a polygonal representation of a cube - - - Description - vtkCubeSource creates a cube centered at origin. The cube is represented - with four-sided polygons. It is possible to specify the length, width, - and height of the cube independently. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the center of the cube. - - - - - Set the center of the cube. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the x-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the x-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the x-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the y-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the y-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the y-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the z-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the z-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the z-direction. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convenience method allows creation of cube by specifying bounding box. - - - - - Convenience method allows creation of cube by specifying bounding box. - - - - - Set the center of the cube. - - - - - Set the center of the cube. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the x-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the y-direction. - - - - - Set the length of the cube in the z-direction. - - - - - vtkCursor2D - generate a 2D cursor representation - - - Description - vtkCursor2D is a class that generates a 2D cursor representation. - The cursor consists of two intersection axes lines that meet at the - cursor focus. Several optional features are available as well. An - optional 2D bounding box may be enabled. An inner radius, centered at - the focal point, can be set that erases the intersecting lines (e.g., - it leaves a clear area under the focal point so you can see - what you are selecting). And finally, an optional point can be - enabled located at the focal point. All of these features can be turned - on and off independently. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with model bounds = (-10,10,-10,10), focal point = (0,0), - radius=2, all parts of cursor visible, and wrapping off. - - - - - Construct with model bounds = (-10,10,-10,10), focal point = (0,0), - radius=2, all parts of cursor visible, and wrapping off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn every part of the cursor on or off. - - - - - Turn every part of the cursor on or off. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) Note that the - method takes a 3D point but ignores the z-coordinate value. - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) Note that the - method takes a 3D point but ignores the z-coordinate value. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box of the 2D cursor. This defines the outline - of the cursor, and where the focal point should lie. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box of the 2D cursor. This defines the outline - of the cursor, and where the focal point should lie. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the point located at the cursor focus. - - - - - Specify a radius for a circle. This erases the cursor - lines around the focal point. - - - - - Specify a radius for a circle. This erases the cursor - lines around the focal point. - - - - - Specify a radius for a circle. This erases the cursor - lines around the focal point. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the point located at the cursor focus. - - - - - Turn on/off the point located at the cursor focus. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) Note that the - method takes a 3D point but ignores the z-coordinate value. - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) Note that the - method takes a 3D point but ignores the z-coordinate value. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box of the 2D cursor. This defines the outline - of the cursor, and where the focal point should lie. - - - - - Set / get the bounding box of the 2D cursor. This defines the outline - of the cursor, and where the focal point should lie. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the point located at the cursor focus. - - - - - Specify a radius for a circle. This erases the cursor - lines around the focal point. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - vtkCursor3D - generate a 3D cursor representation - - - Description - vtkCursor3D is an object that generates a 3D representation of a cursor. - The cursor consists of a wireframe bounding box, three intersecting - axes lines that meet at the cursor focus, and "shadows" or projections - of the axes against the sides of the bounding box. Each of these - components can be turned on/off. - - This filter generates two output datasets. The first (Output) is just the - geometric representation of the cursor. The second (Focus) is a single - point at the focal point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with model bounds = (-1,1,-1,1,-1,1), focal point = (0,0,0), - all parts of cursor visible, and wrapping off. - - - - - Construct with model bounds = (-1,1,-1,1,-1,1), focal point = (0,0,0), - all parts of cursor visible, and wrapping off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn every part of the 3D cursor on or off. - - - - - Turn every part of the 3D cursor on or off. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) - - - - - Get the focus for this filter. - - - - - Set / get the boundary of the 3D cursor. - - - - - Set / get the boundary of the 3D cursor. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) - - - - - Set/Get the position of cursor focus. If translation mode is on, - then the entire cursor (including bounding box, cursor, and shadows) - is translated. Otherwise, the focal point will either be clamped to the - bounding box, or wrapped, if Wrap is on. (Note: this behavior requires - that the bounding box is set prior to the focal point.) - - - - - Set / get the boundary of the 3D cursor. - - - - - Set / get the boundary of the 3D cursor. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Enable/disable the translation mode. If on, changes in cursor position - cause the entire widget to translate along with the cursor. - By default, translation mode is off. - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Turn on/off cursor wrapping. If the cursor focus moves outside the - specified bounds, the cursor will either be restrained against the - nearest "wall" (Wrap=off), or it will wrap around (Wrap=on). - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - vtkCurvatures - compute curvatures (Gauss and mean) of a Polydata object - - - Description - vtkCurvatures takes a polydata input and computes the curvature of the - mesh at each point. Four possible methods of computation are available : - - Gauss Curvature - discrete Gauss curvature (K) computation, - \f$K(vertex v) = 2*PI-\sum_{facet neighbs f of v} (angle_f at v)\f$ - The contribution of every facet is for the moment weighted by \f$Area(facet)/3\f$ - The units of Gaussian Curvature are \f$[1/m^2]\f$ - - Mean Curvature - \f$H(vertex v) = average over edges neighbs e of H(e)\f$ - \f$H(edge e) = length(e)*dihedral_angle(e)\f$ - NB: dihedral_angle is the ORIENTED angle between -PI and PI, - this means that the surface is assumed to be orientable - the computation creates the orientation - The units of Mean Curvature are [1/m] - - Maximum (\f$k_max\f$) and Minimum (\f$k_min\f$) Principal Curvatures - \f$k_max = H + sqrt(H^2 - K)\f$ - \f$k_min = H - sqrt(H^2 - K)\f$ - Excepting spherical and planar surfaces which have equal principal curvatures, - the curvature at a point on a surface varies with the direction one "sets off" - from the point. For all directions, the curvature will pass through two extrema: - a minimum (\f$k_min\f$) and a maximum (\f$k_max\f$) which occur at mutually orthogonal - directions to each other. - - NB. The sign of the Gauss curvature is a geometric ivariant, it should be +ve - when the surface looks like a sphere, -ve when it looks like a saddle, - however, the sign of the Mean curvature is not, it depends on the - convention for normals - This code assumes that normals point outwards (ie - from the surface of a sphere outwards). If a given mesh produces curvatures - of opposite senses then the flag InvertMeanCurvature can be set and the - Curvature reported by the Mean calculation will be inverted. - - Thanks - Philip Batchelor philipp.batchelor@kcl.ac.uk for creating and contributing - the class and Andrew Maclean a.maclean@acfr.usyd.edu.au for cleanups and - fixes. Thanks also to Goodwin Lawlor for contributing patch to calculate - principal curvatures - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with curvature type set to Gauss - - - - - Construct with curvature type set to Gauss - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get Curvature type - VTK_CURVATURE_GAUSS: Gaussian curvature, stored as - DataArray "Gauss_Curvature" - VTK_CURVATURE_MEAN : Mean curvature, stored as - DataArray "Mean_Curvature" - - - - - Set/Get the flag which inverts the mean curvature calculation for - meshes with inward pointing normals (default false) - - - - - Set/Get the flag which inverts the mean curvature calculation for - meshes with inward pointing normals (default false) - - - - - Set/Get the flag which inverts the mean curvature calculation for - meshes with inward pointing normals (default false) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get Curvature type - VTK_CURVATURE_GAUSS: Gaussian curvature, stored as - DataArray "Gauss_Curvature" - VTK_CURVATURE_MEAN : Mean curvature, stored as - DataArray "Mean_Curvature" - - - - - Set/Get Curvature type - VTK_CURVATURE_GAUSS: Gaussian curvature, stored as - DataArray "Gauss_Curvature" - VTK_CURVATURE_MEAN : Mean curvature, stored as - DataArray "Mean_Curvature" - - - - - Set/Get Curvature type - VTK_CURVATURE_GAUSS: Gaussian curvature, stored as - DataArray "Gauss_Curvature" - VTK_CURVATURE_MEAN : Mean curvature, stored as - DataArray "Mean_Curvature" - - - - - Set/Get Curvature type - VTK_CURVATURE_GAUSS: Gaussian curvature, stored as - DataArray "Gauss_Curvature" - VTK_CURVATURE_MEAN : Mean curvature, stored as - DataArray "Mean_Curvature" - - - - - Set/Get Curvature type - VTK_CURVATURE_GAUSS: Gaussian curvature, stored as - DataArray "Gauss_Curvature" - VTK_CURVATURE_MEAN : Mean curvature, stored as - DataArray "Mean_Curvature" - - - - - Set/Get the flag which inverts the mean curvature calculation for - meshes with inward pointing normals (default false) - - - - - vtkCutter - Cut vtkDataSet with user-specified implicit function - - - Description - vtkCutter is a filter to cut through data using any subclass of - vtkImplicitFunction. That is, a polygonal surface is created - corresponding to the implicit function F(x,y,z) = value(s), where - you can specify one or more values used to cut with. - - In VTK, cutting means reducing a cell of dimension N to a cut surface - of dimension N-1. For example, a tetrahedron when cut by a plane (i.e., - vtkPlane implicit function) will generate triangles. (In comparison, - clipping takes a N dimensional cell and creates N dimension primitives.) - - vtkCutter is generally used to "slice-through" a dataset, generating - a surface that can be visualized. It is also possible to use vtkCutter - to do a form of volume rendering. vtkCutter does this by generating - multiple cut surfaces (usually planes) which are ordered (and rendered) - from back-to-front. The surfaces are set translucent to give a - volumetric rendering effect. - - Note that data can be cut using either 1) the scalar values associated - with the dataset or 2) an implicit function associated with this class. - By default, if an implicit function is set it is used to clip the data - set, otherwise the dataset scalars are used to perform the clipping. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; initial value of 0.0; and - generating cut scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; initial value of 0.0; and - generating cut scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Normally I would put this in a different class, but since - This is a temporary fix until we convert this class and contour filter - to generate unstructured grid output instead of poly data, I am leaving it here. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Override GetMTime because we delegate to vtkContourValues and refer to - vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Return the sorting procedure as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkCylinderSource - generate a cylinder centered at origin - - - Description - vtkCylinderSource creates a polygonal cylinder centered at Center; - The axis of the cylinder is aligned along the global y-axis. - The height and radius of the cylinder can be specified, as well as the - number of sides. It is also possible to control whether the cylinder is - open-ended or capped. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap cylinder with polygons. Initial value is true. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap cylinder with polygons. Initial value is true. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap cylinder with polygons. Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set the height of the cylinder. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set the height of the cylinder. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set the height of the cylinder. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set the radius of the cylinder. Initial value is 0.5 - - - - - Set the radius of the cylinder. Initial value is 0.5 - - - - - Set the radius of the cylinder. Initial value is 0.5 - - - - - Set the number of facets used to define cylinder. Initial value is 6. - - - - - Set the number of facets used to define cylinder. Initial value is 6. - - - - - Set the number of facets used to define cylinder. Initial value is 6. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap cylinder with polygons. Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get cylinder center. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set the height of the cylinder. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set the radius of the cylinder. Initial value is 0.5 - - - - - Set the number of facets used to define cylinder. Initial value is 6. - - - - - vtkDashedStreamLine - generate constant-time dashed streamline in arbitrary dataset - - - Description - vtkDashedStreamLine is a filter that generates a "dashed" streamline for - an arbitrary dataset. The streamline consists of a series of dashes, each - of which represents (approximately) a constant time increment. Thus, in the - resulting visual representation, relatively long dashes represent areas of - high velocity, and small dashes represent areas of low velocity. - - vtkDashedStreamLine introduces the instance variable DashFactor. - DashFactor interacts with its superclass' instance variable StepLength to - create the dashes. DashFactor is the percentage of the StepLength line - segment that is visible. Thus, if the DashFactor=0.75, the dashes will be - "three-quarters on" and "one-quarter off". - - - - - vtkStreamLine - generate streamline in arbitrary dataset - - - Description - vtkStreamLine is a filter that generates a streamline for an arbitrary - dataset. A streamline is a line that is everywhere tangent to the vector - field. Scalar values also are calculated along the streamline and can be - used to color the line. Streamlines are calculated by integrating from - a starting point through the vector field. Integration can be performed - forward in time (see where the line goes), backward in time (see where the - line came from), or in both directions. It also is possible to compute - vorticity along the streamline. Vorticity is the projection (i.e., dot - product) of the flow rotation on the velocity vector, i.e., the rotation - of flow around the streamline. - - vtkStreamLine defines the instance variable StepLength. This parameter - controls the time increment used to generate individual points along - the streamline(s). Smaller values result in more line - primitives but smoother streamlines. The StepLength instance variable is - defined in terms of time (i.e., the distance that the particle travels in - the specified time period). Thus, the line segments will be smaller in areas - of low velocity and larger in regions of high velocity. (NOTE: This is - different than the IntegrationStepLength defined by the superclass - vtkStreamer. IntegrationStepLength is used to control integration step - size and is expressed as a fraction of the cell length.) The StepLength - instance variable is important because subclasses of vtkStreamLine (e.g., - vtkDashedStreamLine) depend on this value to build their representation. - - - - - vtkStreamer - abstract object implements integration of massless particle through vector field - - - Description - vtkStreamer is a filter that integrates a massless particle through a vector - field. The integration is performed using second order Runge-Kutta method. - vtkStreamer often serves as a base class for other classes that perform - numerical integration through a vector field (e.g., vtkStreamLine). - - Note that vtkStreamer can integrate both forward and backward in time, - or in both directions. The length of the streamer is controlled by - specifying an elapsed time. (The elapsed time is the time each particle - travels.) Otherwise, the integration terminates after exiting the dataset or - if the particle speed is reduced to a value less than the terminal speed. - - vtkStreamer integrates through any type of dataset. As a result, if the - dataset contains 2D cells such as polygons or triangles, the integration is - constrained to lie on the surface defined by the 2D cells. - - The starting point of streamers may be defined in three different ways. - Starting from global x-y-z "position" allows you to start a single streamer - at a specified x-y-z coordinate. Starting from "location" allows you to - start at a specified cell, subId, and parametric coordinate. Finally, you - may specify a source object to start multiple streamers. If you start - streamers using a source object, for each point in the source that is - inside the dataset a streamer is created. - - vtkStreamer implements the integration process in the Integrate() method. - Because vtkStreamer does not implement the Execute() method that its - superclass (i.e., Filter) requires, it is an abstract class. Its subclasses - implement the execute method and use the Integrate() method, and then build - their own representation of the integration path (i.e., lines, dashed - lines, points, etc.). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A positive value, as small as possible for numerical comparison. - The initial value is 1E-12. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Return the integration direction as a character string. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Specify a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). This value can be larger than 1. - - - - - Specify a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). This value can be larger than 1. - - - - - Specify a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). This value can be larger than 1. - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance by each thread/process in the - process of integration (prototype pattern). The default is - 2nd order Runge Kutta. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the Streamer expressed in elapsed time. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the Streamer expressed in elapsed time. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the Streamer expressed in elapsed time. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from vorticity information. - The scalar information is currently the orientation value "theta" - used in rotating stream tubes. If off, and input dataset has scalars, - then input dataset scalars are used, unless SpeedScalars is also on. - SpeedScalars takes precedence over OrientationScalars. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from velocity magnitude. If off, - and input dataset has scalars, input dataset scalars are used. - - - - - Get the starting location of the streamline in the cell coordinate system. - - - - - Get the start position in global x-y-z coordinates. - - - - - Set/get terminal speed (i.e., speed is velocity magnitude). Terminal - speed is speed at which streamer will terminate propagation. - - - - - Set/get terminal speed (i.e., speed is velocity magnitude). Terminal - speed is speed at which streamer will terminate propagation. - - - - - Set/get terminal speed (i.e., speed is velocity magnitude). Terminal - speed is speed at which streamer will terminate propagation. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from vorticity information. - The scalar information is currently the orientation value "theta" - used in rotating stream tubes. If off, and input dataset has scalars, - then input dataset scalars are used, unless SpeedScalars is also on. - SpeedScalars takes precedence over OrientationScalars. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from vorticity information. - The scalar information is currently the orientation value "theta" - used in rotating stream tubes. If off, and input dataset has scalars, - then input dataset scalars are used, unless SpeedScalars is also on. - SpeedScalars takes precedence over OrientationScalars. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A positive value, as small as possible for numerical comparison. - The initial value is 1E-12. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the Streamer. - - - - - Specify a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). This value can be larger than 1. - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used in the stream line - calculation. The object passed is not actually used but - is cloned with NewInstance by each thread/process in the - process of integration (prototype pattern). The default is - 2nd order Runge Kutta. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of the Streamer expressed in elapsed time. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from vorticity information. - The scalar information is currently the orientation value "theta" - used in rotating stream tubes. If off, and input dataset has scalars, - then input dataset scalars are used, unless SpeedScalars is also on. - SpeedScalars takes precedence over OrientationScalars. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from velocity magnitude. If off, - and input dataset has scalars, input dataset scalars are used. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the cell coordinate system. That - is, cellId and subId (if composite cell), and parametric coordinates. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the cell coordinate system. That - is, cellId and subId (if composite cell), and parametric coordinates. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Specify the start of the streamline in the global coordinate - system. Search must be performed to find initial cell to start - integration from. - - - - - Set/get terminal speed (i.e., speed is velocity magnitude). Terminal - speed is speed at which streamer will terminate propagation. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from velocity magnitude. If off, - and input dataset has scalars, input dataset scalars are used. - - - - - Turn on/off the creation of scalar data from velocity magnitude. If off, - and input dataset has scalars, input dataset scalars are used. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of vorticity. Vorticity is an indication of - the rotation of the flow. In combination with vtkStreamLine and - vtkTubeFilter can be used to create rotated tubes. - If vorticity is turned on, in the output, the velocity vectors - are replaced by vorticity vectors. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with step size set to 1.0. - - - - - Construct object with step size set to 1.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the length of a line segment. The length is expressed in terms of - elapsed time. Smaller values result in smoother appearing streamlines, but - greater numbers of line primitives. - - - - - Specify the length of a line segment. The length is expressed in terms of - elapsed time. Smaller values result in smoother appearing streamlines, but - greater numbers of line primitives. - - - - - Specify the length of a line segment. The length is expressed in terms of - elapsed time. Smaller values result in smoother appearing streamlines, but - greater numbers of line primitives. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the length of a line segment. The length is expressed in terms of - elapsed time. Smaller values result in smoother appearing streamlines, but - greater numbers of line primitives. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For each dash, specify the fraction of the dash that is "on". A factor - of 1.0 will result in a continuous line, a factor of 0.5 will result in - dashed that are half on and half off. - - - - - For each dash, specify the fraction of the dash that is "on". A factor - of 1.0 will result in a continuous line, a factor of 0.5 will result in - dashed that are half on and half off. - - - - - For each dash, specify the fraction of the dash that is "on". A factor - of 1.0 will result in a continuous line, a factor of 0.5 will result in - dashed that are half on and half off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For each dash, specify the fraction of the dash that is "on". A factor - of 1.0 will result in a continuous line, a factor of 0.5 will result in - dashed that are half on and half off. - - - - - vtkDataObjectGenerator - produces simple (composite or atomic) data - sets for testing. - - - Description - vtkDataObjectGenerator parses a string and produces dataobjects from the - dataobject template names it sees in the string. For example, if the string - contains "ID1" the generator will create a vtkImageData. "UF1", "RG1", - "SG1", "PD1", and "UG1" will produce vtkUniformGrid, vtkRectilinearGrid, - vtkStructuredGrid, vtkPolyData and vtkUnstructuredGrid respectively. - "PD2" will produce an alternate vtkPolyData. You - can compose composite datasets from the atomic ones listed above - by placing them within one of the two composite dataset identifiers - - "MB{}" or "HB[]". "MB{ ID1 PD1 MB{} }" for example will create a - vtkMultiBlockDataSet consisting of three blocks: image data, poly data, - multi-block (empty). Hierarchical Box data sets additionally require - the notion of groups, declared within "()" braces, to specify AMR depth. - "HB[ (UF1)(UF1)(UF1) ]" will create a vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet representing - an octree that is three levels deep, in which the firstmost cell in each level - is refined. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The string that will be parsed to specify a dataobject structure. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The string that will be parsed to specify a dataobject structure. - - - - - vtkDataObjectToDataSetFilter - map field data to concrete dataset - - - Description - vtkDataObjectToDataSetFilter is an class that maps a data object (i.e., a field) - into a concrete dataset, i.e., gives structure to the field by defining a - geometry and topology. - - To use this filter you associate components in the input field data with - portions of the output dataset. (A component is an array of values from - the field.) For example, you would specify x-y-z points by assigning - components from the field for the x, then y, then z values of the points. - You may also have to specify component ranges (for each z-y-z) to make - sure that the number of x, y, and z values is the same. Also, you may - want to normalize the components which helps distribute the data - uniformly. Once you've setup the filter to combine all the pieces of - data into a specified dataset (the geometry, topology, point and cell - data attributes), the various output methods (e.g., GetPolyData()) are - used to retrieve the final product. - - This filter is often used in conjunction with - vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter. vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter - takes field data and transforms it into attribute data (e.g., point and - cell data attributes such as scalars and vectors). To do this, use this - filter which constructs a concrete dataset and passes the input data - object field data to its output. and then use - vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter to generate the attribute data associated - with the dataset. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetPointComponent). - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetPointComponent). - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetPointComponent). - - - - - Specify the dimensions to use if generating a dataset that requires - dimensions specification (vtkStructuredPoints, vtkStructuredGrid, - vtkRectilinearGrid). - - - - - Specify the dimensions to use if generating a dataset that requires - dimensions specification (vtkStructuredPoints, vtkStructuredGrid, - vtkRectilinearGrid). - - - - - Get the input to the filter. - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Specify the origin to use if generating a dataset whose origin - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Specify the origin to use if generating a dataset whose origin - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Specify the spacing to use if generating a dataset whose spacing - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Specify the spacing to use if generating a dataset whose spacing - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Get the output in different forms. The particular method invoked - should be consistent with the SetDataSetType() method. (Note: - GetOutput() will always return a type consistent with - SetDataSetType(). Also, GetOutput() will return NULL if the filter - aborted due to inconsistent data.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell types and cell connectivity when creating unstructured grid - data. These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of cell types (an integer value per cell), and another - array consisting (for each cell) of a number of points per cell, and - then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file format described in - in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Control what type of data is generated for output. - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetPointComponent). - - - - - Specify the dimensions to use if generating a dataset that requires - dimensions specification (vtkStructuredPoints, vtkStructuredGrid, - vtkRectilinearGrid). - - - - - Specify the dimensions to use if generating a dataset that requires - dimensions specification (vtkStructuredPoints, vtkStructuredGrid, - vtkRectilinearGrid). - - - - - Alternative methods to specify the dimensions, spacing, and origin for those - datasets requiring this information. You need to specify the name of an array; - the component of the array, and the range of the array (min,max). These methods - will override the information given by the previous methods. - - - - - Alternative methods to specify the dimensions, spacing, and origin for those - datasets requiring this information. You need to specify the name of an array; - the component of the array, and the range of the array (min,max). These methods - will override the information given by the previous methods. - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Specify the origin to use if generating a dataset whose origin - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Specify the origin to use if generating a dataset whose origin - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Alternative methods to specify the dimensions, spacing, and origin for those - datasets requiring this information. You need to specify the name of an array; - the component of the array, and the range of the array (min,max). These methods - will override the information given by the previous methods. - - - - - Alternative methods to specify the dimensions, spacing, and origin for those - datasets requiring this information. You need to specify the name of an array; - the component of the array, and the range of the array (min,max). These methods - will override the information given by the previous methods. - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Define the component of the field to be used for the x, y, and z values - of the points. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,2) and - refers to the x-y-z (i.e., 0,1,2) components of the points. To define - the field component to use you can specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. (This method should be used for - vtkPolyData, vtkUnstructuredGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and - vtkRectilinearGrid.) A convenience method, SetPointComponent(),is also - provided which does not require setting the (min,max) component range or - the normalize flag (normalize is set to DefaulatNormalize value). - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Specify the spacing to use if generating a dataset whose spacing - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Specify the spacing to use if generating a dataset whose spacing - can be set (i.e., a vtkStructuredPoints dataset). - - - - - Alternative methods to specify the dimensions, spacing, and origin for those - datasets requiring this information. You need to specify the name of an array; - the component of the array, and the range of the array (min,max). These methods - will override the information given by the previous methods. - - - - - Alternative methods to specify the dimensions, spacing, and origin for those - datasets requiring this information. You need to specify the name of an array; - the component of the array, and the range of the array (min,max). These methods - will override the information given by the previous methods. - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - Define cell connectivity when creating vtkPolyData. You can define - vertices, lines, polygons, and/or triangle strips via these methods. - These methods are similar to those for defining points, except - that no normalization of the data is possible. Basically, you need to - define an array of values that (for each cell) includes the number of - points per cell, and then the cell connectivity. (This is the vtk file - format described in in the textbook or User's Guide.) - - - - - vtkDataSetEdgeSubdivisionCriterion - a subclass of vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion for vtkDataSet objects. - - - - Description - This is a subclass of vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion that is used for - tessellating cells of a vtkDataSet, particularly nonlinear - cells. - - It provides functions for setting the current cell being tessellated and a - convenience routine, \a EvaluateFields() to evaluate field values at a - point. You should call \a EvaluateFields() from inside \a EvaluateEdge() - whenever the result of \a EvaluateEdge() will be true. Otherwise, do - not call \a EvaluateFields() as the midpoint is about to be discarded. - (<i>Implementor's note</i>: This isn't true if UGLY_ASPECT_RATIO_HACK - has been defined. But in that case, we don't want the exact field values; - we need the linearly interpolated ones at the midpoint for continuity.) - - - - - vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion - - - - - vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion - how to decide whether a linear approximation to nonlinear geometry or field should be subdivided - - - - Description - Descendants of this abstract class are used to decide whether a - piecewise linear approximation (triangles, lines, ... ) to some - nonlinear geometry should be subdivided. This decision may be - based on an absolute error metric (chord error) or on some - view-dependent metric (chord error compared to device resolution) - or on some abstract metric (color error). Or anything else, really. - Just so long as you implement the EvaluateEdge member, all will - be well. - - - - - vtkDataSetSubdivisionAlgorithm vtkStreamingTessellator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This does the opposite of \p PassField(); it removes a field from - the output (assuming the field was set to be passed). - Returns true if any action was taken, false otherwise. - - - - - You must implement this member function in a subclass. - It will be called by \p vtkStreamingTessellator for each - edge in each primitive that vtkStreamingTessellator generates. - - - - - Perform the core logic for a fixed multi-criterion, - scalar-field based subdivision. - Returns true if subdivision should occur, false otherwise. - This is to be used by subclasses once the mesh-specific - evaluation routines have been called to get the actual - (as opposed to linearly interpolated) midpoint geometry - and field values. - Only field values - are tested (not geometry) because you can save yourself - field evaluations if you check the geometry yourself - and it fails the test. - @param p0 is the first endpoint of the edge - @param p1 is the linearly interpolated midpoint of the edge - @param p1_actual is the actual midpoint of the edge - @param p2 is the second endpoint of the edge - @param field_start is the offset into the above arrays - indicating where the scalar field values start (when - isosurfacing, the embedding dimension may be smaller - than the number of parametric coordinates). - @param field_criteria is a bitfield specifying which - fields (of the fields specified by PassField or - PassFields) are to be considered for subdivision. - Thus, you may pass fields to the output mesh without - using them as subdivision criteria. In than case, - the allowableFieldErr will have an empty entry for - those fields. - @param allowableFieldErr is an array of tolerances, - one for each field passed to the output. If the - linearly interpolated and actual midpoint values - for any field are greater than the value specified - here, the member will return true. - - - - - Perform the core logic for a fixed multi-criterion, - scalar-field based subdivision. - Returns true if subdivision should occur, false otherwise. - This is to be used by subclasses once the mesh-specific - evaluation routines have been called to get the actual - (as opposed to linearly interpolated) midpoint geometry - and field values. - Only field values - are tested (not geometry) because you can save yourself - field evaluations if you check the geometry yourself - and it fails the test. - @param p0 is the first endpoint of the edge - @param p1 is the linearly interpolated midpoint of the edge - @param p1_actual is the actual midpoint of the edge - @param p2 is the second endpoint of the edge - @param field_start is the offset into the above arrays - indicating where the scalar field values start (when - isosurfacing, the embedding dimension may be smaller - than the number of parametric coordinates). - @param field_criteria is a bitfield specifying which - fields (of the fields specified by PassField or - PassFields) are to be considered for subdivision. - Thus, you may pass fields to the output mesh without - using them as subdivision criteria. In than case, - the allowableFieldErr will have an empty entry for - those fields. - @param allowableFieldErr is an array of tolerances, - one for each field passed to the output. If the - linearly interpolated and actual midpoint values - for any field are greater than the value specified - here, the member will return true. - - - - - Perform the core logic for a fixed multi-criterion, - scalar-field based subdivision. - Returns true if subdivision should occur, false otherwise. - This is to be used by subclasses once the mesh-specific - evaluation routines have been called to get the actual - (as opposed to linearly interpolated) midpoint geometry - and field values. - Only field values - are tested (not geometry) because you can save yourself - field evaluations if you check the geometry yourself - and it fails the test. - @param p0 is the first endpoint of the edge - @param p1 is the linearly interpolated midpoint of the edge - @param p1_actual is the actual midpoint of the edge - @param p2 is the second endpoint of the edge - @param field_start is the offset into the above arrays - indicating where the scalar field values start (when - isosurfacing, the embedding dimension may be smaller - than the number of parametric coordinates). - @param field_criteria is a bitfield specifying which - fields (of the fields specified by PassField or - PassFields) are to be considered for subdivision. - Thus, you may pass fields to the output mesh without - using them as subdivision criteria. In than case, - the allowableFieldErr will have an empty entry for - those fields. - @param allowableFieldErr is an array of tolerances, - one for each field passed to the output. If the - linearly interpolated and actual midpoint values - for any field are greater than the value specified - here, the member will return true. - - - - - Return the output ID of an input field. - Returns -1 if \a fieldId is not set to be passed to the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is a helper routine called by \p PassFields() which - you may also call directly; it adds \a sourceSize to the size of - the output vertex field values. The offset of the \a sourceId - field in the output vertex array is returned. - -1 is returned if \a sourceSize would force the output to have more - than \a vtkStreamingTessellator::MaxFieldSize field values per vertex. - - - - - Don't pass any field values in the vertex pointer. - This is used to reset the list of fields to pass after a - successful run of vtkStreamingTessellator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Evaluate either a cell or nodal field. - This exists because of the funky way that Exodus data will be handled. - Sure, it's a hack, but what are ya gonna do? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Evaluate all of the fields that should be output with the - given \a vertex and store them just past the parametric coordinates - of \a vertex, at the offsets given by - \p vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion::GetFieldOffsets() plus \a field_start. - \a field_start contains the number of world-space coordinates (always 3) - plus the embedding dimension (the size of the parameter-space in which - the cell is embedded). It will range between 3 and 6, inclusive. - - You must have called SetCellId() before calling this routine or there - will not be a mesh over which to evaluate the fields. - - You must have called \p vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion::PassDefaultFields() - or \p vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion::PassField() or there will be no fields - defined for the output vertex. - - This routine is public and returns its input argument so that it - may be used as an argument to - \p vtkStreamingTessellator::AdaptivelySamplekFacet(): - @verbatim - vtkStreamingTessellator* t = vtkStreamingTessellator::New(); - vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion* s; - ... - t->AdaptivelySample1Facet( s->EvaluateFields( p0 ), s->EvaluateFields( p1 ) ); - ... - @endverbatim - Although this will work, using \p EvaluateFields() in this manner - should be avoided. It's much more efficient to fetch the corner values - for each attribute and copy them into \a p0, \a p1, ... as opposed to - performing shape function evaluations. The only case where you wouldn't - want to do this is when the field you are interpolating is discontinuous - at cell borders, such as with a discontinuous galerkin method or when - all the Gauss points for quadrature are interior to the cell. - - The final argument, \a weights, is the array of weights to apply to each - point's data when interpolating the field. This is returned by - \a vtkCell::EvaluateLocation() when evaluating the geometry. - - - - - Evaluate either a cell or nodal field. - This exists because of the funky way that Exodus data will be handled. - Sure, it's a hack, but what are ya gonna do? - - - - - Return a bitfield specifying which FieldError2 criteria are positive (i.e., actively - used to decide edge subdivisions). - This is stored as separate state to make subdivisions go faster. - - - - - Return a bitfield specifying which FieldError2 criteria are positive (i.e., actively - used to decide edge subdivisions). - This is stored as separate state to make subdivisions go faster. - - - - - Return a bitfield specifying which FieldError2 criteria are positive (i.e., actively - used to decide edge subdivisions). - This is stored as separate state to make subdivisions go faster. - - - - - Get/Set the square of the allowable chord error at any edge's midpoint. - This value is used by EvaluateEdge. - - - - - Get/Set the square of the allowable error magnitude for the - scalar field \a s at any edge's midpoint. - A value less than or equal to 0 indicates that the field - should not be used as a criterion for subdivision. - - - - - Return a bitfield specifying which FieldError2 criteria are positive (i.e., actively - used to decide edge subdivisions). - This is stored as separate state to make subdivisions go faster. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tell the subdivider not to use any field values as subdivision criteria. - Effectively calls SetFieldError2( a, -1. ) for all fields. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the square of the allowable chord error at any edge's midpoint. - This value is used by EvaluateEdge. - - - - - Get/Set the square of the allowable error magnitude for the - scalar field \a s at any edge's midpoint. - A value less than or equal to 0 indicates that the field - should not be used as a criterion for subdivision. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataSetGradient - computes scalar field gradient - - - - Description - vtkDataSetGradient Computes per cell gradient of point scalar field - or per point gradient of cell scalar field. - - Thanks - This file is part of the generalized Youngs material interface reconstruction algorithm contributed by - CEA/DIF - Commissariat a l'Energie Atomique, Centre DAM Ile-De-France <br> - BP12, F-91297 Arpajon, France. <br> - Implementation by Thierry Carrard (CEA) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the name of computed vector array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the name of computed vector array. - - - - - vtkDataSetGradientPrecompute - - - - Description - Computes a geometry based vector field that the DataSetGradient filter uses to accelerate - gradient computation. This vector field is added to FieldData since it has a different - value for each vertex of each cell (a vertex shared by two cell has two differents values). - - Thanks - This file is part of the generalized Youngs material interface reconstruction algorithm contributed by - CEA/DIF - Commissariat a l'Energie Atomique, Centre DAM Ile-De-France <br> - BP12, F-91297 Arpajon, France. <br> - Implementation by Thierry Carrard (CEA) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataSetSurfaceFilter - Extracts outer (polygonal) surface. - - - Description - vtkDataSetSurfaceFilter is a faster version of vtkGeometry filter, but it - does not have an option to select bounds. It may use more memory than - vtkGeometryFilter. It only has one option: whether to use triangle strips - when the input type is structured. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Direct access methods that can be used to use the this class as an - algorithm without using it as a filter. - - - - - If the input is an unstructured grid with nonlinear faces, this parameter - determines how many times the face is subdivided into linear faces. If 0, - the output is the equivalent of its linear couterpart (and the midpoints - determining the nonlinear interpolation are discarded). If 1 (the - default), the nonlinear face is triangulated based on the midpoints. If - greater than 1, the triangulated pieces are recursively subdivided to reach - the desired subdivision. Setting the value to greater than 1 may cause - some point data to not be passed even if no nonlinear faces exist. This - option has no effect if the input is not an unstructured grid. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If PieceInvariant is true, vtkDataSetSurfaceFilter requests - 1 ghost level from input in order to remove internal surface - that are between processes. False by default. - - - - - When input is structured data, this flag will generate faces with - triangle strips. This should render faster and use less memory, but no - cell data is copied. By default, UseStrips is Off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If the input is an unstructured grid with nonlinear faces, this parameter - determines how many times the face is subdivided into linear faces. If 0, - the output is the equivalent of its linear couterpart (and the midpoints - determining the nonlinear interpolation are discarded). If 1 (the - default), the nonlinear face is triangulated based on the midpoints. If - greater than 1, the triangulated pieces are recursively subdivided to reach - the desired subdivision. Setting the value to greater than 1 may cause - some point data to not be passed even if no nonlinear faces exist. This - option has no effect if the input is not an unstructured grid. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If PieceInvariant is true, vtkDataSetSurfaceFilter requests - 1 ghost level from input in order to remove internal surface - that are between processes. False by default. - - - - - When input is structured data, this flag will generate faces with - triangle strips. This should render faster and use less memory, but no - cell data is copied. By default, UseStrips is Off. - - - - - Direct access methods that can be used to use the this class as an - algorithm without using it as a filter. - - - - - Direct access methods that can be used to use the this class as an - algorithm without using it as a filter. - - - - - When input is structured data, this flag will generate faces with - triangle strips. This should render faster and use less memory, but no - cell data is copied. By default, UseStrips is Off. - - - - - When input is structured data, this flag will generate faces with - triangle strips. This should render faster and use less memory, but no - cell data is copied. By default, UseStrips is Off. - - - - - vtkDataSetToDataObjectFilter - map dataset into data object (i.e., a field) - - - Description - vtkDataSetToDataObjectFilter is an class that transforms a dataset into - data object (i.e., a field). The field will have labeled data arrays - corresponding to the topology, geometry, field data, and point and cell - attribute data. - - You can control what portions of the dataset are converted into the - output data object's field data. The instance variables Geometry, - Topology, FieldData, PointData, and CellData are flags that control - whether the dataset's geometry (e.g., points, spacing, origin); - topology (e.g., cell connectivity, dimensions); the field data - associated with the dataset's superclass data object; the dataset's - point data attributes; and the dataset's cell data attributes. (Note: - the data attributes include scalars, vectors, tensors, normals, texture - coordinates, and field data.) - - The names used to create the field data are as follows. For vtkPolyData, - "Points", "Verts", "Lines", "Polys", and "Strips". For vtkUnstructuredGrid, - "Cells" and "CellTypes". For vtkStructuredPoints, "Dimensions", "Spacing", - and "Origin". For vtkStructuredGrid, "Points" and "Dimensions". For - vtkRectilinearGrid, "XCoordinates", "YCoordinates", and "ZCoordinates". - for point attribute data, "PointScalars", "PointVectors", etc. For cell - attribute data, "CellScalars", "CellVectors", etc. Field data arrays retain - their original name. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object to transform all data into a data object. - - - - - Instantiate the object to transform all data into a data object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset cell data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset cell data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset field data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset field data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset geometry to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset geometry to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset cell data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset field data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset geometry to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset point data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset topology to a data object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset point data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset point data to a data object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset cell data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset field data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset geometry to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset point data to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset topology to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset topology to a data object. - - - - - Turn on/off the conversion of dataset topology to a data object. - - - - - vtkDataSetTriangleFilter - triangulate any type of dataset - - - Description - vtkDataSetTriangleFilter generates n-dimensional simplices from any input - dataset. That is, 3D cells are converted to tetrahedral meshes, 2D cells - to triangles, and so on. The triangulation is guaranteed to be compatible. - - This filter uses simple 1D and 2D triangulation techniques for cells - that are of topological dimension 2 or less. For 3D cells--due to the - issue of face compatibility across quadrilateral faces (which way to - orient the diagonal?)--a fancier ordered Delaunay triangulation is used. - This approach produces templates on the fly for triangulating the - cells. The templates are then used to do the actual triangulation. - - - - - vtkOrderedTriangulator vtkTriangleFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When On this filter will cull all 1D and 2D cells from the output. - The default is Off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When On this filter will cull all 1D and 2D cells from the output. - The default is Off. - - - - - When On this filter will cull all 1D and 2D cells from the output. - The default is Off. - - - - - When On this filter will cull all 1D and 2D cells from the output. - The default is Off. - - - - - vtkDecimatePolylineFilter - reduce the number of lines in a polyline - - - Description - vtkDecimatePolylineFilter is a filter to reduce the number of lines in a - polyline. The algorithm functions by evaluating an error metric for each - vertex (i.e., the distance of the vertex to a line defined from the two - vertices on either side of the vertex). Then, these vertices are placed - into a priority queue, and those with larger errors are deleted first. - The decimation continues until the target reduction is reached. - - Caveats - This algorithm is a very simple implementation that overlooks some - potential complexities. First, if a vertex is multiply connected, - meaning that it is used by multiple polylines, then the extra - topological constraints are ignored. Second, the error is not updated - as vertices are deleted (similar to iteratively computing a quadric - error metric). Thus, once calculated, the error is used to determine - which vertices are removed. This can produce less than optimal results. - - - - - vtkDecimate vtkDecimateProp vtkQuadricClustering vtkQuadricDecimation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this object with a target reduction of 0.90. - - - - - Instantiate this object with a target reduction of 0.90. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). - - - - - vtkDecimatePro - reduce the number of triangles in a mesh - - - Description - vtkDecimatePro is a filter to reduce the number of triangles in a triangle - mesh, forming a good approximation to the original geometry. The input to - vtkDecimatePro is a vtkPolyData object, and only triangles are treated. If - you desire to decimate polygonal meshes, first triangulate the polygons - with vtkTriangleFilter object. - - The implementation of vtkDecimatePro is similar to the algorithm - originally described in "Decimation of Triangle Meshes", Proc Siggraph - `92, with three major differences. First, this algorithm does not - necessarily preserve the topology of the mesh. Second, it is guaranteed to - give the a mesh reduction factor specified by the user (as long as certain - constraints are not set - see Caveats). Third, it is set up generate - progressive meshes, that is a stream of operations that can be easily - transmitted and incrementally updated (see Hugues Hoppe's Siggraph '96 - paper on progressive meshes). - - The algorithm proceeds as follows. Each vertex in the mesh is classified - and inserted into a priority queue. The priority is based on the error to - delete the vertex and retriangulate the hole. Vertices that cannot be - deleted or triangulated (at this point in the algorithm) are - skipped. Then, each vertex in the priority queue is processed (i.e., - deleted followed by hole triangulation using edge collapse). This - continues until the priority queue is empty. Next, all remaining vertices - are processed, and the mesh is split into separate pieces along sharp - edges or at non-manifold attachment points and reinserted into the - priority queue. Again, the priority queue is processed until empty. If - the desired reduction is still not achieved, the remaining vertices are - split as necessary (in a recursive fashion) so that it is possible to - eliminate every triangle as necessary. - - To use this object, at a minimum you need to specify the ivar - TargetReduction. The algorithm is guaranteed to generate a reduced mesh - at this level as long as the following four conditions are met: 1) - topology modification is allowed (i.e., the ivar PreserveTopology is off); - 2) mesh splitting is enabled (i.e., the ivar Splitting is on); 3) the - algorithm is allowed to modify the boundary of the mesh (i.e., the ivar - BoundaryVertexDeletion is on); and 4) the maximum allowable error (i.e., - the ivar MaximumError) is set to VTK_DOUBLE_MAX. Other important - parameters to adjust include the FeatureAngle and SplitAngle ivars, since - these can impact the quality of the final mesh. Also, you can set the - ivar AccumulateError to force incremental error update and distribution - to surrounding vertices as each vertex is deleted. The accumulated error - is a conservative global error bounds and decimation error, but requires - additional memory and time to compute. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create object with specified reduction of 90% and feature angle of - 15 degrees. Edge splitting is on, defer splitting is on, and the - split angle is 75 degrees. Topology preservation is off, delete - boundary vertices is on, and the maximum error is set to - VTK_DOUBLE_MAX. The inflection point ratio is 10 and the vertex - degree is 25. Error accumulation is turned off. - - - - - Create object with specified reduction of 90% and feature angle of - 15 degrees. Edge splitting is on, defer splitting is on, and the - split angle is 75 degrees. Topology preservation is off, delete - boundary vertices is on, and the maximum error is set to - VTK_DOUBLE_MAX. The inflection point ratio is 10 and the vertex - degree is 25. Error accumulation is turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The computed error can either be computed directly from the mesh - or the error may be accumulated as the mesh is modified. If the error - is accumulated, then it represents a global error bounds, and the ivar - MaximumError becomes a global bounds on mesh error. Accumulating the - error requires extra memory proportional to the number of vertices in - the mesh. If AccumulateError is off, then the error is not accumulated. - - - - - The computed error can either be computed directly from the mesh - or the error may be accumulated as the mesh is modified. If the error - is accumulated, then it represents a global error bounds, and the ivar - MaximumError becomes a global bounds on mesh error. Accumulating the - error requires extra memory proportional to the number of vertices in - the mesh. If AccumulateError is off, then the error is not accumulated. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Same as MaximumError, but to be used when ErrorIsAbsolute is 1 - - - - - Same as MaximumError, but to be used when ErrorIsAbsolute is 1 - - - - - Same as MaximumError, but to be used when ErrorIsAbsolute is 1 - - - - - The computed error can either be computed directly from the mesh - or the error may be accumulated as the mesh is modified. If the error - is accumulated, then it represents a global error bounds, and the ivar - MaximumError becomes a global bounds on mesh error. Accumulating the - error requires extra memory proportional to the number of vertices in - the mesh. If AccumulateError is off, then the error is not accumulated. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - If the number of triangles connected to a vertex exceeds "Degree", then - the vertex will be split. (NOTE: the complexity of the triangulation - algorithm is proportional to Degree^2. Setting degree small can improve - the performance of the algorithm.) - - - - - If the number of triangles connected to a vertex exceeds "Degree", then - the vertex will be split. (NOTE: the complexity of the triangulation - algorithm is proportional to Degree^2. Setting degree small can improve - the performance of the algorithm.) - - - - - If the number of triangles connected to a vertex exceeds "Degree", then - the vertex will be split. (NOTE: the complexity of the triangulation - algorithm is proportional to Degree^2. Setting degree small can improve - the performance of the algorithm.) - - - - - The MaximumError is normally defined as a fraction of the dataset bounding - diagonal. By setting ErrorIsAbsolute to 1, the error is instead defined - as that specified by AbsoluteError. By default ErrorIsAbsolute=0. - - - - - Specify the mesh feature angle. This angle is used to define what - an edge is (i.e., if the surface normal between two adjacent triangles - is >= FeatureAngle, an edge exists). - - - - - Specify the mesh feature angle. This angle is used to define what - an edge is (i.e., if the surface normal between two adjacent triangles - is >= FeatureAngle, an edge exists). - - - - - Specify the mesh feature angle. This angle is used to define what - an edge is (i.e., if the surface normal between two adjacent triangles - is >= FeatureAngle, an edge exists). - - - - - Specify the inflection point ratio. An inflection point occurs - when the ratio of reduction error between two iterations is greater - than or equal to the InflectionPointRatio. - - - - - Specify the inflection point ratio. An inflection point occurs - when the ratio of reduction error between two iterations is greater - than or equal to the InflectionPointRatio. - - - - - Specify the inflection point ratio. An inflection point occurs - when the ratio of reduction error between two iterations is greater - than or equal to the InflectionPointRatio. - - - - - Get a list of inflection points. These are double values 0 < r <= 1.0 - corresponding to reduction level, and there are a total of - NumberOfInflectionPoints() values. You must provide an array (of - the correct size) into which the inflection points are written. - - - - - Get a list of inflection points. These are double values 0 < r <= 1.0 - corresponding to reduction level, and there are a total of - NumberOfInflectionPoints() values. You must provide an array (of - the correct size) into which the inflection points are written. - This method returns a pointer to a list of inflection points. - - - - - Set the largest decimation error that is allowed during the decimation - process. This may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. The - maximum error is specified as a fraction of the maximum length of - the input data bounding box. - - - - - Set the largest decimation error that is allowed during the decimation - process. This may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. The - maximum error is specified as a fraction of the maximum length of - the input data bounding box. - - - - - Set the largest decimation error that is allowed during the decimation - process. This may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. The - maximum error is specified as a fraction of the maximum length of - the input data bounding box. - - - - - Get the number of inflection points. Only returns a valid value after - the filter has executed. The values in the list are mesh reduction - values at each inflection point. Note: the first inflection point always - occurs right before non-planar triangles are decimated (i.e., as the - error becomes non-zero). - - - - - In some cases you may wish to split the mesh prior to algorithm - execution. This separates the mesh into semi-planar patches, which are - disconnected from each other. This can give superior results in some - cases. If the ivar PreSplitMesh ivar is enabled, the mesh is split with - the specified SplitAngle. Otherwise mesh splitting is deferred as long - as possible. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to preserve the topology of the original mesh. If - on, mesh splitting and hole elimination will not occur. This may limit - the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Specify the mesh split angle. This angle is used to control the splitting - of the mesh. A split line exists when the surface normals between - two edge connected triangles are >= SplitAngle. - - - - - Specify the mesh split angle. This angle is used to control the splitting - of the mesh. A split line exists when the surface normals between - two edge connected triangles are >= SplitAngle. - - - - - Specify the mesh split angle. This angle is used to control the splitting - of the mesh. A split line exists when the surface normals between - two edge connected triangles are >= SplitAngle. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of the mesh at corners, along edges, at - non-manifold points, or anywhere else a split is required. Turning - splitting off will better preserve the original topology of the - mesh, but you may not obtain the requested reduction. - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). Because of various constraints, this level of - reduction may not be realized. If you want to guarantee a particular - reduction, you must turn off PreserveTopology, turn on SplitEdges and - BoundaryVertexDeletion, and set the MaximumError to VTK_DOUBLE_MAX (these - ivars are initialized this way when the object is instantiated). - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). Because of various constraints, this level of - reduction may not be realized. If you want to guarantee a particular - reduction, you must turn off PreserveTopology, turn on SplitEdges and - BoundaryVertexDeletion, and set the MaximumError to VTK_DOUBLE_MAX (these - ivars are initialized this way when the object is instantiated). - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). Because of various constraints, this level of - reduction may not be realized. If you want to guarantee a particular - reduction, you must turn off PreserveTopology, turn on SplitEdges and - BoundaryVertexDeletion, and set the MaximumError to VTK_DOUBLE_MAX (these - ivars are initialized this way when the object is instantiated). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - In some cases you may wish to split the mesh prior to algorithm - execution. This separates the mesh into semi-planar patches, which are - disconnected from each other. This can give superior results in some - cases. If the ivar PreSplitMesh ivar is enabled, the mesh is split with - the specified SplitAngle. Otherwise mesh splitting is deferred as long - as possible. - - - - - In some cases you may wish to split the mesh prior to algorithm - execution. This separates the mesh into semi-planar patches, which are - disconnected from each other. This can give superior results in some - cases. If the ivar PreSplitMesh ivar is enabled, the mesh is split with - the specified SplitAngle. Otherwise mesh splitting is deferred as long - as possible. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to preserve the topology of the original mesh. If - on, mesh splitting and hole elimination will not occur. This may limit - the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to preserve the topology of the original mesh. If - on, mesh splitting and hole elimination will not occur. This may limit - the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Same as MaximumError, but to be used when ErrorIsAbsolute is 1 - - - - - The computed error can either be computed directly from the mesh - or the error may be accumulated as the mesh is modified. If the error - is accumulated, then it represents a global error bounds, and the ivar - MaximumError becomes a global bounds on mesh error. Accumulating the - error requires extra memory proportional to the number of vertices in - the mesh. If AccumulateError is off, then the error is not accumulated. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - If the number of triangles connected to a vertex exceeds "Degree", then - the vertex will be split. (NOTE: the complexity of the triangulation - algorithm is proportional to Degree^2. Setting degree small can improve - the performance of the algorithm.) - - - - - The MaximumError is normally defined as a fraction of the dataset bounding - diagonal. By setting ErrorIsAbsolute to 1, the error is instead defined - as that specified by AbsoluteError. By default ErrorIsAbsolute=0. - - - - - Specify the mesh feature angle. This angle is used to define what - an edge is (i.e., if the surface normal between two adjacent triangles - is >= FeatureAngle, an edge exists). - - - - - Specify the inflection point ratio. An inflection point occurs - when the ratio of reduction error between two iterations is greater - than or equal to the InflectionPointRatio. - - - - - Set the largest decimation error that is allowed during the decimation - process. This may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. The - maximum error is specified as a fraction of the maximum length of - the input data bounding box. - - - - - In some cases you may wish to split the mesh prior to algorithm - execution. This separates the mesh into semi-planar patches, which are - disconnected from each other. This can give superior results in some - cases. If the ivar PreSplitMesh ivar is enabled, the mesh is split with - the specified SplitAngle. Otherwise mesh splitting is deferred as long - as possible. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to preserve the topology of the original mesh. If - on, mesh splitting and hole elimination will not occur. This may limit - the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Specify the mesh split angle. This angle is used to control the splitting - of the mesh. A split line exists when the surface normals between - two edge connected triangles are >= SplitAngle. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of the mesh at corners, along edges, at - non-manifold points, or anywhere else a split is required. Turning - splitting off will better preserve the original topology of the - mesh, but you may not obtain the requested reduction. - - - - - Specify the desired reduction in the total number of polygons (e.g., if - TargetReduction is set to 0.9, this filter will try to reduce the data set - to 10% of its original size). Because of various constraints, this level of - reduction may not be realized. If you want to guarantee a particular - reduction, you must turn off PreserveTopology, turn on SplitEdges and - BoundaryVertexDeletion, and set the MaximumError to VTK_DOUBLE_MAX (these - ivars are initialized this way when the object is instantiated). - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of the mesh at corners, along edges, at - non-manifold points, or anywhere else a split is required. Turning - splitting off will better preserve the original topology of the - mesh, but you may not obtain the requested reduction. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of the mesh at corners, along edges, at - non-manifold points, or anywhere else a split is required. Turning - splitting off will better preserve the original topology of the - mesh, but you may not obtain the requested reduction. - - - - - vtkDelaunay2D - create 2D Delaunay triangulation of input points - - - Description - vtkDelaunay2D is a filter that constructs a 2D Delaunay triangulation from - a list of input points. These points may be represented by any dataset of - type vtkPointSet and subclasses. The output of the filter is a polygonal - dataset. Usually the output is a triangle mesh, but if a non-zero alpha - distance value is specified (called the "alpha" value), then only - triangles, edges, and vertices lying within the alpha radius are - output. In other words, non-zero alpha values may result in arbitrary - combinations of triangles, lines, and vertices. (The notion of alpha value - is derived from Edelsbrunner's work on "alpha shapes".) Also, it is - possible to generate "constrained triangulations" using this filter. - A constrained triangulation is one where edges and loops (i.e., polygons) - can be defined and the triangulation will preserve them (read on for - more information). - - The 2D Delaunay triangulation is defined as the triangulation that - satisfies the Delaunay criterion for n-dimensional simplexes (in this case - n=2 and the simplexes are triangles). This criterion states that a - circumsphere of each simplex in a triangulation contains only the n+1 - defining points of the simplex. (See "The Visualization Toolkit" text - for more information.) In two dimensions, this translates into an optimal - triangulation. That is, the maximum interior angle of any triangle is less - than or equal to that of any possible triangulation. - - Delaunay triangulations are used to build topological structures - from unorganized (or unstructured) points. The input to this filter - is a list of points specified in 3D, even though the triangulation - is 2D. Thus the triangulation is constructed in the x-y plane, and - the z coordinate is ignored (although carried through to the - output). If you desire to triangulate in a different plane, you - can use the vtkTransformFilter to transform the points into and - out of the x-y plane or you can specify a transform to the Delaunay2D - directly. In the latter case, the input points are transformed, the - transformed points are triangulated, and the output will use the - triangulated topology for the original (non-transformed) points. This - avoids transforming the data back as would be required when using the - vtkTransformFilter method. Specifying a transform directly also allows - any transform to be used: rigid, non-rigid, non-invertible, etc. - - If an input transform is used, then alpha values are applied (for the - most part) in the original data space. The exception is when - BoundingTriangulation is on. In this case, alpha values are applied in - the original data space unless a cell uses a bounding vertex. - - The Delaunay triangulation can be numerically sensitive in some cases. To - prevent problems, try to avoid injecting points that will result in - triangles with bad aspect ratios (1000:1 or greater). In practice this - means inserting points that are "widely dispersed", and enables smooth - transition of triangle sizes throughout the mesh. (You may even want to - add extra points to create a better point distribution.) If numerical - problems are present, you will see a warning message to this effect at - the end of the triangulation process. - - To create constrained meshes, you must define an additional - input. This input is an instance of vtkPolyData which contains - lines, polylines, and/or polygons that define constrained edges and - loops. Only the topology of (lines and polygons) from this second - input are used. The topology is assumed to reference points in the - input point set (the one to be triangulated). In other words, the - lines and polygons use point ids from the first input point - set. Lines and polylines found in the input will be mesh edges in - the output. Polygons define a loop with inside and outside - regions. The inside of the polygon is determined by using the - right-hand-rule, i.e., looking down the z-axis a polygon should be - ordered counter-clockwise. Holes in a polygon should be ordered - clockwise. If you choose to create a constrained triangulation, the - final mesh may not satisfy the Delaunay criterion. (Noted: the - lines/polygon edges must not intersect when projected onto the 2D - plane. It may not be possible to recover all edges due to not - enough points in the triangulation, or poorly defined edges - (coincident or excessively long). The form of the lines or - polygons is a list of point ids that correspond to the input point - ids used to generate the triangulation.) - - If an input transform is used, constraints are defined in the - "transformed" space. So when the right hand rule is used for a - polygon constraint, that operation is applied using the transformed - points. Since the input transform can be any transformation (rigid - or non-rigid), care must be taken in constructing constraints when - an input transform is used. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with Alpha = 0.0; Tolerance = 0.001; Offset = 1.25; - BoundingTriangulation turned off. - - - - - Construct object with Alpha = 0.0; Tolerance = 0.001; Offset = 1.25; - BoundingTriangulation turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges or triangles contained within - a sphere centered at mesh vertices will be output. Otherwise, only - triangles will be output. - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges or triangles contained within - a sphere centered at mesh vertices will be output. Otherwise, only - triangles will be output. - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges or triangles contained within - a sphere centered at mesh vertices will be output. Otherwise, only - triangles will be output. - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Define - - - - - Define - - - - - Define - - - - - Get a pointer to the source object. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - Set / get the transform which is applied to points to generate a - 2D problem. This maps a 3D dataset into a 2D dataset where - triangulation can be done on the XY plane. The points are - transformed and triangulated. The topology of triangulated - points is used as the output topology. The output points are the - original (untransformed) points. The transform can be any - subclass of vtkAbstractTransform (thus it does not need to be a - linear or invertible transform). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges or triangles contained within - a sphere centered at mesh vertices will be output. Otherwise, only - triangles will be output. - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Define - - - - - Specify the source object used to specify constrained edges and loops. - (This is optional.) If set, and lines/polygons are defined, a constrained - triangulation is created. The lines/polygons are assumed to reference - points in the input point set (i.e. point ids are identical in the - input and source). - Old style. See SetSourceConnection. - - - - - Specify the source object used to specify constrained edges and loops. - (This is optional.) If set, and lines/polygons are defined, a constrained - triangulation is created. The lines/polygons are assumed to reference - points in the input point set (i.e. point ids are identical in the - input and source). - New style. This method is equivalent to SetInputConnection(1, algOutput). - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - Set / get the transform which is applied to points to generate a - 2D problem. This maps a 3D dataset into a 2D dataset where - triangulation can be done on the XY plane. The points are - transformed and triangulated. The topology of triangulated - points is used as the output topology. The output points are the - original (untransformed) points. The transform can be any - subclass of vtkAbstractTransform (thus it does not need to be a - linear or invertible transform). - - - - - vtkDelaunay3D - create 3D Delaunay triangulation of input points - - - Description - vtkDelaunay3D is a filter that constructs a 3D Delaunay - triangulation from a list of input points. These points may be - represented by any dataset of type vtkPointSet and subclasses. The - output of the filter is an unstructured grid dataset. Usually the - output is a tetrahedral mesh, but if a non-zero alpha distance - value is specified (called the "alpha" value), then only tetrahedra, - triangles, edges, and vertices lying within the alpha radius are - output. In other words, non-zero alpha values may result in arbitrary - combinations of tetrahedra, triangles, lines, and vertices. (The notion - of alpha value is derived from Edelsbrunner's work on "alpha shapes".) - - The 3D Delaunay triangulation is defined as the triangulation that - satisfies the Delaunay criterion for n-dimensional simplexes (in - this case n=3 and the simplexes are tetrahedra). This criterion - states that a circumsphere of each simplex in a triangulation - contains only the n+1 defining points of the simplex. (See text for - more information.) While in two dimensions this translates into an - "optimal" triangulation, this is not true in 3D, since a measurement - for optimality in 3D is not agreed on. - - Delaunay triangulations are used to build topological structures - from unorganized (or unstructured) points. The input to this filter - is a list of points specified in 3D. (If you wish to create 2D - triangulations see vtkDelaunay2D.) The output is an unstructured grid. - - The Delaunay triangulation can be numerically sensitive. To prevent - problems, try to avoid injecting points that will result in - triangles with bad aspect ratios (1000:1 or greater). In practice - this means inserting points that are "widely dispersed", and - enables smooth transition of triangle sizes throughout the - mesh. (You may even want to add extra points to create a better - point distribution.) If numerical problems are present, you will - see a warning message to this effect at the end of the - triangulation process. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with Alpha = 0.0; Tolerance = 0.001; Offset = 2.5; - BoundingTriangulation turned off. - - - - - Construct object with Alpha = 0.0; Tolerance = 0.001; Offset = 2.5; - BoundingTriangulation turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to eliminate "coincident" points. - - - - - Invoke this method after all points have been inserted. The purpose of - the method is to clean up internal data structures. Note that the - (vtkUnstructuredGrid *)Mesh returned from InitPointInsertion() is NOT - deleted, you still are responsible for cleaning that up. - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges, faces, or tetra contained - within the circumsphere (of radius alpha) will be output. Otherwise, - only tetrahedra will be output. - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges, faces, or tetra contained - within the circumsphere (of radius alpha) will be output. Otherwise, - only tetrahedra will be output. - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges, faces, or tetra contained - within the circumsphere (of radius alpha) will be output. Otherwise, - only tetrahedra will be output. - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkPointLocator is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - This is a helper method used with InsertPoint() to create - tetrahedronalizations of points. Its purpose is construct an initial - Delaunay triangulation into which to inject other points. You must - specify the center of a cubical bounding box and its length, as well - as the number of points to insert. The method returns a pointer to - an unstructured grid. Use this pointer to manipulate the mesh as - necessary. You must delete (with Delete()) the mesh when done. - Note: This initialization method places points forming bounding octahedron - at the end of the Mesh's point list. That is, InsertPoint() assumes that - you will be inserting points between (0,numPtsToInsert-1). - - - - - This is a helper method used with InitPointInsertion() to create - tetrahedronalizations of points. Its purpose is to inject point at - coordinates specified into tetrahedronalization. The point id is an index - into the list of points in the mesh structure. (See - vtkDelaunay3D::InitPointInsertion() for more information.) When you have - completed inserting points, traverse the mesh structure to extract desired - tetrahedra (or tetra faces and edges).The holeTetras id list lists all the - tetrahedra that are deleted (invalid) in the mesh structure. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify alpha (or distance) value to control output of this filter. - For a non-zero alpha value, only edges, faces, or tetra contained - within the circumsphere (of radius alpha) will be output. Otherwise, - only tetrahedra will be output. - - - - - Boolean controls whether bounding triangulation points (and associated - triangles) are included in the output. (These are introduced as an - initial triangulation to begin the triangulation process. This feature - is nice for debugging output.) - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkPointLocator is used. - - - - - Specify a multiplier to control the size of the initial, bounding - Delaunay triangulation. - - - - - Specify a tolerance to control discarding of closely spaced points. - This tolerance is specified as a fraction of the diagonal length of - the bounding box of the points. - - - - - vtkDensifyPolyData - Densify the input by adding points at the - centroid - - - - Description - The filter takes any polygonal data as input and will tessellate cells that - are planar polygons present by fanning out triangles from its centroid. - Other cells are simply passed through to the output. PointData, if present, - is interpolated via linear interpolation. CellData for any tessellated cell - is simply copied over from its parent cell. Planar polygons are assumed to - be convex. Funny things will happen if they are not. - - The number of subdivisions can be controlled by the parameter - NumberOfSubdivisions. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Number of recursive subdivisions. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Number of recursive subdivisions. Initial value is 1. - - - - - vtkDicer - abstract superclass to divide dataset into pieces - - - Description - Subclasses of vtkDicer divides the input dataset into separate - pieces. These pieces can then be operated on by other filters - (e.g., vtkThreshold). One application is to break very large - polygonal models into pieces and performing viewing and occlusion - culling on the pieces. Multiple pieces can also be streamed through - the visualization pipeline. - - To use this filter, you must specify the execution mode of the - filter; i.e., set the way that the piece size is controlled (do - this by setting the DiceMode ivar). The filter does not change the - geometry or topology of the input dataset, rather it generates - integer numbers that indicate which piece a particular point - belongs to (i.e., it modifies the point and cell attribute - data). The integer number can be placed into the output scalar - data, or the output field data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate point scalar - data or point field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is - generated. Otherwise, field data is generated. Note that the - generated the data are integer numbers indicating which piece a - particular point belongs to. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate point scalar - data or point field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is - generated. Otherwise, field data is generated. Note that the - generated the data are integer numbers indicating which piece a - particular point belongs to. - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate point scalar - data or point field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is - generated. Otherwise, field data is generated. Note that the - generated the data are integer numbers indicating which piece a - particular point belongs to. - - - - - Control piece size based on a memory limit. (This ivar has - effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToMemoryLimit()). The memory limit should be set in - kilobytes. - - - - - Control piece size based on a memory limit. (This ivar has - effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToMemoryLimit()). The memory limit should be set in - kilobytes. - - - - - Control piece size based on a memory limit. (This ivar has - effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToMemoryLimit()). The memory limit should be set in - kilobytes. - - - - - Use the following method after the filter has updated to - determine the actual number of pieces the data was separated - into. - - - - - Set/Get the number of pieces the object is to be separated into. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToSpecifiedNumber()). Note that the ivar - NumberOfPieces is a target - depending on the particulars of the - data, more or less number of pieces than the target value may be - created. - - - - - Set/Get the number of pieces the object is to be separated into. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToSpecifiedNumber()). Note that the ivar - NumberOfPieces is a target - depending on the particulars of the - data, more or less number of pieces than the target value may be - created. - - - - - Set/Get the number of pieces the object is to be separated into. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToSpecifiedNumber()). Note that the ivar - NumberOfPieces is a target - depending on the particulars of the - data, more or less number of pieces than the target value may be - created. - - - - - Control piece size based on the maximum number of points per piece. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToNumberOfPoints().) - - - - - Control piece size based on the maximum number of points per piece. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToNumberOfPoints().) - - - - - Control piece size based on the maximum number of points per piece. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToNumberOfPoints().) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Specify the method to determine how many pieces the data should be - broken into. By default, the number of points per piece is used. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate point scalar - data or point field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is - generated. Otherwise, field data is generated. Note that the - generated the data are integer numbers indicating which piece a - particular point belongs to. - - - - - Control piece size based on a memory limit. (This ivar has - effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToMemoryLimit()). The memory limit should be set in - kilobytes. - - - - - Set/Get the number of pieces the object is to be separated into. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToSpecifiedNumber()). Note that the ivar - NumberOfPieces is a target - depending on the particulars of the - data, more or less number of pieces than the target value may be - created. - - - - - Control piece size based on the maximum number of points per piece. - (This ivar has effect only when the DiceMode is set to - SetDiceModeToNumberOfPoints().) - - - - - vtkDijkstraGraphGeodesicPath - Dijkstra algorithm to compute the graph geodesic. - - - Description - Takes as input a polygonal mesh and performs a single source shortest - path calculation. Dijkstra's algorithm is used. The implementation is - similar to the one described in Introduction to Algorithms (Second Edition) - by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, and - Cliff Stein, published by MIT Press and McGraw-Hill. Some minor - enhancement are added though. All vertices are not pushed on the heap - at start, instead a front set is maintained. The heap is implemented as - a binary heap. The output of the filter is a set of lines describing - the shortest path from StartVertex to EndVertex. - - Caveats - The input polydata must have only triangle cells. - - Thanks - The class was contributed by Rasmus Paulsen. - www.imm.dtu.dk/~rrp/VTK . Also thanks to Alexandre Gouaillard and Shoaib - Ghias for bug fixes and enhancements. - - - - - vtkGraphGeodesicPath - Abstract base for classes that generate a geodesic path on a graph (mesh). - - - Description - Serves as a base class for algorithms that trace a geodesic on a - polygonal dataset treating it as a graph. ie points connecting the - vertices of the graph - - - - - vtkGeodesicPath - Abstract base for classes that generate a geodesic path - - - Description - Serves as a base class for algorithms that trace a geodesic path on a - polygonal dataset. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The vertex at the end of the shortest path - - - - - The vertex at the start of the shortest path - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - The vertex at the end of the shortest path - - - - - The vertex at the start of the shortest path - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class - - - - - Instantiate the class - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Fill the array with the cumulative weights. - - - - - TODO: Get the total geodesic length. - - - - - The vertex ids (of the input polydata) on the shortest path - - - - - Use the input point to repel the path by assigning high costs. - - - - - Specify vtkPoints to use to repel the path from. - - - - - Stop when the end vertex is reached - or calculate shortest path to all vertices - - - - - Use scalar values in the edge weight (experimental) - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Use the input point to repel the path by assigning high costs. - - - - - Use the input point to repel the path by assigning high costs. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Use the input point to repel the path by assigning high costs. - - - - - Specify vtkPoints to use to repel the path from. - - - - - Stop when the end vertex is reached - or calculate shortest path to all vertices - - - - - Use scalar values in the edge weight (experimental) - - - - - Stop when the end vertex is reached - or calculate shortest path to all vertices - - - - - Stop when the end vertex is reached - or calculate shortest path to all vertices - - - - - Use scalar values in the edge weight (experimental) - - - - - Use scalar values in the edge weight (experimental) - - - - - vtkDijkstraImageGeodesicPath - Dijkstra algorithm to compute the graph geodesic. - - - Description - Takes as input a polyline and an image representing a 2D cost function - and performs a single source shortest path calculation. - Dijkstra's algorithm is used. The implementation is - similar to the one described in Introduction to Algorithms (Second Edition) - by Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, and - Cliff Stein, published by MIT Press and McGraw-Hill. Some minor - enhancement are added though. All vertices are not pushed on the heap - at start, instead a front set is maintained. The heap is implemented as - a binary heap. The output of the filter is a set of lines describing - the shortest path from StartVertex to EndVertex. See parent class - vtkDijkstraGraphGeodesicPath for the implementation. - - Caveats - The input cost image must have only VTK_PIXEL cells: i.e., a 2D image or - slice of a 3D volume. A cost function for a gray scale image might - be generated by the following pipeline: - vtkImageData->vtkImageGradientMagnitude->vtkImageShiftScale - wherein the gradient magnitude image is inverted so that strong edges - have low cost value. Costs in moving from a vertex v to a vertex u - are calculated using a weighted additive sheme: - cost = Iw*f(I) + Ew*f(u,v) + Cw*f(t,u,v) - where Iw is the weight associated with f(I): the normalized image cost, - Ew is the weight associated with f(u,v): the normalized distance between - vertices u and v, and Cw is the weight associated with f(t,u,v): - the normalized curvature calculated from the vertex t which precedes - vertex u, and vertices u and v. All weights range from 0 to 1. - - Thanks - The class was contributed by Dean Inglis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class - - - - - Instantiate the class - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Curvature cost weight. - - - - - Curvature cost weight. - - - - - Curvature cost weight. - - - - - Edge length cost weight. - - - - - Image cost weight. - - - - - Specify the image object which is used as a cost function. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Curvature cost weight. - - - - - Edge length cost weight. - - - - - Image cost weight. - - - - - Specify the image object which is used as a cost function. - - - - - Thanks - Jim Miller at GE Research implemented the original version of this - filter. - This work was supported by PHS Research Grant No. 1 P41 RR13218-01 - from the National Center for Research Resources and supported by a - grant from the DARPA, executed by the U.S. Army Medical Research - and Materiel Command/TATRC Cooperative Agreement, - Contract # W81XWH-04-2-0012. - - - - - vtkMarchingCubes - generate isosurface(s) from volume - - - Description - vtkMarchingCubes is a filter that takes as input a volume (e.g., 3D - structured point set) and generates on output one or more isosurfaces. - One or more contour values must be specified to generate the isosurfaces. - Alternatively, you can specify a min/max scalar range and the number of - contours to generate a series of evenly spaced contour values. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Overide the default locator. Useful for changing the number of - bins for performance or specifying a more aggressive locator. - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Overide the default locator. Useful for changing the number of - bins for performance or specifying a more aggressive locator. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDiskSource - create a disk with hole in center - - - Description - vtkDiskSource creates a polygonal disk with a hole in the center. The - disk has zero height. The user can specify the inner and outer radius - of the disk, and the radial and circumferential resolution of the - polygonal representation. - - - - vtkLinearExtrusionFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Specify inner radius of hole in disc. - - - - - Specify inner radius of hole in disc. - - - - - Specify inner radius of hole in disc. - - - - - Specify outer radius of disc. - - - - - Specify outer radius of disc. - - - - - Specify outer radius of disc. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Specify inner radius of hole in disc. - - - - - Specify outer radius of disc. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - vtkEdgePoints - generate points on isosurface - - - Description - vtkEdgePoints is a filter that takes as input any dataset and - generates for output a set of points that lie on an isosurface. The - points are created by interpolation along cells edges whose end-points are - below and above the contour value. - Caveats - vtkEdgePoints can be considered a "poor man's" dividing cubes algorithm - (see vtkDividingCubes). Points are generated only on the edges of cells, - not in the interior, and at lower density than dividing cubes. However, it - is more general than dividing cubes since it treats any type of dataset. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with contour value of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with contour value of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the contour value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the contour value. - - - - - vtkElevationFilter - generate scalars along a specified direction - - - Description - vtkElevationFilter is a filter to generate scalar values from a - dataset. The scalar values lie within a user specified range, and - are generated by computing a projection of each dataset point onto - a line. The line can be oriented arbitrarily. A typical example is - to generate scalars based on elevation or height above a plane. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Define other end of the line (large scalar values). Default is - (0,0,1). - - - - - Define other end of the line (large scalar values). Default is - (0,0,1). - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). Default is - (0,0,0). - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). Default is - (0,0,0). - - - - - Specify range to map scalars into. Default is [0, 1]. - - - - - Specify range to map scalars into. Default is [0, 1]. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Define other end of the line (large scalar values). Default is - (0,0,1). - - - - - Define other end of the line (large scalar values). Default is - (0,0,1). - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). Default is - (0,0,0). - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). Default is - (0,0,0). - - - - - Specify range to map scalars into. Default is [0, 1]. - - - - - Specify range to map scalars into. Default is [0, 1]. - - - - - vtkEllipticalButtonSource - create a ellipsoidal-shaped button - - - Description - vtkEllipticalButtonSource creates a ellipsoidal shaped button with - texture coordinates suitable for application of a texture map. This - provides a way to make nice looking 3D buttons. The buttons are - represented as vtkPolyData that includes texture coordinates and - normals. The button lies in the x-y plane. - - To use this class you must define the major and minor axes lengths of an - ellipsoid (expressed as width (x), height (y) and depth (z)). The button - has a rectangular mesh region in the center with texture coordinates that - range smoothly from (0,1). (This flat region is called the texture - region.) The outer, curved portion of the button (called the shoulder) has - texture coordinates set to a user specified value (by default (0,0). - (This results in coloring the button curve the same color as the (s,t) - location of the texture map.) The resolution in the radial direction, the - texture region, and the shoulder region must also be set. The button can - be moved by specifying an origin. - - - - - vtkButtonSource vtkRectangularButtonSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a circular button with depth 10% of its height. - - - - - Construct a circular button with depth 10% of its height. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the button in the circumferential direction. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the button in the circumferential direction. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the button in the circumferential direction. - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button (the y-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button (the y-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button (the y-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Set/Get the radial ratio. This is the measure of the radius of the - outer ellipsoid to the inner ellipsoid of the button. The outer - ellipsoid is the boundary of the button defined by the height and - width. The inner ellipsoid circumscribes the texture region. Larger - RadialRatio's cause the button to be more rounded (and the texture - region to be smaller); smaller ratios produce sharply curved shoulders - with a larger texture region. - - - - - Set/Get the radial ratio. This is the measure of the radius of the - outer ellipsoid to the inner ellipsoid of the button. The outer - ellipsoid is the boundary of the button defined by the height and - width. The inner ellipsoid circumscribes the texture region. Larger - RadialRatio's cause the button to be more rounded (and the texture - region to be smaller); smaller ratios produce sharply curved shoulders - with a larger texture region. - - - - - Set/Get the radial ratio. This is the measure of the radius of the - outer ellipsoid to the inner ellipsoid of the button. The outer - ellipsoid is the boundary of the button defined by the height and - width. The inner ellipsoid circumscribes the texture region. Larger - RadialRatio's cause the button to be more rounded (and the texture - region to be smaller); smaller ratios produce sharply curved shoulders - with a larger texture region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - shoulder region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - shoulder region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - shoulder region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - texture region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - texture region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - texture region. - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button (the x-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button (the x-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button (the x-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the resolution of the button in the circumferential direction. - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button (the y-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - Set/Get the radial ratio. This is the measure of the radius of the - outer ellipsoid to the inner ellipsoid of the button. The outer - ellipsoid is the boundary of the button defined by the height and - width. The inner ellipsoid circumscribes the texture region. Larger - RadialRatio's cause the button to be more rounded (and the texture - region to be smaller); smaller ratios produce sharply curved shoulders - with a larger texture region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - shoulder region. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the texture in the radial direction in the - texture region. - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button (the x-ellipsoid axis length * 2). - - - - - vtkExtractArraysOverTime - extracts a selection over time. - - - Description - vtkExtractArraysOverTime extracts a selection over time. - The output is a multiblock dataset. If selection content type is - vtkSelection::Locations, then each output block corresponds to each probed - location. Otherwise, each output block corresponds to an extracted cell/point - depending on whether the selection field type is CELL or POINT. - Each block is a vtkTable with a column named Time (or TimeData if Time exists - in the input). - When extracting point data, the input point coordinates are copied - to a column named Point Coordinates or Points (if Point Coordinates - exists in the input). - This algorithm does not produce a TIME_STEPS or TIME_RANGE information - because it works across time. - .Section Caveat - This algorithm works only with source that produce TIME_STEPS(). - Continuous time range is not yet supported. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the number of time steps - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convenience method to specify the selection connection (2nd input - port) - - - - - vtkExtractBlock - extracts blocks from a multiblock dataset. - - - Description - vtkExtractBlock is a filter that extracts blocks from a multiblock dataset. - Each node in the multi-block tree is identified by an \c index. The index can - be obtained by performing a preorder traversal of the tree (including empty - nodes). eg. A(B (D, E), C(F, G)). - Inorder traversal yields: A, B, D, E, C, F, G - Index of A is 0, while index of C is 4. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Select the block indices to extract. - Each node in the multi-block tree is identified by an \c index. The index can - be obtained by performing a preorder traversal of the tree (including empty - nodes). eg. A(B (D, E), C(F, G)). - Inorder traversal yields: A, B, D, E, C, F, G - Index of A is 0, while index of C is 4. - - - - - This is used only when PruneOutput is ON. By default, when pruning the - output i.e. remove empty blocks, if node has only 1 non-null child block, - then that node is removed. To preserve these parent nodes, set this flag to - true. Off by default. - - - - - When set, the output mutliblock dataset will be pruned to remove empty - nodes. On by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is used only when PruneOutput is ON. By default, when pruning the - output i.e. remove empty blocks, if node has only 1 non-null child block, - then that node is removed. To preserve these parent nodes, set this flag to - true. Off by default. - - - - - This is used only when PruneOutput is ON. By default, when pruning the - output i.e. remove empty blocks, if node has only 1 non-null child block, - then that node is removed. To preserve these parent nodes, set this flag to - true. Off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set, the output mutliblock dataset will be pruned to remove empty - nodes. On by default. - - - - - When set, the output mutliblock dataset will be pruned to remove empty - nodes. On by default. - - - - - Select the block indices to extract. - Each node in the multi-block tree is identified by an \c index. The index can - be obtained by performing a preorder traversal of the tree (including empty - nodes). eg. A(B (D, E), C(F, G)). - Inorder traversal yields: A, B, D, E, C, F, G - Index of A is 0, while index of C is 4. - - - - - Select the block indices to extract. - Each node in the multi-block tree is identified by an \c index. The index can - be obtained by performing a preorder traversal of the tree (including empty - nodes). eg. A(B (D, E), C(F, G)). - Inorder traversal yields: A, B, D, E, C, F, G - Index of A is 0, while index of C is 4. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is used only when PruneOutput is ON. By default, when pruning the - output i.e. remove empty blocks, if node has only 1 non-null child block, - then that node is removed. To preserve these parent nodes, set this flag to - true. Off by default. - - - - - When set, the output mutliblock dataset will be pruned to remove empty - nodes. On by default. - - - - - vtkExtractCells - subset a vtkDataSet to create a vtkUnstructuredGrid - - - - Description - Given a vtkDataSet and a list of cell Ids, create a vtkUnstructuredGrid - composed of these cells. If the cell list is empty when vtkExtractCells - executes, it will set up the ugrid, point and cell arrays, with no points, - cells or data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add the supplied list of cell IDs to those that will be included - in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Add this range of cell IDs to those that will be included - in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the list of cell IDs that the output vtkUnstructuredGrid - will be composed of. Replaces any other cell ID list supplied - so far. (Set to NULL to free memory used by cell list.) - - - - - vtkExtractDataOverTime - extract point data from a time sequence for - a specified point id. - - - Description - This filter extracts the point data from a time sequence and specified index - and creates an output of the same type as the input but with Points - containing "number of time steps" points; the point and PointData - corresponding to the PointIndex are extracted at each time step and added to - the output. A PointData array is added called "Time" (or "TimeData" if - there is already an array called "Time"), which is the time at each index. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the number of time steps - - - - - Index of point to extract at each time step - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Index of point to extract at each time step - - - - - vtkExtractDataSets - extracts a number of datasets. - - - Description - vtkExtractDataSets accepts a vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet as input and extracts - different datasets from different levels. The output is - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet with same structure as the input with only the - selected datasets passed through. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to be extracted. - - - - - Remove all entries from the list of datasets to be extracted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractEdges - extract cell edges from any type of data - - - Description - vtkExtractEdges is a filter to extract edges from a dataset. Edges - are extracted as lines or polylines. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - vtkExtractGeometry - extract cells that lie either entirely inside or outside of a specified implicit function - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with ExtractInside turned on. - - - - - Construct object with ExtractInside turned on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Specify the implicit function for inside/outside checks. - - - - - Return the MTime taking into account changes to the implicit function - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Specify the implicit function for inside/outside checks. - - - - - vtkExtractGrid - select piece (e.g., volume of interest) and/or subsample structured grid dataset - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - vtkExtractLevel - extract levels between min and max from a - hierarchical box dataset. - - - Description - vtkExtractLevel filter extracts the levels between (and including) the user - specified min and max levels. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Select the levels that should be extracted. All other levels will have no - datasets in them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Select the levels that should be extracted. All other levels will have no - datasets in them. - - - - - Select the levels that should be extracted. All other levels will have no - datasets in them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractPolyDataGeometry - extract vtkPolyData cells that lies either entirely inside or outside of a specified implicit function - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with ExtractInside turned on. - - - - - Construct object with ExtractInside turned on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Specify the implicit function for inside/outside checks. - - - - - Return the MTime taking into account changes to the implicit function - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are partially inside. - By default, ExtractBoundaryCells is off. - - - - - Boolean controls whether to extract cells that are inside of implicit - function (ExtractInside == 1) or outside of implicit function - (ExtractInside == 0). - - - - - Specify the implicit function for inside/outside checks. - - - - - vtkExtractRectilinearGrid - Extract a sub grid (VOI) from the structured rectilinear dataset. - - - Description - vtkExtractRectilinearGrid rounds out the set of filters that extract - a subgrid out of a larger structured data set. RIght now, this filter - only supports extracting a VOI. In the future, it might support - strides like the vtkExtract grid filter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether to enforce that the "boundary" of the grid is output in - the subsampling process. (This ivar only has effect when the SampleRate - in any direction is not equal to 1.) When this ivar IncludeBoundary is - on, the subsampling will always include the boundary of the grid even - though the sample rate is not an even multiple of the grid - dimensions. (By default IncludeBoundary is off.) - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > 1, - then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the input. - For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will be - selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - Initial value is (1,1,1). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured grid - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, plane, - or 3D grid). - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedBlock - - - Description - - - - - vtkExtractSelectionBase - abstract base class for all extract selection - filters. - - - Description - vtkExtractSelectionBase is an abstract base class for all extract selection - filters. It defines some properties common to all extract selection filters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This flag tells the extraction filter not to convert the selected - output into an unstructured grid, but instead to produce a vtkInsidedness - array and add it to the input dataset. Default value is false(0). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This flag tells the extraction filter not to convert the selected - output into an unstructured grid, but instead to produce a vtkInsidedness - array and add it to the input dataset. Default value is false(0). - - - - - This flag tells the extraction filter not to convert the selected - output into an unstructured grid, but instead to produce a vtkInsidedness - array and add it to the input dataset. Default value is false(0). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This flag tells the extraction filter not to convert the selected - output into an unstructured grid, but instead to produce a vtkInsidedness - array and add it to the input dataset. Default value is false(0). - - - - - Convenience method to specify the selection connection (2nd input - port) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedFrustum - Returns the portion of the input dataset that - lies within a selection frustum. - - - - Description - This class intersects the input DataSet with a frustum and determines which - cells and points lie within the frustum. The frustum is defined with a - vtkPlanes containing six cutting planes. The output is a DataSet that is - either a shallow copy of the input dataset with two new "vtkInsidedness" - attribute arrays, or a completely new UnstructuredGrid that contains only - the cells and points of the input that are inside the frustum. The - PreserveTopology flag controls which occurs. When PreserveTopology is off - this filter adds a scalar array called vtkOriginalCellIds that says what - input cell produced each output cell. This is an example of a Pedigree ID - which helps to trace back results. - - - - - vtkExtractGeometry, vtkAreaPicker, vtkExtractSelection, vtkSelection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given eight vertices, creates a frustum. - each pt is x,y,z,1 - in the following order - near lower left, far lower left - near upper left, far upper left - near lower right, far lower right - near upper right, far upper right - - - - - Return eight points that define the selection frustum. Valid if - create Frustum was used, invalid if SetFrustum was. - - - - - Sets/gets the intersection test type. Only meaningful when fieldType is - vtkSelection::POINT - - - - - Sets/gets the intersection test type. - - - - - Set the selection frustum. The planes object must contain six planes. - - - - - When on, extracts cells outside the frustum instead of inside. - - - - - Return the MTime taking into account changes to the Frustum - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. - - - - - When on, extracts cells outside the frustum instead of inside. - - - - - When on, extracts cells outside the frustum instead of inside. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Does a quick test on the AABBox defined by the bounds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets/gets the intersection test type. Only meaningful when fieldType is - vtkSelection::POINT - - - - - Sets/gets the intersection test type. - - - - - Set the selection frustum. The planes object must contain six planes. - - - - - When on, extracts cells outside the frustum instead of inside. - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedIds - extract a list of cells from a dataset - - - Description - vtkExtractSelectedIds extracts a set of cells and points from within a - vtkDataSet. The set of ids to extract are listed within a vtkSelection. - This filter adds a scalar array called vtkOriginalCellIds that says what - input cell produced each output cell. This is an example of a Pedigree ID - which helps to trace back results. Depending on whether the selection has - GLOBALIDS, VALUES or INDICES, the selection will use the contents of the - array named in the GLOBALIDS DataSetAttribute, and arbitrary array, or the - position (tuple id or number) within the cell or point array. - - - - vtkSelection vtkExtractSelection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedLocations - extract cells within a dataset that - contain the locations listen in the vtkSelection. - - - Description - vtkExtractSelectedLocations extracts all cells whose volume contain at least - one point listed in the LOCATIONS content of the vtkSelection. This filter - adds a scalar array called vtkOriginalCellIds that says what input cell - produced each output cell. This is an example of a Pedigree ID which helps - to trace back results. - - - - vtkSelection vtkExtractSelection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedPolyDataIds - extract a list of cells from a polydata - - - Description - vtkExtractSelectedPolyDataIds extracts all cells in vtkSelection from a - vtkPolyData. - - - - vtkSelection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedRows - return selected rows of a table - - - - Description - The first input is a vtkTable to extract rows from. - The second input is a vtkSelection containing the selected indices. - The third input is a vtkAnnotationLayers containing selected indices. - The field type of the input selection is ignored when converted to row - indices. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When set, a column named vtkOriginalRowIds will be added to the output. - False by default. - - - - - When set, a column named vtkOriginalRowIds will be added to the output. - False by default. - - - - - Specify the first vtkGraph input and the second vtkSelection input. - - - - - When set, a column named vtkOriginalRowIds will be added to the output. - False by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set, a column named vtkOriginalRowIds will be added to the output. - False by default. - - - - - A convenience method for setting the third input (i.e. the annotation layers). - - - - - A convenience method for setting the second input (i.e. the selection). - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedThresholds - extract a cells or points from a - dataset that have values within a set of thresholds. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Constructor - - - - - Constructor - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Function for determining whether a value in a data array passes - the threshold test(s) provided in lims. Returns 1 if the value - passes at least one of the threshold tests. - If \c scalars is NULL, then the id itself is used as the scalar value. - - - - - Same as the other EvaluateValue except that the component to be compared - can be picked using array_component_no (use -1 for magnitude). - If \c scalars is NULL, then the id itself is used as the scalar value. - - - - - Function for determining whether a value in a data array passes - the threshold test(s) provided in lims. Returns 1 if the value - passes at least one of the threshold tests. Also returns in - AboveCount, BelowCount and InsideCount the number of tests where - the value was above, below or inside the interval. - If \c scalars is NULL, then the id itself is used as the scalar value. - - - - - Same as the other EvaluateValue except that the component to be compared - can be picked using array_component_no (use -1 for magnitude). - If \c scalars is NULL, then the id itself is used as the scalar value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractSelection - extract a subset from a vtkDataSet. - - - Description - vtkExtractSelection extracts some subset of cells and points from - its input dataset. The dataset is given on its first input port. - The subset is described by the contents of the vtkSelection on its - second input port. Depending on the content of the vtkSelection, - this will use either a vtkExtractSelectedIds, vtkExtractSelectedFrustum - vtkExtractSelectedLocations or a vtkExtractSelectedThreshold to perform - the extraction. - - - - vtkSelection vtkExtractSelectedIds vtkExtractSelectedFrustum - vtkExtractSelectedLocations vtkExtractSelectedThresholds - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. Applicable only to Frustum selection extraction. - - - - - When On, vtkProbeSelectedLocations is used for extracting selections of - content type vtkSelection::LOCATIONS. Default is off and then - vtkExtractSelectedLocations is used. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. Applicable only to Frustum selection extraction. - - - - - When On, vtkProbeSelectedLocations is used for extracting selections of - content type vtkSelection::LOCATIONS. Default is off and then - vtkExtractSelectedLocations is used. - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. Applicable only to Frustum selection extraction. - - - - - When On, this returns an unstructured grid that outlines selection area. - Off is the default. Applicable only to Frustum selection extraction. - - - - - When On, vtkProbeSelectedLocations is used for extracting selections of - content type vtkSelection::LOCATIONS. Default is off and then - vtkExtractSelectedLocations is used. - - - - - When On, vtkProbeSelectedLocations is used for extracting selections of - content type vtkSelection::LOCATIONS. Default is off and then - vtkExtractSelectedLocations is used. - - - - - vtkExtractTemporalFieldData - Extract temporal arrays from input field data - - - Description - vtkExtractTemporalFieldData extracts arrays from the input vtkFieldData. - These arrays are assumed to contain temporal data, where the nth tuple - contains the value for the nth timestep. - The output is a 1D rectilinear grid where the - XCoordinates correspond to time (the same array is also copied to - a point array named Time or TimeData (if Time exists in the input). - This algorithm does not produce a TIME_STEPS or TIME_RANGE information - because it works across time. - .Section Caveat - vtkExtractTemporalFieldData puts a vtkOnePieceExtentTranslator in the - output during RequestInformation(). As a result, the same whole - extented is produced independent of the piece request. - This algorithm works only with source that produce TIME_STEPS(). - Continuous time range is not yet supported. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the number of time steps - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractTensorComponents - extract parts of tensor and create a scalar, vector, normal, or texture coordinates. - - - Description - vtkExtractTensorComponents is a filter that extracts components of - a tensor to create a scalar, vector, normal, or texture coords. For - example, if the tensor contains components of stress, then you - could extract the normal stress in the x-direction as a scalar - (i.e., tensor component (0,0). - - To use this filter, you must set some boolean flags to control - which data is extracted from the tensors, and whether you want to - pass the tensor data through to the output. Also, you must specify - the tensor component(s) for each type of data you want to - extract. The tensor component(s) is(are) specified using matrix notation - into a 3x3 matrix. That is, use the (row,column) address to specify - a particular tensor component; and if the data you are extracting - requires more than one component, use a list of addresses. (Note - that the addresses are 0-offset -> (0,0) specifies upper left - corner of the tensor.) - - There are two optional methods to extract scalar data. You can - extract the determinant of the tensor, or you can extract the - effective stress of the tensor. These require that the ivar - ExtractScalars is on, and the appropriate scalar extraction mode is - set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object to extract nothing and to not pass tensor data - through the pipeline. - - - - - Construct object to extract nothing and to not pass tensor data - through the pipeline. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether scalar data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether scalar data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether texture coordinates are extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether texture coordinates are extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether vector data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether vector data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether scalar data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether texture coordinates are extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether vector data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal vector is converted to unit normal - after extraction. - - - - - Set the dimension of the texture coordinates to extract. - - - - - Set the dimension of the texture coordinates to extract. - - - - - Set the dimension of the texture coordinates to extract. - - - - - Boolean controls whether tensor data is passed through to output. - - - - - Specify the (row,column) tensor component to extract as a scalar. - - - - - Specify the (row,column) tensor component to extract as a scalar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. Up to NumberOfTCoords - components are extracted. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. Up to NumberOfTCoords - components are extracted. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal vector is converted to unit normal - after extraction. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal vector is converted to unit normal - after extraction. - - - - - Boolean controls whether tensor data is passed through to output. - - - - - Boolean controls whether tensor data is passed through to output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether scalar data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether texture coordinates are extracted from tensor. - - - - - Boolean controls whether vector data is extracted from tensor. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Boolean controls whether normal vector is converted to unit normal - after extraction. - - - - - Set the dimension of the texture coordinates to extract. - - - - - Boolean controls whether tensor data is passed through to output. - - - - - Specify the (row,column) tensor component to extract as a scalar. - - - - - Specify the (row,column) tensor component to extract as a scalar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify how to extract the scalar. You can extract it as one of - the components of the tensor, as effective stress, or as the - determinant of the tensor. If you extract a component make sure - that you set the ScalarComponents ivar. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. Up to NumberOfTCoords - components are extracted. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. Up to NumberOfTCoords - components are extracted. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - Specify the ((row,column)0,(row,column)1,(row,column)2) tensor - components to extract as a vector. - - - - - vtkExtractUnstructuredGrid - extract subset of unstructured grid geometry - - - Description - vtkExtractUnstructuredGrid is a general-purpose filter to - extract geometry (and associated data) from an unstructured grid - dataset. The extraction process is controlled by specifying a range - of point ids, cell ids, or a bounding box (referred to as "Extent"). - Those cells lying within these regions are sent to the output. - The user has the choice of merging coincident points (Merging is on) - or using the original point set (Merging is off). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with all types of clipping turned off. - - - - - Construct with all types of clipping turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - vtkExtractVectorComponents - extract components of vector as separate scalars - - - Description - vtkExtractVectorComponents is a filter that extracts vector components as - separate scalars. This is accomplished by creating three different outputs. - Each output is the same as the input, except that the scalar values will be - one of the three components of the vector. These can be found in the - VxComponent, VyComponent, and VzComponent. - Alternatively, if the ExtractToFieldData flag is set, the filter will - put all the components in the field data. The first component will be - the scalar and the others will be non-attribute arrays. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determines whether the vector components will be put - in separate outputs or in the first output's field data - - - - - Determines whether the vector components will be put - in separate outputs or in the first output's field data - - - - - Determines whether the vector components will be put - in separate outputs or in the first output's field data - - - - - Get the output dataset representing velocity x-component. If output is - NULL then input hasn't been set, which is necessary for abstract - objects. (Note: this method returns the same information as the - GetOutput() method with an index of 0.) - - - - - Get the output dataset representing velocity y-component. If output is - NULL then input hasn't been set, which is necessary for abstract - objects. (Note: this method returns the same information as the - GetOutput() method with an index of 1.) - Note that if ExtractToFieldData is true, this output will be empty. - - - - - Get the output dataset representing velocity z-component. If output is - NULL then input hasn't been set, which is necessary for abstract - objects. (Note: this method returns the same information as the - GetOutput() method with an index of 2.) - Note that if ExtractToFieldData is true, this output will be empty. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines whether the vector components will be put - in separate outputs or in the first output's field data - - - - - Specify the input data or filter. - - - - - vtkFeatureEdges - extract boundary, non-manifold, and/or sharp edges from polygonal data - - - Description - vtkFeatureEdges is a filter to extract special types of edges from - input polygonal data. These edges are either 1) boundary (used by - one polygon) or a line cell; 2) non-manifold (used by three or more - polygons); 3) feature edges (edges used by two triangles and whose - dihedral angle > FeatureAngle); or 4) manifold edges (edges used by - exactly two polygons). These edges may be extracted in any - combination. Edges may also be "colored" (i.e., scalar values assigned) - based on edge type. The cell coloring is assigned to the cell data of - the extracted edges. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with feature angle = 30; all types of edges extracted - and colored. - - - - - Construct object with feature angle = 30; all types of edges extracted - and colored. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of boundary edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of boundary edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of edges by type. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of edges by type. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of feature edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of feature edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of boundary edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of edges by type. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for extracting feature edges. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for extracting feature edges. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for extracting feature edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of feature edges. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of manifold edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of non-manifold edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of manifold edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of manifold edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of non-manifold edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of non-manifold edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of boundary edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of edges by type. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for extracting feature edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of feature edges. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of manifold edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the extraction of non-manifold edges. - - - - - vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter - map field data to dataset attribute data - - - Description - vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter is a class that maps field data into - dataset attributes. The input to this filter is any type of dataset and - the output is the same dataset (geometry/topology) with new attribute data - (attribute data is passed through if not replaced during filter - execution). - - To use this filter you must specify which field data from the input - dataset to use. There are three possibilities: the cell field data, the - point field data, or the field data associated with the data object - superclass. Then you specify which attribute data to create: either cell - attribute data or point attribute data. Finally, you must define how to - construct the various attribute data types (e.g., scalars, vectors, - normals, etc.) from the arrays and the components of the arrays from the - field data. This is done by associating components in the input field with - components making up the attribute data. For example, you would specify a - scalar with three components (RGB) by assigning components from the field - for the R, then G, then B values of the scalars. You may also have to - specify component ranges (for each R-G-B) to make sure that the number of - R, G, and B values is the same. Also, you may want to normalize the - components which helps distribute the data uniformly. - - This filter is often used in conjunction with - vtkDataObjectToDataSetFilter. vtkDataObjectToDataSetFilter filter - generates dataset topology and geometry and passes its input field data - along to its output. Then this filter is used to generate the attribute - data to go along with the dataset. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with input field set to the data object field, and the - output attribute data set to generate point data. - - - - - Construct object with input field set to the data object field, and the - output attribute data set to generate point data. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a portion of a data array (the comp portion) from another data - array and its component. The variables min and max control the range of - the data to use from the other data array; normalize is a flag that when - set will normalize the data between (0,1). - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetScalarComponents). - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetScalarComponents). - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetScalarComponents). - - - - - Return an array of a particular name from field data and do error checking. - - - - - Specify which field data to use to generate the output attribute - data. There are three choices: the field data associated with the - vtkDataObject superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell - field attribute data. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Specify which attribute data to output: point or cell data attributes. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the default Normalize() flag for those methods setting a default - Normalize value (e.g., SetScalarComponents). - - - - - Specify which field data to use to generate the output attribute - data. There are three choices: the field data associated with the - vtkDataObject superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell - field attribute data. - - - - - Specify which field data to use to generate the output attribute - data. There are three choices: the field data associated with the - vtkDataObject superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell - field attribute data. - - - - - Specify which field data to use to generate the output attribute - data. There are three choices: the field data associated with the - vtkDataObject superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell - field attribute data. - - - - - Specify which field data to use to generate the output attribute - data. There are three choices: the field data associated with the - vtkDataObject superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell - field attribute data. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the normal - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Specify which attribute data to output: point or cell data attributes. - - - - - Specify which attribute data to output: point or cell data attributes. - - - - - Specify which attribute data to output: point or cell data attributes. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the scalar - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,4). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the cell texture coord - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the components of the field to be used for the tensor - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,9). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Define the component(s) of the field to be used for the vector - components. Note that the parameter comp must lie between (0,3). To - define the field component to use you specify an array name and the - component in that array. The (min,max) values are the range of data in - the component you wish to extract. - - - - - Specify an array name for one of the components. - - - - - vtkFillHolesFilter - identify and fill holes in meshes - - - Description - vtkFillHolesFilter is a filter that identifies and fills holes in - input vtkPolyData meshes. Holes are identified by locating - boundary edges, linking them together into loops, and then - triangulating the resulting loops. Note that you can specify - an approximate limit to the size of the hole that can be filled. - - Caveats - Note that any mesh with boundary edges by definition has a - topological hole. This even includes a reactangular grid - (e.g., the output of vtkPlaneSource). In such situations, if - the outer hole is filled, retriangulation of the hole will cause - geometric overlap of the mesh. This can be prevented by using - the hole size instance variable to prevent the larger holes - from being triangulated. - - Note this filter only operates on polygons and triangle strips. - Vertices and polylines are passed through untouched. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, type information and printing. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the maximum hole size to fill. This is represented as a radius - to the bounding circumsphere containing the hole. Note that this is an - approximate area; the actual area cannot be computed without first - triangulating the hole. - - - - - Specify the maximum hole size to fill. This is represented as a radius - to the bounding circumsphere containing the hole. Note that this is an - approximate area; the actual area cannot be computed without first - triangulating the hole. - - - - - Specify the maximum hole size to fill. This is represented as a radius - to the bounding circumsphere containing the hole. Note that this is an - approximate area; the actual area cannot be computed without first - triangulating the hole. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, type information and printing. - - - - - Specify the maximum hole size to fill. This is represented as a radius - to the bounding circumsphere containing the hole. Note that this is an - approximate area; the actual area cannot be computed without first - triangulating the hole. - - - - - vtkFrustumSource - create a polygonal representation of a frustum - - - Description - vtkFrustumSource creates a frustum defines by a set of planes. The frustum - is represented with four-sided polygons. It is possible to specify extra - lines to better visualize the field of view. - - Usage - Typical use consists of 3 steps: - 1. get the planes coefficients from a vtkCamera with - vtkCamera::GetFrustumPlanes() - 2. initialize the planes with vtkPlanes::SetFrustumPlanes() with the planes - coefficients - 3. pass the vtkPlanes to a vtkFrustumSource. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Length of the extra lines. This a stricly positive value. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Modified GetMTime because of Planes. - - - - - Return the 6 planes defining the frustum. Initial value is NULL. - The 6 planes are defined in this order: left,right,bottom,top,far,near. - If Planes==NULL or if Planes->GetNumberOfPlanes()!=6 when RequestData() - is called, an error message will be emitted and RequestData() will - return right away. - - - - - Tells if some extra lines will be generated. Initial value is true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Length of the extra lines. This a stricly positive value. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Set the 6 planes defining the frustum. - - - - - Tells if some extra lines will be generated. Initial value is true. - - - - - Tells if some extra lines will be generated. Initial value is true. - - - - - Tells if some extra lines will be generated. Initial value is true. - - - - - vtkGeometryFilter - extract geometry from data (or convert data to polygonal type) - - - Description - vtkGeometryFilter is a general-purpose filter to extract geometry (and - associated data) from any type of dataset. Geometry is obtained as - follows: all 0D, 1D, and 2D cells are extracted. All 2D faces that are - used by only one 3D cell (i.e., boundary faces) are extracted. It also is - possible to specify conditions on point ids, cell ids, and on - bounding box (referred to as "Extent") to control the extraction process. - - This filter also may be used to convert any type of data to polygonal - type. The conversion process may be less than satisfactory for some 3D - datasets. For example, this filter will extract the outer surface of a - volume or structured grid dataset. (For structured data you may want to - use vtkImageDataGeometryFilter, vtkStructuredGridGeometryFilter, - vtkExtractUnstructuredGrid, vtkRectilinearGridGeometryFilter, or - vtkExtractVOI.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - vtkGlyph2D - copy oriented and scaled glyph geometry to every input point (2D specialization) - - - Description - This subclass of vtkGlyph3D is a specialization to 2D. Transformations - (i.e., translation, scaling, and rotation) are constrained to the plane. - For example, rotations due to a vector are computed from the x-y - coordinates of the vector only, and are assumed to occur around the - z-axis. (See vtkGlyph3D for documentation on the interface to this - class.) - - - - - vtkTensorGlyph vtkGlyph3D vtkProgrammableGlyphFilter - - - - - vtkGlyph3D - copy oriented and scaled glyph geometry to every input point - - - Description - vtkGlyph3D is a filter that copies a geometric representation (called - a glyph) to every point in the input dataset. The glyph is defined with - polygonal data from a source filter input. The glyph may be oriented - along the input vectors or normals, and it may be scaled according to - scalar data or vector magnitude. More than one glyph may be used by - creating a table of source objects, each defining a different glyph. If a - table of glyphs is defined, then the table can be indexed into by using - either scalar value or vector magnitude. - - To use this object you'll have to provide an input dataset and a source - to define the glyph. Then decide whether you want to scale the glyph and - how to scale the glyph (using scalar value or vector magnitude). Next - decide whether you want to orient the glyph, and whether to use the - vector data or normal data to orient it. Finally, decide whether to use a - table of glyphs, or just a single glyph. If you use a table of glyphs, - you'll have to decide whether to index into it with scalar value or with - vector magnitude. - - Caveats - The scaling of the glyphs is controlled by the ScaleFactor ivar multiplied - by the scalar value at each point (if VTK_SCALE_BY_SCALAR is set), or - multiplied by the vector magnitude (if VTK_SCALE_BY_VECTOR is set), - Alternatively (if VTK_SCALE_BY_VECTORCOMPONENTS is set), the scaling - may be specified for x,y,z using the vector components. The - scale factor can be further controlled by enabling clamping using the - Clamping ivar. If clamping is enabled, the scale is normalized by the - Range ivar, and then multiplied by the scale factor. The normalization - process includes clamping the scale value between (0,1). - - Typically this object operates on input data with scalar and/or vector - data. However, scalar and/or vector aren't necessary, and it can be used - to copy data from a single source to each point. In this case the scale - factor can be used to uniformly scale the glyphs. - - The object uses "vector" data to scale glyphs, orient glyphs, and/or index - into a table of glyphs. You can choose to use either the vector or normal - data at each input point. Use the method SetVectorModeToUseVector() to use - the vector input data, and SetVectorModeToUseNormal() to use the - normal input data. - - If you do use a table of glyphs, make sure to set the Range ivar to make - sure the index into the glyph table is computed correctly. - - You can turn off scaling of the glyphs completely by using the Scaling - ivar. You can also turn off scaling due to data (either vector or scalar) - by using the SetScaleModeToDataScalingOff() method. - - You can set what arrays to use for the scalars, vectors, normals, and - color scalars by using the SetInputArrayToProcess methods in - vtkAlgorithm. The first array is scalars, the next vectors, the next - normals and finally color scalars. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on, scaling mode is by scalar value, - scale factor = 1.0, the range is (0,1), orient geometry is on, and - orientation is by vector. Clamping and indexing are turned off. No - initial sources are defined. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on, scaling mode is by scalar value, - scale factor = 1.0, the range is (0,1), orient geometry is on, and - orientation is by vector. Clamping and indexing are turned off. No - initial sources are defined. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of cell data as part of the output. - The cell data at each cell will match the point data of the input - at the glyphed point. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of cell data as part of the output. - The cell data at each cell will match the point data of the input - at the glyphed point. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Return the method of coloring as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of cell data as part of the output. - The cell data at each cell will match the point data of the input - at the glyphed point. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. Note that indexing mode will only use the - InputScalarsSelection array and not the InputColorScalarsSelection - as the scalar source if an array is specified. - - - - - Return the index mode as a character string. - - - - - Overridden to include SourceTransform's MTime. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the PointIds array if generated. By default the Ids - are named "InputPointIds", but this can be changed with this function. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Return the method of scaling as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Get a pointer to a source object at a specified table location. - - - - - When set, this is use to transform the source polydata before using it to - generate the glyph. This is useful if one wanted to reorient the source, - for example. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Return the vector mode as a character string. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This can be overwritten by subclass to return 0 when a point is - blanked. Default implementation is to always return 1; - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of "scalar" values to range. (Scalar value may be - vector magnitude if ScaleByVector() is enabled.) - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either color by scale, scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of cell data as part of the output. - The cell data at each cell will match the point data of the input - at the glyphed point. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids as part of the output. The - point ids are the id of the input generating point. The point ids are - stored in the output point field data and named "InputPointIds". Point - generation is useful for debugging and pick operations. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. Note that indexing mode will only use the - InputScalarsSelection array and not the InputColorScalarsSelection - as the scalar source if an array is specified. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. Note that indexing mode will only use the - InputScalarsSelection array and not the InputColorScalarsSelection - as the scalar source if an array is specified. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. Note that indexing mode will only use the - InputScalarsSelection array and not the InputColorScalarsSelection - as the scalar source if an array is specified. - - - - - Index into table of sources by scalar, by vector/normal magnitude, or - no indexing. If indexing is turned off, then the first source glyph in - the table of glyphs is used. Note that indexing mode will only use the - InputScalarsSelection array and not the InputColorScalarsSelection - as the scalar source if an array is specified. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry along vector/normal. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the PointIds array if generated. By default the Ids - are named "InputPointIds", but this can be changed with this function. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Either scale by scalar or by vector/normal magnitude. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. - - - - - Set the source to use for he glyph. Old style. See SetSourceConnection. - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. - Old style. See SetSourceConnection. - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. New style. - Source connection is stored in port 1. This method is equivalent - to SetInputConnection(1, id, outputPort). - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. New style. - Source connection is stored in port 1. This method is equivalent - to SetInputConnection(1, id, outputPort). - - - - - When set, this is use to transform the source polydata before using it to - generate the glyph. This is useful if one wanted to reorient the source, - for example. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on, scaling mode is by scalar value, - scale factor = 1.0, the range is (0,1), orient geometry is on, and - orientation is by vector. Clamping and indexing are turned off. No - initial sources are defined. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on, scaling mode is by scalar value, - scale factor = 1.0, the range is (0,1), orient geometry is on, and - orientation is by vector. Clamping and indexing are turned off. No - initial sources are defined. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGlyphSource2D - create 2D glyphs represented by vtkPolyData - - - Description - vtkGlyphSource2D can generate a family of 2D glyphs each of which lies - in the x-y plane (i.e., the z-coordinate is zero). The class is a helper - class to be used with vtkGlyph2D and vtkXYPlotActor. - - To use this class, specify the glyph type to use and its - attributes. Attributes include its position (i.e., center point), scale, - color, and whether the symbol is filled or not (a polygon or closed line - sequence). You can also put a short line through the glyph running from -x - to +x (the glyph looks like it's on a line), or a cross. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vertex glyph centered at the origin, scale 1.0, white in - color, filled, with line segment passing through the point. - - - - - Construct a vertex glyph centered at the origin, scale 1.0, white in - color, filled, with line segment passing through the point. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether a cross is drawn as part of the glyph. (This - is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type is set to - "Cross" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether a cross is drawn as part of the glyph. (This - is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type is set to - "Cross" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether a short line segment is drawn through the - glyph. (This is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type - is set to "Dash" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether a short line segment is drawn through the - glyph. (This is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type - is set to "Dash" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether the glyph is filled (a polygon) or not (a - closed polygon defined by line segments). This only applies - to 2D closed glyphs. - - - - - Specify whether the glyph is filled (a polygon) or not (a - closed polygon defined by line segments). This only applies - to 2D closed glyphs. - - - - - Set the center of the glyph. By default the center is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the center of the glyph. By default the center is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the color of the glyph. The default color is white. - - - - - Set the color of the glyph. The default color is white. - - - - - Specify whether a cross is drawn as part of the glyph. (This - is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type is set to - "Cross" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether a short line segment is drawn through the - glyph. (This is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type - is set to "Dash" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether the glyph is filled (a polygon) or not (a - closed polygon defined by line segments). This only applies - to 2D closed glyphs. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify an angle (in degrees) to rotate the glyph around - the z-axis. Using this ivar, it is possible to generate - rotated glyphs (e.g., crosses, arrows, etc.) - - - - - Set the scale of the glyph. Note that the glyphs are designed - to fit in the (1,1) rectangle. - - - - - Set the scale of optional portions of the glyph (e.g., the - dash and cross is DashOn() and CrossOn()). - - - - - Set the scale of optional portions of the glyph (e.g., the - dash and cross is DashOn() and CrossOn()). - - - - - Set the scale of optional portions of the glyph (e.g., the - dash and cross is DashOn() and CrossOn()). - - - - - Set the scale of the glyph. Note that the glyphs are designed - to fit in the (1,1) rectangle. - - - - - Set the scale of the glyph. Note that the glyphs are designed - to fit in the (1,1) rectangle. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the center of the glyph. By default the center is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the center of the glyph. By default the center is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the color of the glyph. The default color is white. - - - - - Set the color of the glyph. The default color is white. - - - - - Specify whether a cross is drawn as part of the glyph. (This - is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type is set to - "Cross" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether a short line segment is drawn through the - glyph. (This is in addition to the glyph. If the glyph type - is set to "Dash" there is no need to enable this flag.) - - - - - Specify whether the glyph is filled (a polygon) or not (a - closed polygon defined by line segments). This only applies - to 2D closed glyphs. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify the type of glyph to generate. - - - - - Specify an angle (in degrees) to rotate the glyph around - the z-axis. Using this ivar, it is possible to generate - rotated glyphs (e.g., crosses, arrows, etc.) - - - - - Set the scale of the glyph. Note that the glyphs are designed - to fit in the (1,1) rectangle. - - - - - Set the scale of optional portions of the glyph (e.g., the - dash and cross is DashOn() and CrossOn()). - - - - - vtkGradientFilter - A general filter for gradient estimation. - - - - Description - Estimates the gradient of a field in a data set. The gradient calculation - is dependent on the input dataset type. The created gradient array - is of the same type as the array it is calculated from (e.g. point data - or cell data) as well as data type (e.g. float, double). At the boundary - the gradient is not central differencing. The output array has - 3*number of components of the input data array. The ordering for the - output tuple will be {du/dx, du/dy, du/dz, dv/dx, dv/dy, dv/dz, dw/dx, - dw/dy, dw/dz} for an input array {u, v, w}. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the resultant array to be vorticity/curl of the input - array. The input array must have 3 components. - - - - - Set the resultant array to be vorticity/curl of the input - array. The input array must have 3 components. - - - - - When this flag is on (default is off), the gradient filter will provide a - less accurate (but close) algorithm that performs fewer derivative - calculations (and is therefore faster). The error contains some smoothing - of the output data and some possible errors on the boundary. This - parameter has no effect when performing the gradient of cell data. - This only applies if the input grid is a vtkUnstructuredGrid or a - vtkPolyData. - - - - - When this flag is on (default is off), the gradient filter will provide a - less accurate (but close) algorithm that performs fewer derivative - calculations (and is therefore faster). The error contains some smoothing - of the output data and some possible errors on the boundary. This - parameter has no effect when performing the gradient of cell data. - This only applies if the input grid is a vtkUnstructuredGrid or a - vtkPolyData. - - - - - Set the resultant array to be vorticity/curl of the input - array. The input array must have 3 components. - - - - - When this flag is on (default is off), the gradient filter will provide a - less accurate (but close) algorithm that performs fewer derivative - calculations (and is therefore faster). The error contains some smoothing - of the output data and some possible errors on the boundary. This - parameter has no effect when performing the gradient of cell data. - This only applies if the input grid is a vtkUnstructuredGrid or a - vtkPolyData. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the resulting array to create. If NULL (the - default) then the output array will be named "Gradients". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the resultant array to be vorticity/curl of the input - array. The input array must have 3 components. - - - - - When this flag is on (default is off), the gradient filter will provide a - less accurate (but close) algorithm that performs fewer derivative - calculations (and is therefore faster). The error contains some smoothing - of the output data and some possible errors on the boundary. This - parameter has no effect when performing the gradient of cell data. - This only applies if the input grid is a vtkUnstructuredGrid or a - vtkPolyData. - - - - - These are basically a convenience method that calls SetInputArrayToProcess - to set the array used as the input scalars. The fieldAssociation comes - from the vtkDataObject::FieldAssocations enum. The fieldAttributeType - comes from the vtkDataSetAttributes::AttributeTypes enum. - - - - - These are basically a convenience method that calls SetInputArrayToProcess - to set the array used as the input scalars. The fieldAssociation comes - from the vtkDataObject::FieldAssocations enum. The fieldAttributeType - comes from the vtkDataSetAttributes::AttributeTypes enum. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the resulting array to create. If NULL (the - default) then the output array will be named "Gradients". - - - - - vtkGraphLayoutFilter - nice layout of undirected graphs in 3D - - - Description - vtkGraphLayoutFilter will reposition a network of nodes, connected by - lines or polylines, into a more pleasing arrangement. The class - implements a simple force-directed placement algorithm - (Fruchterman & Reingold "Graph Drawing by Force-directed Placement" - Software-Practice and Experience 21(11) 1991). - - The input to the filter is a vtkPolyData representing the undirected - graphs. A graph is represented by a set of polylines and/or lines. - The output is also a vtkPolyData, where the point positions have been - modified. To use the filter, specify whether you wish the layout to - occur in 2D or 3D; the bounds in which the graph should lie (note that you - can just use automatic bounds computation); and modify the cool down - rate (controls the final process of simulated annealing). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - vtkGraphToPoints - convert a vtkGraph a set of points. - - - - Description - Converts a vtkGraph to a vtkPolyData containing a set of points. - This assumes that the points - of the graph have already been filled (perhaps by vtkGraphLayout). - The vertex data is passed along to the point data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGraphToPolyData - convert a vtkGraph to vtkPolyData - - - - Description - Converts a vtkGraph to a vtkPolyData. This assumes that the points - of the graph have already been filled (perhaps by vtkGraphLayout), - and coverts all the edge of the graph into lines in the polydata. - The vertex data is passed along to the point data, and the edge data - is passed along to the cell data. - - Only the owned graph edges (i.e. edges with ghost level 0) are copied - into the vtkPolyData. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a second output containing points and orientation vectors - for drawing arrows or other glyphs on edges. This output should be - set as the first input to vtkGlyph3D to place glyphs on the edges. - vtkGlyphSource2D's VTK_EDGEARROW_GLYPH provides a good glyph for - drawing arrows. - Default value is off. - - - - - Create a second output containing points and orientation vectors - for drawing arrows or other glyphs on edges. This output should be - set as the first input to vtkGlyph3D to place glyphs on the edges. - vtkGlyphSource2D's VTK_EDGEARROW_GLYPH provides a good glyph for - drawing arrows. - Default value is off. - - - - - Create a second output containing points and orientation vectors - for drawing arrows or other glyphs on edges. This output should be - set as the first input to vtkGlyph3D to place glyphs on the edges. - vtkGlyphSource2D's VTK_EDGEARROW_GLYPH provides a good glyph for - drawing arrows. - Default value is off. - - - - - The position of the glyph point along the edge. - 0 puts a glyph point at the source of each edge. - 1 puts a glyph point at the target of each edge. - An intermediate value will place the glyph point between the source and target. - The default value is 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a second output containing points and orientation vectors - for drawing arrows or other glyphs on edges. This output should be - set as the first input to vtkGlyph3D to place glyphs on the edges. - vtkGlyphSource2D's VTK_EDGEARROW_GLYPH provides a good glyph for - drawing arrows. - Default value is off. - - - - - The position of the glyph point along the edge. - 0 puts a glyph point at the source of each edge. - 1 puts a glyph point at the target of each edge. - An intermediate value will place the glyph point between the source and target. - The default value is 1. - - - - - vtkGridSynchronizedTemplates3D - generate isosurface from structured grids - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Needed by templated functions. - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - This filter will initiate streaming so that no piece requested - from the input will be larger than this value (KiloBytes). - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkHedgeHog - create oriented lines from vector data - - - Description - vtkHedgeHog creates oriented lines from the input data set. Line - length is controlled by vector (or normal) magnitude times scale - factor. If VectorMode is UseNormal, normals determine the orientation - of the lines. Lines are colored by scalar data, if available. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set scale factor to control size of oriented lines. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Return the vector mode as a character string. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set scale factor to control size of oriented lines. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - Specify whether to use vector or normal to perform vector operations. - - - - - vtkHierarchicalDataExtractDataSets - extract a number of datasets - - - Description - Legacy class. Use vtkExtractDataSets instead. - - - - - vtkExtractDataSets - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHierarchicalDataExtractLevel - extact levels between min and max - - - Description - Legacy class. Use vtkExtractLevel instead. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHierarchicalDataLevelFilter - generate scalars from levels - - - Description - Legacy class. Use vtkLevelIdScalars instead. - - - - - vtkLevelIdScalars - - - - - vtkLevelIdScalars - generate scalars from levels. - - - Description - vtkLevelIdScalars is a filter that generates scalars using the level number - for each level. Note that all datasets within a level get the same scalar. - The new scalars array is named \c LevelIdScalars. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHierarchicalDataSetGeometryFilter - extract geometry from hierarchical data - - - Description - Legacy class. Use vtkCompositeDataGeometryFilter instead. - - - - - vtkCompositeDataGeometryFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHull - produce an n-sided convex hull - - - Description - vtkHull is a filter which will produce an n-sided convex hull given a - set of n planes. (The convex hull bounds the input polygonal data.) - The hull is generated by squeezing the planes towards the input - vtkPolyData, until the planes just touch the vtkPolyData. Then, - the resulting planes are used to generate a polyhedron (i.e., hull) - that is represented by triangles. - - The n planes can be defined in a number of ways including 1) manually - specifying each plane; 2) choosing the six face planes of the input's - bounding box; 3) choosing the eight vertex planes of the input's - bounding box; 4) choosing the twelve edge planes of the input's - bounding box; and/or 5) using a recursively subdivided octahedron. - Note that when specifying planes, the plane normals should point - outside of the convex region. - - The output of this filter can be used in combination with vtkLODActor - to represent a levels-of-detail in the LOD hierarchy. Another use of - this class is to manually specify the planes, and then generate the - polyhedron from the planes (without squeezing the planes towards the - input). The method GenerateHull() is used to do this. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add the 12 planes that represent the edges of a cube - halfway between - the two connecting face planes - (1,1,0), (-1,-1,0), (-1,1,0), (1,-1,0), - (0,1,1), (0,-1,-1), (0,1,-1), (0,-1,1), (1,0,1), (-1,0,-1), - (1,0,-1), (-1,0,1) - - - - - Add the six planes that make up the faces of a cube - (1,0,0), - (-1, 0, 0), (0,1,0), (0,-1,0), (0,0,1), (0,0,-1) - - - - - Add the 8 planes that represent the vertices of a cube - the combination - of the three face planes connecting to a vertex - (1,1,1), (1,1,-1), - (1,-1,1), (1,-1,1), (-1,1,1), (-1,1,-1), (-1,-1,1), (-1,-1-1). - - - - - Add a plane to the current set of planes. It will be added at the - end of the list, and an index that can later be used to set this - plane's normal will be returned. The values A, B, C are from the - plane equation Ax + By + Cz + D = 0. This vector does not have to - have unit length (but it must have a non-zero length!). If a value - 0 > i >= -NumberOfPlanes is returned, then the plane is parallel - with a previously inserted plane, and |-i-1| is the index of the - plane that was previously inserted. If a value i < -NumberOfPlanes - is returned, then the plane normal is zero length. - - - - - Add a plane to the current set of planes. It will be added at the - end of the list, and an index that can later be used to set this - plane's normal will be returned. The values A, B, C are from the - plane equation Ax + By + Cz + D = 0. This vector does not have to - have unit length (but it must have a non-zero length!). If a value - 0 > i >= -NumberOfPlanes is returned, then the plane is parallel - with a previously inserted plane, and |-i-1| is the index of the - plane that was previously inserted. If a value i < -NumberOfPlanes - is returned, then the plane normal is zero length. - - - - - Variations of AddPlane()/SetPlane() that allow D to be set. These - methods are used when GenerateHull() is used. - - - - - Variations of AddPlane()/SetPlane() that allow D to be set. These - methods are used when GenerateHull() is used. - - - - - Add the planes that represent the normals of the vertices of a - polygonal sphere formed by recursively subdividing the triangles - in an octahedron. Each triangle is subdivided by connecting the - midpoints of the edges thus forming 4 smaller triangles. The - level indicates how many subdivisions to do with a level of 0 - used to add the 6 planes from the original octahedron, level 1 - will add 18 planes, and so on. - - - - - A special method that is used to generate a polyhedron directly - from a set of n planes. The planes that are supplied by the user - are not squeezed towards the input data (in fact the user need - not specify an input). To use this method, you must provide an - instance of vtkPolyData into which the points and cells defining - the polyhedron are placed. You must also provide a bounding box - where you expect the resulting polyhedron to lie. This can be - a very generous fit, it's only used to create the initial polygons - that are eventually clipped. - - - - - A special method that is used to generate a polyhedron directly - from a set of n planes. The planes that are supplied by the user - are not squeezed towards the input data (in fact the user need - not specify an input). To use this method, you must provide an - instance of vtkPolyData into which the points and cells defining - the polyhedron are placed. You must also provide a bounding box - where you expect the resulting polyhedron to lie. This can be - a very generous fit, it's only used to create the initial polygons - that are eventually clipped. - - - - - Get the number of planes in the current set of planes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all planes from the current set of planes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the normal values for plane i. This is a plane that was already - added to the current set of planes with AddPlane(), and is now being - modified. The values A, B, C are from the plane equation - Ax + By + Cz + D = 0. This vector does not have to have unit length. - Note that D is set to zero, except in the case of the method taking - a vtkPlanes* argument, where it is set to the D value defined there. - - - - - Set the normal values for plane i. This is a plane that was already - added to the current set of planes with AddPlane(), and is now being - modified. The values A, B, C are from the plane equation - Ax + By + Cz + D = 0. This vector does not have to have unit length. - Note that D is set to zero, except in the case of the method taking - a vtkPlanes* argument, where it is set to the D value defined there. - - - - - Variations of AddPlane()/SetPlane() that allow D to be set. These - methods are used when GenerateHull() is used. - - - - - Variations of AddPlane()/SetPlane() that allow D to be set. These - methods are used when GenerateHull() is used. - - - - - Set all the planes at once using a vtkPlanes implicit function. - This also sets the D value, so it can be used with GenerateHull(). - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeClipCutPointsGrabber - A concrete implementation of - vtkHyperOctreePointsGrabber used by vtkClipHyperOctree and - vtkHyperOctreeCutter. - - - - vtkHyperOctreeClipCut, vtkHyperOctreeClipCutClipCutPointsGrabber, - vtkClipHyperOctree, vtkHyperOctreeClipCutCutter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the polygon. - - - - - Return the ordered triangulator. - - - - - Initialize the points insertion scheme. - Actually, it is just a trick to initialize the IdSet from the filter. - The IdSet class cannot be shared with the filter because it is a Pimpl. - It is used by clip,cut and contour filters to build the points - that lie on an hyperoctant. - \pre only_in_3d: GetDimension()==3 - - - - - Insert a point, assuming the point is unique and does not require a - locator. Tt does not mean it does not use a locator. It just mean that - some implementation may skip the use of a locator. - - - - - Insert a point in the quadtree case. - - - - - Insert a point using a locator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the dimension of the hyperoctree. - \pre valid_dim: (dim==2 || dim==3) - \post is_set: GetDimension()==dim - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeContourFilter - generate isosurfaces/isolines from scalar values - - - Description - vtkContourFilter is a filter that takes as input any dataset and - generates on output isosurfaces and/or isolines. The exact form - of the output depends upon the dimensionality of the input data. - Data consisting of 3D cells will generate isosurfaces, data - consisting of 2D cells will generate isolines, and data with 1D - or 0D cells will generate isopoints. Combinations of output type - are possible if the input dimension is mixed. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. - You can either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour - value, or use GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly - spaced contours. It is also possible to accelerate the operation of - this filter (at the cost of extra memory) by using a - vtkScalarTree. A scalar tree is used to quickly locate cells that - contain a contour surface. This is especially effective if multiple - contours are being extracted. If you want to use a scalar tree, - invoke the method UseScalarTreeOn(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Modified GetMTime Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeCutter - Cut vtkHyperOctree with user-specified - implicit function - - - Description - vtkHyperOctreeCutter is a filter to cut through data using any subclass of - vtkImplicitFunction. That is, a polygonal surface is created - corresponding to the implicit function F(x,y,z) = value(s), where - you can specify one or more values used to cut with. - - In VTK, cutting means reducing a cell of dimension N to a cut surface - of dimension N-1. For example, a tetrahedron when cut by a plane (i.e., - vtkPlane implicit function) will generate triangles. (In comparison, - clipping takes a N dimensional cell and creates N dimension primitives.) - - vtkHyperOctreeCutter is generally used to "slice-through" a dataset, - generating a surface that can be visualized. It is also possible to use - vtkHyperOctreeCutter to do a form of volume rendering. vtkHyperOctreeCutter - does this by generating multiple cut surfaces (usually planes) which are - ordered (and rendered) from back-to-front. The surfaces are set translucent - to give a volumetric rendering effect. - - Note that data can be cut using either 1) the scalar values associated - with the dataset or 2) an implicit function associated with this class. - By default, if an implicit function is set it is used to cut the data - set, otherwise the dataset scalars are used to perform the cut. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; initial value of 0.0; and - generating cut scalars turned off. - - - - - Construct with user-specified implicit function; initial value of 0.0; and - generating cut scalars turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. The - locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Override GetMTime because we delegate to vtkContourValues and refer to - vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Return the sorting procedure as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - If this flag is enabled, then the output scalar values will be - interpolated from the implicit function values, and not the input scalar - data. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set the sorting order for the generated polydata. There are two - possibilities: - Sort by value = 0 - This is the most efficient sort. For each cell, - all contour values are processed. This is the default. - Sort by cell = 1 - For each contour value, all cells are processed. - This order should be used if the extracted polygons must be rendered - in a back-to-front or front-to-back order. This is very problem - dependent. - For most applications, the default order is fine (and faster). - - Sort by cell is going to have a problem if the input has 2D and 3D cells. - Cell data will be scrambled becauses with - vtkPolyData output, verts and lines have lower cell ids than triangles. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeDepth - Assign tree depth attribute to each cell. - - - Description - This filter returns a shallow copy of its input HyperOctree with a new - data attribute field containing the depth of each cell. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeDualGridContourFilter - generate isosurfaces/isolines from scalar values - - - Description - use of unsigned short to hold level index limits tree depth to 16. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. - You can either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour - value, or use GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly - spaced contours. It is also possible to accelerate the operation of - this filter (at the cost of extra memory) by using a - vtkScalarTree. A scalar tree is used to quickly locate cells that - contain a contour surface. This is especially effective if multiple - contours are being extracted. If you want to use a scalar tree, - invoke the method UseScalarTreeOn(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Modified GetMTime Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeFractalSource - Create an octree from a fractal. - hyperoctree - - - Description - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeSampleFunction - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a 2D or 3D fractal. - - - - - Create a 2D or 3D fractal. - - - - - Create a 2D or 3D fractal. - - - - - Return the maximum number of levels of the hyperoctree. - \post positive_result: result>=1 - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - Return the minimal number of levels of systematic subdivision. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Controls when a leaf gets subdivided. If the corner values span - a larger range than this value, the leaf is subdivided. This - defaults to 2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a 2D or 3D fractal. - - - - - Set the maximum number of levels of the hyperoctree. If - GetMinLevels()>=levels, GetMinLevels() is changed to levels-1. - \pre positive_levels: levels>=1 - \post is_set: this->GetLevels()==levels - \post min_is_valid: this->GetMinLevels()<this->GetLevels() - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - Return the minimal number of levels of systematic subdivision. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Controls when a leaf gets subdivided. If the corner values span - a larger range than this value, the leaf is subdivided. This - defaults to 2. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeLimiter - Limit the tree's depth, averaging data - from lower level branches into the new leaves at the cut points. - - - Description - This filter returns a lower resolution copy of its input vtkHyperOctree. - It does a length/area/volume weighted averaging to obtain data at each - cut point. Above the cut level, leaf attribute data is simply copied. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the maximum number of levels of the hyperoctree. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the maximum number of levels of the hyperoctree. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeSampleFunction - sample an implicit function over an - hyperoctree - - - Description - vtkHyperOctreeSampleFunction is a source object that evaluates an implicit - function to drive the subdivision process. The user can specify - the threshold over which a subdivision occurs, the maximum and minimum - level of subdivisions and the dimension of the hyperoctree. - - - - - vtkSampleFunction - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the length along the z-axis. - Relevant only if GetDimension()>=3 - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Return the dimension of the tree (1D:binary tree(2 children), 2D:quadtree(4 children), - 3D:octree (8 children)) - \post valid_result: result>=1 && result<=3 - - - - - Return the length along the y-axis. - Relevant only if GetDimension()>=2 - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Specify the implicit function to use to generate data. - - - - - Return the maximum number of levels of the hyperoctree. - \post positive_result: result>=1 - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the implicit function. - - - - - Return the minimal number of levels of systematic subdivision. - \post positive_result: result>=0 - - - - - Return the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) ) of the root. - - - - - Return the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) ) of the root. - - - - - Return the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) ) of the root. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Return the size on each axis. - - - - - Return the size on each axis. - - - - - Return the size on each axis. - - - - - Return the threshold over which a subdivision is required. - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Return the length along the x-axis. - \post positive_result: result>0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the length along the z-axis. - Relevant only if GetDimension()>=3 - \pre positive_depth: depth>0 - \post depth_is_set: GetDepth()==depth - - - - - Set the dimension of the tree with `dim'. See GetDimension() for details. - \pre valid_dim: dim>=1 && dim<=3 - \post dimension_is_set: GetDimension()==dim - - - - - Set the length along the y-axis. - Relevant only if GetDimension()>=2 - \pre positive_height: height>0 - \post height_is_set: GetHeight()==height - - - - - Specify the implicit function to use to generate data. - - - - - Set the maximum number of levels of the hyperoctree. If - GetMinLevels()>=levels, GetMinLevels() is changed to levels-1. - \pre positive_levels: levels>=1 - \post is_set: this->GetLevels()==levels - \post min_is_valid: this->GetMinLevels()<this->GetLevels() - - - - - Set the minimal number of levels of systematic subdivision. - \pre positive_minLevels: minLevels>=0 - \post is_set: this->GetMinLevels()==minLevels - - - - - Set the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) of the root. - - - - - Set the origin (position of corner (0,0,0) of the root. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set the size on each axis. - - - - - Set the size on each axis. - - - - - Set the threshold over which a subdivision is required. - \pre positive_threshold: threshold>=0 - \post is_set: this->GetThreshold()==threshold - - - - - Set the length along the x-axis. - \pre positive_width: width>0 - \post width_is_set: GetWidth()==width - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeSurfaceFilter - Extracts outer (polygonal) surface. - - - Description - vtkHyperOctreeSurfaceFilter extracts the surface of an hyperoctree. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - vtkHyperOctreeToUniformGridFilter - Flat the octree into a uniform - grid - - - Description - vtkHyperOctreeToUniformGridFilter creates a uniform grid with a resolution - based on the number of levels of the hyperoctree. Then, it copies celldata - in each cell of the uniform grid that belongs to an actual leaf of the - hyperoctree. - - - - - vtkGeometryFilter vtkStructuredGridGeometryFilter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkHyperStreamline - generate hyperstreamline in arbitrary dataset - - - Description - vtkHyperStreamline is a filter that integrates through a tensor field to - generate a hyperstreamline. The integration is along the maximum eigenvector - and the cross section of the hyperstreamline is defined by the two other - eigenvectors. Thus the shape of the hyperstreamline is "tube-like", with - the cross section being elliptical. Hyperstreamlines are used to visualize - tensor fields. - - The starting point of a hyperstreamline can be defined in one of two ways. - First, you may specify an initial position. This is a x-y-z global - coordinate. The second option is to specify a starting location. This is - cellId, subId, and cell parametric coordinates. - - The integration of the hyperstreamline occurs through the major eigenvector - field. IntegrationStepLength controls the step length within each cell - (i.e., this is the fraction of the cell length). The length of the - hyperstreamline is controlled by MaximumPropagationDistance. This parameter - is the length of the hyperstreamline in units of distance. The tube itself - is composed of many small sub-tubes - NumberOfSides controls the number of - sides in the tube, and StepLength controls the length of the sub-tubes. - - Because hyperstreamlines are often created near regions of singularities, it - is possible to control the scaling of the tube cross section by using a - logarithmic scale. Use LogScalingOn to turn this capability on. The Radius - value controls the initial radius of the tube. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial starting position (0,0,0); integration - step length 0.2; step length 0.01; forward integration; terminal - eigenvalue 0.0; number of sides 6; radius 0.5; and logarithmic scaling - off. - - - - - Construct object with initial starting position (0,0,0); integration - step length 0.2; step length 0.01; forward integration; terminal - eigenvalue 0.0; number of sides 6; radius 0.5; and logarithmic scaling - off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). - - - - - Set / get a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). - - - - - Set / get a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). - - - - - Turn on/off logarithmic scaling. If scaling is on, the log base 10 - of the computed eigenvalues are used to scale the cross section radii. - - - - - Set / get the maximum length of the hyperstreamline expressed as absolute - distance (i.e., arc length) value. - - - - - Set / get the maximum length of the hyperstreamline expressed as absolute - distance (i.e., arc length) value. - - - - - Set / get the maximum length of the hyperstreamline expressed as absolute - distance (i.e., arc length) value. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the hyperstreamlines. At a minimum, - number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the hyperstreamlines. At a minimum, - number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the hyperstreamlines. At a minimum, - number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set / get the initial tube radius. This is the maximum "elliptical" - radius at the beginning of the tube. Radius varies based on ratio of - eigenvalues. Note that tube section is actually elliptical and may - become a point or line in cross section in some cases. - - - - - Set / get the initial tube radius. This is the maximum "elliptical" - radius at the beginning of the tube. Radius varies based on ratio of - eigenvalues. Note that tube section is actually elliptical and may - become a point or line in cross section in some cases. - - - - - Set / get the initial tube radius. This is the maximum "elliptical" - radius at the beginning of the tube. Radius varies based on ratio of - eigenvalues. Note that tube section is actually elliptical and may - become a point or line in cross section in some cases. - - - - - Get the starting location of the hyperstreamline in the cell coordinate - system. Returns the cell that the starting point is in. - - - - - Get the start position of the hyperstreamline in global x-y-z coordinates. - - - - - Set / get the length of a tube segment composing the - hyperstreamline. The length is specified as a fraction of the - diagonal length of the input bounding box. - - - - - Set / get the length of a tube segment composing the - hyperstreamline. The length is specified as a fraction of the - diagonal length of the input bounding box. - - - - - Set / get the length of a tube segment composing the - hyperstreamline. The length is specified as a fraction of the - diagonal length of the input bounding box. - - - - - Set/get terminal eigenvalue. If major eigenvalue falls below this - value, hyperstreamline terminates propagation. - - - - - Set/get terminal eigenvalue. If major eigenvalue falls below this - value, hyperstreamline terminates propagation. - - - - - Set/get terminal eigenvalue. If major eigenvalue falls below this - value, hyperstreamline terminates propagation. - - - - - Use the major eigenvector field as the vector field through which - to integrate. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector whose - corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - - - - - Use the medium eigenvector field as the vector field through which - to integrate. The medium eigenvector is the eigenvector whose - corresponding eigenvalue is between the major and minor - eigenvalues. - - - - - Use the minor eigenvector field as the vector field through which - to integrate. The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose - corresponding eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off logarithmic scaling. If scaling is on, the log base 10 - of the computed eigenvalues are used to scale the cross section radii. - - - - - Turn on/off logarithmic scaling. If scaling is on, the log base 10 - of the computed eigenvalues are used to scale the cross section radii. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Specify the direction in which to integrate the hyperstreamline. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get the eigenvector field through which to ingrate. It is - possible to integrate using the major, medium or minor - eigenvector field. The major eigenvector is the eigenvector - whose corresponding eigenvalue is closest to positive infinity. - The minor eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding - eigenvalue is closest to negative infinity. The medium - eigenvector is the eigenvector whose corresponding eigenvalue is - between the major and minor eigenvalues. - - - - - Set / get a nominal integration step size (expressed as a fraction of - the size of each cell). - - - - - Turn on/off logarithmic scaling. If scaling is on, the log base 10 - of the computed eigenvalues are used to scale the cross section radii. - - - - - Set / get the maximum length of the hyperstreamline expressed as absolute - distance (i.e., arc length) value. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the hyperstreamlines. At a minimum, - number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set / get the initial tube radius. This is the maximum "elliptical" - radius at the beginning of the tube. Radius varies based on ratio of - eigenvalues. Note that tube section is actually elliptical and may - become a point or line in cross section in some cases. - - - - - Specify the start of the hyperstreamline in the cell coordinate system. - That is, cellId and subId (if composite cell), and parametric coordinates. - - - - - Specify the start of the hyperstreamline in the cell coordinate system. - That is, cellId and subId (if composite cell), and parametric coordinates. - - - - - Specify the start of the hyperstreamline in the global coordinate system. - Starting from position implies that a search must be performed to find - initial cell to start integration from. - - - - - Specify the start of the hyperstreamline in the global coordinate system. - Starting from position implies that a search must be performed to find - initial cell to start integration from. - - - - - Set / get the length of a tube segment composing the - hyperstreamline. The length is specified as a fraction of the - diagonal length of the input bounding box. - - - - - Set/get terminal eigenvalue. If major eigenvalue falls below this - value, hyperstreamline terminates propagation. - - - - - vtkIconGlyphFilter - Filter that generates a polydata consisting of - quads with texture coordinates referring to a set of icons within a sheet - of icons. - - - Description - vtkIconGlyphFilter takes in a vtkPointSet where each point corresponds to - the center of an icon. Scalar integer data must also be set to give each - point an icon index. This index is a zero based row major index into an - image that contains a grid of icons (each icon is the same size). You must - also specify 1) the size of the icon in the icon sheet (in pixels), 2) the - size of the icon sheet (in pixels), and 3) the display size of each icon - (again in display coordinates, or pixels). - - Various other parameters are used to control how this data is combined. If - UseIconSize is true then the DisplaySize is ignored. If PassScalars is true, - then the scalar index information is passed to the output. Also, there is an - optional IconScale array which, if UseIconScaling is on, will scale each icon - independently. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Description - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of the size of the icon when it - is rendered. By default, the IconSize is used to set the display size - (i.e., UseIconSize is true by default). Note that assumes that - IconScaling is disabled, or if enabled, the scale of a particular icon - is 1. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of the size of the icon when it - is rendered. By default, the IconSize is used to set the display size - (i.e., UseIconSize is true by default). Note that assumes that - IconScaling is disabled, or if enabled, the scale of a particular icon - is 1. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify how to specify individual icons. By default, icon scaling - is off, but if it is on, then the filter looks for an array named - "IconScale" to control individual icon size. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify an offset (in pixels or display coordinates) that offsets the icons - from their generating points. - - - - - Specify an offset (in pixels or display coordinates) that offsets the icons - from their generating points. - - - - - Specify whether to pass the scalar icon index to the output. By - default this is not passed since it can affect color during the - rendering process. Note that all other point data is passed to - the output regardless of the value of this flag. - - - - - Specify whether the Quad generated to place the icon on will be either - the dimensions specified by IconSize or the DisplaySize. - - - - - Description - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Description - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Description - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Specify whether to pass the scalar icon index to the output. By - default this is not passed since it can affect color during the - rendering process. Note that all other point data is passed to - the output regardless of the value of this flag. - - - - - Specify whether to pass the scalar icon index to the output. By - default this is not passed since it can affect color during the - rendering process. Note that all other point data is passed to - the output regardless of the value of this flag. - - - - - Description - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of the size of the icon when it - is rendered. By default, the IconSize is used to set the display size - (i.e., UseIconSize is true by default). Note that assumes that - IconScaling is disabled, or if enabled, the scale of a particular icon - is 1. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of the size of the icon when it - is rendered. By default, the IconSize is used to set the display size - (i.e., UseIconSize is true by default). Note that assumes that - IconScaling is disabled, or if enabled, the scale of a particular icon - is 1. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify if the input points define the center of the icon quad or one of - top right corner, top center, top left corner, center right, center, center - center left, bottom right corner, bottom center or bottom left corner. - - - - - Specify how to specify individual icons. By default, icon scaling - is off, but if it is on, then the filter looks for an array named - "IconScale" to control individual icon size. - - - - - Specify how to specify individual icons. By default, icon scaling - is off, but if it is on, then the filter looks for an array named - "IconScale" to control individual icon size. - - - - - Specify how to specify individual icons. By default, icon scaling - is off, but if it is on, then the filter looks for an array named - "IconScale" to control individual icon size. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - Specify an offset (in pixels or display coordinates) that offsets the icons - from their generating points. - - - - - Specify an offset (in pixels or display coordinates) that offsets the icons - from their generating points. - - - - - Specify whether to pass the scalar icon index to the output. By - default this is not passed since it can affect color during the - rendering process. Note that all other point data is passed to - the output regardless of the value of this flag. - - - - - Specify whether the Quad generated to place the icon on will be either - the dimensions specified by IconSize or the DisplaySize. - - - - - Specify whether the Quad generated to place the icon on will be either - the dimensions specified by IconSize or the DisplaySize. - - - - - Specify whether the Quad generated to place the icon on will be either - the dimensions specified by IconSize or the DisplaySize. - - - - - vtkIdFilter - generate scalars or field data from point and cell ids - - - Description - vtkIdFilter is a filter to that generates scalars or field data - using cell and point ids. That is, the point attribute data scalars - or field data are generated from the point ids, and the cell - attribute data scalars or field data are generated from the the - cell ids. - - Typically this filter is used with vtkLabeledDataMapper (and possibly - vtkSelectVisiblePoints) to create labels for points and cells, or labels - for the point or cell data scalar values. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate scalar data - or field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is generated. - Otherwise, field data is generated. Default is off. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate scalar data - or field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is generated. - Otherwise, field data is generated. Default is off. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate scalar data - or field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is generated. - Otherwise, field data is generated. Default is off. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the Ids array if generated. By default the Ids - are named "vtkIdFilter_Ids", but this can be changed with this function. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which controls whether to generate scalar data - or field data. If this flag is off, scalar data is generated. - Otherwise, field data is generated. Default is off. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the Ids array if generated. By default the Ids - are named "vtkIdFilter_Ids", but this can be changed with this function. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of point ids. Default is on. - - - - - vtkImageDataGeometryFilter - extract geometry for structured points - - - Description - vtkImageDataGeometryFilter is a filter that extracts geometry from a - structured points dataset. By specifying appropriate i-j-k indices (via the - "Extent" instance variable), it is possible to extract a point, a line, a - plane (i.e., image), or a "volume" from dataset. (Since the output is - of type polydata, the volume is actually a (n x m x o) region of points.) - - The extent specification is zero-offset. That is, the first k-plane in - a 50x50x50 volume is given by (0,49, 0,49, 0,0). - Caveats - If you don't know the dimensions of the input dataset, you can use a large - number to specify extent (the number will be clamped appropriately). For - example, if the dataset dimensions are 50x50x50, and you want a the fifth - k-plane, you can use the extents (0,100, 0,100, 4,4). The 100 will - automatically be clamped to 49. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with initial extent of all the data - - - - - Construct with initial extent of all the data - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the extent (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices. - - - - - Set OutputTriangles to true if you wish to generate triangles instead of quads - when extracting cells from 2D imagedata - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set ThresholdCells to true if you wish to skip any voxel/pixels which have scalar - values less than the specified threshold. - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set ThresholdValue to the scalar value by which to threshhold cells when extracting geometry - when ThresholdCells is true. Cells with scalar values greater than the threshold will be output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set OutputTriangles to true if you wish to generate triangles instead of quads - when extracting cells from 2D imagedata - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set OutputTriangles to true if you wish to generate triangles instead of quads - when extracting cells from 2D imagedata - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the extent (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices. - - - - - Set / get the extent (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices. - - - - - Set OutputTriangles to true if you wish to generate triangles instead of quads - when extracting cells from 2D imagedata - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set ThresholdCells to true if you wish to skip any voxel/pixels which have scalar - values less than the specified threshold. - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set ThresholdValue to the scalar value by which to threshhold cells when extracting geometry - when ThresholdCells is true. Cells with scalar values greater than the threshold will be output. - - - - - Set ThresholdCells to true if you wish to skip any voxel/pixels which have scalar - values less than the specified threshold. - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set ThresholdCells to true if you wish to skip any voxel/pixels which have scalar - values less than the specified threshold. - Currently this functionality is only implemented for 2D imagedata - - - - - Set ThresholdValue to the scalar value by which to threshhold cells when extracting geometry - when ThresholdCells is true. Cells with scalar values greater than the threshold will be output. - - - - - Set ThresholdValue to the scalar value by which to threshhold cells when extracting geometry - when ThresholdCells is true. Cells with scalar values greater than the threshold will be output. - - - - - vtkImageMarchingCubes - generate isosurface(s) from volume/images - - - Description - vtkImageMarchingCubes is a filter that takes as input images (e.g., 3D - image region) and generates on output one or more isosurfaces. - One or more contour values must be specified to generate the isosurfaces. - Alternatively, you can specify a min/max scalar range and the number of - contours to generate a series of evenly spaced contour values. - This filter can stream, so that the entire volume need not be loaded at - once. Streaming is controlled using the instance variable - InputMemoryLimit, which has units KBytes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Should be protected, but the templated functions need these - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. Note that if ComputeNormals is on, gradients will - have to be calculated, but will not be stored in the output dataset. - If the output data will be processed by filters that modify topology or - geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. Note that if ComputeNormals is on, gradients will - have to be calculated, but will not be stored in the output dataset. - If the output data will be processed by filters that modify topology or - geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. If the output data will be processed by filters - that modify topology or geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. If the output data will be processed by filters - that modify topology or geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. Note that if ComputeNormals is on, gradients will - have to be calculated, but will not be stored in the output dataset. - If the output data will be processed by filters that modify topology or - geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. If the output data will be processed by filters - that modify topology or geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - The InputMemoryLimit determines the chunk size (the number of slices - requested at each iteration). The units of this limit is KiloBytes. - For now, only the Z axis is split. - - - - - Should be protected, but the templated functions need these - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues & refer to vtkImplicitFunction - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Should be protected, but the templated functions need these - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. Note that if ComputeNormals is on, gradients will - have to be calculated, but will not be stored in the output dataset. - If the output data will be processed by filters that modify topology or - geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly expensive - in both time and storage. If the output data will be processed by filters - that modify topology or geometry, it may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - The InputMemoryLimit determines the chunk size (the number of slices - requested at each iteration). The units of this limit is KiloBytes. - For now, only the Z axis is split. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkImplicitTextureCoords - generate 1D, 2D, or 3D texture coordinates based on implicit function(s) - - - Description - vtkImplicitTextureCoords is a filter to generate 1D, 2D, or 3D texture - coordinates from one, two, or three implicit functions, respectively. - In combinations with a vtkBooleanTexture map (or another texture map of - your own creation), the texture coordinates can be used to highlight - (via color or intensity) or cut (via transparency) dataset geometry without - any complex geometric processing. (Note: the texture coordinates are - referred to as r-s-t coordinates.) - - The texture coordinates are automatically normalized to lie between (0,1). - Thus, no matter what the implicit functions evaluate to, the resulting - texture coordinates lie between (0,1), with the zero implicit function - value mapped to the 0.5 texture coordinates value. Depending upon the - maximum negative/positive implicit function values, the full (0,1) range - may not be occupied (i.e., the positive/negative ranges are mapped using - the same scale factor). - - A boolean variable InvertTexture is available to flip the texture - coordinates around 0.5 (value 1.0 becomes 0.0, 0.25->0.75). This is - equivalent to flipping the texture map (but a whole lot easier). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create object with texture dimension=2 and no r-s-t implicit functions - defined and FlipTexture turned off. - - - - - Create object with texture dimension=2 and no r-s-t implicit functions - defined and FlipTexture turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If enabled, this will flip the sense of inside and outside the implicit - function (i.e., a rotation around the r-s-t=0.5 axis). - - - - - If enabled, this will flip the sense of inside and outside the implicit - function (i.e., a rotation around the r-s-t=0.5 axis). - - - - - If enabled, this will flip the sense of inside and outside the implicit - function (i.e., a rotation around the r-s-t=0.5 axis). - - - - - Specify an implicit function to compute the r texture coordinate. - - - - - Specify an implicit function to compute the s texture coordinate. - - - - - Specify an implicit function to compute the t texture coordinate. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If enabled, this will flip the sense of inside and outside the implicit - function (i.e., a rotation around the r-s-t=0.5 axis). - - - - - Specify an implicit function to compute the r texture coordinate. - - - - - Specify an implicit function to compute the s texture coordinate. - - - - - Specify an implicit function to compute the t texture coordinate. - - - - - vtkInterpolateDataSetAttributes - interpolate scalars, vectors, etc. and other dataset attributes - - - Description - vtkInterpolateDataSetAttributes is a filter that interpolates data set - attribute values between input data sets. The input to the filter - must be datasets of the same type, same number of cells, and same - number of points. The output of the filter is a data set of the same - type as the input dataset and whose attribute values have been - interpolated at the parametric value specified. - - The filter is used by specifying two or more input data sets (total of N), - and a parametric value t (0 <= t <= N-1). The output will contain - interpolated data set attributes common to all input data sets. (For - example, if one input has scalars and vectors, and another has just - scalars, then only scalars will be interpolated and output.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the list of inputs to this filter. - - - - - Specify interpolation parameter t. - - - - - Specify interpolation parameter t. - - - - - Specify interpolation parameter t. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify interpolation parameter t. - - - - - vtkKdTreeSelector - Selects point ids using a kd-tree. - - - - Description - If SetKdTree is used, the filter ignores the input and selects based on that - kd-tree. If SetKdTree is not used, the filter builds a kd-tree using the - input point set and uses that tree for selection. The output is a - vtkSelection containing the ids found in the kd-tree using the specified - bounds. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The kd-tree to use to find selected ids. - The kd-tree must be initialized with the desired set of points. - When this is set, the optional input is ignored. - - - - - The threshold for the single selection. - A single point is added to the selection if it is within - this threshold from the bounds center. - Default is 1. - - - - - The field attribute to use when generating the selection. - If set, creates a PEDIGREEIDS or GLOBALIDS selection. - If not set (or is set to -1), creates a INDICES selection. - By default this is not set. - NOTE: This should be set a constant in vtkDataSetAttributes, - not vtkSelection. - - - - - The bounds of the form (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - To perform a search in 2D, use the bounds - (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,VTK_DOUBLE_MIN,VTK_DOUBLE_MAX). - - - - - The bounds of the form (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - To perform a search in 2D, use the bounds - (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,VTK_DOUBLE_MIN,VTK_DOUBLE_MAX). - - - - - The bounds of the form (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - To perform a search in 2D, use the bounds - (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,VTK_DOUBLE_MIN,VTK_DOUBLE_MAX). - - - - - The field name to use when generating the selection. - If set, creates a VALUES selection. - If not set (or is set to NULL), creates a INDICES selection. - By default this is not set. - - - - - Whether to only allow up to one value in the result. - The item selected is closest to the center of the bounds, - if there are any points within the selection threshold. - Default is off. - - - - - The threshold for the single selection. - A single point is added to the selection if it is within - this threshold from the bounds center. - Default is 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The kd-tree to use to find selected ids. - The kd-tree must be initialized with the desired set of points. - When this is set, the optional input is ignored. - - - - - The field attribute to use when generating the selection. - If set, creates a PEDIGREEIDS or GLOBALIDS selection. - If not set (or is set to -1), creates a INDICES selection. - By default this is not set. - NOTE: This should be set a constant in vtkDataSetAttributes, - not vtkSelection. - - - - - The bounds of the form (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - To perform a search in 2D, use the bounds - (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,VTK_DOUBLE_MIN,VTK_DOUBLE_MAX). - - - - - The bounds of the form (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax). - To perform a search in 2D, use the bounds - (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,VTK_DOUBLE_MIN,VTK_DOUBLE_MAX). - - - - - The field name to use when generating the selection. - If set, creates a VALUES selection. - If not set (or is set to NULL), creates a INDICES selection. - By default this is not set. - - - - - Whether to only allow up to one value in the result. - The item selected is closest to the center of the bounds, - if there are any points within the selection threshold. - Default is off. - - - - - The threshold for the single selection. - A single point is added to the selection if it is within - this threshold from the bounds center. - Default is 1. - - - - - Whether to only allow up to one value in the result. - The item selected is closest to the center of the bounds, - if there are any points within the selection threshold. - Default is off. - - - - - Whether to only allow up to one value in the result. - The item selected is closest to the center of the bounds, - if there are any points within the selection threshold. - Default is off. - - - - - vtkLinearExtrusionFilter - sweep polygonal data creating a "skirt" from free edges and lines, and lines from vertices - - - Description - vtkLinearExtrusionFilter is a modeling filter. It takes polygonal data as - input and generates polygonal data on output. The input dataset is swept - according to some extrusion function and creates new polygonal primitives. - These primitives form a "skirt" or swept surface. For example, sweeping a - line results in a quadrilateral, and sweeping a triangle creates a "wedge". - - There are a number of control parameters for this filter. You can - control whether the sweep of a 2D object (i.e., polygon or triangle strip) - is capped with the generating geometry via the "Capping" ivar. Also, you - can extrude in the direction of a user specified vector, towards a point, - or in the direction of vertex normals (normals must be provided - use - vtkPolyDataNormals if necessary). The amount of extrusion is controlled by - the "ScaleFactor" instance variable. - - The skirt is generated by locating certain topological features. Free - edges (edges of polygons or triangle strips only used by one polygon or - triangle strips) generate surfaces. This is true also of lines or - polylines. Vertices generate lines. - - This filter can be used to create 3D fonts, 3D irregular bar charts, - or to model 2 1/2D objects like punched plates. It also can be used to - create solid objects from 2D polygonal meshes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create object with normal extrusion type, capping on, scale factor=1.0, - vector (0,0,1), and extrusion point (0,0,0). - - - - - Create object with normal extrusion type, capping on, scale factor=1.0, - vector (0,0,1), and extrusion point (0,0,0). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion point. Only needs to be set if PointExtrusion is - turned on. This is the point towards which extrusion occurs. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion point. Only needs to be set if PointExtrusion is - turned on. This is the point towards which extrusion occurs. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion scale factor, - - - - - Set/Get extrusion vector. Only needs to be set if VectorExtrusion is - turned on. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion vector. Only needs to be set if VectorExtrusion is - turned on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion point. Only needs to be set if PointExtrusion is - turned on. This is the point towards which extrusion occurs. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion point. Only needs to be set if PointExtrusion is - turned on. This is the point towards which extrusion occurs. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get the type of extrusion. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion scale factor, - - - - - Set/Get extrusion vector. Only needs to be set if VectorExtrusion is - turned on. - - - - - Set/Get extrusion vector. Only needs to be set if VectorExtrusion is - turned on. - - - - - vtkLinearSubdivisionFilter - generate a subdivision surface using the Linear Scheme - - - Description - vtkLinearSubdivisionFilter is a filter that generates output by - subdividing its input polydata. Each subdivision iteration create 4 - new triangles for each triangle in the polydata. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - vtkLineSource - create a line defined by two end points - - - Description - vtkLineSource is a source object that creates a polyline defined by - two endpoints. The number of segments composing the polyline is - controlled by setting the object resolution. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Divide line into resolution number of pieces. - - - - - vtkLinkEdgels - links edgels together to form digital curves. - - - Description - vtkLinkEdgels links edgels into digital curves which are then stored - as polylines. The algorithm works one pixel at a time only looking at - its immediate neighbors. There is a GradientThreshold that can be set - that eliminates any pixels with a smaller gradient value. This can - be used as the lower threshold of a two value edgel thresholding. - - For the remaining edgels, links are first tried for the four - connected neighbors. A successful neighbor will satisfy three - tests. First both edgels must be above the gradient - threshold. Second, the difference between the orientation between - the two edgels (Alpha) and each edgels orientation (Phi) must be - less than LinkThreshold. Third, the difference between the two - edgels Phi values must be less than PhiThreshold. - The most successful link is selected. The measure is simply the - sum of the three angle differences (actually stored as the sum of - the cosines). If none of the four connect neighbors succeeds, then - the eight connect neighbors are examined using the same method. - - This filter requires gradient information so you will need to use - a vtkImageGradient at some point prior to this filter. Typically - a vtkNonMaximumSuppression filter is also used. vtkThresholdEdgels - can be used to complete the two value edgel thresholding as used - in a Canny edge detector. The vtkSubpixelPositionEdgels filter - can also be used after this filter to adjust the edgel locations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct instance of vtkLinkEdgels with GradientThreshold set to - 0.1, PhiThreshold set to 90 degrees and LinkThreshold set to 90 degrees. - - - - - Construct instance of vtkLinkEdgels with GradientThreshold set to - 0.1, PhiThreshold set to 90 degrees and LinkThreshold set to 90 degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the threshold for image gradient thresholding. - - - - - Set/Get the threshold for Phi vs. Alpha link thresholding. - - - - - Set/get the threshold for Phi vs. Phi link thresholding. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the threshold for image gradient thresholding. - - - - - Set/Get the threshold for Phi vs. Alpha link thresholding. - - - - - Set/get the threshold for Phi vs. Phi link thresholding. - - - - - vtkLoopSubdivisionFilter - generate a subdivision surface using the Loop Scheme - - - Description - vtkLoopSubdivisionFilter is an approximating subdivision scheme that - creates four new triangles for each triangle in the mesh. The user can - specify the NumberOfSubdivisions. Loop's subdivision scheme is - described in: Loop, C., "Smooth Subdivision surfaces based on - triangles,", Masters Thesis, University of Utah, August 1987. - For a nice summary of the technique see, Hoppe, H., et. al, - "Piecewise Smooth Surface Reconstruction,:, Proceedings of Siggraph 94 - (Orlando, Florida, July 24-29, 1994). In COmputer Graphics - Proceedings, Annual COnference Series, 1994, ACM SIGGRAPH, - pp. 295-302. - <P> - The filter only operates on triangles. Users should use the - vtkTriangleFilter to triangulate meshes that contain polygons or - triangle strips. - <P> - The filter approximates point data using the same scheme. New - triangles create at a subdivision step will have the cell data of - their parent cell. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - Construct object with NumberOfSubdivisions set to 1. - - - - - vtkMarchingContourFilter - generate isosurfaces/isolines from scalar values - - - Description - vtkMarchingContourFilter is a filter that takes as input any dataset and - generates on output isosurfaces and/or isolines. The exact form - of the output depends upon the dimensionality of the input data. - Data consisting of 3D cells will generate isosurfaces, data - consisting of 2D cells will generate isolines, and data with 1D - or 0D cells will generate isopoints. Combinations of output type - are possible if the input dimension is mixed. - - This filter will identify special dataset types (e.g., structured - points) and use the appropriate specialized filter to process the - data. For examples, if the input dataset type is a volume, this - filter will create an internal vtkMarchingCubes instance and use - it. This gives much better performance. - - To use this filter you must specify one or more contour values. - You can either use the method SetValue() to specify each contour - value, or use GenerateValues() to generate a series of evenly - spaced contours. It is also possible to accelerate the operation of - this filter (at the cost of extra memory) by using a - vtkScalarTree. A scalar tree is used to quickly locate cells that - contain a contour surface. This is especially effective if multiple - contours are being extracted. If you want to use a scalar tree, - invoke the method UseScalarTreeOn(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is - specified. The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Modified GetMTime Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - Enable the use of a scalar tree to accelerate contour extraction. - - - - - vtkMarchingSquares - generate isoline(s) from structured points set - - - Description - vtkMarchingSquares is a filter that takes as input a structured points set - and generates on output one or more isolines. One or more contour values - must be specified to generate the isolines. Alternatively, you can specify - a min/max scalar range and the number of contours to generate a series of - evenly spaced contour values. - - To generate contour lines the input data must be of topological dimension 2 - (i.e., an image). If not, you can use the ImageRange ivar to select an - image plane from an input volume. This avoids having to extract a plane first - (using vtkExtractSubVolume). The filter deals with this by first - trying to use the input data directly, and if not a 2D image, then uses the - ImageRange ivar to reduce it to an image. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - The locator is used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k index range which define a plane on which to generate - contour lines. Using this ivar it is possible to input a 3D volume - directly and then generate contour lines on one of the i-j-k planes, or - a portion of a plane. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k index range which define a plane on which to generate - contour lines. Using this ivar it is possible to input a 3D volume - directly and then generate contour lines on one of the i-j-k planes, or - a portion of a plane. - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k index range which define a plane on which to generate - contour lines. Using this ivar it is possible to input a 3D volume - directly and then generate contour lines on one of the i-j-k planes, or - a portion of a plane. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k index range which define a plane on which to generate - contour lines. Using this ivar it is possible to input a 3D volume - directly and then generate contour lines on one of the i-j-k planes, or - a portion of a plane. - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkMaskFields - Allow control of which fields get passed - to the output - - - Description - vtkMaskFields is used to mark which fields in the input dataset - get copied to the output. The output will contain only those fields - marked as on by the filter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkMaskFields. - - - - - Create a new vtkMaskFields. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn off copying of all data. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on copying of all data. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of the attribute or specified by vtkDataSetAttributes:AttributeTypes. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - An attribute type and a location must be specified. For example: - @verbatim - maskFields->CopyAttributeOff(vtkMaskFields::POINT_DATA, vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS); - @endverbatim - causes the scalars on the input point data to not get copied - to the output. - - - - - Helper methods used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of the attribute or specified by vtkDataSetAttributes:AttributeTypes. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - An attribute type and a location must be specified. For example: - @verbatim - maskFields->CopyAttributeOff(vtkMaskFields::POINT_DATA, vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS); - @endverbatim - causes the scalars on the input point data to not get copied - to the output. - - - - - Helper methods used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - - Convenience methods which operate on all field data or - attribute data. More specific than CopyAllOn or CopyAllOff - - - - - Convenience methods which operate on all field data or - attribute data. More specific than CopyAllOn or CopyAllOff - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of the field or specified by name. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - A field name and a location must be specified. For example: - @verbatim - maskFields->CopyFieldOff(vtkMaskFields::CELL_DATA, "foo"); - @endverbatim - causes the field "foo" on the input cell data to not get copied - to the output. - - - - - Helper methods used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - - Turn on/off the copying of the field or specified by name. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - A field name and a location must be specified. For example: - @verbatim - maskFields->CopyFieldOff(vtkMaskFields::CELL_DATA, "foo"); - @endverbatim - causes the field "foo" on the input cell data to not get copied - to the output. - - - - - Helper methods used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - - Convenience methods which operate on all field data or - attribute data. More specific than CopyAllOn or CopyAllOff - - - - - Convenience methods which operate on all field data or - attribute data. More specific than CopyAllOn or CopyAllOff - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn off copying of all data. - During the copying/passing, the following rules are followed for each - array: - 1. If the copy flag for an array is set (on or off), it is applied - This overrides rule 2. - 2. If CopyAllOn is set, copy the array. - If CopyAllOff is set, do not copy the array - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkMaskPoints - selectively filter points - - - Description - vtkMaskPoints is a filter that passes through points and point attributes - from input dataset. (Other geometry is not passed through.) It is - possible to mask every nth point, and to specify an initial offset - to begin masking from. A special random mode feature enables random - selection of points. The filter can also generate vertices (topological - primitives) as well as points. This is useful because vertices are - rendered while points are not. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate output polydata vertices as well as points. A useful - convenience method because vertices are drawn (they are topology) while - points are not (they are geometry). By default this method is off. - - - - - Generate output polydata vertices as well as points. A useful - convenience method because vertices are drawn (they are topology) while - points are not (they are geometry). By default this method is off. - - - - - Generate output polydata vertices as well as points. A useful - convenience method because vertices are drawn (they are topology) while - points are not (they are geometry). By default this method is off. - - - - - Limit the number of points that can be passed through. - - - - - Limit the number of points that can be passed through. - - - - - Limit the number of points that can be passed through. - - - - - Start with this point. - - - - - Start with this point. - - - - - Start with this point. - - - - - Turn on every nth point. - - - - - Turn on every nth point. - - - - - Turn on every nth point. - - - - - Special flag causes randomization of point selection. If this mode is on, - statistically every nth point (i.e., OnRatio) will be displayed. - - - - - When vertex generation is enabled, by default vertices are produced - as multi-vertex cells (more than one per cell), if you wish to have a single - vertex per cell, enable this flag. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Special flag causes randomization of point selection. If this mode is on, - statistically every nth point (i.e., OnRatio) will be displayed. - - - - - Special flag causes randomization of point selection. If this mode is on, - statistically every nth point (i.e., OnRatio) will be displayed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Generate output polydata vertices as well as points. A useful - convenience method because vertices are drawn (they are topology) while - points are not (they are geometry). By default this method is off. - - - - - Limit the number of points that can be passed through. - - - - - Start with this point. - - - - - Turn on every nth point. - - - - - Special flag causes randomization of point selection. If this mode is on, - statistically every nth point (i.e., OnRatio) will be displayed. - - - - - When vertex generation is enabled, by default vertices are produced - as multi-vertex cells (more than one per cell), if you wish to have a single - vertex per cell, enable this flag. - - - - - When vertex generation is enabled, by default vertices are produced - as multi-vertex cells (more than one per cell), if you wish to have a single - vertex per cell, enable this flag. - - - - - When vertex generation is enabled, by default vertices are produced - as multi-vertex cells (more than one per cell), if you wish to have a single - vertex per cell, enable this flag. - - - - - vtkMaskPolyData - sample subset of input polygonal data cells - - - Description - vtkMaskPolyData is a filter that sub-samples the cells of input polygonal - data. The user specifies every nth item, with an initial offset to begin - sampling. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Start with this entity (cell). - - - - - Start with this entity (cell). - - - - - Start with this entity (cell). - - - - - Turn on every nth entity (cell). - - - - - Turn on every nth entity (cell). - - - - - Turn on every nth entity (cell). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Start with this entity (cell). - - - - - Turn on every nth entity (cell). - - - - - vtkMassProperties - estimate volume, area, shape index of triangle mesh - - - Description - vtkMassProperties estimates the volume, the surface area, and the - normalized shape index of a triangle mesh. The algorithm - implemented here is based on the discrete form of the divergence - theorem. The general assumption here is that the model is of - closed surface. For more details see the following reference - (Alyassin A.M. et al, "Evaluation of new algorithms for the - interactive measurement of surface area and volume", Med Phys 21(6) - 1994.). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Constructs with initial values of zero. - - - - - Constructs with initial values of zero. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute and return the weighting factors for the maximum unit - normal component (MUNC). - - - - - Compute and return the weighting factors for the maximum unit - normal component (MUNC). - - - - - Compute and return the weighting factors for the maximum unit - normal component (MUNC). - - - - - Compute and return the max cell area. - - - - - Compute and return the min cell area. - - - - - Compute and return the normalized shape index. This characterizes the - deviation of the shape of an object from a sphere. A sphere's NSI - is one. This number is always >= 1.0. - - - - - Compute and return the area. - - - - - Compute and return the volume. - - - - - Compute and return the projected volume. - Typically you should compare this volume to the value returned by GetVolume - if you get an error (GetVolume()-GetVolumeProjected())*10000 that is greater - than GetVolume() this should identify a problem: - * Either the polydata is not closed - * Or the polydata contains triangle that are flipped - - - - - Compute and return the volume projected on to each axis aligned plane. - - - - - Compute and return the volume projected on to each axis aligned plane. - - - - - Compute and return the volume projected on to each axis aligned plane. - - - - - Constructs with initial values of zero. - - - - - Constructs with initial values of zero. - - - - - Constructs with initial values of zero. - - - - - Constructs with initial values of zero. - - - - - vtkMatrixMathFilter - Calculate functions of quality of the elements - of a mesh - - - - Description - vtkMatrixMathFilter computes one or more functions of mathematical quality for the - cells or points in a mesh. The per-cell or per-point quality is added to the - mesh's cell data or point data, in an array with names varied with different - quality being queried. Note this filter always assume the data associate with - the cells or points are 3 by 3 matrix. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of query. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of query. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of query. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of query. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of query. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of query. - - - - - vtkMergeCells - merges any number of vtkDataSets back into a single - vtkUnstructuredGrid - - - - Description - Designed to work with distributed vtkDataSets, this class will take - vtkDataSets and merge them back into a single vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - The vtkPoints object of the unstructured grid will have data type - VTK_FLOAT, regardless of the data type of the points of the - input vtkDataSets. If this is a problem, someone must let me know. - - It is assumed the different DataSets have the same field arrays. If - the name of a global point ID array is provided, this class will - refrain from including duplicate points in the merged Ugrid. This - class differs from vtkAppendFilter in these ways: (1) it uses less - memory than that class (which uses memory equal to twice the size - of the final Ugrid) but requires that you know the size of the - final Ugrid in advance (2) this class assumes the individual DataSets have - the same field arrays, while vtkAppendFilter intersects the field - arrays (3) this class knows duplicate points may be appearing in - the DataSets and can filter those out, (4) this class is not a filter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Call Finish() after merging last DataSet to free unneeded memory and to - make sure the ugrid's GetNumberOfPoints() reflects the actual - number of points set, not the number allocated. - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If for some reason you don't want it to do this, - than MergeDuplicatePointsOff(). - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If no global point ID field array name is provided, - it will use a point locator to find duplicate points. You can - set a tolerance for that locator here. The default tolerance - is 10e-4. - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If no global point ID field array name is provided, - it will use a point locator to find duplicate points. You can - set a tolerance for that locator here. The default tolerance - is 10e-4. - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If no global point ID field array name is provided, - it will use a point locator to find duplicate points. You can - set a tolerance for that locator here. The default tolerance - is 10e-4. - - - - - Specify the total number of cells in the final vtkUnstructuredGrid. - Make this call before any call to MergeDataSet(). - - - - - We need to know the number of different data sets that will - be merged into one so we can pre-allocate some arrays. - This can be an upper bound, not necessarily exact. - - - - - Specify the total number of points in the final vtkUnstructuredGrid - Make this call before any call to MergeDataSet(). This is an - upper bound, since some points may be duplicates. - - - - - Set the vtkUnstructuredGrid object that will become the - union of the DataSets specified in MergeDataSet calls. - vtkMergeCells assumes this grid is empty at first. - - - - - vtkMergeCells will detect and filter out duplicate cells if you - provide it the name of a global cell ID array. - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. This is done most efficiently if a global point ID - field array is available. Set the name of the point array if you - have one. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provide a DataSet to be merged in to the final UnstructuredGrid. - This call returns after the merge has completed. Be sure to call - SetTotalNumberOfCells, SetTotalNumberOfPoints, and SetTotalNumberOfDataSets - before making this call. Return 0 if OK, -1 if error. - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If for some reason you don't want it to do this, - than MergeDuplicatePointsOff(). - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If for some reason you don't want it to do this, - than MergeDuplicatePointsOff(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If for some reason you don't want it to do this, - than MergeDuplicatePointsOff(). - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. If no global point ID field array name is provided, - it will use a point locator to find duplicate points. You can - set a tolerance for that locator here. The default tolerance - is 10e-4. - - - - - Specify the total number of cells in the final vtkUnstructuredGrid. - Make this call before any call to MergeDataSet(). - - - - - We need to know the number of different data sets that will - be merged into one so we can pre-allocate some arrays. - This can be an upper bound, not necessarily exact. - - - - - Specify the total number of points in the final vtkUnstructuredGrid - Make this call before any call to MergeDataSet(). This is an - upper bound, since some points may be duplicates. - - - - - Set the vtkUnstructuredGrid object that will become the - union of the DataSets specified in MergeDataSet calls. - vtkMergeCells assumes this grid is empty at first. - - - - - vtkMergeCells will detect and filter out duplicate cells if you - provide it the name of a global cell ID array. - - - - - vtkMergeCells attempts eliminate duplicate points when merging - data sets. This is done most efficiently if a global point ID - field array is available. Set the name of the point array if you - have one. - - - - - vtkMergeDataObjectFilter - merge dataset and data object field to create dataset with attribute data - - - Description - vtkMergeDataObjectFilter is a filter that merges the field from a - vtkDataObject with a vtkDataSet. The resulting combined dataset can - then be processed by other filters (e.g., - vtkFieldDataToAttributeDataFilter) to create attribute data like - scalars, vectors, etc. - - The filter operates as follows. The field data from the - vtkDataObject is merged with the input's vtkDataSet and then placed - in the output. You can choose to place the field data into the cell - data field, the point data field, or the datasets field (i.e., the - one inherited from vtkDataSet's superclass vtkDataObject). All this - data shuffling occurs via reference counting, therefore memory is - not copied. - - One of the uses of this filter is to allow you to read/generate the - structure of a dataset independent of the attributes. So, for - example, you could store the dataset geometry/topology in one file, - and field data in another. Then use this filter in combination with - vtkFieldDataToAttributeData to create a dataset ready for - processing in the visualization pipeline. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the data object to merge with the input dataset. - - - - - Specify where to place the field data during the merge process. There - are three choices: the field data associated with the vtkDataObject - superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell field attribute - data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the data object to merge with the input dataset. - - - - - Specify where to place the field data during the merge process. There - are three choices: the field data associated with the vtkDataObject - superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell field attribute - data. - - - - - Specify where to place the field data during the merge process. There - are three choices: the field data associated with the vtkDataObject - superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell field attribute - data. - - - - - Specify where to place the field data during the merge process. There - are three choices: the field data associated with the vtkDataObject - superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell field attribute - data. - - - - - Specify where to place the field data during the merge process. There - are three choices: the field data associated with the vtkDataObject - superclass; the point field attribute data; and the cell field attribute - data. - - - - - vtkMergeFields - Merge multiple fields into one. - - - Description - vtkMergeFields is used to merge mutliple field into one. - The new field is put in the same field data as the original field. - For example - @verbatim - mf->SetOutputField("foo", vtkMergeFields::POINT_DATA); - mf->SetNumberOfComponents(2); - mf->Merge(0, "array1", 1); - mf->Merge(1, "array2", 0); - @endverbatim - will tell vtkMergeFields to use the 2nd component of array1 and - the 1st component of array2 to create a 2 component field called foo. - The same can be done using Tcl: - @verbatim - mf SetOutputField foo POINT_DATA - mf Merge 0 array1 1 - mf Merge 1 array2 0 - - Field locations: DATA_OBJECT, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA - @endverbatim - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkMergeFields. - - - - - Create a new vtkMergeFields. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the number of the components in the output field. - This has to be set before execution. Default value is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Add a component (arrayName,sourceComp) to the output field. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of the components in the output field. - This has to be set before execution. Default value is 0. - - - - - The output field will have the given name and it will be in - fieldLoc (the input fields also have to be in fieldLoc). - - - - - Helper method used by the other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums.Returns an operation id - which can later be used to remove the operation. - - - - - Set the number of the components in the output field. - This has to be set before execution. Default value is 0. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkMergeFilter - extract separate components of data from different datasets - - - Description - vtkMergeFilter is a filter that extracts separate components of data from - different datasets and merges them into a single dataset. The output from - this filter is of the same type as the input (i.e., vtkDataSet.) It treats - both cell and point data set attributes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the object from which to extract a field and the name - of the field. Note that this does not create pipeline - connectivity. - - - - - Specify object from which to extract geometry information. - Old style. Use SetGeometryConnection() instead. - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract normal information. - Old style. Use SetNormalsConnection() instead. - - - - - Specify object from which to extract scalar information. - Old style. Use SetScalarsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract texture coordinates - information. - Old style. Use SetTCoordsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract tensor data. - Old style. Use SetTensorsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract vector information. - Old style. Use SetVectorsConnection() instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify object from which to extract geometry information. - Old style. Use SetGeometryConnection() instead. - - - - - Specify object from which to extract geometry information. - Equivalent to SetInputConnection(0, algOutput) - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract normal information. - Old style. Use SetNormalsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set the connection from which to extract normal information. - Equivalent to SetInputConnection(3, algOutput) - - - - - Specify object from which to extract scalar information. - Old style. Use SetScalarsConnection() instead. - - - - - Specify object from which to extract scalar information. - Equivalent to SetInputConnection(1, algOutput) - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract texture coordinates - information. - Old style. Use SetTCoordsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set the connection from which to extract texture coordinates - information. - Equivalent to SetInputConnection(4, algOutput) - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract tensor data. - Old style. Use SetTensorsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set the connection from which to extract tensor data. - Equivalent to SetInputConnection(5, algOutput) - - - - - Set / get the object from which to extract vector information. - Old style. Use SetVectorsConnection() instead. - - - - - Set the connection from which to extract vector information. - Equivalent to SetInputConnection(2, algOutput) - - - - - vtkMeshQuality - Calculate functions of quality of the elements - of a mesh - - - - Description - vtkMeshQuality computes one or more functions of (geometric) - quality for each 2-D and 3-D cell (triangle, quadrilateral, tetrahedron, - or hexahedron) of a mesh. These functions of quality are then averaged - over the entire mesh. The minimum, average, maximum, and unbiased variance - of quality for each type of cell is stored in the output mesh's FieldData. - The FieldData arrays are named "Mesh Triangle Quality," - "Mesh Quadrilateral Quality," "Mesh Tetrahedron Quality," - and "Mesh Hexahedron Quality." Each array has a single tuple - with 5 components. The first 4 components are the quality statistics - mentioned above; the final value is the number of cells of the given type. - This final component makes aggregation of statistics for distributed - mesh data possible. - - By default, the per-cell quality is added to the mesh's cell data, in - an array named "Quality." Cell types not supported by - this filter will have an entry of 0. Use SaveCellQualityOff() to - store only the final statistics. - - This version of the filter written by Philippe Pebay and David Thompson - overtakes an older version written by Leila Baghdadi, Hanif Ladak, and - David Steinman at the Imaging Research Labs, Robarts Research Institute. - That version only supported tetrahedral radius ratio. See the - CompatibilityModeOn() member for information on how to make this filter - behave like the previous implementation. - For more information on the triangle quality functions of this class, cf. - Pebay & Baker 2003, Analysis of triangle quality measures, Math Comp 72:244. - For more information on the quadrangle quality functions of this class, cf. - Pebay 2004, Planar Quadrangle Quality Measures, Eng Comp 20:2. - - Caveats - While more general than before, this class does not address many - cell types, including wedges and pyramids in 3D and triangle strips - and fans in 2D (among others). - Most quadrilateral quality functions are intended for planar quadrilaterals - only. - The minimal angle is not, strictly speaking, a quality function, but it is - provided because of its useage by many authors. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - CompatibilityMode governs whether, when both a quality function - and cell volume are to be stored as cell data, the two values - are stored in a single array. When compatibility mode is off - (the default), two separate arrays are used -- one labeled - "Quality" and the other labeled "Volume". - When compatibility mode is on, both values are stored in a - single array, with volume as the first component and quality - as the second component. - - Enabling CompatibilityMode changes the default tetrahedral - quality function to VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and turns volume - computation on. (This matches the default behavior of the - initial implementation of vtkMeshQuality.) You may change - quality function and volume computation without leaving - compatibility mode. - - Disabling compatibility mode does not affect the current - volume computation or tetrahedral quality function settings. - - The final caveat to CompatibilityMode is that regardless of - its setting, the resulting array will be of type vtkDoubleArray - rather than the original vtkFloatArray. - This is a safety function to keep the authors from - diving off of the Combinatorial Coding Cliff into - Certain Insanity. - - - - - CompatibilityMode governs whether, when both a quality function - and cell volume are to be stored as cell data, the two values - are stored in a single array. When compatibility mode is off - (the default), two separate arrays are used -- one labeled - "Quality" and the other labeled "Volume". - When compatibility mode is on, both values are stored in a - single array, with volume as the first component and quality - as the second component. - - Enabling CompatibilityMode changes the default tetrahedral - quality function to VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and turns volume - computation on. (This matches the default behavior of the - initial implementation of vtkMeshQuality.) You may change - quality function and volume computation without leaving - compatibility mode. - - Disabling compatibility mode does not affect the current - volume computation or tetrahedral quality function settings. - - The final caveat to CompatibilityMode is that regardless of - its setting, the resulting array will be of type vtkDoubleArray - rather than the original vtkFloatArray. - This is a safety function to keep the authors from - diving off of the Combinatorial Coding Cliff into - Certain Insanity. - - - - - CompatibilityMode governs whether, when both a quality function - and cell volume are to be stored as cell data, the two values - are stored in a single array. When compatibility mode is off - (the default), two separate arrays are used -- one labeled - "Quality" and the other labeled "Volume". - When compatibility mode is on, both values are stored in a - single array, with volume as the first component and quality - as the second component. - - Enabling CompatibilityMode changes the default tetrahedral - quality function to VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and turns volume - computation on. (This matches the default behavior of the - initial implementation of vtkMeshQuality.) You may change - quality function and volume computation without leaving - compatibility mode. - - Disabling compatibility mode does not affect the current - volume computation or tetrahedral quality function settings. - - The final caveat to CompatibilityMode is that regardless of - its setting, the resulting array will be of type vtkDoubleArray - rather than the original vtkFloatArray. - This is a safety function to keep the authors from - diving off of the Combinatorial Coding Cliff into - Certain Insanity. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. Use Get/SetSaveCellQuality() instead. - - Formerly, SetRatio could be used to disable computation - of the tetrahedral radius ratio so that volume alone could be computed. - Now, cell quality is always computed, but you may decide not - to store the result for each cell. - This allows average cell quality of a mesh to be - calculated without requiring per-cell storage. - - - - - This variable controls whether or not cell quality is stored as - cell data in the resulting mesh or discarded (leaving only the - aggregate quality average of the entire mesh, recorded in the - FieldData). - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. The functionality of computing cell - volume is being removed until it can be computed for any 3D cell. - (The previous implementation only worked for tetrahedra.) - - For now, turning on the volume computation will put this - filter into "compatibility mode," where tetrahedral cell - volume is stored in first component of each output tuple and - the radius ratio is stored in the second component. You may - also use CompatibilityModeOn()/Off() to enter this mode. - In this mode, cells other than tetrahedra will have report - a volume of 0.0 (if volume computation is enabled). - - By default, volume computation is disabled and compatibility - mode is off, since it does not make a lot of sense for - meshes with non-tetrahedral cells. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the edge ratio of a hexahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The edge ratio of a hexahedron \f$H\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|H|_\infty}{|H|_0}\f$, - where \f$|H|_\infty\f$ and \f$|H|_0\f$ respectively denote the greatest and - the smallest edge lengths of \f$H\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the average Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 8 corner tetrahedra of a hexahedron, when the reference - tetrahedral elements are right isosceles at the hexahedron vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the aspect ratio of a planar - quadrilateral. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. Use at your own risk with nonplanar quadrilaterals. - The aspect ratio of a planar quadrilateral \f$q\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|q|_1|q|_\infty}{4{\cal A}}\f$, - where \f$|q|_1\f$, \f$|q|_\infty\f$ and \f${\cal A}\f$ respectively denote the - perimeter, the greatest edge length and the area of \f$q\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the edge ratio of a quadrilateral. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The edge ratio of a quadrilateral \f$q\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|q|_\infty}{|q|_0}\f$, - where \f$|q|_\infty\f$ and \f$|q|_0\f$ respectively denote the greatest and - the smallest edge lengths of \f$q\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal Frobenius aspect of - the 4 corner triangles of a planar quadrilateral, when the reference - triangle elements are right isosceles at the quadrangle vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. Use at your own risk with nonplanar quadrilaterals. - The Frobenius aspect of a triangle \f$t\f$, when the reference element is - right isosceles at vertex \f$V\f$, is: - \f$\frac{f^2+g^2}{4{\cal A}}\f$, - where \f$f^2+g^2\f$ and \f$\cal A\f$ respectively denote the sum of the - squared lengths of the edges attached to \f$V\f$ and the area of \f$t\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the average Frobenius aspect of - the 4 corner triangles of a planar quadrilateral, when the reference - triangle elements are right isosceles at the quadrangle vertices. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. Use at your own risk with nonplanar quadrilaterals. - The Frobenius aspect of a triangle \f$t\f$, when the reference element is - right isosceles at vertex \f$V\f$, is: - \f$\frac{f^2+g^2}{4{\cal A}}\f$, - where \f$f^2+g^2\f$ and \f$\cal A\f$ respectively denote the sum of the - squared lengths of the edges attached to \f$V\f$ and the area of \f$t\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the radius ratio of a planar - quadrilateral. The name is only used by analogy with the triangle radius - ratio, because in general a quadrilateral does not have a circumcircle nor - an incircle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. Use at your own risk with nonplanar quadrilaterals. - The radius ratio of a planar quadrilateral \f$q\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|q|_2h_{\max}}{\min_i{\cal A}_i}\f$, - where \f$|q|_2\f$, \f$h_{\max}\f$ and \f$\min{\cal A}_i\f$ respectively denote - the sum of the squared edge lengths, the greatest amongst diagonal and edge - lengths and the smallest area of the 4 triangles extractable from \f$q\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a quadrilateral, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. Use Get/SetSaveCellQuality() instead. - - Formerly, SetRatio could be used to disable computation - of the tetrahedral radius ratio so that volume alone could be computed. - Now, cell quality is always computed, but you may decide not - to store the result for each cell. - This allows average cell quality of a mesh to be - calculated without requiring per-cell storage. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. Use Get/SetSaveCellQuality() instead. - - Formerly, SetRatio could be used to disable computation - of the tetrahedral radius ratio so that volume alone could be computed. - Now, cell quality is always computed, but you may decide not - to store the result for each cell. - This allows average cell quality of a mesh to be - calculated without requiring per-cell storage. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This variable controls whether or not cell quality is stored as - cell data in the resulting mesh or discarded (leaving only the - aggregate quality average of the entire mesh, recorded in the - FieldData). - - - - - This variable controls whether or not cell quality is stored as - cell data in the resulting mesh or discarded (leaving only the - aggregate quality average of the entire mesh, recorded in the - FieldData). - - - - - CompatibilityMode governs whether, when both a quality function - and cell volume are to be stored as cell data, the two values - are stored in a single array. When compatibility mode is off - (the default), two separate arrays are used -- one labeled - "Quality" and the other labeled "Volume". - When compatibility mode is on, both values are stored in a - single array, with volume as the first component and quality - as the second component. - - Enabling CompatibilityMode changes the default tetrahedral - quality function to VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and turns volume - computation on. (This matches the default behavior of the - initial implementation of vtkMeshQuality.) You may change - quality function and volume computation without leaving - compatibility mode. - - Disabling compatibility mode does not affect the current - volume computation or tetrahedral quality function settings. - - The final caveat to CompatibilityMode is that regardless of - its setting, the resulting array will be of type vtkDoubleArray - rather than the original vtkFloatArray. - This is a safety function to keep the authors from - diving off of the Combinatorial Coding Cliff into - Certain Insanity. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of hexahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, - VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_DIAGONAL, VTK_QUALITY_DIMENSION, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of quadrilaterals. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_EDGE_RATIO - VTK_QUALITY_SKEW, VTK_QUALITY_TAPER, VTK_QUALITY_WARPAGE, VTK_QUALITY_AREA, - VTK_QUALITY_STRETCH, VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, - VTK_QUALITY_ODDY, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, - VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, - VTK_QUALITY_SHEAR_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - Scope: Except for VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, these estimators are intended for planar - quadrilaterals only; use at your own risk if you really want to assess non-planar - quadrilateral quality with those. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. Use Get/SetSaveCellQuality() instead. - - Formerly, SetRatio could be used to disable computation - of the tetrahedral radius ratio so that volume alone could be computed. - Now, cell quality is always computed, but you may decide not - to store the result for each cell. - This allows average cell quality of a mesh to be - calculated without requiring per-cell storage. - - - - - This variable controls whether or not cell quality is stored as - cell data in the resulting mesh or discarded (leaving only the - aggregate quality average of the entire mesh, recorded in the - FieldData). - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to measure the quality of tetrahedra. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO (identical to Verdict's aspect - ratio beta) and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_COLLAPSE_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_BETA, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_GAMMA, - VTK_QUALITY_VOLUME, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, VTK_QUALITY_JACOBIAN, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - Set/Get the particular estimator used to function the quality of triangles. - The default is VTK_QUALITY_RADIUS_RATIO and valid values also include - VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_RATIO, VTK_QUALITY_ASPECT_FROBENIUS, and VTK_QUALITY_EDGE_RATIO, - VTK_QUALITY_MIN_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_MAX_ANGLE, VTK_QUALITY_CONDITION, - VTK_QUALITY_SCALED_JACOBIAN, VTK_QUALITY_RELATIVE_SIZE_SQUARED, - VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE, VTK_QUALITY_SHAPE_AND_SIZE, and VTK_QUALITY_DISTORTION. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. The functionality of computing cell - volume is being removed until it can be computed for any 3D cell. - (The previous implementation only worked for tetrahedra.) - - For now, turning on the volume computation will put this - filter into "compatibility mode," where tetrahedral cell - volume is stored in first component of each output tuple and - the radius ratio is stored in the second component. You may - also use CompatibilityModeOn()/Off() to enter this mode. - In this mode, cells other than tetrahedra will have report - a volume of 0.0 (if volume computation is enabled). - - By default, volume computation is disabled and compatibility - mode is off, since it does not make a lot of sense for - meshes with non-tetrahedral cells. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the Frobenius condition number - of the transformation matrix from a regular tetrahedron to a tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The Frobenius aspect of a tetrahedron \f$K\f$, when the reference element is - regular, is: - \f$\frac{\frac{3}{2}(l_{11}+l_{22}+l_{33}) - (l_{12}+l_{13}+l_{23})} - {3(\sqrt{2}\det{T})^\frac{2}{3}}\f$, - where \f$T\f$ and \f$l_{ij}\f$ respectively denote the edge matrix of \f$K\f$ - and the entries of \f$L=T^t\,T\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the aspect ratio of a tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The aspect ratio of a tetrahedron \f$K\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|K|_\infty}{2\sqrt{6}r}\f$, - where \f$|K|_\infty\f$ and \f$r\f$ respectively denote the greatest edge - length and the inradius of \f$K\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the edge ratio of a tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The edge ratio of a tetrahedron \f$K\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|K|_\infty}{|K|_0}\f$, - where \f$|K|_\infty\f$ and \f$|K|_0\f$ respectively denote the greatest and - the smallest edge lengths of \f$K\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) dihedral - angle of a tetrahedron, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the radius ratio of a tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The radius ratio of a tetrahedron \f$K\f$ is: - \f$\frac{R}{3r}\f$, - where \f$R\f$ and \f$r\f$ respectively denote the circumradius and - the inradius of \f$K\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the collapse ratio of a tetrahedron. - The collapse ratio is a dimensionless number defined as the smallest ratio of the - height of a vertex above its opposing triangle to the longest edge of that opposing - triangle across all vertices of the tetrahedron. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the area of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the Frobenius condition number - of the transformation matrix from an equilateral triangle to a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The Frobenius aspect of a triangle \f$t\f$, when the reference element is - equilateral, is: - \f$\frac{|t|^2_2}{2\sqrt{3}{\cal A}}\f$, - where \f$|t|^2_2\f$ and \f$\cal A\f$ respectively denote the sum of the - squared edge lengths and the area of \f$t\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the aspect ratio of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The aspect ratio of a triangle \f$t\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|t|_\infty}{2\sqrt{3}r}\f$, - where \f$|t|_\infty\f$ and \f$r\f$ respectively denote the greatest edge - length and the inradius of \f$t\f$. - - - - - Description - This is a static function used to calculate the condition number - of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the distortion of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the edge ratio of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The edge ratio of a triangle \f$t\f$ is: - \f$\frac{|t|_\infty}{|t|_0}\f$, - where \f$|t|_\infty\f$ and \f$|t|_0\f$ respectively denote the greatest and - the smallest edge lengths of \f$t\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the maximal (nonoriented) angle - of a triangle, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the minimal (nonoriented) angle - of a triangle, expressed in degrees. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the radius ratio of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - The radius ratio of a triangle \f$t\f$ is: - \f$\frac{R}{2r}\f$, - where \f$R\f$ and \f$r\f$ respectively denote the circumradius and - the inradius of \f$t\f$. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the square of the relative size of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the scaled Jacobian of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the shape of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - This is a static function used to calculate the product of shape and relative size of a triangle. - It assumes that you pass the correct type of cell -- no type checking is - performed because this method is called from the inner loop of the Execute() - member function. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. The functionality of computing cell - volume is being removed until it can be computed for any 3D cell. - (The previous implementation only worked for tetrahedra.) - - For now, turning on the volume computation will put this - filter into "compatibility mode," where tetrahedral cell - volume is stored in first component of each output tuple and - the radius ratio is stored in the second component. You may - also use CompatibilityModeOn()/Off() to enter this mode. - In this mode, cells other than tetrahedra will have report - a volume of 0.0 (if volume computation is enabled). - - By default, volume computation is disabled and compatibility - mode is off, since it does not make a lot of sense for - meshes with non-tetrahedral cells. - - - - - These methods are deprecated. The functionality of computing cell - volume is being removed until it can be computed for any 3D cell. - (The previous implementation only worked for tetrahedra.) - - For now, turning on the volume computation will put this - filter into "compatibility mode," where tetrahedral cell - volume is stored in first component of each output tuple and - the radius ratio is stored in the second component. You may - also use CompatibilityModeOn()/Off() to enter this mode. - In this mode, cells other than tetrahedra will have report - a volume of 0.0 (if volume computation is enabled). - - By default, volume computation is disabled and compatibility - mode is off, since it does not make a lot of sense for - meshes with non-tetrahedral cells. - - - - - vtkModelMetadata - This class encapsulates the metadata - that appear in mesh-based file formats but do not appear in - vtkUnstructuredGrid. It can pack itself into the field - arrays of a vtkUnstructuredGrid, and be unpacked by metadata - aware filters and writers later on. - - - - Description - This class is inspired by the Exodus II file format, but - because this class does not depend on the Exodus library, it - should be possible to use it to represent metadata for other - dataset file formats. Sandia Labs uses it in their Exodus II - reader, their Exodus II writer and their EnSight writer. - vtkDistributedDataFilter looks for metadata attached to - it's input and redistributes the metadata with the grid. - - The fields in this class are those described in the document - "EXODUS II: A Finite Element Data Model", SAND92-2137, November 1995. - - Element and node IDs stored in this object must be global IDs, - in the event that the original dataset was partitioned across - many files. - - One way to initialize this object is by using vtkExodusModel - (a Sandia class used by the Sandia Exodus reader). - That class will take an open Exodus II file and a - vtkUnstructuredGrid drawn from it and will set the required fields. - - Alternatively, you can use all the Set* - methods to set the individual fields. This class does not - copy the data, it simply uses your pointer. This - class will free the storage associated with your pointer - when the class is deleted. Most fields have sensible defaults. - The only requirement is that if you are using this ModelMetadata - to write out an Exodus or EnSight file in parallel, you must - SetBlockIds and SetBlockIdArrayName. Your vtkUnstructuredGrid must - have a cell array giving the block ID for each cell. - - Caveats - The Exodus II library supports an optimized element order map - (section 3.7 in the SAND document). It contains all the element - IDs, listed in the order in which a solver should process them. - We don't include this, and won't unless there is a request. - - There is an assumption in some classes that the name of the cell - array containing global element ids is "GlobalElementId" and the - name of the point array containing global node ids is "GlobalNodeId". - (element == cell) and (node == point). - - - - - vtkDistributedDataFilter vtkExtractCells - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an information line. - - - - - Add a QA record. They fields are: - The code name - The code version number - The date (MM/DD/YY or NULL for today) - The time (HH:MM:SS or NULL for right now) - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ModelMetadata refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ModelMetadata. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ModelMetadata refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ModelMetadata. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - Instead of a truth table of all "1"s, you can set this - instance variable to indicate that all variables are - defined in all blocks. - - - - - Instead of a truth table of all "1"s, you can set this - instance variable to indicate that all variables are - defined in all blocks. - - - - - If the element variable named is defined for the block Id - provided (in the element variable truth table) return a - 1, otherwise return a 0. If the variable name or block Id - are unrecognized, the default value of 1 is returned. - (This is an "original" variable name, from the file, - not a name created for the vtkUnstructuredGrid. Use - FindOriginal*VariableName to map between the two.) - - - - - Create and return a new metadata object containing only the - global metadata of this metadata object. - - - - - Create and return a new metadata object which contains - the information for the subset of global cell IDs provided. - We need the grid containing the cells so we can find point - Ids as well, and also the name of the global cell ID array - and the name of the global point ID array. - - - - - Given the name of an element variable the vtkUnstructuredGrid - described by this ModelMetadata, and a component number, give - the name of the scalar array in the original - file that turned into that component when the file was - read into VTK. - - - - - Given the name of an node variable the vtkUnstructuredGrid - described by this ModelMetadata, and a component number, give - the name of the scalar array in the original - file that turned into that component when the file was - read into VTK. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Free selected portions of the metadata when updating values - in the vtkModelMetadata object. Resetting a particular field, - (i.e. SetNodeSetIds) frees the previous setting, but if you - are not setting every field, you may want to do a wholesale - "Free" first. - - FreeAllGlobalData frees all the fields which don't depend on - which time step, which blocks, or which variables are in the input. - FreeAllLocalData frees all the fields which do depend on which - time step, blocks or variables are in the input. - FreeBlockDependentData frees all metadata fields which depend on - which blocks were read in. - - - - - Instead of a truth table of all "1"s, you can set this - instance variable to indicate that all variables are - defined in all blocks. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the attributes for all - blocks. The order of the list should be by block, by element - within the block, by attribute. Omit blocks that don't - have element attributes. - - - - - Get a list of the index into the BlockAttributes of the - start of each block's element attribute list. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list global element IDs for the - elements in each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Get a list of the index into the BlockElementIdList of the - start of each block's elements. - - - - - An arbitrary integer ID for each block. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Block information is stored in arrays. This method returns - the array index for a given block ID. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of nodes in the - elements of each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of attributes - stored for the elements in each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of elements in - each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get value for each variable for each block. List - the integer values in order by variable and within variable - by block. - - - - - Get the dimension of the model. This is also the number - of coordinate names. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - A truth table indicating which element variables are - defined for which blocks. The variables are all the original - element variables that were in the file. - The table is by block ID and within block ID by variable. - - - - - Set or get the values of the global variables at the current - time step. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - Get a list of the index of the starting entry for each node set - in the list of node set distribution factors. - - - - - Set or get a list of the distribution factors for the node sets. - The list is organized by node set, and within node set by node. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get the list the IDs for each node set. - Length of list is the number of node sets. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a concatenated list of the - IDs of all nodes in each node set. First list all IDs in - node set 0, then all IDs in node set 1, and so on. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Get a list of the index of the starting entry for each node set - in the list of node set node IDs. - - - - - Set or get a list of the number of distribution factors stored - by each node set. This is either 0 or equal to the number of - nodes in the node set. - Length of list is number of node sets. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get value for each variable for each node set. List - the integer values in order by variable and within variable - by node set. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of nodes in each node set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - The number of block properties (global variables) - - - - - The number of blocks in the file. Set this before setting - any of the block arrays. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - Get the number of global variables per time step - - - - - Get the number of information lines. - - - - - The number of node set properties (global variables) - - - - - The number of node sets in the file. Set this value before - setting the various node set arrays. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - Get the number of QA records - - - - - The number of side set properties (global variables) - - - - - Set or get the number of side sets. Set this value before - setting any of the other side set arrays. - - - - - Set the total number of time steps in the file, - and the value at each time step. We use your time - step value array and delete it when we're done. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - The ModelMetadata object may contain these lists: - o the variables in the original data file - o the variables created in the u grid from those original variables - o a mapping from the grid variable names to the original names - o a list of the number of components each grid variable has - - (Example: Variables in Exodus II files are all scalars. Some are - combined by the ExodusReader into vector variables in the grid.) - - These methods return names of the original variables, the names - of the grid variables, a list of the number of components in - each grid variable, and a list of the index into the list of - original variable names where the original name of the first - component of a grid variable may be found. The names of subsequent - components would immediately follow the name of the the first - component. - - - - - Get a list of the index of the starting entry for each side set - in the list of side set distribution factors. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of all the distribution factors. - For every side set that has distribution factors, the number of - factors per node was given in the SideSetNumberOfDistributionFactors - array. If this number for a given side set is N, then for that - side set we have N floating point values for each node for each - side in the side set. If nodes are repeated in more than one - side, we repeat the distribution factors. So this list is in order - by side set, by node. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the elements containing each - side in each side set. The list is organized by side set, and - within side set by element. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list giving the ID of each side set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Get a list of the index of the starting entry for each side set - in the list of side set side IDs. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of nodes in each - side of each side set. This list is organized by side set, and - within side set by side. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of distribution - factors stored by each side set. Each side set has either - no distribution factors, or 1 per node in the side set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get value for each variable for each side set. List - the integer values in order by variable and within variable - by side set. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to the element side for each side in the side set. - (See the manual for the convention for numbering sides in different - types of cells.) Side Ids are arranged by side set and within - side set by side, and correspond to the SideSetElementList. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of sides in each side set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Get the length of the list of floating point block attributes. - - - - - Get the total number of distribution factors stored for all node sets - - - - - Get the total number of distribution factors stored for all side sets - - - - - Get the length of the list of elements in every block. - - - - - Get the total number of nodes in all node sets - - - - - Get the total number of sides in all side sets - - - - - Set the index of the time step represented by the results - data in the file attached to this ModelMetadata object. Time - step indices start at 0 in this file, they start at 1 in - an Exodus file. - - - - - Get the time step values - - - - - The title of the dataset. - - - - - Static function that returns 1 if the vtkUnstructuredGrid - has metadata packed into it's field arrays, and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The metadata is divided into global metadata and local - metadata. MergeGlobalInformation merges just the - global metadata of the supplied object into the - global metadata of this object. - - - - - In VTK we take vtkUnstructuredGrids and perform - operations on them, including subsetting and merging - grids. We need to modify the metadata object - when this happens. MergeModelMetadata merges the supplied - model (both global and local metadata) into this model. - The models must be from the same file set. - - MergeModelMetadata assumes that no element in one metadata - object appears in the other. (It doesn't test for duplicate - elements when merging the two metadata objects.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Pack this object's metadata into a field array of a dataset. - - - - - The global fields are those which pertain to the whole - file. Examples are the title, information lines, - and list of block IDs. This method prints out all the - global information. - - - - - The local fields are those which depend on exactly which - blocks, which time step, and which variables you read in - from the file. Examples are the number of cells in - each block, and the list of nodes in a node set, or the - value of the global variables at a time step. If - VERBOSE_TESTING is defined in your execution environment, - this method will print more than mere counts, and actually - print a few of the IDs, distribution factors and so on. If - VERY_VERBOSE_TESTING is defined, it will print out - all ID lists, distribution factor lists, and so on. - - - - - Static function that removes the packed metadata arrays - from a dataset. - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ModelMetadata refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ModelMetadata. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ModelMetadata refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ModelMetadata. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - Set the object back to it's initial state - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Instead of a truth table of all "1"s, you can set this - instance variable to indicate that all variables are - defined in all blocks. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the attributes for all - blocks. The order of the list should be by block, by element - within the block, by attribute. Omit blocks that don't - have element attributes. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list global element IDs for the - elements in each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - An arbitrary integer ID for each block. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of nodes in the - elements of each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of attributes - stored for the elements in each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of elements in - each block. - We use your pointers, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get value for each variable for each block. List - the integer values in order by variable and within variable - by block. - - - - - A truth table indicating which element variables are - defined for which blocks. The variables are all the original - element variables that were in the file. - The table is by block ID and within block ID by variable. - - - - - Set or get the values of the global variables at the current - time step. - - - - - Set or get a list of the distribution factors for the node sets. - The list is organized by node set, and within node set by node. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get the list the IDs for each node set. - Length of list is the number of node sets. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a concatenated list of the - IDs of all nodes in each node set. First list all IDs in - node set 0, then all IDs in node set 1, and so on. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a list of the number of distribution factors stored - by each node set. This is either 0 or equal to the number of - nodes in the node set. - Length of list is number of node sets. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get value for each variable for each node set. List - the integer values in order by variable and within variable - by node set. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of nodes in each node set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - The number of blocks in the file. Set this before setting - any of the block arrays. - - - - - The number of node sets in the file. Set this value before - setting the various node set arrays. - - - - - Set or get the number of side sets. Set this value before - setting any of the other side set arrays. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of all the distribution factors. - For every side set that has distribution factors, the number of - factors per node was given in the SideSetNumberOfDistributionFactors - array. If this number for a given side set is N, then for that - side set we have N floating point values for each node for each - side in the side set. If nodes are repeated in more than one - side, we repeat the distribution factors. So this list is in order - by side set, by node. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the elements containing each - side in each side set. The list is organized by side set, and - within side set by element. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list giving the ID of each side set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of nodes in each - side of each side set. This list is organized by side set, and - within side set by side. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of distribution - factors stored by each side set. Each side set has either - no distribution factors, or 1 per node in the side set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get value for each variable for each side set. List - the integer values in order by variable and within variable - by side set. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to the element side for each side in the side set. - (See the manual for the convention for numbering sides in different - types of cells.) Side Ids are arranged by side set and within - side set by side, and correspond to the SideSetElementList. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set or get a pointer to a list of the number of sides in each side set. - We use your pointer, and free the memory when the object is freed. - - - - - Set the index of the time step represented by the results - data in the file attached to this ModelMetadata object. Time - step indices start at 0 in this file, they start at 1 in - an Exodus file. - - - - - Set the total number of time steps in the file, - and the value at each time step. We use your time - step value array and delete it when we're done. - - - - - The title of the dataset. - - - - - Unpack the metadata stored in a dataset, - and initialize this object with it. Return 1 if there's - no metadata packed into the grid, 0 if OK. - If deleteIt is ON, then delete the grid's packed data after - unpacking it into the object. - - - - - vtkModifiedBSPTree - Generate axis aligned BBox tree for raycasting and other Locator based searches - - - - Description - vtkModifiedBSPTree creates an evenly balanced BSP tree using a top down - implementation. Axis aligned split planes are found which evenly divide - cells into two buckets. Generally a split plane will intersect some cells - and these are usually stored in both child nodes of the current parent. - (Or split into separate cells which we cannot consider in this case). - Storing cells in multiple buckets creates problems associated with multiple - tests against rays and increases the required storage as complex meshes - will have many cells straddling a split plane (and further splits may - cause multiple copies of these). - - During a discussion with Arno Formella in 1998 he suggested using - a third child node to store objects which straddle split planes. I've not - seen this published (Yes! - see below), but thought it worth trying. This - implementation of the BSP tree creates a third child node for storing cells - lying across split planes, the third cell may overlap the other two, but the - two 'proper' nodes otherwise conform to usual BSP rules. - - The advantage of this implementation is cells only ever lie in one node - and mailbox testing is avoided. All BBoxes are axis aligned and a ray cast - uses an efficient search strategy based on near/far nodes and rejects - all BBoxes using simple tests. - - For fast raytracing, 6 copies of cell lists are stored in each leaf node - each list is in axis sorted order +/- x,y,z and cells are always tested - in the direction of the ray dominant axis. Once an intersection is found - any cell or BBox with a closest point further than the I-point can be - instantly rejected and raytracing stops as soon as no nodes can be closer - than the current best intersection point. - - The addition of the 'middle' node upsets the optimal balance of the tree, - but is a minor overhead during the raytrace. Each child node is contracted - such that it tightly fits all cells inside it, enabling further ray/box - rejections. - - This class is intented for persons requiring many ray tests and is optimized - for this purpose. As no cell ever lies in more than one leaf node, and parent - nodes do not maintain cell lists, the memory overhead of the sorted cell - lists is 6*num_cells*4 for 6 lists of ints, each num_cells in length. - The memory requirement of the nodes themselves is usually of minor - significance. - - Subdividision is controlled by MaxCellsPerNode - any node with more than - this number will be subdivided providing a good split plane can be found and - the max depth is not exceeded. - - The average cells per leaf will usually be around half the MaxCellsPerNode, - though the middle node is usually sparsely populated and lowers the average - slightly. The middle node will not be created when not needed. - Subdividing down to very small cells per node is not generally suggested - as then the 6 stored cell lists are effectively redundant. - - Values of MaxcellsPerNode of around 16->128 depending on dataset size will - usually give good results. - - Cells are only sorted into 6 lists once - before tree creation, each node - segments the lists and passes them down to the new child nodes whilst - maintaining sorted order. This makes for an efficient subdivision strategy. - - NB. The following reference has been sent to me - @Article{formella-1995-ray, - author = "Arno Formella and Christian Gill", - title = "{Ray Tracing: A Quantitative Analysis and a New - Practical Algorithm}", - journal = "{The Visual Computer}", - year = "{1995}", - month = dec, - pages = "{465--476}", - volume = "{11}", - number = "{9}", - publisher = "{Springer}", - keywords = "{ray tracing, space subdivision, plane traversal, - octree, clustering, benchmark scenes}", - annote = "{We present a new method to accelerate the process of - finding nearest ray--object intersections in ray - tracing. The algorithm consumes an amount of memory - more or less linear in the number of objects. The basic - ideas can be characterized with a modified BSP--tree - and plane traversal. Plane traversal is a fast linear - time algorithm to find the closest intersection point - in a list of bounding volumes hit by a ray. We use - plane traversal at every node of the high outdegree - BSP--tree. Our implementation is competitive to fast - ray tracing programs. We present a benchmark suite - which allows for an extensive comparison of ray tracing - algorithms.}", - } - - Thanks - John Biddiscombe for developing and contributing this class - - ToDo - ------------- - Implement intersection heap for testing rays against transparent objects - - Style - -------------- - This class is currently maintained by J. Biddiscombe who has specially - requested that the code style not be modified to the kitware standard. - Please respect the contribution of this class by keeping the style - as close as possible to the author's original. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with maximum 32 cells per node. (average 16->31) - - - - - Construct with maximum 32 cells per node. (average 16->31) - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Free tree memory - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Build Tree - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - vtkMultiBlockDataGroupFilter - collects multiple inputs into one multi-group dataset - - - Description - vtkMultiBlockDataGroupFilter is an M to 1 filter that merges multiple - input into one multi-group dataset. It will assign each input to - one group of the multi-group dataset and will assign each update piece - as a sub-block. For example, if there are two inputs and four update - pieces, the output contains two groups with four datasets each. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMultiBlockMergeFilter - merges multiblock inputs into a single multiblock output - - - Description - vtkMultiBlockMergeFilter is an M to 1 filter similar to - vtkMultiBlockDataGroupFilter. However where as that class creates N groups - in the output for N inputs, this creates 1 group in the output with N - datasets inside it. In actuality if the inputs have M blocks, this will - produce M blocks, each of which has N datasets. Inside the merged group, - the i'th data set comes from the i'th data set in the i'th input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Construct object with PointIds and CellIds on; and ids being generated - as scalars. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMultiThreshold - Threshold cells within multiple intervals - - - Description - This filter can be substituted for a chain of several vtkThreshold filters - and can also perform more sophisticated subsetting operations. - It generates a vtkMultiBlockDataSet as its output. - This multiblock dataset contains a vtkUnstructuredGrid for each thresholded - subset you request. - A thresholded subset can be a set defined by an interval over a - point or cell attribute of the mesh; these subsets are called IntervalSets. - A thresholded subset can also be a boolean combination of one or more IntervalSets; - these subsets are called BooleanSets. - BooleanSets allow complex logic since their output - can depend on multiple intervals over multiple variables - defined on the input mesh. - This is useful because it eliminates the need for thresholding several - times and then appending the results, as can be required with vtkThreshold - when one wants to remove some range of values (e.g., a notch filter). - Cells are not repeated when they belong to more than one interval unless - those intervals have different output grids. - - Another advantage this filter provides over vtkThreshold is the ability - to threshold on non-scalar (i.e., vector, tensor, etc.) attributes without - first computing an array containing some norm of the desired attribute. - vtkMultiThreshold provides \f$L_1\f$, \f$L_2\f$, and \f$L_{\infty}\f$ norms. - - This filter makes a distinction between intermediate subsets and - subsets that will be output to a grid. - Each intermediate subset you create with AddIntervalSet or - AddBooleanSet is given a unique integer identifier (via the return - values of these member functions). - If you wish for a given set to be output, you must call - OutputSet and pass it one of these identifiers. - The return of OutputSet is the integer index of the output set - in the multiblock dataset created by this filter. - - For example, if an input mesh defined three attributes T, P, and s, one might - wish to find cells that satisfy "T < 320 [K] && ( P > 101 [kPa] || s < 0.1 [kJ/kg/K] )". - To accomplish this with a vtkMultiThreshold filter, - <pre> - vtkMultiThreshold* thr; - int intervalSets[3]; - - intervalSets[0] = thr->AddIntervalSet( vtkMath::NegInf(), 320., vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED, vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, "T", 0, 1 ); - intervalSets[1] = thr->AddIntervalSet( 101., vtkMath::Inf(), vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN, vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS, "P", 0, 1 ); - intervalSets[2] = thr->AddIntervalSet( vtkMath::NegInf(), 0.1, vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED, vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, "s", 0, 1 ); - - int intermediate = thr->AddBooleanSet( vtkMultiThreshold::OR, 2, &intervalSets[1] ); - - int intersection[2]; - intersection[0] = intervalSets[0]; - intersection[1] = intermediate; - int outputSet = thr->AddBooleanSet( vtkMultiThreshold::AND, 2, intersection ); - - int outputGridIndex = thr->OutputSet( outputSet ); - thr->Update(); - </pre> - The result of this filter will be a multiblock dataset that contains a single child with the desired cells. - If we had also called <code>thr->OutputSet( intervalSets[0] );</code>, there would be two child meshes and - one would contain all cells with T < 320 [K]. - In that case, the output can be represented by this graph - \dot - digraph MultiThreshold { - set0 [shape=rect,style=filled,label="point T(0) in [-Inf,320["] - set1 [shape=rect,label="cell P(0) in ]101,Inf]"] - set2 [shape=rect,label="point s(0) in [-Inf,0.1["] - set3 [shape=rect,label="OR"] - set4 [shape=rect,style=filled,label="AND"] - set0 -> set4 - set1 -> set3 - set2 -> set3 - set3 -> set4 - } - \enddot - The filled rectangles represent sets that are output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Print out a graphviz-formatted text description of all the sets. - - - - - Create a new mesh subset using boolean operations on pre-existing sets. - - - - - Print out a graphviz-formatted text description of all the sets. - - - - - Add a mesh subset to be computed by thresholding an attribute of the input mesh. - The subset can then be added to an output mesh with OuputSet() or combined with other sets using AddBooleanSet. - If you wish to include all cells with values below some number \a a, call - with xmin set to vtkMath::NegInf() and xmax set to \a a. - Similarly, if you wish to include all cells with values above some number \a a, - call with xmin set to \a a and xmax set to vtkMath::Inf(). - When specifying Inf() or NegInf() for an endpoint, it does not matter whether - you specify and open or closed endpoint. - - When creating intervals, any integers can be used for the IDs of output meshes. - All that matters is that the same ID be used if intervals should output to the same mesh. - The outputs are ordered with ascending IDs in output block 0. - - It is possible to specify an invalid interval, in which case these routines will return -1. - Invalid intervals occur when - - an array does not exist, - - \a center is invalid, - - \a xmin == \a xmax and \a omin and/or \a omax are vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN, or - - \a xmin > \a xmax. - - \a xmin or \a xmax is not a number (i.e., IEEE NaN). Having both \a xmin and \a xmax equal NaN is allowed. - vtkMath provides a portable way to specify IEEE infinities and Nan. - Note that specifying an interval completely out of the bounds of an attribute is considered valid. - In fact, it is occasionally useful to create a closed interval with both endpoints set to \f$\infty\f$ - or both endpoints set to \f$-\infty\f$ in order to locate cells with problematic values. - - @param xmin The minimum attribute value - @param xmax The maximum attribute value - @param omin Whether the interval should be open or closed at \a xmin. Use vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN or vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED. - @param omax Whether the interval should be open or closed at \a xmax. Use vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN or vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED. - @param assoc One of vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS or vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS indicating whether - a point or cell array should be used. - @param arrayName The name of the array to use for thresholding - @param attribType The attribute to use for thresholding. - One of vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS, VECTORS, TENSORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, or GLOBALIDS. - @param component The number of the component to threshold on or one of the following enumerants for norms: - LINFINITY_NORM, L2_NORM, L1_NORM. - @param allScalars When \a center is vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, must all scalars be in the interval for - the cell to be passed to the output, or just a single point's scalar? - @return An index used to identify the cells selected by the interval or -1 if the interval specification was invalid. - If a valid value is returned, you may pass it to OutputSet(). - - - - - Add a mesh subset to be computed by thresholding an attribute of the input mesh. - The subset can then be added to an output mesh with OuputSet() or combined with other sets using AddBooleanSet. - If you wish to include all cells with values below some number \a a, call - with xmin set to vtkMath::NegInf() and xmax set to \a a. - Similarly, if you wish to include all cells with values above some number \a a, - call with xmin set to \a a and xmax set to vtkMath::Inf(). - When specifying Inf() or NegInf() for an endpoint, it does not matter whether - you specify and open or closed endpoint. - - When creating intervals, any integers can be used for the IDs of output meshes. - All that matters is that the same ID be used if intervals should output to the same mesh. - The outputs are ordered with ascending IDs in output block 0. - - It is possible to specify an invalid interval, in which case these routines will return -1. - Invalid intervals occur when - - an array does not exist, - - \a center is invalid, - - \a xmin == \a xmax and \a omin and/or \a omax are vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN, or - - \a xmin > \a xmax. - - \a xmin or \a xmax is not a number (i.e., IEEE NaN). Having both \a xmin and \a xmax equal NaN is allowed. - vtkMath provides a portable way to specify IEEE infinities and Nan. - Note that specifying an interval completely out of the bounds of an attribute is considered valid. - In fact, it is occasionally useful to create a closed interval with both endpoints set to \f$\infty\f$ - or both endpoints set to \f$-\infty\f$ in order to locate cells with problematic values. - - @param xmin The minimum attribute value - @param xmax The maximum attribute value - @param omin Whether the interval should be open or closed at \a xmin. Use vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN or vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED. - @param omax Whether the interval should be open or closed at \a xmax. Use vtkMultiThreshold::OPEN or vtkMultiThreshold::CLOSED. - @param assoc One of vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS or vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS indicating whether - a point or cell array should be used. - @param arrayName The name of the array to use for thresholding - @param attribType The attribute to use for thresholding. - One of vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS, VECTORS, TENSORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, or GLOBALIDS. - @param component The number of the component to threshold on or one of the following enumerants for norms: - LINFINITY_NORM, L2_NORM, L1_NORM. - @param allScalars When \a center is vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, must all scalars be in the interval for - the cell to be passed to the output, or just a single point's scalar? - @return An index used to identify the cells selected by the interval or -1 if the interval specification was invalid. - If a valid value is returned, you may pass it to OutputSet(). - - - - - Print out a graphviz-formatted text description of all the sets. - - - - - Print out a graphviz-formatted text description of all the sets. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create an output mesh containing a boolean or interval subset of the input mesh. - - - - - Remove all the intervals currently defined. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Remove all the intervals currently defined. - - - - - vtkOBBDicer - divide dataset into spatially aggregated pieces - - - Description - vtkOBBDicer separates the cells of a dataset into spatially - aggregated pieces using a Oriented Bounding Box (OBB). These pieces - can then be operated on by other filters (e.g., vtkThreshold). One - application is to break very large polygonal models into pieces and - performing viewing and occlusion culling on the pieces. - - Refer to the superclass documentation (vtkDicer) for more information. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate an object. - - - - - Instantiate an object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOBBTree - generate oriented bounding box (OBB) tree - - - Description - vtkOBBTree is an object to generate oriented bounding box (OBB) trees. - An oriented bounding box is a bounding box that does not necessarily line - up along coordinate axes. The OBB tree is a hierarchical tree structure - of such boxes, where deeper levels of OBB confine smaller regions of space. - - To build the OBB, a recursive, top-down process is used. First, the root OBB - is constructed by finding the mean and covariance matrix of the cells (and - their points) that define the dataset. The eigenvectors of the covariance - matrix are extracted, giving a set of three orthogonal vectors that define - the tightest-fitting OBB. To create the two children OBB's, a split plane - is found that (approximately) divides the number cells in half. These are - then assigned to the children OBB's. This process then continues until - the MaxLevel ivar limits the recursion, or no split plane can be found. - - A good reference for OBB-trees is Gottschalk & Manocha in Proceedings of - Siggraph `96. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 cells per octant. - - - - - Construct with automatic computation of divisions, averaging - 25 cells per octant. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Satisfy locator's abstract interface, see vtkLocator. - - - - - Compute an OBB from the list of points given. Return the corner point - and the three axes defining the orientation of the OBB. Also return - a sorted list of relative "sizes" of axes for comparison purposes. - - - - - Compute an OBB for the input dataset using the cells in the data. - Return the corner point and the three axes defining the orientation - of the OBB. Also return a sorted list of relative "sizes" of axes for - comparison purposes. - - - - - Return the closest point and the cell which is closest to the point x. - The closest point is somewhere on a cell, it need not be one of the - vertices of the cell. This version takes in a vtkGenericCell - to avoid allocating and deallocating the cell. This is much faster than - the version which does not take a *cell, especially when this function is - called many times in a row such as by a for loop, where the allocation and - deallocation can be done only once outside the for loop. If a cell is - found, "cell" contains the points and ptIds for the cell "cellId" upon - exit. - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - Satisfy locator's abstract interface, see vtkLocator. - - - - - Create polygonal representation for OBB tree at specified level. If - level < 0, then the leaf OBB nodes will be gathered. The aspect ratio (ar) - and line diameter (d) are used to control the building of the - representation. If a OBB node edge ratio's are greater than ar, then the - dimension of the OBB is collapsed (OBB->plane->line). A "line" OBB will be - represented either as two crossed polygons, or as a line, depending on - the relative diameter of the OBB compared to the diameter (d). - - - - - Determine whether a point is inside or outside the data used to build - this OBB tree. The data must be a closed surface vtkPolyData data set. - The return value is +1 if outside, -1 if inside, and 0 if undecided. - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - reimplemented from vtkAbstractCellLocator to support bad compilers - - - - - Take the passed line segment and intersect it with the data set. - This method assumes that the data set is a vtkPolyData that describes - a closed surface, and the intersection points that are returned in - 'points' alternate between entrance points and exit points. - The return value of the function is 0 if no intersections were found, - -1 if point 'a0' lies inside the closed surface, or +1 if point 'a0' - lies outside the closed surface. - Either 'points' or 'cellIds' can be set to NULL if you don't want - to receive that information. - - - - - Return the first intersection of the specified line segment with - the OBB tree, as well as information about the cell which the - line segment intersected. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOutlineCornerFilter - create wireframe outline corners for arbitrary data set - - - Description - vtkOutlineCornerFilter is a filter that generates wireframe outline corners of any - data set. The outline consists of the eight corners of the dataset - bounding box. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct outline corner filter with default corner factor = 0.2 - - - - - Construct outline corner filter with default corner factor = 0.2 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - vtkOutlineCornerSource - create wireframe outline corners around bounding box - - - Description - vtkOutlineCornerSource creates wireframe outline corners around a user-specified - bounding box. - - - - - vtkOutlineSource - create wireframe outline around bounding box - - - Description - vtkOutlineSource creates a wireframe outline around a - user-specified bounding box. The outline may be created aligned - with the {x,y,z} axis - in which case it is defined by the 6 bounds - {xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax,zmin,zmax} via SetBounds(). Alternatively, the - box may be arbitrarily aligned, in which case it should be set via - the SetCorners() member. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Specify the bounds of the box to be used in Axis Aligned mode. - - - - - Specify the bounds of the box to be used in Axis Aligned mode. - - - - - Set box type to AxisAligned (default) or Oriented. - Use the method SetBounds() with AxisAligned mode, and SetCorners() - with Oriented mode. - - - - - Specify the corners of the outline when in Oriented mode, the - values are supplied as 8*3 double values The correct corner - ordering is using {x,y,z} convention for the unit cube as follows: - {0,0,0},{1,0,0},{0,1,0},{1,1,0},{0,0,1},{1,0,1},{0,1,1},{1,1,1}. - - - - - Specify the corners of the outline when in Oriented mode, the - values are supplied as 8*3 double values The correct corner - ordering is using {x,y,z} convention for the unit cube as follows: - {0,0,0},{1,0,0},{0,1,0},{1,1,0},{0,0,1},{1,0,1},{0,1,1},{1,1,1}. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the bounds of the box to be used in Axis Aligned mode. - - - - - Specify the bounds of the box to be used in Axis Aligned mode. - - - - - Set box type to AxisAligned (default) or Oriented. - Use the method SetBounds() with AxisAligned mode, and SetCorners() - with Oriented mode. - - - - - Set box type to AxisAligned (default) or Oriented. - Use the method SetBounds() with AxisAligned mode, and SetCorners() - with Oriented mode. - - - - - Set box type to AxisAligned (default) or Oriented. - Use the method SetBounds() with AxisAligned mode, and SetCorners() - with Oriented mode. - - - - - Specify the corners of the outline when in Oriented mode, the - values are supplied as 8*3 double values The correct corner - ordering is using {x,y,z} convention for the unit cube as follows: - {0,0,0},{1,0,0},{0,1,0},{1,1,0},{0,0,1},{1,0,1},{0,1,1},{1,1,1}. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct outline corner source with default corner factor = 0.2 - - - - - Construct outline corner source with default corner factor = 0.2 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - vtkOutlineFilter - create wireframe outline for arbitrary data set - - - Description - vtkOutlineFilter is a filter that generates a wireframe outline of any - data set. The outline consists of the twelve edges of the dataset - bounding box. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Generate solid faces for the box. This is off by default. - - - - - vtkParametricFunctionSource - tessellate parametric functions - - - Description - This class tessellates parametric functions. The user must specify how - many points in the parametric coordinate directions are required (i.e., - the resolution), and the mode to use to generate scalars. - - Thanks - Andrew Maclean a.maclean@cas.edu.au for creating and contributing the - class. - - - - - vtkParametricFunction - - Implementation of parametrics for 1D lines: - vtkParametricSpline - - Subclasses of vtkParametricFunction implementing non-orentable surfaces: - vtkParametricBoy vtkParametricCrossCap vtkParametricFigure8Klein - vtkParametricKlein vtkParametricMobius vtkParametricRoman - - Subclasses of vtkParametricFunction implementing orientable surfaces: - vtkParametricConicSpiral vtkParametricDini vtkParametricEllipsoid - vtkParametricEnneper vtkParametricRandomHills vtkParametricSuperEllipsoid - vtkParametricSuperToroid vtkParametricTorus - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new instance with (50,50,50) points in the (u-v-w) directions. - - - - - Create a new instance with (50,50,50) points in the (u-v-w) directions. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the generation of texture coordinates. This is off by - default. - Note that this is only applicable to parametric surfaces - whose parametric dimension is 2. - Note that texturing may fail in some cases. - - - - - Set/Get the generation of texture coordinates. This is off by - default. - Note that this is only applicable to parametric surfaces - whose parametric dimension is 2. - Note that texturing may fail in some cases. - - - - - Set/Get the generation of texture coordinates. This is off by - default. - Note that this is only applicable to parametric surfaces - whose parametric dimension is 2. - Note that texturing may fail in some cases. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the parametric function. - - - - - Specify the parametric function to use to generate the tessellation. - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Set/Get the number of subdivisions / tessellations in the u parametric - direction. Note that the number of tessellant points in the u - direction is the UResolution + 1. - - - - - Set/Get the number of subdivisions / tessellations in the v parametric - direction. Note that the number of tessellant points in the v - direction is the VResolution + 1. - - - - - Set/Get the number of subdivisions / tessellations in the w parametric - direction. Note that the number of tessellant points in the w - direction is the WResolution + 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the generation of texture coordinates. This is off by - default. - Note that this is only applicable to parametric surfaces - whose parametric dimension is 2. - Note that texturing may fail in some cases. - - - - - Specify the parametric function to use to generate the tessellation. - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Get/Set the mode used for the scalar data. The options are: - SCALAR_NONE, (default) scalars are not generated. - SCALAR_U, the scalar is set to the u-value. - SCALAR_V, the scalar is set to the v-value. - SCALAR_U0, the scalar is set to 1 if u = (u_max - u_min)/2 = u_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_V0, the scalar is set to 1 if v = (v_max - v_min)/2 = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_U0V0, the scalar is - set to 1 if u == u_avg, 2 if v == v_avg, 3 if u = u_avg && v = v_avg, 0 otherwise. - SCALAR_MODULUS, the scalar is set to (sqrt(u*u+v*v)), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_PHASE, the scalar is set to (atan2(v,u)) (in degrees, 0 to 360), this is measured relative to (u_avg,v_avg). - SCALAR_QUADRANT, the scalar is set to 1, 2, 3 or 4 - depending upon the quadrant of the point (u,v). - SCALAR_X, the scalar is set to the x-value. - SCALAR_Y, the scalar is set to the y-value. - SCALAR_Z, the scalar is set to the z-value. - SCALAR_DISTANCE, the scalar is set to (sqrt(x*x+y*y+z*z)). I.e. distance from the origin. - SCALAR_FUNCTION_DEFINED, the scalar is set to the value returned from EvaluateScalar(). - - - - - Set/Get the number of subdivisions / tessellations in the u parametric - direction. Note that the number of tessellant points in the u - direction is the UResolution + 1. - - - - - Set/Get the number of subdivisions / tessellations in the v parametric - direction. Note that the number of tessellant points in the v - direction is the VResolution + 1. - - - - - Set/Get the number of subdivisions / tessellations in the w parametric - direction. Note that the number of tessellant points in the w - direction is the WResolution + 1. - - - - - Set/Get the generation of texture coordinates. This is off by - default. - Note that this is only applicable to parametric surfaces - whose parametric dimension is 2. - Note that texturing may fail in some cases. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPlaneSource - create an array of quadrilaterals located in a plane - - - Description - vtkPlaneSource creates an m x n array of quadrilaterals arranged as - a regular tiling in a plane. The plane is defined by specifying an - origin point, and then two other points that, together with the - origin, define two axes for the plane. These axes do not have to be - orthogonal - so you can create a parallelogram. (The axes must not - be parallel.) The resolution of the plane (i.e., number of subdivisions) is - controlled by the ivars XResolution and YResolution. - - By default, the plane is centered at the origin and perpendicular to the - z-axis, with width and height of length 1 and resolutions set to 1. - - There are three convenience methods that allow you to easily move the - plane. The first, SetNormal(), allows you to specify the plane - normal. The effect of this method is to rotate the plane around the center - of the plane, aligning the plane normal with the specified normal. The - rotation is about the axis defined by the cross product of the current - normal with the new normal. The second, SetCenter(), translates the center - of the plane to the specified center point. The third method, Push(), - allows you to translate the plane along the plane normal by the distance - specified. (Negative Push values translate the plane in the negative - normal direction.) Note that the SetNormal(), SetCenter() and Push() - methods modify the Origin, Point1, and/or Point2 instance variables. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct plane perpendicular to z-axis, resolution 1x1, width - and height 1.0, and centered at the origin. - - - - - Construct plane perpendicular to z-axis, resolution 1x1, width - and height 1.0, and centered at the origin. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the plane. Works in conjunction with the plane - normal to position the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. - Instead, use it to move the plane to a new center point. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the plane. Works in conjunction with the plane - normal to position the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. - Instead, use it to move the plane to a new center point. - - - - - Set/Get the plane normal. Works in conjunction with the plane center to - orient the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. Instead, use - it to rotate the plane around the current center point. - - - - - Set/Get the plane normal. Works in conjunction with the plane center to - orient the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. Instead, use - it to rotate the plane around the current center point. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set the number of x-y subdivisions in the plane. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the plane along the first axes. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the plane along the second axes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Translate the plane in the direction of the normal by the - distance specified. Negative values move the plane in the - opposite direction. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the center of the plane. Works in conjunction with the plane - normal to position the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. - Instead, use it to move the plane to a new center point. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the plane. Works in conjunction with the plane - normal to position the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. - Instead, use it to move the plane to a new center point. - - - - - Set/Get the plane normal. Works in conjunction with the plane center to - orient the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. Instead, use - it to rotate the plane around the current center point. - - - - - Set/Get the plane normal. Works in conjunction with the plane center to - orient the plane. Don't use this method to define the plane. Instead, use - it to rotate the plane around the current center point. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set the number of x-y subdivisions in the plane. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the plane along the first axes. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the plane along the second axes. - - - - - vtkPlatonicSolidSource - produce polygonal Platonic solids - - - Description - vtkPlatonicSolidSource can generate each of the five Platonic solids: - tetrahedron, cube, octahedron, icosahedron, and dodecahedron. Each of the - solids is placed inside a sphere centered at the origin with radius 1.0. - To use this class, simply specify the solid to create. Note that this - source object creates cell scalars that are (integral value) face numbers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - Specify the type of PlatonicSolid solid to create. - - - - - vtkPointDataToCellData - map point data to cell data - - - Description - vtkPointDataToCellData is a filter that transforms point data (i.e., data - specified per point) into cell data (i.e., data specified per cell). - The method of transformation is based on averaging the data - values of all points defining a particular cell. Optionally, the input point - data can be passed through to the output as well. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether the input point data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input point data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the input point data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input point data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - Control whether the input point data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input point data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the input point data is to be passed to the output. If - on, then the input point data is passed through to the output; otherwise, - only generated point data is placed into the output. - - - - - vtkPointSource - create a random cloud of points - - - Description - vtkPointSource is a source object that creates a user-specified number - of points within a specified radius about a specified center point. - By default location of the points is random within the sphere. It is - also possible to generate random points only on the surface of the - sphere. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the center of the point cloud. - - - - - Set the center of the point cloud. - - - - - Specify the distribution to use. The default is a - uniform distribution. The shell distribution produces - random points on the surface of the sphere, none in the interior. - - - - - Set the number of points to generate. - - - - - Set the number of points to generate. - - - - - Set the number of points to generate. - - - - - Set the radius of the point cloud. If you are - generating a Gaussian distribution, then this is - the standard deviation for each of x, y, and z. - - - - - Set the radius of the point cloud. If you are - generating a Gaussian distribution, then this is - the standard deviation for each of x, y, and z. - - - - - Set the radius of the point cloud. If you are - generating a Gaussian distribution, then this is - the standard deviation for each of x, y, and z. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the center of the point cloud. - - - - - Set the center of the point cloud. - - - - - Specify the distribution to use. The default is a - uniform distribution. The shell distribution produces - random points on the surface of the sphere, none in the interior. - - - - - Specify the distribution to use. The default is a - uniform distribution. The shell distribution produces - random points on the surface of the sphere, none in the interior. - - - - - Specify the distribution to use. The default is a - uniform distribution. The shell distribution produces - random points on the surface of the sphere, none in the interior. - - - - - Set the number of points to generate. - - - - - Set the radius of the point cloud. If you are - generating a Gaussian distribution, then this is - the standard deviation for each of x, y, and z. - - - - - vtkPolyDataConnectivityFilter - extract polygonal data based on geometric connectivity - - - Description - vtkPolyDataConnectivityFilter is a filter that extracts cells that - share common points and/or satisfy a scalar threshold - criterion. (Such a group of cells is called a region.) The filter - works in one of six ways: 1) extract the largest (most points) connected region - in the dataset; 2) extract specified region numbers; 3) extract all - regions sharing specified point ids; 4) extract all regions sharing - specified cell ids; 5) extract the region closest to the specified - point; or 6) extract all regions (used to color regions). - - This filter is specialized for polygonal data. This means it runs a bit - faster and is easier to construct visualization networks that process - polygonal data. - - The behavior of vtkPolyDataConnectivityFilter can be modified by turning - on the boolean ivar ScalarConnectivity. If this flag is on, the - connectivity algorithm is modified so that cells are considered connected - only if 1) they are geometrically connected (share a point) and 2) the - scalar values of one of the cell's points falls in the scalar range - specified. This use of ScalarConnectivity is particularly useful for - selecting cells for later processing. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with default extraction mode to extract largest regions. - - - - - Construct with default extraction mode to extract largest regions. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a seed id (point or cell id). Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Add a region id to extract. Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Delete a seed id (point or cell id). Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Delete a region id to extract. Note: ids are 0-offset. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Return the method of extraction as a string. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Obtain the number of connected regions. - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Initialize list of point ids/cell ids used to seed regions. - - - - - Initialize list of region ids to extract. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Use to specify x-y-z point coordinates when extracting the region - closest to a specified point. - - - - - Turn on/off the coloring of connected regions. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Control the extraction of connected surfaces. - - - - - Turn on/off connectivity based on scalar value. If on, cells are connected - only if they share points AND one of the cells scalar values falls in the - scalar range specified. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - Set the scalar range to use to extract cells based on scalar connectivity. - - - - - vtkPolyDataNormals - compute normals for polygonal mesh - - - Description - vtkPolyDataNormals is a filter that computes point normals for a polygonal - mesh. The filter can reorder polygons to insure consistent orientation - across polygon neighbors. Sharp edges can be split and points duplicated - with separate normals to give crisp (rendered) surface definition. It is - also possible to globally flip the normal orientation. - - The algorithm works by determining normals for each polygon and then - averaging them at shared points. When sharp edges are present, the edges - are split and new points generated to prevent blurry edges (due to - Gouraud shading). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with feature angle=30, splitting and consistency turned on, - flipNormals turned off, and non-manifold traversal turned on. - ComputePointNormals is on and ComputeCellNormals is off. - - - - - Construct with feature angle=30, splitting and consistency turned on, - flipNormals turned off, and non-manifold traversal turned on. - ComputePointNormals is on and ComputeCellNormals is off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic determination of correct normal - orientation. NOTE: This assumes a completely closed surface - (i.e. no boundary edges) and no non-manifold edges. If these - constraints do not hold, all bets are off. This option adds some - computational complexity, and is useful if you don't want to have - to inspect the rendered image to determine whether to turn on the - FlipNormals flag. However, this flag can work with the FlipNormals - flag, and if both are set, all the normals in the output will - point "inward". - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic determination of correct normal - orientation. NOTE: This assumes a completely closed surface - (i.e. no boundary edges) and no non-manifold edges. If these - constraints do not hold, all bets are off. This option adds some - computational complexity, and is useful if you don't want to have - to inspect the rendered image to determine whether to turn on the - FlipNormals flag. However, this flag can work with the FlipNormals - flag, and if both are set, all the normals in the output will - point "inward". - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of cell normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of cell normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of point normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of point normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the enforcement of consistent polygon ordering. - - - - - Turn on/off the enforcement of consistent polygon ordering. - - - - - Turn on/off the global flipping of normal orientation. Flipping - reverves the meaning of front and back for Frontface and Backface - culling in vtkProperty. Flipping modifies both the normal - direction and the order of a cell's points. - - - - - Turn on/off the global flipping of normal orientation. Flipping - reverves the meaning of front and back for Frontface and Backface - culling in vtkProperty. Flipping modifies both the normal - direction and the order of a cell's points. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic determination of correct normal - orientation. NOTE: This assumes a completely closed surface - (i.e. no boundary edges) and no non-manifold edges. If these - constraints do not hold, all bets are off. This option adds some - computational complexity, and is useful if you don't want to have - to inspect the rendered image to determine whether to turn on the - FlipNormals flag. However, this flag can work with the FlipNormals - flag, and if both are set, all the normals in the output will - point "inward". - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of cell normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of point normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the enforcement of consistent polygon ordering. - - - - - Specify the angle that defines a sharp edge. If the difference in - angle across neighboring polygons is greater than this value, the - shared edge is considered "sharp". - - - - - Specify the angle that defines a sharp edge. If the difference in - angle across neighboring polygons is greater than this value, the - shared edge is considered "sharp". - - - - - Specify the angle that defines a sharp edge. If the difference in - angle across neighboring polygons is greater than this value, the - shared edge is considered "sharp". - - - - - Turn on/off the global flipping of normal orientation. Flipping - reverves the meaning of front and back for Frontface and Backface - culling in vtkProperty. Flipping modifies both the normal - direction and the order of a cell's points. - - - - - Turn on/off traversal across non-manifold edges. This will prevent - problems where the consistency of polygonal ordering is corrupted due - to topological loops. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of sharp edges. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off traversal across non-manifold edges. This will prevent - problems where the consistency of polygonal ordering is corrupted due - to topological loops. - - - - - Turn on/off traversal across non-manifold edges. This will prevent - problems where the consistency of polygonal ordering is corrupted due - to topological loops. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic determination of correct normal - orientation. NOTE: This assumes a completely closed surface - (i.e. no boundary edges) and no non-manifold edges. If these - constraints do not hold, all bets are off. This option adds some - computational complexity, and is useful if you don't want to have - to inspect the rendered image to determine whether to turn on the - FlipNormals flag. However, this flag can work with the FlipNormals - flag, and if both are set, all the normals in the output will - point "inward". - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of cell normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of point normals. - - - - - Turn on/off the enforcement of consistent polygon ordering. - - - - - Specify the angle that defines a sharp edge. If the difference in - angle across neighboring polygons is greater than this value, the - shared edge is considered "sharp". - - - - - Turn on/off the global flipping of normal orientation. Flipping - reverves the meaning of front and back for Frontface and Backface - culling in vtkProperty. Flipping modifies both the normal - direction and the order of a cell's points. - - - - - Turn on/off traversal across non-manifold edges. This will prevent - problems where the consistency of polygonal ordering is corrupted due - to topological loops. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of sharp edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of sharp edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the splitting of sharp edges. - - - - - vtkPolyDataPointSampler - generate points from vtkPolyData - - - Description - vtkPolyDataPointSampler generates points from input vtkPolyData. The - points are placed approximately a specified distance apart. - - This filter functions as follows. First, it regurgitates all input points, - then samples all lines, plus edges associated with the input polygons and - triangle strips to produce edge points. Finally, the interiors of polygons - and triangle strips are subsampled to produce points. All of these - functiona can be enabled or disabled separately. Note that this algorithm - only approximately generates points the specified distance apart. - Generally the point density is finer than requested. - - Caveats - Point generation can be useful in a variety of applications. For example, - generating seed points for glyphing or streamline generation. Another - useful application is generating points for implicit modeling. In many - cases implicit models can be more efficiently generated from points than - from polygons or other primitives. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell edges should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell edges should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell interiors should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell interiors should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertex points should - be output. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertex points should - be output. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertices should - be generated. Cell vertices are useful if you actually want to display - the points (that is, for each point generated, a vertex is generated). - Recall that VTK only renders vertices and not points. - The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertices should - be generated. Cell vertices are useful if you actually want to display - the points (that is, for each point generated, a vertex is generated). - Recall that VTK only renders vertices and not points. - The default is true. - - - - - Set/Get the approximate distance between points. This is an absolute - distance measure. The default is 0.01. - - - - - Set/Get the approximate distance between points. This is an absolute - distance measure. The default is 0.01. - - - - - Set/Get the approximate distance between points. This is an absolute - distance measure. The default is 0.01. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell edges should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell interiors should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertex points should - be output. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertices should - be generated. Cell vertices are useful if you actually want to display - the points (that is, for each point generated, a vertex is generated). - Recall that VTK only renders vertices and not points. - The default is true. - - - - - Standard macros for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard macros for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard macros for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard macros for type information and printing. - - - - - Set/Get the approximate distance between points. This is an absolute - distance measure. The default is 0.01. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell edges should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell interiors should - be sampled to produce output points. The default is true. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertex points should - be output. - - - - - Specify/retrieve a boolean flag indicating whether cell vertices should - be generated. Cell vertices are useful if you actually want to display - the points (that is, for each point generated, a vertex is generated). - Recall that VTK only renders vertices and not points. - The default is true. - - - - - vtkPolyDataStreamer - Stream appends input pieces to the output. - - - Description - vtkPolyDataStreamer initiates streaming by requesting pieces from its - single input it appends these pieces it to the requested output. - Note that since vtkPolyDataStreamer uses an append filter, all the - polygons generated have to be kept in memory before rendering. If - these do not fit in the memory, it is possible to make the vtkPolyDataMapper - stream. Since the mapper will render each piece separately, all the - polygons do not have to stored in memory. - Note - The output may be slightly different if the pipeline does not handle - ghost cells properly (i.e. you might see seames between the pieces). - - - - vtkAppendFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default, this option is off. When it is on, cell scalars are generated - based on which piece they are in. - - - - - By default, this option is off. When it is on, cell scalars are generated - based on which piece they are in. - - - - - By default, this option is off. When it is on, cell scalars are generated - based on which piece they are in. - - - - - Set the number of pieces to divide the problem into. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default, this option is off. When it is on, cell scalars are generated - based on which piece they are in. - - - - - Set the number of pieces to divide the problem into. - - - - - vtkPolyDataToReebGraphFilter - generate a Reeb graph from a scalar - field defined on a vtkPolyData. - - - Description - The filter will first try to pull as a scalar field the vtkDataArray with - Id 'fieldId' of the mesh's vtkPointData. - If this field does not exist, the filter will use the vtkElevationFilter to - generate a default scalar field. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the scalar field id (default = 0). - - - - - Set the scalar field id (default = 0). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the scalar field id (default = 0). - - - - - vtkProbePolyhedron - probe/interpolate data values in the interior, - exterior or of the surface of a closed, manifold polyhedron - - - Description - vtkProbePolyhedron is a filter that computes point attributes (e.g., - scalars, vectors, etc.) at specified point positions. The filter has two - inputs: the Input and Source. The Source geometric structure is passed - through the filter. The point attributes are computed at the Input point - positions by interpolating into the source data. In this filter, the - Source is always a closed, non-self-intersecting, polyhedral mesh. For - example, we can compute data values on a plane (plane specified as Input) - from a triangle mesh (e.g., output of marching cubes). - - This filter can be used to resample data from a mesh onto a different - dataset type. For example, a polyhedral mesh (vtkPolyData) can be probed - with a volume (three-dimensional vtkImageData), and then volume rendering - techniques can be used to visualize the results. Another example: a line - or curve can be used to probe a mesh to produce x-y plots along that line or - curve. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiable (i.e., concrete) class. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiable (i.e., concrete) class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) cell data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - cell data (output cells are passed from the input cells). Note - that the probing of the input uses the centers of the cells as - the probe position. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) point data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - point data (output points are passed from the input points). - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. Any geometry - can be used. Old style. Do not use unless for backwards compatibility. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiable (i.e., concrete) class. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiable (i.e., concrete) class. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiable (i.e., concrete) class. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) cell data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - cell data (output cells are passed from the input cells). Note - that the probing of the input uses the centers of the cells as - the probe position. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) cell data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - cell data (output cells are passed from the input cells). Note - that the probing of the input uses the centers of the cells as - the probe position. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) point data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - point data (output points are passed from the input points). - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) point data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - point data (output points are passed from the input points). - - - - - Standard methods for instantiable (i.e., concrete) class. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) cell data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - cell data (output cells are passed from the input cells). Note - that the probing of the input uses the centers of the cells as - the probe position. - - - - - Specify whether to probe (and hence produce) point data. The - interpolated point data of the source will produce the output - point data (output points are passed from the input points). - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. Any geometry - can be used. Old style. Do not use unless for backwards compatibility. - - - - - Specify the point locations used to probe input. Any geometry - can be used. New style. Equivalent to SetInputConnection(1, algOutput). - - - - - vtkProbeSelectedLocations - similar to vtkExtractSelectedLocations - except that it interpolates the point attributes at the probe locations. - - - Description - vtkProbeSelectedLocations is similar to vtkExtractSelectedLocations except - that it interpolates the point attributes at the probe location. This is - equivalent to the vtkProbeFilter except that the probe locations are provided - by a vtkSelection. The FieldType of the input vtkSelection is immaterial and - is ignored. The ContentType of the input vtkSelection must be - vtkSelection::LOCATIONS. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkProgrammableAttributeDataFilter - manipulate attribute (cell and point) data via a user-specified function - - - Description - vtkProgrammableAttributeDataFilter is a filter that allows you to write a - custom procedure to manipulate attribute data - either point or cell - data. For example, you could generate scalars based on a complex formula; - convert vectors to normals; compute scalar values as a function of - vectors, texture coords, and/or any other point data attribute; and so - on. The filter takes multiple inputs (input plus an auxiliary input list), - so you can write procedures that combine several dataset point - attributes. Note that the output of the filter is the same type - (topology/geometry) as the input. - - The filter works as follows. It operates like any other filter (i.e., - checking and managing modified and execution times, processing Update() - and Execute() methods, managing release of data, etc.), but the difference - is that the Execute() method simply invokes a user-specified function with - an optional (void *) argument (typically the "this" pointer in C++). It is - also possible to specify a function to delete the argument via - ExecuteMethodArgDelete(). - - To use the filter, you write a procedure to process the input datasets, - process the data, and generate output data. Typically, this means grabbing - the input point or cell data (using GetInput() and maybe GetInputList()), - operating on it (creating new point and cell attributes such as scalars, - vectors, etc.), and then setting the point and/or cell attributes in the - output dataset (you'll need to use GetOutput() to access the output). - (Note: besides C++, it is possible to do the same thing in Tcl, Java, or - other languages that wrap the C++ core.) Remember, proper filter protocol - requires that you don't modify the input data - you create new output data - from the input. - - Caveats - This filter operates on any combination of the filter input plus a list of - additional inputs (at a minimum you must set the filter input via - SetInput()). It is up to you check whether the input is valid, and to - insure that the output is valid. Also, you have to write the control - structure for the traversal and operation on the point and cell attribute - data. - - By default the output point and cell data will be copied through from the - input point data (using reference counting). You can control this using - the output's CopyAllOff() flag, or by using individual flags for each - point data field (i.e., scalars, vectors, etc.) - - The output of this filter is the abstract type vtkDataSet, even if your - input is a concrete type like vtkPolyData. Thus you may need to use - vtkCastToConcrete to obtain the output as a particular concrete type, or - one of the special methods of the superclass (e.g., - vtkDataSetAlgorithm::GetPolyDataOutput) to retrieve output of the - correct type. - - The filter correctly manages modified time and network execution in most - cases. However, if you change the definition of the filter function, - you'll want to send a manual Modified() method to the filter to force it - to reexecute. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list of data to process. - - - - - Return the list of inputs. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to process. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the function to use to operate on the point attribute data. Note - that the function takes a single (void *) argument. - - - - - Set the arg delete method. This is used to free user memory. - - - - - Specify the function to use to operate on the point attribute data. Note - that the function takes a single (void *) argument. - - - - - Specify the function to use to operate on the point attribute data. Note - that the function takes a single (void *) argument. - - - - - Signature definition for programmable method callbacks. Methods passed to - SetExecuteMethod or SetExecuteMethodArgDelete must conform to this - signature. - The presence of this typedef is useful for reference and for external - analysis tools, but it cannot be used in the method signatures in these - header files themselves because it prevents the internal VTK wrapper - generators from wrapping these methods. - - - - - Managed/.NET signature for handlers of the SetExecuteMethod callback. - - - - - vtkProgrammableDataObjectSource - generate source data object via a user-specified function - - - Description - vtkProgrammableDataObjectSource is a source object that is programmable by - the user. The output of the filter is a data object (vtkDataObject) which - represents data via an instance of field data. To use this object, you - must specify a function that creates the output. - - Example use of this filter includes reading tabular data and encoding it - as vtkFieldData. You can then use filters like vtkDataObjectToDataSetFilter - to convert the data object to a dataset and then visualize it. Another - important use of this class is that it allows users of interpreters (e.g., - Tcl or Java) the ability to write source objects without having to - recompile C++ code or generate new libraries. - - - - - vtkProgrammableFilter vtkProgrammableAttributeDataFilter - vtkProgrammableSource vtkDataObjectToDataSetFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the function to use to generate the output data object. Note - that the function takes a single (void *) argument. - - - - - Set the arg delete method. This is used to free user memory. - - - - - Signature definition for programmable method callbacks. Methods passed to - SetExecuteMethod or SetExecuteMethodArgDelete must conform to this - signature. - The presence of this typedef is useful for reference and for external - analysis tools, but it cannot be used in the method signatures in these - header files themselves because it prevents the internal VTK wrapper - generators from wrapping these methods. - - - - - vtkProgrammableFilter - a user-programmable filter - - - Description - vtkProgrammableFilter is a filter that can be programmed by the user. To - use the filter you define a function that retrieves input of the correct - type, creates data, and then manipulates the output of the filter. Using - this filter avoids the need for subclassing - and the function can be - defined in an interpreter wrapper language such as Tcl or Java. - - The trickiest part of using this filter is that the input and output - methods are unusual and cannot be compile-time type checked. Instead, as a - user of this filter it is your responsibility to set and get the correct - input and output types. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When CopyArrays is true, all arrays are copied to the output - iff input and output are of the same type. False by default. - - - - - When CopyArrays is true, all arrays are copied to the output - iff input and output are of the same type. False by default. - - - - - When CopyArrays is true, all arrays are copied to the output - iff input and output are of the same type. False by default. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. This method is typically used by the - writer of the filter function to get the input as a particular type (i.e., - it essentially does type casting). It is the users responsibility to know - the correct type of the input data. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the input as a concrete type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When CopyArrays is true, all arrays are copied to the output - iff input and output are of the same type. False by default. - - - - - Specify the function to use to operate on the point attribute data. Note - that the function takes a single (void *) argument. - - - - - Set the arg delete method. This is used to free user memory. - - - - - Signature definition for programmable method callbacks. Methods passed to - SetExecuteMethod or SetExecuteMethodArgDelete must conform to this - signature. - The presence of this typedef is useful for reference and for external - analysis tools, but it cannot be used in the method signatures in these - header files themselves because it prevents the internal VTK wrapper - generators from wrapping these methods. - - - - - vtkProgrammableGlyphFilter - control the generation and placement of glyphs at input points - - - Description - vtkProgrammableGlyphFilter is a filter that allows you to place a glyph at - each input point in the dataset. In addition, the filter is programmable - which means the user has control over the generation of the glyph. The - glyphs can be controlled via the point data attributes (e.g., scalars, - vectors, etc.) or any other information in the input dataset. - - This is the way the filter works. You must define an input dataset which - at a minimum contains points with associated attribute values. Also, the - Source instance variable must be set which is of type vtkPolyData. Then, - for each point in the input, the PointId is set to the current point id, - and a user-defined function is called (i.e., GlyphMethod). In this method - you can manipulate the Source data (including changing to a different - Source object). After the GlyphMethod is called, - vtkProgrammableGlyphFilter will invoke an Update() on its Source object, - and then copy its data to the output of the - vtkProgrammableGlyphFilter. Therefore the output of this filter is of type - vtkPolyData. - - Another option to this filter is the way you color the glyphs. You can use - the scalar data from the input or the source. The instance variable - ColorMode controls this behavior. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct object with NULL GlyphMethod() and no source object. The ColorMode - is set to color by the input. - - - - - Description - Construct object with NULL GlyphMethod() and no source object. The ColorMode - is set to color by the input. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Either color by the input or source scalar data. - - - - - Either color by the input or source scalar data. - - - - - Get the current point coordinates during processing. Value only valid during the - Execute() method of this filter. (Meant to be called by the GlyphMethod().) - - - - - Get the current point coordinates during processing. Value only valid during the - Execute() method of this filter. (Meant to be called by the GlyphMethod().) - - - - - Get the current point coordinates during processing. Value only valid during the - Execute() method of this filter. (Meant to be called by the GlyphMethod().) - - - - - Get the set of point data attributes for the input. A convenience to the - programmer to be used in the GlyphMethod(). Only valid during the Execute() - method of this filter. - - - - - Get the current point id during processing. Value only valid during the - Execute() method of this filter. (Meant to be called by the GlyphMethod().) - - - - - Set/Get the source to use for this glyph. - Note: you can change the source during execution of this filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Either color by the input or source scalar data. - - - - - Either color by the input or source scalar data. - - - - - Either color by the input or source scalar data. - - - - - Specify function to be called for each input point. - - - - - Set the arg delete method. This is used to free user memory that might - be associated with the GlyphMethod(). - - - - - Set/Get the source to use for this glyph. - Note: you can change the source during execution of this filter. - - - - - Signature definition for programmable method callbacks. Methods passed to - SetGlyphMethod or SetGlyphMethodArgDelete must conform to this signature. - The presence of this typedef is useful for reference and for external - analysis tools, but it cannot be used in the method signatures in these - header files themselves because it prevents the internal VTK wrapper - generators from wrapping these methods. - - - - - vtkProgrammableSource - generate source dataset via a user-specified function - - - Description - vtkProgrammableSource is a source object that is programmable by the - user. To use this object, you must specify a function that creates the - output. It is possible to generate an output dataset of any (concrete) - type; it is up to the function to properly initialize and define the - output. Typically, you use one of the methods to get a concrete output - type (e.g., GetPolyDataOutput() or GetStructuredPointsOutput()), and - then manipulate the output in the user-specified function. - - Example use of this include writing a function to read a data file or - interface to another system. (You might want to do this in favor of - deriving a new class.) Another important use of this class is that it - allows users of interpreters (e.g., Tcl or Java) the ability to write - source objects without having to recompile C++ code or generate new - libraries. - - - - vtkProgrammableFilter vtkProgrammableAttributeDataFilter - vtkProgrammableDataObjectSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output as a concrete type. This method is typically used by the - writer of the source function to get the output as a particular type - (i.e., it essentially does type casting). It is the users responsibility - to know the correct type of the output data. - - - - - Get the output as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the output as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the output as a concrete type. - - - - - Get the output as a concrete type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the function to use to generate the source data. Note - that the function takes a single (void *) argument. - - - - - Set the arg delete method. This is used to free user memory. - - - - - Specify the function to use to fill in information about the source data. - - - - - Signature definition for programmable method callbacks. Methods passed - to SetExecuteMethod, SetExecuteMethodArgDelete or - SetRequestInformationMethod must conform to this signature. - The presence of this typedef is useful for reference and for external - analysis tools, but it cannot be used in the method signatures in these - header files themselves because it prevents the internal VTK wrapper - generators from wrapping these methods. - - - - - vtkProjectedTexture - assign texture coordinates for a projected texture - - - Description - vtkProjectedTexture assigns texture coordinates to a dataset as if - the texture was projected from a slide projected located somewhere in the - scene. Methods are provided to position the projector and aim it at a - location, to set the width of the projector's frustum, and to set the - range of texture coordinates assigned to the dataset. - - Objects in the scene that appear behind the projector are also assigned - texture coordinates; the projected image is left-right and top-bottom - flipped, much as a lens' focus flips the rays of light that pass through - it. A warning is issued if a point in the dataset falls at the focus - of the projector. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the aspect ratio of a perpendicular cross-section of the - the projector's frustum. The aspect ratio consists of three - numbers: (x, y, z), where x is the width of the - frustum, y is the height, and z is the perpendicular - distance from the focus of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the aspect ratio of a perpendicular cross-section of the - the projector's frustum. The aspect ratio consists of three - numbers: (x, y, z), where x is the width of the - frustum, y is the height, and z is the perpendicular - distance from the focus of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the camera mode of the projection -- pinhole projection or - two mirror projection. - - - - - Set/Get the focal point of the projector (a point that lies along - the center axis of the projector's frustum). - - - - - Set/Get the focal point of the projector (a point that lies along - the center axis of the projector's frustum). - - - - - Set/Get the mirror separation for the two mirror system. - - - - - Get the normalized orientation vector of the projector. - - - - - Get the normalized orientation vector of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the focus of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the focus of the projector. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Set/Get the up vector of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the up vector of the projector. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the aspect ratio of a perpendicular cross-section of the - the projector's frustum. The aspect ratio consists of three - numbers: (x, y, z), where x is the width of the - frustum, y is the height, and z is the perpendicular - distance from the focus of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the aspect ratio of a perpendicular cross-section of the - the projector's frustum. The aspect ratio consists of three - numbers: (x, y, z), where x is the width of the - frustum, y is the height, and z is the perpendicular - distance from the focus of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the camera mode of the projection -- pinhole projection or - two mirror projection. - - - - - Set/Get the camera mode of the projection -- pinhole projection or - two mirror projection. - - - - - Set/Get the camera mode of the projection -- pinhole projection or - two mirror projection. - - - - - Set/Get the focal point of the projector (a point that lies along - the center axis of the projector's frustum). - - - - - Set/Get the focal point of the projector (a point that lies along - the center axis of the projector's frustum). - - - - - Set/Get the mirror separation for the two mirror system. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the focus of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the focus of the projector. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Set/Get the up vector of the projector. - - - - - Set/Get the up vector of the projector. - - - - - vtkQuadraturePointInterpolator - - - Description - - Interpolates each scalar/vector field in a vtkUnstrcturedGrid - on its input to a specific set of quadrature points. The - set of quadrature points is specified per array via a - dictionary (ie an instance of vtkInformationQuadratureSchemeDefinitionVectorKey). - contained in the array. The interpolated fields are placed - in FieldData along with a set of per cell indexes, that allow - random access to a given cells quadrature points. - - - - - vtkQuadratureSchemeDefinition, vtkQuadraturePointsGenerator, vtkInformationQuadratureSchemeDefinitionVectorKey - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkQuadraturePointsGenerator - - - Description - - Create a vtkPolyData on its output containing the vertices - for the quadrature points for one of the vtkDataArrays present - on its input vtkUnstructuredGrid. If the input data set has - has FieldData generated by vtkQuadraturePointInterpolator then - this will be set as point data. Note: Point sets are generated - per field array. This is because each field array may contain - its own dictionary. - - - - - vtkQuadraturePointInterpolator, vtkQuadratureSchemeDefinition, vtkInformationQuadratureSchemeDefinitionVectorKey - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkQuadratureSchemeDictionaryGenerator - - - Description - - Given an unstructured grid on its input this filter generates - for each data array in point data dictionary (ie an instance of - vtkInformationQuadratureSchemeDefinitionVectorKey). This filter - has been introduced to facilitate testing of the vtkQuadrature* - classes as these cannot operate with the dictionary. This class - is for testing and should not be used for application development. - - - - - vtkQuadraturePointInterpolator, vtkQuadraturePointsGenerator, vtkQuadratureSchemeDefinition - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkQuadricClustering - reduce the number of triangles in a mesh - - - Description - vtkQuadricClustering is a filter to reduce the number of triangles in a - triangle mesh, forming a good approximation to the original geometry. The - input to vtkQuadricClustering is a vtkPolyData object, and all types of - polygonal data are handled. - - The algorithm used is the one described by Peter Lindstrom in his Siggraph - 2000 paper, "Out-of-Core Simplification of Large Polygonal Models." The - general approach of the algorithm is to cluster vertices in a uniform - binning of space, accumulating the quadric of each triangle (pushed out to - the triangles vertices) within each bin, and then determining an optimal - position for a single vertex in a bin by using the accumulated quadric. In - more detail, the algorithm first gets the bounds of the input poly data. - It then breaks this bounding volume into a user-specified number of - spatial bins. It then reads each triangle from the input and hashes its - vertices into these bins. (If this is the first time a bin has been - visited, initialize its quadric to the 0 matrix.) The algorithm computes - the error quadric for this triangle and adds it to the existing quadric of - the bin in which each vertex is contained. Then, if 2 or more vertices of - the triangle fall in the same bin, the triangle is dicarded. If the - triangle is not discarded, it adds the triangle to the list of output - triangles as a list of vertex identifiers. (There is one vertex id per - bin.) After all the triangles have been read, the representative vertex - for each bin is computed (an optimal location is found) using the quadric - for that bin. This determines the spatial location of the vertices of - each of the triangles in the output. - - To use this filter, specify the divisions defining the spatial subdivision - in the x, y, and z directions. You must also specify an input vtkPolyData. - Then choose to either 1) use the original points that minimize the quadric - error to produce the output triangles or 2) compute an optimal position in - each bin to produce the output triangles (recommended and default behavior). - - This filter can take multiple inputs. To do this, the user must explicity - call StartAppend, Append (once for each input), and EndAppend. StartAppend - sets up the data structure to hold the quadric matrices. Append processes - each triangle in the input poly data it was called on, hashes its vertices - to the appropriate bins, determines whether to keep this triangle, and - updates the appropriate quadric matrices. EndAppend determines the spatial - location of each of the representative vertices for the visited bins. While - this approach does not fit into the visualization architecture and requires - manual control, it has the advantage that extremely large data can be - processed in pieces and appended to the filter piece-by-piece. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard instantition, type and print methods. - - - - - Standard instantition, type and print methods. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods provide an alternative way of executing the filter. - PolyData can be added to the result in pieces (append). - In this mode, the user must specify the bounds of the entire model - as an argument to the "StartAppend" method. - - - - - Enable automatic adjustment of number of divisions. If off, the number - of divisions specified by the user is always used (as long as it is valid). - The default is On - - - - - Enable automatic adjustment of number of divisions. If off, the number - of divisions specified by the user is always used (as long as it is valid). - The default is On - - - - - This flag makes the filter copy cell data from input to output - (the best it can). It uses input cells that trigger the addition - of output cells (no averaging). This is off by default, and does - not work when append is being called explicitly (non-pipeline usage). - - - - - This flag makes the filter copy cell data from input to output - (the best it can). It uses input cells that trigger the addition - of output cells (no averaging). This is off by default, and does - not work when append is being called explicitly (non-pipeline usage). - - - - - These methods provide an alternative way of executing the filter. - PolyData can be added to the result in pieces (append). - In this mode, the user must specify the bounds of the entire model - as an argument to the "StartAppend" method. - - - - - Enable automatic adjustment of number of divisions. If off, the number - of divisions specified by the user is always used (as long as it is valid). - The default is On - - - - - This flag makes the filter copy cell data from input to output - (the best it can). It uses input cells that trigger the addition - of output cells (no averaging). This is off by default, and does - not work when append is being called explicitly (non-pipeline usage). - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - By default, this flag is off. When "UseFeatureEdges" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary edges/feature edges. They influence - the quadrics (position of points), but not the mesh. Which features to - use can be controlled by the filter "FeatureEdges". - - - - - Set/Get the angle to use in determining whether a point on a boundary / - feature edge is a feature point. - - - - - Set/Get the angle to use in determining whether a point on a boundary / - feature edge is a feature point. - - - - - Set/Get the angle to use in determining whether a point on a boundary / - feature edge is a feature point. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Specify a boolean indicating whether to remove duplicate cells - (i.e. triangles). This is a little slower, and takes more memory, but - in some cases can reduce the number of cells produced by an order of - magnitude. By default, this flag is true. - - - - - By default, this flag is off. When "UseFeatureEdges" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary edges/feature edges. They influence - the quadrics (position of points), but not the mesh. Which features to - use can be controlled by the filter "FeatureEdges". - - - - - By default, this flag is off. It only has an effect when - "UseFeatureEdges" is also on. When "UseFeaturePoints" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary / feature points used in the boundary - / feature edges. They influence the quadrics (position of points), but - not the mesh. - - - - - Normally the point that minimizes the quadric error function is used as - the output of the bin. When this flag is on, the bin point is forced to - be one of the points from the input (the one with the smallest - error). This option does not work (i.e., input points cannot be used) - when the append methods (StartAppend(), Append(), EndAppend()) are being - called directly. - - - - - When this flag is on (and it is on by default), then triangles that are - completely contained in a bin are added to the bin quadrics. When the - the flag is off the filter operates faster, but the surface may not be - as well behaved. - - - - - Standard instantition, type and print methods. - - - - - Standard instantition, type and print methods. - - - - - Standard instantition, type and print methods. - - - - - Specify a boolean indicating whether to remove duplicate cells - (i.e. triangles). This is a little slower, and takes more memory, but - in some cases can reduce the number of cells produced by an order of - magnitude. By default, this flag is true. - - - - - Specify a boolean indicating whether to remove duplicate cells - (i.e. triangles). This is a little slower, and takes more memory, but - in some cases can reduce the number of cells produced by an order of - magnitude. By default, this flag is true. - - - - - Standard instantition, type and print methods. - - - - - Enable automatic adjustment of number of divisions. If off, the number - of divisions specified by the user is always used (as long as it is valid). - The default is On - - - - - This flag makes the filter copy cell data from input to output - (the best it can). It uses input cells that trigger the addition - of output cells (no averaging). This is off by default, and does - not work when append is being called explicitly (non-pipeline usage). - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - This is an alternative way to set up the bins. If you are trying to match - boundaries between pieces, then you should use these methods rather than - SetNumberOfDivisions. To use these methods, specify the origin and spacing - of the spatial binning. - - - - - Set/Get the angle to use in determining whether a point on a boundary / - feature edge is a feature point. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis for the spatial bins. - The number of spatial bins is NumberOfXDivisions*NumberOfYDivisions* - NumberOfZDivisions. The filter may choose to ignore large numbers of - divisions if the input has few points and AutoAdjustNumberOfDivisions - is enabled. - - - - - Specify a boolean indicating whether to remove duplicate cells - (i.e. triangles). This is a little slower, and takes more memory, but - in some cases can reduce the number of cells produced by an order of - magnitude. By default, this flag is true. - - - - - By default, this flag is off. When "UseFeatureEdges" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary edges/feature edges. They influence - the quadrics (position of points), but not the mesh. Which features to - use can be controlled by the filter "FeatureEdges". - - - - - By default, this flag is off. It only has an effect when - "UseFeatureEdges" is also on. When "UseFeaturePoints" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary / feature points used in the boundary - / feature edges. They influence the quadrics (position of points), but - not the mesh. - - - - - Normally the point that minimizes the quadric error function is used as - the output of the bin. When this flag is on, the bin point is forced to - be one of the points from the input (the one with the smallest - error). This option does not work (i.e., input points cannot be used) - when the append methods (StartAppend(), Append(), EndAppend()) are being - called directly. - - - - - When this flag is on (and it is on by default), then triangles that are - completely contained in a bin are added to the bin quadrics. When the - the flag is off the filter operates faster, but the surface may not be - as well behaved. - - - - - These methods provide an alternative way of executing the filter. - PolyData can be added to the result in pieces (append). - In this mode, the user must specify the bounds of the entire model - as an argument to the "StartAppend" method. - - - - - These methods provide an alternative way of executing the filter. - PolyData can be added to the result in pieces (append). - In this mode, the user must specify the bounds of the entire model - as an argument to the "StartAppend" method. - - - - - By default, this flag is off. When "UseFeatureEdges" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary edges/feature edges. They influence - the quadrics (position of points), but not the mesh. Which features to - use can be controlled by the filter "FeatureEdges". - - - - - By default, this flag is off. When "UseFeatureEdges" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary edges/feature edges. They influence - the quadrics (position of points), but not the mesh. Which features to - use can be controlled by the filter "FeatureEdges". - - - - - By default, this flag is off. It only has an effect when - "UseFeatureEdges" is also on. When "UseFeaturePoints" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary / feature points used in the boundary - / feature edges. They influence the quadrics (position of points), but - not the mesh. - - - - - By default, this flag is off. It only has an effect when - "UseFeatureEdges" is also on. When "UseFeaturePoints" is on, then - quadrics are computed for boundary / feature points used in the boundary - / feature edges. They influence the quadrics (position of points), but - not the mesh. - - - - - Normally the point that minimizes the quadric error function is used as - the output of the bin. When this flag is on, the bin point is forced to - be one of the points from the input (the one with the smallest - error). This option does not work (i.e., input points cannot be used) - when the append methods (StartAppend(), Append(), EndAppend()) are being - called directly. - - - - - Normally the point that minimizes the quadric error function is used as - the output of the bin. When this flag is on, the bin point is forced to - be one of the points from the input (the one with the smallest - error). This option does not work (i.e., input points cannot be used) - when the append methods (StartAppend(), Append(), EndAppend()) are being - called directly. - - - - - When this flag is on (and it is on by default), then triangles that are - completely contained in a bin are added to the bin quadrics. When the - the flag is off the filter operates faster, but the surface may not be - as well behaved. - - - - - When this flag is on (and it is on by default), then triangles that are - completely contained in a bin are added to the bin quadrics. When the - the flag is off the filter operates faster, but the surface may not be - as well behaved. - - - - - vtkQuadricDecimation - reduce the number of triangles in a mesh - - - Description - vtkQuadricDecimation is a filter to reduce the number of triangles in - a triangle mesh, forming a good approximation to the original geometry. - The input to vtkQuadricDecimation is a vtkPolyData object, and only - triangles are treated. If you desire to decimate polygonal meshes, first - triangulate the polygons with vtkTriangleFilter. - - The algorithm is based on repeated edge collapses until the requested mesh - reduction is achieved. Edges are placed in a priority queue based on the - "cost" to delete the edge. The cost is an approximate measure of error - (distance to the original surface)--described by the so-called quadric - error measure. The quadric error measure is associated with each vertex of - the mesh and represents a matrix of planes incident on that vertex. The - distance of the planes to the vertex is the error in the position of the - vertex (originally the vertex error iz zero). As edges are deleted, the - quadric error measure associated with the two end points of the edge are - summed (this combines the plane equations) and an optimal collapse point - can be computed. Edges connected to the collapse point are then reinserted - into the queue after computing the new cost to delete them. The process - continues until the desired reduction level is reached or topological - constraints prevent further reduction. Note that this basic algorithm can - be extended to higher dimensions by - taking into account variation in attributes (i.e., scalars, vectors, and - so on). - - This paper is based on the work of Garland and Heckbert who first - presented the quadric error measure at Siggraph '97 "Surface - Simplification Using Quadric Error Metrics". For details of the algorithm - Michael Garland's Ph.D. thesis is also recommended. Hughues Hoppe's Vis - '99 paper, "New Quadric Metric for Simplifying Meshes with Appearance - Attributes" is also a good take on the subject especially as it pertains - to the error metric applied to attributes. - - Thanks - Thanks to Bradley Lowekamp of the National Library of Medicine/NIH for - contributing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Decide whether to include data attributes in the error metric. If off, - then only geometric error is used to control the decimation. By default - the attribute errors are off. - - - - - Decide whether to include data attributes in the error metric. If off, - then only geometric error is used to control the decimation. By default - the attribute errors are off. - - - - - Get the actual reduction. This value is only valid after the - filter has executed. - - - - - Decide whether to include data attributes in the error metric. If off, - then only geometric error is used to control the decimation. By default - the attribute errors are off. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - Set/Get the desired reduction (expressed as a fraction of the original - number of triangles). The actual reduction may be less depending on - triangulation and topological constraints. - - - - - Set/Get the desired reduction (expressed as a fraction of the original - number of triangles). The actual reduction may be less depending on - triangulation and topological constraints. - - - - - Set/Get the desired reduction (expressed as a fraction of the original - number of triangles). The actual reduction may be less depending on - triangulation and topological constraints. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Decide whether to include data attributes in the error metric. If off, - then only geometric error is used to control the decimation. By default - the attribute errors are off. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - Set/Get the desired reduction (expressed as a fraction of the original - number of triangles). The actual reduction may be less depending on - triangulation and topological constraints. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling weight contribution of the attribute. These - values are used to weight the contribution of the attributes - towards the error metric. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - If attribute errors are to be included in the metric (i.e., - AttributeErrorMetric is on), then the following flags control which - attributes are to be included in the error calculation. By default all - of these are on. - - - - - vtkQuantizePolyDataPoints - quantizes x,y,z coordinates of points - - - Description - vtkQuantizePolyDataPoints is a subclass of vtkCleanPolyData and - inherits the functionality of vtkCleanPolyData with the addition that - it quantizes the point coordinates before inserting into the point list. - The user should set QFactor to a positive value (0.25 by default) and all - {x,y,z} coordinates will be quantized to that grain size. - - A tolerance of zero is expected, though positive values may be used, the - quantization will take place before the tolerance is applied. - - Caveats - Merging points can alter topology, including introducing non-manifold - forms. Handling of degenerate cells is controlled by switches in - vtkCleanPolyData. - - - - - vtkCleanPolyData - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify quantization grain size. Default is 0.25 - - - - - Specify quantization grain size. Default is 0.25 - - - - - Specify quantization grain size. Default is 0.25 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform quantization on bounds - - - - - Perform quantization on a point - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify quantization grain size. Default is 0.25 - - - - - vtkRandomAttributeGenerator - generate and create random data attributes - - - Description - vtkRandomAttributeGenerator is a filter that creates random attributes - including scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, texture coordinates and/or - general data arrays. These attributes can be generated as point data, cell - data or general field data. The generation of each component is normalized - between a user-specified minimum and maximum value. - - This filter provides that capability to specify the data type of the - attributes, the range for each of the components, and the number of - components. Note, however, that this flexibility only goes so far because - some attributes (e.g., normals, vectors and tensors) are fixed in the - number of components, and in the case of normals and tensors, are - constrained in the values that some of the components can take (i.e., - normals have magnitude one, and tensors are symmetric). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods for generating data: all data, all point data, or all cell data. - For example, if all data is enabled, then all point, cell and field data is generated. - If all point data is enabled, then point scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, tcoords, - and a data array are produced. - - - - - Convenience methods for generating data: all data, all point data, or all cell data. - For example, if all data is enabled, then all point, cell and field data is generated. - If all point data is enabled, then point scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, tcoords, - and a data array are produced. - - - - - Convenience methods for generating data: all data, all point data, or all cell data. - For example, if all data is enabled, then all point, cell and field data is generated. - If all point data is enabled, then point scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, tcoords, - and a data array are produced. - - - - - Convenience methods for generating data: all data, all point data, or all cell data. - For example, if all data is enabled, then all point, cell and field data is generated. - If all point data is enabled, then point scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, tcoords, - and a data array are produced. - - - - - Convenience methods for generating data: all data, all point data, or all cell data. - For example, if all data is enabled, then all point, cell and field data is generated. - If all point data is enabled, then point scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, tcoords, - and a data array are produced. - - - - - Convenience methods for generating data: all data, all point data, or all cell data. - For example, if all data is enabled, then all point, cell and field data is generated. - If all point data is enabled, then point scalars, vectors, normals, tensors, tcoords, - and a data array are produced. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary cell array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary cell array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that cell normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that cell normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that cell scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that cell scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that cell texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that cell texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that cell tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that cell tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that cell vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that cell vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary field data array is to be generated. Note - that the specified number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary field data array is to be generated. Note - that the specified number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary point array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary point array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that point normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that point normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that point scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that point scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that point texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that point texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that point tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that point tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that point vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that point vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary cell array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that cell normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that cell scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that cell texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that cell tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that cell vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary field data array is to be generated. Note - that the specified number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary point array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that point normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that point scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that point texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that point tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that point vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Set the maximum component value. This applies to all data that is generated, - although normals and tensors have internal constraints that must be - observed. - - - - - Set the minimum component value. This applies to all data that is generated, - although normals and tensors have internal constraints that must be - observed. - - - - - Specify the number of components to generate. This value only applies to those - attribute types that take a variable number of components. For example, a vector - is only three components so the number of components is not applicable; whereas - a scalar may support multiple, varying number of components. - - - - - Specify the number of components to generate. This value only applies to those - attribute types that take a variable number of components. For example, a vector - is only three components so the number of components is not applicable; whereas - a scalar may support multiple, varying number of components. - - - - - Specify the number of components to generate. This value only applies to those - attribute types that take a variable number of components. For example, a vector - is only three components so the number of components is not applicable; whereas - a scalar may support multiple, varying number of components. - - - - - Specify the number of tuples to generate. This value only applies when creating - general field data. In all other cases (i.e., point data or cell data), the number - of tuples is controlled by the number of points and cells, respectively. - - - - - Specify the number of tuples to generate. This value only applies when creating - general field data. In all other cases (i.e., point data or cell data), the number - of tuples is controlled by the number of points and cells, respectively. - - - - - Specify the number of tuples to generate. This value only applies when creating - general field data. In all other cases (i.e., point data or cell data), the number - of tuples is controlled by the number of points and cells, respectively. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Create instance with minimum speed 0.0, maximum speed 1.0. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Specify the type of array to create (all components of this array are of this - type). This holds true for all arrays that are created. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary cell array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that cell normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that cell scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that cell texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that cell tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that cell vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary field data array is to be generated. Note - that the specified number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that an arbitrary point array is to be generated. Note that the - specified number of components is used to create the array. - - - - - Indicate that point normals are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Indicate that point scalars are to be generated. Note that the specified - number of components is used to create the scalar. - - - - - Indicate that point texture coordinates are to be generated. Note that - the specified number of components is used to create the texture - coordinates (but must range between one and three). - - - - - Indicate that point tensors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to nine. - - - - - Indicate that point vectors are to be generated. Note that the - number of components is always equal to three. - - - - - Set the maximum component value. This applies to all data that is generated, - although normals and tensors have internal constraints that must be - observed. - - - - - Set the minimum component value. This applies to all data that is generated, - although normals and tensors have internal constraints that must be - observed. - - - - - Specify the number of components to generate. This value only applies to those - attribute types that take a variable number of components. For example, a vector - is only three components so the number of components is not applicable; whereas - a scalar may support multiple, varying number of components. - - - - - Specify the number of tuples to generate. This value only applies when creating - general field data. In all other cases (i.e., point data or cell data), the number - of tuples is controlled by the number of points and cells, respectively. - - - - - vtkRearrangeFields - Move/copy fields between field data, point data and cell data - - - Description - vtkRearrangeFields is used to copy/move fields (vtkDataArrays) between - data object's field data, point data and cell data. To specify which - fields are copied/moved, the user adds operations. There are two types - of operations: 1. the type which copies/moves an attribute's data - (i.e. the field will be copied but will not be an attribute in the - target), 2. the type which copies/moves fields by name. For example: - @verbatim - rf->AddOperation(vtkRearrangeFields::COPY, "foo", - vtkRearrangeFields::DATA_OBJECT, - vtkRearrangeFields::POINT_DATA); - @endverbatim - adds an operation which copies a field (data array) called foo from - the data object's field data to point data. - From Tcl, the same operation can be added as follows: - @verbatim - rf AddOperation COPY foo DATA_OBJECT POINT_DATA - @endverbatim - The same can be done using Python and Java bindings by passing - strings as arguments. - @verbatim - Operation types: COPY, MOVE - AttributeTypes: SCALARS, VECTORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, TENSORS - Field data locations: DATA_OBJECT, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA - @endverbatim - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkRearrangeFields with an empty operation list. - - - - - Create a new vtkRearrangeFields with an empty operation list. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an operation which copies an attribute's field (data array) from - one field data to another. Returns an operation id which can later - be used to remove the operation. - - - - - Add an operation which copies a field (data array) from one field - data to another. Returns an operation id which can later - be used to remove the operation. - - - - - Helper method used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums.Returns an operation id - which can later be used to remove the operation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all operations. - - - - - Remove an operation with the given id. - - - - - Remove an operation with the given signature. See AddOperation - for details. - - - - - Remove an operation with the given signature. See AddOperation - for details. - - - - - Remove an operation with the given signature. See AddOperation - for details. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a new vtkRearrangeFields with an empty operation list. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Remove all operations. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Create a new vtkRearrangeFields with an empty operation list. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRectangularButtonSource - create a rectangular button - - - Description - vtkRectangularButtonSource creates a rectangular shaped button with - texture coordinates suitable for application of a texture map. This - provides a way to make nice looking 3D buttons. The buttons are - represented as vtkPolyData that includes texture coordinates and - normals. The button lies in the x-y plane. - - To use this class you must define its width, height and length. These - measurements are all taken with respect to the shoulder of the button. - The shoulder is defined as follows. Imagine a box sitting on the floor. - The distance from the floor to the top of the box is the depth; the other - directions are the length (x-direction) and height (y-direction). In - this particular widget the box can have a smaller bottom than top. The - ratio in size between bottom and top is called the box ratio (by - default=1.0). The ratio of the texture region to the shoulder region - is the texture ratio. And finally the texture region may be out of plane - compared to the shoulder. The texture height ratio controls this. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a circular button with depth 10% of its height. - - - - - Construct a circular button with depth 10% of its height. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the bottom of the button with the - shoulder region. Numbers greater than one produce buttons - with a wider bottom than shoulder; ratios less than one - produce buttons that have a wider shoulder than bottom. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the bottom of the button with the - shoulder region. Numbers greater than one produce buttons - with a wider bottom than shoulder; ratios less than one - produce buttons that have a wider shoulder than bottom. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the bottom of the button with the - shoulder region. Numbers greater than one produce buttons - with a wider bottom than shoulder; ratios less than one - produce buttons that have a wider shoulder than bottom. - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the height of the texture region - to the shoulder height. Values greater than 1.0 yield - convex buttons with the texture region raised above the - shoulder. Values less than 1.0 yield concave buttons with - the texture region below the shoulder. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the height of the texture region - to the shoulder height. Values greater than 1.0 yield - convex buttons with the texture region raised above the - shoulder. Values less than 1.0 yield concave buttons with - the texture region below the shoulder. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the height of the texture region - to the shoulder height. Values greater than 1.0 yield - convex buttons with the texture region raised above the - shoulder. Values less than 1.0 yield concave buttons with - the texture region below the shoulder. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the texture region to the - shoulder region. This number must be 0<=tr<=1. - If the texture style is to fit the image, then satisfying - the texture ratio may only be possible in one of the - two directions (length or width) depending on the - dimensions of the texture. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the texture region to the - shoulder region. This number must be 0<=tr<=1. - If the texture style is to fit the image, then satisfying - the texture ratio may only be possible in one of the - two directions (length or width) depending on the - dimensions of the texture. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the texture region to the - shoulder region. This number must be 0<=tr<=1. - If the texture style is to fit the image, then satisfying - the texture ratio may only be possible in one of the - two directions (length or width) depending on the - dimensions of the texture. - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the bottom of the button with the - shoulder region. Numbers greater than one produce buttons - with a wider bottom than shoulder; ratios less than one - produce buttons that have a wider shoulder than bottom. - - - - - Set/Get the depth of the button (the z-eliipsoid axis length). - - - - - Set/Get the height of the button. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the height of the texture region - to the shoulder height. Values greater than 1.0 yield - convex buttons with the texture region raised above the - shoulder. Values less than 1.0 yield concave buttons with - the texture region below the shoulder. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of the texture region to the - shoulder region. This number must be 0<=tr<=1. - If the texture style is to fit the image, then satisfying - the texture ratio may only be possible in one of the - two directions (length or width) depending on the - dimensions of the texture. - - - - - Set/Get the width of the button. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridClip - Reduces the image extent of the input. - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridClip will make an image smaller. The output must have - an image extent which is the subset of the input. The filter has two - modes of operation: - 1: By default, the data is not copied in this filter. - Only the whole extent is modified. - 2: If ClipDataOn is set, then you will get no more that the clipped - extent. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Hack set output by piece - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridGeometryFilter - extract geometry for a rectilinear grid - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridGeometryFilter is a filter that extracts geometry from a - rectilinear grid. By specifying appropriate i-j-k indices, it is possible - to extract a point, a curve, a surface, or a "volume". The volume - is actually a (n x m x o) region of points. - - The extent specification is zero-offset. That is, the first k-plane in - a 50x50x50 rectilinear grid is given by (0,49, 0,49, 0,0). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with initial extent (0,100, 0,100, 0,0) (i.e., a k-plane). - - - - - Construct with initial extent (0,100, 0,100, 0,0) (i.e., a k-plane). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the extent in topological coordinate range (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, - kmin,kmax). - - - - - Get the extent in topological coordinate range (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, - kmin,kmax). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices. - - - - - Specify (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices in array form. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridToTetrahedra - create a Tetrahedral mesh from a RectilinearGrid - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridToTetrahedra forms a mesh of Tetrahedra from a - vtkRectilinearGrid. The tetrahedra can be 5 per cell, 6 per cell, - or a mixture of 5 or 12 per cell. The resulting mesh is consistent, - meaning that there are no edge crossings and that each tetrahedron - face is shared by two tetrahedra, except those tetrahedra on the - boundary. All tetrahedra are right handed. - - Note that 12 tetrahedra per cell means adding a point in the - center of the cell. - - In order to subdivide some cells into 5 and some cells into 12 tetrahedra: - SetTetraPerCellTo5And12(); - Set the Scalars of the Input RectilinearGrid to be 5 or 12 - depending on what you want per cell of the RectilinearGrid. - - If you set RememberVoxelId, the scalars of the tetrahedron - will be set to the Id of the Cell in the RectilinearGrid from which - the tetrahedron came. - - Thanks - This class was developed by Samson J. Timoner of the - MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory - - - - - vtkDelaunay3D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Form 5 Tetrahedra per cube. Do not RememberVoxelId. - - - - - Form 5 Tetrahedra per cube. Do not RememberVoxelId. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Should the tetrahedra have scalar data - indicating which Voxel they came from in the vtkRectilinearGrid? - - - - - Set the method to divide each cell (voxel) in the RectilinearGrid - into tetrahedra. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Should the tetrahedra have scalar data - indicating which Voxel they came from in the vtkRectilinearGrid? - - - - - Should the tetrahedra have scalar data - indicating which Voxel they came from in the vtkRectilinearGrid? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This function for convenience for creating a Rectilinear Grid - If Spacing does not fit evenly into extent, the last cell will - have a different width (or height or depth). - If Extent[i]/Spacing[i] is within tol of an integer, then - assume the programmer meant an integer for direction i. - - - - - This version of the function for the wrappers - - - - - Should the tetrahedra have scalar data - indicating which Voxel they came from in the vtkRectilinearGrid? - - - - - Set the method to divide each cell (voxel) in the RectilinearGrid - into tetrahedra. - - - - - Set the method to divide each cell (voxel) in the RectilinearGrid - into tetrahedra. - - - - - Set the method to divide each cell (voxel) in the RectilinearGrid - into tetrahedra. - - - - - Set the method to divide each cell (voxel) in the RectilinearGrid - into tetrahedra. - - - - - Set the method to divide each cell (voxel) in the RectilinearGrid - into tetrahedra. - - - - - vtkRectilinearSynchronizedTemplates - generate isosurface from rectilinear grid - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Compute the spacing between this point and its 6 neighbors. This method - needs to be public so it can be accessed from a templated function. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Needed by templated functions. - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkRecursiveDividingCubes - create points lying on isosurface (using recursive approach) - - - Description - vtkRecursiveDividingCubes is a filter that generates points lying on a - surface of constant scalar value (i.e., an isosurface). Dense point - clouds (i.e., at screen resolution) will appear as a surface. Less dense - clouds can be used as a source to generate streamlines or to generate - "transparent" surfaces. - - This implementation differs from vtkDividingCubes in that it uses a - recursive procedure. In many cases this can result in generating - more points than the procedural implementation of vtkDividingCubes. This is - because the recursive procedure divides voxels by multiples of powers of - two. This can over-constrain subdivision. One of the advantages of the - recursive technique is that the recursion is terminated earlier, which in - some cases can be more efficient. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify sub-voxel size at which to generate point. - - - - - Specify sub-voxel size at which to generate point. - - - - - Specify sub-voxel size at which to generate point. - - - - - Every "Increment" point is added to the list of points. This parameter, if - set to a large value, can be used to limit the number of points while - retaining good accuracy. - - - - - Every "Increment" point is added to the list of points. This parameter, if - set to a large value, can be used to limit the number of points while - retaining good accuracy. - - - - - Every "Increment" point is added to the list of points. This parameter, if - set to a large value, can be used to limit the number of points while - retaining good accuracy. - - - - - Set isosurface value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify sub-voxel size at which to generate point. - - - - - Every "Increment" point is added to the list of points. This parameter, if - set to a large value, can be used to limit the number of points while - retaining good accuracy. - - - - - Set isosurface value. - - - - - vtkReebGraphSimplificationFilter - simplify an input Reeb graph. - - - Description - The filter takes an input vtkReebGraph object and outputs a - vtkReebGraph object. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the persistence metric evaluation code - Default value: NULL (standard topological persistence). - - - - - Set the persistence threshold for simplification (from 0 to 1). - Default value: 0 (no simplification). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the persistence metric evaluation code - Default value: NULL (standard topological persistence). - - - - - Set the persistence threshold for simplification (from 0 to 1). - Default value: 0 (no simplification). - - - - - vtkReebGraphSurfaceSkeletonFilter - compute a skeletal embedding of the - Reeb graph of a scalar field defined on a triangulated surface (vtkPolyData). - - - Description - The filter takes a vtkPolyData as an input (port 0), along with a - vtkReebGraph (port 1). - The filter samples each arc of the Reeb graph and embeds the samples on the - barycenter of the corresponding field contour. - The number of (evenly distributed) arc samples can be defined with - SetNumberOfSamples() (default value: 10). - The skeleton can be optionally smoothed with SetNumberOfSmoothingIterations() - (default value: 10). - The filter will first try to pull as a scalar field the vtkDataArray with Id - 'FieldId' of the vtkPolyData, see SetFieldId() (default: 0). The filter will - abort if this field does not exist. - - The filter outputs a vtkTable of points (double[3]). Each column contains the - samples (sorted by function value) of the corresponding arc. The first and - the last entry of the column corresponds to the critical nodes at the - extremity of the arc (each column has NumberOfSamples + 2 entries). - - The skeleton can be rendered by linking the samples with geometrical - primitives (for instance, spheres at critical nodes and cylinders between - intermediary samples, see Graphics/Testing/Cxx/TestReebGraph.cxx). - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples along each arc of the Reeb graph - Default value: 5 - - - - - Set the number of optional smoothing iterations - Default value: 30 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples along each arc of the Reeb graph - Default value: 5 - - - - - Set the number of optional smoothing iterations - Default value: 30 - - - - - vtkReebGraphVolumeSkeletonFilter - compute a skeletal embedding of the - Reeb graph of a scalar field defined on a tetrahedral mesh - (vtkUnstructuredGrid). - - - Description - The filter takes a vtkUnstructuredGrid as an input (port 0), along with a - vtkReebGraph (port 1). - The filter samples each arc of the Reeb graph and embeds the samples on the - barycenter of the corresponding field contour. - The number of (evenly distributed) arc samples can be defined with - SetNumberOfSamples() (default value: 10). - The skeleton can be optionally smoothed with SetNumberOfSmoothingIterations() - (default value: 10). - The filter will first try to pull as a scalar field the vtkDataArray with Id - 'FieldId' of the vtkPolyData, see SetFieldId() (default: 0). The filter will - abort if this field does not exist. - - The filter outputs a vtkTable of points (double[3]). Each column contains the - samples (sorted by function value) of the corresponding arc. The first and - the last entry of the column corresponds to the critical nodes at the - extremity of the arc (each column has NumberOfSamples + 2 entries). - - The skeleton can be rendered by linking the samples with geometrical - primitives (for instance, spheres at critical nodes and cylinders between - intermediary samples, see Graphics/Testing/Cxx/TestReebGraph.cxx). - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples along each arc of the Reeb graph - Default value: 5 - - - - - Set the number of optional smoothing iterations - Default value: 30 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples along each arc of the Reeb graph - Default value: 5 - - - - - Set the number of optional smoothing iterations - Default value: 30 - - - - - vtkReflectionFilter - reflects a data set across a plane - - - Description - The vtkReflectionFilter reflects a data set across one of the - planes formed by the data set's bounding box. - Since it converts data sets into unstructured grids, it is not effeicient - for structured data sets. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the reflection. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the reflection. - - - - - If the reflection plane is set to X, Y or Z, this variable - is use to set the position of the plane. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the reflection. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If the reflection plane is set to X, Y or Z, this variable - is use to set the position of the plane. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the reflection. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Set the normal of the plane to use as mirror. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRegularPolygonSource - create a regular, n-sided polygon and/or polyline - - - Description - vtkRegularPolygonSource is a source object that creates a single n-sided polygon and/or - polyline. The polygon is centered at a specified point, orthogonal to - a specified normal, and with a circumscribing radius set by the user. The user can - also specify the number of sides of the polygon ranging from [3,N]. - - This object can be used for seeding streamlines or defining regions for clipping/cutting. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, obtaining type and printing instance values. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, obtaining type and printing instance values. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether a polygon is produced. By default, GeneratePolygon is enabled. - - - - - Control whether a polygon is produced. By default, GeneratePolygon is enabled. - - - - - Control whether a polyline is produced. By default, GeneratePolyline is enabled. - - - - - Control whether a polyline is produced. By default, GeneratePolyline is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the polygon. By default, the center is set at the - origin (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the center of the polygon. By default, the center is set at the - origin (0,0,0). - - - - - Control whether a polygon is produced. By default, GeneratePolygon is enabled. - - - - - Control whether a polyline is produced. By default, GeneratePolyline is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the normal to the polygon. The ordering of the polygon will be - counter-clockwise around the normal (i.e., using the right-hand rule). - By default, the normal is set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the normal to the polygon. The ordering of the polygon will be - counter-clockwise around the normal (i.e., using the right-hand rule). - By default, the normal is set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the number of sides of the polygon. By default, the number of sides - is set to six. - - - - - Set/Get the number of sides of the polygon. By default, the number of sides - is set to six. - - - - - Set/Get the number of sides of the polygon. By default, the number of sides - is set to six. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the polygon. By default, the radius is set to 0.5. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, obtaining type and printing instance values. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, obtaining type and printing instance values. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, obtaining type and printing instance values. - - - - - Standard methods for instantiation, obtaining type and printing instance values. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the polygon. By default, the center is set at the - origin (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the center of the polygon. By default, the center is set at the - origin (0,0,0). - - - - - Control whether a polygon is produced. By default, GeneratePolygon is enabled. - - - - - Control whether a polyline is produced. By default, GeneratePolyline is enabled. - - - - - Set/Get the normal to the polygon. The ordering of the polygon will be - counter-clockwise around the normal (i.e., using the right-hand rule). - By default, the normal is set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the normal to the polygon. The ordering of the polygon will be - counter-clockwise around the normal (i.e., using the right-hand rule). - By default, the normal is set to (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the number of sides of the polygon. By default, the number of sides - is set to six. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the polygon. By default, the radius is set to 0.5. - - - - - vtkReverseSense - reverse the ordering of polygonal cells and/or vertex normals - - - Description - - vtkReverseSense is a filter that reverses the order of polygonal cells - and/or reverses the direction of point and cell normals. Two flags are - used to control these operations. Cell reversal means reversing the order - of indices in the cell connectivity list. Normal reversal means - multiplying the normal vector by -1 (both point and cell normals, - if present). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object so that behavior is to reverse cell ordering and - leave normal orientation as is. - - - - - Construct object so that behavior is to reverse cell ordering and - leave normal orientation as is. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse cell ordering. - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse normal orientation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse cell ordering. - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse cell ordering. - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse normal orientation. - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse normal orientation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse cell ordering. - - - - - Flag controls whether to reverse normal orientation. - - - - - vtkRibbonFilter - create oriented ribbons from lines defined in polygonal dataset - - - Description - vtkRibbonFilter is a filter to create oriented ribbons from lines defined - in polygonal dataset. The orientation of the ribbon is along the line - segments and perpendicular to "projected" line normals. Projected line - normals are the original line normals projected to be perpendicular to - the local line segment. An offset angle can be specified to rotate the - ribbon with respect to the normal. - - Caveats - The input line must not have duplicate points, or normals at points that - are parallel to the incoming/outgoing line segments. (Duplicate points - can be removed with vtkCleanPolyData.) If a line does not meet this - criteria, then that line is not tubed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct ribbon so that width is 0.1, the width does - not vary with scalar values, and the width factor is 2.0. - - - - - Construct ribbon so that width is 0.1, the width does - not vary with scalar values, and the width factor is 2.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the offset angle of the ribbon from the line normal. (The angle - is expressed in degrees.) The default is 0.0 - - - - - Set the offset angle of the ribbon from the line normal. (The angle - is expressed in degrees.) The default is 0.0 - - - - - Set the offset angle of the ribbon from the line normal. (The angle - is expressed in degrees.) The default is 0.0 - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and - DefaultNormalOn is set. The default is (0,0,1) - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and - DefaultNormalOn is set. The default is (0,0,1) - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - The default is Off - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of ribbon width with scalar value. - The default is Off - - - - - Set the "half" width of the ribbon. If the width is allowed to vary, - this is the minimum width. The default is 0.5 - - - - - Set the maximum ribbon width in terms of a multiple of the minimum width. - The default is 2.0 - - - - - Set the "half" width of the ribbon. If the width is allowed to vary, - this is the minimum width. The default is 0.5 - - - - - Set the "half" width of the ribbon. If the width is allowed to vary, - this is the minimum width. The default is 0.5 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the offset angle of the ribbon from the line normal. (The angle - is expressed in degrees.) The default is 0.0 - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and - DefaultNormalOn is set. The default is (0,0,1) - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and - DefaultNormalOn is set. The default is (0,0,1) - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the ribbon with time textures, etc. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - The default is Off - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of ribbon width with scalar value. - The default is Off - - - - - Set the "half" width of the ribbon. If the width is allowed to vary, - this is the minimum width. The default is 0.5 - - - - - Set the maximum ribbon width in terms of a multiple of the minimum width. - The default is 2.0 - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - The default is Off - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - The default is Off - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of ribbon width with scalar value. - The default is Off - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of ribbon width with scalar value. - The default is Off - - - - - vtkRotationalExtrusionFilter - sweep polygonal data creating "skirt" from free edges and lines, and lines from vertices - - - Description - vtkRotationalExtrusionFilter is a modeling filter. It takes polygonal - data as input and generates polygonal data on output. The input dataset - is swept around the z-axis to create new polygonal primitives. These - primitives form a "skirt" or swept surface. For example, sweeping a - line results in a cylindrical shell, and sweeping a circle creates a - torus. - - There are a number of control parameters for this filter. You can - control whether the sweep of a 2D object (i.e., polygon or triangle - strip) is capped with the generating geometry via the "Capping" instance - variable. Also, you can control the angle of rotation, and whether - translation along the z-axis is performed along with the rotation. - (Translation is useful for creating "springs".) You also can adjust - the radius of the generating geometry using the "DeltaRotation" instance - variable. - - The skirt is generated by locating certain topological features. Free - edges (edges of polygons or triangle strips only used by one polygon or - triangle strips) generate surfaces. This is true also of lines or - polylines. Vertices generate lines. - - This filter can be used to model axisymmetric objects like cylinders, - bottles, and wine glasses; or translational/rotational symmetric objects - like springs or corkscrews. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create object with capping on, angle of 360 degrees, resolution = 12, and - no translation along z-axis. - vector (0,0,1), and point (0,0,0). - - - - - Create object with capping on, angle of 360 degrees, resolution = 12, and - no translation along z-axis. - vector (0,0,1), and point (0,0,0). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Set/Get angle of rotation. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Set/Get change in radius during sweep process. - - - - - Set/Get resolution of sweep operation. Resolution controls the number - of intermediate node points. - - - - - Set/Get resolution of sweep operation. Resolution controls the number - of intermediate node points. - - - - - Set/Get resolution of sweep operation. Resolution controls the number - of intermediate node points. - - - - - Set/Get total amount of translation along the z-axis. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get angle of rotation. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the skirt. - - - - - Set/Get change in radius during sweep process. - - - - - Set/Get resolution of sweep operation. Resolution controls the number - of intermediate node points. - - - - - Set/Get total amount of translation along the z-axis. - - - - - vtkRotationFilter - Duplicates a data set by rotation about an axis - - - Description - The vtkRotationFilter duplicates a data set by rotation about one of the - 3 axis of the dataset's reference. - Since it converts data sets into unstructured grids, it is not efficient - for structured data sets. - - Thanks - Theophane Foggia of The Swiss National Supercomputing Centre (CSCS) - for creating and contributing this filter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the rotation. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the rotation. - - - - - Set the rotation angle to use. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the rotation center coordinates. - - - - - Set the rotation center coordinates. - - - - - Set the rotation center coordinates. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the rotation. - - - - - Set the number of copies to create. The source will be rotated N times - and a new polydata copy of the original created at each angular position - All copies will be appended to form a single output - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the rotation angle to use. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the axis of rotation to use. It is set by default to Z. - - - - - Set the rotation center coordinates. - - - - - Set the rotation center coordinates. - - - - - If on (the default), copy the input geometry to the output. If off, - the output will only contain the rotation. - - - - - Set the number of copies to create. The source will be rotated N times - and a new polydata copy of the original created at each angular position - All copies will be appended to form a single output - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRuledSurfaceFilter - generates a surface from a set of lines - - - Description - vtkRuledSurfaceFilter is a filter that generates a surface from a set of - lines. The lines are assumed to be "parallel" in the sense that they do - not intersect and remain somewhat close to one another. A surface is - generated by connecting the points defining each pair of lines with - straight lines. This creates a strip for each pair of lines (i.e., a - triangulation is created from two generating lines). The filter can handle - an arbitrary number of lines, with lines i and i+1 assumed connected. - Note that there are several different approaches for creating the ruled - surface, the method for creating the surface can either use the input - points or resample from the polylines (using a user-specified resolution). - - This filter offers some other important features. A DistanceFactor ivar is - used to decide when two lines are too far apart to connect. (The factor is - a multiple of the distance between the first two points of the two lines - defining the strip.) If the distance between the two generating lines - becomes too great, then the surface is not generated in that - region. (Note: if the lines separate and then merge, then a hole can be - generated in the surface.) In addition, the Offset and OnRation ivars can - be used to create nifty striped surfaces. Closed surfaces (e.g., tubes) can - be created by setting the CloseSurface ivar. (The surface can be closed - in the other direction by repeating the first and last point in the - polylines defining the surface.) - - An important use of this filter is to combine it with vtkStreamLine to - generate stream surfaces. It can also be used to create surfaces from - contours. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with OnRatio=1, Offset=0. DistanceFactor=3.0, - CloseSurface off, and PassLines off. - - - - - Construct object with OnRatio=1, Offset=0. DistanceFactor=3.0, - CloseSurface off, and PassLines off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Indicate whether the surface is to be closed. If this boolean is - on, then the first and last polyline are used to generate a stripe - that closes the surface. (Note: to close the surface in the other - direction, repeat the first point in the polyline as the last - point in the polyline.) - - - - - Indicate whether the surface is to be closed. If this boolean is - on, then the first and last polyline are used to generate a stripe - that closes the surface. (Note: to close the surface in the other - direction, repeat the first point in the polyline as the last - point in the polyline.) - - - - - Indicate whether the surface is to be closed. If this boolean is - on, then the first and last polyline are used to generate a stripe - that closes the surface. (Note: to close the surface in the other - direction, repeat the first point in the polyline as the last - point in the polyline.) - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls tearing of the surface. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls tearing of the surface. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls tearing of the surface. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. The offset sets the - first stripe that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. The offset sets the - first stripe that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. The offset sets the - first stripe that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. If OnRatio is greater - than 1, then every nth strip is turned on, beginning with the Offset - strip. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. If OnRatio is greater - than 1, then every nth strip is turned on, beginning with the Offset - strip. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. If OnRatio is greater - than 1, then every nth strip is turned on, beginning with the Offset - strip. - - - - - Indicate whether the starting points of the loops need to be determined. - If set to 0, then its assumes that the 0th point of each loop should be - always connected - By defualt the loops are not oriented. - - - - - Indicate whether the generating lines are to be passed to the output. - By defualt lines are not passed to the output. - - - - - If the ruled surface generation mode is RESAMPLE, then these parameters - are used to determine the resample rate. Resolution[0] defines the - resolution in the direction of the polylines; Resolution[1] defines - the resolution across the polylines (i.e., direction orthogonal to - Resolution[0]). - - - - - If the ruled surface generation mode is RESAMPLE, then these parameters - are used to determine the resample rate. Resolution[0] defines the - resolution in the direction of the polylines; Resolution[1] defines - the resolution across the polylines (i.e., direction orthogonal to - Resolution[0]). - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Indicate whether the starting points of the loops need to be determined. - If set to 0, then its assumes that the 0th point of each loop should be - always connected - By defualt the loops are not oriented. - - - - - Indicate whether the starting points of the loops need to be determined. - If set to 0, then its assumes that the 0th point of each loop should be - always connected - By defualt the loops are not oriented. - - - - - Indicate whether the generating lines are to be passed to the output. - By defualt lines are not passed to the output. - - - - - Indicate whether the generating lines are to be passed to the output. - By defualt lines are not passed to the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Indicate whether the surface is to be closed. If this boolean is - on, then the first and last polyline are used to generate a stripe - that closes the surface. (Note: to close the surface in the other - direction, repeat the first point in the polyline as the last - point in the polyline.) - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls tearing of the surface. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. The offset sets the - first stripe that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the ruled surface. If OnRatio is greater - than 1, then every nth strip is turned on, beginning with the Offset - strip. - - - - - Indicate whether the starting points of the loops need to be determined. - If set to 0, then its assumes that the 0th point of each loop should be - always connected - By defualt the loops are not oriented. - - - - - Indicate whether the generating lines are to be passed to the output. - By defualt lines are not passed to the output. - - - - - If the ruled surface generation mode is RESAMPLE, then these parameters - are used to determine the resample rate. Resolution[0] defines the - resolution in the direction of the polylines; Resolution[1] defines - the resolution across the polylines (i.e., direction orthogonal to - Resolution[0]). - - - - - If the ruled surface generation mode is RESAMPLE, then these parameters - are used to determine the resample rate. Resolution[0] defines the - resolution in the direction of the polylines; Resolution[1] defines - the resolution across the polylines (i.e., direction orthogonal to - Resolution[0]). - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - Set the mode by which to create the ruled surface. (Dramatically - different results are possible depending on the chosen mode.) The - resample mode evenly resamples the polylines (based on length) and - generates triangle strips. The point walk mode uses the existing - points and walks around the polyline using existing points. - - - - - vtkSectorSource - create a sector of a disk - - - Description - vtkSectorSource creates a sector of a polygonal disk. The - disk has zero height. The user can specify the inner and outer radius - of the disk, the z-coordinate, and the radial and - circumferential resolution of the polygonal representation. - - - - vtkLinearExtrusionFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Set the end angle of the sector. - - - - - Set the end angle of the sector. - - - - - Set the end angle of the sector. - - - - - Specify inner radius of the sector. - - - - - Specify inner radius of the sector. - - - - - Specify inner radius of the sector. - - - - - Specify outer radius of the sector. - - - - - Specify outer radius of the sector. - - - - - Specify outer radius of the sector. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Set the start angle of the sector. - - - - - Set the start angle of the sector. - - - - - Set the start angle of the sector. - - - - - Specify the z coordinate of the sector. - - - - - Specify the z coordinate of the sector. - - - - - Specify the z coordinate of the sector. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of points in circumferential direction. - - - - - Set the end angle of the sector. - - - - - Specify inner radius of the sector. - - - - - Specify outer radius of the sector. - - - - - Set the number of points in radius direction. - - - - - Set the start angle of the sector. - - - - - Specify the z coordinate of the sector. - - - - - vtkSelectEnclosedPoints - mark points as to whether they are inside a closed surface - - - Description - vtkSelectEnclosedPoints is a filter that evaluates all the input points to - determine whether they are in an enclosed surface. The filter produces a - (0,1) mask (in the form of a vtkDataArray) that indicates whether points - are outside (mask value=0) or inside (mask value=1) a provided surface. - (The name of the output vtkDataArray is "SelectedPointsArray".) - - After running the filter, it is possible to query it as to whether a point - is inside/outside by invoking the IsInside(ptId) method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Description - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether to check the surface for closure. If on, then the - algorithm first checks to see if the surface is closed and manifold. - - - - - Specify whether to check the surface for closure. If on, then the - algorithm first checks to see if the surface is closed and manifold. - - - - - This is a backdoor that can be used to test many points for containment. - First initialize the instance, then repeated calls to IsInsideSurface() - can be used without rebuilding the search structures. The complete - method releases memory. - - - - - Specify whether to check the surface for closure. If on, then the - algorithm first checks to see if the surface is closed and manifold. - - - - - By default, points inside the surface are marked inside or sent to - the output. If InsideOut is on, then the points outside the surface - are marked inside. - - - - - Return a pointer to the enclosing surface. - - - - - Return a pointer to the enclosing surface. - - - - - Specify the tolerance on the intersection. The tolerance is expressed - as a fraction of the bounding box of the enclosing surface. - - - - - Specify the tolerance on the intersection. The tolerance is expressed - as a fraction of the bounding box of the enclosing surface. - - - - - Specify the tolerance on the intersection. The tolerance is expressed - as a fraction of the bounding box of the enclosing surface. - - - - - This is a backdoor that can be used to test many points for containment. - First initialize the instance, then repeated calls to IsInsideSurface() - can be used without rebuilding the search structures. The complete - method releases memory. - - - - - By default, points inside the surface are marked inside or sent to - the output. If InsideOut is on, then the points outside the surface - are marked inside. - - - - - By default, points inside the surface are marked inside or sent to - the output. If InsideOut is on, then the points outside the surface - are marked inside. - - - - - Description - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Query an input point id as to whether it is inside or outside. Note that - the result requires that the filter execute first. - - - - - This is a backdoor that can be used to test many points for containment. - First initialize the instance, then repeated calls to IsInsideSurface() - can be used without rebuilding the search structures. The complete - method releases memory. - - - - - This is a backdoor that can be used to test many points for containment. - First initialize the instance, then repeated calls to IsInsideSurface() - can be used without rebuilding the search structures. The complete - method releases memory. - - - - - Description - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Description - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Description - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Specify whether to check the surface for closure. If on, then the - algorithm first checks to see if the surface is closed and manifold. - - - - - By default, points inside the surface are marked inside or sent to - the output. If InsideOut is on, then the points outside the surface - are marked inside. - - - - - Set the surface to be used to test for containment. Two methods are - provided: one directly for vtkPolyData, and one for the output of a - filter. - - - - - Set the surface to be used to test for containment. Two methods are - provided: one directly for vtkPolyData, and one for the output of a - filter. - - - - - Specify the tolerance on the intersection. The tolerance is expressed - as a fraction of the bounding box of the enclosing surface. - - - - - vtkSelectionSource - Generate selection from given set of ids - vtkSelectionSource generates a vtkSelection from a set of - (piece id, cell id) pairs. It will only generate the selection values - that match UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER (i.e. piece == UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add the flat-index/composite index for a block. - - - - - Add a (piece, id) to the selection set. The source will generate - only the ids for which piece == UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER. - If piece == -1, the id applies to all pieces. - - - - - Add a point in world space to probe at. - - - - - Add a (piece, id) to the selection set. The source will generate - only the ids for which piece == UPDATE_PIECE_NUMBER. - If piece == -1, the id applies to all pieces. - - - - - Add a value range to threshold within. - - - - - Access to the component number for the array specified by ArrayName. - Default is component 0. Use -1 for magnitude. - - - - - Access to the name of the selection's subset description array. - - - - - If CompositeIndex < 0 then COMPOSITE_INDEX() is not added to the output. - - - - - When extracting by points, extract the cells that contain the - passing points. - - - - - Set the content type for the generated selection. - Possible values are as defined by - vtkSelection::SelectionContent. - - - - - Set the field type for the generated selection. - Possible values are as defined by - vtkSelection::SelectionField. - - - - - If HierarchicalLevel or HierarchicalIndex < 0 , then HIERARCHICAL_LEVEL() - and HIERARCHICAL_INDEX() keys are not added to the output. - - - - - If HierarchicalLevel or HierarchicalIndex < 0 , then HIERARCHICAL_LEVEL() - and HIERARCHICAL_INDEX() keys are not added to the output. - - - - - Determines whether the selection describes what to include or exclude. - Default is 0, meaning include. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all blocks added with AddBlock. - - - - - Removes all IDs. - - - - - Remove all locations added with AddLocation. - - - - - Removes all IDs. - - - - - Remove all thresholds added with AddThreshold. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Access to the component number for the array specified by ArrayName. - Default is component 0. Use -1 for magnitude. - - - - - Access to the name of the selection's subset description array. - - - - - If CompositeIndex < 0 then COMPOSITE_INDEX() is not added to the output. - - - - - When extracting by points, extract the cells that contain the - passing points. - - - - - Set the content type for the generated selection. - Possible values are as defined by - vtkSelection::SelectionContent. - - - - - Set the field type for the generated selection. - Possible values are as defined by - vtkSelection::SelectionField. - - - - - Set a frustum to choose within. - - - - - If HierarchicalLevel or HierarchicalIndex < 0 , then HIERARCHICAL_LEVEL() - and HIERARCHICAL_INDEX() keys are not added to the output. - - - - - If HierarchicalLevel or HierarchicalIndex < 0 , then HIERARCHICAL_LEVEL() - and HIERARCHICAL_INDEX() keys are not added to the output. - - - - - Determines whether the selection describes what to include or exclude. - Default is 0, meaning include. - - - - - vtkSelectPolyData - select portion of polygonal mesh; generate selection scalars - - - Description - vtkSelectPolyData is a filter that selects polygonal data based on - defining a "loop" and indicating the region inside of the loop. The - mesh within the loop consists of complete cells (the cells are not - cut). Alternatively, this filter can be used to generate scalars. - These scalar values, which are a distance measure to the loop, can - be used to clip, contour. or extract data (i.e., anything that an - implicit function can do). - - The loop is defined by an array of x-y-z point coordinates. - (Coordinates should be in the same coordinate space as the input - polygonal data.) The loop can be concave and non-planar, but not - self-intersecting. The input to the filter is a polygonal mesh - (only surface primitives such as triangle strips and polygons); the - output is either a) a portion of the original mesh laying within - the selection loop (GenerateSelectionScalarsOff); or b) the same - polygonal mesh with the addition of scalar values - (GenerateSelectionScalarsOn). - - The algorithm works as follows. For each point coordinate in the - loop, the closest point in the mesh is found. The result is a loop - of closest point ids from the mesh. Then, the edges in the mesh - connecting the closest points (and laying along the lines forming - the loop) are found. A greedy edge tracking procedure is used as - follows. At the current point, the mesh edge oriented in the - direction of and whose end point is closest to the line is - chosen. The edge is followed to the new end point, and the - procedure is repeated. This process continues until the entire loop - has been created. - - To determine what portion of the mesh is inside and outside of the - loop, three options are possible. 1) the smallest connected region, - 2) the largest connected region, and 3) the connected region - closest to a user specified point. (Set the ivar SelectionMode.) - - Once the loop is computed as above, the GenerateSelectionScalars - controls the output of the filter. If on, then scalar values are - generated based on distance to the loop lines. Otherwise, the cells - laying inside the selection loop are output. By default, the mesh - lying within the loop is output; however, if InsideOut is on, then - the portion of the mesh lying outside of the loop is output. - - The filter can be configured to generate the unselected portions of - the mesh as output by setting GenerateUnselectedOutput. Use the - method GetUnselectedOutput to access this output. (Note: this flag - is pertinent only when GenerateSelectionScalars is off.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with InsideOut turned off, and - GenerateSelectionScalars turned off. The unselected output - is not generated, and the inside mode is the smallest region. - - - - - Instantiate object with InsideOut turned off, and - GenerateSelectionScalars turned off. The unselected output - is not generated, and the inside mode is the smallest region. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the flag to control behavior of the filter. If - GenerateSelectionScalars is on, then the output of the filter - is the same as the input, except that scalars are generated. - If off, the filter outputs the cells laying inside the loop, and - does not generate scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the flag to control behavior of the filter. If - GenerateSelectionScalars is on, then the output of the filter - is the same as the input, except that scalars are generated. - If off, the filter outputs the cells laying inside the loop, and - does not generate scalars. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's not been selected. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's not been selected. - - - - - Set/Get the flag to control behavior of the filter. If - GenerateSelectionScalars is on, then the output of the filter - is the same as the input, except that scalars are generated. - If off, the filter outputs the cells laying inside the loop, and - does not generate scalars. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's not been selected. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the mesh within the loop is - extracted. When on, the mesh outside the loop is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the array of point coordinates defining the loop. There must - be at least three points used to define a loop. - - - - - Overload GetMTime() because we depend on Loop - - - - - Return the (mesh) edges of the selection region. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - Return the method of determining in/out of loop as a string. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - Return output that hasn't been selected (if GenreateUnselectedOutput is - enabled). - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the mesh within the loop is - extracted. When on, the mesh outside the loop is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the mesh within the loop is - extracted. When on, the mesh outside the loop is extracted. - - - - - Instantiate object with InsideOut turned off, and - GenerateSelectionScalars turned off. The unselected output - is not generated, and the inside mode is the smallest region. - - - - - Instantiate object with InsideOut turned off, and - GenerateSelectionScalars turned off. The unselected output - is not generated, and the inside mode is the smallest region. - - - - - Instantiate object with InsideOut turned off, and - GenerateSelectionScalars turned off. The unselected output - is not generated, and the inside mode is the smallest region. - - - - - Instantiate object with InsideOut turned off, and - GenerateSelectionScalars turned off. The unselected output - is not generated, and the inside mode is the smallest region. - - - - - Set/Get the flag to control behavior of the filter. If - GenerateSelectionScalars is on, then the output of the filter - is the same as the input, except that scalars are generated. - If off, the filter outputs the cells laying inside the loop, and - does not generate scalars. - - - - - Control whether a second output is generated. The second output - contains the polygonal data that's not been selected. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the mesh within the loop is - extracted. When on, the mesh outside the loop is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the array of point coordinates defining the loop. There must - be at least three points used to define a loop. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - Control how inside/outside of loop is defined. - - - - - vtkShrinkFilter - shrink cells composing an arbitrary data set - - - Description - vtkShrinkFilter shrinks cells composing an arbitrary data set - towards their centroid. The centroid of a cell is computed as the - average position of the cell points. Shrinking results in - disconnecting the cells from one another. The output of this filter - is of general dataset type vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. The default is 0.5. - - - - - Get/Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. The default is 0.5. - - - - - Get/Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. The default is 0.5. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. The default is 0.5. - - - - - vtkShrinkPolyData - shrink cells composing PolyData - - - Description - vtkShrinkPolyData shrinks cells composing a polygonal dataset (e.g., - vertices, lines, polygons, and triangle strips) towards their centroid. - The centroid of a cell is computed as the average position of the - cell points. Shrinking results in disconnecting the cells from - one another. The output dataset type of this filter is polygonal data. - - During execution the filter passes its input cell data to its - output. Point data attributes are copied to the points created during the - shrinking process. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the fraction of shrink for each cell. - - - - - Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. - - - - - Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the fraction of shrink for each cell. - - - - - vtkSimpleElevationFilter - generate scalars along a specified direction - - - Description - vtkSimpleElevationFilter is a filter to generate scalar values from a - dataset. The scalar values are generated by dotting a user-specified - vector against a vector defined from the input dataset points to the - origin. - - - - vtkElevationFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with Vector=(0,0,1); - - - - - Construct object with Vector=(0,0,1); - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). - - - - - Define one end of the line (small scalar values). - - - - - vtkSliceCubes - generate isosurface(s) from volume four slices at a time - - - Description - vtkSliceCubes is a special version of the marching cubes filter. Instead - of ingesting an entire volume at once it processes only four slices at - a time. This way, it can generate isosurfaces from huge volumes. Also, the - output of this object is written to a marching cubes triangle file. That - way, output triangles do not need to be held in memory. - - To use vtkSliceCubes you must specify an instance of vtkVolumeReader to - read the data. Set this object up with the proper file prefix, image range, - data origin, data dimensions, header size, data mask, and swap bytes flag. - The vtkSliceCubes object will then take over and read slices as necessary. - You also will need to specify the name of an output marching cubes triangle - file. - - Caveats - This process object is both a source and mapper (i.e., it reads and writes - data to a file). This is different than the other marching cubes objects - (and most process objects in the system). It's specialized to handle very - large data. - - This object only extracts a single isosurface. This compares with the other - contouring objects in vtk that generate multiple surfaces. - - To read the output file use vtkMCubesReader. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify file name of marching cubes output file. - - - - - Specify file name of marching cubes limits file. The limits file - speeds up subsequent reading of output triangle file. - - - - - Set/get object to read slices. - - - - - Set/get isosurface contour value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of marching cubes output file. - - - - - Specify file name of marching cubes limits file. The limits file - speeds up subsequent reading of output triangle file. - - - - - Set/get object to read slices. - - - - - Set/get isosurface contour value. - - - - - methods to make it look like a filter - - - - - methods to make it look like a filter - - - - - vtkSmoothPolyDataFilter - adjust point positions using Laplacian smoothing - - - Description - vtkSmoothPolyDataFilter is a filter that adjusts point coordinates using - Laplacian smoothing. The effect is to "relax" the mesh, making the cells - better shaped and the vertices more evenly distributed. Note that this - filter operates on the lines, polygons, and triangle strips composing an - instance of vtkPolyData. Vertex or poly-vertex cells are never modified. - - The algorithm proceeds as follows. For each vertex v, a topological and - geometric analysis is performed to determine which vertices are connected - to v, and which cells are connected to v. Then, a connectivity array is - constructed for each vertex. (The connectivity array is a list of lists - of vertices that directly attach to each vertex.) Next, an iteration - phase begins over all vertices. For each vertex v, the coordinates of v - are modified according to an average of the connected vertices. (A - relaxation factor is available to control the amount of displacement of - v). The process repeats for each vertex. This pass over the list of - vertices is a single iteration. Many iterations (generally around 20 or - so) are repeated until the desired result is obtained. - - There are some special instance variables used to control the execution - of this filter. (These ivars basically control what vertices can be - smoothed, and the creation of the connectivity array.) The - BoundarySmoothing ivar enables/disables the smoothing operation on - vertices that are on the "boundary" of the mesh. A boundary vertex is one - that is surrounded by a semi-cycle of polygons (or used by a single - line). - - Another important ivar is FeatureEdgeSmoothing. If this ivar is - enabled, then interior vertices are classified as either "simple", - "interior edge", or "fixed", and smoothed differently. (Interior - vertices are manifold vertices surrounded by a cycle of polygons; or used - by two line cells.) The classification is based on the number of feature - edges attached to v. A feature edge occurs when the angle between the two - surface normals of a polygon sharing an edge is greater than the - FeatureAngle ivar. Then, vertices used by no feature edges are classified - "simple", vertices used by exactly two feature edges are classified - "interior edge", and all others are "fixed" vertices. - - Once the classification is known, the vertices are smoothed - differently. Corner (i.e., fixed) vertices are not smoothed at all. - Simple vertices are smoothed as before (i.e., average of connected - vertex coordinates). Interior edge vertices are smoothed only along - their two connected edges, and only if the angle between the edges - is less than the EdgeAngle ivar. - - The total smoothing can be controlled by using two ivars. The - NumberOfIterations is a cap on the maximum number of smoothing passes. - The Convergence ivar is a limit on the maximum point motion. If the - maximum motion during an iteration is less than Convergence, then the - smoothing process terminates. (Convergence is expressed as a fraction of - the diagonal of the bounding box.) - - There are two instance variables that control the generation of error - data. If the ivar GenerateErrorScalars is on, then a scalar value indicating - the distance of each vertex from its original position is computed. If the - ivar GenerateErrorVectors is on, then a vector representing change in - position is computed. - - Optionally you can further control the smoothing process by defining a - second input: the Source. If defined, the input mesh is constrained to - lie on the surface defined by the Source ivar. - - Caveats - - The Laplacian operation reduces high frequency information in the geometry - of the mesh. With excessive smoothing important details may be lost, and - the surface may shrink towards the centroid. Enabling FeatureEdgeSmoothing - helps reduce this effect, but cannot entirely eliminate it. You may also - wish to try vtkWindowedSincPolyDataFilter. It does a better job of - minimizing shrinkage. - - - - - vtkWindowedSincPolyDataFilter vtkDecimate vtkDecimatePro - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with number of iterations 20; relaxation factor .01; - feature edge smoothing turned off; feature - angle 45 degrees; edge angle 15 degrees; and boundary smoothing turned - on. Error scalars and vectors are not generated (by default). The - convergence criterion is 0.0 of the bounding box diagonal. - - - - - Construct object with number of iterations 20; relaxation factor .01; - feature edge smoothing turned off; feature - angle 45 degrees; edge angle 15 degrees; and boundary smoothing turned - on. Error scalars and vectors are not generated (by default). The - convergence criterion is 0.0 of the bounding box diagonal. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Specify a convergence criterion for the iteration - process. Smaller numbers result in more smoothing iterations. - - - - - Specify a convergence criterion for the iteration - process. Smaller numbers result in more smoothing iterations. - - - - - Specify a convergence criterion for the iteration - process. Smaller numbers result in more smoothing iterations. - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Specify the number of iterations for Laplacian smoothing, - - - - - Specify the number of iterations for Laplacian smoothing, - - - - - Specify the number of iterations for Laplacian smoothing, - - - - - Specify the relaxation factor for Laplacian smoothing. As in all - iterative methods, the stability of the process is sensitive to - this parameter. In general, small relaxation factors and large - numbers of iterations are more stable than larger relaxation - factors and smaller numbers of iterations. - - - - - Specify the source object which is used to constrain smoothing. The - source defines a surface that the input (as it is smoothed) is - constrained to lie upon. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Specify a convergence criterion for the iteration - process. Smaller numbers result in more smoothing iterations. - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Specify the number of iterations for Laplacian smoothing, - - - - - Specify the relaxation factor for Laplacian smoothing. As in all - iterative methods, the stability of the process is sensitive to - this parameter. In general, small relaxation factors and large - numbers of iterations are more stable than larger relaxation - factors and smaller numbers of iterations. - - - - - Specify the source object which is used to constrain smoothing. The - source defines a surface that the input (as it is smoothed) is - constrained to lie upon. - - - - - vtkSpatialRepresentationFilter - generate polygonal model of spatial search object (i.e., a vtkLocator) - - - Description - vtkSpatialRepresentationFilter generates an polygonal representation of a - spatial search (vtkLocator) object. The representation varies depending - upon the nature of the spatial search object. For example, the - representation for vtkOBBTree is a collection of oriented bounding - boxes. Ths input to this filter is a dataset of any type, and the output - is polygonal data. You must also specify the spatial search object to - use. - - Generally spatial search objects are used for collision detection and - other geometric operations, but in this filter one or more levels of - spatial searchers can be generated to form a geometric approximation to - the input data. This is a form of data simplification, generally used to - accelerate the rendering process. Or, this filter can be used as a - debugging/ visualization aid for spatial search objects. - - This filter can generate one or more output vtkPolyData corresponding to - different levels in the spatial search tree. The output data is retrieved - using the GetOutput(id) method, where id ranges from 0 (root level) - to Level. Note that the output for level "id" is not computed unless a - GetOutput(id) method is issued. Thus, if you desire three levels of output - (say 2,4,7), you would have to invoke GetOutput(2), GetOutput(4), and - GetOutput(7). (Also note that the Level ivar is computed automatically - depending on the size and nature of the input data.) There is also - another GetOutput() method that takes no parameters. This method returns - the leafs of the spatial search tree, which may be at different levels. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Get the maximum number of outputs actually available. - - - - - A special form of the GetOutput() method that returns multiple outputs. - - - - - Output of terminal nodes/leaves. - - - - - Set/Get the locator that will be used to generate the representation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset requested output levels - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / get the input data or filter. - - - - - Set/Get the locator that will be used to generate the representation. - - - - - vtkSpherePuzzleArrows - Visualize permutation of the sphere puzzle. - - - Description - vtkSpherePuzzleArrows creates - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Permutation is an array of puzzle piece ids. - Arrows will be generated for any id that does not contain itself. - Permutation[3] = 3 will produce no arrow. - Permutation[3] = 10 will draw an arrow from location 3 to 10. - - - - - Permutation is an array of puzzle piece ids. - Arrows will be generated for any id that does not contain itself. - Permutation[3] = 3 will produce no arrow. - Permutation[3] = 10 will draw an arrow from location 3 to 10. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Permutation is an array of puzzle piece ids. - Arrows will be generated for any id that does not contain itself. - Permutation[3] = 3 will produce no arrow. - Permutation[3] = 10 will draw an arrow from location 3 to 10. - - - - - Permutation is an array of puzzle piece ids. - Arrows will be generated for any id that does not contain itself. - Permutation[3] = 3 will produce no arrow. - Permutation[3] = 10 will draw an arrow from location 3 to 10. - - - - - Permutation is an array of puzzle piece ids. - Arrows will be generated for any id that does not contain itself. - Permutation[3] = 3 will produce no arrow. - Permutation[3] = 10 will draw an arrow from location 3 to 10. - - - - - vtkSpherePuzzle - create a polygonal sphere centered at the origin - - - Description - vtkSpherePuzzle creates - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For drawing state as arrows. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move the top/bottom half one segment either direction. - - - - - Move actually implements the pending move. When percentage - is 100, the pending move becomes inactive, and SetPoint - will have to be called again to setup another move. - - - - - Rotate vertical half of sphere along one of the longitude lines. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset the state of this puzzle back to its original state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - SetPoint will be called as the mouse moves over the screen. - The output will change to indicate the pending move. - SetPoint returns zero if move is not activated by point. - Otherwise it encodes the move into a unique integer so that - the caller can determine if the move state has changed. - This will answer the question, "Should I render." - - - - - vtkSphereSource - create a polygonal sphere centered at the origin - - - Description - vtkSphereSource creates a sphere (represented by polygons) of specified - radius centered at the origin. The resolution (polygonal discretization) - in both the latitude (phi) and longitude (theta) directions can be - specified. It also is possible to create partial spheres by specifying - maximum phi and theta angles. By default, the surface tessellation of - the sphere uses triangles; however you can set LatLongTessellation to - produce a tessellation using quadrilaterals. - Caveats - Resolution means the number of latitude or longitude lines for a complete - sphere. If you create partial spheres the number of latitude/longitude - lines may be off by one. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both Phi - and Theta directions. Theta ranges from (0,360) and phi (0,180) degrees. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both Phi - and Theta directions. Theta ranges from (0,360) and phi (0,180) degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the center of the sphere. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the sphere. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the ending latitude angle. By default EndPhi=180 degrees. - - - - - Set the ending latitude angle. By default EndPhi=180 degrees. - - - - - Set the ending latitude angle. By default EndPhi=180 degrees. - - - - - Set the ending longitude angle. By default EndTheta=360 degrees. - - - - - Set the ending longitude angle. By default EndTheta=360 degrees. - - - - - Set the ending longitude angle. By default EndTheta=360 degrees. - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartPhi to EndPhi). - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartPhi to EndPhi). - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartPhi to EndPhi). - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is .5. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is .5. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is .5. - - - - - Set the starting latitude angle (0 is at north pole). By default - StartPhi=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the starting latitude angle (0 is at north pole). By default - StartPhi=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the starting latitude angle (0 is at north pole). By default - StartPhi=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the starting longitude angle. By default StartTheta=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the starting longitude angle. By default StartTheta=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the starting longitude angle. By default StartTheta=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartTheta to EndTheta). - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartTheta to EndTheta). - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartTheta to EndTheta). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the center of the sphere. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the sphere. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the ending latitude angle. By default EndPhi=180 degrees. - - - - - Set the ending longitude angle. By default EndTheta=360 degrees. - - - - - Cause the sphere to be tessellated with edges along the latitude - and longitude lines. If off, triangles are generated at non-polar - regions, which results in edges that are not parallel to latitude and - longitude lines. If on, quadrilaterals are generated everywhere - except at the poles. This can be useful for generating a wireframe - sphere with natural latitude and longitude lines. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction (ranging - from StartPhi to EndPhi). - - - - - Set radius of sphere. Default is .5. - - - - - Set the starting latitude angle (0 is at north pole). By default - StartPhi=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the starting longitude angle. By default StartTheta=0 degrees. - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction (ranging from - StartTheta to EndTheta). - - - - - vtkSplineFilter - generate uniformly subdivided polylines from a set of input polyline using a vtkSpline - - - Description - vtkSplineFilter is a filter that generates an output polylines from an - input set of polylines. The polylines are uniformly subdivided and produced - with the help of a vtkSpline class that the user can specify (by default a - vtkCardinalSpline is used). The number of subdivisions of the line can be - controlled in several ways. The user can either specify the number of - subdivisions or a length of each subdivision can be provided (and the - class will figure out how many subdivisions is required over the whole - polyline). The maximum number of subdivisions can also be set. - - The output of this filter is a polyline per input polyline (or line). New - points and texture coordinates are created. Point data is interpolated and - cell data passed on. Any polylines with less than two points, or who have - coincident points, are ignored. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the class with no limit on the number of subdivisions - and using an instance of vtkCardinalSpline to perform interpolation. - - - - - Construct the class with no limit on the number of subdivisions - and using an instance of vtkCardinalSpline to perform interpolation. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline based on an absolute length. The length of the spline - is divided by this length to determine the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Control the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline based on an absolute length. The length of the spline - is divided by this length to determine the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Control the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline based on an absolute length. The length of the spline - is divided by this length to determine the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Set the maximum number of subdivisions that are created for each - polyline. - - - - - Set the maximum number of subdivisions that are created for each - polyline. - - - - - Set the maximum number of subdivisions that are created for each - polyline. - - - - - Set the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline. This method only has effect if Subdivisions is set - to SetSubdivisionsToSpecify(). - - - - - Set the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline. This method only has effect if Subdivisions is set - to SetSubdivisionsToSpecify(). - - - - - Set the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline. This method only has effect if Subdivisions is set - to SetSubdivisionsToSpecify(). - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkSpline to use to perform the interpolation. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the output polyline. The texture coordinates - can be generated in three ways: a normalized (0,1) generation; - based on the length (divided by the texture length); and by using - the input scalar values. - - - - - Control the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline based on an absolute length. The length of the spline - is divided by this length to determine the number of subdivisions. - - - - - Set the maximum number of subdivisions that are created for each - polyline. - - - - - Set the number of subdivisions that are created for the - polyline. This method only has effect if Subdivisions is set - to SetSubdivisionsToSpecify(). - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkSpline to use to perform the interpolation. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Specify how the number of subdivisions is determined. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - vtkSplitField - Split a field into single component fields - - - Description - vtkSplitField is used to split a multi-component field (vtkDataArray) - into multiple single component fields. The new fields are put in - the same field data as the original field. The output arrays - are of the same type as the input array. Example: - @verbatim - sf->SetInputField("gradient", vtkSplitField::POINT_DATA); - sf->Split(0, "firstcomponent"); - @endverbatim - tells vtkSplitField to extract the first component of the field - called gradient and create an array called firstcomponent (the - new field will be in the output's point data). - The same can be done from Tcl: - @verbatim - sf SetInputField gradient POINT_DATA - sf Split 0 firstcomponent - - AttributeTypes: SCALARS, VECTORS, NORMALS, TCOORDS, TENSORS - Field locations: DATA_OBJECT, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA - @endverbatim - Note that, by default, the original array is also passed through. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkSplitField. - - - - - Create a new vtkSplitField. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the given attribute in the field data given - by fieldLoc as input. - - - - - Use the array with given name in the field data given - by fieldLoc as input. - - - - - Helper method used by other language bindings. Allows the caller to - specify arguments as strings instead of enums. - - - - - Create a new array with the given component. - - - - - Create a new array with the given component. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkStreamingTessellator - An algorithm that refines an initial simplicial tessellation using edge subdivision - - - Description - This class is a simple algorithm that takes a single starting simplex -- a - tetrahedron, triangle, or line segment -- and calls a function you - pass it with (possibly many times) tetrahedra, triangles, or lines - adaptively sampled from the one you specified. It - uses an algorithm you specify to control the level of adaptivity. - - This class does not create vtkUnstructuredGrid output because it is - intended for use in mappers as well as filters. Instead, it - calls the registered function with simplices as they are - created. - - The subdivision algorithm should change the vertex - coordinates (it must change both geometric and, if desired, parametric - coordinates) of the midpoint. These coordinates need not be - changed unless the EvaluateEdge() member returns true. - The vtkStreamingTessellator itself has no way of creating - a more accurate midpoint vertex. - - Here's how to use this class: - - Call AdaptivelySample1Facet, AdaptivelySample2Facet, or - AdaptivelySample3Facet, with an edge, triangle, or - tetrahedron you want tessellated. - - The adaptive tessellator classifies each edge by passing - the midpoint values to the vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion. - - After each edge is classified, the tessellator subdivides - edges as required until the subdivision criterion is - satisfied or the maximum subdivision depth has been - reached. - - Edges, triangles, or tetrahedra connecting the vertices - generated by the subdivision algorithm are processed by - calling the user-defined callback functions (set with - SetTetrahedronCallback(), SetTriangleCallback(), - or SetEdgeCallback() ). - - Warning - Note that the vertices passed to AdaptivelySample3Facet, AdaptivelySample2Facet, - or AdaptivelySample1Facet must be at least 6, 5, or 4 entries long, respectively! - This is because the &lt;r,s,t&gt;, &lt;r,s&gt;, or &lt;r&gt; - parametric coordinates of the vertices are maintained as the - facet is subdivided. This information is often - required by the subdivision algorithm in order to compute - an error metric. You may change the number of parametric coordinates - associated with each vertex using vtkStreamingTessellator::SetEmbeddingDimension(). - - Interpolating Field Values - If you wish, you may also use \p vtkStreamingTessellator to interpolate field - values at newly created vertices. Interpolated field values are stored just beyond - the parametric coordinates associated with a vertex. They will always be \p double - values; it does not make sense to interpolate a boolean or string value and your - output and subdivision subroutines may always cast to a \p float or use \p floor() to - truncate an interpolated value to an integer. - - - - - vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This will adaptively subdivide the tetrahedron (3-facet), - triangle (2-facet), or edge (1-facet) until the subdivision - algorithm returns false for every edge or the maximum recursion - depth is reached. - - Use \p SetMaximumNumberOfSubdivisions to change the maximum - recursion depth. - - The AdaptivelySample0Facet method is provided as a convenience. - Obviously, there is no way to adaptively subdivide a vertex. - Instead the input vertex is passed unchanged to the output - via a call to the registered VertexProcessorFunction callback. - - .SECTION Warning - This assumes that you have called SetSubdivisionAlgorithm(), - SetEdgeCallback(), SetTriangleCallback(), and SetTetrahedronCallback() - with valid values! - - - - - The number of subdivisions allowed. - - - - - The number of subdivisions allowed. - - - - - The number of subdivisions allowed. - - - - - Reset/access the histogram of subdivision cases encountered. - The histogram may be used to examine coverage during testing as well as characterizing the - tessellation algorithm's performance. - You should call ResetCounts() once, at the beginning of a stream of tetrahedra. - It must be called before AdaptivelySample3Facet() to prevent uninitialized memory reads. - - These functions have no effect (and return 0) when PARAVIEW_DEBUG_TESSELLATOR has not been defined. - By default, PARAVIEW_DEBUG_TESSELLATOR is not defined, and your code will be fast and efficient. Really! - - - - - can't wrap const private data because python wrapper will try to cast it to void*, not const void* - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The number of subdivisions allowed. - - - - - The number of subdivisions allowed. - - - - - The number of subdivisions allowed. - - - - - Get/Set a void pointer passed to the triangle and edge output functions. - - - - - Reset/access the histogram of subdivision cases encountered. - The histogram may be used to examine coverage during testing as well as characterizing the - tessellation algorithm's performance. - You should call ResetCounts() once, at the beginning of a stream of tetrahedra. - It must be called before AdaptivelySample3Facet() to prevent uninitialized memory reads. - - These functions have no effect (and return 0) when PARAVIEW_DEBUG_TESSELLATOR has not been defined. - By default, PARAVIEW_DEBUG_TESSELLATOR is not defined, and your code will be fast and efficient. Really! - - - - - Get/Set the algorithm used to determine whether an edge should be - subdivided or left as-is. This is used once for each call to - AdaptivelySample1Facet (which is recursive and will call itself - resulting in additional edges to be checked) or three times for - each call to AdaptivelySample2Facet (also recursive). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset/access the histogram of subdivision cases encountered. - The histogram may be used to examine coverage during testing as well as characterizing the - tessellation algorithm's performance. - You should call ResetCounts() once, at the beginning of a stream of tetrahedra. - It must be called before AdaptivelySample3Facet() to prevent uninitialized memory reads. - - These functions have no effect (and return 0) when PARAVIEW_DEBUG_TESSELLATOR has not been defined. - By default, PARAVIEW_DEBUG_TESSELLATOR is not defined, and your code will be fast and efficient. Really! - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - can't wrap const private data because python wrapper will try to cast it to void*, not const void* - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the number of parameter-space coordinates associated with each input and output point. - The default is \a k for \a k -facets. You may - specify a different dimension, \a d, for each type of \a k -facet to be processed. - For example, \p SetEmbeddingDimension( \p 2, \p 3 ) would associate \a r, \a s, and - \a t coordinates with each input and output point generated by \p AdaptivelySample2Facet - but does not say anything about input or output points generated by - \p AdaptivelySample1Facet. - Call \p SetEmbeddingDimension( \p -1, \a d ) to specify the same dimension for - all possible \a k values. - \a d may not exceed 8, as that would be plain silly. - - - - - Get/Set the number of field value coordinates associated with each input and output point. - The default is 0; no field values are interpolated. - You may specify a different size, \a s, for each type of \a k -facet to be processed. - For example, \p SetFieldSize( \p 2, \p 3 ) would associate 3 field value coordinates - with each input and output point of an \p AdaptivelySample2Facet call, - but does not say anything about input or output points of \p AdaptivelySample1Facet. - Call \p SetFieldSize( \p -1, \a s ) to specify the same dimension for all possible \a k values. - \a s may not exceed vtkStreamingTessellator::MaxFieldSize. - This is a compile-time constant that defaults to 18, which is large enough for - a scalar, vector, tensor, normal, and texture coordinate to be included at each point. - - Normally, you will not call \a SetFieldSize() directly; instead, subclasses of - vtkEdgeSubdivisionCriterion, such as vtkShoeMeshSubdivisionAlgorithm, will call it - for you. - - In any event, setting \a FieldSize to a non-zero value means you must pass field - values to the \p AdaptivelySamplekFacet routines; For example, - @verbatim - vtkStreamingTessellator* t = vtkStreamingTessellator::New(); - t->SetFieldSize( 1, 3 ); - t->SetEmbeddingDimension( 1, 1 ); // not really required, this is the default - double p0[3+1+3] = { x0, y0, z0, r0, fx0, fy0, fz0 }; - double p1[3+1+3] = { x1, y1, z1, r1, fx1, fy1, fz1 }; - t->AdaptivelySample1Facet( p0, p1 ); - @endverbatim - This would adaptively sample an curve (1-facet) with geometry and - a vector field at every output point on the curve. - - - - - Get/Set the maximum number of subdivisions that may occur. - - - - - Get/Set a void pointer passed to the triangle and edge output functions. - - - - - Get/Set the algorithm used to determine whether an edge should be - subdivided or left as-is. This is used once for each call to - AdaptivelySample1Facet (which is recursive and will call itself - resulting in additional edges to be checked) or three times for - each call to AdaptivelySample2Facet (also recursive). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkStreamPoints - generate points along streamer separated by constant time increment - - - Description - vtkStreamPoints is a filter that generates points along a streamer. - The points are separated by a constant time increment. The resulting visual - effect (especially when coupled with vtkGlyph3D) is an indication of - particle speed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with time increment set to 1.0. - - - - - Construct object with time increment set to 1.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the separation of points in terms of absolute time. - - - - - Specify the separation of points in terms of absolute time. - - - - - Specify the separation of points in terms of absolute time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the separation of points in terms of absolute time. - - - - - vtkStreamTracer - Streamline generator - - - Description - vtkStreamTracer is a filter that integrates a vector field to generate - streamlines. The integration is performed using a specified integrator, - by default Runge-Kutta2. - - vtkStreamTracer produces polylines as the output, with each cell (i.e., - polyline) representing a streamline. The attribute values associated - with each streamline are stored in the cell data, whereas those - associated with streamline-points are stored in the point data. - - vtkStreamTracer supports forward (the default), backward, and combined - (i.e., BOTH) integration. The length of a streamline is governed by - specifying a maximum value either in physical arc length or in (local) - cell length. Otherwise, the integration terminates upon exiting the - flow field domain, or if the particle speed is reduced to a value less - than a specified terminal speed, or when a maximum number of steps is - completed. The specific reason for the termination is stored in a cell - array named ReasonForTermination. - - Note that normalized vectors are adopted in streamline integration, - which achieves high numerical accuracy/smoothness of flow lines that is - particularly guranteed for Runge-Kutta45 with adaptive step size and - error control). In support of this feature, the underlying step size is - ALWAYS in arc length unit (LENGTH_UNIT) while the 'real' time interval - (virtual for steady flows) that a particle actually takes to trave in a - single step is obtained by dividing the arc length by the LOCAL speed. - The overall elapsed time (i.e., the life span) of the particle is the - sum of those individual step-wise time intervals. - - The quality of streamline integration can be controlled by setting the - initial integration step (InitialIntegrationStep), particularly for - Runge-Kutta2 and Runge-Kutta4 (with a fixed step size), and in the case - of Runge-Kutta45 (with an adaptive step size and error control) the - minimum integration step, the maximum integration step, and the maximum - error. These steps are in either LENGTH_UNIT or CELL_LENGTH_UNIT while - the error is in physical arc length. For the former two integrators, - there is a trade-off between integration speed and streamline quality. - - The integration time, vorticity, rotation and angular velocity are stored - in point data arrays named "IntegrationTime", "Vorticity", "Rotation" and - "AngularVelocity", respectively (vorticity, rotation and angular velocity - are computed only when ComputeVorticity is on). All point data attributes - in the source dataset are interpolated on the new streamline points. - - vtkStreamTracer supports integration through any type of dataset. Thus if - the dataset contains 2D cells like polygons or triangles, the integration - is constrained to lie on the surface defined by 2D cells. - - The starting point, or the so-called 'seed', of a streamline may be set - in two different ways. Starting from global x-y-z "position" allows you - to start a single trace at a specified x-y-z coordinate. If you specify - a source object, traces will be generated from each point in the source - that is inside the dataset. - - - - - vtkRibbonFilter vtkRuledSurfaceFilter vtkInitialValueProblemSolver - vtkRungeKutta2 vtkRungeKutta4 vtkRungeKutta45 vtkTemporalStreamTracer - vtkAbstractInterpolatedVelocityField vtkInterpolatedVelocityField - vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object to start from position (0,0,0), with forward - integration, terminal speed 1.0E-12, vorticity computation on, - integration step size 0.5 (in cell length unit), maximum number - of steps 2000, using Runge-Kutta2, and maximum propagation 1.0 - (in arc length unit). - - - - - Construct object to start from position (0,0,0), with forward - integration, terminal speed 1.0E-12, vorticity computation on, - integration step size 0.5 (in cell length unit), maximum number - of steps 2000, using Runge-Kutta2, and maximum propagation 1.0 - (in arc length unit). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Turn on/off vorticity computation at streamline points - (necessary for generating proper stream-ribbons using the - vtkRibbonFilter. - - - - - Specify the Initial step size used for line integration, expressed in: - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - (either the starting size for an adaptive integrator, e.g., RK45, - or the constant / fixed size for non-adaptive ones, i.e., RK2 and RK4) - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify a uniform integration step unit for MinimumIntegrationStep, - InitialIntegrationStep, and MaximumIntegrationStep. NOTE: The valid - unit is now limited to only LENGTH_UNIT (1) and CELL_LENGTH_UNIT (2), - EXCLUDING the previously-supported TIME_UNIT. - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum error tolerated throughout streamline integration. - - - - - Specify the Maximum step size used for line integration, expressed in: - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - (Only valid for an adaptive integrator, e.g., RK45) - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum number of steps for integrating a streamline. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of a streamline expressed in LENGTH_UNIT. - - - - - Specify the Minimum step size used for line integration, expressed in: - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - (Only valid for an adaptive integrator, e.g., RK45) - - - - - Description - This can be used to scale the rate with which the streamribbons - twist. The default is 1. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points (seeds). - Old style. Do not use. - - - - - Specify the starting point (seed) of a streamline in the global - coordinate system. Search must be performed to find the initial cell - from which to start integration. - - - - - Specify the starting point (seed) of a streamline in the global - coordinate system. Search must be performed to find the initial cell - from which to start integration. - - - - - Specify the starting point (seed) of a streamline in the global - coordinate system. Search must be performed to find the initial cell - from which to start integration. - - - - - Description - Specify the terminal speed value, below which integration is terminated. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Turn on/off vorticity computation at streamline points - (necessary for generating proper stream-ribbons using the - vtkRibbonFilter. - - - - - Specify the Initial step size used for line integration, expressed in: - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - (either the starting size for an adaptive integrator, e.g., RK45, - or the constant / fixed size for non-adaptive ones, i.e., RK2 and RK4) - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify whether the streamline is integrated in the upstream or - downstream direction. - - - - - Specify a uniform integration step unit for MinimumIntegrationStep, - InitialIntegrationStep, and MaximumIntegrationStep. NOTE: The valid - unit is now limited to only LENGTH_UNIT (1) and CELL_LENGTH_UNIT (2), - EXCLUDING the previously-supported TIME_UNIT. - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - Set/get the integrator type to be used for streamline generation. - The object passed is not actually used but is cloned with - NewInstance in the process of integration (prototype pattern). - The default is Runge-Kutta2. The integrator can also be changed - using SetIntegratorType. The recognized solvers are: - RUNGE_KUTTA2 = 0 - RUNGE_KUTTA4 = 1 - RUNGE_KUTTA45 = 2 - - - - - The object used to interpolate the velocity field during - integration is of the same class as this prototype. - - - - - Set the type of the velocity field interpolator to determine whether - vtkInterpolatedVelocityField (INTERPOLATOR_WITH_DATASET_POINT_LOCATOR) or - vtkCellLocatorInterpolatedVelocityField (INTERPOLATOR_WITH_CELL_LOCATOR) - is employed for locating cells during streamline integration. The latter - (adopting vtkAbstractCellLocator sub-classes such as vtkCellLocator and - vtkModifiedBSPTree) is more robust then the former (through vtkDataSet / - vtkPointSet::FindCell() coupled with vtkPointLocator). - - - - - Set the velocity field interpolator type to the one involving - a cell locator. - - - - - Set the velocity field interpolator type to the one involving - a dataset point locator. - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum error tolerated throughout streamline integration. - - - - - Specify the Maximum step size used for line integration, expressed in: - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - (Only valid for an adaptive integrator, e.g., RK45) - - - - - Description - Specify the maximum number of steps for integrating a streamline. - - - - - Specify the maximum length of a streamline expressed in LENGTH_UNIT. - - - - - Specify the Minimum step size used for line integration, expressed in: - LENGTH_UNIT = 1 - CELL_LENGTH_UNIT = 2 - (Only valid for an adaptive integrator, e.g., RK45) - - - - - Description - This can be used to scale the rate with which the streamribbons - twist. The default is 1. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points (seeds). - Old style. Do not use. - - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points (seeds). - New style. - - - - - Specify the starting point (seed) of a streamline in the global - coordinate system. Search must be performed to find the initial cell - from which to start integration. - - - - - Specify the starting point (seed) of a streamline in the global - coordinate system. Search must be performed to find the initial cell - from which to start integration. - - - - - Description - Specify the terminal speed value, below which integration is terminated. - - - - - Description - Specify the terminal speed value, below which integration is terminated. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Description - Specify the terminal speed value, below which integration is terminated. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points (seeds). - New style. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points (seeds). - New style. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the source object used to generate starting points (seeds). - New style. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkStripper - create triangle strips and/or poly-lines - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with MaximumLength set to 1000. - - - - - Construct object with MaximumLength set to 1000. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the maximum number of triangles in a triangle strip, - and/or the maximum number of lines in a poly-line. - - - - - Specify the maximum number of triangles in a triangle strip, - and/or the maximum number of lines in a poly-line. - - - - - Specify the maximum number of triangles in a triangle strip, - and/or the maximum number of lines in a poly-line. - - - - - Enable/Disable passing of the CellData in the input to - the output as FieldData. Note the field data is tranformed. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a pointdata array that - holds the point index of the original vertex that produced each output - vertex. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable passing of the CellData in the input to - the output as FieldData. Note the field data is tranformed. - - - - - Enable/Disable passing of the CellData in the input to - the output as FieldData. Note the field data is tranformed. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a pointdata array that - holds the point index of the original vertex that produced each output - vertex. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a pointdata array that - holds the point index of the original vertex that produced each output - vertex. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the maximum number of triangles in a triangle strip, - and/or the maximum number of lines in a poly-line. - - - - - Enable/Disable passing of the CellData in the input to - the output as FieldData. Note the field data is tranformed. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a pointdata array that - holds the point index of the original vertex that produced each output - vertex. This is useful for picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridClip - Reduces the image extent of the input. - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridClip will make an image smaller. The output must have - an image extent which is the subset of the input. The filter has two - modes of operation: - 1: By default, the data is not copied in this filter. - Only the whole extent is modified. - 2: If ClipDataOn is set, then you will get no more that the clipped - extent. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Hack set output by piece - - - - - vtkStructuredGridGeometryFilter - extract geometry for structured grid - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridGeometryFilter is a filter that extracts geometry from a - structured grid. By specifying appropriate i-j-k indices, it is possible - to extract a point, a curve, a surface, or a "volume". Depending upon the - type of data, the curve and surface may be curved or planar. (The volume - is actually a (n x m x o) region of points.) - - The extent specification is zero-offset. That is, the first k-plane in - a 50x50x50 structured grid is given by (0,49, 0,49, 0,0). - - The output of this filter is affected by the structured grid blanking. - If blanking is on, and a blanking array defined, then those cells - attached to blanked points are not output. (Blanking is a property of - the input vtkStructuredGrid.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the extent in topological coordinate range (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, - kmin,kmax). - - - - - Get the extent in topological coordinate range (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, - kmin,kmax). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices. - - - - - Specify (imin,imax, jmin,jmax, kmin,kmax) indices in array form. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridOutlineFilter - create wireframe outline for structured grid - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridOutlineFilter is a filter that generates a wireframe - outline of a structured grid (vtkStructuredGrid). Structured data is - topologically a cube, so the outline will have 12 "edges". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsGeometryFilter - obsolete class - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsGeometryFilter has been renamed to - vtkImageDataGeometryFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with initial extent of all the data - - - - - Construct with initial extent of all the data - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSubdivideTetra - subdivide one tetrahedron into twelve for every tetra - - - Description - This filter subdivides tetrahedra in an unstructured grid into twelve tetrahedra. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSubPixelPositionEdgels - adjust edgel locations based on gradients. - - - Description - vtkSubPixelPositionEdgels is a filter that takes a series of linked - edgels (digital curves) and gradient maps as input. It then adjusts - the edgel locations based on the gradient data. Specifically, the - algorithm first determines the neighboring gradient magnitudes of - an edgel using simple interpolation of its neighbors. It then fits - the following three data points: negative gradient direction - gradient magnitude, edgel gradient magnitude and positive gradient - direction gradient magnitude to a quadratic function. It then - solves this quadratic to find the maximum gradient location along - the gradient orientation. It then modifies the edgels location - along the gradient orientation to the calculated maximum - location. This algorithm does not adjust an edgel in the direction - orthogonal to its gradient vector. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the gradient data for doing the position adjustments. - - - - - These methods can make the positioning look for a target scalar value - instead of looking for a maximum. - - - - - These methods can make the positioning look for a target scalar value - instead of looking for a maximum. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the gradient data for doing the position adjustments. - - - - - These methods can make the positioning look for a target scalar value - instead of looking for a maximum. - - - - - These methods can make the positioning look for a target scalar value - instead of looking for a maximum. - - - - - These methods can make the positioning look for a target scalar value - instead of looking for a maximum. - - - - - These methods can make the positioning look for a target scalar value - instead of looking for a maximum. - - - - - vtkSuperquadricSource - create a polygonal superquadric centered - at the origin - - - Description - vtkSuperquadricSource creates a superquadric (represented by polygons) - of specified - size centered at the origin. The resolution (polygonal discretization) - in both the latitude (phi) and longitude (theta) directions can be - specified. Roundness parameters (PhiRoundness and ThetaRoundness) control - the shape of the superquadric. The Toroidal boolean controls whether - a toroidal superquadric is produced. If so, the Thickness parameter - controls the thickness of the toroid: 0 is the thinnest allowable - toroid, and 1 has a minimum sized hole. The Scale parameters allow - the superquadric to be scaled in x, y, and z (normal vectors are correctly - generated in any case). The Size parameter controls size of the - superquadric. - - This code is based on "Rigid physically based superquadrics", A. H. Barr, - in "Graphics Gems III", David Kirk, ed., Academic Press, 1992. - - Caveats - Resolution means the number of latitude or longitude lines for a complete - superquadric. The resolution parameters are rounded to the nearest 4 - in phi and 8 in theta. - - Texture coordinates are not equally distributed around all superquadrics. - - The Size and Thickness parameters control coefficients of superquadric - generation, and may do not exactly describe the size of the superquadric. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a default superquadric with a radius of 0.5, non-toroidal, - spherical, and centered at the origin, with a scaling factor of 1 in each - direction, a theta resolution and a phi resolutions of 16. - - - - - Create a default superquadric with a radius of 0.5, non-toroidal, - spherical, and centered at the origin, with a scaling factor of 1 in each - direction, a theta resolution and a phi resolutions of 16. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction. Initial value is 16. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric north/south roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric isotropic size. Initial value is 0.5; - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction. Initial value is 16. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric east/west roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - Initial value is 0.3333. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - Initial value is 0.3333. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - Initial value is 0.3333. - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - Initial value is 0. - - - - - Create a default superquadric with a radius of 0.5, non-toroidal, - spherical, and centered at the origin, with a scaling factor of 1 in each - direction, a theta resolution and a phi resolutions of 16. - - - - - Create a default superquadric with a radius of 0.5, non-toroidal, - spherical, and centered at the origin, with a scaling factor of 1 in each - direction, a theta resolution and a phi resolutions of 16. - - - - - Create a default superquadric with a radius of 0.5, non-toroidal, - spherical, and centered at the origin, with a scaling factor of 1 in each - direction, a theta resolution and a phi resolutions of 16. - - - - - Create a default superquadric with a radius of 0.5, non-toroidal, - spherical, and centered at the origin, with a scaling factor of 1 in each - direction, a theta resolution and a phi resolutions of 16. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the center of the superquadric. Default is 0,0,0. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction. Initial value is 16. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric north/south roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set the scale factors of the superquadric. Default is 1,1,1. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric isotropic size. Initial value is 0.5; - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction. Initial value is 16. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric east/west roundness. - Values range from 0 (rectangular) to 1 (circular) to higher orders. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get Superquadric ring thickness (toroids only). - Changing thickness maintains the outside diameter of the toroid. - Initial value is 0.3333. - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set/Get whether or not the superquadric is toroidal (1) or ellipsoidal (0). - Initial value is 0. - - - - - vtkSynchronizedTemplates2D - generate isoline(s) from a structured points set - - - Description - vtkSynchronizedTemplates2D is a 2D implementation of the synchronized - template algorithm. Note that vtkContourFilter will automatically - use this class when appropriate. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Option to set the point scalars of the output. The scalars will be the - iso value of course. By default this flag is on. - - - - - Option to set the point scalars of the output. The scalars will be the - iso value of course. By default this flag is on. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - - - - - Option to set the point scalars of the output. The scalars will be the - iso value of course. By default this flag is on. - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - - - - - Option to set the point scalars of the output. The scalars will be the - iso value of course. By default this flag is on. - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - vtkSynchronizedTemplates3D - generate isosurface from structured points - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Generate numContours equally spaced contour values between specified - range. Contour values will include min/max range values. - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Needed by templated functions. - - - - - Determines the chunk size fro streaming. This filter will act like a - collector: ask for many input pieces, but generate one output. Limit is - in KBytes - - - - - Because we delegate to vtkContourValues - - - - - Get the number of contours in the list of contour values. - - - - - Get the ith contour value. - - - - - Get a pointer to an array of contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. - - - - - Fill a supplied list with contour values. There will be - GetNumberOfContours() values in the list. Make sure you allocate - enough memory to hold the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get which component of the scalar array to contour on; defaults to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of gradients. Gradient computation is - fairly expensive in both time and storage. Note that if - ComputeNormals is on, gradients will have to be calculated, but - will not be stored in the output dataset. If the output data - will be processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it - may be wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. Normal computation is fairly - expensive in both time and storage. If the output data will be - processed by filters that modify topology or geometry, it may be - wise to turn Normals and Gradients off. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of scalars. - - - - - Determines the chunk size fro streaming. This filter will act like a - collector: ask for many input pieces, but generate one output. Limit is - in KBytes - - - - - Set the number of contours to place into the list. You only really - need to use this method to reduce list size. The method SetValue() - will automatically increase list size as needed. - - - - - Set a particular contour value at contour number i. The index i ranges - between 0<=i<NumberOfContours. - - - - - Needed by templated functions. - - - - - vtkSynchronizedTemplatesCutter3D - generate cut surface from structured points - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Specify the implicit function to perform the cutting. - - - - - Needed by templated functions. - - - - - vtkTableBasedClipDataSet - Clip any dataset with a user-specified - implicit function or an input scalar point data array. - - - - Description - vtkTableBasedClipDataSet is a filter that clips any type of dataset using - either any subclass of vtkImplicitFunction or an input scalar point data - array. Clipping means that it actually "cuts" through the cells of the - dataset, returning everything outside the specified implicit function (or - greater than the scalar value) including "pieces" of a cell (Note to compare - this with vtkExtractGeometry, which pulls out entire, uncut cells). The - output of this filter is a vtkUnstructuredGrid data. - - To use this filter, you need to decide whether an implicit function or an - input scalar point data array is used for clipping. For the former case, - 1) define an implicit function - 2) provide it to this filter via SetClipFunction() - If a clipping function is not specified, or GenerateClipScalars is off( the - default), the input scalar point data array is then employed for clipping. - - You can also specify a scalar (iso-)value, which is used to decide what is - inside and outside the implicit function. You can also reverse the sense of - what inside/outside is by setting IVAR InsideOut. The clipping algorithm - proceeds by computing an implicit function value or using the input scalar - point data value for each point in the dataset. This is compared against the - scalar (iso-)value to determine the inside/outside status. - - Although this filter sometimes (but rarely) may resort to the sibling class - vtkClipDataSet for handling some special grids (such as cylinders or cones - with capping faces in the form of a vtkPolyData), it itself is able to deal - with most grids. It is worth mentioning that vtkTableBasedClipDataSet is - capable of addressing the artifacts that may occur with vtkClipDataSet due - to the possibly inconsistent triangulation modes between neighboring cells. - In addition, the former is much faster than the latter. Furthermore, the - former produces less cells (with ratio usually being 5~6) than by the latter - in the output. In other words, this filter retains the original cells (i.e., - without triangulation / tetrahedralization) wherever possible. All these - advantages are gained by adopting the unique clipping and triangulation tables - proposed by VisIt. - - Caveats - vtkTableBasedClipDataSet makes use of a hash table (that is provided by class - maintained by internal class vtkTableBasedClipperDataSetFromVolume) to achieve - rapid removal of duplicate points. The hash-based mechanism simply compares the - point Ids, without considering the actual inter-point distance (vtkClipDataSet - adopts vtkMergePoints that though considers the inter-point distance for robust - points merging ). As a result, some duplicate points may be present in the output. - This problem occurs when some boundary (cut-through cells) happen to have faces - EXACTLY aligned with the clipping plane (such as Plane, Box, or other implicit - functions with planar shapes). The occurrence (though very rare) of duplicate - points produces degenerate cells, which can be fixed by post-processing the - output with a filter like vtkCleanGrid. - - Thanks - This filter was adapted from the VisIt clipper (vtkVisItClipper). - - - - - vtkClipDataSet vtkClipVolume vtkClipPolyData vtkCutter vtkImplicitFunction - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an instance with a user-specified implicit function, turning off - IVARs InsideOut and GenerateClipScalars and setting IVAR Value to 0.0. - - - - - Create an instance with a user-specified implicit function, turning off - IVARs InsideOut and GenerateClipScalars and setting IVAR Value to 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a default point locator when none is specified. The point locator is - used to merge coincident points. - - - - - Set/Get flag GenerateClipScalars, with 0 as the default value. With this - flag on, the scalar point data values obtained by evaluating the implicit - function will be exported to the output. Note that this flag requries that - an implicit function be provided. - - - - - Set/Get flag GenerateClipScalars, with 0 as the default value. With this - flag on, the scalar point data values obtained by evaluating the implicit - function will be exported to the output. Note that this flag requries that - an implicit function be provided. - - - - - Set/Get whether a second output is generated. The second output contains the - polygonal data that is clipped away by the iso-surface. - - - - - Set/Get whether a second output is generated. The second output contains the - polygonal data that is clipped away by the iso-surface. - - - - - Description - Set/Get the implicit function with which to perform the clipping operation. - Unless an implicit function is defined, the specified input scalar data will - be used for clipping. - - - - - Return the clipped output. - - - - - Set/Get flag GenerateClipScalars, with 0 as the default value. With this - flag on, the scalar point data values obtained by evaluating the implicit - function will be exported to the output. Note that this flag requries that - an implicit function be provided. - - - - - Set/Get whether a second output is generated. The second output contains the - polygonal data that is clipped away by the iso-surface. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. With this flag off, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is greater than IVAR Value. With this flag on, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is less than or equal to IVAR Value. This flag is off by default. - - - - - Set/Get a point locator locator for merging duplicate points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. Note that this IVAR is provided - in this class only because this filter may resort to its sibling class - vtkClipDataSet when processing some special grids (such as cylinders or - cones with capping faces in the form of a vtkPolyData) while the latter - requires a point locator. This filter itself does not need a locator. - - - - - Get the MTime for which the point locator and clip function are consdiered. - - - - - Set/Get the tolerance used for merging duplicate points near the clipping - intersection cells. This tolerance may prevent the generation of degenerate - primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this IVAR. - - - - - Set/Get the tolerance used for merging duplicate points near the clipping - intersection cells. This tolerance may prevent the generation of degenerate - primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this IVAR. - - - - - Set/Get the tolerance used for merging duplicate points near the clipping - intersection cells. This tolerance may prevent the generation of degenerate - primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this IVAR. - - - - - Set/Get flag UseValueAsOffset, with true as the default value. With this flag - on, IVAR Value is used as an offset parameter to the implicit function. Value - is used only when clipping using a scalar array. - - - - - Set/Get the clipping value of the implicit function (if an implicit function - is applied) or scalar data array (if a scalar data array is used), with 0.0 - as the default value. This value is ignored if flag UseValueAsOffset is true - AND a clip function is defined. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. With this flag off, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is greater than IVAR Value. With this flag on, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is less than or equal to IVAR Value. This flag is off by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. With this flag off, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is greater than IVAR Value. With this flag on, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is less than or equal to IVAR Value. This flag is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Set/Get the implicit function with which to perform the clipping operation. - Unless an implicit function is defined, the specified input scalar data will - be used for clipping. - - - - - Set/Get flag GenerateClipScalars, with 0 as the default value. With this - flag on, the scalar point data values obtained by evaluating the implicit - function will be exported to the output. Note that this flag requries that - an implicit function be provided. - - - - - Set/Get whether a second output is generated. The second output contains the - polygonal data that is clipped away by the iso-surface. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. With this flag off, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is greater than IVAR Value. With this flag on, a vertex is considered - inside (the implicit function or the isosurface) if the (function or scalar) - value is less than or equal to IVAR Value. This flag is off by default. - - - - - Set/Get a point locator locator for merging duplicate points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. Note that this IVAR is provided - in this class only because this filter may resort to its sibling class - vtkClipDataSet when processing some special grids (such as cylinders or - cones with capping faces in the form of a vtkPolyData) while the latter - requires a point locator. This filter itself does not need a locator. - - - - - Set/Get the tolerance used for merging duplicate points near the clipping - intersection cells. This tolerance may prevent the generation of degenerate - primitives. Note that only 3D cells actually use this IVAR. - - - - - Set/Get flag UseValueAsOffset, with true as the default value. With this flag - on, IVAR Value is used as an offset parameter to the implicit function. Value - is used only when clipping using a scalar array. - - - - - Set/Get the clipping value of the implicit function (if an implicit function - is applied) or scalar data array (if a scalar data array is used), with 0.0 - as the default value. This value is ignored if flag UseValueAsOffset is true - AND a clip function is defined. - - - - - Set/Get flag UseValueAsOffset, with true as the default value. With this flag - on, IVAR Value is used as an offset parameter to the implicit function. Value - is used only when clipping using a scalar array. - - - - - Set/Get flag UseValueAsOffset, with true as the default value. With this flag - on, IVAR Value is used as an offset parameter to the implicit function. Value - is used only when clipping using a scalar array. - - - - - vtkTableToPolyData - filter used to convert a vtkTable to a vtkPolyData - consisting of vertices. - - - Description - vtkTableToPolyData is a filter used to convert a vtkTable to a vtkPolyData - consisting of vertices. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether the points of the polydata are 3D or 2D. If this is set to - true then the Z Column will be ignored and the z value of each point on the - polydata will be set to 0. By default this will be off. - - - - - Specify whether the points of the polydata are 3D or 2D. If this is set to - true then the Z Column will be ignored and the z value of each point on the - polydata will be set to 0. By default this will be off. - - - - - Specify whether the points of the polydata are 3D or 2D. If this is set to - true then the Z Column will be ignored and the z value of each point on the - polydata will be set to 0. By default this will be off. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify whether the points of the polydata are 3D or 2D. If this is set to - true then the Z Column will be ignored and the z value of each point on the - polydata will be set to 0. By default this will be off. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the index of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - vtkTableToStructuredGrid - converts vtkTable to a vtkStructuredGrid. - - - Description - vtkTableToStructuredGrid is a filter that converts an input - vtkTable to a vtkStructuredGrid. It provides API to select columns to use as - points in the output structured grid. The specified dimensions of the output - (specified using SetWholeExtent()) must match the number of rows in the input - table. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extents for the image to produce. The size of the image - must match the number of rows in the input table. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extents for the image to produce. The size of the image - must match the number of rows in the input table. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extents for the image to produce. The size of the image - must match the number of rows in the input table. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the whole extents for the image to produce. The size of the image - must match the number of rows in the input table. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extents for the image to produce. The size of the image - must match the number of rows in the input table. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the X coordinate for the points. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetXColumn() to - use as the xcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - Default is 0. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Y coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetYColumn() to - use as the Ycoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - Set the name of the column to use as the Z coordinate for the points. - Default is 0. - - - - - Specify the component for the column specified using SetZColumn() to - use as the Zcoordinate in case the column is a multi-component array. - - - - - vtkTemporalPathLineFilter - Generate a Polydata Pointset from any Dataset. - - - - Description - vtkTemporalPathLineFilter takes any dataset as input, it extracts the point - locations of all cells over time to build up a polyline trail. - The point number (index) is used as the 'key' if the points are randomly - changing their respective order in the points list, then you should specify - a scalar that represents the unique ID. This is intended to handle the output - of a filter such as the TemporalStreamTracer. - - Thanks - John Bidiscombe of - CSCS - Swiss National Supercomputing Centre - for creating and contributing this class. - - - - vtkTemporalStreamTracer - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Flush will wipe any existing data so that traces can be restarted from - whatever time step is next supplied. - - - - - Specify the name of a scalar array which will be used to fetch - the index of each point. This is necessary only if the particles - change position (Id order) on each time step. The Id can be used - to identify particles at each step and hence track them properly. - If this array is NULL, the global point ids are used. If an Id - array cannot otherwise be found, the point index is used as the ID. - - - - - When a particle 'disappears', the trail belonging to it is removed from - the list. When this flag is enabled, dead trails will persist - until the next time the list is cleared. Use carefully as it may cause - excessive memory consumption if left on by mistake. - - - - - Set the number of particles to track as a ratio of the input - example: setting MaskPoints to 10 will track every 10th point - - - - - If a particle disappears from one end of a simulation and reappears - on the other side, the track left will be unrepresentative. - Set a MaxStepDistance{x,y,z} which acts as a threshold above which - if a step occurs larger than the value (for the dimension), the track will - be dropped and restarted after the step. (ie the part before the wrap - around will be dropped and the newer part kept). - - - - - If a particle disappears from one end of a simulation and reappears - on the other side, the track left will be unrepresentative. - Set a MaxStepDistance{x,y,z} which acts as a threshold above which - if a step occurs larger than the value (for the dimension), the track will - be dropped and restarted after the step. (ie the part before the wrap - around will be dropped and the newer part kept). - - - - - If a particle disappears from one end of a simulation and reappears - on the other side, the track left will be unrepresentative. - Set a MaxStepDistance{x,y,z} which acts as a threshold above which - if a step occurs larger than the value (for the dimension), the track will - be dropped and restarted after the step. (ie the part before the wrap - around will be dropped and the newer part kept). - - - - - If the Particles being traced animate for a long time, the - trails or traces will become long and stringy. Setting - the MaxTraceTimeLength will limit how much of the trace - is displayed. Tracks longer then the Max will disappear - and the trace will apppear like a snake of fixed length - which progresses as the particle moves - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Standard Type-Macro - - - - - Specify the name of a scalar array which will be used to fetch - the index of each point. This is necessary only if the particles - change position (Id order) on each time step. The Id can be used - to identify particles at each step and hence track them properly. - If this array is NULL, the global point ids are used. If an Id - array cannot otherwise be found, the point index is used as the ID. - - - - - When a particle 'disappears', the trail belonging to it is removed from - the list. When this flag is enabled, dead trails will persist - until the next time the list is cleared. Use carefully as it may cause - excessive memory consumption if left on by mistake. - - - - - Set the number of particles to track as a ratio of the input - example: setting MaskPoints to 10 will track every 10th point - - - - - If a particle disappears from one end of a simulation and reappears - on the other side, the track left will be unrepresentative. - Set a MaxStepDistance{x,y,z} which acts as a threshold above which - if a step occurs larger than the value (for the dimension), the track will - be dropped and restarted after the step. (ie the part before the wrap - around will be dropped and the newer part kept). - - - - - If a particle disappears from one end of a simulation and reappears - on the other side, the track left will be unrepresentative. - Set a MaxStepDistance{x,y,z} which acts as a threshold above which - if a step occurs larger than the value (for the dimension), the track will - be dropped and restarted after the step. (ie the part before the wrap - around will be dropped and the newer part kept). - - - - - If the Particles being traced animate for a long time, the - trails or traces will become long and stringy. Setting - the MaxTraceTimeLength will limit how much of the trace - is displayed. Tracks longer then the Max will disappear - and the trace will apppear like a snake of fixed length - which progresses as the particle moves - - - - - Set a second input which is a selection. Particles with the same - Id in the selection as the primary input will be chosen for pathlines - Note that you must have the same IdChannelArray in the selection as the input - - - - - Set a second input which is a selection. Particles with the same - Id in the selection as the primary input will be chosen for pathlines - Note that you must have the same IdChannelArray in the selection as the input - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the average values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_average" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the average values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_average" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the maximum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_maximum" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the maximum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_maximum" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the minimum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_minimum" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the minimum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_minimum" appended to them. - - - - - Definition: - Turn on/off the computation of the standard deviation of the values over - time. On by default. The resulting array names have "_stddev" appended to - them. - - - - - Definition: - Turn on/off the computation of the standard deviation of the values over - time. On by default. The resulting array names have "_stddev" appended to - them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the average values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_average" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the maximum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_maximum" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the minimum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_minimum" appended to them. - - - - - Definition: - Turn on/off the computation of the standard deviation of the values over - time. On by default. The resulting array names have "_stddev" appended to - them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the average values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_average" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the maximum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_maximum" appended to them. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of the minimum values over time. On by - default. The resulting array names have "_minimum" appended to them. - - - - - Definition: - Turn on/off the computation of the standard deviation of the values over - time. On by default. The resulting array names have "_stddev" appended to - them. - - - - - vtkTensorGlyph - scale and orient glyph(s) according to tensor eigenvalues and eigenvectors - - - Description - vtkTensorGlyph is a filter that copies a geometric representation - (specified as polygonal data) to every input point. The geometric - representation, or glyph, can be scaled and/or rotated according to - the tensor at the input point. Scaling and rotation is controlled - by the eigenvalues/eigenvectors of the tensor as follows. For each - tensor, the eigenvalues (and associated eigenvectors) are sorted to - determine the major, medium, and minor eigenvalues/eigenvectors. - - If the boolean variable ThreeGlyphs is not set the major eigenvalue - scales the glyph in the x-direction, the medium in the y-direction, - and the minor in the z-direction. Then, the glyph is rotated so - that the glyph's local x-axis lies along the major eigenvector, - y-axis along the medium eigenvector, and z-axis along the minor. - - If the boolean variable ThreeGlyphs is set three glyphs are produced, - each of them oriented along an eigenvector and scaled according to the - corresponding eigenvector. - - If the boolean variable Symmetric is set each glyph is mirrored (2 or 6 - glyphs will be produced) - - The x-axis of the source glyph will correspond to the eigenvector - on output. Point (0,0,0) in the source will be placed in the data point. - Variable Length will normally correspond to the distance from the - origin to the tip of the source glyph along the x-axis, - but can be changed to produce other results when Symmetric is on, - e.g. glyphs that do not touch or that overlap. - - Please note that when Symmetric is false it will generally be better - to place the source glyph from (-0.5,0,0) to (0.5,0,0), i.e. centred - at the origin. When symmetric is true the placement from (0,0,0) to - (1,0,0) will generally be more convenient. - - A scale factor is provided to control the amount of scaling. Also, you - can turn off scaling completely if desired. The boolean variable - ClampScaling controls the maximum scaling (in conjunction with - MaxScaleFactor.) This is useful in certain applications where - singularities or large order of magnitude differences exist in - the eigenvalues. - - If the boolean variable ColorGlyphs is set to true the glyphs are - colored. The glyphs can be colored using the input scalars - (SetColorModeToScalars), which is the default, or colored using the - eigenvalues (SetColorModeToEigenvalues). - - Another instance variable, ExtractEigenvalues, has been provided to - control extraction of eigenvalues/eigenvectors. If this boolean is - false, then eigenvalues/eigenvectors are not extracted, and the - columns of the tensor are taken as the eigenvectors (the norm of - column, always positive, is the eigenvalue). This allows - additional capability over the vtkGlyph3D object. That is, the - glyph can be oriented in three directions instead of one. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on and scale factor 1.0. Eigenvalues are - extracted, glyphs are colored with input scalar data, and logarithmic - scaling is turned off. - - - - - Description - Construct object with scaling on and scale factor 1.0. Eigenvalues are - extracted, glyphs are colored with input scalar data, and logarithmic - scaling is turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off scalar clamping. If scalar clamping is on, the ivar - MaxScaleFactor is used to control the maximum scale factor. (This is - useful to prevent uncontrolled scaling near singularities.) - - - - - Turn on/off scalar clamping. If scalar clamping is on, the ivar - MaxScaleFactor is used to control the maximum scale factor. (This is - useful to prevent uncontrolled scaling near singularities.) - - - - - Turn on/off coloring of glyph with input scalar data or - eigenvalues. If false, or input scalar data not present, then the - scalars from the source object are passed through the filter. - - - - - Turn on/off coloring of glyph with input scalar data or - eigenvalues. If false, or input scalar data not present, then the - scalars from the source object are passed through the filter. - - - - - Turn on/off extraction of eigenvalues from tensor. - - - - - Turn on/off extraction of eigenvalues from tensor. - - - - - Turn on/off scalar clamping. If scalar clamping is on, the ivar - MaxScaleFactor is used to control the maximum scale factor. (This is - useful to prevent uncontrolled scaling near singularities.) - - - - - Turn on/off coloring of glyph with input scalar data or - eigenvalues. If false, or input scalar data not present, then the - scalars from the source object are passed through the filter. - - - - - Set the color mode to be used for the glyphs. This can be set to - use the input scalars (default) or to use the eigenvalues at the - point. If ThreeGlyphs is set and the eigenvalues are chosen for - coloring then each glyph is colored by the corresponding - eigenvalue and if not set the color corresponding to the largest - eigenvalue is chosen. The recognized values are: - COLOR_BY_SCALARS = 0 (default) - COLOR_BY_EIGENVALUES = 1 - - - - - Set the color mode to be used for the glyphs. This can be set to - use the input scalars (default) or to use the eigenvalues at the - point. If ThreeGlyphs is set and the eigenvalues are chosen for - coloring then each glyph is colored by the corresponding - eigenvalue and if not set the color corresponding to the largest - eigenvalue is chosen. The recognized values are: - COLOR_BY_SCALARS = 0 (default) - COLOR_BY_EIGENVALUES = 1 - - - - - Set the color mode to be used for the glyphs. This can be set to - use the input scalars (default) or to use the eigenvalues at the - point. If ThreeGlyphs is set and the eigenvalues are chosen for - coloring then each glyph is colored by the corresponding - eigenvalue and if not set the color corresponding to the largest - eigenvalue is chosen. The recognized values are: - COLOR_BY_SCALARS = 0 (default) - COLOR_BY_EIGENVALUES = 1 - - - - - Turn on/off extraction of eigenvalues from tensor. - - - - - Set/Get the distance, along x, from the origin to the end of the - source glyph. It is used to draw the symmetric glyphs. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum allowable scale factor. This value is compared to the - combination of the scale factor times the eigenvalue. If less, the scale - factor is reset to the MaxScaleFactor. The boolean ClampScaling has to - be "on" for this to work. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. (Scale factor always affects - output even if scaling is off.) - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of glyph with eigenvalues. - - - - - Specify the geometry to copy to each point. Old style. See - SetSourceConnection. - - - - - Turn on/off drawing a mirror of each glyph - - - - - Turn on/off drawing three glyphs - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of glyph with eigenvalues. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of glyph with eigenvalues. - - - - - Turn on/off scalar clamping. If scalar clamping is on, the ivar - MaxScaleFactor is used to control the maximum scale factor. (This is - useful to prevent uncontrolled scaling near singularities.) - - - - - Turn on/off coloring of glyph with input scalar data or - eigenvalues. If false, or input scalar data not present, then the - scalars from the source object are passed through the filter. - - - - - Set the color mode to be used for the glyphs. This can be set to - use the input scalars (default) or to use the eigenvalues at the - point. If ThreeGlyphs is set and the eigenvalues are chosen for - coloring then each glyph is colored by the corresponding - eigenvalue and if not set the color corresponding to the largest - eigenvalue is chosen. The recognized values are: - COLOR_BY_SCALARS = 0 (default) - COLOR_BY_EIGENVALUES = 1 - - - - - Set the color mode to be used for the glyphs. This can be set to - use the input scalars (default) or to use the eigenvalues at the - point. If ThreeGlyphs is set and the eigenvalues are chosen for - coloring then each glyph is colored by the corresponding - eigenvalue and if not set the color corresponding to the largest - eigenvalue is chosen. The recognized values are: - COLOR_BY_SCALARS = 0 (default) - COLOR_BY_EIGENVALUES = 1 - - - - - Set the color mode to be used for the glyphs. This can be set to - use the input scalars (default) or to use the eigenvalues at the - point. If ThreeGlyphs is set and the eigenvalues are chosen for - coloring then each glyph is colored by the corresponding - eigenvalue and if not set the color corresponding to the largest - eigenvalue is chosen. The recognized values are: - COLOR_BY_SCALARS = 0 (default) - COLOR_BY_EIGENVALUES = 1 - - - - - Turn on/off extraction of eigenvalues from tensor. - - - - - Set/Get the distance, along x, from the origin to the end of the - source glyph. It is used to draw the symmetric glyphs. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum allowable scale factor. This value is compared to the - combination of the scale factor times the eigenvalue. If less, the scale - factor is reset to the MaxScaleFactor. The boolean ClampScaling has to - be "on" for this to work. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. (Scale factor always affects - output even if scaling is off.) - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of glyph with eigenvalues. - - - - - Specify the geometry to copy to each point. Old style. See - SetSourceConnection. - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. New style. - Source connection is stored in port 1. This method is equivalent - to SetInputConnection(1, id, outputPort). - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. New style. - Source connection is stored in port 1. This method is equivalent - to SetInputConnection(1, id, outputPort). - - - - - Turn on/off drawing a mirror of each glyph - - - - - Turn on/off drawing three glyphs - - - - - Turn on/off drawing a mirror of each glyph - - - - - Turn on/off drawing a mirror of each glyph - - - - - Turn on/off drawing three glyphs - - - - - Turn on/off drawing three glyphs - - - - - Turn on/off coloring of glyph with input scalar data or - eigenvalues. If false, or input scalar data not present, then the - scalars from the source object are passed through the filter. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTessellatorFilter - approximate nonlinear FEM elements with simplices - - - Description - This class approximates nonlinear FEM elements with linear simplices. - - <b>Warning</b>: This class is temporary and will go away at some point - after ParaView 1.4.0. - - This filter rifles through all the cells in an input vtkDataSet. It - tesselates each cell and uses the vtkStreamingTessellator and - vtkDataSetEdgeSubdivisionCriterion classes to generate simplices that - approximate the nonlinear mesh using some approximation metric (encoded - in the particular vtkDataSetEdgeSubdivisionCriterion::EvaluateEdge - implementation). The simplices are placed into the filter's output - vtkDataSet object by the callback routines AddATetrahedron, - AddATriangle, and AddALine, which are registered with the triangulator. - - The output mesh will have geometry and any fields specified as - attributes in the input mesh's point data. The attribute's copy flags - are honored, except for normals. - - Internals - - The filter's main member function is RequestData(). This function first - calls SetupOutput() which allocates arrays and some temporary variables - for the primitive callbacks (OutputTriangle and OutputLine which are - called by AddATriangle and AddALine, respectively). Each cell is given - an initial tesselation, which results in one or more calls to - OutputTetrahedron, OutputTriangle or OutputLine to add elements to the - OutputMesh. Finally, Teardown() is called to free the filter's working - space. - - - - - vtkDataSetToUnstructuredGridFilter vtkDataSet vtkStreamingTessellator - vtkDataSetEdgeSubdivisionCriterion - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are convenience routines for setting properties maintained by the - tessellator and subdivider. They are implemented here for ParaView's - sake. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These are convenience routines for setting properties maintained by the - tessellator and subdivider. They are implemented here for ParaView's - sake. - - - - - The adaptive tessellation will output vertices that are not shared - among cells, even where they should be. This can be corrected to - some extents with a vtkMergeFilter. - By default, the filter is off and vertices will not be shared. - - - - - Set the dimension of the output tessellation. - Cells in dimensions higher than the given value will have - their boundaries of dimension \a OutputDimension tessellated. - For example, if \a OutputDimension is 2, a hexahedron's - quadrilateral faces would be tessellated rather than its - interior. - - - - - Set the dimension of the output tessellation. - Cells in dimensions higher than the given value will have - their boundaries of dimension \a OutputDimension tessellated. - For example, if \a OutputDimension is 2, a hexahedron's - quadrilateral faces would be tessellated rather than its - interior. - - - - - Set the dimension of the output tessellation. - Cells in dimensions higher than the given value will have - their boundaries of dimension \a OutputDimension tessellated. - For example, if \a OutputDimension is 2, a hexahedron's - quadrilateral faces would be tessellated rather than its - interior. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The adaptive tessellation will output vertices that are not shared - among cells, even where they should be. This can be corrected to - some extents with a vtkMergeFilter. - By default, the filter is off and vertices will not be shared. - - - - - The adaptive tessellation will output vertices that are not shared - among cells, even where they should be. This can be corrected to - some extents with a vtkMergeFilter. - By default, the filter is off and vertices will not be shared. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods are for the ParaView client. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These are convenience routines for setting properties maintained by the - tessellator and subdivider. They are implemented here for ParaView's - sake. - - - - - These methods are for the ParaView client. - - - - - These are convenience routines for setting properties maintained by the - tessellator and subdivider. They are implemented here for ParaView's - sake. - - - - - The adaptive tessellation will output vertices that are not shared - among cells, even where they should be. This can be corrected to - some extents with a vtkMergeFilter. - By default, the filter is off and vertices will not be shared. - - - - - Set the dimension of the output tessellation. - Cells in dimensions higher than the given value will have - their boundaries of dimension \a OutputDimension tessellated. - For example, if \a OutputDimension is 2, a hexahedron's - quadrilateral faces would be tessellated rather than its - interior. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTessellatedBoxSource - Create a polygonal representation of a box - with a given level of subdivision. - - - Description - vtkTessellatedBoxSource creates a axis-aligned box defined by its bounds - and a level of subdivision. Connectivity is strong: points of the vertices - and inside the edges are shared between faces. In other words, faces are - connected. Each face looks like a grid of quads, each quad is composed of - 2 triangles. - Given a level of subdivision `l', each edge has `l'+2 points, `l' of them - are internal edge points, the 2 other ones are the vertices. - Each face has a total of (`l'+2)*(`l'+2) points, 4 of them are vertices, - 4*`l' are internal edge points, it remains `l'^2 internal face points. - - This source only generate geometry, no DataArrays like normals or texture - coordinates. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Flag to tell the source to duplicate points shared between faces - (vertices of the box and internal edge points). Initial value is false. - Implementation note: duplicating points is an easier method to implement - than a minimal number of points. - - - - - Flag to tell the source to duplicate points shared between faces - (vertices of the box and internal edge points). Initial value is false. - Implementation note: duplicating points is an easier method to implement - than a minimal number of points. - - - - - Bounds of the box in world coordinates. This a 6-uple of xmin,xmax,ymin, - ymax,zmin and zmax. Initial value is (-0.5,0.5,-0.5,0.5,-0.5,0.5), bounds - of a cube of length 1 centered at (0,0,0). Bounds are defined such that - xmin<=xmax, ymin<=ymax and zmin<zmax. - \post xmin<=xmax && ymin<=ymax && zmin<zmax - - - - - Bounds of the box in world coordinates. This a 6-uple of xmin,xmax,ymin, - ymax,zmin and zmax. Initial value is (-0.5,0.5,-0.5,0.5,-0.5,0.5), bounds - of a cube of length 1 centered at (0,0,0). Bounds are defined such that - xmin<=xmax, ymin<=ymax and zmin<zmax. - \post xmin<=xmax && ymin<=ymax && zmin<zmax - - - - - Bounds of the box in world coordinates. This a 6-uple of xmin,xmax,ymin, - ymax,zmin and zmax. Initial value is (-0.5,0.5,-0.5,0.5,-0.5,0.5), bounds - of a cube of length 1 centered at (0,0,0). Bounds are defined such that - xmin<=xmax, ymin<=ymax and zmin<zmax. - \post xmin<=xmax && ymin<=ymax && zmin<zmax - - - - - Flag to tell the source to duplicate points shared between faces - (vertices of the box and internal edge points). Initial value is false. - Implementation note: duplicating points is an easier method to implement - than a minimal number of points. - - - - - Level of subdivision of the faces. Initial value is 0. - \post positive_level: level>=0 - - - - - Flag to tell the source to generate either a quad or two triangle for a - set of four points. Initial value is false (generate triangles). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Flag to tell the source to generate either a quad or two triangle for a - set of four points. Initial value is false (generate triangles). - - - - - Flag to tell the source to generate either a quad or two triangle for a - set of four points. Initial value is false (generate triangles). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the bounds of the box. See GetBounds() for a detail description. - \pre xmin<=xmax && ymin<=ymax && zmin<zmax - - - - - Set the bounds of the box. See GetBounds() for a detail description. - \pre xmin<=xmax && ymin<=ymax && zmin<zmax - - - - - Flag to tell the source to duplicate points shared between faces - (vertices of the box and internal edge points). Initial value is false. - Implementation note: duplicating points is an easier method to implement - than a minimal number of points. - - - - - Set the level of subdivision of the faces. - \pre positive_level: level>=0 - - - - - Flag to tell the source to generate either a quad or two triangle for a - set of four points. Initial value is false (generate triangles). - - - - - vtkTextSource - create polygonal text - - - Description - vtkTextSource converts a text string into polygons. This way you can - insert text into your renderings. It uses the 9x15 font from X Windows. - You can specify if you want the background to be drawn or not. The - characters are formed by scan converting the raster font into - quadrilaterals. Colors are assigned to the letters using scalar data. - To set the color of the characters with the source's actor property, set - BackingOff on the text source and ScalarVisibilityOff on the associated - vtkPolyDataMapper. Then, the color can be set using the associated actor's - property. - - vtkVectorText generates higher quality polygonal representations of - characters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with no string set and backing enabled. - - - - - Construct object with no string set and backing enabled. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controls whether or not a background is drawn with the text. - - - - - Controls whether or not a background is drawn with the text. - - - - - Set/Get the background color. Default is black (0,0,0). Alpha is always 1. - - - - - Set/Get the background color. Default is black (0,0,0). Alpha is always 1. - - - - - Controls whether or not a background is drawn with the text. - - - - - Set/Get the foreground color. Default is white (1,1,1). ALpha is always 1. - - - - - Set/Get the foreground color. Default is white (1,1,1). ALpha is always 1. - - - - - Set/Get the text to be drawn. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the background color. Default is black (0,0,0). Alpha is always 1. - - - - - Set/Get the background color. Default is black (0,0,0). Alpha is always 1. - - - - - Controls whether or not a background is drawn with the text. - - - - - Set/Get the foreground color. Default is white (1,1,1). ALpha is always 1. - - - - - Set/Get the foreground color. Default is white (1,1,1). ALpha is always 1. - - - - - Set/Get the text to be drawn. - - - - - vtkTexturedSphereSource - create a sphere centered at the origin - - - Description - vtkTexturedSphereSource creates a polygonal sphere of specified radius - centered at the origin. The resolution (polygonal discretization) in both - the latitude (phi) and longitude (theta) directions can be specified. - It also is possible to create partial sphere by specifying maximum phi and - theta angles. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both Phi - and Theta directions. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both Phi - and Theta directions. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the maximum latitude angle (0 is at north pole). - - - - - Set the maximum latitude angle (0 is at north pole). - - - - - Set the maximum latitude angle (0 is at north pole). - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. - - - - - Set the maximum longitude angle. - - - - - Set the maximum longitude angle. - - - - - Set the maximum longitude angle. - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction. - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the maximum latitude angle (0 is at north pole). - - - - - Set the number of points in the latitude direction. - - - - - Set radius of sphere. - - - - - Set the maximum longitude angle. - - - - - Set the number of points in the longitude direction. - - - - - vtkTextureMapToCylinder - generate texture coordinates by mapping points to cylinder - - - Description - vtkTextureMapToCylinder is a filter that generates 2D texture coordinates - by mapping input dataset points onto a cylinder. The cylinder can either be - user specified or generated automatically. (The cylinder is generated - automatically by computing the axis of the cylinder.) Note that the - generated texture coordinates for the s-coordinate ranges from (0-1) - (corresponding to angle of 0->360 around axis), while the mapping of - the t-coordinate is controlled by the projection of points along the axis. - - To specify a cylinder manually, you must provide two points that - define the axis of the cylinder. The length of the axis will affect the - t-coordinates. - - A special ivar controls how the s-coordinate is generated. If PreventSeam - is set to true, the s-texture varies from 0->1 and then 1->0 (corresponding - to angles of 0->180 and 180->360). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create object with cylinder axis parallel to z-axis (points (0,0,-0.5) - and (0,0,0.5)). The PreventSeam ivar is set to true. The cylinder is - automatically generated. - - - - - Create object with cylinder axis parallel to z-axis (points (0,0,-0.5) - and (0,0,0.5)). The PreventSeam ivar is set to true. The cylinder is - automatically generated. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic cylinder generation. This means it automatically - finds the cylinder center and axis. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic cylinder generation. This means it automatically - finds the cylinder center and axis. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic cylinder generation. This means it automatically - finds the cylinder center and axis. - - - - - Specify the first point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Specify the first point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Specify the second point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Specify the second point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - angle variation from 0->180 and 180->0. Otherwise, the s-coordinate - ranges from 0->1 from 0->360 degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - angle variation from 0->180 and 180->0. Otherwise, the s-coordinate - ranges from 0->1 from 0->360 degrees. - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - angle variation from 0->180 and 180->0. Otherwise, the s-coordinate - ranges from 0->1 from 0->360 degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off automatic cylinder generation. This means it automatically - finds the cylinder center and axis. - - - - - Specify the first point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Specify the first point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Specify the second point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Specify the second point defining the cylinder axis, - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - angle variation from 0->180 and 180->0. Otherwise, the s-coordinate - ranges from 0->1 from 0->360 degrees. - - - - - vtkTextureMapToPlane - generate texture coordinates by mapping points to plane - - - Description - vtkTextureMapToPlane is a filter that generates 2D texture coordinates - by mapping input dataset points onto a plane. The plane can either be - user specified or generated automatically. (A least squares method is - used to generate the plane automatically.) - - There are two ways you can specify the plane. The first is to provide a - plane normal. In this case the points are projected to a plane, and the - points are then mapped into the user specified s-t coordinate range. For - more control, you can specify a plane with three points: an origin and two - points defining the two axes of the plane. (This is compatible with the - vtkPlaneSource.) Using the second method, the SRange and TRange vectors - are ignored, since the presumption is that the user does not want to scale - the texture coordinates; and you can adjust the origin and axes points to - achieve the texture coordinate scaling you need. Note also that using the - three point method the axes do not have to be orthogonal. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with s,t range=(0,1) and automatic plane generation turned on. - - - - - Construct with s,t range=(0,1) and automatic plane generation turned on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic plane generation. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic plane generation. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic plane generation. - - - - - Specify plane normal. An alternative way to specify a map plane. Using - this method, the object will scale the resulting texture coordinate - between the SRange and TRange specified. - - - - - Specify plane normal. An alternative way to specify a map plane. Using - this method, the object will scale the resulting texture coordinate - between the SRange and TRange specified. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. Used in conjunction with - the Point1 and Point2 ivars to specify a map plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. Used in conjunction with - the Point1 and Point2 ivars to specify a map plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off automatic plane generation. - - - - - Specify plane normal. An alternative way to specify a map plane. Using - this method, the object will scale the resulting texture coordinate - between the SRange and TRange specified. - - - - - Specify plane normal. An alternative way to specify a map plane. Using - this method, the object will scale the resulting texture coordinate - between the SRange and TRange specified. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. Used in conjunction with - the Point1 and Point2 ivars to specify a map plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the origin of the plane. Used in conjunction with - the Point1 and Point2 ivars to specify a map plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify a point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify s-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - Specify t-coordinate range for texture s-t coordinate pair. - - - - - vtkTextureMapToSphere - generate texture coordinates by mapping points to sphere - - - Description - vtkTextureMapToSphere is a filter that generates 2D texture coordinates by - mapping input dataset points onto a sphere. The sphere can either be user - specified or generated automatically. (The sphere is generated - automatically by computing the center (i.e., averaged coordinates) of the - sphere.) Note that the generated texture coordinates range between - (0,1). The s-coordinate lies in the angular direction around the z-axis, - measured counter-clockwise from the x-axis. The t-coordinate lies in the - angular direction measured down from the north pole towards the south - pole. - - A special ivar controls how the s-coordinate is generated. If PreventSeam - is set to true, the s-texture varies from 0->1 and then 1->0 (corresponding - to angles of 0->180 and 180->360). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create object with Center (0,0,0) and the PreventSeam ivar is set to - true. The sphere center is automatically computed. - - - - - Create object with Center (0,0,0) and the PreventSeam ivar is set to - true. The sphere center is automatically computed. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic sphere generation. This means it automatically - finds the sphere center. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic sphere generation. This means it automatically - finds the sphere center. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic sphere generation. This means it automatically - finds the sphere center. - - - - - Specify a point defining the center of the sphere. - - - - - Specify a point defining the center of the sphere. - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - theta angle variation between 0->180 and 180->0 degrees. Otherwise, the - s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 between 0->360 degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - theta angle variation between 0->180 and 180->0 degrees. Otherwise, the - s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 between 0->360 degrees. - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - theta angle variation between 0->180 and 180->0 degrees. Otherwise, the - s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 between 0->360 degrees. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off automatic sphere generation. This means it automatically - finds the sphere center. - - - - - Specify a point defining the center of the sphere. - - - - - Specify a point defining the center of the sphere. - - - - - Control how the texture coordinates are generated. If PreventSeam is - set, the s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 and 1->0 corresponding to the - theta angle variation between 0->180 and 180->0 degrees. Otherwise, the - s-coordinate ranges from 0->1 between 0->360 degrees. - - - - - vtkThreshold - extracts cells where scalar value in cell satisfies threshold criterion - - - Description - vtkThreshold is a filter that extracts cells from any dataset type that - satisfy a threshold criterion. A cell satisfies the criterion if the - scalar value of (every or any) point satisfies the criterion. The - criterion can take three forms: 1) greater than a particular value; 2) - less than a particular value; or 3) between two values. The output of this - filter is an unstructured grid. - - Note that scalar values are available from the point and cell attribute - data. By default, point data is used to obtain scalars, but you can - control this behavior. See the AttributeMode ivar below. - - By default only the first scalar value is used in the decision. Use the ComponentMode - and SelectedComponent ivars to control this behavior. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If using scalars from point data, all scalars for all points in a cell - must satisfy the threshold criterion if AllScalars is set. Otherwise, - just a single scalar value satisfying the threshold criterion enables - will extract the cell. - - - - - If using scalars from point data, all scalars for all points in a cell - must satisfy the threshold criterion if AllScalars is set. Otherwise, - just a single scalar value satisfying the threshold criterion enables - will extract the cell. - - - - - If using scalars from point data, all scalars for all points in a cell - must satisfy the threshold criterion if AllScalars is set. Otherwise, - just a single scalar value satisfying the threshold criterion enables - will extract the cell. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter will use point - data, and if no point data is available, then cell data is - used. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter will use point - data, and if no point data is available, then cell data is - used. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Set the data type of the output points (See the data types defined in - vtkType.h). The default data type is float. - - - - - When the component mode is UseSelected, this ivar indicated the selected - component. The default value is 0. - - - - - When the component mode is UseSelected, this ivar indicated the selected - component. The default value is 0. - - - - - When the component mode is UseSelected, this ivar indicated the selected - component. The default value is 0. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If using scalars from point data, all scalars for all points in a cell - must satisfy the threshold criterion if AllScalars is set. Otherwise, - just a single scalar value satisfying the threshold criterion enables - will extract the cell. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter will use point - data, and if no point data is available, then cell data is - used. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter will use point - data, and if no point data is available, then cell data is - used. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter will use point - data, and if no point data is available, then cell data is - used. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (AttributeModeToDefault), the filter will use point - data, and if no point data is available, then cell data is - used. Alternatively you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Control how the decision of in / out is made with multi-component data. - The choices are to use the selected component (specified in the - SelectedComponent ivar), or to look at all components. When looking at - all components, the evaluation can pass if all the components satisfy - the rule (UseAll) or if any satisfy is (UseAny). The default value is - UseSelected. - - - - - Set the data type of the output points (See the data types defined in - vtkType.h). The default data type is float. - - - - - Set the data type of the output points (See the data types defined in - vtkType.h). The default data type is float. - - - - - Set the data type of the output points (See the data types defined in - vtkType.h). The default data type is float. - - - - - When the component mode is UseSelected, this ivar indicated the selected - component. The default value is 0. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are between lower and upper thresholds - (inclusive of the end values). - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are less or equal to lower threshold. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are greater or equal to upper threshold. - - - - - vtkThresholdPoints - extracts points whose scalar value satisfies threshold criterion - - - Description - vtkThresholdPoints is a filter that extracts points from a dataset that - satisfy a threshold criterion. The criterion can take three forms: - 1) greater than a particular value; 2) less than a particular value; or - 3) between a particular value. The output of the filter is polygonal data. - - - - vtkThreshold - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the lower threshold. - - - - - Set/Get the upper threshold. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the lower threshold. - - - - - Set/Get the upper threshold. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are between lower and upper thresholds - (inclusive of the end values). - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are less or equal to lower threshold. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are greater or equal to upper threshold. - - - - - vtkThresholdTextureCoords - compute 1D, 2D, or 3D texture coordinates based on scalar threshold - - - Description - vtkThresholdTextureCoords is a filter that generates texture coordinates for - any input dataset type given a threshold criterion. The criterion can take - three forms: 1) greater than a particular value (ThresholdByUpper()); - 2) less than a particular value (ThresholdByLower(); or 3) between two - values (ThresholdBetween(). If the threshold criterion is satisfied, - the "in" texture coordinate will be set (this can be specified by the - user). If the threshold criterion is not satisfied the "out" is set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point satisfying threshold criterion. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point satisfying threshold criterion. - - - - - Return the upper and lower thresholds. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point NOT satisfying threshold - criterion. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point NOT satisfying threshold - criterion. - - - - - Set the desired dimension of the texture map. - - - - - Set the desired dimension of the texture map. - - - - - Set the desired dimension of the texture map. - - - - - Return the upper and lower thresholds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point satisfying threshold criterion. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point satisfying threshold criterion. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point NOT satisfying threshold - criterion. - - - - - Set the texture coordinate value for point NOT satisfying threshold - criterion. - - - - - Set the desired dimension of the texture map. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are between lower and upper thresholds. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are less than lower threshold. - - - - - Criterion is cells whose scalars are less than upper threshold. - - - - - vtkTimeSource - creates a simple time varying data set. - - - Description - Creates a small easily understood time varying data set for testing. - The output is a vtkUntructuredGrid in which the point and cell values vary - over time in a sin wave. The analytic ivar controls whether the output - corresponds to a step function over time or is continuous. - The X and Y Amplitude ivars make the output move in the X and Y directions - over time. The Growing ivar makes the number of cells in the output grow - and then shrink over time. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When off (the default) this source produces a discrete set of values. - When on, this source produces a value analytically for any queried time. - - - - - When off (the default) this source produces a discrete set of values. - When on, this source produces a value analytically for any queried time. - - - - - When off (the default) this source produces a discrete set of values. - When on, this source produces a value analytically for any queried time. - - - - - When off (the default) this source produces a discrete set of values. - When on, this source produces a value analytically for any queried time. - - - - - When off (the default) this source produces a discrete set of values. - When on, this source produces a value analytically for any queried time. - - - - - When off (the default) this produces a single cell data set. - When on the the number of cells (in the Y direction) grows - and shrinks over time along a hat function. - - - - - When off (the default) this produces a single cell data set. - When on the the number of cells (in the Y direction) grows - and shrinks over time along a hat function. - - - - - When off (the default) this produces a single cell data set. - When on the the number of cells (in the Y direction) grows - and shrinks over time along a hat function. - - - - - When 0.0 (the default) this produces a data set that is stationary. - When on the data set moves in the X/Y plane over a sin wave over time, - amplified by the value. - - - - - When 0.0 (the default) this produces a data set that is stationary. - When on the data set moves in the X/Y plane over a sin wave over time, - amplified by the value. - - - - - When off (the default) this produces a single cell data set. - When on the the number of cells (in the Y direction) grows - and shrinks over time along a hat function. - - - - - When off (the default) this produces a single cell data set. - When on the the number of cells (in the Y direction) grows - and shrinks over time along a hat function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When off (the default) this source produces a discrete set of values. - When on, this source produces a value analytically for any queried time. - - - - - When off (the default) this produces a single cell data set. - When on the the number of cells (in the Y direction) grows - and shrinks over time along a hat function. - - - - - When 0.0 (the default) this produces a data set that is stationary. - When on the data set moves in the X/Y plane over a sin wave over time, - amplified by the value. - - - - - When 0.0 (the default) this produces a data set that is stationary. - When on the data set moves in the X/Y plane over a sin wave over time, - amplified by the value. - - - - - vtkTransformCoordinateSystems - transform points into different coordinate systems - - - Description - This filter transforms points from one coordinate system to another. The user - must specify the coordinate systems in which the input and output are - specified. The user must also specify the VTK viewport (i.e., renderer) in - which the transformation occurs. - - - - - vtkCoordinate vtkTransformFilter vtkTransformPolyData vtkPolyDataMapper2D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Instantiate this class. By default no transformation is specified and - the input and output is identical. - - - - - Description - Instantiate this class. By default no transformation is specified and - the input and output is identical. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system in which the input is specified. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - input coordinate system is World. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the instance of vtkCoordinate. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system to which to transform the output. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - output coordinate system is Display. - - - - - In order for successful coordinate transformation to occur, an - instance of vtkViewport (e.g., a VTK renderer) must be specified. - NOTE: this is a raw pointer, not a weak pointer not a reference counted - object to avoid reference cycle loop between rendering classes and filter - classes. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system in which the input is specified. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - input coordinate system is World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system in which the input is specified. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - input coordinate system is World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system in which the input is specified. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - input coordinate system is World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system in which the input is specified. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - input coordinate system is World. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system to which to transform the output. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - output coordinate system is Display. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system to which to transform the output. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - output coordinate system is Display. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system to which to transform the output. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - output coordinate system is Display. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system to which to transform the output. - The current options are World, Viewport, and Display. By default the - output coordinate system is Display. - - - - - In order for successful coordinate transformation to occur, an - instance of vtkViewport (e.g., a VTK renderer) must be specified. - NOTE: this is a raw pointer, not a weak pointer not a reference counted - object to avoid reference cycle loop between rendering classes and filter - classes. - - - - - vtkTransformFilter - transform points and associated normals and vectors - - - Description - vtkTransformFilter is a filter to transform point coordinates, and - associated point normals and vectors. Other point data is passed - through the filter. - - An alternative method of transformation is to use vtkActor's methods - to scale, rotate, and translate objects. The difference between the - two methods is that vtkActor's transformation simply effects where - objects are rendered (via the graphics pipeline), whereas - vtkTransformFilter actually modifies point coordinates in the - visualization pipeline. This is necessary for some objects - (e.g., vtkProbeFilter) that require point coordinates as input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the transform. - - - - - Specify the transform object used to transform points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the transform object used to transform points. - - - - - vtkTransformPolyDataFilter - transform points and associated normals and vectors for polygonal dataset - - - Description - vtkTransformPolyDataFilter is a filter to transform point - coordinates and associated point and cell normals and - vectors. Other point and cell data is passed through the filter - unchanged. This filter is specialized for polygonal data. See - vtkTransformFilter for more general data. - - An alternative method of transformation is to use vtkActor's methods - to scale, rotate, and translate objects. The difference between the - two methods is that vtkActor's transformation simply effects where - objects are rendered (via the graphics pipeline), whereas - vtkTransformPolyDataFilter actually modifies point coordinates in the - visualization pipeline. This is necessary for some objects - (e.g., vtkProbeFilter) that require point coordinates as input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the transform. - - - - - Specify the transform object used to transform points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the transform object used to transform points. - - - - - vtkTransformTextureCoords - transform (scale, rotate, translate) texture coordinates - - - Description - vtkTransformTextureCoords is a filter that operates on texture - coordinates. It ingests any type of dataset, and outputs a dataset of the - same type. The filter lets you scale, translate, and rotate texture - coordinates. For example, by using the the Scale ivar, you can shift - texture coordinates that range from (0->1) to range from (0->10) (useful - for repeated patterns). - - The filter operates on texture coordinates of dimension 1->3. The texture - coordinates are referred to as r-s-t. If the texture map is two dimensional, - the t-coordinate (and operations on the t-coordinate) are ignored. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create instance with Origin (0.5,0.5,0.5); Position (0,0,0); and Scale - set to (1,1,1). Rotation of the texture coordinates is turned off. - - - - - Create instance with Origin (0.5,0.5,0.5); Position (0,0,0); and Scale - set to (1,1,1). Rotation of the texture coordinates is turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Incrementally change the position of the texture map (i.e., does a - translate or shift of the texture coordinates). - - - - - Incrementally change the position of the texture map (i.e., does a - translate or shift of the texture coordinates). - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - t-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - t-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - t-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the texture map. This is the point about which the - texture map is flipped (e.g., rotated). Since a typical texture map ranges - from (0,1) in the r-s-t coordinates, the default origin is set at - (0.5,0.5,0.5). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the texture map. This is the point about which the - texture map is flipped (e.g., rotated). Since a typical texture map ranges - from (0,1) in the r-s-t coordinates, the default origin is set at - (0.5,0.5,0.5). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the texture map. Setting the position translates - the texture map by the amount specified. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the texture map. Setting the position translates - the texture map by the amount specified. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the texture map. Scaling in performed independently - on the r, s and t axes. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the texture map. Scaling in performed independently - on the r, s and t axes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - s-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Boolean indicates whether the texture map should be flipped around the - t-axis. Note that the flips occur around the texture origin. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the texture map. This is the point about which the - texture map is flipped (e.g., rotated). Since a typical texture map ranges - from (0,1) in the r-s-t coordinates, the default origin is set at - (0.5,0.5,0.5). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the texture map. This is the point about which the - texture map is flipped (e.g., rotated). Since a typical texture map ranges - from (0,1) in the r-s-t coordinates, the default origin is set at - (0.5,0.5,0.5). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the texture map. Setting the position translates - the texture map by the amount specified. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the texture map. Setting the position translates - the texture map by the amount specified. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the texture map. Scaling in performed independently - on the r, s and t axes. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the texture map. Scaling in performed independently - on the r, s and t axes. - - - - - vtkTriangleFilter - create triangle polygons from input polygons and triangle strips - - - Description - vtkTriangleFilter generates triangles from input polygons and triangle - strips. The filter also will pass through vertices and lines, if - requested. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off passing lines through filter. - - - - - Turn on/off passing vertices through filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off passing lines through filter. - - - - - Turn on/off passing lines through filter. - - - - - Turn on/off passing vertices through filter. - - - - - Turn on/off passing vertices through filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off passing lines through filter. - - - - - Turn on/off passing vertices through filter. - - - - - vtkTriangularTCoords - 2D texture coordinates based for triangles. - - - Description - vtkTriangularTCoords is a filter that generates texture coordinates - for triangles. Texture coordinates for each triangle are: - (0,0), (1,0) and (.5,sqrt(3)/2). This filter assumes that the triangle - texture map is symmetric about the center of the triangle. Thus the order - Of the texture coordinates is not important. The procedural texture - in vtkTriangularTexture is designed with this symmetry. For more information - see the paper "Opacity-modulating Triangular Textures for Irregular - Surfaces," by Penny Rheingans, IEEE Visualization '96, pp. 219-225. - - - - vtkTriangularTexture vtkThresholdPoints vtkTextureMapToPlane - vtkTextureMapToSphere vtkTextureMapToCylinder - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTubeFilter - filter that generates tubes around lines - - - Description - vtkTubeFilter is a filter that generates a tube around each input line. - The tubes are made up of triangle strips and rotate around the tube with - the rotation of the line normals. (If no normals are present, they are - computed automatically.) The radius of the tube can be set to vary with - scalar or vector value. If the radius varies with scalar value the radius - is linearly adjusted. If the radius varies with vector value, a mass - flux preserving variation is used. The number of sides for the tube also - can be specified. You can also specify which of the sides are visible. This - is useful for generating interesting striping effects. Other options - include the ability to cap the tube and generate texture coordinates. - Texture coordinates can be used with an associated texture map to create - interesting effects such as marking the tube with stripes corresponding - to length or time. - - This filter is typically used to create thick or dramatic lines. Another - common use is to combine this filter with vtkStreamLine to generate - streamtubes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with radius 0.5, radius variation turned off, the - number of sides set to 3, and radius factor of 10. - - - - - Construct object with radius 0.5, radius variation turned off, the - number of sides set to 3, and radius factor of 10. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the ends with polygons. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the ends with polygons. - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the ends with polygons. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and the - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and the - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Set the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, number of sides is 3. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. The offset sets the - first tube side that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. The offset sets the - first tube side that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. The offset sets the - first tube side that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. If OnRatio is greater than 1, - then every nth tube side is turned on, beginning with the Offset - side. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. If OnRatio is greater than 1, - then every nth tube side is turned on, beginning with the Offset - side. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. If OnRatio is greater than 1, - then every nth tube side is turned on, beginning with the Offset - side. - - - - - Set the minimum tube radius (minimum because the tube radius may vary). - - - - - Set the maximum tube radius in terms of a multiple of the minimum radius. - - - - - Set the minimum tube radius (minimum because the tube radius may vary). - - - - - Set the minimum tube radius (minimum because the tube radius may vary). - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether tube sides should share vertices. - This creates independent strips, with constant normals so the - tube is always faceted in appearance. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off whether to cap the ends with polygons. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and the - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if no normals are supplied, and the - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Control whether and how texture coordinates are produced. This is - useful for striping the tube with length textures, etc. If you - use scalars to create the texture, the scalars are assumed to be - monotonically increasing (or decreasing). - - - - - Set the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, number of sides is 3. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. The offset sets the - first tube side that is visible. Offset is generally used with - OnRatio to create nifty striping effects. - - - - - Control the striping of the tubes. If OnRatio is greater than 1, - then every nth tube side is turned on, beginning with the Offset - side. - - - - - Set the minimum tube radius (minimum because the tube radius may vary). - - - - - Set the maximum tube radius in terms of a multiple of the minimum radius. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether tube sides should share vertices. - This creates independent strips, with constant normals so the - tube is always faceted in appearance. - - - - - Control the conversion of units during the texture coordinates - calculation. The TextureLength indicates what length (whether - calculated from scalars or length) is mapped to the [0,1) - texture space. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the variation of tube radius with scalar value. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether tube sides should share vertices. - This creates independent strips, with constant normals so the - tube is always faceted in appearance. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether tube sides should share vertices. - This creates independent strips, with constant normals so the - tube is always faceted in appearance. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - DefaultNormalOn is set. - - - - - vtkUncertaintyTubeFilter - generate uncertainty tubes along a polyline - - - Description - vtkUncertaintyTubeFilter is a filter that generates ellipsoidal (in cross - section) tubes that follows a polyline. The input is a vtkPolyData with - polylines that have associated vector point data. The vector data represents - the uncertainty of the polyline in the x-y-z directions. - - Caveats - The vector uncertainty values define an axis-aligned ellipsoid at each - polyline point. The uncertainty tubes can be envisioned as the - interpolation of these ellipsoids between the points defining the - polyline (or rather, the interpolation of the cross section of the - ellipsoids alog the polyline). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Object factory method to instantiate this class. - - - - - Object factory method to instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, - the number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, - the number of sides is 3. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, - the number of sides is 3. - - - - - Standard methods for printing and obtaining type information for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for printing and obtaining type information for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for printing and obtaining type information for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for printing and obtaining type information for instances of this class. - - - - - Set / get the number of sides for the tube. At a minimum, - the number of sides is 3. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridGeometryFilter - extract geometry from an unstructured grid - - - Description - vtkUnstructuredGridGeometryFilter is a filter that extracts - geometry (and associated data) from an unstructured grid. It differs from - vtkGeometryFilter by not tessellating higher order faces: 2D faces of - quadratic 3D cells will be quadratic. A quadratic edge is extracted as a - quadratic edge. For that purpose, the output of this filter is an - unstructured grid, not a polydata. - Also, the face of a voxel is a pixel, not a quad. - Geometry is obtained as follows: all 0D, 1D, and 2D cells are extracted. - All 2D faces that are used by only one 3D cell (i.e., boundary faces) are - extracted. It also is possible to specify conditions on point ids, cell ids, - and on bounding box (referred to as "Extent") to control the extraction - process. - - Caveats - When vtkUnstructuredGridGeometryFilter extracts cells (or boundaries of - cells) it will (by default) merge duplicate vertices. This may cause - problems in some cases. Turn merging off to prevent this from occurring. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the locator. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by cell id. - - - - - Specify the maximum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum cell id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Set / get a (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box to clip data. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry via bounding box. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of coincident points. Note that is merging is - on, points with different point attributes (e.g., normals) are merged, - which may cause rendering artifacts. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If PassThroughCellIds or PassThroughPointIds is on, then these ivars - control the name given to the field in which the ids are written into. If - set to NULL, then vtkOriginalCellIds or vtkOriginalPointIds (the default) - is used, respectively. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - If on, the output polygonal dataset will have a celldata array that - holds the cell index of the original 3D cell that produced each output - cell. This is useful for cell picking. The default is off to conserve - memory. Note that PassThroughCellIds will be ignored if UseStrips is on, - since in that case each tringle strip can represent more than on of the - input cells. - - - - - Turn on/off selection of geometry by point id. - - - - - Specify the maximum point id for point id selection. - - - - - Specify the minimum point id for point id selection. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridToReebGraphFilter - generate a Reeb graph from a - scalar field defined on a vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - Description - The filter will first try to pull as a scalar field the vtkDataArray with - Id 'fieldId' of the mesh's vtkPointData. - If this field does not exist, the filter will use the vtkElevationFilter to - generate a default scalar field. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the scalar field id (default = 0). - - - - - Set the scalar field id (default = 0). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the scalar field id (default = 0). - - - - - vtkVectorDot - generate scalars from dot product of vectors and normals (e.g., show displacement plot) - - - Description - vtkVectorDot is a filter to generate scalar values from a dataset. - The scalar value at a point is created by computing the dot product - between the normal and vector at that point. Combined with the appropriate - color map, this can show nodal lines/mode shapes of vibration, or a - displacement plot. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with scalar range is (-1,1). - - - - - Construct object with scalar range is (-1,1). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the range that scalars map into. - - - - - Get the range that scalars map into. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify range to map scalars into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalars into. - - - - - vtkVectorNorm - generate scalars from Euclidean norm of vectors - - - Description - vtkVectorNorm is a filter that generates scalar values by computing - Euclidean norm of vector triplets. Scalars can be normalized - 0<=s<=1 if desired. - - Note that this filter operates on point or cell attribute data, or - both. By default, the filter operates on both point and cell data - if vector point and cell data, respectively, are available from the - input. Alternatively, you can choose to generate scalar norm values - for just cell or point data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with normalize flag off. - - - - - Construct with normalize flag off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate scalar data from the - input vector data. By default, (AttributeModeToDefault) the - filter will generate the scalar norm for point and cell data (if - vector data present in the input). Alternatively, you can - explicitly set the filter to generate point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data - (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate scalar data from the - input vector data. By default, (AttributeModeToDefault) the - filter will generate the scalar norm for point and cell data (if - vector data present in the input). Alternatively, you can - explicitly set the filter to generate point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data - (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Specify whether to normalize scalar values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify whether to normalize scalar values. - - - - - Specify whether to normalize scalar values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate scalar data from the - input vector data. By default, (AttributeModeToDefault) the - filter will generate the scalar norm for point and cell data (if - vector data present in the input). Alternatively, you can - explicitly set the filter to generate point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data - (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate scalar data from the - input vector data. By default, (AttributeModeToDefault) the - filter will generate the scalar norm for point and cell data (if - vector data present in the input). Alternatively, you can - explicitly set the filter to generate point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data - (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate scalar data from the - input vector data. By default, (AttributeModeToDefault) the - filter will generate the scalar norm for point and cell data (if - vector data present in the input). Alternatively, you can - explicitly set the filter to generate point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data - (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Control how the filter works to generate scalar data from the - input vector data. By default, (AttributeModeToDefault) the - filter will generate the scalar norm for point and cell data (if - vector data present in the input). Alternatively, you can - explicitly set the filter to generate point data - (AttributeModeToUsePointData) or cell data - (AttributeModeToUseCellData). - - - - - Specify whether to normalize scalar values. - - - - - vtkVertexGlyphFilter - Make a vtkPolyData with a vertex on each point. - - - - Description - - This filter throws away all of the cells in the input and replaces them with - a vertex on each point. The intended use of this filter is roughly - equivalent to the vtkGlyph3D filter, except this filter is specifically for - data that has many vertices, making the rendered result faster and less - cluttered than the glyph filter. This filter may take a graph or point set - as input. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkVolumeContourSpectrumFilter - compute an approximation of the - volume contour signature (evolution of the volume of the input tet-mesh - along an arc of the Reeb graph). - - - Description - The filter takes a vtkUnstructuredGrid as an input (port 0), along with a - vtkReebGraph (port 1). - The Reeb graph arc to consider can be specified with SetArcId() (default: 0). - The number of (evenly distributed) samples of the signature can be defined - with SetNumberOfSamples() (default value: 100). - The filter will first try to pull as a scalar field the vtkDataArray with Id - 'FieldId' of the vtkUnstructuredGrid, see SetFieldId (default: 0). The - filter will abort if this field does not exist. - - The filter outputs a vtkTable with the volume contour signature - approximation, each sample being evenly distributed in the function span of - the arc. - - This filter is a typical example for designing your own contour signature - filter (with customized metrics). It also shows typical vtkReebGraph - traversals. - - Reference: - C. Bajaj, V. Pascucci, D. Schikore, - "The contour spectrum", - IEEE Visualization, 167-174, 1997. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the arc Id for which the contour signature has to be computed. - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples in the output signature - Default value: 100 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the arc Id for which the contour signature has to be computed. - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the scalar field Id - Default value: 0 - - - - - Set the number of samples in the output signature - Default value: 100 - - - - - vtkVoxelContoursToSurfaceFilter - create surface from contours - - - Description - vtkVoxelContoursToSurfaceFilter is a filter that takes contours and - produces surfaces. There are some restrictions for the contours: - - - The contours are input as vtkPolyData, with the contours being - polys in the vtkPolyData. - - The contours lie on XY planes - each contour has a constant Z - - The contours are ordered in the polys of the vtkPolyData such - that all contours on the first (lowest) XY plane are first, then - continuing in order of increasing Z value. - - The X, Y and Z coordinates are all integer values. - - The desired sampling of the contour data is 1x1x1 - Aspect can - be used to control the aspect ratio in the output polygonal - dataset. - - This filter takes the contours and produces a structured points - dataset of signed floating point number indicating distance from - a contour. A contouring filter is then applied to generate 3D - surfaces from a stack of 2D contour distance slices. This is - done in a streaming fashion so as not to use to much memory. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in bytes for this filter. This is the limit - of the size of the structured points data set that is created for - intermediate processing. The data will be streamed through this volume - in as many pieces as necessary. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in bytes for this filter. This is the limit - of the size of the structured points data set that is created for - intermediate processing. The data will be streamed through this volume - in as many pieces as necessary. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in bytes for this filter. This is the limit - of the size of the structured points data set that is created for - intermediate processing. The data will be streamed through this volume - in as many pieces as necessary. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in bytes for this filter. This is the limit - of the size of the structured points data set that is created for - intermediate processing. The data will be streamed through this volume - in as many pieces as necessary. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in bytes for this filter. This is the limit - of the size of the structured points data set that is created for - intermediate processing. The data will be streamed through this volume - in as many pieces as necessary. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in bytes for this filter. This is the limit - of the size of the structured points data set that is created for - intermediate processing. The data will be streamed through this volume - in as many pieces as necessary. - - - - - vtkWarpLens - deform geometry by applying lens distortion - - - Description - vtkWarpLens is a filter that modifies point coordinates by moving - in accord with a lens distortion model. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the center of radial distortion in pixels. - This is obsoleted by newer instance variables. - - - - - Specify the imager format width / height in mm - - - - - Specify the imager format width / height in mm - - - - - Specify the image width / height in pixels - - - - - Specify the image width / height in pixels - - - - - Specify the symmetric radial distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify the symmetric radial distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify second order symmetric radial lens distortion parameter. - This is obsoleted by newer instance variables. - - - - - Specify the decentering distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify the decentering distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify the calibrated principal point of the camera/lens - - - - - Specify the calibrated principal point of the camera/lens - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the center of radial distortion in pixels. - This is obsoleted by newer instance variables. - - - - - Specify the imager format width / height in mm - - - - - Specify the imager format width / height in mm - - - - - Specify the image width / height in pixels - - - - - Specify the image width / height in pixels - - - - - Specify the symmetric radial distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify the symmetric radial distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify second order symmetric radial lens distortion parameter. - This is obsoleted by newer instance variables. - - - - - Specify the decentering distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify the decentering distortion parameters for the lens - - - - - Specify the calibrated principal point of the camera/lens - - - - - Specify the calibrated principal point of the camera/lens - - - - - vtkWarpScalar - deform geometry with scalar data - - - Description - vtkWarpScalar is a filter that modifies point coordinates by moving - points along point normals by the scalar amount times the scale factor. - Useful for creating carpet or x-y-z plots. - - If normals are not present in data, the Normal instance variable will - be used as the direction along which to warp the geometry. If normals are - present but you would like to use the Normal instance variable, set the - UseNormal boolean to true. - - If XYPlane boolean is set true, then the z-value is considered to be - a scalar value (still scaled by scale factor), and the displacement is - along the z-axis. If scalars are also present, these are copied through - and can be used to color the surface. - - Note that the filter passes both its point data and cell data to - its output, except for normals, since these are distorted by the - warping. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Normal (i.e., direction) along which to warp geometry. Only used - if UseNormal boolean set to true or no normals available in data. - - - - - Normal (i.e., direction) along which to warp geometry. Only used - if UseNormal boolean set to true or no normals available in data. - - - - - Specify value to scale displacement. - - - - - Turn on/off use of user specified normal. If on, data normals - will be ignored and instance variable Normal will be used instead. - - - - - Turn on/off flag specifying that input data is x-y plane. If x-y plane, - then the z value is used to warp the surface in the z-axis direction - (times the scale factor) and scalars are used to color the surface. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Normal (i.e., direction) along which to warp geometry. Only used - if UseNormal boolean set to true or no normals available in data. - - - - - Normal (i.e., direction) along which to warp geometry. Only used - if UseNormal boolean set to true or no normals available in data. - - - - - Specify value to scale displacement. - - - - - Turn on/off use of user specified normal. If on, data normals - will be ignored and instance variable Normal will be used instead. - - - - - Turn on/off flag specifying that input data is x-y plane. If x-y plane, - then the z value is used to warp the surface in the z-axis direction - (times the scale factor) and scalars are used to color the surface. - - - - - Turn on/off use of user specified normal. If on, data normals - will be ignored and instance variable Normal will be used instead. - - - - - Turn on/off use of user specified normal. If on, data normals - will be ignored and instance variable Normal will be used instead. - - - - - Turn on/off flag specifying that input data is x-y plane. If x-y plane, - then the z value is used to warp the surface in the z-axis direction - (times the scale factor) and scalars are used to color the surface. - - - - - Turn on/off flag specifying that input data is x-y plane. If x-y plane, - then the z value is used to warp the surface in the z-axis direction - (times the scale factor) and scalars are used to color the surface. - - - - - vtkWarpTo - deform geometry by warping towards a point - - - Description - vtkWarpTo is a filter that modifies point coordinates by moving the - points towards a user specified position. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Absolute ivar. Turning Absolute on causes scale factor - of the new position to be one unit away from Position. - - - - - Set/Get the Absolute ivar. Turning Absolute on causes scale factor - of the new position to be one unit away from Position. - - - - - Set/Get the Absolute ivar. Turning Absolute on causes scale factor - of the new position to be one unit away from Position. - - - - - Set/Get the position to warp towards. - - - - - Set/Get the position to warp towards. - - - - - Set/Get the value to scale displacement. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Absolute ivar. Turning Absolute on causes scale factor - of the new position to be one unit away from Position. - - - - - Set/Get the position to warp towards. - - - - - Set/Get the position to warp towards. - - - - - Set/Get the value to scale displacement. - - - - - vtkWarpVector - deform geometry with vector data - - - Description - vtkWarpVector is a filter that modifies point coordinates by moving - points along vector times the scale factor. Useful for showing flow - profiles or mechanical deformation. - - The filter passes both its point data and cell data to its output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify value to scale displacement. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify value to scale displacement. - - - - - vtkWindowedSincPolyDataFilter - adjust point positions using a windowed sinc function interpolation kernel - - - Description - vtkWindowedSincPolyDataFiler adjust point coordinate using a windowed - sinc function interpolation kernel. The effect is to "relax" the mesh, - making the cells better shaped and the vertices more evenly distributed. - Note that this filter operates the lines, polygons, and triangle strips - composing an instance of vtkPolyData. Vertex or poly-vertex cells are - never modified. - - The algorithm proceeds as follows. For each vertex v, a topological and - geometric analysis is performed to determine which vertices are connected - to v, and which cells are connected to v. Then, a connectivity array is - constructed for each vertex. (The connectivity array is a list of lists - of vertices that directly attach to each vertex.) Next, an iteration - phase begins over all vertices. For each vertex v, the coordinates of v - are modified using a windowed sinc function interpolation kernel. - Taubin describes this methodology is the IBM tech report RC-20404 - (#90237, dated 3/12/96) "Optimal Surface Smoothing as Filter Design" - G. Taubin, T. Zhang and G. Golub. (Zhang and Golub are at Stanford - University). - - This report discusses using standard signal processing low-pass filters - (in particular windowed sinc functions) to smooth polyhedra. The - transfer functions of the low-pass filters are approximated by - Chebyshev polynomials. This facilitates applying the filters in an - iterative diffusion process (as opposed to a kernel convolution). The - more smoothing iterations applied, the higher the degree of polynomial - approximating the low-pass filter transfer function. Each smoothing - iteration, therefore, applies the next higher term of the Chebyshev - filter approximation to the polyhedron. This decoupling of the filter - into an iteratively applied polynomial is possible since the Chebyshev - polynomials are orthogonal, i.e. increasing the order of the - approximation to the filter transfer function does not alter the - previously calculated coefficients for the low order terms. - - Note: Care must be taken to avoid smoothing with too few iterations. - A Chebyshev approximation with too few terms is an poor approximation. - The first few smoothing iterations represent a severe scaling and - translation of the data. Subsequent iterations cause the smoothed - polyhedron to converge to the true location and scale of the object. - We have attempted to protect against this by automatically adjusting - the filter, effectively widening the pass band. This adjustment is only - possible if the number of iterations is greater than 1. Note that this - sacrifices some degree of smoothing for model integrity. For those - interested, the filter is adjusted by searching for a value sigma - such that the actual pass band is k_pb + sigma and such that the - filter transfer function evaluates to unity at k_pb, i.e. f(k_pb) = 1 - - To improve the numerical stability of the solution and minimize the - scaling the translation effects, the algorithm can translate and - scale the position coordinates to within the unit cube [-1, 1], - perform the smoothing, and translate and scale the position - coordinates back to the original coordinate frame. This mode is - controlled with the NormalizeCoordinatesOn() / - NormalizeCoordinatesOff() methods. For legacy reasons, the default - is NormalizeCoordinatesOff. - - This implementation is currently limited to using an interpolation - kernel based on Hamming windows. Other windows (such as Hann, Blackman, - Kaiser, Lanczos, Gaussian, and exponential windows) could be used - instead. - - There are some special instance variables used to control the execution - of this filter. (These ivars basically control what vertices can be - smoothed, and the creation of the connectivity array.) The - BoundarySmoothing ivar enables/disables the smoothing operation on - vertices that are on the "boundary" of the mesh. A boundary vertex is one - that is surrounded by a semi-cycle of polygons (or used by a single - line). - - Another important ivar is FeatureEdgeSmoothing. If this ivar is - enabled, then interior vertices are classified as either "simple", - "interior edge", or "fixed", and smoothed differently. (Interior - vertices are manifold vertices surrounded by a cycle of polygons; or used - by two line cells.) The classification is based on the number of feature - edges attached to v. A feature edge occurs when the angle between the two - surface normals of a polygon sharing an edge is greater than the - FeatureAngle ivar. Then, vertices used by no feature edges are classified - "simple", vertices used by exactly two feature edges are classified - "interior edge", and all others are "fixed" vertices. - - Once the classification is known, the vertices are smoothed - differently. Corner (i.e., fixed) vertices are not smoothed at all. - Simple vertices are smoothed as before . Interior edge vertices are - smoothed only along their two connected edges, and only if the angle - between the edges is less than the EdgeAngle ivar. - - The total smoothing can be controlled by using two ivars. The - NumberOfIterations determines the maximum number of smoothing passes. - The NumberOfIterations corresponds to the degree of the polynomial that - is used to approximate the windowed sinc function. Ten or twenty - iterations is all the is usually necessary. Contrast this with - vtkSmoothPolyDataFilter which usually requires 100 to 200 smoothing - iterations. vtkSmoothPolyDataFilter is also not an approximation to - an ideal low-pass filter, which can cause the geometry to shrink as the - amount of smoothing increases. - - The second ivar is the specification of the PassBand for the windowed - sinc filter. By design, the PassBand is specified as a doubleing point - number between 0 and 2. Lower PassBand values produce more smoothing. - A good default value for the PassBand is 0.1 (for those interested, the - PassBand (and frequencies) for PolyData are based on the valence of the - vertices, this limits all the frequency modes in a polyhedral mesh to - between 0 and 2.) - - There are two instance variables that control the generation of error - data. If the ivar GenerateErrorScalars is on, then a scalar value indicating - the distance of each vertex from its original position is computed. If the - ivar GenerateErrorVectors is on, then a vector representing change in - position is computed. - - Caveats - The smoothing operation reduces high frequency information in the - geometry of the mesh. With excessive smoothing important details may be - lost. Enabling FeatureEdgeSmoothing helps reduce this effect, but cannot - entirely eliminate it. - - - - - vtkSmoothPolyDataFilter vtkDecimate vtkDecimatePro - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with number of iterations 20; passband .1; - feature edge smoothing turned off; feature - angle 45 degrees; edge angle 15 degrees; and boundary smoothing turned - on. Error scalars and vectors are not generated (by default). The - convergence criterion is 0.0 of the bounding box diagonal. - - - - - Construct object with number of iterations 20; passband .1; - feature edge smoothing turned off; feature - angle 45 degrees; edge angle 15 degrees; and boundary smoothing turned - on. Error scalars and vectors are not generated (by default). The - convergence criterion is 0.0 of the bounding box diagonal. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Smooth non-manifold vertices. - - - - - Turn on/off coordinate normalization. The positions can be - translated and scaled such that they fit within a [-1, 1] prior - to the smoothing computation. The default is off. The numerical - stability of the solution can be improved by turning - normalization on. If normalization is on, the coordinates will - be rescaled to the original coordinate system after smoothing has - completed. - - - - - Specify the number of iterations (or degree of the polynomial - approximating the windowed sinc function). - - - - - Specify the number of iterations (or degree of the polynomial - approximating the windowed sinc function). - - - - - Specify the number of iterations (or degree of the polynomial - approximating the windowed sinc function). - - - - - Set the passband value for the windowed sinc filter - - - - - Set the passband value for the windowed sinc filter - - - - - Set the passband value for the windowed sinc filter - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Smooth non-manifold vertices. - - - - - Smooth non-manifold vertices. - - - - - Turn on/off coordinate normalization. The positions can be - translated and scaled such that they fit within a [-1, 1] prior - to the smoothing computation. The default is off. The numerical - stability of the solution can be improved by turning - normalization on. If normalization is on, the coordinates will - be rescaled to the original coordinate system after smoothing has - completed. - - - - - Turn on/off coordinate normalization. The positions can be - translated and scaled such that they fit within a [-1, 1] prior - to the smoothing computation. The default is off. The numerical - stability of the solution can be improved by turning - normalization on. If normalization is on, the coordinates will - be rescaled to the original coordinate system after smoothing has - completed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the smoothing of vertices on the boundary of the mesh. - - - - - Specify the edge angle to control smoothing along edges (either interior - or boundary). - - - - - Specify the feature angle for sharp edge identification. - - - - - Turn on/off smoothing along sharp interior edges. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of scalar distance values. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of error vectors. - - - - - Smooth non-manifold vertices. - - - - - Turn on/off coordinate normalization. The positions can be - translated and scaled such that they fit within a [-1, 1] prior - to the smoothing computation. The default is off. The numerical - stability of the solution can be improved by turning - normalization on. If normalization is on, the coordinates will - be rescaled to the original coordinate system after smoothing has - completed. - - - - - Specify the number of iterations (or degree of the polynomial - approximating the windowed sinc function). - - - - - Set the passband value for the windowed sinc filter - - - - - vtkYoungsMaterialInterface - reconstructs material interfaces - - - - Description - Reconstructs material interfaces from a mesh containing mixed cells (where several materials are mixed) - this implementation is based on the youngs algorithm, generalized to arbitrary cell types and works - on both 2D and 3D meshes. the main advantage of the youngs algorithm is it guarantees the material volume correctness. - for 2D meshes, the AxisSymetric flag allows to switch between a pure 2D (plannar) algorithm and an axis symetric 2D algorithm - handling volumes of revolution. - - Thanks - This file is part of the generalized Youngs material interface reconstruction algorithm contributed by <br> - CEA/DIF - Commissariat a l'Energie Atomique, Centre DAM Ile-De-France <br> - BP12, F-91297 Arpajon, France. <br> - Implementation by Thierry Carrard (thierry.carrard@cea.fr) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turns on/off AxisSymetric computation of 2D interfaces. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - Turns on/off AxisSymetric computation of 2D interfaces. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - When FillMaterial is set to 1, the volume containing material is output and not only the interface surface. - - - - - When FillMaterial is set to 1, the volume containing material is output and not only the interface surface. - - - - - Turns on/off AxisSymetric computation of 2D interfaces. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - When FillMaterial is set to 1, the volume containing material is output and not only the interface surface. - - - - - Set/Get wether the normal vector has to be flipped. - - - - - Sets/Gets the number of materials. - - - - - Set/Get OnionPeel flag. if this flag is on, the normal vector of the first - material (which depends on material ordering) is used for all materials. - - - - - If this flag is on, material order in reversed. - Otherwise, materials are sorted in ascending order depending on the given ordering array. - - - - - Triggers some additional optimizations for cells containing only two materials. This option might produce different result than expected if the sum of volume fractions is not 1. - - - - - when UseFractionAsDistance is true, the volume fraction is interpreted as the distance - of the cutting plane from the origin. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - Set/Get minimum and maximum volume fraction value. if a material fills a volume above the minimum value, the material is considered to be void. if a material fills a volume fraction beyond the maximum value it is considered as filling the whole volume. - - - - - Set/Get minimum and maximum volume fraction value. if a material fills a volume above the minimum value, the material is considered to be void. if a material fills a volume fraction beyond the maximum value it is considered as filling the whole volume. - - - - - Set/Get wether the normal vector has to be flipped. - - - - - Set/Get wether the normal vector has to be flipped. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get OnionPeel flag. if this flag is on, the normal vector of the first - material (which depends on material ordering) is used for all materials. - - - - - Set/Get OnionPeel flag. if this flag is on, the normal vector of the first - material (which depends on material ordering) is used for all materials. - - - - - Removes all meterials previously added. - - - - - If this flag is on, material order in reversed. - Otherwise, materials are sorted in ascending order depending on the given ordering array. - - - - - If this flag is on, material order in reversed. - Otherwise, materials are sorted in ascending order depending on the given ordering array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turns on/off AxisSymetric computation of 2D interfaces. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - When FillMaterial is set to 1, the volume containing material is output and not only the interface surface. - - - - - Set/Get wether the normal vector has to be flipped. - - - - - Set ith Material arrays to be used as volume fraction, interface normal and material ordering. Each parameter name a cell array. - - - - - Set ith Material arrays to be used as volume fraction, interface normal and material ordering. Each parameter name a cell array. - - - - - Set ith Material arrays to be used as volume fraction, interface normal and material ordering. Each parameter name a cell array. - - - - - Set ith Material arrays to be used as volume fraction, interface normal and material ordering. Each parameter name a cell array. - - - - - Sets/Gets the number of materials. - - - - - Set/Get OnionPeel flag. if this flag is on, the normal vector of the first - material (which depends on material ordering) is used for all materials. - - - - - If this flag is on, material order in reversed. - Otherwise, materials are sorted in ascending order depending on the given ordering array. - - - - - Triggers some additional optimizations for cells containing only two materials. This option might produce different result than expected if the sum of volume fractions is not 1. - - - - - when UseFractionAsDistance is true, the volume fraction is interpreted as the distance - of the cutting plane from the origin. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - Set/Get minimum and maximum volume fraction value. if a material fills a volume above the minimum value, the material is considered to be void. if a material fills a volume fraction beyond the maximum value it is considered as filling the whole volume. - - - - - Set/Get minimum and maximum volume fraction value. if a material fills a volume above the minimum value, the material is considered to be void. if a material fills a volume fraction beyond the maximum value it is considered as filling the whole volume. - - - - - Triggers some additional optimizations for cells containing only two materials. This option might produce different result than expected if the sum of volume fractions is not 1. - - - - - Triggers some additional optimizations for cells containing only two materials. This option might produce different result than expected if the sum of volume fractions is not 1. - - - - - when UseFractionAsDistance is true, the volume fraction is interpreted as the distance - of the cutting plane from the origin. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - when UseFractionAsDistance is true, the volume fraction is interpreted as the distance - of the cutting plane from the origin. - in axis symetric mode, 2D meshes are understood as volumes of revolution. - - - - - Removes all meterials previously added. - - - - enum member - - - - vtk3DSImporter - imports 3D Studio files. - - - Description - vtk3DSImporter imports 3D Studio files into vtk. - - - - - vtkImporter - importer abstract class - - - Description - vtkImporter is an abstract class that specifies the protocol for - importing actors, cameras, lights and properties into a - vtkRenderWindow. The following takes place: - 1) Create a RenderWindow and Renderer if none is provided. - 2) Call ImportBegin, if ImportBegin returns False, return - 3) Call ReadData, which calls: - a) Import the Actors - b) Import the cameras - c) Import the lights - d) Import the Properties - 7) Call ImportEnd - - Subclasses optionally implement the ImportActors, ImportCameras, - ImportLights and ImportProperties or ReadData methods. An ImportBegin and - ImportEnd can optionally be provided to perform Importer-specific - initialization and termination. The Read method initiates the import - process. If a RenderWindow is provided, its Renderer will contained - the imported objects. If the RenderWindow has no Renderer, one is - created. If no RenderWindow is provided, both a RenderWindow and - Renderer will be created. Both the RenderWindow and Renderer can be - accessed using Get methods. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Set the vtkRenderWindow to contain the imported actors, cameras and - lights, If no vtkRenderWindow is set, one will be created and can be - obtained with the GetRenderWindow method. If the vtkRenderWindow has been - specified, the first vtkRenderer it has will be used to import the - objects. If the vtkRenderWindow has no Renderer, one will be created and - can be accessed using GetRenderer. - - - - - Description - Get the renderer that contains the imported actors, cameras and - lights. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Import the actors, cameras, lights and properties into a vtkRenderWindow. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Set the vtkRenderWindow to contain the imported actors, cameras and - lights, If no vtkRenderWindow is set, one will be created and can be - obtained with the GetRenderWindow method. If the vtkRenderWindow has been - specified, the first vtkRenderer it has will be used to import the - objects. If the vtkRenderWindow has no Renderer, one will be created and - can be accessed using GetRenderer. - - - - - Description - Import the actors, cameras, lights and properties into a vtkRenderWindow. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. If on, imported geometry will - be run through vtkPolyDataNormals. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. If on, imported geometry will - be run through vtkPolyDataNormals. - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. If on, imported geometry will - be run through vtkPolyDataNormals. - - - - - Specify the name of the file to read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the computation of normals. If on, imported geometry will - be run through vtkPolyDataNormals. - - - - - Specify the name of the file to read. - - - - - vtkArcPlotter - plot data along an arbitrary polyline - - - Description - vtkArcPlotter performs plotting of attribute data along polylines defined - with an input vtkPolyData data object. Any type of attribute data can be - plotted including scalars, vectors, tensors, normals, texture coordinates, - and field data. Either one or multiple data components can be plotted. - - To use this class you must specify an input data set that contains one or - more polylines, and some attribute data including which component of the - attribute data. (By default, this class processes the first component of - scalar data.) You will also need to set an offset radius (the distance - of the polyline to the median line of the plot), a width for the plot - (the distance that the minimum and maximum plot values are mapped into), - an possibly an offset (used to offset attribute data with multiple - components). - - Normally the filter automatically computes normals for generating the - offset arc plot. However, you can specify a default normal and use that - instead. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate with no default camera and plot mode set to - VTK_SCALARS. - - - - - Instantiate with no default camera and plot mode set to - VTK_SCALARS. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify a camera used to orient the plot along the arc. If no camera - is specified, then the orientation of the plot is arbitrary. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if you do not wish automatic normal - calculation. The arc plot will be generated using this normal. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if you do not wish automatic normal - calculation. The arc plot will be generated using this normal. - - - - - Set/Get the field data array to plot. This instance variable is - only applicable if field data is plotted. - - - - - Set/Get the field data array to plot. This instance variable is - only applicable if field data is plotted. - - - - - Set/Get the field data array to plot. This instance variable is - only applicable if field data is plotted. - - - - - Set the height of the plot. (The radius combined with the height - define the location of the plot relative to the generating polyline.) - - - - - Set the height of the plot. (The radius combined with the height - define the location of the plot relative to the generating polyline.) - - - - - Set the height of the plot. (The radius combined with the height - define the location of the plot relative to the generating polyline.) - - - - - New GetMTime because of camera dependency. - - - - - Specify an offset that translates each subsequent plot (if there is - more than one component plotted) from the defining arc (i.e., polyline). - - - - - Specify an offset that translates each subsequent plot (if there is - more than one component plotted) from the defining arc (i.e., polyline). - - - - - Specify an offset that translates each subsequent plot (if there is - more than one component plotted) from the defining arc (i.e., polyline). - - - - - Set/Get the component number to plot if the data has more than one - component. If the value of the plot component is == (-1), then all - the components will be plotted. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Set the radius of the "median" value of the first plotted component. - - - - - Set the radius of the "median" value of the first plotted component. - - - - - Set the radius of the "median" value of the first plotted component. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - By default, normals are automatically computed from the generating - polyline and camera. - - - - - Instantiate with no default camera and plot mode set to - VTK_SCALARS. - - - - - Instantiate with no default camera and plot mode set to - VTK_SCALARS. - - - - - Instantiate with no default camera and plot mode set to - VTK_SCALARS. - - - - - Instantiate with no default camera and plot mode set to - VTK_SCALARS. - - - - - Specify a camera used to orient the plot along the arc. If no camera - is specified, then the orientation of the plot is arbitrary. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if you do not wish automatic normal - calculation. The arc plot will be generated using this normal. - - - - - Set the default normal to use if you do not wish automatic normal - calculation. The arc plot will be generated using this normal. - - - - - Set/Get the field data array to plot. This instance variable is - only applicable if field data is plotted. - - - - - Set the height of the plot. (The radius combined with the height - define the location of the plot relative to the generating polyline.) - - - - - Specify an offset that translates each subsequent plot (if there is - more than one component plotted) from the defining arc (i.e., polyline). - - - - - Set/Get the component number to plot if the data has more than one - component. If the value of the plot component is == (-1), then all - the components will be plotted. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetPlotComponent to control which component to plot. - - - - - Set the radius of the "median" value of the first plotted component. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - By default, normals are automatically computed from the generating - polyline and camera. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - By default, normals are automatically computed from the generating - polyline and camera. - - - - - Set a boolean to control whether to use default normals. - By default, normals are automatically computed from the generating - polyline and camera. - - - - - vtkAnnotatedCubeActor - a 3D cube with face labels - - - Description - vtkAnnotatedCubeActor is a hybrid 3D actor used to represent an anatomical - orientation marker in a scene. The class consists of a 3D unit cube centered - on the origin with each face labelled in correspondance to a particular - coordinate direction. For example, with Cartesian directions, the user - defined text labels could be: +X, -X, +Y, -Y, +Z, -Z, while for anatomical - directions: A, P, L, R, S, I. Text is automatically centered on each cube - face and is not restriceted to single characters. In addition to or in - replace of a solid text label representation, the outline edges of the labels - can be displayed. The individual properties of the cube, face labels - and text outlines can be manipulated as can their visibility. - - - - - vtkProp3D - represents an 3D object for placement in a rendered scene - - - Description - vtkProp3D is an abstract class used to represent an entity in a rendering - scene (i.e., vtkProp3D is a vtkProp with an associated transformation - matrix). It handles functions related to the position, orientation and - scaling. It combines these instance variables into one 4x4 transformation - matrix as follows: [x y z 1] = [x y z 1] Translate(-origin) Scale(scale) - Rot(y) Rot(x) Rot (z) Trans(origin) Trans(position). Both vtkActor and - vtkVolume are specializations of class vtkProp. The constructor defaults - to: origin(0,0,0) position=(0,0,0) orientation=(0,0,0), no user defined - matrix or transform, and no texture map. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add to the current orientation. See SetOrientation and - GetOrientation for more details. This basically does a - GetOrientation, adds the passed in arguments, and then calls - SetOrientation. - - - - - Add to the current orientation. See SetOrientation and - GetOrientation for more details. This basically does a - GetOrientation, adds the passed in arguments, and then calls - SetOrientation. - - - - - Set/Get/Add the position of the Prop3D in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get/Add the position of the Prop3D in world coordinates. - - - - - Generate the matrix based on ivars - - - - - Get the bounds for this Prop3D as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Get the bounds for this Prop3D as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Get the center of the bounding box in world coordinates. - - - - - Is the matrix for this actor identity - - - - - Get the length of the diagonal of the bounding box. - - - - - Get the vtkProp3D's mtime - - - - - Return a reference to the Prop3D's 4x4 composite matrix. - Get the matrix from the position, origin, scale and orientation This - matrix is cached, so multiple GetMatrix() calls will be efficient. - - - - - Return a reference to the Prop3D's 4x4 composite matrix. - Get the matrix from the position, origin, scale and orientation This - matrix is cached, so multiple GetMatrix() calls will be efficient. - - - - - Get a pointer to an internal vtkMatrix4x4. that represents - - - - - Returns the orientation of the Prop3D as s vector of X,Y and Z rotation. - The ordering in which these rotations must be done to generate the - same matrix is RotateZ, RotateX, and finally RotateY. See also - SetOrientation. - - - - - Returns the orientation of the Prop3D as s vector of X,Y and Z rotation. - The ordering in which these rotations must be done to generate the - same matrix is RotateZ, RotateX, and finally RotateY. See also - SetOrientation. - - - - - Returns the WXYZ orientation of the Prop3D. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the Prop3D. This is the point about which all - rotations take place. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the Prop3D. This is the point about which all - rotations take place. - - - - - Set/Get/Add the position of the Prop3D in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get/Add the position of the Prop3D in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the actor. Scaling in performed independently on the - X, Y and Z axis. A scale of zero is illegal and will be replaced with one. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the actor. Scaling in performed independently on the - X, Y and Z axis. A scale of zero is illegal and will be replaced with one. - - - - - The UserMatrix can be used in place of UserTransform. - - - - - In addition to the instance variables such as position and orientation, - you can add an additional transformation for your own use. This - transformation is concatenated with the actor's internal transformation, - which you implicitly create through the use of SetPosition(), - SetOrigin() and SetOrientation(). - <p>If the internal transformation - is identity (i.e. if you don't set the Position, Origin, or - Orientation) then the actors final transformation will be the - UserTransform, concatenated with the UserMatrix if the UserMatrix - is present. - - - - - Get the modified time of the user matrix or user transform. - - - - - Get the Prop3D's x range in world coordinates. - - - - - Get the Prop3D's y range in world coordinates. - - - - - Get the Prop3D's z range in world coordinates. - - - - - Overload vtkProp's method for setting up assembly paths. See - the documentation for vtkProp. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method modifies the vtkProp3D so that its transformation - state is set to the matrix specified. The method does this by - setting appropriate transformation-related ivars to initial - values (i.e., not transformed), and placing the user-supplied - matrix into the UserMatrix of this vtkProp3D. If the method is - called again with a NULL matrix, then the original state of the - vtkProp3D will be restored. This method is used to support - picking and assembly structures. - - - - - Rotate the Prop3D in degrees about an arbitrary axis specified by - the last three arguments. The axis is specified in world - coordinates. To rotate an about its model axes, use RotateX, - RotateY, RotateZ. - - - - - Rotate the Prop3D in degrees about the X axis using the right hand - rule. The axis is the Prop3D's X axis, which can change as other - rotations are performed. To rotate about the world X axis use - RotateWXYZ (angle, 1, 0, 0). This rotation is applied before all - others in the current transformation matrix. - - - - - Rotate the Prop3D in degrees about the Y axis using the right hand - rule. The axis is the Prop3D's Y axis, which can change as other - rotations are performed. To rotate about the world Y axis use - RotateWXYZ (angle, 0, 1, 0). This rotation is applied before all - others in the current transformation matrix. - - - - - Rotate the Prop3D in degrees about the Z axis using the right hand - rule. The axis is the Prop3D's Z axis, which can change as other - rotations are performed. To rotate about the world Z axis use - RotateWXYZ (angle, 0, 0, 1). This rotation is applied before all - others in the current transformation matrix. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the orientation of the Prop3D. Orientation is specified as - X,Y and Z rotations in that order, but they are performed as - RotateZ, RotateX, and finally RotateY. - - - - - Sets the orientation of the Prop3D. Orientation is specified as - X,Y and Z rotations in that order, but they are performed as - RotateZ, RotateX, and finally RotateY. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the Prop3D. This is the point about which all - rotations take place. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the Prop3D. This is the point about which all - rotations take place. - - - - - Set/Get/Add the position of the Prop3D in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get/Add the position of the Prop3D in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the actor. Scaling in performed independently on the - X, Y and Z axis. A scale of zero is illegal and will be replaced with one. - - - - - Set/Get the scale of the actor. Scaling in performed independently on the - X, Y and Z axis. A scale of zero is illegal and will be replaced with one. - - - - - Method to set the scale isotropically - - - - - The UserMatrix can be used in place of UserTransform. - - - - - In addition to the instance variables such as position and orientation, - you can add an additional transformation for your own use. This - transformation is concatenated with the actor's internal transformation, - which you implicitly create through the use of SetPosition(), - SetOrigin() and SetOrientation(). - <p>If the internal transformation - is identity (i.e. if you don't set the Position, Origin, or - Orientation) then the actors final transformation will be the - UserTransform, concatenated with the UserMatrix if the UserMatrix - is present. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkProp3D. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Get the assembly so that user supplied transforms can be applied - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). (The - method GetBounds(double bounds[6]) is available from the superclass.) - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). (The - method GetBounds(double bounds[6]) is available from the superclass.) - - - - - Get the cube properties. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the cube. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor for the face text - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the vector text. - - - - - Get the actors mtime plus consider its properties and texture if set. - - - - - Get the text edges properties. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the vector text edges. - - - - - Augment individual face text orientations. - - - - - Get the individual face text properties. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Get the individual face text properties. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Augment individual face text orientations. - - - - - Get the individual face text properties. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Get the individual face text properties. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Augment individual face text orientations. - - - - - Get the individual face text properties. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Get the individual face text properties. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the cube. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor for the face text - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the vector text. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the vector text edges. - - - - - Augment individual face text orientations. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Augment individual face text orientations. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Augment individual face text orientations. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Set/get the face text. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axes actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkAxisActor - Create an axis with tick marks and labels - - - Description - vtkAxisActor creates an axis with tick marks, labels, and/or a title, - depending on the particular instance variable settings. It is assumed that - the axes is part of a bounding box and is orthoganal to one of the - coordinate axes. To use this class, you typically specify two points - defining the start and end points of the line (xyz definition using - vtkCoordinate class), the axis type (X, Y or Z), the axis location in - relation to the bounding box, the bounding box, the number of labels, and - the data range (min,max). You can also control what parts of the axis are - visible including the line, the tick marks, the labels, and the title. It - is also possible to control gridlines, and specifiy on which 'side' the - tickmarks are drawn (again with respect to the underlying assumed - bounding box). You can also specify the label format (a printf style format). - - This class decides how to locate the labels, and how to create reasonable - tick marks and labels. - - Labels follow the camera so as to be legible from any viewpoint. - - The instance variables Point1 and Point2 are instances of vtkCoordinate. - All calculations and references are in World Coordinates. - - Notes - This class was adapted from a 2D version created by Hank Childs called - vtkHankAxisActor2D. - - - - - vtkActor vtkVectorText vtkPolyDataMapper vtkAxisActor2D vtkCoordinate - - - - - vtkActor - represents an object (geometry & properties) in a rendered scene - - - Description - - vtkActor is used to represent an entity in a rendering scene. It inherits - functions related to the actors position, and orientation from - vtkProp. The actor also has scaling and maintains a reference to the - defining geometry (i.e., the mapper), rendering properties, and possibly a - texture map. vtkActor combines these instance variables into one 4x4 - transformation matrix as follows: [x y z 1] = [x y z 1] Translate(-origin) - Scale(scale) Rot(y) Rot(x) Rot (z) Trans(origin) Trans(position) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates an actor with the following defaults: origin(0,0,0) - position=(0,0,0) scale=(1,1,1) visibility=1 pickable=1 dragable=1 - orientation=(0,0,0). No user defined matrix and no texture map. - - - - - Creates an actor with the following defaults: origin(0,0,0) - position=(0,0,0) scale=(1,1,1) visibility=1 pickable=1 dragable=1 - orientation=(0,0,0). No user defined matrix and no texture map. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply the current properties to all parts that compose this actor. - This method is overloaded in vtkAssembly to apply the assemblies' - properties to all its parts in a recursive manner. Typically the - use of this method is to set the desired properties in the assembly, - and then push the properties down to the assemblies parts with - ApplyProperties(). - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Set/Get the property object that controls this actors backface surface - properties. This should be an instance of a vtkProperty object. If one - isn't specified, then the front face properties will be used. Multiple - actors can share one property object. - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). (The - method GetBounds(double bounds[6]) is available from the superclass.) - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). (The - method GetBounds(double bounds[6]) is available from the superclass.) - - - - - Get the actors mtime plus consider its properties and texture if set. - - - - - Returns the Mapper that this actor is getting its data from. - - - - - Set/Get the property object that controls this actors surface - properties. This should be an instance of a vtkProperty object. Every - actor must have a property associated with it. If one isn't specified, - then one will be generated automatically. Multiple actors can share one - property object. - - - - - Return the mtime of anything that would cause the rendered image to - appear differently. Usually this involves checking the mtime of the - prop plus anything else it depends on such as properties, textures - etc. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT INTENDED FOR GENERAL USE - DO NOT USE THIS METHOD OUTSIDE OF THE RENDERING PROCESS - Used by vtkHardwareSelector to determine if the prop supports hardware - selection. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. An actor does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple actors can share one texture. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a new property suitable for use with this type of Actor. - For example, a vtkMesaActor should create a vtkMesaProperty - in this function. The default is to just call vtkProperty::New. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. Note that a side - effect of this method is that the pipeline will be updated. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the property object that controls this actors backface surface - properties. This should be an instance of a vtkProperty object. If one - isn't specified, then the front face properties will be used. Multiple - actors can share one property object. - - - - - This is the method that is used to connect an actor to the end of a - visualization pipeline, i.e. the mapper. This should be a subclass - of vtkMapper. Typically vtkPolyDataMapper and vtkDataSetMapper will - be used. - - - - - Set/Get the property object that controls this actors surface - properties. This should be an instance of a vtkProperty object. Every - actor must have a property associated with it. If one isn't specified, - then one will be generated automatically. Multiple actors can share one - property object. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. An actor does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple actors can share one texture. - - - - - Shallow copy of an actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axis actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axis actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Set/Get whether gridlines should be drawn. - - - - - Set/Get whether gridlines should be drawn. - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set or get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Set or get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Set/Get the camera for this axis. The camera is used by the - labels to 'follow' the camera and be legible from any viewpoint. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get whether gridlines should be drawn. - - - - - Set/Get the length to use when drawing gridlines. - - - - - Set/Get the length to use when drawing gridlines. - - - - - Set/Get the length to use when drawing gridlines. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the axis. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the major tick marks - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the major tick marks - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the minor ticks are visible. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the axis actor, - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the minor ticks are visible. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the minor ticks are visible. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the axis. - - - - - Draw the axis. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the position of this axis (in relation to an an - assumed bounding box). For an x-type axis, MINMIN corresponds - to the x-edge in the bounding box where Y values are minimum and - Z values are minimum. For a y-type axis, MAXMIN corresponds to the - y-edge where X values are maximum and Z values are minimum. - - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get the type of this axis. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set or get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Set or get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Set/Get the camera for this axis. The camera is used by the - labels to 'follow' the camera and be legible from any viewpoint. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get whether gridlines should be drawn. - - - - - Set/Get the length to use when drawing gridlines. - - - - - Set/Get the length to use when drawing gridlines. - - - - - Set/Get the length to use when drawing gridlines. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the axis. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axis actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the major tick marks - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points on - the range and the delta values that determine their spacing. The - range and the position need not be identical. ie the displayed - values need not match the actual positions in 3D space. - - - - - Set/Get the starting position for minor and major tick points, - and the delta values that determine their spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the major tick marks - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the minor ticks are visible. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the ticks. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the axis actor, - - - - - Shallow copy of an axis actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axis actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - vtkAxesActor - a 3D axes representation - - - Description - vtkAxesActor is a hybrid 2D/3D actor used to represent 3D axes in a scene. - The user can define the geometry to use for the shaft or the tip, and the - user can set the text for the three axes. The text will appear to follow the - camera since it is implemented by means of vtkCaptionActor2D. All of the - functionality of the underlying vtkCaptionActor2D objects are accessable so - that, for instance, the font attributes of the axes text can be manipulated - through vtkTextProperty. Since this class inherits from vtkProp3D, one can - apply a user transform to the underlying geometry and the positioning of the - labels. For example, a rotation transform could be used to generate a - left-handed axes representation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the axis labels. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the axis labels. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the axis labels. - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). (The - method GetBounds(double bounds[6]) is available from the superclass.) - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). (The - method GetBounds(double bounds[6]) is available from the superclass.) - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Get the actors mtime plus consider its properties and texture if set. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) position of the label along the length of - the shaft. A value > 1 is permissible. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) position of the label along the length of - the shaft. A value > 1 is permissible. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the tip. Normally, this would be - 1 - the normalized length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the tip. Normally, this would be - 1 - the normalized length of the shaft. - - - - - Return the mtime of anything that would cause the rendered image to - appear differently. Usually this involves checking the mtime of the - prop plus anything else it depends on such as properties, textures - etc. - - - - - Set the type of the shaft to a cylinder, line, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set the type of the tip to a cone, sphere, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the total length of the axes in 3 dimensions. - - - - - Set the total length of the axes in 3 dimensions. - - - - - Set the user defined shaft polydata. - - - - - Set the user defined tip polydata. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X, Y and Z axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Set/get the label text. - - - - - Get the shaft properties. - - - - - Get the tip properties. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X, Y and Z axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Set/get the label text. - - - - - Get the shaft properties. - - - - - Get the tip properties. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X, Y and Z axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Set/get the label text. - - - - - Get the shaft properties. - - - - - Get the tip properties. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the axis labels. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) position of the label along the length of - the shaft. A value > 1 is permissible. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) position of the label along the length of - the shaft. A value > 1 is permissible. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the tip. Normally, this would be - 1 - the normalized length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the normalized (0-1) length of the tip. Normally, this would be - 1 - the normalized length of the shaft. - - - - - Set the type of the shaft to a cylinder, line, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the type of the shaft to a cylinder, line, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the type of the shaft to a cylinder, line, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the type of the shaft to a cylinder, line, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set/get the radius of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set/get the resolution of the pieces of the axes actor. - - - - - Set the type of the tip to a cone, sphere, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the type of the tip to a cone, sphere, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the type of the tip to a cone, sphere, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the type of the tip to a cone, sphere, or user defined geometry. - - - - - Set the total length of the axes in 3 dimensions. - - - - - Set the total length of the axes in 3 dimensions. - - - - - Set the user defined shaft polydata. - - - - - Set the user defined tip polydata. - - - - - Set/get the label text. - - - - - Set/get the label text. - - - - - Set/get the label text. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axes actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing the axis labels. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Enable/disable drawing the axis labels. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBarChartActor - create a bar chart from an array - - - Description - vtkBarChartActor generates a bar chart from an array of numbers defined in - field data (a vtkDataObject). To use this class, you must specify an input - data object. You'll probably also want to specify the position of the plot - be setting the Position and Position2 instance variables, which define a - rectangle in which the plot lies. There are also many other instance - variables that control the look of the plot includes its title and legend. - - Set the text property/attributes of the title and the labels through the - vtkTextProperty objects associated with these components. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify colors for each bar. If not specified, they are - automatically generated. - - - - - Specify the names of each bar. If - not specified, then an integer number is automatically generated. - - - - - Get the input data object to this actor. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. This controls the appearance - of all bar bar labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of bar labels. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the legend box. This is useful if you would like - to manually control the legend appearance. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the bar chart. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. The property controls the - appearance of the plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Specify the title of the y-axis. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of bar labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of bar labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the bar plot. - - - - - Draw the bar plot. - - - - - Draw the bar plot. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Specify colors for each bar. If not specified, they are - automatically generated. - - - - - Specify colors for each bar. If not specified, they are - automatically generated. - - - - - Specify the names of each bar. If - not specified, then an integer number is automatically generated. - - - - - Set the input to the bar chart actor. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. This controls the appearance - of all bar bar labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of bar labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the bar chart. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. The property controls the - appearance of the plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Specify the title of the y-axis. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - vtkCaptionActor2D - draw text label associated with a point - - - Description - vtkCaptionActor2D is a hybrid 2D/3D actor that is used to associate text - with a point (the AttachmentPoint) in the scene. The caption can be - drawn with a rectangular border and a leader connecting - the caption to the attachment point. Optionally, the leader can be - glyphed at its endpoint to create arrow heads or other indicators. - - To use the caption actor, you normally specify the Position and Position2 - coordinates (these are inherited from the vtkActor2D superclass). (Note - that Position2 can be set using vtkActor2D's SetWidth() and SetHeight() - methods.) Position and Position2 define the size of the caption, and a - third point, the AttachmentPoint, defines a point that the caption is - associated with. You must also define the caption text, - whether you want a border around the caption, and whether you want a - leader from the caption to the attachment point. The font attributes of - the text can be set through the vtkTextProperty associated to this actor. - You also indicate whether you want - the leader to be 2D or 3D. (2D leaders are always drawn over the - underlying geometry. 3D leaders may be occluded by the geometry.) The - leader may also be terminated by an optional glyph (e.g., arrow). - - The trickiest part about using this class is setting Position, Position2, - and AttachmentPoint correctly. These instance variables are - vtkCoordinates, and can be set up in various ways. In default usage, the - AttachmentPoint is defined in the world coordinate system, Position is the - lower-left corner of the caption and relative to AttachmentPoint (defined - in display coordaintes, i.e., pixels), and Position2 is relative to - Position and is the upper-right corner (also in display - coordinates). However, the user has full control over the coordinates, and - can do things like place the caption in a fixed position in the renderer, - with the leader moving with the AttachmentPoint. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Enable/disable the placement of a border around the text. - - - - - Enable/disable the placement of a border around the text. - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Set/Get the attachment point for the caption. By default, the attachment - point is defined in world coordinates, but this can be changed using - vtkCoordinate methods. - - - - - Set/Get the attachment point for the caption. By default, the attachment - point is defined in world coordinates, but this can be changed using - vtkCoordinate methods. - - - - - Enable/disable the placement of a border around the text. - - - - - Define the text to be placed in the caption. The text can be multiple - lines (separated by "\n"). - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing a "line" from the caption to the - attachment point. - - - - - Specify a glyph to be used as the leader "head". This could be something - like an arrow or sphere. If not specified, no glyph is drawn. Note that - the glyph is assumed to be aligned along the x-axis and is rotated about - the origin. - - - - - Specify the relative size of the leader head. This is expressed as a - fraction of the size (diagonal length) of the renderer. The leader - head is automatically scaled so that window resize, zooming or other - camera motion results in proportional changes in size to the leader - glyph. - - - - - Specify the relative size of the leader head. This is expressed as a - fraction of the size (diagonal length) of the renderer. The leader - head is automatically scaled so that window resize, zooming or other - camera motion results in proportional changes in size to the leader - glyph. - - - - - Specify the relative size of the leader head. This is expressed as a - fraction of the size (diagonal length) of the renderer. The leader - head is automatically scaled so that window resize, zooming or other - camera motion results in proportional changes in size to the leader - glyph. - - - - - Specify the maximum size of the leader head (if any) in pixels. This - is used in conjunction with LeaderGlyphSize to cap the maximum size of - the LeaderGlyph. - - - - - Specify the maximum size of the leader head (if any) in pixels. This - is used in conjunction with LeaderGlyphSize to cap the maximum size of - the LeaderGlyph. - - - - - Specify the maximum size of the leader head (if any) in pixels. This - is used in conjunction with LeaderGlyphSize to cap the maximum size of - the LeaderGlyph. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the caption and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the caption and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the caption and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Get the text actor used by the caption. This is useful if you want to control - justification and other characteristics of the text actor. - - - - - Indicate whether the leader is 2D (no hidden line) or 3D (z-buffered). - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable drawing a "line" from the caption to the - attachment point. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing a "line" from the caption to the - attachment point. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable whether to attach the arrow only to the edge, - NOT the vertices of the caption border. - - - - - Set/Get the attachment point for the caption. By default, the attachment - point is defined in world coordinates, but this can be changed using - vtkCoordinate methods. - - - - - Set/Get the attachment point for the caption. By default, the attachment - point is defined in world coordinates, but this can be changed using - vtkCoordinate methods. - - - - - Enable/disable the placement of a border around the text. - - - - - Define the text to be placed in the caption. The text can be multiple - lines (separated by "\n"). - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Enable/disable drawing a "line" from the caption to the - attachment point. - - - - - Specify a glyph to be used as the leader "head". This could be something - like an arrow or sphere. If not specified, no glyph is drawn. Note that - the glyph is assumed to be aligned along the x-axis and is rotated about - the origin. - - - - - Specify the relative size of the leader head. This is expressed as a - fraction of the size (diagonal length) of the renderer. The leader - head is automatically scaled so that window resize, zooming or other - camera motion results in proportional changes in size to the leader - glyph. - - - - - Specify the maximum size of the leader head (if any) in pixels. This - is used in conjunction with LeaderGlyphSize to cap the maximum size of - the LeaderGlyph. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the caption and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Indicate whether the leader is 2D (no hidden line) or 3D (z-buffered). - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Indicate whether the leader is 2D (no hidden line) or 3D (z-buffered). - - - - - Indicate whether the leader is 2D (no hidden line) or 3D (z-buffered). - - - - - vtkCornerAnnotation - text annotation in four corners - - - Description - This is an annotation object that manages four text actors / mappers - to provide annotation in the four corners of a viewport - - - - - vtkActor2D vtkTextMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the text to be displayed for each corner - - - - - Set/Get the text to be displayed for each corner - - - - - Set an image actor to look at for slice information - - - - - Set the value to scale the level by. - - - - - Set the value to shift the level by. - - - - - Set/Get font scaling factors - The font size, f, is calculated as the largest possible value - such that the annotations for the given viewport do not overlap. - This font size is scaled non-linearly with the viewport size, - to maintain an acceptable readable size at larger viewport sizes, - without being too big. - f' = linearScale * pow(f,nonlinearScale) - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum size font that will be shown. - If the font drops below the minimum size it will not be rendered. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum height of a line of text as a - percentage of the vertical area allocated to this - scaled text actor. Defaults to 1.0 - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum size font that will be shown. - If the font drops below the minimum size it will not be rendered. - - - - - Set/Get font scaling factors - The font size, f, is calculated as the largest possible value - such that the annotations for the given viewport do not overlap. - This font size is scaled non-linearly with the viewport size, - to maintain an acceptable readable size at larger viewport sizes, - without being too big. - f' = linearScale * pow(f,nonlinearScale) - - - - - Even if there is an image actor, should `slice' and `image' be displayed? - - - - - Set/Get the text to be displayed for each corner - - - - - Set/Get the text property of all corners. - - - - - Set an instance of vtkImageMapToWindowLevelColors to use for - looking at window level changes - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the scalar bar and annotation text to the screen. - - - - - Draw the scalar bar and annotation text to the screen. - - - - - Draw the scalar bar and annotation text to the screen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an image actor to look at for slice information - - - - - Set the value to scale the level by. - - - - - Set the value to shift the level by. - - - - - Set/Get font scaling factors - The font size, f, is calculated as the largest possible value - such that the annotations for the given viewport do not overlap. - This font size is scaled non-linearly with the viewport size, - to maintain an acceptable readable size at larger viewport sizes, - without being too big. - f' = linearScale * pow(f,nonlinearScale) - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum size font that will be shown. - If the font drops below the minimum size it will not be rendered. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum height of a line of text as a - percentage of the vertical area allocated to this - scaled text actor. Defaults to 1.0 - - - - - Set/Get the minimum/maximum size font that will be shown. - If the font drops below the minimum size it will not be rendered. - - - - - Set/Get font scaling factors - The font size, f, is calculated as the largest possible value - such that the annotations for the given viewport do not overlap. - This font size is scaled non-linearly with the viewport size, - to maintain an acceptable readable size at larger viewport sizes, - without being too big. - f' = linearScale * pow(f,nonlinearScale) - - - - - Even if there is an image actor, should `slice' and `image' be displayed? - - - - - Set/Get the text to be displayed for each corner - - - - - Set/Get the text property of all corners. - - - - - Set an instance of vtkImageMapToWindowLevelColors to use for - looking at window level changes - - - - - Even if there is an image actor, should `slice' and `image' be displayed? - - - - - Even if there is an image actor, should `slice' and `image' be displayed? - - - - - vtkCubeAxesActor - create a plot of a bounding box edges - - used for navigation - - - Description - vtkCubeAxesActor is a composite actor that draws axes of the - bounding box of an input dataset. The axes include labels and titles - for the x-y-z axes. The algorithm selects which axes to draw based - on the user-defined 'fly' mode. (STATIC is default). - 'STATIC' constructs axes from all edges of the bounding box. - 'CLOSEST_TRIAD' consists of the three axes x-y-z forming a triad that - lies closest to the specified camera. - 'FURTHEST_TRIAD' consists of the three axes x-y-z forming a triad that - lies furthest from the specified camera. - 'OUTER_EDGES' is constructed from edges that are on the "exterior" of the - bounding box, exterior as determined from examining outer edges of the - bounding box in projection (display) space. - - To use this object you must define a bounding box and the camera used - to render the vtkCubeAxesActor. You can optionally turn on/off labels, - ticks, gridlines, and set tick location, number of labels, and text to - use for axis-titles. A 'corner offset' can also be set. This allows - the axes to be set partially away from the actual bounding box to perhaps - prevent overlap of labels between the various axes. - - The Bounds instance variable (an array of six doubles) is used to determine - the bounding box. - - - - - vtkActor vtkAxisActor vtkCubeAxesActor2D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with label format "6.3g" and the number of labels - per axis set to 3. - - - - - Instantiate object with label format "6.3g" and the number of labels - per axis set to 3. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to perform scaling and translation of the - vtkCubeAxesActor. - - - - - Specify an offset value to "pull back" the axes from the corner at - which they are joined to avoid overlap of axes labels. The - "CornerOffset" is the fraction of the axis length to pull back. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the axes as per the vtkProp superclass' API. - - - - - Draw the axes as per the vtkProp superclass' API. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to perform scaling and translation of the - vtkCubeAxesActor. - - - - - Specify an offset value to "pull back" the axes from the corner at - which they are joined to avoid overlap of axes labels. The - "CornerOffset" is the fraction of the axis length to pull back. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either static, - closest triad, furthest triad or outer edges in relation to the - camera position. - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Set/Get the location of ticks marks. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of each axes that's used to define the prop. - The default, (if you do not use these methods) is to use the bounds - specified, or use the bounds of the Input Prop if one is specified. This - method allows you to separate the notion of extent of the axes in physical - space (bounds) and the extent of the values it represents. In other words, - you can have the ticks and labels show a different range. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X-Axis", "Y-Axis" and "Z-Axis". - - - - - Shallow copy of a KatCubeAxesActor. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of labels for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of minor ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of ticks for each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - vtkCubeAxesActor2D - create a 2D plot of a bounding box edges - used for navigation - - - Description - vtkCubeAxesActor2D is a composite actor that draws three axes of the - bounding box of an input dataset. The axes include labels and titles - for the x-y-z axes. The algorithm selects the axes that are on the - "exterior" of the bounding box, exterior as determined from examining - outer edges of the bounding box in projection (display) space. Alternatively, - the edges closest to the viewer (i.e., camera position) can be drawn. - - To use this object you must define a bounding box and the camera used - to render the vtkCubeAxesActor2D. The camera is used to control the - scaling and position of the vtkCubeAxesActor2D so that it fits in the - viewport and always remains visible.) - - The font property of the axes titles and labels can be modified through the - AxisTitleTextProperty and AxisLabelTextProperty attributes. You may also - use the GetXAxisActor2D, GetYAxisActor2D or GetZAxisActor2D methods - to access each individual axis actor to modify their font properties. - - The bounding box to use is defined in one of three ways. First, if the Input - ivar is defined, then the input dataset's bounds is used. If the Input is - not defined, and the Prop (superclass of all actors) is defined, then the - Prop's bounds is used. If neither the Input or Prop is defined, then the - Bounds instance variable (an array of six doubles) is used. - - - - - vtkActor2D vtkAxisActor2D vtkXYPlotActor vtkTextProperty - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with bold, italic, and shadow enabled; font family - set to Arial; and label format "6.3g". The number of labels per axis - is set to 3. - - - - - Instantiate object with bold, italic, and shadow enabled; font family - set to Arial; and label format "6.3g". The number of labels per axis - is set to 3. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/Y/ZAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/Y/ZAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to perform scaling and translation of the - vtkCubeAxesActor2D. - - - - - Specify an offset value to "pull back" the axes from the corner at - which they are joined to avoid overlap of axes labels. The - "CornerOffset" is the fraction of the axis length to pull back. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Use the bounding box of this input dataset to draw the cube axes. If this - is not specified, then the class will attempt to determine the bounds from - the defined Prop or Bounds. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x, y, and - z axes. This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary - depending on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x, y, and - z axes. This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary - depending on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x, y, and - z axes. This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary - depending on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of values used on the bounds. - The ranges are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), - making sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of values used on the bounds. - The ranges are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), - making sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of values used on the bounds. - The ranges are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), - making sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes are scaled to fit in - the viewport. If off, the axes size remains constant (i.e., stay the - size of the bounding box). By default scaling is on so the axes are - scaled to fit inside the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the variable that controls whether the actual - bounds of the dataset are always shown. Setting this variable - to 1 means that clipping is disabled and that the actual - value of the bounds is displayed even with corner offsets - Setting this variable to 0 means these axis will clip - themselves and show variable bounds (legacy mode) - - - - - Set/Get the variable that controls whether the actual - bounds of the dataset are always shown. Setting this variable - to 1 means that clipping is disabled and that the actual - value of the bounds is displayed even with corner offsets - Setting this variable to 0 means these axis will clip - themselves and show variable bounds (legacy mode) - - - - - Set/Get the variable that controls whether the actual - bounds of the dataset are always shown. Setting this variable - to 1 means that clipping is disabled and that the actual - value of the bounds is displayed even with corner offsets - Setting this variable to 0 means these axis will clip - themselves and show variable bounds (legacy mode) - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes use the data ranges - or the ranges set by SetRanges. By default the axes use the data - ranges. - - - - - Use the bounding box of this prop to draw the cube axes. The - ViewProp is used to determine the bounds only if the Input is not - defined. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X, Y and Z axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X", "Y" and "Z". - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X, Y and Z axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X", "Y" and "Z". - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X, Y and Z axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X", "Y" and "Z". - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the axes as per the vtkProp superclass' API. - - - - - Draw the axes as per the vtkProp superclass' API. - - - - - Draw the axes as per the vtkProp superclass' API. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes are scaled to fit in - the viewport. If off, the axes size remains constant (i.e., stay the - size of the bounding box). By default scaling is on so the axes are - scaled to fit inside the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes are scaled to fit in - the viewport. If off, the axes size remains constant (i.e., stay the - size of the bounding box). By default scaling is on so the axes are - scaled to fit inside the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/Y/ZAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/Y/ZAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the region in space around which to draw the bounds. - The bounds is used only when no Input or Prop is specified. The bounds - are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), making - sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to perform scaling and translation of the - vtkCubeAxesActor2D. - - - - - Specify an offset value to "pull back" the axes from the corner at - which they are joined to avoid overlap of axes labels. The - "CornerOffset" is the fraction of the axis length to pull back. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Specify a mode to control how the axes are drawn: either outer edges - or closest triad to the camera position, or you may also disable flying - of the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the inertial factor that controls how often (i.e, how - many renders) the axes can switch position (jump from one axes - to another). - - - - - Use the bounding box of this input dataset to draw the cube axes. If this - is not specified, then the class will attempt to determine the bounds from - the defined Prop or Bounds. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on each of the - x-y-z axes. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x, y, and - z axes. This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary - depending on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of values used on the bounds. - The ranges are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), - making sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Explicitly specify the range of values used on the bounds. - The ranges are specified according to (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax), - making sure that the min's are less than the max's. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes are scaled to fit in - the viewport. If off, the axes size remains constant (i.e., stay the - size of the bounding box). By default scaling is on so the axes are - scaled to fit inside the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the variable that controls whether the actual - bounds of the dataset are always shown. Setting this variable - to 1 means that clipping is disabled and that the actual - value of the bounds is displayed even with corner offsets - Setting this variable to 0 means these axis will clip - themselves and show variable bounds (legacy mode) - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes use the data ranges - or the ranges set by SetRanges. By default the axes use the data - ranges. - - - - - Use the bounding box of this prop to draw the cube axes. The - ViewProp is used to determine the bounds only if the Input is not - defined. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X", "Y" and "Z". - - - - - Explicitly specify an origin for the axes. These usually intersect at one of the - corners of the bounding box, however users have the option to override this if - necessary - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X", "Y" and "Z". - - - - - Explicitly specify an origin for the axes. These usually intersect at one of the - corners of the bounding box, however users have the option to override this if - necessary - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the labels for the x, y, and z axes. By default, - use "X", "Y" and "Z". - - - - - Explicitly specify an origin for the axes. These usually intersect at one of the - corners of the bounding box, however users have the option to override this if - necessary - - - - - Shallow copy of a CubeAxesActor2D. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes use the data ranges - or the ranges set by SetRanges. By default the axes use the data - ranges. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls whether the axes use the data ranges - or the ranges set by SetRanges. By default the axes use the data - ranges. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - Turn on and off the visibility of each axis. - - - - - vtkDepthSortPolyData - sort poly data along camera view direction - - - Description - vtkDepthSortPolyData rearranges the order of cells so that certain - rendering operations (e.g., transparency or Painter's algorithms) - generate correct results. To use this filter you must specify the - direction vector along which to sort the cells. You can do this by - specifying a camera and/or prop to define a view direction; or - explicitly set a view direction. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify a camera that is used to define a view direction along which - the cells are sorted. This ivar only has effect if the direction is set - to front-to-back or back-to-front, and a camera is specified. - - - - - Specify the point to use when sorting. The fastest is to just - take the first cell point. Other options are to take the bounding - box center or the parametric center of the cell. By default, the - first cell point is used. - - - - - Specify the sort method for the polygonal primitives. By default, the - poly data is sorted from back to front. - - - - - Return MTime also considering the dependent objects: the camera - and/or the prop3D. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector, with this point specifying the - origin. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector, with this point specifying the - origin. - - - - - Specify a transformation matrix (via the vtkProp3D::GetMatrix() method) - that is used to include the effects of transformation. This ivar only - has effect if the direction is set to front-to-back or back-to-front, - and a camera is specified. Specifying the vtkProp3D is optional. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls the generation of scalar values - corresponding to the sort order. If enabled, the output of this - filter will include scalar values that range from 0 to (ncells-1), - where 0 is closest to the sort direction. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Specify a camera that is used to define a view direction along which - the cells are sorted. This ivar only has effect if the direction is set - to front-to-back or back-to-front, and a camera is specified. - - - - - Specify the point to use when sorting. The fastest is to just - take the first cell point. Other options are to take the bounding - box center or the parametric center of the cell. By default, the - first cell point is used. - - - - - Specify the point to use when sorting. The fastest is to just - take the first cell point. Other options are to take the bounding - box center or the parametric center of the cell. By default, the - first cell point is used. - - - - - Specify the point to use when sorting. The fastest is to just - take the first cell point. Other options are to take the bounding - box center or the parametric center of the cell. By default, the - first cell point is used. - - - - - Specify the point to use when sorting. The fastest is to just - take the first cell point. Other options are to take the bounding - box center or the parametric center of the cell. By default, the - first cell point is used. - - - - - Specify the sort method for the polygonal primitives. By default, the - poly data is sorted from back to front. - - - - - Specify the sort method for the polygonal primitives. By default, the - poly data is sorted from back to front. - - - - - Specify the sort method for the polygonal primitives. By default, the - poly data is sorted from back to front. - - - - - Specify the sort method for the polygonal primitives. By default, the - poly data is sorted from back to front. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector, with this point specifying the - origin. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector, with this point specifying the - origin. - - - - - Specify a transformation matrix (via the vtkProp3D::GetMatrix() method) - that is used to include the effects of transformation. This ivar only - has effect if the direction is set to front-to-back or back-to-front, - and a camera is specified. Specifying the vtkProp3D is optional. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls the generation of scalar values - corresponding to the sort order. If enabled, the output of this - filter will include scalar values that range from 0 to (ncells-1), - where 0 is closest to the sort direction. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The sort occurs - in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls the generation of scalar values - corresponding to the sort order. If enabled, the output of this - filter will include scalar values that range from 0 to (ncells-1), - where 0 is closest to the sort direction. - - - - - Set/Get a flag that controls the generation of scalar values - corresponding to the sort order. If enabled, the output of this - filter will include scalar values that range from 0 to (ncells-1), - where 0 is closest to the sort direction. - - - - - vtkEarthSource - create the continents of the Earth as a sphere - - - Description - vtkEarthSource creates a spherical rendering of the geographical shapes - of the major continents of the earth. The OnRatio determines - how much of the data is actually used. The radius defines the radius - of the sphere at which the continents are placed. Obtains data from - an imbedded array of coordinates. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on every nth entity. This controls how much detail the model - will have. The maximum ratio is sixteen. (The smaller OnRatio, the more - detail there is.) - - - - - Turn on every nth entity. This controls how much detail the model - will have. The maximum ratio is sixteen. (The smaller OnRatio, the more - detail there is.) - - - - - Turn on every nth entity. This controls how much detail the model - will have. The maximum ratio is sixteen. (The smaller OnRatio, the more - detail there is.) - - - - - Turn on/off drawing continents as filled polygons or as wireframe outlines. - Warning: some graphics systems will have trouble with the very large, concave - filled polygons. Recommend you use OutlienOn (i.e., disable filled polygons) - for now. - - - - - Set radius of earth. - - - - - Set radius of earth. - - - - - Set radius of earth. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off drawing continents as filled polygons or as wireframe outlines. - Warning: some graphics systems will have trouble with the very large, concave - filled polygons. Recommend you use OutlienOn (i.e., disable filled polygons) - for now. - - - - - Turn on/off drawing continents as filled polygons or as wireframe outlines. - Warning: some graphics systems will have trouble with the very large, concave - filled polygons. Recommend you use OutlienOn (i.e., disable filled polygons) - for now. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on every nth entity. This controls how much detail the model - will have. The maximum ratio is sixteen. (The smaller OnRatio, the more - detail there is.) - - - - - Turn on/off drawing continents as filled polygons or as wireframe outlines. - Warning: some graphics systems will have trouble with the very large, concave - filled polygons. Recommend you use OutlienOn (i.e., disable filled polygons) - for now. - - - - - Set radius of earth. - - - - - vtkFacetReader - reads a dataset in Facet format - - - Description - vtkFacetReader creates a poly data dataset. It reads ASCII files - stored in Facet format - - The facet format looks like this: - FACET FILE ... - nparts - Part 1 name - 0 - npoints 0 0 - p1x p1y p1z - p2x p2y p2z - ... - 1 - Part 1 name - ncells npointspercell - p1c1 p2c1 p3c1 ... pnc1 materialnum partnum - p1c2 p2c2 p3c2 ... pnc2 materialnum partnum - ... - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify file name of Facet datafile to read - - - - - Specify file name of Facet datafile to read - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of Facet datafile to read - - - - - vtkGreedyTerrainDecimation - reduce height field (represented as image) to reduced TIN - - - Description - vtkGreedyTerrainDecimation approximates a height field with a triangle - mesh (triangulated irregular network - TIN) using a greedy insertion - algorithm similar to that described by Garland and Heckbert in their paper - "Fast Polygonal Approximations of Terrain and Height Fields" (Technical - Report CMU-CS-95-181). The input to the filter is a height field - (represented by a image whose scalar values are height) and the output of - the filter is polygonal data consisting of triangles. The number of - triangles in the output is reduced in number as compared to a naive - tessellation of the input height field. This filter copies point data - from the input to the output for those points present in the output. - - An brief description of the algorithm is as follows. The algorithm uses a - top-down decimation approach that initially represents the height field - with two triangles (whose vertices are at the four corners of the - image). These two triangles form a Delaunay triangulation. In an iterative - fashion, the point in the image with the greatest error (as compared to - the original height field) is injected into the triangulation. (Note that - the single point with the greatest error per triangle is identified and - placed into a priority queue. As the triangulation is modified, the errors - from the deleted triangles are removed from the queue, error values from - the new triangles are added.) The point whose error is at the top of the - queue is added to the triangulaion modifying it using the standard - incremental Delaunay point insertion (see vtkDelaunay2D) algorithm. Points - are repeatedly inserted until the appropriate (user-specified) error - criterion is met. - - To use this filter, set the input and specify the error measure to be - used. The error measure options are 1) the absolute number of triangles - to be produced; 2) a fractional reduction of the mesh (numTris/maxTris) - where maxTris is the largest possible number of triangles - 2*(dims[0]-1)*(dims[1]-1); 3) an absolute measure on error (maximum - difference in height field to reduced TIN); and 4) relative error (the - absolute error is normalized by the diagonal of the bounding box of the - height field). - - Caveats - This algorithm requires the entire input dataset to be in memory, hence it - may not work for extremely large images. Invoking BoundaryVertexDeletionOff - will allow you to stitch together images with matching boundaries. - - The input height image is assumed to be positioned in the x-y plane so the - scalar value is the z-coordinate, height value. - - - - - vtkDecimatePro vtkQuadricDecimation vtkQuadricClustering - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Compute normals based on the input image. Off by default. - - - - - Compute normals based on the input image. Off by default. - - - - - Specify the absolute error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field. You need to - set this value only when the error measure is set to AbsoluteError. - - - - - Specify the absolute error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field. You need to - set this value only when the error measure is set to AbsoluteError. - - - - - Specify the absolute error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field. You need to - set this value only when the error measure is set to AbsoluteError. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Compute normals based on the input image. Off by default. - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify the number of triangles to produce on output. (It is a - good idea to make sure this is less than a tessellated mesh - at full resolution.) You need to set this value only when - the error measure is set to NumberOfTriangles. - - - - - Specify the number of triangles to produce on output. (It is a - good idea to make sure this is less than a tessellated mesh - at full resolution.) You need to set this value only when - the error measure is set to NumberOfTriangles. - - - - - Specify the number of triangles to produce on output. (It is a - good idea to make sure this is less than a tessellated mesh - at full resolution.) You need to set this value only when - the error measure is set to NumberOfTriangles. - - - - - Specify the reduction of the mesh (represented as a fraction). Note - that a value of 0.10 means a 10% reduction. You need to set this value - only when the error measure is set to SpecifiedReduction. - - - - - Specify the reduction of the mesh (represented as a fraction). Note - that a value of 0.10 means a 10% reduction. You need to set this value - only when the error measure is set to SpecifiedReduction. - - - - - Specify the reduction of the mesh (represented as a fraction). Note - that a value of 0.10 means a 10% reduction. You need to set this value - only when the error measure is set to SpecifiedReduction. - - - - - Specify the relative error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field normalized by - the diagonal of the image. You need to set this value only when the - error measure is set to RelativeError. - - - - - Specify the relative error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field normalized by - the diagonal of the image. You need to set this value only when the - error measure is set to RelativeError. - - - - - Specify the relative error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field normalized by - the diagonal of the image. You need to set this value only when the - error measure is set to RelativeError. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the absolute error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field. You need to - set this value only when the error measure is set to AbsoluteError. - - - - - Turn on/off the deletion of vertices on the boundary of a mesh. This - may limit the maximum reduction that may be achieved. - - - - - Compute normals based on the input image. Off by default. - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify how to terminate the algorithm: either as an absolute number of - triangles, a relative number of triangles (normalized by the full - resolution mesh), an absolute error (in the height field), or relative - error (normalized by the length of the diagonal of the image). - - - - - Specify the number of triangles to produce on output. (It is a - good idea to make sure this is less than a tessellated mesh - at full resolution.) You need to set this value only when - the error measure is set to NumberOfTriangles. - - - - - Specify the reduction of the mesh (represented as a fraction). Note - that a value of 0.10 means a 10% reduction. You need to set this value - only when the error measure is set to SpecifiedReduction. - - - - - Specify the relative error of the mesh; that is, the error in height - between the decimated mesh and the original height field normalized by - the diagonal of the image. You need to set this value only when the - error measure is set to RelativeError. - - - - - vtkGridTransform - a nonlinear warp transformation - - - Description - vtkGridTransform describes a nonlinear warp transformation as a set - of displacement vectors sampled along a uniform 3D grid. - Caveats - The inverse grid transform is calculated using an iterative method, - and is several times more expensive than the forward transform. - - - - vtkThinPlateSplineTransform vtkGeneralTransform vtkTransformToGrid - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the grid transform (the grid transform must have three - components for displacement in x, y, and z respectively). - The vtkGridTransform class will never modify the data. - - - - - Set scale factor to be applied to the displacements. - This is used primarily for grids which contain integer - data types. Default: 1 - - - - - Set a shift to be applied to the displacements. The shift - is applied after the scale, i.e. x = scale*y + shift. - Default: 0 - - - - - Set interpolation mode for sampling the grid. Higher-order - interpolation allows you to use a sparser grid. - Default: Linear. - - - - - Internal functions for calculating the transformation. - - - - - Get the MTime. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the grid transform (the grid transform must have three - components for displacement in x, y, and z respectively). - The vtkGridTransform class will never modify the data. - - - - - Set scale factor to be applied to the displacements. - This is used primarily for grids which contain integer - data types. Default: 1 - - - - - Set a shift to be applied to the displacements. The shift - is applied after the scale, i.e. x = scale*y + shift. - Default: 0 - - - - - Set interpolation mode for sampling the grid. Higher-order - interpolation allows you to use a sparser grid. - Default: Linear. - - - - - Set interpolation mode for sampling the grid. Higher-order - interpolation allows you to use a sparser grid. - Default: Linear. - - - - - Set interpolation mode for sampling the grid. Higher-order - interpolation allows you to use a sparser grid. - Default: Linear. - - - - - Set interpolation mode for sampling the grid. Higher-order - interpolation allows you to use a sparser grid. - Default: Linear. - - - - - vtkImageDataLIC2D - - - - Description - GPU implementation of a Line Integral Convolution, a technique for - imaging vector fields. - - The input on port 0 is an vtkImageData with extents of a 2D image. It needs - a vector field on point data. - Port 1 is a special port for customized noise input. It is an optional port. - If not present, noise is generated by the filter. Even if none-power-of-two - texture are supported, giving a power-of-two image may result in faster - execution on the GPU. - If noise input is not specified, then the filter using vtkImageNoiseSource to - generate a 128x128 noise texture. - This filter only works on point vectors. One can use a - vtkCellDataToPointData filter to convert cell vectors to point vectors. - - Required OpenGL Extensins - GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two - GL_VERSION_2_0 - GL_ARB_texture_float - GL_ARB_draw_buffers - GL_EXT_framebuffer_object - GL_ARB_pixel_buffer_object - - - - - vtkImageAlgorithm vtkImageNoiseSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. Return 0 upon failure and 1 upon success. - - - - - Check if FBO is started properly. - - - - - Check if LIC runs properly. - - - - - The the magnification factor. Default is 1 - - - - - The the magnification factor. Default is 1 - - - - - The the magnification factor. Default is 1 - - - - - Check if the required OpenGL extensions / GPU are supported. - - - - - Step size. - Specify the step size as a unit of the cell length of the input vector - field. Cell lengthh is the length of the diagonal of a cell. - Initial value is 1.0. - class invariant: StepSize>0.0. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. - The type for the interface is double as VTK interface is double - but GPU only supports float. This value will be converted to - float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - Step size. - Specify the step size as a unit of the cell length of the input vector - field. Cell lengthh is the length of the diagonal of a cell. - Initial value is 1.0. - class invariant: StepSize>0.0. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. - The type for the interface is double as VTK interface is double - but GPU only supports float. This value will be converted to - float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - Step size. - Specify the step size as a unit of the cell length of the input vector - field. Cell lengthh is the length of the diagonal of a cell. - Initial value is 1.0. - class invariant: StepSize>0.0. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. - The type for the interface is double as VTK interface is double - but GPU only supports float. This value will be converted to - float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - Number of steps. Initial value is 20. - class invariant: Steps>0. - In term of visual quality, the greater the better. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. Return 0 upon failure and 1 upon success. - - - - - The the magnification factor. Default is 1 - - - - - Step size. - Specify the step size as a unit of the cell length of the input vector - field. Cell lengthh is the length of the diagonal of a cell. - Initial value is 1.0. - class invariant: StepSize>0.0. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. - The type for the interface is double as VTK interface is double - but GPU only supports float. This value will be converted to - float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - Number of steps. Initial value is 20. - class invariant: Steps>0. - In term of visual quality, the greater the better. - - - - - Check if LIC runs properly. - - - - - vtkImageDataLIC2DExtentTranslator - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - Set the vtkImageDataLIC2D algorithm for which this extent translator is - being used. - - - - - vtkImageToPolyDataFilter - generate linear primitives (vtkPolyData) from an image - - - Description - vtkImageToPolyDataFilter converts raster data (i.e., an image) into - polygonal data (i.e., quads or n-sided polygons), with each polygon - assigned a constant color. This is useful for writers that generate vector - formats (i.e., CGM or PostScript). To use this filter, you specify how to - quantize the color (or whether to use an image with a lookup table), and - what style the output should be. The output is always polygons, but the - choice is n x m quads (where n and m define the input image dimensions) - "Pixelize" option; arbitrary polygons "Polygonalize" option; or variable - number of quads of constant color generated along scan lines "RunLength" - option. - - The algorithm quantizes color in order to create coherent regions that the - polygons can represent with good compression. By default, the input image - is quantized to 256 colors using a 3-3-2 bits for red-green-blue. However, - you can also supply a single component image and a lookup table, with the - single component assumed to be an index into the table. (Note: a quantized - image can be generated with the filter vtkImageQuantizeRGBToIndex.) The - number of colors on output is equal to the number of colors in the input - lookup table (or 256 if the built in linear ramp is used). - - The output of the filter is polygons with a single color per polygon cell. - If the output style is set to "Polygonalize", the polygons may have an - large number of points (bounded by something like 2*(n+m)); and the - polygon may not be convex which may cause rendering problems on some - systems (use vtkTriangleFilter). Otherwise, each polygon will have four - vertices. The output also contains scalar data defining RGB color in - unsigned char form. - - Caveats - The input linear lookup table must - be of the form of 3-component unsigned char. - - This filter defines constant cell colors. If you have a plotting - device that supports Gouraud shading (linear interpolation of color), then - superior algorithms are available for generating polygons from images. - - Note that many plotting devices/formats support only a limited number of - colors. - - - - - vtkCGMWriter vtkImageQuantizeRGBToIndex vtkTriangleFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with initial number of colors 256. - - - - - Instantiate object with initial number of colors 256. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off whether the final polygons should be decimated. - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - Turn on/off whether the final polygons should be decimated. - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - Specify how to quantize color. - - - - - Specify how to quantize color. - - - - - Specify how to quantize color. - - - - - Turn on/off whether the final polygons should be decimated. - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - Specify the error to use for decimation (if decimation is on). - The error is an absolute number--the image spacing and - dimensions are used to create points so the error should be - consistent with the image size. - - - - - Specify the error to use for decimation (if decimation is on). - The error is an absolute number--the image spacing and - dimensions are used to create points so the error should be - consistent with the image size. - - - - - Specify the error to use for decimation (if decimation is on). - The error is an absolute number--the image spacing and - dimensions are used to create points so the error should be - consistent with the image size. - - - - - Specify the error value between two colors where the colors are - considered the same. Only use this if the color mode uses the - default 256 table. - - - - - Specify the error value between two colors where the colors are - considered the same. Only use this if the color mode uses the - default 256 table. - - - - - Specify the error value between two colors where the colors are - considered the same. Only use this if the color mode uses the - default 256 table. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkLookupTable to use. The lookup table is used when the - color mode is set to LUT and a single component scalar is input. - - - - - Specify the number of smoothing iterations to smooth polygons. (Only - in effect if output style is Polygonalize and smoothing is on.) - - - - - Specify the number of smoothing iterations to smooth polygons. (Only - in effect if output style is Polygonalize and smoothing is on.) - - - - - Specify the number of smoothing iterations to smooth polygons. (Only - in effect if output style is Polygonalize and smoothing is on.) - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - If the output style is set to polygonalize, then you can control - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - Specify the size (n by n pixels) of the largest region to - polygonalize. When the OutputStyle is set to VTK_STYLE_POLYGONALIZE, - large amounts of memory are used. In order to process large images, - the image is broken into pieces that are at most Size pixels in - width and height. - - - - - Specify the size (n by n pixels) of the largest region to - polygonalize. When the OutputStyle is set to VTK_STYLE_POLYGONALIZE, - large amounts of memory are used. In order to process large images, - the image is broken into pieces that are at most Size pixels in - width and height. - - - - - Specify the size (n by n pixels) of the largest region to - polygonalize. When the OutputStyle is set to VTK_STYLE_POLYGONALIZE, - large amounts of memory are used. In order to process large images, - the image is broken into pieces that are at most Size pixels in - width and height. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify how to quantize color. - - - - - Specify how to quantize color. - - - - - Specify how to quantize color. - - - - - Turn on/off whether the final polygons should be decimated. - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - Specify the error to use for decimation (if decimation is on). - The error is an absolute number--the image spacing and - dimensions are used to create points so the error should be - consistent with the image size. - - - - - Specify the error value between two colors where the colors are - considered the same. Only use this if the color mode uses the - default 256 table. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkLookupTable to use. The lookup table is used when the - color mode is set to LUT and a single component scalar is input. - - - - - Specify the number of smoothing iterations to smooth polygons. (Only - in effect if output style is Polygonalize and smoothing is on.) - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - Specify how to create the output. Pixelize means converting the image - to quad polygons with a constant color per quad. Polygonalize means - merging colors together into polygonal regions, and then smoothing - the regions (if smoothing is turned on). RunLength means creating - quad polygons that may encompass several pixels on a scan line. The - default behavior is Polygonalize. - - - - - If the output style is set to polygonalize, then you can control - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - Specify the size (n by n pixels) of the largest region to - polygonalize. When the OutputStyle is set to VTK_STYLE_POLYGONALIZE, - large amounts of memory are used. In order to process large images, - the image is broken into pieces that are at most Size pixels in - width and height. - - - - - If the output style is set to polygonalize, then you can control - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - If the output style is set to polygonalize, then you can control - whether to smooth boundaries. - - - - - vtkImplicitModeller - compute distance from input geometry on structured point dataset - - - Description - vtkImplicitModeller is a filter that computes the distance from the input - geometry to the points of an output structured point set. This distance - function can then be "contoured" to generate new, offset surfaces from - the original geometry. An important feature of this object is - "capping". If capping is turned on, after the implicit model is created, - the values on the boundary of the structured points dataset are set to - the cap value. This is used to force closure of the resulting contoured - surface. Note, however, that large cap values can generate weird surface - normals in those cells adjacent to the boundary of the dataset. Using - smaller cap value will reduce this effect. - <P> - Another important ivar is MaximumDistance. This controls how far into the - volume the distance function is computed from the input geometry. Small - values give significant increases in performance. However, there can - strange sampling effects at the extreme range of the MaximumDistance. - <P> - In order to properly execute and sample the input data, a rectangular - region in space must be defined (this is the ivar ModelBounds). If not - explicitly defined, the model bounds will be computed. Note that to avoid - boundary effects, it is possible to adjust the model bounds (i.e., using - the AdjustBounds and AdjustDistance ivars) to strictly contain the - sampled data. - <P> - This filter has one other unusual capability: it is possible to append - data in a sequence of operations to generate a single output. This is - useful when you have multiple datasets and want to create a - conglomeration of all the data. However, the user must be careful to - either specify the ModelBounds or specify the first item such that its - bounds completely contain all other items. This is because the - rectangular region of the output can not be changed after the 1st Append. - <P> - The ProcessMode ivar controls the method used within the Append function - (where the actual work is done regardless if the Append function is - explicitly called) to compute the implicit model. If set to work in voxel - mode, each voxel is visited once. If set to cell mode, each cell is visited - once. Tests have shown once per voxel to be faster when there are a - lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative performance improvement - increases with addition cells. Primitives should not be stripped for best - performance of the voxel mode. Also, if explicitly using the Append feature - many times, the cell mode will probably be better because each voxel will be - visited each Append. Append the data before input if possible when using - the voxel mode. Do not switch between voxel and cell mode between execution - of StartAppend and EndAppend. - <P> - Further performance improvement is now possible using the PerVoxel process - mode on multi-processor machines (the mode is now multithreaded). Each - thread processes a different "slab" of the output. Also, if the input is - vtkPolyData, it is appropriately clipped for each thread; that is, each - thread only considers the input which could affect its slab of the output. - <P> - This filter can now produce output of any type supported by vtkImageData. - However to support this change, additional sqrts must be executed during the - Append step. Previously, the output was initialized to the squared CapValue - in StartAppend, the output was updated with squared distance values during - the Append, and then the sqrt of the distances was computed in EndAppend. - To support different scalar types in the output (largely to reduce memory - requirements as an vtkImageShiftScale and/or vtkImageCast could have - achieved the same result), we can't "afford" to save squared value in the - output, because then we could only represent up to the sqrt of the scalar - max for an integer type in the output; 1 (instead of 255) for an unsigned - char; 11 for a char (instead of 127). Thus this change may result in a - minor performance degradation. Non-float output types can be scaled to the - CapValue by turning ScaleToMaximumDistance On. - - - - - vtkSampleFunction vtkContourFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with sample dimensions=(50,50,50), and so that model bounds are - automatically computed from the input. Capping is turned on with CapValue - equal to a large positive number. - - - - - Construct with sample dimensions=(50,50,50), and so that model bounds are - automatically computed from the input. Capping is turned on with CapValue - equal to a large positive number. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control how the model bounds are computed. If the ivar AdjustBounds - is set, then the bounds specified (or computed automatically) is modified - by the fraction given by AdjustDistance. This means that the model - bounds is expanded in each of the x-y-z directions. - - - - - Control how the model bounds are computed. If the ivar AdjustBounds - is set, then the bounds specified (or computed automatically) is modified - by the fraction given by AdjustDistance. This means that the model - bounds is expanded in each of the x-y-z directions. - - - - - Append a data set to the existing output. To use this function, - you'll have to invoke the StartAppend() method before doing - successive appends. It's also a good idea to specify the model - bounds; otherwise the input model bounds is used. When you've - finished appending, use the EndAppend() method. - - - - - The outer boundary of the structured point set can be assigned a - particular value. This can be used to close or "cap" all surfaces. - - - - - The outer boundary of the structured point set can be assigned a - particular value. This can be used to close or "cap" all surfaces. - - - - - Compute ModelBounds from input geometry. If input is not specified, the - input of the filter will be used. - - - - - Method completes the append process. - - - - - Control how the model bounds are computed. If the ivar AdjustBounds - is set, then the bounds specified (or computed automatically) is modified - by the fraction given by AdjustDistance. This means that the model - bounds is expanded in each of the x-y-z directions. - - - - - Specify the amount to grow the model bounds (if the ivar AdjustBounds - is set). The value is a fraction of the maximum length of the sides - of the box specified by the model bounds. - - - - - Specify the amount to grow the model bounds (if the ivar AdjustBounds - is set). The value is a fraction of the maximum length of the sides - of the box specified by the model bounds. - - - - - Specify the amount to grow the model bounds (if the ivar AdjustBounds - is set). The value is a fraction of the maximum length of the sides - of the box specified by the model bounds. - - - - - Specify the capping value to use. The CapValue is also used as an - initial distance value at each point in the dataset. - - - - - The outer boundary of the structured point set can be assigned a - particular value. This can be used to close or "cap" all surfaces. - - - - - Specify the level of the locator to use when using the per voxel - process mode. - - - - - Set / get the distance away from surface of input geometry to - sample. Smaller values make large increases in performance. - - - - - Set / get the distance away from surface of input geometry to - sample. Smaller values make large increases in performance. - - - - - Set / get the distance away from surface of input geometry to - sample. Smaller values make large increases in performance. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to perform the sampling. If - not specified, it will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to perform the sampling. If - not specified, it will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set / Get the number of threads used during Per-Voxel processing mode - - - - - Set / Get the number of threads used during Per-Voxel processing mode - - - - - Set / Get the number of threads used during Per-Voxel processing mode - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample distance function. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample distance function. - - - - - If a non-floating output type is specified, the output distances can be - scaled to use the entire positive scalar range of the output type - specified (up to the CapValue which is equal to the max for the type - unless modified by the user). For example, if ScaleToMaximumDistance - is On and the OutputScalarType is UnsignedChar the distances saved in the - output would be linearly scaled between 0 (for distances "very close" to - the surface) and 255 (at the specifed maximum distance)... assuming the - CapValue is not changed from 255. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If a non-floating output type is specified, the output distances can be - scaled to use the entire positive scalar range of the output type - specified (up to the CapValue which is equal to the max for the type - unless modified by the user). For example, if ScaleToMaximumDistance - is On and the OutputScalarType is UnsignedChar the distances saved in the - output would be linearly scaled between 0 (for distances "very close" to - the surface) and 255 (at the specifed maximum distance)... assuming the - CapValue is not changed from 255. - - - - - If a non-floating output type is specified, the output distances can be - scaled to use the entire positive scalar range of the output type - specified (up to the CapValue which is equal to the max for the type - unless modified by the user). For example, if ScaleToMaximumDistance - is On and the OutputScalarType is UnsignedChar the distances saved in the - output would be linearly scaled between 0 (for distances "very close" to - the surface) and 255 (at the specifed maximum distance)... assuming the - CapValue is not changed from 255. - - - - - Control how the model bounds are computed. If the ivar AdjustBounds - is set, then the bounds specified (or computed automatically) is modified - by the fraction given by AdjustDistance. This means that the model - bounds is expanded in each of the x-y-z directions. - - - - - Specify the amount to grow the model bounds (if the ivar AdjustBounds - is set). The value is a fraction of the maximum length of the sides - of the box specified by the model bounds. - - - - - Specify the capping value to use. The CapValue is also used as an - initial distance value at each point in the dataset. - - - - - The outer boundary of the structured point set can be assigned a - particular value. This can be used to close or "cap" all surfaces. - - - - - Specify the level of the locator to use when using the per voxel - process mode. - - - - - Set / get the distance away from surface of input geometry to - sample. Smaller values make large increases in performance. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to perform the sampling. If - not specified, it will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to perform the sampling. If - not specified, it will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set / Get the number of threads used during Per-Voxel processing mode - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Specify whether to visit each cell once per append or each voxel once - per append. Some tests have shown once per voxel to be faster - when there are a lot of cells (at least a thousand?); relative - performance improvement increases with addition cells. Primitives - should not be stripped for best performance of the voxel mode. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample distance function. - - - - - Set/Get the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample distance function. - - - - - If a non-floating output type is specified, the output distances can be - scaled to use the entire positive scalar range of the output type - specified (up to the CapValue which is equal to the max for the type - unless modified by the user). For example, if ScaleToMaximumDistance - is On and the OutputScalarType is UnsignedChar the distances saved in the - output would be linearly scaled between 0 (for distances "very close" to - the surface) and 255 (at the specifed maximum distance)... assuming the - CapValue is not changed from 255. - - - - - Initialize the filter for appending data. You must invoke the - StartAppend() method before doing successive Appends(). It's also a - good idea to manually specify the model bounds; otherwise the input - bounds for the data will be used. - - - - - vtkIterativeClosestPointTransform - Implementation of the ICP algorithm. - - - Description - Match two surfaces using the iterative closest point (ICP) algorithm. - The core of the algorithm is to match each vertex in one surface with - the closest surface point on the other, then apply the transformation - that modify one surface to best match the other (in a least square sense). - This has to be iterated to get proper convergence of the surfaces. - Note - Use vtkTransformPolyDataFilter to apply the resulting ICP transform to - your data. You might also set it to your actor's user transform. - Note - This class makes use of vtkLandmarkTransform internally to compute the - best fit. Use the GetLandmarkTransform member to get a pointer to that - transform and set its parameters. You might, for example, constrain the - number of degrees of freedom of the solution (i.e. rigid body, similarity, - etc.) by checking the vtkLandmarkTransform documentation for its SetMode - member. - - - - vtkLandmarkTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Force the algorithm to check the mean distance between two iterations. - Default is Off. - - - - - Force the algorithm to check the mean distance between two iterations. - Default is Off. - - - - - Force the algorithm to check the mean distance between two iterations. - Default is Off. - - - - - Get the internal landmark transform. Use it to constrain the number of - degrees of freedom of the solution (i.e. rigid body, similarity, etc.). - - - - - Set/Get a spatial locator for speeding up the search process. - An instance of vtkCellLocator is used by default. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum mean distance between two iteration. If the mean - distance is lower than this, the convergence stops. The default - is 0.01. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations. Default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of landmarks sampled in your dataset. - If your dataset is dense, then you will typically not need all the - points to compute the ICP transform. The default is 200. - - - - - Get the mean distance between the last two iterations. - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Get the number of iterations since the last update - - - - - Specify the source and target data sets. - - - - - Starts the process by translating source centroid to target centroid. - The default is Off. - - - - - Specify the source and target data sets. - - - - - Invert the transformation. This is done by switching the - source and target. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Force the algorithm to check the mean distance between two iterations. - Default is Off. - - - - - Set/Get a spatial locator for speeding up the search process. - An instance of vtkCellLocator is used by default. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum mean distance between two iteration. If the mean - distance is lower than this, the convergence stops. The default - is 0.01. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations. Default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of landmarks sampled in your dataset. - If your dataset is dense, then you will typically not need all the - points to compute the ICP transform. The default is 200. - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Specify the mean distance mode. This mode expresses how the mean - distance is computed. The RMS mode is the square root of the average - of the sum of squares of the closest point distances. The Absolute - Value mode is the mean of the sum of absolute values of the closest - point distances. The default is VTK_ICP_MODE_RMS - - - - - Specify the source and target data sets. - - - - - Starts the process by translating source centroid to target centroid. - The default is Off. - - - - - Specify the source and target data sets. - - - - - Starts the process by translating source centroid to target centroid. - The default is Off. - - - - - Starts the process by translating source centroid to target centroid. - The default is Off. - - - - - vtkLandmarkTransform - a linear transform specified by two corresponding point sets - - - Description - A vtkLandmarkTransform is defined by two sets of landmarks, the - transform computed gives the best fit mapping one onto the other, in a - least squares sense. The indices are taken to correspond, so point 1 - in the first set will get mapped close to point 1 in the second set, - etc. Call SetSourceLandmarks and SetTargetLandmarks to specify the two - sets of landmarks, ensure they have the same number of points. - Caveats - Whenever you add, subtract, or set points you must call Modified() - on the vtkPoints object, or the transformation might not update. - - - - vtkLinearTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the MTime. - - - - - Get the current transformation mode. - - - - - This method does no type checking, use DeepCopy instead. - - - - - Specify the source and target landmark sets. The two sets must have - the same number of points. If you add or change points in these objects, - you must call Modified() on them or the transformation might not update. - - - - - Specify the source and target landmark sets. The two sets must have - the same number of points. If you add or change points in these objects, - you must call Modified() on them or the transformation might not update. - - - - - Invert the transformation. This is done by switching the - source and target landmarks. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of degrees of freedom to constrain the solution to. - Rigidbody (VTK_LANDMARK_RIGIDBODY): rotation and translation only. - Similarity (VTK_LANDMARK_SIMILARITY): rotation, translation and - isotropic scaling. - Affine (VTK_LANDMARK_AFFINE): collinearity is preserved. - Ratios of distances along a line are preserved. - The default is similarity. - - - - - Set the number of degrees of freedom to constrain the solution to. - Rigidbody (VTK_LANDMARK_RIGIDBODY): rotation and translation only. - Similarity (VTK_LANDMARK_SIMILARITY): rotation, translation and - isotropic scaling. - Affine (VTK_LANDMARK_AFFINE): collinearity is preserved. - Ratios of distances along a line are preserved. - The default is similarity. - - - - - Set the number of degrees of freedom to constrain the solution to. - Rigidbody (VTK_LANDMARK_RIGIDBODY): rotation and translation only. - Similarity (VTK_LANDMARK_SIMILARITY): rotation, translation and - isotropic scaling. - Affine (VTK_LANDMARK_AFFINE): collinearity is preserved. - Ratios of distances along a line are preserved. - The default is similarity. - - - - - Set the number of degrees of freedom to constrain the solution to. - Rigidbody (VTK_LANDMARK_RIGIDBODY): rotation and translation only. - Similarity (VTK_LANDMARK_SIMILARITY): rotation, translation and - isotropic scaling. - Affine (VTK_LANDMARK_AFFINE): collinearity is preserved. - Ratios of distances along a line are preserved. - The default is similarity. - - - - - Specify the source and target landmark sets. The two sets must have - the same number of points. If you add or change points in these objects, - you must call Modified() on them or the transformation might not update. - - - - - Specify the source and target landmark sets. The two sets must have - the same number of points. If you add or change points in these objects, - you must call Modified() on them or the transformation might not update. - - - - - vtkLegendBoxActor - draw symbols with text - - - Description - vtkLegendBoxActor is used to associate a symbol with a text string. - The user specifies a vtkPolyData to use as the symbol, and a string - associated with the symbol. The actor can then be placed in the scene - in the same way that any other vtkActor2D can be used. - - To use this class, you must define the position of the legend box by using - the superclasses' vtkActor2D::Position coordinate and - Position2 coordinate. Then define the set of symbols and text strings that - make up the menu box. The font attributes of the entries can be set through - the vtkTextProperty associated to this actor. The class will - scale the symbols and text to fit in the legend box defined by - (Position,Position2). Optional features like turning on a border line and - setting the spacing between the border and the symbols/text can also be - set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a border will be drawn - around the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a border will be drawn - around the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get background color. - Default is: (0.3, 0.3, 0.3). - - - - - Set/Get background color. - Default is: (0.3, 0.3, 0.3). - - - - - Set/Get background color. - Default is: (0.3, 0.3, 0.3). - - - - - Set/Get background opacity. - Default is: 1.0 - - - - - Set/Get background opacity. - Default is: 1.0 - - - - - Set/Get background opacity. - Default is: 1.0 - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a border will be drawn - around the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Get the box vtkProperty2D. - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the border and legend - placement is locked into the rectangle defined by (Position,Position2). - If off, then the legend box will adjust its size so that the border - fits nicely around the text and symbols. (The ivar is off by default.) - Note: the legend box is guaranteed to lie within the original border - definition. - - - - - Specify the number of entries in the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the legend entries and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the legend entries and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the legend entries and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the symbol's scalar data - is used to color the symbol. If off, the color of the - vtkLegendBoxActor is used. - - - - - Turn on/off background. - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the border and legend - placement is locked into the rectangle defined by (Position,Position2). - If off, then the legend box will adjust its size so that the border - fits nicely around the text and symbols. (The ivar is off by default.) - Note: the legend box is guaranteed to lie within the original border - definition. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the border and legend - placement is locked into the rectangle defined by (Position,Position2). - If off, then the legend box will adjust its size so that the border - fits nicely around the text and symbols. (The ivar is off by default.) - Note: the legend box is guaranteed to lie within the original border - definition. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the symbol's scalar data - is used to color the symbol. If off, the color of the - vtkLegendBoxActor is used. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the symbol's scalar data - is used to color the symbol. If off, the color of the - vtkLegendBoxActor is used. - - - - - Set/Get background color. - Default is: (0.3, 0.3, 0.3). - - - - - Set/Get background color. - Default is: (0.3, 0.3, 0.3). - - - - - Set/Get background opacity. - Default is: 1.0 - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a border will be drawn - around the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Add an entry to the legend box. You must supply a vtkPolyData to be - used as a symbol (it can be NULL) and a text string (which also can - be NULL). The vtkPolyData is assumed to be defined in the x-y plane, - and the text is assumed to be a single line in height. Note that when - this method is invoked previous entries are deleted. Also supply a text - string and optionally a color. (If a color is not specified, then the - entry color is the same as this actor's color.) (Note: use the set - methods when you use SetNumberOfEntries().) - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the border and legend - placement is locked into the rectangle defined by (Position,Position2). - If off, then the legend box will adjust its size so that the border - fits nicely around the text and symbols. (The ivar is off by default.) - Note: the legend box is guaranteed to lie within the original border - definition. - - - - - Specify the number of entries in the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the padding between the legend entries and the border. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the symbol's scalar data - is used to color the symbol. If off, the color of the - vtkLegendBoxActor is used. - - - - - Turn on/off background. - - - - - Shallow copy of this scaled text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - Turn on/off background. - - - - - Turn on/off background. - - - - - vtkLegendScaleActor - annotate the render window with scale and distance information - - - Description - This class is used to annotate the render window. Its basic goal is to - provide an indication of the scale of the scene. Four axes surrounding the - render window indicate (in a variety of ways) the scale of what the camera - is viewing. An option also exists for displaying a scale legend. - - The axes can be programmed either to display distance scales or x-y - coordinate values. By default, the scales display a distance. However, - if you know that the view is down the z-axis, the scales can be programmed - to display x-y coordinate values. - - Caveats - Please be aware that the axes and scale values are subject to perspective - effects. The distances are computed in the focal plane of the camera. - When there are large view angles (i.e., perspective projection), the - computed distances may provide users the wrong sense of scale. These - effects are not present when parallel projection is enabled. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience method that turns all the axes and the legend scale. - - - - - Convenience method that turns all the axes and the legend scale. - - - - - Convenience method that turns all the axes either on or off. - - - - - Convenience method that turns all the axes either on or off. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Decsription: - Standard methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Standard methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - These are methods to retrieve the vtkAxisActors used to represent - the four axes that form this representation. Users may retrieve and - then modify these axes to control their appearance. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the bottom axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the bottom axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the bottom axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Get/Set the corner offset. This is the offset factor used to offset the - axes at the corners. Default value is 2.0. - - - - - Get/Set the corner offset. This is the offset factor used to offset the - axes at the corners. Default value is 2.0. - - - - - Get/Set the corner offset. This is the offset factor used to offset the - axes at the corners. Default value is 2.0. - - - - - Specify the mode for labeling the scale axes. By default, the axes are - labeled with the distance between points (centered at a distance of - 0.0). Alternatively if you know that the view is down the z-axis; the - axes can be labeled with x-y coordinate values. - - - - - Specify the mode for labeling the scale axes. By default, the axes are - labeled with the distance between points (centered at a distance of - 0.0). Alternatively if you know that the view is down the z-axis; the - axes can be labeled with x-y coordinate values. - - - - - Specify the mode for labeling the scale axes. By default, the axes are - labeled with the distance between points (centered at a distance of - 0.0). Alternatively if you know that the view is down the z-axis; the - axes can be labeled with x-y coordinate values. - - - - - These are methods to retrieve the vtkAxisActors used to represent - the four axes that form this representation. Users may retrieve and - then modify these axes to control their appearance. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the left axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the left axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the left axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text properties for the legend title and labels. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text properties for the legend title and labels. - - - - - Indicate whether the legend scale should be displayed or not. - The default is On. - - - - - These are methods to retrieve the vtkAxisActors used to represent - the four axes that form this representation. Users may retrieve and - then modify these axes to control their appearance. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the right axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the right axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the right axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - These are methods to retrieve the vtkAxisActors used to represent - the four axes that form this representation. Users may retrieve and - then modify these axes to control their appearance. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the top axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the top axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the top axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Indicate whether the legend scale should be displayed or not. - The default is On. - - - - - Indicate whether the legend scale should be displayed or not. - The default is On. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Decsription: - Standard methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Standard methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Standard methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the bottom axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Get/Set the corner offset. This is the offset factor used to offset the - axes at the corners. Default value is 2.0. - - - - - Specify the mode for labeling the scale axes. By default, the axes are - labeled with the distance between points (centered at a distance of - 0.0). Alternatively if you know that the view is down the z-axis; the - axes can be labeled with x-y coordinate values. - - - - - Specify the mode for labeling the scale axes. By default, the axes are - labeled with the distance between points (centered at a distance of - 0.0). Alternatively if you know that the view is down the z-axis; the - axes can be labeled with x-y coordinate values. - - - - - Specify the mode for labeling the scale axes. By default, the axes are - labeled with the distance between points (centered at a distance of - 0.0). Alternatively if you know that the view is down the z-axis; the - axes can be labeled with x-y coordinate values. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the left axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Indicate whether the legend scale should be displayed or not. - The default is On. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the right axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 50. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the top axis from the border. This number is expressed in - pixels, and represents the approximate distance of the axes from the sides - of the renderer. The default is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the flags that control which of the four axes to display (top, - bottom, left and right). By default, all the axes are displayed. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLSDynaReader - Read LS-Dyna databases (d3plot) - - - Description - This filter reads LS-Dyna databases. - - The Set/GetFileName() routines are actually wrappers around the - Set/GetDatabaseDirectory() members; the actual filename you choose is - irrelevant -- only the directory name is used. This is done in order to - accommodate ParaView. - - Note that this reader produces 7 output meshes. - These meshes are required as several attributes are defined on subsets - of the mesh. Below is a list of meshes in the order they are output and - an explanation of which attributes are unique to each mesh: - - solid (3D) elements: number of integration points are different than 2D - - thick shell elements: number of integration points are different than - planar 2D - - shell (2D) elements: number of integration points are different than 3D - - rigid surfaces: can't have deflection, only velocity, accel, etc. - - road surfaces: have only a "segment ID" (serves as material ID) and a - velocity. - - beam elements: have Frenet (TNB) frame and cross-section attributes - (shape and size) - - spherical particle hydrodynamics (SPH) elements: have a radius of - influence, internal energy, etc. - Because each mesh has its own cell attributes, the vtkLSDynaReader has a - rather large API. Instead of a single set of routines to query and set - cell array names and status, one exists for each possible output mesh. - Also, GetNumberOfCells() will return the sum of all the cells in all 7 - meshes. If you want the number of cells in a specific mesh, there are - separate routines for each mesh type. - - "Developer Notes" - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determine if the file can be readed with this reader. - - - - - A routine to call Dump() from within a lame debugger that won't - properly pass a C++ iostream object like cout. - - - - - Should deflected coordinates be used, or should the mesh remain - undeflected? By default, this is true but its value is ignored if the - nodal "Deflection" array is not set to be loaded. - - - - - Should deflected coordinates be used, or should the mesh remain - undeflected? By default, this is true but its value is ignored if the - nodal "Deflection" array is not set to be loaded. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Routines that allow the status of a cell variable to be adjusted or - queried independent of the output mesh. The \a cellType parameter - should be one of: LS_POINT, LS_BEAM, LS_SHELL, LS_THICK_SHELL, - LS_SOLID, LS_RIGID_BODY, or LS_ROAD_SURFACE - - - - - Routines that allow the status of a cell variable to be adjusted or - queried independent of the output mesh. The \a cellType parameter - should be one of: LS_POINT, LS_BEAM, LS_SHELL, LS_THICK_SHELL, - LS_SOLID, LS_RIGID_BODY, or LS_ROAD_SURFACE - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Point array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Get/Set the directory containing the LS-Dyna database and determine - whether it is valid. - - - - - Should deflected coordinates be used, or should the mesh remain - undeflected? By default, this is true but its value is ignored if the - nodal "Deflection" array is not set to be loaded. - - - - - Retrieve the dimension of points in the database. This should return 2 - or 3. Do not call this function before setting the database directory - and calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Get/Set the filename. The Set/GetFileName() routines are actually - wrappers around the Set/GetDatabaseDirectory() members; the actual - filename you choose is irrelevant -- only the directory name is used. - This is done in order to accommodate ParaView. - - - - - The name of the input deck corresponding to the current database. - This is used to determine the part names associated with each material ID. - This file may be in two formats: a valid LSDyna input deck or a - short XML summary. - If the file begins with "<?xml" then the summary format is used. - Otherwise, the keyword format is used and a summary file will be - created if write permissions exist in the directory containing - the keyword file. The newly created summary will have ".k" or ".key" - stripped from the end of the keyword filename and ".lsdyna" appended. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. - Do not call this function before setting the database directory and calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Routines that allow the status of a cell variable to be adjusted or - queried independent of the output mesh. The \a cellType parameter - should be one of: LS_POINT, LS_BEAM, LS_SHELL, LS_THICK_SHELL, - LS_SOLID, LS_RIGID_BODY, or LS_ROAD_SURFACE - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - Note that GetNumberOfCells() returns the sum of - GetNumberOfContinuumCells() and GetNumberOfParticleCells(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Routines that allow the status of a cell variable to be adjusted or - queried independent of the output mesh. The \a cellType parameter - should be one of: LS_POINT, LS_BEAM, LS_SHELL, LS_THICK_SHELL, - LS_SOLID, LS_RIGID_BODY, or LS_ROAD_SURFACE - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the nodal - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Point array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - Note that GetNumberOfContinuumCells() returns the sum of - GetNumberOfSolidCells(), GetNumberOfThickShellCells(), - GetNumberOfShellCells(), GetNumberOfRigidBodyCells(), - GetNumberOfRoadSurfaceCells(), and GetNumberOfBeamCells(). - - - - - Retrieve the number of points in the database. Do not call this - function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected parts of the input. - If InputDeck points to a valid keyword file (or summary), then part - names will be taken from that file. - Otherwise, when arbitrary material numbering is used, parts will be named - "PartXXX (MatlYYY)" where XXX is an increasing sequential number and YYY - is the respective material ID. If no input deck is specified and arbitrary - arbitrary material numbering is not used, parts will be named - "PartXXX" where XXX is a sequential material ID. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the nodal - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Retrieve the number of cells of a given type in the database. Do not - call this function before setting the database directory and calling - UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected parts of the input. - If InputDeck points to a valid keyword file (or summary), then part - names will be taken from that file. - Otherwise, when arbitrary material numbering is used, parts will be named - "PartXXX (MatlYYY)" where XXX is an increasing sequential number and YYY - is the respective material ID. If no input deck is specified and arbitrary - arbitrary material numbering is not used, parts will be named - "PartXXX" where XXX is a sequential material ID. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected parts of the input. - If InputDeck points to a valid keyword file (or summary), then part - names will be taken from that file. - Otherwise, when arbitrary material numbering is used, parts will be named - "PartXXX (MatlYYY)" where XXX is an increasing sequential number and YYY - is the respective material ID. If no input deck is specified and arbitrary - arbitrary material numbering is not used, parts will be named - "PartXXX" where XXX is a sequential material ID. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the nodal - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the nodal - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Read an array of deletion data. - This is used by ReadDeletion to actually read the data from the file - (as opposed to attach it to the proper place in the VTK dataset) - depending on the value of "MDLOPT". - The array passed to this routine is filled with deletion data. - The number of tuples must be set on the array previous to calling - this routine. - The \a anyDeleted argument is set to 0 if no cells in the array are - marked deleted, or 1 if any cells are marked for deletion. - - - - - Should dead cells be removed from the mesh? Cells are marked dead by - setting the corresponding entry in the <b>cell</b> array "Death" to 0. - Cells that are not dead have the corresponding entry in the cell array - "Death" set to their material ID. By default, this is true but its - value is ignored if the cell "Death" array is not set to be loaded. - It is also ignored if the database's element deletion option is set to - denote <b>points</b> (not cells) as deleted; in that case, "Death" - will appear to be a point array. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Split each part into submeshes based on material ID. - By default, this is false and all cells of a given - type (solid, thick shell, shell, ...) are in a single mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - The title of the database is a 40 or 80 character text description - stored at the front of a d3plot file. Do not call this function - before setting the database directory and calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the directory containing the LS-Dyna database and determine - whether it is valid. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Should dead cells be removed from the mesh? Cells are marked dead by - setting the corresponding entry in the <b>cell</b> array "Death" to 0. - Cells that are not dead have the corresponding entry in the cell array - "Death" set to their material ID. By default, this is true but its - value is ignored if the cell "Death" array is not set to be loaded. - It is also ignored if the database's element deletion option is set to - denote <b>points</b> (not cells) as deleted; in that case, "Death" - will appear to be a point array. - - - - - Should dead cells be removed from the mesh? Cells are marked dead by - setting the corresponding entry in the <b>cell</b> array "Death" to 0. - Cells that are not dead have the corresponding entry in the cell array - "Death" set to their material ID. By default, this is true but its - value is ignored if the cell "Death" array is not set to be loaded. - It is also ignored if the database's element deletion option is set to - denote <b>points</b> (not cells) as deleted; in that case, "Death" - will appear to be a point array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Routines that allow the status of a cell variable to be adjusted or - queried independent of the output mesh. The \a cellType parameter - should be one of: LS_POINT, LS_BEAM, LS_SHELL, LS_THICK_SHELL, - LS_SOLID, LS_RIGID_BODY, or LS_ROAD_SURFACE - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Point array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Get/Set the directory containing the LS-Dyna database and determine - whether it is valid. - - - - - Should deflected coordinates be used, or should the mesh remain - undeflected? By default, this is true but its value is ignored if the - nodal "Deflection" array is not set to be loaded. - - - - - Get/Set the filename. The Set/GetFileName() routines are actually - wrappers around the Set/GetDatabaseDirectory() members; the actual - filename you choose is irrelevant -- only the directory name is used. - This is done in order to accommodate ParaView. - - - - - The name of the input deck corresponding to the current database. - This is used to determine the part names associated with each material ID. - This file may be in two formats: a valid LSDyna input deck or a - short XML summary. - If the file begins with "<?xml" then the summary format is used. - Otherwise, the keyword format is used and a summary file will be - created if write permissions exist in the directory containing - the keyword file. The newly created summary will have ".k" or ".key" - stripped from the end of the keyword filename and ".lsdyna" appended. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected parts of the input. - If InputDeck points to a valid keyword file (or summary), then part - names will be taken from that file. - Otherwise, when arbitrary material numbering is used, parts will be named - "PartXXX (MatlYYY)" where XXX is an increasing sequential number and YYY - is the respective material ID. If no input deck is specified and arbitrary - arbitrary material numbering is not used, parts will be named - "PartXXX" where XXX is a sequential material ID. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the nodal - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - Read an array of deletion data. - This is used by ReadDeletion to actually read the data from the file - (as opposed to attach it to the proper place in the VTK dataset) - depending on the value of "MDLOPT". - The array passed to this routine is filled with deletion data. - The number of tuples must be set on the array previous to calling - this routine. - The \a anyDeleted argument is set to 0 if no cells in the array are - marked deleted, or 1 if any cells are marked for deletion. - - - - - Should dead cells be removed from the mesh? Cells are marked dead by - setting the corresponding entry in the <b>cell</b> array "Death" to 0. - Cells that are not dead have the corresponding entry in the cell array - "Death" set to their material ID. By default, this is true but its - value is ignored if the cell "Death" array is not set to be loaded. - It is also ignored if the database's element deletion option is set to - denote <b>points</b> (not cells) as deleted; in that case, "Death" - will appear to be a point array. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Split each part into submeshes based on material ID. - By default, this is false and all cells of a given - type (solid, thick shell, shell, ...) are in a single mesh. - - - - - These methods allow you to load only selected subsets of the cell - variables defined over the mesh. - - - - - vtkWarningMacro( "Cell array \"" << arrName << "\" does not exist" ); - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Retrieve information about the time extents of the LS-Dyna database. - Do not call these functions before setting the database directory and - calling UpdateInformation(). - - - - - Split each part into submeshes based on material ID. - By default, this is false and all cells of a given - type (solid, thick shell, shell, ...) are in a single mesh. - - - - - Split each part into submeshes based on material ID. - By default, this is false and all cells of a given - type (solid, thick shell, shell, ...) are in a single mesh. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkMNIObjectReader - A reader for MNI surface mesh files. - - - Description - The MNI .obj file format is used to store geometrical data. This - file format was developed at the McConnell Brain Imaging Centre at - the Montreal Neurological Institute and is used by their software. - Only polygon and line files are supported by this reader, but for - those formats, all data elements are read including normals, colors, - and surface properties. ASCII and binary file types are supported. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMNIObjectWriter vtkMNITransformReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the specified file can be read. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Get the property associated with the object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - vtkMNIObjectWriter - A writer for MNI surface mesh files. - - - Description - The MNI .obj file format is used to store geometrical data. This - file format was developed at the McConnell Brain Imaging Centre at - the Montreal Neurological Institute and is used by their software. - Only polygon and line files are supported by this writer. For these - formats, all data elements are written including normals, colors, - and surface properties. ASCII and binary file types are supported. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMNIObjectReader vtkMNITransformReader - - - - - vtkPolyDataWriter - write vtk polygonal data - - - Description - vtkPolyDataWriter is a source object that writes ASCII or binary - polygonal data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - - vtkDataWriter - helper class for objects that write vtk data files - - - Description - vtkDataWriter is a helper class that opens and writes the vtk header and - point data (e.g., scalars, vectors, normals, etc.) from a vtk data file. - See text for various formats. - - - - - vtkWriter - abstract class to write data to file(s) - - - Description - vtkWriter is an abstract class for mapper objects that write their data - to disk (or into a communications port). All writers respond to Write() - method. This method insures that there is input and input is up to date. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Encode the string so that the reader will not have problems. - The resulting string is up to three times the size of the input - string. doublePercent indicates whether to output a double '%' before - escaped characters so the string may be used as a printf format string. - - - - - Set/get the input to this writer. - - - - - Set/get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the input to this writer. - - - - - Set/get the input to this writer. - - - - - Write data to output. Method executes subclasses WriteData() method, as - well as StartMethod() and EndMethod() methods. - Returns 1 on success and 0 on failure. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Created object with default header, ASCII format, and default names for - scalars, vectors, tensors, normals, and texture coordinates. - - - - - Created object with default header, ASCII format, and default names for - scalars, vectors, tensors, normals, and texture coordinates. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When WriteToOutputString in on, then a string is allocated, written to, - and can be retrieved with these methods. The string is deleted during - the next call to write ... - - - - - Give a name to the field data. If not specified, uses default - name "field". - - - - - Specify file name of vtk polygon data file to write. - - - - - Specify file type (ASCII or BINARY) for vtk data file. - - - - - Specify file type (ASCII or BINARY) for vtk data file. - - - - - Specify file type (ASCII or BINARY) for vtk data file. - - - - - Give a name to the global ids data. If not specified, uses - default name "global_ids". - - - - - Specify the header for the vtk data file. - - - - - Give a name to the lookup table. If not specified, uses default - name "lookupTable". - - - - - Give a name to the normals data. If not specified, uses default - name "normals". - - - - - When WriteToOutputString in on, then a string is allocated, written to, - and can be retrieved with these methods. The string is deleted during - the next call to write ... - - - - - When WriteToOutputString in on, then a string is allocated, written to, - and can be retrieved with these methods. The string is deleted during - the next call to write ... - - - - - Give a name to the pedigree ids data. If not specified, uses - default name "pedigree_ids". - - - - - Give a name to the scalar data. If not specified, uses default - name "scalars". - - - - - Give a name to the texture coordinates data. If not specified, uses - default name "textureCoords". - - - - - Give a name to the tensors data. If not specified, uses default - name "tensors". - - - - - Give a name to the vector data. If not specified, uses default - name "vectors". - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This convenience method returns the string, sets the IVAR to NULL, - so that the user is responsible for deleting the string. - I am not sure what the name should be, so it may change in the future. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Give a name to the field data. If not specified, uses default - name "field". - - - - - Specify file name of vtk polygon data file to write. - - - - - Specify file type (ASCII or BINARY) for vtk data file. - - - - - Specify file type (ASCII or BINARY) for vtk data file. - - - - - Specify file type (ASCII or BINARY) for vtk data file. - - - - - Give a name to the global ids data. If not specified, uses - default name "global_ids". - - - - - Specify the header for the vtk data file. - - - - - Give a name to the lookup table. If not specified, uses default - name "lookupTable". - - - - - Give a name to the normals data. If not specified, uses default - name "normals". - - - - - Give a name to the pedigree ids data. If not specified, uses - default name "pedigree_ids". - - - - - Give a name to the scalar data. If not specified, uses default - name "scalars". - - - - - Give a name to the texture coordinates data. If not specified, uses - default name "textureCoords". - - - - - Give a name to the tensors data. If not specified, uses default - name "tensors". - - - - - Give a name to the vector data. If not specified, uses default - name "vectors". - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set the lookup table associated with the object. This will be - used to convert scalar values to colors, if a mapper is not set. - - - - - Set the mapper associated with the object. Optional. - This is useful for exporting an actor with the same colors - that are used to display the actor within VTK. - - - - - Set the property associated with the object. Optional. - This is useful for exporting an actor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the lookup table associated with the object. This will be - used to convert scalar values to colors, if a mapper is not set. - - - - - Set the mapper associated with the object. Optional. - This is useful for exporting an actor with the same colors - that are used to display the actor within VTK. - - - - - Set the property associated with the object. Optional. - This is useful for exporting an actor. - - - - - vtkMNITagPointReader - A reader for MNI tag files. - - - Description - The MNI .tag file format is used to store labeled points, it can - store either one or two point sets. All point sets must have the - same number of points and they will share the same labels. This - file format was developed at the McConnell Brain Imaging Centre at - the Montreal Neurological Institute and is used by their software. - The labels are stored as a vtkStringArray in the PointData of the - output dataset, which is a vtkPolyData. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMNIObjectReader vtkMNITransformReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the specified file can be read. - - - - - Get any comments that are included in the file. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Get the labels. These same labels are provided in the output - point sets, as the PointData data array named "LabelText". - This will return NULL if there were no labels in the file. - - - - - Get the number of volumes specified by the file, which will be - equal to one or two. There will be an output point set for each - volume, so really, this parameter just tells you the number of - outputs to expect from this reader. - - - - - Get the patient ids. These are also provided in the output - point sets, as the PointData data array named "PatientIds". - This will return NULL if there were no ids in the file. - - - - - Get the points. These are also provided in the first and - second output ports of the reader. This method will return - NULL if there is no data. - - - - - Get the points. These are also provided in the first and - second output ports of the reader. This method will return - NULL if there is no data. - - - - - Get the structure ids. These are also provided in the output - point sets, as the PointData data array named "StructureIds". - This will return NULL if there were no ids in the file. - - - - - Get the weights. These are also provided in the output - point sets, as the PointData data array named "Weights". - This will return NULL if there were no weights in the file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - vtkMNITagPointWriter - A writer for MNI tag point files. - - - Description - The MNI .tag file format is used to store tag points, for use in - either registration or labelling of data volumes. This file - format was developed at the McConnell Brain Imaging Centre at - the Montreal Neurological Institute and is used by their software. - Tag points can be stored for either one volume or two volumes, - and this filter can take one or two inputs. Alternatively, the - points to be written can be specified by calling SetPoints(). - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMNIObjectReader vtkMNITransformReader - - - - - vtkDataSetWriter - write any type of vtk dataset to file - - - Description - vtkDataSetWriter is an abstract class for mapper objects that write their - data to disk (or into a communications port). The input to this object is - a dataset of any type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set comments to be added to the file. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set the labels (unless the input PointData has an - array called LabelText). Labels are optional. - - - - - Get the MTime. - - - - - Set the structure ids (unless the input PointData has - an array called PatientIds). These are optional. - - - - - Set the points (unless you set them as inputs). - - - - - Set the points (unless you set them as inputs). - - - - - Set the structure ids (unless the input PointData has - an array called StructureIds). These are optional. - - - - - Set the weights (unless the input PointData has an - array called Weights). Weights are optional. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set comments to be added to the file. - - - - - Set the labels (unless the input PointData has an - array called LabelText). Labels are optional. - - - - - Set the structure ids (unless the input PointData has - an array called PatientIds). These are optional. - - - - - Set the points (unless you set them as inputs). - - - - - Set the points (unless you set them as inputs). - - - - - Set the structure ids (unless the input PointData has - an array called StructureIds). These are optional. - - - - - Set the weights (unless the input PointData has an - array called Weights). Weights are optional. - - - - - Write the file. - - - - - vtkMNITransformReader - A reader for MNI transformation files. - - - Description - The MNI .xfm file format is used to store geometrical - transformations. Three kinds of transformations are supported by - the file format: affine, thin-plate spline, and grid transformations. - This file format was developed at the McConnell Brain Imaging Centre - at the Montreal Neurological Institute and is used by their software. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMNITransformWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the specified file can be read. - - - - - Get any comments that are included in the file. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Get one of the transforms listed in the file. - - - - - Get the number of transforms in the file. - - - - - Get the transform that results from concatenating all - of the transforms in the file. This will return null - if you have not specified a file name. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - vtkMNITransformWriter - A writer for MNI transformation files. - - - Description - The MNI .xfm file format is used to store geometrical - transformations. Three kinds of transformations are supported by - the file format: affine, thin-plate spline, and grid transformations. - This file format was developed at the McConnell Brain Imaging Centre - at the Montreal Neurological Institute and is used by their software. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageWriter vtkMNITransformReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another transform to the file. The next time that - SetTransform is called, all added transforms will be - removed. - - - - - Set comments to be added to the file. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Get the number of transforms that will be written. - - - - - Set the transform. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set comments to be added to the file. - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Set the transform. - - - - - Write the file. - - - - - vtkPCAAnalysisFilter - Performs principal component analysis of a set of aligned pointsets - - - Description - - vtkPCAAnalysisFilter is a filter that takes as input a set of aligned - pointsets (any object derived from vtkPointSet) and performs - a principal component analysis of the coordinates. - This can be used to visualise the major or minor modes of variation - seen in a set of similar biological objects with corresponding - landmarks. - vtkPCAAnalysisFilter is designed to work with the output from - the vtkProcrustesAnalysisFilter - - Call SetNumberOfInputs(n) before calling SetInput(0) ... SetInput(n-1). - Retrieve the outputs using GetOutput(0) ... GetOutput(n-1). - - vtkPCAAnalysisFilter is an implementation of (for example): - - T. Cootes et al. : Active Shape Models - their training and application. - Computer Vision and Image Understanding, 61(1):38-59, 1995. - - The material can also be found in Tim Cootes' ever-changing online report - published at his website: - http://www.isbe.man.ac.uk/~bim/ - - Caveats - All of the input pointsets must have the same number of points. - - Thanks - Rasmus Paulsen and Tim Hutton who developed and contributed this class - - - - - vtkProcrustesAlignmentFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates with similarity transform. - - - - - Creates with similarity transform. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the vector of eigenvalues sorted in descending order - - - - - Retrieve the input with index idx (usually only used for pipeline - tracing). - - - - - Retrieve how many modes are necessary to model the given proportion of the variation. - proportion should be between 0 and 1 - - - - - Fills the shape with: - - mean + b[0] * sqrt(eigenvalue[0]) * eigenvector[0] - + b[1] * sqrt(eigenvalue[1]) * eigenvector[1] - ... - + b[sizeb-1] * sqrt(eigenvalue[bsize-1]) * eigenvector[bsize-1] - - here b are the parameters expressed in standard deviations - bsize is the number of parameters in the b vector - This function assumes that shape is allready allocated - with the right size, it just moves the points. - - - - - Return the bsize parameters b that best model the given shape - (in standard deviations). - That is that the given shape will be approximated by: - - shape ~ mean + b[0] * sqrt(eigenvalue[0]) * eigenvector[0] - + b[1] * sqrt(eigenvalue[1]) * eigenvector[1] - ... - + b[bsize-1] * sqrt(eigenvalue[bsize-1]) * eigenvector[bsize-1] - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the input pointset with index idx. - Call SetNumberOfInputs before calling this function. - - - - - Specify the input pointset with index idx. - Call SetNumberOfInputs before calling this function. - - - - - Specify how many pointsets are going to be given as input. - - - - - vtkPieChartActor - create a pie chart from an array - - - Description - vtkPieChartActor generates a pie chart from an array of numbers defined in - field data (a vtkDataObject). To use this class, you must specify an input - data object. You'll probably also want to specify the position of the plot - be setting the Position and Position2 instance variables, which define a - rectangle in which the plot lies. There are also many other instance - variables that control the look of the plot includes its title, - and legend. - - Set the text property/attributes of the title and the labels through the - vtkTextProperty objects associated with these components. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input data object to this actor. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. This controls the appearance - of all pie piece labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of pie piece labels. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the legend box. This is useful if you would like - to manually control the legend appearance. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Specify colors for each piece of pie. If not specified, they are - automatically generated. - - - - - Specify the names for each piece of pie. not specified, then an integer - number is automatically generated. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the pie chart. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. The property controls the - appearance of the plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of pie piece labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of pie piece labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the pie plot. - - - - - Draw the pie plot. - - - - - Draw the pie plot. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Set the input to the pie chart actor. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. This controls the appearance - of all pie piece labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of pie piece labels. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Specify colors for each piece of pie. If not specified, they are - automatically generated. - - - - - Specify colors for each piece of pie. If not specified, they are - automatically generated. - - - - - Specify the names for each piece of pie. not specified, then an integer - number is automatically generated. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the pie chart. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. The property controls the - appearance of the plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - vtkPolyDataSilhouette - sort polydata along camera view direction - - - - Description - vtkPolyDataSilhouette extracts a subset of a polygonal mesh edges to - generate an outline (silhouette) of the corresponding 3D object. In - addition, this filter can also extracts sharp edges (aka feature angles). - In order to use this filter you must specify the a point of view (origin) or - a direction (vector). given this direction or origin, a silhouette is - generated wherever the surface's normal is orthogonal to the view direction. - - Caveats - when the active camera is used, almost everything is recomputed for each - frame, keep this in mind when dealing with extremely large surface data - sets. - - Thanks - Contribution by Thierry Carrard <br> - CEA/DIF - Commissariat a l'Energie Atomique, Centre DAM Ile-De-France <br> - BP12, F-91297 Arpajon, France. <br> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enables or Disables generation of border edges. Note: borders exist only - in case of non closed surface - - - - - Enables or Disables generation of border edges. Note: borders exist only - in case of non closed surface - - - - - Enables or Disables generation of border edges. Note: borders exist only - in case of non closed surface - - - - - Specify a camera that is used to define the view direction. This ivar - only has effect if the direction is set to VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_ORIGIN or - VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_VECTOR, and a camera is specified. - - - - - Specify how view direction is computed. By default, the - camera origin (eye) is used. - - - - - Enables or Disables generation of silhouette edges along sharp edges - - - - - Sets/Gets minimal angle for sharp edges detection. Default is 60 - - - - - Return MTime also considering the dependent objects: the camera - and/or the prop3D. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort direction - is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedOrigin(). The edge detection occurs in - the direction of the origin to each edge's center. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort direction - is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedOrigin(). The edge detection occurs in - the direction of the origin to each edge's center. - - - - - Enables or Disables piece invariance. This is useful when dealing with - multi-block data sets. Note: requires one level of ghost cells - - - - - Specify a transformation matrix (via the vtkProp3D::GetMatrix() method) - that is used to include the effects of transformation. This ivar only has - effect if the direction is set to VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_ORIGIN or - VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_VECTOR, and a camera is specified. Specifying the - vtkProp3D is optional. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The edge detection - occurs in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The edge detection - occurs in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Enables or Disables piece invariance. This is useful when dealing with - multi-block data sets. Note: requires one level of ghost cells - - - - - Enables or Disables piece invariance. This is useful when dealing with - multi-block data sets. Note: requires one level of ghost cells - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Enables or Disables generation of border edges. Note: borders exist only - in case of non closed surface - - - - - Specify a camera that is used to define the view direction. This ivar - only has effect if the direction is set to VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_ORIGIN or - VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_VECTOR, and a camera is specified. - - - - - Specify how view direction is computed. By default, the - camera origin (eye) is used. - - - - - Specify how view direction is computed. By default, the - camera origin (eye) is used. - - - - - Specify how view direction is computed. By default, the - camera origin (eye) is used. - - - - - Specify how view direction is computed. By default, the - camera origin (eye) is used. - - - - - Specify how view direction is computed. By default, the - camera origin (eye) is used. - - - - - Enables or Disables generation of silhouette edges along sharp edges - - - - - Sets/Gets minimal angle for sharp edges detection. Default is 60 - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort direction - is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedOrigin(). The edge detection occurs in - the direction of the origin to each edge's center. - - - - - Set/Get the sort origin. This ivar only has effect if the sort direction - is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedOrigin(). The edge detection occurs in - the direction of the origin to each edge's center. - - - - - Enables or Disables piece invariance. This is useful when dealing with - multi-block data sets. Note: requires one level of ghost cells - - - - - Specify a transformation matrix (via the vtkProp3D::GetMatrix() method) - that is used to include the effects of transformation. This ivar only has - effect if the direction is set to VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_ORIGIN or - VTK_DIRECTION_CAMERA_VECTOR, and a camera is specified. Specifying the - vtkProp3D is optional. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The edge detection - occurs in the direction of the vector. - - - - - Set/Get the sort direction. This ivar only has effect if the sort - direction is set to SetDirectionToSpecifiedVector(). The edge detection - occurs in the direction of the vector. - - - - - vtkPolyDataToImageStencil - use polydata to mask an image - - - Description - The vtkPolyDataToImageStencil class will convert polydata into - an image stencil. The polydata can either be a closed surface - mesh or a series of polyline contours (one contour per slice). - Caveats - If contours are provided, the contours must be aligned with the - Z planes. Other contour orientations are not supported. - - - - vtkImageStencil vtkImageAccumulate vtkImageBlend vtkImageReslice - - - - - vtkImageStencilSource - generate an image stencil - - - Description - vtkImageStencilSource is a superclass for filters that generate image - stencils. Given a clipping object such as a vtkImplicitFunction, it - will set up a list of clipping extents for each x-row through the - image data. The extents for each x-row can be retrieved via the - GetNextExtent() method after the extent lists have been built - with the BuildExtents() method. For large images, using clipping - extents is much more memory efficient (and slightly more time-efficient) - than building a mask. This class can be subclassed to allow clipping - with objects other than vtkImplicitFunction. - - - - vtkImplicitFunction vtkImageStencil vtkPolyDataToImageStencil - - - - - vtkImageStencilAlgorithm - producer of vtkImageStencilData - - - Description - vtkImageStencilAlgorithm is a superclass for filters that generate - the special vtkImageStencilData type. This data type is a special - representation of a binary image that can be used as a mask by - several imaging filters. - - - - vtkImageStencilData vtkImageStencilSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get or set the output for this source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get or set the output for this source. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set a vtkImageData that has the Spacing, Origin, and - WholeExtent that will be used for the stencil. This - input should be set to the image that you wish to - apply the stencil to. If you use this method, then - any values set with the SetOutputSpacing, SetOutputOrigin, - and SetOutputWholeExtent methods will be ignored. - - - - - Set the Origin to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Origin of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the Origin to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Origin of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the Origin to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Origin of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the Spacing to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Spacing of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (1,1,1) - - - - - Set the Spacing to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Spacing of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (1,1,1) - - - - - Set the Spacing to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Spacing of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (1,1,1) - - - - - Set the whole extent for the stencil (anything outside - this extent will be considered to be "outside" the stencil). - - - - - Set the whole extent for the stencil (anything outside - this extent will be considered to be "outside" the stencil). - - - - - Set the whole extent for the stencil (anything outside - this extent will be considered to be "outside" the stencil). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Report object referenced by instances of this class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set a vtkImageData that has the Spacing, Origin, and - WholeExtent that will be used for the stencil. This - input should be set to the image that you wish to - apply the stencil to. If you use this method, then - any values set with the SetOutputSpacing, SetOutputOrigin, - and SetOutputWholeExtent methods will be ignored. - - - - - Set the Origin to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Origin of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the Origin to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Origin of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the Spacing to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Spacing of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (1,1,1) - - - - - Set the Spacing to be used for the stencil. It should be - set to the Spacing of the image you intend to apply the - stencil to. The default value is (1,1,1) - - - - - Set the whole extent for the stencil (anything outside - this extent will be considered to be "outside" the stencil). - - - - - Set the whole extent for the stencil (anything outside - this extent will be considered to be "outside" the stencil). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the implicit function to convert into a stencil. - - - - - The tolerance to apply in when determining whether a voxel - is inside the stencil, given as a fraction of a voxel. - Only used in X and Y, not in Z. - - - - - The tolerance to apply in when determining whether a voxel - is inside the stencil, given as a fraction of a voxel. - Only used in X and Y, not in Z. - - - - - The tolerance to apply in when determining whether a voxel - is inside the stencil, given as a fraction of a voxel. - Only used in X and Y, not in Z. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the implicit function to convert into a stencil. - - - - - The tolerance to apply in when determining whether a voxel - is inside the stencil, given as a fraction of a voxel. - Only used in X and Y, not in Z. - - - - - vtkProcrustesAlignmentFilter - aligns a set of pointsets together - - - Description - - vtkProcrustesAlignmentFilter is a filter that takes a set of pointsets - (any object derived from vtkPointSet) and aligns them in a least-squares - sense to their mutual mean. The algorithm is iterated until convergence, - as the mean must be recomputed after each alignment. - - Call SetNumberOfInputs(n) before calling SetInput(0) ... SetInput(n-1). - - Retrieve the outputs using GetOutput(0) ... GetOutput(n-1). - - The default (in vtkLandmarkTransform) is for a similarity alignment. - For a rigid-body alignment (to build a 'size-and-shape' model) use: - - GetLandmarkTransform()->SetModeToRigidBody(). - - Affine alignments are not normally used but are left in for completeness: - - GetLandmarkTransform()->SetModeToAffine(). - - vtkProcrustesAlignmentFilter is an implementation of: - - J.C. Gower (1975) - Generalized Procrustes Analysis. Psychometrika, 40:33-51. - - Caveats - All of the input pointsets must have the same number of points. - - Thanks - Tim Hutton and Rasmus Paulsen who developed and contributed this class - - - - - vtkLandmarkTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates with similarity transform. - - - - - Creates with similarity transform. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Retrieve the input point set with index idx (usually only for pipeline - tracing). - - - - - Get the internal landmark transform. Use it to constrain the number of - degrees of freedom of the alignment (i.e. rigid body, similarity, etc.). - The default is a similarity alignment. - - - - - Get the estimated mean point cloud - - - - - When on, the initial alignment is to the centroid - of the cohort curves. When off, the alignment is to the - centroid of the first input. Default is off for - backward compatibility. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the input pointset with index idx. - Call SetNumberOfInputs before calling this function. - - - - - Specify the input pointset with index idx. - Call SetNumberOfInputs before calling this function. - - - - - Specify how many pointsets are going to be given as input. - - - - - When on, the initial alignment is to the centroid - of the cohort curves. When off, the alignment is to the - centroid of the first input. Default is off for - backward compatibility. - - - - - When on, the initial alignment is to the centroid - of the cohort curves. When off, the alignment is to the - centroid of the first input. Default is off for - backward compatibility. - - - - - When on, the initial alignment is to the centroid - of the cohort curves. When off, the alignment is to the - centroid of the first input. Default is off for - backward compatibility. - - - - - vtkProjectedTerrainPath - project a polyline onto a terrain - - - Description - vtkProjectedTerrainPath projects an input polyline onto a terrain. (The - terrain is defined by a 2D height image and is the second input to the - filter.) The polyline projection is controlled via several modes as - follows. 1) Simple mode projects the polyline points onto the terrain, - taking into account the height offset instance variable. 2) Non-occluded - mode insures that no parts of the polyline are occluded by the terrain - (e.g. a line passes through a mountain). This may require recursive - subdivision of the polyline. 3) Hug mode insures that the polyine points - remain within a constant distance from the surface. This may also require - recursive subdivision of the polyline. Note that both non-occluded mode - and hug mode also take into account the height offset, so it is possible - to create paths that hug terrain a certain distance above it. To use this - filter, define two inputs: 1) a polyline, and 2) an image whose scalar - values represent a height field. Then specify the mode, and the height - offset to use. - - An description of the algorithm is as follows. The filter begins by - projecting the polyline points to the image (offset by the specified - height offset). If the mode is non-occluded or hug, then the maximum - error along each line segment is computed and placed into a priority - queue. Each line segment is then split at the point of maximum error, and - the two new line segments are evaluated for maximum error. This process - continues until the line is not occluded by the terrain (non-occluded - mode) or satisfies the error on variation from the surface (hug - mode). (Note this process is repeated for each polyline in the - input. Also, the maximum error is computed in two parts: a maximum - positive error and maximum negative error. If the polyline is above the - terrain--i.e., the height offset is positive--in non-occluded or hug mode - all negative errors are eliminated. If the polyline is below the - terrain--i.e., the height offset is negative--in non-occluded or hug mode - all positive errors are eliminated.) - - Caveats - This algorithm requires the entire input image to be in memory, hence it - may not work for extremely large images. - - The input height image is assumed to be positioned in the x-y plane so the - scalar value is the z-coordinate, height value. - - A priority queue is used so that the 1) the total number of line segments - can be controlled, and 2) the algorithm can terminate when the errors in - the queue are less than the specified error tolerance. - - - - - vtkGreedyTerrainDecimation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the height above (or below) the terrain that the projected - path should be. Positive values indicate distances above the terrain; - negative values indicate distances below the terrain. - - - - - This is the allowable variation in the altitude of the path - with respect to the variation in the terrain. It only comes - into play if the hug projection mode is enabled. - - - - - This is the allowable variation in the altitude of the path - with respect to the variation in the terrain. It only comes - into play if the hug projection mode is enabled. - - - - - This is the allowable variation in the altitude of the path - with respect to the variation in the terrain. It only comes - into play if the hug projection mode is enabled. - - - - - This instance variable can be used to limit the total number of line - segments created during subdivision. Note that the number of input line - segments will be the minimum number that cab be output. - - - - - This instance variable can be used to limit the total number of line - segments created during subdivision. Note that the number of input line - segments will be the minimum number that cab be output. - - - - - This instance variable can be used to limit the total number of line - segments created during subdivision. Note that the number of input line - segments will be the minimum number that cab be output. - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Specify the second input (the terrain) onto which the polyline(s) should - be projected. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - Standard methids for printing and determining type information. - - - - - This is the height above (or below) the terrain that the projected - path should be. Positive values indicate distances above the terrain; - negative values indicate distances below the terrain. - - - - - This is the allowable variation in the altitude of the path - with respect to the variation in the terrain. It only comes - into play if the hug projection mode is enabled. - - - - - This instance variable can be used to limit the total number of line - segments created during subdivision. Note that the number of input line - segments will be the minimum number that cab be output. - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Determine how to control the projection process. Simple projection - just projects the original polyline points. Non-occluded projection - insures that the polyline does not intersect the terrain surface. - Hug projection is similar to non-occulded projection except that - produces a path that is nearly parallel to the terrain (within the - user specified height tolerance). - - - - - Specify the second input (the terrain) onto which the polyline(s) should - be projected. - - - - - Specify the second input (the terrain) onto which the polyline(s) should - be projected. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRIBExporter - export a scene into RenderMan RIB format. - - - Description - vtkRIBExporter is a concrete subclass of vtkExporter that writes a - Renderman .RIB files. The input specifies a vtkRenderWindow. All - visible actors and lights will be included in the rib file. The - following file naming conventions apply: - rib file - FilePrefix.rib - image file created by RenderMan - FilePrefix.tif - texture files - TexturePrefix_0xADDR_MTIME.tif - This object does NOT generate an image file. The user must run either - RenderMan or a RenderMan emulator like Blue Moon Ray Tracer (BMRT). - vtk properties are convert to Renderman shaders as follows: - Normal property, no texture map - plastic.sl - Normal property with texture map - txtplastic.sl - These two shaders must be compiled by the rendering package being - used. vtkRIBExporter also supports custom shaders. The shaders are - written using the Renderman Shading Language. See "The Renderman - Companion", ISBN 0-201-50868, 1989 for details on writing shaders. - vtkRIBProperty specifies the declarations and parameter settings for - custom shaders. - Tcl Example: generate a rib file for the current rendering. - vtkRIBExporter myRIB - myRIB SetInput $renWin - myRIB SetFIlePrefix mine - myRIB Write - This will create a file mine.rib. After running this file through - a Renderman renderer a file mine.tif will contain the rendered image. - - - - - vtkExporter vtkRIBProperty - - - - - vtkExporter - abstract class to write a scene to a file - - - Description - vtkExporter is an abstract class that exports a scene to a file. It - is very similar to vtkWriter except that a writer only writes out - the geometric and topological data for an object, where an exporter - can write out material properties, lighting, camera parameters etc. - The concrete subclasses of this class may not write out all of this - information. For example vtkOBJExporter writes out Wavefront obj files - which do not include support for camera parameters. - - vtkExporter provides the convenience methods StartWrite() and EndWrite(). - These methods are executed before and after execution of the Write() - method. You can also specify arguments to these methods. - This class defines SetInput and GetInput methods which take or return - a vtkRenderWindow. - Caveats - Every subclass of vtkExporter must implement a WriteData() method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods are provided for backward compatibility. Will disappear - soon. - - - - - Returns the MTime also considering the RenderWindow. - - - - - Set/Get the rendering window that contains the scene to be written. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods are provided for backward compatibility. Will disappear - soon. - - - - - Set/Get the rendering window that contains the scene to be written. - - - - - Convenient alias for Write() method. - - - - - Write data to output. Method executes subclasses WriteData() method, as - well as StartWrite() and EndWrite() methods. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the background flag. Default is 0 (off). - If set, the rib file will contain an - image shader that will use the renderer window's background - color. Normally, RenderMan does generate backgrounds. Backgrounds are - composited into the scene with the tiffcomp program that comes with - Pixar's RenderMan Toolkit. In fact, Pixar's Renderman will accept an - image shader but only sets the alpha of the background. Images created - this way will still have a black background but contain an alpha of 1 - at all pixels and CANNOT be subsequently composited with other images - using tiffcomp. However, other RenderMan compliant renderers like - Blue Moon Ray Tracing (BMRT) do allow image shaders and properly set - the background color. If this sounds too confusing, use the following - rules: If you are using Pixar's Renderman, leave the Background - off. Otherwise, try setting BackGroundOn and see if you get the - desired results. - - - - - Set/Get the background flag. Default is 0 (off). - If set, the rib file will contain an - image shader that will use the renderer window's background - color. Normally, RenderMan does generate backgrounds. Backgrounds are - composited into the scene with the tiffcomp program that comes with - Pixar's RenderMan Toolkit. In fact, Pixar's Renderman will accept an - image shader but only sets the alpha of the background. Images created - this way will still have a black background but contain an alpha of 1 - at all pixels and CANNOT be subsequently composited with other images - using tiffcomp. However, other RenderMan compliant renderers like - Blue Moon Ray Tracing (BMRT) do allow image shaders and properly set - the background color. If this sounds too confusing, use the following - rules: If you are using Pixar's Renderman, leave the Background - off. Otherwise, try setting BackGroundOn and see if you get the - desired results. - - - - - Set or get the ExportArrays. If ExportArrays is set, then - all point data, field data, and cell data arrays will get - exported together with polygons. - - - - - Set or get the ExportArrays. If ExportArrays is set, then - all point data, field data, and cell data arrays will get - exported together with polygons. - - - - - Set/Get the background flag. Default is 0 (off). - If set, the rib file will contain an - image shader that will use the renderer window's background - color. Normally, RenderMan does generate backgrounds. Backgrounds are - composited into the scene with the tiffcomp program that comes with - Pixar's RenderMan Toolkit. In fact, Pixar's Renderman will accept an - image shader but only sets the alpha of the background. Images created - this way will still have a black background but contain an alpha of 1 - at all pixels and CANNOT be subsequently composited with other images - using tiffcomp. However, other RenderMan compliant renderers like - Blue Moon Ray Tracing (BMRT) do allow image shaders and properly set - the background color. If this sounds too confusing, use the following - rules: If you are using Pixar's Renderman, leave the Background - off. Otherwise, try setting BackGroundOn and see if you get the - desired results. - - - - - Set or get the ExportArrays. If ExportArrays is set, then - all point data, field data, and cell data arrays will get - exported together with polygons. - - - - - Set or get the ExportArrays. If ExportArrays is set, then - all point data, field data, and cell data arrays will get - exported together with polygons. - - - - - Set or get the ExportArrays. If ExportArrays is set, then - all point data, field data, and cell data arrays will get - exported together with polygons. - - - - - Specify the prefix of the files to write out. The resulting file names - will have .RIB appended to them. - - - - - Description - Specify the sampling rate for the rendering. Default is 2 2. - - - - - Description - Specify the sampling rate for the rendering. Default is 2 2. - - - - - Description - Specify the size of the image for RenderMan. If none is specified, the - size of the render window will be used. - - - - - Description - Specify the size of the image for RenderMan. If none is specified, the - size of the render window will be used. - - - - - Specify the prefix of any generated texture files. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the background flag. Default is 0 (off). - If set, the rib file will contain an - image shader that will use the renderer window's background - color. Normally, RenderMan does generate backgrounds. Backgrounds are - composited into the scene with the tiffcomp program that comes with - Pixar's RenderMan Toolkit. In fact, Pixar's Renderman will accept an - image shader but only sets the alpha of the background. Images created - this way will still have a black background but contain an alpha of 1 - at all pixels and CANNOT be subsequently composited with other images - using tiffcomp. However, other RenderMan compliant renderers like - Blue Moon Ray Tracing (BMRT) do allow image shaders and properly set - the background color. If this sounds too confusing, use the following - rules: If you are using Pixar's Renderman, leave the Background - off. Otherwise, try setting BackGroundOn and see if you get the - desired results. - - - - - Set or get the ExportArrays. If ExportArrays is set, then - all point data, field data, and cell data arrays will get - exported together with polygons. - - - - - Specify the prefix of the files to write out. The resulting file names - will have .RIB appended to them. - - - - - Description - Specify the sampling rate for the rendering. Default is 2 2. - - - - - Description - Specify the sampling rate for the rendering. Default is 2 2. - - - - - Description - Specify the size of the image for RenderMan. If none is specified, the - size of the render window will be used. - - - - - Description - Specify the size of the image for RenderMan. If none is specified, the - size of the render window will be used. - - - - - Specify the prefix of any generated texture files. - - - - - vtkRIBLight - RIP Light - - - Description - vtkRIBLight is a subclass of vtkLight that allows the user to - specify light source shaders and shadow casting lights for use with RenderMan. - - - - - vtkRIBExporter - - - - - vtkLight - a virtual light for 3D rendering - - - Description - vtkLight is a virtual light for 3D rendering. It provides methods to locate - and point the light, turn it on and off, and set its brightness and color. - In addition to the basic infinite distance point light source attributes, - you also can specify the light attenuation values and cone angle. - These attributes are only used if the light is a positional light. - The default is a directional light (e.g. infinite point light source). - - Lights have a type that describes how the light should move with respect - to the camera. A Headlight is always located at the current camera position - and shines on the camera's focal point. A CameraLight also moves with - the camera, but may not be coincident to it. CameraLights are defined - in a normalized coordinate space where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1), - the camera is looking at (0, 0, 0), and up is (0, 1, 0). Finally, a - SceneLight is part of the scene itself and does not move with the camera. - (Renderers are responsible for moving the light based on its type.) - - Lights have a transformation matrix that describes the space in which - they are positioned. A light's world space position and focal point - are defined by their local position and focal point, transformed by - their transformation matrix (if it exists). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a light with the focal point at the origin and its position - set to (0,0,1). The light is a SceneLight, its color is white - (black ambient, white diffuse, white specular), - intensity=1, the light is turned on, positional lighting is off, - ConeAngle=30, AttenuationValues=(1,0,0), Exponent=1 and the - TransformMatrix is NULL. - - - - - Create a light with the focal point at the origin and its position - set to (0,0,1). The light is a SceneLight, its color is white - (black ambient, white diffuse, white specular), - intensity=1, the light is turned on, positional lighting is off, - ConeAngle=30, AttenuationValues=(1,0,0), Exponent=1 and the - TransformMatrix is NULL. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Perform deep copy of this light. - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the quadratic attenuation constants. They are specified as - constant, linear, and quadratic, in that order. - - - - - Set/Get the quadratic attenuation constants. They are specified as - constant, linear, and quadratic, in that order. - - - - - Set/Get the lighting cone angle of a positional light in degrees. - This is the angle between the axis of the cone and a ray along the edge of - the cone. - A value of 180 indicates that you want no spot lighting effects - just a positional light. - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the exponent of the cosine used in positional lighting. - - - - - Set/Get the exponent of the cosine used in positional lighting. - - - - - Set/Get the exponent of the cosine used in positional lighting. - - - - - Set/Get the point at which the light is shining. - Note: The focal point of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space focal point, use - vtkGetTransformedFocalPoint() instead of vtkGetFocalPoint(). - - - - - Set/Get the point at which the light is shining. - Note: The focal point of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space focal point, use - vtkGetTransformedFocalPoint() instead of vtkGetFocalPoint(). - - - - - Set/Get the brightness of the light (from one to zero). - - - - - Set/Get the type of the light. - A SceneLight is a light located in the world coordinate space. A light - is initially created as a scene light. - - A Headlight is always located at the camera and is pointed at the - camera's focal point. The renderer is free to modify the position and - focal point of the camera at any time. - - A CameraLight is also attached to the camera, but is not necessarily - located at the camera's position. CameraLights are defined in a - coordinate space where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1), looking - towards (0, 0, 0) at a distance of 1, with up being (0, 1, 0). - - Note: Use SetLightTypeToSceneLight, rather than SetLightType(3), since - the former clears the light's transform matrix. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the light. - Note: The position of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space position, use - vtkGetTransformedPosition() instead of vtkGetPosition(). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the light. - Note: The position of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space position, use - vtkGetTransformedPosition() instead of vtkGetPosition(). - - - - - Turn positional lighting on or off. - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Turn the light on or off. - - - - - Set/Get the light's transformation matrix. If a matrix is set for - a light, the light's parameters (position and focal point) are - transformed by the matrix before being rendered. - - - - - Get the focal point of the light, modified by the transformation matrix - (if it exists). - - - - - Get the focal point of the light, modified by the transformation matrix - (if it exists). - - - - - Get the focal point of the light, modified by the transformation matrix - (if it exists). - - - - - Get the position of the light, modified by the transformation matrix - (if it exists). - - - - - Get the position of the light, modified by the transformation matrix - (if it exists). - - - - - Get the position of the light, modified by the transformation matrix - (if it exists). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Query the type of the light. - - - - - Query the type of the light. - - - - - Query the type of the light. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn positional lighting on or off. - - - - - Turn positional lighting on or off. - - - - - Abstract interface to renderer. Each concrete subclass of vtkLight - will load its data into the graphics system in response to this method - invocation. The actual loading is performed by a vtkLightDevice - subclass, which will get created automatically. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the quadratic attenuation constants. They are specified as - constant, linear, and quadratic, in that order. - - - - - Set/Get the quadratic attenuation constants. They are specified as - constant, linear, and quadratic, in that order. - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the lighting cone angle of a positional light in degrees. - This is the angle between the axis of the cone and a ray along the edge of - the cone. - A value of 180 indicates that you want no spot lighting effects - just a positional light. - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set the position and focal point of a light based on elevation and - azimuth. The light is moved so it is shining from the given angle. - Angles are given in degrees. If the light is a - positional light, it is made directional instead. - - - - - Set the position and focal point of a light based on elevation and - azimuth. The light is moved so it is shining from the given angle. - Angles are given in degrees. If the light is a - positional light, it is made directional instead. - - - - - Set/Get the exponent of the cosine used in positional lighting. - - - - - Set/Get the point at which the light is shining. - Note: The focal point of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space focal point, use - vtkGetTransformedFocalPoint() instead of vtkGetFocalPoint(). - - - - - Set/Get the point at which the light is shining. - Note: The focal point of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space focal point, use - vtkGetTransformedFocalPoint() instead of vtkGetFocalPoint(). - - - - - Set/Get the brightness of the light (from one to zero). - - - - - Set/Get the type of the light. - A SceneLight is a light located in the world coordinate space. A light - is initially created as a scene light. - - A Headlight is always located at the camera and is pointed at the - camera's focal point. The renderer is free to modify the position and - focal point of the camera at any time. - - A CameraLight is also attached to the camera, but is not necessarily - located at the camera's position. CameraLights are defined in a - coordinate space where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1), looking - towards (0, 0, 0) at a distance of 1, with up being (0, 1, 0). - - Note: Use SetLightTypeToSceneLight, rather than SetLightType(3), since - the former clears the light's transform matrix. - - - - - Set/Get the type of the light. - A SceneLight is a light located in the world coordinate space. A light - is initially created as a scene light. - - A Headlight is always located at the camera and is pointed at the - camera's focal point. The renderer is free to modify the position and - focal point of the camera at any time. - - A CameraLight is also attached to the camera, but is not necessarily - located at the camera's position. CameraLights are defined in a - coordinate space where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1), looking - towards (0, 0, 0) at a distance of 1, with up being (0, 1, 0). - - Note: Use SetLightTypeToSceneLight, rather than SetLightType(3), since - the former clears the light's transform matrix. - - - - - Set/Get the type of the light. - A SceneLight is a light located in the world coordinate space. A light - is initially created as a scene light. - - A Headlight is always located at the camera and is pointed at the - camera's focal point. The renderer is free to modify the position and - focal point of the camera at any time. - - A CameraLight is also attached to the camera, but is not necessarily - located at the camera's position. CameraLights are defined in a - coordinate space where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1), looking - towards (0, 0, 0) at a distance of 1, with up being (0, 1, 0). - - Note: Use SetLightTypeToSceneLight, rather than SetLightType(3), since - the former clears the light's transform matrix. - - - - - Set/Get the type of the light. - A SceneLight is a light located in the world coordinate space. A light - is initially created as a scene light. - - A Headlight is always located at the camera and is pointed at the - camera's focal point. The renderer is free to modify the position and - focal point of the camera at any time. - - A CameraLight is also attached to the camera, but is not necessarily - located at the camera's position. CameraLights are defined in a - coordinate space where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1), looking - towards (0, 0, 0) at a distance of 1, with up being (0, 1, 0). - - Note: Use SetLightTypeToSceneLight, rather than SetLightType(3), since - the former clears the light's transform matrix. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the light. - Note: The position of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space position, use - vtkGetTransformedPosition() instead of vtkGetPosition(). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the light. - Note: The position of the light is defined in the coordinate - space indicated by its transformation matrix (if it exists). - Thus, to get the light's world space position, use - vtkGetTransformedPosition() instead of vtkGetPosition(). - - - - - Turn positional lighting on or off. - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Set/Get the color of the light. It is possible to set the ambient, - diffuse and specular colors separately. The SetColor() method sets - the diffuse and specular colors to the same color (this is a feature - to preserve backward compatbility.) - - - - - Turn the light on or off. - - - - - Set/Get the light's transformation matrix. If a matrix is set for - a light, the light's parameters (position and focal point) are - transformed by the matrix before being rendered. - - - - - Create a new light object with the same light parameters than the current - object (any ivar from the superclasses (vtkObject and vtkObjectBase), - like reference counting, timestamp and observers are not copied). - This is a shallow clone (TransformMatrix is referenced) - - - - - Turn the light on or off. - - - - - Turn the light on or off. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRIBProperty - RIP Property - - - Description - vtkRIBProperty is a subclass of vtkProperty that allows the user to - specify named shaders for use with RenderMan. Both a surface shader - and displacement shader can be specified. Parameters for the shaders - can be declared and set. - - - - - vtkRIBExporter - - - - - vtkProperty - represent surface properties of a geometric object - - - Description - vtkProperty is an object that represents lighting and other surface - properties of a geometric object. The primary properties that can be - set are colors (overall, ambient, diffuse, specular, and edge color); - specular power; opacity of the object; the representation of the - object (points, wireframe, or surface); and the shading method to be - used (flat, Gouraud, and Phong). Also, some special graphics features - like backface properties can be set and manipulated with this object. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with object color, ambient color, diffuse color, - specular color, and edge color white; ambient coefficient=0; diffuse - coefficient=0; specular coefficient=0; specular power=1; Gouraud shading; - and surface representation. Backface and frontface culling are off. - - - - - Construct object with object color, ambient color, diffuse color, - specular color, and edge color white; ambient coefficient=0; diffuse - coefficient=0; specular coefficient=0; specular power=1; Gouraud shading; - and surface representation. Backface and frontface culling are off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Provide values to initialize shader variables. - Useful to initialize shader variables that change over time - (animation, GUI widgets inputs, etc. ) - - \p name - hardware name of the uniform variable - - \p numVars - number of variables being set - - \p x - values - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Methods to provide to add shader variables from tcl. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If backface culling is on, polygons facing - away from camera are not drawn. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If backface culling is on, polygons facing - away from camera are not drawn. - - - - - This method renders the property as a backface property. TwoSidedLighting - must be turned off to see any backface properties. Note that only - colors and opacity are used for backface properties. Other properties - such as Representation, Culling are specified by the Property. - - - - - Assign one property to another. - - - - - Turn on/off the visibility of edges. On some renderers it is - possible to render the edges of geometric primitives separately - from the interior. - - - - - Turn on/off the visibility of edges. On some renderers it is - possible to render the edges of geometric primitives separately - from the interior. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If frontface culling is on, polygons facing - towards camera are not drawn. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If frontface culling is on, polygons facing - towards camera are not drawn. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient surface color. Not all renderers support separate - ambient and diffuse colors. From a physical standpoint it really - doesn't make too much sense to have both. For the rendering - libraries that don't support both, the diffuse color is used. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient surface color. Not all renderers support separate - ambient and diffuse colors. From a physical standpoint it really - doesn't make too much sense to have both. For the rendering - libraries that don't support both, the diffuse color is used. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient surface color. Not all renderers support separate - ambient and diffuse colors. From a physical standpoint it really - doesn't make too much sense to have both. For the rendering - libraries that don't support both, the diffuse color is used. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If backface culling is on, polygons facing - away from camera are not drawn. - - - - - Set the color of the object. Has the side effect of setting the - ambient diffuse and specular colors as well. This is basically - a quick overall color setting method. - - - - - Set the color of the object. Has the side effect of setting the - ambient diffuse and specular colors as well. This is basically - a quick overall color setting method. - - - - - Set the color of the object. Has the side effect of setting the - ambient diffuse and specular colors as well. This is basically - a quick overall color setting method. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the color of primitive edges (if edge visibility is enabled). - - - - - Set/Get the color of primitive edges (if edge visibility is enabled). - - - - - Set/Get the color of primitive edges (if edge visibility is enabled). - - - - - Turn on/off the visibility of edges. On some renderers it is - possible to render the edges of geometric primitives separately - from the interior. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If frontface culling is on, polygons facing - towards camera are not drawn. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Return the method of shading as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Set/Get lighting flag for an object. Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling pattern of a Line, as a 16-bit binary pattern - (1 = pixel on, 0 = pixel off). - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 0xFFFF. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Get the material representation used for shading. The material will be used - only when shading is enabled. - - - - - Returns the name of the material currenly loaded, if any. - - - - - Returns the number of textures in this property. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Return the method of shading as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Get the Shader program. If Material is not set/or not loaded properly, - this will return null. - - - - - Enable/Disable shading. When shading is enabled, the - Material must be set. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the specular surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the specular surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. A property does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple properties can share one texture. Textures - must be assigned unique names. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. A property does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple properties can share one texture. Textures - must be assigned unique names. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get lighting flag for an object. Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get lighting flag for an object. Initial value is true. - - - - - Load the material. The material can be the name of a - built-on material or the filename for a VTK material XML description. - - - - - Load the material given the material representation. - - - - - Load the material given the contents of the material file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method renders the property as a backface property. TwoSidedLighting - must be turned off to see any backface properties. Note that only - colors and opacity are used for backface properties. Other properties - such as Representation, Culling are specified by the Property. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this - property. The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Remove all the textures. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. A property does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple properties can share one texture. Textures - must be assigned unique names. - - - - - Remove a texture from the collection. Note that the - indices of all the subsquent textures, if any, will change. - - - - - This method causes the property to set up whatever is required for - its instance variables. This is actually handled by a subclass of - vtkProperty, which is created automatically. This - method includes the invoking actor as an argument which can - be used by property devices that require the actor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient surface color. Not all renderers support separate - ambient and diffuse colors. From a physical standpoint it really - doesn't make too much sense to have both. For the rendering - libraries that don't support both, the diffuse color is used. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient surface color. Not all renderers support separate - ambient and diffuse colors. From a physical standpoint it really - doesn't make too much sense to have both. For the rendering - libraries that don't support both, the diffuse color is used. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If backface culling is on, polygons facing - away from camera are not drawn. - - - - - Set the color of the object. Has the side effect of setting the - ambient diffuse and specular colors as well. This is basically - a quick overall color setting method. - - - - - Set the color of the object. Has the side effect of setting the - ambient diffuse and specular colors as well. This is basically - a quick overall color setting method. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the color of primitive edges (if edge visibility is enabled). - - - - - Set/Get the color of primitive edges (if edge visibility is enabled). - - - - - Turn on/off the visibility of edges. On some renderers it is - possible to render the edges of geometric primitives separately - from the interior. - - - - - Turn on/off fast culling of polygons based on orientation of normal - with respect to camera. If frontface culling is on, polygons facing - towards camera are not drawn. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Set the shading interpolation method for an object. - - - - - Set/Get lighting flag for an object. Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling pattern of a Line, as a 16-bit binary pattern - (1 = pixel on, 0 = pixel off). - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 0xFFFF. - - - - - Set/Get the stippling repeat factor of a Line, which specifies how - many times each bit in the pattern is to be repeated. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the width of a Line. The width is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the diameter of a point. The size is expressed in screen units. - This is only implemented for OpenGL. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Control the surface geometry representation for the object. - - - - - Enable/Disable shading. When shading is enabled, the - Material must be set. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the specular surface color. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. A property does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple properties can share one texture. Textures - must be assigned unique names. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. A property does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple properties can share one texture. Textures - must be assigned unique names. - - - - - Enable/Disable shading. When shading is enabled, the - Material must be set. - - - - - Enable/Disable shading. When shading is enabled, the - Material must be set. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this - property. The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify parameter values for variables. - - - - - Specify declarations for variables.. - - - - - Get variable declarations - - - - - Specify the name of a displacement shader. - - - - - Get parameters. - - - - - Specify the name of a surface shader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of a displacement shader. - - - - - Specify parameter values for variables. - - - - - Specify the name of a surface shader. - - - - - Specify declarations for variables.. - - - - - vtkRenderLargeImage - Use tiling to generate a large rendering - - - Description - vtkRenderLargeImage provides methods needed to read a region from a file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns which renderer is being used as the source for the pixel data. - - - - - The magnification of the current render window - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Indicates what renderer to get the pixel data from. - - - - - The magnification of the current render window - - - - - vtkSpiderPlotActor - create a spider plot from input field - - - Description - vtkSpiderPlotActor generates a spider plot from an input field (i.e., - vtkDataObject). A spider plot represents N-dimensional data by using a set - of N axes that originate from the center of a circle, and form the spokes - of a wheel (like a spider web). Each N-dimensional point is plotted as a - polyline that forms a closed polygon; the vertices of the polygon - are plotted against the radial axes. - - To use this class, you must specify an input data object. You'll probably - also want to specify the position of the plot be setting the Position and - Position2 instance variables, which define a rectangle in which the plot - lies. Another important parameter is the IndependentVariables ivar, which - tells the instance how to interpret the field data (independent variables - as the rows or columns of the field). There are also many other instance - variables that control the look of the plot includes its title and legend. - - Set the text property/attributes of the title and the labels through the - vtkTextProperty objects associated with these components. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the names of the radial spokes (i.e., the radial axes). If - not specified, then an integer number is automatically generated. - - - - - Specify the range of data on each radial axis. If not specified, - then the range is computed automatically. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Get the input data object to this actor. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display axes titles. These are arranged on the end - of each radial axis on the circumference of the spider plot. The label - text strings are derived from the names of the data object arrays - associated with the input. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the legend box. This is useful if you would like - to manually control the legend appearance. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Specify the number of circumferential rings. If set to zero, then - none will be shown; othewise the specified number will be shown. - - - - - Specify the number of circumferential rings. If set to zero, then - none will be shown; othewise the specified number will be shown. - - - - - Specify the number of circumferential rings. If set to zero, then - none will be shown; othewise the specified number will be shown. - - - - - Specify colors for each plot. If not specified, they are automatically generated. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the spider plot. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display axes titles. These are arranged on the end - of each radial axis on the circumference of the spider plot. The label - text strings are derived from the names of the data object arrays - associated with the input. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display axes titles. These are arranged on the end - of each radial axis on the circumference of the spider plot. The label - text strings are derived from the names of the data object arrays - associated with the input. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the spider plot. - - - - - Draw the spider plot. - - - - - Draw the spider plot. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Specify the names of the radial spokes (i.e., the radial axes). If - not specified, then an integer number is automatically generated. - - - - - Specify the range of data on each radial axis. If not specified, - then the range is computed automatically. - - - - - Specify the range of data on each radial axis. If not specified, - then the range is computed automatically. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Set the input to the spider plot actor. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display axes titles. These are arranged on the end - of each radial axis on the circumference of the spider plot. The label - text strings are derived from the names of the data object arrays - associated with the input. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Specify the number of circumferential rings. If set to zero, then - none will be shown; othewise the specified number will be shown. - - - - - Specify colors for each plot. If not specified, they are automatically generated. - - - - - Specify colors for each plot. If not specified, they are automatically generated. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the spider plot. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - Enable/Disable the display of a plot title. - - - - - vtkTemporalDataSetCache - cache time steps - - - Description - vtkTemporalDataSetCache cache time step requests of a temporal dataset, - when cached data is requested it is returned using a shallow copy. - Thanks - Ken Martin (Kitware) and John Bidiscombe of - CSCS - Swiss National Supercomputing Centre - for creating and contributing this class. - For related material, please refer to : - John Biddiscombe, Berk Geveci, Ken Martin, Kenneth Moreland, David Thompson, - "Time Dependent Processing in a Parallel Pipeline Architecture", - IEEE Visualization 2007. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the maximum number of time steps that can be retained in memory. - it defaults to 10. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the maximum number of time steps that can be retained in memory. - it defaults to 10. - - - - - vtkTemporalInterpolator - interpolate datasets between time steps to produce a new dataset - - - Description - vtkTemporalInterpolator interpolates between two time steps to - produce new data for an arbitrary T. - vtkTemporalInterpolator has three modes of operation. - The default mode is to produce a continuous range of time - values as output, which enables a filter downstream to request - any value of T within the range. - The second mode of operation is enabled by setting - DiscreteTimeStepInterval to a non zero value. When this mode is - activated, the filter will report a finite number of Time steps - separated by deltaT between the original range of values. - This mode is useful when a dataset of N time steps has one (or more) - missing datasets for certain T values and you simply wish to smooth - over the missing steps but otherwise use the original data. - The third mode of operation is enabled by setting - ResampleFactor to a non zero positive integer value. - When this mode is activated, the filter will report a finite number - of Time steps which contain the original steps, plus N new values between - each original step 1/ResampleFactor time units apart. - Note that if the input time steps are irregular, then using ResampleFactor - will produce an irregular sequence of regular steps between - each of the original irregular steps (clear enough, yes?). - - @TODO - Higher order interpolation schemes will require changes to the API - as most calls assume only two timesteps are used. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If you require a discrete number of outputs steps, to be - generated from an input source - for example, you required - N steps separated by T, then set DiscreteTimeStepInterval to T - and you will get TIME_RANGE/DiscreteTimeStepInterval steps - This is a useful option to use if you have a dataset with one - missing time step and wish to 'fill-in' the missing data - with an interpolated value from the steps either side - - - - - When ResampleFactor is a non zero positive integer, each pair - of input time steps will be interpolated between with the number - of steps specified. For example an input of 1,2,3,4,5 and a resample factor - of 10, will produce steps 0f 1.0, 1.1, 1.2.....1.9, 2.0 etc - NB. Irregular input steps will produce irregular output steps. - Resample factor wuill only be used if DiscreteTimeStepInterval is zero - otherwise the DiscreteTimeStepInterval takes precedence - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you require a discrete number of outputs steps, to be - generated from an input source - for example, you required - N steps separated by T, then set DiscreteTimeStepInterval to T - and you will get TIME_RANGE/DiscreteTimeStepInterval steps - This is a useful option to use if you have a dataset with one - missing time step and wish to 'fill-in' the missing data - with an interpolated value from the steps either side - - - - - When ResampleFactor is a non zero positive integer, each pair - of input time steps will be interpolated between with the number - of steps specified. For example an input of 1,2,3,4,5 and a resample factor - of 10, will produce steps 0f 1.0, 1.1, 1.2.....1.9, 2.0 etc - NB. Irregular input steps will produce irregular output steps. - Resample factor wuill only be used if DiscreteTimeStepInterval is zero - otherwise the DiscreteTimeStepInterval takes precedence - - - - - vtkTemporalShiftScale - modify the time range/steps of temporal data - - - Description - vtkTemporalShiftScale modify the time range or time steps of - the data without changing the data itself. The data is not resampled - by this filter, only the information accompanying the data is modified. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - if Periodic time is enabled, this controls how many time periods time is reported - for. A filter cannot output an infinite number of time steps and therefore a finite - number of periods is generated when reporting time. - - - - - If Periodic is true, requests for time will be wrapped around so that - the source appears to be a periodic time source. If data exists for times - {0,N-1}, setting periodic to true will cause time 0 to be produced when time - N, 2N, 2N etc is requested. This effectively gives the source the ability to - generate time data indefinitely in a loop. - When combined with Shift/Scale, the time becomes periodic in the - shifted and scaled time frame of reference. - Note: Since the input time may not start at zero, the wrapping of time - from the end of one period to the start of the next, will subtract the - initial time - a source with T{5..6} repeated periodicaly will have output - time {5..6..7..8} etc. - - - - - if Periodic time is enabled, this flag determines if the last time step is the same - as the first. If PeriodicEndCorrection is true, then it is assumed that the input - data goes from 0-1 (or whatever scaled/shifted actual time) and time 1 is the - same as time 0 so that steps will be 0,1,2,3...N,1,2,3...N,1,2,3 where step N - is the same as 0 and step 0 is not repeated. When this flag is false - the data is assumed to be literal and output is of the form 0,1,2,3...N,0,1,2,3... - By default this flag is ON - - - - - Apply a translation to the time - - - - - Apply a translation to the data before scaling. - To convert T{5,100} to T{0,1} use Preshift=-5, Scale=1/95, PostShift=0 - To convert T{5,105} to T{5,10} use Preshift=-5, Scale=5/100, PostShift=5 - - - - - Apply a scale to the time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - if Periodic time is enabled, this flag determines if the last time step is the same - as the first. If PeriodicEndCorrection is true, then it is assumed that the input - data goes from 0-1 (or whatever scaled/shifted actual time) and time 1 is the - same as time 0 so that steps will be 0,1,2,3...N,1,2,3...N,1,2,3 where step N - is the same as 0 and step 0 is not repeated. When this flag is false - the data is assumed to be literal and output is of the form 0,1,2,3...N,0,1,2,3... - By default this flag is ON - - - - - if Periodic time is enabled, this flag determines if the last time step is the same - as the first. If PeriodicEndCorrection is true, then it is assumed that the input - data goes from 0-1 (or whatever scaled/shifted actual time) and time 1 is the - same as time 0 so that steps will be 0,1,2,3...N,1,2,3...N,1,2,3 where step N - is the same as 0 and step 0 is not repeated. When this flag is false - the data is assumed to be literal and output is of the form 0,1,2,3...N,0,1,2,3... - By default this flag is ON - - - - - If Periodic is true, requests for time will be wrapped around so that - the source appears to be a periodic time source. If data exists for times - {0,N-1}, setting periodic to true will cause time 0 to be produced when time - N, 2N, 2N etc is requested. This effectively gives the source the ability to - generate time data indefinitely in a loop. - When combined with Shift/Scale, the time becomes periodic in the - shifted and scaled time frame of reference. - Note: Since the input time may not start at zero, the wrapping of time - from the end of one period to the start of the next, will subtract the - initial time - a source with T{5..6} repeated periodicaly will have output - time {5..6..7..8} etc. - - - - - If Periodic is true, requests for time will be wrapped around so that - the source appears to be a periodic time source. If data exists for times - {0,N-1}, setting periodic to true will cause time 0 to be produced when time - N, 2N, 2N etc is requested. This effectively gives the source the ability to - generate time data indefinitely in a loop. - When combined with Shift/Scale, the time becomes periodic in the - shifted and scaled time frame of reference. - Note: Since the input time may not start at zero, the wrapping of time - from the end of one period to the start of the next, will subtract the - initial time - a source with T{5..6} repeated periodicaly will have output - time {5..6..7..8} etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - if Periodic time is enabled, this controls how many time periods time is reported - for. A filter cannot output an infinite number of time steps and therefore a finite - number of periods is generated when reporting time. - - - - - If Periodic is true, requests for time will be wrapped around so that - the source appears to be a periodic time source. If data exists for times - {0,N-1}, setting periodic to true will cause time 0 to be produced when time - N, 2N, 2N etc is requested. This effectively gives the source the ability to - generate time data indefinitely in a loop. - When combined with Shift/Scale, the time becomes periodic in the - shifted and scaled time frame of reference. - Note: Since the input time may not start at zero, the wrapping of time - from the end of one period to the start of the next, will subtract the - initial time - a source with T{5..6} repeated periodicaly will have output - time {5..6..7..8} etc. - - - - - if Periodic time is enabled, this flag determines if the last time step is the same - as the first. If PeriodicEndCorrection is true, then it is assumed that the input - data goes from 0-1 (or whatever scaled/shifted actual time) and time 1 is the - same as time 0 so that steps will be 0,1,2,3...N,1,2,3...N,1,2,3 where step N - is the same as 0 and step 0 is not repeated. When this flag is false - the data is assumed to be literal and output is of the form 0,1,2,3...N,0,1,2,3... - By default this flag is ON - - - - - Apply a translation to the time - - - - - Apply a translation to the data before scaling. - To convert T{5,100} to T{0,1} use Preshift=-5, Scale=1/95, PostShift=0 - To convert T{5,105} to T{5,10} use Preshift=-5, Scale=5/100, PostShift=5 - - - - - Apply a scale to the time. - - - - - vtkTemporalSnapToTimeStep - modify the time range/steps of temporal data - - - Description - vtkTemporalSnapToTimeStep modify the time range or time steps of - the data without changing the data itself. The data is not resampled - by this filter, only the information accompanying the data is modified. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkThinPlateSplineTransform - a nonlinear warp transformation - - - Description - vtkThinPlateSplineTransform describes a nonlinear warp transform defined - by a set of source and target landmarks. Any point on the mesh close to a - source landmark will be moved to a place close to the corresponding target - landmark. The points in between are interpolated smoothly using - Bookstein's Thin Plate Spline algorithm. - - To obtain a correct TPS warp, use the R2LogR kernel if your data is 2D, and - the R kernel if your data is 3D. Or you can specify your own RBF. (Hence this - class is more general than a pure TPS transform.) - Caveats - 1) The inverse transform is calculated using an iterative method, - and is several times more expensive than the forward transform. - 2) Whenever you add, subtract, or set points you must call Modified() - on the vtkPoints object, or the transformation might not update. - 3) Collinear point configurations (except those that lie in the XY plane) - result in an unstable transformation. - - - - vtkGridTransform vtkGeneralTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the radial basis function to use. The default is - R2LogR which is appropriate for 2D. Use |R| (SetBasisToR) - if your data is 3D. Alternatively specify your own basis function, - however this will mean that the transform will no longer be a true - thin-plate spline. - - - - - Specify the radial basis function to use. The default is - R2LogR which is appropriate for 2D. Use |R| (SetBasisToR) - if your data is 3D. Alternatively specify your own basis function, - however this will mean that the transform will no longer be a true - thin-plate spline. - - - - - Get the MTime. - - - - - Specify the 'stiffness' of the spline. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set the source landmarks for the warp. If you add or change the - vtkPoints object, you must call Modified() on it or the transformation - might not update. - - - - - Set the target landmarks for the warp. If you add or change the - vtkPoints object, you must call Modified() on it or the transformation - might not update. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make another transform of the same type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the radial basis function to use. The default is - R2LogR which is appropriate for 2D. Use |R| (SetBasisToR) - if your data is 3D. Alternatively specify your own basis function, - however this will mean that the transform will no longer be a true - thin-plate spline. - - - - - Specify the radial basis function to use. The default is - R2LogR which is appropriate for 2D. Use |R| (SetBasisToR) - if your data is 3D. Alternatively specify your own basis function, - however this will mean that the transform will no longer be a true - thin-plate spline. - - - - - Specify the radial basis function to use. The default is - R2LogR which is appropriate for 2D. Use |R| (SetBasisToR) - if your data is 3D. Alternatively specify your own basis function, - however this will mean that the transform will no longer be a true - thin-plate spline. - - - - - Specify the 'stiffness' of the spline. The default is 1.0. - - - - - Set the source landmarks for the warp. If you add or change the - vtkPoints object, you must call Modified() on it or the transformation - might not update. - - - - - Set the target landmarks for the warp. If you add or change the - vtkPoints object, you must call Modified() on it or the transformation - might not update. - - - - - vtkTransformToGrid - create a grid for a vtkGridTransform - - - Description - vtkTransformToGrid takes any transform as input and produces a grid - for use by a vtkGridTransform. This can be used, for example, to - invert a grid transform, concatenate two grid transforms, or to - convert a thin plate spline transform into a grid transform. - - - - vtkGridTransform vtkThinPlateSplineTransform vtkAbstractTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the scale and shift to convert integer grid elements into - real values: dx = scale*di + shift. If the grid is of double type, - then scale = 1 and shift = 0. - - - - - Get the scale and shift to convert integer grid elements into - real values: dx = scale*di + shift. If the grid is of double type, - then scale = 1 and shift = 0. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the origin of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the origin of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the origin of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the spacing between samples in the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the spacing between samples in the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the spacing between samples in the grid. - - - - - Set/Get the transform which will be converted into a grid. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the origin of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the origin of the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the scalar type of the grid. The default is - double. - - - - - Get/Set the spacing between samples in the grid. - - - - - Get/Set the spacing between samples in the grid. - - - - - Set/Get the transform which will be converted into a grid. - - - - - vtkVRMLImporter - imports VRML 2.0 files. - - - Description - - vtkVRMLImporter imports VRML 2.0 files into vtk. - Caveats - - These nodes are currently supported: - Appearance IndexedFaceSet - Box IndexedLineSet - Color Material - Cone Shape - Coordinate Sphere - Cylinder Transform - DirectionalLight - - As you can see this implementation focuses on getting the geometry - translated. The routes and scripting nodes are ignored since they deal - with directly accessing a nodes internal structure based on the VRML - spec. Since this is a translation the internal data structures differ - greatly from the VRML spec and the External Authoring Interface (see the - VRML spec). The DEF/USE mechanism does allow the Vtk user to extract - objects from the scene and directly manipulate them using the native - language (Tcl, Python, Java, or whatever language Vtk is wrapped - in). This, in a way, removes the need for the route and script mechanism - (not completely though). - - Thanks - Thanks to Russ Coucher of Areva for numerous bug fixes and a new test. - - - - - vtkImporter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the name of the file to read. - - - - - In the VRML spec you can DEF and USE nodes (name them), - This routine will return the associated VTK object which - was created as a result of the DEF mechanism - Send in the name from the VRML file, get the VTK object. - You will have to check and correctly cast the object since - this only returns vtkObjects. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of the file to read. - - - - - Needed by the yacc/lex grammar used - - - - - Needed by the yacc/lex grammar used - - - - - Needed by the yacc/lex grammar used - - - - - Needed by the yacc/lex grammar used - - - - - Needed by the yacc/lex grammar used - - - - - vtkVectorText - create polygonal text - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the text to be drawn. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the text to be drawn. - - - - - vtkVideoSource - Superclass of video input devices for VTK - - - Description - vtkVideoSource is a superclass for video input interfaces for VTK. - The goal is to provide an interface which is very similar to the - interface of a VCR, where the 'tape' is an internal frame buffer - capable of holding a preset number of video frames. Specialized - versions of this class record input from various video input sources. - This base class records input from a noise source. - Caveats - You must call the ReleaseSystemResources() method before the application - exits. Otherwise the application might hang while trying to exit. - - - - vtkWin32VideoSource vtkMILVideoSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set whether to automatically advance the buffer before each grab. - Default: on - - - - - Set whether to automatically advance the buffer before each grab. - Default: on - - - - - FastForward to the last frame that was recorded (i.e. to the frame - that has the most recent timestamp). - - - - - Set whether to automatically advance the buffer before each grab. - Default: on - - - - - Set the clip rectangle for the frames. The video will be clipped - before it is copied into the framebuffer. Changing the ClipRegion - will destroy the current contents of the framebuffer. - The default ClipRegion is (0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX). - - - - - Set the clip rectangle for the frames. The video will be clipped - before it is copied into the framebuffer. Changing the ClipRegion - will destroy the current contents of the framebuffer. - The default ClipRegion is (0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX). - - - - - Set the clip rectangle for the frames. The video will be clipped - before it is copied into the framebuffer. Changing the ClipRegion - will destroy the current contents of the framebuffer. - The default ClipRegion is (0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX). - - - - - Set/Get the coordinates of the lower, left corner of the frame. - Default: (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get the coordinates of the lower, left corner of the frame. - Default: (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get the coordinates of the lower, left corner of the frame. - Default: (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - Default: (1.0,1.0,1.0) - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - Default: (1.0,1.0,1.0) - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - Default: (1.0,1.0,1.0) - - - - - Set size of the frame buffer, i.e. the number of frames that - the 'tape' can store. - - - - - This value is incremented each time a frame is grabbed. - reset it to zero (or any other value) at any time. - - - - - Get the frame index relative to the 'beginning of the tape'. This - value wraps back to zero if it increases past the FrameBufferSize. - - - - - Request a particular frame rate (default 30 frames per second). - - - - - Set the full-frame size. This must be an allowed size for the device, - the device may either refuse a request for an illegal frame size or - automatically choose a new frame size. - The default is usually 320x240x1, but can be device specific. - The 'depth' should always be 1 (unless you have a device that - can handle 3D acquisition). - - - - - Set the full-frame size. This must be an allowed size for the device, - the device may either refuse a request for an illegal frame size or - automatically choose a new frame size. - The default is usually 320x240x1, but can be device specific. - The 'depth' should always be 1 (unless you have a device that - can handle 3D acquisition). - - - - - Set the full-frame size. This must be an allowed size for the device, - the device may either refuse a request for an illegal frame size or - automatically choose a new frame size. - The default is usually 320x240x1, but can be device specific. - The 'depth' should always be 1 (unless you have a device that - can handle 3D acquisition). - - - - - Get a time stamp in seconds (resolution of milliseconds) for - a video frame. Time began on Jan 1, 1970. You can specify - a number (negative or positive) to specify the position of the - video frame relative to the current frame. - - - - - Get a time stamp in seconds (resolution of milliseconds) for - the Output. Time began on Jan 1, 1970. This timestamp is only - valid after the Output has been Updated. - - - - - Initialize the hardware. This is called automatically - on the first Update or Grab. - - - - - Set the number of frames to copy to the output on each execute. - The frames will be concatenated along the Z dimension, with the - most recent frame first. - Default: 1 - - - - - For RGBA output only (4 scalar components), set the opacity. This - will not modify the existing contents of the framebuffer, only - subsequently grabbed frames. - - - - - Set the output format. This must be appropriate for device, - usually only VTK_LUMINANCE, VTK_RGB, and VTK_RGBA are supported. - - - - - Get/Set the WholeExtent of the output. This can be used to either - clip or pad the video frame. This clipping/padding is done when - the frame is copied to the output, and does not change the contents - of the framebuffer. This is useful e.g. for expanding - the output size to a power of two for texture mapping. The - default is (0,-1,0,-1,0,-1) which causes the entire frame to be - copied to the output. - - - - - Get/Set the WholeExtent of the output. This can be used to either - clip or pad the video frame. This clipping/padding is done when - the frame is copied to the output, and does not change the contents - of the framebuffer. This is useful e.g. for expanding - the output size to a power of two for texture mapping. The - default is (0,-1,0,-1,0,-1) which causes the entire frame to be - copied to the output. - - - - - Get/Set the WholeExtent of the output. This can be used to either - clip or pad the video frame. This clipping/padding is done when - the frame is copied to the output, and does not change the contents - of the framebuffer. This is useful e.g. for expanding - the output size to a power of two for texture mapping. The - default is (0,-1,0,-1,0,-1) which causes the entire frame to be - copied to the output. - - - - - Are we in play mode? (record mode and play mode are mutually - exclusive). - - - - - Are we in record mode? (record mode and play mode are mutually - exclusive). - - - - - And internal variable which marks the beginning of a Record session. - These methods are for internal use only. - - - - - Grab a single video frame. - - - - - Initialize the hardware. This is called automatically - on the first Update or Grab. - - - - - The internal function which actually does the grab. You will - definitely want to override this if you develop a vtkVideoSource - subclass. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Play through the 'tape' sequentially at the specified frame rate. - If you have just finished Recoding, you should call Rewind() first. - - - - - Record incoming video at the specified FrameRate. The recording - continues indefinitely until Stop() is called. - - - - - Release the video driver. This method must be called before - application exit, or else the application might hang during - exit. - - - - - Rewind to the frame with the earliest timestamp. Record operations - will start on the following frame, therefore if you want to re-record - over this frame you must call Seek(-1) before calling Grab() or Record(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Seek forwards or backwards by the specified number of frames - (positive is forward, negative is backward). - - - - - Set whether to automatically advance the buffer before each grab. - Default: on - - - - - Set the clip rectangle for the frames. The video will be clipped - before it is copied into the framebuffer. Changing the ClipRegion - will destroy the current contents of the framebuffer. - The default ClipRegion is (0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX). - - - - - Set the clip rectangle for the frames. The video will be clipped - before it is copied into the framebuffer. Changing the ClipRegion - will destroy the current contents of the framebuffer. - The default ClipRegion is (0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX,0,VTK_INT_MAX). - - - - - Set/Get the coordinates of the lower, left corner of the frame. - Default: (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get the coordinates of the lower, left corner of the frame. - Default: (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - Default: (1.0,1.0,1.0) - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - Default: (1.0,1.0,1.0) - - - - - Set size of the frame buffer, i.e. the number of frames that - the 'tape' can store. - - - - - This value is incremented each time a frame is grabbed. - reset it to zero (or any other value) at any time. - - - - - Request a particular frame rate (default 30 frames per second). - - - - - Set the full-frame size. This must be an allowed size for the device, - the device may either refuse a request for an illegal frame size or - automatically choose a new frame size. - The default is usually 320x240x1, but can be device specific. - The 'depth' should always be 1 (unless you have a device that - can handle 3D acquisition). - - - - - Set the full-frame size. This must be an allowed size for the device, - the device may either refuse a request for an illegal frame size or - automatically choose a new frame size. - The default is usually 320x240x1, but can be device specific. - The 'depth' should always be 1 (unless you have a device that - can handle 3D acquisition). - - - - - Set the number of frames to copy to the output on each execute. - The frames will be concatenated along the Z dimension, with the - most recent frame first. - Default: 1 - - - - - For RGBA output only (4 scalar components), set the opacity. This - will not modify the existing contents of the framebuffer, only - subsequently grabbed frames. - - - - - Set the output format. This must be appropriate for device, - usually only VTK_LUMINANCE, VTK_RGB, and VTK_RGBA are supported. - - - - - Set the output format. This must be appropriate for device, - usually only VTK_LUMINANCE, VTK_RGB, and VTK_RGBA are supported. - - - - - Set the output format. This must be appropriate for device, - usually only VTK_LUMINANCE, VTK_RGB, and VTK_RGBA are supported. - - - - - Set the output format. This must be appropriate for device, - usually only VTK_LUMINANCE, VTK_RGB, and VTK_RGBA are supported. - - - - - Get/Set the WholeExtent of the output. This can be used to either - clip or pad the video frame. This clipping/padding is done when - the frame is copied to the output, and does not change the contents - of the framebuffer. This is useful e.g. for expanding - the output size to a power of two for texture mapping. The - default is (0,-1,0,-1,0,-1) which causes the entire frame to be - copied to the output. - - - - - Get/Set the WholeExtent of the output. This can be used to either - clip or pad the video frame. This clipping/padding is done when - the frame is copied to the output, and does not change the contents - of the framebuffer. This is useful e.g. for expanding - the output size to a power of two for texture mapping. The - default is (0,-1,0,-1,0,-1) which causes the entire frame to be - copied to the output. - - - - - And internal variable which marks the beginning of a Record session. - These methods are for internal use only. - - - - - Stop recording or playing. - - - - - vtkWeightedTransformFilter - transform based on per-point or per-cell weighting functions. - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If AddInputValues is true, the output values of this filter will be - offset from the input values. The effect is exactly equivalent to - having an identity transform of weight 1 added into each output point. - - - - - If AddInputValues is true, the output values of this filter will be - offset from the input values. The effect is exactly equivalent to - having an identity transform of weight 1 added into each output point. - - - - - If AddInputValues is true, the output values of this filter will be - offset from the input values. The effect is exactly equivalent to - having an identity transform of weight 1 added into each output point. - - - - - The CellDataTransformIndexArray is like a TransformIndexArray, - except for cell data. The array must have type UnsignedShort. - - - - - The CellDataWeightArray is analogous to the WeightArray, except - for CellData. The array is searched for first in the CellData - FieldData, then in the input's FieldData. The data array must have - a tuple for each cell. This array is used to transform only normals - and vectors. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the filter's transforms. - - - - - Set the number of transforms for the filter. References to non-existent - filter numbers in the data array is equivalent to a weight of zero - (i.e., no contribution of that filter or weight). The maximum number of - transforms is limited to 65536 if transform index arrays are used. - - - - - Set or Get one of the filter's transforms. The transform number must - be less than the number of transforms allocated for the object. Setting - a transform slot to NULL is equivalent to assigning an overriding weight - of zero to that filter slot. - - - - - TransformIndexArray is the string name of the DataArray in the input's - FieldData that holds the indices for the transforms for each point. - These indices are used to select which transforms each weight of - the DataArray refers. If the TransformIndexArray is not specified, - the weights of each point are assumed to map directly to a transform. - This DataArray must be of type UnsignedShort, which effectively - limits the number of transforms to 65536 if a transform index - array is used. - - The filter will first look for the array in the input's PointData - FieldData. If the array isn't there, the filter looks in the - input's FieldData. The TransformIndexArray can have tuples of any - length, but must have a tuple for every point in the input data set. - This array transforms points, normals, and vectors. - - - - - WeightArray is the string name of the DataArray in the input's - FieldData that holds the weighting coefficients for each point. - The filter will first look for the array in the input's PointData - FieldData. If the array isn't there, the filter looks in the - input's FieldData. The WeightArray can have tuples of any length, - but must have a tuple for every point in the input data set. - This array transforms points, normals, and vectors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If AddInputValues is true, the output values of this filter will be - offset from the input values. The effect is exactly equivalent to - having an identity transform of weight 1 added into each output point. - - - - - The CellDataTransformIndexArray is like a TransformIndexArray, - except for cell data. The array must have type UnsignedShort. - - - - - The CellDataWeightArray is analogous to the WeightArray, except - for CellData. The array is searched for first in the CellData - FieldData, then in the input's FieldData. The data array must have - a tuple for each cell. This array is used to transform only normals - and vectors. - - - - - Set the number of transforms for the filter. References to non-existent - filter numbers in the data array is equivalent to a weight of zero - (i.e., no contribution of that filter or weight). The maximum number of - transforms is limited to 65536 if transform index arrays are used. - - - - - Set or Get one of the filter's transforms. The transform number must - be less than the number of transforms allocated for the object. Setting - a transform slot to NULL is equivalent to assigning an overriding weight - of zero to that filter slot. - - - - - TransformIndexArray is the string name of the DataArray in the input's - FieldData that holds the indices for the transforms for each point. - These indices are used to select which transforms each weight of - the DataArray refers. If the TransformIndexArray is not specified, - the weights of each point are assumed to map directly to a transform. - This DataArray must be of type UnsignedShort, which effectively - limits the number of transforms to 65536 if a transform index - array is used. - - The filter will first look for the array in the input's PointData - FieldData. If the array isn't there, the filter looks in the - input's FieldData. The TransformIndexArray can have tuples of any - length, but must have a tuple for every point in the input data set. - This array transforms points, normals, and vectors. - - - - - WeightArray is the string name of the DataArray in the input's - FieldData that holds the weighting coefficients for each point. - The filter will first look for the array in the input's PointData - FieldData. If the array isn't there, the filter looks in the - input's FieldData. The WeightArray can have tuples of any length, - but must have a tuple for every point in the input data set. - This array transforms points, normals, and vectors. - - - - - vtkXYPlotActor - generate an x-y plot from input dataset(s) or field data - - - Description - vtkXYPlotActor creates an x-y plot of data from one or more input data - sets or field data. The class plots dataset scalar values (y-axis) against - the points (x-axis). The x-axis values are generated by taking the point - ids, computing a cumulative arc length, or a normalized arc length. More - than one input data set can be specified to generate multiple plots. - Alternatively, if field data is supplied as input, the class plots one - component against another. (The user must specify which component to use - as the x-axis and which for the y-axis.) - - To use this class to plot dataset(s), you must specify one or more - input datasets containing scalar and point data. You'll probably also - want to invoke a method to control how the point coordinates are converted - into x values (by default point ids are used). - - To use this class to plot field data, you must specify one or more input - data objects with its associated field data. You'll also want to specify - which component to use as the x-axis and which to use as the y-axis. - Note that when plotting field data, the x and y values are used directly - (i.e., there are no options to normalize the components). - - Once you've set up the plot, you'll want to position it. The - PositionCoordinate defines the lower-left location of the x-y plot - (specified in normalized viewport coordinates) and the Position2Coordinate - define the upper-right corner. (Note: the Position2Coordinate is relative - to PositionCoordinate, so you can move the vtkXYPlotActor around the - viewport by setting just the PositionCoordinate.) The combination of the - two position coordinates specifies a rectangle in which the plot will lie. - - Optional features include the ability to specify axes labels, label - format and plot title. You can also - manually specify the x and y plot ranges (by default they are computed - automatically). The Border instance variable is used to create space - between the boundary of the plot window (specified by PositionCoordinate - and Position2Coordinate) and the plot itself. - - The font property of the plot title can be modified through the - TitleTextProperty attribute. - The font property of the axes titles and labels can be modified through the - AxisTitleTextProperty and AxisLabelTextProperty attributes. You may also - use the GetXAxisActor2D or GetYAxisActor2D methods - to access each individual axis actor to modify their font properties. - In the same way, the GetLegendBoxActor method can be used to access - the legend box actor to modify its font properties. - - There are several advanced features as well. You can assign per curve - properties (such as color and a plot symbol). (Note that each input - dataset and/or data object creates a single curve.) Another option is to - add a plot legend that graphically indicates the correspondance between - the curve, curve symbols, and the data source. You can also exchange the - x and y axes if you prefer you plot orientation that way. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with autorange computation; bold, italic, and shadows - on; arial font family; the number of labels set to 5 for the x and y - axes; a label format of "%-#6.3g"; and x coordinates computed from point - ids. - - - - - Instantiate object with autorange computation; bold, italic, and shadows - on; arial font family; the number of labels set to 5 for the x and y - axes; a label format of "%-#6.3g"; and x coordinates computed from point - ids. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list of data to append. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list of data to append. The array name specifies - which point array to plot. The array must be a vtkDataArray subclass, i.e. - a numeric array. If the array name is NULL, then the default - scalars are used. The array can have multiple components, but only the - first component is ploted. - - - - - Add a dataset to the list of data to append. The array name specifies - which point array to plot. The array must be a vtkDataArray subclass, i.e. - a numeric array. If the array name is NULL, then the default - scalars are used. The array can have multiple components, but only the - first component is ploted. - - - - - If true, the xyplot actor will adjust the position of the title - automatically to be upper-middle. Default is true. - - - - - If true, the xyplot actor will adjust the position of the title - automatically to be upper-middle. Default is true. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the chart box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the chart box. - - - - - Enable/Disable exchange of the x-y axes (i.e., what was x becomes y, and - vice-versa). Exchanging axes affects the labeling as well. - - - - - Enable/Disable exchange of the x-y axes (i.e., what was x becomes y, and - vice-versa). Exchanging axes affects the labeling as well. - - - - - If true, the xyplot actor will adjust the position of the title - automatically to be upper-middle. Default is true. - - - - - BTX - enum Alignment { - AlignLeft = 0x1, - AlignRight = 0x2, - AlignHCenter = 0x4, - AlignTop = 0x10, - AlignBottom = 0x20, - AlignVCenter = 0x40, - AlignAxisLeft = 0x100, - AlignAxisRight = 0x200, - AlignAxisHCenter = 0x400, - AlignAxisTop = 0x1000, - AlignAxisBottom = 0x2000, - AlignAxisVCenter = 0x4000, - }; - ETX - If AdjustTitlePosition is truem, the xyplot actor will - adjust the position of the title automatically depending on the - given mode, the mode is a combination of the Alignment flags. - by default: vtkXYPlotActor::AlignHCenter | vtkXYPlotActor::Top - | vtkXYPlotActor::AlignAxisVCenter - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/YAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/YAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing between the plot window and the plot. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing between the plot window and the plot. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing between the plot window and the plot. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the chart box. - - - - - Get the box vtkProperty2D. - - - - - Return the list of inputs to this filter. - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Specify which component of the input data object to use as the - independent variable for the ith input data object. (This ivar is - ignored if plotting the index.) Note that the value is interpreted - differently depending on DataObjectPlotMode. If the mode is Rows, then - the value of DataObjectXComponent is the row number; otherwise it's the - column number. - - - - - Specify which component of the input data object to use as the - dependent variable for the ith input data object. (This ivar is - ignored if plotting the index.) Note that the value is interpreted - differently depending on DataObjectPlotMode. If the mode is Rows, then - the value of DataObjectYComponent is the row number; otherwise it's the - column number. - - - - - Enable/Disable exchange of the x-y axes (i.e., what was x becomes y, and - vice-versa). Exchanging axes affects the labeling as well. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls how big glyphs are in the plot. - The number is expressed as a fraction of the length of the diagonal - of the plot bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls how big glyphs are in the plot. - The number is expressed as a fraction of the length of the diagonal - of the plot bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls how big glyphs are in the plot. - The number is expressed as a fraction of the length of the diagonal - of the plot bounding box. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the legend box and glyph source. This is useful - if you would like to change the default behavior of the legend box - or glyph source. For example, the default glyph can be changed from - a line to a vertex plus line, etc.) - - - - - Return the list of inputs to this filter. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels . This sets both X - and Y label formats. GetLabelFormat() returns X label format. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Retrieve handles to the legend box and glyph source. This is useful - if you would like to change the default behavior of the legend box - or glyph source. For example, the default glyph can be changed from - a line to a vertex plus line, etc.) - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Enable/Disable plotting of Log of x-values. - - - - - Take into account the modified time of internal helper classes. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of minor ticks in X or Y. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of minor ticks in X or Y. - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - An alternate form of ViewportToPlotCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the viewport coordinate pair (defined by the ivar - ViewportCoordinate)and then stores them in the ivar PlotCoordinate. - - - - - An alternate form of ViewportToPlotCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the viewport coordinate pair (defined by the ivar - ViewportCoordinate)and then stores them in the ivar PlotCoordinate. - - - - - An alternate form of ViewportToPlotCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the viewport coordinate pair (defined by the ivar - ViewportCoordinate)and then stores them in the ivar PlotCoordinate. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Set/Get whether the lines are rendered. The line width can be set in - the property object. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Set/Get whether the points are rendered. The point size can be set in - the property object. This is a global flag which affects the plot only - if per curve symbols are not defined. - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - If plotting points by value, which component to use to determine the - value. This sets a value per each input dataset (i.e., the ith dataset). - - - - - Description - Set/Get the value for the X reference line - - - - - Description - Set/Get the value for the Y reference line - - - - - Normally the x-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the x-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the x-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Normally the y-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the y-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the y-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Set/Get if the X reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get if the Y reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get the title of the x-y plot, and the title along the - x and y axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title. This has no effect if - AdjustTitlePosition is true. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title. This has no effect if - AdjustTitlePosition is true. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title. This has no effect if - AdjustTitlePosition is true. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - An alternate form of PlotToViewportCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the plot coordinate pair (defined in the ivar PlotCoordinate) - and then stores them in the ivar ViewportCoordinate. (This method - can be wrapped.) - - - - - An alternate form of PlotToViewportCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the plot coordinate pair (defined in the ivar PlotCoordinate) - and then stores them in the ivar ViewportCoordinate. (This method - can be wrapped.) - - - - - An alternate form of PlotToViewportCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the plot coordinate pair (defined in the ivar PlotCoordinate) - and then stores them in the ivar ViewportCoordinate. (This method - can be wrapped.) - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X and Y axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the X label. - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set/Get the title of the x-y plot, and the title along the - x and y axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title of X or Y axis. - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Retrieve handles to the X and Y axis (so that you can set their text - properties for example) - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the Y label. - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set/Get the title of the x-y plot, and the title along the - x and y axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title of X or Y axis. - - - - - Write the XY Ploat Actor as a CSV (comma separated value) representation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the specified viewport position within the plot area (as opposed to the - region used by the plot plus the labels)? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Enable/Disable plotting of Log of x-values. - - - - - Enable/Disable plotting of Log of x-values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Set/Get whether the lines are rendered. The line width can be set in - the property object. - - - - - Set/Get whether the lines are rendered. The line width can be set in - the property object. - - - - - Set/Get whether the points are rendered. The point size can be set in - the property object. This is a global flag which affects the plot only - if per curve symbols are not defined. - - - - - Set/Get whether the points are rendered. The point size can be set in - the property object. This is a global flag which affects the plot only - if per curve symbols are not defined. - - - - - Given a plot coordinate, return the viewpoint position - - - - - An alternate form of PlotToViewportCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the plot coordinate pair (defined in the ivar PlotCoordinate) - and then stores them in the ivar ViewportCoordinate. (This method - can be wrapped.) - - - - - Write the XY Ploat Actor as a CSV (comma separated value) representation. - - - - - This removes all of the data set inputs, - but does not change the data object inputs. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. - - - - - Write the XY Ploat Actor as a CSV (comma separated value) representation. - - - - - Write the XY Ploat Actor as a CSV (comma separated value) representation. - - - - - Write the XY Ploat Actor as a CSV (comma separated value) representation. - - - - - Normally the x-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the x-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the x-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Normally the x-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the x-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the x-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Normally the y-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the y-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the y-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Normally the y-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the y-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the y-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If true, the xyplot actor will adjust the position of the title - automatically to be upper-middle. Default is true. - - - - - BTX - enum Alignment { - AlignLeft = 0x1, - AlignRight = 0x2, - AlignHCenter = 0x4, - AlignTop = 0x10, - AlignBottom = 0x20, - AlignVCenter = 0x40, - AlignAxisLeft = 0x100, - AlignAxisRight = 0x200, - AlignAxisHCenter = 0x400, - AlignAxisTop = 0x1000, - AlignAxisBottom = 0x2000, - AlignAxisVCenter = 0x4000, - }; - ETX - If AdjustTitlePosition is truem, the xyplot actor will - adjust the position of the title automatically depending on the - given mode, the mode is a combination of the Alignment flags. - by default: vtkXYPlotActor::AlignHCenter | vtkXYPlotActor::Top - | vtkXYPlotActor::AlignAxisVCenter - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/YAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property of all axes. Note that each axis can - be controlled individually through the GetX/YAxisActor2D() methods. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing between the plot window and the plot. The value - is specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the legend box. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether a box will be drawn/filled - corresponding to the chart box. - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Indicate whether to plot rows or columns. If plotting rows, then - the dependent variables is taken from a specified row, - versus rows (y). - - - - - Specify which component of the input data object to use as the - independent variable for the ith input data object. (This ivar is - ignored if plotting the index.) Note that the value is interpreted - differently depending on DataObjectPlotMode. If the mode is Rows, then - the value of DataObjectXComponent is the row number; otherwise it's the - column number. - - - - - Specify which component of the input data object to use as the - dependent variable for the ith input data object. (This ivar is - ignored if plotting the index.) Note that the value is interpreted - differently depending on DataObjectPlotMode. If the mode is Rows, then - the value of DataObjectYComponent is the row number; otherwise it's the - column number. - - - - - Enable/Disable exchange of the x-y axes (i.e., what was x becomes y, and - vice-versa). Exchanging axes affects the labeling as well. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls how big glyphs are in the plot. - The number is expressed as a fraction of the length of the diagonal - of the plot bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels . This sets both X - and Y label formats. GetLabelFormat() returns X label format. - - - - - Enable/Disable the creation of a legend. If on, the legend labels will - be created automatically unless the per plot legend symbol has been - set. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Use these methods to control the position of the legend. The variables - LegendPosition and LegendPosition2 define the lower-left and upper-right - position of the legend. The coordinates are expressed as normalized - values with respect to the rectangle defined by PositionCoordinate and - Position2Coordinate. Note that LegendPosition2 is relative to - LegendPosition. - - - - - Enable/Disable plotting of Log of x-values. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of minor ticks in X or Y. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along the x and y axes. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. The convenience method - SetNumberOfLables() sets the number of x and y labels to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the number of minor ticks in X or Y. - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - An alternate form of ViewportToPlotCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the viewport coordinate pair (defined by the ivar - ViewportCoordinate)and then stores them in the ivar PlotCoordinate. - - - - - An alternate form of ViewportToPlotCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the viewport coordinate pair (defined by the ivar - ViewportCoordinate)and then stores them in the ivar PlotCoordinate. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Set/Get whether the lines are rendered. The line width can be set in - the property object. - - - - - Allow per-curve specification of line and point rendering. These override - global settings PlotPoints and PlotLines. If not on, the default behavior - is governed by PlotPoints and PlotLines ivars. - - - - - Set/Get whether the points are rendered. The point size can be set in - the property object. This is a global flag which affects the plot only - if per curve symbols are not defined. - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - ---Per Curve Properties--------------------------------------------------- - The following methods are used to set properties on each curve that is - plotted. Each input dataset (or data object) results in one curve. The - methods that follow have an index i that corresponds to the input dataset - or data object. - - - - - If plotting points by value, which component to use to determine the - value. This sets a value per each input dataset (i.e., the ith dataset). - - - - - Description - Set/Get the value for the X reference line - - - - - Description - Set/Get the value for the Y reference line - - - - - Normally the x-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the x-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the x-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Normally the y-axis is plotted from minimum to maximum. Setting this instance - variable causes the y-axis to be plotted from maximum to minimum. Note that - boolean always applies to the y-axis even if ExchangeAxes is set. - - - - - Set/Get if the X reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get if the Y reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get the title of the x-y plot, and the title along the - x and y axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title. This has no effect if - AdjustTitlePosition is true. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title. This has no effect if - AdjustTitlePosition is true. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - An alternate form of PlotToViewportCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the plot coordinate pair (defined in the ivar PlotCoordinate) - and then stores them in the ivar ViewportCoordinate. (This method - can be wrapped.) - - - - - An alternate form of PlotToViewportCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the plot coordinate pair (defined in the ivar PlotCoordinate) - and then stores them in the ivar ViewportCoordinate. (This method - can be wrapped.) - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the X label. - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set/Get the title of the x-y plot, and the title along the - x and y axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title of X or Y axis. - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Specify how the independent (x) variable is computed from the points. - The independent variable can be the scalar/point index (i.e., point id), - the accumulated arc length along the points, the normalized arc length, - or by component value. If plotting datasets (e.g., points), the value - that is used is specified by the PointComponent ivar. (Note: these - methods also control how field data is plotted. Field data is usually - plotted by value or index, if plotting length 1-dimensional length - measures are used.) - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the Y label. - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set the plot range (range of independent and dependent variables) - to plot. Data outside of the range will be clipped. If the plot - range of either the x or y variables is set to (v1,v2), where - v1 == v2, then the range will be computed automatically. Note that - the x-range values should be consistent with the way the independent - variable is created (via INDEX, DISTANCE, or ARC_LENGTH). - - - - - Set/Get the title of the x-y plot, and the title along the - x and y axes. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the title of X or Y axis. - - - - - Set/Get if the X reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get if the X reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get if the Y reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Set/Get if the Y reference line is visible. hidden by default - - - - - Given a position within the viewport used by the plot, return the - the plot coordinates (XAxis value, YAxis value) - - - - - An alternate form of ViewportToPlotCoordinate() above. This method - inputs the viewport coordinate pair (defined by the ivar - ViewportCoordinate)and then stores them in the ivar PlotCoordinate. - - - - - If true, the xyplot actor will adjust the position of the title - automatically to be upper-middle. Default is true. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkX3DExporter - create an x3d file - - - Description - vtkX3DExporter is a render window exporter which writes out the renderered - scene into an X3D file. X3D is an XML-based format for representation - 3D scenes (similar to VRML). Check out http://www.web3d.org/x3d/ for more - details. - Thanks - X3DExporter is contributed by Christophe Mouton at EDF. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on binary mode - - - - - Turn on binary mode - - - - - In binary mode use fastest instead of best compression - - - - - In binary mode use fastest instead of best compression - - - - - Turn on binary mode - - - - - Turn on binary mode - - - - - Turn on binary mode - - - - - In binary mode use fastest instead of best compression - - - - - In binary mode use fastest instead of best compression - - - - - In binary mode use fastest instead of best compression - - - - - Set/Get the output file name. - - - - - Specify the Speed of navigation. Default is 4. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on binary mode - - - - - In binary mode use fastest instead of best compression - - - - - Set/Get the output file name. - - - - - Specify the Speed of navigation. Default is 4. - - - - - ============================================================================ - The following classes define an LRU cache for data arrays - loaded by the Exodus reader. Here's how they work: - - The actual cache consists of two STL containers: a set of - cache entries (vtkExodusIICacheEntry) and a list of - cache references (vtkExodusIICacheRef). The entries in - these containers are sorted for fast retrieval: - 1. The cache entries are indexed by the timestep, the - object type (edge block, face set, ...), and the - object ID (if one exists). When you call Find() to - retrieve a cache entry, you provide a key containing - this information and the array is returned if it exists. - 2. The list of cache references are stored in "least-recently-used" - order. The least recently referenced array is the first in - the list. Whenever you request an entry with Find(), it is - moved to the back of the list if it exists. - This makes retrieving arrays O(n log n) and popping LRU - entries O(1). Each cache entry stores an iterator into - the list of references so that it can be located quickly for - removal. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Empty the cache - - - - - Set the maximum allowable cache size. This will remove cache entries if the capacity is reduced below the current size. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the maximum allowable cache size. This will remove cache entries if the capacity is reduced below the current size. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the maximum allowable cache size. This will remove cache entries if the capacity is reduced below the current size. - - - - - vtkExodusIIReader - Read exodus 2 files .ex2 - - - Description - vtkExodusIIReader is a unstructured grid source object that reads ExodusII - files. Most of the meta data associated with the file is loaded when - UpdateInformation is called. This includes information like Title, number - of blocks, number and names of arrays. This data can be retrieved from - methods in this reader. Separate arrays that are meant to be a single - vector, are combined internally for convenience. To be combined, the array - names have to be identical except for a trailing X,Y and Z (or x,y,z). By - default cell and point arrays are not loaded. However, the user can flag - arrays to load with the methods "SetPointArrayStatus" and - "SetCellArrayStatus". The reader DOES NOT respond to piece requests - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If this flag is on (the default) and HasModeShapes is also on, then this - reader will report a continuous time range [0,1] and animate the - displacements in a periodic sinusoid. If this flag is off and - HasModeShapes is on, this reader ignores time. This flag has no effect if - HasModeShapes is off. - - - - - If this flag is on (the default) and HasModeShapes is also on, then this - reader will report a continuous time range [0,1] and animate the - displacements in a periodic sinusoid. If this flag is off and - HasModeShapes is on, this reader ignores time. This flag has no effect if - HasModeShapes is off. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Determine if the file can be readed with this reader. - - - - - Re-reads time information from the exodus file and updates - TimeStepRange accordingly. - - - - - FIXME - - - - - FIXME - - - - - FIXME - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkMultiBlockDataSet. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkMultiBlockDataSet. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - FIXME - - - - - FIXME - - - - - FIXME - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - If this flag is on (the default) and HasModeShapes is also on, then this - reader will report a continuous time range [0,1] and animate the - displacements in a periodic sinusoid. If this flag is off and - HasModeShapes is on, this reader ignores time. This flag has no effect if - HasModeShapes is off. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - FIXME - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Returns the object which encapsulates the model metadata. - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkMultiBlockDataSet. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - FIXME - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Specify file name of the Exodus file. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Set/Get whether the Exodus sequence number corresponds to time steps or mode shapes. - By default, HasModeShapes is false unless two time values in the Exodus file are identical, - in which case it is true. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Return the object's MTime. This is overridden to include the timestamp of its internal class. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Return the MTime of the internal data structure. - This is really only intended for use by vtkPExodusIIReader in order - to determine if the filename is newer than the metadata. - - - - - Set/Get the time used to animate mode shapes. - This is a number between 0 and 1 that is used to scale the \a DisplacementMagnitude - in a sinusoidal pattern. Specifically, the displacement vector for each vertex is scaled by - \f$ \mathrm{DisplacementMagnitude} cos( 2\pi \mathrm{ModeShapeTime} ) \f$ before it is - added to the vertex coordinates. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - HACK: Used by vtkPExodusIIReader to tell is the reader produced a valid - fast path output. - - - - - SIL describes organization of/relationships between classifications - eg. blocks/materials/hierarchies. - - - - - Every time the SIL is updated a this will return a different value. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Returns the available range of valid integer time steps. - - - - - Returns the available range of valid integer time steps. - - - - - Returns the available range of valid integer time steps. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Specify file name of the xml file. - - - - - Set/Get whether the Exodus sequence number corresponds to time steps or mode shapes. - By default, HasModeShapes is false unless two time values in the Exodus file are identical, - in which case it is true. - - - - - Set/Get whether the Exodus sequence number corresponds to time steps or mode shapes. - By default, HasModeShapes is false unless two time values in the Exodus file are identical, - in which case it is true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descriptions: - return boolean indicating whether the type,name is a valid variable - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - Reset the user-specified parameters and flush internal arrays - so that the reader state is just as it was after the reader was - instantiated. - - It doesn't make sense to let users reset only the internal state; - both the settings and the state are changed by this call. - - - - - Clears out the cache entries. - - - - - Reset the user-specified parameters to their default values. - The only settings not affected are the filename and/or pattern - because these have no default. - - Resetting the settings but not the state allows users to - keep the active cache but return to initial array selections, etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - If this flag is on (the default) and HasModeShapes is also on, then this - reader will report a continuous time range [0,1] and animate the - displacements in a periodic sinusoid. If this flag is off and - HasModeShapes is on, this reader ignores time. This flag has no effect if - HasModeShapes is off. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - FIXME - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkMultiBlockDataSet. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - FIXME - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Possible argument values: "INDEX","GLOBAL" - "GLOBAL" means the id refers to a global id - "INDEX" means the id refers to an index into the VTK array - - - - - Possible argument values: "INDEX","GLOBAL" - "GLOBAL" means the id refers to a global id - "INDEX" means the id refers to an index into the VTK array - - - - - @{ - Set the fast-path keys. All three must be set for the fast-path - option to work. - Possible argument values: "POINT","CELL","EDGE","FACE" - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Specify file name of the Exodus file. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Set/Get whether the Exodus sequence number corresponds to time steps or mode shapes. - By default, HasModeShapes is false unless two time values in the Exodus file are identical, - in which case it is true. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Convenience method to set the mode-shape which is same as - this->SetTimeStep(val-1); - - - - - Set/Get the time used to animate mode shapes. - This is a number between 0 and 1 that is used to scale the \a DisplacementMagnitude - in a sinusoidal pattern. Specifically, the displacement vector for each vertex is scaled by - \f$ \mathrm{DisplacementMagnitude} cos( 2\pi \mathrm{ModeShapeTime} ) \f$ before it is - added to the vertex coordinates. - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default attributes are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which attributes they want to load. You can get information about the attributes - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetObjectAttributeName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Returns the available range of valid integer time steps. - - - - - Returns the available range of valid integer time steps. - - - - - Specify file name of the xml file. - - - - - Re-reads time information from the exodus file and updates - TimeStepRange accordingly. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName(). For cells representing elements from - an Exodus element block, this is set to the element block ID. For - cells representing edges from an Exodus edge block, this is the - edge block ID. Similarly, ths is the face block ID for cells - representing faces from an Exodus face block. The same holds - for cells representing entries of node, edge, face, side, and element sets. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkExodusReader - Read exodus 2 files .ex2 - - - Description - vtkExodusReader is a unstructured grid source object that reads ExodusII - files. Most of the meta data associated with the file is loaded when - UpdateInformation is called. This includes information like Title, number - of blocks, number and names of arrays. This data can be retrieved from - methods in this reader. Separate arrays that are meant to be a single - vector, are combined internally for convenience. To be combined, the array - names have to be identical except for a trailing X,Y and Z (or x,y,z). By - default cell and point arrays are not loaded. However, the user can flag - arrays to load with the methods "SetPointArrayStatus" and - "SetCellArrayStatus". The reader DOES NOT respond to piece requests - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Determine if the file can be readed with this reader. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkUnstructuredGrid. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkUnstructuredGrid. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Descriptions: - return boolean indicating whether the type,name is a valid variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName() - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes. - In this case, it does not make sense to iterate over the "time steps", - because they are not meant to be played in order. Rather, each represents - the vibration at a different "mode." Setting this to 1 changes the - semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters. - By default, this is off, which is the case for most Exodus files. - - - - - Returns the object which encapsulates the model metadata. - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkUnstructuredGrid. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - Specify file name of the Exodus file. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes. - In this case, it does not make sense to iterate over the "time steps", - because they are not meant to be played in order. Rather, each represents - the vibration at a different "mode." Setting this to 1 changes the - semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters. - By default, this is off, which is the case for most Exodus files. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - Descriptions: - return boolean indicating whether the type,name is a valid variable - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - time series query functions - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Specify file name of the xml file. - - - - - Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes. - In this case, it does not make sense to iterate over the "time steps", - because they are not meant to be played in order. Rather, each represents - the vibration at a different "mode." Setting this to 1 changes the - semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters. - By default, this is off, which is the case for most Exodus files. - - - - - Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes. - In this case, it does not make sense to iterate over the "time steps", - because they are not meant to be played in order. Rather, each represents - the vibration at a different "mode." Setting this to 1 changes the - semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters. - By default, this is off, which is the case for most Exodus files. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descriptions: - return boolean indicating whether the type,name is a valid variable - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - Return the id of the type,name variable - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all assemblies are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which assemblies they want to load. You can get information - about the assemblies by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetAssemblyArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all blocks are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which blocks they want to load. You can get information about the blocks - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetBlockArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Geometric locations can include displacements. By default, - this is ON. The nodal positions are 'displaced' by the - standard exodus displacment vector. If displacements - are turned 'off', the user can explicitly add them by - applying a warp filter. - - - - - Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes. - In this case, it does not make sense to iterate over the "time steps", - because they are not meant to be played in order. Rather, each represents - the vibration at a different "mode." Setting this to 1 changes the - semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters. - By default, this is off, which is the case for most Exodus files. - - - - - There is a great deal of model information lost when an Exodus II - file is read in to a vtkUnstructuredGrid. Turn this option ON - if you want this metadata to be read in to a vtkExodusModel object. - The default is OFF. - - - - - Specify file name of the Exodus file. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id found - in the exodus file. The name of the array is returned by - GetBlockIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - - Extra point data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is ON. The value of the array is the integer id of the node. - The id is relative to the entire data set. - The name of the array is returned by GlobalNodeIdArrayName(). - - - - - Some simulations overload the Exodus time steps to represent mode shapes. - In this case, it does not make sense to iterate over the "time steps", - because they are not meant to be played in order. Rather, each represents - the vibration at a different "mode." Setting this to 1 changes the - semantics of the reader to not report the time steps to downstream filters. - By default, this is off, which is the case for most Exodus files. - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all hierarchy entries are loaded. These methods allow - the user to - select which hierarchy entries they want to load. You can get information - about the hierarchy entries by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetHierarchyArrayName ... - these methods do not call functions in metaData. They call functions on - the ExodusXMLParser since it seemed silly to duplicate all the information - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all materials are loaded. These methods allow the user to - select which materials they want to load. You can get information - about the materials by first caling UpdateInformation, and using - GetMaterialArrayName ... - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default all parts are loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which parts they want to load. You can get information about the parts - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPartArrayName ... - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - Descriptions: - By default arrays are not loaded. These methods allow the user to select - which arrays they want to load. You can get information about the arrays - by first caling UpdateInformation, and using GetPointArrayName ... - (Developer Note) This meta data is all accessed through vtkExodusMetadata - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - By default Node/Side sets are not loaded, These methods allow the user to - select which Node/Side sets they want to load. NumberOfNodeSets and - NumberOfSideSets (set by vtk macros) are stored in vtkExodusReader - but other Node/Side set metadata are stored in vtkExodusMetaData - Note: GetNumberOfNodeSetArrays and GetNumberOfSideSetArrays are - just syntatic sugar for paraview server xml - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by UpdateInformation. - - - - - Specify file name of the xml file. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Helper functions - - - - - Helper functions - - - - - Helper functions - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is off. The value of the array is the integer global id of the cell. - The name of the array is returned by GetGlobalElementIdArrayName() - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - By default, the ExodusModel metadata (if requested with - ExodusModelMetadataOn()) is also encoded into field arrays - and attached to the output unstructured grid. Set this OFF - if you don't want this to happen. (The vtkExodusIIWriter and - the vtkEnSightWriter can unpack this metadata from the field - arrays and use it when writing out Exodus or EnSight files.) - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDSPFilterDefinition - used by the Exodus readers - - - Description - vtkDSPFilterDefinition is used by vtkExodusReader, vtkExodusIIReader and - vtkPExodusReader to do temporal smoothing of data - - - - vtkDSPFilterGroup vtkExodusReader vtkExodusIIReader vtkPExodusReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExodusModel - Exodus Model - - - - Description - - A vtkUnstructuredGrid output by vtkExodusReader or vtkPExodusReader - is missing a great deal of initialization and static model data - that is in an Exodus II file. (Global variables, properties, - node sets, side sets, and so on.) This data can be stored in a - vtkModelMetadata object, which can be initialized using - this vtkExodusModel class. - - This class can be initialized with a file handle for an open Exodus - file, and the vtkUnstructuredGrid derived from that file. The methods - used would be SetGlobalInformation, SetLocalInformation, - AddUGridElementVariable and AddUGridNodeVariable. The vtkExodusReader - does this. - - It can also be initialized (using UnpackExodusModel) from a - vtkUnstructuredGrid that has had metadata packed into it's field - arrays with PackExodusModel. The vtkExodusIIWriter does this. - - If you plan to write out the Exodus file (with vtkExodusIIWriter), - you should direct the Exodus reader to create a vtkExodusModel object. - This will be used by the Exodus writer to create a correct Exodus II - file on output. In addition, the vtkDistributedDataFilter is - cognizant of the ExodusModel object and will unpack, extract, merge, - and pack these objects associated with the grids it is partitioning. - - - - - vtkExodusReader vtkPExodusReader vtkExodusIIWriter vtkModelMetadata - vtkDistributedDataFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ExodusModel refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ExodusModel. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ExodusModel refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ExodusModel. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - Create a new vtkExodusModel object representing a subset of the - cells of this vtkExodusModel object. We need a list of the - global IDs of the cells to be extracted, the grid which - generated the Exodus Model (so we can find the points associated - with each cell), and the name of the grid's global cell ID array, - and the name of the grid's global node ID array. - - - - - Set or get the underlying vtkModelMetadata object. - - - - - Static function that returns 1 if the vtkUnstructuredGrid - has metadata packed into it's field arrays, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Merge the supplied vtkExodusModel object into this one. It is - assumed the two objects represent portions of the same distributed - data set. (So the list of block IDs is the same, and so on.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The metadata encapsulated in a vtkExodusModel object can be - written to field arrays which are then stored in the - vtkUnstructuredGrid itself. PackExodusModel creates these - field arrays and attaches them to the supplied grid. - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ExodusModel refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ExodusModel. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - In order to write Exodus files from vtkUnstructuredGrid - objects that were read from Exodus files, we need to know - the mapping from variable names in the UGrid to variable - names in the Exodus file. (The Exodus reader combines - scalar variables with similar names into vectors in the - UGrid.) When building the UGrid to which this - ExodusModel refers, add each element and node variable - name with this call, including the name of original variable - that yielded it's first component, and the number of components. - If a variable is removed from the UGrid, remove it from - the ExodusModel. (If this information is missing or - incomplete, the ExodusIIWriter can still do something - sensible in creating names for variables.) - - - - - Reset all fields to their initial value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - In order to write a correct Exodus file from a - vtkUnstructuredGrid, we need to know the global data - which does not get represented in the UGrid. - Initialize, with an open Exodus file, all the global - fields of the ExodusModel object. fid is the file handle - of the opened Exodus file. compute_word_size is the - size of floating point values exchanged with the - the Exodus library. (It's set in ex_open or ex_create.) - The global fields are those which don't depend on - which cells or field arrays are being read from the - file. - - - - - Set the local information in the ExodusModel. This is - information which depends on which blocks were read in, - and which time step was read in. - (Example - count of cells in each block, values of global - variables, node IDs for nodes in each node set.) - Provide the ugrid, the time step (the first time step is 0), - the handle of an open Exodus file, and the - size of floating point values exchanged with the Exodus library. - Also indicate with a 1 if the geometry has changed (new blocks - or blocks removed) since the last call. (When in doubt set to 1.) - Please call SetGlobalInformation once before calling - SetLocalInformation. SetLocalInformation may be called many - times if different subsets of an Exodus file are read. Each - call replaces the previous local values. - - - - - Set or get the underlying vtkModelMetadata object. - - - - - One way to initialize an ExodusModel object is to use - SetGlobalInformation, SetLocalInformation, and the Add/Remove - Variable calls to initialize it from an open Exodus file. - - Another way is to initialize it with the ExodusModel which - has been packed into field arrays of a vtkUnstructuredGrid. - Set the second argument to 1 if you would like the packed - field arrays to be deleted after this ExodusModel is - initialized. - Returns 1 if there is no ExodusModel object associated with - the grid, 0 otherwise. - - - - - vtkDSPFilterGroup - used by the Exodus readers - - - Description - vtkDSPFilterGroup is used by vtkExodusReader, vtkExodusIIReader and - vtkPExodusReader to do temporal smoothing of data - - - - vtkDSPFilterDefinition vtkExodusReader vtkExodusIIReader vtkPExodusReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPExodusIIReader - Read Exodus II files (.exii) - - - Description - vtkPExodusIIReader is a unstructured grid source object that reads - ExodusII files. Most of the meta data associated with the - file is loaded when UpdateInformation is called. This includes - information like Title, number of blocks, number and names of - arrays. This data can be retrieved from methods in this - reader. Separate arrays that are meant to be a single vector, are - combined internally for convenience. To be combined, the array - names have to be identical except for a trailing X,Y and Z (or - x,y,z). By default all cell and point arrays are loaded. However, - the user can flag arrays not to load with the methods - "SetPointDataArrayLoadFlag" and "SetCellDataArrayLoadFlag". The - reader responds to piece requests by loading only a range of the - possible blocks. Unused points are filtered out internally. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Sends metadata (that read from the input file, not settings modified - through this API) from the rank 0 node to all other processes in a job. - - - - - Set/get the communication object used to relay a list of files - from the rank 0 process to all others. This is the only interprocess - communication required by vtkPExodusIIReader. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Return number of file names set in SetFileNames - - - - - Return the number of files to be read. - - - - - Return the number of files to be read. - - - - - Return the number of files to be read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the communication object used to relay a list of files - from the rank 0 process to all others. This is the only interprocess - communication required by vtkPExodusIIReader. - - - - - Provide an arbitrary list of file names instead of a prefix, - pattern and range. Overrides any prefix, pattern and range - that is specified. vtkPExodusIIReader makes it's own copy - of your file names. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Calls UpdateTimeInformation() on all serial readers so they'll re-read - their time info from the file. - The last time step that they all have in common - is stored in LastCommonTimeStep, which is used in RequestInformation() - to override the output time-specific information keys with the range - of times that ALL readers can actually read. - - - - - vtkPExodusReader - Read exodus 2 files .ex2 - - - Description - vtkPExodusReader is a unstructured grid source object that reads - PExodusReaderII files. Most of the meta data associated with the - file is loaded when UpdateInformation is called. This includes - information like Title, number of blocks, number and names of - arrays. This data can be retrieved from methods in this - reader. Separate arrays that are meant to be a single vector, are - combined internally for convenience. To be combined, the array - names have to be identical except for a trailing X,Y and Z (or - x,y,z). By default all cell and point arrays are loaded. However, - the user can flag arrays not to load with the methods - "SetPointDataArrayLoadFlag" and "SetCellDataArrayLoadFlag". The - reader responds to piece requests by loading only a range of the - possible blocks. Unused points are filtered out internally. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is OFF. The value of the array is the integer id which is part of - the name of the file from which the cell was read. - The name of the array is "vtkFileId". - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is OFF. The value of the array is the integer id which is part of - the name of the file from which the cell was read. - The name of the array is "vtkFileId". - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is OFF. The value of the array is the integer id which is part of - the name of the file from which the cell was read. - The name of the array is "vtkFileId". - - - - - Return number of file names set in SetFileNames - - - - - Return the number of files to be read. - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is OFF. The value of the array is the integer id which is part of - the name of the file from which the cell was read. - The name of the array is "vtkFileId". - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is OFF. The value of the array is the integer id which is part of - the name of the file from which the cell was read. - The name of the array is "vtkFileId". - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provide an arbitrary list of file names instead of a prefix, - pattern and range. Overrides any prefix, pattern and range - that is specified. vtkPExodusReader makes it's own copy - of your file names. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - These methods tell the reader that the data is ditributed across - multiple files. This is for distributed execution. It this case, - pieces are mapped to files. The pattern should have one %d to - format the file number. FileNumberRange is used to generate file - numbers. I was thinking of having an arbitrary list of file - numbers. This may happen in the future. (That is why there is no - GetFileNumberRange method. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Set the range of files that are being loaded. The range for single - file should add to 0. - - - - - Extra cell data array that can be generated. By default, this array - is OFF. The value of the array is the integer id which is part of - the name of the file from which the cell was read. - The name of the array is "vtkFileId". - - - - - begin USE_EXO_DSP_FILTERS - - - - - vtkWin32VideoSource - Video-for-Windows video digitizer - - - Description - vtkWin32VideoSource grabs frames or streaming video from a - Video for Windows compatible device on the Win32 platform. - Caveats - With some capture cards, if this class is leaked and ReleaseSystemResources - is not called, you may have to reboot before you can capture again. - vtkVideoSource used to keep a global list and delete the video sources - if your program leaked, due to exit crashes that was removed. - - - - - vtkVideoSource vtkMILVideoSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the preview (overlay) window. - - - - - Grab a single video frame. - - - - - Initialize the driver (this is called automatically when the - first grab is done). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For internal use only - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For internal use only - - - - - Standard VCR functionality: Play recorded video. - - - - - Turn on/off the preview (overlay) window. - - - - - Turn on/off the preview (overlay) window. - - - - - Standard VCR functionality: Record incoming video. - - - - - Free the driver (this is called automatically inside the - destructor). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Request a particular frame rate (default 30 frames per second). - - - - - Request a particular frame size (set the third value to 1). - - - - - Request a particular frame size (set the third value to 1). - - - - - Request a particular output format (default: VTK_RGB). - - - - - Turn on/off the preview (overlay) window. - - - - - Standard VCR functionality: Stop recording or playing. - - - - - Bring up a modal dialog box for video format selection. - - - - - Bring up a modal dialog box for video input selection. - - - - - vtkAbstractParticleWriter - abstract class to write particle data to file - - - Description - vtkAbstractParticleWriter is an abstract class which is used by - vtkTemporalStreamTracer to write particles out during simulations. - This class is abstract and provides a TimeStep and FileName. - Subclasses of this should provide the necessary IO. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Close the file after a write. This is optional but - may protect against data loss in between steps - - - - - When running in parallel, this writer may be capable of - Collective IO operations (HDF5). By default, this is off. - - - - - Set/get the FileName that is being written to - - - - - Set/get the TimeStep that is being written - - - - - Before writing the current data out, set the TimeValue (optional) - The TimeValue is a float/double value that corresonds to the real - time of the data, it may not be regular, whereas the TimeSteps - are simple increments. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When running in parallel, this writer may be capable of - Collective IO operations (HDF5). By default, this is off. - - - - - Set/get the FileName that is being written to - - - - - Set/get the TimeStep that is being written - - - - - Before writing the current data out, set the TimeValue (optional) - The TimeValue is a float/double value that corresonds to the real - time of the data, it may not be regular, whereas the TimeSteps - are simple increments. - - - - - When running in parallel, this writer may be capable of - Collective IO operations (HDF5). By default, this is off. - - - - - When running in parallel, this writer may be capable of - Collective IO operations (HDF5). By default, this is off. - - - - - vtkASCIITextCodec - Class to read/write ascii text. - - - - Description - A virtual class interface for codecs that readers/writers can rely on - - Thanks - Thanks to Tim Shed from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the concepts and to Marcus Hanwell and Jeff Baumes of Kitware for - keeping me out of the weeds - - - - - vtkASCIITextCodecFactory - - - - - - vtkTextCodec - Virtual class to act as an interface for all text codecs - - - - Description - A virtual class interface for codecs that readers/writers can rely on - - Thanks - Thanks to Tim Shed from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the concepts and to Marcus Hanwell and Jeff Baumes of Kitware for - keeping me out of the weeds - - - - - vtkTextCodecFactory - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take - to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take - to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAVSucdReader - reads a dataset in AVS "UCD" format - - - Description - vtkAVSucdReader creates an unstructured grid dataset. It reads binary or - ASCII files stored in UCD format, with optional data stored at the nodes - or at the cells of the model. A cell-based fielddata stores the material - id. The class can automatically detect the endian-ness of the binary files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed to ascii). - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed to ascii). - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed to ascii). - - - - - Set/Get the endian-ness of the binary file. - - - - - Set/Get the endian-ness of the binary file. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - get min and max value for the index-th value of a cell component - index varies from 0 to (veclen - 1) - - - - - Specify file name of AVS UCD datafile to read - - - - - get min and max value for the index-th value of a node component - index varies from 0 to (veclen - 1) - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Get the number of data components at the nodes and cells. - - - - - Get the number of data fields at the cell centers. - - - - - Get the total number of cells. - - - - - Get the number of data fields for the model. Unused because VTK - has no methods for it. - - - - - Get the number of data components at the nodes and cells. - - - - - Get the number of data fields at the nodes. - - - - - Get the total number of nodes. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed to ascii). - - - - - Set/Get the endian-ness of the binary file. - - - - - Set/Get the endian-ness of the binary file. - - - - - Set/Get the endian-ness of the binary file. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Specify file name of AVS UCD datafile to read - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. by - default, ALL data fields are the nodes and cells are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - vtkBMPReader - read Windows BMP files - - - Description - vtkBMPReader is a source object that reads Windows BMP files. - This includes indexed and 24bit bitmaps - Usually, all BMPs are converted to 24bit RGB, but BMPs may be output - as 8bit images with a LookupTable if the Allow8BitBMP flag is set. - - BMPReader creates structured point datasets. The dimension of the - dataset depends upon the number of files read. Reading a single file - results in a 2D image, while reading more than one file results in a - 3D volume. - - To read a volume, files must be of the form "FileName.<number>" - (e.g., foo.bmp.0, foo.bmp.1, ...). You must also specify the image - range. This range specifies the beginning and ending files to read (range - can be any pair of non-negative numbers). - - The default behavior is to read a single file. In this case, the form - of the file is simply "FileName" (e.g., foo.bmp). - - - - - vtkImageReader - Superclass of transformable binary file readers. - - - Description - vtkImageReader provides methods needed to read a region from a file. - It supports both transforms and masks on the input data, but as a result - is more complicated and slower than its parent class vtkImageReader2. - - - - - vtkImageReader2 - Superclass of binary file readers. - - - Description - vtkImageReader2 is the parent class for vtkImageReader. It - is a good super class for streaming readers that do not require - a mask or transform on the data. vtkImageReader was implemented - before vtkImageReader2, vtkImageReader2 is intended to have - a simpler interface. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return non zero if the reader can read the given file name. - Should be implemented by all sub-classes of vtkImageReader2. - For non zero return values the following values are to be used - 1 - I think I can read the file but I cannot prove it - 2 - I definitely can read the file - 3 - I can read the file and I have validated that I am the - correct reader for this file - - - - - Set/Get the internal file name - - - - - Set/Get whether the data comes from the file starting in the lower left - corner or upper left corner. - - - - - Set/Get whether the data comes from the file starting in the lower left - corner or upper left corner. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data on disk. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data on disk. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data on disk. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data (location of first pixel in the file). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data (location of first pixel in the file). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data (location of first pixel in the file). - - - - - Get the file format. Pixels are this type in the file. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing of the data in the file. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing of the data in the file. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing of the data in the file. - - - - - Return a descriptive name for the file format that might be useful in a GUI. - - - - - The number of dimensions stored in a file. This defaults to two. - - - - - Get the file extensions for this format. - Returns a string with a space separated list of extensions in - the format .extension - - - - - Set/Get whether the data comes from the file starting in the lower left - corner or upper left corner. - - - - - Specify file name for the image file. If the data is stored in - multiple files, then use SetFileNames or SetFilePrefix instead. - - - - - When reading files which start at an unusual index, this can be added - to the slice number when generating the file name (default = 0) - - - - - When reading files which have regular, but non contiguous slices - (eg filename.1,filename.3,filename.5) - a spacing can be specified to skip missing files (default = 1) - - - - - Specify a list of file names. Each file must be a single slice, - and each slice must be of the same size. The files must be in the - correct order. - Use SetFileName when reading a volume (multiple slice), since - DataExtent will be modified after a SetFileNames call. - - - - - The sprintf-style format string used to build filename from - FilePrefix and slice number. - - - - - Specify file prefix for the image file or files. This can be - used in place of SetFileName or SetFileNames if the filenames - follow a specific naming pattern, but you must explicitly set - the DataExtent so that the reader will know what range of slices - to load. - - - - - Get the size of the header computed by this object. - - - - - Get the size of the header computed by this object. - - - - - Set/Get the internal file name - - - - - Set/Get the number of scalar components - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data on disk. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data on disk. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data (location of first pixel in the file). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data (location of first pixel in the file). - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set the data type of pixels in the file. - If you want the output scalar type to have a different value, set it - after this method is called. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing of the data in the file. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing of the data in the file. - - - - - The number of dimensions stored in a file. This defaults to two. - - - - - Set/Get whether the data comes from the file starting in the lower left - corner or upper left corner. - - - - - Specify file name for the image file. If the data is stored in - multiple files, then use SetFileNames or SetFilePrefix instead. - - - - - When reading files which start at an unusual index, this can be added - to the slice number when generating the file name (default = 0) - - - - - When reading files which have regular, but non contiguous slices - (eg filename.1,filename.3,filename.5) - a spacing can be specified to skip missing files (default = 1) - - - - - Specify a list of file names. Each file must be a single slice, - and each slice must be of the same size. The files must be in the - correct order. - Use SetFileName when reading a volume (multiple slice), since - DataExtent will be modified after a SetFileNames call. - - - - - The sprintf-style format string used to build filename from - FilePrefix and slice number. - - - - - Specify file prefix for the image file or files. This can be - used in place of SetFileName or SetFileNames if the filenames - follow a specific naming pattern, but you must explicitly set - the DataExtent so that the reader will know what range of slices - to load. - - - - - If there is a tail on the file, you want to explicitly set the - header size. - - - - - Set/Get the number of scalar components - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Warning !!! - following should only be used by methods or template helpers, not users - - - - - Warning !!! - following should only be used by methods or template helpers, not users - - - - - Set/Get the Data mask. The data mask is a simply integer whose bits are - treated as a mask to the bits read from disk. That is, the data mask is - bitwise-and'ed to the numbers read from disk. This ivar is stored as 64 - bits, the largest mask you will need. The mask will be truncated to the - data size required to be read (using the least significant bits). - - - - - Set/get the data VOI. You can limit the reader to only - read a subset of the data. - - - - - Set/get the data VOI. You can limit the reader to only - read a subset of the data. - - - - - Set/get the data VOI. You can limit the reader to only - read a subset of the data. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. - - - - - Set/Get transformation matrix to transform the data from slice space - into world space. This matrix must be a permutation matrix. To qualify, - the sums of the rows must be + or - 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Warning !!! - following should only be used by methods or template helpers, not users - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Data mask. The data mask is a simply integer whose bits are - treated as a mask to the bits read from disk. That is, the data mask is - bitwise-and'ed to the numbers read from disk. This ivar is stored as 64 - bits, the largest mask you will need. The mask will be truncated to the - data size required to be read (using the least significant bits). - - - - - Set/get the data VOI. You can limit the reader to only - read a subset of the data. - - - - - Set/get the data VOI. You can limit the reader to only - read a subset of the data. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. - - - - - Set/Get transformation matrix to transform the data from slice space - into world space. This matrix must be a permutation matrix. To qualify, - the sums of the rows must be + or - 1. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If this flag is set and the BMP reader encounters an 8bit file, - the data will be kept as unsigned chars and a lookuptable will be - exported - - - - - If this flag is set and the BMP reader encounters an 8bit file, - the data will be kept as unsigned chars and a lookuptable will be - exported - - - - - Is the given file a BMP file? - - - - - If this flag is set and the BMP reader encounters an 8bit file, - the data will be kept as unsigned chars and a lookuptable will be - exported - - - - - If this flag is set and the BMP reader encounters an 8bit file, - the data will be kept as unsigned chars and a lookuptable will be - exported - - - - - Returns the depth of the BMP, either 8 or 24. - - - - - Return a descriptive name for the file format that might be useful in a GUI. - - - - - Get the file extensions for this format. - Returns a string with a space separated list of extensions in - the format .extension - - - - - If this flag is set and the BMP reader encounters an 8bit file, - the data will be kept as unsigned chars and a lookuptable will be - exported - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If this flag is set and the BMP reader encounters an 8bit file, - the data will be kept as unsigned chars and a lookuptable will be - exported - - - - - vtkBMPWriter - Writes Windows BMP files. - - - Description - vtkBMPWriter writes BMP files. The data type - of the file is unsigned char regardless of the input type. - - - - - vtkImageWriter - Writes images to files. - - - Description - vtkImageWriter writes images to files with any data type. The data type of - the file is the same scalar type as the input. The dimensionality - determines whether the data will be written in one or multiple files. - This class is used as the superclass of most image writing classes - such as vtkBMPWriter etc. It supports streaming. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The main interface which triggers the writer to start. - - - - - What dimension are the files to be written. Usually this is 2, or 3. - If it is 2 and the input is a volume then the volume will be - written as a series of 2d slices. - - - - - Specify file name for the image file. You should specify either - a FileName or a FilePrefix. Use FilePrefix if the data is stored - in multiple files. - - - - - The sprintf format used to build filename from FilePrefix and number. - - - - - Specify file prefix for the image file(s).You should specify either - a FileName or FilePrefix. Use FilePrefix if the data is stored - in multiple files. - - - - - What dimension are the files to be written. Usually this is 2, or 3. - If it is 2 and the input is a volume then the volume will be - written as a series of 2d slices. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - What dimension are the files to be written. Usually this is 2, or 3. - If it is 2 and the input is a volume then the volume will be - written as a series of 2d slices. - - - - - Specify file name for the image file. You should specify either - a FileName or a FilePrefix. Use FilePrefix if the data is stored - in multiple files. - - - - - The sprintf format used to build filename from FilePrefix and number. - - - - - Specify file prefix for the image file(s).You should specify either - a FileName or FilePrefix. Use FilePrefix if the data is stored - in multiple files. - - - - - The main interface which triggers the writer to start. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkBYUReader - read MOVIE.BYU polygon files - - - Description - vtkBYUReader is a source object that reads MOVIE.BYU polygon files. - These files consist of a geometry file (.g), a scalar file (.s), a - displacement or vector file (.d), and a 2D texture coordinate file - (.t). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns 1 if this file can be read and 0 if the file cannot be read. - Because BYU files do not have anything in the header specifying the file - type, the result is not definitive. Invalid files may still return 1 - although a valid file will never return 0. - - - - - Specify name of displacement FileName. - - - - - Specify name of geometry FileName (alias). - - - - - Specify name of geometry FileName. - - - - - Set/Get the part number to be read. - - - - - Set/Get the part number to be read. - - - - - Set/Get the part number to be read. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the texture coordinate file. - Specify name of geometry FileName. - - - - - Specify name of scalar FileName. - - - - - Specify name of texture coordinates FileName. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the texture coordinate file. - Specify name of geometry FileName. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the texture coordinate file. - Specify name of geometry FileName. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify name of displacement FileName. - - - - - Specify name of geometry FileName (alias). - - - - - Specify name of geometry FileName. - - - - - Set/Get the part number to be read. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off the reading of the texture coordinate file. - Specify name of geometry FileName. - - - - - Specify name of scalar FileName. - - - - - Specify name of texture coordinates FileName. - - - - - vtkBYUWriter - write MOVIE.BYU files - - - Description - vtkBYUWriter writes MOVIE.BYU polygonal files. These files consist - of a geometry file (.g), a scalar file (.s), a displacement or - vector file (.d), and a 2D texture coordinate file (.t). These files - must be specified to the object, the appropriate boolean - variables must be true, and data must be available from the input - for the files to be written. - WARNING: this writer does not currently write triangle strips. Use - vtkTriangleFilter to convert strips to triangles. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the name of the displacement file to write. - - - - - Specify the name of the geometry file to write. - - - - - Specify the name of the scalar file to write. - - - - - Specify the name of the texture file to write. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the texture file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of the displacement file to write. - - - - - Specify the name of the geometry file to write. - - - - - Specify the name of the scalar file to write. - - - - - Specify the name of the texture file to write. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the texture file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the displacement file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the scalar file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the texture file. - - - - - Turn on/off writing the texture file. - - - - - vtkBase64InputStream - Reads base64-encoded input from a stream. - - - Description - vtkBase64InputStream implements base64 decoding with the - vtkInputStream interface. - - - - - vtkInputStream - Wraps a binary input stream with a VTK interface. - - - Description - vtkInputStream provides a VTK-style interface wrapping around a - standard input stream. The access methods are virtual so that - subclasses can transparently provide decoding of an encoded stream. - Data lengths for Seek and Read calls refer to the length of the - input data. The actual length in the stream may differ for - subclasses that implement an encoding scheme. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called after all desired calls to Seek and Read have been made. - After this call, the caller is free to change the position of the - stream. Additional reads should not be done until after another - call to StartReading. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Read input data of the given length. Returns amount actually - read. - - - - - Read input data of the given length. Returns amount actually - read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Seek to the given offset in the input data. Returns 1 for - success, 0 for failure. - - - - - Called after the stream position has been set by the caller, but - before any Seek or Read calls. The stream position should not be - adjusted by the caller until after an EndReading call. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called after all desired calls to Seek and Read have been made. - After this call, the caller is free to change the position of the - stream. Additional reads should not be done until after another - call to StartReading. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Read input data of the given length. Returns amount actually - read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Seek to the given offset in the input data. Returns 1 for - success, 0 for failure. - - - - - Called after the stream position has been set by the caller, but - before any Seek or Read calls. The stream position should not be - adjusted by the caller until after an EndReading call. - - - - - vtkBase64OutputStream - Writes base64-encoded output to a stream. - - - Description - vtkBase64OutputStream implements base64 encoding with the - vtkOutputStream interface. - - - - - vtkOutputStream - Wraps a binary output stream with a VTK interface. - - - Description - vtkOutputStream provides a VTK-style interface wrapping around a - standard output stream. The access methods are virtual so that - subclasses can transparently provide encoding of the output. Data - lengths for Write calls refer to the length of the data in memory. - The actual length in the stream may differ for subclasses that - implement an encoding scheme. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called after all desired calls to Write have been made. After - this call, the caller is free to change the position of the - stream. Additional writes should not be done until after another - call to StartWriting. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called after the stream position has been set by the caller, but - before any Write calls. The stream position should not be - adjusted by the caller until after an EndWriting call. - - - - - Write output data of the given length. - - - - - Write output data of the given length. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called after all desired calls to Write have been made. After - this call, the caller is free to change the position of the - stream. Additional writes should not be done until after another - call to StartWriting. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called after the stream position has been set by the caller, but - before any Write calls. The stream position should not be - adjusted by the caller until after an EndWriting call. - - - - - Write output data of the given length. - - - - - vtkBase64Utilities - base64 encode and decode utilities. - - - Description - vtkBase64Utilities implements base64 encoding and decoding. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Decode bytes from the input buffer and store the decoded stream - into the output buffer until 'length' bytes have been decoded. - Return the real length of the decoded stream (which should be equal to - 'length'). Note that the output buffer must be allocated by the caller. - If 'max_input_length' is not null, then it specifies the number of - encoded bytes that should be at most read from the input buffer. In - that case the 'length' parameter is ignored. This enables the caller - to decode a stream without actually knowing how much decoded data to - expect (of course, the buffer must be large enough). - - - - - Decode 4 bytes into 3 bytes. - - - - - Encode 'length' bytes from the input buffer and store the - encoded stream into the output buffer. Return the length of - the encoded stream. Note that the output buffer must be allocated - by the caller (length * 1.5 should be a safe estimate). - If 'mark_end' is true than an extra set of 4 bytes is added - to the end of the stream if the input is a multiple of 3 bytes. - These bytes are invalid chars and therefore they will stop the decoder - thus enabling the caller to decode a stream without actually knowing - how much data to expect (if the input is not a multiple of 3 bytes then - the extra padding needed to complete the encode 4 bytes will stop the - decoding anyway). - - - - - Encode 2 bytes into 4 bytes - - - - - Encode 1 byte into 4 bytes - - - - - Encode 3 bytes into 4 bytes - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCGMWriter - write polygonal data as a CGM file - - - Description - vtkCGMWriter writes CGM (Computer Graphics Metafile) output. CGM is a 2D - graphics vector format typically used by large plotters. This writer can - handle vertices, lines, polygons, and triangle strips in any combination. - Colors are specified either 1) from cell scalars (assumed to be RGB or - RGBA color specification), 2) from a specified color; or 3) randomly - assigned colors. - - Note: During output of the polygonal data, triangle strips are converted - to triangles, and polylines to lines. Also, due to limitations in the CGM - color model, only 256 colors are available to the color palette. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate with no viewport defined and sorting on. The default - resolution is 10,000, and the color mode is set to default. - - - - - Instantiate with no viewport defined and sorting on. The default - resolution is 10,000, and the color mode is set to default. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control how output polydata is colored. By default (ColorModeToDefault), - if per cell colors are defined (unsigned chars of 1-4 components), then - the cells are colored with these values. (If point colors are defined - and cell colors are not, you can use vtkPointDataToCellData to convert - the point colors to cell colors.) Otherwise, by default, the cells are - set to the specified color. If ColorModeToSpecifiedColor is set, then - the primitives will all be set to this color. If ColorModeToRandomColors - is set, each cell will be randomly assigned a color. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the CGM file. This number is used to integerize - the maximum coordinate range of the plot file. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the CGM file. This number is used to integerize - the maximum coordinate range of the plot file. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the CGM file. This number is used to integerize - the maximum coordinate range of the plot file. - - - - - Turn on/off the sorting of the cells via depth. If enabled, polygonal - cells will be sorted from back to front, i.e., a Painter's algorithm - sort. - - - - - Set/Get the specified color to color the polydata cells. This - color is only used when the color mode is set to - ColorModeToSpecifiedColor, or ColorModeToDefault is set and no - cell colors are specified. The specified color is specified as RGB - values ranging from (0,1). (Note: CGM will map this color to the - closest color it supports.) - - - - - Set/Get the specified color to color the polydata cells. This - color is only used when the color mode is set to - ColorModeToSpecifiedColor, or ColorModeToDefault is set and no - cell colors are specified. The specified color is specified as RGB - values ranging from (0,1). (Note: CGM will map this color to the - closest color it supports.) - - - - - Specify a vtkViewport object to be used to transform the vtkPolyData - points into 2D coordinates. By default (no vtkViewport specified), the - point coordinates are generated by ignoring the z values. If a viewport - is defined, then the points are transformed into viewport coordinates. - - - - - Instantiate with no viewport defined and sorting on. The default - resolution is 10,000, and the color mode is set to default. - - - - - Instantiate with no viewport defined and sorting on. The default - resolution is 10,000, and the color mode is set to default. - - - - - Instantiate with no viewport defined and sorting on. The default - resolution is 10,000, and the color mode is set to default. - - - - - Instantiate with no viewport defined and sorting on. The default - resolution is 10,000, and the color mode is set to default. - - - - - Control how output polydata is colored. By default (ColorModeToDefault), - if per cell colors are defined (unsigned chars of 1-4 components), then - the cells are colored with these values. (If point colors are defined - and cell colors are not, you can use vtkPointDataToCellData to convert - the point colors to cell colors.) Otherwise, by default, the cells are - set to the specified color. If ColorModeToSpecifiedColor is set, then - the primitives will all be set to this color. If ColorModeToRandomColors - is set, each cell will be randomly assigned a color. - - - - - Control how output polydata is colored. By default (ColorModeToDefault), - if per cell colors are defined (unsigned chars of 1-4 components), then - the cells are colored with these values. (If point colors are defined - and cell colors are not, you can use vtkPointDataToCellData to convert - the point colors to cell colors.) Otherwise, by default, the cells are - set to the specified color. If ColorModeToSpecifiedColor is set, then - the primitives will all be set to this color. If ColorModeToRandomColors - is set, each cell will be randomly assigned a color. - - - - - Control how output polydata is colored. By default (ColorModeToDefault), - if per cell colors are defined (unsigned chars of 1-4 components), then - the cells are colored with these values. (If point colors are defined - and cell colors are not, you can use vtkPointDataToCellData to convert - the point colors to cell colors.) Otherwise, by default, the cells are - set to the specified color. If ColorModeToSpecifiedColor is set, then - the primitives will all be set to this color. If ColorModeToRandomColors - is set, each cell will be randomly assigned a color. - - - - - Control how output polydata is colored. By default (ColorModeToDefault), - if per cell colors are defined (unsigned chars of 1-4 components), then - the cells are colored with these values. (If point colors are defined - and cell colors are not, you can use vtkPointDataToCellData to convert - the point colors to cell colors.) Otherwise, by default, the cells are - set to the specified color. If ColorModeToSpecifiedColor is set, then - the primitives will all be set to this color. If ColorModeToRandomColors - is set, each cell will be randomly assigned a color. - - - - - Specify the resolution of the CGM file. This number is used to integerize - the maximum coordinate range of the plot file. - - - - - Turn on/off the sorting of the cells via depth. If enabled, polygonal - cells will be sorted from back to front, i.e., a Painter's algorithm - sort. - - - - - Set/Get the specified color to color the polydata cells. This - color is only used when the color mode is set to - ColorModeToSpecifiedColor, or ColorModeToDefault is set and no - cell colors are specified. The specified color is specified as RGB - values ranging from (0,1). (Note: CGM will map this color to the - closest color it supports.) - - - - - Set/Get the specified color to color the polydata cells. This - color is only used when the color mode is set to - ColorModeToSpecifiedColor, or ColorModeToDefault is set and no - cell colors are specified. The specified color is specified as RGB - values ranging from (0,1). (Note: CGM will map this color to the - closest color it supports.) - - - - - Specify a vtkViewport object to be used to transform the vtkPolyData - points into 2D coordinates. By default (no vtkViewport specified), the - point coordinates are generated by ignoring the z values. If a viewport - is defined, then the points are transformed into viewport coordinates. - - - - - vtkChacoReader - Read a Chaco file and create a vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - Description - vtkChacoReader is an unstructured grid source object that reads Chaco - files. The reader DOES NOT respond to piece requests. Chaco - is a graph partitioning package developed at Sandia National Laboratories - in the early 1990s. (http://www.cs.sandia.gov/~bahendr/chaco.html) - - Note that the Chaco "edges" become VTK "cells", and the Chaco - "vertices" become VTK "points". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Each edge in the Chaco file connects two vertices. The file may - specify one or more weights for each edge. (The weight for an - edge from vertex A to vertex B equals the weight from B to A.) - Indicate with the following parameter whether this reader should - create a cell array for each weight for every edge. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Each edge in the Chaco file connects two vertices. The file may - specify one or more weights for each edge. (The weight for an - edge from vertex A to vertex B equals the weight from B to A.) - Indicate with the following parameter whether this reader should - create a cell array for each weight for every edge. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a cell array containing - global IDs for the cells in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These cells - represent the edges that were in the Chaco file. Each edge is a vtkLine. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a cell array containing - global IDs for the cells in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These cells - represent the edges that were in the Chaco file. Each edge is a vtkLine. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array of global IDs for - the points in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These points are the vertices - that were in the Chaco file. Global point IDs start at "1" for the first - vertex in BaseName.coords and go up from there. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array of global IDs for - the points in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These points are the vertices - that were in the Chaco file. Global point IDs start at "1" for the first - vertex in BaseName.coords and go up from there. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array for each - vertex weight in the Chaco file. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array for each - vertex weight in the Chaco file. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Specify the base name of the Chaco files. The reader will try to - open BaseName.coords and BaseName.graph. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by RequestInformation. - - - - - This method returns the name of the selected Edge weight cell - array. If you did not turn on GenerateEdgeWeightArrays, or - if the weight you requested is invalid, it returns NULL. - Weights begin at one and go up to NumberOfEdgeWeights. - This is a pointer to our copy of the name, so don't "delete" it. - - - - - Each edge in the Chaco file connects two vertices. The file may - specify one or more weights for each edge. (The weight for an - edge from vertex A to vertex B equals the weight from B to A.) - Indicate with the following parameter whether this reader should - create a cell array for each weight for every edge. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a cell array containing - global IDs for the cells in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These cells - represent the edges that were in the Chaco file. Each edge is a vtkLine. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array of global IDs for - the points in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These points are the vertices - that were in the Chaco file. Global point IDs start at "1" for the first - vertex in BaseName.coords and go up from there. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array for each - vertex weight in the Chaco file. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a cell array containing - global IDs for the cells in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These cells - represent the edges that were in the Chaco file. Each edge is a vtkLine. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array of global IDs for - the points in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These points are the vertices - that were in the Chaco file. Global point IDs start at "1" for the first - vertex in BaseName.coords and go up from there. - Default is ON. - - - - - After this filter executes, this method returns the number of - cell arrays that were created to hold the edge weights. It - is equal to NumberOfEdgeWeights if GenerateEdgeWeightArrays was ON. - - - - - Returns the number of weights per edge in the Chaco file, whether or - not GenerateEdgeWeightArrays is ON. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by RequestInformation. - - - - - After this filter executes, this method returns the number of - point arrays that were created to hold the vertex weights. It - is equal to NumberOfVertexWeights if GenerateVertexWeightArrays was ON. - - - - - Returns the number of weights per vertex in the Chaco file, whether or - not GenerateVertexWeightArrays is ON. - - - - - Access to meta data generated by RequestInformation. - - - - - This method returns the name of the selected Vertex weight point - array. If you did not turn on GenerateVertexWeightArrays, or - if the weight you requested is invalid, it returns NULL. - Weights begin at one and go up to NumberOfVertexWeights. - This is a pointer to our copy of the name, so don't "delete" it. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the base name of the Chaco files. The reader will try to - open BaseName.coords and BaseName.graph. - - - - - Each edge in the Chaco file connects two vertices. The file may - specify one or more weights for each edge. (The weight for an - edge from vertex A to vertex B equals the weight from B to A.) - Indicate with the following parameter whether this reader should - create a cell array for each weight for every edge. - Default is OFF. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a cell array containing - global IDs for the cells in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These cells - represent the edges that were in the Chaco file. Each edge is a vtkLine. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array of global IDs for - the points in the output vtkUnstructuredGrid. These points are the vertices - that were in the Chaco file. Global point IDs start at "1" for the first - vertex in BaseName.coords and go up from there. - Default is ON. - - - - - Indicate whether this reader should create a point array for each - vertex weight in the Chaco file. - Default is OFF. - - - - - vtkCompositeDataReader - read vtkCompositeDataSet data file. - - - Description - - - - - vtkDataReader - helper superclass for objects that read vtk data files - - - Description - vtkDataReader is a helper superclass that reads the vtk data file header, - dataset type, and attribute data (point and cell attributes such as - scalars, vectors, normals, etc.) from a vtk data file. See text for - the format of the various vtk file types. - - - - - vtkPolyDataReader vtkStructuredPointsReader vtkStructuredGridReader - vtkUnstructuredGridReader vtkRectilinearGridReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Close the vtk file. - - - - - Set the name of the field data to extract. If not specified, uses - first field data encountered in file. - - - - - What is the name of the ith attribute of a certain type - in this file? This requires reading the file, so the filename - must be set prior to invoking this operation. - - - - - Specify file name of vtk data file to read. - - - - - Get the type of file (ASCII or BINARY). Returned value only valid - after file has been read. - - - - - Get the header from the vtk data file. - - - - - Specify the vtkCharArray to be used when reading from a string. - If set, this array has precedence over InputString. - Use this instead of InputString to avoid the extra memory copy. - It should be noted that if the underlying char* is owned by the - user ( vtkCharArray::SetArray(array, 1); ) and is deleted before - the reader, bad things will happen during a pipeline update. - - - - - Specify the InputString for use when reading from a character array. - Optionally include the length for binary strings. Note that a copy - of the string is made and stored. If this causes exceedingly large - memory consumption, consider using InputArray instead. - - - - - Specify the InputString for use when reading from a character array. - Optionally include the length for binary strings. Note that a copy - of the string is made and stored. If this causes exceedingly large - memory consumption, consider using InputArray instead. - - - - - Set the name of the lookup table data to extract. If not specified, uses - lookup table named by scalar. Otherwise, this specification supersedes. - - - - - Set the name of the normal data to extract. If not specified, first - normal data encountered is extracted. - - - - - What is the name of the ith attribute of a certain type - in this file? This requires reading the file, so the filename - must be set prior to invoking this operation. - - - - - How many attributes of various types are in this file? This - requires reading the file, so the filename must be set prior - to invoking this operation. (Note: file characteristics are - cached, so only a single read is necessary to return file - characteristics.) - - - - - How many attributes of various types are in this file? This - requires reading the file, so the filename must be set prior - to invoking this operation. (Note: file characteristics are - cached, so only a single read is necessary to return file - characteristics.) - - - - - How many attributes of various types are in this file? This - requires reading the file, so the filename must be set prior - to invoking this operation. (Note: file characteristics are - cached, so only a single read is necessary to return file - characteristics.) - - - - - How many attributes of various types are in this file? This - requires reading the file, so the filename must be set prior - to invoking this operation. (Note: file characteristics are - cached, so only a single read is necessary to return file - characteristics.) - - - - - How many attributes of various types are in this file? This - requires reading the file, so the filename must be set prior - to invoking this operation. (Note: file characteristics are - cached, so only a single read is necessary to return file - characteristics.) - - - - - How many attributes of various types are in this file? This - requires reading the file, so the filename must be set prior - to invoking this operation. (Note: file characteristics are - cached, so only a single read is necessary to return file - characteristics.) - - - - - Enable reading all color scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all fields. - - - - - Enable reading all normals. - - - - - Enable reading all scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all tcoords. - - - - - Enable reading all tensors. - - - - - Enable reading all vectors. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString or InputArray instead of the default, - a file. - - - - - Set the name of the scalar data to extract. If not specified, first - scalar data encountered is extracted. - - - - - What is the name of the ith attribute of a certain type - in this file? This requires reading the file, so the filename - must be set prior to invoking this operation. - - - - - Set the name of the texture coordinate data to extract. If not specified, - first texture coordinate data encountered is extracted. - - - - - What is the name of the ith attribute of a certain type - in this file? This requires reading the file, so the filename - must be set prior to invoking this operation. - - - - - Set the name of the tensor data to extract. If not specified, first - tensor data encountered is extracted. - - - - - What is the name of the ith attribute of a certain type - in this file? This requires reading the file, so the filename - must be set prior to invoking this operation. - - - - - Set the name of the vector data to extract. If not specified, first - vector data encountered is extracted. - - - - - What is the name of the ith attribute of a certain type - in this file? This requires reading the file, so the filename - must be set prior to invoking this operation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the file a valid vtk file of the passed dataset type ? - The dataset type is passed as a lower case string. - - - - - Is the file a valid vtk file of the passed dataset type ? - The dataset type is passed as a lower case string. - - - - - Is the file a valid vtk file of the passed dataset type ? - The dataset type is passed as a lower case string. - - - - - Is the file a valid vtk file of the passed dataset type ? - The dataset type is passed as a lower case string. - - - - - Is the file a valid vtk file of the passed dataset type ? - The dataset type is passed as a lower case string. - - - - - Is the file a valid vtk file of the passed dataset type ? - The dataset type is passed as a lower case string. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Close the vtk file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Open a vtk data file. Returns zero if error. - - - - - Helper functions for reading data. - - - - - Helper functions for reading data. - - - - - Enable reading all color scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all color scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all fields. - - - - - Enable reading all fields. - - - - - Enable reading all normals. - - - - - Enable reading all normals. - - - - - Enable reading all scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all tcoords. - - - - - Enable reading all tcoords. - - - - - Enable reading all tensors. - - - - - Enable reading all tensors. - - - - - Enable reading all vectors. - - - - - Enable reading all vectors. - - - - - Helper functions for reading data. - - - - - Read the cell data of a vtk data file. The number of cells (from the - dataset) must match the number of cells defined in cell attributes (unless - no geometry was defined). - - - - - Read a bunch of "cells". Return 0 if error. - - - - - Read a piece of the cells (for streaming compliance) - - - - - Read the coordinates for a rectilinear grid. The axes parameter specifies - which coordinate axes (0,1,2) is being read. - - - - - Read the edge data of a vtk data file. The number of edges (from the - graph) must match the number of edges defined in edge attributes - (unless no geometry was defined). - - - - - Helper functions for reading data. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString or InputArray instead of the default, - a file. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString or InputArray instead of the default, - a file. - - - - - Read the header of a vtk data file. Returns 0 if error. - - - - - Close the vtk file. - - - - - Read the meta information from the file. This needs to be public to it - can be accessed by vtkDataSetReader. - - - - - Read the point data of a vtk data file. The number of points (from the - dataset) must match the number of points defined in point attributes - (unless no geometry was defined). - - - - - Read point coordinates. Return 0 if error. - - - - - Read point coordinates. Return 0 if error. - - - - - Read the row data of a vtk data file. - - - - - Close the vtk file. - - - - - Read the vertex data of a vtk data file. The number of vertices (from the - graph) must match the number of vertices defined in vertex attributes - (unless no geometry was defined). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the InputString for use when reading from a character array. - Optionally include the length for binary strings. Note that a copy - of the string is made and stored. If this causes exceedingly large - memory consumption, consider using InputArray instead. - - - - - Set the name of the field data to extract. If not specified, uses - first field data encountered in file. - - - - - Specify file name of vtk data file to read. - - - - - Specify the vtkCharArray to be used when reading from a string. - If set, this array has precedence over InputString. - Use this instead of InputString to avoid the extra memory copy. - It should be noted that if the underlying char* is owned by the - user ( vtkCharArray::SetArray(array, 1); ) and is deleted before - the reader, bad things will happen during a pipeline update. - - - - - Specify the InputString for use when reading from a character array. - Optionally include the length for binary strings. Note that a copy - of the string is made and stored. If this causes exceedingly large - memory consumption, consider using InputArray instead. - - - - - Specify the InputString for use when reading from a character array. - Optionally include the length for binary strings. Note that a copy - of the string is made and stored. If this causes exceedingly large - memory consumption, consider using InputArray instead. - - - - - Set the name of the lookup table data to extract. If not specified, uses - lookup table named by scalar. Otherwise, this specification supersedes. - - - - - Set the name of the normal data to extract. If not specified, first - normal data encountered is extracted. - - - - - Enable reading all color scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all fields. - - - - - Enable reading all normals. - - - - - Enable reading all scalars. - - - - - Enable reading all tcoords. - - - - - Enable reading all tensors. - - - - - Enable reading all vectors. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString or InputArray instead of the default, - a file. - - - - - Set the name of the scalar data to extract. If not specified, first - scalar data encountered is extracted. - - - - - Set the name of the texture coordinate data to extract. If not specified, - first texture coordinate data encountered is extracted. - - - - - Set the name of the tensor data to extract. If not specified, first - tensor data encountered is extracted. - - - - - Set the name of the vector data to extract. If not specified, first - vector data encountered is extracted. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkCompositeDataWriter - legacy VTK file writer for vtkCompositeDataSet - subclasses. - - - Description - vtkCompositeDataWriter is a writer for writing legacy VTK files for - vtkCompositeDataSet and subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDatabaseToTableReader - Read an SQL table as a vtkTable - - - Description - vtkDatabaseToTableReader reads a table from an SQL database, outputting - it as a vtkTable. - - - - - vtkTableReader - read vtkTable data file - - - Description - vtkTableReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - vtkTable data files in vtk format. (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkTable data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkTable vtkDataReader vtkTableWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Check if the currently specified table name exists in the database. - - - - - Check if the currently specified table name exists in the database. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the database associated with this reader - - - - - Set the name of the table that you'd like to convert to a vtkTable - Returns false if the specified table does not exist in the database. - - - - - vtkDEMReader - read a digital elevation model (DEM) file - - - Description - vtkDEMReader reads digital elevation files and creates image data. - Digital elevation files are produced by the - <A HREF="http://www.usgs.gov">US Geological Survey</A>. - A complete description of the DEM file is located at the USGS site. - The reader reads the entire dem file and create a vtkImageData that - contains a single scalar component that is the elevation in meters. - The spacing is also expressed in meters. A number of get methods - provide access to fields on the header. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Accuracy code for elevations. 0=unknown accuracy - - - - - Code 1=DEM-1, 2=DEM_2, ... - - - - - Minimum and maximum elevation for the DEM. The units in the file - are in ElevationUnitOfMeasure. This class converts them to meters. - - - - - Minimum and maximum elevation for the DEM. The units in the file - are in ElevationUnitOfMeasure. This class converts them to meters. - - - - - Code 1=regular, 2=random, reserved for future use - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Defining unit of measure for elevation coordinates throughout - the file. 1 = feet, 2 = meters - - - - - Specify file name of Digital Elevation Model (DEM) file - - - - - Ground planimetric reference system - - - - - Zone in ground planimetric reference system - - - - - Counterclockwise angle (in radians) from the primary axis of the planimetric - reference to the primary axis of the DEM local reference system. - IGNORED BY THIS IMPLEMENTATION. - - - - - An ASCII description of the map - - - - - Defining unit of measure for ground planimetric coordinates throughout - the file. 0 = radians, 1 = feet, 2 = meters, 3 = arc-seconds. - - - - - Number of sides in the polygon which defines the coverage of - the DEM file. Set to 4. - - - - - The number of rows and columns in the DEM. - - - - - The number of rows and columns in the DEM. - - - - - Map Projection parameters. All are zero. - - - - - Map Projection parameters. All are zero. - - - - - DEM spatial resolution for x,y,z. Values are expressed in units of resolution. - Since elevations are read as integers, this permits fractional elevations. - - - - - DEM spatial resolution for x,y,z. Values are expressed in units of resolution. - Since elevations are read as integers, this permits fractional elevations. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Specify the elevation origin to use. By default, the elevation origin - is equal to ElevationBounds[0]. A more convenient origin is to use sea - level (i.e., a value of 0.0). - - - - - Specify file name of Digital Elevation Model (DEM) file - - - - - Specify file name of Digital Elevation Model (DEM) file - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDICOMImageReader - Reads some DICOM images - - - Description - DICOM (stands for Digital Imaging in COmmunications and Medicine) - is a medical image file format widely used to exchange data, provided - by various modalities. - Warnings - This reader might eventually handle ACR-NEMA file (predecessor of the DICOM - format for medical images). - This reader does not handle encapsulated format, only plain raw file are - handled. This reader also does not handle multi-frames DICOM datasets. - Warnings - Internally DICOMParser assumes the x,y pixel spacing is stored in 0028,0030 and - that z spacing is stored in Slice Thickness (correct only when slice were acquired - contiguous): 0018,0050. Which means this is only valid for some rare - MR Image Storage - - - - - vtkBMPReader vtkPNMReader vtkTIFFReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Static method for construction. - - - - - Static method for construction. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - - Can I read the file? - - - - - - Get the number of bits allocated for each pixel in the file. - - - - - Return a descriptive name for the file format that might be useful in a GUI. - - - - - Returns the directory name. - - - - - - What file extensions are supported? - - - - - - Get the gantry angle for the last image processed. - - - - - Returns the image height. - - - - - Get the (DICOM) directions cosines. It consist of the components - of the first two vectors. The third vector needs to be computed - to form an orthonormal basis. - - - - - Get the (DICOM) x,y,z coordinates of the first pixel in the - image (upper left hand corner) of the last image processed by the - DICOMParser - - - - - Get the number of components of the image data for the last - image processed. - - - - - Get the patient name for the last image processed. - - - - - Get the pixel representation of the last image processed by the - DICOMParser. A zero is a unsigned quantity. A one indicates a - signed quantity - - - - - Returns the pixel spacing (in X, Y, Z). - Note: if there is only one slice, the Z spacing is set to the slice - thickness. If there is more than one slice, it is set to the distance - between the first two slices. - - - - - Get the rescale offset for the pixel data. - - - - - Get the rescale slope for the pixel data. - - - - - Get the Study ID for the last image processed. - - - - - Get the study uid for the last image processed. - - - - - Get the transfer syntax UID for the last image processed. - - - - - Returns the image width. - - - - - Static method for construction. - - - - - Static method for construction. - - - - - Static method for construction. - - - - - Static method for construction. - - - - - Set the directory name for the reader to look in for DICOM - files. If this method is used, the reader will try to find - all the DICOM files in a directory. It will select the subset - corresponding to the first series UID it stumbles across and - it will try to build an ordered volume from them based on - the slice number. The volume building will be upgraded to - something more sophisticated in the future. - - - - - Set the filename for the file to read. If this method is used, - the reader will only read a single file. - - - - - vtkDataCompressor - Abstract interface for data compression classes. - - - Description - vtkDataCompressor provides a universal interface for data - compression. Subclasses provide one compression method and one - decompression method. The public interface to all compressors - remains the same, and is defined by this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compress the given input data buffer into the given output - buffer. The size of the output buffer must be at least as large - as the value given by GetMaximumCompressionSpace for the given - input size. - - - - - Compress the given data. A vtkUnsignedCharArray containing the - compressed data is returned with a reference count of 1. - - - - - Get the maximum space that may be needed to store data of the - given uncompressed size after compression. This is the minimum - size of the output buffer that can be passed to the four-argument - Compress method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Uncompress the given input data into the given output buffer. - The size of the uncompressed data must be known by the caller. - It should be transmitted from the compressor by a means outside - of this class. - - - - - Uncompress the given data. A vtkUnsignedCharArray containing the - compressed data is returned with a reference count of 1. The - size of the uncompressed data must be known by the caller. It - should be transmitted from the compressor by a means outside of - this class. - - - - - vtkDataObjectReader - read vtk field data file - - - Description - vtkDataObjectReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary field - data files in vtk format. Fields are general matrix structures used - represent complex data. (See text for format details). The output of this - reader is a single vtkDataObject. The superclass of this class, - vtkDataReader, provides many methods for controlling the reading of the - data file, see vtkDataReader for more information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkFieldData vtkDataObjectWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output field of this reader. - - - - - Get the output field of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output field of this reader. - - - - - vtkDataObjectWriter - write vtk field data - - - Description - vtkDataObjectWriter is a source object that writes ASCII or binary - field data files in vtk format. Field data is a general form of data in - matrix form. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - Methods delegated to vtkDataWriter, see vtkDataWriter. - - - - - vtkDataSetReader - class to read any type of vtk dataset - - - Description - vtkDataSetReader is a class that provides instance variables and methods - to read any type of dataset in Visualization Toolkit (vtk) format. The - output type of this class will vary depending upon the type of data - file. Convenience methods are provided to keep the data as a particular - type. (See text for format description details). - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkDataReader vtkPolyDataReader vtkRectilinearGridReader - vtkStructuredPointsReader vtkStructuredGridReader vtkUnstructuredGridReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this filter - - - - - Get the output of this filter - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method can be used to find out the type of output expected without - needing to read the whole file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDelimitedTextWriter - Delimited text writer for vtkTable - Writes a vtkTable as a delimited text file (such as CSV). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the delimiter use to separate fields ("," by default.) - - - - - Get/Set the filename for the file. - - - - - Get/Set the delimiter used for string data, if any - eg. double quotes("). - - - - - Get/Set if StringDelimiter must be used for string data. - True by default. - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This convenience method returns the string, sets the IVAR to NULL, - so that the user is responsible for deleting the string. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the delimiter use to separate fields ("," by default.) - - - - - Get/Set the filename for the file. - - - - - Get/Set the delimiter used for string data, if any - eg. double quotes("). - - - - - Get/Set if StringDelimiter must be used for string data. - True by default. - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - Enable writing to an OutputString instead of the default, a file. - - - - - vtkEnSight6BinaryReader - class to read binary EnSight6 files - - - Description - vtkEnSight6BinaryReader is a class to read binary EnSight6 files into vtk. - Because the different parts of the EnSight data can be of various data - types, this reader produces multiple outputs, one per part in the input - file. - All variable information is being stored in field data. The descriptions - listed in the case file are used as the array names in the field data. - For complex vector variables, the description is appended with _r (for the - array of real values) and _i (for the array if imaginary values). Complex - scalar variables are stored as a single array with 2 components, real and - imaginary, listed in that order. - Caveats - You must manually call Update on this reader and then connect the rest - of the pipeline because (due to the nature of the file format) it is - not possible to know ahead of time how many outputs you will have or - what types they will be. - This reader can only handle static EnSight datasets (both static geometry - and variables). - - - - - vtkEnSightReader - superclass for EnSight file readers - - - - - vtkGenericEnSightReader - class to read any type of EnSight files - - - Description - The class vtkGenericEnSightReader allows the user to read an EnSight data - set without a priori knowledge of what type of EnSight data set it is. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns true if the file pointed to by casefilename appears to be a - valid EnSight case file. - - - - - Reads the FORMAT part of the case file to determine whether this is an - EnSight6 or EnSightGold data set. Returns an identifier listed in - the FileTypes enum or -1 if an error occurred or the file could not - be indentified as any EnSight type. - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set/Get the Case file name. - - - - - Get the name of the point or cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get the data array selection tables used to configure which data - arrays are loaded by the reader. - - - - - Get the nth description for a complex variable. - - - - - Get the variable type of variable n. - - - - - Get the nth description for a non-complex variable. - - - - - Get the nth description of a particular variable type. Returns NULL if no - variable of this type exists in this data set. - SCALAR_PER_NODE = 0; VECTOR_PER_NODE = 1; - TENSOR_SYMM_PER_NODE = 2; SCALAR_PER_ELEMENT = 3; - VECTOR_PER_ELEMENT = 4; TENSOR_SYMM_PER_ELEMENT = 5; - SCALAR_PER_MEASURED_NODE = 6; VECTOR_PER_MEASURED_NODE = 7; - COMPLEX_SCALAR_PER_NODE = 8; COMPLEX_VECTOR_PER_NODE 9; - COMPLEX_SCALAR_PER_ELEMENT = 10; COMPLEX_VECTOR_PER_ELEMENT = 11 - - - - - Get the EnSight file version being read. - - - - - Set/Get the file path. - - - - - Get the Geometry file name. Made public to allow access from - apps requiring detailed info about the Data contents - - - - - Get the minimum or maximum time value for this data set. - - - - - Get the minimum or maximum time value for this data set. - - - - - Get the number of point or cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables listed in the case file. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of point or cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables listed in the case file. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - Get the number of variables of a particular type. - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - Get the name of the point or cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get the data array selection tables used to configure which data - arrays are loaded by the reader. - - - - - Set/get the flag for whether to read all the variables - - - - - THIB - - - - - Get the time values per time set - - - - - Set/Get the time value at which to get the value. - - - - - Get the variable type of variable n. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - Set/get the flag for whether to read all the variables - - - - - Set/get the flag for whether to read all the variables - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set/Get the Case file name. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Set/Get the file path. - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Set/get the flag for whether to read all the variables - - - - - Set/Get the time value at which to get the value. - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the Match file name. Made public to allow access from - apps requiring detailed info about the Data contents - - - - - Get the Measured file name. Made public to allow access from - apps requiring detailed info about the Data contents - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The MeasuredGeometryFile should list particle coordinates - from 0->N-1. - If a file is loaded where point Ids are listed from 1-N - the Id to points reference will be wrong and the data - will be generated incorrectly. - Setting ParticleCoordinatesByIndex to true will force - all Id's to increment from 0->N-1 (relative to their order - in the file) and regardless of the actual Id of of the point. - Warning, if the Points are listed in non sequential order - then setting this flag will reorder them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEnSight6Reader - class to read EnSight6 files - - - Description - vtkEnSight6Reader is a class to read EnSight6 files into vtk. - Because the different parts of the EnSight data can be of various data - types, this reader produces multiple outputs, one per part in the input - file. - All variable information is being stored in field data. The descriptions - listed in the case file are used as the array names in the field data. - For complex vector variables, the description is appended with _r (for the - array of real values) and _i (for the array if imaginary values). Complex - scalar variables are stored as a single array with 2 components, real and - imaginary, listed in that order. - Caveats - You must manually call Update on this reader and then connect the rest - of the pipeline because (due to the nature of the file format) it is - not possible to know ahead of time how many outputs you will have or - what types they will be. - This reader can only handle static EnSight datasets (both static geometry - and variables). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEnSightGoldBinaryReader - class to read binary EnSight Gold files - - - Description - vtkEnSightGoldBinaryReader is a class to read EnSight Gold files into vtk. - Because the different parts of the EnSight data can be of various data - types, this reader produces multiple outputs, one per part in the input - file. - All variable information is being stored in field data. The descriptions - listed in the case file are used as the array names in the field data. - For complex vector variables, the description is appended with _r (for the - array of real values) and _i (for the array if imaginary values). Complex - scalar variables are stored as a single array with 2 components, real and - imaginary, listed in that order. - Caveats - You must manually call Update on this reader and then connect the rest - of the pipeline because (due to the nature of the file format) it is - not possible to know ahead of time how many outputs you will have or - what types they will be. - This reader can only handle static EnSight datasets (both static geometry - and variables). - Thanks - Thanks to Yvan Fournier for providing the code to support nfaced elements. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEnSightGoldReader - class to read EnSight Gold files - - - Description - vtkEnSightGoldReader is a class to read EnSight Gold files into vtk. - Because the different parts of the EnSight data can be of various data - types, this reader produces multiple outputs, one per part in the input - file. - All variable information is being stored in field data. The descriptions - listed in the case file are used as the array names in the field data. - For complex vector variables, the description is appended with _r (for the - array of real values) and _i (for the array if imaginary values). Complex - scalar variables are stored as a single array with 2 components, real and - imaginary, listed in that order. - Caveats - You must manually call Update on this reader and then connect the rest - of the pipeline because (due to the nature of the file format) it is - not possible to know ahead of time how many outputs you will have or - what types they will be. - This reader can only handle static EnSight datasets (both static geometry - and variables). - Thanks - Thanks to Yvan Fournier for providing the code to support nfaced elements. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEnSightMasterServerReader - reader for compund EnSight files - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set or get the current piece. - - - - - Determine which file should be read for piece - - - - - Set or get the current piece. - - - - - Get the file name that will be read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set or get the current piece. - - - - - vtkFLUENTReader - reads a dataset in Fluent file format - - - Description - vtkFLUENTReader creates an unstructured grid dataset. It reads .cas and - .dat files stored in FLUENT native format. - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian W. Dotson & Terry E. Jordan (Department of Energy, National - Energy Technology Laboratory) & Douglas McCorkle (Iowa State University) - who developed this class. - Please address all comments to Brian Dotson (brian.dotson@netl.doe.gov) & - Terry Jordan (terry.jordan@sa.netl.doe.gov) - & Doug McCorkle (mccdo@iastate.edu) - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off all cell arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all cell arrays. - - - - - Get the name of the cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - Specify the file name of the Fluent case file to read. - - - - - Get the number of cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the total number of cells. The number of cells is only valid after a - successful read of the data file is performed. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set whether the cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - Specify the file name of the Fluent case file to read. - - - - - vtkFacetWriter - reads a dataset in Facet format - - - Description - vtkFacetWriter creates an unstructured grid dataset. It reads ASCII files - stored in Facet format - - The facet format looks like this: - FACET FILE ... - nparts - Part 1 name - 0 - npoints 0 0 - p1x p1y p1z - p2x p2y p2z - ... - 1 - Part 1 name - ncells npointspercell - p1c1 p2c1 p3c1 ... pnc1 materialnum partnum - p1c2 p2c2 p3c2 ... pnc2 materialnum partnum - ... - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify file name of Facet datafile to read - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of Facet datafile to read - - - - - Write data - - - - - vtkGESignaReader - read GE Signa ximg files - - - Description - vtkGESignaReader is a source object that reads some GE Signa ximg files It - does support reading in pixel spacing, slice spacing and it computes an - origin for the image in millimeters. It always produces greyscale unsigned - short data and it supports reading in rectangular, packed, compressed, and - packed&compressed. It does not read in slice orientation, or position - right now. To use it you just need to specify a filename or a file prefix - and pattern. - - - - - vtkMedicalImageReader2 - vtkImageReader2 with medical meta data. - - - Description - vtkMedicalImageReader2 is a parent class for medical image readers. - It provides a place to store patient information that may be stored - in the image header. - - - - vtkImageReader2 vtkGESignaReader vtkMedicalImageProperties - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - Get the medical image properties object - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - For backward compatibility, propagate calls to the MedicalImageProperties - object. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Is the given file a GESigna file? - - - - - A descriptive name for this format - - - - - Valid extentsions - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGAMBITReader - reads a dataset in Fluent GAMBIT neutral file format - - - Description - vtkGAMBITReader creates an unstructured grid dataset. It reads ASCII files - stored in GAMBIT neutral format, with optional data stored at the nodes or - at the cells of the model. A cell-based fielddata stores the material id. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the file name of the GAMBIT data file to read. - - - - - Get the number of data components at the nodes and cells. - - - - - Get the total number of cells. The number of cells is only valid after a - successful read of the data file is performed. - - - - - Get the number of data components at the nodes and cells. - - - - - Get the total number of nodes. The number of nodes is only valid after a - successful read of the data file is performed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the file name of the GAMBIT data file to read. - - - - - vtkGaussianCubeReader - read ASCII Gaussian Cube Data files - - - Description - vtkGaussianCubeReader is a source object that reads ASCII files following - the description in http://www.gaussian.com/00000430.htm - The FileName must be specified. - - Thanks - Dr. Jean M. Favre who developed and contributed this class. - - - - - vtkMoleculeReaderBase - read Molecular Data files - - - Description - vtkMoleculeReaderBase is a source object that reads Molecule files - The FileName must be specified - - Thanks - Dr. Jean M. Favre who developed and contributed this class - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A scaling factor to compute bonds between non-hydrogen atoms - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A scaling factor to compute bonds with hydrogen atoms. - - - - - A scaling factor to compute bonds with hydrogen atoms. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A scaling factor to compute bonds between non-hydrogen atoms - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A scaling factor to compute bonds with hydrogen atoms. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGenericDataObjectReader - class to read any type of vtk data object - - - Description - vtkGenericDataObjectReader is a class that provides instance variables and methods - to read any type of data object in Visualization Toolkit (vtk) format. The - output type of this class will vary depending upon the type of data - file. Convenience methods are provided to return the data as a particular - type. (See text for format description details). - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkDataReader vtkGraphReader vtkPolyDataReader vtkRectilinearGridReader - vtkStructuredPointsReader vtkStructuredGridReader vtkTableReader - vtkTreeReader vtkUnstructuredGridReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output of this filter - - - - - Get the output of this filter - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method can be used to find out the type of output expected without - needing to read the whole file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGenericDataObjectWriter - writes any type of vtk data object to file - - - Description - vtkGenericDataObjectWriter is a concrete class that writes data objects - to disk. The input to this object is any subclass of vtkDataObject. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGenericMovieWriter - an abstract movie writer class. - - - Description - vtkGenericMovieWriter is the abstract base class for several movie - writers. The input type is a vtkImageData. The Start() method will - open and create the file, the Write() method will output a frame to - the file (i.e. the contents of the vtkImageData), End() will finalize - and close the file. - - - - vtkAVIWriter vtkMPEG2Writer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods start writing an Movie file, write a frame to the file - and then end the writing process. - - - - - Was there an error on the last write performed? - - - - - Specify file name of avi file. - - - - - Set/Get the input object from the image pipeline. - - - - - Converts vtkErrorCodes and vtkGenericMovieWriter errors to strings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of avi file. - - - - - Set/Get the input object from the image pipeline. - - - - - These methods start writing an Movie file, write a frame to the file - and then end the writing process. - - - - - These methods start writing an Movie file, write a frame to the file - and then end the writing process. - - - - - Converts vtkErrorCodes and vtkGenericMovieWriter errors to strings. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGlobFileNames - find files that match a wildcard pattern - - - Description - vtkGlobFileNames is a utility for finding files and directories - that match a given wildcard pattern. Allowed wildcards are - *, ?, [...], [!...]. The "*" wildcard matches any substring, - the "?" matches any single character, the [...] matches any one of - the enclosed characters, e.g. [abc] will match one of a, b, or c, - while [0-9] will match any digit, and [!...] will match any single - character except for the ones within the brackets. Special - treatment is given to "/" (or "\" on Windows) because these are - path separators. These are never matched by a wildcard, they are - only matched with another file separator. - Caveats - This function performs case-sensitive matches on UNIX and - case-insensitive matches on Windows. - - - - vtkDirectory - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkGlobFileNames object. - - - - - Create a new vtkGlobFileNames object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Search for all files that match the given expression, - sort them, and add them to the output. This method can - be called repeatedly to add files matching additional patterns. - Returns 1 if successful, otherwise returns zero. - - - - - Set the directory in which to perform the glob. If this is - not set, then the current directory will be used. Also, if - you use a glob pattern that contains absolute path (one that - starts with "/" or a drive letter) then that absolute path - will be used and Directory will be ignored. - - - - - Get an array that contains all the file names. - - - - - Return the file at the given index, the indexing is 0 based. - - - - - Return the number of files found. - - - - - Recurse into subdirectories. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Recurse into subdirectories. - - - - - Recurse into subdirectories. - - - - - Reset the glob by clearing the list of output filenames. - - - - - Return the class name as a string. - - - - - Set the directory in which to perform the glob. If this is - not set, then the current directory will be used. Also, if - you use a glob pattern that contains absolute path (one that - starts with "/" or a drive letter) then that absolute path - will be used and Directory will be ignored. - - - - - Recurse into subdirectories. - - - - - vtkGraphReader - read vtkGraph data file - - - Description - vtkGraphReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - vtkGraph data files in vtk format. (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkGraph data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkGraph vtkDataReader vtkGraphWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkGraphWriter - write vtkGraph data to a file - - - Description - vtkGraphWriter is a sink object that writes ASCII or binary - vtkGraph data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkIVWriter - export polydata into OpenInventor 2.0 format. - - - Description - vtkIVWriter is a concrete subclass of vtkWriter that writes OpenInventor 2.0 - files. - - - - - vtkPolyDataWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageReader2Collection - maintain a list of image readers - - - Description - vtkImageReader2Collection is an object that creates and manipulates - lists of objects of type vtkImageReader2 and its subclasses. - - - - vtkCollection vtkPlaneCollection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an image reader to the list. - - - - - Get the next image reader in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageReader2Factory - Superclass of binary file readers. - - - Description - vtkImageReader2Factory: This class is used to create a vtkImageReader2 - object given a path name to a file. It calls CanReadFile on all - available readers until one of them returns true. The available reader - list comes from three places. In the InitializeReaders function of this - class, built-in VTK classes are added to the list, users can call - RegisterReader, or users can create a vtkObjectFactory that has - CreateObject method that returns a new vtkImageReader2 sub class when - given the string "vtkImageReaderObject". This way applications can be - extended with new readers via a plugin dll or by calling RegisterReader. - Of course all of the readers that are part of the vtk release are made - automatically available. - - - - - vtkImageReader2 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - open the image file, it is the callers responsibility to call - Delete on the returned object. If no reader is found, null - is returned. - - - - - The caller must allocate the vtkImageReader2Collection and pass in the - pointer to this method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - registered readers will be queried in CreateImageReader2 to - see if they can load a given file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkJavaScriptDataWriter - A Javascript data writer for vtkTable - Writes a vtkTable into a Javascript data format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the filename for the file. - - - - - Get/Set the whether or not to include field names - When field names are on you will get data output - that looks like this: - var data=[ - {foo:3,time:"2009-11-04 16:09:42",bar:1 }, - {foo:5,time:"2009-11-04 16:11:22",bar:0 }, - without field names the data will be an array - of arrays like this: - var data=[ - [3,"2009-11-04 16:09:42",1], - [5,"2009-11-04 16:11:22",0], - - Default is ON (true) - - - - - Get/set the name of the Javascript variable that the dataset will be assigned to. - The default value is "data", so the javascript code generated by the filter will - look like this: "var data = [ ... ];". If VariableName is set to NULL, then no - assignment statement will be generated (i.e., only "[ ... ];" will be generated). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the filename for the file. - - - - - Get/Set the whether or not to include field names - When field names are on you will get data output - that looks like this: - var data=[ - {foo:3,time:"2009-11-04 16:09:42",bar:1 }, - {foo:5,time:"2009-11-04 16:11:22",bar:0 }, - without field names the data will be an array - of arrays like this: - var data=[ - [3,"2009-11-04 16:09:42",1], - [5,"2009-11-04 16:11:22",0], - - Default is ON (true) - - - - - Get/set the name of the Javascript variable that the dataset will be assigned to. - The default value is "data", so the javascript code generated by the filter will - look like this: "var data = [ ... ];". If VariableName is set to NULL, then no - assignment statement will be generated (i.e., only "[ ... ];" will be generated). - - - - - vtkJPEGReader - read JPEG files - - - Description - vtkJPEGReader is a source object that reads JPEG files. - It should be able to read most any JPEG file - - - - - vtkJPEGWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Is the given file a JPEG file? - - - - - Return a descriptive name for the file format that might be useful in a GUI. - - - - - Get the file extensions for this format. - Returns a string with a space separated list of extensions in - the format .extension - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkJPEGWriter - Writes JPEG files. - - - Description - vtkJPEGWriter writes JPEG files. It supports 1 and 3 component data of - unsigned char. It relies on the IJG's libjpeg. Thanks to IJG for - supplying a public jpeg IO library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Progressive JPEG generation. - - - - - Compression quality. 0 = Low quality, 100 = High quality - - - - - Compression quality. 0 = Low quality, 100 = High quality - - - - - Compression quality. 0 = Low quality, 100 = High quality - - - - - When writing to memory this is the result, it will be NULL until the - data is written the first time - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Progressive JPEG generation. - - - - - Progressive JPEG generation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Progressive JPEG generation. - - - - - Compression quality. 0 = Low quality, 100 = High quality - - - - - When writing to memory this is the result, it will be NULL until the - data is written the first time - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - The main interface which triggers the writer to start. - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - vtkMFIXReader - reads a dataset in MFIX file format - - - Description - vtkMFIXReader creates an unstructured grid dataset. It reads a restart - file and a set of sp files. The restart file contains the mesh - information. MFIX meshes are either cylindrical or rectilinear, but - this reader will convert them to an unstructured grid. The sp files - contain transient data for the cells. Each sp file has one or more - variables stored inside it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off all cell arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all cell arrays. - - - - - Get the name of the cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get the range of cell data. - - - - - Specify the file name of the MFIX Restart data file to read. - - - - - Description - Get the number of cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of data components at the nodes and cells. - - - - - Get the total number of cells. The number of cells is only valid after a - successful read of the data file is performed. - - - - - Get the total number of nodes. The number of nodes is only valid after a - successful read of the data file is performed. - - - - - Returns the number of timesteps. - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set whether the cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Specify the file name of the MFIX Restart data file to read. - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - vtkMaterialLibrary - Library for Materials - - - Description - This class provides the Material XMLs. - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Obtain the code for the shader with given name. - Note that Cg shader names are prefixed with CG and - GLSL shader names are prefixed with GLSL. - This method allocates memory. It's the responsibility - of the caller to free this memory. - - - - - Returns the number of materials provided by the library. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMCubesReader - read binary marching cubes file - - - Description - vtkMCubesReader is a source object that reads binary marching cubes - files. (Marching cubes is an isosurfacing technique that generates - many triangles.) The binary format is supported by W. Lorensen's - marching cubes program (and the vtkSliceCubes object). The format - repeats point coordinates, so this object will merge the points - with a vtkLocator object. You can choose to supply the vtkLocator - or use the default. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Specify whether to flip normals in opposite direction. Flipping ONLY - changes the direction of the normal vector. Contrast this with flipping - in vtkPolyDataNormals which flips both the normal and the cell point - order. - - - - - Specify whether to flip normals in opposite direction. Flipping ONLY - changes the direction of the normal vector. Contrast this with flipping - in vtkPolyDataNormals which flips both the normal and the cell point - order. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - Specify file name of marching cubes file. - - - - - Specify whether to flip normals in opposite direction. Flipping ONLY - changes the direction of the normal vector. Contrast this with flipping - in vtkPolyDataNormals which flips both the normal and the cell point - order. - - - - - Specify a header size if one exists. The header is skipped and not used at this time. - - - - - Specify a header size if one exists. The header is skipped and not used at this time. - - - - - Specify a header size if one exists. The header is skipped and not used at this time. - - - - - Set / get the file name of the marching cubes limits file. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Return the mtime also considering the locator. - - - - - Specify whether to read normals. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify whether to read normals. - - - - - Specify whether to read normals. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - Specify file name of marching cubes file. - - - - - Specify whether to flip normals in opposite direction. Flipping ONLY - changes the direction of the normal vector. Contrast this with flipping - in vtkPolyDataNormals which flips both the normal and the cell point - order. - - - - - Specify a header size if one exists. The header is skipped and not used at this time. - - - - - Set / get the file name of the marching cubes limits file. - - - - - Set / get a spatial locator for merging points. By default, - an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Specify whether to read normals. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - vtkMCubesWriter - write binary marching cubes file - - - Description - vtkMCubesWriter is a polydata writer that writes binary marching cubes - files. (Marching cubes is an isosurfacing technique that generates many - triangles.) The binary format is supported by W. Lorensen's marching cubes - program (and the vtkSliceCubes object). Each triangle is represented by - three records, with each record consisting of six single precision - floating point numbers representing the a triangle vertex coordinate and - vertex normal. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get file name of marching cubes limits file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get file name of marching cubes limits file. - - - - - vtkMedicalImageProperties - some medical image properties. - - - Description - vtkMedicalImageProperties is a helper class that can be used by medical - image readers and applications to encapsulate medical image/acquisition - properties. Later on, this should probably be extended to add - any user-defined property. - - - - vtkMedicalImageReader2 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Interface to allow insertion of user define values, for instance in DICOM - one would want to - store the Protocol Name (0018,1030), in this case one would do: - AddUserDefinedValue( "Protocol Name", "T1W/SE/1024" ); - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Convenience method to reset all fields to an emptry string/value - - - - - Copy the contents of p to this instance. - - - - - Acquisition Date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0008,0022) = 20030617 - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetAcquisitionDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetAcquisitionDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetAcquisitionDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - Acquisition time - Format: hhmmss.frac (any trailing component(s) can be ommited) - For ex: DICOM (0008,0032) = 162552.0705 or 230012, or 0012 - - - - - Take as input a string in VR=AS (DICOM PS3.5) and extract either - different fields namely: year month week day - Return 0 on error, 1 on success - One can test fields if they are different from -1 upon success - - - - - Convolution Kernel (or algorithm used to reconstruct the data) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1210) = Bone - - - - - Take as input a string in ISO 8601 date (YYYY/MM/DD) and extract the - different fields namely: year month day - Return 0 on error, 1 on success - - - - - Take as input a string in ISO 8601 date (YYYY/MM/DD) and construct a - locale date based on the different fields (see GetDateAsFields to extract - different fields) - Return 0 on error, 1 on success - - - - - Get the direction cosine (default to 1,0,0,0,1,0) - - - - - Get the direction cosine (default to 1,0,0,0,1,0) - - - - - Get the direction cosine (default to 1,0,0,0,1,0) - - - - - Echo Time - (Time in ms between the middle of the excitation pulse and the peak of - the echo produced) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0081) = 105 - - - - - Echo Train Length - (Number of lines in k-space acquired per excitation per image) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0091) = 35 - - - - - Exposure (The exposure expressed in mAs, for example calculated - from Exposure Time and X-ray Tube Current) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1152) = 114 - - - - - Exposure time (time of x-ray exposure in msec) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1150) = 5 - - - - - Gantry/Detector tilt (Nominal angle of tilt in degrees of the scanning - gantry.) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1120) = 15 - - - - - Gantry/Detector tilt (Nominal angle of tilt in degrees of the scanning - gantry.) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1120) = 15 - - - - - Image Date aka Content Date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0008,0023) = 20030617 - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetImageDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetImageDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetImageDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - Image number - For ex: DICOM (0020,0013) = 1 - - - - - Image Time - Format: hhmmss.frac (any trailing component(s) can be ommited) - For ex: DICOM (0008,0033) = 162552.0705 or 230012, or 0012 - - - - - Mapping from a sliceidx within a volumeidx into a DICOM Instance UID - Some DICOM reader can populate this structure so that later on from - a slice index in a vtkImageData volume we can backtrack and find out - which 2d slice it was coming from - - - - - Institution Name - For ex: DICOM (0008,0080) = FooCity Medical Center - - - - - Peak kilo voltage output of the (x-ray) generator used - For ex: DICOM (0018,0060) = 120 - - - - - Manufacturer - For ex: DICOM (0008,0070) = Siemens - - - - - Manufacturer's Model Name - For ex: DICOM (0008,1090) = LightSpeed QX/i - - - - - Modality - For ex: DICOM (0008,0060)= CT - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Interface to allow insertion of user define values, for instance in DICOM - one would want to - store the Protocol Name (0018,1030), in this case one would do: - AddUserDefinedValue( "Protocol Name", "T1W/SE/1024" ); - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Provides the inverse mapping. Returns -1 if a slice for this uid is - not found. - - - - - Patient age - Format: nnnD, nnW, nnnM or nnnY (eventually nnD, nnW, nnY) - with D (day), M (month), W (week), Y (year) - For ex: DICOM (0010,1010) = 031Y - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientAge + GetAgeAsField - Those function parse a DICOM string, and return the value of the number - expressed this is either expressed in year, month or days. Thus if a - string is expressed in years - GetPatientAgeDay/GetPatientAgeWeek/GetPatientAgeMonth will return 0 - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientAge + GetAgeAsField - Those function parse a DICOM string, and return the value of the number - expressed this is either expressed in year, month or days. Thus if a - string is expressed in years - GetPatientAgeDay/GetPatientAgeWeek/GetPatientAgeMonth will return 0 - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientAge + GetAgeAsField - Those function parse a DICOM string, and return the value of the number - expressed this is either expressed in year, month or days. Thus if a - string is expressed in years - GetPatientAgeDay/GetPatientAgeWeek/GetPatientAgeMonth will return 0 - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientAge + GetAgeAsField - Those function parse a DICOM string, and return the value of the number - expressed this is either expressed in year, month or days. Thus if a - string is expressed in years - GetPatientAgeDay/GetPatientAgeWeek/GetPatientAgeMonth will return 0 - - - - - Patient birth date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0010,0030) = 19680427 - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientBirthDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientBirthDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - For Tcl: - From C++ use GetPatientBirthDate + GetDateAsFields - - - - - Patient ID - For ex: DICOM (0010,0020) = 1933197 - - - - - Patient name - For ex: DICOM (0010,0010) = DOE,JOHN - - - - - Patient sex - For ex: DICOM (0010,0040) = M - - - - - Repetition Time - The period of time in msec between the beginning of a pulse sequence and - the beginning of the succeeding (essentially identical) pulse sequence. - For ex: DICOM (0018,0080) = 2040 - - - - - Series Description - User provided description of the Series - For ex: DICOM (0008,103e) = SCOUT - - - - - Series number - For ex: DICOM (0020,0011) = 902 - - - - - Provides the inverse mapping. Returns -1 if a slice for this uid is - not found. - - - - - Slice Thickness (Nominal reconstructed slice thickness, in mm) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0050) = 0.273438 - - - - - Slice Thickness (Nominal reconstructed slice thickness, in mm) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0050) = 0.273438 - - - - - Station Name - For ex: DICOM (0008,1010) = LSPD_OC8 - - - - - Provides the inverse mapping. Returns -1 if a slice for this uid is - not found. - - - - - Study Date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0008,0020) = 20030617 - - - - - Study description - For ex: DICOM (0008,1030) = BRAIN/C-SP/FACIAL - - - - - Study ID - For ex: DICOM (0020,0010) = 37481 - - - - - Study Time - Format: hhmmss.frac (any trailing component(s) can be ommited) - For ex: DICOM (0008,0030) = 162552.0705 or 230012, or 0012 - - - - - Take as input a string in VR:TM format (HHMMSS) and extract the - different fields namely: hour, minute and second - Return 0 on error, 1 on success - - - - - Interface to allow insertion of user define values, for instance in DICOM - one would want to - store the Protocol Name (0018,1030), in this case one would do: - AddUserDefinedValue( "Protocol Name", "T1W/SE/1024" ); - - - - - Interface to allow insertion of user define values, for instance in DICOM - one would want to - store the Protocol Name (0018,1030), in this case one would do: - AddUserDefinedValue( "Protocol Name", "T1W/SE/1024" ); - - - - - Interface to allow insertion of user define values, for instance in DICOM - one would want to - store the Protocol Name (0018,1030), in this case one would do: - AddUserDefinedValue( "Protocol Name", "T1W/SE/1024" ); - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - X-ray tube current (in mA) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1151) = 400 - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Interface to allow insertion of user define values, for instance in DICOM - one would want to - store the Protocol Name (0018,1030), in this case one would do: - AddUserDefinedValue( "Protocol Name", "T1W/SE/1024" ); - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Acquisition Date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0008,0022) = 20030617 - - - - - Acquisition time - Format: hhmmss.frac (any trailing component(s) can be ommited) - For ex: DICOM (0008,0032) = 162552.0705 or 230012, or 0012 - - - - - Convolution Kernel (or algorithm used to reconstruct the data) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1210) = Bone - - - - - Get the direction cosine (default to 1,0,0,0,1,0) - - - - - Get the direction cosine (default to 1,0,0,0,1,0) - - - - - Echo Time - (Time in ms between the middle of the excitation pulse and the peak of - the echo produced) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0081) = 105 - - - - - Echo Train Length - (Number of lines in k-space acquired per excitation per image) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0091) = 35 - - - - - Exposure (The exposure expressed in mAs, for example calculated - from Exposure Time and X-ray Tube Current) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1152) = 114 - - - - - Exposure time (time of x-ray exposure in msec) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1150) = 5 - - - - - Gantry/Detector tilt (Nominal angle of tilt in degrees of the scanning - gantry.) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1120) = 15 - - - - - Image Date aka Content Date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0008,0023) = 20030617 - - - - - Image number - For ex: DICOM (0020,0013) = 1 - - - - - Image Time - Format: hhmmss.frac (any trailing component(s) can be ommited) - For ex: DICOM (0008,0033) = 162552.0705 or 230012, or 0012 - - - - - Mapping from a sliceidx within a volumeidx into a DICOM Instance UID - Some DICOM reader can populate this structure so that later on from - a slice index in a vtkImageData volume we can backtrack and find out - which 2d slice it was coming from - - - - - Institution Name - For ex: DICOM (0008,0080) = FooCity Medical Center - - - - - Peak kilo voltage output of the (x-ray) generator used - For ex: DICOM (0018,0060) = 120 - - - - - Manufacturer - For ex: DICOM (0008,0070) = Siemens - - - - - Manufacturer's Model Name - For ex: DICOM (0008,1090) = LightSpeed QX/i - - - - - Modality - For ex: DICOM (0008,0060)= CT - - - - - Add/Remove/Query the window/level presets that may have been associated - to a medical image. Window is also known as 'width', level is also known - as 'center'. The same window/level pair can not be added twice. - As a convenience, a comment (aka Explanation) can be associated to - a preset. - For ex: - \verbatim - DICOM Window Center (0028,1050) = 00045\000470 - DICOM Window Width (0028,1051) = 0106\03412 - DICOM Window Center Width Explanation (0028,1055) = WINDOW1\WINDOW2 - \endverbatim - - - - - Provides the inverse mapping. Returns -1 if a slice for this uid is - not found. - - - - - Patient age - Format: nnnD, nnW, nnnM or nnnY (eventually nnD, nnW, nnY) - with D (day), M (month), W (week), Y (year) - For ex: DICOM (0010,1010) = 031Y - - - - - Patient birth date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0010,0030) = 19680427 - - - - - Patient ID - For ex: DICOM (0010,0020) = 1933197 - - - - - Patient name - For ex: DICOM (0010,0010) = DOE,JOHN - - - - - Patient sex - For ex: DICOM (0010,0040) = M - - - - - Repetition Time - The period of time in msec between the beginning of a pulse sequence and - the beginning of the succeeding (essentially identical) pulse sequence. - For ex: DICOM (0018,0080) = 2040 - - - - - Series Description - User provided description of the Series - For ex: DICOM (0008,103e) = SCOUT - - - - - Series number - For ex: DICOM (0020,0011) = 902 - - - - - Slice Thickness (Nominal reconstructed slice thickness, in mm) - For ex: DICOM (0018,0050) = 0.273438 - - - - - Station Name - For ex: DICOM (0008,1010) = LSPD_OC8 - - - - - Study Date - Format: yyyymmdd - For ex: DICOM (0008,0020) = 20030617 - - - - - Study description - For ex: DICOM (0008,1030) = BRAIN/C-SP/FACIAL - - - - - Study ID - For ex: DICOM (0020,0010) = 37481 - - - - - Study Time - Format: hhmmss.frac (any trailing component(s) can be ommited) - For ex: DICOM (0008,0030) = 162552.0705 or 230012, or 0012 - - - - - X-ray tube current (in mA) - For ex: DICOM (0018,1151) = 400 - - - - - Provides the inverse mapping. Returns -1 if a slice for this uid is - not found. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkMetaImageReader - read binary UNC meta image data - - - Description - One of the formats for which a reader is already available in the toolkit is - the MetaImage file format. This is a fairly simple yet powerful format - consisting of a text header and a binary data section. The following - instructions describe how you can write a MetaImage header for the data that - you download from the BrainWeb page. - - The minimal structure of the MetaImage header is the following: - - NDims = 3 - DimSize = 181 217 181 - ElementType = MET_UCHAR - ElementSpacing = 1.0 1.0 1.0 - ElementByteOrderMSB = False - ElementDataFile = brainweb1.raw - - * NDims indicate that this is a 3D image. ITK can handle images of - arbitrary dimension. - * DimSize indicates the size of the volume in pixels along each - direction. - * ElementType indicate the primitive type used for pixels. In this case - is "unsigned char", implying that the data is digitized in 8 bits / - pixel. - * ElementSpacing indicates the physical separation between the center of - one pixel and the center of the next pixel along each direction in space. - The units used are millimeters. - * ElementByteOrderMSB indicates is the data is encoded in little or big - endian order. You might want to play with this value when moving data - between different computer platforms. - * ElementDataFile is the name of the file containing the raw binary data - of the image. This file must be in the same directory as the header. - - MetaImage headers are expected to have extension: ".mha" or ".mhd" - - Once you write this header text file, it should be possible to read the - image into your ITK based application using the itk::FileIOToImageFilter - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the file with the given name can be read by this - reader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - These duplicate functions in vtkImageReader2, vtkMedicalImageReader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMetaImageWriter - write a binary UNC meta image data - - - Description - One of the formats for which a reader is already available in the toolkit is - the MetaImage file format. This is a fairly simple yet powerful format - consisting of a text header and a binary data section. The following - instructions describe how you can write a MetaImage header for the data that - you download from the BrainWeb page. - - The minimal structure of the MetaImage header is the following: - - NDims = 3 - DimSize = 181 217 181 - ElementType = MET_UCHAR - ElementSpacing = 1.0 1.0 1.0 - ElementByteOrderMSB = False - ElementDataFile = brainweb1.raw - - * NDims indicate that this is a 3D image. ITK can handle images of - arbitrary dimension. - * DimSize indicates the size of the volume in pixels along each - direction. - * ElementType indicate the primitive type used for pixels. In this case - is "unsigned char", implying that the data is digitized in 8 bits / - pixel. - * ElementSpacing indicates the physical separation between the center of - one pixel and the center of the next pixel along each direction in space. - The units used are millimeters. - * ElementByteOrderMSB indicates is the data is encoded in little or big - endian order. You might want to play with this value when moving data - between different computer platforms. - * ElementDataFile is the name of the file containing the raw binary data - of the image. This file must be in the same directory as the header. - - MetaImage headers are expected to have extension: ".mha" or ".mhd" - - Once you write this header text file, it should be possible to read the - image into your ITK based application using the itk::FileIOToImageFilter - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - Construct object with FlipNormals turned off and Normals set to true. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the file name of the raw image data. - - - - - Specify file name of meta file - - - - - Specify the file name of the raw image data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the file name of the raw image data. - - - - - Specify file name of meta file - - - - - Specify the file name of the raw image data. - - - - - This is called by the superclass. - This is the method you should override. - - - - - vtkMINCImageAttributes - A container for a MINC image header. - - - Description - This class provides methods to access all of the information - contained in the MINC header. If you read a MINC file into - VTK and then write it out again, you can use - writer->SetImageAttributes(reader->GetImageAttributes) to - ensure that all of the medical information contained in the - file is tranferred from the reader to the writer. If you - want to change any of the header information, you must - use ShallowCopy to make a copy of the reader's attributes - and then modify only the copy. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMINCImageWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add the names of up to five dimensions. The ordering of these - dimensions will determine the dimension order of the file. If - no DimensionNames are set, the writer will set the dimension - order of the file to be the same as the dimension order in memory. - - - - - Add the names of up to five dimensions. The ordering of these - dimensions will determine the dimension order of the file. If - no DimensionNames are set, the writer will set the dimension - order of the file to be the same as the dimension order in memory. - - - - - Find the image range of the data from the information stored - in the attributes. - - - - - Find the valid range of the data from the information stored - in the attributes. - - - - - List the attribute names for a variable. Set the variable - to the empty string to get a list of the global attributes. - - - - - Set attribute values for a variable as a vtkDataArray. - Set the variable to the empty string to access global attributes. - - - - - Set an attribute value as a double. Set the variable - to the empty string to access global attributes. - If you specify a variable that does not exist, it will be - created. - - - - - Set an attribute value as an int. Set the variable - to the empty string to access global attributes. - If you specify a variable that does not exist, it will be - created. - - - - - Set an attribute value as a string. Set the variable - to the empty string to access global attributes. - If you specify a variable that does not exist, it will be - created. - - - - - Get the image data type, as stored on disk. This information - is useful if the file was converted to floating-point when it - was loaded. When writing a file from float or double image data, - you can use this method to prescribe the output type. - - - - - Get the lengths of all the dimensions. The dimension lengths - are informative, the vtkMINCImageWriter does not look at these values - but instead uses the dimension sizes of its input. - - - - - Get the dimension names. The dimension names are same order - as written in the file, starting with the slowest-varying - dimension. Use this method to get the array if you need to - change "space" dimensions to "frequency" after performing a - Fourier transform. - - - - - Get the image min and max arrays. These are set by the reader, - but they aren't used by the writer except to compute the full - real data range of the original file. - - - - - Get the image min and max arrays. These are set by the reader, - but they aren't used by the writer except to compute the full - real data range of the original file. - - - - - Get the name of the image, not including the path or - the extension. This is only needed for printing the - header and there is usually no need to set it. - - - - - Get the number of ImageMinMax dimensions. - - - - - Set this to Off if you do not want to automatically validate - every attribute that is set. - - - - - Get the names of all the variables. - - - - - Check to see if a particular attribute exists. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A diagnostic function. Print the header of the file in - the same format as ncdump or mincheader. - - - - - Reset all the attributes in preparation for loading - new information. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set attribute values for a variable as a vtkDataArray. - Set the variable to the empty string to access global attributes. - - - - - Set an attribute value as a double. Set the variable - to the empty string to access global attributes. - If you specify a variable that does not exist, it will be - created. - - - - - Set an attribute value as an int. Set the variable - to the empty string to access global attributes. - If you specify a variable that does not exist, it will be - created. - - - - - Set an attribute value as a string. Set the variable - to the empty string to access global attributes. - If you specify a variable that does not exist, it will be - created. - - - - - Get the image data type, as stored on disk. This information - is useful if the file was converted to floating-point when it - was loaded. When writing a file from float or double image data, - you can use this method to prescribe the output type. - - - - - Get the image min and max arrays. These are set by the reader, - but they aren't used by the writer except to compute the full - real data range of the original file. - - - - - Get the image min and max arrays. These are set by the reader, - but they aren't used by the writer except to compute the full - real data range of the original file. - - - - - Get the name of the image, not including the path or - the extension. This is only needed for printing the - header and there is usually no need to set it. - - - - - Get the number of ImageMinMax dimensions. - - - - - Set this to Off if you do not want to automatically validate - every attribute that is set. - - - - - Do a shallow copy. This will copy all the attributes - from the source. It is much more efficient than a DeepCopy - would be, since it only copies pointers to the attribute values - instead of copying the arrays themselves. You must use this - method to make a copy if you want to modify any MINC attributes - from a MINCReader before you pass them to a MINCWriter. - - - - - Validate a particular attribute. This involves checking - that the attribute is a MINC standard attribute, and checking - whether it can be set (as opposed to being set automatically - from the image information). The return values is 0 if - the attribute is set automatically and therefore should not - be copied from here, 1 if this attribute is valid and should - be set, and 2 if the attribute is non-standard. - - - - - Set this to Off if you do not want to automatically validate - every attribute that is set. - - - - - Set this to Off if you do not want to automatically validate - every attribute that is set. - - - - - vtkMINCImageReader - A reader for MINC files. - - - Description - MINC is a NetCDF-based medical image file format that was developed - at the Montreal Neurological Institute in 1992. - This class will read a MINC file into VTK, rearranging the data to - match the VTK x, y, and z dimensions, and optionally rescaling - real-valued data to VTK_FLOAT if RescaleRealValuesOn() is set. - If RescaleRealValues is off, then the data will be stored in its - original data type and the GetRescaleSlope(), GetRescaleIntercept() - method can be used to retrieve global rescaling parameters. - If the original file had a time dimension, the SetTimeStep() method - can be used to specify a time step to read. - All of the original header information can be accessed though the - GetImageAttributes() method. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageWriter vtkMINCImageAttributes - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the specified file can be read. - - - - - Get the scalar range of the output from the information in - the file header. This is more efficient that computing the - scalar range, but in some cases the MINC file stores an - incorrect valid_range and the DataRange will be incorrect. - - - - - Get the scalar range of the output from the information in - the file header. This is more efficient that computing the - scalar range, but in some cases the MINC file stores an - incorrect valid_range and the DataRange will be incorrect. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Get a matrix that describes the orientation of the data. - The three columns of the matrix are the direction cosines - for the x, y and z dimensions respectively. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Get the image attributes, which contain patient information and - other useful metadata. - - - - - Get the number of time steps in the file. - - - - - Get the slope and intercept for rescaling the scalar values - to real data values. To convert scalar values to real values, - use the equation y = x*RescaleSlope + RescaleIntercept. - - - - - Rescale real data values to float. If this is done, the - RescaleSlope and RescaleIntercept will be set to 1 and 0 - respectively. This is off by default. - - - - - Get the slope and intercept for rescaling the scalar values - to real data values. To convert scalar values to real values, - use the equation y = x*RescaleSlope + RescaleIntercept. - - - - - Set the time step to read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Rescale real data values to float. If this is done, the - RescaleSlope and RescaleIntercept will be set to 1 and 0 - respectively. This is off by default. - - - - - Rescale real data values to float. If this is done, the - RescaleSlope and RescaleIntercept will be set to 1 and 0 - respectively. This is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Rescale real data values to float. If this is done, the - RescaleSlope and RescaleIntercept will be set to 1 and 0 - respectively. This is off by default. - - - - - Set the time step to read. - - - - - vtkMINCImageWriter - A writer for MINC files. - - - Description - MINC is a NetCDF-based medical image file format that was developed - at the Montreal Neurological Institute in 1992. - The data is written slice-by-slice, and this writer is therefore - suitable for streaming MINC data that is larger than the memory - size through VTK. This writer can also produce files with up to - 4 dimensions, where the fourth dimension is provided by using - AddInput() to specify multiple input data sets. If you want to - set header information for the file, you must supply a - vtkMINCImageAttributes - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for writing this class and Atamai Inc. for - contributing it to VTK. - - - - vtkMINCImageReader vtkMINCImageAttributes - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the name of this file format. - - - - - Set a matrix that describes the orientation of the data. The - three columns of this matrix should give the unit-vector - directions for the VTK x, y and z dimensions respectively. - The writer will use this information to determine how to map - the VTK dimensions to the canonical MINC dimensions, and if - necessary, the writer will re-order one or more dimensions - back-to-front to ensure that no MINC dimension ends up with - a direction cosines vector whose dot product with the canonical - unit vector for that dimension is negative. - - - - - Get the entension for this file format. - - - - - Set a string value to append to the history of the file. This - string should describe, briefly, how the file was processed. - - - - - Set the image attributes, which contain patient information and - other useful metadata. - - - - - Set the slope and intercept for rescaling the intensities. The - default values are zero, which indicates to the reader that no - rescaling is to be performed. - - - - - Set the slope and intercept for rescaling the intensities. The - default values are zero, which indicates to the reader that no - rescaling is to be performed. - - - - - Set whether to validate that all variable attributes that - have been set are ones that are listed in the MINC standard. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set a matrix that describes the orientation of the data. The - three columns of this matrix should give the unit-vector - directions for the VTK x, y and z dimensions respectively. - The writer will use this information to determine how to map - the VTK dimensions to the canonical MINC dimensions, and if - necessary, the writer will re-order one or more dimensions - back-to-front to ensure that no MINC dimension ends up with - a direction cosines vector whose dot product with the canonical - unit vector for that dimension is negative. - - - - - Set the file name. - - - - - Set a string value to append to the history of the file. This - string should describe, briefly, how the file was processed. - - - - - Set the image attributes, which contain patient information and - other useful metadata. - - - - - Set the slope and intercept for rescaling the intensities. The - default values are zero, which indicates to the reader that no - rescaling is to be performed. - - - - - Set the slope and intercept for rescaling the intensities. The - default values are zero, which indicates to the reader that no - rescaling is to be performed. - - - - - Set whether to validate that all variable attributes that - have been set are ones that are listed in the MINC standard. - - - - - Set whether to validate that all variable attributes that - have been set are ones that are listed in the MINC standard. - - - - - Set whether to validate that all variable attributes that - have been set are ones that are listed in the MINC standard. - - - - - Write the data. This will attempt to stream the data - slice-by-slice through the pipeline and out to the file, - unless the whole extent of the input has already been - updated. - - - - - vtkMPASReader - Read an MPAS netCDF file - - - Description - This program reads an MPAS netCDF data file to allow paraview to - display a dual-grid sphere or latlon projection. Also allows - display of primal-grid sphere. - The variables that have time dim are available to ParaView. - - Assume all variables are of interest if they have dims - (Time, nCells|nVertices, nVertLevels, [nTracers]) - Assume no more than 100 vars each for cell and point data - Does not deal with edge data. - - When using this reader, it is important that you remember to do the - following: - 1. When changing a selected variable, remember to select it also - in the drop down box to "color by". It doesn't color by that variable - automatically. - 2. When selecting multilayer sphere view, make layer thickness around - 100,000. - 3. When selecting multilayer lat/lon view, make layer thickness around 10. - 4. Always click the -Z orientation after making a switch from lat/lon to - sphere, from single to multilayer or changing thickness. - 5. Be conservative on the number of changes you make before hitting Apply, - since there may be bugs in this reader. Just make one change and then - hit Apply. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns true if the given file can be read. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Specify file name of MPAS data file to read. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Get the number of data cells - - - - - Get the number of points - - - - - Get the number of data variables at the cell centers and points - - - - - Get the number of data variables at the cell centers and points - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Specify file name of MPAS data file to read. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - vtkMultiBlockPLOT3DReader - read PLOT3D data files - - - Description - vtkMultiBlockPLOT3DReader is a reader object that reads PLOT3D formatted - files and generates structured grid(s) on output. PLOT3D is a computer - graphics program designed to visualize the grids and solutions of - computational fluid dynamics. Please see the "PLOT3D User's Manual" - available from NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field CA. - - PLOT3D files consist of a grid file (also known as XYZ file), an - optional solution file (also known as a Q file), and an optional function - file that contains user created data (currently unsupported). The Q file - contains solution information as follows: the four parameters free stream - mach number (Fsmach), angle of attack (Alpha), Reynolds number (Re), and - total integration time (Time). This information is stored in an array - called Properties in the FieldData of each output (tuple 0: fsmach, tuple 1: - alpha, tuple 2: re, tuple 3: time). In addition, the solution file contains - the flow density (scalar), flow momentum (vector), and flow energy (scalar). - - The reader can generate additional scalars and vectors (or "functions") - from this information. To use vtkMultiBlockPLOT3DReader, you must specify the - particular function number for the scalar and vector you want to visualize. - This implementation of the reader provides the following functions. The - scalar functions are: - -1 - don't read or compute any scalars - 100 - density - 110 - pressure - 120 - temperature - 130 - enthalpy - 140 - internal energy - 144 - kinetic energy - 153 - velocity magnitude - 163 - stagnation energy - 170 - entropy - 184 - swirl. - - The vector functions are: - -1 - don't read or compute any vectors - 200 - velocity - 201 - vorticity - 202 - momentum - 210 - pressure gradient. - - (Other functions are described in the PLOT3D spec, but only those listed are - implemented here.) Note that by default, this reader creates the density - scalar (100) and momentum vector (202) as output. (These are just read in - from the solution file.) Please note that the validity of computation is - a function of this class's gas constants (R, Gamma) and the equations used. - They may not be suitable for your computational domain. - - Additionally, you can read other data and associate it as a vtkDataArray - into the output's point attribute data. Use the method AddFunction() - to list all the functions that you'd like to read. AddFunction() accepts - an integer parameter that defines the function number. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridSource vtkStructuredGrid - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify additional functions to read. These are placed into the - point data as data arrays. Later on they can be used by labeling - them as scalars, etc. - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Return 1 if the reader can read the given file name. Only meaningful - for binary files. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of specific heats. Default is 1.4. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - This returns the number of outputs this reader will produce. - This number is equal to the number of grids in the current - file. This method has to be called before getting any output - if the number of outputs will be greater than 1 (the first - output is always the same). Note that every time this method - is invoked, the header file is opened and part of the header - is read. - - - - - This returns the number of outputs this reader will produce. - This number is equal to the number of grids in the current - file. This method has to be called before getting any output - if the number of outputs will be greater than 1 (the first - output is always the same). Note that every time this method - is invoked, the header file is opened and part of the header - is read. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D solution filename. - - - - - Set/Get the gas constant. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the scalar function to extract. If ==(-1), then no scalar - function is extracted. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - Set/Get the x-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the vector function to extract. If ==(-1), then no vector - function is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the y-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the z-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify additional functions to read. These are placed into the - point data as data arrays. Later on they can be used by labeling - them as scalars, etc. - - - - - Specify additional functions to read. These are placed into the - point data as data arrays. Later on they can be used by labeling - them as scalars, etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of specific heats. Default is 1.4. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D solution filename. - - - - - Set/Get the gas constant. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the scalar function to extract. If ==(-1), then no scalar - function is extracted. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - Set/Get the x-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the vector function to extract. If ==(-1), then no vector - function is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the y-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the z-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - Return 1 if the reader can read the given file name. Only meaningful - for binary files. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns an array with string encodings for the dimension combinations used - in the variables. The result is the same as GetVariableDimensions except - that each entry in the array is unique (a set of dimensions is only given - once even if it occurs for multiple variables) and the order is - meaningless. - - - - - Convenience method to get a list of variable arrays. The length of the - returned list is the same as GetNumberOfVariableArrays, and the string - at each index i is the same as returned from GetVariableArrayname(i). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - If on, any float or double variable read that has a _FillValue attribute - will have that fill value replaced with a not-a-number (NaN) value. The - advantage of setting these to NaN values is that, if implemented properly - by the system and careful math operations are used, they can implicitly be - ignored by calculations like finding the range of the values. That said, - this option should be used with caution as VTK does not fully support NaN - values and therefore odd calculations may occur. By default this is off. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Returns an array with string encodings for the dimensions used in each of - the variables. The indices in the returned array correspond to those used - in the GetVariableArrayName method. Two arrays with the same dimensions - will have the same encoded string returned by this method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, any float or double variable read that has a _FillValue attribute - will have that fill value replaced with a not-a-number (NaN) value. The - advantage of setting these to NaN values is that, if implemented properly - by the system and careful math operations are used, they can implicitly be - ignored by calculations like finding the range of the values. That said, - this option should be used with caution as VTK does not fully support NaN - values and therefore odd calculations may occur. By default this is off. - - - - - If on, any float or double variable read that has a _FillValue attribute - will have that fill value replaced with a not-a-number (NaN) value. The - advantage of setting these to NaN values is that, if implemented properly - by the system and careful math operations are used, they can implicitly be - ignored by calculations like finding the range of the values. That said, - this option should be used with caution as VTK does not fully support NaN - values and therefore odd calculations may occur. By default this is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Loads the grid with the given dimensions. The dimensions are encoded in a - string that conforms to the same format as returned by - GetVariableDimensions and GetAllDimensions. This method is really a - convenience method for SetVariableArrayStatus. It turns on all variables - that have the given dimensions and turns off all other variables. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, any float or double variable read that has a _FillValue attribute - will have that fill value replaced with a not-a-number (NaN) value. The - advantage of setting these to NaN values is that, if implemented properly - by the system and careful math operations are used, they can implicitly be - ignored by calculations like finding the range of the values. That said, - this option should be used with caution as VTK does not fully support NaN - values and therefore odd calculations may occur. By default this is off. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Update the meta data from the current file. Automatically called - during the RequestInformation pipeline update stage. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns true if the given file can be read. - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - If on (the default), then 3D data with latitude/longitude dimensions - will be read in as curvilinear data shaped like spherical coordinates. - If false, then the data will always be read in Cartesian coordinates. - - - - - The scale and bias of the vertical component of spherical coordinates. It - is common to write the vertical component with respect to something other - than the center of the sphere (for example, the surface). In this case, it - might be necessary to scale and/or bias the vertical height. The height - will become height*scale + bias. Keep in mind that if the positive - attribute of the vertical dimension is down, then the height is negated. - By default the scale is 1 and the bias is 0 (that is, no change). The - scaling will be adjusted if it results in invalid (negative) vertical - values. - - - - - The scale and bias of the vertical component of spherical coordinates. It - is common to write the vertical component with respect to something other - than the center of the sphere (for example, the surface). In this case, it - might be necessary to scale and/or bias the vertical height. The height - will become height*scale + bias. Keep in mind that if the positive - attribute of the vertical dimension is down, then the height is negated. - By default the scale is 1 and the bias is 0 (that is, no change). The - scaling will be adjusted if it results in invalid (negative) vertical - values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - Set/get the data type of the output. The index used is taken from the list - of VTK data types in vtkType.h. Valid types are VTK_IMAGE_DATA, - VTK_RECTILINEAR_GRID, VTK_STRUCTURED_GRID, and VTK_UNSTRUCTURED_GRID. In - addition you can set the type to -1 (the default), and this reader will - pick the data type best suited for the dimensions being read. - - - - - If on (the default), then 3D data with latitude/longitude dimensions - will be read in as curvilinear data shaped like spherical coordinates. - If false, then the data will always be read in Cartesian coordinates. - - - - - The scale and bias of the vertical component of spherical coordinates. It - is common to write the vertical component with respect to something other - than the center of the sphere (for example, the surface). In this case, it - might be necessary to scale and/or bias the vertical height. The height - will become height*scale + bias. Keep in mind that if the positive - attribute of the vertical dimension is down, then the height is negated. - By default the scale is 1 and the bias is 0 (that is, no change). The - scaling will be adjusted if it results in invalid (negative) vertical - values. - - - - - The scale and bias of the vertical component of spherical coordinates. It - is common to write the vertical component with respect to something other - than the center of the sphere (for example, the surface). In this case, it - might be necessary to scale and/or bias the vertical height. The height - will become height*scale + bias. Keep in mind that if the positive - attribute of the vertical dimension is down, then the height is negated. - By default the scale is 1 and the bias is 0 (that is, no change). The - scaling will be adjusted if it results in invalid (negative) vertical - values. - - - - - If on (the default), then 3D data with latitude/longitude dimensions - will be read in as curvilinear data shaped like spherical coordinates. - If false, then the data will always be read in Cartesian coordinates. - - - - - If on (the default), then 3D data with latitude/longitude dimensions - will be read in as curvilinear data shaped like spherical coordinates. - If false, then the data will always be read in Cartesian coordinates. - - - - - vtkNetCDFPOPReader - read NetCDF files - .Author Joshua Wu 09.15.2009 - - - Description - vtkNetCDFPOPReader is a source object that reads NetCDF files. - It should be able to read most any NetCDF file that wants to output a - rectilinear grid. The ordering of the variables is changed such that - the NetCDF x, y, z directions correspond to the vtkRectilinearGrid - z, y, x directions, respectively. The striding is done with - respect to the vtkRectilinearGrid ordering. Additionally, the - z coordinates of the vtkRectilinearGrid are negated so that the - first slice/plane has the highest z-value and the last slice/plane - has the lowest z-value. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The file to open - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Enable subsampling in i,j and k dimensions in the vtkRectilinearGrid - - - - - Enable subsampling in i,j and k dimensions in the vtkRectilinearGrid - - - - - Enable subsampling in i,j and k dimensions in the vtkRectilinearGrid - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The file to open - - - - - Enable subsampling in i,j and k dimensions in the vtkRectilinearGrid - - - - - Enable subsampling in i,j and k dimensions in the vtkRectilinearGrid - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - vtkOBJReader - read Wavefront .obj files - - - Description - vtkOBJReader is a source object that reads Wavefront .obj - files. The output of this source object is polygonal data. - - - - vtkOBJImporter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify file name of Wavefront .obj file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of Wavefront .obj file. - - - - - vtkOpenFOAMReader - reads a dataset in OpenFOAM format - - - Description - vtkOpenFOAMReader creates a multiblock dataset. It reads mesh - information and time dependent data. The polyMesh folders contain - mesh information. The time folders contain transient data for the - cells. Each folder can contain any number of data files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add dimensions to array names - - - - - Add dimensions to array names - - - - - Set/Get whether mesh is to be cached. - - - - - Set/Get whether mesh is to be cached. - - - - - Determine if the file can be readed with this reader. - - - - - Set/Get whether to create cell-to-point translated data for cell-type data - - - - - Set/Get whether to create cell-to-point translated data for cell-type data - - - - - Set/Get whether polyhedra are to be decomposed. - - - - - Set/Get whether polyhedra are to be decomposed. - - - - - Turn on/off all cell arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all Lagrangian arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all Patches including the Internal Mesh. - - - - - Turn on/off all point arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all cell arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all Lagrangian arrays. - - - - - Turn on/off all Patches including the Internal Mesh. - - - - - Turn on/off all point arrays. - - - - - Add dimensions to array names - - - - - Set/Get whether mesh is to be cached. - - - - - Get the name of the cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Set/Get whether to create cell-to-point translated data for cell-type data - - - - - Set/Get whether polyhedra are to be decomposed. - - - - - Set/Get the filename. - - - - - Get the name of the Lagrangian array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the Lagrangian array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Determine if time directories are to be listed according to controlDict - - - - - Get the number of cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of Lagrangian arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of Patches (inlcuding Internal Mesh) available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of point arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the name of the Patch with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the Patch with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get the name of the point array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Option for reading old binary lagrangian/positions format - Set/Get whether the lagrangian/positions is in OF 1.3 format - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine if time directories are to be listed according to controlDict - - - - - Determine if time directories are to be listed according to controlDict - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Option for reading old binary lagrangian/positions format - Set/Get whether the lagrangian/positions is in OF 1.3 format - - - - - Option for reading old binary lagrangian/positions format - Set/Get whether the lagrangian/positions is in OF 1.3 format - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Add dimensions to array names - - - - - Set/Get whether mesh is to be cached. - - - - - Get/Set whether the cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Set/Get whether to create cell-to-point translated data for cell-type data - - - - - Set/Get whether polyhedra are to be decomposed. - - - - - Set/Get the filename. - - - - - Get/Set whether the Lagrangian array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Determine if time directories are to be listed according to controlDict - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Get/Set whether the Patch with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Option for reading old binary lagrangian/positions format - Set/Get whether the lagrangian/positions is in OF 1.3 format - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - Set/Get whether zones will be read. - - - - - vtkPDBReader - read Molecular Data files - - - Description - vtkPDBReader is a source object that reads Molecule files - The FileName must be specified - - Thanks - Dr. Jean M. Favre who developed and contributed this class - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPLOT3DReader - read PLOT3D data files - - - Description - vtkPLOT3DReader is a reader object that reads PLOT3D formatted files and - generates structured grid(s) on output. PLOT3D is a computer graphics - program designed to visualize the grids and solutions of computational - fluid dynamics. Please see the "PLOT3D User's Manual" available from - NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field CA. - - PLOT3D files consist of a grid file (also known as XYZ file), an - optional solution file (also known as a Q file), and an optional function - file that contains user created data (currently unsupported). The Q file - contains solution information as follows: the four parameters free stream - mach number (Fsmach), angle of attack (Alpha), Reynolds number (Re), and - total integration time (Time). This information is stored in an array - called Properties in the FieldData of each output (tuple 0: fsmach, tuple 1: - alpha, tuple 2: re, tuple 3: time). In addition, the solution file contains - the flow density (scalar), flow momentum (vector), and flow energy (scalar). - - The reader can generate additional scalars and vectors (or "functions") - from this information. To use vtkPLOT3DReader, you must specify the - particular function number for the scalar and vector you want to visualize. - This implementation of the reader provides the following functions. The - scalar functions are: - -1 - don't read or compute any scalars - 100 - density - 110 - pressure - 120 - temperature - 130 - enthalpy - 140 - internal energy - 144 - kinetic energy - 153 - velocity magnitude - 163 - stagnation energy - 170 - entropy - 184 - swirl. - - The vector functions are: - -1 - don't read or compute any vectors - 200 - velocity - 201 - vorticity - 202 - momentum - 210 - pressure gradient. - - (Other functions are described in the PLOT3D spec, but only those listed are - implemented here.) Note that by default, this reader creates the density - scalar (100) and momentum vector (202) as output. (These are just read in - from the solution file.) Please note that the validity of computation is - a function of this class's gas constants (R, Gamma) and the equations used. - They may not be suitable for your computational domain. - - Additionally, you can read other data and associate it as a vtkDataArray - into the output's point attribute data. Use the method AddFunction() - to list all the functions that you'd like to read. AddFunction() accepts - an integer parameter that defines the function number. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridSource vtkStructuredGrid - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify additional functions to read. These are placed into the - point data as data arrays. Later on they can be used by labeling - them as scalars, etc. - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Return 1 if the reader can read the given file name. Only meaningful - for binary files. - - - - - If this is on, the reader will never reduce the number of outputs - after reading a file with n grids and producing n outputs. If the - file read afterwards contains fewer grids, the extra outputs will - be empty. This option can be used by application which rely on - the initial number of outputs not shrinking. - - - - - If this is on, the reader will never reduce the number of outputs - after reading a file with n grids and producing n outputs. If the - file read afterwards contains fewer grids, the extra outputs will - be empty. This option can be used by application which rely on - the initial number of outputs not shrinking. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - If this is on, the reader will never reduce the number of outputs - after reading a file with n grids and producing n outputs. If the - file read afterwards contains fewer grids, the extra outputs will - be empty. This option can be used by application which rely on - the initial number of outputs not shrinking. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D Function Filename (optional) - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of specific heats. Default is 1.4. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - This returns the number of outputs this reader will produce. - This number is equal to the number of grids in the current - file. This method has to be called before getting any output - if the number of outputs will be greater than 1 (the first - output is always the same). Note that every time this method - is invoked, the header file is opened and part of the header - is read. - - - - - This returns the number of outputs this reader will produce. - This number is equal to the number of grids in the current - file. This method has to be called before getting any output - if the number of outputs will be greater than 1 (the first - output is always the same). Note that every time this method - is invoked, the header file is opened and part of the header - is read. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D solution filename. - - - - - Set/Get the gas constant. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the scalar function to extract. If ==(-1), then no scalar - function is extracted. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - Set/Get the x-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the vector function to extract. If ==(-1), then no vector - function is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the y-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the z-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify additional functions to read. These are placed into the - point data as data arrays. Later on they can be used by labeling - them as scalars, etc. - - - - - Specify additional functions to read. These are placed into the - point data as data arrays. Later on they can be used by labeling - them as scalars, etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the file to be read written in binary format (as opposed - to ascii). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - Set the byte order of the file (remember, more Unix workstations - write big endian whereas PCs write little endian). Default is - big endian (since most older PLOT3D files were written by - workstations). - - - - - If this is on, the reader will never reduce the number of outputs - after reading a file with n grids and producing n outputs. If the - file read afterwards contains fewer grids, the extra outputs will - be empty. This option can be used by application which rely on - the initial number of outputs not shrinking. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - Try to read a binary file even if the file length seems to be - inconsistent with the header information. Use this with caution, - if the file length is not the same as calculated from the header. - either the file is corrupt or the settings are wrong. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D Function Filename (optional) - - - - - Set/Get the ratio of specific heats. Default is 1.4. - - - - - Were the arrays written with leading and trailing byte counts ? - Usually, files written by a fortran program will contain these - byte counts whereas the ones written by C/C++ won't. - - - - - Is there iblanking (point visibility) information in the file. - If there is iblanking arrays, these will be read and assigned - to the PointVisibility array of the output. - - - - - Does the file to be read contain information about number of - grids. In some PLOT3D files, the first value contains the number - of grids (even if there is only 1). If reading such a file, - set this to true. - - - - - Replace an output. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D solution filename. - - - - - Set/Get the gas constant. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the scalar function to extract. If ==(-1), then no scalar - function is extracted. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - Set/Get the x-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the vector function to extract. If ==(-1), then no vector - function is extracted. - - - - - Set/Get the y-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the z-component of the free-stream velocity. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Set/Get the PLOT3D geometry filename. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - If only two-dimensional data was written to the file, - turn this on. - - - - - Return 1 if the reader can read the given file name. Only meaningful - for binary files. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPLYReader - read Stanford University PLY polygonal file format - - - Description - vtkPLYReader is a source object that reads polygonal data in - Stanford University PLY file format (see - http://graphics.stanford.edu/data/3Dscanrep). It requires that - the elements "vertex" and "face" are defined. The "vertex" element - must have the properties "x", "y", and "z". The "face" element must - have the property "vertex_indices" defined. Optionally, if the "face" - element has the properties "intensity" and/or the triplet "red", - "green", and "blue"; these are read and added as scalars to the - output data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with merging set to true. - - - - - Construct object with merging set to true. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A simple, non-exhaustive check to see if a file is a valid ply file. - - - - - Specify file name of stereo lithography file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of stereo lithography file. - - - - - vtkPLYWriter - write Stanford PLY file format - - - Description - vtkPLYWriter writes polygonal data in Stanford University PLY format - (see http://graphics.stanford.edu/data/3Dscanrep/). The data can be - written in either binary (little or big endian) or ASCII representation. - As for PointData and CellData, vtkPLYWriter cannot handle normals or - vectors. It only handles RGB PointData and CellData. You need to set the - name of the array (using SetName for the array and SetArrayName for the - writer). If the array is not a vtkUnsignedCharArray with 3 components, - you need to specify a vtkLookupTable to map the scalars to RGB. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the array name to use to color the data. - - - - - Set the color to use when using a uniform color (either point or cells, - or both). The color is specified as a triplet of three unsigned chars - between (0,255). This only takes effect when the ColorMode is set to - uniform point, uniform cell, or uniform color. - - - - - Set the color to use when using a uniform color (either point or cells, - or both). The color is specified as a triplet of three unsigned chars - between (0,255). This only takes effect when the ColorMode is set to - uniform point, uniform cell, or uniform color. - - - - - Set the color to use when using a uniform color (either point or cells, - or both). The color is specified as a triplet of three unsigned chars - between (0,255). This only takes effect when the ColorMode is set to - uniform point, uniform cell, or uniform color. - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - Specify the array component to use to color the data. - - - - - Specify the array component to use to color the data. - - - - - Specify the array component to use to color the data. - - - - - If the file type is binary, then the user can specify which - byte order to use (little versus big endian). - - - - - If the file type is binary, then the user can specify which - byte order to use (little versus big endian). - - - - - If the file type is binary, then the user can specify which - byte order to use (little versus big endian). - - - - - A lookup table can be specified in order to convert data arrays to - RGBA colors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the array name to use to color the data. - - - - - Set the color to use when using a uniform color (either point or cells, - or both). The color is specified as a triplet of three unsigned chars - between (0,255). This only takes effect when the ColorMode is set to - uniform point, uniform cell, or uniform color. - - - - - Set the color to use when using a uniform color (either point or cells, - or both). The color is specified as a triplet of three unsigned chars - between (0,255). This only takes effect when the ColorMode is set to - uniform point, uniform cell, or uniform color. - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - These methods enable the user to control how to add color into the PLY - output file. The default behavior is as follows. The user provides the - name of an array and a component number. If the type of the array is - three components, unsigned char, then the data is written as three - separate "red", "green" and "blue" properties. If the type is not - unsigned char, and a lookup table is provided, then the array/component - are mapped through the table to generate three separate "red", "green" - and "blue" properties in the PLY file. The user can also set the - ColorMode to specify a uniform color for the whole part (on a vertex - colors, face colors, or both. (Note: vertex colors or cell colors may be - written, depending on where the named array is found. If points and - cells have the arrays with the same name, then both colors will be - written.) - - - - - Specify the array component to use to color the data. - - - - - If the file type is binary, then the user can specify which - byte order to use (little versus big endian). - - - - - If the file type is binary, then the user can specify which - byte order to use (little versus big endian). - - - - - If the file type is binary, then the user can specify which - byte order to use (little versus big endian). - - - - - A lookup table can be specified in order to convert data arrays to - RGBA colors. - - - - - vtkPNGReader - read PNG files - - - Description - vtkPNGReader is a source object that reads PNG files. - It should be able to read most any PNG file - - - - - vtkPNGWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Is the given file a PNG file? - - - - - Return a descriptive name for the file format that might be useful in a GUI. - - - - - Get the file extensions for this format. - Returns a string with a space separated list of extensions in - the format .extension - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPNGWriter - Writes PNG files. - - - Description - vtkPNGWriter writes PNG files. It supports 1 to 4 component data of - unsigned char or unsigned short - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When writing to memory this is the result, it will be NULL until the - data is written the first time - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When writing to memory this is the result, it will be NULL until the - data is written the first time - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - The main interface which triggers the writer to start. - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - Write the image to memory (a vtkUnsignedCharArray) - - - - - vtkPNMReader - read pnm (i.e., portable anymap) files - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - PNM - - - - - .pnm .pgm .ppm - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPNMWriter - Writes PNM (portable any map) files. - - - Description - vtkPNMWriter writes PNM file. The data type - of the file is unsigned char regardless of the input type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParticleReader - Read ASCII or binary particle - data and (optionally) one scalar - value associated with each particle. - - - Description - vtkParticleReader reads either a binary or a text file of - particles. Each particle can have associated with it an optional - scalar value. So the format is: x, y, z, scalar - (all floats or doubles). The text file can consist of a comma - delimited set of values. In most cases vtkParticleReader can - automatically determine whether the file is text or binary. - The data can be either float or double. - Progress updates are provided. - With respect to binary files, random access into the file to read - pieces is supported. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - Get/Set the data type. The options are: - - VTK_FLOAT (default) single precision floating point. - - VTK_DOUBLE double precision floating point. - - - - - Get/Set the data type. The options are: - - VTK_FLOAT (default) single precision floating point. - - VTK_DOUBLE double precision floating point. - - - - - Get/Set the data type. The options are: - - VTK_FLOAT (default) single precision floating point. - - VTK_DOUBLE double precision floating point. - - - - - Specify file name. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Default: 1. If 1 then each particle has a value associated with it. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - Not used when reading text files. - - - - - Default: 1. If 1 then each particle has a value associated with it. - - - - - Default: 1. If 1 then each particle has a value associated with it. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian - otherwise SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. Not used when reading - text files. - - - - - Get/Set the data type. The options are: - - VTK_FLOAT (default) single precision floating point. - - VTK_DOUBLE double precision floating point. - - - - - Get/Set the data type. The options are: - - VTK_FLOAT (default) single precision floating point. - - VTK_DOUBLE double precision floating point. - - - - - Get/Set the data type. The options are: - - VTK_FLOAT (default) single precision floating point. - - VTK_DOUBLE double precision floating point. - - - - - Specify file name. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Get/Set the file type. The options are: - - FILE_TYPE_IS_UNKNOWN (default) the class - will attempt to determine the file type. - If this fails then you should set the file type - yourself. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_TEXT the file type is text. - - FILE_TYPE_IS_BINARY the file type is binary. - - - - - Default: 1. If 1 then each particle has a value associated with it. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - Not used when reading text files. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - Not used when reading text files. - - - - - Set/Get the byte swapping to explicitly swap the bytes of a file. - Not used when reading text files. - - - - - vtkPolyDataReader - read vtk polygonal data file - - - Description - vtkPolyDataReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - polygonal data files in vtk format (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkPolyData data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkPolyData vtkDataReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkPostScriptWriter - Writes an image as a PostScript file. - - - Description - vtkPostScriptWriter writes an image as a PostScript file using some - reasonable scalings and centered on the page which is assumed to be - about 8.5 by 11 inches. This is based loosely off of the code from - pnmtops.c. Right now there aren't any real options. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkProStarReader - Reads geometry in proSTAR (STARCD) file format. - - - Description - vtkProStarReader creates an unstructured grid dataset. - It reads .cel/.vrt files stored in proSTAR (STARCD) ASCII format. - - Thanks - Reader written by Mark Olesen - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the file name prefix of the cel/vrt files to read. - The reader will try to open FileName.cel and FileName.vrt files. - - - - - The proSTAR files are often in millimeters. - Specify an alternative scaling factor. - - - - - The proSTAR files are often in millimeters. - Specify an alternative scaling factor. - - - - - The proSTAR files are often in millimeters. - Specify an alternative scaling factor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the file name prefix of the cel/vrt files to read. - The reader will try to open FileName.cel and FileName.vrt files. - - - - - The proSTAR files are often in millimeters. - Specify an alternative scaling factor. - - - - - The type of material represented by the cell - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - The primitive cell shape - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRectilinearGridReader - read vtk rectilinear grid data file - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - rectilinear grid data files in vtk format (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkRectilinearGrid data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkRectilinearGrid vtkDataReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get and set the output of this reader. - - - - - Get and set the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Read the meta information from the file. This needs to be public to it - can be accessed by vtkDataSetReader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get and set the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridWriter - write vtk rectilinear grid data file - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridWriter is a source object that writes ASCII or binary - rectilinear grid data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRTXMLPolyDataReader - Read RealTime VTK XML PolyData files. - - - Description - vtkRTXMLPolyDataReader reads the VTK XML PolyData file format in real time. - - - - - vtkXMLPolyDataReader - Read VTK XML PolyData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPolyDataReader reads the VTK XML PolyData file format. One - polygonal data file can be read to produce one output. Streaming - is supported. The standard extension for this reader's file format - is "vtp". This reader is also used to read a single piece of the - parallel file format. - - - - - vtkXMLUnstructuredDataReader - Superclass for unstructured data XML readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLUnstructuredDataReader provides functionality common to all - unstructured data format readers. - - - - - vtkXMLDataReader - Superclass for VTK XML file readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLDataReader provides functionality common to all VTK XML file - readers. Concrete subclasses call upon this functionality when - needed. - - - - - vtkXMLReader - Superclass for VTK's XML format readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLReader uses vtkXMLDataParser to parse a VTK XML input file. - Concrete subclasses then traverse the parsed file structure and - extract data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the file with the given name can be read by this - reader. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the name of the point or cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get the data array selection tables used to configure which data - arrays are loaded by the reader. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the input file. - - - - - Get the number of point or cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Get the number of point or cell arrays available in the input. - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Get the output as a vtkDataSet pointer. - - - - - Get the output as a vtkDataSet pointer. - - - - - Get the name of the point or cell array with the given index in - the input. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get the data array selection tables used to configure which data - arrays are loaded by the reader. - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the input file. - - - - - Get/Set whether the point or cell array with the given name is to - be read. - - - - - Which TimeStep to read. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to read - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the number of cells in the output. - - - - - Get the number of points in the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the number of cells in the output. - - - - - Get the number of points in the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Setup the reader as if the given update extent were requested by - its output. This can be used after an UpdateInformation to - validate GetNumberOfPoints() and GetNumberOfCells() without - actually reading data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the number of verts/lines/strips/polys in the output. - - - - - Get the number of verts/lines/strips/polys in the output. - - - - - Get the number of verts/lines/strips/polys in the output. - - - - - Get the number of verts/lines/strips/polys in the output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This sets the DataLocation and also - Reset the reader by calling ResetReader() - - - - - Return the name of the next available data file - assume NewDataAvailable() return VTK_OK - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - check if there is new data file available in the - given DataLocation - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ResetReader check the data directory specified in - this->DataLocation, and reset the Internal data structure - specifically: this->Internal->ProcessedFileList - for monitoring the arriving new data files - if SetDataLocation(char*) is set by the user, - this ResetReader() should also be invoked. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This sets the DataLocation and also - Reset the reader by calling ResetReader() - - - - - Reader will read in the next available data file - The filename is this->NextFileName maintained internally - - - - - vtkRowQuery - abstract interface for queries that return - row-oriented results. - - - - Description - The abstract superclass of query classes that return row-oriented (table) - results. A subclass will provide database-specific query parameters and - implement the vtkRowQuery API to return query results: - - Execute() - Execute the query. No results need to be retrieved at this - point, unless you are performing caching. - - GetNumberOfFields() - After Execute() is performed, returns the number - of fields in the query results. - - GetFieldName() - The name of the field at an index. - - GetFieldType() - The data type of the field at an index. - - NextRow() - Advances the query results by one row, and returns whether - there are more rows left in the query. - - DataValue() - Extract a single data value from the current row. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andrew Wilson from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the database classes. - - - - - vtkRowQueryToTable - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Many databases do not preserve case in field names. This can - cause GetFieldIndex to fail if you search for a field named - someFieldName when the database actually stores it as - SOMEFIELDNAME. This ivar controls whether GetFieldIndex() - expects field names to be case-sensitive. The default is OFF, - i.e. case is not preserved. - - - - - Many databases do not preserve case in field names. This can - cause GetFieldIndex to fail if you search for a field named - someFieldName when the database actually stores it as - SOMEFIELDNAME. This ivar controls whether GetFieldIndex() - expects field names to be case-sensitive. The default is OFF, - i.e. case is not preserved. - - - - - Execute the query. This must be performed - before any field name or data access functions - are used. - - - - - Many databases do not preserve case in field names. This can - cause GetFieldIndex to fail if you search for a field named - someFieldName when the database actually stores it as - SOMEFIELDNAME. This ivar controls whether GetFieldIndex() - expects field names to be case-sensitive. The default is OFF, - i.e. case is not preserved. - - - - - Return the index of the specified query field. - Uses GetNumberOfFields() and GetFieldName() - to match field name. - - - - - Return the name of the specified query field. - - - - - Return the type of the field, using the constants defined in vtkType.h. - - - - - Get the last error text from the query - - - - - The number of fields in the query result. - - - - - Returns true if an error is set, otherwise false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return true if the query is active (i.e. execution was successful - and results are ready to be fetched). Returns false on error or - inactive query. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Advance row, return false if past end. - - - - - Advance row, return false if past end. - Also, fill array with row values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Many databases do not preserve case in field names. This can - cause GetFieldIndex to fail if you search for a field named - someFieldName when the database actually stores it as - SOMEFIELDNAME. This ivar controls whether GetFieldIndex() - expects field names to be case-sensitive. The default is OFF, - i.e. case is not preserved. - - - - - vtkSESAMEReader - read SESAME files - - - Description - vtkSESAMEReader is a source object that reads SESAME files. - Currently supported tables include 301, 304, 502, 503, 504, 505, 602 - - SESAMEReader creates rectilinear grid datasets. The dimension of the - dataset depends upon the number of densities and temperatures in the table. - Values at certain temperatures and densities are stored as scalars. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the filename to read - - - - - Get the number of arrays for the table to read - - - - - Get the number of arrays for the table to read - - - - - Get the number of tables in this file - - - - - Get the table to read in - - - - - Get the names of arrays for the table to read - - - - - Set whether to read a table array - - - - - Get the ids of the tables in this file - - - - - Returns the table ids in a data array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return whether this is a valid file - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the filename to read - - - - - Set the table to read in - - - - - Set whether to read a table array - - - - - vtkShaderCodeLibrary - Library for Hardware Shaders. - - - Description - This class provides the hardware shader code. - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Obtain the code for the shader with given name. - Note that Cg shader names are prefixed with CG and - GLSL shader names are prefixed with GLSL. - This method allocates memory. It's the responsibility - of the caller to free this memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provides for registering shader code. This overrides the compiled in shader - codes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns true if the given file can be read by this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - There may be one mode file (usually for actual modes) or multiple mode - files (which usually actually represent time series). These methods - set and clear the list of mode files (which can be a single mode file). - - - - - Returns true if the given file can be read by this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - There may be one mode file (usually for actual modes) or multiple mode - files (which usually actually represent time series). These methods - set and clear the list of mode files (which can be a single mode file). - - - - - There may be one mode file (usually for actual modes) or multiple mode - files (which usually actually represent time series). These methods - set and clear the list of mode files (which can be a single mode file). - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - If on, reads the external surfaces of the data set. Set to on by default. - - - - - If on, reads the internal volume of the data set. Set to off by default. - - - - - If on, reads midpoint information for external surfaces and builds - quadratic surface triangles. Set to on by default. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - This key is attached to the metadata information of all data sets in the - output that are part of the external surface. - - - - - This key is attached to the metadata information of all data sets in the - output that are part of the internal volume. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - All the data sets stored in the multiblock output share the same point - data. For convienience, the point coordinates (vtkPoints) and point data - (vtkPointData) are saved under these keys in the vtkInformation of the - output data set. - - - - - All the data sets stored in the multiblock output share the same point - data. For convienience, the point coordinates (vtkPoints) and point data - (vtkPointData) are saved under these keys in the vtkInformation of the - output data set. - - - - - If on, reads the external surfaces of the data set. Set to on by default. - - - - - If on, reads the external surfaces of the data set. Set to on by default. - - - - - If on, reads the internal volume of the data set. Set to off by default. - - - - - If on, reads the internal volume of the data set. Set to off by default. - - - - - If on, reads midpoint information for external surfaces and builds - quadratic surface triangles. Set to on by default. - - - - - If on, reads midpoint information for external surfaces and builds - quadratic surface triangles. Set to on by default. - - - - - There may be one mode file (usually for actual modes) or multiple mode - files (which usually actually represent time series). These methods - set and clear the list of mode files (which can be a single mode file). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, reads the external surfaces of the data set. Set to on by default. - - - - - If on, reads the internal volume of the data set. Set to off by default. - - - - - If on, reads midpoint information for external surfaces and builds - quadratic surface triangles. Set to on by default. - - - - - Variable array selection. - - - - - All the data sets stored in the multiblock output share the same point - data. For convienience, the point coordinates (vtkPoints) and point data - (vtkPointData) are saved under these keys in the vtkInformation of the - output data set. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSQLDatabase - maintain a connection to an sql database - - - - Description - Abstract base class for all SQL database connection classes. - Manages a connection to the database, and is responsible for creating - instances of the associated vtkSQLQuery objects associated with this - class in order to perform execute queries on the database. - To allow connections to a new type of database, create both a subclass - of this class and vtkSQLQuery, and implement the required functions: - - Open() - open the database connection, if possible. - Close() - close the connection. - GetQueryInstance() - create and return an instance of the vtkSQLQuery - subclass associated with the database type. - - The subclass should also provide API to set connection parameters. - - This class also provides the function EffectSchema to transform a - database schema into a SQL database. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andrew Wilson from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the database classes and for the SQLite example. Thanks to David Thompson - and Philippe Pebay from Sandia National Laboratories for implementing - this class. - - - - - vtkSQLQuery - vtkSQLDatabaseSchema - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Close the connection to the database. - - - - - Create a the proper subclass given a URL. - The URL format for SQL databases is a true URL of the form: - 'protocol://'[[username[':'password]'@']hostname[':'port]]'/'[dbname] . - - - - - Stores the database class pointer as an information key. This is currently - used to store database pointers as part of 'data on demand' data objects. - For example: The application may have a table/tree/whatever of documents, - the data structure is storing the meta-data but not the full text. Further - down the pipeline algorithms or views may want to retrieve additional - information (full text)for specific documents. - - - - - Effect a database schema. - - - - - Get the type of the database (e.g. mysql, psql,..). - - - - - Get the last error text from the database - I'm using const so that people do NOT - use the standard vtkGetStringMacro in their - implementation, because 99% of the time that - will not be the correct thing to do... - - - - - Return an empty query on this database. - - - - - Get the list of fields for a particular table. - - - - - Get the list of tables from the database. - - - - - Did the last operation generate an error - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return whether the database has an open connection. - - - - - Return whether a feature is supported by the database. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Open a new connection to the database. - You need to set up any database parameters before calling this function. - For database connections that do not require a password, pass an empty string. - Returns true is the database was opened sucessfully, and false otherwise. - - - - - Provides mechanism to register/unregister additional callbacks to create - concrete subclasses of vtkSQLDatabase to handle different protocols. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provides mechanism to register/unregister additional callbacks to create - concrete subclasses of vtkSQLDatabase to handle different protocols. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Provides mechanism to register/unregister additional callbacks to create - concrete subclasses of vtkSQLDatabase to handle different protocols. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Effect a database schema. - - - - - vtkSQLDatabaseSchema - represent an SQL database schema - - - - Description - This class stores the information required to create - an SQL database from scratch. - Information on each table's columns, indices, and triggers is stored. - You may also store an arbitrary number of preamble statements, intended - to be executed before any tables are created; - this provides a way to create procedures or functions that may be - invoked as part of a trigger action. - Triggers and table options may be specified differently for each backend - database type you wish to support. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National - Laboratories for implementing this class. - - - - - vtkSQLDatabase - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a column to a table index. - - The returned value is an index-column handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add a column to a table index. - - The returned value is an index-column handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add a column to table. - - The returned value is a column handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add a column to table. - - The returned value is a column handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add an index to table. - - The returned value is an index handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add an index to table. - - The returned value is an index handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add (possibly backend-specific) text to the end of a - CREATE TABLE (...) statement. - - This is most useful for specifying storage semantics of tables - that are specific to the backend. For example, table options - can be used to specify the TABLESPACE of a PostgreSQL table or - the ENGINE of a MySQL table. - - The returned value is an option handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add (possibly backend-specific) text to the end of a - CREATE TABLE (...) statement. - - This is most useful for specifying storage semantics of tables - that are specific to the backend. For example, table options - can be used to specify the TABLESPACE of a PostgreSQL table or - the ENGINE of a MySQL table. - - The returned value is an option handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add a preamble to the schema - This can be used, in particular, to create functions and/or - load languages in a backend-specific manner. - Example usage: - vtkSQLDatabaseSchema* schema = vtkSQLDatabaseSchema::New(); - schema->SetName( "Example" ); - schema->AddPreamble( "dropPLPGSQL", "DROP LANGUAGE IF EXISTS PLPGSQL CASCADE", VTK_SQL_POSTGRESQL ); - schema->AddPreamble( "loadPLPGSQL", "CREATE LANGUAGE PLPGSQL", VTK_SQL_POSTGRESQL ); - schema->AddPreamble( "createsomefunction", - "CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION somefunction() RETURNS TRIGGER AS $btable$ " - "BEGIN " - "INSERT INTO btable (somevalue) VALUES (NEW.somenmbr); " - "RETURN NEW; " - "END; $btable$ LANGUAGE PLPGSQL", - VTK_SQL_POSTGRESQL ); - - - - - Add a table to the schema - - - - - Set/Get the name of the schema. - - - - - Add a (possibly backend-specific) trigger action to a table. - - Triggers must be given unique, non-NULL names as some database backends require them. - The returned value is a trigger handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Add a (possibly backend-specific) trigger action to a table. - - Triggers must be given unique, non-NULL names as some database backends require them. - The returned value is a trigger handle or -1 if an error occurred. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a column, get the attributes of the column. - - - - - Given the names of a table and a column, get the handle of the column in this table. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a column, get the name of the column. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a column, get the size of the column. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a column, get the type of the column. - - - - - Given the handles of a table, an index, and a column name, get the column name. - - - - - Given the names of a table and an index, get the handle of the index in this table. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and an index, get the name of the index. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and an index, get the type of the index. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the schema. - - - - - Get the number of column names associated to a particular index in a particular table . - - - - - Get the number of columns in a particular table . - - - - - Get the number of indices in a particular table . - - - - - Get the number of options associated with a particular table. - - - - - Get the number of preambles. - - - - - Get the number of tables. - - - - - Get the number of triggers defined for a particular table. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and one of its options, get the backend of the option. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and one of its options, return the text of the option. - - - - - Given a preamble handle, get its action. - - - - - Given a preamble handle, get its backend. - - - - - Given a preamble name, get its handle. - - - - - Given a preamble handle, get its name. - - - - - Given a table name, get its handle. - - - - - Given a table hanlde, get its name. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a trigger, get the action of the trigger. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a trigger, get the backend of the trigger. - - - - - Given the names of a trigger and a table, get the handle of the trigger in this table. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a trigger, get the name of the trigger. - - - - - Given the handles of a table and a trigger, get the type of the trigger. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset the schema to its initial, empty state. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the name of the schema. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Set/Get the name of the schema. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSQLiteDatabase - maintain a connection to an SQLite database - - - - Description - - SQLite (http://www.sqlite.org) is a public-domain SQL database - written in C++. It's small, fast, and can be easily embedded - inside other applications. Its databases are stored in files. - - This class provides a VTK interface to SQLite. You do not need to - download any external libraries: we include a copy of SQLite 3.3.16 - in VTK/Utilities/vtksqlite. - - If you want to open a database that stays in memory and never gets - written to disk, pass in the URL 'sqlite://:memory:'; otherwise, - specifiy the file path by passing the URL 'sqlite://<file_path>'. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andrew Wilson and Philippe Pebay from Sandia National - Laboratories for implementing this class. - - - - - vtkSQLiteQuery - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Close the connection to the database. - - - - - String representing the database filename. - - - - - String representing database type (e.g. "sqlite"). - - - - - Get the last error text from the database - - - - - Return an empty query on this database. - - - - - Get the list of fields for a particular table - - - - - Get the list of tables from the database - - - - - Did the last operation generate an error - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return whether the database has an open connection - - - - - Return whether a feature is supported by the database. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Open a new connection to the database. You need to set the - filename before calling this function. Returns true if the - database was opened successfully; false otherwise. - - USE_EXISTING (default) - Fail if the file does not exist. - - USE_EXISTING_OR_CREATE - Create a new file if necessary. - - CREATE_OR_CLEAR - Create new or clear existing file. - - CREATE - Create new, fail if file exists. - - - - - Open a new connection to the database. You need to set the - filename before calling this function. Returns true if the - database was opened successfully; false otherwise. - - USE_EXISTING (default) - Fail if the file does not exist. - - USE_EXISTING_OR_CREATE - Create a new file if necessary. - - CREATE_OR_CLEAR - Create new or clear existing file. - - CREATE - Create new, fail if file exists. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - String representing the database filename. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSQLiteToTableReader - Read an SQLite table as a vtkTable - - - Description - vtkSQLiteToTableReader reads a table from an SQLite database and - outputs it as a vtkTable. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSQLiteQuery - vtkSQLQuery implementation for SQLite databases - - - - Description - - This is an implementation of vtkSQLQuery for SQLite databases. See - the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for information about what the - methods do. - - Bugs - - Sometimes Execute() will return false (meaning an error) but - GetLastErrorText() winds up null. I am not certain why this is - happening. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andrew Wilson from Sandia National Laboratories for implementing - this class. - - - - - vtkSQLDatabase vtkSQLQuery vtkSQLiteDatabase - - - - - vtkSQLQuery - executes an sql query and retrieves results - - - - Description - The abstract superclass of SQL query classes. Instances of subclasses - of vtkSQLQuery are created using the GetQueryInstance() function in - vtkSQLDatabase. To implement a query connection for a new database - type, subclass both vtkSQLDatabase and vtkSQLQuery, and implement the - required functions. For the query class, this involves the following: - - Execute() - Execute the query on the database. No results need to be - retrieved at this point, unless you are performing caching. - - GetNumberOfFields() - After Execute() is performed, returns the number - of fields in the query results. - - GetFieldName() - The name of the field at an index. - - GetFieldType() - The data type of the field at an index. - - NextRow() - Advances the query results by one row, and returns whether - there are more rows left in the query. - - DataValue() - Extract a single data value from the current row. - - Begin/Rollback/CommitTransaction() - These methods are optional but - recommended if the database supports transactions. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andrew Wilson from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the database classes. - - - - - vtkSQLDatabase - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Begin, commit, or roll back a transaction. If the underlying - database does not support transactions these calls will do - nothing. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - Bind a string value -- string must be null-terminated - - - - - Bind a string value by specifying an array and a size - - - - - Bind a blob value. Not all databases support blobs as a data - type. Check vtkSQLDatabase::IsSupported(VTK_SQL_FEATURE_BLOB) to - make sure. - - - - - Reset all parameter bindings to NULL. - - - - - Begin, commit, or roll back a transaction. If the underlying - database does not support transactions these calls will do - nothing. - - - - - Escape a string for inclusion into an SQL query. - This method exists to provide a wrappable version of - the method that takes and returns vtkStdString objects. - You are responsible for calling delete [] on the - character array returned by this method. - This method simply calls the vtkStdString variant and thus - need not be re-implemented by subclasses. - - - - - Execute the query. This must be performed - before any field name or data access functions - are used. - - - - - Return the database associated with the query. - - - - - The query string to be executed. Since some databases will - process the query string as soon as it's set, this method returns - a boolean to indicate success or failure. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return true if the query is active (i.e. execution was successful - and results are ready to be fetched). Returns false on error or - inactive query. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Begin, commit, or roll back a transaction. If the underlying - database does not support transactions these calls will do - nothing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The query string to be executed. Since some databases will - process the query string as soon as it's set, this method returns - a boolean to indicate success or failure. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Begin, abort (roll back), or commit a transaction. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - The following methods bind a parameter value to a placeholder in - the SQL string. See the documentation for vtkSQLQuery for - further explanation. The driver makes internal copies of string - and BLOB parameters so you don't need to worry about keeping them - in scope until the query finishes executing. - - - - - Bind a string value -- string must be null-terminated - - - - - Bind a string value by specifying an array and a size - - - - - Bind a blob value. Not all databases support blobs as a data - type. Check vtkSQLDatabase::IsSupported(VTK_SQL_FEATURE_BLOB) to - make sure. - - - - - Bind a blob value. Not all databases support blobs as a data - type. Check vtkSQLDatabase::IsSupported(VTK_SQL_FEATURE_BLOB) to - make sure. - - - - - Begin, abort (roll back), or commit a transaction. - - - - - Execute the query. This must be performed - before any field name or data access functions - are used. - - - - - Return the name of the specified query field. - - - - - Return the type of the field, using the constants defined in vtkType.h. - - - - - Get the last error text from the query - - - - - The number of fields in the query result. - - - - - Return true if there is an error on the current query. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Advance row, return false if past end. - - - - - Begin, abort (roll back), or commit a transaction. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the SQL query string. This must be performed before - Execute() or BindParameter() can be called. - - - - - vtkSLCReader - read an SLC volume file. - - - Description - vtkSLCReader reads an SLC file and creates a structured point dataset. - The size of the volume and the data spacing is set from the SLC file - header. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Is the given file an SLC file? - - - - - SLC - - - - - Was there an error on the last read performed? - - - - - .slc - - - - - Set/Get the name of the file to read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the name of the file to read. - - - - - vtkSTLReader - read ASCII or binary stereo lithography files - - - Description - vtkSTLReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary stereo - lithography files (.stl files). The FileName must be specified to - vtkSTLReader. The object automatically detects whether the file is - ASCII or binary. - - .stl files are quite inefficient since they duplicate vertex - definitions. By setting the Merging boolean you can control whether the - point data is merged after reading. Merging is performed by default, - however, merging requires a large amount of temporary storage since a - 3D hash table must be constructed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with merging set to true. - - - - - Construct object with merging set to true. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Specify file name of stereo lithography file. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Overload standard modified time function. If locator is modified, - then this object is modified as well. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Turn on/off tagging of solids with scalars. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off tagging of solids with scalars. - - - - - Turn on/off tagging of solids with scalars. - - - - - Specify file name of stereo lithography file. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Turn on/off tagging of solids with scalars. - - - - - vtkSTLWriter - write stereo lithography files - - - Description - vtkSTLWriter writes stereo lithography (.stl) files in either ASCII or - binary form. Stereo lithography files only contain triangles. If polygons - with more than 3 vertices are present, only the first 3 vertices are - written. Use vtkTriangleFilter to convert polygons to triangles. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSimplePointsReader - Read a list of points from a file. - - - Description - vtkSimplePointsReader is a source object that reads a list of - points from a file. Each point is specified by three - floating-point values in ASCII format. There is one point per line - of the file. A vertex cell is created for each point in the - output. This reader is meant as an example of how to write a - reader in VTK. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the file from which to read points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the name of the file from which to read points. - - - - - vtkSortFileNames - Group and sort a set of filenames - - - Description - vtkSortFileNames will take a list of filenames (e.g. from - a file load dialog) and sort them into one or more series. If - the input list of filenames contains any directories, these can - be removed before sorting using the SkipDirectories flag. This - class should be used where information about the series groupings - can be determined by the filenames, but it might not be successful - in cases where the information about the series groupings is - stored in the files themselves (e.g DICOM). - - - - vtkImageReader2 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the full list of sorted filenames. - - - - - Sort the file names into groups, according to similarity in - filename name and path. Files in different directories, - or with different extensions, or which do not fit into the same - numbered series will be placed into different groups. This is - off by default. - - - - - Ignore case when sorting. This flag is honored by both - the sorting and the grouping. This is off by default. - - - - - Set a list of file names to group and sort. - - - - - Get the Nth group of file names. This method should only - be used if grouping is on. If grouping is off, it will always - return null. - - - - - Get the number of groups that the names were split into, if - grouping is on. The filenames are automatically split into - groups, where the filenames in each group will be identical - except for their series numbers. If grouping is not on, this - method will return zero. - - - - - Sort the files numerically, rather than lexicographically. - For filenames that contain numbers, this means the order will be - ["file8.dat", "file9.dat", "file10.dat"] - instead of the usual alphabetic sorting order - ["file10.dat" "file8.dat", "file9.dat"]. - NumericSort is off by default. - - - - - Skip directories. If this flag is set, any input item that - is a directory rather than a file will not be included in - the output. This is off by default. - - - - - Sort the file names into groups, according to similarity in - filename name and path. Files in different directories, - or with different extensions, or which do not fit into the same - numbered series will be placed into different groups. This is - off by default. - - - - - Sort the file names into groups, according to similarity in - filename name and path. Files in different directories, - or with different extensions, or which do not fit into the same - numbered series will be placed into different groups. This is - off by default. - - - - - Ignore case when sorting. This flag is honored by both - the sorting and the grouping. This is off by default. - - - - - Ignore case when sorting. This flag is honored by both - the sorting and the grouping. This is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sort the files numerically, rather than lexicographically. - For filenames that contain numbers, this means the order will be - ["file8.dat", "file9.dat", "file10.dat"] - instead of the usual alphabetic sorting order - ["file10.dat" "file8.dat", "file9.dat"]. - NumericSort is off by default. - - - - - Sort the files numerically, rather than lexicographically. - For filenames that contain numbers, this means the order will be - ["file8.dat", "file9.dat", "file10.dat"] - instead of the usual alphabetic sorting order - ["file10.dat" "file8.dat", "file9.dat"]. - NumericSort is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sort the file names into groups, according to similarity in - filename name and path. Files in different directories, - or with different extensions, or which do not fit into the same - numbered series will be placed into different groups. This is - off by default. - - - - - Ignore case when sorting. This flag is honored by both - the sorting and the grouping. This is off by default. - - - - - Set a list of file names to group and sort. - - - - - Sort the files numerically, rather than lexicographically. - For filenames that contain numbers, this means the order will be - ["file8.dat", "file9.dat", "file10.dat"] - instead of the usual alphabetic sorting order - ["file10.dat" "file8.dat", "file9.dat"]. - NumericSort is off by default. - - - - - Skip directories. If this flag is set, any input item that - is a directory rather than a file will not be included in - the output. This is off by default. - - - - - Skip directories. If this flag is set, any input item that - is a directory rather than a file will not be included in - the output. This is off by default. - - - - - Skip directories. If this flag is set, any input item that - is a directory rather than a file will not be included in - the output. This is off by default. - - - - - Update the output filenames from the input filenames. - This method is called automatically by GetFileNames() - and GetNumberOfGroups() if the input names have changed. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridReader - read vtk structured grid data file - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - structured grid data files in vtk format. (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkStructuredGrid data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkStructuredGrid vtkDataReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Read the meta information from the file. This needs to be public to it - can be accessed by vtkDataSetReader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkStructuredGridWriter - write vtk structured grid data file - - - Description - vtkStructuredGridWriter is a source object that writes ASCII or binary - structured grid data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsReader - read vtk structured points data file - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - structured points data files in vtk format (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkStructuredPoints data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkStructuredPoints vtkDataReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Set/Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Read the meta information from the file. This needs to be public to it - can be accessed by vtkDataSetReader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkStructuredPointsWriter - write vtk structured points data file - - - Description - vtkStructuredPointsWriter is a source object that writes ASCII or binary - structured points data in vtk file format. See text for format details. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTableWriter - write vtkTable to a file - - - Description - vtkTableWriter is a sink object that writes ASCII or binary - vtkTable data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTableToDatabaseWriter - in a SQL database. - - - Description - vtkTableToDatabaseWriter abstract parent class that reads a vtkTable and - inserts it into an SQL database. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Check if the currently specified table name exists in the database. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the database. Must already be open. - - - - - Set the name of the new SQL table that you'd this writer to create. - Returns false if the specified table already exists in the database. - - - - - Check if the currently specified table name exists in the database. - - - - - vtkTableToSQLiteWriter - store a vtkTable in an SQLite database - - - Description - vtkTableToSQLiteWriter reads a vtkTable and inserts it into an SQLite - database. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTecplotReader - A concrete class to read an ASCII Tecplot file. - - - - Description - vtkTecplotReader parses an ASCII Tecplot file to get a vtkMultiBlockDataSet - object made up of several vtkDataSet objects, of which each is of type - either vtkStructuredGrid or vtkUnstructuredGrid. Each vtkDataSet object - maintains the geometry, topology, and some associated attributes describing - physical properties. - - Tecplot treats 3D coordinates (only one or two coordinates might be - explicitly specified in a file) as varaibles too, whose names (e.g., - 'X' / 'x' / 'I', 'Y' / 'y' / 'J', 'Z' / 'z' / 'K') are provided in the - variables list (the 'VARIABLES' section). These names are then followed - in the list by those of other traditional variables or attributes (node- - based and / or cell-based data with the mode specified via token 'VAR - LOCATION', to be extracted to create vtkPointData and / or vtkCellData). - Each zone described afterwards (in the 'ZONE's section) provides the - specific values of the aforementioned variables (including 3D coordinates), - in the same order as indicated by the variable-names list, through either - POINT-packing (i.e., tuple-based storage) or BLOCK-packing (component-based - storage). In particular, the first / description line of each zone tells - the type of all the constituent cells as the connectivity / topology - information. In other words, the entire dataset is made up of multiple zones - (blocks), of which each maintains a set of cells of the same type ('BRICK', - 'TRIANGLE', 'QUADRILATERAL', 'TETRAHEDRON', and 'POINT' in Tecplot terms). - In addition, the description line of each zone specifies the zone name, - dimensionality information (size of each dimension for a structured zone), - number of nodes, and number of cells. Information about the file format is - available at http://download.tecplot.com/360/dataformat.pdf. - - Caveats - vtkTecplotReader is currently a simplified ASCII Tecplot reader and some - functionalities (e.g., extraction of sections 'GEOMETRY', 'TEXT', and 'DATA - SETAUXDATA', access to multiple time steps, in addition to the construction - of vtkRectilinearGrid and vtkImageData objects) are not supported. - - Thanks - This class is a VTK implementation of VisIt's ASCII Tecplot reader. - - - - - vtkPoints vtkStructuredGrid vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkPointData vtkCellData - vtkDataSet vtkMultiBlockDataSet - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the name of a block specified by a zero-based index. NULL is returned - for an invalid block index. - - - - - Get the name of a data array specified by the zero-based index (arrayIdx). - - - - - Get the status of a specific data array (0: un-selected; 1: selected). - - - - - Get the name of a zero-based data attribute (not 3D coordinates). NULL is - returned for an invalid attribute index. - - - - - Get the Tecplot data title. - - - - - Get the number of blocks (i.e., zones in Tecplot terms). - - - - - Get the number of all data attributes (point data and cell data). - - - - - Get the number of standard data attributes (node-based and cell-based), - excluding 3D coordinates. - - - - - Get the number of all variables (including 3D coordinates). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the type (0 for node-based and 1 for cell-based) of a specified data - attribute (not 3D coordinates). -1 is returned for an invalid attribute - name. - - - - - Get the type (0 for node-based and 1 for cell-based) of a specified data - attribute (not 3D coordinates). -1 is returned for an invalid attribute - index. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the status of a specific data array (0: de-select; 1: select) specified - by the name. - - - - - Specify a Tecplot ASCII file for data loading. - - - - - vtkTextCodecFactory - maintain a list of text codecs and return instances - - - - Description - A single class to hold registered codecs and return instances of them based - on either a decriptive name (UTF16 or latin-1) or by asking who can handle a - given vtkstd::vector<unsigned char> - - Thanks - Thanks to Tim Shed from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the concepts and to Marcus Hanwell and Jeff Baumes of Kitware for - keeping me out of the weeds - - - - - vtkTextCodec - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a codec/storage name try to find one of our registered codecs that - can handle it. This is non-deterministic, very messy and should not be - your first thing to try. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Initialize core text codecs - needed for the static compilation case. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provides mechanism to register/unregister additional callbacks to create - concrete subclasses of vtkTextCodecFactory to handle different protocols. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provides mechanism to register/unregister additional callbacks to create - concrete subclasses of vtkTextCodecFactory to handle different protocols. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Provides mechanism to register/unregister additional callbacks to create - concrete subclasses of vtkTextCodecFactory to handle different protocols. - The registered callbacks are tried in the order they are registered. - - - - - Type for Creation callback. - - - - - vtkTIFFReader - read TIFF files - - - Description - vtkTIFFReader is a source object that reads TIFF files. - It should be able to read almost any TIFF file - - - - - vtkTIFFWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Is the given file name a tiff file file? - - - - - Return a descriptive name for the file format that might be useful - in a GUI. - - - - - Get the file extensions for this format. - Returns a string with a space separated list of extensions in - the format .extension - - - - - Set orientation type - ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT 1 (row 0 top, col 0 lhs) - ORIENTATION_TOPRIGHT 2 (row 0 top, col 0 rhs) - ORIENTATION_BOTRIGHT 3 (row 0 bottom, col 0 rhs) - ORIENTATION_BOTLEFT 4 (row 0 bottom, col 0 lhs) - ORIENTATION_LEFTTOP 5 (row 0 lhs, col 0 top) - ORIENTATION_RIGHTTOP 6 (row 0 rhs, col 0 top) - ORIENTATION_RIGHTBOT 7 (row 0 rhs, col 0 bottom) - ORIENTATION_LEFTBOT 8 (row 0 lhs, col 0 bottom) - User need to explicitly include vtk_tiff.h header to have access to those #define - - - - - Get method to check if orientation type is specified - - - - - Set/get methods to see if manual Origin/Spacing have - been set. - - - - - - - - - - Auxilary methods used by the reader internally. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get methods to see if manual Origin/Spacing have - been set. - - - - - Set/get methods to see if manual Origin/Spacing have - been set. - - - - - Internal method, do not use. - - - - - Reads 3D data from tiled tiff - - - - - Reads 3D data from multi-pages tiff. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set orientation type - ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT 1 (row 0 top, col 0 lhs) - ORIENTATION_TOPRIGHT 2 (row 0 top, col 0 rhs) - ORIENTATION_BOTRIGHT 3 (row 0 bottom, col 0 rhs) - ORIENTATION_BOTLEFT 4 (row 0 bottom, col 0 lhs) - ORIENTATION_LEFTTOP 5 (row 0 lhs, col 0 top) - ORIENTATION_RIGHTTOP 6 (row 0 rhs, col 0 top) - ORIENTATION_RIGHTBOT 7 (row 0 rhs, col 0 bottom) - ORIENTATION_LEFTBOT 8 (row 0 lhs, col 0 bottom) - User need to explicitly include vtk_tiff.h header to have access to those #define - - - - - Set/get methods to see if manual Origin/Spacing have - been set. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - vtkTIFFWriter - write out image data as a TIFF file - - - Description - vtkTIFFWriter writes image data as a TIFF data file. Data can be written - uncompressed or compressed. Several forms of compression are supported - including packed bits, JPEG, deflation, and LZW. (Note: LZW compression - is currently under patent in the US and is disabled until the patent - expires. However, the mechanism for supporting this compression is available - for those with a valid license or to whom the patent does not apply.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Set compression type. Sinze LZW compression is patented outside US, the - additional work steps have to be taken in order to use that compression. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTreeReader - read vtkTree data file - - - Description - vtkTreeReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - vtkTree data files in vtk format. (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkTree data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkTree vtkDataReader vtkTreeWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkTreeWriter - write vtkTree data to a file - - - Description - vtkTreeWriter is a sink object that writes ASCII or binary - vtkTree data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUGFacetReader - read EDS Unigraphics facet files - - - Description - vtkUGFacetReader is a source object that reads Unigraphics facet files. - Unigraphics is a solid modeling system; facet files are the polygonal - plot files it uses to create 3D plots. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object to extract all parts, and with point merging - turned on. - - - - - Construct object to extract all parts, and with point merging - turned on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create default locator. Used to create one when none is specified. - - - - - Specify Unigraphics file name. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Overload standard modified time function. If locator is modified, - then this object is modified as well. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Special methods for interrogating the data file. - - - - - Retrieve color index for the parts in the file. - - - - - Specify the desired part to extract. The part number must range between - [0,NumberOfParts-1]. If the value is =(-1), then all parts will be - extracted. If the value is <(-1), then no parts will be extracted but - the part colors will be updated. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify Unigraphics file name. - - - - - Specify a spatial locator for merging points. By - default an instance of vtkMergePoints is used. - - - - - Turn on/off merging of points/triangles. - - - - - Specify the desired part to extract. The part number must range between - [0,NumberOfParts-1]. If the value is =(-1), then all parts will be - extracted. If the value is <(-1), then no parts will be extracted but - the part colors will be updated. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridReader - read vtk unstructured grid data file - - - Description - vtkUnstructuredGridReader is a source object that reads ASCII or binary - unstructured grid data files in vtk format. (see text for format details). - The output of this reader is a single vtkUnstructuredGrid data object. - The superclass of this class, vtkDataReader, provides many methods for - controlling the reading of the data file, see vtkDataReader for more - information. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - vtkUnstructuredGrid vtkDataReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the output of this reader. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridWriter - write vtk unstructured grid data file - - - Description - vtkUnstructuredGridWriter is a source object that writes ASCII or binary - unstructured grid data files in vtk format. See text for format details. - Caveats - Binary files written on one system may not be readable on other systems. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUTF8TextCodec - Class to read/write UTF-8 text - - - - Description - A virtual class interface for codecs that readers/writers can rely on - - Thanks - Thanks to Tim Shed from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the concepts and to Marcus Hanwell and Jeff Baumes of Kitware for - keeping me out of the weeds - - - - - vtkUTF8TextCodecFactory - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUTF16TextCodec - Class to read/write ascii text. - - - - Description - A virtual class interface for codecs that readers/writers can rely on - - Thanks - Thanks to Tim Shed from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the concepts and to Marcus Hanwell and Jeff Baumes of Kitware for - keeping me out of the weeds - - - - - vtkUTF16TextCodecFactory - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name this codec goes by - should match the string the factory will take to create it - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the endianess - true if Big false is little - - - - - vtkVolume16Reader - read 16 bit image files - - - Description - vtkVolume16Reader is a source object that reads 16 bit image files. - - Volume16Reader creates structured point datasets. The dimension of the - dataset depends upon the number of files read. Reading a single file - results in a 2D image, while reading more than one file results in a - 3D volume. - - File names are created using FilePattern and FilePrefix as follows: - sprintf (filename, FilePattern, FilePrefix, number); - where number is in the range ImageRange[0] to ImageRange[1]. If - ImageRange[1] <= ImageRange[0], then slice number ImageRange[0] is - read. Thus to read an image set ImageRange[0] = ImageRange[1] = slice - number. The default behavior is to read a single file (i.e., image slice 1). - - The DataMask instance variable is used to read data files with imbedded - connectivity or segmentation information. For example, some data has - the high order bit set to indicate connected surface. The DataMask allows - you to select this data. Other important ivars include HeaderSize, which - allows you to skip over initial info, and SwapBytes, which turns on/off - byte swapping. - - The Transform instance variable specifies a permutation transformation - to map slice space into world space. vtkImageReader has replaced the - functionality of this class and should be used instead. - - - - - vtkVolumeReader - read image files - - - Description - vtkVolumeReader is a source object that reads image files. - - VolumeReader creates structured point datasets. The dimension of the - dataset depends upon the number of files read. Reading a single file - results in a 2D image, while reading more than one file results in a - 3D volume. - - File names are created using FilePattern and FilePrefix as follows: - sprintf (filename, FilePattern, FilePrefix, number); - where number is in the range ImageRange[0] to ImageRange[1]. If - ImageRange[1] <= ImageRange[0], then slice number ImageRange[0] is - read. Thus to read an image set ImageRange[0] = ImageRange[1] = slice - number. The default behavior is to read a single file (i.e., image slice 1). - - The DataMask instance variable is used to read data files with imbedded - connectivity or segmentation information. For example, some data has - the high order bit set to indicate connected surface. The DataMask allows - you to select this data. Other important ivars include HeaderSize, which - allows you to skip over initial info, and SwapBytes, which turns on/off - byte swapping. Consider using vtkImageReader as a replacement. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the origin for the data. - - - - - Specify the origin for the data. - - - - - Specify the spacing for the data. - - - - - Specify the spacing for the data. - - - - - The sprintf format used to build filename from FilePrefix and number. - - - - - Specify file prefix for the image file(s). - - - - - Other objects make use of this method. - - - - - Set the range of files to read. - - - - - Set the range of files to read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the origin for the data. - - - - - Specify the origin for the data. - - - - - Specify the spacing for the data. - - - - - Specify the spacing for the data. - - - - - The sprintf format used to build filename from FilePrefix and number. - - - - - Specify file prefix for the image file(s). - - - - - Set the range of files to read. - - - - - Set the range of files to read. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with NULL file prefix; file pattern "%s.%d"; image range - set to (1,1); data origin (0,0,0); data spacing (1,1,1); no data mask; - header size 0; and byte swapping turned off. - - - - - Construct object with NULL file prefix; file pattern "%s.%d"; image range - set to (1,1); data origin (0,0,0); data spacing (1,1,1); no data mask; - header size 0; and byte swapping turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - Specify the dimensions for the data. - - - - - Specify the dimensions for the data. - - - - - Specify a mask used to eliminate data in the data file (e.g., - connectivity bits). - - - - - Specify the number of bytes to seek over at start of image. - - - - - Other objects make use of these methods - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - Set/Get transformation matrix to transform the data from slice space - into world space. This matrix must be a permutation matrix. To qualify, - the sums of the rows must be + or - 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - These methods should be used instead of the SwapBytes methods. - They indicate the byte ordering of the file you are trying - to read in. These methods will then either swap or not swap - the bytes depending on the byte ordering of the machine it is - being run on. For example, reading in a BigEndian file on a - BigEndian machine will result in no swapping. Trying to read - the same file on a LittleEndian machine will result in swapping. - As a quick note most UNIX machines are BigEndian while PC's - and VAX tend to be LittleEndian. So if the file you are reading - in was generated on a VAX or PC, SetDataByteOrderToLittleEndian otherwise - SetDataByteOrderToBigEndian. - - - - - Specify the dimensions for the data. - - - - - Specify the dimensions for the data. - - - - - Specify a mask used to eliminate data in the data file (e.g., - connectivity bits). - - - - - Specify the number of bytes to seek over at start of image. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - Set/Get transformation matrix to transform the data from slice space - into world space. This matrix must be a permutation matrix. To qualify, - the sums of the rows must be + or - 1. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - Turn on/off byte swapping. - - - - - vtkXMLCompositeDataReader - Reader for multi-group datasets - - - Description - vtkXMLCompositeDataReader reads the VTK XML multi-group data file - format. XML multi-group data files are meta-files that point to a list - of serial VTK XML files. When reading in parallel, it will distribute - sub-blocks among processor. If the number of sub-blocks is less than - the number of processors, some processors will not have any sub-blocks - for that group. If the number of sub-blocks is larger than the - number of processors, each processor will possibly have more than - 1 sub-block. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLDataParser - Used by vtkXMLReader to parse VTK XML files. - - - Description - vtkXMLDataParser provides a subclass of vtkXMLParser that - constructs a representation of an XML data format's file using - vtkXMLDataElement to represent each XML element. This - representation is then used by vtkXMLReader and its subclasses to - traverse the structure of the file and extract data. - - - - - vtkXMLParser - Parse XML to handle element tags and attributes. - - - Description - vtkXMLParser reads a stream and parses XML element tags and corresponding - attributes. Each element begin tag and its attributes are sent to - the StartElement method. Each element end tag is sent to the - EndElement method. Subclasses should replace these methods to actually - use the tags. - ToDo: Add commands for parsing in Tcl. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When parsing fragments of XML or streaming XML, use the following - three methods. InitializeParser method initialize parser but - does not perform any actual parsing. ParseChunk parses framgent - of XML. This has to match to what was already - parsed. CleanupParser finishes parsing. If there were errors, - CleanupParser will report them. - - - - - Set and get the encoding the parser should expect (NULL defaults to - Expat's own default encoder, i.e UTF-8). - This should be set before parsing (i.e. a call to Parse()) or - even initializing the parser (i.e. a call to InitializeParser()) - - - - - Set and get file name. - - - - - If this is off (the default), CharacterDataHandler will be called to - process text within XML Elements. If this is on, the text will be - ignored. - - - - - When parsing fragments of XML or streaming XML, use the following - three methods. InitializeParser method initialize parser but - does not perform any actual parsing. ParseChunk parses framgent - of XML. This has to match to what was already - parsed. CleanupParser finishes parsing. If there were errors, - CleanupParser will report them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Parse the XML input. - - - - - Parse the XML message. If length is specified, parse only the - first "length" characters - - - - - Parse the XML message. If length is specified, parse only the - first "length" characters - - - - - When parsing fragments of XML or streaming XML, use the following - three methods. InitializeParser method initialize parser but - does not perform any actual parsing. ParseChunk parses framgent - of XML. This has to match to what was already - parsed. CleanupParser finishes parsing. If there were errors, - CleanupParser will report them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Used by subclasses and their supporting classes. These methods - wrap around the tellg and seekg methods of the input stream to - work-around stream bugs on various platforms. - - - - - Set and get the encoding the parser should expect (NULL defaults to - Expat's own default encoder, i.e UTF-8). - This should be set before parsing (i.e. a call to Parse()) or - even initializing the parser (i.e. a call to InitializeParser()) - - - - - Set and get file name. - - - - - If this is off (the default), CharacterDataHandler will be called to - process text within XML Elements. If this is on, the text will be - ignored. - - - - - Used by subclasses and their supporting classes. These methods - wrap around the tellg and seekg methods of the input stream to - work-around stream bugs on various platforms. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Get/Set flag to abort reading of data. This may be set by a - progress event observer. - - - - - Get/Set the character encoding that will be used to set the attributes's - encoding type of each vtkXMLDataElement created by this parser (i.e., - the data element attributes will use that encoding internally). - If set to VTK_ENCODING_NONE (default), the attribute encoding type will - not be changed and will default to the vtkXMLDataElement default encoding - type (see vtkXMLDataElement::AttributeEncoding). - - - - - Get/Set the character encoding that will be used to set the attributes's - encoding type of each vtkXMLDataElement created by this parser (i.e., - the data element attributes will use that encoding internally). - If set to VTK_ENCODING_NONE (default), the attribute encoding type will - not be changed and will default to the vtkXMLDataElement default encoding - type (see vtkXMLDataElement::AttributeEncoding). - - - - - Get/Set the character encoding that will be used to set the attributes's - encoding type of each vtkXMLDataElement created by this parser (i.e., - the data element attributes will use that encoding internally). - If set to VTK_ENCODING_NONE (default), the attribute encoding type will - not be changed and will default to the vtkXMLDataElement default encoding - type (see vtkXMLDataElement::AttributeEncoding). - - - - - Get/Set the compressor used to decompress binary and appended data - after reading from the file. - - - - - Get/Set progress of reading data. This may be checked by a - progress event observer. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Get the size of a word of the given type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Parse the XML input and check that the file is safe to read. - Returns 1 for okay, 0 for error. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set flag to abort reading of data. This may be set by a - progress event observer. - - - - - Get/Set the character encoding that will be used to set the attributes's - encoding type of each vtkXMLDataElement created by this parser (i.e., - the data element attributes will use that encoding internally). - If set to VTK_ENCODING_NONE (default), the attribute encoding type will - not be changed and will default to the vtkXMLDataElement default encoding - type (see vtkXMLDataElement::AttributeEncoding). - - - - - Get/Set the compressor used to decompress binary and appended data - after reading from the file. - - - - - Get/Set progress of reading data. This may be checked by a - progress event observer. - - - - - Get the root element from the XML document. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkXMLDataSetWriter - Write any type of VTK XML file. - - - Description - vtkXMLDataSetWriter is a wrapper around the VTK XML file format - writers. Given an input vtkDataSet, the correct writer is - automatically selected based on the type of input. - - - - - vtkXMLWriter - Superclass for VTK's XML file writers. - - - Description - vtkXMLWriter provides methods implementing most of the - functionality needed to write VTK XML file formats. Concrete - subclasses provide actual writer implementations calling upon this - functionality. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set whether the appended data section is base64 encoded. If - encoded, reading and writing will be slower, but the file will be - fully valid XML and text-only. If not encoded, the XML - specification will be violated, but reading and writing will be - fast. The default is to do the encoding. - - - - - Get/Set whether the appended data section is base64 encoded. If - encoded, reading and writing will be slower, but the file will be - fully valid XML and text-only. If not encoded, the XML - specification will be violated, but reading and writing will be - fast. The default is to do the encoding. - - - - - Get/Set the block size used in compression. When reading, this - controls the granularity of how much extra information must be - read when only part of the data are requested. The value should - be a multiple of the largest scalar data type. - - - - - Get/Set the byte order of data written to the file. The default - is the machine's hardware byte order. - - - - - Get/Set the compressor used to compress binary and appended data - before writing to the file. Default is a vtkZLibDataCompressor. - - - - - Get/Set the data mode used for the file's data. The options are - vtkXMLWriter::Ascii, vtkXMLWriter::Binary, and - vtkXMLWriter::Appended. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Get/Set whether the appended data section is base64 encoded. If - encoded, reading and writing will be slower, but the file will be - fully valid XML and text-only. If not encoded, the XML - specification will be violated, but reading and writing will be - fast. The default is to do the encoding. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the output file. - - - - - Get/Set the size of the vtkIdType values stored in the file. The - default is the real size of vtkIdType. - - - - - Set/Get an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline - - - - - Set/Get an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline - - - - - Set the number of time steps - - - - - Which TimeStep to write. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to write. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to write. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to write. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the block size used in compression. When reading, this - controls the granularity of how much extra information must be - read when only part of the data are requested. The value should - be a multiple of the largest scalar data type. - - - - - Get/Set the byte order of data written to the file. The default - is the machine's hardware byte order. - - - - - Get/Set the byte order of data written to the file. The default - is the machine's hardware byte order. - - - - - Get/Set the byte order of data written to the file. The default - is the machine's hardware byte order. - - - - - Get/Set the compressor used to compress binary and appended data - before writing to the file. Default is a vtkZLibDataCompressor. - - - - - Convenience functions to set the compressor to certain known types. - - - - - Convenience functions to set the compressor to certain known types. - - - - - Convenience functions to set the compressor to certain known types. - - - - - Get/Set the data mode used for the file's data. The options are - vtkXMLWriter::Ascii, vtkXMLWriter::Binary, and - vtkXMLWriter::Appended. - - - - - Get/Set the data mode used for the file's data. The options are - vtkXMLWriter::Ascii, vtkXMLWriter::Binary, and - vtkXMLWriter::Appended. - - - - - Get/Set the data mode used for the file's data. The options are - vtkXMLWriter::Ascii, vtkXMLWriter::Binary, and - vtkXMLWriter::Appended. - - - - - Get/Set the data mode used for the file's data. The options are - vtkXMLWriter::Ascii, vtkXMLWriter::Binary, and - vtkXMLWriter::Appended. - - - - - Get/Set whether the appended data section is base64 encoded. If - encoded, reading and writing will be slower, but the file will be - fully valid XML and text-only. If not encoded, the XML - specification will be violated, but reading and writing will be - fast. The default is to do the encoding. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the output file. - - - - - Get/Set the size of the vtkIdType values stored in the file. The - default is the real size of vtkIdType. - - - - - Get/Set the size of the vtkIdType values stored in the file. The - default is the real size of vtkIdType. - - - - - Get/Set the size of the vtkIdType values stored in the file. The - default is the real size of vtkIdType. - - - - - Set/Get an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline - - - - - Set/Get an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline - - - - - Set the number of time steps - - - - - Which TimeStep to write. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to write. - - - - - Which TimeStepRange to write. - - - - - API to interface an outside the VTK pipeline control - - - - - API to interface an outside the VTK pipeline control - - - - - Invoke the writer. Returns 1 for success, 0 for failure. - - - - - API to interface an outside the VTK pipeline control - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Get/Set the compressor used to compress binary and appended data - before writing to the file. Default is a vtkZLibDataCompressor. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLFileReadTester - Utility class for vtkXMLReader and subclasses. - - - Description - vtkXMLFileReadTester reads the smallest part of a file necessary to - determine whether it is a VTK XML file. If so, it extracts the - file type and version number. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the data type of the XML file tested. If the file could not - be read, returns NULL. - - - - - Get/Set the name of the file tested by TestReadFile(). - - - - - Get the file version of the XML file tested. If the file could not - be read, returns NULL. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the name of the file tested by TestReadFile(). - - - - - Try to read the file given by FileName. Returns 1 if the file is - a VTK XML file, and 0 otherwise. - - - - - vtkXMLGenericDataObjectReader - Read any type of vtk data object - - - Description - vtkXMLGenericDataObjectReader reads any type of vtk data object encoded - in XML format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Overridden method. - - - - - Overridden method. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Get the output as various concrete types. This method is typically used - when you know exactly what type of data is being read. Otherwise, use - the general GetOutput() method. If the wrong type is used NULL is - returned. (You must also set the filename of the object prior to - getting the output.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method can be used to find out the type of output expected without - needing to read the whole file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overridden method. Not Used. Delegated. - - - - - vtkXMLHierarchicalBoxDataReader - Reader for hierarchical datasets - - - Description - vtkXMLHierarchicalBoxDataReader reads the VTK XML hierarchical data file - format. XML hierarchical data files are meta-files that point to a list - of serial VTK XML files. When reading in parallel, it will distribute - sub-blocks among processor. If the number of sub-blocks is less than - the number of processors, some processors will not have any sub-blocks - for that level. If the number of sub-blocks is larger than the - number of processors, each processor will possibly have more than - 1 sub-block. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLHierarchicalDataReader - Reader for hierarchical datasets - - - Description - vtkXMLHierarchicalDataReader reads the VTK XML hierarchical data file - format. XML hierarchical data files are meta-files that point to a list - of serial VTK XML files. When reading in parallel, it will distribute - sub-blocks among processor. If the number of sub-blocks is less than - the number of processors, some processors will not have any sub-blocks - for that level. If the number of sub-blocks is larger than the - number of processors, each processor will possibly have more than - 1 sub-block. - - - - - vtkXMLMultiGroupDataReader - Reader for multi-block datasets - - - Description - vtkXMLMultiGroupDataReader is a legacy reader that reads multi group files - into multiblock datasets. - - - - - vtkXMLMultiBlockDataReader - Reader for multi-block datasets - - - Description - vtkXMLMultiBlockDataReader reads the VTK XML multi-block data file - format. XML multi-block data files are meta-files that point to a list - of serial VTK XML files. When reading in parallel, it will distribute - sub-blocks among processor. If the number of sub-blocks is less than - the number of processors, some processors will not have any sub-blocks - for that block. If the number of sub-blocks is larger than the - number of processors, each processor will possibly have more than - 1 sub-block. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLImageDataReader - Read VTK XML ImageData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLImageDataReader reads the VTK XML ImageData file format. One - image data file can be read to produce one output. Streaming is - supported. The standard extension for this reader's file format is - "vti". This reader is also used to read a single piece of the - parallel file format. - - - - - vtkXMLStructuredDataReader - Superclass for structured data XML readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLStructuredDataReader provides functionality common to all - structured data format readers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the number of cells in the output. - - - - - Get the number of points in the output. - - - - - Get/Set whether the reader gets a whole slice from disk when only - a rectangle inside it is needed. This mode reads more data than - necessary, but prevents many short reads from interacting poorly - with the compression and encoding schemes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set whether the reader gets a whole slice from disk when only - a rectangle inside it is needed. This mode reads more data than - necessary, but prevents many short reads from interacting poorly - with the compression and encoding schemes. - - - - - Get/Set whether the reader gets a whole slice from disk when only - a rectangle inside it is needed. This mode reads more data than - necessary, but prevents many short reads from interacting poorly - with the compression and encoding schemes. - - - - - Get/Set whether the reader gets a whole slice from disk when only - a rectangle inside it is needed. This mode reads more data than - necessary, but prevents many short reads from interacting poorly - with the compression and encoding schemes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLImageDataWriter - Write VTK XML ImageData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLImageDataWriter writes the VTK XML ImageData file format. - One image data input can be written into one file in any number of - streamed pieces. The standard extension for this writer's file - format is "vti". This writer is also used to write a single piece - of the parallel file format. - - - - - vtkXMLStructuredDataWriter - Superclass for VTK XML structured data writers. - - - Description - vtkXMLStructuredDataWriter provides VTK XML writing functionality that - is common among all the structured data formats. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the extent translator used for streaming. - - - - - Get/Set the number of pieces used to stream the image through the - pipeline while writing to the file. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the input that should be treated as the - WholeExtent in the output file. The default is the WholeExtent - of the input. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the input that should be treated as the - WholeExtent in the output file. The default is the WholeExtent - of the input. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the input that should be treated as the - WholeExtent in the output file. The default is the WholeExtent - of the input. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the extent translator used for streaming. - - - - - Get/Set the number of pieces used to stream the image through the - pipeline while writing to the file. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the input that should be treated as the - WholeExtent in the output file. The default is the WholeExtent - of the input. - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the input that should be treated as the - WholeExtent in the output file. The default is the WholeExtent - of the input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLHyperOctreeReader - Read VTK XML HyperOctree files. - - - Description - vtkXMLHyperOctreeReader reads the VTK XML HyperOctree file - format. One rectilinear grid file can be read to produce one - output. Streaming is supported. The standard extension for this - reader's file format is "vto". This reader is also used to read a - single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLHyperOctreeWriter - Write VTK XML HyperOctree files. - - - Description - vtkXMLHyperOctreeWriter writes the VTK XML HyperOctree file - format. One HyperOctree input can be written into one file in - any number of streamed pieces. The standard extension for this - writer's file format is "vto". This writer is also used to write a - single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLMaterial - encapsulates a VTK Material description. - - - Description - vtkXMLMaterial encapsulates VTK Material description. It keeps a pointer - to vtkXMLDataElement that defines the material and provides - access to Shaders/Properties defined in it. - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new instance. It searches for the material - using the following order: first, check the MaterialLibrary; second, - treat the name as an absolute path and try to locate it; third, - search the Material repository. Returns null is it fails to - locate the material. - - - - - Get the ith vtkXMLDataElement of type <FragmentShader />. - - - - - Get number of fragment shaders. - - - - - Get number of elements of type Property. - - - - - Get number of elements of type Texture. - - - - - Get number of Vertex shaders. - - - - - Get the ith vtkXMLDataElement of type <Property />. - - - - - Get/Set the XML root element that describes this material. - - - - - Get the Language used by the shaders in this Material. - The Language of a vtkXMLMaterial is based on the Language of it's - shaders. - - - - - Get the style the shaders. - \post valid_result: result==1 || result==2 - - - - - Get the ith vtkXMLDataElement of type <Texture />. - - - - - Get the ith vtkXMLDataElement of type <VertexShader />. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the XML root element that describes this material. - - - - - vtkXMLMaterialParser - Parses VTK Material file - - - - Description - vtkXMLMaterialParser parses a VTK Material file and provides that file's - description of a number of vertex and fragment shaders along with data - values specified for data members of vtkProperty. This material is to be - applied to an actor through it's vtkProperty and augments VTK's concept - of a vtkProperty to include explicitly include vertex and fragment shaders - and parameter settings for those shaders. This effectively makes reflectance - models and other shaders a material property. If no shaders are specified - VTK should default to standard rendering. - - Design - vtkXMLMaterialParser provides access to 3 distinct types of first-level - vtkXMLDataElements that describe a VTK material. These elements are as - follows: - - vtkProperty - describe values for vtkProperty data members - - vtkVertexShader - a vertex shader and enough information to - install it into the hardware rendering pipeline including values for - specific shader parameters and structures. - - vtkFragmentShader - a fragment shader and enough information to - install it into the hardware rendering pipeline including values for - specific shader parameters and structures. - - The design of the material file closely follows that of vtk's xml - descriptions of it's data sets. This allows use of the very handy - vtkXMLDataElement which provides easy access to an xml element's - attribute values. Inlined data is currently not handled. - - Ideally this class would be a Facade to a DOM parser, but VTK only - provides access to expat, a SAX parser. Other vtk classes that parse - xml files are tuned to read vtkDataSets and don't provide the functionality - to handle generic xml data. As such they are of little use here. - - This class may be extended for better data handling or may become a - Facade to a DOM parser should on become part of the VTK code base. - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkXMLMaterial representation of the parsed material. - - - - - Overridden to clean up internal structures before the chunk-parsing - begins. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overridden to initialize the internal structures before - the parsing begins. - - - - - Overridden to initialize the internal structures before - the parsing begins. - - - - - Overridden to initialize the internal structures before - the parsing begins. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the vtkXMLMaterial representation of the parsed material. - - - - - vtkXMLMaterialReader - Provide access to elements in Material files - - - - Description - vtkXMLMaterialReader provides access to three types of vtkXMLDataElement - found in XML Material Files. This class sorts them by type and integer - id from 0-N for N elements of a specific type starting with the first - instance found. - - Design - This class is basically a Facade for vtkXMLMaterialParser. Currently - functionality is to only provide access to vtkXMLDataElements but further - extensions may return higher level data structures. - - Having both an vtkXMLMaterialParser and a vtkXMLMaterialReader is consistent with - VTK's design for handling xml file and provides for future flexibility, that is - better data handlers and interfacing with a DOM xml parser. - - vtkProperty - defines values for some or all data members of vtkProperty - - vtkVertexShader - defines vertex shaders - - vtkFragmentShader - defines fragment shaders - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set and get file name. - - - - - Get the Material representation read by the reader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Read the material file refered to in FileName. - If the Reader hasn't changed since the last ReadMaterial(), - it does not read the file again. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and get file name. - - - - - vtkXMLCompositeDataWriter - Writer for multi-group datasets - - - Description - vtkXMLCompositeDataWriter writes (serially) the VTK XML multi-group, - multi-block hierarchical and hierarchical box files. XML multi-group - data files are meta-files that point to a list of serial VTK XML files. - - - - vtkXMLPCompositeDataWriter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Get/Set the number of ghost levels to be written. - - - - - Get/Set whether this instance will write the meta-file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the number of ghost levels to be written. - - - - - Get/Set whether this instance will write the meta-file. - - - - - vtkXMLMultiBlockDataWriter - writer for vtkMultiBlockDataSet. - - - Description - vtkXMLMultiBlockDataWriter is a vtkXMLCompositeDataWriter subclass to handle - vtkMultiBlockDataSet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLHierarchicalBoxDataWriter - writer for - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet. - - - Description - vtkXMLHierarchicalBoxDataWriter is a vtkXMLCompositeDataWriter subclass to - handle vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPDataReader - Superclass for PVTK XML file readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLPDataReader provides functionality common to all PVTK XML - file readers. Concrete subclasses call upon this functionality - when needed. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the number of pieces from the summary file being read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPDataSetWriter - Write any type of PVTK XML file. - - - Description - vtkXMLPDataSetWriter is a wrapper around the PVTK XML file format - writers. Given an input vtkDataSet, the correct writer is - automatically selected based on the type of input. - - - - - vtkXMLPDataWriter - Write data in a parallel XML format. - - - Description - vtkXMLPDataWriter is the superclass for all XML parallel data set - writers. It provides functionality needed for writing parallel - formats, such as the selection of which writer writes the summary - file and what range of pieces are assigned to each serial writer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the range of pieces assigned to this writer. - - - - - Get/Set the ghost level used for this writer's piece. - - - - - Get/Set the number of pieces that are being written in parallel. - - - - - Get/Set the range of pieces assigned to this writer. - - - - - Get/Set whether this instance of the writer should write the - summary file that refers to all of the pieces' individual files. - Default is yes only for piece 0 writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the range of pieces assigned to this writer. - - - - - Get/Set the ghost level used for this writer's piece. - - - - - Get/Set the number of pieces that are being written in parallel. - - - - - Get/Set the range of pieces assigned to this writer. - - - - - Get/Set whether this instance of the writer should write the - summary file that refers to all of the pieces' individual files. - Default is yes only for piece 0 writer. - - - - - Get/Set whether this instance of the writer should write the - summary file that refers to all of the pieces' individual files. - Default is yes only for piece 0 writer. - - - - - Get/Set whether this instance of the writer should write the - summary file that refers to all of the pieces' individual files. - Default is yes only for piece 0 writer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPImageDataReader - Read PVTK XML ImageData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPImageDataReader reads the PVTK XML ImageData file format. - This reads the parallel format's summary file and then uses - vtkXMLImageDataReader to read data from the individual ImageData - piece files. Streaming is supported. The standard extension for - this reader's file format is "pvti". - - - - - vtkXMLPStructuredDataReader - Superclass for parallel structured data XML readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLPStructuredDataReader provides functionality common to all - parallel structured data format readers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get an extent translator that will create pieces matching the - input file's piece breakdown. This can be used further down the - pipeline to prevent reading from outside this process's piece. - The translator is only valid after an UpdateInformation has been - called. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPImageDataWriter - Write PVTK XML ImageData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPImageDataWriter writes the PVTK XML ImageData file format. - One image data input can be written into a parallel file format - with any number of pieces spread across files. The standard - extension for this writer's file format is "pvti". This writer - uses vtkXMLImageDataWriter to write the individual piece files. - - - - - vtkXMLPStructuredDataWriter - Superclass for PVTK XML structured data writers. - - - Description - vtkXMLPStructuredDataWriter provides PVTK XML writing functionality - that is common among all the parallel structured data formats. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPPolyDataReader - Read PVTK XML PolyData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPPolyDataReader reads the PVTK XML PolyData file format. - This reads the parallel format's summary file and then uses - vtkXMLPolyDataReader to read data from the individual PolyData - piece files. Streaming is supported. The standard extension for - this reader's file format is "pvtp". - - - - - vtkXMLPUnstructuredDataReader - Superclass for parallel unstructured data XML readers. - - - Description - vtkXMLPUnstructuredDataReader provides functionality common to all - parallel unstructured data format readers. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For the specified port, copy the information this reader sets up in - SetupOutputInformation to outInfo - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPPolyDataWriter - Write PVTK XML PolyData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPPolyDataWriter writes the PVTK XML PolyData file format. - One poly data input can be written into a parallel file format with - any number of pieces spread across files. The standard extension - for this writer's file format is "pvtp". This writer uses - vtkXMLPolyDataWriter to write the individual piece files. - - - - - vtkXMLPUnstructuredDataWriter - Superclass for PVTK XML unstructured data writers. - - - Description - vtkXMLPUnstructuredDataWriter provides PVTK XML writing - functionality that is common among all the parallel unstructured - data formats. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPRectilinearGridReader - Read PVTK XML RectilinearGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPRectilinearGridReader reads the PVTK XML RectilinearGrid - file format. This reads the parallel format's summary file and - then uses vtkXMLRectilinearGridReader to read data from the - individual RectilinearGrid piece files. Streaming is supported. - The standard extension for this reader's file format is "pvtr". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPRectilinearGridWriter - Write PVTK XML RectilinearGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPRectilinearGridWriter writes the PVTK XML RectilinearGrid - file format. One rectilinear grid input can be written into a - parallel file format with any number of pieces spread across files. - The standard extension for this writer's file format is "pvtr". - This writer uses vtkXMLRectilinearGridWriter to write the - individual piece files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPStructuredGridReader - Read PVTK XML StructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPStructuredGridReader reads the PVTK XML StructuredGrid file - format. This reads the parallel format's summary file and then - uses vtkXMLStructuredGridReader to read data from the individual - StructuredGrid piece files. Streaming is supported. The standard - extension for this reader's file format is "pvts". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Needed for ParaView - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPStructuredGridWriter - Write PVTK XML StructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPStructuredGridWriter writes the PVTK XML StructuredGrid - file format. One structured grid input can be written into a - parallel file format with any number of pieces spread across files. - The standard extension for this writer's file format is "pvts". - This writer uses vtkXMLStructuredGridWriter to write the individual - piece files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPUnstructuredGridReader - Read PVTK XML UnstructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPUnstructuredGridReader reads the PVTK XML UnstructuredGrid - file format. This reads the parallel format's summary file and - then uses vtkXMLUnstructuredGridReader to read data from the - individual UnstructuredGrid piece files. Streaming is supported. - The standard extension for this reader's file format is "pvtu". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPUnstructuredGridWriter - Write PVTK XML UnstructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPUnstructuredGridWriter writes the PVTK XML UnstructuredGrid - file format. One unstructured grid input can be written into a - parallel file format with any number of pieces spread across files. - The standard extension for this writer's file format is "pvtu". - This writer uses vtkXMLUnstructuredGridWriter to write the - individual piece files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPolyDataWriter - Write VTK XML PolyData files. - - - Description - vtkXMLPolyDataWriter writes the VTK XML PolyData file format. One - polygonal data input can be written into one file in any number of - streamed pieces (if supported by the rest of the pipeline). The - standard extension for this writer's file format is "vtp". This - writer is also used to write a single piece of the parallel file - format. - - - - - vtkXMLUnstructuredDataWriter - Superclass for VTK XML unstructured data writers. - - - Description - vtkXMLUnstructuredDataWriter provides VTK XML writing functionality - that is common among all the unstructured data formats. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the ghost level used to pad each piece. - - - - - Get/Set the number of pieces used to stream the image through the - pipeline while writing to the file. - - - - - Get/Set the piece to write to the file. If this is - negative or equal to the NumberOfPieces, all pieces will be written. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the ghost level used to pad each piece. - - - - - Get/Set the number of pieces used to stream the image through the - pipeline while writing to the file. - - - - - Get/Set the piece to write to the file. If this is - negative or equal to the NumberOfPieces, all pieces will be written. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLRectilinearGridReader - Read VTK XML RectilinearGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLRectilinearGridReader reads the VTK XML RectilinearGrid file - format. One rectilinear grid file can be read to produce one - output. Streaming is supported. The standard extension for this - reader's file format is "vtr". This reader is also used to read a - single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLRectilinearGridWriter - Write VTK XML RectilinearGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLRectilinearGridWriter writes the VTK XML RectilinearGrid - file format. One rectilinear grid input can be written into one - file in any number of streamed pieces. The standard extension for - this writer's file format is "vtr". This writer is also used to - write a single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLShader - encapsulates a Shader XML description. - - - Description - vtkXMLShader encapsulates the XML description for a Shader. - It provides convenient access to various attributes/properties - of a shader. - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the shader code. - - - - - Get the entry point to the shader code as defined in the XML. - - - - - Returns the shader's language as defined in the XML description. - - - - - Returns the location of the shader as defined in the XML description. - - - - - Get the name of the Shader. - - - - - Get/Set the XML root element that describes this shader. - - - - - Returns the type of the shader as defined in the XML description. - - - - - Returns the style of the shader as optionaly defined in the XML - description. If not present, default style is 1. "style=2" means it is - a shader without a main(). In style 2, the "main" function for the vertex - shader part is void propFuncVS(void), the main function for the fragment - shader part is void propFuncFS(). This is useful when combining a shader - at the actor level and a shader defines at the renderer level, like - the depth peeling pass. - \post valid_result: result==1 || result==2 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Searches the file in the VTK_MATERIALS_DIRS. - Note that this allocates new memory for the string. - The caller must delete it. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the XML root element that describes this shader. - - - - - Searches the file in the VTK_MATERIALS_DIRS. - Note that this allocates new memory for the string. - The caller must delete it. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Searches the file in the VTK_MATERIALS_DIRS. - Note that this allocates new memory for the string. - The caller must delete it. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Searches the file in the VTK_MATERIALS_DIRS. - Note that this allocates new memory for the string. - The caller must delete it. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkXMLStructuredGridReader - Read VTK XML StructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLStructuredGridReader reads the VTK XML StructuredGrid file - format. One structured grid file can be read to produce one - output. Streaming is supported. The standard extension for this - reader's file format is "vts". This reader is also used to read a - single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLStructuredGridWriter - Write VTK XML StructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLStructuredGridWriter writes the VTK XML StructuredGrid file - format. One structured grid input can be written into one file in - any number of streamed pieces. The standard extension for this - writer's file format is "vts". This writer is also used to write a - single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLUnstructuredGridReader - Read VTK XML UnstructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLUnstructuredGridReader reads the VTK XML UnstructuredGrid - file format. One unstructured grid file can be read to produce one - output. Streaming is supported. The standard extension for this - reader's file format is "vtu". This reader is also used to read a - single piece of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Get the reader's output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLUnstructuredGridWriter - Write VTK XML UnstructuredGrid files. - - - Description - vtkXMLUnstructuredGridWriter writes the VTK XML UnstructuredGrid - file format. One unstructured grid input can be written into one - file in any number of streamed pieces (if supported by the rest of - the pipeline). The standard extension for this writer's file - format is "vtu". This writer is also used to write a single piece - of the parallel file format. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the default file extension for files written by this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLUtilities - XML utilities. - - - Description - vtkXMLUtilities provides XML-related convenience functions. - - - - vtkXMLDataElement - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Factor and unfactor a tree. This operation looks for duplicate elements - in the tree, and replace them with references to a pool of elements. - Unfactoring a non-factored element is harmless. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Collate a vtkXMLDataElement's attributes to a stream as a series of - name="value" pairs (the separator between each pair can be specified, - if not, it defaults to a space). - Note that the resulting character-encoding will be UTF-8 (we assume - that this function is used to create XML files/streams). - - - - - Collate a vtkXMLDataElement's attributes to a stream as a series of - name="value" pairs (the separator between each pair can be specified, - if not, it defaults to a space). - Note that the resulting character-encoding will be UTF-8 (we assume - that this function is used to create XML files/streams). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Factor and unfactor a tree. This operation looks for duplicate elements - in the tree, and replace them with references to a pool of elements. - Unfactoring a non-factored element is harmless. - - - - - vtkXYZMolReader - read Molecular Data files - - - Description - vtkXYZMolReader is a source object that reads Molecule files - The FileName must be specified - - Thanks - Dr. Jean M. Favre who developed and contributed this class - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Test whether the file with the given name can be read by this - reader. - - - - - Get the maximum time step. - - - - - Set the current time step. It should be greater than 0 and smaller than - MaxTimeStep. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the current time step. It should be greater than 0 and smaller than - MaxTimeStep. - - - - - vtkZLibDataCompressor - Data compression using zlib. - - - Description - vtkZLibDataCompressor provides a concrete vtkDataCompressor class - using zlib for compressing and uncompressing data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the compression level. - - - - - Get/Set the compression level. - - - - - Get/Set the compression level. - - - - - Get the maximum space that may be needed to store data of the - given uncompressed size after compression. This is the minimum - size of the output buffer that can be passed to the four-argument - Compress method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the compression level. - - - - - vtkAVIWriter - Writes Windows AVI files. - - - Description - vtkAVIWriter writes AVI files. Note that this class in only available - on the Microsoft Windows platform. The data type of the file is - unsigned char regardless of the input type. - - - - vtkGenericMovieWriter vtkMPEG2Writer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods start writing an AVI file, write a frame to the file - and then end the writing process. - - - - - Set/Get the compressor FourCC. - A FourCC (literally, four-character code) is a sequence of four bytes - used to uniquely identify data formats. [...] One of the most well-known - uses of FourCCs is to identify the video codec used in AVI files. - Common identifiers include DIVX, XVID, and H264. - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FourCC. - Default value is: - - msvc - Other examples include: - - DIB: Full Frames (Uncompressed) - - LAGS: Lagarith Lossless Codec - - MJPG: M-JPG, aka Motion JPEG (say, Pegasus Imaging PicVideo M-JPEG) - Links: - - http://www.fourcc.org/ - - http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/fourcc.mspx - - http://abcavi.kibi.ru/fourcc.php - - - - - Set/Get if the user should be prompted for compression options, i.e. - pick a compressor, set the compression rate (override Rate), etc.). - Default is OFF (legacy). - - - - - Set/Get the compression quality. - 0 means worst quality and smallest file size - 2 means best quality and largest file size - - - - - Set/Get the compression quality. - 0 means worst quality and smallest file size - 2 means best quality and largest file size - - - - - Set/Get the compression quality. - 0 means worst quality and smallest file size - 2 means best quality and largest file size - - - - - Set/Get the frame rate, in frame/s. - - - - - Set/Get the frame rate, in frame/s. - - - - - Set/Get the frame rate, in frame/s. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get if the user should be prompted for compression options, i.e. - pick a compressor, set the compression rate (override Rate), etc.). - Default is OFF (legacy). - - - - - Set/Get if the user should be prompted for compression options, i.e. - pick a compressor, set the compression rate (override Rate), etc.). - Default is OFF (legacy). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the compressor FourCC. - A FourCC (literally, four-character code) is a sequence of four bytes - used to uniquely identify data formats. [...] One of the most well-known - uses of FourCCs is to identify the video codec used in AVI files. - Common identifiers include DIVX, XVID, and H264. - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/FourCC. - Default value is: - - msvc - Other examples include: - - DIB: Full Frames (Uncompressed) - - LAGS: Lagarith Lossless Codec - - MJPG: M-JPG, aka Motion JPEG (say, Pegasus Imaging PicVideo M-JPEG) - Links: - - http://www.fourcc.org/ - - http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/archive/fourcc.mspx - - http://abcavi.kibi.ru/fourcc.php - - - - - Set/Get if the user should be prompted for compression options, i.e. - pick a compressor, set the compression rate (override Rate), etc.). - Default is OFF (legacy). - - - - - Set/Get the compression quality. - 0 means worst quality and smallest file size - 2 means best quality and largest file size - - - - - Set/Get the frame rate, in frame/s. - - - - - These methods start writing an AVI file, write a frame to the file - and then end the writing process. - - - - - These methods start writing an AVI file, write a frame to the file - and then end the writing process. - - - - - vtkRowQueryToTable - executes an sql query and retrieves results into a table - - - - Description - vtkRowQueryToTable creates a vtkTable with the results of an arbitrary SQL - query. To use this filter, you first need an instance of a vtkSQLDatabase - subclass. You may use the database class to obtain a vtkRowQuery instance. - Set that query on this filter to extract the query as a table. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andrew Wilson from Sandia National Laboratories for his work - on the database classes. - - - - - vtkSQLDatabase vtkRowQuery - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Update the modified time based on the query. - - - - - The query to execute. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The query to execute. - - - - - vtkArrayReader - Reads sparse and dense vtkArray data written by vtkArrayWriter. - - - - Description - Reads sparse and dense vtkArray data written with vtkArrayWriter. - - Outputs: - Output port 0: vtkArrayData containing a dense or sparse array. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - vtkArrayWriter - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the filesystem location from which data will be read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the filesystem location from which data will be read. - - - - - vtkArrayWriter - Serialize sparse and dense arrays to a file or stream. - - - - Description - vtkArrayWriter serializes sparse and dense array data using a text-based - format that is human-readable and easily parsed (default option). The - WriteBinary array option can be used to serialize the sparse and dense array data - using a binary format that is optimized for rapid throughput. - - vtkArrayWriter can be used in two distinct ways: first, it can be used as a - normal pipeline filter, which writes its inputs to a file. Alternatively, static - methods are provided for writing vtkArray instances to files or arbitrary c++ - streams. - - Inputs: - Input port 0: (required) vtkArrayData object containing a single sparse or dense - array. - - Output Format: - See http://www.kitware.com/InfovisWiki/index.php/N-Way_Array_File_Formats for - details on how vtkArrayWriter encodes data. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - vtkArrayReader - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get / set whether data will be written in binary format (when used as a filter). - - - - - Get / set whether data will be written in binary format (when used as a filter). - - - - - Get / set whether data will be written in binary format (when used as a filter). - - - - - Get / set the filename where data will be stored (when used as a filter). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get / set whether data will be written in binary format (when used as a filter). - - - - - Get / set the filename where data will be stored (when used as a filter). - - - - - Get / set whether data will be written in binary format (when used as a filter). - - - - - vtkBooleanTexture - generate 2D texture map based on combinations of inside, outside, and on region boundary - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/out" region. - - - - - Set the thickness of the "on" region. - - - - - Set the X texture map dimension. - - - - - Set the Y texture map dimension. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "in/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "on/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/in" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/on" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/out" region. - - - - - Specify intensity/transparency for "out/out" region. - - - - - Set the thickness of the "on" region. - - - - - Set the X texture map dimension. - - - - - Set the Y texture map dimension. - - - - - vtkExtractVOI - select piece (e.g., volume of interest) and/or subsample structured points dataset - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object to extract all of the input data. - - - - - Construct object to extract all of the input data. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > - 1, then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the - input. For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will - be selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > - 1, then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the - input. For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will - be selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured points - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, image, - or volume). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured points - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, image, - or volume). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > - 1, then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the - input. For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will - be selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - - - - - Set the sampling rate in the i, j, and k directions. If the rate is > - 1, then the resulting VOI will be subsampled representation of the - input. For example, if the SampleRate=(2,2,2), every other point will - be selected, resulting in a volume 1/8th the original size. - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured points - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, image, - or volume). - - - - - Specify i-j-k (min,max) pairs to extract. The resulting structured points - dataset can be of any topological dimension (i.e., point, line, image, - or volume). - - - - - vtkFastSplatter - A splatter optimized for splatting single kernels. - - - - Description - - vtkFastSplatter takes any vtkPointSet as input (of which vtkPolyData and - vtkUnstructuredGrid inherit). Each point in the data set is considered to be - an impulse. These impulses are convolved with a given splat image. In other - words, the splat image is added to the final image at every place where there - is an input point. - - Note that point and cell data are thrown away. If you want a sampling - of unstructured points consider vtkGaussianSplatter or vtkShepardMethod. - - Use input port 0 for the impulse data (vtkPointSet), and input port 1 for - the splat image (vtkImageData) - - Bugs - - Any point outside of the extents of the image is thrown away, even if it is - close enough such that it's convolution with the splat image would overlap - the extents. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the way voxel values will be limited. If this is set to None (the - default), the output can have arbitrarily large values. If set to clamp, - the output will be clamped to [MinValue,MaxValue]. If set to scale, the - output will be linearly scaled between MinValue and MaxValue. - - - - - See the LimitMode method. - - - - - See the LimitMode method. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - This returns the number of points splatted (as opposed to - discarded for being outside the image) during the previous pass. - - - - - Set/get the dimensions of the output image - - - - - Set/get the dimensions of the output image - - - - - Set/get the dimensions of the output image - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the way voxel values will be limited. If this is set to None (the - default), the output can have arbitrarily large values. If set to clamp, - the output will be clamped to [MinValue,MaxValue]. If set to scale, the - output will be linearly scaled between MinValue and MaxValue. - - - - - Set/get the way voxel values will be limited. If this is set to None (the - default), the output can have arbitrarily large values. If set to clamp, - the output will be clamped to [MinValue,MaxValue]. If set to scale, the - output will be linearly scaled between MinValue and MaxValue. - - - - - Set/get the way voxel values will be limited. If this is set to None (the - default), the output can have arbitrarily large values. If set to clamp, - the output will be clamped to [MinValue,MaxValue]. If set to scale, the - output will be linearly scaled between MinValue and MaxValue. - - - - - Set/get the way voxel values will be limited. If this is set to None (the - default), the output can have arbitrarily large values. If set to clamp, - the output will be clamped to [MinValue,MaxValue]. If set to scale, the - output will be linearly scaled between MinValue and MaxValue. - - - - - Set/get the way voxel values will be limited. If this is set to None (the - default), the output can have arbitrarily large values. If set to clamp, - the output will be clamped to [MinValue,MaxValue]. If set to scale, the - output will be linearly scaled between MinValue and MaxValue. - - - - - See the LimitMode method. - - - - - See the LimitMode method. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Set/get the dimensions of the output image - - - - - Set/get the dimensions of the output image - - - - - Convenience function for connecting the splat algorithm source. - This is provided mainly for convenience using the filter with - ParaView, VTK users should prefer SetInputConnection(1, splat) instead. - - - - - Set/get the dimensions of the output image - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGaussianSplatter - splat points into a volume with an elliptical, Gaussian distribution - - - Description - vtkGaussianSplatter is a filter that injects input points into a - structured points (volume) dataset. As each point is injected, it "splats" - or distributes values to nearby voxels. Data is distributed using an - elliptical, Gaussian distribution function. The distribution function is - modified using scalar values (expands distribution) or normals - (creates ellipsoidal distribution rather than spherical). - - In general, the Gaussian distribution function f(x) around a given - splat point p is given by - - f(x) = ScaleFactor * exp( ExponentFactor*((r/Radius)**2) ) - - where x is the current voxel sample point; r is the distance |x-p| - ExponentFactor <= 0.0, and ScaleFactor can be multiplied by the scalar - value of the point p that is currently being splatted. - - If points normals are present (and NormalWarping is on), then the splat - function becomes elliptical (as compared to the spherical one described - by the previous equation). The Gaussian distribution function then - becomes: - - f(x) = ScaleFactor * - exp( ExponentFactor*( ((rxy/E)**2 + z**2)/R**2) ) - - where E is a user-defined eccentricity factor that controls the elliptical - shape of the splat; z is the distance of the current voxel sample point - along normal N; and rxy is the distance of x in the direction - prependicular to N. - - This class is typically used to convert point-valued distributions into - a volume representation. The volume is then usually iso-surfaced or - volume rendered to generate a visualization. It can be used to create - surfaces from point distributions, or to create structure (i.e., - topology) when none exists. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with dimensions=(50,50,50); automatic computation of - bounds; a splat radius of 0.1; an exponent factor of -5; and normal and - scalar warping turned on. - - - - - Construct object with dimensions=(50,50,50); automatic computation of - bounds; a splat radius of 0.1; an exponent factor of -5; and normal and - scalar warping turned on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the outer boundary of the volume - to a specified cap value. This can be used to close surfaces - (after iso-surfacing) and create other effects. - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the outer boundary of the volume - to a specified cap value. This can be used to close surfaces - (after iso-surfacing) and create other effects. - - - - - Compute the size of the sample bounding box automatically from the - input data. This is an internal helper function. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the cap value to use. (This instance variable only has effect - if the ivar Capping is on.) - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the outer boundary of the volume - to a specified cap value. This can be used to close surfaces - (after iso-surfacing) and create other effects. - - - - - Control the shape of elliptical splatting. Eccentricity is the ratio - of the major axis (aligned along normal) to the minor (axes) aligned - along other two axes. So Eccentricity > 1 creates needles with the - long axis in the direction of the normal; Eccentricity<1 creates - pancakes perpendicular to the normal vector. - - - - - Control the shape of elliptical splatting. Eccentricity is the ratio - of the major axis (aligned along normal) to the minor (axes) aligned - along other two axes. So Eccentricity > 1 creates needles with the - long axis in the direction of the normal; Eccentricity<1 creates - pancakes perpendicular to the normal vector. - - - - - Control the shape of elliptical splatting. Eccentricity is the ratio - of the major axis (aligned along normal) to the minor (axes) aligned - along other two axes. So Eccentricity > 1 creates needles with the - long axis in the direction of the normal; Eccentricity<1 creates - pancakes perpendicular to the normal vector. - - - - - Set / get the sharpness of decay of the splats. This is the - exponent constant in the Gaussian equation. Normally this is - a negative value. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of elliptical splats. If normal warping is - on, then the input normals affect the distribution of the splat. This - boolean is used in combination with the Eccentricity ivar. - - - - - Set the Null value for output points not receiving a contribution from the - input points. (This is the initial value of the voxel samples.) - - - - - Set / get the radius of propagation of the splat. This value is expressed - as a percentage of the length of the longest side of the sampling - volume. Smaller numbers greatly reduce execution time. - - - - - Set / get the radius of propagation of the splat. This value is expressed - as a percentage of the length of the longest side of the sampling - volume. Smaller numbers greatly reduce execution time. - - - - - Set / get the radius of propagation of the splat. This value is expressed - as a percentage of the length of the longest side of the sampling - volume. Smaller numbers greatly reduce execution time. - - - - - Set / get the dimensions of the sampling structured point set. Higher - values produce better results but are much slower. - - - - - Set / get the dimensions of the sampling structured point set. Higher - values produce better results but are much slower. - - - - - Turn on/off the scaling of splats by scalar value. - - - - - Multiply Gaussian splat distribution by this value. If ScalarWarping - is on, then the Scalar value will be multiplied by the ScaleFactor - times the Gaussian function. - - - - - Multiply Gaussian splat distribution by this value. If ScalarWarping - is on, then the Scalar value will be multiplied by the ScaleFactor - times the Gaussian function. - - - - - Multiply Gaussian splat distribution by this value. If ScalarWarping - is on, then the Scalar value will be multiplied by the ScaleFactor - times the Gaussian function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of elliptical splats. If normal warping is - on, then the input normals affect the distribution of the splat. This - boolean is used in combination with the Eccentricity ivar. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of elliptical splats. If normal warping is - on, then the input normals affect the distribution of the splat. This - boolean is used in combination with the Eccentricity ivar. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the scaling of splats by scalar value. - - - - - Turn on/off the scaling of splats by scalar value. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the scalar accumulation mode. This mode expresses how scalar - values are combined when splats are overlapped. The Max mode acts - like a set union operation and is the most commonly used; the Min - mode acts like a set intersection, and the sum is just weird. - - - - - Specify the cap value to use. (This instance variable only has effect - if the ivar Capping is on.) - - - - - Turn on/off the capping of the outer boundary of the volume - to a specified cap value. This can be used to close surfaces - (after iso-surfacing) and create other effects. - - - - - Control the shape of elliptical splatting. Eccentricity is the ratio - of the major axis (aligned along normal) to the minor (axes) aligned - along other two axes. So Eccentricity > 1 creates needles with the - long axis in the direction of the normal; Eccentricity<1 creates - pancakes perpendicular to the normal vector. - - - - - Set / get the sharpness of decay of the splats. This is the - exponent constant in the Gaussian equation. Normally this is - a negative value. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Set / get the (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax) bounding box in which - the sampling is performed. If any of the (min,max) bounds values are - min >= max, then the bounds will be computed automatically from the input - data. Otherwise, the user-specified bounds will be used. - - - - - Turn on/off the generation of elliptical splats. If normal warping is - on, then the input normals affect the distribution of the splat. This - boolean is used in combination with the Eccentricity ivar. - - - - - Set the Null value for output points not receiving a contribution from the - input points. (This is the initial value of the voxel samples.) - - - - - Set / get the radius of propagation of the splat. This value is expressed - as a percentage of the length of the longest side of the sampling - volume. Smaller numbers greatly reduce execution time. - - - - - Set / get the dimensions of the sampling structured point set. Higher - values produce better results but are much slower. - - - - - Set / get the dimensions of the sampling structured point set. Higher - values produce better results but are much slower. - - - - - Turn on/off the scaling of splats by scalar value. - - - - - Multiply Gaussian splat distribution by this value. If ScalarWarping - is on, then the Scalar value will be multiplied by the ScaleFactor - times the Gaussian function. - - - - - vtkImageAccumulate - Generalized histograms up to 4 dimensions. - - - Description - vtkImageAccumulate - This filter divides component space into - discrete bins. It then counts the number of pixels associated - with each bin. The output is this "scatter plot" (histogram values for 1D). - The dimensionality of the output depends on how many components the - input pixels have. Input pixels with one component generate a 1D histogram. - This filter can only handle images with 1 to 3 scalar components. - The input can be any type, but the output is always int. - Some statistics are computed on the pixel values at the same time. - The SetStencil and ReverseStencil - functions allow the statistics to be computed on an arbitrary - portion of the input data. - See the documentation for vtkImageStencilData for more information. - - This filter also support ignoring pixel with value equal to 0. Using this - option with vtkImageMask may result in results being slightly off since 0 - could be a valid value from your input. - - - - vtkImageMask - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get - The component extent sets the number/extent of the bins. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this extent should be set to 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0. - The extent specifies inclusive min/max values. - This implies that the top extent should be set to the number of bins - 1. - Initial value is (0,255,0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get - The component extent sets the number/extent of the bins. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this extent should be set to 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0. - The extent specifies inclusive min/max values. - This implies that the top extent should be set to the number of bins - 1. - Initial value is (0,255,0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get - The component origin is the location of bin (0, 0, 0). - Note that if the Component extent does not include the value (0,0,0), - then this origin bin will not actually be in the output. - The origin of the output ends up being the same as the componenet origin. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this origin should be set to 1000, 0, 0. - Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component origin is the location of bin (0, 0, 0). - Note that if the Component extent does not include the value (0,0,0), - then this origin bin will not actually be in the output. - The origin of the output ends up being the same as the componenet origin. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this origin should be set to 1000, 0, 0. - Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component origin is the location of bin (0, 0, 0). - Note that if the Component extent does not include the value (0,0,0), - then this origin bin will not actually be in the output. - The origin of the output ends up being the same as the componenet origin. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this origin should be set to 1000, 0, 0. - Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component spacing is the dimension of each bin. - This ends up being the spacing of the output "image". - If the number of input scalar components are less than three, - then some of these spacing values are ignored. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this spacing should be set to 100, 0, 0. - Initial value is (1.0,1.0,1.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component spacing is the dimension of each bin. - This ends up being the spacing of the output "image". - If the number of input scalar components are less than three, - then some of these spacing values are ignored. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this spacing should be set to 100, 0, 0. - Initial value is (1.0,1.0,1.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component spacing is the dimension of each bin. - This ends up being the spacing of the output "image". - If the number of input scalar components are less than three, - then some of these spacing values are ignored. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this spacing should be set to 100, 0, 0. - Initial value is (1.0,1.0,1.0). - - - - - Should the data with value 0 be ignored? Initial value is false. - - - - - Should the data with value 0 be ignored? Initial value is false. - - - - - Should the data with value 0 be ignored? Initial value is false. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. Initial value is false. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. Initial value is false. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. Initial value is false. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Use a stencil to specify which voxels to accumulate. - Backcompatible methods. - It set and get the stencil on input port 1. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Get the statistics information for the data. - The values only make sense after the execution of the filter. - Initial values are 0. - - - - - Should the data with value 0 be ignored? Initial value is false. - - - - - Should the data with value 0 be ignored? Initial value is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reverse the stencil. Initial value is false. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. Initial value is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get - The component extent sets the number/extent of the bins. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this extent should be set to 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0. - The extent specifies inclusive min/max values. - This implies that the top extent should be set to the number of bins - 1. - Initial value is (0,255,0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get - The component extent sets the number/extent of the bins. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this extent should be set to 0, 9, 0, 0, 0, 0. - The extent specifies inclusive min/max values. - This implies that the top extent should be set to the number of bins - 1. - Initial value is (0,255,0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get - The component origin is the location of bin (0, 0, 0). - Note that if the Component extent does not include the value (0,0,0), - then this origin bin will not actually be in the output. - The origin of the output ends up being the same as the componenet origin. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this origin should be set to 1000, 0, 0. - Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component origin is the location of bin (0, 0, 0). - Note that if the Component extent does not include the value (0,0,0), - then this origin bin will not actually be in the output. - The origin of the output ends up being the same as the componenet origin. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this origin should be set to 1000, 0, 0. - Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component spacing is the dimension of each bin. - This ends up being the spacing of the output "image". - If the number of input scalar components are less than three, - then some of these spacing values are ignored. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this spacing should be set to 100, 0, 0. - Initial value is (1.0,1.0,1.0). - - - - - Set/Get - The component spacing is the dimension of each bin. - This ends up being the spacing of the output "image". - If the number of input scalar components are less than three, - then some of these spacing values are ignored. - For a 1D histogram with 10 bins spanning the values 1000 to 2000, - this spacing should be set to 100, 0, 0. - Initial value is (1.0,1.0,1.0). - - - - - Should the data with value 0 be ignored? Initial value is false. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. Initial value is false. - - - - - Use a stencil to specify which voxels to accumulate. - Backcompatible methods. - It set and get the stencil on input port 1. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - vtkImageAnisotropicDiffusion2D - edge preserving smoothing. - - - - Description - vtkImageAnisotropicDiffusion2D diffuses a 2d image iteratively. - The neighborhood of the diffusion is determined by the instance - flags. If "Edges" is on the 4 edge connected voxels - are included, and if "Corners" is on, the 4 corner connected voxels - are included. "DiffusionFactor" determines how far a pixel value - moves toward its neighbors, and is insensitive to the number of - neighbors chosen. The diffusion is anisotropic because it only occurs - when a gradient measure is below "GradientThreshold". Two gradient measures - exist and are toggled by the "GradientMagnitudeThreshold" flag. - When "GradientMagnitudeThreshold" is on, the magnitude of the gradient, - computed by central differences, above "DiffusionThreshold" - a voxel is not modified. The alternative measure examines each - neighbor independently. The gradient between the voxel and the neighbor - must be below the "DiffusionThreshold" for diffusion to occur with - THAT neighbor. - - - - - vtkImageSpatialAlgorithm - Filters that operate on pixel neighborhoods. - - - Description - vtkImageSpatialAlgorithm is a super class for filters that operate on an - input neighborhood for each output pixel. It handles even sized - neighborhoods, but their can be a half pixel shift associated with - processing. This superclass has some logic for handling boundaries. It - can split regions into boundary and non-boundary pieces and call different - execute methods. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the Kernel middle. - - - - - Get the Kernel middle. - - - - - Get the Kernel middle. - - - - - Get the Kernel size. - - - - - Get the Kernel size. - - - - - Get the Kernel size. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - The diffusion factor specifies how much neighboring pixels effect each other. - No diffusion occurs with a factor of 0, and a diffusion factor of 1 causes - the pixel to become the average of all its neighbors. - - - - - Set/Get the difference threshold that stops diffusion. - when the difference between two pixel is greater than this threshold, - the pixels are not diffused. This causes diffusion to avoid sharp edges. - If the GradientMagnitudeThreshold is set, then gradient magnitude is used - for comparison instead of pixel differences. - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - Get the number of iterations. - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - The diffusion factor specifies how much neighboring pixels effect each other. - No diffusion occurs with a factor of 0, and a diffusion factor of 1 causes - the pixel to become the average of all its neighbors. - - - - - Set/Get the difference threshold that stops diffusion. - when the difference between two pixel is greater than this threshold, - the pixels are not diffused. This causes diffusion to avoid sharp edges. - If the GradientMagnitudeThreshold is set, then gradient magnitude is used - for comparison instead of pixel differences. - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - This method sets the number of interations which also affects the - input neighborhood needed to compute one output pixel. Each iterations - requires an extra pixel layer on the neighborhood. This is only relavent - when you are trying to stream or are requesting a sub extent of the "wholeExtent". - - - - - vtkImageAnisotropicDiffusion3D - edge preserving smoothing. - - - - Description - vtkImageAnisotropicDiffusion3D diffuses an volume iteratively. - The neighborhood of the diffusion is determined by the instance - flags. if "Faces" is on, the 6 voxels adjoined by faces are included - in the neighborhood. If "Edges" is on the 12 edge connected voxels - are included, and if "Corners" is on, the 8 corner connected voxels - are included. "DiffusionFactor" determines how far a pixel value - moves toward its neighbors, and is insensitive to the number of - neighbors chosen. The diffusion is anisotropic because it only occurs - when a gradient measure is below "GradientThreshold". Two gradient measures - exist and are toggled by the "GradientMagnitudeThreshold" flag. - When "GradientMagnitudeThreshold" is on, the magnitude of the gradient, - computed by central differences, above "DiffusionThreshold" - a voxel is not modified. The alternative measure examines each - neighbor independently. The gradient between the voxel and the neighbor - must be below the "DiffusionThreshold" for diffusion to occur with - THAT neighbor. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Set/Get the difference factor - - - - - Set/Get the difference threshold that stops diffusion. - when the difference between two pixel is greater than this threshold, - the pixels are not diffused. This causes diffusion to avoid sharp edges. - If the GradientMagnitudeThreshold is set, then gradient magnitude is used - for comparison instead of pixel differences. - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - Get the number of iterations. - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Set/Get the difference factor - - - - - Set/Get the difference threshold that stops diffusion. - when the difference between two pixel is greater than this threshold, - the pixels are not diffused. This causes diffusion to avoid sharp edges. - If the GradientMagnitudeThreshold is set, then gradient magnitude is used - for comparison instead of pixel differences. - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Choose neighbors to diffuse (6 faces, 12 edges, 8 corners). - - - - - Switch between gradient magnitude threshold and pixel gradient threshold. - - - - - This method sets the number of interations which also affects the - input neighborhood needed to compute one output pixel. Each iterations - requires an extra pixel layer on the neighborhood. This is only relavent - when you are trying to stream or are requesting a sub extent of the "wholeExtent". - - - - - vtkImageAppend - Collects data from multiple inputs into one image. - - - Description - vtkImageAppend takes the components from multiple inputs and merges - them into one output. The output images are append along the "AppendAxis". - Except for the append axis, all inputs must have the same extent. - All inputs must have the same number of scalar components. - A future extension might be to pad or clip inputs to have the same extent. - The output has the same origin and spacing as the first input. - The origin and spacing of all other inputs are ignored. All inputs - must have the same scalar type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This axis is expanded to hold the multiple images. - The default AppendAxis is the X axis. - If you want to create a volue from a series of XY images, then you should - set the AppendAxis to 2 (Z axis). - - - - - Get one input to this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use vtkAlgorithm::GetInputConnection(0, num). - - - - - Get one input to this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use vtkAlgorithm::GetInputConnection(0, num). - - - - - Get the number of inputs to this filter. This method is only for - support of old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code - you should use vtkAlgorithm::GetNumberOfInputConnections(0). - - - - - By default "PreserveExtents" is off and the append axis is used. - When "PreseveExtents" is on, the extent of the inputs is used to - place the image in the output. The whole extent of the output is - the union of the input whole extents. Any portion of the - output not covered by the inputs is set to zero. The origin and - spacing is taken from the first input. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default "PreserveExtents" is off and the append axis is used. - When "PreseveExtents" is on, the extent of the inputs is used to - place the image in the output. The whole extent of the output is - the union of the input whole extents. Any portion of the - output not covered by the inputs is set to zero. The origin and - spacing is taken from the first input. - - - - - By default "PreserveExtents" is off and the append axis is used. - When "PreseveExtents" is on, the extent of the inputs is used to - place the image in the output. The whole extent of the output is - the union of the input whole extents. Any portion of the - output not covered by the inputs is set to zero. The origin and - spacing is taken from the first input. - - - - - Replace one of the input connections with a new input. You can - only replace input connections that you previously created with - AddInputConnection() or, in the case of the first input, - with SetInputConnection(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This axis is expanded to hold the multiple images. - The default AppendAxis is the X axis. - If you want to create a volue from a series of XY images, then you should - set the AppendAxis to 2 (Z axis). - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - ReplaceNthInputConnection() instead. - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - ReplaceNthInputConnection() instead. - - - - - By default "PreserveExtents" is off and the append axis is used. - When "PreseveExtents" is on, the extent of the inputs is used to - place the image in the output. The whole extent of the output is - the union of the input whole extents. Any portion of the - output not covered by the inputs is set to zero. The origin and - spacing is taken from the first input. - - - - - vtkImageAppendComponents - Collects components from two inputs into - one output. - - - Description - vtkImageAppendComponents takes the components from two inputs and merges - them into one output. If Input1 has M components, and Input2 has N - components, the output will have M+N components with input1 - components coming first. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get one input to this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use vtkAlgorithm::GetInputConnection(0, num). - - - - - Get one input to this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use vtkAlgorithm::GetInputConnection(0, num). - - - - - Get the number of inputs to this filter. This method is only for - support of old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code - you should use vtkAlgorithm::GetNumberOfInputConnections(0). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Replace one of the input connections with a new input. You can - only replace input connections that you previously created with - AddInputConnection() or, in the case of the first input, - with SetInputConnection(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - ReplaceNthInputConnection() instead. - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - ReplaceNthInputConnection() instead. - - - - - vtkImageBlend - blend images together using alpha or opacity - - - Description - vtkImageBlend takes L, LA, RGB, or RGBA images as input and blends them - according to the alpha values and/or the opacity setting for each input. - - The spacing, origin, extent, and number of components of the output are - the same as those for the first input. If the input has an alpha - component, then this component is copied unchanged into the output. - In addition, if the first input has either one component or two - components i.e. if it is either L (greyscale) or LA (greyscale + alpha) - then all other inputs must also be L or LA. - - Different blending modes are available: - - \em Normal (default) : - This is the standard blending mode used by OpenGL and other graphics - packages. The output always has the same number of components - and the same extent as the first input. The alpha value of the first - input is not used in the blending computation, instead it is copied - directly to the output. - - - output <- input[0] - foreach input i { - foreach pixel px { - r <- input[i](px)(alpha) * opacity[i] - f <- (255 - r) - output(px) <- output(px) * f + input(px) * r - } - } - - - \em Compound : - Images are compounded together and each component is scaled by the sum of - the alpha/opacity values. Use the CompoundThreshold method to set - specify a threshold in compound mode. Pixels with opacity*alpha less - or equal than this threshold are ignored. - The alpha value of the first input, if present, is NOT copied to the alpha - value of the output. The output always has the same number of components - and the same extent as the first input. - - - output <- 0 - foreach pixel px { - sum <- 0 - foreach input i { - r <- input[i](px)(alpha) * opacity(i) - sum <- sum + r - if r > threshold { - output(px) <- output(px) + input(px) * r - } - } - output(px) <- output(px) / sum - } - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Get the blending mode as a descriptive string - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Specify a threshold in compound mode. Pixels with opacity*alpha less - or equal the threshold are ignored. - - - - - Get one input to this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use vtkAlgorithm::GetInputConnection(0, num). - - - - - Get one input to this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use vtkAlgorithm::GetInputConnection(0, num). - - - - - Get the number of inputs to this filter. This method is only for - support of old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code - you should use vtkAlgorithm::GetNumberOfInputConnections(0). - - - - - Set the opacity of an input image: the alpha values of the image are - multiplied by the opacity. The opacity of image idx=0 is ignored. - - - - - Set a stencil to apply when blending the data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Replace one of the input connections with a new input. You can - only replace input connections that you previously created with - AddInputConnection() or, in the case of the first input, - with SetInputConnection(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Specify a threshold in compound mode. Pixels with opacity*alpha less - or equal the threshold are ignored. - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - ReplaceNthInputConnection() instead. - - - - - Set an Input of this filter. This method is only for support of - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use SetInputConnection(), AddInputConnection(), and - ReplaceNthInputConnection() instead. - - - - - Set the opacity of an input image: the alpha values of the image are - multiplied by the opacity. The opacity of image idx=0 is ignored. - - - - - Set a stencil to apply when blending the data. - - - - - vtkImageButterworthHighPass - Frequency domain high pass. - - - Description - This filter only works on an image after it has been converted to - frequency domain by a vtkImageFFT filter. A vtkImageRFFT filter - can be used to convert the output back into the spatial domain. - vtkImageButterworthHighPass the frequency components around 0 are - attenuated. Input and output are in doubles, with two components - (complex numbers). - out(i, j) = 1 / (1 + pow(CutOff/Freq(i,j), 2*Order)); - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - The order determines sharpness of the cutoff curve. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - The order determines sharpness of the cutoff curve. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - vtkImageButterworthLowPass - Frequency domain Low pass. - - - Description - This filter only works on an image after it has been converted to - frequency domain by a vtkImageFFT filter. A vtkImageRFFT filter - can be used to convert the output back into the spatial domain. - vtkImageButterworthLowPass the high frequency components are - attenuated. Input and output are in doubles, with two components - (complex numbers). - out(i, j) = (1 + pow(CutOff/Freq(i,j), 2*Order)); - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - The order determines sharpness of the cutoff curve. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - The order determines sharpness of the cutoff curve. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - vtkImageCacheFilter - Caches multiple vtkImageData objects. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the maximum number of images that can be retained in memory. - it defaults to 10. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the maximum number of images that can be retained in memory. - it defaults to 10. - - - - - vtkImageCanvasSource2D - Paints on a canvas - - - Description - vtkImageCanvasSource2D is a source that starts as a blank image. - you may add to the image with two-dimensional drawing routines. - It can paint multi-spectral images. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageCanvasSource2D with no data. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageCanvasSource2D with no data. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Draw subimage of the input image in the canvas at position x0 and - y0. The subimage is defined with sx, sy, width, and height. - - - - - Draw subimage of the input image in the canvas at position x0 and - y0. The subimage is defined with sx, sy, width, and height. - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Fill a colored area with another color. (like connectivity) - All pixels connected (and with the same value) to pixel (x, y) - get replaced by the current "DrawColor". - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - Set the pixels inside the box (min0, max0, min1, max1) to the current - DrawColor - - - - - The drawing operations can only draw into one 2D XY plane at a time. - If the canvas is a 3D volume, then this z value is used - as the default for 2D operations. The default is 0. - - - - - Set/Get DrawColor. This is the value that is used when filling data - or drawing lines. Default is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get DrawColor. This is the value that is used when filling data - or drawing lines. Default is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get DrawColor. This is the value that is used when filling data - or drawing lines. Default is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set the number of scalar components - - - - - Set/Get Ratio. This is the value that is used to pre-multiply each - (x, y, z) drawing coordinates (including DefaultZ). The default - is (1, 1, 1) - - - - - Set/Get Ratio. This is the value that is used to pre-multiply each - (x, y, z) drawing coordinates (including DefaultZ). The default - is (1, 1, 1) - - - - - Set/Get Ratio. This is the value that is used to pre-multiply each - (x, y, z) drawing coordinates (including DefaultZ). The default - is (1, 1, 1) - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageCanvasSource2D with no data. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageCanvasSource2D with no data. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageCanvasSource2D with no data. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageCanvasSource2D with no data. - - - - - The drawing operations can only draw into one 2D XY plane at a time. - If the canvas is a 3D volume, then this z value is used - as the default for 2D operations. The default is 0. - - - - - Set/Get DrawColor. This is the value that is used when filling data - or drawing lines. Default is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get DrawColor. This is the value that is used when filling data - or drawing lines. Default is (0,0,0,0) - - - - - Set DrawColor to (a, 0, 0, 0) - - - - - Set DrawColor to (a, b, 0, 0) - - - - - Set DrawColor to (a, b, c, 0) - - - - - These methods set the WholeExtent of the output - It sets the size of the canvas. - Extent is a min max 3D box. Minimums and maximums are inclusive. - - - - - These methods set the WholeExtent of the output - It sets the size of the canvas. - Extent is a min max 3D box. Minimums and maximums are inclusive. - - - - - Set the number of scalar components - - - - - Set/Get Ratio. This is the value that is used to pre-multiply each - (x, y, z) drawing coordinates (including DefaultZ). The default - is (1, 1, 1) - - - - - Set/Get Ratio. This is the value that is used to pre-multiply each - (x, y, z) drawing coordinates (including DefaultZ). The default - is (1, 1, 1) - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Set/Get the data scalar type (i.e VTK_DOUBLE). Note that these methods - are setting and getting the pipeline scalar type. i.e. they are setting - the type that the image data will be once it has executed. Until the - REQUEST_DATA pass the actual scalars may be of some other type. This is - for backwards compatibility - - - - - vtkImageCast - Image Data type Casting Filter - - - Description - vtkImageCast filter casts the input type to match the output type in - the image processing pipeline. The filter does nothing if the input - already has the correct type. To specify the "CastTo" type, - use "SetOutputScalarType" method. - - Warning - As vtkImageCast only casts values without rescaling them, its use is not - recommented. vtkImageShiftScale is the recommented way to change the type - of an image data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to. - - - - - vtkImageChangeInformation - modify spacing, origin and extent. - - - Description - vtkImageChangeInformation modify the spacing, origin, or extent of - the data without changing the data itself. The data is not resampled - by this filter, only the information accompanying the data is modified. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the Origin of the output so that image coordinate (0,0,0) - lies at the Center of the data set. This will override - SetOutputOrigin. This is often a useful operation to apply - before using vtkImageReslice to apply a transformation to an image. - - - - - Set the Origin of the output so that image coordinate (0,0,0) - lies at the Center of the data set. This will override - SetOutputOrigin. This is often a useful operation to apply - before using vtkImageReslice to apply a transformation to an image. - - - - - Set the Origin of the output so that image coordinate (0,0,0) - lies at the Center of the data set. This will override - SetOutputOrigin. This is often a useful operation to apply - before using vtkImageReslice to apply a transformation to an image. - - - - - Apply a translation to the extent. - - - - - Apply a translation to the extent. - - - - - Apply a translation to the extent. - - - - - Copy the information from another data set. By default, - the information is copied from the input. - - - - - Apply a scale to the origin. The scale is applied - before the translation. - - - - - Apply a scale to the origin. The scale is applied - before the translation. - - - - - Apply a scale to the origin. The scale is applied - before the translation. - - - - - Apply a translation to the origin. - - - - - Apply a translation to the origin. - - - - - Apply a translation to the origin. - - - - - Specify new starting values for the extent explicitly. - These values are used as WholeExtent[0], WholeExtent[2] and - WholeExtent[4] of the output. The default is to the - use the extent start of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify new starting values for the extent explicitly. - These values are used as WholeExtent[0], WholeExtent[2] and - WholeExtent[4] of the output. The default is to the - use the extent start of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify new starting values for the extent explicitly. - These values are used as WholeExtent[0], WholeExtent[2] and - WholeExtent[4] of the output. The default is to the - use the extent start of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data origin explicitly. The default is to - use the origin of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data origin explicitly. The default is to - use the origin of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data origin explicitly. The default is to - use the origin of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data spacing explicitly. The default is to - use the spacing of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data spacing explicitly. The default is to - use the spacing of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data spacing explicitly. The default is to - use the spacing of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Apply a scale factor to the spacing. - - - - - Apply a scale factor to the spacing. - - - - - Apply a scale factor to the spacing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Origin of the output so that image coordinate (0,0,0) - lies at the Center of the data set. This will override - SetOutputOrigin. This is often a useful operation to apply - before using vtkImageReslice to apply a transformation to an image. - - - - - Apply a translation to the extent. - - - - - Apply a translation to the extent. - - - - - Copy the information from another data set. By default, - the information is copied from the input. - - - - - Apply a scale to the origin. The scale is applied - before the translation. - - - - - Apply a scale to the origin. The scale is applied - before the translation. - - - - - Apply a translation to the origin. - - - - - Apply a translation to the origin. - - - - - Specify new starting values for the extent explicitly. - These values are used as WholeExtent[0], WholeExtent[2] and - WholeExtent[4] of the output. The default is to the - use the extent start of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify new starting values for the extent explicitly. - These values are used as WholeExtent[0], WholeExtent[2] and - WholeExtent[4] of the output. The default is to the - use the extent start of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data origin explicitly. The default is to - use the origin of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data origin explicitly. The default is to - use the origin of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data spacing explicitly. The default is to - use the spacing of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Specify a new data spacing explicitly. The default is to - use the spacing of the Input, or of the InformationInput - if InformationInput is set. - - - - - Apply a scale factor to the spacing. - - - - - Apply a scale factor to the spacing. - - - - - vtkImageCheckerboard - show two images at once using a checkboard pattern - - - Description - vtkImageCheckerboard displays two images as one using a checkerboard - pattern. This filter can be used to compare two images. The - checkerboard pattern is controlled by the NumberOfDivisions - ivar. This controls the number of checkerboard divisions in the whole - extent of the image. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis. - - - - - Set/Get the number of divisions along each axis. - - - - - vtkImageCityBlockDistance - 1,2 or 3D distance map. - - - Description - vtkImageCityBlockDistance creates a distance map using the city block - (Manhatten) distance measure. The input is a mask. Zero values are - considered boundaries. The output pixel is the minimum of the input pixel - and the distance to a boundary (or neighbor value + 1 unit). - distance values are calculated in pixels. - The filter works by taking 6 passes (for 3d distance map): 2 along each - axis (forward and backward). Each pass keeps a running minimum distance. - For some reason, I preserve the sign if the distance. If the input - mask is initially negative, the output distances will be negative. - Distances maps can have inside (negative regions) - and outsides (positive regions). - - - - - vtkImageDecomposeFilter - Filters that execute axes in series. - - - Description - This superclass molds the vtkImageIterateFilter superclass so - it iterates over the axes. The filter uses dimensionality to - determine how many axes to execute (starting from x). - The filter also provides convenience methods for permuting information - retrieved from input, output and vtkImageData. - - - - - vtkImageIterateFilter - Multiple executes per update. - - - Description - vtkImageIterateFilter is a filter superclass that supports calling execute - multiple times per update. The largest hack/open issue is that the input - and output caches are temporarily changed to "fool" the subclasses. I - believe the correct solution is to pass the in and out cache to the - subclasses methods as arguments. Now the data is passes. Can the caches - be passed, and data retrieved from the cache? - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get which iteration is current being performed. Normally the - user will not access this method. - - - - - Get which iteration is current being performed. Normally the - user will not access this method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Dimensionality is the number of axes which are considered during - execution. To process images dimensionality would be set to 2. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDecomposeFilter filter with default - dimensionality 3. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDecomposeFilter filter with default - dimensionality 3. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDecomposeFilter filter with default - dimensionality 3. - - - - - Private methods kept public for template execute functions. - - - - - Private methods kept public for template execute functions. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDecomposeFilter filter with default - dimensionality 3. - - - - - Dimensionality is the number of axes which are considered during - execution. To process images dimensionality would be set to 2. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageClip - Reduces the image extent of the input. - - - Description - vtkImageClip will make an image smaller. The output must have - an image extent which is the subset of the input. The filter has two - modes of operation: - 1: By default, the data is not copied in this filter. - Only the whole extent is modified. - 2: If ClipDataOn is set, then you will get no more that the clipped - extent. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By default, ClipData is off, and only the WholeExtent is modified. - the data's extent may actually be larger. When this flag is on, - the data extent will be no more than the OutputWholeExtent. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The whole extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Hack set output by piece - - - - - vtkImageConnector - Create a binary image of a sphere. - - - Description - vtkImageConnector is a helper class for connectivity filters. - It is not meant to be used directly. - It implements a stack and breadth first search necessary for - some connectivity filters. Filtered axes sets the dimensionality - of the neighbor comparison, and - cannot be more than three dimensions. - As implemented, only voxels which share faces are considered - neighbors. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Values used by the MarkRegion method - - - - - Values used by the MarkRegion method - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Input a data of 0's and "UnconnectedValue"s. Seeds of this object are - used to find connected pixels. All pixels connected to seeds are set to - ConnectedValue. The data has to be unsigned char. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Values used by the MarkRegion method - - - - - Values used by the MarkRegion method - - - - - vtkImageConstantPad - Makes image larger by padding with constant. - - - Description - vtkImageConstantPad changes the image extent of its input. - Any pixels outside of the original image extent are filled with - a constant value (default is 0.0). - - - - - vtkImagePadFilter - Super class for filters that fill in extra pixels. - - - Description - vtkImagePadFilter Changes the image extent of an image. If the image - extent is larger than the input image extent, the extra pixels are - filled by an algorithm determined by the subclass. - The image extent of the output has to be specified. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the number of output scalar components. - - - - - The image extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The image extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the number of output scalar components. - - - - - The image extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - The image extent of the output has to be set explicitly. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the pad value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the pad value. - - - - - vtkImageContinuousDilate3D - Dilate implemented as a maximum. - - - Description - vtkImageContinuousDilate3D replaces a pixel with the maximum over - an ellipsoidal neighborhood. If KernelSize of an axis is 1, no processing - is done on that axis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousDilate3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousDilate3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousDilate3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousDilate3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousDilate3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousDilate3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - This method sets the size of the neighborhood. It also sets the - default middle of the neighborhood and computes the elliptical foot print. - - - - - vtkImageContinuousErode3D - Erosion implemented as a minimum. - - - Description - vtkImageContinuousErode3D replaces a pixel with the minimum over - an ellipsoidal neighborhood. If KernelSize of an axis is 1, no processing - is done on that axis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousErode3D filter. - By default zero values are eroded. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousErode3D filter. - By default zero values are eroded. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousErode3D filter. - By default zero values are eroded. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousErode3D filter. - By default zero values are eroded. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousErode3D filter. - By default zero values are eroded. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageContinuousErode3D filter. - By default zero values are eroded. - - - - - This method sets the size of the neighborhood. It also sets the - default middle of the neighborhood and computes the elliptical foot print. - - - - - vtkImageConvolve - Convolution of an image with a kernel. - - - Description - vtkImageConvolve convolves the image with a 3D NxNxN kernel or a - 2D NxN kernal. The output image is cropped to the same size as - the input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageConvolve filter. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageConvolve filter. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel. - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel - - - - - Return an array that contains the kernel - - - - - Get the kernel size - - - - - Get the kernel size - - - - - Get the kernel size - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageConvolve filter. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageConvolve filter. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageConvolve filter. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageConvolve filter. - - - - - Set the kernel to be a given 3x3 or 5x5 or 7x7 kernel. - - - - - Set the kernel to be a 3x3x3 or 5x5x5 or 7x7x7 kernel. - - - - - Set the kernel to be a given 3x3 or 5x5 or 7x7 kernel. - - - - - Set the kernel to be a 3x3x3 or 5x5x5 or 7x7x7 kernel. - - - - - Set the kernel to be a given 3x3 or 5x5 or 7x7 kernel. - - - - - Set the kernel to be a 3x3x3 or 5x5x5 or 7x7x7 kernel. - - - - - vtkImageCorrelation - Correlation imageof the two inputs. - - - Description - vtkImageCorrelation finds the correlation between two data sets. - SetDimensionality determines - whether the Correlation will be 3D, 2D or 1D. - The default is a 2D Correlation. The Output type will be double. - The output size will match the size of the first input. - The second input is considered the correlation kernel. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...). - The default is 2. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...). - The default is 2. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...). - The default is 2. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...). - The default is 2. - - - - - Set the input image. - - - - - Set the correlation kernel. - - - - - vtkImageCursor3D - Paints a cursor on top of an image or volume. - - - Description - vtkImageCursor3D will draw a cursor on a 2d image or 3d volume. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Sets/Gets the center point of the 3d cursor. - - - - - Sets/Gets the center point of the 3d cursor. - - - - - Sets/Gets the center point of the 3d cursor. - - - - - Sets/Gets the radius of the cursor. The radius determines - how far the axis lines project out from the cursors center. - - - - - Sets/Gets what pixel value to draw the cursor in. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets/Gets the center point of the 3d cursor. - - - - - Sets/Gets the center point of the 3d cursor. - - - - - Sets/Gets the radius of the cursor. The radius determines - how far the axis lines project out from the cursors center. - - - - - Sets/Gets what pixel value to draw the cursor in. - - - - - vtkImageDataStreamer - Initiates streaming on image data. - - - Description - To satisfy a request, this filter calls update on its input - many times with smaller update extents. All processing up stream - streams smaller pieces. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the extent translator that will be used to split the requests - - - - - Set how many pieces to divide the input into. - void SetNumberOfStreamDivisions(int num); - int GetNumberOfStreamDivisions(); - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the extent translator that will be used to split the requests - - - - - Set how many pieces to divide the input into. - void SetNumberOfStreamDivisions(int num); - int GetNumberOfStreamDivisions(); - - - - - Set how many pieces to divide the input into. - void SetNumberOfStreamDivisions(int num); - int GetNumberOfStreamDivisions(); - - - - - Set how many pieces to divide the input into. - void SetNumberOfStreamDivisions(int num); - int GetNumberOfStreamDivisions(); - - - - - vtkImageDifference - Compares images for regression tests. - - - Description - vtkImageDifference takes two rgb unsigned char images and compares them. - It allows the images to be slightly different. If AllowShift is on, - then each pixel can be shifted by one pixel. Threshold is the allowable - error for each pixel. - - This is not a symetric filter and the difference computed is not symetric - when AllowShift is on. Specifically in that case a pixel in SetImage input - will be compared to the matching pixel in the input as well as to the - input's eight connected neighbors. BUT... the opposite is not true. So for - example if a valid image (SetImage) has a single white pixel in it, it - will not find a match in the input image if the input image is black - (because none of the nine suspect pixels are white). In contrast, if there - is a single white pixel in the input image and the valid image (SetImage) - is all black it will match with no error because all it has to do is find - black pixels and even though the input image has a white pixel, its - neighbors are not white. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will allow a shift of one - pixel between the images. If set, then the minimum difference - between input images will be used to determine the difference. - Otherwise, the difference is computed directly between pixels - of identical row/column values. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will allow a shift of one - pixel between the images. If set, then the minimum difference - between input images will be used to determine the difference. - Otherwise, the difference is computed directly between pixels - of identical row/column values. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will include comparison of - averaged 3x3 data between the images. For graphics renderings - you normally would leave this on. For imaging operations it - should be off. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will include comparison of - averaged 3x3 data between the images. For graphics renderings - you normally would leave this on. For imaging operations it - should be off. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will allow a shift of one - pixel between the images. If set, then the minimum difference - between input images will be used to determine the difference. - Otherwise, the difference is computed directly between pixels - of identical row/column values. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will include comparison of - averaged 3x3 data between the images. For graphics renderings - you normally would leave this on. For imaging operations it - should be off. - - - - - Return the total error in comparing the two images. - - - - - Return the total error in comparing the two images. - - - - - Specify the Image to compare the input to. - - - - - Specify a threshold tolerance for pixel differences. - - - - - Return the total thresholded error in comparing the two images. - The thresholded error is the error for a given pixel minus the - threshold and clamped at a minimum of zero. - - - - - Return the total thresholded error in comparing the two images. - The thresholded error is the error for a given pixel minus the - threshold and clamped at a minimum of zero. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will allow a shift of one - pixel between the images. If set, then the minimum difference - between input images will be used to determine the difference. - Otherwise, the difference is computed directly between pixels - of identical row/column values. - - - - - Specify whether the comparison will include comparison of - averaged 3x3 data between the images. For graphics renderings - you normally would leave this on. For imaging operations it - should be off. - - - - - Specify the Image to compare the input to. - - - - - Specify a threshold tolerance for pixel differences. - - - - - vtkImageDilateErode3D - Dilates one value and erodes another. - - - Description - vtkImageDilateErode3D will dilate one value and erode another. - It uses an elliptical foot print, and only erodes/dilates on the - boundary of the two values. The filter is restricted to the - X, Y, and Z axes for now. It can degenerate to a 2 or 1 dimensional - filter by setting the kernel size to 1 for a specific axis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDilateErode3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDilateErode3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Dilate and Erode values to be used by this filter. - - - - - Set/Get the Dilate and Erode values to be used by this filter. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDilateErode3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDilateErode3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDilateErode3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkImageDilateErode3D filter. - By default zero values are dilated. - - - - - Set/Get the Dilate and Erode values to be used by this filter. - - - - - Set/Get the Dilate and Erode values to be used by this filter. - - - - - This method sets the size of the neighborhood. It also sets the - default middle of the neighborhood and computes the elliptical foot print. - - - - - vtkImageDivergence - Divergence of a vector field. - - - Description - vtkImageDivergence takes a 3D vector field - and creates a scalar field which - which represents the rate of change of the vector field. - The definition of Divergence: - Given V = P(x,y,z), Q(x,y,z), R(x,y,z), - Divergence = dP/dx + dQ/dy + dR/dz. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageDotProduct - Dot product of two vector images. - - - Description - vtkImageDotProduct interprets the scalar components of two images - as vectors and takes the dot product vector by vector (pixel by pixel). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter - - - - - vtkImageEllipsoidSource - Create a binary image of an ellipsoid. - - - Description - vtkImageEllipsoidSource creates a binary image of a ellipsoid. It was created - as an example of a simple source, and to test the mask filter. - It is also used internally in vtkImageDilateErode3D. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the inside pixel values. - - - - - Set/Get the outside pixel values. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the center of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the inside pixel values. - - - - - Set/Get the outside pixel values. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of the ellipsoid. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. - - - - - vtkImageEuclideanDistance - computes 3D Euclidean DT - - - Description - vtkImageEuclideanDistance implements the Euclidean DT using - Saito's algorithm. The distance map produced contains the square of the - Euclidean distance values. - - The algorithm has a o(n^(D+1)) complexity over nxnx...xn images in D - dimensions. It is very efficient on relatively small images. Cuisenaire's - algorithms should be used instead if n >> 500. These are not implemented - yet. - - For the special case of images where the slice-size is a multiple of - 2^N with a large N (typically for 256x256 slices), Saito's algorithm - encounters a lot of cache conflicts during the 3rd iteration which can - slow it very significantly. In that case, one should use - ::SetAlgorithmToSaitoCached() instead for better performance. - - References: - - T. Saito and J.I. Toriwaki. New algorithms for Euclidean distance - transformations of an n-dimensional digitised picture with applications. - Pattern Recognition, 27(11). pp. 1551--1565, 1994. - - O. Cuisenaire. Distance Transformation: fast algorithms and applications - to medical image processing. PhD Thesis, Universite catholique de Louvain, - October 1999. http://ltswww.epfl.ch/~cuisenai/papers/oc_thesis.pdf - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Used to define whether Spacing should be used in the computation of the - distances - - - - - Used to define whether Spacing should be used in the computation of the - distances - - - - - Selects a Euclidean DT algorithm. - 1. Saito - 2. Saito-cached - More algorithms will be added later on. - - - - - Used to define whether Spacing should be used in the computation of the - distances - - - - - Used to set all non-zero voxels to MaximumDistance before starting - the distance transformation. Setting Initialize off keeps the current - value in the input image as starting point. This allows to superimpose - several distance maps. - - - - - Any distance bigger than this->MaximumDistance will not ne computed but - set to this->MaximumDistance instead. - - - - - Used to set all non-zero voxels to MaximumDistance before starting - the distance transformation. Setting Initialize off keeps the current - value in the input image as starting point. This allows to superimpose - several distance maps. - - - - - Used to set all non-zero voxels to MaximumDistance before starting - the distance transformation. Setting Initialize off keeps the current - value in the input image as starting point. This allows to superimpose - several distance maps. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Selects a Euclidean DT algorithm. - 1. Saito - 2. Saito-cached - More algorithms will be added later on. - - - - - Selects a Euclidean DT algorithm. - 1. Saito - 2. Saito-cached - More algorithms will be added later on. - - - - - Selects a Euclidean DT algorithm. - 1. Saito - 2. Saito-cached - More algorithms will be added later on. - - - - - Used to define whether Spacing should be used in the computation of the - distances - - - - - Used to set all non-zero voxels to MaximumDistance before starting - the distance transformation. Setting Initialize off keeps the current - value in the input image as starting point. This allows to superimpose - several distance maps. - - - - - Any distance bigger than this->MaximumDistance will not ne computed but - set to this->MaximumDistance instead. - - - - - Used internally for streaming and threads. - Splits output update extent into num pieces. - This method needs to be called num times. Results must not overlap for - consistent starting extent. Subclass can override this method. - This method returns the number of peices resulting from a - successful split. This can be from 1 to "total". - If 1 is returned, the extent cannot be split. - - - - - vtkImageEuclideanToPolar - Converts 2D Euclidean coordinates to polar. - - - Description - For each pixel with vector components x,y, this filter outputs - theta in component0, and radius in component1. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Theta is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. - ThetaMaximum defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char - is expected as input. The output type must be the same as input type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Theta is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. - ThetaMaximum defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char - is expected as input. The output type must be the same as input type. - - - - - vtkImageExport - Export VTK images to third-party systems. - - - Description - vtkImageExport provides a way of exporting image data at the end - of a pipeline to a third-party system or to a simple C array. - Applications can use this to get direct access to the image data - in memory. A callback interface is provided to allow connection - of the VTK pipeline to a third-party pipeline. This interface - conforms to the interface of vtkImageImport. - In Python it is possible to use this class to write the image data - into a python string that has been pre-allocated to be the correct - size. - - - - vtkImageImport - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The main interface: update the pipeline and export the image - to the memory pointed to by SetExportVoidPointer(). You can - also specify a void pointer when you call Export(). - - - - - The main interface: update the pipeline and export the image - to the memory pointed to by SetExportVoidPointer(). You can - also specify a void pointer when you call Export(). - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the (x,y,z) index dimensions of the data. Please note - that C arrays are indexed in decreasing order, i.e. array[z][y][x]. - - - - - Get the (x,y,z) index dimensions of the data. Please note - that C arrays are indexed in decreasing order, i.e. array[z][y][x]. - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the number of bytes required for the output C array. - - - - - Get the number of scalar components of the data. Please note that - when you index into a C array, the scalar component index comes - last, i.e. array[z][y][x][c]. - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Get the scalar type of the data. The scalar type of the C array - must match the scalar type of the data. - - - - - Get the scalar type of the data. The scalar type of the C array - must match the scalar type of the data. - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Set the void pointer of the C array to export the data to. - From python, you can specify a pointer to a string that is - large enough to hold the data. - - - - - Set/Get whether the data goes to the exported memory starting - in the lower left corner or upper left corner. Default: On. - When this flag is Off, the image will be flipped vertically - before it is exported. - WARNING: this flag is used only with the Export() method, - it is ignored by GetPointerToData(). - - - - - Get miscellaneous additional information about the data. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - An alternative to Export(): Use with caution. Update the - pipeline and return a pointer to the image memory. The - pointer is only valid until the next time that the pipeline - is updated. - WARNING: This method ignores the ImageLowerLeft flag. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Set/Get whether the data goes to the exported memory starting - in the lower left corner or upper left corner. Default: On. - When this flag is Off, the image will be flipped vertically - before it is exported. - WARNING: this flag is used only with the Export() method, - it is ignored by GetPointerToData(). - - - - - Set/Get whether the data goes to the exported memory starting - in the lower left corner or upper left corner. Default: On. - When this flag is Off, the image will be flipped vertically - before it is exported. - WARNING: this flag is used only with the Export() method, - it is ignored by GetPointerToData(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the void pointer of the C array to export the data to. - From python, you can specify a pointer to a string that is - large enough to hold the data. - - - - - Set/Get whether the data goes to the exported memory starting - in the lower left corner or upper left corner. Default: On. - When this flag is Off, the image will be flipped vertically - before it is exported. - WARNING: this flag is used only with the Export() method, - it is ignored by GetPointerToData(). - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - Get the user data that should be passed to the callback functions. - - - - - vtkImageExtractComponents - Outputs a single component - - - Description - vtkImageExtractComponents takes an input with any number of components - and outputs some of them. It does involve a copy of the data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the components to extract. - - - - - Set/Get the components to extract. - - - - - Set/Get the components to extract. - - - - - Get the number of components to extract. This is set implicitly by the - SetComponents() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the components to extract. - - - - - Set/Get the components to extract. - - - - - Set/Get the components to extract. - - - - - vtkImageFFT - Fast Fourier Transform. - - - Description - vtkImageFFT implements a fast Fourier transform. The input - can have real or complex data in any components and data types, but - the output is always complex doubles with real values in component0, and - imaginary values in component1. The filter is fastest for images that - have power of two sizes. The filter uses a butterfly fitlers for each - prime factor of the dimension. This makes images with prime number dimensions - (i.e. 17x17) much slower to compute. Multi dimensional (i.e volumes) - FFT's are decomposed so that each axis executes in series. - - - - - vtkImageFourierFilter - Superclass that implements complex numbers. - - - Description - vtkImageFourierFilter is a class of filters that use complex numbers - this superclass is a container for methods that manipulate these structure - including fast Fourier transforms. Complex numbers may become a class. - This should really be a helper class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Used internally for streaming and threads. - Splits output update extent into num pieces. - This method needs to be called num times. Results must not overlap for - consistent starting extent. Subclass can override this method. - This method returns the number of pieces resulting from a - successful split. This can be from 1 to "total". - If 1 is returned, the extent cannot be split. - - - - - vtkImageFlip - This flips an axis of an image. Right becomes left ... - - - Description - vtkImageFlip will reflect the data along the filtered axis. This filter is - actually a thin wrapper around vtkImageReslice. - - - - - vtkImageReslice - Reslices a volume along a new set of axes. - - - Description - vtkImageReslice is the swiss-army-knife of image geometry filters: - It can permute, rotate, flip, scale, resample, deform, and pad image - data in any combination with reasonably high efficiency. Simple - operations such as permutation, resampling and padding are done - with similar efficiently to the specialized vtkImagePermute, - vtkImageResample, and vtkImagePad filters. There are a number of - tasks that vtkImageReslice is well suited for: - <p>1) Application of simple rotations, scales, and translations to - an image. It is often a good idea to use vtkImageChangeInformation - to center the image first, so that scales and rotations occur around - the center rather than around the lower-left corner of the image. - <p>2) Resampling of one data set to match the voxel sampling of - a second data set via the SetInformationInput() method, e.g. for - the purpose of comparing two images or combining two images. - A transformation, either linear or nonlinear, can be applied - at the same time via the SetResliceTransform method if the two - images are not in the same coordinate space. - <p>3) Extraction of slices from an image volume. The most convenient - way to do this is to use SetResliceAxesDirectionCosines() to - specify the orientation of the slice. The direction cosines give - the x, y, and z axes for the output volume. The method - SetOutputDimensionality(2) is used to specify that want to output a - slice rather than a volume. The SetResliceAxesOrigin() command is - used to provide an (x,y,z) point that the slice will pass through. - You can use both the ResliceAxes and the ResliceTransform at the - same time, in order to extract slices from a volume that you have - applied a transformation to. - Caveats - This filter is very inefficient if the output X dimension is 1. - - - - vtkAbstractTransform vtkMatrix4x4 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn this on if you want to guarantee that the extent of the - output will be large enough to ensure that none of the - data will be cropped (default: Off). - - - - - Turn this on if you want to guarantee that the extent of the - output will be large enough to ensure that none of the - data will be cropped (default: Off). - - - - - Extend the apparent input border by a half voxel (default: On). - This changes how interpolation is handled at the borders of the - input image: if the center of an output voxel is beyond the edge - of the input image, but is within a half voxel width of the edge - (using the input voxel width), then the value of the output voxel - is calculated as if the input's edge voxels were duplicated past - the edges of the input. - This has no effect if Mirror or Wrap are on. - - - - - Extend the apparent input border by a half voxel (default: On). - This changes how interpolation is handled at the borders of the - input image: if the center of an output voxel is beyond the edge - of the input image, but is within a half voxel width of the edge - (using the input voxel width), then the value of the output voxel - is calculated as if the input's edge voxels were duplicated past - the edges of the input. - This has no effect if Mirror or Wrap are on. - - - - - Turn this on if you want to guarantee that the extent of the - output will be large enough to ensure that none of the - data will be cropped (default: Off). - - - - - Set the background color (for multi-component images). - - - - - Set the background color (for multi-component images). - - - - - Set the background color (for multi-component images). - - - - - Set background grey level (for single-component images). - - - - - Extend the apparent input border by a half voxel (default: On). - This changes how interpolation is handled at the borders of the - input image: if the center of an output voxel is beyond the edge - of the input image, but is within a half voxel width of the edge - (using the input voxel width), then the value of the output voxel - is calculated as if the input's edge voxels were duplicated past - the edges of the input. - This has no effect if Mirror or Wrap are on. - - - - - Set a vtkImageData from which the default Spacing, Origin, - and WholeExtent of the output will be copied. The spacing, - origin, and extent will be permuted according to the - ResliceAxes. Any values set via SetOutputSpacing, - SetOutputOrigin, and SetOutputExtent will override these - values. By default, the Spacing, Origin, and WholeExtent - of the Input are used. - - - - - Convenient methods for switching between nearest-neighbor and linear - interpolation. - InterpolateOn() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToLinear() and - InterpolateOff() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToNearestNeighbor() - You should not use these methods if you use the SetInterpolationMode - methods. - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - When determining the modified time of the filter, - this check the modified time of the transform and matrix. - - - - - Turn on mirror-pad feature (default: Off). - This will override the wrap-pad. - - - - - Turn on and off optimizations (default on, they should only be - turned off for testing purposes). - - - - - Force the dimensionality of the output to either 1, 2, - 3 or 0 (default: 3). If the dimensionality is 2D, then - the Z extent of the output is forced to (0,0) and the Z - origin of the output is forced to 0.0 (i.e. the output - extent is confined to the xy plane). If the dimensionality - is 1D, the output extent is confined to the x axis. - For 0D, the output extent consists of a single voxel at - (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the extent for the output data. The default output extent - is the input extent permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the extent for the output data. The default output extent - is the input extent permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the extent for the output data. The default output extent - is the input extent permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the origin for the output data. The default output origin - is the input origin permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the origin for the output data. The default output origin - is the input origin permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the origin for the output data. The default output origin - is the input origin permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the voxel spacing for the output data. The default output - spacing is the input spacing permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the voxel spacing for the output data. The default output - spacing is the input spacing permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the voxel spacing for the output data. The default output - spacing is the input spacing permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - This method is used to set up the axes for the output voxels. - The output Spacing, Origin, and Extent specify the locations - of the voxels within the coordinate system defined by the axes. - The ResliceAxes are used most often to permute the data, e.g. - to extract ZY or XZ slices of a volume as 2D XY images. - <p>The first column of the matrix specifies the x-axis - vector (the fourth element must be set to zero), the second - column specifies the y-axis, and the third column the - z-axis. The fourth column is the origin of the - axes (the fourth element must be set to one). - <p>An alternative to SetResliceAxes() is to use - SetResliceAxesDirectionCosines() to set the directions of the - axes and SetResliceAxesOrigin() to set the origin of the axes. - - - - - Specify the direction cosines for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the - first three elements of each of the first three columns of - the ResliceAxes matrix). This will modify the current - ResliceAxes matrix, or create a new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the direction cosines for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the - first three elements of each of the first three columns of - the ResliceAxes matrix). This will modify the current - ResliceAxes matrix, or create a new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the direction cosines for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the - first three elements of each of the first three columns of - the ResliceAxes matrix). This will modify the current - ResliceAxes matrix, or create a new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the origin for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the first three - elements of the final column of the ResliceAxes matrix). - This will modify the current ResliceAxes matrix, or create - new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the origin for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the first three - elements of the final column of the ResliceAxes matrix). - This will modify the current ResliceAxes matrix, or create - new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Set a transform to be applied to the resampling grid that has - been defined via the ResliceAxes and the output Origin, Spacing - and Extent. Note that applying a transform to the resampling - grid (which lies in the output coordinate system) is - equivalent to applying the inverse of that transform to - the input volume. Nonlinear transforms such as vtkGridTransform - and vtkThinPlateSplineTransform can be used here. - - - - - Use a stencil to limit the calculations to a specific region of - the output. Portions of the output that are 'outside' the stencil - will be cleared to the background color. - - - - - Specify whether to transform the spacing, origin and extent - of the Input (or the InformationInput) according to the - direction cosines and origin of the ResliceAxes before applying - them as the default output spacing, origin and extent - (default: On). - - - - - Turn on wrap-pad feature (default: Off). - - - - - Convenient methods for switching between nearest-neighbor and linear - interpolation. - InterpolateOn() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToLinear() and - InterpolateOff() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToNearestNeighbor() - You should not use these methods if you use the SetInterpolationMode - methods. - - - - - Convenient methods for switching between nearest-neighbor and linear - interpolation. - InterpolateOn() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToLinear() and - InterpolateOff() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToNearestNeighbor() - You should not use these methods if you use the SetInterpolationMode - methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on mirror-pad feature (default: Off). - This will override the wrap-pad. - - - - - Turn on mirror-pad feature (default: Off). - This will override the wrap-pad. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on and off optimizations (default on, they should only be - turned off for testing purposes). - - - - - Turn on and off optimizations (default on, they should only be - turned off for testing purposes). - - - - - Report object referenced by instances of this class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn this on if you want to guarantee that the extent of the - output will be large enough to ensure that none of the - data will be cropped (default: Off). - - - - - Set the background color (for multi-component images). - - - - - Set the background color (for multi-component images). - - - - - Set background grey level (for single-component images). - - - - - Extend the apparent input border by a half voxel (default: On). - This changes how interpolation is handled at the borders of the - input image: if the center of an output voxel is beyond the edge - of the input image, but is within a half voxel width of the edge - (using the input voxel width), then the value of the output voxel - is calculated as if the input's edge voxels were duplicated past - the edges of the input. - This has no effect if Mirror or Wrap are on. - - - - - Set a vtkImageData from which the default Spacing, Origin, - and WholeExtent of the output will be copied. The spacing, - origin, and extent will be permuted according to the - ResliceAxes. Any values set via SetOutputSpacing, - SetOutputOrigin, and SetOutputExtent will override these - values. By default, the Spacing, Origin, and WholeExtent - of the Input are used. - - - - - Convenient methods for switching between nearest-neighbor and linear - interpolation. - InterpolateOn() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToLinear() and - InterpolateOff() is equivalent to SetInterpolationModeToNearestNeighbor() - You should not use these methods if you use the SetInterpolationMode - methods. - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Set interpolation mode (default: nearest neighbor). - - - - - Turn on mirror-pad feature (default: Off). - This will override the wrap-pad. - - - - - Turn on and off optimizations (default on, they should only be - turned off for testing purposes). - - - - - Force the dimensionality of the output to either 1, 2, - 3 or 0 (default: 3). If the dimensionality is 2D, then - the Z extent of the output is forced to (0,0) and the Z - origin of the output is forced to 0.0 (i.e. the output - extent is confined to the xy plane). If the dimensionality - is 1D, the output extent is confined to the x axis. - For 0D, the output extent consists of a single voxel at - (0,0,0). - - - - - Set the extent for the output data. The default output extent - is the input extent permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the extent for the output data. The default output extent - is the input extent permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the extent for the output data. The default output extent - is the input extent permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the origin for the output data. The default output origin - is the input origin permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the origin for the output data. The default output origin - is the input origin permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the origin for the output data. The default output origin - is the input origin permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the voxel spacing for the output data. The default output - spacing is the input spacing permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the voxel spacing for the output data. The default output - spacing is the input spacing permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - Set the voxel spacing for the output data. The default output - spacing is the input spacing permuted through the ResliceAxes. - - - - - This method is used to set up the axes for the output voxels. - The output Spacing, Origin, and Extent specify the locations - of the voxels within the coordinate system defined by the axes. - The ResliceAxes are used most often to permute the data, e.g. - to extract ZY or XZ slices of a volume as 2D XY images. - <p>The first column of the matrix specifies the x-axis - vector (the fourth element must be set to zero), the second - column specifies the y-axis, and the third column the - z-axis. The fourth column is the origin of the - axes (the fourth element must be set to one). - <p>An alternative to SetResliceAxes() is to use - SetResliceAxesDirectionCosines() to set the directions of the - axes and SetResliceAxesOrigin() to set the origin of the axes. - - - - - Specify the direction cosines for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the - first three elements of each of the first three columns of - the ResliceAxes matrix). This will modify the current - ResliceAxes matrix, or create a new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the direction cosines for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the - first three elements of each of the first three columns of - the ResliceAxes matrix). This will modify the current - ResliceAxes matrix, or create a new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the direction cosines for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the - first three elements of each of the first three columns of - the ResliceAxes matrix). This will modify the current - ResliceAxes matrix, or create a new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the origin for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the first three - elements of the final column of the ResliceAxes matrix). - This will modify the current ResliceAxes matrix, or create - new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Specify the origin for the ResliceAxes (i.e. the first three - elements of the final column of the ResliceAxes matrix). - This will modify the current ResliceAxes matrix, or create - new matrix if none exists. - - - - - Set a transform to be applied to the resampling grid that has - been defined via the ResliceAxes and the output Origin, Spacing - and Extent. Note that applying a transform to the resampling - grid (which lies in the output coordinate system) is - equivalent to applying the inverse of that transform to - the input volume. Nonlinear transforms such as vtkGridTransform - and vtkThinPlateSplineTransform can be used here. - - - - - Use a stencil to limit the calculations to a specific region of - the output. Portions of the output that are 'outside' the stencil - will be cleared to the background color. - - - - - Specify whether to transform the spacing, origin and extent - of the Input (or the InformationInput) according to the - direction cosines and origin of the ResliceAxes before applying - them as the default output spacing, origin and extent - (default: On). - - - - - Turn on wrap-pad feature (default: Off). - - - - - Specify whether to transform the spacing, origin and extent - of the Input (or the InformationInput) according to the - direction cosines and origin of the ResliceAxes before applying - them as the default output spacing, origin and extent - (default: On). - - - - - Specify whether to transform the spacing, origin and extent - of the Input (or the InformationInput) according to the - direction cosines and origin of the ResliceAxes before applying - them as the default output spacing, origin and extent - (default: On). - - - - - Turn on wrap-pad feature (default: Off). - - - - - Turn on wrap-pad feature (default: Off). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default the image will be flipped about its center, and the - Origin, Spacing and Extent of the output will be identical to - the input. However, if you have a coordinate system associated - with the image and you want to use the flip to convert +ve values - along one axis to -ve values (and vice versa) then you actually - want to flip the image about coordinate (0,0,0) instead of about - the center of the image. This method will adjust the Origin of - the output such that the flip occurs about (0,0,0). Note that - this method only changes the Origin (and hence the coordinate system) - the output data: the actual pixel values are the same whether or not - this method is used. Also note that the Origin in this method name - refers to (0,0,0) in the coordinate system associated with the image, - it does not refer to the Origin ivar that is associated with a - vtkImageData. - - - - - By default the image will be flipped about its center, and the - Origin, Spacing and Extent of the output will be identical to - the input. However, if you have a coordinate system associated - with the image and you want to use the flip to convert +ve values - along one axis to -ve values (and vice versa) then you actually - want to flip the image about coordinate (0,0,0) instead of about - the center of the image. This method will adjust the Origin of - the output such that the flip occurs about (0,0,0). Note that - this method only changes the Origin (and hence the coordinate system) - the output data: the actual pixel values are the same whether or not - this method is used. Also note that the Origin in this method name - refers to (0,0,0) in the coordinate system associated with the image, - it does not refer to the Origin ivar that is associated with a - vtkImageData. - - - - - Keep the mis-named Axes variations around for compatibility with old - scripts. Axis is singular, not plural... - - - - - Specify which axis will be flipped. This must be an integer - between 0 (for x) and 2 (for z). Initial value is 0. - - - - - By default the image will be flipped about its center, and the - Origin, Spacing and Extent of the output will be identical to - the input. However, if you have a coordinate system associated - with the image and you want to use the flip to convert +ve values - along one axis to -ve values (and vice versa) then you actually - want to flip the image about coordinate (0,0,0) instead of about - the center of the image. This method will adjust the Origin of - the output such that the flip occurs about (0,0,0). Note that - this method only changes the Origin (and hence the coordinate system) - the output data: the actual pixel values are the same whether or not - this method is used. Also note that the Origin in this method name - refers to (0,0,0) in the coordinate system associated with the image, - it does not refer to the Origin ivar that is associated with a - vtkImageData. - - - - - PreserveImageExtentOff wasn't covered by test scripts and its - implementation was broken. It is deprecated now and it has - no effect (i.e. the ImageExtent is always preserved). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - PreserveImageExtentOff wasn't covered by test scripts and its - implementation was broken. It is deprecated now and it has - no effect (i.e. the ImageExtent is always preserved). - - - - - PreserveImageExtentOff wasn't covered by test scripts and its - implementation was broken. It is deprecated now and it has - no effect (i.e. the ImageExtent is always preserved). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Keep the mis-named Axes variations around for compatibility with old - scripts. Axis is singular, not plural... - - - - - Specify which axis will be flipped. This must be an integer - between 0 (for x) and 2 (for z). Initial value is 0. - - - - - By default the image will be flipped about its center, and the - Origin, Spacing and Extent of the output will be identical to - the input. However, if you have a coordinate system associated - with the image and you want to use the flip to convert +ve values - along one axis to -ve values (and vice versa) then you actually - want to flip the image about coordinate (0,0,0) instead of about - the center of the image. This method will adjust the Origin of - the output such that the flip occurs about (0,0,0). Note that - this method only changes the Origin (and hence the coordinate system) - the output data: the actual pixel values are the same whether or not - this method is used. Also note that the Origin in this method name - refers to (0,0,0) in the coordinate system associated with the image, - it does not refer to the Origin ivar that is associated with a - vtkImageData. - - - - - PreserveImageExtentOff wasn't covered by test scripts and its - implementation was broken. It is deprecated now and it has - no effect (i.e. the ImageExtent is always preserved). - - - - - vtkImageFourierCenter - Shifts constant frequency to center for - display. - - - Description - Is used for dispaying images in frequency space. FFT converts spatial - images into frequency space, but puts the zero frequency at the origin. - This filter shifts the zero frequency to the center of the image. - Input and output are assumed to be doubles. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageGaussianSmooth - Performs a gaussian convolution. - - - Description - vtkImageGaussianSmooth implements a convolution of the input image - with a gaussian. Supports from one to three dimensional convolutions. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates an instance of vtkImageGaussianSmooth with the following - defaults: Dimensionality 3, StandardDeviations( 2, 2, 2), - Radius Factors ( 1.5, 1.5, 1.5) - - - - - Creates an instance of vtkImageGaussianSmooth with the following - defaults: Dimensionality 3, StandardDeviations( 2, 2, 2), - Radius Factors ( 1.5, 1.5, 1.5) - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the dimensionality of this filter. This determines whether - a one, two, or three dimensional gaussian is performed. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the dimensionality of this filter. This determines whether - a one, two, or three dimensional gaussian is performed. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Radius Factors of the gaussian (no unit). - The radius factors determine how far out the gaussian kernel will - go before being clamped to zero. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - These methods are provided for compatibility with old scripts - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - These methods are provided for compatibility with old scripts - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - Sets/Gets the Standard deviation of the gaussian in pixel units. - - - - - vtkImageGaussianSource - Create an image with Gaussian pixel values. - - - Description - vtkImageGaussianSource just produces images with pixel values determined - by a Gaussian. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the Gaussian. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the Gaussian. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the Gaussian. - - - - - Set/Get the Maximum value of the gaussian - - - - - Set/Get the standard deviation of the gaussian - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the center of the Gaussian. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the Gaussian. - - - - - Set/Get the Maximum value of the gaussian - - - - - Set/Get the standard deviation of the gaussian - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. - - - - - vtkImageGradient - Computes the gradient vector. - - - Description - vtkImageGradient computes the gradient vector of an image. The - vector results are stored as scalar components. The Dimensionality - determines whether to perform a 2d or 3d gradient. The default is - two dimensional XY gradient. OutputScalarType is always - double. Gradient is computed using central differences. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Get/Set whether to handle boundaries. If enabled, boundary - pixels are treated as duplicated so that central differencing - works for the boundary pixels. If disabled, the output whole - extent of the image is reduced by one pixel. - - - - - Get/Set whether to handle boundaries. If enabled, boundary - pixels are treated as duplicated so that central differencing - works for the boundary pixels. If disabled, the output whole - extent of the image is reduced by one pixel. - - - - - Get/Set whether to handle boundaries. If enabled, boundary - pixels are treated as duplicated so that central differencing - works for the boundary pixels. If disabled, the output whole - extent of the image is reduced by one pixel. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Get/Set whether to handle boundaries. If enabled, boundary - pixels are treated as duplicated so that central differencing - works for the boundary pixels. If disabled, the output whole - extent of the image is reduced by one pixel. - - - - - vtkImageGradientMagnitude - Computes magnitude of the gradient. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - vtkImageGridSource - Create an image of a grid. - - - Description - vtkImageGridSource produces an image of a grid. The - default output type is double. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image, - Default: (0,255,0,255,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image, - Default: (0,255,0,255,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image, - Default: (0,255,0,255,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - - - - - Set the grey level of the fill. Default 0.0. - - - - - Set/Get the grid origin, in ijk integer values. Default (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the grid origin, in ijk integer values. Default (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the grid origin, in ijk integer values. Default (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the grid spacing in pixel units. Default (10,10,0). - A value of zero means no grid. - - - - - Set/Get the grid spacing in pixel units. Default (10,10,0). - A value of zero means no grid. - - - - - Set/Get the grid spacing in pixel units. Default (10,10,0). - A value of zero means no grid. - - - - - Set the grey level of the lines. Default 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image, - Default: (0,255,0,255,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image, - Default: (0,255,0,255,0,0) - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. - As a convenience, the OutputScalarType is set to the same value. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel spacing. - - - - - Set the grey level of the fill. Default 0.0. - - - - - Set/Get the grid origin, in ijk integer values. Default (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the grid origin, in ijk integer values. Default (0,0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the grid spacing in pixel units. Default (10,10,0). - A value of zero means no grid. - - - - - Set/Get the grid spacing in pixel units. Default (10,10,0). - A value of zero means no grid. - - - - - Set the grey level of the lines. Default 1.0. - - - - - vtkImageHSIToRGB - Converts HSI components to RGB. - - - Description - For each pixel with hue, saturation and intensity components this filter - outputs the color coded as red, green, blue. Output type must be the same - as input type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. - HueMaximum defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char - is expected as input. - Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation, and R, G, B. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. - HueMaximum defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char - is expected as input. - Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation, and R, G, B. - - - - - vtkImageHSVToRGB - Converts HSV components to RGB. - - - Description - For each pixel with hue, saturation and value components this filter - outputs the color coded as red, green, blue. Output type must be the same - as input type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. - HueMaximum defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char - is expected as input. - Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation, and R, G, B. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. - HueMaximum defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char - is expected as input. - Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation, and R, G, B. - - - - - vtkImageHybridMedian2D - Median filter that preserves lines and - corners. - - - Description - vtkImageHybridMedian2D is a median filter that preserves thin lines and - corners. It operates on a 5x5 pixel neighborhood. It computes two values - initially: the median of the + neighbors and the median of the x - neighbors. It then computes the median of these two values plus the center - pixel. This result of this second median is the output pixel value. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageIdealHighPass - Simple frequency domain band pass. - - - Description - This filter only works on an image after it has been converted to - frequency domain by a vtkImageFFT filter. A vtkImageRFFT filter - can be used to convert the output back into the spatial domain. - vtkImageIdealHighPass just sets a portion of the image to zero. The sharp - cutoff in the frequence domain produces ringing in the spatial domain. - Input and Output must be doubles. Dimensionality is set when the axes are - set. Defaults to 2D on X and Y axes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - vtkImageIdealLowPass - Simple frequency domain band pass. - - - Description - This filter only works on an image after it has been converted to - frequency domain by a vtkImageFFT filter. A vtkImageRFFT filter - can be used to convert the output back into the spatial domain. - vtkImageIdealLowPass just sets a portion of the image to zero. The result - is an image with a lot of ringing. Input and Output must be doubles. - Dimensionality is set when the axes are set. Defaults to 2D on X and Y - axes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff frequency for each axis. - The values are specified in the order X, Y, Z, Time. - Units: Cycles per world unit (as defined by the data spacing). - - - - - vtkImageImport - Import data from a C array. - - - Description - vtkImageImport provides methods needed to import image data from a source - independent of VTK, such as a simple C array or a third-party pipeline. - Note that the VTK convention is for the image voxel index (0,0,0) to be - the lower-left corner of the image, while most 2D image formats use - the upper-left corner. You can use vtkImageFlip to correct the - orientation after the image has been loaded into VTK. - Note that is also possible to import the raw data from a Python string - instead of from a C array. The array applies on scalar point data only, not - on cell data. - - - - vtkImageExport - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Import data and make an internal copy of it. If you do not want - VTK to copy the data, then use SetImportVoidPointer instead (do - not use both). Give the size of the data array in bytes. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data buffer. The dimensions of your data - must be equal to (extent[1]-extent[0]+1) * (extent[3]-extent[2]+1) * - (extent[5]-DataExtent[4]+1). For example, for a 2D image use - (0,width-1, 0,height-1, 0,0). - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data buffer. The dimensions of your data - must be equal to (extent[1]-extent[0]+1) * (extent[3]-extent[2]+1) * - (extent[5]-DataExtent[4]+1). For example, for a 2D image use - (0,width-1, 0,height-1, 0,0). - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data buffer. The dimensions of your data - must be equal to (extent[1]-extent[0]+1) * (extent[3]-extent[2]+1) * - (extent[5]-DataExtent[4]+1). For example, for a 2D image use - (0,width-1, 0,height-1, 0,0). - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data, i.e. the coordinates (usually in mm) - of voxel (0,0,0). Default: (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data, i.e. the coordinates (usually in mm) - of voxel (0,0,0). Default: (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data, i.e. the coordinates (usually in mm) - of voxel (0,0,0). Default: (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing (typically in mm) between image voxels. - Default: (1.0, 1.0, 1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the spacing (typically in mm) between image voxels. - Default: (1.0, 1.0, 1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the spacing (typically in mm) between image voxels. - Default: (1.0, 1.0, 1.0). - - - - - Set the pointer from which the image data is imported. VTK will - not make its own copy of the data, it will access the data directly - from the supplied array. VTK will not attempt to delete the data - nor modify the data. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/Get the number of scalar components, for RGB images this must be 3. - Default: 1. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Get/Set the whole extent of the image. This is the largest possible - extent. Set the DataExtent to the extent of the image in the buffer - pointed to by the ImportVoidPointer. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extent of the image. This is the largest possible - extent. Set the DataExtent to the extent of the image in the buffer - pointed to by the ImportVoidPointer. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extent of the image. This is the largest possible - extent. Set the DataExtent to the extent of the image in the buffer - pointed to by the ImportVoidPointer. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Invoke the appropriate callbacks - - - - - Invoke the appropriate callbacks - - - - - Invoke the appropriate callbacks - - - - - Invoke the appropriate callbacks - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Invoke the appropriate callbacks - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data buffer. The dimensions of your data - must be equal to (extent[1]-extent[0]+1) * (extent[3]-extent[2]+1) * - (extent[5]-DataExtent[4]+1). For example, for a 2D image use - (0,width-1, 0,height-1, 0,0). - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data buffer. The dimensions of your data - must be equal to (extent[1]-extent[0]+1) * (extent[3]-extent[2]+1) * - (extent[5]-DataExtent[4]+1). For example, for a 2D image use - (0,width-1, 0,height-1, 0,0). - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Get/Set the extent of the data buffer. The dimensions of your data - must be equal to (extent[1]-extent[0]+1) * (extent[3]-extent[2]+1) * - (extent[5]-DataExtent[4]+1). For example, for a 2D image use - (0,width-1, 0,height-1, 0,0). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data, i.e. the coordinates (usually in mm) - of voxel (0,0,0). Default: (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the data, i.e. the coordinates (usually in mm) - of voxel (0,0,0). Default: (0.0, 0.0, 0.0). - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the data type of pixels in the imported data. This is used - as the scalar type of the Output. Default: Short. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing (typically in mm) between image voxels. - Default: (1.0, 1.0, 1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the spacing (typically in mm) between image voxels. - Default: (1.0, 1.0, 1.0). - - - - - Set the pointer from which the image data is imported. VTK will - not make its own copy of the data, it will access the data directly - from the supplied array. VTK will not attempt to delete the data - nor modify the data. - - - - - Set the pointer from which the image data is imported. Set save to 1 - (the default) unless you want VTK to delete the array via C++ delete - when the vtkImageImport object is deallocated. VTK will not make its - own copy of the data, it will access the data directly from the - supplied array. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/Get the number of scalar components, for RGB images this must be 3. - Default: 1. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Get/Set the whole extent of the image. This is the largest possible - extent. Set the DataExtent to the extent of the image in the buffer - pointed to by the ImportVoidPointer. - - - - - Get/Set the whole extent of the image. This is the largest possible - extent. Set the DataExtent to the extent of the image in the buffer - pointed to by the ImportVoidPointer. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - vtkImageImportExecutive - - - - Description - vtkImageImportExecutive - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageIslandRemoval2D - Removes small clusters in masks. - - - Description - vtkImageIslandRemoval2D computes the area of separate islands in - a mask image. It removes any island that has less than AreaThreshold - pixels. Output has the same ScalarType as input. It generates - the whole 2D output image for any output request. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Constructor: Sets default filter to be identity. - - - - - Constructor: Sets default filter to be identity. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff area for removal - - - - - Set/Get the value to remove. - - - - - Set/Get the value to put in the place of removed pixels. - - - - - Set/Get whether to use 4 or 8 neighbors - - - - - Constructor: Sets default filter to be identity. - - - - - Constructor: Sets default filter to be identity. - - - - - Constructor: Sets default filter to be identity. - - - - - Constructor: Sets default filter to be identity. - - - - - Set/Get the cutoff area for removal - - - - - Set/Get the value to remove. - - - - - Set/Get the value to put in the place of removed pixels. - - - - - Set/Get whether to use 4 or 8 neighbors - - - - - Set/Get whether to use 4 or 8 neighbors - - - - - Set/Get whether to use 4 or 8 neighbors - - - - - vtkImageLaplacian - Computes divergence of gradient. - - - Description - vtkImageLaplacian computes the Laplacian (like a second derivative) - of a scalar image. The operation is the same as taking the - divergence after a gradient. Boundaries are handled, so the input - is the same as the output. - Dimensionality determines how the input regions are interpreted. - (images, or volumes). The Dimensionality defaults to two. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices ...) - - - - - vtkImageLogarithmicScale - Passes each pixel through log function. - - - Description - vtkImageLogarithmicScale passes each pixel through the function - c*log(1+x). It also handles negative values with the function - -c*log(1-x). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor for the logarithmic function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the scale factor for the logarithmic function. - - - - - vtkImageLogic - And, or, xor, nand, nor, not. - - - Description - vtkImageLogic implements basic logic operations. - SetOperation is used to select the filter's behavior. - The filter can take two or one input. Inputs must have the same type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set the value to use for true in the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Input1 of this filter. - - - - - Set the Input2 of this filter. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set the value to use for true in the output. - - - - - vtkImageLuminance - Computes the luminance of the input - - - Description - vtkImageLuminance calculates luminance from an rgb input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageMagnify - magnify an image by an integer value - - - Description - vtkImageMagnify maps each pixel of the input onto a nxmx... region - of the output. Location (0,0,...) remains in the same place. The - magnification occurs via pixel replication, or if Interpolate is on, - by bilinear interpolation. Initially, interpolation is off and magnification - factors are set to 1 in all directions. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn interpolation on and off (pixel replication is used when off). - Initially, interpolation is off. - - - - - Set/Get the integer magnification factors in the i-j-k directions. - Initially, factors are set to 1 in all directions. - - - - - Set/Get the integer magnification factors in the i-j-k directions. - Initially, factors are set to 1 in all directions. - - - - - Set/Get the integer magnification factors in the i-j-k directions. - Initially, factors are set to 1 in all directions. - - - - - Turn interpolation on and off (pixel replication is used when off). - Initially, interpolation is off. - - - - - Turn interpolation on and off (pixel replication is used when off). - Initially, interpolation is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn interpolation on and off (pixel replication is used when off). - Initially, interpolation is off. - - - - - Set/Get the integer magnification factors in the i-j-k directions. - Initially, factors are set to 1 in all directions. - - - - - Set/Get the integer magnification factors in the i-j-k directions. - Initially, factors are set to 1 in all directions. - - - - - vtkImageMagnitude - Colapses components with magnitude function.. - - - Description - vtkImageMagnitude takes the magnitude of the components. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageMandelbrotSource - Mandelbrot image. - - - Description - vtkImageMandelbrotSource creates an unsigned char image of the Mandelbrot - set. The values in the image are the number of iterations it takes for - the magnitude of the value to get over 2. The equation repeated is - z = z^2 + C (z and C are complex). Initial value of z is zero, and the - real value of C is mapped onto the x axis, and the imaginary value of C - is mapped onto the Y Axis. I was thinking of extending this source - to generate Julia Sets (initial value of Z varies). This would be 4 - possible parameters to vary, but there are no more 4d images :( - The third dimension (z axis) is the imaginary value of the initial value. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This flag determines whether the Size or spacing of - a data set remain constant (when extent is changed). - By default, size remains constant. - - - - - This flag determines whether the Size or spacing of - a data set remain constant (when extent is changed). - By default, size remains constant. - - - - - Convienence for Viewer. Copy the OriginCX and the SpacingCX. - What about other parameters ??? - - - - - This flag determines whether the Size or spacing of - a data set remain constant (when extent is changed). - By default, size remains constant. - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - void SetOriginCX(double cReal, double cImag, double xReal, double xImag); - - - - - void SetOriginCX(double cReal, double cImag, double xReal, double xImag); - - - - - void SetOriginCX(double cReal, double cImag, double xReal, double xImag); - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - void SetOriginCX(double cReal, double cImag, double xReal, double xImag); - - - - - void SetOriginCX(double cReal, double cImag, double xReal, double xImag); - - - - - void SetOriginCX(double cReal, double cImag, double xReal, double xImag); - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Set/Get a subsample rate. - - - - - Set/Get a subsample rate. - - - - - Set/Get a subsample rate. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output Volume. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output Volume. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output Volume. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convienence for Viewer. Pan 3D volume relative to spacing. - Zoom constant factor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This flag determines whether the Size or spacing of - a data set remain constant (when extent is changed). - By default, size remains constant. - - - - - The maximum number of cycles run to see if the value goes over 2 - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Set the projection from the 4D space (4 parameters / 2 imaginary numbers) - to the axes of the 3D Volume. - 0=C_Real, 1=C_Imaginary, 2=X_Real, 4=X_Imaginary - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Imaginary and real value for C (constant in equation) - and X (initial value). - - - - - Just a different way of setting the sample. - This sets the size of the 4D volume. - SampleCX is computed from size and extent. - Size is ignored when a dimension i 0 (collapsed). - - - - - Set/Get a subsample rate. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output Volume. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output Volume. - - - - - Convienence for Viewer. Pan 3D volume relative to spacing. - Zoom constant factor. - - - - - vtkImageMapToColors - map the input image through a lookup table - - - Description - The vtkImageMapToColors filter will take an input image of any valid - scalar type, and map the first component of the image through a - lookup table. The result is an image of type VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR. - If the lookup table is not set, or is set to NULL, then the input - data will be passed through if it is already of type VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the component to map for multi-component images (default: 0) - - - - - Set the lookup table. - - - - - We need to check the modified time of the lookup table too. - - - - - Set the output format, the default is RGBA. - - - - - Use the alpha component of the input when computing the alpha component - of the output (useful when converting monochrome+alpha data to RGBA) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the alpha component of the input when computing the alpha component - of the output (useful when converting monochrome+alpha data to RGBA) - - - - - Use the alpha component of the input when computing the alpha component - of the output (useful when converting monochrome+alpha data to RGBA) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the component to map for multi-component images (default: 0) - - - - - Set the lookup table. - - - - - Set the output format, the default is RGBA. - - - - - Set the output format, the default is RGBA. - - - - - Set the output format, the default is RGBA. - - - - - Set the output format, the default is RGBA. - - - - - Set the output format, the default is RGBA. - - - - - Use the alpha component of the input when computing the alpha component - of the output (useful when converting monochrome+alpha data to RGBA) - - - - - vtkImageMapToRGBA - map the input image through a lookup table - - - Description - This filter has been replaced by vtkImageMapToColors, which provided - additional features. Use vtkImageMapToColors instead. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageMapToWindowLevelColors - map the input image through a lookup table and window / level it - - - Description - The vtkImageMapToWindowLevelColors filter will take an input image of any - valid scalar type, and map the first component of the image through a - lookup table. This resulting color will be modulated with value obtained - by a window / level operation. The result is an image of type - VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR. If the lookup table is not set, or is set to NULL, then - the input data will be passed through if it is already of type - UNSIGNED_CHAR. - - - - - vtkLookupTable vtkScalarsToColors - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the Level to use -> modulation will be performed on the - color based on (S - (L - W/2))/W where S is the scalar value, L is - the level and W is the window. - - - - - Set / Get the Window to use -> modulation will be performed on the - color based on (S - (L - W/2))/W where S is the scalar value, L is - the level and W is the window. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the Level to use -> modulation will be performed on the - color based on (S - (L - W/2))/W where S is the scalar value, L is - the level and W is the window. - - - - - Set / Get the Window to use -> modulation will be performed on the - color based on (S - (L - W/2))/W where S is the scalar value, L is - the level and W is the window. - - - - - vtkImageMask - Combines a mask and an image. - - - Description - vtkImageMask combines a mask with an image. Non zero mask - implies the output pixel will be the same as the image. - If a mask pixel is zero, then the output pixel - is set to "MaskedValue". The filter also has the option to pass - the mask through a boolean not operation before processing the image. - This reverses the passed and replaced pixels. - The two inputs should have the same "WholeExtent". - The mask input should be unsigned char, and the image scalar type - is the same as the output scalar type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the alpha blending value for the mask - The input image is assumed to be at alpha = 1.0 - and the mask image uses this alpha to blend using - an over operator. - - - - - Set/Get the alpha blending value for the mask - The input image is assumed to be at alpha = 1.0 - and the mask image uses this alpha to blend using - an over operator. - - - - - Set/Get the alpha blending value for the mask - The input image is assumed to be at alpha = 1.0 - and the mask image uses this alpha to blend using - an over operator. - - - - - SetGet the value of the output pixel replaced by mask. - - - - - SetGet the value of the output pixel replaced by mask. - - - - - When Not Mask is on, the mask is passed through a boolean not - before it is used to mask the image. The effect is to pass the - pixels where the input mask is zero, and replace the pixels - where the input value is non zero. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When Not Mask is on, the mask is passed through a boolean not - before it is used to mask the image. The effect is to pass the - pixels where the input mask is zero, and replace the pixels - where the input value is non zero. - - - - - When Not Mask is on, the mask is passed through a boolean not - before it is used to mask the image. The effect is to pass the - pixels where the input mask is zero, and replace the pixels - where the input value is non zero. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the input to be masked. - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter - - - - - Set/Get the alpha blending value for the mask - The input image is assumed to be at alpha = 1.0 - and the mask image uses this alpha to blend using - an over operator. - - - - - Set the mask to be used. - - - - - SetGet the value of the output pixel replaced by mask. - - - - - SetGet the value of the output pixel replaced by mask. - - - - - SetGet the value of the output pixel replaced by mask. - - - - - SetGet the value of the output pixel replaced by mask. - - - - - When Not Mask is on, the mask is passed through a boolean not - before it is used to mask the image. The effect is to pass the - pixels where the input mask is zero, and replace the pixels - where the input value is non zero. - - - - - vtkImageMaskBits - applies a bit-mask pattern to each component. - - - - Description - vtkImageMaskBits applies a bit-mask pattern to each component. The - bit-mask can be applied using a variety of boolean bitwise operators. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the bit-masks. Default is 0xffffffff. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - Set/Get the boolean operator. Default is AND. - - - - - vtkImageMathematics - Add, subtract, multiply, divide, invert, sin, - cos, exp, log. - - - Description - vtkImageMathematics implements basic mathematic operations SetOperation is - used to select the filters behavior. The filter can take two or one - input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - How to handle divide by zero. Default is 0. - - - - - How to handle divide by zero. Default is 0. - - - - - A constant used by some operations (typically additive). Default is 0. - - - - - A constant used by some operations (typically multiplicative). Default is 1. - - - - - How to handle divide by zero. Default is 0. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A constant used by some operations (typically additive). Default is 0. - - - - - A constant used by some operations (typically multiplicative). Default is 1. - - - - - How to handle divide by zero. Default is 0. - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter. For some operations, the second input - is not used. - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter. For some operations, the second input - is not used. - - - - - Set/Get the Operation to perform. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the arctangent of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the arctangent of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the absolute value of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the sum of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the product of ConstantC with the - corresponding pixel in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the quotient of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2 (Output = Input1 / Input2). - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the quotient of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2 (Output = Input1 / Input2). - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the cosine of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the quotient of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2 (Output = Input1 / Input2). - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the exponential of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to 1 over the corresponding pixel - in Input1 and Input2 (output = 1 / Input1). Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the log of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the maximum of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2. (Output = max(Input1, Input2)) - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the minimum of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2. (Output = min(Input1, Input2)) - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the product of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the product of ConstantK with the - corresponding pixel in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Find every pixel in Input1 that equals ConstantC and set the corresponding pixels - in the Output to ConstantK. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the sine of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the square of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the square root of the corresponding pixel - in Input1. Input2 is not used. - - - - - Set each pixel in the output image to the difference of the corresponding pixels - in Input1 and Input2 (output = Input1 - Input2). - - - - - vtkImageMedian3D - Median Filter - - - Description - vtkImageMedian3D a Median filter that replaces each pixel with the - median value from a rectangular neighborhood around that pixel. - Neighborhoods can be no more than 3 dimensional. Setting one - axis of the neighborhood kernelSize to 1 changes the filter - into a 2D median. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the number of elements in the median mask - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method sets the size of the neighborhood. It also sets the - default middle of the neighborhood - - - - - vtkImageMirrorPad - Extra pixels are filled by mirror images. - - - Description - vtkImageMirrorPad makes an image larger by filling extra pixels with - a mirror image of the original image (mirror at image boundaries). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageNoiseSource - Create an image filled with noise. - - - Description - vtkImageNoiseSource just produces images filled with noise. The only - option now is uniform noise specified by a min and a max. There is one - major problem with this source. Every time it executes, it will output - different pixel values. This has important implications when a stream - requests overlapping regions. The same pixels will have different values - on different updates. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum and maximum values for the generated noise. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum and maximum values for the generated noise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the minimum and maximum values for the generated noise. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum and maximum values for the generated noise. - - - - - Set how large of an image to generate. - - - - - Set how large of an image to generate. - - - - - vtkImageNonMaximumSuppression - Performs non-maximum suppression - - - Description - vtkImageNonMaximumSuppression Sets to zero any pixel that is not a peak. - If a pixel has a neighbor along the vector that has larger magnitude, the - smaller pixel is set to zero. The filter takes two inputs: a magnitude - and a vector. Output is magnitude information and is always in doubles. - Typically this filter is used with vtkImageGradient and - vtkImageGradientMagnitude as inputs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices or a 3D volume) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices or a 3D volume) - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices or a 3D volume) - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines how the input is interpreted (set of 2d slices or a 3D volume) - - - - - If "HandleBoundariesOn" then boundary pixels are duplicated - So central differences can get values. - - - - - Set the magnitude and vector inputs. - - - - - Set the magnitude and vector inputs. - - - - - vtkImageNormalize - Normalizes that scalar components for each point. - - - Description - For each point, vtkImageNormalize normalizes the vector defined by the - scalar components. If the magnitude of this vector is zero, the output - vector is zero also. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageOpenClose3D - Will perform opening or closing. - - - Description - vtkImageOpenClose3D performs opening or closing by having two - vtkImageErodeDilates in series. The size of operation - is determined by the method SetKernelSize, and the operator is an ellipse. - OpenValue and CloseValue determine how the filter behaves. For binary - images Opening and closing behaves as expected. - Close value is first dilated, and then eroded. - Open value is first eroded, and then dilated. - Degenerate two dimensional opening/closing can be achieved by setting the - one axis the 3D KernelSize to 1. - Values other than open value and close value are not touched. - This enables the filter to processes segmented images containing more than - two tags. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Default open value is 0, and default close value is 255. - - - - - Default open value is 0, and default close value is 255. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn debugging output on. (in sub filters also) - - - - - Turn debugging output on. (in sub filters also) - - - - - Determines the value that will closed. - Close value is first dilated, and then eroded - - - - - Needed for Progress functions - - - - - Needed for Progress functions - - - - - This method considers the sub filters MTimes when computing this objects - modified time. - - - - - Determines the value that will opened. - Open value is first eroded, and then dilated. - - - - - Default open value is 0, and default close value is 255. - - - - - Default open value is 0, and default close value is 255. - - - - - Pass modified message to sub filters. - - - - - Default open value is 0, and default close value is 255. - - - - - Default open value is 0, and default close value is 255. - - - - - Determines the value that will closed. - Close value is first dilated, and then eroded - - - - - Selects the size of gaps or objects removed. - - - - - Determines the value that will opened. - Open value is first eroded, and then dilated. - - - - - vtkImagePermute - Permutes axes of input. - - - Description - vtkImagePermute reorders the axes of the input. Filtered axes specify - the input axes which become X, Y, Z. The input has to have the - same scalar type of the output. The filter does copy the - data when it executes. This filter is actually a very thin wrapper - around vtkImageReslice. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The filtered axes are the input axes that get relabeled to X,Y,Z. - - - - - The filtered axes are the input axes that get relabeled to X,Y,Z. - - - - - The filtered axes are the input axes that get relabeled to X,Y,Z. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The filtered axes are the input axes that get relabeled to X,Y,Z. - - - - - The filtered axes are the input axes that get relabeled to X,Y,Z. - - - - - vtkImageSlab - combine image slices to form a slab image - - - Description - vtkImageSlab will combine all of the slices of an image to - create a single slice. The slices can be combined with the - following operations: averaging, summation, minimum, maximum. - If you require an arbitrary angle of projection, you can use - vtkImageReslice. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class to VTK. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on multi-slice output. Each slice of the output will be - a projection through the specified range of input slices, e.g. - if the SliceRange is [0,3] then slice 'i' of the output will - be a projection through slices 'i' through '3+i' of the input. - This flag is off by default. - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the output scalar type to float or double, to avoid - potential overflow when doing a summation operation. - The default is to use the scalar type of the input data, - and clamp the output to the range of the input scalar type. - - - - - Set the range of slices to combine. The default is to project - through all slices. - - - - - Set the range of slices to combine. The default is to project - through all slices. - - - - - Set the range of slices to combine. The default is to project - through all slices. - - - - - Use trapezoid integration for slab computation. This weighs the - first and last slices by half when doing sum and mean, as compared - to the default midpoint integration that weighs all slices equally. - It is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on multi-slice output. Each slice of the output will be - a projection through the specified range of input slices, e.g. - if the SliceRange is [0,3] then slice 'i' of the output will - be a projection through slices 'i' through '3+i' of the input. - This flag is off by default. - - - - - Turn on multi-slice output. Each slice of the output will be - a projection through the specified range of input slices, e.g. - if the SliceRange is [0,3] then slice 'i' of the output will - be a projection through slices 'i' through '3+i' of the input. - This flag is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on multi-slice output. Each slice of the output will be - a projection through the specified range of input slices, e.g. - if the SliceRange is [0,3] then slice 'i' of the output will - be a projection through slices 'i' through '3+i' of the input. - This flag is off by default. - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the operation to use when combining slices. The choices are - "Mean", "Sum", "Min", "Max". The default is "Mean". - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the slice direction: zero for x, 1 for y, 2 for z. - The default is the Z direction. - - - - - Set the output scalar type to float or double, to avoid - potential overflow when doing a summation operation. - The default is to use the scalar type of the input data, - and clamp the output to the range of the input scalar type. - - - - - Set the output scalar type to float or double, to avoid - potential overflow when doing a summation operation. - The default is to use the scalar type of the input data, - and clamp the output to the range of the input scalar type. - - - - - Set the output scalar type to float or double, to avoid - potential overflow when doing a summation operation. - The default is to use the scalar type of the input data, - and clamp the output to the range of the input scalar type. - - - - - Set the range of slices to combine. The default is to project - through all slices. - - - - - Set the range of slices to combine. The default is to project - through all slices. - - - - - Use trapezoid integration for slab computation. This weighs the - first and last slices by half when doing sum and mean, as compared - to the default midpoint integration that weighs all slices equally. - It is off by default. - - - - - Use trapezoid integration for slab computation. This weighs the - first and last slices by half when doing sum and mean, as compared - to the default midpoint integration that weighs all slices equally. - It is off by default. - - - - - Use trapezoid integration for slab computation. This weighs the - first and last slices by half when doing sum and mean, as compared - to the default midpoint integration that weighs all slices equally. - It is off by default. - - - - - vtkImageQuantizeRGBToIndex - generalized histograms up to 4 dimensions - - - Description - vtkImageQuantizeRGBToIndex takes a 3 component RGB image as - input and produces a one component index image as output, along with - a lookup table that contains the color definitions for the index values. - This filter works on the entire input extent - it does not perform - streaming, and it does not supported threaded execution (because it has - to process the entire image). - - To use this filter, you typically set the number of colors - (between 2 and 65536), execute it, and then retrieve the lookup table. - The colors can then be using the lookup table and the image index. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Set / Get the number of color index values to produce - must be - a number between 2 and 65536. - - - - - Set / Get the number of color index values to produce - must be - a number between 2 and 65536. - - - - - Set / Get the number of color index values to produce - must be - a number between 2 and 65536. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Get the resulting lookup table that contains the color definitions - corresponding to the index values in the output image. - - - - - Set / Get the number of color index values to produce - must be - a number between 2 and 65536. - - - - - vtkImageRFFT - Reverse Fast Fourier Transform. - - - Description - vtkImageRFFT implements the reverse fast Fourier transform. The input - can have real or complex data in any components and data types, but - the output is always complex doubles with real values in component0, and - imaginary values in component1. The filter is fastest for images that - have power of two sizes. The filter uses a butterfly fitlers for each - prime factor of the dimension. This makes images with prime number dimensions - (i.e. 17x17) much slower to compute. Multi dimensional (i.e volumes) - FFT's are decomposed so that each axis executes in series. - In most cases the RFFT will produce an image whose imaginary values are all - zero's. In this case vtkImageExtractComponents can be used to remove - this imaginary components leaving only the real image. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For streaming and threads. Splits output update extent into num pieces. - This method needs to be called num times. Results must not overlap for - consistent starting extent. Subclass can override this method. This - method returns the number of pieces resulting from a successful split. - This can be from 1 to "total". If 1 is returned, the extent cannot be - split. - - - - - vtkImageRGBToHSI - Converts RGB components to HSI. - - - Description - For each pixel with red, blue, and green components this - filter output the color coded as hue, saturation and intensity. - Output type must be the same as input type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. HueMaximum - defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char is expected as - input. Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. HueMaximum - defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char is expected as - input. Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation. - - - - - vtkImageRGBToHSV - Converts RGB components to HSV. - - - Description - For each pixel with red, blue, and green components this - filter output the color coded as hue, saturation and value. - Output type must be the same as input type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. HueMaximum - defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char is expected as - input. Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Hue is an angle. Maximum specifies when it maps back to 0. HueMaximum - defaults to 255 instead of 2PI, because unsigned char is expected as - input. Maximum also specifies the maximum of the Saturation. - - - - - vtkImageRange3D - Max - min of a circular neighborhood. - - - Description - vtkImageRange3D replaces a pixel with the maximum minus minimum over - an ellipsoidal neighborhood. If KernelSize of an axis is 1, no processing - is done on that axis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method sets the size of the neighborhood. It also sets the - default middle of the neighborhood and computes the elliptical foot print. - - - - - vtkImageRectilinearWipe - make a rectilinear combination of two images. - - - Description - vtkImageRectilinearWipe makes a rectilinear combination of two - images. The two input images must correspond in size, scalar type and - number of components. - The resulting image has four possible configurations - called: - Quad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. Select this with SetWipeModeToQuad. The Position - specifies the location of the quad intersection. - Corner - 3 of one input and 1 of the other. Select the location of - input 0 with with SetWipeModeToLowerLeft, SetWipeModeToLowerRight, - SetWipeModeToUpperLeft and SetWipeModeToUpperRight. The Position - selects the location of the corner. - Horizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Select this with SetWipeModeToHorizontal. Position[0] - specifies the location of the vertical transition between input 0 - and input 1. - Vertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a horizontal - split. Only the y The intersection point of the rectilinear points - is controlled with the Point ivar. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the wipe axes. The default is X,Y (ie vector - values of 0 and 1). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the wipe axes. The default is X,Y (ie vector - values of 0 and 1). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the image transition. Note that position is - specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the image transition. Note that position is - specified in pixels. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the location of the wipe axes. The default is X,Y (ie vector - values of 0 and 1). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the wipe axes. The default is X,Y (ie vector - values of 0 and 1). - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter. - - - - - Set the two inputs to this filter. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the image transition. Note that position is - specified in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the location of the image transition. Note that position is - specified in pixels. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - Specify the wipe mode. This mode determnis how input 0 and input - 1 are combined to produce the output. Each mode uses one or both - of the values stored in Position. - SetWipeToQuad - alternate input 0 and input 1 horizontally and - vertically. The Position specifies the location of the quad - intersection. - SetWipeToLowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft.UpperRight} - 3 of one - input and 1 of the other. Select the location of input 0 to the - LowerLeft{LowerRight,UpperLeft,UpperRight}. Position - selects the location of the corner. - SetWipeToHorizontal - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a vertical - split. Position[0] specifies the location of the vertical - transition between input 0 and input 1. - SetWipeToVertical - alternate input 0 and input 1 with a - horizontal split. Position[1] specifies the location of the - horizonal transition between input 0 and input 1. - - - - - vtkImageResample - Resamples an image to be larger or smaller. - - - Description - This filter produces an output with different spacing (and extent) - than the input. Linear interpolation can be used to resample the data. - The Output spacing can be set explicitly or relative to input spacing - with the SetAxisMagnificationFactor method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get Magnification factors. - Zero is a reserved value indicating values have not been computed. - - - - - Dimensionality is the number of axes which are considered during - execution. To process images dimensionality would be set to 2. - This has the same effect as setting the magnification of the third - axis to 1.0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get Magnification factors. - Zero is a reserved value indicating values have not been computed. - - - - - Set desired spacing. - Zero is a reserved value indicating spacing has not been set. - - - - - Dimensionality is the number of axes which are considered during - execution. To process images dimensionality would be set to 2. - This has the same effect as setting the magnification of the third - axis to 1.0 - - - - - vtkImageSeedConnectivity - SeedConnectivity with user defined seeds. - - - Description - vtkImageSeedConnectivity marks pixels connected to user supplied seeds. - The input must be unsigned char, and the output is also unsigned char. If - a seed supplied by the user does not have pixel value "InputTrueValue", - then the image is scanned +x, +y, +z until a pixel is encountered with - value "InputTrueValue". This new pixel is used as the seed . Any pixel - with out value "InputTrueValue" is consider off. The output pixels values - are 0 for any off pixel in input, "OutputTrueValue" for any pixels - connected to seeds, and "OutputUnconnectedValue" for any on pixels not - connected to seeds. The same seeds are used for all images in the image - set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods for manipulating the seed pixels. - - - - - Methods for manipulating the seed pixels. - - - - - Methods for manipulating the seed pixels. - - - - - Get the vtkImageCOnnector used by this filter. - - - - - Set the number of axes to use in connectivity. - - - - - Set/Get what value is considered as connecting pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the value to set connected pixels to. - - - - - Set/Get the value to set unconnected pixels to. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Methods for manipulating the seed pixels. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of axes to use in connectivity. - - - - - Set/Get what value is considered as connecting pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the value to set connected pixels to. - - - - - Set/Get the value to set unconnected pixels to. - - - - - vtkImageSeparableConvolution - 3 1D convolutions on an image - - - Description - vtkImageSeparableConvolution performs a convolution along the X, Y, - and Z axes of an image, based on the three different 1D convolution - kernels. The kernels must be of odd size, and are considered to be - centered at (int)((kernelsize - 1) / 2.0 ). If a kernel is NULL, - that dimension is skipped. This filter is designed to efficiently - convolve separable filters that can be decomposed into 1 or more 1D - convolutions. It also handles arbitrarly large kernel sizes, and - uses edge replication to handle boundaries. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Overload standard modified time function. If kernel arrays are modified, - then this object is modified as well. - - - - - Set the X convolution kernel, a null value indicates no convolution to - be done. The kernel must be of odd length - - - - - Set the Y convolution kernel, a null value indicates no convolution to - be done The kernel must be of odd length - - - - - Set the Z convolution kernel, a null value indicates no convolution to - be done The kernel must be of odd length - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the X convolution kernel, a null value indicates no convolution to - be done. The kernel must be of odd length - - - - - Set the Y convolution kernel, a null value indicates no convolution to - be done The kernel must be of odd length - - - - - Set the Z convolution kernel, a null value indicates no convolution to - be done The kernel must be of odd length - - - - - vtkImageShiftScale - shift and scale an input image - - - Description - With vtkImageShiftScale Pixels are shifted (a constant value added) - and then scaled (multiplied by a scalar. As a convenience, this class - allows you to set the output scalar type similar to vtkImageCast. - This is because shift scale operations frequently convert data types. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default, ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default, ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default, ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set/Get the scale value. Each pixel is multiplied by this value. - - - - - Set/Get the shift value. This value is added to each pixel - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When the ClampOverflow flag is on, the data is thresholded so that - the output value does not exceed the max or min of the data type. - By default, ClampOverflow is off. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type. The result of the shift - and scale operations is cast to the type specified. - - - - - Set/Get the scale value. Each pixel is multiplied by this value. - - - - - Set/Get the shift value. This value is added to each pixel - - - - - vtkImageShrink3D - Subsamples an image. - - - Description - vtkImageShrink3D shrinks an image by sub sampling on a - uniform grid (integer multiples). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel to use as origin. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel to use as origin. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel to use as origin. - - - - - Set/Get the shrink factors - - - - - Set/Get the shrink factors - - - - - Set/Get the shrink factors - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Choose Mean, Minimum, Maximum, Median or sub sampling. - The neighborhood operations are not centered on the sampled pixel. - This may cause a half pixel shift in your output image. - You can changed "Shift" to get around this. - vtkImageGaussianSmooth or vtkImageMean with strides. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel to use as origin. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel to use as origin. - - - - - Set/Get the shrink factors - - - - - Set/Get the shrink factors - - - - - vtkImageSinusoidSource - Create an image with sinusoidal pixel values. - - - Description - vtkImageSinusoidSource just produces images with pixel values determined - by a sinusoid. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude of the sinusoid. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector which determines the sinusoidal - orientation. The magnitude is ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector which determines the sinusoidal - orientation. The magnitude is ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector which determines the sinusoidal - orientation. The magnitude is ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the period of the sinusoid in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the phase: 0->2Pi. 0 => Cosine, pi/2 => Sine. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude of the sinusoid. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector which determines the sinusoidal - orientation. The magnitude is ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector which determines the sinusoidal - orientation. The magnitude is ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the period of the sinusoid in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the phase: 0->2Pi. 0 => Cosine, pi/2 => Sine. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. - - - - - vtkImageSkeleton2D - Skeleton of 2D images. - - - Description - vtkImageSkeleton2D should leave only single pixel width lines - of non-zero-valued pixels (values of 1 are not allowed). - It works by erosion on a 3x3 neighborhood with special rules. - The number of iterations determines how far the filter can erode. - There are three pruning levels: - prune == 0 will leave traces on all angles... - prune == 1 will not leave traces on 135 degree angles, but will on 90. - prune == 2 does not leave traces on any angles leaving only closed loops. - Prune defaults to zero. The output scalar type is the same as the input. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When prune is on, only closed loops are left unchanged. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When prune is on, only closed loops are left unchanged. - - - - - When prune is on, only closed loops are left unchanged. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the number of cycles in the erosion. - - - - - When prune is on, only closed loops are left unchanged. - - - - - vtkImageSobel2D - Computes a vector field using sobel functions. - - - Description - vtkImageSobel2D computes a vector field from a scalar field by using - Sobel functions. The number of vector components is 2 because - the input is an image. Output is always doubles. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageSobel3D - Computes a vector field using sobel functions. - - - Description - vtkImageSobel3D computes a vector field from a scalar field by using - Sobel functions. The number of vector components is 3 because - the input is a volume. Output is always doubles. A little creative - liberty was used to extend the 2D sobel kernels into 3D. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageStencil - combine images via a cookie-cutter operation - - - Description - vtkImageStencil will combine two images together using a stencil. - The stencil should be provided in the form of a vtkImageStencilData, - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the default color to use when the second input is not set. - This is like SetBackgroundValue, but for multi-component images. - - - - - Set the default color to use when the second input is not set. - This is like SetBackgroundValue, but for multi-component images. - - - - - Set the default color to use when the second input is not set. - This is like SetBackgroundValue, but for multi-component images. - - - - - Set the second input. This image will be used for the 'outside' of the - stencil. If not set, the output voxels will be filled with - BackgroundValue instead. - - - - - Set the default output value to use when the second input is not set. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. - - - - - Specify the stencil to use. The stencil can be created - from a vtkImplicitFunction or a vtkPolyData. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reverse the stencil. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the default color to use when the second input is not set. - This is like SetBackgroundValue, but for multi-component images. - - - - - Set the default color to use when the second input is not set. - This is like SetBackgroundValue, but for multi-component images. - - - - - Set the second input. This image will be used for the 'outside' of the - stencil. If not set, the output voxels will be filled with - BackgroundValue instead. - - - - - Set the default output value to use when the second input is not set. - - - - - Reverse the stencil. - - - - - Specify the stencil to use. The stencil can be created - from a vtkImplicitFunction or a vtkPolyData. - - - - - vtkImageStencilToImage - Convert an image stencil into an image - - - Description - vtkImageStencilToImage will convert an image stencil into a binary - image. The default output will be an 8-bit image with a value of 1 - inside the stencil and 0 outside. When used in combination with - vtkPolyDataToImageStencil or vtkImplicitFunctionToImageStencil, this - can be used to create a binary image from a mesh or a function. - - - - vtkImplicitModeller - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The value to use inside the stencil. The default is 1. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The value to use outside the stencil. The default is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The value to use inside the stencil. The default is 1. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The desired output scalar type. The default is unsigned char. - - - - - The value to use outside the stencil. The default is 0. - - - - - vtkImageStencilData - efficient description of an image stencil - - - Description - vtkImageStencilData describes an image stencil in a manner which is - efficient both in terms of speed and storage space. The stencil extents - are stored for each x-row across the image (multiple extents per row if - necessary) and can be retrieved via the GetNextExtent() method. - - - - vtkImageStencilSource vtkImageStencil - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add merges the stencil supplied as argument into Self. - - - - - Allocate space for the sub-extents. This is called by - vtkImageStencilSource. - - - - - Clip the stencil with the supplied extents. In other words, discard data - outside the specified extents. Return 1 if something changed. - - - - - Override these to handle origin, spacing, scalar type, and scalar - number of components. See vtkDataObject for details. - - - - - Override these to handle origin, spacing, scalar type, and scalar - number of components. See vtkDataObject for details. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Fill the sub-extents. - - - - - Override these to handle origin, spacing, scalar type, and scalar - number of components. See vtkDataObject for details. - - - - - Override these to handle origin, spacing, scalar type, and scalar - number of components. See vtkDataObject for details. - - - - - Get the data type as an integer (this will return VTK_DATA_OBJECT - for now, maybe a proper type constant will be reserved later). - - - - - Set the extent of the data. This is should be called only - by vtkImageStencilSource, as it is part of the basic pipeline - functionality. - - - - - Set the extent of the data. This is should be called only - by vtkImageStencilSource, as it is part of the basic pipeline - functionality. - - - - - Set the extent of the data. This is should be called only - by vtkImageStencilSource, as it is part of the basic pipeline - functionality. - - - - - The extent type is 3D, just like vtkImageData. - - - - - Given the total output x extent [xMin,xMax] and the current y, z indices, - return each sub-extent [r1,r2] that lies within within the unclipped - region in sequence. A value of '0' is returned if no more sub-extents - are available. The variable 'iter' must be initialized to zero before - the first call, unless you want the complementary sub-extents in which - case you must initialize 'iter' to -1. The variable 'iter' is used - internally to keep track of which sub-extent should be returned next. - - - - - Set the desired origin for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired origin for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired origin for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired spacing for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired spacing for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired spacing for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Similar to InsertNextExtent, except that the extent (r1,r2) at yIdx, - zIdx is merged with other extents, (if any) on that row. So a - unique extent may not necessarily be added. For instance, if an extent - [5,11] already exists adding an extent, [7,9] will not affect the - stencil. Likewise adding [10, 13] will replace the existing extent - with [5,13]. - - - - - This method is used by vtkImageStencilDataSource to add an x - sub extent [r1,r2] for the x row (yIdx,zIdx). The specified sub - extent must not intersect any other sub extents along the same x row. - As well, r1 and r2 must both be within the total x extent - [Extent[0],Extent[1]]. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove the extent from (r1,r2) at yIdx, zIdx - - - - - Replaces the portion of the stencil, supplied as argument, - that lies within Self from Self. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the extent of the data. This is should be called only - by vtkImageStencilSource, as it is part of the basic pipeline - functionality. - - - - - Set the extent of the data. This is should be called only - by vtkImageStencilSource, as it is part of the basic pipeline - functionality. - - - - - Set the desired origin for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired origin for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired spacing for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Set the desired spacing for the stencil. - This must be called before the stencil is Updated, ideally - in the ExecuteInformation method of the imaging filter that - is using the stencil. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Subtract removes the portion of the stencil, supplied as argument, - that lies within Self from Self. - - - - - vtkImageThreshold - Flexible threshold - - - Description - vtkImageThreshold can do binary or continuous thresholding for lower, upper - or a range of data. The output data type may be different than the - output, but defaults to the same type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Replace the in range pixels with this value. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Replace the in range pixels with this value. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel in range with InValue - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel out of range with OutValue - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel in range with InValue - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel in range with InValue - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel out of range with OutValue - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel out of range with OutValue - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Replace the in range pixels with this value. - - - - - Replace the in range pixels with this value. - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Set the desired output scalar type to cast to - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel in range with InValue - - - - - Determines whether to replace the pixel out of range with OutValue - - - - - The values in a range (inclusive) match - - - - - The values less than or equal to the value match. - - - - - The values greater than or equal to the value match. - - - - - vtkImageToImageStencil - clip an image with a mask image - - - Description - vtkImageToImageStencil will convert a vtkImageData into an stencil - that can be used with vtkImageStecil or other vtk classes that apply - a stencil to an image. - - - - vtkImageStencil vtkImplicitFunctionToImageStencil vtkPolyDataToImageStencil - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the image data to convert into a stencil. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the image data to convert into a stencil. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - Get the Upper and Lower thresholds. - - - - - The values in a range (inclusive) match - - - - - The values less than or equal to the value match. - - - - - The values greater than or equal to the value match. - - - - - vtkImageTranslateExtent - Changes extent, nothing else. - - - Description - vtkImageTranslateExtent shift the whole extent, but does not - change the data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Delta to change "WholeExtent". -1 changes 0->10 to -1->9. - - - - - Delta to change "WholeExtent". -1 changes 0->10 to -1->9. - - - - - Delta to change "WholeExtent". -1 changes 0->10 to -1->9. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delta to change "WholeExtent". -1 changes 0->10 to -1->9. - - - - - Delta to change "WholeExtent". -1 changes 0->10 to -1->9. - - - - - vtkImageVariance3D - Variance in a neighborhood. - - - Description - vtkImageVariance3D replaces each pixel with a measurement of - pixel variance in a elliptical neighborhood centered on that pixel. - The value computed is not exactly the variance. - The difference between the neighbor values and center value is computed - and squared for each neighbor. These values are summed and divided by - the total number of neighbors to produce the output value. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method sets the size of the neighborhood. It also sets the default - middle of the neighborhood and computes the Elliptical foot print. - - - - - vtkImageWrapPad - Makes an image larger by wrapping existing data. - - - Description - vtkImageWrapPad performs a modulo operation on the output pixel index - to determine the source input index. The new image extent of the - output has to be specified. Input has to be the same scalar type as - output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageWeightedSum - adds any number of images, weighting - each according to the weight set using this->SetWeights(i,w). - - - - Description - All weights are normalized so they will sum to 1. - Images must have the same extents. Output is - - Thanks - The original author of this class is Lauren O'Donnell (MIT) for Slicer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute the total value of all the weight - - - - - Setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the weighted sum - By default, NormalizeByWeight is on. - - - - - Setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the weighted sum - By default, NormalizeByWeight is on. - - - - - Setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the weighted sum - By default, NormalizeByWeight is on. - - - - - The weights control the contribution of each input to the sum. - They will be normalized to sum to 1 before filter execution. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the weighted sum - By default, NormalizeByWeight is on. - - - - - Setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the weighted sum - By default, NormalizeByWeight is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Setting NormalizeByWeight on will divide the - final result by the total weight of the component functions. - This process does not otherwise normalize the weighted sum - By default, NormalizeByWeight is on. - - - - - Change a specific weight. Reallocation is done - - - - - The weights control the contribution of each input to the sum. - They will be normalized to sum to 1 before filter execution. - - - - - vtkImplicitFunctionToImageStencil - clip an image with a function - - - Description - vtkImplicitFunctionToImageStencil will convert a vtkImplicitFunction into - a stencil that can be used with vtkImageStencil or with other classes - that apply a stencil to an image. - - - - vtkImplicitFunction vtkImageStencil vtkPolyDataToImageStencil - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the implicit function to convert into a stencil. - - - - - Set the threshold value for the implicit function. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the implicit function to convert into a stencil. - - - - - Set the threshold value for the implicit function. - - - - - vtkLassoStencilSource - Create a stencil from a contour - - - Description - vtkLassoStencilSource will create an image stencil from a - set of points that define a contour. Its output can be - used with vtkImageStecil or other vtk classes that apply - a stencil to an image. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class to VTK. - - - - vtkROIStencilSource vtkPolyDataToImageStencil - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Overload GetMTime() to include the timestamp on the points. - - - - - The points that make up the lassoo. The loop does not - have to be closed, the last point will automatically be - connected to the first point by a straight line segment. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The slice orientation. The default is 2, which is XY. - Other values are 0, which is YZ, and 1, which is XZ. - - - - - The slice orientation. The default is 2, which is XY. - Other values are 0, which is YZ, and 1, which is XZ. - - - - - The slice orientation. The default is 2, which is XY. - Other values are 0, which is YZ, and 1, which is XZ. - - - - - The points for a particular slice. This will override the - points that were set by calling SetPoints() for the slice. - To clear the setting, call SetSlicePoints(slice, NULL). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove points from all slices. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The points that make up the lassoo. The loop does not - have to be closed, the last point will automatically be - connected to the first point by a straight line segment. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The shape to use, default is "Polygon". The spline is a - cardinal spline. Bezier splines are not yet supported. - - - - - The slice orientation. The default is 2, which is XY. - Other values are 0, which is YZ, and 1, which is XZ. - - - - - The points for a particular slice. This will override the - points that were set by calling SetPoints() for the slice. - To clear the setting, call SetSlicePoints(slice, NULL). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPointLoad - compute stress tensors given point load on semi-infinite domain - - - Description - vtkPointLoad is a source object that computes stress tensors on a volume. - The tensors are computed from the application of a point load on a - semi-infinite domain. (The analytical results are adapted from Saada - see - text.) It also is possible to compute effective stress scalars if desired. - This object serves as a specialized data generator for some of the examples - in the text. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with ModelBounds=(-1,1,-1,1,-1,1), SampleDimensions=(50,50,50), - and LoadValue = 1. - - - - - Construct with ModelBounds=(-1,1,-1,1,-1,1), SampleDimensions=(50,50,50), - and LoadValue = 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off computation of effective stress scalar. These methods do - nothing. The effective stress is always computed. - - - - - Turn on/off computation of effective stress scalar. These methods do - nothing. The effective stress is always computed. - - - - - Turn on/off computation of effective stress scalar. These methods do - nothing. The effective stress is always computed. - - - - - Set/Get value of applied load. - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the tensors are computed. The point - load is assumed to be applied at top center of the volume. - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the tensors are computed. The point - load is assumed to be applied at top center of the volume. - - - - - Set/Get Poisson's ratio. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the volume. A stress tensor will be computed for - each point in the volume. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the volume. A stress tensor will be computed for - each point in the volume. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off computation of effective stress scalar. These methods do - nothing. The effective stress is always computed. - - - - - Set/Get value of applied load. - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the tensors are computed. The point - load is assumed to be applied at top center of the volume. - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the tensors are computed. The point - load is assumed to be applied at top center of the volume. - - - - - Set/Get Poisson's ratio. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the volume. A stress tensor will be computed for - each point in the volume. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the volume. A stress tensor will be computed for - each point in the volume. - - - - - vtkROIStencilSource - create simple mask shapes - - - Description - vtkROIStencilSource will create an image stencil with a - simple shape like a box, a sphere, or a cylinder. Its output can - be used with vtkImageStecil or other vtk classes that apply - a stencil to an image. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class to VTK. - - - - vtkImplicitFunctionToImageStencil vtkLassoStencilSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the bounds of the region of interest. The bounds take - the spacing and origin into account. - - - - - Set the bounds of the region of interest. The bounds take - the spacing and origin into account. - - - - - Set the bounds of the region of interest. The bounds take - the spacing and origin into account. - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the bounds of the region of interest. The bounds take - the spacing and origin into account. - - - - - Set the bounds of the region of interest. The bounds take - the spacing and origin into account. - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - The shape of the region of interest. Cylinders can be oriented - along the X, Y, or Z axes. The default shape is "Box". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRTAnalyticSource - Create an image for regression testing - - - Description - vtkRTAnalyticSource just produces images with pixel values determined - by a Maximum*Gaussian*XMag*sin(XFreq*x)*sin(YFreq*y)*cos(ZFreq*z) - Values are float scalars on point data with name "RTData". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the center of function. Initial value is {0.0,0.0,0.0} - - - - - Set/Get the center of function. Initial value is {0.0,0.0,0.0} - - - - - Set/Get the center of function. Initial value is {0.0,0.0,0.0} - - - - - Set/Get the Maximum value of the function. Initial value is 255.0. - - - - - Set/Get the standard deviation of the function. Initial value is 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get the sub-sample rate. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. Initial value is - {-10,10,-10,10,-10,10} - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. Initial value is - {-10,10,-10,10,-10,10} - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. Initial value is - {-10,10,-10,10,-10,10} - - - - - Set/Get the natural frequency in x. Initial value is 60. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude in x. Initial value is 10. - - - - - Set/Get the natural frequency in y. Initial value is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude in y. Initial value is 18. - - - - - Set/Get the natural frequency in z. Initial value is 40. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude in z. Initial value is 5. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the center of function. Initial value is {0.0,0.0,0.0} - - - - - Set/Get the center of function. Initial value is {0.0,0.0,0.0} - - - - - Set/Get the Maximum value of the function. Initial value is 255.0. - - - - - Set/Get the standard deviation of the function. Initial value is 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get the sub-sample rate. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the extent of the whole output image. Initial value is - {-10,10,-10,10,-10,10} - - - - - Set/Get the natural frequency in x. Initial value is 60. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude in x. Initial value is 10. - - - - - Set/Get the natural frequency in y. Initial value is 30. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude in y. Initial value is 18. - - - - - Set/Get the natural frequency in z. Initial value is 40. - - - - - Set/Get the magnitude in z. Initial value is 5. - - - - - vtkSampleFunction - sample an implicit function over a structured point set - - - Description - vtkSampleFunction is a source object that evaluates an implicit function - and normals at each point in a vtkStructuredPoints. The user can specify - the sample dimensions and location in space to perform the sampling. To - create closed surfaces (in conjunction with the vtkContourFilter), capping - can be turned on to set a particular value on the boundaries of the sample - space. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with ModelBounds=(-1,1,-1,1,-1,1), SampleDimensions=(50,50,50), - Capping turned off, and normal generation on. - - - - - Construct with ModelBounds=(-1,1,-1,1,-1,1), SampleDimensions=(50,50,50), - Capping turned off, and normal generation on. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off capping. If capping is on, then the outer boundaries of the - structured point set are set to cap value. This can be used to insure - surfaces are closed. - - - - - Turn on/off capping. If capping is on, then the outer boundaries of the - structured point set are set to cap value. This can be used to insure - surfaces are closed. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of normals (normals are float values). - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of normals (normals are float values). - - - - - Set the cap value. - - - - - Turn on/off capping. If capping is on, then the outer boundaries of the - structured point set are set to cap value. This can be used to insure - surfaces are closed. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of normals (normals are float values). - - - - - Specify the implicit function to use to generate data. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the implicit function. - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the sampling occurs. The - bounds is specified as (xMin,xMax, yMin,yMax, zMin,zMax). - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the sampling occurs. The - bounds is specified as (xMin,xMax, yMin,yMax, zMin,zMax). - - - - - Set/get the normal array name for this data set. Initial value is - "normals". - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the data on which to sample. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the data on which to sample. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the cap value. - - - - - Turn on/off capping. If capping is on, then the outer boundaries of the - structured point set are set to cap value. This can be used to insure - surfaces are closed. - - - - - Turn on/off the computation of normals (normals are float values). - - - - - Specify the implicit function to use to generate data. - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the sampling occurs. The - bounds is specified as (xMin,xMax, yMin,yMax, zMin,zMax). - - - - - Specify the region in space over which the sampling occurs. The - bounds is specified as (xMin,xMax, yMin,yMax, zMin,zMax). - - - - - Set/get the normal array name for this data set. Initial value is - "normals". - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Set what type of scalar data this source should generate. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the data on which to sample. - - - - - Specify the dimensions of the data on which to sample. - - - - - Set/get the scalar array name for this data set. Initial value is - "scalars". - - - - - Control the type of the scalars object by explicitly providing a scalar - object. THIS IS DEPRECATED, although it still works!!! Please use - SetOutputScalarType instead. - - - - - vtkShepardMethod - sample unstructured points onto structured points using the method of Shepard - - - Description - vtkShepardMethod is a filter used to visualize unstructured point data using - Shepard's method. The method works by resampling the unstructured points - onto a structured points set. The influence functions are described as - "inverse distance weighted". Once the structured points are computed, the - usual visualization techniques (e.g., iso-contouring or volume rendering) - can be used visualize the structured points. - Caveats - The input to this filter is any dataset type. This filter can be used - to resample any form of data, i.e., the input data need not be - unstructured. - - The bounds of the data (i.e., the sample space) is automatically computed - if not set by the user. - - If you use a maximum distance less than 1.0, some output points may - never receive a contribution. The final value of these points can be - specified with the "NullValue" instance variable. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with sample dimensions=(50,50,50) and so that model bounds are - automatically computed from input. Null value for each unvisited output - point is 0.0. Maximum distance is 0.25. - - - - - Construct with sample dimensions=(50,50,50) and so that model bounds are - automatically computed from input. Null value for each unvisited output - point is 0.0. Maximum distance is 0.25. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute ModelBounds from input geometry. - - - - - Specify influence distance of each input point. This distance is a - fraction of the length of the diagonal of the sample space. Thus, values - of 1.0 will cause each input point to influence all points in the - structured point dataset. Values less than 1.0 can improve performance - significantly. - - - - - Specify influence distance of each input point. This distance is a - fraction of the length of the diagonal of the sample space. Thus, values - of 1.0 will cause each input point to influence all points in the - structured point dataset. Values less than 1.0 can improve performance - significantly. - - - - - Specify influence distance of each input point. This distance is a - fraction of the length of the diagonal of the sample space. Thus, values - of 1.0 will cause each input point to influence all points in the - structured point dataset. Values less than 1.0 can improve performance - significantly. - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the sampling. - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the sampling. - - - - - Set the Null value for output points not receiving a contribution from the - input points. - - - - - Specify i-j-k dimensions on which to sample input points. - - - - - Specify i-j-k dimensions on which to sample input points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify influence distance of each input point. This distance is a - fraction of the length of the diagonal of the sample space. Thus, values - of 1.0 will cause each input point to influence all points in the - structured point dataset. Values less than 1.0 can improve performance - significantly. - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the sampling. - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the sampling. - - - - - Set the Null value for output points not receiving a contribution from the - input points. - - - - - Set the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample the distance function. - - - - - Set the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample the distance function. - - - - - vtkSimpleImageFilterExample - Simple example of an image-image filter. - - - Description - This is an example of a simple image-image filter. It copies it's input - to it's output (point by point). It shows how templates can be used - to support various data types. - - - - vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSurfaceReconstructionFilter - reconstructs a surface from unorganized points - - - Description - vtkSurfaceReconstructionFilter takes a list of points assumed to lie on - the surface of a solid 3D object. A signed measure of the distance to the - surface is computed and sampled on a regular grid. The grid can then be - contoured at zero to extract the surface. The default values for - neighborhood size and sample spacing should give reasonable results for - most uses but can be set if desired. This procedure is based on the PhD - work of Hugues Hoppe: http://www.research.microsoft.com/~hoppe - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct with NeighborhoodSize=20. - - - - - Construct with NeighborhoodSize=20. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the number of neighbors each point has, used for estimating the - local surface orientation. The default value of 20 should be OK for - most applications, higher values can be specified if the spread of - points is uneven. Values as low as 10 may yield adequate results for - some surfaces. Higher values cause the algorithm to take longer. Higher - values will cause errors on sharp boundaries. - - - - - Specify the spacing of the 3D sampling grid. If not set, a - reasonable guess will be made. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the number of neighbors each point has, used for estimating the - local surface orientation. The default value of 20 should be OK for - most applications, higher values can be specified if the spread of - points is uneven. Values as low as 10 may yield adequate results for - some surfaces. Higher values cause the algorithm to take longer. Higher - values will cause errors on sharp boundaries. - - - - - Specify the spacing of the 3D sampling grid. If not set, a - reasonable guess will be made. - - - - - vtkTriangularTexture - generate 2D triangular texture map - - - Description - vtkTriangularTexture is a filter that generates a 2D texture map based on - the paper "Opacity-modulating Triangular Textures for Irregular Surfaces," - by Penny Rheingans, IEEE Visualization '96, pp. 219-225. - The textures assume texture coordinates of (0,0), (1.0) and - (.5, sqrt(3)/2). The sequence of texture values is the same along each - edge of the triangular texture map. So, the assignment order of texture - coordinates is arbitrary. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with XSize and YSize = 64; the texture pattern =1 - (opaque at centroid); and the scale factor set to 1.0. - - - - - Instantiate object with XSize and YSize = 64; the texture pattern =1 - (opaque at centroid); and the scale factor set to 1.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set a Scale Factor. - - - - - Set the texture pattern. - 1 = opaque at centroid (default) - 2 = opaque at vertices - 3 = opaque in rings around vertices - - - - - Set the texture pattern. - 1 = opaque at centroid (default) - 2 = opaque at vertices - 3 = opaque in rings around vertices - - - - - Set the texture pattern. - 1 = opaque at centroid (default) - 2 = opaque at vertices - 3 = opaque in rings around vertices - - - - - Set the X texture map dimension. Default is 64. - - - - - Set the Y texture map dimension. Default is 64. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set a Scale Factor. - - - - - Set the texture pattern. - 1 = opaque at centroid (default) - 2 = opaque at vertices - 3 = opaque in rings around vertices - - - - - Set the X texture map dimension. Default is 64. - - - - - Set the Y texture map dimension. Default is 64. - - - - - vtkVoxelModeller - convert an arbitrary dataset to a voxel representation - - - Description - vtkVoxelModeller is a filter that converts an arbitrary data set to a - structured point (i.e., voxel) representation. It is very similar to - vtkImplicitModeller, except that it doesn't record distance; instead it - records occupancy. By default it supports a compact output of 0/1 - VTK_BIT. Other vtk scalar types can be specified. The Foreground and - Background values of the output can also be specified. - NOTE: Not all vtk filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - vtkImplicitModeller - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkVoxelModeller with its sample dimensions - set to (50,50,50), and so that the model bounds are - automatically computed from its input. The maximum distance is set to - examine the whole grid. This could be made much faster, and probably - will be in the future. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkVoxelModeller with its sample dimensions - set to (50,50,50), and so that the model bounds are - automatically computed from its input. The maximum distance is set to - examine the whole grid. This could be made much faster, and probably - will be in the future. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute the ModelBounds based on the input geometry. - - - - - Set the Foreground/Background values of the output. The - Foreground value is set when a voxel is occupied. The Background - value is set when a voxel is not occupied. - The default ForegroundValue is 1. The default BackgroundValue is - 0. - - - - - Set the Foreground/Background values of the output. The - Foreground value is set when a voxel is occupied. The Background - value is set when a voxel is not occupied. - The default ForegroundValue is 1. The default BackgroundValue is - 0. - - - - - Specify distance away from surface of input geometry to sample. Smaller - values make large increases in performance. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify distance away from surface of input geometry to sample. Smaller - values make large increases in performance. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify distance away from surface of input geometry to sample. Smaller - values make large increases in performance. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the voxelization. - Default is (0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the voxelization. - Default is (0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) - - - - - Set the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample the distance function. - Default is (50, 50, 50) - - - - - Set the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample the distance function. - Default is (50, 50, 50) - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Foreground/Background values of the output. The - Foreground value is set when a voxel is occupied. The Background - value is set when a voxel is not occupied. - The default ForegroundValue is 1. The default BackgroundValue is - 0. - - - - - Set the Foreground/Background values of the output. The - Foreground value is set when a voxel is occupied. The Background - value is set when a voxel is not occupied. - The default ForegroundValue is 1. The default BackgroundValue is - 0. - - - - - Specify distance away from surface of input geometry to sample. Smaller - values make large increases in performance. Default is 1.0. - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the voxelization. - Default is (0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) - - - - - Specify the position in space to perform the voxelization. - Default is (0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) - - - - - Set the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample the distance function. - Default is (50, 50, 50) - - - - - Set the i-j-k dimensions on which to sample the distance function. - Default is (50, 50, 50) - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output image. The default is - VTK_BIT. - NOTE: Not all filters/readers/writers support the VTK_BIT - scalar type. You may want to use VTK_CHAR as an alternative. - - - - - vtkImageSpatialFilter - Filters that operate on pixel neighborhoods. - - - Description - vtkImageSpatialFilter is a super class for filters that operate on an - input neighborhood for each output pixel. It handles even sized - neighborhoods, but their can be a half pixel shift associated with - processing. This superclass has some logic for handling boundaries. It - can split regions into boundary and non-boundary pieces and call different - execute methods. - Warning - This used to be the parent class for most imaging filter in VTK4.x, now - this role has been replaced by vtkImageSpatialAlgorithm. You should consider - using vtkImageSpatialAlgorithm instead, when writing filter for VTK5 and above. - This class was kept to ensure full backward compatibility. - - - - vtkSimpleImageToImageFilter vtkImageToImageFilter vtkImageSpatialAlgorithm - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the Kernel middle. - - - - - Get the Kernel middle. - - - - - Get the Kernel middle. - - - - - Get the Kernel size. - - - - - Get the Kernel size. - - - - - Get the Kernel size. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAddMembershipArray - Add an array to the output indicating - membership within an input selection. - - - - Description - This filter takes an input selection, vtkDataSetAttribute - information, and data object and adds a bit array to the output - vtkDataSetAttributes indicating whether each index was selected or not. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The field type to add the membership array to. - - - - - The field type to add the membership array to. - - - - - The field type to add the membership array to. - - - - - The name of the array added to the output vtkDataSetAttributes - indicating membership. Defaults to "membership". - - - - - The name of the array added to the output vtkDataSetAttributes - indicating membership. Defaults to "membership". - - - - - The name of the array added to the output vtkDataSetAttributes - indicating membership. Defaults to "membership". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The field type to add the membership array to. - - - - - The name of the array added to the output vtkDataSetAttributes - indicating membership. Defaults to "membership". - - - - - The name of the array added to the output vtkDataSetAttributes - indicating membership. Defaults to "membership". - - - - - The name of the array added to the output vtkDataSetAttributes - indicating membership. Defaults to "membership". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAppendPoints - appends points of one or more vtkPolyData data sets - - - - Description - vtkAppendPoints is a filter that appends the points and assoicated data - of one or more polygonal (vtkPolyData) datasets. This filter can optionally - add a new array marking the input index that the point came from. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Sets the output array name to fill with the input connection index - for each point. This provides a way to trace a point back to a - particular input. If this is NULL (the default), the array is not generated. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the output array name to fill with the input connection index - for each point. This provides a way to trace a point back to a - particular input. If this is NULL (the default), the array is not generated. - - - - - vtkApplyColors - apply colors to a data set. - - - - Description - vtkApplyColors performs a coloring of the dataset using default colors, - lookup tables, annotations, and/or a selection. The output is a - four-component vtkUnsignedCharArray containing RGBA tuples for each - element in the dataset. The first input is the dataset to be colored, which - may be a vtkTable, vtkGraph subclass, or vtkDataSet subclass. The API - of this algorithm refers to "points" and "cells". For vtkGraph, the - "points" refer to the graph vertices and "cells" refer to graph edges. - For vtkTable, "points" refer to table rows. For vtkDataSet subclasses, the - meaning is obvious. - - The second (optional) input is a vtkAnnotationLayers object, which stores - a list of annotation layers, with each layer holding a list of - vtkAnnotation objects. The annotation specifies a subset of data along with - other properties, including color. For annotations with color properties, - this algorithm will use the color to color elements, using a "top one wins" - strategy. - - The third (optional) input is a vtkSelection object, meant for specifying - the current selection. You can control the color of the selection. - - The algorithm takes two input arrays, specified with - SetInputArrayToProcess(0, 0, 0, vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, name) - and - SetInputArrayToProcess(1, 0, 0, vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS, name). - These set the point and cell data arrays to use to color the data with - the associated lookup table. For vtkGraph, vtkTable inputs, you would use - FIELD_ASSOCIATION_VERTICES, FIELD_ASSOCIATION_EDGES, or - FIELD_ASSOCIATION_ROWS as appropriate. - - To use the color array generated here, you should do the following: - - mapper->SetScalarModeToUseCellFieldData(); - mapper->SelectColorArray("vtkApplyColors color"); - mapper->SetScalarVisibility(true); - - Colors are assigned with the following priorities: - <ol> - <li> If an item is part of the selection, it is colored with that color. - <li> Otherwise, if the item is part of an annotation, it is colored - with the color of the final (top) annotation in the set of layers. - <li> Otherwise, if the lookup table is used, it is colored using the - lookup table color for the data value of the element. - <li> Otherwise it will be colored with the default color. - </ol> - - Note: The opacity of an unselected item is defined by the multiplication - of default opacity, lookup table opacity, and annotation opacity, where - opacity is taken as a number from 0 to 1. So items will never be more opaque - than any of these three opacities. Selected items are always given the - selection opacity directly. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The output array name for the cell color RGBA array. - Default is "vtkApplyColors color". - - - - - The lookup table to use for cell colors. This is only used if - input array 1 is set and UseCellLookupTable is on. - - - - - The default cell color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default cell color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default cell color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default cell opacity for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point opacity for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The output array name for the point color RGBA array. - Default is "vtkApplyColors color". - - - - - The lookup table to use for point colors. This is only used if - input array 0 is set and UsePointLookupTable is on. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - The cell color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The cell color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The cell color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The cell opacity for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point opacity for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - If on, uses the cell lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - Use the annotation to color the current annotation - (i.e. the current selection). Otherwise use the selection - color attributes of this filter. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - The output array name for the cell color RGBA array. - Default is "vtkApplyColors color". - - - - - The lookup table to use for cell colors. This is only used if - input array 1 is set and UseCellLookupTable is on. - - - - - The default cell color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default cell color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default cell opacity for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UseCellLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point color for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The default point opacity for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The output array name for the point color RGBA array. - Default is "vtkApplyColors color". - - - - - The lookup table to use for point colors. This is only used if - input array 0 is set and UsePointLookupTable is on. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - If on, uses the range of the data to scale the lookup table range. - Otherwise, uses the range defined in the lookup table. - - - - - The cell color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The cell color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The cell opacity for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point color for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - The point opacity for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the selection input is available. - - - - - If on, uses the cell lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - Use the annotation to color the current annotation - (i.e. the current selection). Otherwise use the selection - color attributes of this filter. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - If on, uses the cell lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - If on, uses the cell lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - Use the annotation to color the current annotation - (i.e. the current selection). Otherwise use the selection - color attributes of this filter. - - - - - Use the annotation to color the current annotation - (i.e. the current selection). Otherwise use the selection - color attributes of this filter. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - vtkApplyIcons - apply icons to a data set. - - - - Description - vtkApplyIcons performs a iconing of the dataset using default icons, - lookup tables, annotations, and/or a selection. The output is a - vtkIntArray containing the icon index for each - element in the dataset. The first input is the dataset to be iconed, which - may be a vtkTable, vtkGraph subclass, or vtkDataSet subclass. - - The second (optional) input is a vtkAnnotationLayers object, which stores - a list of annotation layers, with each layer holding a list of - vtkAnnotation objects. The annotation specifies a subset of data along with - other properties, including icon. For annotations with icon properties, - this algorithm will use the icon index of annotated elements, - using a "top one wins" strategy. - - The third (optional) input is a vtkSelection object, meant for specifying - the current selection. You can control the icon of the selection, or whether - there is a set of selected icons at a particular offset in the icon sheet. - - The algorithm takes an input array, specified with - SetInputArrayToProcess(0, 0, 0, vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, name) - This sets data arrays to use to icon the data with - the associated lookup table. For vtkGraph and vtkTable inputs, you would use - FIELD_ASSOCIATION_VERTICES, FIELD_ASSOCIATION_EDGES, or - FIELD_ASSOCIATION_ROWS as appropriate. The icon array will be added to the same - set of attributes that the input array came from. If there is no input array, - the icon array will be applied to the attributes associated with the - AttributeType parameter. - - Icons are assigned with the following priorities: - <ol> - <li> If an item is part of the selection, it is glyphed with that icon. - <li> Otherwise, if the item is part of an annotation, it is glyphed - with the icon of the final (top) annotation in the set of layers. - <li> Otherwise, if a lookup table is used, it is glyphed using the - lookup table icon for the data value of the element. - <li> Otherwise it will be glyphed with the default icon. - </ol> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Edits the lookup table to use for point icons. This is only used if - input array 0 is set and UsePointLookupTable is on. - - - - - The attribute type to append the icon array to, used only if the - input array is not specified or does not exist. This is set to one - of the AttributeTypes enum in vtkDataObject (e.g. POINT, CELL, VERTEX - EDGE, FIELD). - - - - - The default point icon for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The output array name for the point icon index array. - Default is "vtkApplyIcons icon". - - - - - The point icon for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the annotation input has a current selection. - - - - - Changes the behavior of the icon to use for selected items. - <ul> - <li>SELECTED_ICON uses SelectedIcon as the icon for all selected elements. - <li>SELECTED_OFFSET uses SelectedIcon as an offset to add to all selected elements. - <li>ANNOTATION_ICON uses the ICON_INDEX() property of the current annotation. - <li>IGNORE_SELECTION does not change the icon based on the current selection. - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The attribute type to append the icon array to, used only if the - input array is not specified or does not exist. This is set to one - of the AttributeTypes enum in vtkDataObject (e.g. POINT, CELL, VERTEX - EDGE, FIELD). - - - - - The default point icon for all unannotated, unselected elements - of the data. This is used if UsePointLookupTable is off. - - - - - The output array name for the point icon index array. - Default is "vtkApplyIcons icon". - - - - - Edits the lookup table to use for point icons. This is only used if - input array 0 is set and UsePointLookupTable is on. - - - - - Edits the lookup table to use for point icons. This is only used if - input array 0 is set and UsePointLookupTable is on. - - - - - The point icon for all selected elements of the data. - This is used if the annotation input has a current selection. - - - - - Changes the behavior of the icon to use for selected items. - <ul> - <li>SELECTED_ICON uses SelectedIcon as the icon for all selected elements. - <li>SELECTED_OFFSET uses SelectedIcon as an offset to add to all selected elements. - <li>ANNOTATION_ICON uses the ICON_INDEX() property of the current annotation. - <li>IGNORE_SELECTION does not change the icon based on the current selection. - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Changes the behavior of the icon to use for selected items. - <ul> - <li>SELECTED_ICON uses SelectedIcon as the icon for all selected elements. - <li>SELECTED_OFFSET uses SelectedIcon as an offset to add to all selected elements. - <li>ANNOTATION_ICON uses the ICON_INDEX() property of the current annotation. - <li>IGNORE_SELECTION does not change the icon based on the current selection. - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Changes the behavior of the icon to use for selected items. - <ul> - <li>SELECTED_ICON uses SelectedIcon as the icon for all selected elements. - <li>SELECTED_OFFSET uses SelectedIcon as an offset to add to all selected elements. - <li>ANNOTATION_ICON uses the ICON_INDEX() property of the current annotation. - <li>IGNORE_SELECTION does not change the icon based on the current selection. - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Changes the behavior of the icon to use for selected items. - <ul> - <li>SELECTED_ICON uses SelectedIcon as the icon for all selected elements. - <li>SELECTED_OFFSET uses SelectedIcon as an offset to add to all selected elements. - <li>ANNOTATION_ICON uses the ICON_INDEX() property of the current annotation. - <li>IGNORE_SELECTION does not change the icon based on the current selection. - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Changes the behavior of the icon to use for selected items. - <ul> - <li>SELECTED_ICON uses SelectedIcon as the icon for all selected elements. - <li>SELECTED_OFFSET uses SelectedIcon as an offset to add to all selected elements. - <li>ANNOTATION_ICON uses the ICON_INDEX() property of the current annotation. - <li>IGNORE_SELECTION does not change the icon based on the current selection. - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - If on, uses the point lookup table to set the colors of unannotated, - unselected elements of the data. - - - - - The output array name for the point icon index array. - Default is "vtkApplyIcons icon". - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkArcParallelEdgeStrategy - routes parallel edges as arcs - - - - Description - Parallel edges are drawn as arcs, and self-loops are drawn as ovals. - When only one edge connects two vertices it is drawn as a straight line. - - - - - vtkEdgeLayoutStrategy - abstract superclass for all edge layout strategies - - - - Description - All edge layouts should subclass from this class. vtkEdgeLayoutStrategy - works as a plug-in to the vtkEdgeLayout algorithm. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the field to use for the edge weights. - - - - - This method allows the layout strategy to - do initialization of data structures - or whatever else it might want to do. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the field to use for the edge weights. - - - - - Setting the graph for the layout strategy - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the number of subdivisions on each edge. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the number of subdivisions on each edge. - - - - - vtkAreaLayout - layout a vtkTree into a tree map - - - - Description - vtkAreaLayout assigns sector regions to each vertex in the tree, - creating a tree ring. The data is added as a data array with four - components per tuple representing the location and size of the - sector using the format (StartAngle, EndAngle, innerRadius, outerRadius). - - This algorithm relies on a helper class to perform the actual layout. - This helper class is a subclass of vtkAreaLayoutStrategy. - - Thanks - Thanks to Jason Shepherd from Sandia National Laboratories - for help developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Whether to output a second output tree with vertex locations - appropriate for routing bundled edges. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to output a second output tree with vertex locations - appropriate for routing bundled edges. Default is on. - - - - - Get the vertex whose area contains the point, or return -1 - if no vertex area covers the point. - - - - - The name for the array created for the area for each vertex. - The rectangles are stored in a quadruple float array - (startAngle, endAngle, innerRadius, outerRadius). - For rectangular layouts, this is (minx, maxx, miny, maxy). - - - - - The bounding area information for a certain vertex id. - - - - - Whether to output a second output tree with vertex locations - appropriate for routing bundled edges. Default is on. - - - - - The strategy to use when laying out the tree map. - - - - - Get the modification time of the layout algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name for the array created for the area for each vertex. - The rectangles are stored in a quadruple float array - (startAngle, endAngle, innerRadius, outerRadius). - For rectangular layouts, this is (minx, maxx, miny, maxy). - - - - - Whether to output a second output tree with vertex locations - appropriate for routing bundled edges. Default is on. - - - - - The strategy to use when laying out the tree map. - - - - - The array name to use for retrieving the relative size of each vertex. - If this array is not found, use constant size for each vertex. - - - - - vtkAreaLayoutStrategy - abstract superclass for all area layout strategies - - - - Description - All subclasses of this class perform a area layout on a tree. - This involves assigning a region to each vertex in the tree, - and placing that information in a data array with four components per - tuple representing (innerRadius, outerRadius, startAngle, endAngle). - - Instances of subclasses of this class may be assigned as the layout - strategy to vtkAreaLayout - - Thanks - Thanks to Jason Shepherd from Sandia National Laboratories - for help developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the vertex id that contains pnt (or -1 if no one contains it) - - - - - Descripiton: - The amount that the regions are shrunk as a value from - 0.0 (full size) to 1.0 (shrink to nothing). - - - - - Descripiton: - The amount that the regions are shrunk as a value from - 0.0 (full size) to 1.0 (shrink to nothing). - - - - - Descripiton: - The amount that the regions are shrunk as a value from - 0.0 (full size) to 1.0 (shrink to nothing). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout of the input tree, and store the sector - bounds of each vertex as a tuple in a data array. - For radial layout, this is - (innerRadius, outerRadius, startAngle, endAngle). - For rectangular layout, this is - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax). - - The sizeArray may be NULL, or may contain the desired - size of each vertex in the tree. - - - - - Modify edgeLayoutTree to have point locations appropriate - for routing edges on a graph overlaid on the tree. - Layout() is called before this method, so inputTree will contain the - layout locations. - If you do not override this method, - the edgeLayoutTree vertex locations are the same as the input tree. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descripiton: - The amount that the regions are shrunk as a value from - 0.0 (full size) to 1.0 (shrink to nothing). - - - - - vtkAssignCoordinates - Given two(or three) arrays take the values - in those arrays and simply assign them to the coordinates of the vertices. - - - - Description - Given two(or three) arrays take the values in those arrays and simply assign - them to the coordinates of the vertices. Yes you could do this with the array - calculator, but your mom wears army boots so we're not going to. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the x coordinate array name. - - - - - Set the y coordinate array name. - - - - - Set the z coordinate array name. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set if you want a random jitter - - - - - Set the x coordinate array name. - - - - - Set the y coordinate array name. - - - - - Set the z coordinate array name. - - - - - vtkAssignCoordinatesLayoutStrategy - uses array values to set vertex locations - - - - Description - Uses vtkAssignCoordinates to use values from arrays as the x, y, and z coordinates. - - - - - vtkGraphLayoutStrategy - abstract superclass for all graph layout strategies - - - - Description - All graph layouts should subclass from this class. vtkGraphLayoutStrategy - works as a plug-in to the vtkGraphLayout algorithm. The Layout() - function should perform some reasonable "chunk" of the layout. - This allows the user to be able to see the progress of the layout. - Use IsLayoutComplete() to tell the user when there is no more layout - to perform. - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie from Sandia National Laboratories for adding incremental - layout capabilities. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the field to use for the edge weights. - - - - - Whether to use edge weights in the layout or not. - - - - - This method allows the layout strategy to - do initialization of data structures - or whatever else it might want to do. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If your concrete class is iterative than - you should overload IsLayoutComplete() - otherwise it simply returns 1 by default; - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the field to use for the edge weights. - - - - - Setting the graph for the layout strategy - - - - - Whether to use edge weights in the layout or not. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The array to use for the x coordinate values. - - - - - The array to use for the y coordinate values. - - - - - The array to use for the z coordinate values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the random layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The array to use for the x coordinate values. - - - - - The array to use for the y coordinate values. - - - - - The array to use for the z coordinate values. - - - - - vtkBivariateLinearTableThreshold - performs line-based thresholding - for vtkTable data. - - - - Description - Class for filtering the rows of a two numeric columns of a vtkTable. The - columns are treated as the two variables of a line. This filter will - then iterate through the rows of the table determining if X,Y values pairs - are above/below/between/near one or more lines. - - The "between" mode checks to see if a row is contained within the convex - hull of all of the specified lines. The "near" mode checks if a row is - within a distance threshold two one of the specified lines. This class - is used in conjunction with various plotting classes, so it is useful - to rescale the X,Y axes to a particular range of values. Distance - comparisons can be performed in the scaled space by setting the CustomRanges - ivar and enabling UseNormalizedDistance. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a numeric column to the pair of columns to be thresholded. Call twice. - - - - - Add a line for thresholding from two x,y points. - - - - - Add a line for thresholding in point-slope form. - - - - - Add a line for thresholding in implicit form (ax + by + c = 0) - - - - - Reset the columns to be thresholded. - - - - - Reset the list of line equations. - - - - - Convert the two-point line formula to implicit form. - - - - - Convert the point-slope line formula to implicit form. - - - - - Manually access the maximum/minimum x,y values. This is used in - conjunction with UseNormalizedDistance when determining if a row - passes the threshold. - - - - - Manually access the maximum/minimum x,y values. This is used in - conjunction with UseNormalizedDistance when determining if a row - passes the threshold. - - - - - Manually access the maximum/minimum x,y values. This is used in - conjunction with UseNormalizedDistance when determining if a row - passes the threshold. - - - - - Return the column number from the input table for the idx'th added column. - - - - - The Cartesian distance within which a point will pass the near threshold. - - - - - Include the line in the threshold. Essentially whether the threshold operation - uses > versus >=. - - - - - Set the threshold type. Above: find all rows that are above the specified - lines. Below: find all rows that are below the specified lines. Near: - find all rows that are near the specified lines. Between: find all rows - that are between the specified lines. - - - - - Return how many columns have been added. Hopefully 2. - - - - - Get the output as a table of row ids. - - - - - Renormalize the space of the data such that the X and Y axes are - "square" over the specified ColumnRanges. This essentially scales - the data space so that ColumnRanges[1]-ColumnRanges[0] = 1.0 and - ColumnRanges[3]-ColumnRanges[2] = 1.0. Used for scatter plot distance - calculations. Be sure to set DistanceThreshold accordingly, when used. - - - - - Reset the columns to threshold, column ranges, etc. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Manually access the maximum/minimum x,y values. This is used in - conjunction with UseNormalizedDistance when determining if a row - passes the threshold. - - - - - Manually access the maximum/minimum x,y values. This is used in - conjunction with UseNormalizedDistance when determining if a row - passes the threshold. - - - - - The Cartesian distance within which a point will pass the near threshold. - - - - - Include the line in the threshold. Essentially whether the threshold operation - uses > versus >=. - - - - - Set the threshold type. Above: find all rows that are above the specified - lines. Below: find all rows that are below the specified lines. Near: - find all rows that are near the specified lines. Between: find all rows - that are between the specified lines. - - - - - Set the threshold type. Above: find all rows that are above the specified - lines. Below: find all rows that are below the specified lines. Near: - find all rows that are near the specified lines. Between: find all rows - that are between the specified lines. - - - - - Set the threshold type. Above: find all rows that are above the specified - lines. Below: find all rows that are below the specified lines. Near: - find all rows that are near the specified lines. Between: find all rows - that are between the specified lines. - - - - - Set the threshold type. Above: find all rows that are above the specified - lines. Below: find all rows that are below the specified lines. Near: - find all rows that are near the specified lines. Between: find all rows - that are between the specified lines. - - - - - Set the threshold type. Above: find all rows that are above the specified - lines. Below: find all rows that are below the specified lines. Near: - find all rows that are near the specified lines. Between: find all rows - that are between the specified lines. - - - - - Renormalize the space of the data such that the X and Y axes are - "square" over the specified ColumnRanges. This essentially scales - the data space so that ColumnRanges[1]-ColumnRanges[0] = 1.0 and - ColumnRanges[3]-ColumnRanges[2] = 1.0. Used for scatter plot distance - calculations. Be sure to set DistanceThreshold accordingly, when used. - - - - - Renormalize the space of the data such that the X and Y axes are - "square" over the specified ColumnRanges. This essentially scales - the data space so that ColumnRanges[1]-ColumnRanges[0] = 1.0 and - ColumnRanges[3]-ColumnRanges[2] = 1.0. Used for scatter plot distance - calculations. Be sure to set DistanceThreshold accordingly, when used. - - - - - Renormalize the space of the data such that the X and Y axes are - "square" over the specified ColumnRanges. This essentially scales - the data space so that ColumnRanges[1]-ColumnRanges[0] = 1.0 and - ColumnRanges[3]-ColumnRanges[2] = 1.0. Used for scatter plot distance - calculations. Be sure to set DistanceThreshold accordingly, when used. - - - - - Get the output as a table of row ids. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Get the output as a table of row ids. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBivariateStatistics - Base class for bivariate statistics - algorithms - - - - Description - This class specializes statistics algorithms to the bivariate case, where - a number of pairs of columns of interest can be selected in the input data set. - This is done by the means of the following functions: - - ResetColumns() - reset the list of columns of interest. - Add/RemoveColum( namColX, namColY ) - try to add/remove column pair ( namColX, - namColy ) to/from the list. - SetColumnStatus ( namCol, status ) - mostly for UI wrapping purposes, try to - add/remove (depending on status) namCol from a list of buffered columns, from - which all possible pairs are generated. - The verb "try" is used in the sense that neither attempting to - repeat an existing entry nor to remove a non-existent entry will work. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - vtkStatisticsAlgorithm - Base class for statistics algorithms - - - - Description - All statistics algorithms can conceptually be operated with several options: - * Learn: given an input data set, calculate a minimal statistical model (e.g., - sums, raw moments, joint probabilities). - * Derive: given an input minimal statistical model, derive the full model - (e.g., descriptive statistics, quantiles, correlations, conditional - probabilities). - NB: It may be, or not be, a problem that a full model was not derived. For - instance, when doing parallel calculations, one only wants to derive the full - model after all partial calculations have completed. On the other hand, one - can also directly provide a full model, that was previously calculated or - guessed, and not derive a new one. - * Assess: given an input data set, input statistics, and some form of - threshold, assess a subset of the data set. - * Test: perform at least one statistical test. - Therefore, a vtkStatisticsAlgorithm has the following vtkTable ports - * 3 input ports: - * Data (mandatory) - * Parameters to the learn phase (optional) - * Input model (optional) - * 3 output port (called Output): - * Data (annotated with assessments when the Assess option is ON). - * Output model (identical to the the input model when Learn option is OFF). - * Output of statistical tests. Some engines do not offer such tests yet, in - which case this output will always be empty even when the Test option is ON. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - - - - - Set/get assessment names. - - - - - Set/Get the Assess option. - - - - - Set/get assessment parameters. - - - - - Provide the name of the \a c-th column for the \a r-th request. - - For the version of this routine that returns an integer, - if the request or column does not exist because \a r or \a c is out of bounds, - this routine returns 0 and the value of \a columnName is unspecified. - Otherwise, it returns 1 and the value of \a columnName is set. - - For the version of this routine that returns const char*, - if the request or column does not exist because \a r or \a c is out of bounds, - the routine returns NULL. Otherwise it returns the column name. - This version is not thread-safe. - - - - - Set/Get the Derive option. - - - - - Set/Get the Learn option. - - - - - Return the number of columns for a given request. - - - - - Set/Get the number of tables in the primary model. - - - - - Return the number of requests. - This does not include any request that is in the column-status buffer - but for which RequestSelectedColumns() has not yet been called (even though - it is possible this request will be honored when the filter is run -- see SetColumnStatus() - for more information). - - - - - Set/Get the Test option. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the current column status values to produce a new request for statistics - to be produced when RequestData() is called. See SetColumnStatus() for more information. - - - - - Set the the status of each and every column in the current request to OFF (0). - - - - - Empty the list of current requests. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get assessment names. - - - - - Set/Get the Assess option. - - - - - Set/get assessment parameters. - - - - - Add or remove a column from the current analysis request. - Once all the column status values are set, call RequestSelectedColumns() - before selecting another set of columns for a different analysis request. - The way that columns selections are used varies from algorithm to algorithm. - - Note: the set of selected columns is maintained in vtkStatisticsAlgorithmPrivate::Buffer - until RequestSelectedColumns() is called, at which point the set is appended - to vtkStatisticsAlgorithmPrivate::Requests. - If there are any columns in vtkStatisticsAlgorithmPrivate::Buffer at the time - RequestData() is called, RequestSelectedColumns() will be called and the - selection added to the list of requests. - - - - - Set/Get the Derive option. - - - - - A convenience method for setting the input model (if one is expected or allowed). - It is equivalent to calling SetInput( 2, model ); - - - - - A convenience method for setting the input model connection (if one is expected or allowed). - It is equivalent to calling SetInputConnection( 2, model ); - - - - - Set/Get the Learn option. - - - - - A convenience method for setting learn input parameters (if one is expected or allowed). - It is equivalent to calling SetInputConnection( 1, params ); - - - - - A convenience method for setting learn input parameters (if one is expected or allowed). - It is equivalent to calling SetInput( 1, params ); - - - - - Set/Get the number of tables in the primary model. - - - - - Set/Get the Test option. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience method to create a request with a single column name pair - (\p namColX, \p namColY) in a single call; this is the preferred method to select - columns pairs, ensuring selection consistency (a pair of columns per request). - - Unlike SetColumnStatus(), you need not call RequestSelectedColumns() after AddColumnPair(). - - Warning: \p namColX and \p namColY are only checked for their validity as strings; - no check is made that either are valid column names. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the current column status values to produce a new request for statistics - to be produced when RequestData() is called. - Unlike the superclass implementation, this version adds a new request for every - possible pairing of the selected columns - instead of a single request containing all the columns. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkBoxLayoutStrategy - a tree map layout that puts vertices in square-ish boxes - - - - Description - vtkBoxLayoutStrategy recursively partitions the space for children vertices - in a tree-map into square regions (or regions very close to a square). - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie from Sandia National Laboratories for creating this class. - - - - - vtkTreeMapLayoutStrategy - abstract superclass for all tree map layout strategies - - - - Description - All subclasses of this class perform a tree map layout on a tree. - This involves assigning a rectangular region to each vertex in the tree, - and placing that information in a data array with four components per - tuple representing (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - Instances of subclasses of this class may be assigned as the layout - strategy to vtkTreeMapLayout - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie and Ken Moreland from Sandia National Laboratories - for help developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Find the vertex at a certain location, or -1 if none found. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout of a tree and place the results as 4-tuples in - coordsArray (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkChacoGraphReader - Reads chaco graph files. - - - - Description - vtkChacoGraphReader reads in files in the Chaco format into a vtkGraph. - An example is the following - <code> - 10 13 - 2 6 10 - 1 3 - 2 4 8 - 3 5 - 4 6 10 - 1 5 7 - 6 8 - 3 7 9 - 8 10 - 1 5 9 - </code> - The first line specifies the number of vertices and edges - in the graph. Each additional line contains the vertices adjacent - to a particular vertex. In this example, vertex 1 is adjacent to - 2, 6 and 10, vertex 2 is adjacent to 1 and 3, etc. Since Chaco ids - start at 1 and VTK ids start at 0, the vertex ids in the vtkGraph - will be 1 less than the Chaco ids. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The Chaco file name. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The Chaco file name. - - - - - vtkCircularLayoutStrategy - Places vertices around a circle - - - - Description - Assigns points to the vertices around a circle with unit radius. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkClustering2DLayoutStrategy - a simple fast 2D graph layout - - - - Description - This class is a density grid based force directed layout strategy. - Also please note that 'fast' is relative to quite slow. :) - The layout running time is O(V+E) with an extremely high constant. - Thanks - Thanks to Godzilla for not eating my computer so that this class - could be written. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - vtkCollapseGraph - "Collapses" vertices onto their neighbors. - - - Description - - vtkCollapseGraph "collapses" vertices onto their neighbors, while maintaining - connectivity. Two inputs are required - a graph (directed or undirected), - and a vertex selection that can be converted to indices. - - Conceptually, each of the vertices specified in the input selection - expands, "swallowing" adacent vertices. Edges to-or-from the "swallowed" - vertices become edges to-or-from the expanding vertices, maintaining the - overall graph connectivity. - - In the case of directed graphs, expanding vertices only swallow vertices that - are connected via out edges. This rule provides intuitive behavior when - working with trees, so that "child" vertices collapse into their parents - when the parents are part of the input selection. - - Input port 0: graph - Input port 1: selection - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convenience function provided for setting the graph input. - - - - - Convenience function provided for setting the selection input. - - - - - vtkCollapseVerticesByArray - Collapse the graph given a vertex array - - - - Description - vtkCollapseVerticesByArray is a class which collapses the graph using - a vertex array as the key. So if the graph has vertices sharing common - traits then this class combines all these vertices into one. This class - does not perform aggregation on vertex data but allow to do so for edge data. - Users can choose one or more edge data arrays for aggregation using - AddAggregateEdgeArray function. - - Thanks - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add arrays on which aggregation of data is allowed. - Default if replaced by the last value. - - - - - Boolean to allow self loops during collapse. - - - - - Boolean to allow self loops during collapse. - - - - - Clear the list of arrays on which aggregation was set to allow. - - - - - Set if count should be made of how many edges collapsed. - - - - - Set if count should be made of how many edges collapsed. - - - - - Get/Set if count should be made of how many vertices collapsed. - - - - - Get/Set if count should be made of how many vertices collapsed. - - - - - Boolean to allow self loops during collapse. - - - - - Set if count should be made of how many edges collapsed. - - - - - Get/Set if count should be made of how many vertices collapsed. - - - - - Name of the array where the count of how many edges collapsed will - be stored.By default the name of array is "EdgesCollapsedCountArray". - - - - - Set the array using which perform the collapse. - - - - - Name of the array where the count of how many vertices collapsed will - be stored. By default name of the array is "VerticesCollapsedCountArray". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Boolean to allow self loops during collapse. - - - - - Set if count should be made of how many edges collapsed. - - - - - Get/Set if count should be made of how many vertices collapsed. - - - - - Name of the array where the count of how many edges collapsed will - be stored.By default the name of array is "EdgesCollapsedCountArray". - - - - - Set the array using which perform the collapse. - - - - - Name of the array where the count of how many vertices collapsed will - be stored. By default name of the array is "VerticesCollapsedCountArray". - - - - - vtkCommunity2DLayoutStrategy - a simple fast 2D graph layout - that looks for a community array on it's input and strengthens - edges within a community and weakens edges not within the community. - - - - Description - This class is a density grid based force directed layout strategy. - Also please note that 'fast' is relative to quite slow. :) - The layout running time is O(V+E) with an extremely high constant. - Thanks - Thanks to Godzilla for not eating my computer so that this class - could be written. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the community array name - - - - - Set the community 'strength'. The default is '1' - which means vertices in the same community will be - placed close together, values closer to .1 (minimum) - will mean a layout closer to traditional force directed. - - - - - Set the community 'strength'. The default is '1' - which means vertices in the same community will be - placed close together, values closer to .1 (minimum) - will mean a layout closer to traditional force directed. - - - - - Set the community 'strength'. The default is '1' - which means vertices in the same community will be - placed close together, values closer to .1 (minimum) - will mean a layout closer to traditional force directed. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the community array name - - - - - Set the community 'strength'. The default is '1' - which means vertices in the same community will be - placed close together, values closer to .1 (minimum) - will mean a layout closer to traditional force directed. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Copyright 2008 Sandia Corporation. - Under the terms of Contract DE-AC04-94AL85000 with Sandia Corporation, - the U.S. Government retains certain rights in this software. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Determine if layout should be compressed, i.e. the - layout puts children closer together, possibly allowing - sub-trees to overlap. This is useful if the tree is - actually the spanning tree of a graph. For "real" trees, - non-compressed layout is best, and is the default. - - - - - Determine if layout should be compressed, i.e. the - layout puts children closer together, possibly allowing - sub-trees to overlap. This is useful if the tree is - actually the spanning tree of a graph. For "real" trees, - non-compressed layout is best, and is the default. - - - - - Determine the compactness, the ratio between the - average width of a cone in the tree, and the - height of the cone. The default setting is 0.75 - which (empirically) seems reasonable, but this - will need adapting depending on the data. - - - - - Determine if layout should be compressed, i.e. the - layout puts children closer together, possibly allowing - sub-trees to overlap. This is useful if the tree is - actually the spanning tree of a graph. For "real" trees, - non-compressed layout is best, and is the default. - - - - - Set the spacing parameter that affects space between - layers of the tree. If compression is on, Spacing is the - actual distance between layers. If compression is off, - actual distance also includes a factor of the compactness - and maximum cone radius. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Determine the compactness, the ratio between the - average width of a cone in the tree, and the - height of the cone. The default setting is 0.75 - which (empirically) seems reasonable, but this - will need adapting depending on the data. - - - - - Determine if layout should be compressed, i.e. the - layout puts children closer together, possibly allowing - sub-trees to overlap. This is useful if the tree is - actually the spanning tree of a graph. For "real" trees, - non-compressed layout is best, and is the default. - - - - - Set the spacing parameter that affects space between - layers of the tree. If compression is on, Spacing is the - actual distance between layers. If compression is off, - actual distance also includes a factor of the compactness - and maximum cone radius. - - - - - vtkConstrained2DLayoutStrategy - a simple fast 2D graph layout - that looks for a 'constraint' array (vtkDoubleArray). Any entry in the - constraint array will indicate the level of impedence a node has to - the force calculations during the layout optimization. The array is - assumed to be normalized between zero and one, with one being totally - constrained, so no force will be applied to the node (i.e. no movement), - and zero being full range of movement (no constraints). - - - - Description - This class is a density grid based force directed layout strategy. - Also please note that 'fast' is relative to quite slow. :) - The layout running time is O(V+E) with an extremely high constant. - Thanks - We would like to thank Mothra for distracting Godzilla while we - wrote this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the input constraint array name. If no input array - name is set then the name 'constraint' is used. - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the input constraint array name. If no input array - name is set then the name 'constraint' is used. - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - vtkContingencyStatistics - A class for correlation with contigency - tables. - - - - Description - Given a pair of columns of interest, this class provides the - following functionalities, depending on the execution mode it is executed in: - * Learn: calculate contigency tables and corresponding discrete bivariate - probability distribution. - * Assess: given two columns of interest with the same number of entries as - input in port INPUT_DATA, and a corresponding bivariate probability distribution, - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - NB: not implemented - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCorrelativeStatistics - A class for linear correlation - - - - Description - Given a selection of pairs of columns of interest, this class provides the - following functionalities, depending on the chosen execution options: - * Learn: calculate extremal values, sample mean, and M2 aggregates - (cf. P. Pebay, Formulas for robust, one-pass parallel computation of covariances - and Arbitrary-Order Statistical Moments, Sandia Report SAND2008-6212, Sep 2008, - http://infoserve.sandia.gov/sand_doc/2008/086212.pdf for details) - * Derive: calculate unbiased variance and covariance estimators, estimator of - standard deviations, linear regressions, and Pearson correlation coefficient. - * Assess: given an input data set, two means and a 2x2 covariance matrix, - mark each datum with corresponding relative deviation (2-dimensional Mahlanobis - distance). - * Test: no statistical tests available yet. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCosmicTreeLayoutStrategy - tree layout strategy reminiscent of astronomical systems - - - - Description - This layout strategy takes an input tree and places all the children of a - node into a containing circle. The placement is such that each child - placed can be represented with a circle tangent to the containing circle - and (usually) 2 other children. The interior of the circle is left empty - so that graph edges drawn on top of the tree will not obfuscate the tree. - However, when one child is much larger than all the others, it may - encroach on the center of the containing circle; that's OK, because it's - large enough not to be obscured by edges drawn atop it. - - Thanks - Thanks to the galaxy and David Thompson hierarchically nested inside it - for inspiring this layout strategy. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - How many levels of the tree should be laid out? - For large trees, you may wish to set the root and maximum depth - in order to retrieve the layout for the visible portion of the tree. - When this value is zero or negative, all nodes below and including - the LayoutRoot will be presented. - This defaults to 0. - - - - - What is the top-most tree node to lay out? - This node will become the largest containing circle in the layout. - Use this in combination with SetLayoutDepth to retrieve the - layout of a subtree of interest for rendering. - Setting LayoutRoot to a negative number signals that the root node - of the tree should be used as the root node of the layout. - This defaults to -1. - - - - - Set the array to be used for sizing nodes. - If this is set to an empty string or NULL (the default), - then all leaf nodes (or all nodes, when SizeLeafNodesOnly is false) - will be assigned a unit size. - - - - - Should node size specifications be obeyed at leaf nodes only or - (with scaling as required to meet constraints) at every node in - the tree? - This defaults to true, so that leaf nodes are scaled according to - the size specification provided, and the parent node sizes are - calculated by the algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - How many levels of the tree should be laid out? - For large trees, you may wish to set the root and maximum depth - in order to retrieve the layout for the visible portion of the tree. - When this value is zero or negative, all nodes below and including - the LayoutRoot will be presented. - This defaults to 0. - - - - - What is the top-most tree node to lay out? - This node will become the largest containing circle in the layout. - Use this in combination with SetLayoutDepth to retrieve the - layout of a subtree of interest for rendering. - Setting LayoutRoot to a negative number signals that the root node - of the tree should be used as the root node of the layout. - This defaults to -1. - - - - - Set the array to be used for sizing nodes. - If this is set to an empty string or NULL (the default), - then all leaf nodes (or all nodes, when SizeLeafNodesOnly is false) - will be assigned a unit size. - - - - - Should node size specifications be obeyed at leaf nodes only or - (with scaling as required to meet constraints) at every node in - the tree? - This defaults to true, so that leaf nodes are scaled according to - the size specification provided, and the parent node sizes are - calculated by the algorithm. - - - - - Should node size specifications be obeyed at leaf nodes only or - (with scaling as required to meet constraints) at every node in - the tree? - This defaults to true, so that leaf nodes are scaled according to - the size specification provided, and the parent node sizes are - calculated by the algorithm. - - - - - Should node size specifications be obeyed at leaf nodes only or - (with scaling as required to meet constraints) at every node in - the tree? - This defaults to true, so that leaf nodes are scaled according to - the size specification provided, and the parent node sizes are - calculated by the algorithm. - - - - - vtkDataObjectToTable - extract field data as a table - - - - Description - This filter is used to extract either the field, cell or point data of - any data object as a table. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The field type to copy into the output table. - Should be one of FIELD_DATA, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA, VERTEX_DATA, EDGE_DATA. - - - - - The field type to copy into the output table. - Should be one of FIELD_DATA, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA, VERTEX_DATA, EDGE_DATA. - - - - - The field type to copy into the output table. - Should be one of FIELD_DATA, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA, VERTEX_DATA, EDGE_DATA. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The field type to copy into the output table. - Should be one of FIELD_DATA, POINT_DATA, CELL_DATA, VERTEX_DATA, EDGE_DATA. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDelimitedTextReader - reads in delimited ascii or unicode text files - and outputs a vtkTable data structure. - - - - Description - vtkDelimitedTextReader is an interface for pulling in data from a - flat, delimited ascii or unicode text file (delimiter can be any character). - - The behavior of the reader with respect to ascii or unicode input - is controlled by the SetUnicodeCharacterSet() method. By default - (without calling SetUnicodeCharacterSet()), the reader will expect - to read ascii text and will output vtkStdString columns. Use the - Set and Get methods to set delimiters that do not contain UTF8 in - the name when operating the reader in default ascii mode. If the - SetUnicodeCharacterSet() method is called, the reader will output - vtkUnicodeString columns in the output table. In addition, it is - necessary to use the Set and Get methods that contain UTF8 in the - name to specify delimiters when operating in unicode mode. - - There is also a special character set US-ASCII-WITH-FALLBACK that - will treat the input text as ASCII no matter what. If and when it - encounters a character with its 8th bit set it will replace that - character with the code point ReplacementCharacter. You may use - this if you have text that belongs to a code page like LATIN9 or - ISO-8859-1 or friends: mostly ASCII but not entirely. Eventually - this class will acquire the ability to read gracefully text from - any code page, making this option obsolete. - - This class emits ProgressEvent for every 100 lines it reads. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andy Wilson, Brian Wylie, Tim Shead, and Thomas Otahal - from Sandia National Laboratories for implementing this class. - - Caveats - - This reader assumes that the first line in the file (whether that's - headers or the first document) contains at least as many fields as - any other line in the file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When set to true, the reader will detect numeric columns and create - vtkDoubleArray or vtkIntArray for those instead of vtkStringArray. Default - is off. - - - - - When set to true, the reader will detect numeric columns and create - vtkDoubleArray or vtkIntArray for those instead of vtkStringArray. Default - is off. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - When set to true, the reader will detect numeric columns and create - vtkDoubleArray or vtkIntArray for those instead of vtkStringArray. Default - is off. - - - - - Specify the character(s) that will be used to separate fields. For - example, set this to "," for a comma-separated value file. Set - it to ".:;" for a file where columns can be separated by a - period, colon or semicolon. The order of the characters in the - string does not matter. Defaults to a comma. - - - - - Specifies the delimited text file to be loaded. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - Set/get whether to treat the first line of the file as headers. - - - - - Specifies the maximum number of records to read from the file. Limiting the - number of records to read is useful for previewing the contents of a file. - - - - - Set/get whether to merge successive delimiters. Use this if (for - example) your fields are separated by spaces but you don't know - exactly how many. - - - - - If on, assigns pedigree ids to output. Defaults to off. - - - - - The name of the array for generating or assigning pedigree ids - (default "id"). - - - - - Fallback character for use in the US-ASCII-WITH-FALLBACK - character set. Any characters that have their 8th bit set will - be replaced with this code point. Defaults to 'x'. - - - - - Get/set the character that will begin and end strings. Microsoft - Excel, for example, will export the following format: - - "First Field","Second Field","Field, With, Commas","Fourth Field" - - The third field has a comma in it. By using a string delimiter, - this will be correctly read. The delimiter defaults to '"'. - - - - - Specify the character(s) that will be used to separate fields. For - example, set this to "," for a comma-separated value file. Set - it to ".:;" for a file where columns can be separated by a - period, colon or semicolon. The order of the characters in the - string does not matter. Defaults to a comma. - - - - - Specify the character(s) that will be used to separate records. - The order of characters in the string does not matter. Defaults - to "\r\n". - - - - - Get/set the character that will begin and end strings. Microsoft - Excel, for example, will export the following format: - - "First Field","Second Field","Field, With, Commas","Fourth Field" - - The third field has a comma in it. By using a string delimiter, - this will be correctly read. The delimiter defaults to '"'. - - - - - Specifies the character set used in the input file. Valid character set - names will be drawn from the list maintained by the Internet Assigned Name - Authority at - - http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets - - Where multiple aliases are provided for a character set, the preferred MIME name - will be used. vtkUnicodeDelimitedTextReader currently supports "US-ASCII", "UTF-8", - "UTF-16", "UTF-16BE", and "UTF-16LE" character sets. - - - - - Set/get whether to use the string delimiter. Defaults to on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether to merge successive delimiters. Use this if (for - example) your fields are separated by spaces but you don't know - exactly how many. - - - - - Set/get whether to merge successive delimiters. Use this if (for - example) your fields are separated by spaces but you don't know - exactly how many. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, assigns pedigree ids to output. Defaults to off. - - - - - If on, assigns pedigree ids to output. Defaults to off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set to true, the reader will detect numeric columns and create - vtkDoubleArray or vtkIntArray for those instead of vtkStringArray. Default - is off. - - - - - Specify the character(s) that will be used to separate fields. For - example, set this to "," for a comma-separated value file. Set - it to ".:;" for a file where columns can be separated by a - period, colon or semicolon. The order of the characters in the - string does not matter. Defaults to a comma. - - - - - Specifies the delimited text file to be loaded. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - Set/get whether to treat the first line of the file as headers. - - - - - Specifies the maximum number of records to read from the file. Limiting the - number of records to read is useful for previewing the contents of a file. - - - - - Set/get whether to merge successive delimiters. Use this if (for - example) your fields are separated by spaces but you don't know - exactly how many. - - - - - If on, assigns pedigree ids to output. Defaults to off. - - - - - The name of the array for generating or assigning pedigree ids - (default "id"). - - - - - Fallback character for use in the US-ASCII-WITH-FALLBACK - character set. Any characters that have their 8th bit set will - be replaced with this code point. Defaults to 'x'. - - - - - Get/set the character that will begin and end strings. Microsoft - Excel, for example, will export the following format: - - "First Field","Second Field","Field, With, Commas","Fourth Field" - - The third field has a comma in it. By using a string delimiter, - this will be correctly read. The delimiter defaults to '"'. - - - - - Specify the character(s) that will be used to separate fields. For - example, set this to "," for a comma-separated value file. Set - it to ".:;" for a file where columns can be separated by a - period, colon or semicolon. The order of the characters in the - string does not matter. Defaults to a comma. - - - - - Specify the character(s) that will be used to separate records. - The order of characters in the string does not matter. Defaults - to "\r\n". - - - - - Get/set the character that will begin and end strings. Microsoft - Excel, for example, will export the following format: - - "First Field","Second Field","Field, With, Commas","Fourth Field" - - The third field has a comma in it. By using a string delimiter, - this will be correctly read. The delimiter defaults to '"'. - - - - - Specifies the character set used in the input file. Valid character set - names will be drawn from the list maintained by the Internet Assigned Name - Authority at - - http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets - - Where multiple aliases are provided for a character set, the preferred MIME name - will be used. vtkUnicodeDelimitedTextReader currently supports "US-ASCII", "UTF-8", - "UTF-16", "UTF-16BE", and "UTF-16LE" character sets. - - - - - Set/get whether to use the string delimiter. Defaults to on. - - - - - Set/get whether to use the string delimiter. Defaults to on. - - - - - Set/get whether to use the string delimiter. Defaults to on. - - - - - vtkDescriptiveStatistics - A class for univariate descriptive statistics - - - - Description - Given a selection of columns of interest in an input data table, this - class provides the following functionalities, depending on the chosen - execution options: - * Learn: calculate extremal values, sample mean, and M2, M3, and M4 aggregates - (cf. P. Pebay, Formulas for robust, one-pass parallel computation of covariances - and Arbitrary-Order Statistical Moments, Sandia Report SAND2008-6212, Sep 2008, - http://infoserve.sandia.gov/sand_doc/2008/086212.pdf for details) - * Derive: calculate unbiased variance estimator, standard deviation estimator, - two skewness estimators, and two kurtosis excess estimators. - * Assess: given an input data set, a reference value and a non-negative deviation, - mark each datum with corresponding relative deviation (1-dimensional Mahlanobis - distance). If the deviation is zero, then mark each datum which are equal to the - reference value with 0, and all others with 1. By default, the reference value - and the deviation are, respectively, the mean and the standard deviation of the - input model. - * Test: calculate Jarque-Bera statistic and, if VTK to R interface is available, - retrieve corresponding p-value for normality testing. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - vtkUnivariateStatistics - Base class for univariate statistics - algorithms - - - - Description - This class specializes statistics algorithms to the univariate case, where - a number of columns of interest can be selected in the input data set. - This is done by the means of the following functions: - - ResetColumns() - reset the list of columns of interest. - Add/RemoveColum( namCol ) - try to add/remove column with name namCol to/from - the list. - SetColumnStatus ( namCol, status ) - mostly for UI wrapping purposes, try to - add/remove (depending on status) namCol from the list of columns of interest. - The verb "try" is used in the sense that neither attempting to - repeat an existing entry nor to remove a non-existent entry will work. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience method to create a request with a single column name \p namCol in a single - call; this is the preferred method to select columns, ensuring selection consistency - (a single column per request). - Warning: no name checking is performed on \p namCol; it is the user's - responsibility to use valid column names. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the current column status values to produce a new request for statistics - to be produced when RequestData() is called. - Unlike the superclass implementation, this version adds a new request for each selected column - instead of a single request containing all the columns. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - - - - - Set/get whether the G1 estimator for the skewness should be used, or if - the g1 skewness will be calculated. - The default is that the g1 skewness estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the G1 estimator for the skewness should be used, or if - the g1 skewness will be calculated. - The default is that the g1 skewness estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the G2 estimator for the kurtosis should be used, or if - the g2 kurtosis will be calculated. - The default is that the g2 kurtosis estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the G2 estimator for the kurtosis should be used, or if - the g2 kurtosis will be calculated. - The default is that the g2 kurtosis estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the G1 estimator for the skewness should be used, or if - the g1 skewness will be calculated. - The default is that the g1 skewness estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the G2 estimator for the kurtosis should be used, or if - the g2 kurtosis will be calculated. - The default is that the g2 kurtosis estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the deviations returned should be signed, or should - only have their magnitude reported. - The default is that signed deviations will be computed. - - - - - Set/get whether the unbiased estimator for the variance should be used, or if - the population variance will be calculated. - The default is that the unbiased estimator will be used. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A convenience method (in particular for UI wrapping) to set the name of the - column that contains the deviation for the Assess option. - - - - - Set/get whether the G1 estimator for the skewness should be used, or if - the g1 skewness will be calculated. - The default is that the g1 skewness estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the G2 estimator for the kurtosis should be used, or if - the g2 kurtosis will be calculated. - The default is that the g2 kurtosis estimator will be used. - - - - - A convenience method (in particular for UI wrapping) to set the name of the - column that contains the nominal value for the Assess option. - - - - - Set/get whether the deviations returned should be signed, or should - only have their magnitude reported. - The default is that signed deviations will be computed. - - - - - Set/get whether the unbiased estimator for the variance should be used, or if - the population variance will be calculated. - The default is that the unbiased estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the deviations returned should be signed, or should - only have their magnitude reported. - The default is that signed deviations will be computed. - - - - - Set/get whether the deviations returned should be signed, or should - only have their magnitude reported. - The default is that signed deviations will be computed. - - - - - Set/get whether the unbiased estimator for the variance should be used, or if - the population variance will be calculated. - The default is that the unbiased estimator will be used. - - - - - Set/get whether the unbiased estimator for the variance should be used, or if - the population variance will be calculated. - The default is that the unbiased estimator will be used. - - - - - vtkDIMACSGraphReader - reads vtkGraph data from a DIMACS - formatted file - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Edge attribute array name - - - - - The DIMACS file name. - - - - - Vertex attribute array name - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Edge attribute array name - - - - - The DIMACS file name. - - - - - Vertex attribute array name - - - - - vtkDIMACSGraphWriter - write vtkGraph data to a DIMACS - formatted file - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Get the input to this writer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEdgeCenters - generate points at center of edges - - - Description - vtkEdgeCenters is a filter that takes as input any graph and - generates on output points at the center of the cells in the dataset. - These points can be used for placing glyphs (vtkGlyph3D) or labeling - (vtkLabeledDataMapper). (The center is the parametric center of the - cell, not necessarily the geometric or bounding box center.) The edge - attributes will be associated with the points on output. - - Caveats - You can choose to generate just points or points and vertex cells. - Vertex cells are drawn during rendering; points are not. Use the ivar - VertexCells to generate cells. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with vertex cell generation turned off. - - - - - Construct object with vertex cell generation turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. - - - - - Enable/disable the generation of vertex cells. - - - - - vtkEdgeLayout - layout graph edges - - - - Description - This class is a shell for many edge layout strategies which may be set - using the SetLayoutStrategy() function. The layout strategies do the - actual work. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The layout strategy to use during graph layout. - - - - - Get the modification time of the layout algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The layout strategy to use during graph layout. - - - - - vtkExpandSelectedGraph - expands a selection set of a vtkGraph - - - - Description - The first input is a vtkSelection containing the selected vertices. - The second input is a vtkGraph. - This filter 'grows' the selection set in one of the following ways - 1) SetBFSDistance controls how many 'hops' the selection is grown - from each seed point in the selection set (defaults to 1) - 2) IncludeShortestPaths controls whether this filter tries to - 'connect' the vertices in the selection set by computing the - shortest path between the vertices (if such a path exists) - Note: IncludeShortestPaths is currently non-functional - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the first vtkSelection input and the second vtkGraph input. - - - - - Set/Get BFSDistance which controls how many 'hops' the selection - is grown from each seed point in the selection set (defaults to 1) - - - - - Set/Get the vertex domain to use in the expansion. - - - - - Set/Get IncludeShortestPaths controls whether this filter tries to - 'connect' the vertices in the selection set by computing the - shortest path between the vertices (if such a path exists) - Note: IncludeShortestPaths is currently non-functional - - - - - Whether or not to use the domain when deciding to add a vertex to the - expansion. Defaults to false. - - - - - Set/Get IncludeShortestPaths controls whether this filter tries to - 'connect' the vertices in the selection set by computing the - shortest path between the vertices (if such a path exists) - Note: IncludeShortestPaths is currently non-functional - - - - - Set/Get IncludeShortestPaths controls whether this filter tries to - 'connect' the vertices in the selection set by computing the - shortest path between the vertices (if such a path exists) - Note: IncludeShortestPaths is currently non-functional - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get BFSDistance which controls how many 'hops' the selection - is grown from each seed point in the selection set (defaults to 1) - - - - - Set/Get the vertex domain to use in the expansion. - - - - - A convenience method for setting the second input (i.e. the graph). - - - - - Set/Get IncludeShortestPaths controls whether this filter tries to - 'connect' the vertices in the selection set by computing the - shortest path between the vertices (if such a path exists) - Note: IncludeShortestPaths is currently non-functional - - - - - Whether or not to use the domain when deciding to add a vertex to the - expansion. Defaults to false. - - - - - Whether or not to use the domain when deciding to add a vertex to the - expansion. Defaults to false. - - - - - Whether or not to use the domain when deciding to add a vertex to the - expansion. Defaults to false. - - - - - vtkExtractSelectedGraph - return a subgraph of a vtkGraph - - - - Description - The first input is a vtkGraph to take a subgraph from. - The second input (optional) is a vtkSelection containing selected - indices. The third input (optional) is a vtkAnnotationsLayers whose - annotations contain selected specifying selected indices. - The vtkSelection may have FIELD_TYPE set to POINTS (a vertex selection) - or CELLS (an edge selection). A vertex selection preserves all edges - that connect selected vertices. An edge selection preserves all vertices - that are adjacent to at least one selected edge. Alternately, you may - indicate that an edge selection should maintain the full set of vertices, - by turning RemoveIsolatedVertices off. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the first vtkGraph input and the second vtkSelection input. - - - - - If set, removes vertices with no adjacent edges in an edge selection. - A vertex selection ignores this flag and always returns the full set - of selected vertices. Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If set, removes vertices with no adjacent edges in an edge selection. - A vertex selection ignores this flag and always returns the full set - of selected vertices. Default is on. - - - - - If set, removes vertices with no adjacent edges in an edge selection. - A vertex selection ignores this flag and always returns the full set - of selected vertices. Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A convenience method for setting the third input (i.e. the annotation layers). - - - - - If set, removes vertices with no adjacent edges in an edge selection. - A vertex selection ignores this flag and always returns the full set - of selected vertices. Default is on. - - - - - A convenience method for setting the second input (i.e. the selection). - - - - - vtkFast2DLayoutStrategy - a simple fast 2D graph layout - - - - Description - This class is a density grid based force directed layout strategy. - Also please note that 'fast' is relative to quite slow. :) - The layout running time is O(V+E) with an extremely high constant. - Thanks - Thanks to Godzilla for not eating my computer so that this class - could be written. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - vtkFixedWidthTextReader - reader for pulling in text files with fixed-width fields - - - - Description - - vtkFixedWidthTextReader reads in a table from a text file where - each column occupies a certain number of characters. - - This class emits ProgressEvent for every 100 lines it reads. - - Caveats - - This first version of the reader will assume that all fields have - the same width. It also assumes that the first line in the file - has at least as many fields (i.e. at least as many characters) as - any other line in the file. - - Thanks - Thanks to Andy Wilson from Sandia National Laboratories for - implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the field width - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether to treat the first line of the file as headers. - - - - - If set, this flag will cause the reader to strip whitespace from - the beginning and ending of each field. Defaults to off. - - - - - Set/get whether to treat the first line of the file as headers. - - - - - Set/get whether to treat the first line of the file as headers. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the field width - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether to treat the first line of the file as headers. - - - - - If set, this flag will cause the reader to strip whitespace from - the beginning and ending of each field. Defaults to off. - - - - - If set, this flag will cause the reader to strip whitespace from - the beginning and ending of each field. Defaults to off. - - - - - If set, this flag will cause the reader to strip whitespace from - the beginning and ending of each field. Defaults to off. - - - - - vtkForceDirectedLayoutStrategy - a force directed graph layout algorithm - - - - Description - Lays out a graph in 2D or 3D using a force-directed algorithm. - The user may specify whether to layout the graph randomly initially, - the bounds, the number of dimensions (2 or 3), and the cool-down rate. - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie for adding functionality for allowing this layout - to be incremental. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set the initial temperature. If zero (the default) , the initial temperature - will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set the initial temperature. If zero (the default) , the initial temperature - will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set the initial temperature. If zero (the default) , the initial temperature - will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '50' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '50' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '50' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '50' for no particular reason - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '50' for no particular reason - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '50' for no particular reason - - - - - Turn on/off use of random positions within the graph bounds as initial points. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is off. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off use of random positions within the graph bounds as initial points. - - - - - Turn on/off use of random positions within the graph bounds as initial points. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set the initial temperature. If zero (the default) , the initial temperature - will be computed automatically. - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '50' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '50' for no particular reason - - - - - Turn on/off use of random positions within the graph bounds as initial points. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is off. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is off. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is off. - - - - - vtkGenerateIndexArray - - - - Description - Generates a new vtkIdTypeArray containing zero-base indices. - - vtkGenerateIndexArray operates in one of two distinct "modes". - By default, it simply generates an index array containing - monotonically-increasing integers in the range [0, N), where N - is appropriately sized for the field type that will store the - results. This mode is useful for generating a unique ID field - for datasets that have none. - - The second "mode" uses an existing array from the input data - object as a "reference". Distinct values from the reference - array are sorted in ascending order, and an integer index in - the range [0, N) is assigned to each. The resulting map is - used to populate the output index array, mapping each value - in the reference array to its corresponding index and storing - the result in the output array. This mode is especially - useful when generating tensors, since it allows us to "map" - from an array with arbitrary contents to an index that can - be used as tensor coordinates. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control the output index array name. Default: "index". - - - - - Control the location where the index array will be stored. - - - - - Specifies whether the index array should be marked as - pedigree ids. Default: false. - - - - - Specifies an optional reference array for index-generation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control the output index array name. Default: "index". - - - - - Control the location where the index array will be stored. - - - - - Specifies whether the index array should be marked as - pedigree ids. Default: false. - - - - - Specifies an optional reference array for index-generation. - - - - - Specifies whether the index array should be marked as - pedigree ids. Default: false. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGeoEdgeStrategy - Layout graph edges on a globe as arcs. - - - - Description - vtkGeoEdgeStrategy produces arcs for each edge in the input graph. - This is useful for viewing lines on a sphere (e.g. the earth). - The arcs may "jump" above the sphere's surface using ExplodeFactor. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Factor on which to "explode" the arcs away from the surface. - A value of 0.0 keeps the values on the surface. - Values larger than 0.0 push the arcs away from the surface by a distance - proportional to the distance between the points. - The default is 0.2. - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - TODO: Change this to take in a vtkGeoTerrain to get altitude. - - - - - The number of subdivisions in the arc. - The default is 20. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Factor on which to "explode" the arcs away from the surface. - A value of 0.0 keeps the values on the surface. - Values larger than 0.0 push the arcs away from the surface by a distance - proportional to the distance between the points. - The default is 0.2. - - - - - The base radius used to determine the earth's surface. - Default is the earth's radius in meters. - TODO: Change this to take in a vtkGeoTerrain to get altitude. - - - - - The number of subdivisions in the arc. - The default is 20. - - - - - vtkGeoMath - Useful geographic calculations - - - - Description - vtkGeoMath provides some useful geographic calculations. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the squared distance between two points. - - - - - Returns the average radius of the earth in meters. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Converts a (longitude, latitude, altitude) triple to - world coordinates where the center of the earth is at the origin. - Units are in meters. - Note that having altitude realtive to sea level causes issues. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGraphHierarchicalBundle - layout graph arcs in bundles - - - - Description - This algorithm creates a vtkPolyData from a vtkGraph. As opposed to - vtkGraphToPolyData, which converts each arc into a straight line, each arc - is converted to a polyline, following a tree structure. The filter requires - both a vtkGraph and vtkTree as input. The tree vertices must be a - superset of the graph vertices. A common example is when the graph vertices - correspond to the leaves of the tree, but the internal vertices of the tree - represent groupings of graph vertices. The algorithm matches the vertices - using the array "PedigreeId". The user may alternately set the - DirectMapping flag to indicate that the two structures must have directly - corresponding offsets (i.e. node i in the graph must correspond to node i in - the tree). - - The vtkGraph defines the topology of the output vtkPolyData (i.e. - the connections between nodes) while the vtkTree defines the geometry (i.e. - the location of nodes and arc routes). Thus, the tree must have been - assigned vertex locations, but the graph does not need locations, in fact - they will be ignored. The edges approximately follow the path from the - source to target nodes in the tree. A bundling parameter controls how - closely the edges are bundled together along the tree structure. - - You may follow this algorithm with vtkSplineFilter in order to make nicely - curved edges. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - Set the input type of the algorithm to vtkGraph. - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - vtkGraphHierarchicalBundleEdges - layout graph arcs in bundles - - - - Description - This algorithm creates a vtkPolyData from a vtkGraph. As opposed to - vtkGraphToPolyData, which converts each arc into a straight line, each arc - is converted to a polyline, following a tree structure. The filter requires - both a vtkGraph and vtkTree as input. The tree vertices must be a - superset of the graph vertices. A common example is when the graph vertices - correspond to the leaves of the tree, but the internal vertices of the tree - represent groupings of graph vertices. The algorithm matches the vertices - using the array "PedigreeId". The user may alternately set the - DirectMapping flag to indicate that the two structures must have directly - corresponding offsets (i.e. node i in the graph must correspond to node i in - the tree). - - The vtkGraph defines the topology of the output vtkPolyData (i.e. - the connections between nodes) while the vtkTree defines the geometry (i.e. - the location of nodes and arc routes). Thus, the tree must have been - assigned vertex locations, but the graph does not need locations, in fact - they will be ignored. The edges approximately follow the path from the - source to target nodes in the tree. A bundling parameter controls how - closely the edges are bundled together along the tree structure. - - You may follow this algorithm with vtkSplineFilter in order to make nicely - curved edges. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - Set the input type of the algorithm to vtkGraph. - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The level of arc bundling in the graph. - A strength of 0 creates straight lines, while a strength of 1 - forces arcs to pass directly through hierarchy node points. - The default value is 0.8. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - vtkGraphLayout - layout a graph in 2 or 3 dimensions - - - - Description - This class is a shell for many graph layout strategies which may be set - using the SetLayoutStrategy() function. The layout strategies do the - actual work. - - .SECION Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie from Sandia National Laboratories for adding incremental - layout capabilities. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The layout strategy to use during graph layout. - - - - - Get the modification time of the layout algorithm. - - - - - Transform the graph vertices after the layout. - - - - - Whether to use the specified transform after layout. - - - - - Set the ZRange for the output data. - If the initial layout is planar (i.e. all z coordinates are zero), - the coordinates will be evenly spaced from 0.0 to ZRange. - The default is zero, which has no effect. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Ask the layout algorithm if the layout is complete - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The layout strategy to use during graph layout. - - - - - Transform the graph vertices after the layout. - - - - - Whether to use the specified transform after layout. - - - - - Set the ZRange for the output data. - If the initial layout is planar (i.e. all z coordinates are zero), - the coordinates will be evenly spaced from 0.0 to ZRange. - The default is zero, which has no effect. - - - - - Whether to use the specified transform after layout. - - - - - Whether to use the specified transform after layout. - - - - - vtkGroupLeafVertices - Filter that expands a tree, categorizing leaf vertices - - - - Description - Use SetInputArrayToProcess(0, ...) to set the array to group on. - Currently this array must be a vtkStringArray. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name of the domain that non-leaf vertices will be assigned to. - If the input graph already contains vertices in this domain: - - If the ids for this domain are numeric, starts assignment with max id - - If the ids for this domain are strings, starts assignment with "group X" - where "X" is the max id. - Default is "group_vertex". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name of the domain that non-leaf vertices will be assigned to. - If the input graph already contains vertices in this domain: - - If the ids for this domain are numeric, starts assignment with max id - - If the ids for this domain are strings, starts assignment with "group X" - where "X" is the max id. - Default is "group_vertex". - - - - - vtkISIReader - reader for ISI files - - - - Description - ISI is a tagged format for expressing bibliographic citations. Data is - structured as a collection of records with each record composed of - one-to-many fields. See - - http://isibasic.com/help/helpprn.html#dialog_export_format - - for details. vtkISIReader will convert an ISI file into a vtkTable, with - the set of table columns determined dynamically from the contents of the - file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the delimiter to be used for concatenating field data (default: ";") - - - - - Set/get the file to load - - - - - Set/get the maximum number of records to read from the file (zero = unlimited) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the delimiter to be used for concatenating field data (default: ";") - - - - - Set/get the file to load - - - - - Set/get the maximum number of records to read from the file (zero = unlimited) - - - - - vtkKMeansDistanceFunctor - measure distance from k-means cluster centers - - - Description - This is an abstract class (with a default concrete subclass) that implements - algorithms used by the vtkKMeansStatistics filter that rely on a distance metric. - If you wish to use a non-Euclidean distance metric (this could include - working with strings that do not have a Euclidean distance metric, implementing - k-mediods, or trying distance metrics in norms other than L2), you - should subclass vtkKMeansDistanceFunctor. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allocate an array large enough to hold \a size coordinates and return a void pointer to this array. - This is used by vtkPKMeansStatistics to send (receive) cluster center coordinates to (from) other processes. - - - - - Return a vtkAbstractArray capable of holding cluster center coordinates. - This is used by vtkPKMeansStatistics to hold cluster center coordinates sent to (received from) other processes. - - - - - Free an array allocated with AllocateElementArray. - - - - - Return the data type used to store cluster center coordinates. - - - - - Return an empty tuple. These values are used as cluster center coordinates - when no initial cluster centers are specified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Pack the cluster center coordinates in \a vElements into columns of \a curTable. - This code may assume that the columns in \a curTable are all of the type returned by \a GetNewVTKArray(). - - - - - This is called once per observation per run per iteration in order to assign the - observation to its nearest cluster center after the distance functor has been - evaluated for all the cluster centers. - - The distance functor is responsible for incrementally updating the cluster centers - to account for the assignment. - - - - - When a cluster center (1) has no observations that are closer to it than other cluster centers - or (2) has exactly the same coordinates as another cluster center, its coordinates should be - perturbed. This function should perform that perturbation. - - Since perturbation relies on a distance metric, this function is the responsibility of the - distance functor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Unpack the cluster center coordinates in \a vElements into columns of \a curTable. - This code may assume that the columns in \a curTable are all of the type returned by \a GetNewVTKArray(). - - - - - Unpack the cluster center coordinates in \a vElements into columns of \a curTable. - This code may assume that the columns in \a curTable are all of the type returned by \a GetNewVTKArray(). - - - - - vtkKMeansDistanceFunctorCalculator - measure distance from k-means cluster centers using a user-specified expression - - - Description - This is a subclass of the default k-means distance functor that allows - the user to specify a distance function as a string. The provided - expression is evaluated whenever the parenthesis operator is invoked - but this is much slower than the default distance calculation. - - User-specified distance expressions should be written in terms of - two vector variables named "x" and "y". - The length of the vectors will be determined by the k-means request - and all columns of interest in the request must contain values that - may be converted to a floating point representation. (Strings and - vtkObject pointers are not allowed.) - An example distance expression is "sqrt( (x0-y0)^2 + (x1-y1)^2 )" - which computes Euclidian distance in a plane defined by the first - 2 coordinates of the vectors specified. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the distance function expression. - - - - - Set/get the string containing an expression which evaluates to the - distance metric used for k-means computation. The scalar variables - "x0", "x1", ... "xn" and "y0", "y1", ..., "yn" refer to the coordinates - involved in the computation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the distance function expression. - - - - - Set/get the string containing an expression which evaluates to the - distance metric used for k-means computation. The scalar variables - "x0", "x1", ... "xn" and "y0", "y1", ..., "yn" refer to the coordinates - involved in the computation. - - - - - vtkKMeansStatistics - A class for KMeans clustering - - - - Description - This class takes as input an optional vtkTable on port LEARN_PARAMETERS - specifying initial set(s) of cluster values of the following form: - <pre> - K | Col1 | ... | ColN - -----------+-----------------+---------+--------------- - M |clustCoord(1, 1) | ... | clustCoord(1, N) - M |clustCoord(2, 1) | ... | clustCoord(2, N) - . | . | . | . - . | . | . | . - . | . | . | . - M |clustCoord(M, 1) | ... | clustCoord(M, N) - L |clustCoord(1, 1) | ... | clustCoord(1, N) - L |clustCoord(2, 1) | ... | clustCoord(2, N) - . | . | . | . - . | . | . | . - . | . | . | . - L |clustCoord(L, 1) | ... | clustCoord(L, N) - </pre> - - Because the desired value of K is often not known in advance and the - results of the algorithm are dependent on the initial cluster centers, - we provide a mechanism for the user to test multiple runs or sets of cluster centers - within a single call to the Learn phase. The first column of the table identifies - the number of clusters K in the particular run (the entries in this column should be - of type vtkIdType), while the remaining columns are a - subset of the columns contained in the table on port INPUT_DATA. We require that - all user specified clusters be of the same dimension N and consequently, that the - LEARN_PARAMETERS table have N+1 columns. Due to this restriction, only one request - can be processed for each call to the Learn phase and subsequent requests are - silently ignored. Note that, if the first column of the LEARN_PARAMETERS table is not - of type vtkIdType, then the table will be ignored and a single run will be performed using - the first DefaultNumberOfClusters input data observations as initial cluster centers. - - When the user does not supply an initial set of clusters, then the first - DefaultNumberOfClusters input data observations are used as initial cluster - centers and a single run is performed. - - - This class provides the following functionalities, depending on the - mode it is executed in: - * Learn: calculates new cluster centers for each run. The output metadata on - port OUTPUT_MODEL is a multiblock dataset containing at a minimum - one vtkTable with columns specifying the following for each run: - the run ID, number of clusters, number of iterations required for convergence, - total error associated with the cluster (sum of squared Euclidean distance from each observation - to its nearest cluster center), the cardinality of the cluster, and the new - cluster coordinates. - - *Derive: An additional vtkTable is stored in the multiblock dataset output on port OUTPUT_MODEL. - This table contains columns that store for each run: the runID, number of clusters, - total error for all clusters in the run, local rank, and global rank. - The local rank is computed by comparing squared Euclidean errors of all runs with - the same number of clusters. The global rank is computed analagously across all runs. - - * Assess: This requires a multiblock dataset (as computed from Learn and Derive) on input port INPUT_MODEL - and tabular data on input port INPUT_DATA that contains column names matching those - of the tables on input port INPUT_MODEL. The assess mode reports the closest cluster center - and associated squared Euclidean distance of each observation in port INPUT_DATA's table to the cluster centers for - each run in the multiblock dataset provided on port INPUT_MODEL. - - The code can handle a wide variety of data types as it operates on vtkAbstractArrays - and is not limited to vtkDataArrays. A default distance functor that - computes the sum of the squares of the Euclidean distance between two objects is provided - (vtkKMeansDistanceFunctor). The default distance functor can be overridden to use alternative distance metrics. - - Thanks - Thanks to Janine Bennett, David Thompson, and Philippe Pebay of - Sandia National Laboratories for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - NB: not implemented - - - - - Set/get the \a DefaultNumberOfClusters, used when no initial cluster coordinates are specified. - - - - - Set the DistanceFunctor. - - - - - Set/get the KValuesArrayName. - - - - - Set/get the MaxNumIterations used to terminate iterations on - cluster center coordinates when the relative tolerance can not be met. - - - - - Set/get the relative \a Tolerance used to terminate iterations on - cluster center coordinates. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the \a DefaultNumberOfClusters, used when no initial cluster coordinates are specified. - - - - - Set the DistanceFunctor. - - - - - Set/get the KValuesArrayName. - - - - - Set/get the MaxNumIterations used to terminate iterations on - cluster center coordinates when the relative tolerance can not be met. - - - - - Set/get the relative \a Tolerance used to terminate iterations on - cluster center coordinates. - - - - - vtkMergeColumns - merge two columns into a single column - - - - Description - vtkMergeColumns replaces two columns in a table with a single column - containing data in both columns. The columns are set using - - SetInputArrayToProcess(0, 0, 0, vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_ROWS, "col1") - - and - - SetInputArrayToProcess(1, 0, 0, vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_ROWS, "col2") - - where "col1" and "col2" are the names of the columns to merge. - The user may also specify the name of the merged column. - The arrays must be of the same type. - If the arrays are numeric, the values are summed in the merged column. - If the arrays are strings, the values are concatenated. The strings are - separated by a space if they are both nonempty. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name to give the merged column created by this filter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name to give the merged column created by this filter. - - - - - vtkMergeGraphs - combines two graphs - - - - Description - vtkMergeGraphs combines information from two graphs into one. - Both graphs must have pedigree ids assigned to the vertices. - The output will contain the vertices/edges in the first graph, in - addition to: - - - vertices in the second graph whose pedigree id does not - match a vertex in the first input - - - edges in the second graph - - The output will contain the same attribute structure as the input; - fields associated only with the second input graph will not be passed - to the output. When possible, the vertex/edge data for new vertices and - edges will be populated with matching attributes on the second graph. - To be considered a matching attribute, the array must have the same name, - type, and number of components. - - Caveats - This filter is not "domain-aware". Pedigree ids are assumed to be globally - unique, regardless of their domain. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the core functionality of the algorithm. Adds edges - and vertices from g2 into g1. - - - - - The time window amount. Edges with values lower - than the maximum value minus this window will be - removed from the graph. The default edge window is - 10000. - - - - - The edge window array. The default array name is "time". - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The time window amount. Edges with values lower - than the maximum value minus this window will be - removed from the graph. The default edge window is - 10000. - - - - - The edge window array. The default array name is "time". - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - vtkMergeTables - combine two tables - - - - Description - Combines the columns of two tables into one larger table. - The number of rows in the resulting table is the sum of the number of - rows in each of the input tables. - The number of columns in the output is generally the sum of the number - of columns in each input table, except in the case where column names - are duplicated in both tables. - In this case, if MergeColumnsByName is on (the default), the two columns - will be merged into a single column of the same name. - If MergeColumnsByName is off, both columns will exist in the output. - You may set the FirstTablePrefix and SecondTablePrefix to define how - the columns named are modified. One of these prefixes may be the empty - string, but they must be different. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The prefix to give to same-named fields from the first table. - Default is "Table1.". - - - - - If on, merges columns with the same name. - If off, keeps both columns, but calls one - FirstTablePrefix + name, and the other SecondTablePrefix + name. - Default is on. - - - - - If on, all columns will have prefixes except merged columns. - If off, only unmerged columns with the same name will have prefixes. - Default is off. - - - - - The prefix to give to same-named fields from the second table. - Default is "Table2.". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, merges columns with the same name. - If off, keeps both columns, but calls one - FirstTablePrefix + name, and the other SecondTablePrefix + name. - Default is on. - - - - - If on, merges columns with the same name. - If off, keeps both columns, but calls one - FirstTablePrefix + name, and the other SecondTablePrefix + name. - Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, all columns will have prefixes except merged columns. - If off, only unmerged columns with the same name will have prefixes. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, all columns will have prefixes except merged columns. - If off, only unmerged columns with the same name will have prefixes. - Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The prefix to give to same-named fields from the first table. - Default is "Table1.". - - - - - If on, merges columns with the same name. - If off, keeps both columns, but calls one - FirstTablePrefix + name, and the other SecondTablePrefix + name. - Default is on. - - - - - If on, all columns will have prefixes except merged columns. - If off, only unmerged columns with the same name will have prefixes. - Default is off. - - - - - The prefix to give to same-named fields from the second table. - Default is "Table2.". - - - - - vtkMultiCorrelativeStatistics - A class for linear correlation - - - - Description - Given a selection of sets of columns of interest, this class provides the - following functionalities, depending on the execution mode it is executed in: - * Learn: calculates means, unbiased variance and covariance estimators of - column pairs coefficient. - More precisely, Learn calculates the averages and centered - variance/covariance sums; if \p finalize is set to true (default), - the final statistics are calculated. - The output metadata on port OUTPUT_MODEL is a multiblock dataset containing at a minimum - one vtkTable holding the raw sums in a sparse matrix style. If \a finalize is - true, then one additional vtkTable will be present for each requested set of - column correlations. These additional tables contain column averages, the - upper triangular portion of the covariance matrix (in the upper right hand - portion of the table) and the Cholesky decomposition of the covariance matrix - (in the lower portion of the table beneath the covariance triangle). - The leftmost column will be a vector of column averages. - The last entry in the column averages vector is the number of samples. - As an example, consider a request for a 3-column correlation with columns - named ColA, ColB, and ColC. - The resulting table will look like this: - <pre> - Column |Mean |ColA |ColB |ColC - --------+---------+---------+---------+--------- - ColA |avg(A) |cov(A,A) |cov(A,B) |cov(A,C) - ColB |avg(B) |chol(1,1)|cov(B,B) |cov(B,C) - ColC |avg(C) |chol(2,1)|chol(2,2)|cov(C,C) - Cholesky|length(A)|chol(3,1)|chol(3,2)|chol(3,3) - </pre> - * Assess: given a set of results matrices as specified above in input port INPUT_MODEL and - tabular data on input port INPUT_DATA that contains column names matching those - of the tables on input port INPUT_MODEL, the assess mode computes the relative - deviation of each observation in port INPUT_DATA's table according to the linear - correlations implied by each table in port INPUT_MODEL. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay, Jackson Mayo, and David Thompson of - Sandia National Laboratories for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMutableGraphHelper - Helper class for building a directed or - directed graph - - - - Description - vtkMutableGraphHelper has helper methods AddVertex and AddEdge which - add vertices/edges to the underlying mutable graph. This is helpful in - filters which need to (re)construct graphs which may be either directed - or undirected. - - - - - vtkGraph vtkMutableDirectedGraph vtkMutableUndirectedGraph - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the underlying graph that you want to modify with this helper. - The graph must be an instance of vtkMutableDirectedGraph or - vtkMutableUndirectedGraph. - - - - - Add a vertex to the underlying mutable graph. - - - - - Set the underlying graph that you want to modify with this helper. - The graph must be an instance of vtkMutableDirectedGraph or - vtkMutableUndirectedGraph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove an edge from the underlying mutable graph. - - - - - Remove a collection of edges from the underlying mutable graph. - - - - - Remove a vertex from the underlying mutable graph. - - - - - Remove a collection of vertices from the underlying mutable graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the underlying graph that you want to modify with this helper. - The graph must be an instance of vtkMutableDirectedGraph or - vtkMutableUndirectedGraph. - - - - - vtkNetworkHierarchy - Filter that takes a graph and makes a - tree out of the network ip addresses in that graph. - - - - Description - Use SetInputArrayToProcess(0, ...) to set the array to that has - the network ip addresses. - Currently this array must be a vtkStringArray. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Used to store the ip array name - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Used to store the ip array name - - - - - vtkOrderStatistics - A class for univariate order statistics - - - - Description - Given a selection of columns of interest in an input data table, this - class provides the following functionalities, depending on the - execution mode it is executed in: - * Learn: calculate arbitrary quantiles. Provide specific names when 5-point - statistics (minimum, 1st quartile, median, third quartile, maximum) requested. - * Assess: given an input data set and a set of q-quantiles, label each datum - either with the quantile interval to which it belongs, or 0 if it is smaller - than smaller quantile, or q if it is larger than largest quantile. - - Thanks - Thanks to Philippe Pebay and David Thompson from Sandia National Laboratories - for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model - NB: not implemented - - - - - Set/Get the number of quantiles (with uniform spacing). - - - - - Set/get whether histograms and assessment data should be treated as numeric data. - Otherwise, then everything is treated as strings, which always works, and is thus the - the default. - Note that if the data is indeed numeric but this is not set, some strange results will - occur because of the use of the lexicographic order instead of the order on reals. - - - - - Get the quantile definition. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether histograms and assessment data should be treated as numeric data. - Otherwise, then everything is treated as strings, which always works, and is thus the - the default. - Note that if the data is indeed numeric but this is not set, some strange results will - occur because of the use of the lexicographic order instead of the order on reals. - - - - - Set/get whether histograms and assessment data should be treated as numeric data. - Otherwise, then everything is treated as strings, which always works, and is thus the - the default. - Note that if the data is indeed numeric but this is not set, some strange results will - occur because of the use of the lexicographic order instead of the order on reals. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the number of quantiles (with uniform spacing). - - - - - Set/get whether histograms and assessment data should be treated as numeric data. - Otherwise, then everything is treated as strings, which always works, and is thus the - the default. - Note that if the data is indeed numeric but this is not set, some strange results will - occur because of the use of the lexicographic order instead of the order on reals. - - - - - Set the quantile definition. - - - - - Set the quantile definition. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPassArrays - Passes a subset of arrays to the output - - - - Description - This filter preserves all the topology of the input, but only a subset of - arrays are passed to the output. Add an array to be passed to the output - data object with AddArray(). If RemoveArrays is on, the specified arrays will - be the ones that are removed instead of the ones that are kept. - - Arrays with special attributes (scalars, pedigree ids, etc.) will retain those - attributes in the output. - - By default, only those field types with at least one array specified through - AddArray will be processed. If instead UseFieldTypes - is turned on, you explicitly set which field types to process with AddFieldType. - - Example 1: - - <pre> - passArray->AddArray(vtkDataObject::POINT, "velocity"); - </pre> - - The output will have only that one array "velocity" in the - point data, but cell and field data will be untouched. - - Example 2: - - <pre> - passArray->AddArray(vtkDataObject::POINT, "velocity"); - passArray->UseFieldTypesOn(); - passArray->AddFieldType(vtkDataObject::POINT); - passArray->AddFieldType(vtkDataObject::CELL); - </pre> - - The point data would still contain the single array, but the cell data - would be cleared since you did not specify any arrays to pass. Field data would - still be untouched. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds an array to pass through. - fieldType where the array that should be passed (point data, cell data, etc.). - It should be one of the constants defined in the vtkDataObject::AttributeTypes - enumeration. - - - - - Add a field type to process. - fieldType where the array that should be passed (point data, cell data, etc.). - It should be one of the constants defined in the vtkDataObject::AttributeTypes - enumeration. - NOTE: These are only used if UseFieldType is turned on. - - - - - Clear all arrays to pass through. - - - - - Clear all field types to process. - - - - - Instead of passing only the specified arrays, remove the specified arrays - and keep all other arrays. Default is off. - - - - - Process only those field types explicitly specified with AddFieldType. - Otherwise, processes field types associated with at least one specified - array. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Instead of passing only the specified arrays, remove the specified arrays - and keep all other arrays. Default is off. - - - - - Instead of passing only the specified arrays, remove the specified arrays - and keep all other arrays. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Instead of passing only the specified arrays, remove the specified arrays - and keep all other arrays. Default is off. - - - - - Process only those field types explicitly specified with AddFieldType. - Otherwise, processes field types associated with at least one specified - array. Default is off. - - - - - Process only those field types explicitly specified with AddFieldType. - Otherwise, processes field types associated with at least one specified - array. Default is off. - - - - - Process only those field types explicitly specified with AddFieldType. - Otherwise, processes field types associated with at least one specified - array. Default is off. - - - - - vtkPassThrough - Shallow copies the input into the output - - - - Description - The output type is always the same as the input object type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Whether or not to deep copy the input. This can be useful if you - want to create a copy of a data object. You can then disconnect - this filter's input connections and it will act like a source. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - Whether or not to deep copy the input. This can be useful if you - want to create a copy of a data object. You can then disconnect - this filter's input connections and it will act like a source. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - Specify the first input port as optional - - - - - Whether or not to deep copy the input. This can be useful if you - want to create a copy of a data object. You can then disconnect - this filter's input connections and it will act like a source. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether or not to deep copy the input. This can be useful if you - want to create a copy of a data object. You can then disconnect - this filter's input connections and it will act like a source. - Defaults to OFF. - - - - - vtkPassThroughEdgeStrategy - passes edge routing information through - - - - Description - Simply passes existing edge layout information from the input to the - output without making changes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPassThroughLayoutStrategy - a layout strategy that does absolutely nothing - - - - Description - Yes, this incredible strategy does absoluted nothing to the data - so in affect passes through the graph untouched. This strategy - is useful in the cases where the graph is already laid out. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPerturbCoincidentVertices - Perturbs vertices that are coincident. - - - - Description - This filter perturbs vertices in a graph that have coincident coordinates. - In particular this happens all the time with graphs that are georeferenced, - so we need a nice scheme to perturb the vertices so that when the user - zooms in the vertices can be distiquished. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the perturbation factor (defaults to 1.0) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the perturbation factor (defaults to 1.0) - - - - - vtkPCAStatistics - A class for principal component analysis - - - - Description - This class derives from the multi-correlative statistics algorithm and - uses the covariance matrix and Cholesky decomposition computed by it. - However, when it finalizes the statistics in Learn mode, the PCA class - computes the SVD of the covariance matrix in order to obtain its eigenvectors. - - In the assess mode, the input data are - - projected into the basis defined by the eigenvectors, - - the energy associated with each datum is computed, - - or some combination thereof. - Additionally, the user may specify some threshold energy or - eigenvector entry below which the basis is truncated. This allows - projection into a lower-dimensional state while minimizing (in a - least squares sense) the projection error. - - - Thanks - Thanks to David Thompson, Philippe Pebay and Jackson Mayo from - Sandia National Laboratories for implementing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This variable controls the dimensionality of output tuples in Assess mode. - Consider the case where you have requested a PCA on D columns. - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS, the entire set of basis vectors - is used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of the same dimension - as the input tuples. (That dimension is D, so there will be D additional - columns added to the table for the request.) - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_SIZE, only the first N basis vectors - are used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of dimension min(N,D). - You must set N prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisSize() method. - When N < D, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_ENERGY, the number of basis vectors - used to derive new coordinates for each tuple will be the minimum number - of columns N that satisfy - \f[ - \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{N} \lambda_i}{\sum_{i=1}^{D} \lambda_i} < T - \f] - You must set T prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisEnergy() method. - When T < 1, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - By default BasisScheme is set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS. - - - - - This variable controls the dimensionality of output tuples in Assess mode. - Consider the case where you have requested a PCA on D columns. - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS, the entire set of basis vectors - is used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of the same dimension - as the input tuples. (That dimension is D, so there will be D additional - columns added to the table for the request.) - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_SIZE, only the first N basis vectors - are used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of dimension min(N,D). - You must set N prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisSize() method. - When N < D, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_ENERGY, the number of basis vectors - used to derive new coordinates for each tuple will be the minimum number - of columns N that satisfy - \f[ - \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{N} \lambda_i}{\sum_{i=1}^{D} \lambda_i} < T - \f] - You must set T prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisEnergy() method. - When T < 1, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - By default BasisScheme is set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS. - - - - - Get the eigenvalues. This function: - void GetEigenvalues(int request, int i, vtkDoubleArray*); - does all of the work. The other functions simply call this function with the appropriate - parameters. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvalues. This function: - void GetEigenvalues(int request, int i, vtkDoubleArray*); - does all of the work. The other functions simply call this function with the appropriate - parameters. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvalues. This function: - void GetEigenvalues(int request, int i, vtkDoubleArray*); - does all of the work. The other functions simply call this function with the appropriate - parameters. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvalues. This function: - void GetEigenvalues(int request, int i, vtkDoubleArray*); - does all of the work. The other functions simply call this function with the appropriate - parameters. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvectors. This function: - void GetEigenvectors(int request, vtkDoubleArray* eigenvectors) - does all of the work. The other functions are convenience functions that call this function - with default arguments. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvectors. This function: - void GetEigenvectors(int request, vtkDoubleArray* eigenvectors) - does all of the work. The other functions are convenience functions that call this function - with default arguments. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvectors. This function: - void GetEigenvectors(int request, vtkDoubleArray* eigenvectors) - does all of the work. The other functions are convenience functions that call this function - with default arguments. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - Get the eigenvectors. This function: - void GetEigenvectors(int request, vtkDoubleArray* eigenvectors) - does all of the work. The other functions are convenience functions that call this function - with default arguments. These functions are not valid unless Update() has been called and the Derive - option is turned on. - - - - - The minimum energy the new basis should use, as a fraction. See SetBasisScheme() for more information. - When FixedBasisEnergy >= 1 (the default), the fixed basis energy scheme is equivalent to the full basis scheme. - - - - - The minimum energy the new basis should use, as a fraction. See SetBasisScheme() for more information. - When FixedBasisEnergy >= 1 (the default), the fixed basis energy scheme is equivalent to the full basis scheme. - - - - - The minimum energy the new basis should use, as a fraction. See SetBasisScheme() for more information. - When FixedBasisEnergy >= 1 (the default), the fixed basis energy scheme is equivalent to the full basis scheme. - - - - - The number of basis vectors to use. See SetBasisScheme() for more information. - When FixedBasisSize <= 0 (the default), the fixed basis size scheme is equivalent to the full basis scheme. - - - - - This determines how (or if) the covariance matrix \a cov is normalized before PCA. - - When set to NONE, no normalization is performed. This is the default. - - When set to TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by V(i,j). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(V(i)*V(j)). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_VARIANCE, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(cov(i,i)*cov(j,j)). - <b>Warning</b>: Although this is accepted practice in some fields, - some people think you should not turn this option on unless there - is a good physically-based reason for doing so. Much better instead - to determine how component magnitudes should be compared using - physical reasoning and use DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, or - perform some pre-processing to shift and scale input data columns - appropriately than to expect magical results from a shady normalization hack. - - - - - This determines how (or if) the covariance matrix \a cov is normalized before PCA. - - When set to NONE, no normalization is performed. This is the default. - - When set to TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by V(i,j). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(V(i)*V(j)). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_VARIANCE, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(cov(i,i)*cov(j,j)). - <b>Warning</b>: Although this is accepted practice in some fields, - some people think you should not turn this option on unless there - is a good physically-based reason for doing so. Much better instead - to determine how component magnitudes should be compared using - physical reasoning and use DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, or - perform some pre-processing to shift and scale input data columns - appropriately than to expect magical results from a shady normalization hack. - - - - - These methods allow you to set/get values used to normalize the covariance matrix before PCA. - The normalization values apply to all requests, so you do not specify a single - vector but a 3-column table. - - The first two columns contain the names of columns from input 0 and the third column contains - the value to normalize the corresponding entry in the covariance matrix. - The table must always have 3 columns even when the NormalizationScheme is DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED. - When only diagonal entries are to be used, only table rows where the first two columns are - identical to one another will be employed. - If there are multiple rows specifying different values for the same pair of columns, - the entry nearest the bottom of the table takes precedence. - - These functions are actually convenience methods that set/get the third input of the filter. - Because the table is the third input, you may use other filters to produce a table of - normalizations and have the pipeline take care of updates. - - Any missing entries will be set to 1.0 and a warning issued. - An error will occur if the third input to the filter is not set and the - NormalizationScheme is DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED or TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This variable controls the dimensionality of output tuples in Assess mode. - Consider the case where you have requested a PCA on D columns. - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS, the entire set of basis vectors - is used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of the same dimension - as the input tuples. (That dimension is D, so there will be D additional - columns added to the table for the request.) - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_SIZE, only the first N basis vectors - are used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of dimension min(N,D). - You must set N prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisSize() method. - When N < D, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_ENERGY, the number of basis vectors - used to derive new coordinates for each tuple will be the minimum number - of columns N that satisfy - \f[ - \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{N} \lambda_i}{\sum_{i=1}^{D} \lambda_i} < T - \f] - You must set T prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisEnergy() method. - When T < 1, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - By default BasisScheme is set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS. - - - - - This variable controls the dimensionality of output tuples in Assess mode. - Consider the case where you have requested a PCA on D columns. - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS, the entire set of basis vectors - is used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of the same dimension - as the input tuples. (That dimension is D, so there will be D additional - columns added to the table for the request.) - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_SIZE, only the first N basis vectors - are used to derive new coordinates for each tuple being assessed. - In this mode, you are guaranteed to have output tuples of dimension min(N,D). - You must set N prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisSize() method. - When N < D, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - When set to vtkPCAStatistics::FIXED_BASIS_ENERGY, the number of basis vectors - used to derive new coordinates for each tuple will be the minimum number - of columns N that satisfy - \f[ - \frac{\sum_{i=1}^{N} \lambda_i}{\sum_{i=1}^{D} \lambda_i} < T - \f] - You must set T prior to assessing data using the SetFixedBasisEnergy() method. - When T < 1, this turns the PCA into a projection (instead of change of basis). - - By default BasisScheme is set to vtkPCAStatistics::FULL_BASIS. - - - - - The minimum energy the new basis should use, as a fraction. See SetBasisScheme() for more information. - When FixedBasisEnergy >= 1 (the default), the fixed basis energy scheme is equivalent to the full basis scheme. - - - - - The number of basis vectors to use. See SetBasisScheme() for more information. - When FixedBasisSize <= 0 (the default), the fixed basis size scheme is equivalent to the full basis scheme. - - - - - This determines how (or if) the covariance matrix \a cov is normalized before PCA. - - When set to NONE, no normalization is performed. This is the default. - - When set to TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by V(i,j). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(V(i)*V(j)). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_VARIANCE, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(cov(i,i)*cov(j,j)). - <b>Warning</b>: Although this is accepted practice in some fields, - some people think you should not turn this option on unless there - is a good physically-based reason for doing so. Much better instead - to determine how component magnitudes should be compared using - physical reasoning and use DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, or - perform some pre-processing to shift and scale input data columns - appropriately than to expect magical results from a shady normalization hack. - - - - - This determines how (or if) the covariance matrix \a cov is normalized before PCA. - - When set to NONE, no normalization is performed. This is the default. - - When set to TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by V(i,j). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(V(i)*V(j)). - The list V of normalization factors must be set using the SetNormalization method - before the filter is executed. - - When set to DIAGONAL_VARIANCE, each entry cov(i,j) is divided by sqrt(cov(i,i)*cov(j,j)). - <b>Warning</b>: Although this is accepted practice in some fields, - some people think you should not turn this option on unless there - is a good physically-based reason for doing so. Much better instead - to determine how component magnitudes should be compared using - physical reasoning and use DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED, TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED, or - perform some pre-processing to shift and scale input data columns - appropriately than to expect magical results from a shady normalization hack. - - - - - These methods allow you to set/get values used to normalize the covariance matrix before PCA. - The normalization values apply to all requests, so you do not specify a single - vector but a 3-column table. - - The first two columns contain the names of columns from input 0 and the third column contains - the value to normalize the corresponding entry in the covariance matrix. - The table must always have 3 columns even when the NormalizationScheme is DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED. - When only diagonal entries are to be used, only table rows where the first two columns are - identical to one another will be employed. - If there are multiple rows specifying different values for the same pair of columns, - the entry nearest the bottom of the table takes precedence. - - These functions are actually convenience methods that set/get the third input of the filter. - Because the table is the third input, you may use other filters to produce a table of - normalizations and have the pipeline take care of updates. - - Any missing entries will be set to 1.0 and a warning issued. - An error will occur if the third input to the filter is not set and the - NormalizationScheme is DIAGONAL_SPECIFIED or TRIANGLE_SPECIFIED. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPruneTreeFilter - prune a subtree out of a vtkTree - - - - Description - Removes a subtree rooted at a particular vertex in a vtkTree. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the parent vertex of the subtree to remove. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the parent vertex of the subtree to remove. - - - - - vtkRISReader - reader for RIS files - - - - Description - RIS is a tagged format for expressing bibliographic citations. Data is - structured as a collection of records with each record composed of - one-to-many fields. See - - http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RIS_(file_format) - http://www.refman.com/support/risformat_intro.asp - http://www.adeptscience.co.uk/kb/article/A626 - - for details. vtkRISReader will convert an RIS file into a vtkTable, with - the set of table columns determined dynamically from the contents of the - file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the delimiter to be used for concatenating field data (default: ";") - - - - - Set/get the file to load - - - - - Set/get the maximum number of records to read from the file (zero = unlimited) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the delimiter to be used for concatenating field data (default: ";") - - - - - Set/get the file to load - - - - - Set/get the maximum number of records to read from the file (zero = unlimited) - - - - - vtkRandomLayoutStrategy - randomly places vertices in 2 or 3 dimensions - - - - Description - Assigns points to the vertices of a graph randomly within a bounded range. - - .SECION Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie from Sandia National Laboratories for adding incremental - layout capabilities. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to compute point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to compute point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to compute point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the random layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off automatic graph bounds calculation. If this - boolean is off, then the manually specified GraphBounds is used. - If on, then the input's bounds us used as the graph bounds. - - - - - Set the graph to layout. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Set / get the region in space in which to place the final graph. - The GraphBounds only affects the results if AutomaticBoundsComputation - is off. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to compute point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - Turn on/off layout of graph in three dimensions. If off, graph - layout occurs in two dimensions. By default, three dimensional - layout is on. - - - - - vtkRemoveIsolatedVertices - remove vertices of a vtkGraph with - degree zero. - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRemoveHiddenData - Removes the rows/edges/vertices of - input data flagged by ann. - - - - Description - Output only those rows/vertices/edges of the input vtkDataObject that - are visible, as defined by the vtkAnnotation::HIDE() flag of the input - vtkAnnotationLayers. - Inputs: - Port 0 - vtkDataObject - Port 1 - vtkAnnotationLayers (optional) - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSCurveSpline - computes an interpolating spline using a - a SCurve basis. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Compute SCurve Splines for each dependent variable - - - - - Deep copy of SCurve spline data. - - - - - Evaluate a 1D SCurve spline. - - - - - Deep copy of SCurve spline data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Deep copy of SCurve spline data. - - - - - vtkSimple2DLayoutStrategy - a simple 2D graph layout - - - - Description - This class is an implementation of the work presented in: - Fruchterman & Reingold "Graph Drawing by Force-directed Placement" - Software-Practice and Experience 21(11) 1991). - The class includes some optimizations but nothing too fancy. - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie from Sandia National Laboratories for creating this - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set Random jitter of the nodes at initialization - to on or off. - Note: It's strongly recommendation to have jitter ON - even if you have initial coordinates in your graph. - Default is ON - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set Random jitter of the nodes at initialization - to on or off. - Note: It's strongly recommendation to have jitter ON - even if you have initial coordinates in your graph. - Default is ON - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - vtkSimple3DCirclesStrategy - places vertices on circles in 3D - - - - Description - Places vertices on circles depending on the graph vertices hierarchy level. - The source graph could be vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph or vtkDirectedGraph if MarkedStartPoints array was added. - The algorithm collects the standalone points, too and take them to a separated circle. If method is FixedRadiusMethod, - the radius of the circles will be equal. If method is FixedDistanceMethod, the distance beetwen the points on circles will - be equal. - - In first step initial points are searched. A point is initial, if its in degree equal zero and out degree is greater than zero (or - marked by MarkedStartVertices and out degree is greater than zero). Independent vertices (in and out degree equal zero) are collected - separatelly. In second step the hierarchical level is generated for every vertex. In third step the hierarchical order is generated. - If a vertex has no hierarchical level and it is not independent, the graph has loop so the algorithm exit with error message. Finally - the vertices positions are calculated by the hierarchical order and by the vertices hierarchy levels. - - Thanks - Ferenc Nasztanovics, naszta@naszta.hu, Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Department of Structural Mechanics - - References - in 3D rotation was used: http://en.citizendium.org/wiki/Rotation_matrix - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set or get auto height (Default: false). If AutoHeight is true, (r(i+1) - r(i-1))/Height will be smaller than tan(MinimumRadian). - If you want equal distances and parallel circles, you should turn off AutoHeight. - - - - - Set or get auto height (Default: false). If AutoHeight is true, (r(i+1) - r(i-1))/Height will be smaller than tan(MinimumRadian). - If you want equal distances and parallel circles, you should turn off AutoHeight. - - - - - Set or get ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder. If ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder is true, MarkedStartVertices won't be used. - In this case the input graph must be vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph (Defualt: false). - - - - - Set or get ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder. If ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder is true, MarkedStartVertices won't be used. - In this case the input graph must be vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph (Defualt: false). - - - - - Set or get auto height (Default: false). If AutoHeight is true, (r(i+1) - r(i-1))/Height will be smaller than tan(MinimumRadian). - If you want equal distances and parallel circles, you should turn off AutoHeight. - - - - - Set or get the normal vector of the circles plain. The height is growing in this direction. The direction must not be zero vector. - The default vector is (0.0,0.0,1.0) - - - - - Set or get the normal vector of the circles plain. The height is growing in this direction. The direction must not be zero vector. - The default vector is (0.0,0.0,1.0) - - - - - Set or get the normal vector of the circles plain. The height is growing in this direction. The direction must not be zero vector. - The default vector is (0.0,0.0,1.0) - - - - - Set or get ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder. If ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder is true, MarkedStartVertices won't be used. - In this case the input graph must be vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph (Defualt: false). - - - - - Set or get the vertical (local z) distance between the circles. If AutoHeight is on, this is the minimal height between - the circle layers - - - - - Set or get hierarchical layers id by vertices (An usual vertex's layer id is greater or equal to zero. If a vertex is standalone, its - layer id is -2.) If no HierarchicalLayers array is defined, vtkSimple3DCirclesStrategy will generate it automatically (default). - - - - - Set or get hierarchical ordering of vertices (The array starts from the first vertex's id. All id must be greater or equal to zero!) - If no HierarchicalOrder is defined, vtkSimple3DCirclesStrategy will generate it automatically (default). - - - - - Set or get initial vertices. If MarkedStartVertices is added, loop is accepted in the graph. (If all of the loop start vertices are - marked in MarkedStartVertices array.) MarkedStartVertices size must be equal with the number of the vertices in the graph. Start - vertices must be marked by MarkedValue. (E.g.: if MarkedValue=3 and MarkedStartPoints is { 0, 3, 5, 3 }, the start points ids will - be {1,3}.) ) - - - - - BTX - enum - { - FixedRadiusMethod = 0, FixedDistanceMethod = 1 - }; - ETX - Set or get cicrle generating method (FixedRadiusMethod/FixedDistanceMethod). Default is FixedRadiusMethod. - - - - - Set or get minimum degree (used by auto height). There is no separated minimum degree, so minimum radian will be changed. - - - - - Set or get minimum radian (used by auto height). - - - - - Set or get the origin of the geometry. This is the center of the first circle. SetOrigin(x,y,z) - - - - - Set or get the origin of the geometry. This is the center of the first circle. SetOrigin(x,y,z) - - - - - Set or get the origin of the geometry. This is the center of the first circle. SetOrigin(x,y,z) - - - - - If Method is FixedRadiusMethod: Set or get the radius of the circles. - If Method is FixedDistanceMethod: Set or get the distance of the points in the circle. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Standard layout method - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set or get auto height (Default: false). If AutoHeight is true, (r(i+1) - r(i-1))/Height will be smaller than tan(MinimumRadian). - If you want equal distances and parallel circles, you should turn off AutoHeight. - - - - - Set or get the normal vector of the circles plain. The height is growing in this direction. The direction must not be zero vector. - The default vector is (0.0,0.0,1.0) - - - - - Set or get the normal vector of the circles plain. The height is growing in this direction. The direction must not be zero vector. - The default vector is (0.0,0.0,1.0) - - - - - Set or get ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder. If ForceToUseUniversalStartPointsFinder is true, MarkedStartVertices won't be used. - In this case the input graph must be vtkDirectedAcyclicGraph (Defualt: false). - - - - - Set graph (warning: HierarchicalOrder and HierarchicalLayers will set to zero. These reference counts will be decreased!) - - - - - Set or get the vertical (local z) distance between the circles. If AutoHeight is on, this is the minimal height between - the circle layers - - - - - Set or get hierarchical layers id by vertices (An usual vertex's layer id is greater or equal to zero. If a vertex is standalone, its - layer id is -2.) If no HierarchicalLayers array is defined, vtkSimple3DCirclesStrategy will generate it automatically (default). - - - - - Set or get hierarchical ordering of vertices (The array starts from the first vertex's id. All id must be greater or equal to zero!) - If no HierarchicalOrder is defined, vtkSimple3DCirclesStrategy will generate it automatically (default). - - - - - Set or get initial vertices. If MarkedStartVertices is added, loop is accepted in the graph. (If all of the loop start vertices are - marked in MarkedStartVertices array.) MarkedStartVertices size must be equal with the number of the vertices in the graph. Start - vertices must be marked by MarkedValue. (E.g.: if MarkedValue=3 and MarkedStartPoints is { 0, 3, 5, 3 }, the start points ids will - be {1,3}.) ) - - - - - BTX - enum - { - FixedRadiusMethod = 0, FixedDistanceMethod = 1 - }; - ETX - Set or get cicrle generating method (FixedRadiusMethod/FixedDistanceMethod). Default is FixedRadiusMethod. - - - - - Set or get minimum degree (used by auto height). There is no separated minimum degree, so minimum radian will be changed. - - - - - Set or get minimum radian (used by auto height). - - - - - Set or get the origin of the geometry. This is the center of the first circle. SetOrigin(x,y,z) - - - - - Set or get the origin of the geometry. This is the center of the first circle. SetOrigin(x,y,z) - - - - - If Method is FixedRadiusMethod: Set or get the radius of the circles. - If Method is FixedDistanceMethod: Set or get the distance of the points in the circle. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSliceAndDiceLayoutStrategy - a horizontal and vertical slicing tree map layout - - - - Description - Lays out a tree-map alternating between horizontal and vertical slices, - taking into account the relative size of each vertex. - - Thanks - Slice and dice algorithm comes from: - Shneiderman, B. 1992. Tree visualization with tree-maps: 2-d space-filling approach. - ACM Trans. Graph. 11, 1 (Jan. 1992), 92-99. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout of a tree and place the results as 4-tuples in - coordsArray (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSplineGraphEdges - subsample graph edges to make smooth curves - - - - Description - vtkSplineGraphEdges uses a vtkSpline to make edges into nicely sampled - splines. By default, the filter will use an optimized b-spline. - Otherwise, it will use a custom vtkSpline instance set by the user. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The number of subdivisions in the spline. - - - - - If SplineType is CUSTOM, uses this spline. - - - - - Spline type used by the filter. - BSPLINE (0) - Use optimized b-spline (default). - CUSTOM (1) - Use spline set with SetSpline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The number of subdivisions in the spline. - - - - - If SplineType is CUSTOM, uses this spline. - - - - - Spline type used by the filter. - BSPLINE (0) - Use optimized b-spline (default). - CUSTOM (1) - Use spline set with SetSpline. - - - - - If SplineType is CUSTOM, uses this spline. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSplitColumnComponents - split multicomponent table columns - - - - Description - Splits any columns in a table that have more than one component into - individual columns. Single component columns are passed through without - any data duplication. So if column names "Points" had three components - this column would be split into "Points (0)", "Points (1)" and Points (2)". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on this filter will calculate an additional magnitude column for all - columns it splits with two or more components. - Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on this filter will calculate an additional magnitude column for all - columns it splits with two or more components. - Default is on. - - - - - vtkSquarifyLayoutStrategy - uses the squarify tree map layout algorithm - - - - Description - vtkSquarifyLayoutStrategy partitions the space for child vertices into regions - that use all available space and are as close to squares as possible. - The algorithm also takes into account the relative vertex size. - - Thanks - The squarified tree map algorithm comes from: - Bruls, D.M., C. Huizing, J.J. van Wijk. Squarified Treemaps. - In: W. de Leeuw, R. van Liere (eds.), Data Visualization 2000, - Proceedings of the joint Eurographics and IEEE TCVG Symposium on Visualization, - 2000, Springer, Vienna, p. 33-42. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout of a tree and place the results as 4-tuples in - coordsArray (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Copyright 2008 Sandia Corporation. - Under the terms of Contract DE-AC04-94AL85000 with Sandia Corporation, - the U.S. Government retains certain rights in this software. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If set, base the layout on a depth-first spanning tree, - rather than the default breadth-first spanning tree. - Switching between DFT and BFT may significantly change - the layout, and choice must be made on a per-graph basis. - Default value is off. - - - - - If set, base the layout on a depth-first spanning tree, - rather than the default breadth-first spanning tree. - Switching between DFT and BFT may significantly change - the layout, and choice must be made on a per-graph basis. - Default value is off. - - - - - If set, base the layout on a depth-first spanning tree, - rather than the default breadth-first spanning tree. - Switching between DFT and BFT may significantly change - the layout, and choice must be made on a per-graph basis. - Default value is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If set, base the layout on a depth-first spanning tree, - rather than the default breadth-first spanning tree. - Switching between DFT and BFT may significantly change - the layout, and choice must be made on a per-graph basis. - Default value is off. - - - - - vtkStackedTreeLayoutStrategy - lays out tree in stacked boxes or rings - - - - Description - Performs a tree ring layout or "icicle" layout on a tree. - This involves assigning a sector region to each vertex in the tree, - and placing that information in a data array with four components per - tuple representing (innerRadius, outerRadius, startAngle, endAngle). - - This class may be assigned as the layout strategy to vtkAreaLayout. - - Thanks - Thanks to Jason Shepherd from Sandia National Laboratories - for help developing this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the vertex id that contains pnt (or -1 if no one contains it). - - - - - The spacing of tree levels in the edge routing tree. - Levels near zero give more space - to levels near the root, while levels near one (the default) - create evenly-spaced levels. Levels above one give more space - to levels near the leaves. - - - - - Define the tree ring's interior radius. - - - - - Define whether to reverse the order of the tree stacks from - low to high. - - - - - Define the thickness of each of the tree rings. - - - - - Define the end angle for the root node. - NOTE: It is assumed that the root end angle is greater than the - root start angle and subtends no more than 360 degrees. - - - - - Define the start angle for the root node. - NOTE: It is assumed that the root end angle is greater than the - root start angle and subtends no more than 360 degrees. - - - - - Define whether or not rectangular coordinates are being used - (as opposed to polar coordinates). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the layout of the input tree, and store the sector - bounds of each vertex as a tuple - (innerRadius, outerRadius, startAngle, endAngle) - in a data array. - - - - - Fill edgeRoutingTree with points suitable for routing edges of - an overlaid graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Define whether to reverse the order of the tree stacks from - low to high. - - - - - Define whether to reverse the order of the tree stacks from - low to high. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The spacing of tree levels in the edge routing tree. - Levels near zero give more space - to levels near the root, while levels near one (the default) - create evenly-spaced levels. Levels above one give more space - to levels near the leaves. - - - - - Define the tree ring's interior radius. - - - - - Define whether to reverse the order of the tree stacks from - low to high. - - - - - Define the thickness of each of the tree rings. - - - - - Define the end angle for the root node. - NOTE: It is assumed that the root end angle is greater than the - root start angle and subtends no more than 360 degrees. - - - - - Define the start angle for the root node. - NOTE: It is assumed that the root end angle is greater than the - root start angle and subtends no more than 360 degrees. - - - - - Define whether or not rectangular coordinates are being used - (as opposed to polar coordinates). - - - - - Define whether or not rectangular coordinates are being used - (as opposed to polar coordinates). - - - - - Define whether or not rectangular coordinates are being used - (as opposed to polar coordinates). - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Copyright 2008 Sandia Corporation. - Under the terms of Contract DE-AC04-94AL85000 with Sandia Corporation, - the U.S. Government retains certain rights in this software. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - vtkStrahlerMetric - compute Strahler metric for a tree - - - Description - The Strahler metric is a value assigned to each vertex of a - tree that characterizes the structural complexity of the - sub-tree rooted at that node. The metric originated in the - study of river systems, but has been applied to other tree- - structured systes, Details of the metric and the rationale - for using it in infovis can be found in: - - Tree Visualization and Navigation Clues for Information - Visualization, I. Herman, M. Delest, and G. Melancon, - Computer Graphics Forum, Vol 17(2), Blackwell, 1998. - - The input tree is copied to the output, but with a new array - added to the output vertex data. - - Thanks - Thanks to David Duke from the University of Leeds for providing this - implementation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the maximum strahler value for the tree. - - - - - Set/get setting of normalize flag. If this is set, the - Strahler values are scaled into the range [0..1]. - Default is for normalization to be OFF. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get setting of normalize flag. If this is set, the - Strahler values are scaled into the range [0..1]. - Default is for normalization to be OFF. - - - - - Set/get setting of normalize flag. If this is set, the - Strahler values are scaled into the range [0..1]. - Default is for normalization to be OFF. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the name of the array in which the Strahler values will - be stored within the output vertex data. - Default is "Strahler" - - - - - Set/get setting of normalize flag. If this is set, the - Strahler values are scaled into the range [0..1]. - Default is for normalization to be OFF. - - - - - vtkStreamGraph - combines two graphs - - - - Description - vtkStreamGraph iteratively collects information from the input graph - and combines it in the output graph. It internally maintains a graph - instance that is incrementally updated every time the filter is called. - - Each update, vtkMergeGraphs is used to combine this filter's input with the - internal graph. - - If you can use an edge window array to filter out old edges based on a - moving threshold. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The time window amount. Edges with values lower - than the maximum value minus this window will be - removed from the graph. The default edge window is - 10000. - - - - - The edge window array. The default array name is "time". - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The time window amount. Edges with values lower - than the maximum value minus this window will be - removed from the graph. The default edge window is - 10000. - - - - - The edge window array. The default array name is "time". - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - Whether to use an edge window array. The default is to - not use a window array. - - - - - vtkStreamingStatistics - A class for using the statistics filters - in a streaming mode. - - - - Description - A class for using the statistics filters in a streaming mode or perhaps - an "online, incremental, push" mode. - - Thanks - Thanks to the Universe for unfolding in a way that allowed this class - to be implemented, also Godzilla for not crushing my computer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - enumeration values to specify output port types - - - - - enumeration values to specify input port types - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - enumeration values to specify output port types - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkStringToCategory - Creates a category array from a string array - - - - Description - vtkStringToCategory creates an integer array named "category" based on the - values in a string array. You may use this filter to create an array that - you may use to color points/cells by the values in a string array. Currently - there is not support to color by a string array directly. - The category values will range from zero to N-1, - where N is the number of distinct strings in the string array. Set the string - array to process with SetInputArrayToProcess(0,0,0,...). The array may be in - the point, cell, or field data of the data object. - - The list of unique strings, in the order they are mapped, can also be - retrieved from output port 1. They are in a vtkTable, stored in the "Strings" - column as a vtkStringArray. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name to give to the output vtkIntArray of category values. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name to give to the output vtkIntArray of category values. - - - - - vtkStringToNumeric - Converts string arrays to numeric arrays - - - - Description - vtkStringToNumeric is a filter for converting a string array - into a numeric arrays. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert point data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert point data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert edge data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert edge data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert field data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert field data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert cell data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert cell data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert row data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert row data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert vertex data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert vertex data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert point data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert edge data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert field data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert cell data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert row data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert vertex data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to detect and convert point data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert edge data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert field data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert cell data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert row data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to detect and convert vertex data arrays. Default is on. - - - - - vtkTableToGraph - convert a vtkTable into a vtkGraph - - - - Description - vtkTableToGraph converts a table to a graph using an auxiliary - link graph. The link graph specifies how each row in the table - should be converted to an edge, or a collection of edges. It also - specifies which columns of the table should be considered part of - the same domain, and which columns should be hidden. - - A second, optional, table may be provided as the vertex table. - This vertex table must have one or more domain columns whose values - match values in the edge table. The linked column name is specified in - the domain array in the link graph. The output graph will only contain - vertices corresponding to a row in the vertex table. For heterogenous - graphs, you may want to use vtkMergeTables to create a single vertex table. - - The link graph contains the following arrays: - - (1) The "column" array has the names of the columns to connect in each table row. - This array is required. - - (2) The optional "domain" array provides user-defined domain names for each column. - Matching domains in multiple columns will merge vertices with the same - value from those columns. By default, all columns are in the same domain. - If a vertex table is supplied, the domain indicates the column in the vertex - table that the edge table column associates with. If the user provides a - vertex table but no domain names, the output will be an empty graph. - Hidden columns do not need valid domain names. - - (3) The optional "hidden" array is a bit array specifying whether the column should be - hidden. The resulting graph will contain edges representing connections - "through" the hidden column, but the vertices for that column will not - be present. By default, no columns are hidden. Hiding a column - in a particular domain hides all columns in that domain. - - The output graph will contain three additional arrays in the vertex data. - The "domain" column is a string array containing the domain of each vertex. - The "label" column is a string version of the distinct value that, along - with the domain, defines that vertex. The "ids" column also contains - the distinguishing value, but as a vtkVariant holding the raw value instead - of being converted to a string. The "ids" column is set as the vertex pedigree - ID attribute. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an edge to the link graph. Specify the names of the columns to link. - - - - - Add a vertex to the link graph. Specify the column name, the domain name - for the column, and whether the column is hidden. - - - - - Clear the link graph edges. The graph vertices will remain. - - - - - Clear the link graph vertices. This also clears all edges. - - - - - Specify the directedness of the output graph. - - - - - Specify the directedness of the output graph. - - - - - Specify the directedness of the output graph. - - - - - The graph describing how to link the columns in the table. - - - - - Get the current modified time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Links the columns in a specific order. - This creates a simple path as the link graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the directedness of the output graph. - - - - - The graph describing how to link the columns in the table. - - - - - A convenience method for setting the vertex table input. This - is mainly for the benefit of the VTK client/server layer, - vanilla VTK code should use e.g: - - table_to_graph->SetInputConnection(1, vertex_table->output()); - - - - - - vtkTableToTreeFilter - Filter that converts a vtkTable to a vtkTree - - - - Description - - vtkTableToTreeFilter is a filter for converting a vtkTable data structure - into a vtkTree datastructure. Currently, this will convert the table into - a star, with each row of the table as a child of a new root node. - The columns of the table are passed as node fields of the tree. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkThresholdGraph - Returns a subgraph of a vtkGraph. - - - - Description - Requires input array, lower and upper threshold. This filter than - extracts the subgraph based on these three parameters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set lower threshold. This would be the value against which - edge or vertex data array value will be compared. - - - - - Get/Set upper threshold. This would be the value against which - edge or vertex data array value will be compared. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set lower threshold. This would be the value against which - edge or vertex data array value will be compared. - - - - - Get/Set upper threshold. This would be the value against which - edge or vertex data array value will be compared. - - - - - vtkThresholdTable - Thresholds table rows. - - - - Description - vtkThresholdTable uses minimum and/or maximum values to threshold - table rows based on the values in a particular column. - The column to threshold is specified using SetInputArrayToProcess(0, ...). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The mode of the threshold filter. Options are: - ACCEPT_LESS_THAN (0) accepts rows with values < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_GREATER_THAN (1) accepts rows with values > MinValue; - ACCEPT_BETWEEN (2) accepts rows with values > MinValue and < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_OUTSIDE (3) accepts rows with values < MinValue or > MaxValue. - - - - - The mode of the threshold filter. Options are: - ACCEPT_LESS_THAN (0) accepts rows with values < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_GREATER_THAN (1) accepts rows with values > MinValue; - ACCEPT_BETWEEN (2) accepts rows with values > MinValue and < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_OUTSIDE (3) accepts rows with values < MinValue or > MaxValue. - - - - - The mode of the threshold filter. Options are: - ACCEPT_LESS_THAN (0) accepts rows with values < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_GREATER_THAN (1) accepts rows with values > MinValue; - ACCEPT_BETWEEN (2) accepts rows with values > MinValue and < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_OUTSIDE (3) accepts rows with values < MinValue or > MaxValue. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The maximum value for the threshold as a double. - - - - - The minumum value for the threshold as a double. - - - - - The mode of the threshold filter. Options are: - ACCEPT_LESS_THAN (0) accepts rows with values < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_GREATER_THAN (1) accepts rows with values > MinValue; - ACCEPT_BETWEEN (2) accepts rows with values > MinValue and < MaxValue; - ACCEPT_OUTSIDE (3) accepts rows with values < MinValue or > MaxValue. - - - - - Criterion is rows whose scalars are between lower and upper thresholds - (inclusive of the end values). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTransferAttributes - transfer data from a graph representation - to a tree representation using direct mapping or pedigree ids. - - - - Description - The filter requires - both a vtkGraph and vtkTree as input. The tree vertices must be a - superset of the graph vertices. A common example is when the graph vertices - correspond to the leaves of the tree, but the internal vertices of the tree - represent groupings of graph vertices. The algorithm matches the vertices - using the array "PedigreeId". The user may alternately set the - DirectMapping flag to indicate that the two structures must have directly - corresponding offsets (i.e. node i in the graph must correspond to node i in - the tree). - - Thanks - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a vtkTransferAttributes object. - Initial values are DirectMapping = false, DefaultValue = 1, - SourceArrayName=0, TargetArrayName = 0, - SourceFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, - TargetFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - - - - - Create a vtkTransferAttributes object. - Initial values are DirectMapping = false, DefaultValue = 1, - SourceArrayName=0, TargetArrayName = 0, - SourceFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, - TargetFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - Set the input type of the algorithm to vtkGraph. - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - The field name to use for storing the source array. - - - - - The source field type for accessing the source array. Valid values are - those from enum vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations. - - - - - The field name to use for storing the source array. - - - - - The target field type for accessing the target array. Valid values are - those from enum vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations. - - - - - Create a vtkTransferAttributes object. - Initial values are DirectMapping = false, DefaultValue = 1, - SourceArrayName=0, TargetArrayName = 0, - SourceFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, - TargetFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - - - - - Create a vtkTransferAttributes object. - Initial values are DirectMapping = false, DefaultValue = 1, - SourceArrayName=0, TargetArrayName = 0, - SourceFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, - TargetFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - - - - - Create a vtkTransferAttributes object. - Initial values are DirectMapping = false, DefaultValue = 1, - SourceArrayName=0, TargetArrayName = 0, - SourceFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, - TargetFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - - - - - Create a vtkTransferAttributes object. - Initial values are DirectMapping = false, DefaultValue = 1, - SourceArrayName=0, TargetArrayName = 0, - SourceFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, - TargetFieldType=vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - - - - - If on, uses direct mapping from tree to graph vertices. - If off, both the graph and tree must contain PedigreeId arrays - which are used to match graph and tree vertices. - Default is off. - - - - - The field name to use for storing the source array. - - - - - The source field type for accessing the source array. Valid values are - those from enum vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations. - - - - - The field name to use for storing the source array. - - - - - The target field type for accessing the target array. Valid values are - those from enum vtkDataObject::FieldAssociations. - - - - - vtkTreeFieldAggregator - aggregate field values from the leaves up the tree - - - - Description - vtkTreeFieldAggregator may be used to assign sizes to all the vertices in the - tree, based on the sizes of the leaves. The size of a vertex will equal - the sum of the sizes of the child vertices. If you have a data array with - values for all leaves, you may specify that array, and the values will - be filled in for interior tree vertices. If you do not yet have an array, - you may tell the filter to create a new array, assuming that the size - of each leaf vertex is 1. You may optionally set a flag to first take the - log of all leaf values before aggregating. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The field to aggregate. If this is a string array, the entries are converted to double. - TODO: Remove this field and use the ArrayToProcess in vtkAlgorithm. - - - - - If set, the algorithm will assume a size of 1 for each leaf vertex. - - - - - If set, the leaf values in the tree will be logarithmically scaled (base 10). - - - - - If the value of the vertex is less than MinValue then consider it's value to be minVal. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If set, the algorithm will assume a size of 1 for each leaf vertex. - - - - - If set, the algorithm will assume a size of 1 for each leaf vertex. - - - - - If set, the leaf values in the tree will be logarithmically scaled (base 10). - - - - - If set, the leaf values in the tree will be logarithmically scaled (base 10). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The field to aggregate. If this is a string array, the entries are converted to double. - TODO: Remove this field and use the ArrayToProcess in vtkAlgorithm. - - - - - If set, the algorithm will assume a size of 1 for each leaf vertex. - - - - - If set, the leaf values in the tree will be logarithmically scaled (base 10). - - - - - If the value of the vertex is less than MinValue then consider it's value to be minVal. - - - - - vtkTreeLayoutStrategy - hierarchical layout - - - - Description - Assigns points to the nodes of a tree in either a standard or radial layout. - The standard layout places each level on a horizontal line, while the - radial layout places each level on a concentric circle. - You may specify the sweep angle of the tree which constrains the tree - to be contained within a wedge. Also, you may indicate the log scale of - the tree, which diminishes the length of arcs at lower levels of the tree. - Values near zero give a large proportion of the space to the tree levels - near the root, while values near one give nearly equal proportions of space - to all tree levels. - - The user may also specify an array to use to indicate the distance from the - root, either vertically (for standard layout) or radially - (for radial layout). You specify this with SetDistanceArrayName(). - - If the input is not a tree but a general graph, this strategy first extracts - a tree from the graph using a breadth-first search starting at vertex ID 0. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The sweep angle of the tree. - For a standard tree layout, this should be between 0 and 180. - For a radial tree layout, this can be between 0 and 360. - - - - - The sweep angle of the tree. - For a standard tree layout, this should be between 0 and 180. - For a radial tree layout, this can be between 0 and 360. - - - - - The sweep angle of the tree. - For a standard tree layout, this should be between 0 and 180. - For a radial tree layout, this can be between 0 and 360. - - - - - Get/Set the array to use to determine the distance from the - root. - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of tree levels. Levels near zero give more space - to levels near the root, while levels near one (the default) - create evenly-spaced levels. Levels above one give more space - to levels near the leaves. - - - - - If set, the tree is laid out with levels on concentric circles - around the root. If unset (default), the tree is laid out with - levels on horizontal lines. - - - - - If set and the input is not a tree but a general graph, the filter - will reverse the edges on the graph before extracting a tree using - breadth first search. - - - - - The amount of counter-clockwise rotation to apply after the - layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the tree layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If set, the tree is laid out with levels on concentric circles - around the root. If unset (default), the tree is laid out with - levels on horizontal lines. - - - - - If set, the tree is laid out with levels on concentric circles - around the root. If unset (default), the tree is laid out with - levels on horizontal lines. - - - - - If set and the input is not a tree but a general graph, the filter - will reverse the edges on the graph before extracting a tree using - breadth first search. - - - - - If set and the input is not a tree but a general graph, the filter - will reverse the edges on the graph before extracting a tree using - breadth first search. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The sweep angle of the tree. - For a standard tree layout, this should be between 0 and 180. - For a radial tree layout, this can be between 0 and 360. - - - - - Get/Set the array to use to determine the distance from the - root. - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of tree levels. Levels near zero give more space - to levels near the root, while levels near one (the default) - create evenly-spaced levels. Levels above one give more space - to levels near the leaves. - - - - - If set, the tree is laid out with levels on concentric circles - around the root. If unset (default), the tree is laid out with - levels on horizontal lines. - - - - - If set and the input is not a tree but a general graph, the filter - will reverse the edges on the graph before extracting a tree using - breadth first search. - - - - - The amount of counter-clockwise rotation to apply after the - layout. - - - - - vtkTreeOrbitLayoutStrategy - hierarchical orbital layout - - - - Description - Assigns points to the nodes of a tree to an orbital layout. Each parent - is orbited by its children, recursively. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is a magic number right now. Controls the radius - of the child layout, all of this should be fixed at - some point with a more logical layout. Defaults to .5 :) - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of orbital levels. Levels near zero give more space - to levels near the root, while levels near one (the default) - create evenly-spaced levels. Levels above one give more space - to levels near the leaves. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the orbital layout. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is a magic number right now. Controls the radius - of the child layout, all of this should be fixed at - some point with a more logical layout. Defaults to .5 :) - - - - - The spacing of leaves. Levels near one evenly space leaves - with no gaps between subtrees. Levels near zero creates - large gaps between subtrees. - - - - - The spacing of orbital levels. Levels near zero give more space - to levels near the root, while levels near one (the default) - create evenly-spaced levels. Levels above one give more space - to levels near the leaves. - - - - - vtkTreeLevelsFilter - adds level and leaf fields to a vtkTree - - - - Description - The filter currently add two arrays to the incoming vtkTree datastructure. - 1) "levels" this is the distance from the root of the vertex. Root = 0 - and you add 1 for each level down from the root - 2) "leaf" this array simply indicates whether the vertex is a leaf or not - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie from Sandia National Laboratories for creating this - class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTreeMapLayout - layout a vtkTree into a tree map - - - - Description - vtkTreeMapLayout assigns rectangular regions to each vertex in the tree, - creating a tree map. The data is added as a data array with four - components per tuple representing the location and size of the - rectangle using the format (Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax). - - This algorithm relies on a helper class to perform the actual layout. - This helper class is a subclass of vtkTreeMapLayoutStrategy. - - Thanks - Thanks to Brian Wylie and Ken Moreland from Sandia National Laboratories - for help developing this class. - - Tree map concept comes from: - Shneiderman, B. 1992. Tree visualization with tree-maps: 2-d space-filling approach. - ACM Trans. Graph. 11, 1 (Jan. 1992), 92-99. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the vertex id that contains pnt (or -1 if no one contains it) - - - - - Return the min and max 2D points of the - vertex's bounding box - - - - - The strategy to use when laying out the tree map. - - - - - Get the modification time of the layout algorithm. - - - - - The field name to use for storing the rectangles for each vertex. - The rectangles are stored in a quadruple float array - (minX, maxX, minY, maxY). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The strategy to use when laying out the tree map. - - - - - The field name to use for storing the rectangles for each vertex. - The rectangles are stored in a quadruple float array - (minX, maxX, minY, maxY). - - - - - The array to use for the size of each vertex. - - - - - vtkTreeMapToPolyData - converts a tree to a polygonal data representing a tree map - - - - Description - This algorithm requires that the vtkTreeMapLayout filter has already applied to the - data in order to create the quadruple array (min x, max x, min y, max y) of - bounds for each vertex of the tree. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The spacing along the z-axis between tree map levels. - - - - - The spacing along the z-axis between tree map levels. - - - - - The spacing along the z-axis between tree map levels. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The spacing along the z-axis between tree map levels. - - - - - The field containing the level of each tree node. - This can be added using vtkTreeLevelsFilter before this filter. - If this is not present, the filter simply calls tree->GetLevel(v) for - each vertex, which will produce the same result, but - may not be as efficient. - - - - - The spacing along the z-axis between tree map levels. - - - - - The field containing quadruples of the form (min x, max x, min y, max y) - representing the bounds of the rectangles for each vertex. - This array may be added to the tree using vtkTreeMapLayout. - - - - - vtkTreeRingToPolyData - converts a tree to a polygonal data - representing radial space filling tree. - - - - Description - This algorithm requires that the vtkTreeRingLayout filter has already - been applied to the data in order to create the quadruple array - (start angle, end angle, inner radius, outer radius) of bounds - for each vertex of the tree. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Define a shrink percentage for each of the sectors. - - - - - Define a shrink percentage for each of the sectors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The field containing quadruples of the form (start angle, end angle, - inner radius, outer radius) - representing the bounds of the rectangles for each vertex. - This field may be added to the tree using vtkTreeRingLayout. - This array must be set. - - - - - Define a shrink percentage for each of the sectors. - - - - - vtkTulipReader - Reads tulip graph files. - - - - Description - vtkTulipReader reads in files in the Tulip format. - Definition of the Tulip file format can be found online at: - http://tulip.labri.fr/tlpformat.php - An example is the following - <code> - (nodes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9) - (edge 0 0 1) - (edge 1 1 2) - (edge 2 2 3) - (edge 3 3 4) - (edge 4 4 5) - (edge 5 5 6) - (edge 6 6 7) - (edge 7 7 8) - (edge 8 8 9) - (edge 9 9 0) - (edge 10 0 5) - (edge 11 2 7) - (edge 12 4 9) - </code> - where "nodes" defines all the nodes ids in the graph, and "edge" - is a triple of edge id, source vertex id, and target vertex id. - The graph is read in as undirected graph. - NOTE: This currently only supports reading connectivity information. - Also, only string and int properties are supported. - Display information is discarded. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The Tulip file name. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The Tulip file name. - - - - - vtkAttributeClustering2DLayoutStrategy - a simple fast 2D graph layout - - - - Description - This class is a density grid based force directed layout strategy. - Also please note that 'fast' is relative to quite slow. :) - The layout running time is O(V+E) with an extremely high constant. - Thanks - Thanks to Godzilla for not eating my computer so that this class - could be written. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - The name of the array on the vertices, whose values will be used for - determining clusters. - - - - - This strategy sets up some data structures - for faster processing of each Layout() call - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I'm an iterative layout so this method lets the caller - know if I'm done laying out the graph - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the layout method where the graph that was - set in SetGraph() is laid out. The method can either - entirely layout the graph or iteratively lay out the - graph. If you have an iterative layout please implement - the IsLayoutComplete() method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the Cool-down rate. - The higher this number is, the longer it will take to "cool-down", - and thus, the more the graph will be modified. The default is '10' - for no particular reason. - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set the initial temperature. The temperature default is '5' - for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Set/Get the number of iterations per layout. - The only use for this ivar is for the application - to do visualizations of the layout before it's complete. - The default is '100' to match the default 'MaxNumberOfIterations' - Note: Changing this parameter is just fine :) - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of iterations to be used. - The higher this number, the more iterations through the algorithm - is possible, and thus, the more the graph gets modified. - The default is '100' for no particular reason - Note: The strong recommendation is that you do not change - this parameter. :) - - - - - Seed the random number generator used to jitter point positions. - This has a significant effect on their final positions when - the layout is complete. - - - - - Manually set the resting distance. Otherwise the - distance is computed automatically. - - - - - The name of the array on the vertices, whose values will be used for - determining clusters. - - - - - vtkVertexDegree - Adds an attribute array with the degree of each vertex - - - - Description - Adds an attribute array with the degree of each vertex. By default the name - of the array will be "VertexDegree", but that can be changed by calling - SetOutputArrayName("foo"); - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the output array name. If no output array name is - set then the name 'VertexDegree' is used. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Copyright 2008 Sandia Corporation. - Under the terms of Contract DE-AC04-94AL85000 with Sandia Corporation, - the U.S. Government retains certain rights in this software. - ------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The XGML file name. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The XGML file name. - - - - - vtkXMLTreeReader - reads an XML file into a vtkTree - - - - Description - vtkXMLTreeReader parses an XML file and uses the nesting structure of the - XML tags to generate a tree. Node attributes are assigned to node arrays, - and the special arrays .tagname and .chardata contain the tag type and the - text internal to the tag, respectively. The arrays are of type - vtkStringArray. There is an array for each attribute type in the XML file, - even if it appears in only one tag. If an attribute is missing from a tag, - its value is the empty string. - - If MaskArrays is on (the default is off), the filter will additionally make bit - arrays whose names are prepended with ".valid." which are 1 if the element - contains that attribute, and 0 otherwise. - - For example, the XML file containing the text: - <pre> - &lt;node name="jeff" age="26"&gt; - this is text in jeff's node - &lt;node name="joe"&gt; - &lt;node name="al" initials="amb" other="something"/&gt; - &lt;node name="dave" age="30"/&gt; - &lt;/node&gt; - &lt;node name="lisa"&gt;this is text in lisa's node&lt;/node&gt; - &lt;node name="darlene" age="29"/&gt; - &lt;/node&gt; - </pre> - - would be parsed into a tree with the following node IDs and structure: - - <pre> - 0 (jeff) - children: 1 (joe), 4 (lisa), 5 (darlene) - 1 (joe) - children: 2 (al), 3 (dave) - 2 (al) - 3 (dave) - 4 (lisa) - 5 (darlene) - </pre> - - and the node data arrays would be as follows: - - <pre> - name initials other age .tagname .chardata - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - jeff (empty) (empty) 26 node " this is text in jeff's node\n \n \n \n" - joe (empty) (empty) (empty) node "\n \n \n " - al amb something (empty) node (empty) - dave (empty) (empty) 30 node (empty) - lisa (empty) (empty) (empty) node "this is text in lisa's node" - darlene (empty) (empty) 29 node (empty) - </pre> - - There would also be the following bit arrays if MaskArrays is on: - - <pre> - .valid.name .valid.initials .valid.other .valid.age - --------------------------------------------------------- - 1 0 0 1 - 1 0 0 0 - 1 1 1 0 - 1 0 0 1 - 1 0 0 0 - 1 0 0 1 - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - The name of the edge pedigree ids. Default is "edge id". - - - - - If set, reads in the XML file specified. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - If on, makes bit arrays for each attribute with name .valid.attribute_name - for each attribute. Default is off. - - - - - If on, stores the XML character data (i.e. textual data between tags) - into an array named CharDataField, otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, stores the XML tag name data in a field called .tagname - otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is on. - - - - - The name of the vertex pedigree ids. Default is "vertex id". - - - - - If set, and FileName is not set, reads in the XML string. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, makes bit arrays for each attribute with name .valid.attribute_name - for each attribute. Default is off. - - - - - If on, makes bit arrays for each attribute with name .valid.attribute_name - for each attribute. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on, stores the XML character data (i.e. textual data between tags) - into an array named CharDataField, otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, stores the XML character data (i.e. textual data between tags) - into an array named CharDataField, otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, stores the XML tag name data in a field called .tagname - otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is on. - - - - - If on, stores the XML tag name data in a field called .tagname - otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name of the edge pedigree ids. Default is "edge id". - - - - - If set, reads in the XML file specified. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - Set whether to use an property from the XML file as pedigree ids (off), - or generate a new array with integer values starting at zero (on). - Default is on. - - - - - If on, makes bit arrays for each attribute with name .valid.attribute_name - for each attribute. Default is off. - - - - - If on, stores the XML character data (i.e. textual data between tags) - into an array named CharDataField, otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is off. - - - - - If on, stores the XML tag name data in a field called .tagname - otherwise this field is skipped. - Default is on. - - - - - The name of the vertex pedigree ids. Default is "vertex id". - - - - - If set, and FileName is not set, reads in the XML string. - - - - - vtkAdjacencyMatrixToEdgeTable - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specifies the minimum number of adjacent edges to include for each source vertex. - Default: 0 - - - - - Specifies a minimum threshold that an edge weight must exceed to be included in - the output. - Default: 0.5 - - - - - Specifies whether rows or columns become the "source" in the output edge table. - 0 = rows, 1 = columns. Default: 0 - - - - - Controls the name of the output table column that contains edge weights. - Default: "value" - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specifies the minimum number of adjacent edges to include for each source vertex. - Default: 0 - - - - - Specifies a minimum threshold that an edge weight must exceed to be included in - the output. - Default: 0.5 - - - - - Specifies whether rows or columns become the "source" in the output edge table. - 0 = rows, 1 = columns. Default: 0 - - - - - Controls the name of the output table column that contains edge weights. - Default: "value" - - - - - vtkArrayNorm - Computes L-norms along one dimension of an array. - - - - Description - Given an input matrix (vtkTypedArray<double>), computes the L-norm for each - vector along either dimension, storing the results in a dense output - vector (1D vtkDenseArray<double>). The caller may optionally request the - inverse norm as output (useful for subsequent normalization), and may limit - the computation to a "window" of vector elements, to avoid data copying. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controls the dimension along which norms will be computed. For input matrices, - For input matrices, use "0" (rows) or "1" (columns). Default: 0 - - - - - Controls whether to invert output values. Default: false - - - - - Controls the L-value. Default: 2 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controls the dimension along which norms will be computed. For input matrices, - For input matrices, use "0" (rows) or "1" (columns). Default: 0 - - - - - Controls whether to invert output values. Default: false - - - - - Controls the L-value. Default: 2 - - - - - vtkArrayToTable - Converts one- and two-dimensional vtkArrayData - objects to vtkTable - - - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkComputeHistogram2DOutliers - compute the outliers in a set - of 2D histograms and extract the corresponding row data. - - - - Description - This class takes a table and one or more vtkImageData histograms as input - and computes the outliers in that data. In general it does so by - identifying histogram bins that are removed by a median (salt and pepper) - filter and below a threshold. This threshold is automatically identified - to retrieve a number of outliers close to a user-determined value. This - value is set by calling SetPreferredNumberOfOutliers(int). - - The image data input can come either as a multiple vtkImageData via the - repeatable INPUT_HISTOGRAM_IMAGE_DATA port, or as a single - vtkMultiBlockDataSet containing vtkImageData objects as blocks. One - or the other must be set, not both (or neither). - - The output can be retrieved as a set of row ids in a vtkSelection or - as a vtkTable containing the actual outlier row data. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng at Sandia National Laboratories - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - vtkExtractHistogram2D vtkPComputeHistogram2DOutliers - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the input histogram data as a (repeatable) vtkImageData - - - - - Set the input histogram data as a vtkMultiBlockData set - containing multiple vtkImageData objects. - - - - - Set the source table data, from which data will be filtered. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDiagonalMatrixSource - generates a sparse or dense square matrix - with user-specified values for the diagonal, superdiagonal, and subdiagonal. - - - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controls the output matrix column dimension label. - Default: "columns" - - - - - Stores the value that will be assigned to diagonal elements (default: 1) - - - - - Stores the extents of the output matrix (which is square) - - - - - Controls the output matrix row dimension label. - Default: "rows" - - - - - Stores the value that will be assigned to subdiagonal elements (default: 0) - - - - - Stores the value that will be assigned to superdiagonal elements (default: 0) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controls the output matrix column dimension label. - Default: "columns" - - - - - Stores the value that will be assigned to diagonal elements (default: 1) - - - - - Stores the extents of the output matrix (which is square) - - - - - Controls the output matrix row dimension label. - Default: "rows" - - - - - Stores the value that will be assigned to subdiagonal elements (default: 0) - - - - - Stores the value that will be assigned to superdiagonal elements (default: 0) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDotProductSimilarity - compute dot-product similarity metrics. - - - - Description - Treats matrices as collections of vectors and computes dot-product similarity - metrics between vectors. - - The results are returned as an edge-table that lists the index of each vector - and their computed similarity. The output edge-table is typically used with - vtkTableToGraph to create a similarity graph. - - This filter can be used with one or two input matrices. If you provide a single - matrix as input, every vector in the matrix is compared with every other vector. If - you provide two matrices, every vector in the first matrix is compared with every - vector in the second matrix. - - Note that this filter *only* computes the dot-product between each pair of vectors; - if you want to compute the cosine of the angles between vectors, you will need to - normalize the inputs yourself. - - Inputs: - Input port 0: (required) A vtkDenseArray<double> with two dimensions (a matrix). - Input port 1: (optional) A vtkDenseArray<double> with two dimensions (a matrix). - - Outputs: - Output port 0: A vtkTable containing "source", "target", and "similarity" columns. - - Caveats - Note that the complexity of this filter is quadratic! It also requires dense arrays - as input, in the future it should be generalized to accept sparse arrays. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When computing similarities for a single input matrix, controls whether the - results will include the diagonal of the similarity matrix. Default: false. - - - - - When computing similarities for two input matrices, controls whether the results - will include comparisons from the first matrix to the second matrix. - - - - - When computing similarities for a single input matrix, controls whether the - results will include the lower diagonal of the similarity matrix. Default: false. - - - - - Specifies a maximum number of edges to include for each vector. - - - - - Specifies a minimum number of edges to include for each vector. - - - - - Specifies a minimum threshold that a similarity must exceed to be included in - the output. - - - - - When computing similarities for two input matrices, controls whether the results - will include comparisons from the second matrix to the first matrix. - - - - - When computing similarities for a single input matrix, controls whether the - results will include the upper diagonal of the similarity matrix. Default: true. - - - - - Controls whether to compute similarities for row-vectors or column-vectors. - 0 = rows, 1 = columns. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When computing similarities for a single input matrix, controls whether the - results will include the diagonal of the similarity matrix. Default: false. - - - - - When computing similarities for two input matrices, controls whether the results - will include comparisons from the first matrix to the second matrix. - - - - - When computing similarities for a single input matrix, controls whether the - results will include the lower diagonal of the similarity matrix. Default: false. - - - - - Specifies a maximum number of edges to include for each vector. - - - - - Specifies a minimum number of edges to include for each vector. - - - - - Specifies a minimum threshold that a similarity must exceed to be included in - the output. - - - - - When computing similarities for two input matrices, controls whether the results - will include comparisons from the second matrix to the first matrix. - - - - - When computing similarities for a single input matrix, controls whether the - results will include the upper diagonal of the similarity matrix. Default: true. - - - - - Controls whether to compute similarities for row-vectors or column-vectors. - 0 = rows, 1 = columns. - - - - - vtkExtractArray - Given a vtkArrayData object containing one-or-more - vtkArray instances, produces a vtkArrayData containing just one vtkArray, - indentified by index. - - - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controls which array will be extracted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controls which array will be extracted. - - - - - vtkExtractHistogram2D - compute a 2D histogram between two columns - of an input vtkTable. - - - - Description - This class computes a 2D histogram between two columns of an input - vtkTable. Just as with a 1D histogram, a 2D histogram breaks - up the input domain into bins, and each pair of values (row in - the table) fits into a single bin and increments a row counter - for that bin. - - To use this class, set the input with a table and call AddColumnPair(nameX,nameY), - where nameX and nameY are the names of the two columns to be used. - - In addition to the number of bins (in X and Y), the domain of - the histogram can be customized by toggling the UseCustomHistogramExtents - flag and setting the CustomHistogramExtents variable to the - desired value. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng and Philippe Pebay at Sandia National Laboratories - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - vtkPExtractHistogram2D - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model. Not used. - - - - - Compute the range of the bin located at position (binX,binY) in - the 2D histogram. - - - - - Get the range of the of the bin located at 1D position index bin - in the 2D histogram array. - - - - - Get the width of all of the bins. Also stored in the spacing - ivar of the histogram image output. - - - - - Set/get the components of the arrays in the two input columns - to be used during histogram computation. Defaults to component 0. - - - - - Set/get the components of the arrays in the two input columns - to be used during histogram computation. Defaults to component 0. - - - - - Set/get the components of the arrays in the two input columns - to be used during histogram computation. Defaults to component 0. - - - - - Set/get a custom domain for histogram computation. UseCustomHistogramExtents - must be called for these to actually be used. - - - - - Set/get a custom domain for histogram computation. UseCustomHistogramExtents - must be called for these to actually be used. - - - - - Set/get a custom domain for histogram computation. UseCustomHistogramExtents - must be called for these to actually be used. - - - - - Get the histogram extents currently in use, either computed - or set by the user. - - - - - Access the count of the histogram bin containing the largest number - of input rows. - - - - - Set/get the number of bins to be used per dimension (x,y) - - - - - Set/get the number of bins to be used per dimension (x,y) - - - - - Set/get the number of bins to be used per dimension (x,y) - - - - - Gets the data object at the histogram image output port and - casts it to a vtkImageData. - - - - - Get/Set an optional mask that can ignore rows of the table - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Get the histogram extents currently in use, either computed - or set by the user. - - - - - Use the extents in CustomHistogramExtents when computing the - histogram, rather than the simple range of the input columns. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the components of the arrays in the two input columns - to be used during histogram computation. Defaults to component 0. - - - - - Set/get the components of the arrays in the two input columns - to be used during histogram computation. Defaults to component 0. - - - - - Set/get a custom domain for histogram computation. UseCustomHistogramExtents - must be called for these to actually be used. - - - - - Set/get a custom domain for histogram computation. UseCustomHistogramExtents - must be called for these to actually be used. - - - - - Set/get the number of bins to be used per dimension (x,y) - - - - - Set/get the number of bins to be used per dimension (x,y) - - - - - Get/Set an optional mask that can ignore rows of the table - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Control the scalar type of the output histogram. If the input - is relatively small, you can save space by using a smaller - data type. Defaults to unsigned integer. - - - - - Get the histogram extents currently in use, either computed - or set by the user. - - - - - Use the extents in CustomHistogramExtents when computing the - histogram, rather than the simple range of the input columns. - - - - - Get the histogram extents currently in use, either computed - or set by the user. - - - - - Get the histogram extents currently in use, either computed - or set by the user. - - - - - Use the extents in CustomHistogramExtents when computing the - histogram, rather than the simple range of the input columns. - - - - - Use the extents in CustomHistogramExtents when computing the - histogram, rather than the simple range of the input columns. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - - vtkMatricizeArray - Convert an array of arbitrary dimensions to a - matrix. - - - - Description - Given a sparse input array of arbitrary dimension, creates a sparse output - matrix (vtkSparseArray<double>) where each column is a slice along an - arbitrary dimension from the source. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns the 0-numbered dimension that will be mapped to columns in the output - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the 0-numbered dimension that will be mapped to columns in the output - - - - - vtkNormalizeMatrixVectors - given a sparse input matrix, produces - a sparse output matrix with each vector normalized to unit length. - - - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controls whether to normalize row-vectors or column-vectors. 0 = rows, 1 = columns. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controls whether to normalize row-vectors or column-vectors. 0 = rows, 1 = columns. - - - - - vtkPairwiseExtractHistogram2D - compute a 2D histogram between - all adjacent columns of an input vtkTable. - - - - Description - This class computes a 2D histogram between all adjacent pairs of columns - of an input vtkTable. Internally it creates multiple vtkExtractHistogram2D - instances (one for each pair of adjacent table columns). It also - manages updating histogram computations intelligently, only recomputing - those histograms for whom a relevant property has been altered. - - Note that there are two different outputs from this filter. One is a - table for which each column contains a flattened 2D histogram array. - The other is a vtkMultiBlockDataSet for which each block is a - vtkImageData representation of the 2D histogram. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng and Philippe Pebay at Sandia National Laboratories - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - vtkExtractHistogram2D vtkPPairwiseExtractHistogram2D - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a collection of models, calculate aggregate model. Not used - - - - - Compute the range of the bin located at position (binX,binY) in - the 2D histogram at idx. - - - - - Get the range of the of the bin located at 1D position index bin - in the 2D histogram array at idx. - - - - - Get the width of all of the bins. Also stored in the spacing - ivar of the histogram image output at idx. - - - - - Get the histogram extents currently in use, either computed - or set by the user for the idx'th histogram. - - - - - Get a pointer to the idx'th histogram filter. - - - - - Get the maximum bin count for a single histogram - - - - - Get the maximum bin count over all histograms - - - - - Set/get the bin dimensions of the histograms to compute - - - - - Set/get the bin dimensions of the histograms to compute - - - - - Set/get the bin dimensions of the histograms to compute - - - - - Get the vtkImageData output of the idx'th histogram filter - - - - - Set the scalar type for each of the computed histograms. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - More standard way to set the custom range for a particular column. - This makes sure that only the affected histograms know that they - need to be updated. - - - - - More standard way to set the custom range for a particular column. - This makes sure that only the affected histograms know that they - need to be updated. - - - - - Strange method for setting an index to be used for setting custom - column range. This was (probably) necessary to get this class - to interact with the ParaView client/server message passing interface. - - - - - Strange method for setting an index to be used for setting custom - column range. This was (probably) necessary to get this class - to interact with the ParaView client/server message passing interface. - - - - - Set/get the bin dimensions of the histograms to compute - - - - - Set/get the bin dimensions of the histograms to compute - - - - - Set the scalar type for each of the computed histograms. - - - - - Set the scalar type for each of the computed histograms. - - - - - Set the scalar type for each of the computed histograms. - - - - - Set the scalar type for each of the computed histograms. - - - - - Set the scalar type for each of the computed histograms. - - - - - Get a pointer to the idx'th histogram filter. - - - - enum member - - - - vtkSparseArrayToTable - Converts a sparse array to a vtkTable. - - - - Description - Converts any sparse array to a vtkTable containing one row for each value - stored in the array. The table will contain one column of coordinates for each - dimension in the source array, plus one column of array values. A common use-case - for vtkSparseArrayToTable would be converting a sparse array into a table - suitable for use as an input to vtkTableToGraph. - - The coordinate columns in the output table will be named using the dimension labels - from the source array, The value column name can be explicitly set using - SetValueColumn(). - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the name of the output table column that contains array values. - Default: "value" - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of the output table column that contains array values. - Default: "value" - - - - - vtkTableToArray - converts a vtkTable to a matrix. - - - - Description - Converts a vtkTable into a dense matrix. Use AddColumn() to - designate one-to-many table columns that will become columns in the - output matrix.a - - Using AddColumn() it is possible to duplicate / reorder columns in - arbitrary ways. - - Caveats - Only produces vtkDenseArray<double>, regardless of the input table column types. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add every input table column to the output matrix. - - - - - Add a column by name to the list of input table columns that will be - mapped to columns in the output matrix. - - - - - Add a column by index to the list of input table columns that will be - mapped to columns in the output matrix. - - - - - Reset the list of input table columns that will be mapped to columns - in the output matrix. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTableToSparseArray - converts a vtkTable into a sparse array. - - - - Description - Converts a vtkTable into a sparse array. Use AddCoordinateColumn() to - designate one-to-many table columns that contain coordinates for each - array value, and SetValueColumn() to designate the table column that - contains array values. - - Thus, the number of dimensions in the output array will equal the number - of calls to AddCoordinateColumn(). - - The coordinate columns will also be used to populate dimension labels - in the output array. - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the set of input table columns that will be mapped to coordinates - in the output sparse array. - - - - - Specify the set of input table columns that will be mapped to coordinates - in the output sparse array. - - - - - Specify the input table column that will be mapped to values in the output array. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the input table column that will be mapped to values in the output array. - - - - - vtkTransposeMatrix - Computes the transpose of an input matrix. - - - - Thanks - Developed by Timothy M. Shead (tshead@sandia.gov) at Sandia National Laboratories. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPBivariateLinearTableThreshold - performs line-based thresholding - for vtkTable data in parallel. - - - - Description - Perform the table filtering operations provided by - vtkBivariateLinearTableThreshold in parallel. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the vtkMultiProcessController to be used for combining filter - results from the individual nodes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the vtkMultiProcessController to be used for combining filter - results from the individual nodes. - - - - - vtkPCorrelativeStatistics - A class for parallel bivariate correlative statistics - - - Description - vtkPCorrelativeStatistics is vtkCorrelativeStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Execute the parallel calculations required by the Learn option. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - vtkPContingencyStatistics - A class for parallel bivariate contingency statistics - - - Description - vtkPContingencyStatistics is vtkContingencyStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Execute the parallel calculations required by the Learn option. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - vtkPDescriptiveStatistics - A class for parallel univariate descriptive statistics - - - Description - vtkPDescriptiveStatistics is vtkDescriptiveStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Execute the parallel calculations required by the Learn option. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - vtkPKMeansStatisitcs - A class for parallel k means clustering - - - Description - vtkPKMeansStatistics is vtkKMeansStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subroutine to initialize cluster centerss if not provided by the user. - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Subroutine to get the total number of data objects. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Subroutine to update new cluster centers from the old centers. - - - - - vtkPMultiCorrelativeStatistics - A class for parallel bivariate correlative statistics - - - Description - vtkPMultiCorrelativeStatistics is vtkMultiCorrelativeStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Performs Reduction - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - vtkPOrderStatistics - A class for parallel univariate order statistics - - - Description - vtkPOrderStatistics is vtkOrderStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Execute the parallel calculations required by the Learn option. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - vtkPPCAStatistics - A class for parallel principal component analysis - - - Description - vtkPPCAStatistics is vtkPCAStatistics subclass for parallel datasets. - It learns and derives the global statistical model on each node, but assesses each - individual data points on the node that owns it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the multiprocess controller. If no controller is set, - single process is assumed. - - - - - vtkPComputeHistogram2DOutliers - extract outlier rows from - a vtkTable based on input 2D histograms, in parallel. - - - - Description - This class does exactly the same this as vtkComputeHistogram2DOutliers, - but does it in a multi-process environment. After each node - computes their own local outliers, class does an AllGather - that distributes the outliers to every node. This could probably just - be a Gather onto the root node instead. - - After this operation, the row selection will only contain local row ids, - since I'm not sure how to deal with distributed ids. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng at Sandia National Laboratories - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - vtkComputeHistogram2DOutliers - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPExtractHistogram2D - compute a 2D histogram between two columns - of an input vtkTable in parallel. - - - - Description - This class does exactly the same this as vtkExtractHistogram2D, - but does it in a multi-process environment. After each node - computes their own local histograms, this class does an AllReduce - that distributes the sum of all local histograms onto each node. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng and Philippe Pebay at Sandia National Laboratories - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - vtkExtractHistogram2D - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPPairwiseExtractHistogram2D - compute a 2D histogram between - all adjacent columns of an input vtkTable in parallel. - - - - Description - This class does exactly the same this as vtkPairwiseExtractHistogram2D, - but does it in a multi-process environment. After each node - computes their own local histograms, this class does an AllReduce - that distributes the sum of all local histograms onto each node. - - Because vtkPairwiseExtractHistogram2D is a light wrapper around a series - of vtkExtractHistogram2D classes, this class just overrides the function - that instantiates new histogram filters and returns the parallel version - (vtkPExtractHistogram2D). - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng and Philippe Pebay at Sandia National Laboratories - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - - - - vtkExtractHistogram2D vtkPairwiseExtractHistogram2D vtkPExtractHistogram2D - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSQLDatabaseGraphSource - Generates a vtkGraph based on an SQL query. - - - - Description - This class combines vtkSQLDatabase, vtkSQLQuery, and vtkQueryToGraph to - provide a convenience class for generating graphs from databases. - Also this class can be easily wrapped and used within ParaView / OverView. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on (default), generate a directed output graph. - If off, generate an undirected output graph. - - - - - If on (default), generate a directed output graph. - If off, generate an undirected output graph. - - - - - If on (default), generate edge pedigree ids. - If off, assign an array to be edge pedigree ids. - - - - - If on (default), generate edge pedigree ids. - If off, assign an array to be edge pedigree ids. - - - - - If on (default), generate a directed output graph. - If off, generate an undirected output graph. - - - - - Use this array name for setting or generating edge pedigree ids. - - - - - If on (default), generate edge pedigree ids. - If off, assign an array to be edge pedigree ids. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on (default), generate a directed output graph. - If off, generate an undirected output graph. - - - - - Use this array name for setting or generating edge pedigree ids. - - - - - If on (default), generate edge pedigree ids. - If off, assign an array to be edge pedigree ids. - - - - - vtkSQLDatabaseTableSource - Generates a vtkTable based on an SQL query. - - - - Description - This class combines vtkSQLDatabase, vtkSQLQuery, and vtkQueryToTable to - provide a convenience class for generating tables from databases. - Also this class can be easily wrapped and used within ParaView / OverView. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - The name of the array for generating or assigning pedigree ids - (default "id"). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If on (default), generates pedigree ids automatically. - If off, assign one of the arrays to be the pedigree id. - - - - - The name of the array for generating or assigning pedigree ids - (default "id"). - - - - - vtkSQLGraphReader - read a vtkGraph from a database - - - - Description - - Creates a vtkGraph using one or two vtkSQLQuery's. The first (required) - query must have one row for each arc in the graph. - The query must have two columns which represent the source and target - node ids. - - The second (optional) query has one row for each node in the graph. - The table must have a field whose values match those in the arc table. - If the node table is not given, - a node will be created for each unique source or target identifier - in the arc table. - - The source, target, and node ID fields must be of the same type, - and must be either vtkStringArray or a subclass of vtkDataArray. - - All columns in the queries, including the source, target, and node index - fields, are copied into the arc data and node data of the resulting - vtkGraph. If the node query is not given, the node data will contain - a single "id" column with the same type as the source/target id arrays. - - If parallel arcs are collected, not all the arc data is not copied into - the output. Only the source and target id arrays will be transferred. - An additional vtkIdTypeArray column called "weight" is created which - contains the number of times each arc appeared in the input. - - If the node query contains positional data, the user may specify the - names of these fields. - These arrays must be data arrays. The z-coordinate array is optional, - and if not given the z-coordinates are set to zero. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When set, creates a graph with no parallel arcs. - Parallel arcs are combined into one arc. - No cell fields are passed to the output, except the vtkGhostLevels array if - it exists, but a new field "weight" is created that holds the number of - duplicates of that arc in the input. - - - - - When set, creates a graph with no parallel arcs. - Parallel arcs are combined into one arc. - No cell fields are passed to the output, except the vtkGhostLevels array if - it exists, but a new field "weight" is created that holds the number of - duplicates of that arc in the input. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - When set, creates a graph with no parallel arcs. - Parallel arcs are combined into one arc. - No cell fields are passed to the output, except the vtkGhostLevels array if - it exists, but a new field "weight" is created that holds the number of - duplicates of that arc in the input. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - The query that retrieves the arc information. - - - - - The name of the field in the arc query for the source node of each arc. - - - - - The name of the field in the arc query for the target node of each arc. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node ID. - - - - - The query that retrieves the node information. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node's x coordinate. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node's y coordinate. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node's z coordinate. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set, creates a graph with no parallel arcs. - Parallel arcs are combined into one arc. - No cell fields are passed to the output, except the vtkGhostLevels array if - it exists, but a new field "weight" is created that holds the number of - duplicates of that arc in the input. - - - - - When set, creates a directed graph, as opposed to an undirected graph. - - - - - The query that retrieves the arc information. - - - - - The name of the field in the arc query for the source node of each arc. - - - - - The name of the field in the arc query for the target node of each arc. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node ID. - - - - - The query that retrieves the node information. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node's x coordinate. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node's y coordinate. - - - - - The name of the field in the node query for the node's z coordinate. - - - - - vtkStringToTimePoint - Converts a string array to a integral time array - - - - Description - - vtkStringToTimePoint is a filter for converting a string array - into a datetime, time or date array. The input strings must - conform to one of the ISO8601 formats defined in vtkTimePointUtility. - - The input array specified by SetInputArrayToProcess(...) - indicates the array to process. This array must be of type - vtkStringArray. - - The output array will be of type vtkTypeUInt64Array. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The name of the output array. - If this is not specified, the name will be the same as the input - array name with either " [to datetime]", " [to date]", or " [to time]" - appended. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The name of the output array. - If this is not specified, the name will be the same as the input - array name with either " [to datetime]", " [to date]", or " [to time]" - appended. - - - - - vtkTimePointToString - Converts a timestamp array to a string array - - - - Description - - vtkTimePointToString is a filter for converting a timestamp array - into string array using one of the formats defined in vtkTimePointUtility.h. - - Use SetInputArrayToProcess to indicate the array to process. - This array must be an unsigned 64-bit integer array for - DATETIME formats, and may be either an unsigned 32-bit or - unsigned 64-bit array for DATE and TIME formats. - - If the new array name is not specified, the array name will be - the old name appended by " [to string]". - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The format to use when converting the timestamp to a string. - - - - - The name of the output array. - If this is not specified, the name will be the input array name with - " [to string]" appended to it. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The format to use when converting the timestamp to a string. - - - - - The name of the output array. - If this is not specified, the name will be the input array name with - " [to string]" appended to it. - - - - - vtkBranchExtentTranslator - Uses alternative source for whole extent. - - - Description - vtkBranchExtentTranslator is like extent translator, but it uses an - alternative source as a whole extent. The whole extent passed is assumed - to be a subextent of the original source. we simply take the intersection - of the split extent and the whole extdent passed in. We are attempting to - make branching pipelines request consistent extents with the same piece - requests. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This unstructured extent/piece is store here for the users convenience. - It is not used internally. The intent was to let an "assignment" be made - when the translator/first source is created. The translator/assignment - can be used for any new filter that uses the original source as output. - Branches will then have the same assignment. - - - - - This unstructured extent/piece is store here for the users convenience. - It is not used internally. The intent was to let an "assignment" be made - when the translator/first source is created. The translator/assignment - can be used for any new filter that uses the original source as output. - Branches will then have the same assignment. - - - - - This is the original upstream image source. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Generates the extent from the pieces. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This unstructured extent/piece is store here for the users convenience. - It is not used internally. The intent was to let an "assignment" be made - when the translator/first source is created. The translator/assignment - can be used for any new filter that uses the original source as output. - Branches will then have the same assignment. - - - - - This unstructured extent/piece is store here for the users convenience. - It is not used internally. The intent was to let an "assignment" be made - when the translator/first source is created. The translator/assignment - can be used for any new filter that uses the original source as output. - Branches will then have the same assignment. - - - - - This is the original upstream image source. - - - - - vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField - Interface for obtaining - interpolated velocity values - - - Description - vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField acts as a continuous velocity field - by performing cell interpolation on the underlying vtkDataSet. - This is a concrete sub-class of vtkFunctionSet with - NumberOfIndependentVariables = 4 (x,y,z,t) and - NumberOfFunctions = 3 (u,v,w). Normally, every time an evaluation - is performed, the cell which contains the point (x,y,z) has to - be found by calling FindCell. This is a computationally expensive - operation. In certain cases, the cell search can be avoided or shortened - by providing a guess for the cell id. For example, in streamline - integration, the next evaluation is usually in the same or a neighbour - cell. For this reason, vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField stores the last - cell id. If caching is turned on, it uses this id as the starting point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField with no initial data set. - LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Construct a vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField with no initial data set. - LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the last cell id to -1 so that the next search does not - start from the previous cell - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field, f={u,v,w}, at {x, y, z}. - returns 1 if valid, 0 if test failed - - - - - Caching statistics. - - - - - Caching statistics. - - - - - Caching statistics. - - - - - Returns the interpolation weights/pcoords cached from last evaluation - if the cached cell is valid (returns 1). Otherwise, it does not - change w and returns 0. - - - - - Returns the interpolation weights/pcoords cached from last evaluation - if the cached cell is valid (returns 1). Otherwise, it does not - change w and returns 0. - - - - - If you want to work with an arbitrary vector array, then set its name - here. By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active vector - array. - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field, f={u,v,w}, at {x, y, z}. - returns 1 if valid, 0 if test failed - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you want to work with an arbitrary vector array, then set its name - here. By default this in NULL and the filter will use the active vector - array. - - - - - Add a dataset used by the interpolation function evaluation. - - - - - Return the cell id cached from last evaluation. - - - - - vtkClientServerSynchronizedRenderers - - - Description - vtkClientServerSynchronizedRenderers is a vtkSynchronizedRenderers subclass - designed to be used in 2 processes, client-server mode. - - - - - vtkSynchronizedRenderers - synchronizes renderers across processes. - - - Description - vtkSynchronizedRenderers is used to synchronize renderers (vtkRenderer and - subclasses) across processes for parallel rendering. It's designed to be used - in conjunction with vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows to synchronize the render - windows among those processes. - This class handles synchronization of certain render parameters among the - renderers such as viewport, camera parameters. It doesn't support compositing - of rendered images across processes on its own. You typically either subclass - to implement a compositing algorithm or use a renderer capable of compositing - eg. IceT based renderer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When multiple groups of processes are synchronized together using different - controllers, one needs to specify the order in which the various - synchronizers execute. In such cases one starts with the outer most - vtkSynchronizedRenderers, sets the dependent one as a CaptureDelegate on it - and the turn off AutomaticEventHandling on the delegate. - - - - - When multiple groups of processes are synchronized together using different - controllers, one needs to specify the order in which the various - synchronizers execute. In such cases one starts with the outer most - vtkSynchronizedRenderers, sets the dependent one as a CaptureDelegate on it - and the turn off AutomaticEventHandling on the delegate. - - - - - Computes visible prob bounds. This must be called on all processes at the - same time. The collective result is made available on all processes once - this method returns. - Note that this method requires that bounds is initialized to some value. - This expands the bounds to include the prop bounds. - - - - - When multiple groups of processes are synchronized together using different - controllers, one needs to specify the order in which the various - synchronizers execute. In such cases one starts with the outer most - vtkSynchronizedRenderers, sets the dependent one as a CaptureDelegate on it - and the turn off AutomaticEventHandling on the delegate. - - - - - When set, this->CaptureRenderedImage() does not capture image from the - screen instead passes the call to the delegate. - - - - - Get/Set the image reduction factor. - - - - - Get/Set the image reduction factor. - - - - - Get/Set the image reduction factor. - - - - - Set the parallel message communicator. This is used to communicate among - processes. - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless Parallel rendering is on, the - cameras won't be synchronized across processes. - - - - - Set the renderer to be synchronized by this instance. A - vtkSynchronizedRenderers instance can be used to synchronize exactly 1 - renderer on each processes. You can create multiple instances on - vtkSynchronizedRenderers to synchronize multiple renderers. - - - - - Get/Set the root-process id. This is required when the ParallelController - is a vtkSocketController. Set to 0 by default (which will not work when - using a vtkSocketController but will work for vtkMPIController). - - - - - If on (default), the rendered images are pasted back on to the screen. You - should turn this flag off on processes that are not meant to be visible to - the user. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless Parallel rendering is on, the - cameras won't be synchronized across processes. - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless Parallel rendering is on, the - cameras won't be synchronized across processes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When multiple groups of processes are synchronized together using different - controllers, one needs to specify the order in which the various - synchronizers execute. In such cases one starts with the outer most - vtkSynchronizedRenderers, sets the dependent one as a CaptureDelegate on it - and the turn off AutomaticEventHandling on the delegate. - - - - - When set, this->CaptureRenderedImage() does not capture image from the - screen instead passes the call to the delegate. - - - - - Get/Set the image reduction factor. - - - - - Set the parallel message communicator. This is used to communicate among - processes. - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless Parallel rendering is on, the - cameras won't be synchronized across processes. - - - - - Set the renderer to be synchronized by this instance. A - vtkSynchronizedRenderers instance can be used to synchronize exactly 1 - renderer on each processes. You can create multiple instances on - vtkSynchronizedRenderers to synchronize multiple renderers. - - - - - Get/Set the root-process id. This is required when the ParallelController - is a vtkSocketController. Set to 0 by default (which will not work when - using a vtkSocketController but will work for vtkMPIController). - - - - - If on (default), the rendered images are pasted back on to the screen. You - should turn this flag off on processes that are not meant to be visible to - the user. - - - - - If on (default), the rendered images are pasted back on to the screen. You - should turn this flag off on processes that are not meant to be visible to - the user. - - - - - If on (default), the rendered images are pasted back on to the screen. You - should turn this flag off on processes that are not meant to be visible to - the user. - - - - - When multiple groups of processes are synchronized together using different - controllers, one needs to specify the order in which the various - synchronizers execute. In such cases one starts with the outer most - vtkSynchronizedRenderers, sets the dependent one as a CaptureDelegate on it - and the turn off AutomaticEventHandling on the delegate. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCollectGraph - Collect distributed graph. - - - Description - This filter has code to collect a graph from across processes onto vertex 0. - Collection can be turned on or off using the "PassThrough" flag. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Directedness flag, used to signal whether the output graph is directed or undirected. - DIRECTED_OUTPUT expects that this filter is generating a directed graph. - UNDIRECTED_OUTPUT expects that this filter is generating an undirected graph. - DIRECTED_OUTPUT and UNDIRECTED_OUTPUT flags should only be set on the client - filter. Server filters should be set to USE_INPUT_TYPE since they have valid - input and the directedness is determined from the input type. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - When this filter is being used in client-server mode, - this is the controller used to communicate between - client and server. Client should not set the other controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Directedness flag, used to signal whether the output graph is directed or undirected. - DIRECTED_OUTPUT expects that this filter is generating a directed graph. - UNDIRECTED_OUTPUT expects that this filter is generating an undirected graph. - DIRECTED_OUTPUT and UNDIRECTED_OUTPUT flags should only be set on the client - filter. Server filters should be set to USE_INPUT_TYPE since they have valid - input and the directedness is determined from the input type. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - When this filter is being used in client-server mode, - this is the controller used to communicate between - client and server. Client should not set the other controller. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkCollectPolyData - Collect distributed polydata. - - - Description - This filter has code to collect polydat from across processes onto node 0. - Collection can be turned on or off using the "PassThrough" flag. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - When this filter is being used in client-server mode, - this is the controller used to communicate between - client and server. Client should not set the other controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - When this filter is being used in client-server mode, - this is the controller used to communicate between - client and server. Client should not set the other controller. - - - - - vtkCollectTable - Collect distributed table. - - - Description - This filter has code to collect a table from across processes onto node 0. - Collection can be turned on or off using the "PassThrough" flag. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - When this filter is being used in client-server mode, - this is the controller used to communicate between - client and server. Client should not set the other controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - To collect or just copy input to output. Off (collect) by default. - - - - - When this filter is being used in client-server mode, - this is the controller used to communicate between - client and server. Client should not set the other controller. - - - - - vtkCommunicator - Used to send/receive messages in a multiprocess environment. - - - Description - This is an abstact class which contains functionality for sending - and receiving inter-process messages. It contains methods for marshaling - an object into a string (currently used by the MPI communicator but - not the shared memory communicator). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Same as gather except that the result ends up on all processes. - - - - - Same as gather except that the result ends up on all processes. - - - - - Same as gather except that the result ends up on all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Same as Reduce except that the result is placed in all of the processes. - - - - - Same as Reduce except that the result is placed in all of the processes. - - - - - Same as Reduce except that the result is placed in all of the processes. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Will block the processes until all other processes reach the Barrier - function. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Gather collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c length argument - (which must be the same on all processes) is the length of the - sendBuffers. The \c recvBuffer (on te destination process) must be of - length length*numProcesses. Gather is the inverse operation of Scatter. - - - - - Gather collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c length argument - (which must be the same on all processes) is the length of the - sendBuffers. The \c recvBuffer (on te destination process) must be of - length length*numProcesses. Gather is the inverse operation of Scatter. - - - - - Gather collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c length argument - (which must be the same on all processes) is the length of the - sendBuffers. The \c recvBuffer (on te destination process) must be of - length length*numProcesses. Gather is the inverse operation of Scatter. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Returns the number of words received by the most recent Receive(). - Note that this is not the number of bytes received, but the number of items - of the data-type received by the most recent Receive() eg. if - Receive(int*,..) was used, then this returns the number of ints received; - if Receive(double*,..) was used, then this returns the number of doubles - received etc. The return value is valid only after a successful Receive(). - - - - - Some helper functions when dealing with heap tree - based - algorthims - we don't need a function for getting the right - processor since it is 1 + theLeftProcessor - - - - - Tells you which process [0, NumProcess) you are in. - - - - - Set the number of processes you will be using. This defaults - to the maximum number available. If you set this to a value - higher than the default, you will get an error. - - - - - Some helper functions when dealing with heap tree - based - algorthims - we don't need a function for getting the right - processor since it is 1 + theLeftProcessor - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convert a data object into a string that can be transmitted and vice versa. - Returns 1 for success and 0 for failure. - WARNING: This will only work for types that have a vtkDataWriter class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method receives a data object from a corresponding send. It blocks - until the receive is finished. - - - - - This method receives a data array from a corresponding send. It blocks - until the receive is finished. - - - - - Convenience methods for receiving data arrays. - - - - - Convenience methods for receiving data arrays. - - - - - The caller does not have to know the data type before this call is made. - It returns the newly created object. - - - - - Subclasses have to supply this method to receive various arrays of data. - The \c type arg is one of the VTK type constants recognized by the - vtkTemplateMacro (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_INT, etc.). \c maxlength is measured - in number of values (as opposed to number of bytes) and is the maxmum - length of the data to receive. If the maxlength is less than the length - of the message sent by the sender, an error will be flagged. Once a - message is received, use the GetCount() method to determine the actual - size of the data received. - - - - - Reduce an array to the given destination process. This version of Reduce - takes an identifier defined in the - vtkCommunicator::StandardOperations enum to define the operation. - - - - - Reduce an array to the given destination process. This version of Reduce - takes an identifier defined in the - vtkCommunicator::StandardOperations enum to define the operation. - - - - - Reduce an array to the given destination process. This version of Reduce - takes an identifier defined in the - vtkCommunicator::StandardOperations enum to define the operation. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Scatter takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer. Process 0 receives the first \c length values, process 1 - receives the second \c length values, and so on. Scatter is the inverse - operation of Gather. - - - - - Scatter takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer. Process 0 receives the first \c length values, process 1 - receives the second \c length values, and so on. Scatter is the inverse - operation of Gather. - - - - - Scatter takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer. Process 0 receives the first \c length values, process 1 - receives the second \c length values, and so on. Scatter is the inverse - operation of Gather. - - - - - ScatterV is the vector variant of Scatter. It extends the functionality of - Scatter by allowing a varying count of data to each process. - ScatterV takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer defined by the \c sendLengths and \c offsets arrays. - - - - - ScatterV is the vector variant of Scatter. It extends the functionality of - Scatter by allowing a varying count of data to each process. - ScatterV takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer defined by the \c sendLengths and \c offsets arrays. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - This method sends a data object to a destination. - Tag eliminates ambiguity - and is used to match sends to receives. - - - - - This method sends a data array to a destination. - Tag eliminates ambiguity - and is used to match sends to receives. - - - - - Convenience methods for sending data arrays. - - - - - Convenience methods for sending data arrays. - - - - - Subclasses have to supply this method to send various arrays of data. - The \c type arg is one of the VTK type constants recognized by the - vtkTemplateMacro (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_INT, etc.). \c length is measured - in number of values (as opposed to number of bytes). - - - - - Set the number of processes you will be using. This defaults - to the maximum number available. If you set this to a value - higher than the default, you will get an error. - - - - - Subclasses should reimplement these if they have a more efficient - implementation. - - - - - Convert a data object into a string that can be transmitted and vice versa. - Returns 1 for success and 0 for failure. - WARNING: This will only work for types that have a vtkDataWriter class. - - - - - Tells you which process [0, NumProcess) you are in. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Tells you which process [0, NumProcess) you are in. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkCompositedSynchronizedRenderers - - - Description - vtkCompositedSynchronizedRenderers is vtkSynchronizedRenderers that uses - vtkCompositer to composite the images on the root node. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the composite. vtkTreeCompositer is used by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the composite. vtkTreeCompositer is used by default. - - - - - vtkCompositer - Super class for composite algorthms. - - - - Description - vtkCompositer operates in multiple processes. Each compositer has - a render window. They use vtkMultiProcessControllers to communicate - the color and depth buffer to process 0's render window. - It will not handle transparency well. - - - - - vtkCompositeManager. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This method gets called on every process. The final image gets - put into pBuf and zBuf. - - - - - Methods that allocate and delete memory with special MPIPro calls. - - - - - Access to the controller. - - - - - A hack to get a sub world until I can get communicators working. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Methods that allocate and delete memory with special MPIPro calls. - - - - - Methods that allocate and delete memory with special MPIPro calls. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Access to the controller. - - - - - A hack to get a sub world until I can get communicators working. - - - - - vtkCompressCompositer - Implements compressed tree based compositing. - - - - Description - vtkCompressCompositer operates in multiple processes. Each compositer has - a render window. They use vtkMultiProcessController to communicate - the color and depth buffer to process 0's render window. - It will not handle transparency. Compositing is run length encoding - of background pixels. - - SECTION See Also - vtkCompositeManager. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I am granting access to these methods and making them static - So I can create a TileDisplayCompositer which uses compression. - - - - - I am granting access to these methods and making them static - So I can create a TileDisplayCompositer which uses compression. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - I am granting access to these methods and making them static - So I can create a TileDisplayCompositer which uses compression. - - - - - vtkCutMaterial - Automatically computes the cut plane for a material array pair. - - - Description - vtkCutMaterial computes a cut plane based on an up vector, center of the bounding box - and the location of the maximum variable value. - These computed values are available so that they can be used to set the camera - for the best view of the plane. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For now, we just use the cell values. - The array name to cut. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Material to probe. - - - - - Cell array that contains the material values. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - Accesses to the values computed during the execute method. They - could be used to get a good camera view for the resulting plane. - - - - - The last piece of information that specifies the plane. - - - - - The last piece of information that specifies the plane. - - - - - The last piece of information that specifies the plane. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For now, we just use the cell values. - The array name to cut. - - - - - Material to probe. - - - - - Cell array that contains the material values. - - - - - The last piece of information that specifies the plane. - - - - - The last piece of information that specifies the plane. - - - - - vtkDistributedDataFilter - Distribute data among processors - - - - Description - This filter redistributes data among processors in a parallel - application into spatially contiguous vtkUnstructuredGrids. - The execution model anticipated is that all processes read in - part of a large vtkDataSet. Each process sets the input of - filter to be that DataSet. When executed, this filter builds - in parallel a k-d tree, decomposing the space occupied by the - distributed DataSet into spatial regions. It assigns each - spatial region to a processor. The data is then redistributed - and the output is a single vtkUnstructuredGrid containing the - cells in the process' assigned regions. - - This filter is sometimes called "D3" for "distributed data decomposition". - - Enhancement: You can set the k-d tree decomposition, rather than - have D3 compute it. This allows you to divide a dataset using - the decomposition computed for another dataset. Obtain a description - of the k-d tree cuts this way: - - vtkBSPCuts *cuts = D3Object1->GetCuts() - - And set it this way: - - D3Object2->SetCuts(cuts) - - It is desirable to have a field array of global node IDs - for two reasons: - - 1. When merging together sub grids that were distributed - across processors, global node IDs can be used to remove - duplicate points and significantly reduce the size of the - resulting output grid. If no such array is available, - D3 will use a tolerance to merge points, which is much - slower. - - 2. If ghost cells have been requested, D3 requires a - global node ID array in order to request and transfer - ghost cells in parallel among the processors. If there - is no global node ID array, D3 will in parallel create - a global node ID array, and the time to do this can be - significant. - - If you know the name of a global node ID array in the input - dataset, set that name with this method. If you leave - it unset, D3 will search the input data set for certain - common names of global node ID arrays. If none is found, - and ghost cells have been requested, D3 will create a - temporary global node ID array before aquiring ghost cells. - It is also desirable to have global element IDs. However, - if they don't exist D3 can create them relatively quickly. - Set the name of the global element ID array if you have it. - If it is not set, D3 will search for it using common names. - If still not found, D3 will create a temporary array of - global element IDs. - - Caveats - The Execute() method must be called by all processes in the - parallel application, or it will hang. If you are not certain - that your pipeline will execute identically on all processors, - you may want to use this filter in an explicit execution mode. - - - - - vtkKdTree vtkPKdTree vtkBSPCuts - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set this variable if you want the cells of the output - vtkUnstructuredGrid to be clipped to the spatial region - boundaries. By default this is off. - - - - - Set this variable if you want the cells of the output - vtkUnstructuredGrid to be clipped to the spatial region - boundaries. By default this is off. - - - - - Handling of ClipCells and IncludeAllIntersectingCells. - - - - - Set this variable if you want the cells of the output - vtkUnstructuredGrid to be clipped to the spatial region - boundaries. By default this is off. - - - - - Set/Get the communicator object - - - - - You can set the k-d tree decomposition, rather than - have D3 compute it. This allows you to divide a dataset using - the decomposition computed for another dataset. Obtain a description - of the k-d tree cuts this way: - - vtkBSPCuts *cuts = D3Object1->GetCuts() - - And set it this way: - - D3Object2->SetCuts(cuts) - - - - - Each cell in the data set is associated with one of the - spatial regions of the k-d tree decomposition. In particular, - the cell belongs to the region that it's centroid lies in. - When the new vtkUnstructuredGrid is created, by default it - is composed of the cells associated with the region(s) - assigned to this process. If you also want it to contain - cells that intersect these regions, but have their centroid - elsewhere, then set this variable on. By default it is off. - - - - - Get a pointer to the parallel k-d tree object. Required for changing - default behavior for region assignment, changing default depth of tree, - or other tree building default parameters. See vtkPKdTree and - vtkKdTree for more information about these options. - NOTE: Changing the tree returned by this method does NOT change - the d3 filter. Make sure to call Modified() on the d3 object if - you want it to re-execute. - - - - - When this filter executes, it creates a vtkPKdTree (K-d tree) - data structure in parallel which divides the total distributed - data set into spatial regions. The K-d tree object also creates - tables describing which processes have data for which - regions. Only then does this filter redistribute - the data according to the region assignment scheme. By default, - the K-d tree structure and it's associated tables are deleted - after the filter executes. If you anticipate changing only the - region assignment scheme (input is unchanged) and explicitly - re-executing, then RetainKdTreeOn, and the K-d tree structure and - tables will be saved. Then, when you re-execute, this filter will - skip the k-d tree build phase and go straight to redistributing - the data according to region assignment. See vtkPKdTree for - more information about region assignment. - - - - - Turn on collection of timing data - - - - - This class does a great deal of all-to-all communication - when exchanging portions of data sets and building new sub - grids. - By default it will do fast communication. It can instead - use communication routines that use the least possible - amount of memory, but these are slower. Set this option - ON to choose these latter routines. - - - - - Each cell in the data set is associated with one of the - spatial regions of the k-d tree decomposition. In particular, - the cell belongs to the region that it's centroid lies in. - When the new vtkUnstructuredGrid is created, by default it - is composed of the cells associated with the region(s) - assigned to this process. If you also want it to contain - cells that intersect these regions, but have their centroid - elsewhere, then set this variable on. By default it is off. - - - - - Each cell in the data set is associated with one of the - spatial regions of the k-d tree decomposition. In particular, - the cell belongs to the region that it's centroid lies in. - When the new vtkUnstructuredGrid is created, by default it - is composed of the cells associated with the region(s) - assigned to this process. If you also want it to contain - cells that intersect these regions, but have their centroid - elsewhere, then set this variable on. By default it is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When this filter executes, it creates a vtkPKdTree (K-d tree) - data structure in parallel which divides the total distributed - data set into spatial regions. The K-d tree object also creates - tables describing which processes have data for which - regions. Only then does this filter redistribute - the data according to the region assignment scheme. By default, - the K-d tree structure and it's associated tables are deleted - after the filter executes. If you anticipate changing only the - region assignment scheme (input is unchanged) and explicitly - re-executing, then RetainKdTreeOn, and the K-d tree structure and - tables will be saved. Then, when you re-execute, this filter will - skip the k-d tree build phase and go straight to redistributing - the data according to region assignment. See vtkPKdTree for - more information about region assignment. - - - - - When this filter executes, it creates a vtkPKdTree (K-d tree) - data structure in parallel which divides the total distributed - data set into spatial regions. The K-d tree object also creates - tables describing which processes have data for which - regions. Only then does this filter redistribute - the data according to the region assignment scheme. By default, - the K-d tree structure and it's associated tables are deleted - after the filter executes. If you anticipate changing only the - region assignment scheme (input is unchanged) and explicitly - re-executing, then RetainKdTreeOn, and the K-d tree structure and - tables will be saved. Then, when you re-execute, this filter will - skip the k-d tree build phase and go straight to redistributing - the data according to region assignment. See vtkPKdTree for - more information about region assignment. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Handling of ClipCells and IncludeAllIntersectingCells. - - - - - Handling of ClipCells and IncludeAllIntersectingCells. - - - - - Handling of ClipCells and IncludeAllIntersectingCells. - - - - - Handling of ClipCells and IncludeAllIntersectingCells. - - - - - Set this variable if you want the cells of the output - vtkUnstructuredGrid to be clipped to the spatial region - boundaries. By default this is off. - - - - - Set/Get the communicator object - - - - - You can set the k-d tree decomposition, rather than - have D3 compute it. This allows you to divide a dataset using - the decomposition computed for another dataset. Obtain a description - of the k-d tree cuts this way: - - vtkBSPCuts *cuts = D3Object1->GetCuts() - - And set it this way: - - D3Object2->SetCuts(cuts) - - - - - Each cell in the data set is associated with one of the - spatial regions of the k-d tree decomposition. In particular, - the cell belongs to the region that it's centroid lies in. - When the new vtkUnstructuredGrid is created, by default it - is composed of the cells associated with the region(s) - assigned to this process. If you also want it to contain - cells that intersect these regions, but have their centroid - elsewhere, then set this variable on. By default it is off. - - - - - When this filter executes, it creates a vtkPKdTree (K-d tree) - data structure in parallel which divides the total distributed - data set into spatial regions. The K-d tree object also creates - tables describing which processes have data for which - regions. Only then does this filter redistribute - the data according to the region assignment scheme. By default, - the K-d tree structure and it's associated tables are deleted - after the filter executes. If you anticipate changing only the - region assignment scheme (input is unchanged) and explicitly - re-executing, then RetainKdTreeOn, and the K-d tree structure and - tables will be saved. Then, when you re-execute, this filter will - skip the k-d tree build phase and go straight to redistributing - the data according to region assignment. See vtkPKdTree for - more information about region assignment. - - - - - Turn on collection of timing data - - - - - This class does a great deal of all-to-all communication - when exchanging portions of data sets and building new sub - grids. - By default it will do fast communication. It can instead - use communication routines that use the least possible - amount of memory, but these are slower. Set this option - ON to choose these latter routines. - - - - - vtkBSPCuts doesn't have information about process assignments for the cuts. - Typically D3 filter simply reassigns the processes for each cut. However, - that may not always work, sometimes the processes have be pre-assigned and - we want to preserve that partitioning. In that case, one sets the region - assignments explicitly. Look at vtkPKdTree::AssignRegions for details about - the arguments. Calling SetUserRegionAssignments(NULL, 0) will revert to - default behavior i.e. letting the KdTree come up with the assignments. - - - - - Turn on collection of timing data - - - - - Turn on collection of timing data - - - - - This class does a great deal of all-to-all communication - when exchanging portions of data sets and building new sub - grids. - By default it will do fast communication. It can instead - use communication routines that use the least possible - amount of memory, but these are slower. Set this option - ON to choose these latter routines. - - - - - This class does a great deal of all-to-all communication - when exchanging portions of data sets and building new sub - grids. - By default it will do fast communication. It can instead - use communication routines that use the least possible - amount of memory, but these are slower. Set this option - ON to choose these latter routines. - - - - - Set this variable if you want the cells of the output - vtkUnstructuredGrid to be clipped to the spatial region - boundaries. By default this is off. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDistributedStreamTracer - Distributed streamline generator - - - Description - This filter integrates streamlines on a distributed dataset. It is - essentially a serial algorithm: only one process is active at one - time and it is not more efficient than a single process integration. - It is useful when the data is too large to be on one process and - has to be kept distributed. - - - - vtkStreamTracer vtkPStreamTracer - - - - - vtkPStreamTracer - Abstract superclass for parallel streamline generators - - - Description - This class implements some necessary functionality used by distributed - and parallel streamline generators. Note that all processes must have - access to the WHOLE seed source, i.e. the source must be identical - on all processes. - - - - vtkStreamTracer vtkDistributedStreamTracer vtkMPIStreamTracer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the controller use in compositing (set to - the global controller by default) - If not using the default, this must be called before any - other methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the controller use in compositing (set to - the global controller by default) - If not using the default, this must be called before any - other methods. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDummyCommunicator - Dummy controller for single process applications. - - - - Description - - This is a dummy communicator, which can be used by applications that always - require a controller but are also compiled on systems without threads or MPI. - Because there is always only one process, no real communication takes place. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Since there is no one to communicate with, these methods just report an - error. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Since there is no one to communicate with, these methods just report an - error. - - - - - vtkDummyController - Dummy controller for single process applications - - - Description - This is a dummy controller which can be used by applications which always - require a controller but are also compile on systems without threads - or mpi. - - - - vtkMultiProcessController - - - - - vtkMultiProcessController - Multiprocessing communication superclass - - - Description - vtkMultiProcessController is used to control multiple processes - in a distributed computing environment. It has - methods for executing single/multiple method(s) on multiple processors, - triggering registered callbacks (Remote Methods) (AddRMI(), TriggerRMI()) - and communication. Please note that the communication is done using - the communicator which is accessible to the user. Therefore it is - possible to get the communicator with GetCommunicator() and use - it to send and receive data. This is the encouraged communication method. - The internal (RMI) communications are done using a second internal - communicator (called RMICommunicator). - - - - - vtkMPIController - vtkCommunicator vtkMPICommunicator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Same as gather except that the result ends up on all processes. - - - - - Same as gather except that the result ends up on all processes. - - - - - Same as gather except that the result ends up on all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - Same as GatherV except that the result is placed in all processes. - - - - - This special form of AllGatherV will automatically determine \c recvLengths - and \c offsets to tightly pack the data in the \c recvBuffer in process - order. It will also resize \c recvBuffer in order to accommodate the - incoming data (unlike the other GatherV variants). - - - - - Same as Reduce except that the result is placed in all of the processes. - - - - - Same as Reduce except that the result is placed in all of the processes. - - - - - Same as Reduce except that the result is placed in all of the processes. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - Broadcast sends the array in the process with id \c srcProcessId to all of - the other processes. All processes must call these method with the same - arguments in order for it to complete. - - - - - This method can be used to tell the controller to create - a special output window in which all messages are preceded - by the process id. - - - - - Creates a new controller with the processes specified by the given group. - The new controller will already be initialized for you. You are - responsible for deleting the controller once you are done. It is invalid - to pass this method a group with a different communicator than is used by - this controller. This operation is collective accross all processes - defined in the group. It is undefined what will happen if the group is not - the same on all processes. This method must be called by all processes in - the controller regardless of whether they are in the group. NULL is - returned on all process not in the group. - - - - - This method is for cleaning up. - If a subclass needs to clean up process communication (i.e. MPI) - it would over ride this method. - - - - - This method is for cleaning up. - If a subclass needs to clean up process communication (i.e. MPI) - it would over ride this method. Provided for finalization outside vtk. - - - - - Gather collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c length argument - (which must be the same on all processes) is the length of the - sendBuffers. The \c recvBuffer (on te destination process) must be of - length length*numProcesses. Gather is the inverse operation of Scatter. - - - - - Gather collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c length argument - (which must be the same on all processes) is the length of the - sendBuffers. The \c recvBuffer (on te destination process) must be of - length length*numProcesses. Gather is the inverse operation of Scatter. - - - - - Gather collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c length argument - (which must be the same on all processes) is the length of the - sendBuffers. The \c recvBuffer (on te destination process) must be of - length length*numProcesses. Gather is the inverse operation of Scatter. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - GatherV is the vector variant of Gather. It extends the functionality of - Gather by allowing a varying count of data from each process. - GatherV collects arrays in the process with id \c destProcessId. Each - process (including the destination) sends the contents of its send buffer - to the destination process. The destination process receives the - messages and stores them in rank order. The \c sendLength argument - defines how much the local process sends to \c destProcessId and - \c recvLengths is an array containing the amount \c destProcessId - receives from each process, in rank order. - - - - - This special form of GatherV will automatically determine \c recvLengths - and \c offsets to tightly pack the data in the \c recvBuffer in process - order. It will also resize \c recvBuffer in order to accommodate the - incoming data (unlike the other GatherV variants). - - - - - Setting this flag to 1 will cause the ProcessRMIs loop to return. - This also causes vtkUpStreamPorts to return from - their WaitForUpdate loops. - - - - - Accessor to some default tags. - - - - - Returns the communicator associated with this controller. - A default communicator is created in constructor. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - This convenience method returns the controller associated with the - local process. It returns NULL until the processes are spawned. - It is better if you hang on to the controller passed as an argument to the - SingleMethod or MultipleMethod functions. - - - - - Tells you which process [0, NumProcess) you are in. - - - - - Set the number of processes you will be using. This defaults - to the maximum number available. If you set this to a value - higher than the default, you will get an error. - - - - - Accessor to some default tags. - - - - - Accessor to some default tags. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Execute the MultipleMethods (as define by calling SetMultipleMethod - for each of the required this->NumberOfProcesses methods) using - this->NumberOfProcesses processes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Partitions this controller based on a coloring. That is, each process - passes in a color. All processes with the same color are grouped into the - same partition. The processes are ordered by their self-assigned key. - Lower keys have lower process ids. Ties are broken by the current process - ids. (For example, if all the keys are 0, then the resulting processes - will be ordered in the same way.) This method returns a new controller to - each process that represents the local partition. This is basically the - same operation as MPI_Comm_split. - - - - - Calling this method gives control to the controller to start - processing RMIs. Possible return values are: - RMI_NO_ERROR, - RMI_TAG_ERROR : rmi tag could not be received, - RMI_ARG_ERROR : rmi arg could not be received. - If reportErrors is false, no vtkErrorMacro is called. - ProcessRMIs() calls ProcessRMIs(int) with reportErrors = 0. - If dont_loop is 1, this call just process one RMI message - and exits. - - - - - Calling this method gives control to the controller to start - processing RMIs. Possible return values are: - RMI_NO_ERROR, - RMI_TAG_ERROR : rmi tag could not be received, - RMI_ARG_ERROR : rmi arg could not be received. - If reportErrors is false, no vtkErrorMacro is called. - ProcessRMIs() calls ProcessRMIs(int) with reportErrors = 0. - If dont_loop is 1, this call just process one RMI message - and exits. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Reduce an array to the given destination process. This version of Reduce - takes an identifier defined in the - vtkCommunicator::StandardOperations enum to define the operation. - - - - - Reduce an array to the given destination process. This version of Reduce - takes an identifier defined in the - vtkCommunicator::StandardOperations enum to define the operation. - - - - - Reduce an array to the given destination process. This version of Reduce - takes an identifier defined in the - vtkCommunicator::StandardOperations enum to define the operation. - - - - - ------------------ RMIs -------------------- - - - - - ------------------ RMIs -------------------- - - - - - ------------------ RMIs -------------------- - - - - - ------------------ RMIs -------------------- - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Scatter takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer. Process 0 receives the first \c length values, process 1 - receives the second \c length values, and so on. Scatter is the inverse - operation of Gather. - - - - - Scatter takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer. Process 0 receives the first \c length values, process 1 - receives the second \c length values, and so on. Scatter is the inverse - operation of Gather. - - - - - Scatter takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer. Process 0 receives the first \c length values, process 1 - receives the second \c length values, and so on. Scatter is the inverse - operation of Gather. - - - - - ScatterV is the vector variant of Scatter. It extends the functionality of - Scatter by allowing a varying count of data to each process. - ScatterV takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer defined by the \c sendLengths and \c offsets arrays. - - - - - ScatterV is the vector variant of Scatter. It extends the functionality of - Scatter by allowing a varying count of data to each process. - ScatterV takes an array in the process with id \c srcProcessId and - distributes it. Each process (including the source) receives a portion of - the send buffer defined by the \c sendLengths and \c offsets arrays. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Communicator which is a copy of the current user - level communicator except the context; i.e. even if the tags - are the same, the RMI messages will not interfere with user - level messages. - Note that since the communicators can be created differently - depending on the type of controller, the subclasses are - responsible of deleting them. - - - - - Setting this flag to 1 will cause the ProcessRMIs loop to return. - This also causes vtkUpStreamPorts to return from - their WaitForUpdate loops. - - - - - This method can be used to synchronize processes. - - - - - Set the number of processes you will be using. This defaults - to the maximum number available. If you set this to a value - higher than the default, you will get an error. - - - - - Set the number of processes you will be using. This defaults - to the maximum number available. If you set this to a value - higher than the default, you will get an error. - - - - - Execute the SingleMethod (as define by SetSingleMethod) using - this->NumberOfProcesses processes. This will only return when - all the processes finish executing their methods. - - - - - A conveniance method. Called on process 0 to break "ProcessRMIs" loop - on all other processes. - - - - - A method to trigger a method invocation in another process. - - - - - Convenience method when the arg is a string. - - - - - Convenience method when there is no argument. - - - - - This is a convenicence method to trigger an RMI call on all the "children" - of the current node. The children of the current node can be determined by - drawing a binary tree starting at node 0 and then assigned nodes ids - incrementally in a breadth-first fashion from left to right. This is - designed to be used when trigger an RMI call on all satellites from the - root node. - - - - - This is a convenicence method to trigger an RMI call on all the "children" - of the current node. The children of the current node can be determined by - drawing a binary tree starting at node 0 and then assigned nodes ids - incrementally in a breadth-first fashion from left to right. This is - designed to be used when trigger an RMI call on all satellites from the - root node. - - - - - This is a convenicence method to trigger an RMI call on all the "children" - of the current node. The children of the current node can be determined by - drawing a binary tree starting at node 0 and then assigned nodes ids - incrementally in a breadth-first fashion from left to right. This is - designed to be used when trigger an RMI call on all satellites from the - root node. - - - - - Accessor to some default tags. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Accessor to some default tags. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Accessor to some default tags. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Does nothing. - - - - - This method is for setting up the processes. - - - - - This method is for setting up the processes. - - - - - If you don't need any special functionality from the controller, you - can swap out the dummy communicator for another one. - - - - - This method always returns 0. - - - - - If you don't need any special functionality from the controller, you - can swap out the dummy communicator for another one. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Directly calls multiple method 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you don't need any special functionality from the controller, you - can swap out the dummy communicator for another one. - - - - - If you don't need any special functionality from the controller, you - can swap out the dummy communicator for another one. - - - - - Directly calls the single method. - - - - - vtkDuplicatePolyData - For distributed tiled displays. - - - Description - This filter collects poly data and duplicates it on every node. - Converts data parallel so every node has a complete copy of the data. - The filter is used at the end of a pipeline for driving a tiled - display. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This duplicate filter works in client server mode when this - controller is set. We have a client flag to diferentiate the - client and server because the socket controller is odd: - Proth processes think their id is 0. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - This returns to size of the output (on this process). - This method is not really used. It is needed to have - the same API as vtkCollectPolyData. - - - - - This duplicate filter works in client server mode when this - controller is set. We have a client flag to diferentiate the - client and server because the socket controller is odd: - Proth processes think their id is 0. - - - - - This flag causes sends and receives to be matched. - When this flag is off, two sends occur then two receives. - I want to see if it makes a difference in performance. - The flag is on by default. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This duplicate filter works in client server mode when this - controller is set. We have a client flag to diferentiate the - client and server because the socket controller is odd: - Proth processes think their id is 0. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - This duplicate filter works in client server mode when this - controller is set. We have a client flag to diferentiate the - client and server because the socket controller is odd: - Proth processes think their id is 0. - - - - - This flag causes sends and receives to be matched. - When this flag is off, two sends occur then two receives. - I want to see if it makes a difference in performance. - The flag is on by default. - - - - - This flag causes sends and receives to be matched. - When this flag is off, two sends occur then two receives. - I want to see if it makes a difference in performance. - The flag is on by default. - - - - - This flag causes sends and receives to be matched. - When this flag is off, two sends occur then two receives. - I want to see if it makes a difference in performance. - The flag is on by default. - - - - - vtkEnSightWriter - write vtk unstructured grid data as an EnSight file - - - Description - vtkEnSightWriter is a source object that writes binary - unstructured grid data files in EnSight format. See EnSight Manual for - format details - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify base name of EnSight data files to write. - - - - - Description - set the array of Block ID's - this class keeps a reference to the array and will not delete it - - - - - Specify the path and base name of the output files. - - - - - Description - Specify the number of ghost levels to include in output files - - - - - Specify the input data or filter. - - - - - Description - sets and gets the metadata - - - - - Description - set the number of block ID's - - - - - Specify path of EnSight data files to write. - - - - - Description - Specify which process this writer is - - - - - Description - Specify the Timestep that this data is for - - - - - Description - Specify whether the geoemtry changes each timestep - if false, geometry is only written at timestep 0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify base name of EnSight data files to write. - - - - - Description - set the array of Block ID's - this class keeps a reference to the array and will not delete it - - - - - Specify the path and base name of the output files. - - - - - Description - Specify the number of ghost levels to include in output files - - - - - Specify the input data or filter. - - - - - Description - sets and gets the metadata - - - - - Description - set the number of block ID's - - - - - Specify path of EnSight data files to write. - - - - - Description - Specify which process this writer is - - - - - Description - Specify the Timestep that this data is for - - - - - Description - Specify whether the geoemtry changes each timestep - if false, geometry is only written at timestep 0 - - - - - Description - Writes the case file that EnSight is capable of reading - The other data files must be written before the case file - and the input must be one of the time steps - variables must be the same for all time steps or the case file will be - missing variables - - - - - Description - Writes the case file that EnSight is capable of reading - The other data files must be written before the case file - and the input must be one of the time steps - variables must be the same for all time steps or the case file will be - missing variables - - - - - vtkExtractCTHPart - Generates surface of an CTH volume fraction. - - - Description - vtkExtractCTHPart is a filter that is specialized for creating - visualization of a CTH simulation. First it converts the cell data - to point data. It contours the selected volume fraction at a value - of 0.5. The user has the option of clipping the part with a plane. - Clipped surfaces of the part are generated. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Construct object with initial range (0,1) and single contour value - of 0.0. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - Each of the volume fraction arrays must be of the same type. - These three methods enforce that on input, removing any prior arrays - of the wrong type whenever a new array is added. - - - - - Description - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - Each of the volume fraction arrays must be of the same type. - These three methods enforce that on input, removing any prior arrays - of the wrong type whenever a new array is added. - - - - - Description - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - Each of the volume fraction arrays must be of the same type. - These three methods enforce that on input, removing any prior arrays - of the wrong type whenever a new array is added. - - - - - for backwards compatibility - - - - - key to record the bounds of the hierarchical dataset. - - - - - Set, get or maninpulate the implicit clipping plane. - - - - - Return the controller used to coordinate parallel processing. By default, - it is the global controller. - - - - - Look at clip plane to compute MTime. - - - - - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - - - - - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - - - - - Set and get the volume fraction surface value. This value should be - between 0 and 1 - - - - - Set and get the volume fraction surface value. This value should be - between 0 and 1 - - - - - Set and get the volume fraction surface value. This value should be - between 0 and 1 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - for backwards compatibility - - - - - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - - - - - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - - - - - Names of cell volume fraction arrays to extract. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set, get or maninpulate the implicit clipping plane. - - - - - Set the controller used to coordinate parallel processing. - - - - - Set and get the volume fraction surface value. This value should be - between 0 and 1 - - - - - vtkExtractPiece - - - Description - vtkExtractPiece returns the appropriate piece of each - sub-dataset in the vtkCompositeDataSet. - This filter can handle sub-datasets of type vtkImageData, vtkPolyData, - vtkRectilinearGrid, vtkStructuredGrid, and vtkUnstructuredGrid; it does - not handle sub-grids of type vtkCompositeDataSet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExtractPolyDataPiece - Return specified piece, including specified - number of ghost levels. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkExtractUnstructuredGridPiece - Return specified piece, including specified - number of ghost levels. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkExtractUserDefinedPiece - Return user specified piece with ghost cells - - - - Description - Provided a function that determines which cells are zero-level - cells ("the piece"), this class outputs the piece with the - requested number of ghost levels. The only difference between - this class and the class it is derived from is that the - zero-level cells are specified by a function you provide, - instead of determined by dividing up the cells based on cell Id. - - - - - vtkExtractUnstructuredGridPiece - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set constant data to be used by the piece identifying function. - - - - - Set the function used to identify the piece. The function should - return 1 if the cell is in the piece, and 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/set the multi process controller to use for coordinated reads. By - default, set to the global controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/set the multi process controller to use for coordinated reads. By - default, set to the global controller. - - - - - vtkParallelFactory - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - Methods from vtkObject - - - - - vtkPassThroughFilter - Filter which shallow copies it's input to it's output - - - Description - This filter shallow copies it's input to it's output. It is normally - used by PVSources with multiple outputs as the VTK filter in the - dummy connection objects at each output. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a new vtkPassThroughFilter. - - - - - Create a new vtkPassThroughFilter. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPCellDataToPointData - Compute point arrays from cell arrays. - - - Description - Like it super class, this filter averages the cell data around - a point to get new point data. This subclass requests a layer of - ghost cells to make the results invariant to pieces. There is a - "PieceInvariant" flag that lets the user change the behavior - of the filter to that of its superclass. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - vtkPChacoReader - Read Chaco files - - - Description - vtkPChacoReader is a unstructured grid source object that reads - Chaco files. The file is read by process 0 and converted into - a vtkUnstructuredGrid. The vtkDistributedDataFilter is invoked - to divide the grid among the processes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the communicator object (we'll use global World controller - if you don't set a different one). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the communicator object (we'll use global World controller - if you don't set a different one). - - - - - vtkPCosmoHaloFinder - find halos within a cosmology data file - - - Description - vtkPCosmoHaloFinder is a filter object that operates on the unstructured - grid of all particles and assigns each particle a halo id. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the linking length (bb) - (default .2) - - - - - Turn on calculation of the most bound particle (center finding) - (default off) - - - - - Turn on calculation of the most connect particle (center finding) - (default off) - - - - - Turn on calculation of SOD halos - (default off) - - - - - Set the communicator object for interprocess communication - - - - - Copy the halo information to the original particles - (default off) - - - - - Specify the number of seeded particles in one dimension (total = np^3) - (default 256) - - - - - Specify the ghost cell spacing (in rL units) - (edge boundary of processor box) - (default 5) - - - - - Specify the minimum number of particles for a halo (pmin) - (default 100) - - - - - Specify the physical box dimensions size (rL) - (default 100.0) - - - - - Specify the scale factor for rho_c (2.77536627e11) - (critical density in (M_sun/h) / (Mpc/h)^3) - (default 1.0) - - - - - Specify the FOF center to use in SOD calculations - (0 = default, center of mass, 1 = average, 2 = MBP, 3 = MCP) - - - - - Specify the scale factor for initial SOD mass (1.0e14) - (default 1.0) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the linking length (bb) - (default .2) - - - - - Turn on calculation of the most bound particle (center finding) - (default off) - - - - - Turn on calculation of the most connect particle (center finding) - (default off) - - - - - Turn on calculation of SOD halos - (default off) - - - - - Set the communicator object for interprocess communication - - - - - Copy the halo information to the original particles - (default off) - - - - - Specify the number of seeded particles in one dimension (total = np^3) - (default 256) - - - - - Specify the ghost cell spacing (in rL units) - (edge boundary of processor box) - (default 5) - - - - - Specify the minimum number of particles for a halo (pmin) - (default 100) - - - - - Specify the physical box dimensions size (rL) - (default 100.0) - - - - - Specify the scale factor for rho_c (2.77536627e11) - (critical density in (M_sun/h) / (Mpc/h)^3) - (default 1.0) - - - - - Specify the FOF center to use in SOD calculations - (0 = default, center of mass, 1 = average, 2 = MBP, 3 = MCP) - - - - - Specify the scale factor for initial SOD mass (1.0e14) - (default 1.0) - - - - - vtkPCosmoReader - Read a binary cosmology data file - - - - Description - vtkPCosmoReader creates a vtkUnstructuredGrid from a binary cosmology file. - - A cosmo file is a record format file with no header. - One record per particle. - - Each record is 32 bytes, with fields (in order) for: - x_position (float), - x_velocity (float), - y_position (float), - y_velocity (float), - z-position (float), - z_velocity (float) - mass (float) - identification tag (integer) - - Total particle data can be split into per processor files, with each file - name ending in the processor number. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the communicator object for interprocess communication - - - - - Set the filetype to Gadget or Cosmo read mode - (0 = Gadget, 1 = default, Cosmo) - - - - - Specify the name of the cosmology particle binary file to read - - - - - Specify the ghost cell spacing in Mpc (in rL units) - (edge boundary of processor box) - (default 5) - - - - - Specify the physical box dimensions size (rL) - (default 100.0) - - - - - Set the read mode (0 = one-to-one, 1 = default, round-robin) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the communicator object for interprocess communication - - - - - Set the filetype to Gadget or Cosmo read mode - (0 = Gadget, 1 = default, Cosmo) - - - - - Specify the name of the cosmology particle binary file to read - - - - - Specify the ghost cell spacing in Mpc (in rL units) - (edge boundary of processor box) - (default 5) - - - - - Specify the physical box dimensions size (rL) - (default 100.0) - - - - - Set the read mode (0 = one-to-one, 1 = default, round-robin) - - - - - vtkPDataSetReader - Manages reading pieces of a data set. - - - Description - vtkPDataSetReader will read a piece of a file, it takes as input - a metadata file that lists all of the files in a data set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called to determine if the file can be read by the reader. - - - - - This is set when UpdateInformation is called. - It shows the type of the output. - - - - - This file to open and read. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This file to open and read. - - - - - vtkPDataSetWriter - Manages writing pieces of a data set. - - - Description - vtkPDataSetWriter will write a piece of a file, and will also create - a metadata file that lists all of the files in a data set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the range of pieces that that this writer is - responsible for writing. All pieces must be written - by some process. The process that writes piece 0 also - writes the pvtk file that lists all the piece file names. - - - - - This file pattern uses the file name and piece number - to contruct a file name for the piece file. - - - - - Extra ghost cells will be written out to each piece file - if this value is larger than 0. - - - - - This is how many pieces the whole data set will be divided into. - - - - - This is the range of pieces that that this writer is - responsible for writing. All pieces must be written - by some process. The process that writes piece 0 also - writes the pvtk file that lists all the piece file names. - - - - - This flag determines whether to use absolute paths for the piece files. - By default the pieces are put in the main directory, and the piece file - names in the meta data pvtk file are relative to this directory. - This should make moving the whole lot to another directory, an easier task. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the range of pieces that that this writer is - responsible for writing. All pieces must be written - by some process. The process that writes piece 0 also - writes the pvtk file that lists all the piece file names. - - - - - This file pattern uses the file name and piece number - to contruct a file name for the piece file. - - - - - Extra ghost cells will be written out to each piece file - if this value is larger than 0. - - - - - This is how many pieces the whole data set will be divided into. - - - - - This is the range of pieces that that this writer is - responsible for writing. All pieces must be written - by some process. The process that writes piece 0 also - writes the pvtk file that lists all the piece file names. - - - - - This flag determines whether to use absolute paths for the piece files. - By default the pieces are put in the main directory, and the piece file - names in the meta data pvtk file are relative to this directory. - This should make moving the whole lot to another directory, an easier task. - - - - - This flag determines whether to use absolute paths for the piece files. - By default the pieces are put in the main directory, and the piece file - names in the meta data pvtk file are relative to this directory. - This should make moving the whole lot to another directory, an easier task. - - - - - This flag determines whether to use absolute paths for the piece files. - By default the pieces are put in the main directory, and the piece file - names in the meta data pvtk file are relative to this directory. - This should make moving the whole lot to another directory, an easier task. - - - - - Write the pvtk file and cooresponding vtk files. - - - - - vtkPExtractArraysOverTime - extract point or cell data over time (parallel) - - - Description - vtkPExtractArraysOverTime is a parallelized version of - vtkExtractArraysOverTime. - vtkExtractArraysOverTime extract point or cell data given a selection. For - every cell or point extracted, vtkExtractArraysOverTime create a vtkTable - that is placed in an appropriately named block in an output multi-block - dataset. For global-id based selections or location based selections, it's - possible that over time the cell/point moves across processes. This filter - ensures that such extractions spread across processes are combined correctly - into a single vtkTable. - This filter produces a valid output on the root node alone, all other nodes, - simply have empty multi-block dataset with number of blocks matching the root - (to ensure that all processes have the same structure). - - - - vtkExtractArraysOverTime - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - enum member - - - - vtkPHardwareSelector - vtkHardwareSelector useful for parallel - rendering. - - - Description - vtkPHardwareSelector is a vtkHardwareSelector that is parallel aware. It - relies on the fact that the application is going to use some other mechanism - to ensure that renders are synchronized among windows on all processes. The - synchronization happens from the root node. When the root node renders, all - processes render. Only vtkPHardwareSelector instance on the root node - triggers the renders. All other processes, simply listen to the StartEvent - fired and beginning of the render to ensure that vtkHardwareSelector's - CurrentPass is updated appropriately. - - - - - vtkHardwareSelector - manager for OpenGL-based selection. - - - Description - vtkHardwareSelector is a helper that orchestrates color buffer based - selection. This relies on OpenGL. - vtkHardwareSelector can be used to select visible cells or points within a - given rectangle of the RenderWindow. - To use it, call in order: - \li SetRenderer() - to select the renderer in which we - want to select the cells/points. - \li SetArea() - to set the rectangular region in the render window to select - in. - \li SetFieldAssociation() - to select the attribute to select i.e. - cells/points etc. - \li Finally, call Select(). - Select will cause the attached vtkRenderer to render in a special color mode, - where each cell/point is given it own color so that later inspection of the - Rendered Pixels can determine what cells are visible. Select() returns a new - vtkSelection instance with the cells/points selected. - - Limitations: - Antialiasing will break this class. If your graphics card settings force - their use this class will return invalid results. - - Currently only cells from PolyDataMappers can be selected from. When - vtkRenderer::Selector is non-null vtkPainterPolyDataMapper uses the - vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter which make appropriate calls to - BeginRenderProp(), EndRenderProp(), RenderAttributeId() to render colors - correctly. Until alternatives to vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter - exist that can do a similar coloration of other vtkDataSet types, only - polygonal data can be selected. If you need to select other data types, - consider using vtkDataSetMapper and turning on it's PassThroughCellIds - feature, or using vtkFrustumExtractor. - - Only Opaque geometry in Actors is selected from. Assemblies and LODMappers - are not currently supported. - - During selection, visible datasets that can not be selected from are - temporarily hidden so as not to produce invalid indices from their colors. - - - - - vtkIdentColoredPainter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Struct used to return information about a pixel location. - - - - - Struct used to return information about a pixel location. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called by the mapper (vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter) before and after - rendering each prop. - - - - - It is possible to use the vtkHardwareSelector for a custom picking. (Look - at vtkScenePicker). In that case instead of Select() on can use - CaptureBuffers() to render the selection buffers and then get information - about pixel locations suing GetPixelInformation(). Use ClearBuffers() to - clear buffers after one's done with the scene. - The optional final parameter maxDist will look for a cell within the specified - number of pixels from display_position. - - - - - It is possible to use the vtkHardwareSelector for a custom picking. (Look - at vtkScenePicker). In that case instead of Select() on can use - CaptureBuffers() to render the selection buffers and then get information - about pixel locations suing GetPixelInformation(). Use ClearBuffers() to - clear buffers after one's done with the scene. - The optional final parameter maxDist will look for a cell within the specified - number of pixels from display_position. - - - - - Called by the mapper (vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter) before and after - rendering each prop. - - - - - Generates the vtkSelection from pixel buffers. - Requires that CaptureBuffers() has already been called. - Optionally you may pass a screen region (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax) - to generate a selection from. The region must be a subregion - of the region specified by SetArea(), otherwise it will be - clipped to that region. - - - - - Generates the vtkSelection from pixel buffers. - Requires that CaptureBuffers() has already been called. - Optionally you may pass a screen region (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax) - to generate a selection from. The region must be a subregion - of the region specified by SetArea(), otherwise it will be - clipped to that region. - - - - - Generates the vtkSelection from pixel buffers. - Requires that CaptureBuffers() has already been called. - Optionally you may pass a screen region (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax) - to generate a selection from. The region must be a subregion - of the region specified by SetArea(), otherwise it will be - clipped to that region. - - - - - Get/Set the area to select as (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax). - - - - - Get/Set the area to select as (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax). - - - - - Get/Set the area to select as (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax). - - - - - Get the current pass number. - - - - - Set the field type to select. Valid values are - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_VERTICES - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_EDGES - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_ROWS - Currently only FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS and FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS are - supported. - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by - PixelInformation* GetPixelInformation(unsigned int position[2]); - - - - - @deprecated Replaced by - PixelInformation* GetPixelInformation(unsigned int position[2], int maxDist); - - - - - Get/Set the process id. If process id < 0 (default -1), then the - PROCESS_PASS is not rendered. - - - - - returns the prop associated with a ID. This is valid only until - ReleasePixBuffers() gets called. - - - - - Get/Set the renderer to perform the selection on. - - - - - Struct used to return information about a pixel location. - - - - - Struct used to return information about a pixel location. - - - - - Struct used to return information about a pixel location. - - - - - Called by any vtkMapper or vtkProp subclass to render an attribute's id. - - - - - Called by any vtkMapper or vtkProp subclass to render a composite-index. - Currently indices > 0xffffff are not supported. - - - - - Struct used to return information about a pixel location. - - - - - Perform the selection. Returns a new instance of vtkSelection containing - the selection on success. - - - - - Get/Set the area to select as (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax). - - - - - Get/Set the area to select as (xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax). - - - - - Set the field type to select. Valid values are - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_VERTICES - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_EDGES - \li vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_ROWS - Currently only FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS and FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS are - supported. - - - - - Get/Set the process id. If process id < 0 (default -1), then the - PROCESS_PASS is not rendered. - - - - - Get/Set the renderer to perform the selection on. - - - - - returns the prop associated with a ID. This is valid only until - ReleasePixBuffers() gets called. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Overridden to only allow the superclass implementation on the root node. On - all other processes, the updating the internal state of the - vtkHardwareSelector as the capturing of buffers progresses is done as a - slave to the master render. - - - - - Set/Get the is the root process. The root processes - is the only processes which has the composited result and hence the only - processes that capture buffers and builds selected list ids. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the is the root process. The root processes - is the only processes which has the composited result and hence the only - processes that capture buffers and builds selected list ids. - - - - - Set/Get the is the root process. The root processes - is the only processes which has the composited result and hence the only - processes that capture buffers and builds selected list ids. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the is the root process. The root processes - is the only processes which has the composited result and hence the only - processes that capture buffers and builds selected list ids. - - - - - vtkPieceRequestFilter - Sets the piece request for upstream filters. - - - Description - Sends the piece and number of pieces to upstream filters; passes the input - to the output unmodified. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The total number of pieces. - - - - - The total number of pieces. - - - - - The total number of pieces. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - The piece to extract. - - - - - The piece to extract. - - - - - The piece to extract. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. - - - - - The total number of pieces. - - - - - The piece to extract. - - - - - vtkPieceScalars - Sets all cell scalars from the update piece. - - - - Description - vtkPieceScalars is meant to display which piece is being requested - as scalar values. It is useful for visualizing the partitioning for - streaming or distributed pipelines. - - - - - vtkPolyDataStreamer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random mode is off. - - - - - Option to centerate cell scalars of points scalars. Default is point scalars. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random mode is off. - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random mode is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random mode is off. - - - - - Option to centerate cell scalars of points scalars. Default is point scalars. - - - - - Option to centerate cell scalars of points scalars. Default is point scalars. - - - - - vtkPKdTree - Build a k-d tree decomposition of a list of points. - - - - Description - Build, in parallel, a k-d tree decomposition of one or more - vtkDataSets distributed across processors. We assume each - process has read in one portion of a large distributed data set. - When done, each process has access to the k-d tree structure, - can obtain information about which process contains - data for each spatial region, and can depth sort the spatial - regions. - - This class can also assign spatial regions to processors, based - on one of several region assignment schemes. By default - a contiguous, convex region is assigned to each process. Several - queries return information about how many and what cells I have - that lie in a region assigned to another process. - - - - - vtkKdTree - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Assign spatial regions to processes via a user defined map. - The user-supplied map is indexed by region ID, and provides a - process ID for each region. - - - - - Let the PKdTree class assign a process to each region - by assigning contiguous sets of spatial regions to each - process. The set of regions assigned to each process will - always have a union that is a convex space (a box). - If the k-d tree has not yet been built, the regions - will be assigned after BuildLocator executes. - - - - - Let the PKdTree class assign a process to each region in a - round robin fashion. If the k-d tree has not yet been - built, the regions will be assigned after BuildLocator executes. - - - - - Build the spatial decomposition. Call this explicitly - after changing any parameters affecting the build of the - tree. It must be called by all processes in the parallel - application, or it will hang. - - - - - A convenience function which compiles the global - bounds of the data arrays across processes. - These bounds can be accessed with - "GetCellArrayGlobalRange" and "GetPointArrayGlobalRange". - This method must be called by all processes or it will hang. - Returns 1 on error, 0 when no error. - - - - - Create tables of counts of cells per process per region. - These tables can be accessed with queries like - "HasData", "GetProcessCellCountForRegion", and so on. - You must have called BuildLocator() beforehand. This - method must be called by all processes or it will hang. - Returns 1 on error, 0 when no error. - - - - - The k-d tree spatial regions have been assigned to processes. - Given a point on the boundary of one of the regions, this - method creates a list of all processes whose region - boundaries include that point. This may be required when - looking for processes that have cells adjacent to the cells - of a given process. - - - - - An added feature of vtkPKdTree is that it will calculate the - the global range of field arrays across all processes. You - call CreateGlobalDataArrayBounds() to do this calculation. - Then the following methods return the ranges. - Returns 1 on error, 0 otherwise. - - - - - An added feature of vtkPKdTree is that it will calculate the - the global range of field arrays across all processes. You - call CreateGlobalDataArrayBounds() to do this calculation. - Then the following methods return the ranges. - Returns 1 on error, 0 otherwise. - - - - - After regions have been assigned to processes, I may want to know - which cells I have that are in the regions assigned to a particular - process. - - This method takes a process ID and two vtkIdLists. It - writes to the first list the IDs of the cells - contained in the process' regions. (That is, their cell - centroid is contained in the region.) To the second list it - write the IDs of the cells which intersect the process' regions - but whose cell centroid lies elsewhere. - - The total number of cell IDs written to both lists is returned. - Either list pointer passed in can be NULL, and it will be ignored. - If there are multiple data sets, you must specify which data set - you wish cell IDs for. - - The caller should delete these two lists when done. This method - uses the cell lists created in vtkKdTree::CreateCellLists(). - If the cell lists for the process' regions do not exist, this - method will first build the cell lists for all regions by calling - CreateCellLists(). You must remember to DeleteCellLists() when - done with all calls to this method, as cell lists can require a - great deal of memory. - - - - - After regions have been assigned to processes, I may want to know - which cells I have that are in the regions assigned to a particular - process. - - This method takes a process ID and two vtkIdLists. It - writes to the first list the IDs of the cells - contained in the process' regions. (That is, their cell - centroid is contained in the region.) To the second list it - write the IDs of the cells which intersect the process' regions - but whose cell centroid lies elsewhere. - - The total number of cell IDs written to both lists is returned. - Either list pointer passed in can be NULL, and it will be ignored. - If there are multiple data sets, you must specify which data set - you wish cell IDs for. - - The caller should delete these two lists when done. This method - uses the cell lists created in vtkKdTree::CreateCellLists(). - If the cell lists for the process' regions do not exist, this - method will first build the cell lists for all regions by calling - CreateCellLists(). You must remember to DeleteCellLists() when - done with all calls to this method, as cell lists can require a - great deal of memory. - - - - - After regions have been assigned to processes, I may want to know - which cells I have that are in the regions assigned to a particular - process. - - This method takes a process ID and two vtkIdLists. It - writes to the first list the IDs of the cells - contained in the process' regions. (That is, their cell - centroid is contained in the region.) To the second list it - write the IDs of the cells which intersect the process' regions - but whose cell centroid lies elsewhere. - - The total number of cell IDs written to both lists is returned. - Either list pointer passed in can be NULL, and it will be ignored. - If there are multiple data sets, you must specify which data set - you wish cell IDs for. - - The caller should delete these two lists when done. This method - uses the cell lists created in vtkKdTree::CreateCellLists(). - If the cell lists for the process' regions do not exist, this - method will first build the cell lists for all regions by calling - CreateCellLists(). You must remember to DeleteCellLists() when - done with all calls to this method, as cell lists can require a - great deal of memory. - - - - - Set/Get the communicator object - - - - - An added feature of vtkPKdTree is that it will calculate the - the global range of field arrays across all processes. You - call CreateGlobalDataArrayBounds() to do this calculation. - Then the following methods return the ranges. - Returns 1 on error, 0 otherwise. - - - - - An added feature of vtkPKdTree is that it will calculate the - the global range of field arrays across all processes. You - call CreateGlobalDataArrayBounds() to do this calculation. - Then the following methods return the ranges. - Returns 1 on error, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Returns the ID of the process assigned to the region. - - - - - Returns the number of cells the specified process has in the - specified region. - - - - - Adds the list of processes having data for the given - region to the supplied list, returns the number of - processes added. - - - - - Writes the number of cells each process has for the region - to the supplied list of length len. Returns the number of - cell counts written. The order of the cell counts corresponds - to the order of process IDs in the process list returned by - GetProcessListForRegion. - - - - - The PKdTree class can assign spatial regions to processors after - building the k-d tree, using one of several partitioning criteria. - These functions Set/Get whether this assignment is computed. - The default is "Off", no assignment is computed. If "On", and - no assignment scheme is specified, contiguous assignment will be - computed. Specifying an assignment scheme (with AssignRegions*()) - automatically turns on RegionAssignment. - - - - - Writes the list of region IDs assigned to the specified - process. Regions IDs start at 0 and increase by 1 from there. - Returns the number of regions in the list. - - - - - Returns the region assignment map where index is the region and value is - the processes id for that region. - - - - - Returns the number of regions in the region assignment map. - - - - - Adds the region IDs for which this process has data to - the supplied vtkIntArray. Retruns the number of regions. - - - - - Writes to the supplied integer array the number of cells this - process has for each region. Returns the number of - cell counts written. The order of the cell counts corresponds - to the order of region IDs in the region list returned by - GetRegionListForProcess. - - - - - Get the total number of cells distributed across the data - files read by all processes. You must have called BuildLocator - before calling this method. - - - - - Returns the total number of processes that have data - falling within this spatial region. - - - - - Returns the total number of spatial regions that a given - process has data for. - - - - - Returns 1 if the process has data for the given region, - 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the communicator object - - - - - Return a list of all processes in order from front to back given a - camera position. Use this to do visibility sorts in perspective - projection mode. `orderedList' will be resized to the number - of processes. The return value is the number of processes. - \pre orderedList_exists: orderedList!=0 - - - - - Return a list of all processes in order from front to back given a - vector direction of projection. Use this to do visibility sorts - in parallel projection mode. `orderedList' will be resized to the number - of processes. The return value is the number of processes. - \pre orderedList_exists: orderedList!=0 - - - - - vtkPLinearExtrusionFilter - Subclass that handles piece invariance. - - - Description - vtkPLinearExtrusionFilter is a parallel version of vtkLinearExtrusionFilter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an object with PieceInvariant off. - - - - - Create an object with PieceInvariant off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. Since piece invariance is not very - important for this filter, it is optional. Without invariance, - Internal surfaces will be generated. These surface - Are hidden by the normal surface generated by this filter. - By default, PieceInvariance is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. Since piece invariance is not very - important for this filter, it is optional. Without invariance, - Internal surfaces will be generated. These surface - Are hidden by the normal surface generated by this filter. - By default, PieceInvariance is off. - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. Since piece invariance is not very - important for this filter, it is optional. Without invariance, - Internal surfaces will be generated. These surface - Are hidden by the normal surface generated by this filter. - By default, PieceInvariance is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. Since piece invariance is not very - important for this filter, it is optional. Without invariance, - Internal surfaces will be generated. These surface - Are hidden by the normal surface generated by this filter. - By default, PieceInvariance is off. - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPOPReader - read POP data files - - - Description - vtkPOPReader Just converts from images to a structured grid for now. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Because the data can be so large, here is an option to clip - while reading. - - - - - Because the data can be so large, here is an option to clip - while reading. - - - - - Because the data can be so large, here is an option to clip - while reading. - - - - - This is the longitude and latitude dimensions of the structured grid. - - - - - This is the longitude and latitude dimensions of the structured grid. - - - - - This is the longitude and latitude dimensions of the structured grid. - - - - - This file contains information about all the files. - - - - - This file contains the latitude and longitude of the grid. - It must be double with no header. - - - - - Set the number of ghost levels to include in the data - - - - - Radius of the earth. - - - - - These files contains the u and v components of the flow. - - - - - These files contains the u and v components of the flow. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Because the data can be so large, here is an option to clip - while reading. - - - - - Because the data can be so large, here is an option to clip - while reading. - - - - - This file contains information about all the files. - - - - - Set the number of ghost levels to include in the data - - - - - Radius of the earth. - - - - - vtkPOpenFOAMReader - reads a decomposed dataset in OpenFOAM format - - - Description - vtkPOpenFOAMReader creates a multiblock dataset. It reads - parallel-decomposed mesh information and time dependent data. The - polyMesh folders contain mesh information. The time folders contain - transient data for the cells. Each folder can contain any number of - data files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set and get case type. 0 = decomposed case, 1 = reconstructed case. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and get case type. 0 = decomposed case, 1 = reconstructed case. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPOutlineCornerFilter - create wireframe outline corners for arbitrary data set - - - Description - vtkPOutlineCornerFilter works like vtkOutlineCornerFilter, - but it looks for data - partitions in other processes. It assumes the filter is operated - in a data parallel pipeline. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct outline corner filter with default corner factor = 0.2 - - - - - Construct outline corner filter with default corner factor = 0.2 - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the corners - to the length of the corresponding bounds - - - - - vtkPOutlineFilter - create wireframe outline for arbitrary data set - - - Description - vtkPOutlineFilter works like vtkOutlineFilter, but it looks for data - partitions in other processes. It assumes the filter is operated - in a data parallel pipeline. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - vtkPPolyDataNormals - compute normals for polygonal mesh - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - To get piece invariance, this filter has to request an - extra ghost level. By default piece invariance is on. - - - - - vtkPProbeFilter - probe dataset in parallel - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and get the controller. - - - - - vtkProcess - a process that can be launched by a vtkMultiProcessController - - - Description - vtkProcess is an abstract class representing a process that can be launched - by a vtkMultiProcessController. Concrete classes just have to implement - Execute() method and make sure it set the proper value in ReturnValue. - - Example - class MyProcess: public vtkProcess - ... - vtkMultiProcessController *c; - MyProcess *p=new MyProcess::New(); - p->SetArgs(argc,argv); // some parameters specific to the process - p->SetX(10.0); // ... - c->SetSingleProcess(p); - c->SingleMethodExecute(); - int returnValue=p->GetReturnValue(); - - - - - vtkMultiProcessController - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Description - Entry point of the process. - This method is expected to update ReturnValue. - - - - - Give access to the controller that launched the process. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Value set at the end of a call to Execute. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method should not be called directly but set by the controller - itself. - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a process id to the end of the group (if it is not already in the - group). Returns the location where the id was stored. - - - - - Copies the given group's communicator and process ids. - - - - - Given a process id in the communicator, this method returns its location in - the group or -1 if it is not in the group. For example, if this group - contains {6, 2, 8, 1}, then FindProcessId(2) will return 1 and - FindProcessId(3) will return -1. - - - - - Get the communicator on which this group is based on. - - - - - Get the process id for the local process (as defined by the group's - communicator). Returns -1 if the local process is not in the group. - - - - - Returns the size of this group (the number of processes defined in it). - - - - - Given a position in the group, returns the id of the process in the - communicator this group is based on. For example, if this group contains - {6, 2, 8, 1}, then GetProcessId(2) will return 8 and GetProcessId(3) will - return 1. - - - - - Initialize the group to the given controller or communicator. The group - will be set to contain all of the processes in the controller/communicator - in the same order. - - - - - Initialize the group to the given controller or communicator. The group - will be set to contain all of the processes in the controller/communicator - in the same order. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Removes all the processes ids from the group, leaving the group empty. - - - - - Remove the given process id from the group (assuming it is in the group). - All ids to the "right" of the removed id are shifted over. Returns 1 - if the process id was removed, 0 if the process id was not in the group - in the first place. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the communicator. This has the same effect as Initialize except that - the contents of the group will not be modified (although they may be - truncated if the new communicator is smaller than the current group). - Note that this can lead to an invalid group if there are values in the - group that are not valid in the new communicator. - - - - - vtkProcessIdScalars - Sets cell or point scalars to the processor rank. - - - - Description - vtkProcessIdScalars is meant to display which processor owns which cells - and points. It is useful for visualizing the partitioning for - streaming or distributed pipelines. - - - - - vtkPolyDataStreamer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random - mode is off. - - - - - Option to centerate cell scalars of points scalars. Default is point - scalars. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random - mode is off. - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random - mode is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Dscription: - This option uses a random mapping between pieces and scalar values. - The scalar values are choosen between 0 and 1. By default, random - mode is off. - - - - - Option to centerate cell scalars of points scalars. Default is point - scalars. - - - - - Option to centerate cell scalars of points scalars. Default is point - scalars. - - - - - vtkPReflectionFilter - parallel version of vtkReflectionFilter - - - Description - vtkPReflectionFilter is a parallel version of vtkReflectionFilter which takes - into consideration the full dataset bounds for performing the reflection. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the parallel controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the parallel controller. - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The controller used to communicate partition data. The number of pieces - requested must agree with the number of processes, the piece requested must - agree with the local process id, and all process must invoke - ProcessRequests of this filter simultaneously. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The controller used to communicate partition data. The number of pieces - requested must agree with the number of processes, the piece requested must - agree with the local process id, and all process must invoke - ProcessRequests of this filter simultaneously. - - - - - vtkPSphereSource - sphere source that supports pieces - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both Phi - and Theta directions. Theta ranges from (0,360) and phi (0,180) degrees. - - - - - Construct sphere with radius=0.5 and default resolution 8 in both Phi - and Theta directions. Theta ranges from (0,360) and phi (0,180) degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the estimated memory size in 1024 bytes - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPTableToStructuredGrid - vtkTableToStructuredGrid specialization - which handles distribution of the input table. - - - Description - vtkPTableToStructuredGrid is vtkTableToStructuredGrid specialization - which handles distribution of the input table. - For starters, this assumes that the input table is only available on the root - node. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the controller. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the controller. - - - - - vtkRectilinearGridOutlineFilter - create wireframe outline for a rectilinear grid. - - - Description - vtkRectilinearGridOutlineFilter works in parallel. There is no reason. - to use this filter if you are not breaking the processing into pieces. - With one piece you can simply use vtkOutlineFilter. This filter - ignores internal edges when the extent is not the whole extent. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSocketCommunicator - Process communication using Sockets - - - Description - This is a concrete implementation of vtkCommunicator which supports - interprocess communication using BSD style sockets. - It supports byte swapping for the communication of machines - with different endianness. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so this - overload fixes the method. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - Performs ClientSide handshake. - One should preferably use Handshake() which calls ServerSideHandshake or - ClientSideHandshake as required. - - - - - Close a connection. - - - - - Open a connection to host. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - Is the communicator connected?. - - - - - Returns true if this side of the socket is the server. The result - is invalid if the socket is not connected. - - - - - Set or get the PerformHandshake ivar. If it is on, the communicator - will try to perform a handshake when connected. - It is on by default. - - - - - Set or get the PerformHandshake ivar. If it is on, the communicator - will try to perform a handshake when connected. - It is on by default. - - - - - Set or get the PerformHandshake ivar. If it is on, the communicator - will try to perform a handshake when connected. - It is on by default. - - - - - If ReportErrors if false, all vtkErrorMacros are suppressed. - - - - - Get/Set the actual socket used for communication. - - - - - Returns 1 if bytes must be swapped in received ints, floats, etc - - - - - Performs handshake. This uses vtkClientSocket::ConnectingSide to decide - whether to perform ServerSideHandshake or ClientSideHandshake. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Log messages to the given file. The file is truncated unless the - second argument is non-zero (default is to truncate). If the - file name is empty or NULL, logging is disabled. Returns 0 if - the file failed to open, and 1 otherwise. - - - - - Log messages to the given file. The file is truncated unless the - second argument is non-zero (default is to truncate). If the - file name is empty or NULL, logging is disabled. Returns 0 if - the file failed to open, and 1 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set or get the PerformHandshake ivar. If it is on, the communicator - will try to perform a handshake when connected. - It is on by default. - - - - - Set or get the PerformHandshake ivar. If it is on, the communicator - will try to perform a handshake when connected. - It is on by default. - - - - - Performs the actual communication. You will usually use the convenience - Send functions defined in the superclass. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - This class foolishly breaks the conventions of the superclass, so the - default implementations of these methods do not work. These just give - errors instead. - - - - - Performs the actual communication. You will usually use the convenience - Send functions defined in the superclass. - - - - - Performs ServerSide handshake. - One should preferably use Handshake() which calls ServerSideHandshake or - ClientSideHandshake as required. - - - - - Set the number of processes you will be using. - - - - - Set or get the PerformHandshake ivar. If it is on, the communicator - will try to perform a handshake when connected. - It is on by default. - - - - - If ReportErrors if false, all vtkErrorMacros are suppressed. - - - - - Get/Set the actual socket used for communication. - - - - - Wait for connection on a given port. - These methods return 1 on success, 0 on error. - - - - - Wait for connection on a given port. - These methods return 1 on success, 0 on error. - - - - - vtkSocketController - Process communication using Sockets - - - Description - This is a concrete implementation of vtkMultiProcessController. - It supports one-to-one communication using sockets. Note that - process 0 will always correspond to self and process 1 to the - remote process. This class is best used with ports. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Close a connection, forwarded - to the communicator - - - - - Open a connection to a give machine, forwarded - to the communicator - - - - - FOOLISH MORTALS! Thou hast forsaken the sacred laws of ad-hoc polymorphism - when thou broke a critical assumption of the superclass (namely, each - process has thine own id). The time frame to fix thy error has passed. - Too much code has come to rely on this abhorrent behavior. Instead, we - offer this gift: a method for creating an equivalent communicator with - correct process id semantics. The calling code is responsible for - deleting this controller. - - - - - Does not apply to sockets. Does nothing. - - - - - Does not apply to sockets. Does nothing. - - - - - Does not apply to sockets. Does nothing. - - - - - Open a connection to a give machine, forwarded - to the communicator - - - - - This method is for initialiazing sockets. - One of these is REQUIRED for Windows. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Does not apply to sockets. Does nothing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the communicator used in normal and rmi communications. - - - - - Does not apply to sockets. Does nothing. - - - - - Wait for connection on a given port, forwarded - to the communicator - - - - - FOOLISH MORTALS! Thou hast forsaken the sacred laws of ad-hoc polymorphism - when thou broke a critical assumption of the superclass (namely, each - process has thine own id). The time frame to fix thy error has passed. - Too much code has come to rely on this abhorrent behavior. Instead, we - offer this gift: a method for creating an equivalent communicator with - correct process id semantics. The calling code is responsible for - deleting this controller. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the group on which communication will happen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implementation for abstract supercalss. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implementation for abstract supercalss. - - - - - Set/get the group on which communication will happen. - - - - - vtkSubGroup - scalable collective communication for a - subset of members of a parallel VTK application - - - - Description - This class provides scalable broadcast, reduce, etc. using - only a vtkMultiProcessController. It does not require MPI. - Users are vtkPKdTree and vtkDistributedDataFilter. - - Note - This class will be deprecated soon. Instead of using this class, use the - collective and subgrouping operations now built into - vtkMultiProcessController. The only reason this class is not deprecated - already is because vtkPKdTree relies heavily on this class in ways that are - not easy to work around. Since vtkPKdTree is due for a major overhaul - anyway, we are leaving things the way they are for now. - - - - - vtkPKdTree vtkDistributedDataFilter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - BTX - The wrapper gets confused here and falls down. - enum {MINOP = 1, MAXOP = 2, SUMOP = 3}; - ETX - Initialize a communication subgroup for the processes - with rank p0 through p1 of the given communicator. (So - vtkSubGroup is limited to working with subgroups that - are identified by a contiguous set of rank IDs.) - The third argument is the callers rank, which must - in the range from p0 through p1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTemporalFractal - A source to test AMR data object. - - - Description - vtkTemporalFractal is a collection of uniform grids. All have the same - dimensions. Each block has a different origin and spacing. It uses - mandelbrot to create cell data. I scale the fractal array to look like a - volme fraction. - I may also add block id and level as extra cell arrays. - This source produces a vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet when - GenerateRectilinearGrids is off, otherwise produces a vtkMultiBlockDataSet. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Make the division adaptive or not, defaults to Adaptive - - - - - Make the division adaptive or not, defaults to Adaptive - - - - - Limit this source to discrete integer time steps - Default is off (continuous) - - - - - Limit this source to discrete integer time steps - Default is off (continuous) - - - - - Generate either rectilinear grids either uniform grids. - Default is false. - - - - - Generate either rectilinear grids either uniform grids. - Default is false. - - - - - Make the division adaptive or not, defaults to Adaptive - - - - - Test the case when the blocks do not have the same sizes. - Adds 2 to the x extent of the far x blocks (level 1). - - - - - XYZ dimensions of cells. - - - - - Limit this source to discrete integer time steps - Default is off (continuous) - - - - - Essentially the iso surface value. - The fractal array is scaled to map this value to 0.5 for use as a volume - fraction. - - - - - Generate either rectilinear grids either uniform grids. - Default is false. - - - - - For testing ghost levels. - - - - - Any blocks touching a predefined line will be subdivided to this level. - Other blocks are subdivided so that neighboring blocks only differ - by one level. - - - - - Make a 2D data set to test. - - - - - For testing ghost levels. - - - - - For testing ghost levels. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make the division adaptive or not, defaults to Adaptive - - - - - Test the case when the blocks do not have the same sizes. - Adds 2 to the x extent of the far x blocks (level 1). - - - - - XYZ dimensions of cells. - - - - - Limit this source to discrete integer time steps - Default is off (continuous) - - - - - Essentially the iso surface value. - The fractal array is scaled to map this value to 0.5 for use as a volume - fraction. - - - - - Generate either rectilinear grids either uniform grids. - Default is false. - - - - - For testing ghost levels. - - - - - Any blocks touching a predefined line will be subdivided to this level. - Other blocks are subdivided so that neighboring blocks only differ - by one level. - - - - - Make a 2D data set to test. - - - - - Make a 2D data set to test. - - - - - Make a 2D data set to test. - - - - - vtkTemporalInterpolatedVelocityField - A helper class for - interpolating between times during particle tracing - - - Description - vtkTemporalInterpolatedVelocityField is a general purpose - helper for the temporal particle tracing code (vtkTemporalStreamTracer) - - It maintains two copies of vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField internally - and uses them to obtain velocity values at time T0 and T1. - - In fact the class does quite a bit more than this because when the geometry - of the datasets is the same at T0 and T1, we can re-use cached cell Ids and - weights used in the cell interpolation routines. - Additionally, the same weights can be used when interpolating (point) scalar - values and computing vorticity etc. - - Caveats - vtkTemporalInterpolatedVelocityField is probably not thread safe. - A new instance should be created by each thread. - - Datasets are added in lists. The list for T1 must be idential to that for T0 - in structure/topology and dataset order, and any datasets marked as static, - must remain so for all T - changing a dataset from static to dynamic - between time steps will result in undefined behaviour (=crash probably) - - - - - - vtkCachingInterpolatedVelocityField vtkTemporalStreamTracer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkTemporalInterpolatedVelocityField with no initial data set. - Caching is on. LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Construct a vtkTemporalInterpolatedVelocityField with no initial data set. - Caching is on. LastCellId is set to -1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set the last cell id to -1 so that the next search does not - start from the previous cell - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field, f, at (x, y, z, t). - For now, t is ignored. - - - - - Evaluate the velocity field, f, at (x, y, z, t). - For now, t is ignored. - - - - - Between iterations of the Particle Tracer, Id's of the Cell - are stored and then at the start of the next particle the - Ids are set to 'pre-fill' the cache. - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - If an interpolation was successful, we can retrieve the last computed - value from here. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - If an interpolation was successful, we can retrieve the last computed - value from here. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - If an interpolation was successful, we can retrieve the last computed - value from here. Initial value is (0.0,0.0,0.0) - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A utility function which evaluates the point at T1, T2 to see - if it is inside the data at both times or only one. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you want to work with an arbitrary vector array, then set its name - here. By default this is NULL and the filter will use the active vector - array. - - - - - Between iterations of the Particle Tracer, Id's of the Cell - are stored and then at the start of the next particle the - Ids are set to 'pre-fill' the cache. - - - - - In order to use this class, two sets of data must be supplied, - corresponding to times T1 and T2. Data is added via - this function. - - - - - Get the most recent weight between 0->1 from T1->T2. Initial value is 0. - - - - - A utility function which evaluates the point at T1, T2 to see - if it is inside the data at both times or only one. - - - - - vtkTemporalStreamTracer - A Parallel Particle tracer for unsteady vector fields - - - Description - vtkTemporalStreamTracer is a filter that integrates a vector field to generate - - - - - - vtkRibbonFilter vtkRuledSurfaceFilter vtkInitialValueProblemSolver - vtkRungeKutta2 vtkRungeKutta4 vtkRungeKutta45 vtkStreamTracer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object using 2nd order Runge Kutta - - - - - Construct object using 2nd order Runge Kutta - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Provide support for multiple see sources - - - - - Set/Get the filename to be used with the particle writer when - dumping particles to disk - - - - - Set/Get the filename to be used with the particle writer when - dumping particles to disk - - - - - Set/Get the controller used when sending particles between processes - The controller must be an instance of vtkMPIController. - If VTK was compiled without VTK_USE_MPI on, then the Controller is simply - ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the filename to be used with the particle writer when - dumping particles to disk - - - - - When animating particles, it is nice to inject new ones every Nth step - to produce a continuous flow. Setting ForceReinjectionEveryNSteps to a - non zero value will cause the particle source to reinject particles - every Nth step even if it is otherwise unchanged. - Note that if the particle source is also animated, this flag will be - redundant as the particles will be reinjected whenever the source changes - anyway - - - - - To get around problems with the Paraview Animation controls - we can just animate the time step and ignore the TIME_ requests - - - - - Set/Get the filename to be used with the particle writer when - dumping particles to disk - - - - - Set/Get the Writer associated with this Particle Tracer - Ideally a parallel IO capable vtkH5PartWriter should be used - which will collect particles from all parallel processes - and write them to a single HDF5 file. - - - - - if StaticMesh is set, many optimizations for cell caching - can be assumed. if StaticMesh is not set, the algorithm - will attempt to find out if optimizations can be used, but - setting it to true will force all optimizations. - Do not Set StaticMesh to true if a dynamic mesh is being used - as this will invalidate all results. - - - - - if StaticSeeds is set and the mesh is static, - then every time particles are injected we can re-use the same - injection information. We classify particles according to - processor just once before start. - If StaticSeeds is set and a moving seed source is specified - the motion will be ignored and results will not be as expected. - - - - - Setting TerminationTime to a positive value will cause particles - to terminate when the time is reached. Use a vlue of zero to - diable termination. The units of time should be consistent with the - primary time variable. - - - - - The units of TerminationTime may be actual 'Time' units as described - by the data, or just TimeSteps of iteration. - - - - - Set/Get the TimeStep. This is the primary means of advancing - the particles. The TimeStep should be animated and this will drive - the pipeline forcing timesteps to be fetched from upstream. - - - - - If the data source does not have the correct time values - present on each time step - setting this value to non unity can - be used to adjust the time step size from 1s pre step to - 1x_TimeStepResolution : Not functional in this version. - Broke it @todo, put back time scaling - - - - - To get around problems with the Paraview Animation controls - we can just animate the time step and ignore the TIME_ requests - - - - - To get around problems with the Paraview Animation controls - we can just animate the time step and ignore the TIME_ requests - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provide support for multiple see sources - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the controller used when sending particles between processes - The controller must be an instance of vtkMPIController. - If VTK was compiled without VTK_USE_MPI on, then the Controller is simply - ignored. - - - - - Set/Get the filename to be used with the particle writer when - dumping particles to disk - - - - - When animating particles, it is nice to inject new ones every Nth step - to produce a continuous flow. Setting ForceReinjectionEveryNSteps to a - non zero value will cause the particle source to reinject particles - every Nth step even if it is otherwise unchanged. - Note that if the particle source is also animated, this flag will be - redundant as the particles will be reinjected whenever the source changes - anyway - - - - - To get around problems with the Paraview Animation controls - we can just animate the time step and ignore the TIME_ requests - - - - - Set/Get the filename to be used with the particle writer when - dumping particles to disk - - - - - Set/Get the Writer associated with this Particle Tracer - Ideally a parallel IO capable vtkH5PartWriter should be used - which will collect particles from all parallel processes - and write them to a single HDF5 file. - - - - - if StaticMesh is set, many optimizations for cell caching - can be assumed. if StaticMesh is not set, the algorithm - will attempt to find out if optimizations can be used, but - setting it to true will force all optimizations. - Do not Set StaticMesh to true if a dynamic mesh is being used - as this will invalidate all results. - - - - - if StaticSeeds is set and the mesh is static, - then every time particles are injected we can re-use the same - injection information. We classify particles according to - processor just once before start. - If StaticSeeds is set and a moving seed source is specified - the motion will be ignored and results will not be as expected. - - - - - Setting TerminationTime to a positive value will cause particles - to terminate when the time is reached. Use a vlue of zero to - diable termination. The units of time should be consistent with the - primary time variable. - - - - - The units of TerminationTime may be actual 'Time' units as described - by the data, or just TimeSteps of iteration. - - - - - The units of TerminationTime may be actual 'Time' units as described - by the data, or just TimeSteps of iteration. - - - - - The units of TerminationTime may be actual 'Time' units as described - by the data, or just TimeSteps of iteration. - - - - - Set/Get the TimeStep. This is the primary means of advancing - the particles. The TimeStep should be animated and this will drive - the pipeline forcing timesteps to be fetched from upstream. - - - - - If the data source does not have the correct time values - present on each time step - setting this value to non unity can - be used to adjust the time step size from 1s pre step to - 1x_TimeStepResolution : Not functional in this version. - Broke it @todo, put back time scaling - - - - - if StaticMesh is set, many optimizations for cell caching - can be assumed. if StaticMesh is not set, the algorithm - will attempt to find out if optimizations can be used, but - setting it to true will force all optimizations. - Do not Set StaticMesh to true if a dynamic mesh is being used - as this will invalidate all results. - - - - - if StaticMesh is set, many optimizations for cell caching - can be assumed. if StaticMesh is not set, the algorithm - will attempt to find out if optimizations can be used, but - setting it to true will force all optimizations. - Do not Set StaticMesh to true if a dynamic mesh is being used - as this will invalidate all results. - - - - - if StaticSeeds is set and the mesh is static, - then every time particles are injected we can re-use the same - injection information. We classify particles according to - processor just once before start. - If StaticSeeds is set and a moving seed source is specified - the motion will be ignored and results will not be as expected. - - - - - if StaticSeeds is set and the mesh is static, - then every time particles are injected we can re-use the same - injection information. We classify particles according to - processor just once before start. - If StaticSeeds is set and a moving seed source is specified - the motion will be ignored and results will not be as expected. - - - - - When animating particles, it is nice to inject new ones every Nth step - to produce a continuous flow. Setting ForceReinjectionEveryNSteps to a - non zero value will cause the particle source to reinject particles - every Nth step even if it is otherwise unchanged. - Note that if the particle source is also animated, this flag will be - redundant as the particles will be reinjected whenever the source changes - anyway - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTransmitImageDataPiece - For parallel processing, restrict IO to - the first process in the cluste.r - - - - Description - This filter updates the appropriate piece by requesting the piece from - process 0. Process 0 always updates all of the data. It is important that - Execute get called on all processes, otherwise the filter will deadlock. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkTransmitPolyDataPiece - Return specified piece, including specified - number of ghost levels. - - - Description - This filter updates the appropriate piece by requesting the piece from - process 0. Process 0 always updates all of the data. It is important that - Execute get called on all processes, otherwise the filter will deadlock. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkTransmitRectilinearGridPiece - For parallel processing, restrict - IO to the first process in the cluster. - - - - Description - This filter updates the appropriate piece by requesting the piece from - process 0. Process 0 always updates all of the data. It is important that - Execute get called on all processes, otherwise the filter will deadlock. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkTransmitStructuredGridPiece - For parallel processing, restrict - IO to the first process in the cluster. - - - - Description - This filter updates the appropriate piece by requesting the piece from - process 0. Process 0 always updates all of the data. It is important that - Execute get called on all processes, otherwise the filter will deadlock. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkTransmitUnstructuredGridPiece - Return specified piece, including specified - number of ghost levels. - - - Description - This filter updates the appropriate piece by requesting the piece from - process 0. Process 0 always updates all of the data. It is important that - Execute get called on all processes, otherwise the filter will deadlock. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - By defualt this filter uses the global controller, - but this method can be used to set another instead. - - - - - Turn on/off creating ghost cells (on by default). - - - - - vtkVPICReader - class for reading VPIC data files - - - Description - vtkDataReader is a helper superclass that reads the vtk data file header, - dataset type, and attribute data (point and cell attributes such as - scalars, vectors, normals, etc.) from a vtk data file. See text for - the format of the various vtk file types. - - - - - vtkPolyDataReader vtkStructuredPointsReader vtkStructuredGridReader - vtkUnstructuredGridReader vtkRectilinearGridReader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Specify file name of VPIC data file to read. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Set the stride in each dimension - - - - - Set the stride in each dimension - - - - - Set the stride in each dimension - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Get the full layout size in files for setting the range in GUI - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify file name of VPIC data file to read. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Set the stride in each dimension - - - - - Set the stride in each dimension - - - - - Set the simulation file decomposition in each dimension - - - - - Set the simulation file decomposition in each dimension - - - - - Set the simulation file decomposition in each dimension - - - - - Set the simulation file decomposition in each dimension - - - - - Set the simulation file decomposition in each dimension - - - - - Set the simulation file decomposition in each dimension - - - - - vtkWindBladeReader - class for reading WindBlade data files - - - Description - vtkWindBladeReader is a source object that reads WindBlade files - which are block binary files with tags before and after each block - giving the number of bytes within the block. The number of data - variables dumped varies. The data is 3D rectilinear with irregular - spacing on the Z dimension. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the reader's output - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The following methods allow selective reading of solutions fields. - By default, ALL data fields on the nodes are read, but this can - be modified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkXMLPHierarchicalBoxDataWriter - parallel writer for - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet. - - - Description - vtkXMLPCompositeDataWriter writes (in parallel or serially) the VTK XML - multi-group, multi-block hierarchical and hierarchical box files. XML - multi-group data files are meta-files that point to a list of serial VTK - XML files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controller used to communicate data type of blocks. - By default, the global controller is used. If you want another - controller to be used, set it with this. - If no controller is set, only the local blocks will be written - to the meta-file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controller used to communicate data type of blocks. - By default, the global controller is used. If you want another - controller to be used, set it with this. - If no controller is set, only the local blocks will be written - to the meta-file. - - - - - Set whether this instance will write the meta-file. WriteMetaFile - is set to flag only on process 0 and all other processes have - WriteMetaFile set to 0 by default. - - - - - vtkXMLPMultiBlockDataWriter - parallel writer for - vtkHierarchicalBoxDataSet. - - - Description - vtkXMLPCompositeDataWriter writes (in parallel or serially) the VTK XML - multi-group, multi-block hierarchical and hierarchical box files. XML - multi-group data files are meta-files that point to a list of serial VTK - XML files. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controller used to communicate data type of blocks. - By default, the global controller is used. If you want another - controller to be used, set it with this. - If no controller is set, only the local blocks will be written - to the meta-file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Controller used to communicate data type of blocks. - By default, the global controller is used. If you want another - controller to be used, set it with this. - If no controller is set, only the local blocks will be written - to the meta-file. - - - - - Set whether this instance will write the meta-file. WriteMetaFile - is set to flag only on process 0 and all other processes have - WriteMetaFile set to 0 by default. - - - - - vtkClientServerCompositePass - - - Description - vtkClientServerCompositePass is a render-pass that can handle client-server - image delivery. This is designed to be used in configurations in - two-processes configurations. - - - - - vtkRenderPass - Perform part of the rendering of a vtkRenderer. - - - Description - vtkRenderPass is a deferred class with a simple deferred method Render. - This method performs a rendering pass of the scene described in - vtkRenderState. - Subclasses define what really happens during rendering. - - Directions to write a subclass of vtkRenderPass: - It is up to the subclass to decide if it needs to delegate part of its job - to some other vtkRenderPass objects ("delegates"). - - The subclass has to define ivar to set/get its delegates. - - The documentation of the subclass has to describe: - - what each delegate is supposed to perform - - if a delegate is supposed to be used once or multiple times - - what it expects to have in the framebuffer before starting (status - of colorbuffers, depth buffer, stencil buffer) - - what it will change in the framebuffer. - - A pass cannot modify the vtkRenderState where it will perform but - it can build a new vtkRenderState (it can change the FrameBuffer, change the - prop array, changed the required prop properties keys (usually adding some - to a copy of the existing list) but it has to keep the same vtkRenderer - object), make it current and pass it to its delegate. - - at the end of the execution of Render, the pass has to ensure the - current vtkRenderState is the one it has in argument. - - - - vtkRenderState vtkRenderer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Number of props rendered at the last Render call. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. Default implementation is empty. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controller - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - This must be set to the socket controller used for communicating between - the client and the server. - - - - - Set/Get the optional post-fetch render pass. - On the client-process this is called after the server-side image is fetched - (if ServerSideRendering is true). On server-process, this is called after the - image rendered by this->RenderPass is delivered to the client (if - ServerSideRendering is true). This is optional, so you can set this either on - one of the two processes or both or neither. - - - - - Set the current process type. This is needed since when using the socket - communicator there's no easy way of determining which process is the server - and which one is the client. - - - - - Get/Set the render pass used to do the actual rendering. - When ServerSideRendering is true, the rendering-pass is called only on the - server side. - - - - - Enable/Disable fetching of the image from the server side to the client. If - this flag is disabled, then this pass just acts as a "pass-through" pass. - This flag must be set to the same value on both the processes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the current process type. This is needed since when using the socket - communicator there's no easy way of determining which process is the server - and which one is the client. - - - - - Set the current process type. This is needed since when using the socket - communicator there's no easy way of determining which process is the server - and which one is the client. - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable fetching of the image from the server side to the client. If - this flag is disabled, then this pass just acts as a "pass-through" pass. - This flag must be set to the same value on both the processes. - - - - - Enable/Disable fetching of the image from the server side to the client. If - this flag is disabled, then this pass just acts as a "pass-through" pass. - This flag must be set to the same value on both the processes. - - - - - Controller - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - This must be set to the socket controller used for communicating between - the client and the server. - - - - - Set/Get the optional post-fetch render pass. - On the client-process this is called after the server-side image is fetched - (if ServerSideRendering is true). On server-process, this is called after the - image rendered by this->RenderPass is delivered to the client (if - ServerSideRendering is true). This is optional, so you can set this either on - one of the two processes or both or neither. - - - - - Set the current process type. This is needed since when using the socket - communicator there's no easy way of determining which process is the server - and which one is the client. - - - - - Get/Set the render pass used to do the actual rendering. - When ServerSideRendering is true, the rendering-pass is called only on the - server side. - - - - - Enable/Disable fetching of the image from the server side to the client. If - this flag is disabled, then this pass just acts as a "pass-through" pass. - This flag must be set to the same value on both the processes. - - - - - vtkCompositeRenderManager - An object to control sort-last parallel rendering. - - - - vtkCompositeRenderManager is a subclass of vtkParallelRenderManager that - uses compositing to do parallel rendering. This class has - replaced vtkCompositeManager. - - - - - - vtkParallelRenderManager - An object to control parallel rendering. - - - - vtkParallelRenderManager operates in multiple processes. It provides - proper renderers and render windows for performing the parallel - rendering correctly. It can also attach itself to render windows and - propagate rendering events and camera views. - - Note: - Many parallel rendering schemes do not correctly handle transparency. - Unless otherwise documented, assume a sub class does not. - - ToDo: - Synchronization/barrier primitives. - - Query ranges of scalar values of objects in addition to the boundry in - three-space - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - If on, the ReductionFactor is automatically adjusted to best meet the - the DesiredUpdateRate in the current RenderWindow based on metrics - from the last render. - - - - - If on, the ReductionFactor is automatically adjusted to best meet the - the DesiredUpdateRate in the current RenderWindow based on metrics - from the last render. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - Calculates the bounds by gathering information from all processes. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - INTERNAL METHODS (DON NOT USE). - There are internal methods made public so that they can be called from - callback functions. - - - - - INTERNAL METHODS (DON NOT USE). - There are internal methods made public so that they can be called from - callback functions. - - - - - If on, the ReductionFactor is automatically adjusted to best meet the - the DesiredUpdateRate in the current RenderWindow based on metrics - from the last render. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkMultiProcessController which will handle communications - for the parallel rendering. - - - - - Get/Set the default value used for RenderEventPropagation when a new - instance of vtkParallelRenderManager is created. - Set to true by default. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the RenderWindowSize ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - Returns the full image size calculated at the last render. - - - - - Returns the full image size calculated at the last render. - - - - - Returns the full image size calculated at the last render. - - - - - Get rendering metrics. - - - - - Set/Get the reduction factor (for sort-last based parallel renderers). - The size of rendered image is divided by the reduction factor and then - is blown up to the size of the current vtkRenderWindow. Setting - higher reduction factors enables shorter image transfer times (which - is often the bottleneck) but will greatly reduce image quality. A - reduction factor of 2 or greater should only be used for intermediate - images in interactive applications. A reduction factor of 1 (or less) - will result in no change in image quality. A parallel render manager - may ignore the image reduction factor if it will result in little or - no performance enhancements (eg. it does not do image space - manipulations). - - - - - Sets the method used to magnify images. Nearest simply replicates - each pixel enough times to fill the image. Linear performs linear - interpolation between the pixels. - - - - - If on (the default), when the ImageReductionFactor is greater than 1 - and WriteBackImages is on, the image will be magnified to fill the - entire render window. - - - - - Set/Get the reduction factor (for sort-last based parallel renderers). - The size of rendered image is divided by the reduction factor and then - is blown up to the size of the current vtkRenderWindow. Setting - higher reduction factors enables shorter image transfer times (which - is often the bottleneck) but will greatly reduce image quality. A - reduction factor of 2 or greater should only be used for intermediate - images in interactive applications. A reduction factor of 1 (or less) - will result in no change in image quality. A parallel render manager - may ignore the image reduction factor if it will result in little or - no performance enhancements (eg. it does not do image space - manipulations). - - - - - Turns on/off parallel rendering. When on (the default) the object - responds to render events of the attached window, propagates the - render event to other processors, and otherwise enables the parallel - rendering process. - - - - - The most appropriate way to retrieve full size image data after a - render. Will work regardless of whether WriteBackImages or - MagnifyImage is on or off. The data returned may be a shallow copy of - an internal array. Therefore, the data may be invalid after the next - render or if the ParallelRenderManager is destroyed. - - - - - The most appropriate way to retrieve full size image data after a - render. Will work regardless of whether WriteBackImages or - MagnifyImage is on or off. The data returned may be a shallow copy of - an internal array. Therefore, the data may be invalid after the next - render or if the ParallelRenderManager is destroyed. - - - - - Returns the reduced image size calculated at the last render. - - - - - Returns the reduced image size calculated at the last render. - - - - - Returns the reduced image size calculated at the last render. - - - - - The most appropriate way to retrieve reduced size image data after a - render. Will work regardless of whether WriteBackImages or - MagnifyImage is on or off. The data returned may be a shallow copy of - an internal array. Therefore, the data may be invalid after the next - render or if the ParallelRenderManager is destroyed. - - - - - The most appropriate way to retrieve reduced size image data after a - render. Will work regardless of whether WriteBackImages or - MagnifyImage is on or off. The data returned may be a shallow copy of - an internal array. Therefore, the data may be invalid after the next - render or if the ParallelRenderManager is destroyed. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Get rendering metrics. - - - - - Set/Get the RenderWindow to use for compositing. - We add a start and end observer to the window. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - When set the render manager will synchronize the TileViewport and TileScale - properties. This may not be desirable in cases where there's some other - mechanism to set the tile dimensions eg. Tile displays. - - - - - The default is to allow the use of the back buffer for compositing. - If set to false, this will prevent to manager from swapping buffers. - This allows something else (for instance VisibleCellSelection) to - control front/back buffer swapping. - - - - - This is used for tiled display rendering. When data has been - duplicated on all processes, then we do not need to compositing. - Cameras and renders are still propagated though. - - - - - Get/Set if all Images must use RGBA instead of RGB. By default, - this flag is on. - - - - - If on (the default), the result of any image space manipulations are - written back to the render window frame buffer. If off, the image - stored in the frame buffer may not be correct. Either way, the - correct frame buffer images may be read with - vtkParallelRenderManager::GetPixelData. Turning WriteBackImages off - may result in a speedup if the render window is not visible to the user - and images are read back for further processing or transit. - - - - - Make all rendering windows not viewable set as off screen rendering. - To make all renderwindows on screen rendering again, call - OffScreenRenderingOff on all the render windows. This class assumes - the window on root node is the only one viewable. Subclasses should - change this as necessary. - - - - - This method sets the piece and number of pieces for each - actor with a polydata mapper. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convenience functions for magnifying images. - - - - - Convenience functions for magnifying images. - - - - - Convenience functions for magnifying images. - - - - - If on (the default), when the ImageReductionFactor is greater than 1 - and WriteBackImages is on, the image will be magnified to fill the - entire render window. - - - - - If on (the default), when the ImageReductionFactor is greater than 1 - and WriteBackImages is on, the image will be magnified to fill the - entire render window. - - - - - Builds a vtkRenderWindow compatible with this render manager. The - user program is responsible for registering the render window with the - SetRenderWindow method and calling Delete. It is not advisable to use - a parallel render manager with a render window that was not built with - this method. - - - - - Builds a vtkRenderer compatible with this render manager. (Should we - also register it?) The user program is responsible for calling - Delete. It is not advisable to use a parallel render manager with a - renderer that was not built with this method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turns on/off parallel rendering. When on (the default) the object - responds to render events of the attached window, propagates the - render event to other processors, and otherwise enables the parallel - rendering process. - - - - - Turns on/off parallel rendering. When on (the default) the object - responds to render events of the attached window, propagates the - render event to other processors, and otherwise enables the parallel - rendering process. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - Resets the camera of each renderer contained in the RenderWindow. - Should only be called in the "root" process, and all remote processes - must be processing RMIs for this method to complete. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - If on, the ReductionFactor is automatically adjusted to best meet the - the DesiredUpdateRate in the current RenderWindow based on metrics - from the last render. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkMultiProcessController which will handle communications - for the parallel rendering. - - - - - Get/Set the default value used for RenderEventPropagation when a new - instance of vtkParallelRenderManager is created. - Set to true by default. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the RenderWindowSize ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - - Set/Get the reduction factor (for sort-last based parallel renderers). - The size of rendered image is divided by the reduction factor and then - is blown up to the size of the current vtkRenderWindow. Setting - higher reduction factors enables shorter image transfer times (which - is often the bottleneck) but will greatly reduce image quality. A - reduction factor of 2 or greater should only be used for intermediate - images in interactive applications. A reduction factor of 1 (or less) - will result in no change in image quality. A parallel render manager - may ignore the image reduction factor if it will result in little or - no performance enhancements (eg. it does not do image space - manipulations). - - - - - Sets the ReductionFactor based on the given desired update rate and - the rendering metrics taken from the last time UpdateServerInfo was - called. Note that if AutoReductionFactor is on, this function is called - with the desired update rate of the render window automatically. - - - - - Sets the method used to magnify images. Nearest simply replicates - each pixel enough times to fill the image. Linear performs linear - interpolation between the pixels. - - - - - Sets the method used to magnify images. Nearest simply replicates - each pixel enough times to fill the image. Linear performs linear - interpolation between the pixels. - - - - - Sets the method used to magnify images. Nearest simply replicates - each pixel enough times to fill the image. Linear performs linear - interpolation between the pixels. - - - - - If on (the default), when the ImageReductionFactor is greater than 1 - and WriteBackImages is on, the image will be magnified to fill the - entire render window. - - - - - Set/Get the reduction factor (for sort-last based parallel renderers). - The size of rendered image is divided by the reduction factor and then - is blown up to the size of the current vtkRenderWindow. Setting - higher reduction factors enables shorter image transfer times (which - is often the bottleneck) but will greatly reduce image quality. A - reduction factor of 2 or greater should only be used for intermediate - images in interactive applications. A reduction factor of 1 (or less) - will result in no change in image quality. A parallel render manager - may ignore the image reduction factor if it will result in little or - no performance enhancements (eg. it does not do image space - manipulations). - - - - - Turns on/off parallel rendering. When on (the default) the object - responds to render events of the attached window, propagates the - render event to other processors, and otherwise enables the parallel - rendering process. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Set/Get the RenderWindow to use for compositing. - We add a start and end observer to the window. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - When set the render manager will synchronize the TileViewport and TileScale - properties. This may not be desirable in cases where there's some other - mechanism to set the tile dimensions eg. Tile displays. - - - - - The default is to allow the use of the back buffer for compositing. - If set to false, this will prevent to manager from swapping buffers. - This allows something else (for instance VisibleCellSelection) to - control front/back buffer swapping. - - - - - This is used for tiled display rendering. When data has been - duplicated on all processes, then we do not need to compositing. - Cameras and renders are still propagated though. - - - - - Get/Set if all Images must use RGBA instead of RGB. By default, - this flag is on. - - - - - If on (the default), the result of any image space manipulations are - written back to the render window frame buffer. If off, the image - stored in the frame buffer may not be correct. Either way, the - correct frame buffer images may be read with - vtkParallelRenderManager::GetPixelData. Turning WriteBackImages off - may result in a speedup if the render window is not visible to the user - and images are read back for further processing or transit. - - - - - Initializes the RMIs and then, if on root node, starts the interactor - on the attached render window. Otherwise, starts processing RMIs. - When the interactor returns, it breaks the RMI listening on all other - processors. - - - - - Callbacks that initialize and finish rendering and other tasks. - - - - - If on node other than root, starts serving RMI requests for parallel - renders. - - - - - If on root node, stops the RMI processing on all service nodes. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - By default, the state of all renderers in the root's render window is - propagated to the rest of the processes. In order for this to work, all - render windows must have the same renderers in the same order. If this is - not the case, you can turn off the SyncRenderWindowRenderers. When this - flag is off, the list of renderers held by this parallel render manager - (initially empty) is synced. You can modify the list of renderers with the - AddRenderer, RemoveRenderer, and RemoveAllRenderers methods. - - - - - When set the render manager will synchronize the TileViewport and TileScale - properties. This may not be desirable in cases where there's some other - mechanism to set the tile dimensions eg. Tile displays. - - - - - When set the render manager will synchronize the TileViewport and TileScale - properties. This may not be desirable in cases where there's some other - mechanism to set the tile dimensions eg. Tile displays. - - - - - Given the x and y size of the render windows, reposition them - in a tile of n columns. - - - - - The default is to allow the use of the back buffer for compositing. - If set to false, this will prevent to manager from swapping buffers. - This allows something else (for instance VisibleCellSelection) to - control front/back buffer swapping. - - - - - The default is to allow the use of the back buffer for compositing. - If set to false, this will prevent to manager from swapping buffers. - This allows something else (for instance VisibleCellSelection) to - control front/back buffer swapping. - - - - - This is used for tiled display rendering. When data has been - duplicated on all processes, then we do not need to compositing. - Cameras and renders are still propagated though. - - - - - This is used for tiled display rendering. When data has been - duplicated on all processes, then we do not need to compositing. - Cameras and renders are still propagated though. - - - - - If on (the default), the result of any image space manipulations are - written back to the render window frame buffer. If off, the image - stored in the frame buffer may not be correct. Either way, the - correct frame buffer images may be read with - vtkParallelRenderManager::GetPixelData. Turning WriteBackImages off - may result in a speedup if the render window is not visible to the user - and images are read back for further processing or transit. - - - - - If on (the default), the result of any image space manipulations are - written back to the render window frame buffer. If off, the image - stored in the frame buffer may not be correct. Either way, the - correct frame buffer images may be read with - vtkParallelRenderManager::GetPixelData. Turning WriteBackImages off - may result in a speedup if the render window is not visible to the user - and images are read back for further processing or transit. - - - - - If on (the default), when the ImageReductionFactor is greater than 1 - and WriteBackImages is on, the image will be magnified to fill the - entire render window. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - If ForceRenderWindowSize is set to true, the render manager will use - the Size ivar instead of getting the size from the render window. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the composite algorithm. - - - - - Get rendering metrics. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the composite algorithm. - - - - - vtkImageRenderManager - An object to control sort-first parallel rendering. - - - - vtkImageRenderManager is a subclass of vtkParallelRenderManager that - uses RGBA compositing (blending) to do parallel rendering. - This is the exact opposite of vtkCompositeRenderManager. - It actually does nothing special. It relies on the rendering pipeline to be - initialized with a vtkCompositeRGBAPass. - Compositing makes sense only for renderers in layer 0. - - - - vtkCompositeRGBAPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkMemoryLimitImageDataStreamer - Initiates streaming on image data. - - - Description - To satisfy a request, this filter calls update on its input - many times with smaller update extents. All processing up stream - streams smaller pieces. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in kilobytes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in kilobytes. - - - - - vtkPImageWriter - Writes images to files. - - - Description - vtkPImageWriter writes images to files with any data type. The data type of - the file is the same scalar type as the input. The dimensionality - determines whether the data will be written in one or multiple files. - This class is used as the superclass of most image writing classes - such as vtkBMPWriter etc. It supports streaming. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in kilobytes. The writer will - stream to attempt to keep the pipeline size within this limit - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the memory limit in kilobytes. The writer will - stream to attempt to keep the pipeline size within this limit - - - - - vtkPipelineSize - compute the memory required by a pipeline - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute an estimate of how much memory a pipline will require in - kilobytes (1024 bytes not 1000) This is only an estimate and the - calculations in here do not take into account the specifics of many - sources and filters. - - - - - Determine how many subpieces a mapper should use to fit a target memory - limit. This takes into account the mapper's Piece and NumberOfPieces. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows - synchronizes render windows across - processess. - - - Description - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows is used to synchronize render windows across - processes for parallel rendering. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This method call be called while a render is in progress to abort the - rendering. It should be called on the root node (or client). - - - - - It's acceptable to have multiple instances on vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows - on each processes to synchronize different render windows. In that case - there's no way to each of the vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows instance to know - how they correspond across processes. To enable that identification, a - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows can be assigned a unique id. All - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows across different processes that have the same - id are "linked" together for synchronization. It's critical that the id is - set before any rendering happens. - - - - - Set the parallel message communicator. This is used to communicate among - processes. - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless ParallelRendering is ON, no - synchronization of vtkRenderWindow::Render() calls between processes - happens. ON by default. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Set the render window to be synchronized by this - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows instance. A vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows can - be used to synchronize exactly 1 vtkRenderWindow on each process. - - - - - Get/Set the root-process id. This is required when the ParallelController - is a vtkSocketController. Set to 0 by default (which will not work when - using a vtkSocketController but will work for vtkMPIController). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless ParallelRendering is ON, no - synchronization of vtkRenderWindow::Render() calls between processes - happens. ON by default. - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless ParallelRendering is ON, no - synchronization of vtkRenderWindow::Render() calls between processes - happens. ON by default. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - It's acceptable to have multiple instances on vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows - on each processes to synchronize different render windows. In that case - there's no way to each of the vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows instance to know - how they correspond across processes. To enable that identification, a - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows can be assigned a unique id. All - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows across different processes that have the same - id are "linked" together for synchronization. It's critical that the id is - set before any rendering happens. - - - - - Set the parallel message communicator. This is used to communicate among - processes. - - - - - Enable/Disable parallel rendering. Unless ParallelRendering is ON, no - synchronization of vtkRenderWindow::Render() calls between processes - happens. ON by default. - - - - - Turns on/off render event propagation. When on (the default) and - ParallelRendering is on, process 0 will send an RMI call to all remote - processes to perform a synchronized render. When off, render must be - manually called on each process. - - - - - Set the render window to be synchronized by this - vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows instance. A vtkSynchronizedRenderWindows can - be used to synchronize exactly 1 vtkRenderWindow on each process. - - - - - Get/Set the root-process id. This is required when the ParallelController - is a vtkSocketController. Set to 0 by default (which will not work when - using a vtkSocketController but will work for vtkMPIController). - - - - - Get/Set the root-process id. This is required when the ParallelController - is a vtkSocketController. Set to 0 by default (which will not work when - using a vtkSocketController but will work for vtkMPIController). - - - - enum member - - - - This software and ancillary information known as vtk_ext (and - herein called "SOFTWARE") is made available under the terms - described below. The SOFTWARE has been approved for release with - associated LA_CC Number 99-44, granted by Los Alamos National - Laboratory in July 1999. - - Unless otherwise indicated, this SOFTWARE has been authored by an - employee or employees of the University of California, operator of - the Los Alamos National Laboratory under Contract No. W-7405-ENG-36 - with the United States Department of Energy. - - The United States Government has rights to use, reproduce, and - distribute this SOFTWARE. The public may copy, distribute, prepare - derivative works and publicly display this SOFTWARE without charge, - provided that this Notice and any statement of authorship are - reproduced on all copies. - - Neither the U. S. Government, the University of California, nor the - Advanced Computing Laboratory makes any warranty, either express or - implied, nor assumes any liability or responsibility for the use of - this SOFTWARE. - - If SOFTWARE is modified to produce derivative works, such modified - SOFTWARE should be clearly marked, so as not to confuse it with the - version available from Los Alamos National Laboratory. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkExodusIIWriter - Write Exodus II files - - - Description - This is a vtkWriter that writes it's vtkUnstructuredGrid - input out to an Exodus II file. Go to http://endo.sandia.gov/SEACAS/ - for more information about the Exodus II format. - - Exodus files contain much information that is not captured - in a vtkUnstructuredGrid, such as time steps, information - lines, node sets, and side sets. This information can be - stored in a vtkModelMetadata object. - - The vtkExodusReader and vtkPExodusReader can create - a vtkModelMetadata object and embed it in a vtkUnstructuredGrid - in a series of field arrays. This writer searches for these - field arrays and will use the metadata contained in them - when creating the new Exodus II file. - - You can also explicitly give the vtkExodusIIWriter a - vtkModelMetadata object to use when writing the file. - - In the absence of the information provided by vtkModelMetadata, - if this writer is not part of a parallel application, we will use - reasonable defaults for all the values in the output Exodus file. - If you don't provide a block ID element array, we'll create a - block for each cell type that appears in the unstructured grid. - - However if this writer is part of a parallel application (hence - writing out a distributed Exodus file), then we need at the very - least a list of all the block IDs that appear in the file. And - we need the element array of block IDs for the input unstructured grid. - - In the absense of a vtkModelMetadata object, you can also provide - time step information which we will include in the output Exodus - file. - - Caveats - If the input floating point field arrays and point locations are all - floats or all doubles, this class will operate more efficiently. - Mixing floats and doubles will slow you down, because Exodus II - requires that we write only floats or only doubles. - - We use the terms "point" and "node" interchangeably. - Also, we use the terms "element" and "cell" interchangeably. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON, the writer is executed once for - each timestep available from the reader. - - - - - Name for the output file. If writing in parallel, the number - of processes and the process rank will be appended to the name, - so each process is writing out a separate file. - If not set, this class will make up a file name. - - - - - We never write out ghost cells. This variable is here to satisfy - the behavior of ParaView on invoking a parallel writer. - - - - - Specify the vtkModelMetadata object which contains the Exodus file - model information (metadata) absent in the vtkUnstructuredGrid. If you - have this object, you don't need to set any other values before writing. - (Just the FileName and the Input.) - Note that the vtkExodusReader can create and attach a vtkModelMetadata - object to it's output. If this has happened, the ExodusIIWriter will - find it and use it. - - - - - If StoreDoubles is ON, the floating point fields in the Exodus file - will be double precision fields. The default is determined by the - max precision of the input. If the field data appears to be doubles, - then StoreDoubles will be ON, otherwise StoreDoubles will be OFF. - - - - - When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON, the writer is executed once for - each timestep available from the reader. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Block Ids of the - cells is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutBlockIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Element Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If you - do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalElementIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Node Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalNodeIdArray to ON. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON, the writer is executed once for - each timestep available from the reader. - - - - - Name for the output file. If writing in parallel, the number - of processes and the process rank will be appended to the name, - so each process is writing out a separate file. - If not set, this class will make up a file name. - - - - - We never write out ghost cells. This variable is here to satisfy - the behavior of ParaView on invoking a parallel writer. - - - - - Specify the vtkModelMetadata object which contains the Exodus file - model information (metadata) absent in the vtkUnstructuredGrid. If you - have this object, you don't need to set any other values before writing. - (Just the FileName and the Input.) - Note that the vtkExodusReader can create and attach a vtkModelMetadata - object to it's output. If this has happened, the ExodusIIWriter will - find it and use it. - - - - - If StoreDoubles is ON, the floating point fields in the Exodus file - will be double precision fields. The default is determined by the - max precision of the input. If the field data appears to be doubles, - then StoreDoubles will be ON, otherwise StoreDoubles will be OFF. - - - - - When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON, the writer is executed once for - each timestep available from the reader. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Block Ids of the - cells is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutBlockIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Element Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If you - do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalElementIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Node Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalNodeIdArray to ON. - - - - - When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON, the writer is executed once for - each timestep available from the reader. - - - - - When WriteAllTimeSteps is turned ON, the writer is executed once for - each timestep available from the reader. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Block Ids of the - cells is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutBlockIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Block Ids of the - cells is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutBlockIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Element Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If you - do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalElementIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Element Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If you - do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalElementIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Node Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalNodeIdArray to ON. - - - - - By default, the integer array containing the global Node Ids - is not included when the new Exodus II file is written out. If - you do want to include this array, set WriteOutGlobalNodeIdArray to ON. - - - - - vtkAbstractMapper3D - abstract class specifies interface to map 3D data - - - Description - vtkAbstractMapper3D is an abstract class to specify interface between 3D - data and graphics primitives or software rendering techniques. Subclasses - of vtkAbstractMapper3D can be used for rendering geometry or rendering - volumetric data. - - This class also defines an API to support hardware clipping planes (at most - six planes can be defined). It also provides geometric data about the input - data it maps, such as the bounding box and center. - - - - - vtkAbstractMapper vtkMapper vtkPolyDataMapper vtkVolumeMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - Update this->Bounds as a side effect. - - - - - Get the bounds for this mapper as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Return the Center of this mapper's data. - - - - - Return the Center of this mapper's data. - - - - - Return the diagonal length of this mappers bounding box. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is this a ray cast mapper? A subclass would return 1 if the - ray caster is needed to generate an image from this mapper. - - - - - Is this a "render into image" mapper? A subclass would return 1 if the - mapper produces an image by rendering into a software image buffer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAbstractPicker - define API for picking subclasses - - - Description - vtkAbstractPicker is an abstract superclass that defines a minimal API - for its concrete subclasses. The minimum functionality of a picker is - to return the x-y-z global coordinate position of a pick (the pick - itself is defined in display coordinates). - - The API to this class is to invoke the Pick() method with a selection - point (in display coordinates - pixels) and a renderer. Then get the - resulting pick position in global coordinates with the GetPickPosition() - method. - - vtkPicker fires events during the picking process. These - events are StartPickEvent, PickEvent, and EndPickEvent which are - invoked prior to picking, when something is picked, and after all picking - candidates have been tested. Note that during the pick process the - PickEvent of vtkProp (and its subclasses such as vtkActor) is fired - prior to the PickEvent of vtkPicker. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an actor to the pick list. - - - - - Delete an actor from the pick list. - - - - - Use these methods to control whether to limit the picking to this list - (rather than renderer's actors). Make sure that the pick list contains - actors that referred to by the picker's renderer. - - - - - Return the list of actors in the PickList. - - - - - Return position in global coordinates of pick point. - - - - - Return position in global coordinates of pick point. - - - - - Get the renderer in which pick event occurred. - - - - - Get the selection point in screen (pixel) coordinates. The third - value is related to z-buffer depth. (Normally should be =0.) - - - - - Get the selection point in screen (pixel) coordinates. The third - value is related to z-buffer depth. (Normally should be =0.) - - - - - Initialize list of actors in pick list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform pick operation with selection point provided. Normally the - first two values for the selection point are x-y pixel coordinate, and - the third value is =0. Return non-zero if something was successfully - picked. - - - - - provided. Normally the first two values for the selection point - are x-y pixel coordinate, and the third value is =0. Return - non-zero if something was successfully picked. - - - - - Use these methods to control whether to limit the picking to this list - (rather than renderer's actors). Make sure that the pick list contains - actors that referred to by the picker's renderer. - - - - - Use these methods to control whether to limit the picking to this list - (rather than renderer's actors). Make sure that the pick list contains - actors that referred to by the picker's renderer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use these methods to control whether to limit the picking to this list - (rather than renderer's actors). Make sure that the pick list contains - actors that referred to by the picker's renderer. - - - - - vtkAbstractPropPicker - abstract API for pickers that can pick an instance of vtkProp - - - Description - vtkAbstractPropPicker is an abstract superclass for pickers that can pick - an instance of vtkProp. Some pickers, like vtkWorldPointPicker (not a - subclass of this class), cannot identify the prop that is - picked. Subclasses of vtkAbstractPropPicker return a prop in the form of a - vtkAssemblyPath when a pick is invoked. Note that an vtkAssemblyPath - contain a list of vtkAssemblyNodes, each of which in turn contains a - reference to a vtkProp and a 4x4 transformation matrix. The path fully - describes the entire pick path, so you can pick assemblies or portions of - assemblies, or just grab the tail end of the vtkAssemblyPath (which is the - picked prop). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the vtkActor that has been picked. If NULL, no actor was picked. - - - - - Return the vtkActor2D that has been picked. If NULL, no actor2D was - picked. - - - - - Return the vtkAssembly that has been picked. If NULL, no assembly - was picked. (Note: the returned assembly is the first node in the - assembly path. If the path is one node long, then the assembly and - the prop are the same, assuming that the first node is a vtkAssembly.) - - - - - Return the vtkAssemblyPath that has been picked. The assembly path lists - all the vtkProps that form an assembly. If no assembly is present, then - the assembly path will have one node (which is the picked prop). The - set method is used internally to set the path. (Note: the structure of - an assembly path is a collection of vtkAssemblyNode, each node pointing - to a vtkProp and (possibly) a transformation matrix.) - - - - - Return the vtkProp that has been picked. If NULL, no vtkProp3D was picked. - - - - - Return the vtkPropAssembly that has been picked. If NULL, no prop - assembly was picked. (Note: the returned prop assembly is the first node - in the assembly path. If the path is one node long, then the prop - assembly and the prop are the same, assuming that the first node is a - vtkPropAssembly.) - - - - - Return the vtkProp that has been picked. If NULL, nothing was picked. - If anything at all was picked, this method will return something. - - - - - Return the vtkVolume that has been picked. If NULL, no volume was picked. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the vtkAssemblyPath that has been picked. The assembly path lists - all the vtkProps that form an assembly. If no assembly is present, then - the assembly path will have one node (which is the picked prop). The - set method is used internally to set the path. (Note: the structure of - an assembly path is a collection of vtkAssemblyNode, each node pointing - to a vtkProp and (possibly) a transformation matrix.) - - - - - vtkAbstractVolumeMapper - Abstract class for a volume mapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to use for rendering. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to use for rendering. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to use for rendering. - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When ScalarMode is set to UsePointFieldData or UseCellFieldData, - you can specify which scalar array to use during rendering. - The transfer function in the vtkVolumeProperty (attached to the calling - vtkVolume) will decide how to convert vectors to colors. - - - - - When ScalarMode is set to UsePointFieldData or UseCellFieldData, - you can specify which scalar array to use during rendering. - The transfer function in the vtkVolumeProperty (attached to the calling - vtkVolume) will decide how to convert vectors to colors. - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - Control how the mapper works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the mapper will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the mapper to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectScalarArray. - - - - - vtkActorCollection - a list of actors - - - Description - vtkActorCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list of - actors (i.e., vtkActor and subclasses). The list is unsorted and duplicate - entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Apply properties to all actors in this collection. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkAreaPicker - Picks props behind a selection rectangle on a viewport. - - - - Description - The vtkAreaPicker picks all vtkProp3Ds that lie behind the screen space - rectangle from x0,y0 and x1,y1. The selection is based upon the bounding - box of the prop and is thus not exact. - - Like vtkPicker, a pick results in a list of Prop3Ds because many props may - lie within the pick frustum. You can also get an AssemblyPath, which in this - case is defined to be the path to the one particular prop in the Prop3D list - that lies nearest to the near plane. - - This picker also returns the selection frustum, defined as either a - vtkPlanes, or a set of eight corner vertices in world space. The vtkPlanes - version is an ImplicitFunction, which is suitable for use with the - vtkExtractGeometry. The six frustum planes are in order: left, right, - bottom, top, near, far - - Because this picker picks everything within a volume, the world pick point - result is ill-defined. Therefore if you ask this class for the world pick - position, you will get the centroid of the pick frustum. This may be outside - of all props in the prop list. - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBandPick, vtkExtractSelectedFrustum. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Perform pick operation in volume behind the given screen coordinates. - Props intersecting the selection frustum will be accessible via GetProp3D. - GetPlanes returns a vtkImplicitFunciton suitable for vtkExtractGeometry. - - - - - Return eight points that define the selection frustum. - - - - - Get a pointer to the dataset that was picked (if any). If nothing - was picked then NULL is returned. - - - - - Return the six planes that define the selection frustum. The implicit - function defined by the planes evaluates to negative inside and positive - outside. - - - - - Return mapper that was picked (if any). - - - - - Return a collection of all the prop 3D's that were intersected - by the pick ray. This collection is not sorted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform an AreaPick within the default screen rectangle and renderer. - - - - - Perform pick operation in volume behind the given screen coordinate. - This makes a thin frustum around the selected pixel. - Note: this ignores Z in order to pick everying in a volume from z=0 to z=1. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the default screen rectangle to pick in. - - - - - Set the default renderer to pick on. - - - - - vtkMapArrayValues - Map values in an input array to different values in - an output array of (possibly) different type. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add to the internal STL map. "from" should be a value in the input array and - "to" should be the new value it gets assigned in the output array. - - - - - Add to the internal STL map. "from" should be a value in the input array and - "to" should be the new value it gets assigned in the output array. - - - - - Add to the internal STL map. "from" should be a value in the input array and - "to" should be the new value it gets assigned in the output array. - - - - - Add to the internal STL map. "from" should be a value in the input array and - "to" should be the new value it gets assigned in the output array. - - - - - Clear the internal map. - - - - - Set/Get where the data is located that is being mapped. - See FieldType enumeration for possible values. - Default is POINT_DATA. - - - - - Set/Get whether to copy the data from the input array to the output array - before the mapping occurs. If turned off, FillValue is used to initialize - any unmapped array indices. Default is -1. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the input array. This must be set prior to execution. - - - - - Get the size of the internal map. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the output array. Default is "ArrayMap". - - - - - Set/Get the type of the output array. See vtkSetGet.h for possible values. - Default is VTK_INT. - - - - - Set/Get whether to copy the data from the input array to the output array - before the mapping occurs. If turned off, FillValue is used to initialize - any unmapped array indices. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get whether to copy the data from the input array to the output array - before the mapping occurs. If turned off, FillValue is used to initialize - any unmapped array indices. Default is off. - - - - - Set/Get whether to copy the data from the input array to the output array - before the mapping occurs. If turned off, FillValue is used to initialize - any unmapped array indices. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get where the data is located that is being mapped. - See FieldType enumeration for possible values. - Default is POINT_DATA. - - - - - Set/Get whether to copy the data from the input array to the output array - before the mapping occurs. If turned off, FillValue is used to initialize - any unmapped array indices. Default is -1. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the input array. This must be set prior to execution. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the output array. Default is "ArrayMap". - - - - - Set/Get the type of the output array. See vtkSetGet.h for possible values. - Default is VTK_INT. - - - - - Set/Get whether to copy the data from the input array to the output array - before the mapping occurs. If turned off, FillValue is used to initialize - any unmapped array indices. Default is off. - - - - - Get the size of the internal map. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAssembly - create hierarchies of vtkProp3Ds (transformable props) - - - Description - vtkAssembly is an object that groups vtkProp3Ds, its subclasses, and - other assemblies into a tree-like hierarchy. The vtkProp3Ds and - assemblies can then be transformed together by transforming just the root - assembly of the hierarchy. - - A vtkAssembly object can be used in place of an vtkProp3D since it is a - subclass of vtkProp3D. The difference is that vtkAssembly maintains a list - of vtkProp3D instances (its "parts") that form the assembly. Then, any - operation that transforms (i.e., scales, rotates, translates) the parent - assembly will transform all its parts. Note that this process is - recursive: you can create groups consisting of assemblies and/or - vtkProp3Ds to arbitrary depth. - - To add an assembly to the renderer's list of props, you only need to - add the root of the assembly. During rendering, the parts of the - assembly are rendered during a hierarchical traversal process. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a part to the list of parts. - - - - - Shallow copy of an assembly. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Get the bounds for the assembly as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Get the bounds for the assembly as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Override default GetMTime method to also consider all of the - assembly's parts. - - - - - Methods to traverse the parts of an assembly. Each part (starting from - the root) will appear properly transformed and with the correct - properties (depending upon the ApplyProperty and ApplyTransform ivars). - Note that the part appears as an instance of vtkProp. These methods - should be contrasted to those that traverse the list of parts using - GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children of this assembly, not - necessarily with the correct transformation or properties. To use the - methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by repeated - calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer when the - list is exhausted. - - - - - Methods to traverse the parts of an assembly. Each part (starting from - the root) will appear properly transformed and with the correct - properties (depending upon the ApplyProperty and ApplyTransform ivars). - Note that the part appears as an instance of vtkProp. These methods - should be contrasted to those that traverse the list of parts using - GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children of this assembly, not - necessarily with the correct transformation or properties. To use the - methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by repeated - calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer when the - list is exhausted. - - - - - Get the list of parts for this assembly. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Methods to traverse the parts of an assembly. Each part (starting from - the root) will appear properly transformed and with the correct - properties (depending upon the ApplyProperty and ApplyTransform ivars). - Note that the part appears as an instance of vtkProp. These methods - should be contrasted to those that traverse the list of parts using - GetParts(). GetParts() returns a list of children of this assembly, not - necessarily with the correct transformation or properties. To use the - methods below - first invoke InitPathTraversal() followed by repeated - calls to GetNextPath(). GetNextPath() returns a NULL pointer when the - list is exhausted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Remove a part from the list of parts, - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. - The rendering process is recursive. - Note that a mapper need not be defined. If not defined, then no geometry - will be drawn for this assembly. This allows you to create "logical" - assemblies; that is, assemblies that only serve to group and transform - its parts. - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. - The rendering process is recursive. - Note that a mapper need not be defined. If not defined, then no geometry - will be drawn for this assembly. This allows you to create "logical" - assemblies; that is, assemblies that only serve to group and transform - its parts. - - - - - Render this assembly and all its parts. - The rendering process is recursive. - Note that a mapper need not be defined. If not defined, then no geometry - will be drawn for this assembly. This allows you to create "logical" - assemblies; that is, assemblies that only serve to group and transform - its parts. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow copy of an assembly. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkAxisActor2D - Create an axis with tick marks and labels - - - Description - vtkAxisActor2D creates an axis with tick marks, labels, and/or a title, - depending on the particular instance variable settings. vtkAxisActor2D is - a 2D actor; that is, it is drawn on the overlay plane and is not - occluded by 3D geometry. To use this class, you typically specify two - points defining the start and end points of the line (x-y definition using - vtkCoordinate class), the number of labels, and the data range - (min,max). You can also control what parts of the axis are visible - including the line, the tick marks, the labels, and the title. You can - also specify the label format (a printf style format). - - This class decides what font size to use and how to locate the labels. It - also decides how to create reasonable tick marks and labels. The number - of labels and the range of values may not match the number specified, but - should be close. - - Labels are drawn on the "right" side of the axis. The "right" side is - the side of the axis on the right as you move from Position to Position2. - The way the labels and title line up with the axis and tick marks depends on - whether the line is considered horizontal or vertical. - - The vtkActor2D instance variables Position and Position2 are instances of - vtkCoordinate. Note that the Position2 is an absolute position in that - class (it was by default relative to Position in vtkActor2D). - - What this means is that you can specify the axis in a variety of coordinate - systems. Also, the axis does not have to be either horizontal or vertical. - The tick marks are created so that they are perpendicular to the axis. - - Set the text property/attributes of the title and the labels through the - vtkTextProperty objects associated to this actor. - - - - - vtkCubeAxesActor2D can be used to create axes in world coordinate space. - - vtkActor2D vtkTextMapper vtkPolyDataMapper2D vtkScalarBarActor - vtkCoordinate vtkTextProperty - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - This method computes the range of the axis given an input range. - It also computes the number of tick marks given a suggested number. - (The number of tick marks includes end ticks as well.) - The number of tick marks computed (in conjunction with the output - range) will yield "nice" tick values. For example, if the input range - is (0.25,96.7) and the number of ticks requested is 10, the output range - will be (0,100) with the number of computed ticks to 11 to yield tick - values of (0,10,20,...,100). - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. This ivar used in conjunction with - the LabelFactor can be used to control font sizes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. This ivar used in conjunction with - the LabelFactor can be used to control font sizes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. This ivar used in conjunction with - the LabelFactor can be used to control font sizes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the axis labels - to the axis title. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the axis labels - to the axis title. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the axis labels - to the axis title. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the scalar - bar. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get the length of the minor tick marks (expressed in pixels or - display coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the length of the minor tick marks (expressed in pixels or - display coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the length of the minor tick marks (expressed in pixels or - display coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. This also controls the - number of major ticks shown. Note that this ivar only holds meaning if - the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. This also controls the - number of major ticks shown. Note that this ivar only holds meaning if - the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. This also controls the - number of major ticks shown. Note that this ivar only holds meaning if - the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Number of minor ticks to be displayed between each tick. Default - is 0. - - - - - Number of minor ticks to be displayed between each tick. Default - is 0. - - - - - Number of minor ticks to be displayed between each tick. Default - is 0. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position instead. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position instead. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. Note that - the order from Point1 to Point2 controls which side the tick marks - are drawn on (ticks are drawn on the right, if visible). - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position2 instead. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. Note that - the order from Point1 to Point2 controls which side the tick marks - are drawn on (ticks are drawn on the right, if visible). - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position2 instead. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Specify whether this axis should act like a measuring tape (or ruler) with - specified major tick spacing. If enabled, the distance between major ticks - is controlled by the RulerDistance ivar. - - - - - Specify whether to size the fonts relative to the viewport or relative to - length of the axis. By default, fonts are resized relative to the axis. - - - - - Set/Get the length of the tick marks (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the length of the tick marks (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the length of the tick marks (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the labels (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). The offset is the distance of labels from tick marks - or other objects. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the labels (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). The offset is the distance of labels from tick marks - or other objects. - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the labels (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). The offset is the distance of labels from tick marks - or other objects. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the scalar bar actor, - - - - - Set/Get position of the axis title. 0 is at the start of the - axis whereas 1 is at the end. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the axis. - - - - - Draw the axis. - - - - - Draw the axis. - - - - - Specify whether this axis should act like a measuring tape (or ruler) with - specified major tick spacing. If enabled, the distance between major ticks - is controlled by the RulerDistance ivar. - - - - - Specify whether this axis should act like a measuring tape (or ruler) with - specified major tick spacing. If enabled, the distance between major ticks - is controlled by the RulerDistance ivar. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag that controls whether the labels and ticks are - adjusted for "nice" numerical values to make it easier to read - the labels. The adjustment is based in the Range instance variable. - Call GetAdjustedRange and GetAdjustedNumberOfLabels to get the adjusted - range and number of labels. Note that if RulerMode is on, then the - number of labels is a function of the range and ruler distance. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis line. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label and title the axes. This ivar used in conjunction with - the LabelFactor can be used to control font sizes. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the relative size of the axis labels - to the axis title. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the scalar - bar. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis labels. - - - - - Set/Get the length of the minor tick marks (expressed in pixels or - display coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. This also controls the - number of major ticks shown. Note that this ivar only holds meaning if - the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Number of minor ticks to be displayed between each tick. Default - is 0. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position instead. - - - - - Specify the position of the first point defining the axis. - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position instead. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. Note that - the order from Point1 to Point2 controls which side the tick marks - are drawn on (ticks are drawn on the right, if visible). - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position2 instead. - - - - - Specify the position of the second point defining the axis. Note that - the order from Point1 to Point2 controls which side the tick marks - are drawn on (ticks are drawn on the right, if visible). - Note: backward compatibility only, use vtkActor2D's Position2 instead. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Specify the (min,max) axis range. This will be used in the generation - of labels, if labels are visible. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Specify whether this axis should act like a measuring tape (or ruler) with - specified major tick spacing. If enabled, the distance between major ticks - is controlled by the RulerDistance ivar. - - - - - Specify whether to size the fonts relative to the viewport or relative to - length of the axis. By default, fonts are resized relative to the axis. - - - - - Set/Get the length of the tick marks (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). - - - - - Set/Get the offset of the labels (expressed in pixels or display - coordinates). The offset is the distance of labels from tick marks - or other objects. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the scalar bar actor, - - - - - Set/Get position of the axis title. 0 is at the start of the - axis whereas 1 is at the end. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - Shallow copy of an axis actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Specify whether to size the fonts relative to the viewport or relative to - length of the axis. By default, fonts are resized relative to the axis. - - - - - Specify whether to size the fonts relative to the viewport or relative to - length of the axis. By default, fonts are resized relative to the axis. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis tick marks. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - Set/Get visibility of the axis title. - - - - - vtkCamera - a virtual camera for 3D rendering - - - Description - vtkCamera is a virtual camera for 3D rendering. It provides methods - to position and orient the view point and focal point. Convenience - methods for moving about the focal point also are provided. More - complex methods allow the manipulation of the computer graphics - model including view up vector, clipping planes, and - camera perspective. - - - - vtkPerspectiveTransform - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct camera instance with its focal point at the origin, - and position=(0,0,1). The view up is along the y-axis, - view angle is 30 degrees, and the clipping range is (.1,1000). - - - - - Construct camera instance with its focal point at the origin, - and position=(0,0,1). The view up is along the y-axis, - view angle is 30 degrees, and the clipping range is (.1,1000). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply a transform to the camera. The camera position, focal-point, - and view-up are re-calculated using the transform's matrix to - multiply the old points by the new transform. - - - - - Rotate the camera about the view up vector centered at the focal point. - Note that the view up vector is whatever was set via SetViewUp, and is - not necessarily perpendicular to the direction of projection. The - result is a horizontal rotation of the camera. - - - - - This function does 3 things. - 1. It sets the camera mode to head tracked i.e ensures that the - Asymmetric Frustuma are uses. - 2. It sets variables like AsymLeft,AsymRight, AsymBottom and Asym - to set the HeadTracked Projection Matrix. - 3. It sets the View matrix Params - - - - - This method is called automatically whenever necessary, it - should never be used outside of vtkCamera.cxx. - - - - - Copy the properties of `source' into `this'. - Copy the contents of the matrices. - \pre source_exists!=0 - \pre not_this: source!=this - - - - - Divide the camera's distance from the focal point by the given - dolly value. Use a value greater than one to dolly-in toward - the focal point, and use a value less than one to dolly-out away - from the focal point. - - - - - Rotate the camera about the cross product of the negative of the - direction of projection and the view up vector, using the focal point - as the center of rotation. The result is a vertical rotation of the - scene. - - - - - Returns a transformation matrix for a coordinate frame attached to - the camera, where the camera is located at (0, 0, 1) looking at the - focal point at (0, 0, 0), with up being (0, 1, 0). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - How the clipping planes are set can have a large impact on how - well z-buffering works. In particular the front clipping - plane can make a very big difference. Setting it to 0.01 when it - really could be 1.0 can have a big impact on your z-buffer resolution - farther away. The default clipping range is (0.1,1000). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - How the clipping planes are set can have a large impact on how - well z-buffering works. In particular the front clipping - plane can make a very big difference. Setting it to 0.01 when it - really could be 1.0 can have a big impact on your z-buffer resolution - farther away. The default clipping range is (0.1,1000). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - How the clipping planes are set can have a large impact on how - well z-buffering works. In particular the front clipping - plane can make a very big difference. Setting it to 0.01 when it - really could be 1.0 can have a big impact on your z-buffer resolution - farther away. The default clipping range is (0.1,1000). - - - - - Return the concatenation of the ViewTransform and the - ProjectionTransform. This transform will convert world - coordinates to viewport coordinates. The 'aspect' is the - width/height for the viewport, and the nearz and farz are the - Z-buffer values that map to the near and far clipping planes. - The viewport coordinates of a point located inside the frustum are in the - range ([-1,+1],[-1,+1],[nearz,farz]). - - - - - Get the vector in the direction from the camera position to the - focal point. This is usually the opposite of the ViewPlaneNormal, - the vector perpendicular to the screen, unless the view is oblique. - - - - - Get the vector in the direction from the camera position to the - focal point. This is usually the opposite of the ViewPlaneNormal, - the vector perpendicular to the screen, unless the view is oblique. - - - - - Get the vector in the direction from the camera position to the - focal point. This is usually the opposite of the ViewPlaneNormal, - the vector perpendicular to the screen, unless the view is oblique. - - - - - Return the distance from the camera position to the focal point. - This distance is positive. - - - - - Set/Get the separation between eyes (in degrees). This is used - when generating stereo images. - - - - - Set the size of the cameras lens in world coordinates. This is only - used when the renderer is doing focal depth rendering. When that is - being done the size of the focal disk will effect how significant the - depth effects will be. - - - - - Set/Get the focal of the camera in world coordinates. - The default focal point is the origin. - - - - - Set/Get the focal of the camera in world coordinates. - The default focal point is the origin. - - - - - Set/Get the focal of the camera in world coordinates. - The default focal point is the origin. - - - - - Get the plane equations that bound the view frustum. - The plane normals point inward. The planes array contains six - plane equations of the form (Ax+By+Cz+D=0), the first four - values are (A,B,C,D) which repeats for each of the planes. - The planes are given in the following order: -x,+x,-y,+y,-z,+z. - Warning: it means left,right,bottom,top,far,near (NOT near,far) - The aspect of the viewport is needed to correctly compute the planes - - - - - HeadTracker mode. It impacts on the computation of the transforms. - Initial value is false. - vtkSetMacro(HeadTracked,bool); - - - - - Set the Left Eye setting - - - - - Get the orientation of the camera. - - - - - Get the orientation of the camera. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the ParallelProjection instance variable. This - determines if the camera should do a perspective or parallel projection. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling used for a parallel projection, i.e. the height - of the viewport in world-coordinate distances. The default is 1. - Note that the "scale" parameter works as an "inverse scale" --- - larger numbers produce smaller images. - This method has no effect in perspective projection mode. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the camera in world coordinates. - The default position is (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the camera in world coordinates. - The default position is (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the camera in world coordinates. - The default position is (0,0,1). - - - - - Return the projection transform matrix, which converts from camera - coordinates to viewport coordinates. The 'aspect' is the - width/height for the viewport, and the nearz and farz are the - Z-buffer values that map to the near and far clipping planes. - The viewport coordinates of a point located inside the frustum are in the - range ([-1,+1],[-1,+1],[nearz,farz]). - - - - - Return the projection transform matrix, which converts from camera - coordinates to viewport coordinates. The 'aspect' is the - width/height for the viewport, and the nearz and farz are the - Z-buffer values that map to the near and far clipping planes. - The viewport coordinates of a point located inside the frustum are in the - range ([-1,+1],[-1,+1],[nearz,farz]). - - - - - Set the roll angle of the camera about the direction of projection. - - - - - Set the distance between clipping planes. This method adjusts the - far clipping plane to be set a distance 'thickness' beyond the - near clipping plane. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the UseHorizontalViewAngle instance variable. If - set, the camera's view angle represents a horizontal view angle, rather - than the default vertical view angle. This is useful if the application - uses a display device which whose specs indicate a particular horizontal - view angle, or if the application varies the window height but wants to - keep the perspective transform unchanges. - - - - - In addition to the instance variables such as position and orientation, - you can add an additional transformation for your own use. This - transformation is concatenated to the camera's ProjectionTransform - - - - - In addition to the instance variables such as position and orientation, - you can add an additional transformation for your own use. This - transformation is concatenated to the camera's ViewTransform - - - - - Set/Get the camera view angle, which is the angular height of the - camera view measured in degrees. The default angle is 30 degrees. - This method has no effect in parallel projection mode. - The formula for setting the angle up for perfect perspective viewing - is: angle = 2*atan((h/2)/d) where h is the height of the RenderWindow - (measured by holding a ruler up to your screen) and d is the - distance from your eyes to the screen. - - - - - Get the ViewPlaneNormal. This vector will point opposite to - the direction of projection, unless you have created an sheared output - view using SetViewShear/SetObliqueAngles. - - - - - Get the ViewPlaneNormal. This vector will point opposite to - the direction of projection, unless you have created an sheared output - view using SetViewShear/SetObliqueAngles. - - - - - Get the ViewPlaneNormal. This vector will point opposite to - the direction of projection, unless you have created an sheared output - view using SetViewShear/SetObliqueAngles. - - - - - Set/get the shear transform of the viewing frustum. Parameters are - dx/dz, dy/dz, and center. center is a factor that describes where - to shear around. The distance dshear from the camera where - no shear occurs is given by (dshear = center * FocalDistance). - - - - - Set/get the shear transform of the viewing frustum. Parameters are - dx/dz, dy/dz, and center. center is a factor that describes where - to shear around. The distance dshear from the camera where - no shear occurs is given by (dshear = center * FocalDistance). - - - - - Set/get the shear transform of the viewing frustum. Parameters are - dx/dz, dy/dz, and center. center is a factor that describes where - to shear around. The distance dshear from the camera where - no shear occurs is given by (dshear = center * FocalDistance). - - - - - Return the matrix of the view transform. - The ViewTransform depends on only three ivars: the Position, the - FocalPoint, and the ViewUp vector. All the other methods are there - simply for the sake of the users' convenience. - - - - - Return the view transform. - The ViewTransform depends on only three ivars: the Position, the - FocalPoint, and the ViewUp vector. All the other methods are there - simply for the sake of the users' convenience. - - - - - Set/Get the view up direction for the camera. The default - is (0,1,0). - - - - - Set/Get the view up direction for the camera. The default - is (0,1,0). - - - - - Set/Get the view up direction for the camera. The default - is (0,1,0). - - - - - Return the MTime that concerns recomputing the view rays of the camera. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the window in viewport coordinates. - The viewport coordinate range is ([-1,+1],[-1,+1]). This method - is for if you have one window which consists of several viewports, - or if you have several screens which you want to act together as - one large screen. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the window in viewport coordinates. - The viewport coordinate range is ([-1,+1],[-1,+1]). This method - is for if you have one window which consists of several viewports, - or if you have several screens which you want to act together as - one large screen. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the window in viewport coordinates. - The viewport coordinate range is ([-1,+1],[-1,+1]). This method - is for if you have one window which consists of several viewports, - or if you have several screens which you want to act together as - one large screen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Recompute the ViewUp vector to force it to be perpendicular to - camera->focalpoint vector. Unless you are going to use - Yaw or Azimuth on the camera, there is no need to do this. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the ParallelProjection instance variable. This - determines if the camera should do a perspective or parallel projection. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the ParallelProjection instance variable. This - determines if the camera should do a perspective or parallel projection. - - - - - Rotate the focal point about the cross product of the view up vector - and the direction of projection, using the camera's position as the - center of rotation. The result is a vertical rotation of the camera. - - - - - This method causes the camera to set up whatever is required for - viewing the scene. This is actually handled by an subclass of - vtkCamera, which is created through New() - - - - - Rotate the camera about the direction of projection. This will - spin the camera about its axis. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - How the clipping planes are set can have a large impact on how - well z-buffering works. In particular the front clipping - plane can make a very big difference. Setting it to 0.01 when it - really could be 1.0 can have a big impact on your z-buffer resolution - farther away. The default clipping range is (0.1,1000). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - How the clipping planes are set can have a large impact on how - well z-buffering works. In particular the front clipping - plane can make a very big difference. Setting it to 0.01 when it - really could be 1.0 can have a big impact on your z-buffer resolution - farther away. The default clipping range is (0.1,1000). - - - - - Setting the configuration parameters for head tracked camera - - - - - Move the focal point so that it is the specified distance from - the camera position. This distance must be positive. - - - - - Set/Get the separation between eyes (in degrees). This is used - when generating stereo images. - - - - - Set the size of the cameras lens in world coordinates. This is only - used when the renderer is doing focal depth rendering. When that is - being done the size of the focal disk will effect how significant the - depth effects will be. - - - - - Set/Get the focal of the camera in world coordinates. - The default focal point is the origin. - - - - - Set/Get the focal of the camera in world coordinates. - The default focal point is the origin. - - - - - This function is a convinience function intended for the Paraview - ServerManager - - - - - HeadTracker mode. It impacts on the computation of the transforms. - Initial value is false. - vtkSetMacro(HeadTracked,bool); - - - - - Set the Left Eye setting - - - - - Get/Set the oblique viewing angles. The first angle, alpha, is the - angle (measured from the horizontal) that rays along the direction - of projection will follow once projected onto the 2D screen. - The second angle, beta, is the angle between the view plane and - the direction of projection. This creates a shear transform - x' = x + dz*cos(alpha)/tan(beta), y' = dz*sin(alpha)/tan(beta) - where dz is the distance of the point from the focal plane. - The angles are (45,90) by default. Oblique projections - commonly use (30,63.435). - - - - - Set/Get the value of the ParallelProjection instance variable. This - determines if the camera should do a perspective or parallel projection. - - - - - Set/Get the scaling used for a parallel projection, i.e. the height - of the viewport in world-coordinate distances. The default is 1. - Note that the "scale" parameter works as an "inverse scale" --- - larger numbers produce smaller images. - This method has no effect in perspective projection mode. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the camera in world coordinates. - The default position is (0,0,1). - - - - - Set/Get the position of the camera in world coordinates. - The default position is (0,0,1). - - - - - Set the roll angle of the camera about the direction of projection. - - - - - Set the distance between clipping planes. This method adjusts the - far clipping plane to be set a distance 'thickness' beyond the - near clipping plane. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the UseHorizontalViewAngle instance variable. If - set, the camera's view angle represents a horizontal view angle, rather - than the default vertical view angle. This is useful if the application - uses a display device which whose specs indicate a particular horizontal - view angle, or if the application varies the window height but wants to - keep the perspective transform unchanges. - - - - - In addition to the instance variables such as position and orientation, - you can add an additional transformation for your own use. This - transformation is concatenated to the camera's ProjectionTransform - - - - - In addition to the instance variables such as position and orientation, - you can add an additional transformation for your own use. This - transformation is concatenated to the camera's ViewTransform - - - - - Set/Get the camera view angle, which is the angular height of the - camera view measured in degrees. The default angle is 30 degrees. - This method has no effect in parallel projection mode. - The formula for setting the angle up for perfect perspective viewing - is: angle = 2*atan((h/2)/d) where h is the height of the RenderWindow - (measured by holding a ruler up to your screen) and d is the - distance from your eyes to the screen. - - - - - Set/get the shear transform of the viewing frustum. Parameters are - dx/dz, dy/dz, and center. center is a factor that describes where - to shear around. The distance dshear from the camera where - no shear occurs is given by (dshear = center * FocalDistance). - - - - - Set/get the shear transform of the viewing frustum. Parameters are - dx/dz, dy/dz, and center. center is a factor that describes where - to shear around. The distance dshear from the camera where - no shear occurs is given by (dshear = center * FocalDistance). - - - - - Set/Get the view up direction for the camera. The default - is (0,1,0). - - - - - Set/Get the view up direction for the camera. The default - is (0,1,0). - - - - - Set/Get the center of the window in viewport coordinates. - The viewport coordinate range is ([-1,+1],[-1,+1]). This method - is for if you have one window which consists of several viewports, - or if you have several screens which you want to act together as - one large screen. - - - - - Copy the properties of `source' into `this'. - Copy pointers of matrices. - \pre source_exists!=0 - \pre not_this: source!=this - - - - - Update the viewport - - - - - Set/Get the value of the UseHorizontalViewAngle instance variable. If - set, the camera's view angle represents a horizontal view angle, rather - than the default vertical view angle. This is useful if the application - uses a display device which whose specs indicate a particular horizontal - view angle, or if the application varies the window height but wants to - keep the perspective transform unchanges. - - - - - Set/Get the value of the UseHorizontalViewAngle instance variable. If - set, the camera's view angle represents a horizontal view angle, rather - than the default vertical view angle. This is useful if the application - uses a display device which whose specs indicate a particular horizontal - view angle, or if the application varies the window height but wants to - keep the perspective transform unchanges. - - - - - Mark that something has changed which requires the view rays - to be recomputed. - - - - - Rotate the focal point about the view up vector, using the camera's - position as the center of rotation. Note that the view up vector is - whatever was set via SetViewUp, and is not necessarily perpendicular - to the direction of projection. The result is a horizontal rotation - of the scene. - - - - - In perspective mode, decrease the view angle by the specified factor. - In parallel mode, decrease the parallel scale by the specified factor. - A value greater than 1 is a zoom-in, a value less than 1 is a zoom-out. - - - - - vtkCameraActor - a frustum to represent a camera. - - - Description - vtkCameraActor is an actor used to represent a camera by its wireframe - frustum. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - The camera to represent. Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Get the actors mtime plus consider its properties and texture if set. - - - - - Get property of the internal actor. - - - - - Ratio between the width and the height of the frustum. Initial value is - 1.0 (square) - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? No. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The camera to represent. Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Set property of the internal actor. - - - - - Ratio between the width and the height of the frustum. Initial value is - 1.0 (square) - - - - - vtkCameraInterpolator - interpolate a series of cameras to update a new camera - - - Description - This class is used to interpolate a series of cameras to update a - specified camera. Either linear interpolation or spline interpolation may - be used. The instance variables currently interpolated include position, - focal point, view up, view angle, parallel scale, and clipping range. - - To use this class, specify the type of interpolation to use, and add a - series of cameras at various times "t" to the list of cameras from which to - interpolate. Then to interpolate in between cameras, simply invoke the - function InterpolateCamera(t,camera) where "camera" is the camera to be - updated with interpolated values. Note that "t" should be in the range - (min,max) times specified with the AddCamera() method. If outside this - range, the interpolation is clamped. This class copies the camera information - (as compared to referencing the cameras) so you do not need to keep separate - instances of the camera around for each camera added to the list of cameras - to interpolate. - - Caveats - The interpolator classes are initialized the first time InterpolateCamera() - is called. Any later changes to the interpolators, or additions to the list of - cameras to be interpolated, causes a reinitialization of the - interpolators the next time InterpolateCamera() is invoked. Thus the - best performance is obtained by 1) configuring the interpolators, 2) adding - all the cameras, and 3) finally performing interpolation. - - Currently position, focal point and view up are interpolated to define - the orientation of the camera. Quaternion interpolation may be added in the - future as an alternative interpolation method for camera orientation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another camera to the list of cameras defining - the camera function. Note that using the same time t value - more than once replaces the previous camera value at t. - At least one camera must be added to define a function. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the clipping range portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the focal point portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - Override GetMTime() because we depend on the interpolators which may be - modified outside of this class. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned are undefined if the list of cameras is empty. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned are undefined if the list of cameras is empty. - - - - - Return the number of cameras in the list of cameras. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the parallel scale portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the position portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the view angle portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the view up portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Clear the list of cameras. - - - - - Interpolate the list of cameras and determine a new camera (i.e., - fill in the camera provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped to lie within this range. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delete the camera at a particular parameter t. If there is no - camera defined at location t, then the method does nothing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the clipping range portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the focal point portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the instance variable interpolators (i.e., - position, focal point, clipping range, orientation, etc.) - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and this - class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the parallel scale portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the position portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the view angle portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the view up portion - of the camera. Note that you can modify the behavior of the interpolator - (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) by manipulating - the interpolator instances directly. - - - - - Interpolate the list of cameras and determine a new camera (i.e., - fill in the camera provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped to lie within this range. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkCellCenterDepthSort - A simple implementation of vtkCellDepthSort. - - - - Description - vtkCellCenterDepthSort is a simple and fast implementation of depth - sort, but it only provides approximate results. The sorting algorithm - finds the centroids of all the cells. It then performs the dot product - of the centroids against a vector pointing in the direction of the - camera transformed into object space. It then performs an ordinary sort - on the result. - - - - - - vtkVisibilitySort - Abstract class that can sort cell data along a viewpoint. - - - - Description - vtkVisibilitySort encapsulates a method for depth sorting the cells of a - vtkDataSet for a given viewpoint. It should be noted that subclasses - are not required to give an absolutely correct sorting. Many types of - unstructured grids may have sorting cycles, meaning that there is no - possible correct sorting. Some subclasses also only give an approximate - sorting in the interest of speed. - - Note - The Input field of this class tends to causes reference cycles. To help - break these cycles, garbage collection is enabled on this object and the - input parameter is traced. For this to work, though, an object in the - loop holding the visibility sort should also report that to the garbage - collector. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Overwritten to enable garbage collection. - - - - - Overwritten to enable garbage collection. - - - - - Set/Get the camera that specifies the viewing parameters. - - - - - Set/Get the sorting direction. Be default, the direction is set - to back to front. - - - - - Set/Get the data set containing the cells to sort. - - - - - Set/Get the matrix that transforms from object space to world space. - Generally, you get this matrix from a call to GetMatrix of a vtkProp3D - (vtkActor). - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of cells that GetNextCells will return - in one invocation. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of cells that GetNextCells will return - in one invocation. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of cells that GetNextCells will return - in one invocation. - - - - - Set/Get the matrix that transforms from object space to world space. - Generally, you get this matrix from a call to GetMatrix of a vtkProp3D - (vtkActor). - - - - - To facilitate incremental sorting algorithms, the cells are retrieved - in an iteration process. That is, call InitTraversal to start the - iteration and call GetNextCells to get the cell IDs in order. - However, for efficiencies sake, GetNextCells returns an ordered list - of several id's in once call (but not necessarily all). GetNextCells - will return NULL once the entire sorted list is output. The - vtkIdTypeArray returned from GetNextCells is a cached array, so do not - delete it. At the same note, do not expect the array to be valid - after subsequent calls to GetNextCells. - - - - - To facilitate incremental sorting algorithms, the cells are retrieved - in an iteration process. That is, call InitTraversal to start the - iteration and call GetNextCells to get the cell IDs in order. - However, for efficiencies sake, GetNextCells returns an ordered list - of several id's in once call (but not necessarily all). GetNextCells - will return NULL once the entire sorted list is output. The - vtkIdTypeArray returned from GetNextCells is a cached array, so do not - delete it. At the same note, do not expect the array to be valid - after subsequent calls to GetNextCells. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the camera that specifies the viewing parameters. - - - - - Set/Get the sorting direction. Be default, the direction is set - to back to front. - - - - - Set/Get the sorting direction. Be default, the direction is set - to back to front. - - - - - Set/Get the sorting direction. Be default, the direction is set - to back to front. - - - - - Set/Get the data set containing the cells to sort. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of cells that GetNextCells will return - in one invocation. - - - - - Set/Get the matrix that transforms from object space to world space. - Generally, you get this matrix from a call to GetMatrix of a vtkProp3D - (vtkActor). - - - - - Set/Get the sorting direction. Be default, the direction is set - to back to front. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCellPicker - ray-cast cell picker for all kinds of Prop3Ds - - - Description - vtkCellPicker will shoot a ray into a 3D scene and return information - about the first object that the ray hits. It works for all Prop3Ds. - For vtkVolume objects, it shoots a ray into the volume and returns - the point where the ray intersects an isosurface of a chosen opacity. - For vtkImageActor objects, it intersects the ray with the displayed - slice. For vtkActor objects, it intersects the actor's polygons. - If the object's mapper has ClippingPlanes, then it takes the clipping - into account, and will return the Id of the clipping plane that was - intersected. - For all prop types, it returns point and cell information, plus the - normal of the surface that was intersected at the pick position. For - volumes and images, it also returns (i,j,k) coordinates for the point - and the cell that were picked. - - Thanks - This class was contributed to VTK by David Gobbi on behalf of Atamai Inc., - as an enhancement to the original vtkCellPicker. - - - - vtkPicker vtkPointPicker vtkVolumePicker - - - - - - vtkPicker - superclass for 3D geometric pickers (uses ray cast) - - - Description - vtkPicker is used to select instances of vtkProp3D by shooting a ray - into a graphics window and intersecting with the actor's bounding box. - The ray is defined from a point defined in window (or pixel) coordinates, - and a point located from the camera's position. - - vtkPicker may return more than one vtkProp3D, since more than one bounding - box may be intersected. vtkPicker returns an unsorted list of props that - were hit, and a list of the corresponding world points of the hits. - For the vtkProp3D that is closest to the camera, vtkPicker returns the - pick coordinates in world and untransformed mapper space, the prop itself, - the data set, and the mapper. For vtkPicker the closest prop is the one - whose center point (i.e., center of bounding box) projected on the view - ray is closest to the camera. Subclasses of vtkPicker use other methods - for computing the pick point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return a collection of all the actors that were intersected. - This collection is not sorted. (This is a convenience method - to maintain backward compatibility.) - - - - - Get a pointer to the dataset that was picked (if any). If nothing - was picked then NULL is returned. - - - - - Return mapper that was picked (if any). - - - - - Return position in mapper (i.e., non-transformed) coordinates of - pick point. - - - - - Return position in mapper (i.e., non-transformed) coordinates of - pick point. - - - - - Return a list of the points the the actors returned by GetProp3Ds - were intersected at. The order of this list will match the order of - GetProp3Ds. - - - - - Return a collection of all the prop 3D's that were intersected - by the pick ray. This collection is not sorted. - - - - - Specify tolerance for performing pick operation. Tolerance is specified - as fraction of rendering window size. (Rendering window size is measured - across diagonal.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform pick operation with selection point provided. Normally the - first two values for the selection point are x-y pixel coordinate, and - the third value is =0. Return non-zero if something was successfully - picked. - - - - - Perform pick operation with selection point provided. Normally the first - two values for the selection point are x-y pixel coordinate, and the - third value is =0. Return non-zero if something was successfully picked. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify tolerance for performing pick operation. Tolerance is specified - as fraction of rendering window size. (Rendering window size is measured - across diagonal.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a locator for one of the data sets that will be included in the - scene. You must set up the locator with exactly the same data set - that was input to the mapper of one or more of the actors in the - scene. As well, you must either build the locator before doing the - pick, or you must turn on LazyEvaluation in the locator to make it - build itself on the first pick. Note that if you try to add the - same locator to the picker twice, the second addition will be ignored. - - - - - Get the structured coordinates of the cell at the PickPosition. - Only valid for image actors and volumes with vtkImageData. - Combine this with the PCoords to get the position within the cell. - - - - - Get the structured coordinates of the cell at the PickPosition. - Only valid for image actors and volumes with vtkImageData. - Combine this with the PCoords to get the position within the cell. - - - - - Get the structured coordinates of the cell at the PickPosition. - Only valid for image actors and volumes with vtkImageData. - Combine this with the PCoords to get the position within the cell. - - - - - Get the id of the picked cell. If CellId = -1, nothing was picked. - - - - - Get the index of the clipping plane that was intersected during - the pick. This will be set regardless of whether PickClippingPlanes - is On, all that is required is that the pick intersected a clipping - plane of the Prop3D that was picked. The result will be -1 if the - Prop3D that was picked has no clipping planes, or if the ray didn't - intersect the planes. - - - - - Return the normal of the surface at the PickPosition in mapper - coordinates. The result is undefined if no prop was picked. - - - - - Return the normal of the surface at the PickPosition in mapper - coordinates. The result is undefined if no prop was picked. - - - - - Return the normal of the surface at the PickPosition in mapper - coordinates. The result is undefined if no prop was picked. - - - - - Get the parametric coordinates of the picked cell. Only valid if - a prop was picked. The PCoords can be used to compute the weights - that are needed to interpolate data values within the cell. - - - - - Get the parametric coordinates of the picked cell. Only valid if - a prop was picked. The PCoords can be used to compute the weights - that are needed to interpolate data values within the cell. - - - - - Get the parametric coordinates of the picked cell. Only valid if - a prop was picked. The PCoords can be used to compute the weights - that are needed to interpolate data values within the cell. - - - - - The PickClippingPlanes setting controls how clipping planes are - handled by the pick. If it is On, then the clipping planes become - pickable objects, even though they are usually invisible. This - means that if the pick ray intersects a clipping plane before it - hits anything else, the pick will stop at that clipping plane. - The GetProp3D() and GetMapper() methods will return the Prop3D - and Mapper that the clipping plane belongs to. The - GetClippingPlaneId() method will return the index of the clipping - plane so that you can retrieve it from the mapper, or -1 if no - clipping plane was picked. The picking of vtkImageActors is not - influenced by this setting, since they have no clipping planes. - - - - - Return the normal of the picked surface at the PickPosition. If no - surface was picked, then a vector pointing back at the camera is - returned. - - - - - Return the normal of the picked surface at the PickPosition. If no - surface was picked, then a vector pointing back at the camera is - returned. - - - - - If this is "On" and if the picked prop has a texture, then the data - returned by GetDataSet() will be the texture's data instead of the - mapper's data. The GetPointId(), GetCellId(), GetPCoords() etc. will - all return information for use with the texture's data. If the picked - prop does not have any texture, then GetDataSet() will return the - mapper's data instead and GetPointId() etc. will return information - related to the mapper's data. The default value of PickTextureData - is "Off". - - - - - Get the structured coordinates of the point at the PickPosition. - Only valid for image actors and volumes with vtkImageData. - - - - - Get the structured coordinates of the point at the PickPosition. - Only valid for image actors and volumes with vtkImageData. - - - - - Get the structured coordinates of the point at the PickPosition. - Only valid for image actors and volumes with vtkImageData. - - - - - Get the id of the picked point. If PointId = -1, nothing was picked. - This point will be a member of any cell that is picked. - - - - - Get the subId of the picked cell. This is useful, for example, if - the data is made of triangle strips. If SubId = -1, nothing was picked. - - - - - Get the texture that was picked. This will always be set if the - picked prop has a texture, and will always be null otherwise. - - - - - Use the product of the scalar and gradient opacity functions when - computing the opacity isovalue, instead of just using the scalar - opacity. This parameter is only relevant to volume picking and - is off by default. - - - - - Set the opacity isovalue to use for defining volume surfaces. The - pick will occur at the location along the pick ray where the - opacity of the volume is equal to this isovalue. If you want to do - the pick based on an actual data isovalue rather than the opacity, - then pass the data value through the scalar opacity function before - using this method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform pick operation with selection point provided. Normally the - first two values are the (x,y) pixel coordinates for the pick, and - the third value is z=0. The return value will be non-zero if - something was successfully picked. - - - - - The PickClippingPlanes setting controls how clipping planes are - handled by the pick. If it is On, then the clipping planes become - pickable objects, even though they are usually invisible. This - means that if the pick ray intersects a clipping plane before it - hits anything else, the pick will stop at that clipping plane. - The GetProp3D() and GetMapper() methods will return the Prop3D - and Mapper that the clipping plane belongs to. The - GetClippingPlaneId() method will return the index of the clipping - plane so that you can retrieve it from the mapper, or -1 if no - clipping plane was picked. The picking of vtkImageActors is not - influenced by this setting, since they have no clipping planes. - - - - - The PickClippingPlanes setting controls how clipping planes are - handled by the pick. If it is On, then the clipping planes become - pickable objects, even though they are usually invisible. This - means that if the pick ray intersects a clipping plane before it - hits anything else, the pick will stop at that clipping plane. - The GetProp3D() and GetMapper() methods will return the Prop3D - and Mapper that the clipping plane belongs to. The - GetClippingPlaneId() method will return the index of the clipping - plane so that you can retrieve it from the mapper, or -1 if no - clipping plane was picked. The picking of vtkImageActors is not - influenced by this setting, since they have no clipping planes. - - - - - If this is "On" and if the picked prop has a texture, then the data - returned by GetDataSet() will be the texture's data instead of the - mapper's data. The GetPointId(), GetCellId(), GetPCoords() etc. will - all return information for use with the texture's data. If the picked - prop does not have any texture, then GetDataSet() will return the - mapper's data instead and GetPointId() etc. will return information - related to the mapper's data. The default value of PickTextureData - is "Off". - - - - - If this is "On" and if the picked prop has a texture, then the data - returned by GetDataSet() will be the texture's data instead of the - mapper's data. The GetPointId(), GetCellId(), GetPCoords() etc. will - all return information for use with the texture's data. If the picked - prop does not have any texture, then GetDataSet() will return the - mapper's data instead and GetPointId() etc. will return information - related to the mapper's data. The default value of PickTextureData - is "Off". - - - - - Remove all locators associated with this picker. - - - - - Remove a locator that was previously added. If you try to remove a - nonexistent locator, then nothing will happen and no errors will be - raised. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The PickClippingPlanes setting controls how clipping planes are - handled by the pick. If it is On, then the clipping planes become - pickable objects, even though they are usually invisible. This - means that if the pick ray intersects a clipping plane before it - hits anything else, the pick will stop at that clipping plane. - The GetProp3D() and GetMapper() methods will return the Prop3D - and Mapper that the clipping plane belongs to. The - GetClippingPlaneId() method will return the index of the clipping - plane so that you can retrieve it from the mapper, or -1 if no - clipping plane was picked. The picking of vtkImageActors is not - influenced by this setting, since they have no clipping planes. - - - - - If this is "On" and if the picked prop has a texture, then the data - returned by GetDataSet() will be the texture's data instead of the - mapper's data. The GetPointId(), GetCellId(), GetPCoords() etc. will - all return information for use with the texture's data. If the picked - prop does not have any texture, then GetDataSet() will return the - mapper's data instead and GetPointId() etc. will return information - related to the mapper's data. The default value of PickTextureData - is "Off". - - - - - Use the product of the scalar and gradient opacity functions when - computing the opacity isovalue, instead of just using the scalar - opacity. This parameter is only relevant to volume picking and - is off by default. - - - - - Set the opacity isovalue to use for defining volume surfaces. The - pick will occur at the location along the pick ray where the - opacity of the volume is equal to this isovalue. If you want to do - the pick based on an actual data isovalue rather than the opacity, - then pass the data value through the scalar opacity function before - using this method. - - - - - Use the product of the scalar and gradient opacity functions when - computing the opacity isovalue, instead of just using the scalar - opacity. This parameter is only relevant to volume picking and - is off by default. - - - - - Use the product of the scalar and gradient opacity functions when - computing the opacity isovalue, instead of just using the scalar - opacity. This parameter is only relevant to volume picking and - is off by default. - - - - - vtkChooserPainter - Painter that selects painters to render - primitives. - - - - Description - - This painter does not actually do any painting. Instead, it picks other - painters based on the current state of itself and its poly data. It then - delegates the work to these other painters. - - - - - - vtkPolyDataPainter - Abstract class for drawing poly data. - - - - Description - vtkPolyDataPainter encapsulates a method of drawing poly data. This is a subset - of what a mapper does. The painter does no maintenance of the rendering - state (camera, lights, etc.). It is solely responsible for issuing - rendering commands that build graphics primitives. - - To simplify coding, an implementation of vtkPolyDataPainter is allowed to support - only certain types of poly data or certain types of primitives. - - - - - vtkDefaultPainter - vtkStandardPainter - vtkPainterDeviceAdapter - - - - - - vtkPainter - Abstract class for drawing poly data. - - - - Description - This defines the interface for a Painter. Painters are helpers used - by Mapper to perform the rendering. The mapper sets up a chain of painters - and passes the render request to the painter. Every painter may have a - delegate painter to which the render request is forwarded. The Painter may - modify the request or data before passing it to the delegate painter. - All the information to control the rendering must be passed to the painter - using the vtkInformation object. A concrete painter may read special keys - from the vtkInformation object and affect the rendering. - - - - - vtkPainterPolyDataMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Take part in garbage collection. - - - - - Take part in garbage collection. - - - - - Keys used to specify control the behaviour of the painter. - When on, the painter avoids using more memory than it has to. Thus, - auxiliary data structures for faster rendering may not be built. Is off - by default. - - - - - Set/Get the painter to which this painter should propagare its draw calls. - - - - - Get/Set the information object associated with this painter. - - - - - Set the data object to paint. Currently we only support one data object per - painter chain. - - - - - Get the output data object from this painter. The default implementation - simply forwards the input data object as the output. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Get the time required to draw the geometry last time it was rendered. - Default implementation adds the current TimeToDraw with that of the - delegate painter. - - - - - Keys used to specify control the behaviour of the painter. - When off, the painter may make approximations that will make the rendering - go faster but may degrade image quality. Is on by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this painter. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - The call is propagated to the delegate painter, if any. - - - - - Generates rendering primitives of appropriate type(s). Multiple types - of primitives can be requested by or-ring the primitive flags. - Default implementation calls UpdateDelegatePainter() to update the - deletagate painter and then calls RenderInternal(). - forceCompileOnly is passed to the display list painters. - - - - - Keys used to specify control the behaviour of the painter. - When on, the painter assumes that the poly data changes infrequently. - It is thus more likely to take time and memory to build auxiliary data - structures for faster frame rates. Is off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the painter to which this painter should propagare its draw calls. - - - - - Get/Set the information object associated with this painter. - - - - - Set the data object to paint. Currently we only support one data object per - painter chain. - - - - - Set/Get the execution progress of a process object. - - - - - Expand or shrink the estimated bounds of the object based on the - geometric transformations performed in the painter. If the painter - does not modify the geometry, the bounds are passed through. - - - - - Take part in garbage collection. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Keys used to specify control the behaviour of the painter. - When on, the painter creates normals when none are available in the - polydata. On by default. - - - - - Set the mapping between vtkPointData (vtkCellData) arrays and - generic vertex attributes. - - - - - Key added to disable any scalar coloring for the current pass. - - - - - Get/set the poly data to render. - - - - - Get the output polydata from this Painter. The default - implementation forwards the input polydata as the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overridden to stop the render call if input polydata is not set, - since PolyDataPainter cannot paint without any polydata input. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When set, the lines painter is used for drawing wireframes (off by - default, except on Mac, where it's on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set, the lines painter is used for drawing wireframes (off by - default, except on Mac, where it's on by default). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set, the lines painter is used for drawing wireframes (off by - default, except on Mac, where it's on by default). - - - - - When set, the lines painter is used for drawing wireframes (off by - default, except on Mac, where it's on by default). - - - - - vtkClipPlanesPainter - abstract class defining interface for - painter that manages clipping. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the vtkPlaneCollection which specifies the clipping planes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCoincidentTopologyResolutionPainter - painter that resolves - conicident topology. - - - Description - Provides the ability to shift the z-buffer to resolve coincident topology. - For example, if you'd like to draw a mesh with some edges a different color, - and the edges lie on the mesh, this feature can be useful to get nice - looking lines. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When set and when RESOLVE_COINCIDENT_TOPOLOGY is set to use polygon offset, - solid polygonal faces will be offsetted, otherwise lines/vertices will be - offsetted. - - - - - Used to set the polygon offset scale factor and units. Used when - ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to PolygonOffset. - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Used to set the z-shift if ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to - ShiftZBuffer. - - - - - vtkColorMaterialHelper - a helper to assist in simulating the - ColorMaterial behaviour of the default OpenGL pipeline. - - - - Description - vtkColorMaterialHelper is a helper to assist in simulating the - ColorMaterial behaviour of the default OpenGL pipeline. Look at - vtkColorMaterialHelper_s for available GLSL functions. - - - - - vtkShaderProgram2 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Prepares the shader i.e. reads color material parameters state from OpenGL. - This must be called before the shader is bound. - - - - - Uploads any uniforms needed. This must be called only - after the shader has been bound, but before rendering the geometry. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompositePainter - painter that can be inserted before any - vtkDataSet painting chain to handle composite datasets. - - - Description - vtkCompositePainter iterates over the leaves in a composite datasets. - This painter can also handle the case when the dataset is not a composite - dataset. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the output data object from this painter. The default implementation - simply forwards the input data object as the output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompositePolyDataMapper2 - mapper for composite dataset consisting - of polygonal data. - - - Description - vtkCompositePolyDataMapper2 is similar to vtkCompositePolyDataMapper except - that instead of creating individual mapper for each block in the composite - dataset, it iterates over the blocks internally. - - - - - vtkPainterPolyDataMapper - PolyDataMapper using painters - - - Description - PolyDataMapper that uses painters to do the actual rendering. - Thanks - Support for generic vertex attributes in VTK was contributed in - collaboration with Stephane Ploix at EDF. - - - - - vtkPolyDataMapper - map vtkPolyData to graphics primitives - - - Description - vtkPolyDataMapper is a class that maps polygonal data (i.e., vtkPolyData) - to graphics primitives. vtkPolyDataMapper serves as a superclass for - device-specific poly data mappers, that actually do the mapping to the - rendering/graphics hardware/software. - - - - - vtkMapper - abstract class specifies interface to map data to graphics primitives - - - Description - vtkMapper is an abstract class to specify interface between data and - graphics primitives. Subclasses of vtkMapper map data through a - lookuptable and control the creation of rendering primitives that - interface to the graphics library. The mapping can be controlled by - supplying a lookup table and specifying a scalar range to map data - through. - - There are several important control mechanisms affecting the behavior of - this object. The ScalarVisibility flag controls whether scalar data (if - any) controls the color of the associated actor(s) that refer to the - mapper. The ScalarMode ivar is used to determine whether scalar point data - or cell data is used to color the object. By default, point data scalars - are used unless there are none, in which cell scalars are used. Or you can - explicitly control whether to use point or cell scalar data. Finally, the - mapping of scalars through the lookup table varies depending on the - setting of the ColorMode flag. See the documentation for the appropriate - methods for an explanation. - - Another important feature of this class is whether to use immediate mode - rendering (ImmediateModeRenderingOn) or display list rendering - (ImmediateModeRenderingOff). If display lists are used, a data structure - is constructed (generally in the rendering library) which can then be - rapidly traversed and rendered by the rendering library. The disadvantage - of display lists is that they require additionally memory which may affect - the performance of the system. - - Another important feature of the mapper is the ability to shift the - z-buffer to resolve coincident topology. For example, if you'd like to - draw a mesh with some edges a different color, and the edges lie on the - mesh, this feature can be useful to get nice looking lines. (See the - ResolveCoincidentTopology-related methods.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Legacy: - These methods used to be used to specify the array component. - It is better to do this in the lookup table. - - - - - Legacy: - These methods used to be used to specify the array component. - It is better to do this in the lookup table. - - - - - Create default lookup table. Generally used to create one when none - is available with the scalar data. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - SelectColorArray() method.) - - - - - Return the method of coloring scalar data. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - This instance variable is used by vtkLODActor to determine which - mapper to use. It is an estimate of the time necessary to render. - Setting the render time does not modify the mapper. - - - - - Get the input to this mapper as a vtkDataSet, instead of as a - more specialized data type that the subclass may return from - GetInput(). This method is provided for use in the wrapper languages, - C++ programmers should use GetInput() instead. - - - - - By default, vertex color is used to map colors to a surface. - Colors are interpolated after being mapped. - This option avoids color interpolation by using a one dimensional - texture map for the colors. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Overload standard modified time function. If lookup table is modified, - then this object is modified as well. - - - - - This instance variable is used by vtkLODActor to determine which - mapper to use. It is an estimate of the time necessary to render. - Setting the render time does not modify the mapper. - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Used when ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to PolygonOffset. The polygon - offset can be applied either to the solid polygonal faces or the - lines/vertices. When set (default), the offset is applied to the faces - otherwise it is applied to lines and vertices. - This is a global variable. - - - - - Used to set the polygon offset scale factor and units. - Used when ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to PolygonOffset. - These are global variables. - - - - - Used to set the z-shift if ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to - ShiftZBuffer. This is a global variable. - - - - - Set/Get the light-model color mode. - - - - - Return the light-model color mode. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Return the method for obtaining scalar data. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the mapper's data is static. Static data - means that the mapper does not propagate updates down the pipeline, greatly - decreasing the time it takes to update many mappers. This should only be - used if the data never changes. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT INTENDED FOR GENERAL USE - DO NOT USE THIS METHOD OUTSIDE OF THE RENDERING PROCESS - Used by vtkHardwareSelector to determine if the prop supports hardware - selection. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - By default, vertex color is used to map colors to a surface. - Colors are interpolated after being mapped. - This option avoids color interpolation by using a one dimensional - texture map for the colors. - - - - - By default, vertex color is used to map colors to a surface. - Colors are interpolated after being mapped. - This option avoids color interpolation by using a one dimensional - texture map for the colors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Map the scalars (if there are any scalars and ScalarVisibility is on) - through the lookup table, returning an unsigned char RGBA array. This is - typically done as part of the rendering process. The alpha parameter - allows the blending of the scalars with an additional alpha (typically - which comes from a vtkActor, etc.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Method initiates the mapping process. Generally sent by the actor - as each frame is rendered. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - When ScalarMode is set to UsePointFieldData or UseCellFieldData, - you can specify which array to use for coloring using these methods. - The lookup table will decide how to convert vectors to colors. - - - - - When ScalarMode is set to UsePointFieldData or UseCellFieldData, - you can specify which array to use for coloring using these methods. - The lookup table will decide how to convert vectors to colors. - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - SelectColorArray() method.) - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - SelectColorArray() method.) - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - SelectColorArray() method.) - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - By default, vertex color is used to map colors to a surface. - Colors are interpolated after being mapped. - This option avoids color interpolation by using a one dimensional - texture map for the colors. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - This instance variable is used by vtkLODActor to determine which - mapper to use. It is an estimate of the time necessary to render. - Setting the render time does not modify the mapper. - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Used when ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to PolygonOffset. The polygon - offset can be applied either to the solid polygonal faces or the - lines/vertices. When set (default), the offset is applied to the faces - otherwise it is applied to lines and vertices. - This is a global variable. - - - - - Used to set the polygon offset scale factor and units. - Used when ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to PolygonOffset. - These are global variables. - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Set/Get a global flag that controls whether coincident topology (e.g., a - line on top of a polygon) is shifted to avoid z-buffer resolution (and - hence rendering problems). If not off, there are two methods to choose - from. PolygonOffset uses graphics systems calls to shift polygons, but - does not distinguish vertices and lines from one another. ShiftZBuffer - remaps the z-buffer to distinguish vertices, lines, and polygons, but - does not always produce acceptable results. If you use the ShiftZBuffer - approach, you may also want to set the ResolveCoincidentTopologyZShift - value. (Note: not all mappers/graphics systems implement this - functionality.) - - - - - Used to set the z-shift if ResolveCoincidentTopology is set to - ShiftZBuffer. This is a global variable. - - - - - Set/Get the light-model color mode. - - - - - Set/Get the light-model color mode. - - - - - Set/Get the light-model color mode. - - - - - Set/Get the light-model color mode. - - - - - Set/Get the light-model color mode. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call SelectColorArray before you call - GetColors. - When ScalarMode is set to use Field Data (ScalarModeToFieldData), you - must call SelectColorArray to choose the field data array to be used to - color cells. In this mode, if the poly data has triangle strips, - the field data is treated as the celldata for each mini-cell formed by - a triangle in the strip rather than the entire strip. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the mapper's data is static. Static data - means that the mapper does not propagate updates down the pipeline, greatly - decreasing the time it takes to update many mappers. This should only be - used if the data never changes. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Make a shallow copy of this mapper. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the mapper's data is static. Static data - means that the mapper does not propagate updates down the pipeline, greatly - decreasing the time it takes to update many mappers. This should only be - used if the data never changes. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether the mapper's data is static. Static data - means that the mapper does not propagate updates down the pipeline, greatly - decreasing the time it takes to update many mappers. This should only be - used if the data never changes. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Set the number of ghost cells to return. - - - - - Specify the input data to map. - - - - - If you want only a part of the data, specify by setting the piece. - - - - - If you want only a part of the data, specify by setting the piece. - - - - - If you want only a part of the data, specify by setting the piece. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Select a data array from the point/cell data - and map it to a generic vertex attribute. - vertexAttributeName is the name of the vertex attribute. - dataArrayName is the name of the data array. - fieldAssociation indicates when the data array is a point data array or - cell data array (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or - (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS). - componentno indicates which component from the data array must be passed as - the attribute. If -1, then all components are passed. - - - - - Select a data array from the point/cell data - and map it to a generic vertex attribute. - vertexAttributeName is the name of the vertex attribute. - dataArrayName is the name of the data array. - fieldAssociation indicates when the data array is a point data array or - cell data array (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or - (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS). - componentno indicates which component from the data array must be passed as - the attribute. If -1, then all components are passed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all vertex attributes. - - - - - Remove a vertex attribute mapping. - - - - - This calls RenderPiece (in a for loop is streaming is necessary). - - - - - Implemented by sub classes. Actual rendering is done here. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of ghost cells to return. - - - - - Specify the input data to map. - - - - - If you want only a part of the data, specify by setting the piece. - - - - - If you want only a part of the data, specify by setting the piece. - - - - - If you want only a part of the data, specify by setting the piece. - - - - - Make a shallow copy of this mapper. - - - - - Update that sets the update piece first. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the painter used to do the actual rendering. - By default, vtkDefaultPainter is used to build the rendering - painter chain for color mapping/clipping etc. followed by - a vtkChooserPainter which renders the primitives. - - - - - Get/Set the painter used when rendering the selection pass. - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT INTENDED FOR GENERAL USE - DO NOT USE THIS METHOD OUTSIDE OF THE RENDERING PROCESS - Used by vtkHardwareSelector to determine if the prop supports hardware - selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Select a data array from the point/cell data - and map it to a generic vertex attribute. - vertexAttributeName is the name of the vertex attribute. - dataArrayName is the name of the data array. - fieldAssociation indicates when the data array is a point data array or - cell data array (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or - (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS). - componentno indicates which component from the data array must be passed as - the attribute. If -1, then all components are passed. - - - - - Select a data array from the point/cell data - and map it to a generic vertex attribute. - vertexAttributeName is the name of the vertex attribute. - dataArrayName is the name of the data array. - fieldAssociation indicates when the data array is a point data array or - cell data array (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS or - (vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_CELLS). - componentno indicates which component from the data array must be passed as - the attribute. If -1, then all components are passed. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. Merely propagates the call to the painter. - - - - - Remove all vertex attributes. - - - - - Remove a vertex attribute mapping. - - - - - Implemented by sub classes. Actual rendering is done here. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the painter used to do the actual rendering. - By default, vtkDefaultPainter is used to build the rendering - painter chain for color mapping/clipping etc. followed by - a vtkChooserPainter which renders the primitives. - - - - - Get/Set the painter used when rendering the selection pass. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCompositePolyDataMapper - a class that renders hierarchical polygonal data - - - Description - This class uses a set of vtkPolyDataMappers to render input data - which may be hierarchical. The input to this mapper may be - either vtkPolyData or a vtkCompositeDataSet built from - polydata. If something other than vtkPolyData is encountered, - an error message will be produced. - - - - vtkPolyDataMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard vtkProp method to get 3D bounds of a 3D prop - - - - - Standard vtkProp method to get 3D bounds of a 3D prop - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release the underlying resources associated with this mapper - - - - - Standard method for rendering a mapper. This method will be - called by the actor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCullerCollection - a list of Cullers - - - Description - vtkCullerCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list - of Cullers (i.e., vtkCuller and subclasses). The list is unsorted and - duplicate entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an Culler to the list. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Get the next Culler in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCuller - a superclass for prop cullers - - - Description - A culler has a cull method called by the vtkRenderer. The cull - method is called before any rendering is performed, - and it allows the culler to do some processing on the props and - to modify their AllocatedRenderTime and re-order them in the prop list. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDataSetMapper - map vtkDataSet and derived classes to graphics primitives - - - Description - vtkDataSetMapper is a mapper to map data sets (i.e., vtkDataSet and - all derived classes) to graphics primitives. The mapping procedure - is as follows: all 0D, 1D, and 2D cells are converted into points, - lines, and polygons/triangle strips and then mapped to the graphics - system. The 2D faces of 3D cells are mapped only if they are used by - only one cell, i.e., on the boundary of the data set. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the Input of this mapper. - - - - - Get the mtime also considering the lookup table. - - - - - Get the internal poly data mapper used to map data set to graphics system. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the Input of this mapper. - - - - - vtkDataTransferHelper - is a helper class that aids in transferring - data between CPU memory and GPU memory. - - - - Description - vtkDataTransferHelper is a helper class that aids in transferring data - between the CPU memory and the GPU memory. The data in GPU memory is - stored as textures which that in CPU memory is stored as vtkDataArray. - vtkDataTransferHelper provides API to transfer only a sub-extent of CPU - structured data to/from the GPU. - - - - - vtkPixelBufferObject vtkTextureObject vtkOpenGLExtensionManager - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - old comment: - Download Extent from GPU data buffer to CPU. - GPU data size must exactly match Extent. - CPU data buffer will be resized to match WholeExtent in which only the - Extent will be filled with the GPU data. - new comment: - Download GPUExtent from GPU texture to CPU vtkDataArray. - If Array is not provided, it will be created with the size of CPUExtent. - But only the tuples covered by GPUExtent will be download. In this case, - if GPUExtent does not cover all GPUExtent, some of the vtkDataArray will - be uninitialized. - Reminder: A=>B <=> !A||B - \pre texture_exists: texture!=0 - \pre array_not_empty: array==0 || array->GetNumberOfTuples()>0 - \pre valid_cpu_extent: this->GetCPUExtentIsValid() - \pre valid_cpu_extent_size: array==0 || (CPUExtent[1]-CPUExtent[0]+1)*(CPUExtent[3]-CPUExtent[2]+1)*(CPUExtent[5]-CPUExtent[4]+1)==array->GetNumberOfTuples() - \pre valid_gpu_extent: this->GetGPUExtentIsValid() - \pre gpu_extent_in_cpu_extent: CPUExtent[0]<=GPUExtent[0] && GPUExtent[1]<=CPUExtent[1] && CPUExtent[2]<=GPUExtent[2] && GPUExtent[3]<=CPUExtent[3] && CPUExtent[4]<=GPUExtent[4] && GPUExtent[5]<=CPUExtent[5] - \pre gpu_texture_size: !this->GetTextureExtentIsValid() || (GPUExtent[1]-GPUExtent[0]+1)*(GPUExtent[3]-GPUExtent[2]+1)*(GPUExtent[5]-GPUExtent[4]+1)==(TextureExtent[1]-TextureExtent[0]+1)*(TextureExtent[3]-TextureExtent[2]+1)*(TextureExtent[5]-TextureExtent[4]+1) - \pre valid_components: array==0 || array->GetNumberOfComponents()<=4 - \pre components_match: array==0 || (texture->GetComponents()==array->GetNumberOfComponents()) - - - - - Splits the download in two operations - * Asynchronously download from texture memory to PBO (DownloadAsync1()). - * Copy from pbo to user array (DownloadAsync2()). - - - - - Splits the download in two operations - * Asynchronously download from texture memory to PBO (DownloadAsync1()). - * Copy from pbo to user array (DownloadAsync2()). - - - - - Get/Set the CPU data buffer. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set the CPU data extent. The extent matches the vtkDataArray size. - If the vtkDataArray comes from an vtkImageData and it is part of the - point data, it is usually the vtkImageData extent. - It can be on cell data too, but in this case it does not match the - vtkImageData extent. - If the vtkDataArray comes from a vtkDataSet, just - set it to a one-dimenstional extent equal to the number of tuples. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Set the CPU data extent. The extent matches the vtkDataArray size. - If the vtkDataArray comes from an vtkImageData and it is part of the - point data, it is usually the vtkImageData extent. - It can be on cell data too, but in this case it does not match the - vtkImageData extent. - If the vtkDataArray comes from a vtkDataSet, just - set it to a one-dimenstional extent equal to the number of tuples. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Set the CPU data extent. The extent matches the vtkDataArray size. - If the vtkDataArray comes from an vtkImageData and it is part of the - point data, it is usually the vtkImageData extent. - It can be on cell data too, but in this case it does not match the - vtkImageData extent. - If the vtkDataArray comes from a vtkDataSet, just - set it to a one-dimenstional extent equal to the number of tuples. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Tells if CPUExtent is valid. True if min extent<=max extent. - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Tells if the given extent (6 int) is valid. True if min - extent<=max extent. - \pre extent_exists: extent!=0 - - - - - Set the GPU data extent. This is the sub-extent to copy from or to the GPU. - This extent matches the size of the data to transfer. - GPUExtent and TextureExtent don't have to match (GPUExtent can be 1D - whereas TextureExtent is 2D) but the number of elements have to match. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Set the GPU data extent. This is the sub-extent to copy from or to the GPU. - This extent matches the size of the data to transfer. - GPUExtent and TextureExtent don't have to match (GPUExtent can be 1D - whereas TextureExtent is 2D) but the number of elements have to match. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Set the GPU data extent. This is the sub-extent to copy from or to the GPU. - This extent matches the size of the data to transfer. - GPUExtent and TextureExtent don't have to match (GPUExtent can be 1D - whereas TextureExtent is 2D) but the number of elements have to match. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Tells if GPUExtent is valid. True if min extent<=max extent. - - - - - Define the minimal dimension of the texture regardless of the dimensions - of the TextureExtent. Initial value is 1. - A texture extent can have a given dimension 0D (one value), 1D, 2D or 3D. - By default 0D and 1D are translated into a 1D texture, 2D is translated - into a 2D texture, 3D is translated into a 3D texture. To make life easier - when writting GLSL code and use only one type of sampler (ex: sampler2d), - the default behavior can be changed by forcing a type of texture with - this ivar. - 1: default behavior. Initial value. - 2: force 0D and 1D to be in a 2D texture - 3: force 0D, 1D and 2D texture to be in a 3D texture. - - - - - Splits the download in two operations - * Asynchronously download from texture memory to PBO (DownloadAsync1()). - * Copy from pbo to user array (DownloadAsync2()). - - - - - Get/Set the GPU data buffer. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set the texture data extent. This is the extent of the texture image that - will receive the data. This extent matches the size of the data to - transfer. If it is set to an invalid extent, GPUExtent is used. - See more comment on GPUExtent. - Initial value is an invalid extent. - - - - - Set the texture data extent. This is the extent of the texture image that - will receive the data. This extent matches the size of the data to - transfer. If it is set to an invalid extent, GPUExtent is used. - See more comment on GPUExtent. - Initial value is an invalid extent. - - - - - Set the texture data extent. This is the extent of the texture image that - will receive the data. This extent matches the size of the data to - transfer. If it is set to an invalid extent, GPUExtent is used. - See more comment on GPUExtent. - Initial value is an invalid extent. - - - - - Tells if TextureExtent is valid. True if min extent<=max extent. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns if the context supports the required extensions. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the CPU data buffer. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set the CPU data extent. The extent matches the vtkDataArray size. - If the vtkDataArray comes from an vtkImageData and it is part of the - point data, it is usually the vtkImageData extent. - It can be on cell data too, but in this case it does not match the - vtkImageData extent. - If the vtkDataArray comes from a vtkDataSet, just - set it to a one-dimenstional extent equal to the number of tuples. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Set the CPU data extent. The extent matches the vtkDataArray size. - If the vtkDataArray comes from an vtkImageData and it is part of the - point data, it is usually the vtkImageData extent. - It can be on cell data too, but in this case it does not match the - vtkImageData extent. - If the vtkDataArray comes from a vtkDataSet, just - set it to a one-dimenstional extent equal to the number of tuples. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Set the GPU data extent. This is the sub-extent to copy from or to the GPU. - This extent matches the size of the data to transfer. - GPUExtent and TextureExtent don't have to match (GPUExtent can be 1D - whereas TextureExtent is 2D) but the number of elements have to match. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Set the GPU data extent. This is the sub-extent to copy from or to the GPU. - This extent matches the size of the data to transfer. - GPUExtent and TextureExtent don't have to match (GPUExtent can be 1D - whereas TextureExtent is 2D) but the number of elements have to match. - Initial value is (0,0,0,0,0,0), a valid one tuple array. - - - - - Define the minimal dimension of the texture regardless of the dimensions - of the TextureExtent. Initial value is 1. - A texture extent can have a given dimension 0D (one value), 1D, 2D or 3D. - By default 0D and 1D are translated into a 1D texture, 2D is translated - into a 2D texture, 3D is translated into a 3D texture. To make life easier - when writting GLSL code and use only one type of sampler (ex: sampler2d), - the default behavior can be changed by forcing a type of texture with - this ivar. - 1: default behavior. Initial value. - 2: force 0D and 1D to be in a 2D texture - 3: force 0D, 1D and 2D texture to be in a 3D texture. - - - - - Splits the download in two operations - * Asynchronously download from texture memory to PBO (DownloadAsync1()). - * Copy from pbo to user array (DownloadAsync2()). - - - - - Get/Set the GPU data buffer. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set the texture data extent. This is the extent of the texture image that - will receive the data. This extent matches the size of the data to - transfer. If it is set to an invalid extent, GPUExtent is used. - See more comment on GPUExtent. - Initial value is an invalid extent. - - - - - Set the texture data extent. This is the extent of the texture image that - will receive the data. This extent matches the size of the data to - transfer. If it is set to an invalid extent, GPUExtent is used. - See more comment on GPUExtent. - Initial value is an invalid extent. - - - - - Old comment. - Upload Extent from CPU data buffer to GPU. - The WholeExtent must match the Array size. - New comment. - Upload GPUExtent from CPU vtkDataArray to GPU texture. - It is possible to send a subset of the components or to specify and - order of components or both. If components=0, componentList is ignored - and all components are passed, a texture cannot have more than 4 - components. - \pre array_exists: array!=0 - \pre array_not_empty: array->GetNumberOfTuples()>0 - \pre valid_cpu_extent: this->GetCPUExtentIsValid() - \pre valid_cpu_extent_size: (CPUExtent[1]-CPUExtent[0]+1)*(CPUExtent[3]-CPUExtent[2]+1)*(CPUExtent[5]-CPUExtent[4]+1)==array->GetNumberOfTuples() - \pre valid_gpu_extent: this->GetGPUExtentIsValid() - \pre gpu_extent_in_cpu_extent: CPUExtent[0]<=GPUExtent[0] && GPUExtent[1]<=CPUExtent[1] && CPUExtent[2]<=GPUExtent[2] && GPUExtent[3]<=CPUExtent[3] && CPUExtent[4]<=GPUExtent[4] && GPUExtent[5]<=CPUExtent[5] - \pre gpu_texture_size: !this->GetTextureExtentIsValid() || (GPUExtent[1]-GPUExtent[0]+1)*(GPUExtent[3]-GPUExtent[2]+1)*(GPUExtent[5]-GPUExtent[4]+1)==(TextureExtent[1]-TextureExtent[0]+1)*(TextureExtent[3]-TextureExtent[2]+1)*(TextureExtent[5]-TextureExtent[4]+1) - \pre texture_can_exist_or_not: texture==0 || texture!=0 - \pre valid_components: (components==0 && componentList==0 && array->GetNumberOfComponents()<=4) || (components>=1 && components<=array->GetNumberOfComponents() && components<=4 && componentList!=0) - - - - - vtkDefaultPainter - sets up a default chain of painters. - - - - Description - This painter does not do any actual rendering. - Sets up a default pipeline of painters to mimick the behaiour of - old vtkPolyDataMapper. The chain is as follows: - input--> vtkScalarsToColorsPainter --> vtkClipPlanesPainter --> - vtkDisplayListPainter --> vtkCompositePainter --> - vtkCoincidentTopologyResolutionPainter --> - vtkLightingPainter --> vtkRepresentationPainter --> - \<Delegate of vtkDefaultPainter\>. - Typically, the delegate of the default painter be one that is capable of r - rendering graphics primitives or a vtkChooserPainter which can select appropriate - painters to do the rendering. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that handles clipping. - - - - - Painter used to resolve coincident topology. - - - - - Get/Set the painter used to handle composite datasets. - - - - - Set/Get the painter to which this painter should propagare its draw calls. - These methods are overridden so that the delegate is set - to the end of the Painter Chain. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that builds display lists. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that controls lighting. - - - - - Painter used to convert polydata to Wireframe/Points representation. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that maps scalars to colors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this painter. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - The call is propagated to the delegate painter, if any. - - - - - Overridden to setup the chain of painter depending on the - actor representation. The chain is rebuilt if - this->MTime has changed - since last BuildPainterChain(); - Building of the chain does not depend on input polydata, - hence it does not check if the input has changed at all. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the painter that handles clipping. - - - - - Painter used to resolve coincident topology. - - - - - Get/Set the painter used to handle composite datasets. - - - - - Set/Get the painter to which this painter should propagare its draw calls. - These methods are overridden so that the delegate is set - to the end of the Painter Chain. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that builds display lists. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that controls lighting. - - - - - Painter used to convert polydata to Wireframe/Points representation. - - - - - Get/Set the painter that maps scalars to colors. - - - - - Expand or shrink the estimated bounds based on the geometric - transformations applied in the painter. The bounds are left unchanged - if the painter does not change the geometry. - - - - - vtkDisplayListPainter - abstract superclass for painter that - builds/uses display lists. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the time required to draw the geometry last time it was rendered. - Overridden to avoid adding of delegate rendering time - when Display Lists are used. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether data is rendered using - immediate mode or note. Immediate mode rendering - tends to be slower but it can handle larger datasets. - The default value is immediate mode off. If you are - having problems rendering a large dataset you might - want to consider using immediate more rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDistanceToCamera - calculates distance from points to the camera. - - - - Description - This filter adds a double array containing the distance from each point - to the camera. If Scaling is on, it will use the values in the input - array to process in order to scale the size of the points. ScreenSize - sets the size in screen pixels that you would want a rendered rectangle - at that point to be, if it was scaled by the output array. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The modified time of this filter. - - - - - The renderer which will ultimately render these points. - - - - - Whether to scale the distance by the input array to process. - - - - - The desired screen size obtained by scaling glyphs by the distance - array. It assumes the glyph at each point will be unit size. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to scale the distance by the input array to process. - - - - - Whether to scale the distance by the input array to process. - - - - - The renderer which will ultimately render these points. - - - - - Whether to scale the distance by the input array to process. - - - - - The desired screen size obtained by scaling glyphs by the distance - array. It assumes the glyph at each point will be unit size. - - - - - vtkDynamic2DLabelMapper - draw text labels at 2D dataset points - - - Description - vtkDynamic2DLabelMapper is a mapper that renders text at dataset - points such that the labels do not overlap. - Various items can be labeled including point ids, scalars, - vectors, normals, texture coordinates, tensors, and field data components. - This mapper assumes that the points are located on the x-y plane - and that the camera remains perpendicular to that plane with a y-up - axis (this can be constrained using vtkImageInteractor). - On the first render, the mapper computes the visiblility of all labels - at all scales, and queries this information on successive renders. - This causes the first render to be much slower. The visibility algorithm - is a greedy approach based on the point id, so the label for a point - will be drawn unless the label for a point with lower id overlaps it. - - - - - vtkLabeledDataMapper - draw text labels at dataset points - - - Description - vtkLabeledDataMapper is a mapper that renders text at dataset - points. Various items can be labeled including point ids, scalars, - vectors, normals, texture coordinates, tensors, and field data components. - - The format with which the label is drawn is specified using a - printf style format string. The font attributes of the text can - be set through the vtkTextProperty associated to this mapper. - - By default, all the components of multi-component data such as - vectors, normals, texture coordinates, tensors, and multi-component - scalars are labeled. However, you can specify a single component if - you prefer. (Note: the label format specifies the format to use for - a single component. The label is creating by looping over all components - and using the label format to render each component.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/Get the field data array to label. This instance variable is - only applicable if field data is labeled. This will clear - FieldDataName when set. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the field data array to label. This instance - variable is only applicable if field data is labeled. This will - override FieldDataArray when set. - - - - - Use GetInputDataObject() to get the input data object for composite - datasets. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels. This should - be a printf-style format string. - - By default, the mapper will try to print each component of the - tuple using a sane format: %d for integers, %f for floats, %g for - doubles, %ld for longs, et cetera. If you need a different - format, set it here. You can do things like limit the number of - significant digits, add prefixes/suffixes, basically anything - that printf can do. If you only want to print one component of a - vector, see the ivar LabeledComponent. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - If an integer argument is provided, you may provide different text - properties for different label types. The type is determined by an - optional type input array. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - If an integer argument is provided, you may provide different text - properties for different label types. The type is determined by an - optional type input array. - - - - - Set/Get the component number to label if the data to print has - more than one component. For example, all the components of - scalars, vectors, normals, etc. are labeled by default - (LabeledComponent=(-1)). However, if this ivar is nonnegative, - then only the one component specified is labeled. - - - - - Return the modified time for this object. - - - - - The transform to apply to the labels before mapping to 2D. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - - - - - Draw the text to the screen at each input point. - - - - - Draw the text to the screen at each input point. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/Get the field data array to label. This instance variable is - only applicable if field data is labeled. This will clear - FieldDataName when set. - - - - - Set/Get the name of the field data array to label. This instance - variable is only applicable if field data is labeled. This will - override FieldDataArray when set. - - - - - Set the input dataset to the mapper. This mapper handles any type of data. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels. This should - be a printf-style format string. - - By default, the mapper will try to print each component of the - tuple using a sane format: %d for integers, %f for floats, %g for - doubles, %ld for longs, et cetera. If you need a different - format, set it here. You can do things like limit the number of - significant digits, add prefixes/suffixes, basically anything - that printf can do. If you only want to print one component of a - vector, see the ivar LabeledComponent. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Specify which data to plot: IDs, scalars, vectors, normals, texture coords, - tensors, or field data. If the data has more than one component, use - the method SetLabeledComponent to control which components to plot. - The default is VTK_LABEL_IDS. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - If an integer argument is provided, you may provide different text - properties for different label types. The type is determined by an - optional type input array. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - If an integer argument is provided, you may provide different text - properties for different label types. The type is determined by an - optional type input array. - - - - - Set/Get the component number to label if the data to print has - more than one component. For example, all the components of - scalars, vectors, normals, etc. are labeled by default - (LabeledComponent=(-1)). However, if this ivar is nonnegative, - then only the one component specified is labeled. - - - - - The transform to apply to the labels before mapping to 2D. - - - - - The transform to apply to the labels before mapping to 2D. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the label height padding as a percentage. The percentage - is a percentage of your label height. - Default is 50%. - - - - - Set the label width padding as a percentage. The percentage - is a percentage of your label ^height^ (yes, not a typo). - Default is 50%. - - - - - Whether to reverse the priority order (i.e. low values have high priority). - Default is off. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Draw non-overlapping labels to the screen. - - - - - Draw non-overlapping labels to the screen. - - - - - Whether to reverse the priority order (i.e. low values have high priority). - Default is off. - - - - - Whether to reverse the priority order (i.e. low values have high priority). - Default is off. - - - - - Instantiate object with %%-#6.3g label format. By default, point ids - are labeled. - - - - - Set the label height padding as a percentage. The percentage - is a percentage of your label height. - Default is 50%. - - - - - Set the label width padding as a percentage. The percentage - is a percentage of your label ^height^ (yes, not a typo). - Default is 50%. - - - - - Set the points array name to use to give priority to labels. - Defaults to "priority". - - - - - Whether to reverse the priority order (i.e. low values have high priority). - Default is off. - - - - - vtkDummyGPUInfoList - Do thing during Probe() - - - Description - vtkDummyGPUInfoList implements Probe() by just setting the count of - GPUs to be zero. Useful when an OS specific implementation is not available. - - - - vtkGPUInfo vtkGPUInfoList - - - - - vtkGPUInfoList - Stores the list of GPUs VRAM information. - - - Description - vtkGPUInfoList stores a list of vtkGPUInfo. An host can have - several GPUs. It creates and sets the list by probing the host with system - calls. This an abstract class. Concrete classes are OS specific. - - - - vtkGPUInfo vtkDirectXGPUInfoList vtkCoreGraphicsGPUInfoList - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return information about GPU i. - \pre probed: IsProbed() - \pre valid_index: i>=0 && i<GetNumberOfGPUs() - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Return the number of GPUs. - \pre probed: IsProbed() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if the operating system has been probed. Initial value is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Build the list of vtkInfoGPU if not done yet. - Default implementation created an empty list. Useful if there is no - implementation available for a given architecture yet. - \post probed: IsProbed() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Build the list of vtkInfoGPU if not done yet. - \post probed: IsProbed() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFollower - a subclass of actor that always faces the camera - - - Description - vtkFollower is a subclass of vtkActor that always follows its specified - camera. More specifically it will not change its position or scale, - but it will continually update its orientation so that it is right side - up and facing the camera. This is typically used for text labels in a - scene. All of the adjustments that can be made to an actor also will - take effect with a follower. So, if you change the orientation of the - follower by 90 degrees, then it will follow the camera, but be off by - 90 degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a follower with no camera set - - - - - Creates a follower with no camera set - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate the matrix based on ivars. This method overloads its superclasses - ComputeMatrix() method due to the special vtkFollower matrix operations. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to follow. If this is not set, then the follower - won't know who to follow. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources associated with this vtkProp3DFollower. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the camera to follow. If this is not set, then the follower - won't know who to follow. - - - - - Shallow copy of a follower. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkFrameBufferObject - internal class which encapsulates OpenGL - frame buffer object. Not to be used directly. - - - Description - Encapsulates an OpenGL Frame Buffer Object. - For use by vtkOpenGLFBORenderWindow, not to be used directly. - Caveats - DON'T PLAY WITH IT YET. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Save the current framebuffer and make the frame buffer active. - Multiple calls to Bind has no effect. - - - - - All user specified texture objects must match the FBO dimensions - and must have been created by the time Start() gets called. - If texture is a 3D texture, zslice identifies the zslice that will be - attached to the color buffer. - .SECTION Caveat - Currently, 1D textures are not supported. - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - If true, the frame buffer object will be initialized with a depth buffer. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Dimensions in pixels of the framebuffer. - - - - - Dimensions in pixels of the framebuffer. - - - - - Dimensions in pixels of the framebuffer. - - - - - Returns the maximum number of targets that can be rendered to at one time. - This limits the active targets set by SetActiveTargets(). - The return value is valid only if GetContext is non-null. - - - - - Returns the maximum number of render targets available. This limits the - available attachement points for SetColorAttachment(). - The return value is valid only if GetContext is non-null. - - - - - Set/Get the number of render targets to render into at once. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns if the context supports the required extensions. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - All user specified texture objects must match the FBO dimensions - and must have been created by the time Start() gets called. - If texture is a 3D texture, zslice identifies the zslice that will be - attached to the color buffer. - .SECTION Caveat - Currently, 1D textures are not supported. - - - - - All user specified texture objects must match the FBO dimensions - and must have been created by the time Start() gets called. - If texture is a 3D texture, zslice identifies the zslice that will be - attached to the color buffer. - .SECTION Caveat - Currently, 1D textures are not supported. - - - - - Set the texture to use as depth buffer. - - - - - Renders a quad at the given location with pixel coordinates. This method - is provided as a convenience, since we often render quads in a FBO. - \pre positive_minX: minX>=0 - \pre increasing_x: minX<=maxX - \pre valid_maxX: maxX<LastSize[0] - \pre positive_minY: minY>=0 - \pre increasing_y: minY<=maxY - \pre valid_maxY: maxY<LastSize[1] - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Choose the buffer to render into. - - - - - Choose the buffer to render into. - This is available only if the GL_ARB_draw_buffers extension is supported - by the card. - - - - - All user specified texture objects must match the FBO dimensions - and must have been created by the time Start() gets called. - If texture is a 3D texture, zslice identifies the zslice that will be - attached to the color buffer. - .SECTION Caveat - Currently, 1D textures are not supported. - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Set the texture to use as depth buffer. - - - - - If true, the frame buffer object will be initialized with a depth buffer. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Set/Get the number of render targets to render into at once. - - - - - User must take care that width/height match the dimensions of - the user defined texture attachments. - This method makes the "active buffers" the buffers that will get drawn - into by subsequent drawing calls. - Note that this does not clear the render buffers i.e. no glClear() calls - are made by either of these methods. It's up to the caller to clear the - buffers if needed. - - - - - User must take care that width/height match the dimensions of - the user defined texture attachments. - This method makes the "active buffers" the buffers that will get drawn - into by subsequent drawing calls. - Note that this does not clear the render buffers i.e. no glClear() calls - are made by either of these methods. It's up to the caller to clear the - buffers if needed. - - - - - Restore the framebuffer saved with the call to Bind(). - Multiple calls to UnBind has no effect. - - - - - vtkFreeTypeStringToImage - uses Qt to render the supplied text to an image. - - - - Description - - - - - - vtkStringToImage - uses Qt to render the supplied text to an image. - - - - Description - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Should we produce images at powers of 2, makes rendering on old OpenGL - hardware easier. Default is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Should we produce images at powers of 2, makes rendering on old OpenGL - hardware easier. Default is false. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Make a deep copy of the supplied utility class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Should we produce images at powers of 2, makes rendering on old OpenGL - hardware easier. Default is false. - - - - - vtkFrustumCoverageCuller - cull props based on frustum coverage - - - Description - vtkFrustumCoverageCuller will cull props based on the coverage in - the view frustum. The coverage is computed by enclosing the prop in - a bounding sphere, projecting that to the viewing coordinate system, then - taking a slice through the view frustum at the center of the sphere. This - results in a circle on the plane slice through the view frustum. This - circle is enclosed in a squared, and the fraction of the plane slice that - this square covers is the coverage. This is a number between 0 and 1. - If the number is less than the MinumumCoverage, the allocated render time - for that prop is set to zero. If it is greater than the MaximumCoverage, - the allocated render time is set to 1.0. In between, a linear ramp is used - to convert coverage into allocated render time. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum coverage - props with more coverage than this are - given an allocated render time of 1.0 (the maximum) - - - - - Set/Get the minimum coverage - props with less coverage than this - are given no time to render (they are culled) - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the maximum coverage - props with more coverage than this are - given an allocated render time of 1.0 (the maximum) - - - - - Set/Get the minimum coverage - props with less coverage than this - are given no time to render (they are culled) - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - Set the sorting style - none, front-to-back or back-to-front - The default is none - - - - - vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor - platform-independent programmable render window interactor. - - - - - vtkRenderWindowInteractor - platform-independent render window interaction including picking and frame rate control. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This Method detects loops of RenderWindow-Interactor, - so objects are freed properly. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Create default picker. Used to create one when none is specified. - Default is an instance of vtkPropPicker. - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - Enable/Disable interactions. By default interactors are enabled when - initialized. Initialize() must be called prior to enabling/disabling - interaction. These methods are used when a window/widget is being - shared by multiple renderers and interactors. This allows a "modal" - display where one interactor is active when its data is to be displayed - and all other interactors associated with the widget are disabled - when their data is not displayed. - - - - - Enable/Disable interactions. By default interactors are enabled when - initialized. Initialize() must be called prior to enabling/disabling - interaction. These methods are used when a window/widget is being - shared by multiple renderers and interactors. This allows a "modal" - display where one interactor is active when its data is to be displayed - and all other interactors associated with the widget are disabled - when their data is not displayed. - - - - - Enable/Disable whether vtkRenderWindowInteractor::Render() calls - this->RenderWindow->Render(). - - - - - Enable/Disable whether vtkRenderWindowInteractor::Render() calls - this->RenderWindow->Render(). - - - - - These methods correspond to the the Exit, User and Pick - callbacks. They allow for the Style to invoke them. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - These methods correspond to the the Exit, User and Pick - callbacks. They allow for the Style to invoke them. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - When an event occurs, we must determine which Renderer the event - occurred within, since one RenderWindow may contain multiple - renderers. - - - - - Given a position x, move the current camera's focal point to x. - The movement is animated over the number of frames specified in - NumberOfFlyFrames. The LOD desired frame rate is used. - - - - - Given a position x, move the current camera's focal point to x. - The movement is animated over the number of frames specified in - NumberOfFlyFrames. The LOD desired frame rate is used. - - - - - Given a position x, move the current camera's focal point to x. - The movement is animated over the number of frames specified in - NumberOfFlyFrames. The LOD desired frame rate is used. - - - - - Given a position x, move the current camera's focal point to x. - The movement is animated over the number of frames specified in - NumberOfFlyFrames. The LOD desired frame rate is used. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate. This is used by vtkLODActor's to tell - them how quickly they need to render. This update is in effect only - when the camera is being rotated, or zoomed. When the interactor is - still, the StillUpdateRate is used instead. - The default is 15. - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate. This is used by vtkLODActor's to tell - them how quickly they need to render. This update is in effect only - when the camera is being rotated, or zoomed. When the interactor is - still, the StillUpdateRate is used instead. - The default is 15. - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate. This is used by vtkLODActor's to tell - them how quickly they need to render. This update is in effect only - when the camera is being rotated, or zoomed. When the interactor is - still, the StillUpdateRate is used instead. - The default is 15. - - - - - Set the total Dolly value to use when flying to (FlyTo()) a - specified point. Negative values fly away from the point. - - - - - Enable/Disable whether vtkRenderWindowInteractor::Render() calls - this->RenderWindow->Render(). - - - - - Enable/Disable interactions. By default interactors are enabled when - initialized. Initialize() must be called prior to enabling/disabling - interaction. These methods are used when a window/widget is being - shared by multiple renderers and interactors. This allows a "modal" - display where one interactor is active when its data is to be displayed - and all other interactors associated with the widget are disabled - when their data is not displayed. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - See whether interactor has been initialized yet. - Default is 0. - - - - - External switching between joystick/trackball/new? modes. Initial value - is a vtkInteractorStyleSwitch object. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - Default is On. - - - - - Get the current position of the mouse. - - - - - Set the number of frames to fly to when FlyTo is invoked. - - - - - Set the number of frames to fly to when FlyTo is invoked. - - - - - Set the number of frames to fly to when FlyTo is invoked. - - - - - Return the object used to mediate between vtkInteractorObservers - contending for resources. Multiple interactor observers will often - request different resources (e.g., cursor shape); the mediator uses a - strategy to provide the resource based on priority of the observer plus - the particular request (default versus non-default cursor shape). - - - - - Set/Get the object used to perform pick operations. In order to - pick instances of vtkProp, the picker must be a subclass of - vtkAbstractPropPicker, meaning that it can identify a particular - instance of vtkProp. - - - - - Set/Get the rendering window being controlled by this object. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate when movement has stopped. - For the non-still update rate, see the SetDesiredUpdateRate method. - The default is 0.0001 - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate when movement has stopped. - For the non-still update rate, see the SetDesiredUpdateRate method. - The default is 0.0001 - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate when movement has stopped. - For the non-still update rate, see the SetDesiredUpdateRate method. - The default is 0.0001 - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - Specify the default timer interval (in milliseconds). (This is used in - conjunction with the timer methods described previously, e.g., - CreateTimer() uses this value; and CreateRepeatingTimer(duration) and - CreateOneShotTimer(duration) use the default value if the parameter - "duration" is less than or equal to zero.) Care must be taken when - adjusting the timer interval from the default value of 10 - milliseconds--it may adversely affect the interactors. - - - - - Specify the default timer interval (in milliseconds). (This is used in - conjunction with the timer methods described previously, e.g., - CreateTimer() uses this value; and CreateRepeatingTimer(duration) and - CreateOneShotTimer(duration) use the default value if the parameter - "duration" is less than or equal to zero.) Care must be taken when - adjusting the timer interval from the default value of 10 - milliseconds--it may adversely affect the interactors. - - - - - Specify the default timer interval (in milliseconds). (This is used in - conjunction with the timer methods described previously, e.g., - CreateTimer() uses this value; and CreateRepeatingTimer(duration) and - CreateOneShotTimer(duration) use the default value if the parameter - "duration" is less than or equal to zero.) Care must be taken when - adjusting the timer interval from the default value of 10 - milliseconds--it may adversely affect the interactors. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - Use a 3DConnexion device. Initial value is false. - If VTK is not build with the TDx option, this is no-op. - If VTK is build with the TDx option, and a device is not connected, - a warning is emitted. - It is must be called before the first Render to be effective, otherwise - it is ignored. - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - Hide or show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - - - - - Prepare for handling events. This must be called before the - interactor will work. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - Default is On. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - Default is On. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Prepare for handling events. This must be called before the - interactor will work. - - - - - Render the scene. Just pass the render call on to the - associated vtkRenderWindow. - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Fire various events. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate. This is used by vtkLODActor's to tell - them how quickly they need to render. This update is in effect only - when the camera is being rotated, or zoomed. When the interactor is - still, the StillUpdateRate is used instead. - The default is 15. - - - - - Set the total Dolly value to use when flying to (FlyTo()) a - specified point. Negative values fly away from the point. - - - - - Enable/Disable whether vtkRenderWindowInteractor::Render() calls - this->RenderWindow->Render(). - - - - - Set all the event information in one call. - - - - - Calls SetEventInformation, but flips the Y based on the current Size[1] - value (i.e. y = this->Size[1] - y - 1). - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - External switching between joystick/trackball/new? modes. Initial value - is a vtkInteractorStyleSwitch object. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set all the keyboard-related event information in one call. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - Default is On. - - - - - Set the number of frames to fly to when FlyTo is invoked. - - - - - Set/Get the object used to perform pick operations. In order to - pick instances of vtkProp, the picker must be a subclass of - vtkAbstractPropPicker, meaning that it can identify a particular - instance of vtkProp. - - - - - Set/Get the rendering window being controlled by this object. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - Set/Get information about the current event. - The current x,y position is in the EventPosition, and the previous - event position is in LastEventPosition, updated automatically each - time EventPosition is set using its Set() method. Mouse positions - are measured in pixels. - The other information is about key board input. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - This methods sets the Size ivar of the interactor without - actually changing the size of the window. Normally - application programmers would use UpdateSize if anything. - This is useful for letting someone else change the size of - the rendering window and just letting the interactor - know about the change. - The current event width/height (if any) is in EventSize - (Expose event, for example). - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate when movement has stopped. - For the non-still update rate, see the SetDesiredUpdateRate method. - The default is 0.0001 - - - - - Specify the default timer interval (in milliseconds). (This is used in - conjunction with the timer methods described previously, e.g., - CreateTimer() uses this value; and CreateRepeatingTimer(duration) and - CreateOneShotTimer(duration) use the default value if the parameter - "duration" is less than or equal to zero.) Care must be taken when - adjusting the timer interval from the default value of 10 - milliseconds--it may adversely affect the interactors. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - These methods are used to communicate information about the currently - firing CreateTimerEvent or DestroyTimerEvent. The caller of - CreateTimerEvent sets up TimerEventId, TimerEventType and - TimerEventDuration. The observer of CreateTimerEvent should set up an - appropriate platform specific timer based on those values and set the - TimerEventPlatformId before returning. The caller of DestroyTimerEvent - sets up TimerEventPlatformId. The observer of DestroyTimerEvent should - simply destroy the platform specific timer created by CreateTimerEvent. - See vtkGenericRenderWindowInteractor's InternalCreateTimer and - InternalDestroyTimer for an example. - - - - - Use a 3DConnexion device. Initial value is false. - If VTK is not build with the TDx option, this is no-op. - If VTK is build with the TDx option, and a device is not connected, - a warning is emitted. - It is must be called before the first Render to be effective, otherwise - it is ignored. - - - - - Hide or show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - - - - - Start the event loop. This is provided so that you do not have to - implement your own event loop. You still can use your own - event loop if you want. Initialize should be called before Start. - - - - - These methods correspond to the the Exit, User and Pick - callbacks. They allow for the Style to invoke them. - - - - - This function is called on 'q','e' keypress if exitmethod is not - specified and should be overridden by platform dependent subclasses - to provide a termination procedure if one is required. - - - - - Event loop notification member for window size change. - Window size is measured in pixels. - - - - - These methods correspond to the the Exit, User and Pick - callbacks. They allow for the Style to invoke them. - - - - - This class provides two groups of methods for manipulating timers. The - first group (CreateTimer(timerType) and DestroyTimer()) implicitly use - an internal timer id (and are present for backward compatibility). The - second group (CreateRepeatingTimer(long),CreateOneShotTimer(long), - ResetTimer(int),DestroyTimer(int)) use timer ids so multiple timers can - be independently managed. In the first group, the CreateTimer() method - takes an argument indicating whether the timer is created the first time - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_FIRST) or whether it is being reset - (timerType==VTKI_TIMER_UPDATE). (In initial implementations of VTK this - was how one shot and repeating timers were managed.) In the second - group, the create methods take a timer duration argument (in - milliseconds) and return a timer id. Thus the ResetTimer(timerId) and - DestroyTimer(timerId) methods take this timer id and operate on the - timer as appropriate. Methods are also available for determining - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Flag that indicates whether the TimerEvent method should call ResetTimer - to simulate repeating timers with an endless stream of one shot timers. - By default this flag is on and all repeating timers are implemented as a - stream of sequential one shot timers. If the observer of - CreateTimerEvent actually creates a "natively repeating" timer, setting - this flag to off will prevent (perhaps many many) unnecessary calls to - ResetTimer. Having the flag on by default means that "natively one - shot" timers can be either one shot or repeating timers with no - additional work. Also, "natively repeating" timers still work with the - default setting, but with potentially many create and destroy calls. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Flag that indicates whether the TimerEvent method should call ResetTimer - to simulate repeating timers with an endless stream of one shot timers. - By default this flag is on and all repeating timers are implemented as a - stream of sequential one shot timers. If the observer of - CreateTimerEvent actually creates a "natively repeating" timer, setting - this flag to off will prevent (perhaps many many) unnecessary calls to - ResetTimer. Having the flag on by default means that "natively one - shot" timers can be either one shot or repeating timers with no - additional work. Also, "natively repeating" timers still work with the - default setting, but with potentially many create and destroy calls. - - - - - Fire TimerEvent. SetEventInformation should be called just prior - to calling any of these methods. These methods will Invoke the - corresponding vtk event. - - - - - Flag that indicates whether the TimerEvent method should call ResetTimer - to simulate repeating timers with an endless stream of one shot timers. - By default this flag is on and all repeating timers are implemented as a - stream of sequential one shot timers. If the observer of - CreateTimerEvent actually creates a "natively repeating" timer, setting - this flag to off will prevent (perhaps many many) unnecessary calls to - ResetTimer. Having the flag on by default means that "natively one - shot" timers can be either one shot or repeating timers with no - additional work. Also, "natively repeating" timers still work with the - default setting, but with potentially many create and destroy calls. - - - - - Flag that indicates whether the TimerEvent method should call ResetTimer - to simulate repeating timers with an endless stream of one shot timers. - By default this flag is on and all repeating timers are implemented as a - stream of sequential one shot timers. If the observer of - CreateTimerEvent actually creates a "natively repeating" timer, setting - this flag to off will prevent (perhaps many many) unnecessary calls to - ResetTimer. Having the flag on by default means that "natively one - shot" timers can be either one shot or repeating timers with no - additional work. Also, "natively repeating" timers still work with the - default setting, but with potentially many create and destroy calls. - - - - - vtkGenericVertexAttributeMapping - stores mapping for data arrays to - generic vertex attributes. - - - Description - vtkGenericVertexAttributeMapping stores mapping between data arrays and - generic vertex attributes. It is used by vtkPainterPolyDataMapper to pass the - mappings to the painter which rendering the attributes. - Thanks - Support for generic vertex attributes in VTK was contributed in - collaboration with Stephane Ploix at EDF. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Select a data array from the point/cell data - and map it to a generic vertex attribute. - Note that indices change when a mapping is added/removed. - - - - - Select a data array and use it as multitexture texture - coordinates. - Note the texture unit parameter should correspond to the texture - unit set on the texture. - - - - - Get the array name at the given index. - - - - - Get the attribute name at the given index. - - - - - Get the component no. at the given index. - - - - - Get the field association at the given index. - - - - - Get number of mapppings. - - - - - Get the component no. at the given index. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Remove all mappings. - - - - - Remove a vertex attribute mapping. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGlyph3DMapper - vtkGlyph3D on the GPU. - - - Description - Do the same job than vtkGlyph3D but on the GPU. For this reason, it is - a mapper not a vtkPolyDataAlgorithm. Also, some methods of vtkGlyph3D - don't make sense in vtkGlyph3DMapper: GeneratePointIds, old-style - SetSource, PointIdsName, IsPointVisible. - Implementation - - - - - vtkGlyph3D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of data values to scale with to the specified range. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of data values to scale with to the specified range. - - - - - Redefined to take into account the bounds of the scaled glyphs. - - - - - Same as superclass. Appear again to stop warnings about hidden method. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of data values to scale with to the specified range. - - - - - Tells the mapper to skip glyphing input points that haves false values - in the mask array. If there is no mask array (id access mode is set - and there is no such id, or array name access mode is set and - the there is no such name), masking is silently ignored. - A mask array is a vtkBitArray with only one component. - Initial value is false. - - - - - If immediate mode is off, if NestedDisplayLists is false, - only the mappers of each glyph use display lists. If true, - in addition, matrices transforms and color per glyph are also - in a parent display list. - Not relevant if immediate mode is on. - For debugging/profiling purpose. Initial value is true. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry. - When turned on, the orientation array specified - using SetOrientationArray() will be used. - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - - Either scale by individual components (SCALE_BY_COMPONENTS) or magnitude - (SCALE_BY_MAGNITUDE) of the chosen array to SCALE with or disable scaling - using data array all together (NO_DATA_SCALING). Default is - NO_DATA_SCALING. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. When turned on, ScaleFactor - controls the scale applied. To scale with some data array, ScaleMode should - be set accordingly. - - - - - For selection by color id mode (not for end-user, called by - vtkGlyphSelectionRenderMode). 0 is reserved for miss. it has to - start at 1. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Get a pointer to a source object at a specified table location. - - - - - Enable/disable indexing into table of the glyph sources. When disabled, - only the 1st source input will be used to generate the glyph. Otherwise the - source index array will be used to select the glyph source. The source - index array can be specified using SetSourceIndexArray(). - - - - - WARNING: INTERNAL METHOD - NOT INTENDED FOR GENERAL USE - DO NOT USE THIS METHOD OUTSIDE OF THE RENDERING PROCESS - Used by vtkHardwareSelector to determine if the prop supports hardware - selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells the mapper to skip glyphing input points that haves false values - in the mask array. If there is no mask array (id access mode is set - and there is no such id, or array name access mode is set and - the there is no such name), masking is silently ignored. - A mask array is a vtkBitArray with only one component. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Tells the mapper to skip glyphing input points that haves false values - in the mask array. If there is no mask array (id access mode is set - and there is no such id, or array name access mode is set and - the there is no such name), masking is silently ignored. - A mask array is a vtkBitArray with only one component. - Initial value is false. - - - - - If immediate mode is off, if NestedDisplayLists is false, - only the mappers of each glyph use display lists. If true, - in addition, matrices transforms and color per glyph are also - in a parent display list. - Not relevant if immediate mode is on. - For debugging/profiling purpose. Initial value is true. - - - - - If immediate mode is off, if NestedDisplayLists is false, - only the mappers of each glyph use display lists. If true, - in addition, matrices transforms and color per glyph are also - in a parent display list. - Not relevant if immediate mode is on. - For debugging/profiling purpose. Initial value is true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry. - When turned on, the orientation array specified - using SetOrientationArray() will be used. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry. - When turned on, the orientation array specified - using SetOrientationArray() will be used. - - - - - All the work is done is derived classes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. When turned on, ScaleFactor - controls the scale applied. To scale with some data array, ScaleMode should - be set accordingly. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. When turned on, ScaleFactor - controls the scale applied. To scale with some data array, ScaleMode should - be set accordingly. - - - - - Turn on/off clamping of data values to scale with to the specified range. - - - - - Set the name of the point array to use as a mask for generating the glyphs. - This is a convenience method. The same effect can be achieved by using - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::MASK, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, maskarrayname) - - - - - Set the point attribute to use as a mask for generating the glyphs. - \c fieldAttributeType is one of the following: - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::VECTORS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::NORMALS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::TCOORDS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::TENSORS - This is a convenience method. The same effect can be achieved by using - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::MASK, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, fieldAttributeType) - - - - - Tells the mapper to skip glyphing input points that haves false values - in the mask array. If there is no mask array (id access mode is set - and there is no such id, or array name access mode is set and - the there is no such name), masking is silently ignored. - A mask array is a vtkBitArray with only one component. - Initial value is false. - - - - - If immediate mode is off, if NestedDisplayLists is false, - only the mappers of each glyph use display lists. If true, - in addition, matrices transforms and color per glyph are also - in a parent display list. - Not relevant if immediate mode is on. - For debugging/profiling purpose. Initial value is true. - - - - - Turn on/off orienting of input geometry. - When turned on, the orientation array specified - using SetOrientationArray() will be used. - - - - - Tells the mapper to use an orientation array if Orient is true. - An orientation array is a vtkDataArray with 3 components. The first - component is the angle of rotation along the X axis. The second - component is the angle of rotation along the Y axis. The third - component is the angle of rotation along the Z axis. Orientation is - specified in X,Y,Z order but the rotations are performed in Z,X an Y. - This definition is compliant with SetOrientation method on vtkProp3D. - By using vector or normal there is a degree of freedom or rotation - left (underconstrained). With the orientation array, there is no degree of - freedom left. - This is convenience method. The same effect can be achieved by using - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::ORIENTATION, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, orientationarrayname); - - - - - Tells the mapper to use an orientation array if Orient is true. - An orientation array is a vtkDataArray with 3 components. The first - component is the angle of rotation along the X axis. The second - component is the angle of rotation along the Y axis. The third - component is the angle of rotation along the Z axis. Orientation is - specified in X,Y,Z order but the rotations are performed in Z,X an Y. - This definition is compliant with SetOrientation method on vtkProp3D. - By using vector or normal there is a degree of freedom or rotation - left (underconstrained). With the orientation array, there is no degree of - freedom left. - \c fieldAttributeType is one of the following: - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::SCALARS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::VECTORS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::NORMALS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::TCOORDS - \li vtkDataSetAttributes::TENSORS - This is convenience method. The same effect can be achieved by using - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::ORIENTATION, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, fieldAttributeType); - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Specify range to map scalar values into. - - - - - Convenience method to set the array to scale with. This is same as calling - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::SCALE, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, scalarsarrayname). - - - - - Convenience method to set the array to scale with. This is same as calling - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::SCALE, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, fieldAttributeType). - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - - Either scale by individual components (SCALE_BY_COMPONENTS) or magnitude - (SCALE_BY_MAGNITUDE) of the chosen array to SCALE with or disable scaling - using data array all together (NO_DATA_SCALING). Default is - NO_DATA_SCALING. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - - Turn on/off scaling of source geometry. When turned on, ScaleFactor - controls the scale applied. To scale with some data array, ScaleMode should - be set accordingly. - - - - - Called by vtkGlyphSelectionRenderMode. - - - - - For selection by color id mode (not for end-user, called by - vtkGlyphSelectionRenderMode). 0 is reserved for miss. it has to - start at 1. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. - - - - - Set the source to use for he glyph. Old style. See SetSourceConnection. - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. New style. - Source connection is stored in port 1. This method is equivalent - to SetInputConnection(1, id, outputPort). - - - - - Specify a source object at a specified table location. New style. - Source connection is stored in port 1. This method is equivalent - to SetInputConnection(1, id, outputPort). - - - - - Convenience method to set the array to use as index within the sources. - This is same as calling - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::SOURCE_INDEX, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, arrayname). - - - - - Convenience method to set the array to use as index within the sources. - This is same as calling - SetInputArrayToProcess(vtkGlyph3DMapper::SOURCE_INDEX, 0, 0, - vtkDataObject::FIELD_ASSOCIATION_POINTS, fieldAttributeType). - - - - - Enable/disable indexing into table of the glyph sources. When disabled, - only the 1st source input will be used to generate the glyph. Otherwise the - source index array will be used to select the glyph source. The source - index array can be specified using SetSourceIndexArray(). - - - - - Enable/disable indexing into table of the glyph sources. When disabled, - only the 1st source input will be used to generate the glyph. Otherwise the - source index array will be used to select the glyph source. The source - index array can be specified using SetSourceIndexArray(). - - - - - Enable/disable indexing into table of the glyph sources. When disabled, - only the 1st source input will be used to generate the glyph. Otherwise the - source index array will be used to select the glyph source. The source - index array can be specified using SetSourceIndexArray(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Orientation mode indicates if the OrientationArray provides the direction - vector for the orientation or the rotations around each axes. Default is - DIRECTION - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify scale factor to scale object by. This is used only when Scaling is - On. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkGPUInfo - Stores GPU VRAM information. - - - Description - vtkGPUInfo stores information about GPU Video RAM. An host can have - several GPUs. The values are set by vtkGPUInfoList. - - - - vtkGPUInfoList vtkDirectXGPUInfoList vtkCoreGraphicsGPUInfoList - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get dedicated system memory in bytes. Initial value is 0. - This is slow memory. If it is not null, this value should be taken into - account only if there is no DedicatedVideoMemory and SharedSystemMemory - should be ignored. - - - - - Set/Get dedicated video memory in bytes. Initial value is 0. - Usually the fastest one. If it is not null, it should be take into - account first and DedicatedSystemMemory or SharedSystemMemory should be - ignored. - - - - - Set/Get shared system memory in bytes. Initial value is 0. - Slowest memory. This value should be taken into account only if there is - neither DedicatedVideoMemory nor DedicatedSystemMemory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get dedicated system memory in bytes. Initial value is 0. - This is slow memory. If it is not null, this value should be taken into - account only if there is no DedicatedVideoMemory and SharedSystemMemory - should be ignored. - - - - - Set/Get dedicated video memory in bytes. Initial value is 0. - Usually the fastest one. If it is not null, it should be take into - account first and DedicatedSystemMemory or SharedSystemMemory should be - ignored. - - - - - Set/Get shared system memory in bytes. Initial value is 0. - Slowest memory. This value should be taken into account only if there is - neither DedicatedVideoMemory nor DedicatedSystemMemory. - - - - - vtkGraphicsFactory - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create and return an instance of the named vtk object. - This method first checks the vtkObjectFactory to support - dynamic loading. - - - - - This option enables the off-screen only mode. In this mode no X calls will - be made even when interactor is used. - - - - - What rendering library has the user requested - - - - - This option enables the creation of Mesa classes - instead of the OpenGL classes when using mangled Mesa. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This option enables the off-screen only mode. In this mode no X calls will - be made even when interactor is used. - - - - - This option enables the creation of Mesa classes - instead of the OpenGL classes when using mangled Mesa. - - - - - vtkGraphMapper - map vtkGraph and derived - classes to graphics primitives - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Associate the icon at index "index" in the vtkTexture to all vertices - containing "type" as a value in the vertex attribute array specified by - IconArrayName. - - - - - Apply the theme to this view. - - - - - Clear all icon mappings. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edges or not. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to show edges or not. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable edges using array values. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable edges using array values. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable vertices using array values. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable vertices using array values. Default is off. - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Return bounding box (array of six doubles) of data expressed as - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - Get/Set the edge line width - - - - - Access to the lookup tables used by the vertex and edge mappers. - - - - - Whether to show edges or not. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable edges using array values. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable vertices using array values. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for assigning icons. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - The texture containing the icon sheet. - - - - - Whether to show icons. Default is off. - - - - - Set the Input of this mapper. - - - - - Get the mtime also considering the lookup table. - - - - - Whether scaled glyphs are on or not. Default is off. - By default this mapper uses vertex glyphs that do not - scale. If you turn this option on you will get circles - at each vertex and they will scale as you zoom in/out. - - - - - Glyph scaling array name. Default is "scale" - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. Default is "color". - - - - - Access to the lookup tables used by the vertex and edge mappers. - - - - - Get/Set the vertex point size - - - - - Whether to show icons. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show icons. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether scaled glyphs are on or not. Default is off. - By default this mapper uses vertex glyphs that do not - scale. If you turn this option on you will get circles - at each vertex and they will scale as you zoom in/out. - - - - - Whether scaled glyphs are on or not. Default is off. - By default this mapper uses vertex glyphs that do not - scale. If you turn this option on you will get circles - at each vertex and they will scale as you zoom in/out. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - Get/Set the edge line width - - - - - Whether to show edges or not. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable edges using array values. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to enable/disable vertices using array values. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - Specify where the icons should be placed in relation to the vertex. - See vtkIconGlyphFilter.h for possible values. - - - - - The array to use for assigning icons. - - - - - Specify the Width and Height, in pixels, of an icon in the icon sheet. - - - - - The texture containing the icon sheet. - - - - - Whether to show icons. Default is off. - - - - - Set the Input of this mapper. - - - - - Whether scaled glyphs are on or not. Default is off. - By default this mapper uses vertex glyphs that do not - scale. If you turn this option on you will get circles - at each vertex and they will scale as you zoom in/out. - - - - - Glyph scaling array name. Default is "scale" - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. Default is "color". - - - - - Get/Set the vertex point size - - - - - vtkGraphToGlyphs - create glyphs for graph vertices - - - - Description - Converts a vtkGraph to a vtkPolyData containing a glyph for each vertex. - This assumes that the points - of the graph have already been filled (perhaps by vtkGraphLayout). - The glyphs will automatically be scaled to be the same size in screen - coordinates. To do this the filter requires a pointer to the renderer - into which the glyphs will be rendered. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Whether to fill the glyph, or to just render the outline. - - - - - Whether to fill the glyph, or to just render the outline. - - - - - Whether to fill the glyph, or to just render the outline. - - - - - The glyph type, specified as one of the enumerated values in this - class. VERTEX is a special glyph that cannot be scaled, but instead - is rendered as an OpenGL vertex primitive. This may appear as a box - or circle depending on the hardware. - - - - - The modified time of this filter. - - - - - The renderer in which the glyphs will be placed. - - - - - Whether to use the input array to process in order to scale the - vertices. - - - - - Set the desired screen size of each glyph. If you are using scaling, - this will be the size of the glyph when rendering an object with - scaling value 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to fill the glyph, or to just render the outline. - - - - - The glyph type, specified as one of the enumerated values in this - class. VERTEX is a special glyph that cannot be scaled, but instead - is rendered as an OpenGL vertex primitive. This may appear as a box - or circle depending on the hardware. - - - - - The renderer in which the glyphs will be placed. - - - - - Whether to use the input array to process in order to scale the - vertices. - - - - - Set the desired screen size of each glyph. If you are using scaling, - this will be the size of the glyph when rendering an object with - scaling value 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter - painter used to render polydata - for selection passes. - - - Description - vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter is a painter for polydata used when - rendering hardware selection passes. - - - - vtkHardwareSelector - - - - - vtkStandardPolyDataPainter - A standard implementation of vtkPolyDataPainter. - - - - Description - vtkStandardPolyDataPainter is a catch-all painter. It should work with pretty - much any vtkPolyData, and attributes, and vtkPolyDataPainterDeviceAdapter. On - the flip side, the vtkStandardPolyDataPainter will be slower than the more - special purpose painters. - Thanks - Support for generic vertex attributes in VTK was contributed in - collaboration with Stephane Ploix at EDF. - - - - vtkDefaultPainter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/Disable vtkHardwareSelector class. Useful when using this painter as - an internal painter. Default is enabled. - - - - - Enable/Disable vtkHardwareSelector class. Useful when using this painter as - an internal painter. Default is enabled. - - - - - Enable/Disable vtkHardwareSelector class. Useful when using this painter as - an internal painter. Default is enabled. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable vtkHardwareSelector class. Useful when using this painter as - an internal painter. Default is enabled. - - - - - vtkHierarchicalPolyDataMapper - a class that renders hierarchical polygonal data - - - Description - Legacy class. Use vtkCompositePolyDataMapper instead. - - - - - vtkPolyDataMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkImageActor - draw an image (data & properties) in a rendered 3D scene - - - Description - vtkImageActor is used to render an image in a 3D scene. The image - is placed at the origin of the image, and its size is controlled by the - image dimensions and image spacing. The orientation of the image is - orthogonal to one of the x-y-z axes depending on which plane the - image is defined in. vtkImageActor duplicates the functionality - of combinations of other VTK classes in a convenient, single class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the image actor. - - - - - Instantiate the image actor. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the bounds of this image actor. Either copy the bounds - into a user provided array or return a pointer to an array. - In either case the boudns is expressed as a 6-vector - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Get the bounds of this image actor. Either copy the bounds - into a user provided array or return a pointer to an array. - In either case the boudns is expressed as a 6-vector - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). - - - - - Get the bounds of the data that is displayed by this image - actor. If the transformation matrix for this actor is the - identity matrix, this will return the same value as - GetBounds. - - - - - Get the bounds of the data that is displayed by this image - actor. If the transformation matrix for this actor is the - identity matrix, this will return the same value as - GetBounds. - - - - - The image extent is generally set explicitly, but if not set - it will be determined from the input image data. - - - - - The image extent is generally set explicitly, but if not set - it will be determined from the input image data. - - - - - Set/Get the image data input for the image actor. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the image when rendering. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the image when rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the image when rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Return the slice number (& min/max slice number) computed from the display - extent. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The image extent is generally set explicitly, but if not set - it will be determined from the input image data. - - - - - The image extent is generally set explicitly, but if not set - it will be determined from the input image data. - - - - - Set/Get the image data input for the image actor. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the image when rendering. - - - - - Set/Get the object's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - vtkImageMapper - 2D image display - - - Description - vtkImageMapper provides 2D image display support for vtk. - It is a Mapper2D subclass that can be associated with an Actor2D - and placed within a RenderWindow or ImageWindow. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the level value for window/level - - - - - Methods used internally for performing the Window/Level mapping. - - - - - Methods used internally for performing the Window/Level mapping. - - - - - Set/Get the window value for window/level - - - - - The image extents which should be displayed with UseCustomExtents - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - The image extents which should be displayed with UseCustomExtents - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - Set the Input of a filter. - - - - - Override Modifiedtime as we have added a lookuptable - - - - - If RenderToRectangle is set (by default not), then the imagemapper - will render the image into the rectangle supplied by the Actor2D's - PositionCoordinate and Position2Coordinate - - - - - Usually, the entire image is displayed, if UseCustomExtents - is set (by default not), then the region supplied in the - CustomDisplayExtents is used in preference. - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Function called by Render to actually draw the image to to the screen - - - - - Draw the image to the screen. - - - - - If RenderToRectangle is set (by default not), then the imagemapper - will render the image into the rectangle supplied by the Actor2D's - PositionCoordinate and Position2Coordinate - - - - - If RenderToRectangle is set (by default not), then the imagemapper - will render the image into the rectangle supplied by the Actor2D's - PositionCoordinate and Position2Coordinate - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the level value for window/level - - - - - Set/Get the window value for window/level - - - - - The image extents which should be displayed with UseCustomExtents - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - Set the Input of a filter. - - - - - If RenderToRectangle is set (by default not), then the imagemapper - will render the image into the rectangle supplied by the Actor2D's - PositionCoordinate and Position2Coordinate - - - - - Usually, the entire image is displayed, if UseCustomExtents - is set (by default not), then the region supplied in the - CustomDisplayExtents is used in preference. - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - Set/Get the current slice number. The axis Z in ZSlice does not - necessarily have any relation to the z axis of the data on disk. - It is simply the axis orthogonal to the x,y, display plane. - GetWholeZMax and Min are convenience methods for obtaining - the number of slices that can be displayed. Again the number - of slices is in reference to the display z axis, which is not - necessarily the z axis on disk. (due to reformatting etc) - - - - - Usually, the entire image is displayed, if UseCustomExtents - is set (by default not), then the region supplied in the - CustomDisplayExtents is used in preference. - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - Usually, the entire image is displayed, if UseCustomExtents - is set (by default not), then the region supplied in the - CustomDisplayExtents is used in preference. - Note that the Custom extents are x,y only and the zslice is still - applied - - - - - vtkImageViewer2 - Display a 2D image. - - - Description - vtkImageViewer2 is a convenience class for displaying a 2D image. It - packages up the functionality found in vtkRenderWindow, vtkRenderer, - vtkImageActor and vtkImageMapToWindowLevelColors into a single easy to use - class. This class also creates an image interactor style - (vtkInteractorStyleImage) that allows zooming and panning of images, and - supports interactive window/level operations on the image. Note that - vtkImageViewer2 is simply a wrapper around these classes. - - vtkImageViewer2 uses the 3D rendering and texture mapping engine - to draw an image on a plane. This allows for rapid rendering, - zooming, and panning. The image is placed in the 3D scene at a - depth based on the z-coordinate of the particular image slice. Each - call to SetSlice() changes the image data (slice) displayed AND - changes the depth of the displayed slice in the 3D scene. This can - be controlled by the AutoAdjustCameraClippingRange ivar of the - InteractorStyle member. - - It is possible to mix images and geometry, using the methods: - - viewer->SetInput( myImage ); - viewer->GetRenderer()->AddActor( myActor ); - - This can be used to annotate an image with a PolyData of "edges" or - or highlight sections of an image or display a 3D isosurface - with a slice from the volume, etc. Any portions of your geometry - that are in front of the displayed slice will be visible; any - portions of your geometry that are behind the displayed slice will - be obscured. A more general framework (with respect to viewing - direction) for achieving this effect is provided by the - vtkImagePlaneWidget . - - Note that pressing 'r' will reset the window/level and pressing - shift+'r' or control+'r' will reset the camera. - - - - - vtkRenderWindow vtkRenderer vtkImageActor vtkImageMapToWindowLevelColors - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set window and level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - Set window and level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - Get the internal render window, renderer, image actor, and - image map instances. - - - - - Set/Get the input image to the viewer. - - - - - Get the internal render window, renderer, image actor, and - image map instances. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Get the internal render window, renderer, image actor, and - image map instances. - - - - - Get the internal render window, renderer, image actor, and - image map instances. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the current slice to display (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Return the minimum and maximum slice values (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Return the minimum and maximum slice values (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Set/get the slice orientation - - - - - Return the minimum and maximum slice values (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Return the minimum and maximum slice values (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Return the minimum and maximum slice values (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Get the internal render window, renderer, image actor, and - image map instances. - - - - - Get the name of rendering window. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Render the resulting image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set window and level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - Set window and level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - These are here when using a Tk window. - - - - - Set/Get the input image to the viewer. - - - - - Set/Get the input image to the viewer. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - These are here when using a Tk window. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Set your own renderwindow and renderer - - - - - Set your own renderwindow and renderer - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the current slice to display (depending on the orientation - this can be in X, Y or Z). - - - - - Set/get the slice orientation - - - - - Set/get the slice orientation - - - - - Set/get the slice orientation - - - - - Set/get the slice orientation - - - - - These are here when using a Tk window. - - - - - Attach an interactor for the internal render window. - - - - - Update the display extent manually so that the proper slice for the - given orientation is displayed. It will also try to set a - reasonable camera clipping range. - This method is called automatically when the Input is changed, but - most of the time the input of this class is likely to remain the same, - i.e. connected to the output of a filter, or an image reader. When the - input of this filter or reader itself is changed, an error message might - be displayed since the current display extent is probably outside - the new whole extent. Calling this method will ensure that the display - extent is reset properly. - - - - - Set/get the slice orientation - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkImageViewer - Display a 2d image. - - - Description - vtkImageViewer is a convenience class for displaying a 2d image. It - packages up the functionality found in vtkRenderWindow, vtkRenderer, - vtkActor2D and vtkImageMapper into a single easy to use class. Behind the - scenes these four classes are actually used to to provide the required - functionality. vtkImageViewer is simply a wrapper around them. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the internal objects - - - - - Sets window/level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - Sets window/level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - Get the internal objects - - - - - Set/Get the input to the viewer. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Get the internal objects - - - - - Get the internal objects - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - What is the possible Min/ Max z slices available. - - - - - What is the possible Min/ Max z slices available. - - - - - Get name of rendering window - - - - - Set/Get the current Z Slice to display - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - Render the resulting image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets window/level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - Sets window/level for mapping pixels to colors. - - - - - These are here for using a tk window. - - - - - Set/Get the input to the viewer. - - - - - Set/Get the input to the viewer. - - - - - Create a window in memory instead of on the screen. This may not - be supported for every type of window and on some windows you may - need to invoke this prior to the first render. - - - - - These are here for using a tk window. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the position in screen coordinates of the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the window in screen coordinates in pixels. - - - - - These are here for using a tk window. - - - - - Set/Get the current Z Slice to display - - - - - Create and attach an interactor for this window - - - - - vtkImagingFactory - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create and return an instance of the named vtk object. - This method first checks the vtkObjectFactory to support - dynamic loading. - - - - - This option enables the creation of Mesa classes - instead of the OpenGL classes when using mangled Mesa. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This option enables the creation of Mesa classes - instead of the OpenGL classes when using mangled Mesa. - - - - - vtkInteractorEventRecorder - record and play VTK events passing through a vtkRenderWindowInteractor - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the name of a file events should be written to/from. - - - - - Set/Get the string to read from. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString as compared to the default - behavior, which is to read from a file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Invoke this method to begin playing events from the current position. - The events will be played back from the filename indicated. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString as compared to the default - behavior, which is to read from a file. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString as compared to the default - behavior, which is to read from a file. - - - - - Invoke this method to begin recording events. The events will be - recorded to the filename indicated. - - - - - Rewind to the beginning of the file. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Satisfy the superclass API. Enable/disable listening for events. - - - - - Set/Get the name of a file events should be written to/from. - - - - - Set/Get the string to read from. - - - - - Satisfy the superclass API. Enable/disable listening for events. - - - - - Enable reading from an InputString as compared to the default - behavior, which is to read from a file. - - - - - Invoke this method to stop recording/playing events. - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleFlight - provides flight motion routines - - - - Description - Left mouse button press produces forward motion. - Right mouse button press produces reverse motion. - Moving mouse during motion steers user in desired direction. - Keyboard controls are: - Left/Right/Up/Down Arrows for steering direction - 'A' forward, 'Z' reverse motion - Ctrl Key causes sidestep instead of steering in mouse and key modes - Shift key is accelerator in mouse and key modes - Ctrl and Shift together causes Roll in mouse and key modes - - By default, one "step" of motion corresponds to 1/250th of the diagonal - of bounding box of visible actors, '+' and '-' keys allow user to - increase or decrease step size. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Disable motion (temporarily - for viewing etc) - - - - - Disable motion (temporarily - for viewing etc) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Set angular acceleration when shift key is applied : default 5 - - - - - Set the basic angular unit for turning : default 1 degree - - - - - Specify "up" (by default {0,0,1} but can be changed) - - - - - Specify "up" (by default {0,0,1} but can be changed) - - - - - Disable motion (temporarily - for viewing etc) - - - - - Set acceleration factor when shift key is applied : default 10 - - - - - Set the basic unit step size : by default 1/250 of bounding diagonal - - - - - When flying, apply a restorative force to the "Up" vector. - This is activated when the current 'up' is close to the actual 'up' - (as defined in DefaultUpVector). This prevents excessive twisting forces - when viewing from arbitrary angles, but keep the horizon level when - the user is flying over terrain. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move the Eye/Camera to a specific location (no intermediate - steps are taken - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Concrete implementation of Keyboard event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Keyboard event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Keyboard event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Mouse event bindings for flight - - - - - Concrete implementation of Keyboard event bindings for flight - - - - - When flying, apply a restorative force to the "Up" vector. - This is activated when the current 'up' is close to the actual 'up' - (as defined in DefaultUpVector). This prevents excessive twisting forces - when viewing from arbitrary angles, but keep the horizon level when - the user is flying over terrain. - - - - - When flying, apply a restorative force to the "Up" vector. - This is activated when the current 'up' is close to the actual 'up' - (as defined in DefaultUpVector). This prevents excessive twisting forces - when viewing from arbitrary angles, but keep the horizon level when - the user is flying over terrain. - - - - - - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set angular acceleration when shift key is applied : default 5 - - - - - Set the basic angular unit for turning : default 1 degree - - - - - Specify "up" (by default {0,0,1} but can be changed) - - - - - Disable motion (temporarily - for viewing etc) - - - - - Set acceleration factor when shift key is applied : default 10 - - - - - Set the basic unit step size : by default 1/250 of bounding diagonal - - - - - When flying, apply a restorative force to the "Up" vector. - This is activated when the current 'up' is close to the actual 'up' - (as defined in DefaultUpVector). This prevents excessive twisting forces - when viewing from arbitrary angles, but keep the horizon level when - the user is flying over terrain. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleImage - interactive manipulation of the camera specialized for images - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyleImage allows the user to interactively manipulate - (rotate, pan, zoomm etc.) the camera. vtkInteractorStyleImage is specially - designed to work with images that are being rendered with - vtkImageActor. Several events are overloaded from its superclass - vtkInteractorStyle, hence the mouse bindings are different. (The bindings - keep the camera's view plane normal perpendicular to the x-y plane.) In - summary the mouse events are as follows: - + Left Mouse button triggers window level events - + CTRL Left Mouse spins the camera around its view plane normal - + SHIFT Left Mouse pans the camera - + CTRL SHIFT Left Mouse dollys (a positional zoom) the camera - + Middle mouse button pans the camera - + Right mouse button dollys the camera. - + SHIFT Right Mouse triggers pick events - - Note that the renderer's actors are not moved; instead the camera is moved. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Some useful information for handling window level - - - - - Some useful information for handling window level - - - - - Some useful information for handling window level - - - - - Some useful information for handling window level - - - - - Some useful information for handling window level - - - - - Some useful information for handling window level - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Override the "fly-to" (f keypress) for images. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - Interaction mode entry points used internally. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleJoystickActor - manipulate objects in the scene independently of one another - - - Description - The class vtkInteractorStyleJoystickActor allows the user to interact - with (rotate, zoom, etc.) separate objects in the scene independent of - each other. The position of the mouse relative to the center of the - object determines the speed of the object's motion. The mouse's velocity - detemines the acceleration of the object's motion, so the object will - continue moving even when the mouse is not moving. - For a 3-button mouse, the left button is for rotation, the right button - for zooming, the middle button for panning, and ctrl + left button for - spinning. (With fewer mouse buttons, ctrl + shift + left button is - for zooming, and shift + left button is for panning.) - - - - vtkInteractorStyleJoystickCamera vtkInteractorStyleTrackballActor - vtkInteractorStyleTrackballCamera - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleJoystickCamera - interactive manipulation of the camera - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they are called by OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand2D - A rubber band interactor for a 2D view - - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand2D manages interaction in a 2D view. - Camera rotation is not allowed with this interactor style. - Zooming affects the camera's parallel scale only, and assumes - that the camera is in parallel projection mode. - The style also allows draws a rubber band using the left button. - All camera changes invoke InteractionBeginEvent when the button - is pressed, InteractionEvent when the mouse (or wheel) is moved, - and InteractionEndEvent when the button is released. The bindings - are as follows: - Left mouse - Select (invokes a SelectionChangedEvent). - Right mouse - Zoom. - Middle mouse - Pan. - Scroll wheel - Zoom. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Current interaction state - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Current interaction state - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand3D - A rubber band interactor for a 3D view - - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBand3D manages interaction in a 3D view. - The style also allows draws a rubber band using the left button. - All camera changes invoke InteractionBeginEvent when the button - is pressed, InteractionEvent when the mouse (or wheel) is moved, - and InteractionEndEvent when the button is released. The bindings - are as follows: - Left mouse - Select (invokes a SelectionChangedEvent). - Right mouse - Rotate. - Shift + right mouse - Zoom. - Middle mouse - Pan. - Scroll wheel - Zoom. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Current interaction state - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Access to the start and end positions (display coordinates) of the rubber - band pick area. This is a convenience method for the wrapped languages - since the event callData is lost when using those wrappings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - - Whether to invoke a render when the mouse moves. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Current interaction state - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBandPick - Like TrackBallCamera, but this can pick props underneath a rubber band selection rectangle. - - - - Description - This interactor style allows the user to draw a rectangle in the render - window by hitting 'r' and then using the left mouse button. - When the mouse button is released, the attached picker operates on the pixel - in the center of the selection rectangle. If the picker happens to be a - vtkAreaPicker it will operate on the entire selection rectangle. - When the 'p' key is hit the above pick operation occurs on a 1x1 rectangle. - In other respects it behaves the same as its parent class. - - - - - vtkAreaPicker - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleRubberBandZoom - zoom in by amount indicated by rubber band box - - - Description - This interactor style allows the user to draw a rectangle in the render - window using the left mouse button. When the mouse button is released, - the current camera zooms by an amount determined from the shorter side of - the drawn rectangle. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Event bindings - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleSwitch - class to swap between interactory styles - - - Description - The class vtkInteractorStyleSwitch allows handles interactively switching - between four interactor styles -- joystick actor, joystick camera, - trackball actor, and trackball camera. Type 'j' or 't' to select - joystick or trackball, and type 'c' or 'a' to select camera or actor. - The default interactor style is joystick camera. - - - - vtkInteractorStyleJoystickActor vtkInteractorStyleJoystickCamera - vtkInteractorStyleTrackballActor vtkInteractorStyleTrackballCamera - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get current style - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Only care about the char event, which is used to switch between - different styles. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - We must override this method in order to pass the setting down to - the underlying styles - - - - - Overridden from vtkInteractorObserver because the interactor styles - used by this class must also be updated. - - - - - Set/Get current style - - - - - Set/Get current style - - - - - Set/Get current style - - - - - Set/Get current style - - - - - Overridden from vtkInteractorObserver because the interactor styles - used by this class must also be updated. - - - - - The sub styles need the interactor too. - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleTerrain - manipulate camera in scene with natural view up (e.g., terrain) - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyleTerrain is used to manipulate a camera which is viewing - a scene with a natural view up, e.g., terrain. The camera in such a - scene is manipulated by specifying azimuth (angle around the view - up vector) and elevation (the angle from the horizon). - - The mouse binding for this class is as follows. Left mouse click followed - rotates the camera around the focal point using both elevation and azimuth - invocations on the camera. Left mouse motion in the horizontal direction - results in azimuth motion; left mouse motion in the vertical direction - results in elevation motion. Therefore, diagonal motion results in a - combination of azimuth and elevation. (If the shift key is held during - motion, then only one of elevation or azimuth is invoked, depending on the - whether the mouse motion is primarily horizontal or vertical.) Middle - mouse button pans the camera across the scene (again the shift key has a - similar effect on limiting the motion to the vertical or horizontal - direction. The right mouse is used to dolly (e.g., a type of zoom) towards - or away from the focal point. - - The class also supports some keypress events. The "r" key resets the - camera. The "e" key invokes the exit callback and by default exits the - program. The "f" key sets a new camera focal point and flys towards that - point. The "u" key invokes the user event. The "3" key toggles between - stereo and non-stero mode. The "l" key toggles on/off a latitude/longitude - markers that can be used to estimate/control position. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. - - - - - Turn on/off the latitude/longitude lines. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Turn on/off the latitude/longitude lines. - - - - - Turn on/off the latitude/longitude lines. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Override the "fly-to" (f keypress) for images. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Turn on/off the latitude/longitude lines. - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleTrackballActor - manipulate objects in the scene independent of each other - - - Description - vtkInteractorStyleTrackballActor allows the user to interact with (rotate, - pan, etc.) objects in the scene indendent of each other. In trackball - interaction, the magnitude of the mouse motion is proportional to the - actor motion associated with a particular mouse binding. For example, - small left-button motions cause small changes in the rotation of the - actor around its center point. - - The mouse bindings are as follows. For a 3-button mouse, the left button - is for rotation, the right button for zooming, the middle button for - panning, and ctrl + left button for spinning. (With fewer mouse buttons, - ctrl + shift + left button is for zooming, and shift + left button is for - panning.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - These methods for the different interactions in different modes - are overridden in subclasses to perform the correct motion. Since - they might be called from OnTimer, they do not have mouse coord parameters - (use interactor's GetEventPosition and GetLastEventPosition) - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleTrackball - provides trackball motion control - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleUnicam - provides Unicam navigation style - - - Description - UniCam is a camera interactor. Here, just the primary features of the - UniCam technique are implemented. UniCam requires just one mouse button - and supports context sensitive dollying, panning, and rotation. (In this - implementation, it uses the right mouse button, leaving the middle and - left available for other functions.) For more information, see the paper - at: - - ftp://ftp.cs.brown.edu/pub/papers/graphics/research/unicam.pdf - - The following is a brief description of the UniCam Camera Controls. You - can perform 3 operations on the camera: rotate, pan, and dolly the camera. - All operations are reached through the right mouse button & mouse - movements. - - IMPORTANT: UniCam assumes there is an axis that makes sense as a "up" - vector for the world. By default, this axis is defined to be the - vector <0,0,1>. You can set it explicitly for the data you are - viewing with the 'SetWorldUpVector(..)' method in C++, or similarly - in Tcl/Tk (or other interpreted languages). - - 1. ROTATE: - - Position the cursor over the point you wish to rotate around and press and - release the left mouse button. A 'focus dot' appears indicating the - point that will be the center of rotation. To rotate, press and hold the - left mouse button and drag the mouse.. release the button to complete the - rotation. - - Rotations can be done without placing a focus dot first by moving the - mouse cursor to within 10% of the window border & pressing and holding the - left button followed by dragging the mouse. The last focus dot position - will be re-used. - - 2. PAN: - - Click and hold the left mouse button, and initially move the mouse left - or right. The point under the initial pick will pick correlate w/ the - mouse tip-- (i.e., direct manipulation). - - 3. DOLLY (+ PAN): - - Click and hold the left mouse button, and initially move the mouse up or - down. Moving the mouse down will dolly towards the picked point, and moving - the mouse up will dolly away from it. Dollying occurs relative to the - picked point which simplifies the task of dollying towards a region of - interest. Left and right mouse movements will pan the camera left and right. - - Caveats - (NOTE: This implementation of Unicam assumes a perspective camera. It - could be modified relatively easily to also support an orthographic - projection.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Concrete implementation of event bindings - - - - - Concrete implementation of event bindings - - - - - Concrete implementation of event bindings - - - - - Concrete implementation of event bindings - - - - - OnTimer calls RotateCamera, RotateActor etc which should be overridden by - style subclasses. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleUser - provides customizable interaction routines - - - - Description - The most common way to customize user interaction is to write a subclass - of vtkInteractorStyle: vtkInteractorStyleUser allows you to customize - the interaction to without subclassing vtkInteractorStyle. This is - particularly useful for setting up custom interaction modes in - scripting languages such as Tcl and Python. This class allows you - to hook into the MouseMove, ButtonPress/Release, KeyPress/Release, - etc. events. If you want to hook into just a single mouse button, - but leave the interaction modes for the others unchanged, you - must use e.g. SetMiddleButtonPressMethod() instead of the more - general SetButtonPressMethod(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the mouse button that was last pressed inside the window - (returns zero when the button is released). - - - - - Get the character for a Char event. - - - - - Test whether modifiers were held down when mouse button or key - was pressed - - - - - Get the KeySym (in the same format as Tk KeySyms) for a - KeyPress or KeyRelease method. - - - - - Get the most recent mouse position during mouse motion. - In your user interaction method, you must use this to track - the mouse movement. Do not use GetEventPosition(), which records - the last position where a mouse button was pressed. - - - - - Get the most recent mouse position during mouse motion. - In your user interaction method, you must use this to track - the mouse movement. Do not use GetEventPosition(), which records - the last position where a mouse button was pressed. - - - - - Get the most recent mouse position during mouse motion. - In your user interaction method, you must use this to track - the mouse movement. Do not use GetEventPosition(), which records - the last position where a mouse button was pressed. - - - - - Get the previous mouse position during mouse motion, or after - a key press. This can be used to calculate the relative - displacement of the mouse. - - - - - Get the previous mouse position during mouse motion, or after - a key press. This can be used to calculate the relative - displacement of the mouse. - - - - - Get the previous mouse position during mouse motion, or after - a key press. This can be used to calculate the relative - displacement of the mouse. - - - - - Test whether modifiers were held down when mouse button or key - was pressed - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Keyboard functions - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - Keyboard functions - - - - - Keyboard functions - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - Generic event bindings - - - - - These are more esoteric events, but are useful in some cases. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkIVExporter - export a scene into OpenInventor 2.0 format. - - - Description - vtkIVExporter is a concrete subclass of vtkExporter that writes - OpenInventor 2.0 files. - - - - - vtkExporter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the name of the OpenInventor file to write. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of the OpenInventor file to write. - - - - - vtkLabeledTreeMapDataMapper - draw text labels on a tree map - - - - Description - vtkLabeledTreeMapDataMapper is a mapper that renders text on a tree map. - A tree map is a vtkTree with an associated 4-tuple array - used for storing the boundary rectangle for each vertex in the tree. - The user must specify the array name used for storing the rectangles. - - The mapper iterates through the tree and attempts and renders a label - inside the vertex's rectangle as long as the following conditions hold: - 1. The vertex level is within the range of levels specified for labeling. - 2. The label can fully fit inside its box. - 3. The label does not overlap an ancestor's label. - - Thanks - Thanks to Patricia Crossno, Ken Moreland, Andrew Wilson and Brian Wylie from - Sandia National Laboratories for their help in developing this class. - - - - vtkLabeledDataMapper - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Indicates if the label can be moved by its ancestors - - - - - Indicates if the label can be displayed clipped by the Window - mode = 0 - ok to clip labels - 1 - auto center labels w/r to the area of the vertex's clipped region - - - - - Indicates at which level labeling should be dynamic - - - - - The range of font sizes to use when rendering the labels. - - - - - The input to this filter. - - - - - The range of levels to attempt to label. - The level of a vertex is the length of the path to the root - (the root has level 0). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - - - - - Draw the text to the screen at each input point. - - - - - Draw the text to the screen at each input point. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Indicates if the label can be moved by its ancestors - - - - - Indicates if the label can be displayed clipped by the Window - mode = 0 - ok to clip labels - 1 - auto center labels w/r to the area of the vertex's clipped region - - - - - Indicates at which level labeling should be dynamic - - - - - The range of font sizes to use when rendering the labels. - - - - - The range of levels to attempt to label. - The level of a vertex is the length of the path to the root - (the root has level 0). - - - - - The name of the 4-tuple array used for - - - - - vtkLabelHierarchy - contains an octree of labels - - - - Description - This class represents labels in a hierarchy used to denote rendering priority. - A binary tree of labels is maintained that subdivides the bounds of the - of the label anchors spatially. Which level of the tree a label occupies - determines its priority; those at higher levels of the tree will be - more likely to render than those at lower levels of the tree. - - Pass vtkLabelHierarchy objects to a vtkLabelPlacementMapper filter for dynamic, - non-overlapping, per-frame placement of labels. - - Note that if we have a d-dimensional binary tree and we want a fixed - number \f$n\f$ of labels in each node (all nodes, not just leaves), - we can compute the depth of tree required assuming a uniform distribution - of points. Given a total of \f$N\f$ points we know that - \f$\frac{N}{|T|} = n\f$, where \f$|T|\f$ is the cardinality of the tree (i.e., - the number of nodes it contains). - Because we have a uniform distribution, the tree will be uniformly subdivided - and thus \f$|T| = 1 + 2^d + \left(2^d\right)^2 + \cdots + \left(2^d\right)^k\f$, - where \f$d\f$ is the dimensionality of the input points (fixed at 3 for now). - As \f$k\f$ becomes large, \f$|T|\approx 2 \left(2^d\right)^k\f$. - Using this approximation, we can solve for \f$k\f$: - \f[ k = \frac{\log{\frac{N}{2n}}}{\log{2^d}} \f] - Given a set of \f$N\f$ input label anchors, we'll compute \f$k\f$ and then - bin the anchors into tree nodes at level \f$k\f$ of the tree. After this, - all the nodes will be in the leaves of the tree and those leaves will be at - the \f$k\f$-th level; no anchors will be in levels \f$1, 2, \ldots, k-1\f$. - To fix that, we'll choose to move some anchors upwards. - The exact number to move upwards depends on \a TargetLabelCount. We'll - move as many up as required to have \a TargetLabelCount at each node. - - You should avoid situations where \a MaximumDepth does not allow for - \a TargetLabelCount or fewer entries at each node. The \a MaximumDepth - is a hard limit while \a TargetLabelCount is a suggested optimum. You will - end up with many more than \a TargetLabelCount entries per node and things - will be sloooow. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Fill the hierarchy with the input labels. - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the maximum width and height in world coordinates of each label. - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Provide access to original coordinates of sets of coincident points - - - - - Provide access to the set of coincident points that have been - perturbed by the hierarchy in order to render labels for each - without overlap. - - - - - Given a depth in the hierarchy (\a level) and a point \a pt in world space, compute \a ijk. - This is used to find other octree nodes at the same \a level that are within the search radius - for candidate labels to be placed. It is called with \a pt set to the camera eye point and - pythagorean quadruples increasingly distant from the origin are added to \a ijk to identify - octree nodes whose labels should be placed. - @param[out] ijk - discrete coordinates of the octree node at \a level containing \a pt. - @param[in] pt - input world point coordinates - @param[in] level - input octree level to be considered - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the icon index of each label. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the text of each label. - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - The maximum depth of the octree. - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the orientation of each label. - - - - - Given a \a level of the tree and \a ijk coordinates in a lattice, - compute a \a path down the tree to reach the corresponding lattice node. - If the lattice coordinates are outside the tree, this returns - false. Otherwise it returns true. This does <b>not</b> guarantee that - the path exists in the hierarchy. - @param[out] path - a vector of \a level integers specifying which child to descend at each level to reach \a ijk - @param[in] ijk - discrete coordinates of the octree node at \a level - @param[in] level - input octree level to be considered - - - - - Inherited members (from vtkDataSet) - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the importance (priority) of each label. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the size of each label. - - - - - The number of labels that is ideally present at any octree node. - It is best if this is a multiple of \f$2^d\f$. - - - - - The default text property assigned to labels in this hierarchy. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the maximum width and height in world coordinates of each label. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the maximum width and height in world coordinates of each label. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the icon index of each label. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the text of each label. - - - - - The maximum depth of the octree. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the orientation of each label. - - - - - Override SetPoints so we can reset the hierarchy when the points change. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the importance (priority) of each label. - - - - - Set/get the array specifying the size of each label. - - - - - The number of labels that is ideally present at any octree node. - It is best if this is a multiple of \f$2^d\f$. - - - - - The default text property assigned to labels in this hierarchy. - - - - - The maximum depth of the octree. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLabelHierarchyAlgorithm - Superclass for algorithms that produce only label hierarchies as output - - - Description - - vtkLabelHierarchyAlgorithm is a convenience class to make writing algorithms - easier. It is also designed to help transition old algorithms to the new - pipeline architecture. There are some assumptions and defaults made by this - class you should be aware of. This class defaults such that your filter - will have one input port and one output port. If that is not the case - simply change it with SetNumberOfInputPorts etc. See this class - constructor for the default. This class also provides a FillInputPortInfo - method that by default says that all inputs will be DataObjects. If that - isn't the case then please override this method in your subclass. This - class breaks out the downstream requests into separate functions such as - RequestData and RequestInformation. You should - implement RequestData( request, inputVec, outputVec) in subclasses. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - Add an input of this algorithm. Note that these methods support - old-style pipeline connections. When writing new code you should - use the more general vtkAlgorithm::AddInputConnection(). See - SetInput() for details. - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters use it - - - - - this method is not recommended for use, but lots of old style filters use it - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Set an input of this algorithm. You should not override these - methods because they are not the only way to connect a pipeline. - Note that these methods support old-style pipeline connections. - When writing new code you should use the more general - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputConnection(). These methods transform the - input index to the input port index, not an index of a connection - within a single port. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - vtkLabelHierarchyIterator - iterator over vtkLabelHierarchy - - - - Description - Abstract superclass for iterators over vtkLabelHierarchy. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Initializes the iterator. lastLabels is an array holding labels - which should be traversed before any other labels in the hierarchy. - This could include labels placed during a previous rendering or - a label located under the mouse pointer. You may pass a null pointer. - - - - - Add a representation for all existing octree nodes to the specified polydata. - This is equivalent to setting TraversedBounds, iterating over the entire hierarchy, - and then resetting TraversedBounds to its original value. - - - - - Add a representation to TraversedBounds for the current octree node. - This should be called by subclasses inside Next(). - Does nothing if TraversedBounds is NULL. - - - - - Set/get whether all nodes in the hierarchy should be added to the TraversedBounds - polydata or only those traversed. - When non-zero, all nodes will be added. - By default, AllBounds is 0. - - - - - Retrieves the current label maximum width in world coordinates. - - - - - Get the label hierarchy associated with the current label. - - - - - Retrieves the current label id. - - - - - Retrieve the coordinates of the center of the current hierarchy node - and the size of the node. - Nodes are n-cubes, so the size is the length of any edge of the cube. - This is used by BoxNode(). - - - - - Retrieves the current label orientation. - - - - - Retrieves the current label location. - - - - - Retrieves the current label size. - - - - - Retrieves the current label type. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns true if the iterator is at the end. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Advance the iterator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether all nodes in the hierarchy should be added to the TraversedBounds - polydata or only those traversed. - When non-zero, all nodes will be added. - By default, AllBounds is 0. - - - - - Sets a polydata to fill with geometry representing - the bounding boxes of the traversed octree nodes. - - - - - vtkLabelHierarchyCompositeIterator - Iterator over sub-iterators - - - - Description - Iterates over child iterators in a round-robin order. Each iterator may - have its own count, which is the number of times it is repeated until - moving to the next iterator. - - For example, if you initialize the iterator with - <pre> - it->AddIterator(A, 1); - it->AddIterator(B, 3); - </pre> - The order of iterators will be A,B,B,B,A,B,B,B,... - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Adds a label iterator to this composite iterator. - The second optional argument is the number of times to repeat the iterator - before moving to the next one round-robin style. Default is 1. - - - - - Adds a label iterator to this composite iterator. - The second optional argument is the number of times to repeat the iterator - before moving to the next one round-robin style. Default is 1. - - - - - Initializes the iterator. lastLabels is an array holding labels - which should be traversed before any other labels in the hierarchy. - This could include labels placed during a previous rendering or - a label located under the mouse pointer. You may pass a null pointer. - - - - - Not implemented. - - - - - Not implemented. - - - - - Remove all iterators from this composite iterator. - - - - - Retrieve the current label hierarchy. - - - - - Retrieves the current label id. - - - - - Retrieve the coordinates of the center of the current hierarchy node - and the size of the node. - Nodes are n-cubes, so the size is the length of any edge of the cube. - This is used by BoxNode(). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns true if the iterator is at the end. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Advance the iterator. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLabelPlacer - place a prioritized hierarchy of labels in screen space - - - - Description - <b>This class is deprecated and will be removed from VTK in a future - release. Use vtkLabelPlacementMapper instead.</b> - - This should probably be a mapper unto itself (given that - the polydata output could be large and will realistically - always be iterated over exactly once before being tossed - for the next frame of the render). - - In any event, it takes as input one (or more, eventually) - vtkLabelHierarchies that represent prioritized lists of - labels sorted by their placement in space. As output, it - provides vtkPolyData containing only VTK_QUAD cells, each - representing a single label from the input. Each quadrilateral - has cell data indicating what label in the input it - corresponds to (via an array named "LabelId"). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - The placement of the label relative to the anchor point. - - - - - The type of iterator used when traversing the labels. - May be vtkLabelHierarchy::FRUSTUM or vtkLabelHierarchy::FULL_SORT. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - The maximum amount of screen space labels can take up before placement - terminates. - - - - - The maximum amount of screen space labels can take up before placement - terminates. - - - - - The maximum amount of screen space labels can take up before placement - terminates. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - In the second output, output the geometry of the traversed octree nodes. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - In the second output, output the geometry of the traversed octree nodes. - - - - - In the second output, output the geometry of the traversed octree nodes. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - The placement of the label relative to the anchor point. - - - - - The type of iterator used when traversing the labels. - May be vtkLabelHierarchy::FRUSTUM or vtkLabelHierarchy::FULL_SORT. - - - - - The maximum amount of screen space labels can take up before placement - terminates. - - - - - Set/get the coordinate system used for output labels. - The output datasets may have point coordinates reported in the world space or display space. - - - - - In the second output, output the geometry of the traversed octree nodes. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLabelPlacementMapper - Places and renders non-overlapping labels. - - - - Description - To use this mapper, first send your data through vtkPointSetToLabelHierarchy, - which takes a set of points, associates special arrays to the points (label, - priority, etc.), and produces a prioritized spatial tree of labels. - - This mapper then takes that hierarchy (or hierarchies) as input, and every - frame will decide which labels and/or icons to place in order of priority, - and will render only those labels/icons. A label render strategy is used to - render the labels, and can use e.g. FreeType or Qt for rendering. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - Get the transform for the anchor points. - - - - - The color of the background shape. - - - - - The color of the background shape. - - - - - The color of the background shape. - - - - - The opacity of the background shape. - - - - - The opacity of the background shape. - - - - - The opacity of the background shape. - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - The type of iterator used when traversing the labels. - May be vtkLabelHierarchy::FRUSTUM or vtkLabelHierarchy::FULL_SORT - - - - - The size of the margin on the label background shape. - Default is 5. - - - - - The maximum fraction of the screen that the labels may cover. - Label placement stops when this fraction is reached. - - - - - The maximum fraction of the screen that the labels may cover. - Label placement stops when this fraction is reached. - - - - - The maximum fraction of the screen that the labels may cover. - Label placement stops when this fraction is reached. - - - - - Whether to render traversed bounds. Off by default. - - - - - Tells the placer to place every label regardless of overlap. - Off by default. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Set the label rendering strategy. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The style of the label background shape, should be one of the - values in the LabelStyle enumeration. - - - - - The style of the label background shape, should be one of the - values in the LabelStyle enumeration. - - - - - The style of the label background shape, should be one of the - values in the LabelStyle enumeration. - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to render traversed bounds. Off by default. - - - - - Whether to render traversed bounds. Off by default. - - - - - Tells the placer to place every label regardless of overlap. - Off by default. - - - - - Tells the placer to place every label regardless of overlap. - Off by default. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Draw non-overlapping labels to the screen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The color of the background shape. - - - - - The color of the background shape. - - - - - The opacity of the background shape. - - - - - Enable drawing spokes (lines) to anchor point coordinates that were perturbed - for being coincident with other anchor point coordinates. - - - - - The type of iterator used when traversing the labels. - May be vtkLabelHierarchy::FRUSTUM or vtkLabelHierarchy::FULL_SORT - - - - - The size of the margin on the label background shape. - Default is 5. - - - - - The maximum fraction of the screen that the labels may cover. - Label placement stops when this fraction is reached. - - - - - Whether to render traversed bounds. Off by default. - - - - - Tells the placer to place every label regardless of overlap. - Off by default. - - - - - Use label anchor point coordinates as normal vectors and eliminate those - pointing away from the camera. Valid only when points are on a sphere - centered at the origin (such as a 3D geographic view). Off by default. - - - - - Set the label rendering strategy. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - - The style of the label background shape, should be one of the - values in the LabelStyle enumeration. - - - - - The style of the label background shape, should be one of the - values in the LabelStyle enumeration. - - - - - The style of the label background shape, should be one of the - values in the LabelStyle enumeration. - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Use the depth buffer to test each label to see if it should not be displayed if - it would be occluded by other objects in the scene. Off by default. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Set whether, or not, to use unicode strings. - - - - - Whether to render traversed bounds. Off by default. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - The shape of the label background, should be one of the - values in the LabelShape enumeration. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLabelRenderStrategy - Superclass for label rendering implementations. - - - - Description - These methods should only be called within a mapper. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - End a rendering frame. - - - - - Set the default text property for the strategy. - - - - - Set the renderer associated with this strategy. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this strategy. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the default text property for the strategy. - - - - - Set the renderer associated with this strategy. - - - - - Start a rendering frame. Renderer must be set. - - - - - Whether the text rendering strategy supports bounded size. - The superclass returns true. Subclasses should override this to - return the appropriate value. Subclasses that return true - from this method should implement the version of RenderLabel() - that takes a maximum size (see RenderLabel()). - - - - - Whether the text rendering strategy supports rotation. - The superclass returns true. Subclasses should override this to - return the appropriate value. - - - - - vtkLabelSizeCalculator - - - Description - This filter takes an input dataset, an array to process - (which must be a string array), and a text property. - It creates a new output array (named "LabelSize" by default) with - 4 components per tuple that contain the width, height, horizontal - offset, and descender height (in that order) of each string in - the array. - - Use the inherited SelectInputArrayToProcess to indicate a string array. - In no input array is specified, the first of the following that - is a string array is used: point scalars, cell scalars, field scalars. - - The second input array to process is an array specifying the type of - each label. Different label types may have different font properties. - This array must be a vtkIntArray. - Any type that does not map to a font property that was set will - be set to the type 0's type property. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the font used compute label sizes. - This defaults to "Arial" at 12 points. - If type is provided, it refers to the type of the text label provided - in the optional label type array. The default type is type 0. - - - - - The name of the output array containing text label sizes - This defaults to "LabelSize" - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the font used compute label sizes. - This defaults to "Arial" at 12 points. - If type is provided, it refers to the type of the text label provided - in the optional label type array. The default type is type 0. - - - - - The name of the output array containing text label sizes - This defaults to "LabelSize" - - - - - vtkLeaderActor2D - create a leader with optional label and arrows - - - Description - vtkLeaderActor2D creates a leader with an optional label and arrows. (A - leader is typically used to indicate distance between points.) - vtkLeaderActor2D is a type of vtkActor2D; that is, it is drawn on the - overlay plane and is not occluded by 3D geometry. To use this class, you - typically specify two points defining the start and end points of the line - (x-y definition using vtkCoordinate class), whether to place arrows on one - or both end points, and whether to label the leader. Also, this class has a - special feature that allows curved leaders to be created by specifying a - radius. - - Use the vtkLeaderActor2D uses its superclass vtkActor2D instance variables - Position and Position2 vtkCoordinates to place an instance of - vtkLeaderActor2D (i.e., these two data members represent the start and end - points of the leader). Using these vtkCoordinates you can specify the position - of the leader in a variety of coordinate systems. - - To control the appearance of the actor, use the superclasses - vtkActor2D::vtkProperty2D and the vtkTextProperty objects associated with - this actor. - - - - - vtkAxisActor2D vtkActor2D vtkCoordinate vtkTextProperty - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Instantiate object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable auto-labelling. In this mode, the label is automatically updated - based on distance (in world coordinates) between the two end points; or - if a curved leader is being generated, the angle in degrees between the - two points. - - - - - Enable auto-labelling. In this mode, the label is automatically updated - based on distance (in world coordinates) between the two end points; or - if a curved leader is being generated, the angle in degrees between the - two points. - - - - - Obtain the length of the leader if the leader is not curved, - otherwise obtain the angle that the leader circumscribes. - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Enable auto-labelling. In this mode, the label is automatically updated - based on distance (in world coordinates) between the two end points; or - if a curved leader is being generated, the angle in degrees between the - two points. - - - - - Set/Get the label for the leader. If the label is an empty string, then - it will not be drawn. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label the leader. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label the leader. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label the leader. - - - - - Specify the format to use for auto-labelling. - - - - - Set/Get the text property of the label. - - - - - Obtain the length of the leader if the leader is not curved, - otherwise obtain the angle that the leader circumscribes. - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Set/Get a radius which can be used to curve the leader. If a radius is - specified whose absolute value is greater than one half the distance - between the two points defined by the superclasses' Position and - Position2 ivars, then the leader will be curved. A positive radius will - produce a curve such that the center is to the right of the line from - Position and Position2; a negative radius will produce a curve in the - opposite sense. By default, the radius is set to zero and thus there - is no curvature. Note that the radius is expresses as a multiple of - the distance between (Position,Position2); this avoids issues relative - to coordinate system transformations. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp and vtkActor2D superclasses. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp and vtkActor2D superclasses. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp and vtkActor2D superclasses. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control whether arrow heads are drawn on the leader. Arrows may be - drawn on one end, both ends, or not at all. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Control the appearance of the arrow heads. A solid arrow head is a filled - triangle; a open arrow looks like a "V"; and a hollow arrow looks like a - non-filled triangle. - - - - - Specify the arrow length and base width (in normalized viewport - coordinates). - - - - - Enable auto-labelling. In this mode, the label is automatically updated - based on distance (in world coordinates) between the two end points; or - if a curved leader is being generated, the angle in degrees between the - two points. - - - - - Set/Get the label for the leader. If the label is an empty string, then - it will not be drawn. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label the leader. - - - - - Specify the format to use for auto-labelling. - - - - - Set/Get the text property of the label. - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Limit the minimum and maximum size of the arrows. These values are - expressed in pixels and clamp the minimum/maximum possible size for the - width/length of the arrow head. (When clamped, the ratio between length - and width is preserved.) - - - - - Set/Get a radius which can be used to curve the leader. If a radius is - specified whose absolute value is greater than one half the distance - between the two points defined by the superclasses' Position and - Position2 ivars, then the leader will be curved. A positive radius will - produce a curve such that the center is to the right of the line from - Position and Position2; a negative radius will produce a curve in the - opposite sense. By default, the radius is set to zero and thus there - is no curvature. Note that the radius is expresses as a multiple of - the distance between (Position,Position2); this avoids issues relative - to coordinate system transformations. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label the leader. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts used - to label the leader. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLightActor - a cone and a frustum to represent a spotlight. - - - Description - vtkLightActor is a composite actor used to represent a spotlight. The cone - angle is equal to the spotlight angle, the cone apex is at the position of - the light, the direction of the light goes from the cone apex to the center - of the base of the cone. The square frustum position is the light position, - the frustum focal point is in the direction of the light direction. The - frustum vertical view angle (aperture) (this is also the horizontal view - angle as the frustum is square) is equal to twice the cone angle. The - clipping range of the frustum is arbitrary set by the user - (initially at 0.5,11.0). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the bounds for this Actor as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - Initial values are (0.5,11.0) - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - Initial values are (0.5,11.0) - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - Initial values are (0.5,11.0) - - - - - The spotlight to represent. Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Get the actors mtime plus consider its properties and texture if set. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? No. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - Initial values are (0.5,11.0) - - - - - Set/Get the location of the near and far clipping planes along the - direction of projection. Both of these values must be positive. - Initial values are (0.5,11.0) - - - - - The spotlight to represent. Initial value is NULL. - - - - - vtkLightCollection - a list of lights - - - Description - vtkLightCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list of - lights (i.e., vtkLight and subclasses). The list is unsorted and duplicate - entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a light to the list. - - - - - Get the next light in the list. NULL is returned when the collection is - exhausted. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLightingPainter - abstract class defining interface for painter - that can handle lightin. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLightKit - a simple but quality lighting kit - - - Description - vtkLightKit is designed to make general purpose lighting of vtk - scenes simple, flexible, and attractive (or at least not horribly - ugly without significant effort). Use a LightKit when you want - more control over your lighting than you can get with the default - vtk light, which is a headlight located at the camera. (HeadLights - are very simple to use, but they don't show the shape of objects very - well, don't give a good sense of "up" and "down", and don't evenly - light the object.) - - A LightKit consists of three lights, a key light, a fill light, and - a headlight. The main light is the key light. It is usually - positioned so that it appears like an overhead light (like the sun, - or a ceiling light). It is generally positioned to shine down on the - scene from about a 45 degree angle vertically and at least a little - offset side to side. The key light usually at least about twice as - bright as the total of all other lights in the scene to provide good - modeling of object features. - - The other lights in the kit (the fill light, headlight, and a pair of - back lights) are weaker sources that provide extra - illumination to fill in the spots that the key light misses. The - fill light is usually positioned across from or opposite from the - key light (though still on the same side of the object as the - camera) in order to simulate diffuse reflections from other objects - in the scene. The headlight, always located at the position of the - camera, reduces the contrast between areas lit by the key and fill - light. The two back lights, one on the left of the object as seen - from the observer and one on the right, fill on the high-contrast - areas behind the object. To enforce the relationship between the - different lights, the intensity of the fill, back and headlights - are set as a ratio to the key light brightness. Thus, the - brightness of all the lights in the scene can be changed by - changing the key light intensity. - - All lights are directional lights (infinitely far away with no - falloff). Lights move with the camera. - - For simplicity, the position of lights in the LightKit can only be - specified using angles: the elevation (latitude) and azimuth - (longitude) of each light with respect to the camera, expressed in - degrees. (Lights always shine on the camera's lookat point.) For - example, a light at (elevation=0, azimuth=0) is located at the - camera (a headlight). A light at (elevation=90, azimuth=0) is - above the lookat point, shining down. Negative azimuth values move - the lights clockwise as seen above, positive values - counter-clockwise. So, a light at (elevation=45, azimuth=-20) is - above and in front of the object and shining slightly from the left - side. - - vtkLightKit limits the colors that can be assigned to any light to - those of incandescent sources such as light bulbs and sunlight. It - defines a special color spectrum called "warmth" from which light - colors can be chosen, where 0 is cold blue, 0.5 is neutral white, - and 1 is deep sunset red. Colors close to 0.5 are "cool whites" and - "warm whites," respectively. - - Since colors far from white on the warmth scale appear less bright, - key-to-fill and key-to-headlight ratios are skewed by - key, fill, and headlight colors. If the flag MaintainLuminance - is set, vtkLightKit will attempt to compensate for these perceptual - differences by increasing the brightness of more saturated colors. - - A LightKit is not explicitly part of the vtk pipeline. Rather, it - is a composite object that controls the behavior of lights using a - unified user interface. Every time a parameter of vtkLightKit is - adjusted, the properties of its lights are modified. - - Credits - vtkLightKit was originally written and contributed to vtk by - Michael Halle (mhalle@bwh.harvard.edu) at the Surgical Planning - Lab, Brigham and Women's Hospital. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add lights to, or remove lights from, a renderer. - Lights may be added to more than one renderer, if desired. - - - - - Add lights to, or remove lights from, a renderer. - Lights may be added to more than one renderer, if desired. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Returns the floating-point RGB values of each of the light's color. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Set/Get the intensity of the key light. The key light is the - brightest light in the scene. The intensities of the other two - lights are ratios of the key light's intensity. - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-back light ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the back lights are compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to dimmer back lights. The back lights fill - in the remaining high-contrast regions behind the object. - Values between 2 and 10 are good. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-back light ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the back lights are compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to dimmer back lights. The back lights fill - in the remaining high-contrast regions behind the object. - Values between 2 and 10 are good. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-back light ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the back lights are compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to dimmer back lights. The back lights fill - in the remaining high-contrast regions behind the object. - Values between 2 and 10 are good. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-fill ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the fill light is compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to a dimmer fill light. The purpose of the - fill light is to light parts of the object not lit by the key - light, while still maintaining constrast. This type of lighting - may correspond to indirect illumination from the key light, bounced - off a wall, floor, or other object. The fill light should never - be brighter than the key light: a good range for the key-to-fill - ratio is between 2 and 10. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-fill ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the fill light is compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to a dimmer fill light. The purpose of the - fill light is to light parts of the object not lit by the key - light, while still maintaining constrast. This type of lighting - may correspond to indirect illumination from the key light, bounced - off a wall, floor, or other object. The fill light should never - be brighter than the key light: a good range for the key-to-fill - ratio is between 2 and 10. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-fill ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the fill light is compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to a dimmer fill light. The purpose of the - fill light is to light parts of the object not lit by the key - light, while still maintaining constrast. This type of lighting - may correspond to indirect illumination from the key light, bounced - off a wall, floor, or other object. The fill light should never - be brighter than the key light: a good range for the key-to-fill - ratio is between 2 and 10. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-headlight ratio. Similar to the key-to-fill - ratio, this ratio controls how bright the headlight light is - compared to the key light: larger values correspond to a dimmer - headlight light. The headlight is special kind of fill light, - lighting only the parts of the object that the camera can see. - As such, a headlight tends to reduce the contrast of a scene. It - can be used to fill in "shadows" of the object missed by the key - and fill lights. The headlight should always be significantly - dimmer than the key light: ratios of 2 to 15 are typical. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-headlight ratio. Similar to the key-to-fill - ratio, this ratio controls how bright the headlight light is - compared to the key light: larger values correspond to a dimmer - headlight light. The headlight is special kind of fill light, - lighting only the parts of the object that the camera can see. - As such, a headlight tends to reduce the contrast of a scene. It - can be used to fill in "shadows" of the object missed by the key - and fill lights. The headlight should always be significantly - dimmer than the key light: ratios of 2 to 15 are typical. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-headlight ratio. Similar to the key-to-fill - ratio, this ratio controls how bright the headlight light is - compared to the key light: larger values correspond to a dimmer - headlight light. The headlight is special kind of fill light, - lighting only the parts of the object that the camera can see. - As such, a headlight tends to reduce the contrast of a scene. It - can be used to fill in "shadows" of the object missed by the key - and fill lights. The headlight should always be significantly - dimmer than the key light: ratios of 2 to 15 are typical. - - - - - If MaintainLuminance is set, the LightKit will attempt to maintain - the apparent intensity of lights based on their perceptual brightnesses. - By default, MaintainLuminance is off. - - - - - Helper method to go from a enum subtype to a string subtype - The difference from GetStringFromSubType is that it returns - a shorter strings (useful for GUI with minimun space) - - - - - Helper method to go from a enum subtype to a string subtype - - - - - Helper method to go from a enum type to a string type - - - - - Return the possible subtype from a given type. You have to pass - in a number i [0,3] no check is done. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If MaintainLuminance is set, the LightKit will attempt to maintain - the apparent intensity of lights based on their perceptual brightnesses. - By default, MaintainLuminance is off. - - - - - If MaintainLuminance is set, the LightKit will attempt to maintain - the apparent intensity of lights based on their perceptual brightnesses. - By default, MaintainLuminance is off. - - - - - Add lights to, or remove lights from, a renderer. - Lights may be added to more than one renderer, if desired. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Add lights to, or remove lights from, a renderer. - Lights may be added to more than one renderer, if desired. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Get/Set the position of the key, fill, and back lights - using angular methods. Elevation corresponds to latitude, - azimuth to longitude. It is recommended that the key light - always be on the viewer's side of the object and above the - object, while the fill light generally lights the part of the object - not lit by the fill light. The headlight, which is always located - at the viewer, can then be used to reduce the contrast in the image. - There are a pair of back lights. They are located at the same - elevation and at opposing azimuths (ie, one to the left, and one to - the right). They are generally set at the equator (elevation = 0), - and at approximately 120 degrees (lighting from each side and behind). - - - - - Set/Get the intensity of the key light. The key light is the - brightest light in the scene. The intensities of the other two - lights are ratios of the key light's intensity. - - - - - Set the warmth of each the lights. Warmth is a parameter that - varies from 0 to 1, where 0 is "cold" (looks icy or lit by a very - blue sky), 1 is "warm" (the red of a very red sunset, or the - embers of a campfire), and 0.5 is a neutral white. The warmth - scale is non-linear. Warmth values close to 0.5 are subtly - "warmer" or "cooler," much like a warmer tungsten incandescent - bulb, a cooler halogen, or daylight (cooler still). Moving - further away from 0.5, colors become more quickly varying towards - blues and reds. With regards to aesthetics, extremes of warmth - should be used sparingly. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-back light ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the back lights are compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to dimmer back lights. The back lights fill - in the remaining high-contrast regions behind the object. - Values between 2 and 10 are good. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-fill ratio. This ratio controls - how bright the fill light is compared to the key light: larger - values correspond to a dimmer fill light. The purpose of the - fill light is to light parts of the object not lit by the key - light, while still maintaining constrast. This type of lighting - may correspond to indirect illumination from the key light, bounced - off a wall, floor, or other object. The fill light should never - be brighter than the key light: a good range for the key-to-fill - ratio is between 2 and 10. - - - - - Set/Get the key-to-headlight ratio. Similar to the key-to-fill - ratio, this ratio controls how bright the headlight light is - compared to the key light: larger values correspond to a dimmer - headlight light. The headlight is special kind of fill light, - lighting only the parts of the object that the camera can see. - As such, a headlight tends to reduce the contrast of a scene. It - can be used to fill in "shadows" of the object missed by the key - and fill lights. The headlight should always be significantly - dimmer than the key light: ratios of 2 to 15 are typical. - - - - - If MaintainLuminance is set, the LightKit will attempt to maintain - the apparent intensity of lights based on their perceptual brightnesses. - By default, MaintainLuminance is off. - - - - - Add lights to, or remove lights from, a renderer. - Lights may be added to more than one renderer, if desired. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLineIntegralConvolution2D - GPU-based implementation of Line - Integral Convolution (LIC) - - - - Description - This class resorts to GLSL to implement GPU-based Line Integral Convolution - (LIC) for visualizing a 2D vector field that may be obtained by projecting - an original 3D vector field onto a surface (such that the resulting 2D - vector at each grid point on the surface is tangential to the local normal, - as done in vtkSurfaceLICPainter). - - As an image-based technique, 2D LIC works by (1) integrating a bidirectional - streamline from the center of each pixel (of the LIC output image), (2) - locating the pixels along / hit by this streamline as the correlated pixels - of the starting pixel (seed point / pixel), (3) indexing a (usually white) - noise texture (another input to LIC, in addition to the 2D vector field, - usually with the same size as that of the 2D vetor field) to determine the - values (colors) of these pixels (the starting and the correlated pixels), - typically through bi-linear interpolation, and (4) performing convolution - (weighted averaging) on these values, by adopting a low-pass filter (such - as box, ramp, and Hanning kernels), to obtain the result value (color) that - is then assigned to the seed pixel. - - The GLSL-based GPU implementation herein maps the aforementioned pipeline to - fragment shaders and a box kernel is employed. Both the white noise and the - vector field are provided to the GPU as texture objects (supported by the - multi-texturing capability). In addition, there are four texture objects - (color buffers) allocated to constitute two pairs that work in a ping-pong - fashion, with one as the read buffers and the other as the write / render - targets. Maintained by a frame buffer object (GL_EXT_framebuffer_object), - each pair employs one buffer to store the current (dynamically updated) - position (by means of the texture coordinate that keeps being warped by the - underlying vector) of the (virtual) particle initially released from each - fragment while using the bother buffer to store the current (dynamically - updated too) accumulated texture value that each seed fragment (before the - 'mesh' is warped) collects. Given NumberOfSteps integration steps in each - direction, there are a total of (2 * NumberOfSteps + 1) fragments (including - the seed fragment) are convolved and each contributes 1 / (2 * NumberOfSteps - + 1) of the associated texture value to fulfill the box filter. - - One pass of LIC (basic LIC) tends to produce low-contrast / blurred images and - vtkLineIntegralConvolution2D provides an option for creating enhanced LIC - images. Enhanced LIC improves image quality by increasing inter-streamline - contrast while suppressing artifacts. It performs two passes of LIC, with a - 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in between that processes the output of pass - #1 LIC and forwards the result as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. Enhanced - LIC automatically degenerates to basic LIC during user interaction. - - vtkLineIntegralConvolution2D applies masking to zero-vector fragments so - that un-filtered white noise areas are made totally transparent by class - vtkSurfaceLICPainter to show the underlying geometry surface. - - Required OpenGL Extensins - GL_ARB_texture_non_power_of_two - GL_VERSION_2_0 - GL_ARB_texture_float - GL_ARB_draw_buffers - GL_EXT_framebuffer_object - - - - - vtkSurfaceLICPainter vtkImageDataLIC2D vtkStructuredGridLIC2D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Perform the LIC and obtain the LIC texture. Return 1 if no error. - - - - - Same as Execute() except that the LIC operation is performed only on a - window (given by the \c extent) in the input VectorField. The \c extent - is relative to the input VectorField. The output LIC image will be of - the size specified by extent. - - - - - If VectorField has >= 3 components, we must choose which 2 components - form the (X, Y) components for the vector field. Must be in the range - [0, 3]. - - - - - If VectorField has >= 3 components, we must choose which 2 components - form the (X, Y) components for the vector field. Must be in the range - [0, 3]. - - - - - If VectorField has >= 3 components, we must choose which 2 components - form the (X, Y) components for the vector field. Must be in the range - [0, 3]. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing in each dimension of the plane on which the vector - field is defined. This class performs LIC in the normalized image space - and hence generally it needs to transform the input vector field (given - in physical space) to the normalized image space. The Spacing is needed - to determine the tranform. Default is (1.0, 1.0). It is possible to - disable vector transformation by setting TransformVectors to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing in each dimension of the plane on which the vector - field is defined. This class performs LIC in the normalized image space - and hence generally it needs to transform the input vector field (given - in physical space) to the normalized image space. The Spacing is needed - to determine the tranform. Default is (1.0, 1.0). It is possible to - disable vector transformation by setting TransformVectors to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing in each dimension of the plane on which the vector - field is defined. This class performs LIC in the normalized image space - and hence generally it needs to transform the input vector field (given - in physical space) to the normalized image space. The Spacing is needed - to determine the tranform. Default is (1.0, 1.0). It is possible to - disable vector transformation by setting TransformVectors to 0. - - - - - LIC texture (initial value is NULL) set by Execute(). - - - - - Enable/Disable LICForSurface, for which the LIC texture is composited - with the underlying geometry. - - - - - Get/Set the streamline integration step size (0.01 by default). This is - the length of each step in normalized image space i.e. in range [0, 1]. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. The type for the - interface is double as VTK interface is, but GPU only supports float. - Thus it will be converted to float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - Get/Set the streamline integration step size (0.01 by default). This is - the length of each step in normalized image space i.e. in range [0, 1]. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. The type for the - interface is double as VTK interface is, but GPU only supports float. - Thus it will be converted to float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - Get/Set the streamline integration step size (0.01 by default). This is - the length of each step in normalized image space i.e. in range [0, 1]. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. The type for the - interface is double as VTK interface is, but GPU only supports float. - Thus it will be converted to float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - The the magnification factor (default is 1.0). - - - - - The the magnification factor (default is 1.0). - - - - - The the magnification factor (default is 1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the input white noise texture (initial value is NULL). - - - - - Number of streamline integration steps (initial value is 1). - In term of visual quality, the greater (within some range) the better. - - - - - This class performs LIC in the normalized image space. Hence, by default - it transforms the input vectors to the normalized image space (using the - GridSpacings and input vector field dimensions). Set this to 0 to disable - tranformation if the vectors are already tranformed. - - - - - This class performs LIC in the normalized image space. Hence, by default - it transforms the input vectors to the normalized image space (using the - GridSpacings and input vector field dimensions). Set this to 0 to disable - tranformation if the vectors are already tranformed. - - - - - This class performs LIC in the normalized image space. Hence, by default - it transforms the input vectors to the normalized image space (using the - GridSpacings and input vector field dimensions). Set this to 0 to disable - tranformation if the vectors are already tranformed. - - - - - Set/Get the vector field (initial value is NULL). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns if the context supports the required extensions. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable LICForSurface, for which the LIC texture is composited - with the underlying geometry. - - - - - Enable/Disable LICForSurface, for which the LIC texture is composited - with the underlying geometry. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If VectorField has >= 3 components, we must choose which 2 components - form the (X, Y) components for the vector field. Must be in the range - [0, 3]. - - - - - If VectorField has >= 3 components, we must choose which 2 components - form the (X, Y) components for the vector field. Must be in the range - [0, 3]. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing in each dimension of the plane on which the vector - field is defined. This class performs LIC in the normalized image space - and hence generally it needs to transform the input vector field (given - in physical space) to the normalized image space. The Spacing is needed - to determine the tranform. Default is (1.0, 1.0). It is possible to - disable vector transformation by setting TransformVectors to 0. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing in each dimension of the plane on which the vector - field is defined. This class performs LIC in the normalized image space - and hence generally it needs to transform the input vector field (given - in physical space) to the normalized image space. The Spacing is needed - to determine the tranform. Default is (1.0, 1.0). It is possible to - disable vector transformation by setting TransformVectors to 0. - - - - - LIC texture (initial value is NULL) set by Execute(). - - - - - Enable/Disable LICForSurface, for which the LIC texture is composited - with the underlying geometry. - - - - - Get/Set the streamline integration step size (0.01 by default). This is - the length of each step in normalized image space i.e. in range [0, 1]. - In term of visual quality, the smaller the better. The type for the - interface is double as VTK interface is, but GPU only supports float. - Thus it will be converted to float in the execution of the algorithm. - - - - - The the magnification factor (default is 1.0). - - - - - Set/Get the input white noise texture (initial value is NULL). - - - - - Number of streamline integration steps (initial value is 1). - In term of visual quality, the greater (within some range) the better. - - - - - This class performs LIC in the normalized image space. Hence, by default - it transforms the input vectors to the normalized image space (using the - GridSpacings and input vector field dimensions). Set this to 0 to disable - tranformation if the vectors are already tranformed. - - - - - Set/Get the vector field (initial value is NULL). - - - - - On machines where the vector field texture is clamped between [0,1], one - can specify the shift/scale factor used to convert the original vector - field to lie in the clamped range. Default is (0.0, 1.0); - - - - - This class performs LIC in the normalized image space. Hence, by default - it transforms the input vectors to the normalized image space (using the - GridSpacings and input vector field dimensions). Set this to 0 to disable - tranformation if the vectors are already tranformed. - - - - - This class performs LIC in the normalized image space. Hence, by default - it transforms the input vectors to the normalized image space (using the - GridSpacings and input vector field dimensions). Set this to 0 to disable - tranformation if the vectors are already tranformed. - - - - - vtkLinesPainter - painter that paints lines. - - - Description - This painter tries to paint lines efficiently. Request to Render - any other primitive are ignored and not passed to the delegate painter, - if any. This painter cannot handle cell colors/normals. If they are - present the request is passed on to the Delegate painter. If this - class is able to render the primitive, the render request is not - propagated to the delegate painter. - - - - - - vtkPrimitivePainter - superclass for class that handle single - privmitives. - - - Description - This is the abstract superclass for classes that handle single type - of primitive i.e. verts, lines, polys or tstrips. - Concrete subclasses will pass a Render() call to the delegate painter, - if any, only if it could not render. - Thanks - Support for generic vertex attributes in VTK was contributed in - collaboration with Stephane Ploix at EDF. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the type of primitive supported by this painter. - This must be set by concrete subclasses. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLODActor - an actor that supports multiple levels of detail - - - Description - vtkLODActor is an actor that stores multiple levels of detail (LOD) and - can automatically switch between them. It selects which level of detail to - use based on how much time it has been allocated to render. Currently a - very simple method of TotalTime/NumberOfActors is used. (In the future - this should be modified to dynamically allocate the rendering time between - different actors based on their needs.) - - There are three levels of detail by default. The top level is just the - normal data. The lowest level of detail is a simple bounding box outline - of the actor. The middle level of detail is a point cloud of a fixed - number of points that have been randomly sampled from the mapper's input - data. Point attributes are copied over to the point cloud. These two - lower levels of detail are accomplished by creating instances of a - vtkOutlineFilter (low-res) and vtkMaskPoints (medium-res). Additional - levels of detail can be add using the AddLODMapper() method. - - To control the frame rate, you typically set the vtkRenderWindowInteractor - DesiredUpdateRate and StillUpdateRate. This then will cause vtkLODActor - to adjust its LOD to fulfill the requested update rate. - - For greater control on levels of detail, see also vtkLODProp3D. That - class allows arbitrary definition of each LOD. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a vtkLODActor with the following defaults: origin(0,0,0) - position=(0,0,0) scale=(1,1,1) visibility=1 pickable=1 dragable=1 - orientation=(0,0,0). NumberOfCloudPoints is set to 150. - - - - - Creates a vtkLODActor with the following defaults: origin(0,0,0) - position=(0,0,0) scale=(1,1,1) visibility=1 pickable=1 dragable=1 - orientation=(0,0,0). NumberOfCloudPoints is set to 150. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another level of detail. They do not have to be in any order - of complexity. - - - - - All the mappers for different LODs are stored here. - The order is not important. - - - - - You may plug in your own filters to decimate/subsample the input. The - default is to use a vtkOutlineFilter (low-res) and vtkMaskPoints - (medium-res). - - - - - You may plug in your own filters to decimate/subsample the input. The - default is to use a vtkOutlineFilter (low-res) and vtkMaskPoints - (medium-res). - - - - - Set/Get the number of random points for the point cloud. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When this objects gets modified, this method also modifies the object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It, in turn, will render the actor's - property and then mapper. - - - - - This method is used internally by the rendering process. We overide - the superclass method to properly set the estimated render time. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - You may plug in your own filters to decimate/subsample the input. The - default is to use a vtkOutlineFilter (low-res) and vtkMaskPoints - (medium-res). - - - - - You may plug in your own filters to decimate/subsample the input. The - default is to use a vtkOutlineFilter (low-res) and vtkMaskPoints - (medium-res). - - - - - Set/Get the number of random points for the point cloud. - - - - - Shallow copy of an LOD actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkLODProp3D - level of detail 3D prop - - - Description - vtkLODProp3D is a class to support level of detail rendering for Prop3D. - Any number of mapper/property/texture items can be added to this object. - Render time will be measured, and will be used to select a LOD based on - the AllocatedRenderTime of this Prop3D. Depending on the type of the - mapper/property, a vtkActor or a vtkVolume will be created behind the - scenes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create an instance of this class. - - - - - Create an instance of this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Add a level of detail with a given mapper, property, backface property, - texture, and guess of rendering time. The property and texture fields - can be set to NULL (the other methods are included for script access - where null variables are not allowed). The time field can be set to 0.0 - indicating that no initial guess for rendering time is being supplied. - The returned integer value is an ID that can be used later to delete - this LOD, or set it as the selected LOD. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of picking LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of picking LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Enable / disable a particular LOD. If it is disabled, it will not - be used during automatic selection, but can be selected as the - LOD if automatic LOD selection is off. - - - - - Enable / disable a particular LOD. If it is disabled, it will not - be used during automatic selection, but can be selected as the - LOD if automatic LOD selection is off. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of picking LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of picking LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of picking LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Standard vtkProp method to get 3D bounds of a 3D prop - - - - - Standard vtkProp method to get 3D bounds of a 3D prop - - - - - Get the current index, used to determine the ID of the next LOD that is - added. Useful for guessing what IDs have been used (with NumberOfLODs, - without depending on the constructor initialization to 1000. - - - - - Access method that can be used to find out the estimated render time - (the thing used to select an LOD) for a given LOD ID or index. - Value is returned in seconds. - - - - - Access method that can be used to find out the estimated render time - (the thing used to select an LOD) for a given LOD ID or index. - Value is returned in seconds. - - - - - Set the level of a particular LOD. When a LOD is selected for - rendering because it has the largest render time that fits within - the allocated time, all LOD are then checked to see if any one can - render faster but has a lower (more resolution/better) level. - This quantity is a double to ensure that a level can be inserted - between 2 and 3. - - - - - Set the level of a particular LOD. When a LOD is selected for - rendering because it has the largest render time that fits within - the allocated time, all LOD are then checked to see if any one can - render faster but has a lower (more resolution/better) level. - This quantity is a double to ensure that a level can be inserted - between 2 and 3. - - - - - Get the LODMapper as an vtkAbstractMapper3D. It is the user's - respondibility to safe down cast this to a vtkMapper or vtkVolumeMapper - as appropriate. - - - - - Get the ID of the previously (during the last render) selected LOD index - - - - - Get the current number of LODs. - - - - - Get the ID of the appropriate pick LOD index - - - - - Set the id of the LOD that is to be drawn when automatic LOD selection - is turned off. - - - - - Set the id of the LOD that is to be used for picking when automatic - LOD pick selection is turned off. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. These methods - are used in that process. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Create an instance of this class. - - - - - Enable / disable a particular LOD. If it is disabled, it will not - be used during automatic selection, but can be selected as the - LOD if automatic LOD selection is off. - - - - - Create an instance of this class. - - - - - Create an instance of this class. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Delete a level of detail given an ID. This is the ID returned by the - AddLOD method - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Create an instance of this class. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Turn on / off automatic selection of picking LOD. - This is on by default. If it is off, then the SelectedLODID is - rendered regardless of rendering time or desired update rate. - - - - - Methods to set / get the backface property of an LOD. This method is only - valid for LOD ids that are Actors (not Volumes) - - - - - Set the level of a particular LOD. When a LOD is selected for - rendering because it has the largest render time that fits within - the allocated time, all LOD are then checked to see if any one can - render faster but has a lower (more resolution/better) level. - This quantity is a double to ensure that a level can be inserted - between 2 and 3. - - - - - Methods to set / get the mapper of an LOD. Since the LOD could be - a volume or an actor, you have to pass in the pointer to the mapper - to get it. The returned mapper will be NULL if the id is not valid, - or the mapper is of the wrong type for the corresponding Prop3D. - - - - - Methods to set / get the mapper of an LOD. Since the LOD could be - a volume or an actor, you have to pass in the pointer to the mapper - to get it. The returned mapper will be NULL if the id is not valid, - or the mapper is of the wrong type for the corresponding Prop3D. - - - - - Methods to set / get the property of an LOD. Since the LOD could be - a volume or an actor, you have to pass in the pointer to the property - to get it. The returned property will be NULL if the id is not valid, - or the property is of the wrong type for the corresponding Prop3D. - - - - - Methods to set / get the property of an LOD. Since the LOD could be - a volume or an actor, you have to pass in the pointer to the property - to get it. The returned property will be NULL if the id is not valid, - or the property is of the wrong type for the corresponding Prop3D. - - - - - Methods to set / get the texture of an LOD. This method is only - valid for LOD ids that are Actors (not Volumes) - - - - - Set the id of the LOD that is to be drawn when automatic LOD selection - is turned off. - - - - - Set the id of the LOD that is to be used for picking when automatic - LOD pick selection is turned off. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkLODProp3D. - - - - - vtkMapperCollection - a list of mappers - - - Description - vtkMapperCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list of - mappers (i.e., vtkMapper and subclasses). The list is unsorted and duplicate - entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an mapper to the list. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Get the next mapper in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOBJExporter - export a scene into Wavefront format. - - - Description - vtkOBJExporter is a concrete subclass of vtkExporter that writes wavefront - .OBJ files in ASCII form. It also writes out a mtl file that contains the - material properties. The filenames are derived by appending the .obj and - .mtl suffix onto the user specified FilePrefix. - - - - - vtkExporter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the prefix of the files to write out. The resulting filenames - will have .obj and .mtl appended to them. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the prefix of the files to write out. The resulting filenames - will have .obj and .mtl appended to them. - - - - - vtkObserverMediator - manage contention for cursors and other resources - - - Description - The vtkObserverMediator is a helper class that manages requests for - cursor changes from multiple interactor observers (e.g. widgets). It keeps - a list of widgets (and their priorities) and their current requests for - cursor shape. It then satisfies requests based on widget priority and the - relative importance of the request (e.g., a lower priority widget - requesting a particular cursor shape will overrule a higher priority - widget requesting a default shape). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the instance of vtkRenderWindow whose cursor shape is - to be managed. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Remove all requests for cursor shape from a given interactor. - - - - - Method used to request a cursor shape. Note that the shape is specified - using one of the integral values determined in vtkRenderWindow.h. The - method returns a non-zero value if the shape was successfully changed. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Specify the instance of vtkRenderWindow whose cursor shape is - to be managed. - - - - - vtkOOGLExporter - export a scene into Geomview OOGL format. - - - Description - vtkOOGLExporter is a concrete subclass of vtkExporter that writes - Geomview OOGL files. - - - - - vtkExporter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the name of the Geomview file to write. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of the Geomview file to write. - - - - - vtkPainterDeviceAdapter - An adapter between a vtkPainter and a rendering device. - - - - Description - - This class is an adapter between a vtkPainter and a rendering device (such - as an OpenGL machine). Having an abstract adapter allows vtkPainters - to be re-used for any rendering system. - - Although VTK really only uses OpenGL right now, there are reasons to - swap out the rendering functions. Sometimes MESA with mangled names - is used. Also, different shader extensions use different functions. - Furthermore, Cg also has its own interface. - - The interface for this class should be familier to anyone experienced - with OpenGL. - - - - - vtkPainter - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Signals the start of sending a primitive to the graphics card. The - mode is one of VTK_VERTEX, VTK_POLY_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_POLY_LINE, - VTK_TRIANGLE, VTK_TRIANGLE_STRIP, VTK_POLYGON, or VTK_QUAD. The - primitive is defined by the attributes sent between the calls to - BeginPrimitive and EndPrimitive. You do not need to call - EndPrimitive/BeginPrimitive between primitives that have a constant - number of points (i.e. VTK_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_TRIANGLE, and - VTK_QUAD). - - - - - Returns true if this device adapter is compatible with the given - vtkRenderer. - - - - - Enable/disable the attribute array set with SetAttributePointer. - - - - - Send a section of the enabled attribute pointers to the graphics card - to define a primitive. The mode is one of VTK_VERTEX, - VTK_POLY_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_POLY_LINE, VTK_TRIANGLE, - VTK_TRIANGLE_STRIP, VTK_POLYGON, or VTK_QUAD. It identifies which - type of primitive the attribute data is defining. The parameters - first and count identify what part of the attribute arrays define the - given primitive. If mode is a primitive that has a constant number of - points (i.e. VTK_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_TRIANGLE, and VTK_QUAD), you - may draw multiple primitives with one call to DrawArrays. - - - - - Send items in the attribute pointers to the graphics card to define a - primitive. The mode is one of VTK_VERTEX, VTK_POLY_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, - VTK_POLY_LINE, VTK_TRIANGLE, VTK_TRIANGLE_STRIP, VTK_POLYGON, or - VTK_QUAD. It identifies which type of primitive the attribute data is - defining. The indices array holds the list of attribute elements that - define the primitive. The count and type parameters give the number - and data type of the indices array. The type parameter is a VTK type - enumeration (VTK_UNSIGNED_INT, ...). The type should be an integer - type (for obvious reasons). If mode is a primitive that has a - constant number of points (i.e. VTK_VERTEX, VTK_LINE, VTK_TRIANGLE, - and VTK_QUAD), you may draw multiple primitives with one call to - DrawArrays. - - - - - Enable/disable the attribute array set with SetAttributePointer. - - - - - Signals the end of sending a primitive to the graphics card. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns if the given attribute type is supported by the device. - Returns 1 is supported, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turns blending on and off. - - - - - Turns lighting on and off. - - - - - Turns antialiasing on and off. - - - - - Turns emphasis of vertices on or off for vertex selection. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns current blending setting. - - - - - Returns current lighting setting. - - - - - Returns current antialiasing setting. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sends a single attribute to the graphics card. The index parameter - identifies the attribute. Some indices have special meaning (see - vtkPainter for details). The components parameter gives the number of - components in the attribute. In general, components must be between - 1-4, but a rendering system may impose even more constraints. The - type parameter is a VTK type enumeration (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_INT, etc.). - Again, a rendering system may not support all types for all - attributes. The attribute parameter is the actual data for the - attribute. - If offset is specified, it is added to attribute pointer after - it has been casted to the proper type. - - - - - Calls glMultiTex - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - Sets an array of attributes. This allows you to send all the data for - a particular attribute with one call, thus greatly reducing function - call overhead. Once set, the array is enabled with - EnableAttributeArray, and the data is sent with a call to DrawArrays - DrawElements. - - \arg \c index the index of the attribute. - \arg \c numcomponents the number of components in each attribute entry. - \arg \c type the data type (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR, etc.). - \arg \c stride the byte offset between entries in the array (0 for - tightly packed). - \arg \c pointer the array holding the data. - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesActor - create parallel coordinate display from input field - - - Description - vtkParallelCoordinatesActor generates a parallel coordinates plot from an - input field (i.e., vtkDataObject). Parallel coordinates represent - N-dimensional data by using a set of N parallel axes (not orthogonal like - the usual x-y-z Cartesian axes). Each N-dimensional point is plotted as a - polyline, were each of the N components of the point lie on one of the - N axes, and the components are connected by straight lines. - - To use this class, you must specify an input data object. You'll probably - also want to specify the position of the plot be setting the Position and - Position2 instance variables, which define a rectangle in which the plot - lies. Another important parameter is the IndependentVariables ivar, which - tells the instance how to interpret the field data (independent variables - as the rows or columns of the field). There are also many other instance - variables that control the look of the plot includes its title, - attributes, number of ticks on the axes, etc. - - Set the text property/attributes of the title and the labels through the - vtkTextProperty objects associated to this actor. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with autorange computation; - the number of labels set to 5 for the x and y axes; - a label format of "%-#6.3g"; and x coordinates computed from point - ids. - - - - - Instantiate object with autorange computation; - the number of labels set to 5 for the x and y axes; - a label format of "%-#6.3g"; and x coordinates computed from point - ids. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Remove a dataset from the list of data to append. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along each axis. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along each axis. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along each axis. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the parallel coordinates plot. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the parallel coordinates plot. - - - - - Draw the parallel coordinates plot. - - - - - Draw the parallel coordinates plot. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Specify whether to use the rows or columns as independent variables. - If columns, then each row represents a separate point. If rows, then - each column represents a separate point. - - - - - Set the input to the parallel coordinates actor. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the axes. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show along each axis. - This values is a suggestion: the number of labels may vary depending - on the particulars of the data. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the parallel coordinates plot. - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesInteractorStyle - interactive manipulation of the camera specialized for parallel coordinates - - - Description - vtkParallelCoordinatesInteractorStyle allows the user to interactively manipulate - (rotate, pan, zoomm etc.) the camera. - Several events are overloaded from its superclass - vtkParallelCoordinatesInteractorStyle, hence the mouse bindings are - different. (The bindings - keep the camera's view plane normal perpendicular to the x-y plane.) In - summary the mouse events are as follows: - + Left Mouse button triggers window level events - + CTRL Left Mouse spins the camera around its view plane normal - + SHIFT Left Mouse pans the camera - + CTRL SHIFT Left Mouse dollys (a positional zoom) the camera - + Middle mouse button pans the camera - + Right mouse button dollys the camera. - + SHIFT Right Mouse triggers pick events - - Note that the renderer's actors are not moved; instead the camera is moved. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in a given coordinate system - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in a given coordinate system - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in pixel coords - - - - - Get the cursor positions in a given coordinate system - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Override the "fly-to" (f keypress) for images. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Event bindings controlling the effects of pressing mouse buttons - or moving the mouse. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPixelBufferObject - abstracts an OpenGL pixel buffer object. - - - Description - Provides low-level access to GPU memory. Used to pass raw data to GPU. - The data is uploaded into a pixel buffer. - Caveats - Since most GPUs don't support double format all double data is converted to - float and then uploaded. - DON'T PLAY WITH IT YET. - - - - OpenGL Pixel Buffer Object Extension Spec (ARB_pixel_buffer_object): - http://www.opengl.org/registry/specs/ARB/pixel_buffer_object.txt - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Inactivate the buffer. - - - - - Inactivate the buffer. - - - - - For wrapping. - - - - - For wrapping. - - - - - Download data from pixel buffer to the 1D array. The length of the array - must be equal to the size of the data in the memory. - - - - - Download data from pixel buffer to the 2D array. (lengthx * lengthy) - must be equal to the size of the data in the memory. - - - - - Download data from pixel buffer to the 3D array. - (lengthx * lengthy * lengthz) must be equal to the size of the data in - the memory. - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Get the openGL buffer handle. - - - - - Get the size of the data loaded into the GPU. Size is in the number of - elements of the uploaded Type. - - - - - Get the type with which the data is loaded into the GPU. - eg. VTK_FLOAT for float32, VTK_CHAR for byte, VTK_UNSIGNED_CHAR for - unsigned byte etc. - - - - - Usage is a performance hint. - Valid values are: - - StreamDraw specified once by A, used few times S - - StreamRead specified once by R, queried a few times by A - - StreamCopy specified once by R, used a few times S - - StaticDraw specified once by A, used many times S - - StaticRead specificed once by R, queried many times by A - - StaticCopy specified once by R, used many times S - - DynamicDraw respecified repeatedly by A, used many times S - - DynamicRead respecified repeatedly by R, queried many times by A - - DynamicCopy respecified repeatedly by R, used many times S - A: the application - S: as the source for GL drawing and image specification commands. - R: reading data from the GL - Initial value is StaticDraw, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Inactivate the buffer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Inactivate the buffer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the context. Context must be a vtkOpenGLRenderWindow. - This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Usage is a performance hint. - Valid values are: - - StreamDraw specified once by A, used few times S - - StreamRead specified once by R, queried a few times by A - - StreamCopy specified once by R, used a few times S - - StaticDraw specified once by A, used many times S - - StaticRead specificed once by R, queried many times by A - - StaticCopy specified once by R, used many times S - - DynamicDraw respecified repeatedly by A, used many times S - - DynamicRead respecified repeatedly by R, queried many times by A - - DynamicCopy respecified repeatedly by R, used many times S - A: the application - S: as the source for GL drawing and image specification commands. - R: reading data from the GL - Initial value is StaticDraw, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Inactivate the buffer. - - - - - Upload data to GPU. - The input data can be freed after this call. - The data ptr is treated as an 1D array with the given number of tuples and - given number of components in each tuple to be copied to the GPU. increment - is the offset added after the last component in each tuple is transferred. - Look at the documentation for ContinuousIncrements in vtkImageData for - details about how increments are specified. - - - - - Update data to GPU sourcing it from a 2D array. - The input data can be freed after this call. - The data ptr is treated as a 2D array with increments indicating how to - iterate over the data. - Look at the documentation for ContinuousIncrements in vtkImageData for - details about how increments are specified. - - - - - Update data to GPU sourcing it from a 3D array. - The input data can be freed after this call. - The data ptr is treated as a 3D array with increments indicating how to - iterate over the data. - Look at the documentation for ContinuousIncrements in vtkImageData for - details about how increments are specified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Inactivate the buffer. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkPointPicker - select a point by shooting a ray into a graphics window - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the id of the picked point. If PointId = -1, nothing was picked. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPointSetToLabelHierarchy - build a label hierarchy for a graph or point set. - - - - Description - - Every point in the input vtkPoints object is taken to be an - anchor point for a label. Statistics on the input points - are used to subdivide an octree referencing the points - until the points each octree node contains have a variance - close to the node size and a limited population (< 100). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the maximum text width (in world coordinates) array name. - - - - - Set/get the icon index array name. - - - - - Set/get the label array name. - - - - - Set/get the maximum tree depth in the output hierarchy. - - - - - Set/get the text orientation array name. - - - - - Set/get the priority array name. - - - - - Set/get the priority array name. - - - - - Set/get the "ideal" number of labels to associate with each node in the output hierarchy. - - - - - Set/get the text property assigned to the hierarchy. - - - - - Whether to use unicode strings. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the maximum text width (in world coordinates) array name. - - - - - Set/get the icon index array name. - - - - - Set/get the label array name. - - - - - Set/get the maximum tree depth in the output hierarchy. - - - - - Set/get the text orientation array name. - - - - - Set/get the priority array name. - - - - - Set/get the priority array name. - - - - - Set/get the "ideal" number of labels to associate with each node in the output hierarchy. - - - - - Set/get the text property assigned to the hierarchy. - - - - - Whether to use unicode strings. - - - - - Whether to use unicode strings. - - - - - Whether to use unicode strings. - - - - - vtkPointsPainter - this painter paints verts. - - - Description - This painter tries to paint points efficiently. Request to Render - any other primitive are ignored and not passed to the delegate painter, - if any. This painter cannot handle cell colors/normals. If they are - present the request is passed on to the Delegate painter. If this - class is able to render the primitive, the render request is not - propagated to the delegate painter. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkPOVExporter - Export scene into povray format. - - - - Description - This Exporter can be attached to a render window in order to generate - scene description files for the Persistance of Vision Raytracer - www.povray.org. - - Thanks - Li-Ta Lo (ollie@lanl.gov) and Jim Ahrens (ahrens@lanl.gov) - Los Alamos National Laboratory - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The filename to save into. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The filename to save into. - - - - - vtkPolyDataMapper2D - draw vtkPolyData onto the image plane - - - Description - vtkPolyDataMapper2D is a mapper that renders 3D polygonal data - (vtkPolyData) onto the 2D image plane (i.e., the renderer's viewport). - By default, the 3D data is transformed into 2D data by ignoring the - z-coordinate of the 3D points in vtkPolyData, and taking the x-y values - as local display values (i.e., pixel coordinates). Alternatively, you - can provide a vtkCoordinate object that will transform the data into - local display coordinates (use the vtkCoordinate::SetCoordinateSystem() - methods to indicate which coordinate system you are transforming the - data from). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Choose which component of which field data array to color by. - - - - - Choose which component of which field data array to color by. - - - - - Create default lookup table. Generally used to create one when none - is available with the scalar data. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Get the array name or number and component to color by. - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - ColorByArrayComponent() method.) - - - - - Return the method of coloring scalar data. - - - - - Set the input to the mapper. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Overload standard modified time function. If lookup table is modified, - then this object is modified as well. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Specify a vtkCoordinate object to be used to transform the vtkPolyData - point coordinates. By default (no vtkCoordinate specified), the point - coordinates are taken as local display coordinates. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Map the scalars (if there are any scalars and ScalarVisibility is on) - through the lookup table, returning an unsigned char RGBA array. This is - typically done as part of the rendering process. The alpha parameter - allows the blending of the scalars with an additional alpha (typically - which comes from a vtkActor, etc.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - ColorByArrayComponent() method.) - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - ColorByArrayComponent() method.) - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, and - NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. Setting - ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped through - the lookup table. (Note that for multi-component scalars, the - particular component to use for mapping can be specified using the - ColorByArrayComponent() method.) - - - - - Set the input to the mapper. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Control how the filter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. By default (ScalarModeToDefault), the filter will use point data, - and if no point data is available, then cell data is used. Alternatively - you can explicitly set the filter to use point data - (ScalarModeToUsePointData) or cell data (ScalarModeToUseCellData). - You can also choose to get the scalars from an array in point field - data (ScalarModeToUsePointFieldData) or cell field data - (ScalarModeToUseCellFieldData). If scalars are coming from a field - data array, you must call ColorByArrayComponent before you call - GetColors. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Specify a vtkCoordinate object to be used to transform the vtkPolyData - point coordinates. By default (no vtkCoordinate specified), the point - coordinates are taken as local display coordinates. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Make a shallow copy of this mapper. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - vtkPolygonsPainter - this painter paints polygons. - - - Description - This painter renders Polys in vtkPolyData. It can render the polys - in any representation (VTK_POINTS, VTK_WIREFRAME, VTK_SURFACE). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkProp3DCollection - a list of 3D props - - - Description - vtkProp3DCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list of - 3D props (i.e., vtkProp3D and subclasses). The list is unsorted and - duplicate entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - hide the standard AddItem from the user and the compiler. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkProp3DFollower - a vtkProp3D that always faces the camera - - - Description - vtkProp3DFollower is a type of vtkProp3D that always faces the camera. - More specifically it will not change its position or scale, - but it will continually update its orientation so that it is right side - up and facing the camera. This is typically used for complex billboards - or props that need to face the viewer at all times. - - Note: All of the transformations that can be made to a vtkProp3D will take - effect with the follower. Thus, if you change the orientation of the - follower by 90 degrees, then it will follow the camera, but be off by 90 - degrees. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a follower with no camera set. - - - - - Creates a follower with no camera set. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Generate the matrix based on ivars. This method overloads its superclasses - ComputeMatrix() method due to the special vtkProp3DFollower matrix operations. - - - - - Return the bounds of this vtkProp3D. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to follow. If this is not set, then the follower - won't know what to follow and will act like a normal vtkProp3D. - - - - - Overload vtkProp's method for setting up assembly paths. See - the documentation for vtkProp. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkProp3D to control (i.e., face the camera). - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Overload vtkProp's method for setting up assembly paths. See - the documentation for vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for type and printing. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for type and printing. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for type and printing. - - - - - Release any graphics resources associated with this vtkProp3DFollower. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. It in turn will render the actor's - property, texture map and then mapper. If a property hasn't been - assigned, then the actor will create one automatically. - - - - - Standard VTK methods for type and printing. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to follow. If this is not set, then the follower - won't know what to follow and will act like a normal vtkProp3D. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkProp3D to control (i.e., face the camera). - - - - - Shallow copy of a follower. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkPropPicker - pick an actor/prop using graphics hardware - - - Description - vtkPropPicker is used to pick an actor/prop given a selection - point (in display coordinates) and a renderer. This class uses - graphics hardware/rendering system to pick rapidly (as compared - to using ray casting as does vtkCellPicker and vtkPointPicker). - This class determines the actor/prop and pick position in world - coordinates; point and cell ids are not determined. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overide superclasses' Pick() method. - - - - - Overide superclasses' Pick() method. - - - - - Perform the pick and set the PickedProp ivar. If something is picked, a - 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned. Use the GetViewProp() method - to get the instance of vtkProp that was picked. Props are picked from - the renderers list of pickable Props. - - - - - Perform a pick from the user-provided list of vtkProps and not from the - list of vtkProps that the render maintains. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkQuadricLODActor - a specific level-of-detail strategy using the - quadric clustering decimation algorithm - - - Description - vtkQuadricLODActor implements a specific strategy for level-of-detail - using the vtkQuadricClustering decimation algorithm. It supports only two - levels of detail: full resolution and a decimated version. The decimated - LOD is generated using a tuned strategy to produce output consistent with - the requested interactive frame rate (i.e., the - vtkRenderWindowInteractor's DesiredUpdateRate). It also makes use of - display lists for performance, and adjusts the vtkQuadricClustering - algorithm to take into account the dimensionality of the data (e.g., 2D, - x-y surfaces may be binned into n x n x 1 to reduce extra polygons in the - z-direction). Finally, the filter may optionally be set in "Static" mode - (this works with the vtkMapper::SetStatic() method). `Enabling Static results - in a one time execution of the Mapper's pipeline. After that, the pipeline - no longer updated (unless manually forced to do so). - - Caveats - By default the algorithm is set up to pre-compute the LODs. That is, on - the first render (whether a full resolution render or interactive render) - the LOD is computed. This behavior can be changed so that the LOD - construction is deferred until the first interactive render. Either way, - when the LOD is constructed, the user may notice a short pause. - - This class can be used as a direct replacement for vtkActor. It may also be - used as a replacement for vtkFollower's (the ability to track a camera is - provided). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a vtkQuadricLODActor. - - - - - Creates a vtkQuadricLODActor. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify whether to build the LOD immediately (i.e., on the first render) - or to wait until the LOD is requested in a subsequent render. By default, - LOD construction is not deferred (DeferLODConstruction is false). - - - - - Specify whether to build the LOD immediately (i.e., on the first render) - or to wait until the LOD is requested in a subsequent render. By default, - LOD construction is not deferred (DeferLODConstruction is false). - - - - - Set/Get the camera to follow. This method is only applicable when the - prop type is set to a vtkFollower. - - - - - If the data configuration is set to UNKNOWN, this class attempts to - figure out the dimensionality of the data using CollapseDimensionRatio. - This ivar is the ratio of short edge of the input bounding box to its - long edge, which is then used to collapse the data dimension (and set the - quadric bin size in that direction to one). By default, this value is 0.05. - - - - - If the data configuration is set to UNKNOWN, this class attempts to - figure out the dimensionality of the data using CollapseDimensionRatio. - This ivar is the ratio of short edge of the input bounding box to its - long edge, which is then used to collapse the data dimension (and set the - quadric bin size in that direction to one). By default, this value is 0.05. - - - - - If the data configuration is set to UNKNOWN, this class attempts to - figure out the dimensionality of the data using CollapseDimensionRatio. - This ivar is the ratio of short edge of the input bounding box to its - long edge, which is then used to collapse the data dimension (and set the - quadric bin size in that direction to one). By default, this value is 0.05. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - Specify whether to build the LOD immediately (i.e., on the first render) - or to wait until the LOD is requested in a subsequent render. By default, - LOD construction is not deferred (DeferLODConstruction is false). - - - - - This class will create a vtkQuadricClustering algorithm automatically. - However, if you would like to specify the filter to use, or to access it - and configure it, these method provide access to the filter. - - - - - Specify the maximum display list size. This variable is used to determine - whether to use display lists (ImmediateModeRenderingOff) or not. - Controlling display list size is important to prevent program crashes (i.e., - overly large display lists on some graphics hardware will cause faults). - The display list size is the length of the vtkCellArray representing the - topology of the input vtkPolyData. - - - - - Specify the maximum display list size. This variable is used to determine - whether to use display lists (ImmediateModeRenderingOff) or not. - Controlling display list size is important to prevent program crashes (i.e., - overly large display lists on some graphics hardware will cause faults). - The display list size is the length of the vtkCellArray representing the - topology of the input vtkPolyData. - - - - - Specify the maximum display list size. This variable is used to determine - whether to use display lists (ImmediateModeRenderingOff) or not. - Controlling display list size is important to prevent program crashes (i.e., - overly large display lists on some graphics hardware will cause faults). - The display list size is the length of the vtkCellArray representing the - topology of the input vtkPolyData. - - - - - BTX - enum PropTypeEnum - { - FOLLOWER=0, - ACTOR - }; - ETX - Indicate that this actor is actually a follower. By default, the prop - type is a vtkActor. - - - - - BTX - enum PropTypeEnum - { - FOLLOWER=0, - ACTOR - }; - ETX - Indicate that this actor is actually a follower. By default, the prop - type is a vtkActor. - - - - - BTX - enum PropTypeEnum - { - FOLLOWER=0, - ACTOR - }; - ETX - Indicate that this actor is actually a follower. By default, the prop - type is a vtkActor. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether the underlying pipeline is static. - If static, this means that the data pipeline executes once and then not - again until the user manually modifies this class. By default, Static is - off because trying to debug this is tricky, and you should only use it - when you know what you are doing. - - - - - Standard class methods. - - - - - Standard class methods. - - - - - Standard class methods. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - This causes the actor to be rendered. Depending on the frame rate request, - it will use either a full resolution render or an interactive render (i.e., - it will use the decimated geometry). - - - - - This method is used internally by the rendering process. We overide - the superclass method to properly set the estimated render time. - - - - - Standard class methods. - - - - - Set/Get the camera to follow. This method is only applicable when the - prop type is set to a vtkFollower. - - - - - If the data configuration is set to UNKNOWN, this class attempts to - figure out the dimensionality of the data using CollapseDimensionRatio. - This ivar is the ratio of short edge of the input bounding box to its - long edge, which is then used to collapse the data dimension (and set the - quadric bin size in that direction to one). By default, this value is 0.05. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - BTX - enum DataConfigurationEnum - { - UNKNOWN=0, - XLINE,YLINE,ZLINE, - XYPLANE,XZPLANE,YZPLANE, - XYZVOLUME - }; - ETX - Force the binning of the quadric clustering according to application - knowledge relative to the dimension of the data. For example, if you - know your data lies in a 2D x-y plane, the performance of the quadric - clustering algorithm can be greatly improved by indicating this (i.e., - the number of resulting triangles, and the quality of the decimation - version is better). Setting this parameter forces the binning to be - configured consistent with the dimnesionality of the data, and the - collapse dimension ratio is ignored. Specifying the value of - DataConfiguration to UNKNOWN (the default value) means that the class - will attempt to figure the dimension of the class automatically using - the CollapseDimensionRatio ivar. - - - - - Specify whether to build the LOD immediately (i.e., on the first render) - or to wait until the LOD is requested in a subsequent render. By default, - LOD construction is not deferred (DeferLODConstruction is false). - - - - - This class will create a vtkQuadricClustering algorithm automatically. - However, if you would like to specify the filter to use, or to access it - and configure it, these method provide access to the filter. - - - - - Specify the maximum display list size. This variable is used to determine - whether to use display lists (ImmediateModeRenderingOff) or not. - Controlling display list size is important to prevent program crashes (i.e., - overly large display lists on some graphics hardware will cause faults). - The display list size is the length of the vtkCellArray representing the - topology of the input vtkPolyData. - - - - - BTX - enum PropTypeEnum - { - FOLLOWER=0, - ACTOR - }; - ETX - Indicate that this actor is actually a follower. By default, the prop - type is a vtkActor. - - - - - BTX - enum PropTypeEnum - { - FOLLOWER=0, - ACTOR - }; - ETX - Indicate that this actor is actually a follower. By default, the prop - type is a vtkActor. - - - - - BTX - enum PropTypeEnum - { - FOLLOWER=0, - ACTOR - }; - ETX - Indicate that this actor is actually a follower. By default, the prop - type is a vtkActor. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether the underlying pipeline is static. - If static, this means that the data pipeline executes once and then not - again until the user manually modifies this class. By default, Static is - off because trying to debug this is tricky, and you should only use it - when you know what you are doing. - - - - - Shallow copy of an LOD actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether the underlying pipeline is static. - If static, this means that the data pipeline executes once and then not - again until the user manually modifies this class. By default, Static is - off because trying to debug this is tricky, and you should only use it - when you know what you are doing. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether the underlying pipeline is static. - If static, this means that the data pipeline executes once and then not - again until the user manually modifies this class. By default, Static is - off because trying to debug this is tricky, and you should only use it - when you know what you are doing. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag to control whether the underlying pipeline is static. - If static, this means that the data pipeline executes once and then not - again until the user manually modifies this class. By default, Static is - off because trying to debug this is tricky, and you should only use it - when you know what you are doing. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Specify the maximum display list size. This variable is used to determine - whether to use display lists (ImmediateModeRenderingOff) or not. - Controlling display list size is important to prevent program crashes (i.e., - overly large display lists on some graphics hardware will cause faults). - The display list size is the length of the vtkCellArray representing the - topology of the input vtkPolyData. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkQuaternionInterpolator - interpolate a quaternion - - - Description - This class is used to interpolate a series of quaternions representing - the rotations of a 3D object. The interpolation may be linear in form - (using spherical linear interpolation SLERP), or via spline interpolation - (using SQUAD). In either case the interpolation is specialized to - quaternions since the interpolation occurs on the surface of the unit - quaternion sphere. - - To use this class, specify at least two pairs of (t,q[4]) with the - AddQuaternion() method. Next interpolate the tuples with the - InterpolateQuaternion(t,q[4]) method, where "t" must be in the range of - (t_min,t_max) parameter values specified by the AddQuaternion() method (t - is clamped otherwise), and q[4] is filled in by the method. - - There are several important background references. Ken Shoemake described - the practical application of quaternions for the interpolation of rotation - (K. Shoemake, "Animating rotation with quaternion curves", Computer - Graphics (Siggraph '85) 19(3):245--254, 1985). Another fine reference - (available on-line) is E. B. Dam, M. Koch, and M. Lillholm, Technical - Report DIKU-TR-98/5, Dept. of Computer Science, University of Copenhagen, - Denmark. - - Caveats - Note that for two or less quaternions, Slerp (linear) interpolation is - performed even if spline interpolation is requested. Also, the tangents to - the first and last segments of spline interpolation are (arbitrarily) - defined by repeating the first and last quaternions. - - There are several methods particular to quaternions (norms, products, - etc.) implemented interior to this class. These may be moved to a separate - quaternion class at some point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another quaternion to the list of quaternions to be interpolated. - Note that using the same time t value more than once replaces the - previous quaternion at t. At least one quaternions must be added to - define an interpolation functios. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()), cubic spline interpolation using a - modifed Kochanek basis is employed. Otherwise, if - SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear() is invoked, linear spherical interpolation - is used between each pair of quaternions. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()), cubic spline interpolation using a - modifed Kochanek basis is employed. Otherwise, if - SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear() is invoked, linear spherical interpolation - is used between each pair of quaternions. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()), cubic spline interpolation using a - modifed Kochanek basis is employed. Otherwise, if - SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear() is invoked, linear spherical interpolation - is used between each pair of quaternions. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned (corresponding to parameter t, usually thought of as time) - are undefined if the list of transforms is empty. This is a convenience - method for interpolation. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned (corresponding to parameter t, usually thought of as time) - are undefined if the list of transforms is empty. This is a convenience - method for interpolation. - - - - - Return the number of quaternions in the list of quaternions to be - interpolated. - - - - - Reset the class so that it contains no data; i.e., the array of (t,q[4]) - information is discarded. - - - - - Interpolate the list of quaternions and determine a new quaternion - (i.e., fill in the quaternion provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped to lie within the range. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delete the quaternion at a particular parameter t. If there is no - quaternion tuple defined at t, then the method does nothing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()), cubic spline interpolation using a - modifed Kochanek basis is employed. Otherwise, if - SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear() is invoked, linear spherical interpolation - is used between each pair of quaternions. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()), cubic spline interpolation using a - modifed Kochanek basis is employed. Otherwise, if - SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear() is invoked, linear spherical interpolation - is used between each pair of quaternions. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()), cubic spline interpolation using a - modifed Kochanek basis is employed. Otherwise, if - SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear() is invoked, linear spherical interpolation - is used between each pair of quaternions. - - - - - Interpolate the list of quaternions and determine a new quaternion - (i.e., fill in the quaternion provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped to lie within the range. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRenderedAreaPicker - Uses graphics hardware to picks props behind - a selection rectangle on a viewport. - - - - Description - Like vtkAreaPicker, this class picks all props within a selection area - on the screen. The difference is in implementation. This class uses - graphics hardware to perform the test where the other uses software - bounding box/frustum intersection testing. - - This picker is more conservative than vtkAreaPicker. It will reject - some objects that pass the bounding box test of vtkAreaPicker. This - will happen, for instance, when picking through a corner of the bounding - box when the data set does not have any visible geometry in that corner. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Perform pick operation in volume behind the given screen coordinates. - Props intersecting the selection frustum will be accessible via GetProp3D. - GetPlanes returns a vtkImplicitFunciton suitable for vtkExtractGeometry. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRendererCollection - a list of renderers - - - Description - vtkRendererCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a list - of renderers (i.e., vtkRenderer and subclasses). The list is unsorted and - duplicate entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a Renderer to the list. - - - - - Get the first Renderer in the list. Return NULL when at the end of the - list. - - - - - Get the next Renderer in the list. Return NULL when at the end of the - list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Forward the Render() method to each renderer in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRenderer - abstract specification for renderers - - - Description - vtkRenderer provides an abstract specification for renderers. A renderer - is an object that controls the rendering process for objects. Rendering - is the process of converting geometry, a specification for lights, and - a camera view into an image. vtkRenderer also performs coordinate - transformation between world coordinates, view coordinates (the computer - graphics rendering coordinate system), and display coordinates (the - actual screen coordinates on the display device). Certain advanced - rendering features such as two-sided lighting can also be controlled. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a vtkRenderer with a black background, a white ambient light, - two-sided lighting turned on, a viewport of (0,0,1,1), and backface - culling turned off. - - - - - Create a vtkRenderer with a black background, a white ambient light, - two-sided lighting turned on, a viewport of (0,0,1,1), and backface - culling turned off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - Add an culler to the list of cullers. - - - - - Add a light to the list of lights. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag which disables the automatic light creation capability. - Normally in VTK if no lights are associated with the renderer, then a light - is automatically created. However, in special circumstances this feature is - undesirable, so the following boolean is provided to disable automatic - light creation. (Turn AutomaticLightCreation off if you do not want lights - to be created.) - - - - - Turn on/off a flag which disables the automatic light creation capability. - Normally in VTK if no lights are associated with the renderer, then a light - is automatically created. However, in special circumstances this feature is - undesirable, so the following boolean is provided to disable automatic - light creation. (Turn AutomaticLightCreation off if you do not want lights - to be created.) - - - - - Turn on/off using backing store. This may cause the re-rendering - time to be slightly slower when the view changes. But it is - much faster when the image has not changed, such as during an - expose event. - - - - - Turn on/off using backing store. This may cause the re-rendering - time to be slightly slower when the view changes. But it is - much faster when the image has not changed, such as during an - expose event. - - - - - Clear the image to the background color. - - - - - Compute the bounding box of all the visible props - Used in ResetCamera() and ResetCameraClippingRange() - - - - - Wrapper-friendly version of ComputeVisiblePropBounds - - - - - Create and add a light to renderer. - - - - - Create an image. Subclasses of vtkRenderer must implement this method. - - - - - Render translucent polygonal geometry. Default implementation just call - UpdateTranslucentPolygonalGeometry(). - Subclasses of vtkRenderer that can deal with depth peeling must - override this method. - It updates boolean ivar LastRenderingUsedDepthPeeling. - - - - - When this flag is off, render commands are ignored. It is used to either - multiplex a vtkRenderWindow or render only part of a vtkRenderWindow. - By default, Draw is on. - - - - - When this flag is off, render commands are ignored. It is used to either - multiplex a vtkRenderWindow or render only part of a vtkRenderWindow. - By default, Draw is on. - - - - - When this flag is off, the renderer will not erase the background - or the Zbuffer. It is used to have overlapping renderers. - Both the RenderWindow Erase and Render Erase must be on - for the camera to clear the renderer. By default, Erase is on. - - - - - When this flag is off, the renderer will not erase the background - or the Zbuffer. It is used to have overlapping renderers. - Both the RenderWindow Erase and Render Erase must be on - for the camera to clear the renderer. By default, Erase is on. - - - - - Get the current camera. If there is not camera assigned to the - renderer already, a new one is created automatically. - This does *not* reset the camera. - - - - - Return any actors in this renderer. - - - - - Set/Get the amount of time this renderer is allowed to spend - rendering its scene. This is used by vtkLODActor's. - - - - - Set the intensity of ambient lighting. - - - - - Set the intensity of ambient lighting. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag which disables the automatic light creation capability. - Normally in VTK if no lights are associated with the renderer, then a light - is automatically created. However, in special circumstances this feature is - undesirable, so the following boolean is provided to disable automatic - light creation. (Turn AutomaticLightCreation off if you do not want lights - to be created.) - - - - - Set/Get the texture to be used for the background. If set - and enabled this gets the priority over the gradient background. - - - - - Turn on/off using backing store. This may cause the re-rendering - time to be slightly slower when the view changes. But it is - much faster when the image has not changed, such as during an - expose event. - - - - - Get the list of cullers for this renderer. - - - - - Set/Get a custom Render call. Allows to hook a Render call from an - external project.It will be used in place of vtkRenderer::Render() if it - is not NULL and its Used ivar is set to true. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - When this flag is off, render commands are ignored. It is used to either - multiplex a vtkRenderWindow or render only part of a vtkRenderWindow. - By default, Draw is on. - - - - - When this flag is off, the renderer will not erase the background - or the Zbuffer. It is used to have overlapping renderers. - Both the RenderWindow Erase and Render Erase must be on - for the camera to clear the renderer. By default, Erase is on. - - - - - Turn on/off interactive status. An interactive renderer is one that - can receive events from an interactor. Should only be set if - there are multiple renderers in the same section of the viewport. - - - - - Get the time required, in seconds, for the last Render call. - - - - - Tells if the last call to DeviceRenderTranslucentPolygonalGeometry() - actually used depth peeling. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Set/Get the layer that this renderer belongs to. This is only used if - there are layered renderers. - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - If LightFollowCamera is on, lights that are designated as Headlights - or CameraLights will be adjusted to move with this renderer's camera. - If LightFollowCamera is off, the lights will not be adjusted. - - (Note: In previous versions of vtk, this light-tracking - functionality was part of the interactors, not the renderer. For - backwards compatibility, the older, more limited interactor - behavior is enabled by default. To disable this mode, turn the - interactor's LightFollowCamera flag OFF, and leave the renderer's - LightFollowCamera flag ON.) - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a textured background. - Default is off. - - - - - Return the MTime of the renderer also considering its ivars. - - - - - In case of depth peeling, define the maximum number of peeling layers. - Initial value is 4. A special value of 0 means no maximum limit. - It has to be a positive value. - - - - - Specify tolerance for near clipping plane distance to the camera as a - percentage of the far clipping plane distance. By default this will be - set to 0.01 for 16 bit zbuffers and 0.001 for higher depth z buffers - - - - - Specify tolerance for near clipping plane distance to the camera as a - percentage of the far clipping plane distance. By default this will be - set to 0.01 for 16 bit zbuffers and 0.001 for higher depth z buffers - - - - - Specify tolerance for near clipping plane distance to the camera as a - percentage of the far clipping plane distance. By default this will be - set to 0.01 for 16 bit zbuffers and 0.001 for higher depth z buffers - - - - - Should be used internally only during a render - Get the number of props that were rendered using a - RenderOpaqueGeometry or RenderTranslucentPolygonalGeometry call. - This is used to know if something is in the frame buffer. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - Set/Get a custom render pass. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Normally a renderer is treated as transparent if Layer > 0. To treat a - renderer at Layer 0 as transparent, set this flag to true. - - - - - Specify the rendering window in which to draw. This is automatically set - when the renderer is created by MakeRenderer. The user probably - shouldn't ever need to call this method. - - - - - Get the current hardware selector. If the Selector is set, it implies the - current render pass is for selection. Mappers/Properties may choose to - behave differently when rendering for hardware selection. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a textured background. - Default is off. - - - - - Compute the aspect ratio of this renderer for the current tile. When - tiled displays are used the aspect ratio of the renderer for a given - tile may be diferent that the aspect ratio of the renderer when rendered - in it entirity - - - - - Get the ratio between allocated time and actual render time. - TimeFactor has been taken out of the render process. - It is still computed in case someone finds it useful. - It may be taken away in the future. - - - - - Turn on/off two-sided lighting of surfaces. If two-sided lighting is - off, then only the side of the surface facing the light(s) will be lit, - and the other side dark. If two-sided lighting on, both sides of the - surface will be lit. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering of translucent material with depth peeling - technique. The render window must have alpha bits (ie call - SetAlphaBitPlanes(1)) and no multisample buffer (ie call - SetMultiSamples(0) ) to support depth peeling. - If UseDepthPeeling is on and the GPU supports it, depth peeling is used - for rendering translucent materials. - If UseDepthPeeling is off, alpha blending is used. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Specify the rendering window in which to draw. This is automatically set - when the renderer is created by MakeRenderer. The user probably - shouldn't ever need to call this method. - - - - - Return the collection of volumes. - - - - - Given a pixel location, return the Z value. The z value is - normalized (0,1) between the front and back clipping planes. - - - - - Turn on/off interactive status. An interactive renderer is one that - can receive events from an interactor. Should only be set if - there are multiple renderers in the same section of the viewport. - - - - - Turn on/off interactive status. An interactive renderer is one that - can receive events from an interactor. Should only be set if - there are multiple renderers in the same section of the viewport. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method returns 1 if the ActiveCamera has already been set or - automatically created by the renderer. It returns 0 if the - ActiveCamera does not yet exist. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - If LightFollowCamera is on, lights that are designated as Headlights - or CameraLights will be adjusted to move with this renderer's camera. - If LightFollowCamera is off, the lights will not be adjusted. - - (Note: In previous versions of vtk, this light-tracking - functionality was part of the interactors, not the renderer. For - backwards compatibility, the older, more limited interactor - behavior is enabled by default. To disable this mode, turn the - interactor's LightFollowCamera flag OFF, and leave the renderer's - LightFollowCamera flag ON.) - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - If LightFollowCamera is on, lights that are designated as Headlights - or CameraLights will be adjusted to move with this renderer's camera. - If LightFollowCamera is off, the lights will not be adjusted. - - (Note: In previous versions of vtk, this light-tracking - functionality was part of the interactors, not the renderer. For - backwards compatibility, the older, more limited interactor - behavior is enabled by default. To disable this mode, turn the - interactor's LightFollowCamera flag OFF, and leave the renderer's - LightFollowCamera flag ON.) - - - - - Create a new Camera sutible for use with this type of Renderer. - For example, a vtkMesaRenderer should create a vtkMesaCamera - in this function. The default is to just call vtkCamera::New. - - - - - Create a new Light sutible for use with this type of Renderer. - For example, a vtkMesaRenderer should create a vtkMesaLight - in this function. The default is to just call vtkLight::New. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return the prop (via a vtkAssemblyPath) that has the highest z value - at the given x, y position in the viewport. Basically, the top most - prop that renders the pixel at selectionX, selectionY will be returned. - If nothing was picked then NULL is returned. This method selects from - the renderers Prop list. - - - - - Return the prop (via a vtkAssemblyPath) that has the highest z value - at the given x, y position in the viewport. Basically, the top most - prop that renders the pixel at selectionX, selectionY will be returned. - If nothing was picked then NULL is returned. This method selects from - the renderers Prop list. - - - - - Normally a renderer is treated as transparent if Layer > 0. To treat a - renderer at Layer 0 as transparent, set this flag to true. - - - - - Normally a renderer is treated as transparent if Layer > 0. To treat a - renderer at Layer 0 as transparent, set this flag to true. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - Remove all lights from the list of lights. - - - - - Remove an actor from the list of cullers. - - - - - Remove a light from the list of lights. - - - - - Add/Remove different types of props to the renderer. - These methods are all synonyms to AddViewProp and RemoveViewProp. - They are here for convenience and backwards compatibility. - - - - - CALLED BY vtkRenderWindow ONLY. End-user pass your way and call - vtkRenderWindow::Render(). - Create an image. This is a superclass method which will in turn - call the DeviceRender method of Subclasses of vtkRenderer. - - - - - Automatically set up the camera based on the visible actors. - The camera will reposition itself to view the center point of the actors, - and move along its initial view plane normal (i.e., vector defined from - camera position to focal point) so that all of the actors can be seen. - - - - - Automatically set up the camera based on a specified bounding box - (xmin,xmax, ymin,ymax, zmin,zmax). Camera will reposition itself so - that its focal point is the center of the bounding box, and adjust its - distance and position to preserve its initial view plane normal - (i.e., vector defined from camera position to focal point). Note: is - the view plane is parallel to the view up axis, the view up axis will - be reset to one of the three coordinate axes. - - - - - Alternative version of ResetCamera(bounds[6]); - - - - - Reset the camera clipping range based on the bounds of the - visible actors. This ensures that no props are cut off - - - - - Reset the camera clipping range based on a bounding box. - This method is called from ResetCameraClippingRange() - - - - - Reset the camera clipping range based on a bounding box. - This method is called from ResetCameraClippingRange() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the camera to use for this renderer. - - - - - Set/Get the amount of time this renderer is allowed to spend - rendering its scene. This is used by vtkLODActor's. - - - - - Set the intensity of ambient lighting. - - - - - Set the intensity of ambient lighting. - - - - - Turn on/off a flag which disables the automatic light creation capability. - Normally in VTK if no lights are associated with the renderer, then a light - is automatically created. However, in special circumstances this feature is - undesirable, so the following boolean is provided to disable automatic - light creation. (Turn AutomaticLightCreation off if you do not want lights - to be created.) - - - - - Set/Get the texture to be used for the background. If set - and enabled this gets the priority over the gradient background. - - - - - Turn on/off using backing store. This may cause the re-rendering - time to be slightly slower when the view changes. But it is - much faster when the image has not changed, such as during an - expose event. - - - - - Set/Get a custom Render call. Allows to hook a Render call from an - external project.It will be used in place of vtkRenderer::Render() if it - is not NULL and its Used ivar is set to true. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - When this flag is off, render commands are ignored. It is used to either - multiplex a vtkRenderWindow or render only part of a vtkRenderWindow. - By default, Draw is on. - - - - - When this flag is off, the renderer will not erase the background - or the Zbuffer. It is used to have overlapping renderers. - Both the RenderWindow Erase and Render Erase must be on - for the camera to clear the renderer. By default, Erase is on. - - - - - Turn on/off interactive status. An interactive renderer is one that - can receive events from an interactor. Should only be set if - there are multiple renderers in the same section of the viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the layer that this renderer belongs to. This is only used if - there are layered renderers. - - - - - Set the collection of lights. - We cannot name it SetLights because of TestSetGet - \pre lights_exist: lights!=0 - \post lights_set: lights==this->GetLights() - - - - - Turn on/off the automatic repositioning of lights as the camera moves. - If LightFollowCamera is on, lights that are designated as Headlights - or CameraLights will be adjusted to move with this renderer's camera. - If LightFollowCamera is off, the lights will not be adjusted. - - (Note: In previous versions of vtk, this light-tracking - functionality was part of the interactors, not the renderer. For - backwards compatibility, the older, more limited interactor - behavior is enabled by default. To disable this mode, turn the - interactor's LightFollowCamera flag OFF, and leave the renderer's - LightFollowCamera flag ON.) - - - - - In case of depth peeling, define the maximum number of peeling layers. - Initial value is 4. A special value of 0 means no maximum limit. - It has to be a positive value. - - - - - Specify tolerance for near clipping plane distance to the camera as a - percentage of the far clipping plane distance. By default this will be - set to 0.01 for 16 bit zbuffers and 0.001 for higher depth z buffers - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - Set/Get a custom render pass. - Initial value is NULL. - - - - - Normally a renderer is treated as transparent if Layer > 0. To treat a - renderer at Layer 0 as transparent, set this flag to true. - - - - - Specify the rendering window in which to draw. This is automatically set - when the renderer is created by MakeRenderer. The user probably - shouldn't ever need to call this method. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a textured background. - Default is off. - - - - - Turn on/off two-sided lighting of surfaces. If two-sided lighting is - off, then only the side of the surface facing the light(s) will be lit, - and the other side dark. If two-sided lighting on, both sides of the - surface will be lit. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering of translucent material with depth peeling - technique. The render window must have alpha bits (ie call - SetAlphaBitPlanes(1)) and no multisample buffer (ie call - SetMultiSamples(0) ) to support depth peeling. - If UseDepthPeeling is on and the GPU supports it, depth peeling is used - for rendering translucent materials. - If UseDepthPeeling is off, alpha blending is used. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Do anything necessary between rendering the left and right viewpoints - in a stereo render. Doesn't do anything except in the derived - vtkIceTRenderer in ParaView. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a textured background. - Default is off. - - - - - Set/Get whether this viewport should have a textured background. - Default is off. - - - - - Returns a boolean indicating if this renderer is transparent. It is - transparent if it is not in the deepest layer of its render window. - - - - - Turn on/off two-sided lighting of surfaces. If two-sided lighting is - off, then only the side of the surface facing the light(s) will be lit, - and the other side dark. If two-sided lighting on, both sides of the - surface will be lit. - - - - - Turn on/off two-sided lighting of surfaces. If two-sided lighting is - off, then only the side of the surface facing the light(s) will be lit, - and the other side dark. If two-sided lighting on, both sides of the - surface will be lit. - - - - - Ask the lights in the scene that are not in world space - (for instance, Headlights or CameraLights that are attached to the - camera) to update their geometry to match the active camera. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering of translucent material with depth peeling - technique. The render window must have alpha bits (ie call - SetAlphaBitPlanes(1)) and no multisample buffer (ie call - SetMultiSamples(0) ) to support depth peeling. - If UseDepthPeeling is on and the GPU supports it, depth peeling is used - for rendering translucent materials. - If UseDepthPeeling is off, alpha blending is used. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering of translucent material with depth peeling - technique. The render window must have alpha bits (ie call - SetAlphaBitPlanes(1)) and no multisample buffer (ie call - SetMultiSamples(0) ) to support depth peeling. - If UseDepthPeeling is on and the GPU supports it, depth peeling is used - for rendering translucent materials. - If UseDepthPeeling is off, alpha blending is used. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Convert view point coordinates to world coordinates. - - - - - Convert view point coordinates to world coordinates. - - - - - Returns the number of visible actors. - - - - - Returns the number of visible volumes. - - - - - Convert world point coordinates to view coordinates. - - - - - Convert world point coordinates to view coordinates. - - - - - vtkRendererDelegate - Render the props of a vtkRenderer - - - Description - vtkRendererDelegate is an abstract class with a pure virtual method Render. - This method replaces the Render method of vtkRenderer to allow custom - rendering from an external project. A RendererDelegate is connected to - a vtkRenderer with method SetDelegate(). An external project just - has to provide a concrete implementation of vtkRendererDelegate. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Tells if the delegate has to be used by the renderer or not. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Render the props of vtkRenderer if Used is on. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if the delegate has to be used by the renderer or not. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Tells if the delegate has to be used by the renderer or not. - Initial value is off. - - - - - Tells if the delegate has to be used by the renderer or not. - Initial value is off. - - - - - vtkRendererSource - take a renderer into the pipeline - - - Description - vtkRendererSource is a source object that gets its input from a - renderer and converts it to structured points. This can then be - used in a visualization pipeline. You must explicitly send a - Modify() to this object to get it to reload its data from the - renderer. Consider using vtkWindowToImageFilter instead of this - class. - - The data placed into the output is the renderer's image rgb values. - Optionally, you can also grab the image depth (e.g., z-buffer) values, and - place then into the output (point) field data. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed in the scalars as a fourth Z component (shift and scaled - to map the full 0..255 range). - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed in the scalars as a fourth Z component (shift and scaled - to map the full 0..255 range). - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed into a field data attributes named "ZBuffer" . - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed into a field data attributes named "ZBuffer" . - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed into a field data attributes named "ZBuffer" . - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed in the scalars as a fourth Z component (shift and scaled - to map the full 0..255 range). - - - - - Returns which renderer is being used as the source for the pixel data. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the Renderer. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - If this flag is on, the Executing causes a render first. - - - - - Use the entire RenderWindow as a data source or just the Renderer. - The default is zero, just the Renderer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If this flag is on, the Executing causes a render first. - - - - - If this flag is on, the Executing causes a render first. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed into a field data attributes named "ZBuffer" . - - - - - A boolean value to control whether to grab z-buffer - (i.e., depth values) along with the image data. The z-buffer data - is placed in the scalars as a fourth Z component (shift and scaled - to map the full 0..255 range). - - - - - Indicates what renderer to get the pixel data from. - - - - - If this flag is on, the Executing causes a render first. - - - - - Use the entire RenderWindow as a data source or just the Renderer. - The default is zero, just the Renderer. - - - - - Use the entire RenderWindow as a data source or just the Renderer. - The default is zero, just the Renderer. - - - - - Use the entire RenderWindow as a data source or just the Renderer. - The default is zero, just the Renderer. - - - - - vtkRenderWindowCollection - a list of RenderWindows - - - Description - vtkRenderWindowCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a - list of RenderWindows. The list is unsorted and duplicate entries are - not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a RenderWindow to the list. - - - - - Get the next RenderWindow in the list. Return NULL when at the end of the - list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRenderWindow - create a window for renderers to draw into - - - Description - vtkRenderWindow is an abstract object to specify the behavior of a - rendering window. A rendering window is a window in a graphical user - interface where renderers draw their images. Methods are provided to - synchronize the rendering process, set window size, and control double - buffering. The window also allows rendering in stereo. The interlaced - render stereo type is for output to a VRex stereo projector. All of the - odd horizontal lines are from the left eye, and the even lines are from - the right eye. The user has to make the render window aligned with the - VRex projector, or the eye will be swapped. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkRenderWindow with its screen size - set to 300x300, borders turned on, positioned at (0,0), double - buffering turned on. - - - - - Construct an instance of vtkRenderWindow with its screen size - set to 300x300, borders turned on, positioned at (0,0), double - buffering turned on. - - - - - This Method detects loops of RenderWindow<->Interactor, - so objects are freed properly. - - - - - Add a renderer to the list of renderers. - - - - - Turn on/off the use of alpha bitplanes. - - - - - Turn on/off the use of alpha bitplanes. - - - - - Turn on/off window manager borders. Typically, you shouldn't turn the - borders off, because that bypasses the window manager and can cause - undesirable behavior. - - - - - Turn on/off window manager borders. Typically, you shouldn't turn the - borders off, because that bypasses the window manager and can cause - undesirable behavior. - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Update graphic error status, regardless of ReportGraphicErrors flag. - It means this method can be used in any context and is not restricted to - debug mode. - - - - - Are we rendering at the moment - - - - - Clear status (after an exception was thrown for example) - - - - - Performed at the end of the rendering process to generate image. - This is typically done right before swapping buffers. - - - - - Finalize the rendering process. - - - - - A termination method performed at the end of the rendering process - to do things like swapping buffers (if necessary) or similar actions. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering full screen window size. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering full screen window size. - - - - - Set the number of frames for doing antialiasing. The default is - zero. Typically five or six will yield reasonable results without - taking too long. - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Turn on/off the use of alpha bitplanes. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color mask values. These two numbers are bits - mask that control which color channels of the original stereo - images are used to produce the final anaglyph image. The first - value is the color mask for the left view, the second the mask - for the right view. If a bit in the mask is on for a particular - color for a view, that color is passed on to the final view; if - it is not set, that channel for that view is ignored. - The bits are arranged as r, g, and b, so r = 4, g = 2, and b = 1. - By default, the first value (the left view) is set to 4, and the - second value is set to 3. That means that the red output channel - comes from the left view, and the green and blue values come from - the right view. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color mask values. These two numbers are bits - mask that control which color channels of the original stereo - images are used to produce the final anaglyph image. The first - value is the color mask for the left view, the second the mask - for the right view. If a bit in the mask is on for a particular - color for a view, that color is passed on to the final view; if - it is not set, that channel for that view is ignored. - The bits are arranged as r, g, and b, so r = 4, g = 2, and b = 1. - By default, the first value (the left view) is set to 4, and the - second value is set to 3. That means that the red output channel - comes from the left view, and the green and blue values come from - the right view. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color saturation factor. This number ranges from - 0.0 to 1.0: 0.0 means that no color from the original object is - maintained, 1.0 means all of the color is maintained. The default - value is 0.65. Too much saturation can produce uncomfortable 3D - viewing because anaglyphs also use color to encode 3D. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color saturation factor. This number ranges from - 0.0 to 1.0: 0.0 means that no color from the original object is - maintained, 1.0 means all of the color is maintained. The default - value is 0.65. Too much saturation can produce uncomfortable 3D - viewing because anaglyphs also use color to encode 3D. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color saturation factor. This number ranges from - 0.0 to 1.0: 0.0 means that no color from the original object is - maintained, 1.0 means all of the color is maintained. The default - value is 0.65. Too much saturation can produce uncomfortable 3D - viewing because anaglyphs also use color to encode 3D. - - - - - Turn on/off window manager borders. Typically, you shouldn't turn the - borders off, because that bypasses the window manager and can cause - undesirable behavior. - - - - - Get the size of the color buffer. - Returns 0 if not able to determine otherwise sets R G B and A into buffer. - - - - - Change the shape of the cursor. - - - - - This method should be defined by the subclass. How many bits of - precision are there in the zbuffer? - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate. This is used with - the vtkLODActor class. When using level of detail actors you - need to specify what update rate you require. The LODActors then - will pick the correct resolution to meet your desired update rate - in frames per second. A value of zero indicates that they can use - all the time they want to. - - - - - Check to see if a mouse button has been pressed. All other events - are ignored by this method. Ideally, you want to abort the render - on any event which causes the DesiredUpdateRate to switch from - a high-quality rate to a more interactive rate. - - - - - Set the number of frames for doing focal depth. The default is zero. - Depending on how your scene is organized you can get away with as - few as four frames for focal depth or you might need thirty. - One thing to note is that if you are using focal depth frames, - then you will not need many (if any) frames for antialiasing. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering full screen window size. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Get the interactor associated with this render window - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Return a string matching the last graphic error status. - - - - - Turn on/off line smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Set / Get the number of multisamples to use for hardware antialiasing. - - - - - This flag is set if the window hasn't rendered since it was created - - - - - Get the number of layers for renderers. Each renderer should have - its layer set individually. Some algorithms iterate through all layers, - so it is not wise to set the number of layers to be exorbitantly large - (say bigger than 100). - - - - - Get the number of layers for renderers. Each renderer should have - its layer set individually. Some algorithms iterate through all layers, - so it is not wise to set the number of layers to be exorbitantly large - (say bigger than 100). - - - - - Get the number of layers for renderers. Each renderer should have - its layer set individually. Some algorithms iterate through all layers, - so it is not wise to set the number of layers to be exorbitantly large - (say bigger than 100). - - - - - Get the vtkPainterDeviceAdapter which can be used to paint on - this render window. - - - - - Turn on/off point smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Turn on/off polygon smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - What rendering library has the user requested - - - - - Return the collection of renderers in the render window. - - - - - Turn on/off report of graphic errors. Initial value is false (off). - This flag is used by vtkGraphicErrorMacro. - - - - - Set / Get the availability of the stencil buffer. - - - - - Prescribe that the window be created in a stereo-capable mode. This - method must be called before the window is realized. Default is off. - - - - - Turn on/off stereo rendering. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set the number of sub frames for doing motion blur. The default is zero. - Once this is set greater than one, you will no longer see a new frame - for every Render(). If you set this to five, you will need to do - five Render() invocations before seeing the result. This isn't - very impressive unless something is changing between the Renders. - Changing this value may reset the current subframe count. - - - - - Turn on/off buffer swapping between images. - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from the frame buffer. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from the frame buffer. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from the frame buffer. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from the frame buffer. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Return the last graphic error status. Initial value is false. - - - - - Query if a renderer is in the list of renderers. - - - - - Hide or Show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - Set cursor position in window (note that (0,0) is the lower left - corner). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if this window is the current graphics context for the calling - thread. - - - - - Is this render window using hardware acceleration? 0-false, 1-true - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off line smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Turn on/off line smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Attempt to make this window the current graphics context for the calling - thread. - - - - - Create an interactor to control renderers in this window. We need - to know what type of interactor to create, because we might be in - X Windows or MS Windows. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turn on/off point smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Turn on/off point smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Turn on/off polygon smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Turn on/off polygon smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Remove a renderer from the list of renderers. - - - - - Ask each renderer owned by this RenderWindow to render its image and - synchronize this process. - - - - - Get report of capabilities for the render window - - - - - Turn on/off report of graphic errors. Initial value is false (off). - This flag is used by vtkGraphicErrorMacro. - - - - - Turn on/off report of graphic errors. Initial value is false (off). - This flag is used by vtkGraphicErrorMacro. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the number of frames for doing antialiasing. The default is - zero. Typically five or six will yield reasonable results without - taking too long. - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Turn on/off the use of alpha bitplanes. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color mask values. These two numbers are bits - mask that control which color channels of the original stereo - images are used to produce the final anaglyph image. The first - value is the color mask for the left view, the second the mask - for the right view. If a bit in the mask is on for a particular - color for a view, that color is passed on to the final view; if - it is not set, that channel for that view is ignored. - The bits are arranged as r, g, and b, so r = 4, g = 2, and b = 1. - By default, the first value (the left view) is set to 4, and the - second value is set to 3. That means that the red output channel - comes from the left view, and the green and blue values come from - the right view. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color mask values. These two numbers are bits - mask that control which color channels of the original stereo - images are used to produce the final anaglyph image. The first - value is the color mask for the left view, the second the mask - for the right view. If a bit in the mask is on for a particular - color for a view, that color is passed on to the final view; if - it is not set, that channel for that view is ignored. - The bits are arranged as r, g, and b, so r = 4, g = 2, and b = 1. - By default, the first value (the left view) is set to 4, and the - second value is set to 3. That means that the red output channel - comes from the left view, and the green and blue values come from - the right view. - - - - - Set/get the anaglyph color saturation factor. This number ranges from - 0.0 to 1.0: 0.0 means that no color from the original object is - maintained, 1.0 means all of the color is maintained. The default - value is 0.65. Too much saturation can produce uncomfortable 3D - viewing because anaglyphs also use color to encode 3D. - - - - - Turn on/off window manager borders. Typically, you shouldn't turn the - borders off, because that bypasses the window manager and can cause - undesirable behavior. - - - - - Change the shape of the cursor. - - - - - Hide or Show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - Set cursor position in window (note that (0,0) is the lower left - corner). - - - - - Set/Get the desired update rate. This is used with - the vtkLODActor class. When using level of detail actors you - need to specify what update rate you require. The LODActors then - will pick the correct resolution to meet your desired update rate - in frames per second. A value of zero indicates that they can use - all the time they want to. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Set the number of frames for doing focal depth. The default is zero. - Depending on how your scene is organized you can get away with as - few as four frames for focal depth or you might need thirty. - One thing to note is that if you are using focal depth frames, - then you will not need many (if any) frames for antialiasing. - - - - - If called, allow MakeCurrent() to skip cache-check when called. - MakeCurrent() reverts to original behavior of cache-checking - on the next render. - - - - - Turn on/off rendering full screen window size. - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Set the interactor to the render window - - - - - This is a flag that can be set to interrupt a rendering that is in - progress. - - - - - Turn on/off line smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Set / Get the number of multisamples to use for hardware antialiasing. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Get the number of layers for renderers. Each renderer should have - its layer set individually. Some algorithms iterate through all layers, - so it is not wise to set the number of layers to be exorbitantly large - (say bigger than 100). - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGBRGB. The - front argument indicates if the front buffer should be used or the back - buffer. It is the caller's responsibility to delete the resulting - array. It is very important to realize that the memory in this array - is organized from the bottom of the window to the top. The origin - of the screen is in the lower left corner. The y axis increases as - you go up the screen. So the storage of pixels is from left to right - and from bottom to top. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGBRGB. The - front argument indicates if the front buffer should be used or the back - buffer. It is the caller's responsibility to delete the resulting - array. It is very important to realize that the memory in this array - is organized from the bottom of the window to the top. The origin - of the screen is in the lower left corner. The y axis increases as - you go up the screen. So the storage of pixels is from left to right - and from bottom to top. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Turn on/off point smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Turn on/off polygon smoothing. Default is off. - This must be applied before the first Render. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Same as Get/SetPixelData except that the image also contains an alpha - component. The image is transmitted as RGBARGBARGBA... each of which is a - float value. The "blend" parameter controls whether the SetRGBAPixelData - method blends the data with the previous contents of the frame buffer - or completely replaces the frame buffer data. - - - - - Turn on/off report of graphic errors. Initial value is false (off). - This flag is used by vtkGraphicErrorMacro. - - - - - Set / Get the availability of the stencil buffer. - - - - - Prescribe that the window be created in a stereo-capable mode. This - method must be called before the window is realized. Default is off. - - - - - Turn on/off stereo rendering. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set/Get what type of stereo rendering to use. CrystalEyes - mode uses frame-sequential capabilities available in OpenGL - to drive LCD shutter glasses and stereo projectors. RedBlue - mode is a simple type of stereo for use with red-blue glasses. - Anaglyph mode is a superset of RedBlue mode, but the color - output channels can be configured using the AnaglyphColorMask - and the color of the original image can be (somewhat) maintained - using AnaglyphColorSaturation; the default colors for Anaglyph - mode is red-cyan. Interlaced stereo mode produces a composite - image where horizontal lines alternate between left and right - views. StereoLeft and StereoRight modes choose one or the other - stereo view. Dresden mode is yet another stereoscopic - interleaving. - - - - - Set the number of sub frames for doing motion blur. The default is zero. - Once this is set greater than one, you will no longer see a new frame - for every Render(). If you set this to five, you will need to do - five Render() invocations before seeing the result. This isn't - very impressive unless something is changing between the Renders. - Changing this value may reset the current subframe count. - - - - - Turn on/off buffer swapping between images. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Dummy stubs for vtkWindow API. - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from the frame buffer. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from the frame buffer. - (x,y) is any corner of the rectangle. (x2,y2) is its opposite corner on - the diagonal. - - - - - Hide or Show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - Set cursor position in window (note that (0,0) is the lower left - corner). - - - - - Initialize the rendering process. - - - - - Set / Get the availability of the stencil buffer. - - - - - Set / Get the availability of the stencil buffer. - - - - - Prescribe that the window be created in a stereo-capable mode. This - method must be called before the window is realized. Default is off. - - - - - Prescribe that the window be created in a stereo-capable mode. This - method must be called before the window is realized. Default is off. - - - - - Intermediate method performs operations required between the rendering - of the left and right eye. - - - - - Handles work required once both views have been rendered when using - stereo rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off stereo rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off stereo rendering. - - - - - Update the system, if needed, due to stereo rendering. For some stereo - methods, subclasses might need to switch some hardware settings here. - - - - - Does this render window support OpenGL? 0-false, 1-true - - - - - Turn on/off buffer swapping between images. - - - - - Turn on/off buffer swapping between images. - - - - - Block the thread until the actual rendering is finished(). - Useful for measurement only. - - - - - Remap the rendering window. This probably only works on UNIX right now. - It is useful for changing properties that can't normally be changed - once the window is up. - - - - - vtkRepresentationPainter - painter that handles representation. - - - Description - This painter merely defines the interface. - Subclasses will change the polygon rendering mode dependent on - the graphics library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkScalarBarActor - Create a scalar bar with labels - - - Description - vtkScalarBarActor creates a scalar bar with annotation text. A scalar - bar is a legend that indicates to the viewer the correspondence between - color value and data value. The legend consists of a rectangular bar - made of rectangular pieces each colored a constant value. Since - vtkScalarBarActor is a subclass of vtkActor2D, it is drawn in the image - plane (i.e., in the renderer's viewport) on top of the 3D graphics window. - - To use vtkScalarBarActor you must associate a vtkScalarsToColors (or - subclass) with it. The lookup table defines the colors and the - range of scalar values used to map scalar data. Typically, the - number of colors shown in the scalar bar is not equal to the number - of colors in the lookup table, in which case sampling of - the lookup table is performed. - - Other optional capabilities include specifying the fraction of the - viewport size (both x and y directions) which will control the size - of the scalar bar and the number of annotation labels. The actual position - of the scalar bar on the screen is controlled by using the - vtkActor2D::SetPosition() method (by default the scalar bar is - centered in the viewport). Other features include the ability to - orient the scalar bar horizontally of vertically and controlling - the format (printf style) with which to print the labels on the - scalar bar. Also, the vtkScalarBarActor's property is applied to - the scalar bar and annotation (including layer, and - compositing operator). - - Set the text property/attributes of the title and the labels through the - vtkTextProperty objects associated to this actor. - - Caveats - If a vtkLogLookupTable is specified as the lookup table to use, then the - labels are created using a logarithmic scale. - - - - - vtkActor2D vtkTextProperty vtkTextMapper vtkPolyDataMapper2D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with 64 maximum colors; 5 labels; %%-#6.3g label - format, no title, and vertical orientation. The initial scalar bar - size is (0.05 x 0.8) of the viewport size. - - - - - Instantiate object with 64 maximum colors; 5 labels; %%-#6.3g label - format, no title, and vertical orientation. The initial scalar bar - size is (0.05 x 0.8) of the viewport size. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the title for the component that is selected, - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the scalar - bar. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkLookupTable to use. The lookup table specifies the number - of colors to use in the table (if not overridden), as well as the scalar - range. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum width and height in pixels. Specifying the size as - a relative fraction of the viewport can sometimes undersirably strech - the size of the actor too much. These methods allow the user to set - bounds on the maximum size of the scalar bar in pixels along any - direction. Defaults to unbounded. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of scalar bar segments to show. This may - differ from the number of colors in the lookup table, in which case - the colors are samples from the lookup table. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of scalar bar segments to show. This may - differ from the number of colors in the lookup table, in which case - the colors are samples from the lookup table. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of scalar bar segments to show. This may - differ from the number of colors in the lookup table, in which case - the colors are samples from the lookup table. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum width and height in pixels. Specifying the size as - a relative fraction of the viewport can sometimes undersirably strech - the size of the actor too much. These methods allow the user to set - bounds on the maximum size of the scalar bar in pixels along any - direction. Defaults to unbounded. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. - - - - - Control the orientation of the scalar bar. - - - - - Control the orientation of the scalar bar. - - - - - Control the orientation of the scalar bar. - - - - - Have the text preceding the scalar bar or suceeding it ? - Succeed implies the that the text is Above scalar bar if orientation - is horizontal or Right of scalar bar if orientation is vertical. - Precede is the opposite - - - - - Have the text preceding the scalar bar or suceeding it ? - Succeed implies the that the text is Above scalar bar if orientation - is horizontal or Right of scalar bar if orientation is vertical. - Precede is the opposite - - - - - Have the text preceding the scalar bar or suceeding it ? - Succeed implies the that the text is Above scalar bar if orientation - is horizontal or Right of scalar bar if orientation is vertical. - Precede is the opposite - - - - - Get the texture actor.. you may want to change some properties on it - - - - - Set the width of the texture grid. Used only if UseOpacity is ON. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the scalar bar actor, - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Should be display the opacity as well. This is displayed by changing - the opacity of the scalar bar in accordance with the opacity of the - given color. For clarity, a texture grid is placed in the background - if Opacity is ON. You might also want to play with SetTextureGridWith - in that case. [Default: off] - - - - - Does this prop have some translucent polygonal geometry? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Draw the scalar bar and annotation text to the screen. - - - - - Draw the scalar bar and annotation text to the screen. - - - - - Draw the scalar bar and annotation text to the screen. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the title for the component that is selected, - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the labels on the scalar - bar. - - - - - Set/Get the labels text property. - - - - - Set/Get the vtkLookupTable to use. The lookup table specifies the number - of colors to use in the table (if not overridden), as well as the scalar - range. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum width and height in pixels. Specifying the size as - a relative fraction of the viewport can sometimes undersirably strech - the size of the actor too much. These methods allow the user to set - bounds on the maximum size of the scalar bar in pixels along any - direction. Defaults to unbounded. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of scalar bar segments to show. This may - differ from the number of colors in the lookup table, in which case - the colors are samples from the lookup table. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum width and height in pixels. Specifying the size as - a relative fraction of the viewport can sometimes undersirably strech - the size of the actor too much. These methods allow the user to set - bounds on the maximum size of the scalar bar in pixels along any - direction. Defaults to unbounded. - - - - - Set/Get the number of annotation labels to show. - - - - - Control the orientation of the scalar bar. - - - - - Control the orientation of the scalar bar. - - - - - Control the orientation of the scalar bar. - - - - - Have the text preceding the scalar bar or suceeding it ? - Succeed implies the that the text is Above scalar bar if orientation - is horizontal or Right of scalar bar if orientation is vertical. - Precede is the opposite - - - - - Have the text preceding the scalar bar or suceeding it ? - Succeed implies the that the text is Above scalar bar if orientation - is horizontal or Right of scalar bar if orientation is vertical. - Precede is the opposite - - - - - Have the text preceding the scalar bar or suceeding it ? - Succeed implies the that the text is Above scalar bar if orientation - is horizontal or Right of scalar bar if orientation is vertical. - Precede is the opposite - - - - - Set the width of the texture grid. Used only if UseOpacity is ON. - - - - - Set/Get the title of the scalar bar actor, - - - - - Set/Get the title text property. - - - - - Should be display the opacity as well. This is displayed by changing - the opacity of the scalar bar in accordance with the opacity of the - given color. For clarity, a texture grid is placed in the background - if Opacity is ON. You might also want to play with SetTextureGridWith - in that case. [Default: off] - - - - - Shallow copy of a scalar bar actor. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Should be display the opacity as well. This is displayed by changing - the opacity of the scalar bar in accordance with the opacity of the - given color. For clarity, a texture grid is placed in the background - if Opacity is ON. You might also want to play with SetTextureGridWith - in that case. [Default: off] - - - - - Should be display the opacity as well. This is displayed by changing - the opacity of the scalar bar in accordance with the opacity of the - given color. For clarity, a texture grid is placed in the background - if Opacity is ON. You might also want to play with SetTextureGridWith - in that case. [Default: off] - - - - - Get the texture actor.. you may want to change some properties on it - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkScalarsToColorsPainter - painter that converts scalars to - colors. It enable/disables coloring state depending on the ScalarMode. - - - Description - This is a painter that converts scalars to - colors. It enable/disables coloring state depending on the ScalarMode. - This painter is composite dataset enabled. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controls what data array is used to generate colors. - - - - - Controls what data array is used to generate colors. - - - - - Controls what data array is used to generate colors. - - - - - Controls what data array is used to generate colors. - - - - - Control how the scalar data is mapped to colors. By default - (ColorModeToDefault), unsigned char scalars are treated as colors, - and NOT mapped through the lookup table, while everything else is. - Setting ColorModeToMapScalars means that all scalar data will be mapped - through the lookup table. - - - - - Create default lookup table. Generally used to create one when none - is available with the scalar data. - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Subclasses need to override this to return the output of the pipeline. - - - - - For alpha blending, we sometime premultiply the colors - with alpha and change the alpha blending function. - This call returns whether we are premultiplying or using - the default blending function. - Currently this checks if the actor has a texture, if not - it returns true. - TODO: It is possible to make this decision - dependent on key passed down from a painter upstream - that makes a more informed decision for alpha blending - depending on extensions available, for example. - - - - - Return the texture size limit. Subclasses need to override this - to return the actual correct texture size limit. Here it is - hardcoded to 1024. - - - - - By default, vertex color is used to map colors to a surface. - Colors are interpolated after being mapped. - This option avoids color interpolation by using a one dimensional - texture map for the colors. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the light-model color mode. - - - - - Control how the painter works with scalar point data and cell attribute - data. See vtkMapper::ScalarMode for more details. - - - - - Specify range in terms of scalar minimum and maximum (smin,smax). These - values are used to map scalars into lookup table. Has no effect when - UseLookupTableScalarRange is true. - - - - - Turn on/off flag to control whether scalar data is used to color objects. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify a lookup table for the mapper to use. - - - - - Control whether the mapper sets the lookuptable range based on its - own ScalarRange, or whether it will use the LookupTable ScalarRange - regardless of it's own setting. By default the Mapper is allowed to set - the LookupTable range, but users who are sharing LookupTables between - mappers/actors will probably wish to force the mapper to use the - LookupTable unchanged. - - - - - vtkScaledTextActor - create text that will scale as needed - - - Description - vtkScaledTextActor is deprecated. New code should use vtkTextActor with - the Scaled = true option. - - - - - vtkTextActor vtkActor2D vtkTextMapper - - - - - vtkTextActor - An actor that displays text. Scaled or unscaled - - - Description - vtkTextActor can be used to place text annotation into a window. - When TextScaleMode is NONE, the text is fixed font and operation is - the same as a vtkPolyDataMapper2D/vtkActor2D pair. - When TextScaleMode is VIEWPORT, the font resizes such that it maintains a - consistent size relative to the viewport in which it is rendered. - When TextScaleMode is PROP, the font resizes such that the text fits inside - the box defined by the position 1 & 2 coordinates. This class replaces the - deprecated vtkScaledTextActor and acts as a convenient wrapper for - a vtkTextMapper/vtkActor2D pair. - Set the text property/attributes through the vtkTextProperty associated to - this actor. - - - - - vtkActor2D vtkPolyDataMapper vtkTextProperty vtkFreeTypeUtilities - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute the scale the font should be given the viewport. The result - is placed in the ScaledTextProperty ivar. - - - - - This is just a simple coordinate conversion method used in the render - process. - - - - - This method is being depricated. Use SetJustification and - SetVerticalJustification in text property instead. - Set/Get the Alignment point - if zero (default), the text aligns itself to the bottom left corner - (which is defined by the PositionCoordinate) - otherwise the text aligns itself to corner/midpoint or centre - @verbatim - 6 7 8 - 3 4 5 - 0 1 2 - @endverbatim - This is the same as setting the TextProperty's justification. - Currently TextActor is not oriented around its AlignmentPoint. - - - - - Provide a font scaling based on a viewport. This is the scaling factor - used when the TextScaleMode is set to VIEWPORT and has been made public for - other components to use. This scaling assumes that the long dimension of - the viewport is meant to be 6 inches (a typical width of text in a paper) - and then resizes based on if that long dimension was 72 DPI. - - - - - Set the text string to be displayed. "\n" is recognized - as a carriage return/linefeed (line separator). - The characters must be in the ISO-8859-1 encoding. - Convenience method to the underlying mapper - - - - - Set/Get the maximum height of a line of text as a - percentage of the vertical area allocated to this - scaled text actor. Defaults to 1.0. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum size in pixels for this actor. - Defaults to 10,10. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum size in pixels for this actor. - Defaults to 10,10. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum size in pixels for this actor. - Defaults to 10,10. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Counterclockwise rotation around the Alignment point. - Units are in degrees and defaults to 0. - The orientation in the text property rotates the text in the - texture map. It will proba ly not give you the effect you - desire. - - - - - Get the scaled font. Use ComputeScaledFont to set the scale for a given - viewport. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Turn on or off the UseBorderAlign option. - When UseBorderAlign is on, the bounding rectangle is used to align the text, - which is the proper behavior when using vtkTextRepresentation - - - - - Provide a font scaling based on a viewport. This is the scaling factor - used when the TextScaleMode is set to VIEWPORT and has been made public for - other components to use. This scaling assumes that the long dimension of - the viewport is meant to be 6 inches (a typical width of text in a paper) - and then resizes based on if that long dimension was 72 DPI. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Provide a font scaling based on a viewport. This is the scaling factor - used when the TextScaleMode is set to VIEWPORT and has been made public for - other components to use. This scaling assumes that the long dimension of - the viewport is meant to be 6 inches (a typical width of text in a paper) - and then resizes based on if that long dimension was 72 DPI. - - - - - Provide a font scaling based on a viewport. This is the scaling factor - used when the TextScaleMode is set to VIEWPORT and has been made public for - other components to use. This scaling assumes that the long dimension of - the viewport is meant to be 6 inches (a typical width of text in a paper) - and then resizes based on if that long dimension was 72 DPI. - - - - - Provide a font scaling based on a viewport. This is the scaling factor - used when the TextScaleMode is set to VIEWPORT and has been made public for - other components to use. This scaling assumes that the long dimension of - the viewport is meant to be 6 inches (a typical width of text in a paper) - and then resizes based on if that long dimension was 72 DPI. - - - - - Provide a font scaling based on a viewport. This is the scaling factor - used when the TextScaleMode is set to VIEWPORT and has been made public for - other components to use. This scaling assumes that the long dimension of - the viewport is meant to be 6 inches (a typical width of text in a paper) - and then resizes based on if that long dimension was 72 DPI. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method is being depricated. Use SetJustification and - SetVerticalJustification in text property instead. - Set/Get the Alignment point - if zero (default), the text aligns itself to the bottom left corner - (which is defined by the PositionCoordinate) - otherwise the text aligns itself to corner/midpoint or centre - @verbatim - 6 7 8 - 3 4 5 - 0 1 2 - @endverbatim - This is the same as setting the TextProperty's justification. - Currently TextActor is not oriented around its AlignmentPoint. - - - - - Set the text string to be displayed. "\n" is recognized - as a carriage return/linefeed (line separator). - The characters must be in the ISO-8859-1 encoding. - Convenience method to the underlying mapper - - - - - Override the vtkPolyDataMapper2D that defines the text to be drawn. - One will be created by default if none is supplied - - - - - Set/Get the maximum height of a line of text as a - percentage of the vertical area allocated to this - scaled text actor. Defaults to 1.0. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum size in pixels for this actor. - Defaults to 10,10. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Set/Get the minimum size in pixels for this actor. - Defaults to 10,10. - Only valid when TextScaleMode is PROP. - - - - - Enable non-linear scaling of font sizes. This is useful in combination - with scaled text. With small windows you want to use the entire scaled - text area. With larger windows you want to reduce the font size some so - that the entire area is not used. These values modify the computed font - size as follows: - newFontSize = pow(FontSize,exponent)*pow(target,1.0 - exponent) - typically exponent should be around 0.7 and target should be around 10 - - - - - Counterclockwise rotation around the Alignment point. - Units are in degrees and defaults to 0. - The orientation in the text property rotates the text in the - texture map. It will proba ly not give you the effect you - desire. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - - Turn on or off the UseBorderAlign option. - When UseBorderAlign is on, the bounding rectangle is used to align the text, - which is the proper behavior when using vtkTextRepresentation - - - - - Shallow copy of this text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - This is just a simple coordinate conversion method used in the render - process. - - - - - Turn on or off the UseBorderAlign option. - When UseBorderAlign is on, the bounding rectangle is used to align the text, - which is the proper behavior when using vtkTextRepresentation - - - - - Turn on or off the UseBorderAlign option. - When UseBorderAlign is on, the bounding rectangle is used to align the text, - which is the proper behavior when using vtkTextRepresentation - - - - - Set how text should be scaled. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_NONE, the the font size will be fixed by the - size given in TextProperty. If set to vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_PROP, - the text will be scaled to fit exactly in the prop as specified by the - position 1 & 2 coordinates. If set to - vtkTextActor::TEXT_SCALE_MODE_VIEWPORT, the text will be scaled based on - the size of the viewport it is displayed in. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Instantiate object with a rectangle in normaled view coordinates - of (0.2,0.85, 0.8, 0.95). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkScenePicker - Picks an entire viewport at one shot. - - - Description - The Scene picker, unline conventional pickers picks an entire viewport at - one shot and caches the result, which can be retrieved later. - The utility of the class arises during <b>Actor Selection</b>. Let's - say you have a couple of polygonal objects in your scene and you wish to - have a status bar that indicates the object your mouse is over. Picking - repeatedly every time your mouse moves would be very slow. The - scene picker automatically picks your viewport every time the camera is - changed and caches the information. Additionally, it observes the - vtkRenderWindowInteractor to avoid picking during interaction, so that - you still maintain your interactivity. In effect, the picker does an - additional pick-render of your scene every time you stop interacting with - your scene. As an example, see Rendering/TestScenePicker. - - Caveats - - Unlike a vtkHoverWidget, this class is not timer based. The hover widget - picks a scene when the mouse is over an actor for a specified duration. - - This class uses a vtkHardwareSelector under the hood. Hence, it will - work only for actors that have opaque geomerty and are rendered by a - vtkPolyDataMapper. - - - - - vtkHoverWidget vtkHardwareSelector - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Vertex picking (using the method GetVertexId()), required - additional resources and can slow down still render time by - 5-10%. Enabled by default. - - - - - Vertex picking (using the method GetVertexId()), required - additional resources and can slow down still render time by - 5-10%. Enabled by default. - - - - - Get cell id at the pick position. - Returns -1 if no cell was picked. - Makes sense only after Pick has been called. - - - - - Vertex picking (using the method GetVertexId()), required - additional resources and can slow down still render time by - 5-10%. Enabled by default. - - - - - Set the renderer. Scene picks are restricted to the viewport. - - - - - Get cell id at the pick position. - Returns -1 if no cell was picked. - Makes sense only after Pick has been called. - - - - - Get actor at the pick position. - Returns NULL if none. - Makes sense only after Pick has been called. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Vertex picking (using the method GetVertexId()), required - additional resources and can slow down still render time by - 5-10%. Enabled by default. - - - - - Set the renderer. Scene picks are restricted to the viewport. - - - - - vtkSelectVisiblePoints - extract points that are visible (based on z-buffer calculation) - - - Description - vtkSelectVisiblePoints is a filter that selects points based on - whether they are visible or not. Visibility is determined by - accessing the z-buffer of a rendering window. (The position of each - input point is converted into display coordinates, and then the - z-value at that point is obtained. If within the user-specified - tolerance, the point is considered visible.) - - Points that are visible (or if the ivar SelectInvisible is on, - invisible points) are passed to the output. Associated data - attributes are passed to the output as well. - - This filter also allows you to specify a rectangular window in display - (pixel) coordinates in which the visible points must lie. This can be - used as a sort of local "brushing" operation to select just data within - a window. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate object with no renderer; window selection turned off; - tolerance set to 0.01; and select invisible off. - - - - - Instantiate object with no renderer; window selection turned off; - tolerance set to 0.01; and select invisible off. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return MTime also considering the renderer. - - - - - Specify the renderer in which the visibility computation is to be - performed. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables inverse selection; i.e., invisible points - are selected. - - - - - Specify the selection window in display coordinates. You must specify - a rectangular region using (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax). - - - - - Specify the selection window in display coordinates. You must specify - a rectangular region using (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables selection in a rectangular display - region. - - - - - Set/Get a tolerance to use to determine whether a point is visible. A - tolerance is usually required because the conversion from world space - to display space during rendering introduces numerical round-off. - - - - - Set/Get a tolerance to use to determine whether a point is visible. A - tolerance is usually required because the conversion from world space - to display space during rendering introduces numerical round-off. - - - - - Set/Get a tolerance to use to determine whether a point is visible. A - tolerance is usually required because the conversion from world space - to display space during rendering introduces numerical round-off. - - - - - Requires the renderer to be set. Populates the composite perspective transform - and returns a pointer to the Z-buffer (that must be deleted) if getZbuff is set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tests if a point x is being occluded or not against the Z-Buffer array passed in by - zPtr. Call Initialize before calling this method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables inverse selection; i.e., invisible points - are selected. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables inverse selection; i.e., invisible points - are selected. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables selection in a rectangular display - region. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables selection in a rectangular display - region. - - - - - Specify the renderer in which the visibility computation is to be - performed. - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables inverse selection; i.e., invisible points - are selected. - - - - - Specify the selection window in display coordinates. You must specify - a rectangular region using (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax). - - - - - Specify the selection window in display coordinates. You must specify - a rectangular region using (xmin,xmax,ymin,ymax). - - - - - Set/Get the flag which enables selection in a rectangular display - region. - - - - - Set/Get a tolerance to use to determine whether a point is visible. A - tolerance is usually required because the conversion from world space - to display space during rendering introduces numerical round-off. - - - - - vtkShader - - - Description - vtkShader is a base class for interfacing VTK to hardware shader - libraries. vtkShader interprets a vtkXMLDataElement that describes a - particular shader. Descendants of this class inherit this functionality and - additionally interface to specific shader libraries like NVidia's Cg and - OpenGL2.0 (GLSL) to perform operations, on individual shaders. - - During each render, the vtkShaderProgram calls Compile(), - PassShaderVariables(), Bind() and after the actor has been rendered, - calls Unbind(), in that order. - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - vtkCgShader vtkGLSLShader - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to add shader variables to this shader. - The shader variable type must match with that declared in - the Material xml, otherwise, the variable is not made available - to the shader. - - - - - In this method the shader can enable/bind itself. This is applicable - only to Cg, since in GLSL, individual shaders in a program can't be - enabled/bound. - - - - - Called to compile the shader code. - The subclasses must only compile the code in this method. - Returns if the compile was successful. - Subclasses should compile the code only if it was not - already compiled. - - - - - Returns the scope of the shader i.e. if it's a vertex or fragment shader. - (vtkXMLShader::SCOPE_VERTEX or vtkXMLShader::SCOPE_FRAGMENT). - - - - - Methods to get the value of shader variables with the given name. - Values must be at least the size of the shader variable (obtained - by GetShaderVariableSize(). Returns if the operation was successful. - - - - - Get number of elements in a Shader variable. Return 0 if - failed to find the shader variable. - - - - - Returns the type of a Shader variable with the given name. - Return 0 on error. - - - - - Get/Set the XMLShader representation for this shader. - A shader is not valid without a XMLShader. - - - - - Indicates if a variable by the given name exists. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called to pass VTK actor/property/light values and other - Shader variables over to the shader. This is called by the ShaderProgram - during each render. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the XMLShader representation for this shader. - A shader is not valid without a XMLShader. - - - - - Called to unbind the shader. As with Bind(), this is only applicable - to Cg. - - - - - vtkShaderDeviceAdapter - an adapter to pass generic vertex attributes - to the rendering pipeline. - - - - This class is an adapter used to pass generic vertex attributes to the - rendering pipeline. Since this changes based on the shading language used, - this class merely defines the API and subclasses provide implementations for - Cg and GSince this changes based on the shading language used, this class - merely defines the API and subclasses provide implementations for Cg and - GLSL. - Thanks - Support for generic vertex attributes in VTK was contributed in - collaboration with Stephane Ploix at EDF. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the shader program which is being updated by this device adapter. - The shader program is not reference counted to avoid reference loops. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descrition: - This method is called before rendering. This gives the shader device - adapter an opportunity to collect information, such as attribute indices - that it will need while rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sends a single attribute to the graphics card. - The attrname parameter identifies the name of attribute. - The components parameter gives the number of - components in the attribute. In general, components must be between - 1-4, but a rendering system may impose even more constraints. The - type parameter is a VTK type enumeration (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_INT, etc.). - Again, a rendering system may not support all types for all - attributes. The attribute parameter is the actual data for the - attribute. - If offset is specified, it is added to attribute pointer \c after - it has been casted to the proper type. - - - - - Set the shader program which is being updated by this device adapter. - The shader program is not reference counted to avoid reference loops. - - - - - vtkShaderProgram - - - Description - vtkShaderProgram is a superclass for managing Hardware Shaders - defined in the XML Material file and interfacing VTK to those shaders. - It's concrete descendants are responsible for installing vertex and - fragment programs to the graphics hardware. - - Shader Operations are shader library operations that are performed - on individual shaders, that is, without consideration of the partner shader. - - Program Operations are shader library operations that treat the - vertex and fragment shader as a single unit. - - Design - This class is a Strategy pattern for 'Program' operations, which treat - vertex/fragment shader pairs as a single 'Program', as required by some - shader libraries (GLSL). Typically, 'Shader' operations are delegated - to instances of vtkShader (managed by descendants of this class) - while 'Program' operations are handled by descendants of this class, - vtkCgShaderProgram, vtkGLSLShaderProgram. - - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - vtkCgShaderProgram, vtkGLSLShaderProgram - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - .Description: - Add shaders. Returns the index of the shader. - - - - - Description - Provide values to initialize shader variables. This is a conduit to initialize - shader variables that change over time, useful for animation, gui widget inputs, - etc. - name - hardware name of the uniform variable - numVars - number of variables being set - x - values - - - - - .Description - This static function creates concrete shaders of a specific type. This is - used to create a shader of the langauge specified in the XML file. - - - - - .Description: - Accessors for the Material. - - - - - Returns the number of shaders available in this - shader program. - - - - - Get the vtkShaderDeviceAdapter which can be used to execute this - shader program. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns a new iterator to iterate over the shaders. - - - - - Called to unload the shaders after the actor has been rendered. - - - - - .Description - Read the material file to get necessary shader info. Synchronize with - delegate shaders. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Remove a shader at the given index. - - - - - Removes the given shader. - - - - - .Description - Load, compile, install and initialize shaders. These operations may - be delegated to the shaders themselves or handled in descendants of - this class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - .Description: - Accessors for the Material. - - - - - vtkSurfaceLICDefaultPainter - vtkDefaultPainter replacement that - inserts the vtkSurfaceLICPainter at the correct position in the painter - chain. - - - - Description - vtkSurfaceLICDefaultPainter is a vtkDefaultPainter replacement - that inserts the vtkSurfaceLICPainter at the correct position in the painter - chain. - - - - - vtkDefaultPainter vtkSurfaceLICPainter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/Set the Surface LIC painter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the Surface LIC painter. - - - - - vtkSurfaceLICPainter - painter that performs LIC on the surface of - arbitrary geometry. - - - - Description - vtkSurfaceLICPainter painter performs LIC on the surface of arbitrary - geometry. Point vectors are used as the vector field for generating the LIC. - The implementation is based on "Image Space Based Visualization on Unsteady - Flow on Surfaces" by Laramee, Jobard and Hauser appeared in proceedings of - IEEE Visualization '03, pages 131-138. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/Disable this painter. - - - - - Enable/Disable this painter. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Enable/Disable this painter. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Control the contribution of the LIC in the final output image. - 0.0 produces same result as disabling LIC alltogether, while 1.0 implies - show LIC result alone. - - - - - Control the contribution of the LIC in the final output image. - 0.0 produces same result as disabling LIC alltogether, while 1.0 implies - show LIC result alone. - - - - - Control the contribution of the LIC in the final output image. - 0.0 produces same result as disabling LIC alltogether, while 1.0 implies - show LIC result alone. - - - - - Check if the LIC process runs properly. - - - - - Get/Set the number of integration steps in each direction. - - - - - Get the output data object from this painter. - Overridden to pass the input points (or cells) vectors as the tcoords to - the deletage painters. This is required by the internal GLSL shader - programs used for generating LIC. - - - - - Check if PrepareForRendering passes. - - - - - Get/Set the step size (in pixels). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns true is the rendering context supports extensions needed by this - painter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. In this case, releases the display lists. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable this painter. - - - - - Enable/Disable enhanced LIC that improves image quality by increasing - inter-streamline contrast while suppressing artifacts. Enhanced LIC - performs two passes of LIC, with a 3x3 Laplacian high-pass filter in - between that processes the output of pass #1 LIC and forwards the result - as the input 'noise' to pass #2 LIC. This flag is automatically turned - off during user interaction. - - - - - Set the vectors to used for applying LIC. By default point vectors are - used. Arguments are same as those passed to - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputArrayToProcess except the first 3 arguments i.e. idx, - port, connection. - - - - - Set the vectors to used for applying LIC. By default point vectors are - used. Arguments are same as those passed to - vtkAlgorithm::SetInputArrayToProcess except the first 3 arguments i.e. idx, - port, connection. - - - - - Control the contribution of the LIC in the final output image. - 0.0 produces same result as disabling LIC alltogether, while 1.0 implies - show LIC result alone. - - - - - Get/Set the number of integration steps in each direction. - - - - - Get/Set the step size (in pixels). - - - - - vtkTDxInteractorStyle - provide 3DConnexion device event-driven interface to the rendering window - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - 3Dconnexion device settings. (sensitivity, individual axis filters). - Initial object is not null. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Dispatch the events TDxMotionEvent, TDxButtonPressEvent and - TDxButtonReleaseEvent to OnMotionEvent(), OnButtonPressedEvent() and - OnButtonReleasedEvent() respectively. - It is called by the vtkInteractorStyle. - This method is virtual for convenient but you should really override - the On*Event() methods only. - \pre renderer can be null. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - 3Dconnexion device settings. (sensitivity, individual axis filters). - Initial object is not null. - - - - - vtkTDxInteractorStyleCamera - interactive manipulation of the camera with a 3DConnexion device - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTDxInteractorStyleGeo - interactive manipulation of the camera with a 3DConnexion device, similar to google earth - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTDxInteractorStyleSettings - 3DConnexion device settings - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Sensitivity of the rotation angle. This can be any value: - positive, negative, null. - - x<-1.0: faster reversed - - x=-1.0: reversed neutral - - -1.0<x<0.0: reversed slower - - x=0.0: no rotation - - 0.0<x<1.0: slower - - x=1.0: neutral - - x>1.0: faster - - - - - Sensitivity of the translation along the X-axis. This can be any value: - positive, negative, null. - - x<-1.0: faster reversed - - x=-1.0: reversed neutral - - -1.0<x<0.0: reversed slower - - x=0.0: no translation - - 0.0<x<1.0: slower - - x=1.0: neutral - - x>1.0: faster - Initial value is 1.0 - - - - - Sensitivity of the translation along the Y-axis. - See comment of SetTranslationXSensitivity(). - - - - - Sensitivity of the translation along the Z-axis. - See comment of SetTranslationXSensitivity(). - - - - - Use or mask the rotation component around the X-axis. Initial value is - true. - - - - - Use or mask the rotation component around the Y-axis. Initial value is - true. - - - - - Use or mask the rotation component around the Z-axis. Initial value is - true. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sensitivity of the rotation angle. This can be any value: - positive, negative, null. - - x<-1.0: faster reversed - - x=-1.0: reversed neutral - - -1.0<x<0.0: reversed slower - - x=0.0: no rotation - - 0.0<x<1.0: slower - - x=1.0: neutral - - x>1.0: faster - - - - - Sensitivity of the translation along the X-axis. This can be any value: - positive, negative, null. - - x<-1.0: faster reversed - - x=-1.0: reversed neutral - - -1.0<x<0.0: reversed slower - - x=0.0: no translation - - 0.0<x<1.0: slower - - x=1.0: neutral - - x>1.0: faster - Initial value is 1.0 - - - - - Sensitivity of the translation along the Y-axis. - See comment of SetTranslationXSensitivity(). - - - - - Sensitivity of the translation along the Z-axis. - See comment of SetTranslationXSensitivity(). - - - - - Use or mask the rotation component around the X-axis. Initial value is - true. - - - - - Use or mask the rotation component around the Y-axis. Initial value is - true. - - - - - Use or mask the rotation component around the Z-axis. Initial value is - true. - - - - - vtkTesting - a unified VTK regression testing framework - - - Description - - This is a VTK regression testing framework. Looks like this: - - vtkTesting* t = vtkTesting::New(); - - Two options for setting arguments - - Option 1: - for ( cc = 1; cc < argc; cc ++ ) - { - t->AddArgument(argv[cc]); - } - - Option 2: - t->AddArgument("-D"); - t->AddArgument(my_data_dir); - t->AddArgument("-V"); - t->AddArgument(my_valid_image); - - ... - - Two options of doing testing: - - Option 1: - t->SetRenderWindow(renWin); - int res = t->RegressionTest(threshold); - - Option 2: - int res = t->RegressionTest(test_image, threshold); - - ... - - if ( res == vtkTesting::PASSED ) - { - Test passed - } - else - { - Test failed - } - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Pass the command line arguments into this class to be processed. Many of - the Get methods such as GetValidImage and GetBaselineRoot rely on the - arguments to be passed in prior to retrieving these values. Just call - AddArgument for each argument that was passed into the command line - - - - - Pass the command line arguments into this class to be processed. Many of - the Get methods such as GetValidImage and GetBaselineRoot rely on the - arguments to be passed in prior to retrieving these values. Just call - AddArgument for each argument that was passed into the command line - - - - - Description - This method delete all arguments in vtkTesting, this way you can reuse - it in a loop where you would have multiple testing. - - - - - Compute the average L2 norm between all point data data arrays - of types float and double present in the data sets "dsA" and "dsB" - (this includes instances of vtkPoints) Compare the result of - each L2 comutation to "tol". - - - - - Compute the average L2 norm between two data arrays "daA" and "daB" - and compare against "tol". - - - - - Use front buffer for tests. By default use back buffer. - - - - - Use front buffer for tests. By default use back buffer. - - - - - Pass the command line arguments into this class to be processed. Many of - the Get methods such as GetValidImage and GetBaselineRoot rely on the - arguments to be passed in prior to retrieving these values. Just call - AddArgument for each argument that was passed into the command line - - - - - Number of pixels added as borders to avoid problems with - window decorations added by some window managers. - - - - - Get some parameters from the command line arguments, env, or defaults - - - - - Use front buffer for tests. By default use back buffer. - - - - - Use front buffer for tests. By default use back buffer. - - - - - Use front buffer for tests. By default use back buffer. - - - - - Get the image difference. - - - - - Set and get the render window that will be used for regression testing. - - - - - Get some parameters from the command line arguments, env, or defaults - - - - - Set/Get the name of the valid image file - - - - - Get/Set verbosity level. A level of 0 is quiet. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is some arbitrary user flag ("-X", "-Z" etc) specified - - - - - Is the interactive mode specified? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is a valid image specified on the command line areguments? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the test and return result. At the same time the output will be - written cout - - - - - Compare the image with the valid image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Number of pixels added as borders to avoid problems with - window decorations added by some window managers. - - - - - Get some parameters from the command line arguments, env, or defaults - - - - - Use front buffer for tests. By default use back buffer. - - - - - Set and get the render window that will be used for regression testing. - - - - - Get some parameters from the command line arguments, env, or defaults - - - - - Set/Get the name of the valid image file - - - - - Get/Set verbosity level. A level of 0 is quiet. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTextActor3D - An actor that displays text. - - - Description - The input text is rendered into a buffer, which in turn is used as a - texture applied onto a quad (a vtkImageActor is used under the hood). - Warning - This class is experimental at the moment. - - The orientation is not optimized, the quad should be oriented, not - the text itself when it is rendered in the buffer (we end up with - excessively big textures for 45 degrees angles). - This will be fixed first. - - No checking is done at the moment regarding hardware texture size limits. - - Alignment is not supported (soon). - - Multiline is not supported. - - Need to fix angle out of 0<->360 - - - - - vtkProp3D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the Freetype-derived real bounding box for the given vtkTextProperty - and text string str. Results are returned in the four element bbox int - array. This call can be used for sizing other elements. - - - - - Get the bounds for this Prop3D as (Xmin,Xmax,Ymin,Ymax,Zmin,Zmax). - These are the padded-to-power-of-two texture bounds. - - - - - Set the text string to be displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Get the Freetype-derived real bounding box for the given vtkTextProperty - and text string str. Results are returned in the four element bbox int - array. This call can be used for sizing other elements. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the Freetype-derived real bounding box for the given vtkTextProperty - and text string str. Results are returned in the four element bbox int - array. This call can be used for sizing other elements. - - - - - Get the Freetype-derived real bounding box for the given vtkTextProperty - and text string str. Results are returned in the four element bbox int - array. This call can be used for sizing other elements. - - - - - Get the Freetype-derived real bounding box for the given vtkTextProperty - and text string str. Results are returned in the four element bbox int - array. This call can be used for sizing other elements. - - - - - Get the Freetype-derived real bounding box for the given vtkTextProperty - and text string str. Results are returned in the four element bbox int - array. This call can be used for sizing other elements. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the text string to be displayed. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Shallow copy of this text actor. Overloads the virtual - vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkTextMapper - 2D text annotation - - - Description - vtkTextMapper provides 2D text annotation support for VTK. It is a - vtkMapper2D that can be associated with a vtkActor2D and placed into a - vtkRenderer. - - To use vtkTextMapper, specify an input text string. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a new text mapper. - - - - - Creates a new text mapper. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the size[2]/width/height of the rectangle required to draw this - mapper (in pixels). - - - - - Set the input text string to the mapper. The mapper recognizes "\n" - as a carriage return/linefeed (line separator). - - - - - Determine the number of lines in the input string (delimited by "\n"). - - - - - Get the number of lines in the input string (the method GetNumberOfLines(char*) - must have been previously called for the return value to be valid). - - - - - Return the size[2]/width/height of the rectangle required to draw this - mapper (in pixels). - - - - - Get the available system font size matching a font size. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Return the size[2]/width/height of the rectangle required to draw this - mapper (in pixels). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set and return the font size required to make this mapper fit in a given - target rectangle (width x height, in pixels). A static version of the method - is also available for convenience to other classes (e.g., widgets). - - - - - Set and return the font size required to make this mapper fit in a given - target rectangle (width x height, in pixels). A static version of the method - is also available for convenience to other classes (e.g., widgets). - - - - - Set the input text string to the mapper. The mapper recognizes "\n" - as a carriage return/linefeed (line separator). - - - - - Use these methods when setting font size relative to the renderer's size. These - methods are static so that external classes (e.g., widgets) can easily use them. - - - - - Set/Get the text property. - - - - - Shallow copy of an actor. - - - - - vtkTextProperty - represent text properties. - - - Description - vtkTextProperty is an object that represents text properties. - The primary properties that can be set are color, opacity, font size, - font family horizontal and vertical justification, bold/italic/shadow - styles. - - - - vtkTextMapper vtkTextActor vtkLegendBoxActor vtkCaptionActor2D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a new text property with font size 12, bold off, italic off, - and Arial font. - - - - - Creates a new text property with font size 12, bold off, italic off, - and Arial font. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable text bolding. - - - - - Enable/disable text bolding. - - - - - Enable/disable text bolding. - - - - - Set the color of the text. - - - - - Set the color of the text. - - - - - Set the color of the text. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Set/Get the font family. Supports legacy three font family system. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Set/Get the font family. Supports legacy three font family system. - - - - - Set/Get the font size (in points). - - - - - Set/Get the font size (in points). - - - - - Set/Get the font size (in points). - - - - - Enable/disable text italic. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical offset (measured in pixels). - - - - - Set/Get the (extra) spacing between lines, - expressed as a text height multiplication factor. - - - - - Set/Get the text's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the text's orientation (in degrees). - - - - - Enable/disable text shadow. - - - - - Get the shadow color. It is computed from the Color ivar - - - - - Set/Get the shadow offset, i.e. the distance from the text to - its shadow, in the same unit as FontSize. - - - - - Set/Get the shadow offset, i.e. the distance from the text to - its shadow, in the same unit as FontSize. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable text italic. - - - - - Enable/disable text italic. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable text bolding. - - - - - Set the color of the text. - - - - - Set the color of the text. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Set/Get the font family. Supports legacy three font family system. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - Set/Get the font size (in points). - - - - - Enable/disable text italic. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Set/Get the horizontal justification to left (default), centered, - or right. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical offset (measured in pixels). - - - - - Set/Get the (extra) spacing between lines, - expressed as a text height multiplication factor. - - - - - Set/Get the text's opacity. 1.0 is totally opaque and 0.0 is completely - transparent. - - - - - Set/Get the text's orientation (in degrees). - - - - - Enable/disable text shadow. - - - - - Set/Get the shadow offset, i.e. the distance from the text to - its shadow, in the same unit as FontSize. - - - - - Set/Get the shadow offset, i.e. the distance from the text to - its shadow, in the same unit as FontSize. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Set/Get the vertical justification to bottom (default), middle, - or top. - - - - - Enable/disable text shadow. - - - - - Enable/disable text shadow. - - - - - Shallow copy of a text property. - - - - - vtkTexture - handles properties associated with a texture map - - - Description - vtkTexture is an object that handles loading and binding of texture - maps. It obtains its data from an input image data dataset type. - Thus you can create visualization pipelines to read, process, and - construct textures. Note that textures will only work if texture - coordinates are also defined, and if the rendering system supports - texture. - - Instances of vtkTexture are associated with actors via the actor's - SetTexture() method. Actors can share texture maps (this is encouraged - to save memory resources.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on/off the clamping of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - Only used when Repeat is off, and edge clamping is supported by - the graphics card. - - - - - Turn on/off the clamping of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - Only used when Repeat is off, and edge clamping is supported by - the graphics card. - - - - - Used to specify how the texture will blend its RGB and Alpha values - with other textures and the fragment the texture is rendered upon. - - - - - Turn on/off the clamping of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - Only used when Repeat is off, and edge clamping is supported by - the graphics card. - - - - - Turn on/off the mapping of color scalars through the lookup table. - The default is Off. If Off, unsigned char scalars will be used - directly as texture. If On, scalars will be mapped through the - lookup table to generate 4-component unsigned char scalars. - This ivar does not affect other scalars like unsigned short, float, - etc. These scalars are always mapped through lookup tables. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the texture map when rendering. - - - - - Specify the lookup table to convert scalars if necessary - - - - - Turn on/off the mapping of color scalars through the lookup table. - The default is Off. If Off, unsigned char scalars will be used - directly as texture. If On, scalars will be mapped through the - lookup table to generate 4-component unsigned char scalars. - This ivar does not affect other scalars like unsigned short, float, - etc. These scalars are always mapped through lookup tables. - - - - - Get Mapped Scalars - - - - - Whether the texture colors are premultiplied by alpha. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Force texture quality to 16-bit or 32-bit. - This might not be supported on all machines. - - - - - Turn on/off the repetition of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - - - - - When the texture is forced to be a power of 2, the default behavior is - for the "new" image's dimensions to be greater than or equal to with - respects to the original. Setting RestrictPowerOf2ImageSmaller to be - 1 (or ON) with force the new image's dimensions to be less than or equal - to with respects to the original. - - - - - Set a transform on the texture which allows one to scale, - rotate and translate the texture. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the texture map when rendering. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the texture map when rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is this Texture Translucent? - returns false (0) if the texture is either fully opaque or has - only fully transparent pixels and fully opaque pixels and the - Interpolate flag is turn off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Abstract interface to renderer. Each concrete subclass of - vtkTexture will load its data into graphics system in response - to this method invocation. - - - - - Turn on/off the mapping of color scalars through the lookup table. - The default is Off. If Off, unsigned char scalars will be used - directly as texture. If On, scalars will be mapped through the - lookup table to generate 4-component unsigned char scalars. - This ivar does not affect other scalars like unsigned short, float, - etc. These scalars are always mapped through lookup tables. - - - - - Turn on/off the mapping of color scalars through the lookup table. - The default is Off. If Off, unsigned char scalars will be used - directly as texture. If On, scalars will be mapped through the - lookup table to generate 4-component unsigned char scalars. - This ivar does not affect other scalars like unsigned short, float, - etc. These scalars are always mapped through lookup tables. - - - - - Map scalar values into color scalars. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Cleans up after the texture rendering to restore the state of the - graphics context. - - - - - Whether the texture colors are premultiplied by alpha. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Whether the texture colors are premultiplied by alpha. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this texture. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Renders a texture map. It first checks the object's modified time - to make sure the texture maps Input is valid, then it invokes the - Load() method. - - - - - Turn on/off the repetition of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - - - - - Turn on/off the repetition of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - - - - - When the texture is forced to be a power of 2, the default behavior is - for the "new" image's dimensions to be greater than or equal to with - respects to the original. Setting RestrictPowerOf2ImageSmaller to be - 1 (or ON) with force the new image's dimensions to be less than or equal - to with respects to the original. - - - - - When the texture is forced to be a power of 2, the default behavior is - for the "new" image's dimensions to be greater than or equal to with - respects to the original. Setting RestrictPowerOf2ImageSmaller to be - 1 (or ON) with force the new image's dimensions to be less than or equal - to with respects to the original. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Used to specify how the texture will blend its RGB and Alpha values - with other textures and the fragment the texture is rendered upon. - - - - - Turn on/off the clamping of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - Only used when Repeat is off, and edge clamping is supported by - the graphics card. - - - - - Turn on/off linear interpolation of the texture map when rendering. - - - - - Specify the lookup table to convert scalars if necessary - - - - - Turn on/off the mapping of color scalars through the lookup table. - The default is Off. If Off, unsigned char scalars will be used - directly as texture. If On, scalars will be mapped through the - lookup table to generate 4-component unsigned char scalars. - This ivar does not affect other scalars like unsigned short, float, - etc. These scalars are always mapped through lookup tables. - - - - - Whether the texture colors are premultiplied by alpha. - Initial value is false. - - - - - Force texture quality to 16-bit or 32-bit. - This might not be supported on all machines. - - - - - Force texture quality to 16-bit or 32-bit. - This might not be supported on all machines. - - - - - Force texture quality to 16-bit or 32-bit. - This might not be supported on all machines. - - - - - Force texture quality to 16-bit or 32-bit. - This might not be supported on all machines. - - - - - Turn on/off the repetition of the texture map when the texture - coords extend beyond the [0,1] range. - - - - - When the texture is forced to be a power of 2, the default behavior is - for the "new" image's dimensions to be greater than or equal to with - respects to the original. Setting RestrictPowerOf2ImageSmaller to be - 1 (or ON) with force the new image's dimensions to be less than or equal - to with respects to the original. - - - - - Set a transform on the texture which allows one to scale, - rotate and translate the texture. - - - - - Set a transform on the texture which allows one to scale, - rotate and translate the texture. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTexturedActor2D - actor that draws 2D data with texture support - - - Description - vtkTexturedActor2D is an Actor2D which has additional support for - textures, just like vtkActor. To use textures, the geometry must have - texture coordinates, and the texture must be set with SetTexture(). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return this object's modified time. - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. An actor does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple actors can share one texture. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Support the standard render methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the texture object to control rendering texture maps. This will - be a vtkTexture object. An actor does not need to have an associated - texture map and multiple actors can share one texture. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkTexturedActor2D. Overrides vtkActor2D method. - - - - - vtkTextureObject - abstracts an OpenGL texture object. - - - Description - vtkTextureObject represents an OpenGL texture object. It provides API to - create textures using data already loaded into pixel buffer objects. It can - also be used to create textures without uploading any data. - Caveats - DON'T PLAY WITH IT YET. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create a 1D color texture but does not initialize its values. - Internal format is deduced from numComps and vtkType. - - - - - Create a 2D color texture but does not initialize its values. - Internal format is deduced from numComps and vtkType. - - - - - Create a 3D color texture but does not initialize its values. - Internal format is deduced from numComps and vtkType. - - - - - Create a 2D depth texture but does not initialize its values. - - - - - Activate the texture. The texture must have been created using Create(). - RenderWindow must be set before calling this. - - - - - Copy a sub-part of a logical buffer of the framebuffer (color or depth) - to the texture object. src is the framebuffer, dst is the texture. - (srcXmin,srcYmin) is the location of the lower left corner of the - rectangle in the framebuffer. (dstXmin,dstYmin) is the location of the - lower left corner of the rectangle in the texture. width and height - specifies the size of the rectangle in pixels. - If the logical buffer is a color buffer, it has to be selected first with - glReadBuffer(). - \pre is2D: GetNumberOfDimensions()==2 - - - - - Copy a sub-part of the texture (src) in the current framebuffer - at location (dstXmin,dstYmin). (dstXmin,dstYmin) is the location of the - lower left corner of the rectangle. width and height are the dimensions - of the framebuffer. - - texture coordinates are sent on texture coordinate processing unit 0. - - if the fixed-pipeline fragment shader is used, texturing has to be set - on texture image unit 0 and the texture object has to be bound on texture - image unit 0. - - if a customized fragment shader is used, you are free to pick the - texture image unit you want. You can even have multiple texture objects - attached on multiple texture image units. In this case, you call this - method only on one of them. - \pre positive_srcXmin: srcXmin>=0 - \pre max_srcXmax: srcXmax<this->GetWidth() - \pre increasing_x: srcXmin<=srcXmax - \pre positive_srcYmin: srcYmin>=0 - \pre max_srcYmax: srcYmax<this->GetHeight() - \pre increasing_y: srcYmin<=srcYmax - \pre positive_dstXmin: dstXmin>=0 - \pre positive_dstYmin: dstYmin>=0 - \pre positive_width: width>0 - \pre positive_height: height>0 - \pre x_fit: destXmin+(srcXmax-srcXmin)<width - \pre y_fit: destYmin+(srcYmax-srcYmin)<height - - - - - Create a 1D texture using the PBO. - Eventually we may start supporting creating a texture from subset of data - in the PBO, but for simplicity we'll begin with entire PBO data. - numComps must be in [1-4]. - shaderSupportsTextureInt is true if the shader has an alternate - implementation supporting sampler with integer values. - Even if the card supports texture int, it does not mean that - the implementor of the shader made a version that supports texture int. - - - - - Create a 2D texture using the PBO. - Eventually we may start supporting creating a texture from subset of data - in the PBO, but for simplicity we'll begin with entire PBO data. - numComps must be in [1-4]. - - - - - Create texture without uploading any data. - To create a DEPTH_COMPONENT texture, vtktype must be set to VTK_VOID and - numComps must be 1. - - - - - Create a 3D texture using the PBO. - Eventually we may start supporting creating a texture from subset of data - in the PBO, but for simplicity we'll begin with entire PBO data. - numComps must be in [1-4]. - - - - - Create texture without uploading any data. - To create a DEPTH_COMPONENT texture, vtktype must be set to VTK_VOID and - numComps must be 1. - - - - - Create a 2D depth texture using a PBO. - \pre: valid_internalFormat: internalFormat>=0 && internalFormat<NumberOfDepthFormats - - - - - Create a 2D depth texture using a raw pointer. - This is a blocking call. If you can, use PBO instead. - - - - - This is used to download raw data from the texture into a pixel bufer. The - pixel buffer API can then be used to download the pixel buffer data to CPU - arrays. The caller takes on the responsibility of deleting the returns - vtkPixelBufferObject once it done with it. - - - - - Level of detail of the first texture image. A texture object is a list of - texture images. It is a non-negative integer value. - Initial value is 0, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Border Color (RGBA). Each component is in [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is (0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Border Color (RGBA). Each component is in [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is (0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Border Color (RGBA). Each component is in [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is (0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Get the texture dimensions. - These are the properties of the OpenGL texture this instance represents. - - - - - Get/Set the context. This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Get the data type for the texture as a vtk type int i.e. VTK_INT etc. - - - - - Get the texture dimensions. - These are the properties of the OpenGL texture this instance represents. - - - - - Tells if the output of a texture unit with a depth texture uses - comparison or not. - Comparison happens between D_t the depth texture value in the range [0,1] - and with R the interpolated third texture coordinate clamped to range - [0,1]. The result of the comparison is noted `r'. If this flag is false, - r=D_t. - Initial value is false, as in OpenGL spec. - Ignored if the texture object is not a depth texture. - - - - - In case DepthTextureCompare is true, specify the comparison function in - use. The result of the comparison is noted `r'. - Valid values are: - - Value - - Lequal: r=R<=Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Gequal: r=R>=Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Less: r=R<D_t ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Greater: r=R>Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Equal: r=R==Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - NotEqual: r=R!=Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - AlwaysTrue: r=1.0 - - Never: r=0.0 - If the magnification of minification factor are not nearest, percentage - closer filtering (PCF) is used: R is compared to several D_t and r is - the average of the comparisons (it is NOT the average of D_t compared - once to R). - Initial value is Lequal, as in OpenGL spec. - Ignored if the texture object is not a depth texture. - - - - - Defines the mapping from depth component `r' to RGBA components. - Ignored if the texture object is not a depth texture. - Valid modes are: - - Luminance: (R,G,B,A)=(r,r,r,1) - - Intensity: (R,G,B,A)=(r,r,r,r) - - Alpha: (R.G.B.A)=(0,0,0,r) - Initial value is Luminance, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Get the data type for the texture as a vtk type int i.e. VTK_INT etc. - - - - - Tells the hardware to generate mipmap textures from the first texture - image at BaseLevel. - Initial value is false, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Returns the OpenGL handle. - - - - - Get the texture dimensions. - These are the properties of the OpenGL texture this instance represents. - - - - - Get the data type for the texture as a vtk type int i.e. VTK_INT etc. - - - - - Tells if the magnification mode is linear (true) or nearest (false). - Initial value is false (initial value in OpenGL spec is true). - - - - - Upper-clamp the computed LOD against this value. Any float value is valid. - Initial value is 1000.0f, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Level of detail of the first texture image. A texture object is a list of - texture images. It is a non-negative integer value. - Initial value is 1000, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Lower-clamp the computed LOD against this value. Any float value is valid. - Initial value is -1000.0f, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Minification filter mode. - Valid values are: - - Nearest - - Linear - - NearestMipmapNearest - - NearestMipmapLinear - - LinearMipmapNearest - - LinearMipmapLinear - Initial value is Nearest (note initial value in OpenGL spec - is NearestMipMapLinear but this is error-prone because it makes the - texture object incomplete. ). - - - - - Get the texture dimensions. - These are the properties of the OpenGL texture this instance represents. - - - - - Priority of the texture object to be resident on the card for higher - performance in the range [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is 1.0f, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Returns OpenGL texture target to which the texture is/can be bound. - - - - - Get the texture dimensions. - These are the properties of the OpenGL texture this instance represents. - - - - - Wrap mode for the first texture coordinate "r" - Valid values are: - - Clamp - - ClampToEdge - - Repeat - - ClampToBorder - - MirroredRepeat - Initial value is Repeat (as in OpenGL spec) - - - - - Wrap mode for the first texture coordinate "s" - Valid values are: - - Clamp - - ClampToEdge - - Repeat - - ClampToBorder - - MirroredRepeat - Initial value is Repeat (as in OpenGL spec) - - - - - Wrap mode for the first texture coordinate "t" - Valid values are: - - Clamp - - ClampToEdge - - Repeat - - ClampToBorder - - MirroredRepeat - Initial value is Repeat (as in OpenGL spec) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if the texture object is bound to the active texture image unit. - (a texture object can be bound to multiple texture image unit). - - - - - Returns if the context supports the required extensions. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Send all the texture object parameters to the hardware if not done yet. - \pre is_bound: IsBound() - - - - - Level of detail of the first texture image. A texture object is a list of - texture images. It is a non-negative integer value. - Initial value is 0, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Border Color (RGBA). Each component is in [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is (0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Border Color (RGBA). Each component is in [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is (0.0f,0.0f,0.0f,0.0f), as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Get/Set the context. This does not increase the reference count of the - context to avoid reference loops. - SetContext() may raise an error is the OpenGL context does not support the - required OpenGL extensions. - - - - - Tells if the output of a texture unit with a depth texture uses - comparison or not. - Comparison happens between D_t the depth texture value in the range [0,1] - and with R the interpolated third texture coordinate clamped to range - [0,1]. The result of the comparison is noted `r'. If this flag is false, - r=D_t. - Initial value is false, as in OpenGL spec. - Ignored if the texture object is not a depth texture. - - - - - In case DepthTextureCompare is true, specify the comparison function in - use. The result of the comparison is noted `r'. - Valid values are: - - Value - - Lequal: r=R<=Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Gequal: r=R>=Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Less: r=R<D_t ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Greater: r=R>Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - Equal: r=R==Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - NotEqual: r=R!=Dt ? 1.0 : 0.0 - - AlwaysTrue: r=1.0 - - Never: r=0.0 - If the magnification of minification factor are not nearest, percentage - closer filtering (PCF) is used: R is compared to several D_t and r is - the average of the comparisons (it is NOT the average of D_t compared - once to R). - Initial value is Lequal, as in OpenGL spec. - Ignored if the texture object is not a depth texture. - - - - - Defines the mapping from depth component `r' to RGBA components. - Ignored if the texture object is not a depth texture. - Valid modes are: - - Luminance: (R,G,B,A)=(r,r,r,1) - - Intensity: (R,G,B,A)=(r,r,r,r) - - Alpha: (R.G.B.A)=(0,0,0,r) - Initial value is Luminance, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Tells the hardware to generate mipmap textures from the first texture - image at BaseLevel. - Initial value is false, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Tells if the magnification mode is linear (true) or nearest (false). - Initial value is false (initial value in OpenGL spec is true). - - - - - Upper-clamp the computed LOD against this value. Any float value is valid. - Initial value is 1000.0f, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Level of detail of the first texture image. A texture object is a list of - texture images. It is a non-negative integer value. - Initial value is 1000, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Lower-clamp the computed LOD against this value. Any float value is valid. - Initial value is -1000.0f, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Minification filter mode. - Valid values are: - - Nearest - - Linear - - NearestMipmapNearest - - NearestMipmapLinear - - LinearMipmapNearest - - LinearMipmapLinear - Initial value is Nearest (note initial value in OpenGL spec - is NearestMipMapLinear but this is error-prone because it makes the - texture object incomplete. ). - - - - - Priority of the texture object to be resident on the card for higher - performance in the range [0.0f,1.0f]. - Initial value is 1.0f, as in OpenGL spec. - - - - - Wrap mode for the first texture coordinate "r" - Valid values are: - - Clamp - - ClampToEdge - - Repeat - - ClampToBorder - - MirroredRepeat - Initial value is Repeat (as in OpenGL spec) - - - - - Wrap mode for the first texture coordinate "s" - Valid values are: - - Clamp - - ClampToEdge - - Repeat - - ClampToBorder - - MirroredRepeat - Initial value is Repeat (as in OpenGL spec) - - - - - Wrap mode for the first texture coordinate "t" - Valid values are: - - Clamp - - ClampToEdge - - Repeat - - ClampToBorder - - MirroredRepeat - Initial value is Repeat (as in OpenGL spec) - - - - - Activate the texture. The texture must have been created using Create(). - RenderWindow must be set before calling this. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTransformInterpolator - interpolate a series of transformation matrices - - - Description - This class is used to interpolate a series of 4x4 transformation - matrices. Position, scale and orientation (i.e., rotations) are - interpolated separately, and can be interpolated linearly or with a spline - function. Note that orientation is interpolated using quaternions via - SLERP (spherical linear interpolation) or the special vtkQuaternionSpline - class. - - To use this class, specify at least two pairs of (t,transformation matrix) - with the AddTransform() method. Then interpolated the transforms with the - InterpolateTransform(t,transform) method, where "t" must be in the range - of (min,max) times specified by the AddTransform() method. - - By default, spline interpolation is used for the interpolation of the - transformation matrices. The position, scale and orientation of the - matrices are interpolated with instances of the classes - vtkTupleInterpolator (position,scale) and vtkQuaternionInterpolator - (rotation). The user can override the interpolation behavior by gaining - access to these separate interpolation classes. These interpolator - classes (vtkTupleInterpolator and vtkQuaternionInterpolator) can be - modified to perform linear versus spline interpolation, and/or different - spline basis functions can be specified. - - Caveats - The interpolator classes are initialized when the InterpolateTransform() - is called. Any changes to the interpolators, or additions to the list of - transforms to be interpolated, causes a reinitialization of the - interpolators the next time InterpolateTransform() is invoked. Thus the - best performance is obtained by 1) configuring the interpolators, 2) adding - all the transforms, and 3) finally performing interpolation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another transform to the list of transformations defining - the transform function. Note that using the same time t value - more than once replaces the previous transform value at t. - At least two transforms must be added to define a function. - There are variants to this method depending on whether you are - adding a vtkTransform, vtkMaxtirx4x4, and/or vtkProp3D. - - - - - Add another transform to the list of transformations defining - the transform function. Note that using the same time t value - more than once replaces the previous transform value at t. - At least two transforms must be added to define a function. - There are variants to this method depending on whether you are - adding a vtkTransform, vtkMaxtirx4x4, and/or vtkProp3D. - - - - - Add another transform to the list of transformations defining - the transform function. Note that using the same time t value - more than once replaces the previous transform value at t. - At least two transforms must be added to define a function. - There are variants to this method depending on whether you are - adding a vtkTransform, vtkMaxtirx4x4, and/or vtkProp3D. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - Override GetMTime() because we depend on the interpolators which may be - modified outside of this class. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned (corresponding to parameter t, usually thought of as time) - are undefined if the list of transforms is empty. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned (corresponding to parameter t, usually thought of as time) - are undefined if the list of transforms is empty. - - - - - Return the number of transforms in the list of transforms. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the position portion - of the transformation matrix. Note that you can modify the behavior of - the interpolator (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) - by manipulating the interpolator instances. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the orientation portion - of the transformation matrix. Note that you can modify the behavior of - the interpolator (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) - by manipulating the interpolator instances. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the scale portion - of the transformation matrix. Note that you can modify the behavior of - the interpolator (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) - by manipulating the interpolator instances. - - - - - Clear the list of transforms. - - - - - Interpolate the list of transforms and determine a new transform (i.e., - fill in the transformation provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delete the transform at a particular parameter t. If there is no - transform defined at location t, then the method does nothing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - These are convenience methods to switch between linear and spline - interpolation. The methods simply forward the request for linear or - spline interpolation to the position, scale and orientation - interpolators. Note that if the InterpolationType is set to "Manual", - then the interpolators are expected to be directly manipulated and - this class does not forward the request for interpolation type to its - interpolators. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the position portion - of the transformation matrix. Note that you can modify the behavior of - the interpolator (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) - by manipulating the interpolator instances. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the orientation portion - of the transformation matrix. Note that you can modify the behavior of - the interpolator (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) - by manipulating the interpolator instances. - - - - - Set/Get the tuple interpolator used to interpolate the scale portion - of the transformation matrix. Note that you can modify the behavior of - the interpolator (linear vs spline interpolation; change spline basis) - by manipulating the interpolator instances. - - - - - Interpolate the list of transforms and determine a new transform (i.e., - fill in the transformation provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTStripsPainter - painter for triangle strips. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTupleInterpolator - interpolate a tuple of arbitray size - - - Description - This class is used to interpolate a tuple which may have an arbitrary - number of components (but at least one component). The interpolation may - be linear in form, or via a subclasses of vtkSpline. - - To use this class, begin by specifying the number of components of the - tuple and the interpolation function to use. Then specify at least one - pair of (t,tuple) with the AddTuple() method. Next interpolate the - tuples with the InterpolateTuple(t,tuple) method, where "t" must be in the - range of (t_min,t_max) parameter values specified by the AddTuple() method - (if not then t is clamped), and tuple[] is filled in by the method (make - sure that tuple [] is long enough to hold the interpolated data). - - You can control the type of interpolation to use. By default, the - interpolation is based on a Kochanek spline. However, other types of - splines can be specified. You can also set the interpolation method - to linear, in which case the specified spline has no effect on the - interpolation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add another tuple to the list of tuples to be interpolated. Note that - using the same time t value more than once replaces the previous tuple - value at t. At least two tuples must be added to define an - interpolation function. - - - - - If the InterpolationType is set to spline, then this method applies. By - default Kochanek interpolation is used, but you can specify any instance - of vtkSpline to use. Note that the actual interpolating splines are - created by invoking NewInstance() followed by DeepCopy() on the - interpolating spline specified here, for each tuple component to - interpolate. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - spline interpolation (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()) is used - (i.e., a Kochanek spline) and the InterpolatingSpline instance variable - is used to birth the actual interpolation splines via a combination of - NewInstance() and DeepCopy(). You may also choose to use linear - interpolation by invoking SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear(). Note that - changing the type of interpolation causes previously inserted data - to be discarded. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned (corresponding to parameter t, usually thought of as time) - are undefined if the list of transforms is empty. This is a convenience - method for interpolation. - - - - - Obtain some information about the interpolation range. The numbers - returned (corresponding to parameter t, usually thought of as time) - are undefined if the list of transforms is empty. This is a convenience - method for interpolation. - - - - - Specify the number of tuple components to interpolate. Note that setting - this value discards any previously inserted data. - - - - - Return the number of tuples in the list of tuples to be - interpolated. - - - - - Reset the class so that it contains no (t,tuple) information. - - - - - Interpolate the list of tuples and determine a new tuple (i.e., - fill in the tuple provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped. Note that each component - of tuple[] is interpolated independently. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delete the tuple at a particular parameter t. If there is no - tuple defined at t, then the method does nothing. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If the InterpolationType is set to spline, then this method applies. By - default Kochanek interpolation is used, but you can specify any instance - of vtkSpline to use. Note that the actual interpolating splines are - created by invoking NewInstance() followed by DeepCopy() on the - interpolating spline specified here, for each tuple component to - interpolate. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - spline interpolation (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()) is used - (i.e., a Kochanek spline) and the InterpolatingSpline instance variable - is used to birth the actual interpolation splines via a combination of - NewInstance() and DeepCopy(). You may also choose to use linear - interpolation by invoking SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear(). Note that - changing the type of interpolation causes previously inserted data - to be discarded. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - spline interpolation (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()) is used - (i.e., a Kochanek spline) and the InterpolatingSpline instance variable - is used to birth the actual interpolation splines via a combination of - NewInstance() and DeepCopy(). You may also choose to use linear - interpolation by invoking SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear(). Note that - changing the type of interpolation causes previously inserted data - to be discarded. - - - - - Specify which type of function to use for interpolation. By default - spline interpolation (SetInterpolationFunctionToSpline()) is used - (i.e., a Kochanek spline) and the InterpolatingSpline instance variable - is used to birth the actual interpolation splines via a combination of - NewInstance() and DeepCopy(). You may also choose to use linear - interpolation by invoking SetInterpolationFunctionToLinear(). Note that - changing the type of interpolation causes previously inserted data - to be discarded. - - - - - Specify the number of tuple components to interpolate. Note that setting - this value discards any previously inserted data. - - - - - Interpolate the list of tuples and determine a new tuple (i.e., - fill in the tuple provided). If t is outside the range of - (min,max) values, then t is clamped. Note that each component - of tuple[] is interpolated independently. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkViewTheme - Sets theme colors for a graphical view. - - - - Description - This may be set on any subclass of vtkView. The view class will attempt - to use the values set in the theme to customize the view. Views will not - generally use every aspect of the theme. - NOTICE: This class will be deprecated in favor of a more robust - solution based on style sheets. Do not become overly-dependent on the - functionality of themes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods for creating some default view themes. - The return reference is reference-counted, so you will have to call - Delete() on the reference when you are finished with it. - - - - - Convenience methods for creating some default view themes. - The return reference is reference-counted, so you will have to call - Delete() on the reference when you are finished with it. - - - - - Convenience methods for creating some default view themes. - The return reference is reference-counted, so you will have to call - Delete() on the reference when you are finished with it. - - - - - The view background color. - - - - - The view background color. - - - - - The view background color. - - - - - The second background color (for gradients). - - - - - The second background color (for gradients). - - - - - The second background color (for gradients). - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - Set/Get the cell lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The text property to use for labelling edges/cells. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph edges. - This is deprecated. Use GetCellTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph edges. - This is deprecated. Use GetCellTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph edges. - This is deprecated. Use GetCellTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The width of lines or edges - - - - - The color of any outlines in the view. - - - - - The color of any outlines in the view. - - - - - The color of any outlines in the view. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - Set/Get the point lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The size of points or vertices - - - - - The text property to use for labelling points/vertices. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph vertices. - This is deprecated. Use GetPointTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph vertices. - This is deprecated. Use GetPointTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph vertices. - This is deprecated. Use GetPointTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether a given lookup table matches the point or cell theme of this - theme. - - - - - Whether a given lookup table matches the point or cell theme of this - theme. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - The view background color. - - - - - The view background color. - - - - - The second background color (for gradients). - - - - - The second background color (for gradients). - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - Set/Get the cell lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of cells or edges when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The text property to use for labelling edges/cells. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the cell lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the cell lookup table directly - with GetCellLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph edges. - This is deprecated. Use GetCellTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph edges. - This is deprecated. Use GetCellTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The width of lines or edges - - - - - The color of any outlines in the view. - - - - - The color of any outlines in the view. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - Set/Get the point lookup table. - - - - - The color and opacity of points or vertices when not mapped through - a lookup table. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The size of points or vertices - - - - - The text property to use for labelling points/vertices. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - The ranges to use in the point lookup table. - You may also do this by accessing the point lookup table directly - with GetPointLookupTable() and calling these methods. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - Whether to scale the lookup table to fit the range of the data. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected cells or edges. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color of selected points or vertices. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph vertices. - This is deprecated. Use GetPointTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - The color to use for labelling graph vertices. - This is deprecated. Use GetPointTextProperty()->SetColor() instead. - - - - - vtkVolumeCollection - a list of volumes - - - Description - vtkVolumeCollection represents and provides methods to manipulate a - list of volumes (i.e., vtkVolume and subclasses). The list is unsorted - and duplicate entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a Volume to the list. - - - - - Access routine provided for compatibility with previous - versions of VTK. Please use the GetNextVolume() variant - where possible. - - - - - Get the next Volume in the list. Return NULL when at the end of the - list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkVolume - represents a volume (data & properties) in a rendered scene - - - - Description - vtkVolume is used to represent a volumetric entity in a rendering scene. - It inherits functions related to the volume's position, orientation and - origin from vtkProp3D. The volume maintains a reference to the - volumetric data (i.e., the volume mapper). The volume also contains a - reference to a volume property which contains all common volume rendering - parameters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Creates a Volume with the following defaults: origin(0,0,0) - position=(0,0,0) scale=1 visibility=1 pickable=1 dragable=1 - orientation=(0,0,0). - - - - - Creates a Volume with the following defaults: origin(0,0,0) - position=(0,0,0) scale=1 visibility=1 pickable=1 dragable=1 - orientation=(0,0,0). - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Return the MTime also considering the property etc. - - - - - Set/Get the volume mapper. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Get the bounds - either all six at once - (xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax) or one at a time. - - - - - Set/Get the volume property. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Return the mtime of anything that would cause the rendered image to - appear differently. Usually this involves checking the mtime of the - prop plus anything else it depends on such as properties, mappers, - etc. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - For some exporters and other other operations we must be - able to collect all the actors or volumes. This method - is used in that process. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the volume mapper. - - - - - Set/Get the volume property. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Update the volume rendering pipeline by updating the volume mapper - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - Shallow copy of this vtkVolume. Overloads the virtual vtkProp method. - - - - - vtkVolumeProperty - represents the common properties for rendering a volume. - - - - Description - vtkVolumeProperty is used to represent common properties associated - with volume rendering. This includes properties for determining the type - of interpolation to use when sampling a volume, the color of a volume, - the scalar opacity of a volume, the gradient opacity of a volume, and the - shading parameters of a volume. - - When the scalar opacity or the gradient opacity of a volume is not set, - then the function is defined to be a constant value of 1.0. When a - scalar and gradient opacity are both set simultaneously, then the opacity - is defined to be the product of the scalar opacity and gradient opacity - transfer functions. - - Most properties can be set per "component" for volume mappers that - support multiple independent components. If you are using 2 component - data as LV or 4 component data as RGBV (as specified in the mapper) - only the first scalar opacity and gradient opacity transfer functions - will be used (and all color functions will be ignored). Omitting the - index parameter on the Set/Get methods will access index = 0. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Get the number of color channels in the transfer function - for the given component. - - - - - Get the number of color channels in the transfer function - for the given component. - - - - - Set/Get the scalar component weights - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Get the gradient magnitude opacity transfer function for - the given component. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - This default function is always returned if DisableGradientOpacity is On - for that component. - - - - - Get the gradient magnitude opacity transfer function for - the given component. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - This default function is always returned if DisableGradientOpacity is On - for that component. - - - - - Get the gray transfer function. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - - - - - Get the gray transfer function. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - - - - - Does the data have independent components, or do some define color - only? If IndependentComponents is On (the default) then each component - will be independently passed through a lookup table to determine RGBA, - shaded. Some volume Mappers can handle 1 to 4 component - unsigned char or unsigned short data (see each mapper header file to - determine functionality). If IndependentComponents is Off, then you - must have either 2 or 4 component data. For 2 component data, the - first is passed through the first color transfer function and the - second component is passed through the first opacity transfer function. - Normals will be generated off of the second component. For 4 component - data, the first three will directly represent RGB (no lookup table). - The fourth component will be passed through the first scalar opacity - transfer function for opacity. Normals will be generated from the fourth - component. - - - - - Does the data have independent components, or do some define color - only? If IndependentComponents is On (the default) then each component - will be independently passed through a lookup table to determine RGBA, - shaded. Some volume Mappers can handle 1 to 4 component - unsigned char or unsigned short data (see each mapper header file to - determine functionality). If IndependentComponents is Off, then you - must have either 2 or 4 component data. For 2 component data, the - first is passed through the first color transfer function and the - second component is passed through the first opacity transfer function. - Normals will be generated off of the second component. For 4 component - data, the first three will directly represent RGB (no lookup table). - The fourth component will be passed through the first scalar opacity - transfer function for opacity. Normals will be generated from the fourth - component. - - - - - Does the data have independent components, or do some define color - only? If IndependentComponents is On (the default) then each component - will be independently passed through a lookup table to determine RGBA, - shaded. Some volume Mappers can handle 1 to 4 component - unsigned char or unsigned short data (see each mapper header file to - determine functionality). If IndependentComponents is Off, then you - must have either 2 or 4 component data. For 2 component data, the - first is passed through the first color transfer function and the - second component is passed through the first opacity transfer function. - Normals will be generated off of the second component. For 4 component - data, the first three will directly represent RGB (no lookup table). - The fourth component will be passed through the first scalar opacity - transfer function for opacity. Normals will be generated from the fourth - component. - - - - - Set the interpolation type for sampling a volume. Initial value is - VTK_NEAREST_INTERPOLATION. - - - - - Return the interpolation type as a descriptive character string. - - - - - Set the interpolation type for sampling a volume. Initial value is - VTK_NEAREST_INTERPOLATION. - - - - - Set the interpolation type for sampling a volume. Initial value is - VTK_NEAREST_INTERPOLATION. - - - - - Get the modified time for this object (or the properties registered - with this object). - - - - - Get the RGB transfer function for the given component. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - - - - - Get the RGB transfer function for the given component. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - - - - - Get the scalar opacity transfer function for the given component. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - - - - - Get the scalar opacity transfer function for the given component. - If no transfer function has been set for this component, a default one - is created and returned. - - - - - Set/Get the unit distance on which the scalar opacity transfer function - is defined. By default this is 1.0, meaning that over a distance of - 1.0 units, a given opacity (from the transfer function) is accumulated. - This is adjusted for the actual sampling distance during rendering. - - - - - Set/Get the unit distance on which the scalar opacity transfer function - is defined. By default this is 1.0, meaning that over a distance of - 1.0 units, a given opacity (from the transfer function) is accumulated. - This is adjusted for the actual sampling distance during rendering. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Does the data have independent components, or do some define color - only? If IndependentComponents is On (the default) then each component - will be independently passed through a lookup table to determine RGBA, - shaded. Some volume Mappers can handle 1 to 4 component - unsigned char or unsigned short data (see each mapper header file to - determine functionality). If IndependentComponents is Off, then you - must have either 2 or 4 component data. For 2 component data, the - first is passed through the first color transfer function and the - second component is passed through the first opacity transfer function. - Normals will be generated off of the second component. For 4 component - data, the first three will directly represent RGB (no lookup table). - The fourth component will be passed through the first scalar opacity - transfer function for opacity. Normals will be generated from the fourth - component. - - - - - Does the data have independent components, or do some define color - only? If IndependentComponents is On (the default) then each component - will be independently passed through a lookup table to determine RGBA, - shaded. Some volume Mappers can handle 1 to 4 component - unsigned char or unsigned short data (see each mapper header file to - determine functionality). If IndependentComponents is Off, then you - must have either 2 or 4 component data. For 2 component data, the - first is passed through the first color transfer function and the - second component is passed through the first opacity transfer function. - Normals will be generated off of the second component. For 4 component - data, the first three will directly represent RGB (no lookup table). - The fourth component will be passed through the first scalar opacity - transfer function for opacity. Normals will be generated from the fourth - component. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the ambient lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set the color of a volume to a gray level transfer function - for the component indicated by index. This will set the - color channels for this component to 1. - - - - - Set the color of a volume to a gray level transfer function - for the component indicated by index. This will set the - color channels for this component to 1. - - - - - Set the color of a volume to an RGB transfer function - for the component indicated by index. This will set the - color channels for this component to 3. - This will also recompute the color channels - - - - - Set the color of a volume to an RGB transfer function - for the component indicated by index. This will set the - color channels for this component to 3. - This will also recompute the color channels - - - - - Set/Get the scalar component weights - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the diffuse lighting coefficient. - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Enable/Disable the gradient opacity function for the given component. - If set to true, any call to GetGradientOpacity() will return a default - function for this component. Note that the gradient opacity function is - still stored, it is not set or reset and can be retrieved using - GetStoredGradientOpacity(). - - - - - Set the opacity of a volume to an opacity transfer function based - on gradient magnitude for the given component. - - - - - Set the opacity of a volume to an opacity transfer function based - on gradient magnitude for the given component. - - - - - Does the data have independent components, or do some define color - only? If IndependentComponents is On (the default) then each component - will be independently passed through a lookup table to determine RGBA, - shaded. Some volume Mappers can handle 1 to 4 component - unsigned char or unsigned short data (see each mapper header file to - determine functionality). If IndependentComponents is Off, then you - must have either 2 or 4 component data. For 2 component data, the - first is passed through the first color transfer function and the - second component is passed through the first opacity transfer function. - Normals will be generated off of the second component. For 4 component - data, the first three will directly represent RGB (no lookup table). - The fourth component will be passed through the first scalar opacity - transfer function for opacity. Normals will be generated from the fourth - component. - - - - - Set the interpolation type for sampling a volume. Initial value is - VTK_NEAREST_INTERPOLATION. - - - - - Set the interpolation type for sampling a volume. Initial value is - VTK_NEAREST_INTERPOLATION. - - - - - Set the interpolation type for sampling a volume. Initial value is - VTK_NEAREST_INTERPOLATION. - - - - - Set the opacity of a volume to an opacity transfer function based - on scalar value for the component indicated by index. - - - - - Set the opacity of a volume to an opacity transfer function based - on scalar value for the component indicated by index. - - - - - Set/Get the unit distance on which the scalar opacity transfer function - is defined. By default this is 1.0, meaning that over a distance of - 1.0 units, a given opacity (from the transfer function) is accumulated. - This is adjusted for the actual sampling distance during rendering. - - - - - Set/Get the unit distance on which the scalar opacity transfer function - is defined. By default this is 1.0, meaning that over a distance of - 1.0 units, a given opacity (from the transfer function) is accumulated. - This is adjusted for the actual sampling distance during rendering. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular lighting coefficient. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the shading of a volume. If shading is turned off, then - the mapper for the volume will not perform shading calculations. - If shading is turned on, the mapper may perform shading - calculations - in some cases shading does not apply (for example, - in a maximum intensity projection) and therefore shading will - not be performed even if this flag is on. For a compositing type - of mapper, turning shading off is generally the same as setting - ambient=1, diffuse=0, specular=0. Shading can be independently - turned on/off per component. - - - - - Set/Get the specular power. - - - - - vtkVRMLExporter - export a scene into VRML 2.0 format. - - - Description - vtkVRMLExporter is a concrete subclass of vtkExporter that writes VRML 2.0 - files. This is based on the VRML 2.0 draft #3 but it should be pretty - stable since we aren't using any of the newer features. - - - - - vtkExporter - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the name of the VRML file to write. - - - - - Specify the Speed of navigation. Default is 4. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify the name of the VRML file to write. - - - - - Specify the Speed of navigation. Default is 4. - - - - - vtkWindowToImageFilter - Use a vtkWindow as input to image pipeline - - - Description - vtkWindowToImageFilter provides methods needed to read the data in - a vtkWindow and use it as input to the imaging pipeline. This is - useful for saving an image to a file for example. The window can - be read as either RGB or RGBA pixels; in addition, the depth buffer - can also be read. RGB and RGBA pixels are of type unsigned char, - while Z-Buffer data is returned as floats. Use this filter - to convert RenderWindows or ImageWindows to an image format. - - Caveats - A vtkWindow doesn't behave like other parts of the VTK pipeline: its - modification time doesn't get updated when an image is rendered. As a - result, naive use of vtkWindowToImageFilter will produce an image of - the first image that the window rendered, but which is never updated - on subsequent window updates. This behavior is unexpected and in - general undesirable. - - To force an update of the output image, call vtkWindowToImageFilter's - Modified method after rendering to the window. - - In VTK versions 4 and later, this filter is part of the canonical - way to output an image of a window to a file (replacing the - obsolete SaveImageAsPPM method for vtkRenderWindows that existed in - 3.2 and earlier). Connect this filter to the output of the window, - and filter's output to a writer such as vtkPNGWriter. - - Reading back alpha planes is dependent on the correct operation of - the render window's GetRGBACharPixelData method, which in turn is - dependent on the configuration of the window's alpha planes. As of - VTK 4.4+, machine-independent behavior is not automatically - assured because of these dependencies. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - When this->Magnification > 1, this class render the full image in tiles. - Sometimes that results in artificial artifacts at internal tile seams. - To overcome this issue, set this flag to true. - - - - - When this->Magnification > 1, this class render the full image in tiles. - Sometimes that results in artificial artifacts at internal tile seams. - To overcome this issue, set this flag to true. - - - - - When this->Magnification > 1, this class render the full image in tiles. - Sometimes that results in artificial artifacts at internal tile seams. - To overcome this issue, set this flag to true. - - - - - Returns which renderer is being used as the source for the pixel data. - Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set/get the window buffer from which data will be read. Choices - include VTK_RGB (read the color image from the window), VTK_RGBA - (same, but include the alpha channel), and VTK_ZBUFFER (depth - buffer, returned as a float array). Initial value is VTK_RGB. - - - - - The magnification of the current render window. Initial value is 1. - - - - - The magnification of the current render window. Initial value is 1. - - - - - The magnification of the current render window. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Get the output data object for a port on this algorithm. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that determines which buffer to read from. - The default is to read from the front buffer. - - - - - Set/get whether to re-render the input window. Initial value is true. - (This option makes no difference if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Set/get the extents to be used to generate the image. Initial value is - {0,0,1,1} (This option does not work if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Set/get the extents to be used to generate the image. Initial value is - {0,0,1,1} (This option does not work if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the flag that determines which buffer to read from. - The default is to read from the front buffer. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that determines which buffer to read from. - The default is to read from the front buffer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - When this->Magnification > 1, this class render the full image in tiles. - Sometimes that results in artificial artifacts at internal tile seams. - To overcome this issue, set this flag to true. - - - - - Indicates what renderer to get the pixel data from. Initial value is 0. - - - - - Set/get the window buffer from which data will be read. Choices - include VTK_RGB (read the color image from the window), VTK_RGBA - (same, but include the alpha channel), and VTK_ZBUFFER (depth - buffer, returned as a float array). Initial value is VTK_RGB. - - - - - Set/get the window buffer from which data will be read. Choices - include VTK_RGB (read the color image from the window), VTK_RGBA - (same, but include the alpha channel), and VTK_ZBUFFER (depth - buffer, returned as a float array). Initial value is VTK_RGB. - - - - - Set/get the window buffer from which data will be read. Choices - include VTK_RGB (read the color image from the window), VTK_RGBA - (same, but include the alpha channel), and VTK_ZBUFFER (depth - buffer, returned as a float array). Initial value is VTK_RGB. - - - - - Set/get the window buffer from which data will be read. Choices - include VTK_RGB (read the color image from the window), VTK_RGBA - (same, but include the alpha channel), and VTK_ZBUFFER (depth - buffer, returned as a float array). Initial value is VTK_RGB. - - - - - The magnification of the current render window. Initial value is 1. - - - - - Set/Get the flag that determines which buffer to read from. - The default is to read from the front buffer. - - - - - Set/get whether to re-render the input window. Initial value is true. - (This option makes no difference if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Set/get the extents to be used to generate the image. Initial value is - {0,0,1,1} (This option does not work if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Set/get the extents to be used to generate the image. Initial value is - {0,0,1,1} (This option does not work if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Set/get whether to re-render the input window. Initial value is true. - (This option makes no difference if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - Set/get whether to re-render the input window. Initial value is true. - (This option makes no difference if Magnification > 1.) - - - - - vtkWorldPointPicker - find world x,y,z corresponding to display x,y,z - - - Description - vtkWorldPointPicker is used to find the x,y,z world coordinate of a - screen x,y,z. This picker cannot pick actors and/or mappers, it - simply determines an x-y-z coordinate in world space. (It will always - return a x-y-z, even if the selection point is not over a prop/actor.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Perform the pick. (This method overload's the superclass.) - - - - - Perform the pick. (This method overload's the superclass.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkVisibleCellSelector - A helper that orchestrates color buffer - visible cell selection. This is deprecated. Refer to vtkHardwareSelector instead. - - - - Description - DEPRECATED: Please refer to vtkHardwareSelector instead. - This class can be used to determine what cells are visible within a given - rectangle of the RenderWindow. To use it, call in order, SetRenderer(), - SetArea(), SetProcessorId(), SetRenderPasses(), and then Select(). Select - will cause the attached vtkRenderer to render in a special color mode, - where each cell is given it own color so that later inspection of the - Rendered Pixels can determine what cells are visible. In practice up to - five different rendering passes may occur depending on your choices in - SetRenderPasses. After Select(), a list of the visible cells can be - obtained by calling GetSelectedIds(). - - Limitations: - Antialiasing will break this class. If your graphics card settings force - their use this class will return invalid results. - - Currently only cells from PolyDataMappers can be selected from. When - vtkRenderer is put into a SelectMode, it temporarily swaps in a new - vtkIdentColoredPainter to do the color index rendering of each cell in - each vtkProp that it renders. Until alternatives to vtkIdentColoredPainter - exist that can do a similar coloration of other vtkDataSet types, only - polygonal data can be selected. If you need to select other data types, - consider using vtkDataSetMapper and turning on it's PassThroughCellIds - feature, or using vtkFrustumExtractor. - - Only Opaque geometry in Actors is selected from. Assemblies and LODMappers - are not currently supported. - - During selection, visible datasets that can not be selected from are - temporarily hidden so as not to produce invalid indices from their colors. - - - - - vtkIdentColoredPainter - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - After a select, this will return a pointer to the actor corresponding to - a particular id. This will return NULL if id is out of range. - - - - - The caller of SetArea can use to check for cropped limits. - - - - - Get the cellId, vertexIds, actor, processor rendering the actor at a - given display position. Makes sense only after Select() has been called. - - - - - Call to let this know what processor number to render as in the processor - select pass. Internally this adds 1 to pid because 0 is reserved for miss. - - - - - After Select(), this will return the list of selected Ids. - The ProcessorId and Actor Id are returned in the first two components. - The CellId is returned in the last two components (only 64 bits total). - - - - - After Select(), this will return the list of selected Ids. - - - - - After Select(), (assuming DoVertexId is on), the will return arrays that - describe which cell vertices are visible. - The VertexPointers array contains one index into the VertexIds array for - every visible cell. Any index may be -1 in which case no vertices were - visible for that cell. The VertexIds array contains a set of integers for - each cell that has visible vertices. The first entry in the set is - the number of visible vertices. The rest are visible vertex ranks. - A set such at 2,0,4, means that a particular polygon's first and fifth - vertices were visible. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For debugging - prints out the list of selected ids. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Execute the selection algorithm. - - - - - Call to set the selection area region. - This crops the selected area to the renderers pixel limits. - - - - - Call to let this know what processor number to render as in the processor - select pass. Internally this adds 1 to pid because 0 is reserved for miss. - - - - - Call to let this know what selection render passes to do. - If you have only one processor or one actor, you can leave DoProcessor - and DoActor as false (the default). If you have less than 2^48 cells in - any actor, you do not need the CellIdHi pass, or similarly if you have - less than 2^24 cells, you do not need DoCellIdMid. - The DoPointId will enable another render pass for determining visible - vertices. - - - - - Call to let this know where to select within. - - - - - vtkIdentColoredPainter - DEPRECATED A vtkPolyDataPainter that colors each polygon - with a color coded integer. - - - - Description - DEPRECATED. Refer to vtkHardwareSelectionPolyDataPainter instead. - This painter will color each polygon in a color that encodes an integer. - Doing so allows us to determine what polygon is behind each pixel on the - screen. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Use the actor lookup table to lookup a color to render with. - - - - - Use to color each cell by processor rank or by actor id. - - - - - Use to color each cell with a different index. - plane 0 = bits 23..0 of ident. - plane 1 = bits 47..24 of ident. - plane 2 = bits 71..48 of ident. - - - - - Use to color each vertex of each cell by its number. - - - - - Allows you to get the id for selected actor. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - resets the current id to "first". - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDirectXGPUInfoList - Get GPUs VRAM information using DirectX. - - - Description - vtkDirectXGPUInfoList implements Probe() method of vtkGPUInfoList - through the DirectX API. As recommended by Microsoft, the WMI interface is - used for Windows XP and the DXGI interface is used for Windows Vista and - later. (see documentation of VideoMemory sample of the DirectX SDK) - ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee419018(v=VS.85) - - - - vtkGPUInfo vtkGPUInfoList - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Build the list of vtkInfoGPU if not done yet. - \post probed: IsProbed() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkCameraPass - Implement the camera render pass. - - - Description - Render the camera. - - It setups the projection and modelview matrices and can clear the background - It calls its delegate once. - After its delegate returns, it restore the modelview matrix stack. - - Its delegate is usually set to a vtkSequencePass with a vtkLigthsPass and - a list of passes for the geometry. - - - - - vtkRenderPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Used to override the aspect ratio used when computing the projection - matrix. This is useful when rendering for tile-displays for example. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the geometry. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkSequencePass with a vtkLigthsPass and - a list of passes for the geometry. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Used to override the aspect ratio used when computing the projection - matrix. This is useful when rendering for tile-displays for example. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the geometry. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkSequencePass with a vtkLigthsPass and - a list of passes for the geometry. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - vtkClearZPass - Clear the depth buffer with a given value. - - - Description - Clear the depth buffer with a given value. - - - - - vtkRenderPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the depth value. Initial value is 1.0 (farest). - - - - - Set/Get the depth value. Initial value is 1.0 (farest). - - - - - Set/Get the depth value. Initial value is 1.0 (farest). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the depth value. Initial value is 1.0 (farest). - - - - - vtkDefaultPass - Implement the basic render passes. - - - Description - vtkDefaultPass implements the basic standard render passes of VTK. - Subclasses can easily be implemented by reusing some parts of the basic - implementation. - - It implements classic Render operations as well as versions with property - key checking. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - - - - - vtkRenderPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkDepthPeelingPass - Implement an Order Independent Transparency - render pass. - - - Description - Render the translucent polygonal geometry of a scene without sorting - polygons in the view direction. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - An opaque pass may have been performed right after the initialization. - - The depth peeling algorithm works by rendering the translucent polygonal - geometry multiple times (once for each peel). The actually rendering of - the translucent polygonal geometry is peformed by its delegate - TranslucentPass. This delegate is therefore used multiple times. - - Its delegate is usually set to a vtkTranslucentPass. - - - - - vtkRenderPass, vtkTranslucentPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Tells if the last time this pass was executed, the depth peeling - algorithm was actually used. Initial value is false. - - - - - In case of depth peeling, define the maximum number of peeling layers. - Initial value is 4. A special value of 0 means no maximum limit. - It has to be a positive value. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the translucent polygonal geometry. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkTranslucentPass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - In case of depth peeling, define the maximum number of peeling layers. - Initial value is 4. A special value of 0 means no maximum limit. - It has to be a positive value. - - - - - In case of use of depth peeling technique for rendering translucent - material, define the threshold under which the algorithm stops to - iterate over peel layers. This is the ratio of the number of pixels - that have been touched by the last layer over the total number of pixels - of the viewport area. - Initial value is 0.0, meaning rendering have to be exact. Greater values - may speed-up the rendering with small impact on the quality. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the translucent polygonal geometry. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkTranslucentPass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - vtkGaussianBlurPass - Implement a post-processing Gaussian blur - render pass. - - - Description - Blur the image renderered by its delegate. Blurring uses a Gaussian low-pass - filter with a 5x5 kernel. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - An opaque pass may have been performed right after the initialization. - - The delegate is used once. - - Its delegate is usually set to a vtkCameraPass or to a post-processing pass. - - This pass requires a OpenGL context that supports texture objects (TO), - framebuffer objects (FBO) and GLSL. If not, it will emit an error message - and will render its delegate and return. - - Implementation - As the filter is separable, it first blurs the image horizontally and then - vertically. This reduces the number of texture sampling to 5 per pass. - In addition, as texture sampling can already blend texel values in linear - mode, by adjusting the texture coordinate accordingly, only 3 texture - sampling are actually necessary. - Reference: OpenGL Bloom Toturial by Philip Rideout, section - Exploit Hardware Filtering http://prideout.net/bloom/index.php#Sneaky - - - - - vtkImageProcessingPass - Convenient class for post-processing passes. - render pass. - - - Description - Abstract class with some convenient methods frequently used in subclasses. - - Implementation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the image to be processed. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkCameraPass or to a post-processing pass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delegate for rendering the image to be processed. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkCameraPass or to a post-processing pass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkLightsPass - Implement the lights render pass. - - - Description - Render the lights. - - This pass expects an initialized camera. - It disables all the lights, apply transformations for lights following the - camera, and turn on the enables lights. - - - - - vtkRenderPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGLSLShaderDeviceAdapter2 - adapter to pass generic vertex - attributes to the rendering pipeline to be used in a vtkShaderProgram2. - - - Description - vtkShaderDeviceAdapter subclass for vtkShaderProgram2. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descrition: - This method is called before rendering. This gives the shader device - adapter an opportunity to collect information, such as attribute indices - that it will need while rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sends a single attribute to the graphics card. - The attrname parameter identifies the name of attribute. - The components parameter gives the number of - components in the attribute. In general, components must be between - 1-4, but a rendering system may impose even more constraints. The - type parameter is a VTK type enumeration (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_INT, etc.). - Again, a rendering system may not support all types for all - attributes. The attribute parameter is the actual data for the - attribute. - If offset is specified, it is added to attribute pointer \c after - it has been casted to the proper type. - If attribute is NULL, the OpenGL ID for the attribute will simply be - cached. - - - - - vtkOpaquePass - Render the opaque geometry with property key - filtering. - - - Description - vtkOpaquePass renders the opaque geometry of all the props that have the - keys contained in vtkRenderState. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - - - - - vtkRenderPass vtkDefaultPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLActor - OpenGL actor - - - Description - vtkOpenGLActor is a concrete implementation of the abstract class vtkActor. - vtkOpenGLActor interfaces to the OpenGL rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Actual actor render method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLCamera - OpenGL camera - - - Description - vtkOpenGLCamera is a concrete implementation of the abstract class - vtkCamera. vtkOpenGLCamera interfaces to the OpenGL rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - vtkOpenGLClipPlanesPainter - painter that manages clipping - - - Description - This painter is an openGL specific painter which handles clipplanes. - This painter must typically be placed before the painter that - do the primitive rendering. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLCoincidentTopologyResolutionPainter - - - Description - Implementation for vtkCoincidentTopologyResolutionPainter using OpenGL. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLDisplayListPainter - display list painter using OpenGL. - - - Description - vtkOpenGLDisplayListPainter creates an OpenGL display list for rendering. - This painter creates a different display list for every render request with a - different set of typeflags. If any of the data or inputs change, then all - display lists are discarded. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. In this case, releases the display lists. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns true if the extension is supported, false otherwise. - - - - - Returns a string listing all available extensions. Call Update first - to validate this string. - - - - - Set/Get the render window to query extensions on. If set to null, - justs queries the current render window. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Similar to LoadCorePromotedExtension(). - It loads an EXT extension into the pointers of its ARB equivalent. - - - - - Loads all the functions associated with the given core-promoted extension - into the appropriate static members of vtkgl associated with the OpenGL - version that promoted the extension as a core feature. This method emits a - warning if the requested extension is not supported. It emits an error if - the extension does not load successfully. - - For instance, extension GL_ARB_multitexture was promoted as a core - feature into OpenGL 1.3. An implementation that uses this - feature has to (IN THIS ORDER), check if OpenGL 1.3 is supported - with ExtensionSupported("GL_VERSION_1_3"), if true, load the extension - with LoadExtension("GL_VERSION_1_3"). If false, test for the extension - with ExtensionSupported("GL_ARB_multitexture"),if true load the extension - with this method LoadCorePromotedExtension("GL_ARB_multitexture"). - If any of those loading stage succeeded, use vtgl::ActiveTexture() in - any case, NOT vtgl::ActiveTextureARB(). - This method avoids the use of if statements everywhere in implementations - using core-promoted extensions. - Without this method, the implementation code should look like: - - int opengl_1_3=extensions->ExtensionSupported("GL_VERSION_1_3"); - if(opengl_1_3) - { - extensions->LoadExtension("GL_VERSION_1_3"); - } - else - { - if(extensions->ExtensionSupported("GL_ARB_multitexture")) - { - extensions->LoadCorePromotedExtension("GL_ARB_multitexture"); - } - else - { - vtkErrorMacro("Required multitexture feature is not supported!"); - } - } - ... - if(opengl_1_3) - { - vtkgl::ActiveTexture(vtkgl::TEXTURE0) - } - else - { - vtkgl::ActiveTextureARB(vtkgl::TEXTURE0_ARB) - } - - Thanks to this method, the code looks like: - - int opengl_1_3=extensions->ExtensionSupported("GL_VERSION_1_3"); - if(opengl_1_3) - { - extensions->LoadExtension("GL_VERSION_1_3"); - } - else - { - if(extensions->ExtensionSupported("GL_ARB_multitexture")) - { - extensions->LoadCorePromotedExtension("GL_ARB_multitexture"); - } - else - { - vtkErrorMacro("Required multitexture feature is not supported!"); - } - } - ... - vtkgl::ActiveTexture(vtkgl::TEXTURE0); - - - - - - Loads all the functions associated with the given extension into the - appropriate static members of vtkgl. This method emits a warning if the - requested extension is not supported. It emits an error if the extension - does not load successfully. - - - - - Returns true if the extension is supported and loaded successfully, - false otherwise. This method will "fail silently/gracefully" if the - extension is not supported or does not load properly. It emits neither - warnings nor errors. It is up to the caller to determine if the - extension loaded properly by paying attention to the return value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the render window to query extensions on. If set to null, - justs queries the current render window. - - - - - Updates the extensions string. - - - - - vtkOpenGLGlyph3DMapper - vtkOpenGLGlyph3D on the GPU. - - - Description - Do the same job than vtkGlyph3D but on the GPU. For this reason, it is - a mapper not a vtkPolyDataAlgorithm. Also, some methods of vtkOpenGLGlyph3D - don't make sense in vtkOpenGLGlyph3DMapper: GeneratePointIds, old-style - SetSource, PointIdsName, IsPointVisible. - Implementation - - - - - vtkOpenGLGlyph3D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Method initiates the mapping process. Generally sent by the actor - as each frame is rendered. - Its behavior depends on the value of SelectMode. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLHardwareSupport - OpenGL rendering window - - - Description - vtkOpenGLHardwareSupport is an implementation of methods used - to query OpenGL and the hardware of what kind of graphics support - is available. When VTK supports more than one Graphics API an - abstract super class vtkHardwareSupport should be implemented - for this class to derive from. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get a reference to a vtkRenderWindow which is Required - for most methods of this class to work. - - - - - Return the number of fixed-function texture units. - - - - - Return the total number of texture image units accessible by a shader - program. - - - - - Test if MultiTexturing is supported. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get a reference to a vtkRenderWindow which is Required - for most methods of this class to work. - - - - - vtkOpenGLImageActor - OpenGL texture map - - - Description - vtkOpenGLImageActor is a concrete implementation of the abstract class - vtkImageActor. vtkOpenGLImageActor interfaces to the OpenGL rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this texture. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. Using the same texture object in multiple - render windows is NOT currently supported. - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLImageMapper - 2D image display support for OpenGL - - - Description - vtkOpenGLImageMapper is a concrete subclass of vtkImageMapper that - renders images under OpenGL - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called by the Render function in vtkImageMapper. Actually draws - the image to the screen. - - - - - Handle the render method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLLight - OpenGL light - - - Description - vtkOpenGLLight is a concrete implementation of the abstract class vtkLight. - vtkOpenGLLight interfaces to the OpenGL rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLLightingPainter - painter that manages lighting. - - - Description - This painter manages lighting. - Ligting is disabled when rendering points/lines and no normals are present - or rendering Polygons/TStrips and representation is points and no normals - are present. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This painter overrides GetTimeToDraw() to never pass the request to the - delegate. This is done since this class may propagate a single render - request multiple times to the delegate. In that case the time accumulation - responsibility is borne by the painter causing the multiple rendering - requests i.e. this painter itself. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLPainterDeviceAdapter - An adapter between a vtkPainter and a rendering device. - - - - Description - - An adapter between vtkPainter and the OpenGL rendering system. Only a - handful of attributes with special meaning are supported. The OpenGL - attribute used for each attribute is given below. - - \verbatim - vtkDataSetAttributes::NORMALS glNormal - vtkDataSetAttributes:::SCALARS glColor - vtkDataSetAttributes::TCOORDS glTexCoord - vtkDataSetAttributes::NUM_ATTRIBUTES glVertex - \endverbatim - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Converts mode from VTK_* to GL_* and calls glBegin. - - - - - Returns true if renderer is a vtkOpenGLRenderer. - - - - - Calls glEnableClientState or glDisableClientState. - - - - - Calls glDrawArrays. Mode is converted from VTK_* to GL_*. - - - - - Calls glDrawElements. Mode and type are converted from VTK_* to GL_*. - - - - - Calls glEnableClientState or glDisableClientState. - - - - - Calls glEnd. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns if the given attribute type is supported by the device. - Returns 1 is supported, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Turns blending on and off. - - - - - Turns lighting on and off. - - - - - Turns antialiasing on and off. - - - - - Turns emphasis of vertices on or off for vertex selection. - When emphasized verts are drawn nearer to the camera and are drawn - larger than normal to make selection of them more reliable. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Returns current blending setting. - - - - - Returns current lighting setting. - - - - - Returns current antialiasing setting. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Calls one of glVertex*, glNormal*, glColor*, or glTexCoord*. - - - - - Calls glMultiTex - - - - - Calls one of glVertexPointer, glNormalPointer, glColorPointer, or - glTexCoordPointer. - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - Control use of the stencil buffer (for vertex selection). - - - - - vtkOpenGLPolyDataMapper - a PolyDataMapper for the OpenGL library - - - Description - vtkOpenGLPolyDataMapper is a subclass of vtkPolyDataMapper. - vtkOpenGLPolyDataMapper is a geometric PolyDataMapper for the OpenGL - rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Draw method for OpenGL. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Implement superclass render method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLPolyDataMapper2D - 2D PolyData support for OpenGL - - - Description - vtkOpenGLPolyDataMapper2D provides 2D PolyData annotation support for - vtk under OpenGL. Normally the user should use vtkPolyDataMapper2D - which in turn will use this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Actually draw the poly data. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLProperty - OpenGL property - - - Description - vtkOpenGLProperty is a concrete implementation of the abstract class - vtkProperty. vtkOpenGLProperty interfaces to the OpenGL rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Provide values to initialize shader variables. - Useful to initialize shader variables that change over time - (animation, GUI widgets inputs, etc. ) - - \p name - hardware name of the uniform variable - - \p numVars - number of variables being set - - \p x - values - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLRenderWindow - OpenGL rendering window - - - Description - vtkOpenGLRenderWindow is a concrete implementation of the abstract class - vtkRenderWindow. vtkOpenGLRenderer interfaces to the OpenGL graphics - library. Application programmers should normally use vtkRenderWindow - instead of the OpenGL specific version. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Update graphic error status, regardless of ReportGraphicErrors flag. - It means this method can be used in any context and is not restricted to - debug mode. - - - - - Return the OpenGL name of the back left buffer. - It is GL_BACK if GL is bound to the window-system-provided - framebuffer. It is vtkgl::COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT if GL is bound to an - application-created framebuffer object (GPU-based offscreen rendering) - It is used by vtkOpenGLCamera. - - - - - Return the OpenGL name of the back left buffer. - It is GL_BACK_LEFT if GL is bound to the window-system-provided - framebuffer. It is vtkgl::COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT if GL is bound to an - application-created framebuffer object (GPU-based offscreen rendering) - It is used by vtkOpenGLCamera. - - - - - Return the OpenGL name of the back right buffer. - It is GL_BACK_RIGHT if GL is bound to the window-system-provided - framebuffer. It is vtkgl::COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT+1 if GL is bound to an - application-created framebuffer object (GPU-based offscreen rendering) - It is used by vtkOpenGLCamera. - - - - - Get the size of the color buffer. - Returns 0 if not able to determine otherwise sets R G B and A into buffer. - - - - - Get the size of the depth buffer. - - - - - Returns the extension manager. A new one will be created if one hasn't - already been set up. - - - - - Return the OpenGL name of the front left buffer. - It is GL_FRONT if GL is bound to the window-system-provided - framebuffer. It is vtkgl::COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT if GL is bound to an - application-created framebuffer object (GPU-based offscreen rendering) - It is used by vtkOpenGLCamera. - - - - - Return the OpenGL name of the front left buffer. - It is GL_FRONT_LEFT if GL is bound to the window-system-provided - framebuffer. It is vtkgl::COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT if GL is bound to an - application-created framebuffer object (GPU-based offscreen rendering) - It is used by vtkOpenGLCamera. - - - - - Return the OpenGL name of the front right buffer. - It is GL_FRONT_RIGHT if GL is bound to the window-system-provided - framebuffer. It is vtkgl::COLOR_ATTACHMENT0_EXT+1 if GL is bound to an - application-created framebuffer object (GPU-based offscreen rendering) - It is used by vtkOpenGLCamera. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of multisamples - - - - - Returns an Hardware Support object. A new one will be created if one - hasn't already been set up. - - - - - Return a string matching the last graphic error status. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGB... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGB... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from an image - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from an image - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from an image - - - - - Return the last graphic error status. Initial value is false. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Initialize OpenGL for this window. - - - - - Register a texture name with this render window. - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of multisamples - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGB... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBRGB... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the pixel data of an image, transmitted as RGBARGBA... - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from an image - - - - - Set/Get the zbuffer data from an image - - - - - Update system if needed due to stereo rendering. - - - - - Block the thread until the actual rendering is finished(). - Useful for measurement only. - - - - - vtkOpenGLRenderer - OpenGL renderer - - - Description - vtkOpenGLRenderer is a concrete implementation of the abstract class - vtkRenderer. vtkOpenGLRenderer interfaces to the OpenGL graphics library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Internal method temporarily removes lights before reloading them - into graphics pipeline. - - - - - Internal method temporarily removes lights before reloading them - into graphics pipeline. - - - - - Concrete open gl render method. - - - - - Render translucent polygonal geometry. Default implementation just call - UpdateTranslucentPolygonalGeometry(). - Subclasses of vtkRenderer that can deal with depth peeling must - override this method. - - - - - Is rendering at translucent geometry stage using depth peeling and - rendering a layer other than the first one? (Boolean value) - If so, the uniform variables UseTexture and Texture can be set. - (Used by vtkOpenGLProperty or vtkOpenGLTexture) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Ask lights to load themselves into graphics pipeline. - - - - - vtkOpenGLRepresentationPainter - painter handling representation - using OpenGL. - - - Description - This is OpenGL implementation of a painter handling representation - i.e. Points, Wireframe, Surface. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This painter overrides GetTimeToDraw() to never pass the request to the - delegate. This is done since this class may propagate a single render - request multiple times to the delegate. In that case the time accumulation - responsibility is borne by the painter causing the multiple rendering - requests i.e. this painter itself. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLScalarsToColorsPainter - implementation of - vtkScalarsToColorsPainter for OpenGL. - - - Description - vtkOpenGLScalarsToColorsPainter is a concrete subclass of - vtkScalarsToColorsPainter which uses OpenGL for color mapping. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Return the texture size limit, i.e. GL_MAX_TEXTURE_SIZE. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this mapper. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLTexture - OpenGL texture map - - - Description - vtkOpenGLTexture is a concrete implementation of the abstract class - vtkTexture. vtkOpenGLTexture interfaces to the OpenGL rendering library. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the openGL texture name to which this texture is bound. - This is available only if GL version >= 1.1 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Implement base class method. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descsription: - Clean up after the rendering is complete. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this texture. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. Using the same texture object in multiple - render windows is NOT currently supported. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOverlayPass - Render the overlay geometry with property key - filtering. - - - Description - vtkOverlayPass renders the overlay geometry of all the props that have the - keys contained in vtkRenderState. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - - - - - vtkRenderPass vtkDefaultPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRenderPassCollection - a list of RenderPasses - - - Description - vtkRenderPassCollection represents a list of RenderPasses - (i.e., vtkRenderPass and subclasses) and provides methods to manipulate the - list. The list is unsorted and duplicate entries are not prevented. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add an RenderPass to the list. - - - - - Get the last RenderPass in the list. - - - - - Get the next RenderPass in the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkSequencePass - Execute render passes sequentially. - - - Description - vtkSequencePass executes a list of render passes sequentially. - This class allows to define a sequence of render passes at run time. - The other solution to write a sequence of render passes is to write an - effective subclass of vtkRenderPass. - - As vtkSequencePass is a vtkRenderPass itself, it is possible to have a - hierarchy of render passes built at runtime. - - - - vtkRenderPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The ordered list of render passes to execute sequentially. - If the pointer is NULL or the list is empty, it is silently ignored. - There is no warning. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The ordered list of render passes to execute sequentially. - If the pointer is NULL or the list is empty, it is silently ignored. - There is no warning. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - vtkShadowMapBakerPass - Implement a builder of shadow map pass. - - - Description - Bake a list of shadow maps, once per spot light. - It work in conjunction with the vtkShadowMapPass, which uses the - shadow maps for rendering the opaque geometry (a technique to render hard - shadows in hardware). - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - An opaque pass may have been performed right after the initialization. - - - - Its delegate is usually set to a vtkOpaquePass. - - Implementation - The first pass of the algorithm is to generate a shadow map per light - (depth map from the light point of view) by rendering the opaque objects - with the vtkShadowMapBakerPass::OCCLUDER property keys. - The second pass is to render the opaque objects with the vtkShadowMap::RECEIVER keys. - - - - - vtkRenderPass, vtkOpaquePass, vtkShadowMapPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Delegate for compositing of the shadow maps accross processors. - If it is NULL, there is no z compositing. - It is usually set to a vtkCompositeZPass (Parallel package). - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - INTERNAL USE ONLY. - Internally used by vtkShadowMapBakerPass and vtkShadowMapPass. - - Tell if there is at least one shadow. - Initial value is false. - - - - - INTERNAL USE ONLY. - Internally used by vtkShadowMapBakerPass and vtkShadowMapPass. - - Do the shadows need to be updated? - Value changed by vtkShadowMapBakerPass and used by vtkShadowMapPass. - Initial value is true. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the opaque polygonal geometry. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkCameraPass with a sequence of - vtkLightPass/vtkOpaquePass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Factor used to scale the maximum depth slope of a polygon (definition - from OpenGL 2.1 spec section 3.5.5 "Depth Offset" page 112). This is - used during the creation the shadow maps (not during mapping of the - shadow maps onto the geometry) - Play with this value and PolygonOffsetUnits to solve self-shadowing. - Valid values can be either positive or negative. - Initial value is 1.1f (recommended by the nVidia presentation about - Shadow Mapping by Cass Everitt). 3.1f works well with the regression test. - - - - - Factor used to scale an implementation dependent constant that relates - to the usable resolution of the depth buffer (definition from OpenGL 2.1 - spec section 3.5.5 "Depth Offset" page 112). This is - used during the creation the shadow maps (not during mapping of the - shadow maps onto the geometry) - Play with this value and PolygonOffsetFactor to solve self-shadowing. - Valid values can be either positive or negative. - Initial value is 4.0f (recommended by the nVidia presentation about - Shadow Mapping by Cass Everitt). 10.0f works well with the regression - test. - - - - - Set/Get the number of pixels in each dimension of the shadow maps - (shadow maps are square). Initial value is 256. The greater the better. - Resolution does not have to be a power-of-two value. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - INTERNAL USE ONLY. - Internally used by vtkShadowMapBakerPass and vtkShadowMapPass. - - Tell if the light `l' can create shadows. - The light has to not be a head light and to be directional or - positional with an angle less than 180 degrees. - \pre l_exists: l!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If this key exists on the PropertyKeys of a prop, the prop is viewed as a - light occluder (ie it casts shadows). This key is not mutually exclusive - with the RECEIVER() key. - - - - - If this key exists on the Propertykeys of a prop, the prop is viewed as a - light/shadow receiver. This key is not mutually exclusive with the - OCCLUDER() key. - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Delegate for compositing of the shadow maps accross processors. - If it is NULL, there is no z compositing. - It is usually set to a vtkCompositeZPass (Parallel package). - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Delegate for rendering the opaque polygonal geometry. - If it is NULL, nothing will be rendered and a warning will be emitted. - It is usually set to a vtkCameraPass with a sequence of - vtkLightPass/vtkOpaquePass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Factor used to scale the maximum depth slope of a polygon (definition - from OpenGL 2.1 spec section 3.5.5 "Depth Offset" page 112). This is - used during the creation the shadow maps (not during mapping of the - shadow maps onto the geometry) - Play with this value and PolygonOffsetUnits to solve self-shadowing. - Valid values can be either positive or negative. - Initial value is 1.1f (recommended by the nVidia presentation about - Shadow Mapping by Cass Everitt). 3.1f works well with the regression test. - - - - - Factor used to scale an implementation dependent constant that relates - to the usable resolution of the depth buffer (definition from OpenGL 2.1 - spec section 3.5.5 "Depth Offset" page 112). This is - used during the creation the shadow maps (not during mapping of the - shadow maps onto the geometry) - Play with this value and PolygonOffsetFactor to solve self-shadowing. - Valid values can be either positive or negative. - Initial value is 4.0f (recommended by the nVidia presentation about - Shadow Mapping by Cass Everitt). 10.0f works well with the regression - test. - - - - - Set/Get the number of pixels in each dimension of the shadow maps - (shadow maps are square). Initial value is 256. The greater the better. - Resolution does not have to be a power-of-two value. - - - - - INTERNAL USE ONLY. - Internally used by vtkShadowMapBakerPass and vtkShadowMapPass. - - Set NeedUpate to false. Called by vtkShadowMapPass. - - - - - vtkShadowMapPass - Implement a shadow mapping render pass. - - - Description - Render the opaque polygonal geometry of a scene with shadow maps (a - technique to render hard shadows in hardware). - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - An opaque pass may have been performed right after the initialization. - - - - Its delegate is usually set to a vtkOpaquePass. - - Implementation - The first pass of the algorithm is to generate a shadow map per light - (depth map from the light point of view) by rendering the opaque objects - with the OCCLUDER property keys. - The second pass is to render the opaque objects with the RECEIVER keys. - - - - - vtkRenderPass, vtkOpaquePass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Pass that render the opaque geometry, with no camera pass (otherwise - it does not work with Ice-T). - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - Typically a sequence pass with a light pass and opaque pass. - This should be the Opaque pass of the vtkShadowMapBakerPass without the - vtkCameraPass. - - - - - Pass that generates the shadow maps. - the vtkShadowMapPass will use the Resolution ivar of - this pass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Pass that render the opaque geometry, with no camera pass (otherwise - it does not work with Ice-T). - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - Typically a sequence pass with a light pass and opaque pass. - This should be the Opaque pass of the vtkShadowMapBakerPass without the - vtkCameraPass. - - - - - Pass that generates the shadow maps. - the vtkShadowMapPass will use the Resolution ivar of - this pass. - Initial value is a NULL pointer. - - - - - vtkSobelGradientMagnitudePass - Implement a post-processing edge - detection with a Sobel gradient magnitude render pass. - - - Description - Detect the edges of the image renderered by its delegate. Edge-detection - uses a Sobel high-pass filter (3x3 kernel). - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - An opaque pass may have been performed right after the initialization. - - The delegate is used once. - - Its delegate is usually set to a vtkCameraPass or to a post-processing pass. - - This pass requires a OpenGL context that supports texture objects (TO), - framebuffer objects (FBO) and GLSL. If not, it will emit an error message - and will render its delegate and return. - - Implementation - To compute the gradient magnitude, the x and y components of the gradient - (Gx and Gy) have to be computed first. Each computation of Gx and Gy uses - a separable filter. - The first pass takes the image from the delegate as the single input - texture. - The first pass has two outputs, one for the first part of Gx, Gx1, result of - a convolution with (-1 0 1), one for the first part of Gy, Gy1, result of a - convolution with (1 2 1). - The second pass has two inputs, Gx1 and Gy1. Kernel (1 2 1)^T is applied - to Gx1 and kernel (-1 0 1)^T is applied to Gx2. It gives the values for - Gx and Gy. Thoses values are then used to compute the magnitude of the - gradient which is stored in the render target. - The gradient computation happens per component (R,G,B). A is arbitrarly set - to 1 (full opacity). - - \image html vtkSobelGradientMagnitudePassFigure.png - \image latex vtkSobelGradientMagnitudePassFigure.eps - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release graphics resources and ask components to release their own - resources. - \pre w_exists: w!=0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkTranslucentPass - Render the translucent polygonal geometry - with property key filtering. - - - Description - vtkTranslucentPass renders the translucent polygonal geometry of all the - props that have the keys contained in vtkRenderState. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - - - - - vtkRenderPass vtkDefaultPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUniformVariables - GLSL uniform variables - - - Description - vtkUniformVariables is a list of uniform variables attached to either a - vtkShader2 object or to a vtkShaderProgram2. Uniform variables on - a vtkShaderProgram2 override values of uniform variables on a vtkShader2. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Copy all the variables from `other'. Any existing variable will be - deleted first. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre not_self: other!=this - - - - - Name of the uniform at the current cursor position. - \pre not_done: !this->IsAtEnd() - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the iteration done? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Copy all the variables from `other'. Any existing variable will be - overwritten. - \pre other_exists: other!=0 - \pre not_self: other!=this - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Move the cursor to the next uniform. - \pre not_done: !this->IsAtEnd() - - - - - Remove all uniforms from the list. - - - - - Remove uniform `name' from the list. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - \pre need a valid OpenGL context and a shader program in use. - - - - - \pre need a valid OpenGL context and a shader program in use. - \pre not_done: !this->IsAtEnd() - - - - - Set a matrix uniform variable. - \pre name_exists: name!=0 - \pre value_exists: value!=0 - \pre valid_rows: rows>=2 && rows<=4 - \pre valid_columns: columns>=2 && columns<=4 - - - - - Set an float uniform variable. - \pre name_exists: name!=0 - \pre value_exists: value!=0 - \pre valid_numberOfComponents: numberOfComponents>=1 && numberOfComponents<=4 - - - - - Set an array of float uniform variables. - The array `value' is of size `numberOfElements'*`numberOfComponents.'. - \pre name_exists: name!=0 - \pre value_exists: value!=0 - \pre valid_numberOfComponents: numberOfComponents>=1 && numberOfComponents<=4 - \pre valid_numberOfElements: numberOfElements>=1 - - - - - Set an integer uniform variable. - \pre name_exists: name!=0 - \pre value_exists: value!=0 - \pre valid_numberOfComponents: numberOfComponents>=1 && numberOfComponents<=4 - - - - - Set an array of integer uniform variables. - The array `value' is of size `numberOfElements'*`numberOfComponents.'. - \pre name_exists: name!=0 - \pre value_exists: value!=0 - \pre valid_numberOfComponents: numberOfComponents>=1 && numberOfComponents<=4 - \pre valid_numberOfElements: numberOfElements>=1 - - - - - Place the internal cursor on the first uniform. - - - - - vtkVolumetricPass - Render the volumetric geometry with property key - filtering. - - - Description - vtkVolumetricPass renders the volumetric geometry of all the props that - have the keys contained in vtkRenderState. - - This pass expects an initialized depth buffer and color buffer. - Initialized buffers means they have been cleared with farest z-value and - background color/gradient/transparent color. - - - - - vtkRenderPass vtkDefaultPass - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGLSLShader - GLSL Shader - - - Description - vtkGLSLShader is a concrete class that creates and compiles hardware - shaders written in the OpenGL Shadering Language (GLSL, OpenGL2.0). - While step linking a vertex and a fragment shader is performed by - vtkGLSLShaderProgram, all shader parameters are initialized in this - class. - - .Section vtkOpenGLExtensionManager - All OpenGL calls are made through vtkOpenGLExtensionManager. - - .Section Supported Basic Shader Types: - - Scalar Types - uniform float - uniform int - uniform int -- boolean scalar not yet tested - - Vector Types: - uniform vec{2|3|4} - uniform ivec{2|3|4} - uniform bvec{2|3|4} -- boolean vector not yet tested - - Matrix Types: - uniform mat{2|3|4} - - Texture Samplers: - sample1D -- Not yet implemented in this cless. - sample2D -- Not yet implemented in this class. - sample3D -- Not yet implemented in this class. - sampler1DShadow -- Not yet implemented in this class. - sampler1DShadow -- Not yet implemented in this class. - - User-Defined structures: - uniform struct - NOTE: these must be defined and declared outside of the 'main' shader - function. - - - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Called to compile the shader code. - The subclasses must only compile the code in this method. - Returns if the compile was successful. - Subclasses should compile the code only if it was not - already compiled. - - - - - The vtkGLSLShaderProgram needs the shader handle for attaching. - - - - - The Shader needs the id of the ShaderProgram - to obtain uniform variable locations. This is set - by vtkGLSLShaderProgram. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The Shader needs the id of the ShaderProgram - to obtain uniform variable locations. This is set - by vtkGLSLShaderProgram. - - - - - vtkGLSLShaderDeviceAdapter - adapter to pass generic vertex - attributes to the rendering pipeline to be used in a GLSL shader. - - - Description - vtkShaderDeviceAdapter subclass for GLSL. - Thanks - Support for generic vertex attributes in VTK was contributed in - collaboration with Stephane Ploix at EDF. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Descrition: - This method is called before rendering. This gives the shader device - adapter an opportunity to collect information, such as attribute indices - that it will need while rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sends a single attribute to the graphics card. - The attrname parameter identifies the name of attribute. - The components parameter gives the number of - components in the attribute. In general, components must be between - 1-4, but a rendering system may impose even more constraints. The - type parameter is a VTK type enumeration (VTK_FLOAT, VTK_INT, etc.). - Again, a rendering system may not support all types for all - attributes. The attribute parameter is the actual data for the - attribute. - If offset is specified, it is added to attribute pointer \c after - it has been casted to the proper type. - If attribute is NULL, the OpenGL ID for the attribute will simply be - cached. - - - - - vtkGLSLShaderProgram - GLSL Shader Program - - - Description - vtkGLSLShaderProgram is a concerete implementation of vtkShaderProgram. - It's main function is to 'Link' a vertex and a fragment shader together - and install them into the rendering pipeline by calling OpenGL2.0. - - Initialization of shader parameters is delegated to instances of vtkShader - (vtkGLSLShader in this case). - Thanks - Shader support in VTK includes key contributions by Gary Templet at - Sandia National Labs. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the OpenGL program id. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Called to unload the shaders after the actor has been rendered. - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - .Description: - Take shader from its source (file and/or string) and load, compile, and - install in hardware. Also, initialize uniform variables originating from - the following sources: XML material file, vtkProperty, vtkLight, - vtkCamera, and application-specified uniform variables. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFreeTypeLabelRenderStrategy - Renders labels with freetype - - - - Description - Uses the FreeType to render labels and compute label sizes. - This strategy may be used with vtkLabelPlacementMapper. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this strategy. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The free type render strategy currently does not support bounded size labels. - - - - - The free type render strategy currently does not support rotation. - - - - - vtkOpenGLFreeTypeTextMapper - 2D Text annotation support - - - Description - vtkOpenGLFreeTypeTextMapper provides 2D text annotation support for VTK - using the FreeType and FTGL libraries. Normally the user should use - vtktextMapper which in turn will use this class. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - What is the size of the rectangle required to draw this - mapper ? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this actor. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Actally draw the text. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGenericOpenGLRenderWindow - platform independent render window - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - ! Cleans up graphics resources allocated in the context for this VTK scene. - - - - - ! flush the pending drawing operations - ! Class user may to watch for WindowFrameEvent and act on it - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ! Returns if the context is current. It is the class user's - ! responsibility to watch for WindowIsCurrentEvent and set the bool* flag - ! passed through the call data parameter. - - - - - ! Returns if the context is direct. It is the class user's - ! responsibility to watch for WindowIsDirectEvent and set the int* flag - ! passed through the call data parameter. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ! Makes the context current. It is the class user's - ! responsibility to watch for WindowMakeCurrentEvent and set it current. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - ! convenience function to pop the state and pop the tranform matrices - - - - - ! convenience function to push the state and push/init the tranform matrices - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - {@ - ! set the drawing buffers to use - - - - - {@ - ! set the drawing buffers to use - - - - - {@ - ! set the drawing buffers to use - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! set the drawing buffers to use - - - - - {@ - ! set the drawing buffers to use - - - - - {@ - ! set the drawing buffers to use - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - ! Returns if OpenGL is supported. It is the class user's - ! responsibility to watch for WindowSupportsOpenGLEvent and set the int* flag - ! passed through the call data parameter. - - - - - {@ - ! does nothing - - - - - vtkWin32OpenGLRenderWindow - OpenGL rendering window - - - Description - vtkWin32OpenGLRenderWindow is a concrete implementation of the abstract - class vtkRenderWindow. vtkWin32OpenGLRenderer interfaces to the standard - OpenGL graphics library in the Windows/NT environment.. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Clean up device contexts, rendering contexts, etc. - - - - - Finalize the rendering window. This will shutdown all system-specific - resources. After having called this, it should be possible to destroy - a window that was used for a SetWindowId() call without any ill effects. - - - - - End the rendering process and display the image. - - - - - Check to see if a mouse button has been pressed. - All other events are ignored by this method. - This is a useful check to abort a long render. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - These methods can be used by MFC applications - to support print preview and printing, or more - general rendering into memory. - - - - - Get the position in screen coordinates of the window. - - - - - Get the current size of the screen in pixels. - - - - - Get the current size of the window in pixels. - - - - - Hide or Show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - Set cursor position in window (note that (0,0) is the lower left - corner). - - - - - Initialize the rendering window. This will setup all system-specific - resources. This method and Finalize() must be symmetric and it - should be possible to call them multiple times, even changing WindowId - in-between. This is what WindowRemap does. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells if this window is the current OpenGL context for the calling thread. - - - - - Is this render window using hardware acceleration? 0-false, 1-true - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Make this windows OpenGL context the current context. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the preferred window size to full screen. - - - - - Get report of capabilities for the render window - - - - - These methods can be used by MFC applications - to support print preview and printing, or more - general rendering into memory. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Change the shape of the cursor - - - - - Hide or Show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - Set cursor position in window (note that (0,0) is the lower left - corner). - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Change the window to fill the entire screen. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Sets the WindowInfo that will be used after a WindowRemap. - - - - - Override the default implementation so that we can actively switch between - on and off screen rendering. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Set the position of the window. - - - - - Set the position of the window. - - - - - Set the size of the window in pixels. - - - - - Set the size of the window in pixels. - - - - - Prescribe that the window be created in a stereo-capable mode. This - method must be called before the window is realized. This method - overrides the superclass method since this class can actually check - whether the window has been realized yet. - - - - - Sets the HWND id of the window that WILL BE created. - - - - - Set this RenderWindow's window id to a pre-existing window. - - - - - Set the name of the window. This appears at the top of the window - normally. - - - - - Hide or Show the mouse cursor, it is nice to be able to hide the - default cursor if you want VTK to display a 3D cursor instead. - Set cursor position in window (note that (0,0) is the lower left - corner). - - - - - Begin the rendering process. - - - - - Does this render window support OpenGL? 0-false, 1-true - - - - - Create the window - - - - - Remap the window. - - - - - vtkWin32RenderWindowInteractor - implements Win32 specific functions - required by vtkRenderWindowInteractor. - - - - Description - By default the interactor installs a MessageProc callback which - intercepts windows' messages to the window and controls interactions by - routing them to the InteractoStyle classes. - MFC or BCB programs can prevent this and instead directly route any mouse/key - messages into the event bindings by setting InstallMessageProc to false. - This provides a minimal "Mapped" mode of interaction - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct object so that light follows camera motion. - - - - - Construct object so that light follows camera motion. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/Disable interactions. By default interactors are enabled when - initialized. Initialize() must be called prior to enabling/disabling - interaction. These methods are used when a window/widget is being - shared by multiple renderers and interactors. This allows a "modal" - display where one interactor is active when its data is to be displayed - and all other interactors associated with the widget are disabled - when their data is not displayed. - - - - - Enable/Disable interactions. By default interactors are enabled when - initialized. Initialize() must be called prior to enabling/disabling - interaction. These methods are used when a window/widget is being - shared by multiple renderers and interactors. This allows a "modal" - display where one interactor is active when its data is to be displayed - and all other interactors associated with the widget are disabled - when their data is not displayed. - - - - - These methods correspond to the the Exit, User and Pick - callbacks. They allow for the Style to invoke them. - - - - - By default the interactor installs a MessageProc callback which - intercepts windows messages to the window and controls interactions. - MFC or BCB programs can prevent this and instead directly route any mouse/key - messages into the event bindings by setting InstallMessgeProc to false. - - - - - Initialize the event handler - - - - - By default the interactor installs a MessageProc callback which - intercepts windows messages to the window and controls interactions. - MFC or BCB programs can prevent this and instead directly route any mouse/key - messages into the event bindings by setting InstallMessgeProc to false. - - - - - By default the interactor installs a MessageProc callback which - intercepts windows messages to the window and controls interactions. - MFC or BCB programs can prevent this and instead directly route any mouse/key - messages into the event bindings by setting InstallMessgeProc to false. - - - - - Construct object so that light follows camera motion. - - - - - Construct object so that light follows camera motion. - - - - - Construct object so that light follows camera motion. - - - - - Construct object so that light follows camera motion. - - - - - By default the interactor installs a MessageProc callback which - intercepts windows messages to the window and controls interactions. - MFC or BCB programs can prevent this and instead directly route any mouse/key - messages into the event bindings by setting InstallMessgeProc to false. - - - - - This will start up the event loop and never return. If you - call this method it will loop processing events until the - application is exited. - - - - - Win32 specific application terminate, calls ClassExitMethod then - calls PostQuitMessage(0) to terminate the application. An application can Specify - ExitMethod for alternative behavior (i.e. suppression of keyboard exit) - - - - - vtkConvertSelectionDomain - Convert a selection from one domain to another - - - - Description - vtkConvertSelectionDomain converts a selection from one domain to another - using known domain mappings. The domain mappings are described by a - vtkMultiBlockDataSet containing one or more vtkTables. - - The first input port is for the input selection (or collection of annotations - in a vtkAnnotationLayers object), while the second port - is for the multi-block of mappings, and the third port is for the - data that is being selected on. - - If the second or third port is not set, this filter will pass the - selection/annotation to the output unchanged. - - The second output is the selection associated with the "current annotation" - normally representing the current interactive selection. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkEmptyRepresentation - - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Since this representation has no inputs, override superclass - implementation with one that ignores "port" and "conn" and still allows it - to have an annotation output. - - - - - Since this representation has no inputs, override superclass - implementation with one that ignores "port" and "conn" and still allows it - to have an annotation output. - - - - - Since this representation has no inputs, override superclass - implementation with one that ignores "port" and "conn" and still allows it - to have an annotation output. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkGraphLayoutView - Lays out and displays a graph - - - - Description - vtkGraphLayoutView performs graph layout and displays a vtkGraph. - You may color and label the vertices and edges using fields in the graph. - If coordinates are already assigned to the graph vertices in your graph, - set the layout strategy to PassThrough in this view. The default layout - is Fast2D which is fast but not that good, for better layout set the - layout to Simple2D or ForceDirected. There are also tree and circle - layout strategies. :) - - .SEE ALSO - vtkFast2DLayoutStrategy - vtkSimple2DLayoutStrategy - vtkForceDirectedLayoutStrategy - - Thanks - Thanks a bunch to the holographic unfolding pattern. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Associate the icon at index "index" in the vtkTexture to all vertices - containing "type" as a value in the vertex attribute array specified by - IconArrayName. - - - - - Clear all icon mappings. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether edges are selectable. Default is on. - - - - - Whether edges are selectable. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to show the edges at all. Default is on - - - - - Whether to show the edges at all. Default is on - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for edge labeling - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the edge layout. - This signature allows an application to create a layout - object directly and simply set the pointer through this method. - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the edge layout. - The possible strings are: - "Arc Parallel" - Arc parallel edges and self loops. - "Pass Through" - Use edge routes assigned to the input. - Default is "Arc Parallel". - - - - - Whether the scalar bar for edges is visible. Default is off. - - - - - Whether edges are selectable. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to show the edges at all. Default is on - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. - - - - - The type of glyph to use for the vertices - - - - - Whether to hide edge labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide vertex labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - The array used for assigning icons - - - - - Whether icons are visible (default off). - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - This signature allows an application to create a layout - object directly and simply set the pointer through this method. - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - Whether to use scaled glyphs or not. Default is off. - - - - - The array used for scaling (if ScaledGlyphs is ON) - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. The default behavior - is to color by vertex degree. - - - - - The array to use for vertex labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for vertex labeling - - - - - Whether to show vertex labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether the scalar bar for vertices is visible. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide edge labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide edge labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide vertex labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide vertex labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Whether icons are visible (default off). - - - - - Whether icons are visible (default off). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is the graph layout complete? This method is useful - for when the strategy is iterative and the application - wants to show the iterative progress of the graph layout - See Also: UpdateLayout(); - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether to use scaled glyphs or not. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to use scaled glyphs or not. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for edge labeling - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the edge layout. - This signature allows an application to create a layout - object directly and simply set the pointer through this method. - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the edge layout. - The possible strings are: - "Arc Parallel" - Arc parallel edges and self loops. - "Pass Through" - Use edge routes assigned to the input. - Default is "Arc Parallel". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the edge layout. - The possible strings are: - "Arc Parallel" - Arc parallel edges and self loops. - "Pass Through" - Use edge routes assigned to the input. - Default is "Arc Parallel". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the edge layout. - The possible strings are: - "Arc Parallel" - Arc parallel edges and self loops. - "Pass Through" - Use edge routes assigned to the input. - Default is "Arc Parallel". - - - - - Whether the scalar bar for edges is visible. Default is off. - - - - - Whether edges are selectable. Default is on. - - - - - Whether to show the edges at all. Default is on - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. - - - - - The type of glyph to use for the vertices - - - - - Whether to hide edge labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide vertex labels during mouse interactions. Default is off. - - - - - Specify where the icons should be placed in relation to the vertex. - See vtkIconGlyphFilter.h for possible values. - - - - - The array used for assigning icons - - - - - Whether icons are visible (default off). - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - This signature allows an application to create a layout - object directly and simply set the pointer through this method. - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - The layout strategy to use when performing the graph layout. - The possible strings are: - - "Random" Randomly places vertices in a box. - - "Force Directed" A layout in 3D or 2D simulating forces on edges. - - "Simple 2D" A simple 2D force directed layout. - - "Clustering 2D" A 2D force directed layout that's just like - simple 2D but uses some techniques to cluster better. - - "Community 2D" A linear-time 2D layout that's just like - Fast 2D but looks for and uses a community - array to 'accentuate' clusters. - - "Fast 2D" A linear-time 2D layout. - - "Pass Through" Use locations assigned to the input. - - "Circular" Places vertices uniformly on a circle. - - "Cone" Cone tree layout. - - "Span Tree" Span Tree Layout. - Default is "Simple 2D". - - - - - Whether to use scaled glyphs or not. Default is off. - - - - - The array used for scaling (if ScaledGlyphs is ON) - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. The default behavior - is to color by vertex degree. - - - - - The array to use for vertex labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for vertex labeling - - - - - Whether to show vertex labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether the scalar bar for vertices is visible. Default is off. - - - - - This method is useful for when the strategy is iterative - and the application wants to show the iterative progress - of the graph layout. The application would have something like - while(!IsLayoutComplete()) - { - UpdateLayout(); - } - See Also: IsLayoutComplete(); - - - - - Whether to show vertex labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show vertex labels. Default is off. - - - - - Reset the camera based on the bounds of the selected region. - - - - - vtkHierarchicalGraphPipeline - helper class for rendering graphs superimposed on a tree. - - - - Description - vtkHierarchicalGraphPipeline renders bundled edges that are meant to be - viewed as an overlay on a tree. This class is not for general use, but - is used in the internals of vtkRenderedHierarchyRepresentation and - vtkRenderedTreeAreaRepresentation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Applies the view theme to this graph. - - - - - Whether to color the edges by an array. - - - - - Whether to color the edges by an array. - - - - - Returns a new selection relevant to this graph based on an input - selection and the view that this graph is contained in. - - - - - The actor associated with the hierarchical graph. - - - - - The bundling strength for the bundled edges. - - - - - The edge color array. - - - - - Whether to color the edges by an array. - - - - - The array to use while hovering over an edge. - - - - - The actor associated with the hierarchical graph. - - - - - The edge label array name. - - - - - The edge label text property. - - - - - The edge label visibility. - - - - - The spline mode to use in vtkSplineGraphEdges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - The visibility of this graph. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The edge label visibility. - - - - - The edge label visibility. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the input connections for this graph. - graphConn is the input graph connection. - treeConn is the input tree connection. - annConn is the annotation link connection. - - - - - Register progress with a view. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The bundling strength for the bundled edges. - - - - - The edge color array. - - - - - Whether to color the edges by an array. - - - - - The array to use while hovering over an edge. - - - - - The edge label array name. - - - - - The edge label text property. - - - - - The edge label visibility. - - - - - The spline mode to use in vtkSplineGraphEdges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - The visibility of this graph. - - - - - The visibility of this graph. - - - - - The visibility of this graph. - - - - - vtkHierarchicalGraphView - Accepts a graph and a hierarchy - currently - a tree - and provides a hierarchy-aware display. Currently, this means - displaying the hierarchy using a tree layout, then rendering the graph - vertices as leaves of the tree with curved graph edges between leaves. - - - - Description - Takes a graph and a hierarchy (currently a tree) and lays out the graph - vertices based on their categorization within the hierarchy. - - .SEE ALSO - vtkGraphLayoutView - - Thanks - Thanks to the turtle with jets for feet, without you this class wouldn't - have been possible. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for edge labeling - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether the graph edges are visible (default off). - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether the graph edges are visible (default off). - - - - - Whether the graph edges are visible (default off). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - Set the color to be the spline fraction - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for edge labeling - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - Whether the graph edges are visible (default off). - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - vtkIcicleView - Displays a tree in a stacked "icicle" view - - - - Description - vtkIcicleView shows a vtkTree in horizontal layers - where each vertex in the tree is represented by a bar. - Child sectors are below (or above) parent sectors, and may be - colored and sized by various parameters. - - - - - vtkTreeAreaView - Accepts a graph and a hierarchy - currently - a tree - and provides a hierarchy-aware display. Currently, this means - displaying the hierarchy using a tree ring layout, then rendering the graph - vertices as leaves of the tree with curved graph edges between leaves. - - - - Description - Takes a graph and a hierarchy (currently a tree) and lays out the graph - vertices based on their categorization within the hierarchy. - - .SEE ALSO - vtkGraphLayoutView - - Thanks - Thanks to Jason Shepherd for implementing this class - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. Default is "color". - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a rectangle in the treemap. - This must be a string array. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for area labeling - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for area sizes. Default is "size". - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for edge labeling - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Visibility of scalar bar actor for edges. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling priority. - Default is "GraphVertexDegree". - - - - - The layout strategy for producing spatial regions for the tree. - - - - - Set the region shrink percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. Default is "color". - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a rectangle in the treemap. - This must be a string array. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for area labeling - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for area sizes. Default is "size". - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - Set the color to be the spline fraction - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The size of the font used for edge labeling - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Visibility of scalar bar actor for edges. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling priority. - Default is "GraphVertexDegree". - - - - - The layout strategy for producing spatial regions for the tree. - - - - - Set the region shrink percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - Set the tree and graph representations to the appropriate input ports. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the thickness of each layer - - - - - Set the width of the root node - - - - - Sets whether the stacks go from top to bottom or bottom to top. - - - - - Turn on/off gradient coloring. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the thickness of each layer - - - - - Set the width of the root node - - - - - Sets whether the stacks go from top to bottom or bottom to top. - - - - - Turn on/off gradient coloring. - - - - - Sets whether the stacks go from top to bottom or bottom to top. - - - - - Sets whether the stacks go from top to bottom or bottom to top. - - - - - Turn on/off gradient coloring. - - - - - Turn on/off gradient coloring. - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleAreaSelectHover - An interactor style for an area tree view - - - - Description - The vtkInteractorStyleAreaSelectHover specifically works with pipelines - that create a hierarchical tree. Such pipelines will have a vtkAreaLayout - filter which must be passed to this interactor style for it to function - correctly. - This interactor style allows only 2D panning and zooming, - rubber band selection and provides a balloon containing the name of the - vertex hovered over. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The width of the line around the hovered vertex. - - - - - Obtain the tree vertex id at the position specified. - - - - - The name of the field to use when displaying text in the hover balloon. - - - - - Must be set to the vtkAreaLayout used to compute the bounds of - each vertex. - - - - - Determine whether or not to use rectangular coordinates instead of - polar coordinates. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overridden from vtkInteractorStyleImage to provide the desired - interaction behavior. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color used to highlight the hovered vertex. - - - - - The width of the line around the hovered vertex. - - - - - Set the interactor that this interactor style works with. - - - - - The name of the field to use when displaying text in the hover balloon. - - - - - Must be set to the vtkAreaLayout used to compute the bounds of - each vertex. - - - - - Determine whether or not to use rectangular coordinates instead of - polar coordinates. - - - - - Determine whether or not to use rectangular coordinates instead of - polar coordinates. - - - - - Determine whether or not to use rectangular coordinates instead of - polar coordinates. - - - - - vtkInteractorStyleTreeMapHover - An interactor style for a tree map view - - - - Description - The vtkInteractorStyleTreeMapHover specifically works with pipelines - that create a tree map. Such pipelines will have a vtkTreeMapLayout - filter and a vtkTreeMapToPolyData filter, both of which must be passed - to this interactor style for it to function correctly. - This interactor style allows only 2D panning and zooming, and additionally - provides a balloon containing the name of the vertex hovered over, - and allows the user to highlight a vertex by clicking on it. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The width of the line around the hovered vertex. - - - - - The name of the field to use when displaying text in the hover balloon. - - - - - Must be set to the vtkTreeMapLayout used to compute the bounds of each vertex - for the tree map. - - - - - The width of the line around the selected vertex. - - - - - Must be set to the vtkTreeMapToPolyData used to convert the tree map - into polydata. - - - - - Highlights a specific vertex. - - - - - Highlights a specific vertex. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overridden from vtkInteractorStyleImage to provide the desired - interaction behavior. - - - - - Overridden from vtkInteractorStyleImage to provide the desired - interaction behavior. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color used to highlight the hovered vertex. - - - - - The width of the line around the hovered vertex. - - - - - Highlights a specific vertex. - - - - - The name of the field to use when displaying text in the hover balloon. - - - - - Must be set to the vtkTreeMapLayout used to compute the bounds of each vertex - for the tree map. - - - - - Set the color used to highlight the selected vertex. - - - - - The width of the line around the selected vertex. - - - - - Must be set to the vtkTreeMapToPolyData used to convert the tree map - into polydata. - - - - - vtkRenderedSurfaceRepresentation - Displays a geometric dataset as a surface. - - - - Description - vtkRenderedSurfaceRepresentation is used to show a geometric dataset in a view. - The representation uses a vtkGeometryFilter to convert the dataset to - polygonal data (e.g. volumetric data is converted to its external surface). - The representation may then be added to vtkRenderView. - - - - - vtkRenderedRepresentation - - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the label render mode. - vtkRenderView::QT - Use Qt-based labeler with fitted labeling - and unicode support. Requires VTK_USE_QT to be on. - vtkRenderView::FREETYPE - Use standard freetype text rendering. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the label render mode. - vtkRenderView::QT - Use Qt-based labeler with fitted labeling - and unicode support. Requires VTK_USE_QT to be on. - vtkRenderView::FREETYPE - Use standard freetype text rendering. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply a theme to this representation. - - - - - Sets the color array name - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets the color array name - - - - - vtkRenderedGraphRepresentation - - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - Apply a theme to this representation. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex colors - - - - - Compute the bounding box of the selected subgraph. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled vertices - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled vertices - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - Set/get the graph layout strategy. - - - - - Set the edge layout strategy by name. - - - - - Vertex/edge scalar bar visibility. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled vertices - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled vertices - - - - - Set the graph vertex glyph type. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of edge labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of vertex labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Set/get the graph layout strategy. - - - - - Get/set the layout strategy by name. - - - - - Set whether to scale vertex glyphs. - - - - - Set the glyph scaling array name. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - Set the mode to one of - <ul> - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_ICON - use VertexSelectedIcon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_OFFSET - use VertexSelectedIcon as offset - <li>vtkApplyIcons::ANNOTATION_ICON - use current annotation icon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::IGNORE_SELECTION - ignore selected elements - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - Vertex/edge scalar bar visibility. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - Whether to hide the display of edge labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of edge labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of vertex labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of vertex labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Whether the current graph layout is complete. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set whether to scale vertex glyphs. - - - - - Set whether to scale vertex glyphs. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge labels - - - - - Set/get the graph layout strategy. - - - - - Set the edge layout strategy by name. - - - - - Set/get the graph layout strategy. - - - - - Set the edge layout strategy to a geospatial arced strategy - appropriate for vtkGeoView. - - - - - Set/get the graph layout strategy. - - - - - Vertex/edge scalar bar visibility. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled vertices - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled edges - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Enabled vertices - - - - - Set the graph vertex glyph type. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of edge labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to hide the display of vertex labels during mouse interaction. Default is off. - - - - - Set/get the graph layout strategy. - - - - - Get/set the layout strategy by name. - - - - - Set the layout strategy to use coordinates from arrays. - The x array must be specified. The y and z arrays are optional. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set the layout strategy to a cosmic tree layout. nodeSizeArrayName is - the array used to size the circles (default is NULL, which makes leaf - nodes the same size). sizeLeafNodesOnly only uses the leaf node sizes, - and computes the parent size as the sum of the child sizes (default true). - layoutDepth stops layout at a certain depth (default is 0, which does the - entire tree). layoutRoot is the vertex that will be considered the root - node of the layout (default is -1, which will use the tree's root). - See vtkCosmicTreeLayoutStrategy for more information. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set predefined layout strategies. - - - - - Set the layout strategy to a tree layout. Radial indicates whether to - do a radial or standard top-down tree layout. The angle parameter is the - angular distance spanned by the tree. Leaf spacing is a - value from 0 to 1 indicating how much of the radial layout should be - allocated to leaf nodes (as opposed to between tree branches). The log spacing value is a - non-negative value where > 1 will create expanding levels, < 1 will create - contracting levels, and = 1 makes all levels the same size. See - vtkTreeLayoutStrategy for more information. - - - - - Set whether to scale vertex glyphs. - - - - - Set the glyph scaling array name. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex colors - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - Set the mode to one of - <ul> - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_ICON - use VertexSelectedIcon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_OFFSET - use VertexSelectedIcon as offset - <li>vtkApplyIcons::ANNOTATION_ICON - use current annotation icon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::IGNORE_SELECTION - ignore selected elements - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Set the mode to one of - <ul> - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_ICON - use VertexSelectedIcon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_OFFSET - use VertexSelectedIcon as offset - <li>vtkApplyIcons::ANNOTATION_ICON - use current annotation icon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::IGNORE_SELECTION - ignore selected elements - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Set the mode to one of - <ul> - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_ICON - use VertexSelectedIcon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_OFFSET - use VertexSelectedIcon as offset - <li>vtkApplyIcons::ANNOTATION_ICON - use current annotation icon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::IGNORE_SELECTION - ignore selected elements - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Set the mode to one of - <ul> - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_ICON - use VertexSelectedIcon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_OFFSET - use VertexSelectedIcon as offset - <li>vtkApplyIcons::ANNOTATION_ICON - use current annotation icon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::IGNORE_SELECTION - ignore selected elements - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - Set the mode to one of - <ul> - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_ICON - use VertexSelectedIcon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::SELECTED_OFFSET - use VertexSelectedIcon as offset - <li>vtkApplyIcons::ANNOTATION_ICON - use current annotation icon - <li>vtkApplyIcons::IGNORE_SELECTION - ignore selected elements - </ul> - The default is IGNORE_SELECTION. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - Vertex/edge scalar bar visibility. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - Performs another iteration on the graph layout. - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Edge icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex icons - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------ - Vertex labels - - - - - vtkRenderedTreeAreaRepresentation - - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply the theme to this view. - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. Default is "color". - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a rectangle in the treemap. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The mapper for rendering labels on areas. This may e.g. be - vtkDynamic2DLabelMapper or vtkTreeMapLabelMapper. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling priority. - Default is "GraphVertexDegree". - - - - - The text property for the area labels. - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - The layout strategy for producing spatial regions for the tree. - - - - - The array to use for area sizes. Default is "size". - - - - - The filter for converting areas to polydata. This may e.g. be - vtkTreeMapToPolyData or vtkTreeRingToPolyData. - The filter must take a vtkTree as input and produce vtkPolyData. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Visibility of scalar bar actor for edges. - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The text property for the graph edge labels. - - - - - The text property for the graph edge labels. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a graph edge. - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a graph edge. - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - Set the region shrink percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The array to use for coloring vertices. Default is "color". - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a rectangle in the treemap. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The mapper for rendering labels on areas. This may e.g. be - vtkDynamic2DLabelMapper or vtkTreeMapLabelMapper. - - - - - The array to use for area labeling priority. - Default is "GraphVertexDegree". - - - - - The text property for the area labels. - - - - - Whether to show area labels. Default is off. - - - - - The layout strategy for producing spatial regions for the tree. - - - - - The array to use for area sizes. Default is "size". - - - - - The filter for converting areas to polydata. This may e.g. be - vtkTreeMapToPolyData or vtkTreeRingToPolyData. - The filter must take a vtkTree as input and produce vtkPolyData. - - - - - Whether to color vertices. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to color edges. Default is off. - - - - - Visibility of scalar bar actor for edges. - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - Set the bundling strength. - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - The array to use for coloring edges. Default is "color". - - - - - Set the color to be the spline fraction - - - - - Set the color to be the spline fraction - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The array to use for edge labeling. Default is "label". - - - - - The text property for the graph edge labels. - - - - - The text property for the graph edge labels. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - Whether to show edge labels. Default is off. - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a graph edge. - - - - - The name of the array whose value appears when the mouse hovers - over a graph edge. - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - Set the label render mode. - QT - Use vtkQtTreeRingLabeler with fitted labeling - and unicode support. Requires VTK_USE_QT to be on. - FREETYPE - Use standard freetype text rendering. - - - - - Set the region shrink percentage between 0.0 and 1.0. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - Whether the area represents radial or rectangular coordinates. - - - - - vtkRenderedHierarchyRepresentation - - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sets the spline type for the graph edges. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::CUSTOM uses a vtkCardinalSpline. - vtkSplineGraphEdges::BSPLINE uses a b-spline. - The default is BSPLINE. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - vtkTreeMapView - Displays a tree as a tree map. - - - - Description - vtkTreeMapView shows a vtkTree in a tree map, where each vertex in the - tree is represented by a box. Child boxes are contained within the - parent box, and may be colored and sized by various parameters. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The sizes of the fonts used for labeling. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - The sizes of the fonts used for labeling. - - - - - Sets the treemap layout strategy - - - - - Sets the treemap layout strategy - - - - - Sets the treemap layout strategy - - - - - Sets the treemap layout strategy - - - - - Sets the treemap layout strategy - - - - - vtkTreeRingView - Displays a tree in concentric rings. - - - - Description - Accepts a graph and a hierarchy - currently - a tree - and provides a hierarchy-aware display. Currently, this means - displaying the hierarchy using a tree ring layout, then rendering the graph - vertices as leaves of the tree with curved graph edges between leaves. - - .SEE ALSO - vtkGraphLayoutView - - Thanks - Thanks to Jason Shepherd for implementing this class - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the log spacing factor for the invisible interior tree - used for routing edges of the overlaid graph. - - - - - Set the interior radius of the tree - (i.e. the size of the "hole" in the center). - - - - - Set the thickness of each layer. - - - - - Sets whether the root is at the center or around the outside. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Sets whether the root is at the center or around the outside. - - - - - Sets whether the root is at the center or around the outside. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the log spacing factor for the invisible interior tree - used for routing edges of the overlaid graph. - - - - - Set the interior radius of the tree - (i.e. the size of the "hole" in the center). - - - - - Set the thickness of each layer. - - - - - Set the root angles for laying out the hierarchy. - - - - - Sets whether the root is at the center or around the outside. - - - - - vtkViewUpdater - Updates views automatically - - - - Description - vtkViewUpdater registers with annotation change events for a set of - annotation links, and updates all views when an annotation link fires an - annotation changed event. This is often needed when multiple views share - a selection with vtkAnnotationLink. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesHistogramRepresentation - Data representation - that takes generic multivariate data and produces a parallel coordinates plot. - This plot optionally can draw a histogram-based plot summary. - - - - Description - A parallel coordinates plot represents each variable in a multivariate - data set as a separate axis. Individual samples of that data set are - represented as a polyline that pass through each variable axis at - positions that correspond to data values. This class can generate - parallel coordinates plots identical to its superclass - (vtkParallelCoordinatesRepresentation) and has the same interaction - styles. - - In addition to the standard parallel coordinates plot, this class also - can draw a histogram summary of the parallel coordinates plot. - Rather than draw every row in an input data set, first it computes - a 2D histogram for all neighboring variable axes, then it draws - bar (thickness corresponds to bin size) for each bin the histogram - with opacity weighted by the number of rows contained in the bin. - The result is essentially a density map. - - Because this emphasizes dense regions over sparse outliers, this class - also uses a vtkComputeHistogram2DOutliers instance to identify outlier - table rows and draws those as standard parallel coordinates lines. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng at Sandia National Laboratories - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesView vtkParallelCoordinatesRepresentation - vtkExtractHistogram2D vtkComputeHistogram2DOutliers - - - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesRepresentation - Data representation that - takes generic multivariate data and produces a parallel coordinates plot. - - - - Description - A parallel coordinates plot represents each variable in a multivariate - data set as a separate axis. Individual samples of that data set are - represented as a polyline that pass through each variable axis at - positions that correspond to data values. vtkParallelCoordinatesRepresentation - generates this plot when added to a vtkParallelCoordinatesView, which handles - interaction and highlighting. Sample polylines can alternatively - be represented as s-curves by enabling the UseCurves flag. - - There are three selection modes: lasso, angle, and function. Lasso selection - picks sample lines that pass through a polyline. Angle selection picks sample - lines that have similar slope to a line segment. Function selection picks - sample lines that are near a linear function defined on two variables. This - function specified by passing two (x,y) variable value pairs. - - All primitives are plotted in normalized view coordinates [0,1]. - - Thanks - Developed by David Feng at Sandia National Laboratories - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesView vtkParallelCoordinatesHistogramRepresentation - vtkSCurveSpline - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Do a selection of the lines. See the main description for how to use these functions. - RangeSelect is currently stubbed out. - - - - - Apply the theme to this view. CellColor is used for line coloring - and titles. EdgeLabelColor is used for axis color. CellOpacity is - used for line opacity. - - - - - Do a selection of the lines. See the main description for how to use these functions. - RangeSelect is currently stubbed out. - - - - - Maximum angle difference (in degrees) of selection using angle/function brushes - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Resolution of the curves displayed, enabled by setting UseCurves - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Maximum angle difference (in degrees) of selection using angle/function brushes - - - - - Returns the hover text at an x,y location. - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Get the number of axes in the plot - - - - - Set/Get the number of labels to display on each axis - - - - - Get the number of samples in the plot - - - - - Change the position of the plot - - - - - Move an axis to a particular screen position. Using these - methods requires an Update() before they will work properly. - - - - - Set/get the value range of the axis at a particular screen position - - - - - Whether or not to display using curves - - - - - Move an axis to a particular screen position. Using these - methods requires an Update() before they will work properly. - - - - - Move an axis to a particular screen position. Using these - methods requires an Update() before they will work properly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Do a selection of the lines. See the main description for how to use these functions. - RangeSelect is currently stubbed out. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Do a selection of the lines. See the main description for how to use these functions. - RangeSelect is currently stubbed out. - - - - - Reset the axes to their default positions and orders - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Maximum angle difference (in degrees) of selection using angle/function brushes - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Set/Get the axis titles - - - - - Set/Get the axis titles - - - - - Resolution of the curves displayed, enabled by setting UseCurves - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Maximum angle difference (in degrees) of selection using angle/function brushes - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Access plot properties - - - - - Set/Get the number of labels to display on each axis - - - - - Set the title for the entire plot - - - - - Change the position of the plot - - - - - Set/get the value range of the axis at a particular screen position - - - - - Whether or not to display using curves - - - - - Move an axis to a particular screen position. Using these - methods requires an Update() before they will work properly. - - - - - Move an axis to a particular screen position. Using these - methods requires an Update() before they will work properly. - - - - - Whether or not to display using curves - - - - - Whether or not to display using curves - - - - - Do a selection of the lines. See the main description for how to use these functions. - RangeSelect is currently stubbed out. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Apply the theme to this view. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Target maximum number of outliers to be drawn, although not guaranteed. - - - - - Whether to compute and show outlier lines - - - - - Whether to use the histogram rendering mode or the superclass's line rendering mode - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Control over the range of the lookup table used to draw the histogram quads. - - - - - Target maximum number of outliers to be drawn, although not guaranteed. - - - - - Calls the superclass method, and assures that only the two histograms - affect by this call get recomputed. - - - - - Whether to compute and show outlier lines - - - - - Whether to use the histogram rendering mode or the superclass's line rendering mode - - - - - Whether to compute and show outlier lines - - - - - Whether to compute and show outlier lines - - - - - Calls superclass swap, and assures that only histograms affected by the - swap get recomputed. - - - - - Whether to use the histogram rendering mode or the superclass's line rendering mode - - - - - Whether to use the histogram rendering mode or the superclass's line rendering mode - - - - - vtkParallelCoordinatesView - view to be used with vtkParallelCoordinatesRepresentation - - - - Description - - This class manages interaction with the vtkParallelCoordinatesRepresentation. There are - two inspection modes: axis manipulation and line selection. In axis manipulation mode, - PC axes can be dragged and reordered with the LMB, axis ranges can be increased/decreased - by dragging up/down with the LMB, and RMB controls zoom and pan. - - In line selection mode, there are three subclasses of selections: lasso, angle, and - function selection. Lasso selection lets the user brush a line and select all PC lines - that pass nearby. Angle selection lets the user draw a representative line between axes - and select all lines that have similar orientation. Function selection lets the user - draw two representative lines between a pair of axes and select all lines that match - the linear interpolation of those lines. - - There are several self-explanatory operators for combining selections: ADD, SUBTRACT - REPLACE, and INTERSECT. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDirectionEncoder - encode a direction into a one or two byte value - - - - Description - Given a direction, encode it into an integer value. This value should - be less than 65536, which is the maximum number of encoded directions - supported by this superclass. A direction encoded is used to encode - normals in a volume for use during volume rendering, and the - amount of space that is allocated per normal is 2 bytes. - This is an abstract superclass - see the subclasses for specific - implementation details. - - - - - vtkRecursiveSphereDirectionEncoder - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given an encoded value, return a pointer to the normal vector - - - - - Get the decoded gradient table. There are - this->GetNumberOfEncodedDirections() entries in the table, each - containing a normal (direction) vector. This is a flat structure - - 3 times the number of directions floats in an array. - - - - - Given a normal vector n, return the encoded direction - - - - - Return the number of encoded directions - - - - - Get the name of this class - - - - - Get the name of this class - - - - - Get the name of this class - - - - - Get the name of this class - - - - - vtkEncodedGradientEstimator - Superclass for gradient estimation - - - Description - vtkEncodedGradientEstimator is an abstract superclass for gradient - estimation. It takes a scalar input of vtkImageData, computes - a gradient value for every point, and encodes this value into a - three byte value (2 for direction, 1 for magnitude) using the - vtkDirectionEncoder. The direction encoder is defaulted to a - vtkRecursiveSphereDirectionEncoder, but can be overridden with the - SetDirectionEncoder method. The scale and the bias values for the gradient - magnitude are used to convert it into a one byte value according to - v = m*scale + bias where m is the magnitude and v is the resulting - one byte value. - - - - vtkFiniteDifferenceGradientEstimator vtkDirectionEncoder - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn on / off the bounding of the normal computation by - the this->Bounds bounding box - - - - - Turn on / off the bounding of the normal computation by - the this->Bounds bounding box - - - - - If you don't want to compute gradient magnitudes (but you - do want normals for shading) this can be used. Be careful - if - if you a non-constant gradient magnitude transfer function and - you turn this on, it may crash - - - - - If you don't want to compute gradient magnitudes (but you - do want normals for shading) this can be used. Be careful - if - if you a non-constant gradient magnitude transfer function and - you turn this on, it may crash - - - - - If the data in each slice is only contained within a circle circumscribed - within the slice, and the slice is square, then don't compute anything - outside the circle. This circle through the slices forms a cylinder. - - - - - If the data in each slice is only contained within a circle circumscribed - within the slice, and the slice is square, then don't compute anything - outside the circle. This circle through the slices forms a cylinder. - - - - - Set / Get the bounds of the computation (used if - this->ComputationBounds is 1.) The bounds are specified - xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Set / Get the bounds of the computation (used if - this->ComputationBounds is 1.) The bounds are specified - xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Turn on / off the bounding of the normal computation by - the this->Bounds bounding box - - - - - Turn on / off the bounding of the normal computation by - the this->Bounds bounding box - - - - - Turn on / off the bounding of the normal computation by - the this->Bounds bounding box - - - - - Get the time required for the last update in seconds or cpu seconds - - - - - If you don't want to compute gradient magnitudes (but you - do want normals for shading) this can be used. Be careful - if - if you a non-constant gradient magnitude transfer function and - you turn this on, it may crash - - - - - If the data in each slice is only contained within a circle circumscribed - within the slice, and the slice is square, then don't compute anything - outside the circle. This circle through the slices forms a cylinder. - - - - - Set / Get the direction encoder used to encode normal directions - to fit within two bytes - - - - - Get the encoded normal at an x,y,z location in the volume - - - - - Get the encoded normal at an x,y,z location in the volume - - - - - Get the encoded normals. - - - - - Set/Get the scale and bias for the gradient magnitude - - - - - Set/Get the scale and bias for the gradient magnitude - - - - - Get the gradient magnitudes - - - - - Set/Get the scalar input for which the normals will be - calculated - - - - - The time at which the normals were last built - - - - - The time at which the normals were last built - - - - - The time at which the normals were last built - - - - - The time at which the normals were last built - - - - - Get the time required for the last update in seconds or cpu seconds - - - - - Get the time required for the last update in seconds or cpu seconds - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when encoding normals - This defaults to the number of available processors on the machine - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when encoding normals - This defaults to the number of available processors on the machine - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when encoding normals - This defaults to the number of available processors on the machine - - - - - Get the time required for the last update in seconds or cpu seconds - - - - - Set / Get the ZeroNormalThreshold - this defines the minimum magnitude - of a gradient that is considered sufficient to define a - direction. Gradients with magnitudes at or less than this value are given - a "zero normal" index. These are handled specially in the shader, - and you can set the intensity of light for these zero normals in - the gradient shader. - - - - - Assume that the data value outside the volume is zero when - computing normals. - - - - - Assume that the data value outside the volume is zero when - computing normals. - - - - - Assume that the data value outside the volume is zero when - computing normals. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the bounds of the computation (used if - this->ComputationBounds is 1.) The bounds are specified - xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Set / Get the bounds of the computation (used if - this->ComputationBounds is 1.) The bounds are specified - xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. - - - - - Turn on / off the bounding of the normal computation by - the this->Bounds bounding box - - - - - If you don't want to compute gradient magnitudes (but you - do want normals for shading) this can be used. Be careful - if - if you a non-constant gradient magnitude transfer function and - you turn this on, it may crash - - - - - If the data in each slice is only contained within a circle circumscribed - within the slice, and the slice is square, then don't compute anything - outside the circle. This circle through the slices forms a cylinder. - - - - - Set / Get the direction encoder used to encode normal directions - to fit within two bytes - - - - - Set/Get the scale and bias for the gradient magnitude - - - - - Set/Get the scale and bias for the gradient magnitude - - - - - Set/Get the scalar input for which the normals will be - calculated - - - - - Get/Set the number of threads to create when encoding normals - This defaults to the number of available processors on the machine - - - - - Set / Get the ZeroNormalThreshold - this defines the minimum magnitude - of a gradient that is considered sufficient to define a - direction. Gradients with magnitudes at or less than this value are given - a "zero normal" index. These are handled specially in the shader, - and you can set the intensity of light for these zero normals in - the gradient shader. - - - - - Assume that the data value outside the volume is zero when - computing normals. - - - - - Recompute the encoded normals and gradient magnitudes. - - - - - Assume that the data value outside the volume is zero when - computing normals. - - - - - Assume that the data value outside the volume is zero when - computing normals. - - - - - vtkEncodedGradientShader - Compute shading tables for encoded normals. - - - - Description - vtkEncodedGradientShader computes shading tables for encoded normals - that indicates the amount of diffuse and specular illumination that is - received from all light sources at a surface location with that normal. - For diffuse illumination this is accurate, but for specular illumination - it is approximate for perspective projections since the center view - direction is always used as the view direction. Since the shading table is - dependent on the volume (for the transformation that must be applied to - the normals to put them into world coordinates) there is a shading table - per volume. This is necessary because multiple volumes can share a - volume mapper. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the active component for shading. This component's - ambient / diffuse / specular / specular power values will - be used to create the shading table. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Set the active component for shading. This component's - ambient / diffuse / specular / specular power values will - be used to create the shading table. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Set the active component for shading. This component's - ambient / diffuse / specular / specular power values will - be used to create the shading table. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Get the red/green/blue shading table. - - - - - Get the red/green/blue shading table. - - - - - Get the red/green/blue shading table. - - - - - Get the red/green/blue shading table. - - - - - Get the red/green/blue shading table. - - - - - Get the red/green/blue shading table. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the active component for shading. This component's - ambient / diffuse / specular / specular power values will - be used to create the shading table. The default is 1.0 - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Set / Get the intensity diffuse / specular light used for the - zero normals. - - - - - Cause the shading table to be updated - - - - - vtkFiniteDifferenceGradientEstimator - Use finite differences to estimate gradient. - - - - Description - vtkFiniteDifferenceGradientEstimator is a concrete subclass of - vtkEncodedGradientEstimator that uses a central differences technique to - estimate the gradient. The gradient at some sample location (x,y,z) - would be estimated by: - - nx = (f(x-dx,y,z) - f(x+dx,y,z)) / 2*dx; - ny = (f(x,y-dy,z) - f(x,y+dy,z)) / 2*dy; - nz = (f(x,y,z-dz) - f(x,y,z+dz)) / 2*dz; - - This value is normalized to determine a unit direction vector and a - magnitude. The normal is computed in voxel space, and - dx = dy = dz = SampleSpacingInVoxels. A scaling factor is applied to - convert this normal from voxel space to world coordinates. - - - - - vtkEncodedGradientEstimator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a vtkFiniteDifferenceGradientEstimator with - a SampleSpacingInVoxels of 1. - - - - - Construct a vtkFiniteDifferenceGradientEstimator with - a SampleSpacingInVoxels of 1. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the spacing between samples for the finite differences - method used to compute the normal. This spacing is in voxel units. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the spacing between samples for the finite differences - method used to compute the normal. This spacing is in voxel units. - - - - - vtkFixedPointRayCastImage - helper class for a ray cast image - - - Description - This is a helper class for storing the ray cast image including the - underlying data and the size of the image. This class is not intended - to be used directly - just as an internal class in the - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper so that multiple mappers can share - the same image. This class also stored the ZBuffer (if necessary due - to intermixed geometry). Perhaps this class could be generalized - in the future to be used for other ray cast methods other than the - fixed point method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Call this method once the ImageMemorySize has been set - the allocate the image. If an image already exists, - it will be deleted first. - - - - - Descipriotn: - Allocate the space for the ZBuffer according to the size. - - - - - Clear the image to (0,0,0,0) for each pixel. - - - - - Get the internal storage for the image. It is a pointer to - unsigned short with four components (RGBA) per pixel. This - memory is allocated when the AllocateImage method is called. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the image we are actually using. As - long as the memory size is big enough, but not too big, - we won't bother deleting and re-allocated, we'll just - continue to use the memory size we have. This size will - always be equal to or less than the ImageMemorySize. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the image we are actually using. As - long as the memory size is big enough, but not too big, - we won't bother deleting and re-allocated, we'll just - continue to use the memory size we have. This size will - always be equal to or less than the ImageMemorySize. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageMemorySize. This is the size in pixels - of the Image ivar. This will be a power of two in order - to ensure that the texture can be rendered by graphics - hardware that requires power of two textures. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageMemorySize. This is the size in pixels - of the Image ivar. This will be a power of two in order - to ensure that the texture can be rendered by graphics - hardware that requires power of two textures. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the image. This is the starting - pixel within the whole viewport that our Image starts on. - That is, we could be generating just a subregion of the - whole viewport due to the fact that our volume occupies - only a portion of the viewport. The Image pixels will - start from this location. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the image. This is the starting - pixel within the whole viewport that our Image starts on. - That is, we could be generating just a subregion of the - whole viewport due to the fact that our volume occupies - only a portion of the viewport. The Image pixels will - start from this location. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageSampleDistance that will be used for - rendering. This is a copy of the value stored in the - mapper. It is stored here for sharing between all mappers - that are participating in the creation of this image. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageViewportSize. This is the size of the - whole viewport in pixels. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageViewportSize. This is the size of the - whole viewport in pixels. - - - - - The UseZBuffer flag indicates whether the ZBuffer is in use. - The ZBuffer is captured and used when IntermixIntersectingGeometry - is on in the mapper, and when there are props that have been - rendered before the current volume. - - - - - The UseZBuffer flag indicates whether the ZBuffer is in use. - The ZBuffer is captured and used when IntermixIntersectingGeometry - is on in the mapper, and when there are props that have been - rendered before the current volume. - - - - - The UseZBuffer flag indicates whether the ZBuffer is in use. - The ZBuffer is captured and used when IntermixIntersectingGeometry - is on in the mapper, and when there are props that have been - rendered before the current volume. - - - - - Get the ZBuffer. The size of the ZBuffer should be specific - with SetZBufferSize, and AllocateZBuffer method should be called - before getting the ZBuffer. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the ZBuffer. This is the distance - from the lower left corner of the viewport where the ZBuffer - started (multiply the ImageOrigin by the ImageSampleDistance) - This is the pixel location on the full resolution viewport - where the ZBuffer capture will start. These values are used - to convert the (x,y) pixel location within the ImageInUseSize - image into a ZBuffer location. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the ZBuffer. This is the distance - from the lower left corner of the viewport where the ZBuffer - started (multiply the ImageOrigin by the ImageSampleDistance) - This is the pixel location on the full resolution viewport - where the ZBuffer capture will start. These values are used - to convert the (x,y) pixel location within the ImageInUseSize - image into a ZBuffer location. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the ZBuffer in pixels. The zbuffer will - be captured for the region of the screen covered by the - ImageInUseSize image. However, due to subsampling, the size - of the ImageInUseSize image may be smaller than this ZBuffer - image which will be captured at screen resolution. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the ZBuffer in pixels. The zbuffer will - be captured for the region of the screen covered by the - ImageInUseSize image. However, due to subsampling, the size - of the ImageInUseSize image may be smaller than this ZBuffer - image which will be captured at screen resolution. - - - - - Get the ZBuffer value corresponding to location (x,y) where (x,y) - are indexing into the ImageInUse image. This must be converted to - the zbuffer image coordinates. Nearest neighbor value is returned. - If UseZBuffer is off, then 1.0 is always returned. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the size of the image we are actually using. As - long as the memory size is big enough, but not too big, - we won't bother deleting and re-allocated, we'll just - continue to use the memory size we have. This size will - always be equal to or less than the ImageMemorySize. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the image we are actually using. As - long as the memory size is big enough, but not too big, - we won't bother deleting and re-allocated, we'll just - continue to use the memory size we have. This size will - always be equal to or less than the ImageMemorySize. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageMemorySize. This is the size in pixels - of the Image ivar. This will be a power of two in order - to ensure that the texture can be rendered by graphics - hardware that requires power of two textures. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageMemorySize. This is the size in pixels - of the Image ivar. This will be a power of two in order - to ensure that the texture can be rendered by graphics - hardware that requires power of two textures. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the image. This is the starting - pixel within the whole viewport that our Image starts on. - That is, we could be generating just a subregion of the - whole viewport due to the fact that our volume occupies - only a portion of the viewport. The Image pixels will - start from this location. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the image. This is the starting - pixel within the whole viewport that our Image starts on. - That is, we could be generating just a subregion of the - whole viewport due to the fact that our volume occupies - only a portion of the viewport. The Image pixels will - start from this location. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageSampleDistance that will be used for - rendering. This is a copy of the value stored in the - mapper. It is stored here for sharing between all mappers - that are participating in the creation of this image. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageViewportSize. This is the size of the - whole viewport in pixels. - - - - - Set / Get the ImageViewportSize. This is the size of the - whole viewport in pixels. - - - - - The UseZBuffer flag indicates whether the ZBuffer is in use. - The ZBuffer is captured and used when IntermixIntersectingGeometry - is on in the mapper, and when there are props that have been - rendered before the current volume. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the ZBuffer. This is the distance - from the lower left corner of the viewport where the ZBuffer - started (multiply the ImageOrigin by the ImageSampleDistance) - This is the pixel location on the full resolution viewport - where the ZBuffer capture will start. These values are used - to convert the (x,y) pixel location within the ImageInUseSize - image into a ZBuffer location. - - - - - Set / Get the origin of the ZBuffer. This is the distance - from the lower left corner of the viewport where the ZBuffer - started (multiply the ImageOrigin by the ImageSampleDistance) - This is the pixel location on the full resolution viewport - where the ZBuffer capture will start. These values are used - to convert the (x,y) pixel location within the ImageInUseSize - image into a ZBuffer location. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the ZBuffer in pixels. The zbuffer will - be captured for the region of the screen covered by the - ImageInUseSize image. However, due to subsampling, the size - of the ImageInUseSize image may be smaller than this ZBuffer - image which will be captured at screen resolution. - - - - - Set / Get the size of the ZBuffer in pixels. The zbuffer will - be captured for the region of the screen covered by the - ImageInUseSize image. However, due to subsampling, the size - of the ImageInUseSize image may be smaller than this ZBuffer - image which will be captured at screen resolution. - - - - - The UseZBuffer flag indicates whether the ZBuffer is in use. - The ZBuffer is captured and used when IntermixIntersectingGeometry - is on in the mapper, and when there are props that have been - rendered before the current volume. - - - - - The UseZBuffer flag indicates whether the ZBuffer is in use. - The ZBuffer is captured and used when IntermixIntersectingGeometry - is on in the mapper, and when there are props that have been - rendered before the current volume. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastCompositeGOHelper - A helper that generates composite images for the volume ray cast mapper - - - Description - This is one of the helper classes for the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - It will generate composite images using an alpha blending operation. - This class should not be used directly, it is a helper class for - the mapper and has no user-level API. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastHelper - An abstract helper that generates images for the volume ray cast mapper - - - Description - This is the abstract superclass of all helper classes for the - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. This class should not be used directly. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastCompositeGOShadeHelper - A helper that generates composite images for the volume ray cast mapper - - - Description - This is one of the helper classes for the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - It will generate composite images using an alpha blending operation. - This class should not be used directly, it is a helper class for - the mapper and has no user-level API. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastCompositeHelper - A helper that generates composite images for the volume ray cast mapper - - - Description - This is one of the helper classes for the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - It will generate composite images using an alpha blending operation. - This class should not be used directly, it is a helper class for - the mapper and has no user-level API. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastCompositeShadeHelper - A helper that generates composite images for the volume ray cast mapper - - - Description - This is one of the helper classes for the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - It will generate composite images using an alpha blending operation. - This class should not be used directly, it is a helper class for - the mapper and has no user-level API. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMIPHelper - A helper that generates MIP images for the volume ray cast mapper - - - Description - This is one of the helper classes for the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - It will generate maximum intensity images. - This class should not be used directly, it is a helper class for - the mapper and has no user-level API. - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - A fixed point mapper for volumes - - - Description - This is a software ray caster for rendering volumes in vtkImageData. - It works with all input data types and up to four components. It performs - composite or MIP rendering, and can be intermixed with geometric data. - Space leaping is used to speed up the rendering process. In addition, - calculation are performed in 15 bit fixed point precision. This mapper - is threaded, and will interleave scan lines across processors. - - This mapper is a good replacement for vtkVolumeRayCastMapper EXCEPT: - - it does not do isosurface ray casting - - it does only interpolate before classify compositing - - it does only maximum scalar value MIP - - The vtkVolumeRayCastMapper CANNOT be used in these instances when a - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper can be used: - - if the data is not unsigned char or unsigned short - - if the data has more than one component - - This mapper handles all data type from unsigned char through double. - However, some of the internal calcultions are performed in float and - therefore even the full float range may cause problems for this mapper - (both in scalar data values and in spacing between samples). - - Space leaping is performed by creating a sub-sampled volume. 4x4x4 - cells in the original volume are represented by a min, max, and - combined gradient and flag value. The min max volume has three - unsigned shorts per 4x4x4 group of cells from the original volume - - one reprenting the minumum scalar index (the scalar value adjusted - to fit in the 15 bit range), the maximum scalar index, and a - third unsigned short which is both the maximum gradient opacity in - the neighborhood (an unsigned char) and the flag that is filled - in for the current lookup tables to indicate whether this region - can be skipped. - - - - - vtkVolumeMapper - Abstract class for a volume mapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Turn On/Off orthogonal cropping. (Clipping planes are - perpendicular to the coordinate axes.) - - - - - Turn On/Off orthogonal cropping. (Clipping planes are - perpendicular to the coordinate axes.) - - - - - Set/Get the blend mode. Currently this is only supported - by the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - other mappers - have different ways to set this (supplying a function - to a vtkVolumeRayCastMapper) or don't have any options - (vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D supports only compositing). - Additive blend mode adds scalars along the ray and multiply them by - their opacity mapping value. - - - - - Turn On/Off orthogonal cropping. (Clipping planes are - perpendicular to the coordinate axes.) - - - - - Turn On/Off orthogonal cropping. (Clipping planes are - perpendicular to the coordinate axes.) - - - - - Turn On/Off orthogonal cropping. (Clipping planes are - perpendicular to the coordinate axes.) - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set/Get the Cropping Region Planes ( xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax ) - These planes are defined in volume coordinates - spacing and origin are - considered. - - - - - Set/Get the Cropping Region Planes ( xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax ) - These planes are defined in volume coordinates - spacing and origin are - considered. - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Get the cropping region planes in voxels. Only valid during the - rendering process - - - - - Get the cropping region planes in voxels. Only valid during the - rendering process - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the blend mode. Currently this is only supported - by the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - other mappers - have different ways to set this (supplying a function - to a vtkVolumeRayCastMapper) or don't have any options - (vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D supports only compositing). - Additive blend mode adds scalars along the ray and multiply them by - their opacity mapping value. - - - - - Set/Get the blend mode. Currently this is only supported - by the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - other mappers - have different ways to set this (supplying a function - to a vtkVolumeRayCastMapper) or don't have any options - (vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D supports only compositing). - Additive blend mode adds scalars along the ray and multiply them by - their opacity mapping value. - - - - - Set/Get the blend mode. Currently this is only supported - by the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - other mappers - have different ways to set this (supplying a function - to a vtkVolumeRayCastMapper) or don't have any options - (vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D supports only compositing). - Additive blend mode adds scalars along the ray and multiply them by - their opacity mapping value. - - - - - Set/Get the blend mode. Currently this is only supported - by the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - other mappers - have different ways to set this (supplying a function - to a vtkVolumeRayCastMapper) or don't have any options - (vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D supports only compositing). - Additive blend mode adds scalars along the ray and multiply them by - their opacity mapping value. - - - - - Set/Get the blend mode. Currently this is only supported - by the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper - other mappers - have different ways to set this (supplying a function - to a vtkVolumeRayCastMapper) or don't have any options - (vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D supports only compositing). - Additive blend mode adds scalars along the ray and multiply them by - their opacity mapping value. - - - - - Turn On/Off orthogonal cropping. (Clipping planes are - perpendicular to the coordinate axes.) - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - - Set/Get the Cropping Region Planes ( xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax ) - These planes are defined in volume coordinates - spacing and origin are - considered. - - - - - Set/Get the Cropping Region Planes ( xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax ) - These planes are defined in volume coordinates - spacing and origin are - considered. - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set the flags for the cropping regions. The clipping planes divide the - volume into 27 regions - there is one bit for each region. The regions - start from the one containing voxel (0,0,0), moving along the x axis - fastest, the y axis next, and the z axis slowest. These are represented - from the lowest bit to bit number 27 in the integer containing the - flags. There are several convenience functions to set some common - configurations - subvolume (the default), fence (between any of the - clip plane pairs), inverted fence, cross (between any two of the - clip plane pairs) and inverted cross. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - and the SampleDistance will be varied to achieve the allocated - render time of this prop (controlled by the desired update rate - and any culling in use). If this is an interactive render (more - than 1 frame per second) the SampleDistance will be increased, - otherwise it will not be altered (a binary decision, as opposed - to the ImageSampleDistance which will vary continuously). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - and the SampleDistance will be varied to achieve the allocated - render time of this prop (controlled by the desired update rate - and any culling in use). If this is an interactive render (more - than 1 frame per second) the SampleDistance will be increased, - otherwise it will not be altered (a binary decision, as opposed - to the ImageSampleDistance which will vary continuously). - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - and the SampleDistance will be varied to achieve the allocated - render time of this prop (controlled by the desired update rate - and any culling in use). If this is an interactive render (more - than 1 frame per second) the SampleDistance will be increased, - otherwise it will not be altered (a binary decision, as opposed - to the ImageSampleDistance which will vary continuously). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - and the SampleDistance will be varied to achieve the allocated - render time of this prop (controlled by the desired update rate - and any culling in use). If this is an interactive render (more - than 1 frame per second) the SampleDistance will be increased, - otherwise it will not be altered (a binary decision, as opposed - to the ImageSampleDistance which will vary continuously). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - and the SampleDistance will be varied to achieve the allocated - render time of this prop (controlled by the desired update rate - and any culling in use). If this is an interactive render (more - than 1 frame per second) the SampleDistance will be increased, - otherwise it will not be altered (a binary decision, as opposed - to the ImageSampleDistance which will vary continuously). - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Get an estimate of the rendering time for a given volume / renderer. - Only valid if this mapper has been used to render that volume for - that renderer previously. Estimate is good when the viewing parameters - have not changed much since that last render. - - - - - Get an estimate of the rendering time for a given volume / renderer. - Only valid if this mapper has been used to render that volume for - that renderer previously. Estimate is good when the viewing parameters - have not changed much since that last render. - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Here to be used by the mapper to tell the helper - to flip the MIP comparison in order to support - minimum intensity blending - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples when interactive rendering is happening. - In this case, interactive is defined as this volume mapper having less than 1 - second allocated for rendering. When AutoAdjustSampleDistance is On, and the - allocated render time is less than 1 second, then this InteractiveSampleDistance - will be used instead of the SampleDistance above. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Automatically compute the sample distance from the data spacing. When - the number of voxels is 8, the sample distance will be roughly 1/200 - the average voxel size. The distance will grow proportionally to - numVoxels^(1/3) until it reaches 1/2 average voxel size when number of - voxels is 1E6. Note that ScalarOpacityUnitDistance is still taken into - account and if different than 1, will effect the sample distance. - - - - - Automatically compute the sample distance from the data spacing. When - the number of voxels is 8, the sample distance will be roughly 1/200 - the average voxel size. The distance will grow proportionally to - numVoxels^(1/3) until it reaches 1/2 average voxel size when number of - voxels is 1E6. Note that ScalarOpacityUnitDistance is still taken into - account and if different than 1, will effect the sample distance. - - - - - Automatically compute the sample distance from the data spacing. When - the number of voxels is 8, the sample distance will be roughly 1/200 - the average voxel size. The distance will grow proportionally to - numVoxels^(1/3) until it reaches 1/2 average voxel size when number of - voxels is 1E6. Note that ScalarOpacityUnitDistance is still taken into - account and if different than 1, will effect the sample distance. - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - Set/Get the number of threads to use. This by default is equal to - the number of available processors detected. - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples used for rendering - when AutoAdjustSampleDistances is off, or when this mapper - has more than 1 second allocated to it for rendering. - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically compute the sample distance from the data spacing. When - the number of voxels is 8, the sample distance will be roughly 1/200 - the average voxel size. The distance will grow proportionally to - numVoxels^(1/3) until it reaches 1/2 average voxel size when number of - voxels is 1E6. Note that ScalarOpacityUnitDistance is still taken into - account and if different than 1, will effect the sample distance. - - - - - Automatically compute the sample distance from the data spacing. When - the number of voxels is 8, the sample distance will be roughly 1/200 - the average voxel size. The distance will grow proportionally to - numVoxels^(1/3) until it reaches 1/2 average voxel size when number of - voxels is 1E6. Note that ScalarOpacityUnitDistance is still taken into - account and if different than 1, will effect the sample distance. - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - and the SampleDistance will be varied to achieve the allocated - render time of this prop (controlled by the desired update rate - and any culling in use). If this is an interactive render (more - than 1 frame per second) the SampleDistance will be increased, - otherwise it will not be altered (a binary decision, as opposed - to the ImageSampleDistance which will vary continuously). - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples when interactive rendering is happening. - In this case, interactive is defined as this volume mapper having less than 1 - second allocated for rendering. When AutoAdjustSampleDistance is On, and the - allocated render time is less than 1 second, then this InteractiveSampleDistance - will be used instead of the SampleDistance above. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Automatically compute the sample distance from the data spacing. When - the number of voxels is 8, the sample distance will be roughly 1/200 - the average voxel size. The distance will grow proportionally to - numVoxels^(1/3) until it reaches 1/2 average voxel size when number of - voxels is 1E6. Note that ScalarOpacityUnitDistance is still taken into - account and if different than 1, will effect the sample distance. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - Set/Get the number of threads to use. This by default is equal to - the number of available processors detected. - - - - - Set / Get the underlying image object. One will be automatically - created - only need to set it when using from an AMR mapper which - renders multiple times into the same image. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples used for rendering - when AutoAdjustSampleDistances is off, or when this mapper - has more than 1 second allocated to it for rendering. - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - What is the image sample distance required to achieve the desired time? - A version of this method is provided that does not require the volume - argument since if you are using an LODProp3D you may not know this information. - If you use this version you must be certain that the ray cast mapper is - only used for one volume (and not shared among multiple volumes) - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - Min Max structure used to do space leaping - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastSpaceLeapingImageFilter - Builds the space leaping data structure. - - - Description - This is an optimized multi-threaded imaging filter that builds the space - leaping datastructure, used by vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. Empty - space leaping is used to skip large empty regions in the scalar - opacity and/or the gradient opacity transfer functions. Depending on - the various options set by vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper, the class - will internally invoke one of the many optmized routines to compute the - min/max/gradient-max values within a fixed block size, trying to - compute everything in a single multi-threaded pass through the data - - The block size may be changed at compile time. Its ifdef'ed to 4 in the CXX - file. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Compute gradient opacity ? - - - - - Compute gradient opacity ? - - - - - Compute the extents and dimensions of the input that's required to - generate an output min-max structure given by outExt. - INTERNAL - Do not use - - - - - Compute the min max structure ?. - - - - - Compute the min max structure ?. - - - - - INTERNAL - Do not use - Compute the offset within an image of whole extents wholeExt, to access - the data starting at extents ext. - - - - - Compute gradient opacity ? - - - - - Compute the min max structure ?. - - - - - Set the scalars. - - - - - Do we use independent components, or dependent components ? - - - - - Get the last execution time. This is updated every - time the scalars or the gradient opacity values are computed - - - - - Get the last execution time. This is updated every time the flags bits - are re-computed. - - - - - Get the raw pointer to the final computed space leaping datastructure. - The result is only valid after Update() has been called on the filter. - Note that this filter holds onto its memory. The dimensions of the min- - max volume are in dims. The 4th value in the array indicates the number - of independent components, (also queried via - GetNumberOfIndependentComponents()) - - - - - Get the first non-zero scalar opacity and gradient opacity indices for - each independent copmonent - INTERNAL - Do not use. - - - - - Get the first non-zero scalar opacity and gradient opacity indices for - each independent copmonent - INTERNAL - Do not use. - - - - - Get the number of independent components for which we need to keep track - of min/max - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Update the gradient opacity flags. (The scalar opacity flags are always - updated upon execution of this filter.) - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - INTERNAL - Do not use - Set the last cached min-max volume, as used by - vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - - - - - Compute gradient opacity ? - - - - - Compute the min max structure ?. - - - - - Set the scalars. - - - - - Get the first non-zero scalar opacity and gradient opacity indices for - each independent copmonent - INTERNAL - Do not use. - - - - - Do we use independent components, or dependent components ? - - - - - Get the first non-zero scalar opacity and gradient opacity indices for - each independent copmonent - INTERNAL - Do not use. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Is the difference between max and min of the data less than 32768? If so, - and if the data is not of float/double type, use a simple offset mapping. - If the difference between max and min is 32768 or greater, or the data - is of type float or double, we must use an offset / scaling mapping. - In this case, the array size will be 32768 - we need to figure out the - offset and scale factor. - - - - - Update the gradient opacity flags. (The scalar opacity flags are always - updated upon execution of this filter.) - - - - - Update the gradient opacity flags. (The scalar opacity flags are always - updated upon execution of this filter.) - - - - - Update the gradient opacity flags. (The scalar opacity flags are always - updated upon execution of this filter.) - - - - - vtkGPUVolumeRayCastMapper - Ray casting performed on the GPU. - - - Description - vtkGPUVolumeRayCastMapper is a volume mapper that performs ray casting on - the GPU using fragment programs. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Based on hardware and properties, we may or may not be able to - render using 3D texture mapping. This indicates if 3D texture - mapping is supported by the hardware, and if the other extensions - necessary to support the specific properties are available. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Optionally, set a mask input. This mask may be a binary mask or a label - map. This must be specified via SetMaskType. - - If the mask is a binary mask, the volume rendering is confined to regions - within the binary mask. The binary mask is assumed to have a datatype of - UCHAR and values of 255 (inside) and 0 (outside). - - The mask may also be a label map. The label map is allowed to contain only - 3 labels (values of 0, 1 and 2) and must have a datatype of UCHAR. In voxels - with label value of 0, the color transfer function supplied by component - 0 is used. - In voxels with label value of 1, the color transfer function supplied by - component 1 is used and blended with the transfer function supplied by - component 0, with the blending weight being determined by - MaskBlendFactor. - In voxels with a label value of 2, the color transfer function supplied - by component 2 is used and blended with the transfer function supplied by - component 0, with the blending weight being determined by - MaskBlendFactor. - - - - - Set the mask type, if mask is to be used. See documentation for - SetMaskInput(). The default is a LabelMapMaskType. - - - - - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Maximum size of the 3D texture in GPU memory. - Will default to the size computed from the graphics - card. Can be adjusted by the user. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Tells if the mapper will report intermediate progress. - Initial value is true. As the progress works with a GL blocking - call (glFinish()), this can be useful for huge dataset but can - slow down rendering of small dataset. It should be set to true - for big dataset or complex shading and streaming but to false for - small datasets. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples used for rendering - when AutoAdjustSampleDistances is off, or when this mapper - has more than 1 second allocated to it for rendering. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Based on hardware and properties, we may or may not be able to - render using 3D texture mapping. This indicates if 3D texture - mapping is supported by the hardware, and if the other extensions - necessary to support the specific properties are available. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Set/Get the window / level applied to the final color. - This allows brightness / contrast adjustments on the - final image. - window is the width of the window. - level is the center of the window. - Initial window value is 1.0 - Initial level value is 0.5 - window cannot be null but can be negative, this way - values will be reversed. - |window| can be larger than 1.0 - level can be any real value. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. This value - will be adjusted to meet a desired frame rate when AutoAdjustSampleDistances - is on. - - - - - Tells how much mask color transfer function is used compared to the - standard color transfer function when the mask is true. This is relevant - only for the label map mask. - 0.0 means only standard color transfer function. - 1.0 means only mask color tranfer function. - The default value is 1.0. - - - - - Optionally, set a mask input. This mask may be a binary mask or a label - map. This must be specified via SetMaskType. - - If the mask is a binary mask, the volume rendering is confined to regions - within the binary mask. The binary mask is assumed to have a datatype of - UCHAR and values of 255 (inside) and 0 (outside). - - The mask may also be a label map. The label map is allowed to contain only - 3 labels (values of 0, 1 and 2) and must have a datatype of UCHAR. In voxels - with label value of 0, the color transfer function supplied by component - 0 is used. - In voxels with label value of 1, the color transfer function supplied by - component 1 is used and blended with the transfer function supplied by - component 0, with the blending weight being determined by - MaskBlendFactor. - In voxels with a label value of 2, the color transfer function supplied - by component 2 is used and blended with the transfer function supplied by - component 0, with the blending weight being determined by - MaskBlendFactor. - - - - - Set the mask type, if mask is to be used. See documentation for - SetMaskInput(). The default is a LabelMapMaskType. - - - - - Set the mask type, if mask is to be used. See documentation for - SetMaskInput(). The default is a LabelMapMaskType. - - - - - Set the mask type, if mask is to be used. See documentation for - SetMaskInput(). The default is a LabelMapMaskType. - - - - - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Maximum size of the 3D texture in GPU memory. - Will default to the size computed from the graphics - card. Can be adjusted by the user. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted. - - - - - Tells if the mapper will report intermediate progress. - Initial value is true. As the progress works with a GL blocking - call (glFinish()), this can be useful for huge dataset but can - slow down rendering of small dataset. It should be set to true - for big dataset or complex shading and streaming but to false for - small datasets. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples used for rendering - when AutoAdjustSampleDistances is off, or when this mapper - has more than 1 second allocated to it for rendering. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Optionally, set a mask input. This mask may be a binary mask or a label - map. This must be specified via SetMaskType. - - If the mask is a binary mask, the volume rendering is confined to regions - within the binary mask. The binary mask is assumed to have a datatype of - UCHAR and values of 255 (inside) and 0 (outside). - - The mask may also be a label map. The label map is allowed to contain only - 3 labels (values of 0, 1 and 2) and must have a datatype of UCHAR. In voxels - with label value of 0, the color transfer function supplied by component - 0 is used. - In voxels with label value of 1, the color transfer function supplied by - component 1 is used and blended with the transfer function supplied by - component 0, with the blending weight being determined by - MaskBlendFactor. - In voxels with a label value of 2, the color transfer function supplied - by component 2 is used and blended with the transfer function supplied by - component 0, with the blending weight being determined by - MaskBlendFactor. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkHAVSVolumeMapper - Hardware-Assisted Visibility Sorting unstructured grid mapper - - - - Description - - vtkHAVSVolumeMapper is a class that renders polygonal data - (represented as an unstructured grid) using the Hardware-Assisted - Visibility Sorting (HAVS) algorithm. First the unique triangles are sorted - in object space, then they are sorted in image space using a fixed size - A-buffer implemented on the GPU called the k-buffer. The HAVS algorithm - excels at rendering large datasets quickly. The trade-off is that the - algorithm may produce some rendering artifacts due to an insufficient k - size (currently 2 or 6 is supported) or read/write race conditions. - - A built in level-of-detail (LOD) approach samples the geometry using one of - two heuristics (field or area). If LOD is enabled, the amount of geometry - that is sampled and rendered changes dynamically to stay within the target - frame rate. The field sampling method generally works best for datasets - with cell sizes that don't vary much in size. On the contrary, the area - sampling approach gives better approximations when the volume has a lot of - variation in cell size. - - The HAVS algorithm uses several advanced features on graphics hardware. - The k-buffer sorting network is implemented using framebuffer objects - (FBOs) with multiple render targets (MRTs). Therefore, only cards that - support these features can run the algorithm (at least an ATI 9500 or an - NVidia NV40 (6600)). - - Notes - - Several issues had to be addressed to get the HAVS algorithm working within - the vtk framework. These additions forced the code to forsake speed for - the sake of compliance and robustness. - - The HAVS algorithm operates on the triangles that compose the mesh. - Therefore, before rendering, the cells are decomposed into unique triangles - and stored on the GPU for efficient rendering. The use of GPU data - structures is only recommended if the entire geometry can fit in graphics - memory. Otherwise this feature should be disabled. - - Another new feature is the handling of mixed data types (eg., polygonal - data with volume data). This is handled by reading the z-buffer from the - current window and copying it into the framebuffer object for off-screen - rendering. The depth test is then enabled so that the volume only appears - over the opaque geometry. Finally, the results of the off-screen rendering - are blended into the framebuffer as a transparent, view-aligned texture. - - Instead of using a preintegrated 3D lookup table for storing the ray - integral, this implementation uses partial pre-integration. This improves - the performance of dynamic transfer function updates by avoiding a costly - preprocess of the table. - - A final change to the original algorithm is the handling of non-convexities - in the mesh. Due to read/write hazards that may create undesired artifacts - with non-convexities when using a inside/outside toggle in the fragment - program, another approach was employed. To handle non-convexities, the - fragment shader determines if a ray-gap is larger than the max cell size - and kill the fragment if so. This approximation performs rather well in - practice but may miss small non-convexities. - - For more information on the HAVS algorithm see: - - "Hardware-Assisted Visibility Sorting for Unstructured Volume - Rendering" by S. P. Callahan, M. Ikits, J. L. D. Comba, and C. T. Silva, - IEEE Transactions of Visualization and Computer Graphics; May/June 2005. - - For more information on the Level-of-Detail algorithm, see: - - "Interactive Rendering of Large Unstructured Grids Using Dynamic - Level-of-Detail" by S. P. Callahan, J. L. D. Comba, P. Shirley, and - C. T. Silva, Proceedings of IEEE Visualization '05, Oct. 2005. - - Acknowledgments - - This code was developed by Steven P. Callahan under the supervision - of Prof. Claudio T. Silva. The code also contains contributions - from Milan Ikits, Linh Ha, Huy T. Vo, Carlos E. Scheidegger, and - Joao L. D. Comba. - - The work was supported by grants, contracts, and gifts from the - National Science Foundation, the Department of Energy, the Army - Research Office, and IBM. - - The port of HAVS to VTK and ParaView has been primarily supported - by Sandia National Labs. - - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridVolumeMapper - Abstract class for a unstructured grid volume mapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - - Set/Get the input data - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get whether or not the data structures should be stored on the GPU - for better peformance. - - - - - Set the kbuffer size - - - - - Turn on/off level-of-detail volume rendering - - - - - Set/get the current level-of-detail method - - - - - Set/get the desired level of detail target time measured in frames/sec. - - - - - regions by removing ray segments larger than the max cell size. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether or not the data structures should be stored on the GPU - for better peformance. - - - - - Set the kbuffer size - - - - - Set the kbuffer size - - - - - Set the kbuffer size - - - - - Turn on/off level-of-detail volume rendering - - - - - Set/get the current level-of-detail method - - - - - Set/get the current level-of-detail method - - - - - Set/get the current level-of-detail method - - - - - Set/get the desired level of detail target time measured in frames/sec. - - - - - regions by removing ray segments larger than the max cell size. - - - - - Check hardware support for the HAVS algorithm. Necessary - features include off-screen rendering, 32-bit fp textures, multiple - render targets, and framebuffer objects. - Subclasses must override this method to indicate if supported by Hardware. - - - - - vtkProjectedAAHexahedraMapper - volume mapper for axis-aligned hexahedra - - - Description - High quality volume renderer for axis-aligned hexahedra - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Algorithm used to sort the cells according to viewpoint of the camera. - Initial value is a vtkCellCenterDepthSort object. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check if the required OpenGL extensions are supported by the OpenGL - context attached to the render window `w'. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Algorithm used to sort the cells according to viewpoint of the camera. - Initial value is a vtkCellCenterDepthSort object. - - - - - vtkProjectedTetrahedraMapper - Unstructured grid volume renderer. - - - - Description - vtkProjectedTetrahedraMapper is an implementation of the classic - Projected Tetrahedra algorithm presented by Shirley and Tuchman in "A - Polygonal Approximation to Direct Scalar Volume Rendering" in Computer - Graphics, December 1990. - - Bugs - This mapper relies highly on the implementation of the OpenGL pipeline. - A typical hardware driver has lots of options and some settings can - cause this mapper to produce artifacts. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRayCastImageDisplayHelper - helper class that draws the image to the screen - - - Description - This is a helper class for drawing images created from ray casting on the screen. - This is the abstract device-independent superclass. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the pixel scale to be applied to the image before display. - Can be set to scale the incoming pixel values - for example the - fixed point mapper uses the unsigned short API but with 15 bit - values so needs a scale of 2.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the pixel scale to be applied to the image before display. - Can be set to scale the incoming pixel values - for example the - fixed point mapper uses the unsigned short API but with 15 bit - values so needs a scale of 2.0. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkRecursiveSphereDirectionEncoder - A direction encoder based on the recursive subdivision of an octahedron - - - Description - vtkRecursiveSphereDirectionEncoder is a direction encoder which uses the - vertices of a recursive subdivision of an octahedron (with the vertices - pushed out onto the surface of an enclosing sphere) to encode directions - into a two byte value. - - - - - vtkDirectionEncoder - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the object. Initialize the index table which will be - used to map the normal into a patch on the recursively subdivided - sphere. - - - - - Construct the object. Initialize the index table which will be - used to map the normal into a patch on the recursively subdivided - sphere. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given an encoded value, return a pointer to the normal vector - - - - - Get the decoded gradient table. There are - this->GetNumberOfEncodedDirections() entries in the table, each - containing a normal (direction) vector. This is a flat structure - - 3 times the number of directions floats in an array. - - - - - Given a normal vector n, return the encoded direction - - - - - Return the number of encoded directions - - - - - Set / Get the recursion depth for the subdivision. This - indicates how many time one triangle on the initial 8-sided - sphere model is replaced by four triangles formed by connecting - triangle edge midpoints. A recursion level of 0 yields 8 triangles - with 6 unique vertices. The normals are the vectors from the - sphere center through the vertices. The number of directions - will be 11 since the four normals with 0 z values will be - duplicated in the table - once with +0 values and the other - time with -0 values, and an addition index will be used to - represent the (0,0,0) normal. If we instead choose a recursion - level of 6 (the maximum that can fit within 2 bytes) the number - of directions is 16643, with 16386 unique directions and a - zero normal. - - - - - Set / Get the recursion depth for the subdivision. This - indicates how many time one triangle on the initial 8-sided - sphere model is replaced by four triangles formed by connecting - triangle edge midpoints. A recursion level of 0 yields 8 triangles - with 6 unique vertices. The normals are the vectors from the - sphere center through the vertices. The number of directions - will be 11 since the four normals with 0 z values will be - duplicated in the table - once with +0 values and the other - time with -0 values, and an addition index will be used to - represent the (0,0,0) normal. If we instead choose a recursion - level of 6 (the maximum that can fit within 2 bytes) the number - of directions is 16643, with 16386 unique directions and a - zero normal. - - - - - Set / Get the recursion depth for the subdivision. This - indicates how many time one triangle on the initial 8-sided - sphere model is replaced by four triangles formed by connecting - triangle edge midpoints. A recursion level of 0 yields 8 triangles - with 6 unique vertices. The normals are the vectors from the - sphere center through the vertices. The number of directions - will be 11 since the four normals with 0 z values will be - duplicated in the table - once with +0 values and the other - time with -0 values, and an addition index will be used to - represent the (0,0,0) normal. If we instead choose a recursion - level of 6 (the maximum that can fit within 2 bytes) the number - of directions is 16643, with 16386 unique directions and a - zero normal. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the recursion depth for the subdivision. This - indicates how many time one triangle on the initial 8-sided - sphere model is replaced by four triangles formed by connecting - triangle edge midpoints. A recursion level of 0 yields 8 triangles - with 6 unique vertices. The normals are the vectors from the - sphere center through the vertices. The number of directions - will be 11 since the four normals with 0 z values will be - duplicated in the table - once with +0 values and the other - time with -0 values, and an addition index will be used to - represent the (0,0,0) normal. If we instead choose a recursion - level of 6 (the maximum that can fit within 2 bytes) the number - of directions is 16643, with 16386 unique directions and a - zero normal. - - - - - vtkSmartVolumeMapper - Adaptive volume mapper - - - Description - vtkSmartVolumeMapper is a volume mapper that will delegate to a specific - volume mapper based on rendering parameters and available hardware. Use the - SetRequestedRenderMode() method to control the behavior of the selection. - The following options are available: - - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::DefaultRenderMode: - Allow the vtkSmartVolumeMapper to select the best mapper based on - rendering parameters and hardware support. If GPU ray casting is - supported, this mapper will be used for all rendering. If not, - then if 3D texture mapping is supported, it will be used for - interactive rendering and the vtkFixedPointRayCastMapper will be - used for still rendering. If 3D texture mapping is not supported, - then the vtkFixedPointRayCastMapper will be used exclusively. - This is the default requested render mode, and is generally the - best option. When you use this option, your volume will always - be rendered, but the method used to render it may vary based - on parameters and platform. - - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::RayCastAndTextureRenderMode: - Use the vtkVolumeTextureMapper3D for interactive rendering, - and the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper for still renders. - If 3D texture mapping is not supported, then the ray - caster will be used exclusively. When you use this option your - volume will always be rendered, but the method used for - interactive rendering will vary based on parameters and - platform. The decision on whether a particular render is - interactive or still is based on the adjustable parameter - InteractiveUpdateRate. If the DesiredUpdateRate found in the - vtkRenderWindow that initiated the Render is at or above - the InteractiveUpdateRate value, then the render is considered - interactive, otherwise it is considered a still render. - - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::RayCastRenderMode: - Use the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper for both interactive and - still rendering. When you use this option your volume will always - be rendered with the vtkFixedPointVolumeRayCastMapper. - - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::TextureRenderMode: - Use the vtkVolumeTextureMapper3D, if supported, for both - interactive and still rendering. If 3D texture mapping is not - supported (either by the hardware, or due to the rendering - parameters) then no image will be rendered. Use this option only - if you have already checked for support based on the current - hardware, number of scalar components, and rendering parameters - in the vtkVolumeProperty. Also note that the - vtkVolumeTextureMapper3D does not support window / level - operations on the final image, so FinalColorWindow must be at - the default value of 1.0 and FinalColorLevel must be at the - default value of 0.5. - - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::GPURenderMode: - Use the vtkGPUVolumeRayCastMapper, if supported, for both - interactive and still rendering. If the GPU ray caster is not - supported (due to hardware limitations or rendering parameters) - then no image will be rendered. Use this option only if you have - already checked for supported based on the current hardware, - number of scalar components, and rendering parameters in the - vtkVolumeProperty. - - You can adjust the contrast and brightness in the rendered image using the - FinalColorWindow and FinalColorLevel ivars. By default the - FinalColorWindow is set to 1.0, and the FinalColorLevel is set to 0.5, - which applies no correction to the computed image. To apply the window / - level operation to the computer image color, first a Scale and Bias - value are computed: - - scale = 1.0 / this->FinalColorWindow - bias = 0.5 - this->FinalColorLevel / this->FinalColorWindow - - To compute a new color (R', G', B', A') from an existing color (R,G,B,A) - for a pixel, the following equation is used: - - R' = R*scale + bias*A - G' = G*scale + bias*A - B' = B*scale + bias*A - A' = A - - Note that bias is multiplied by the alpha component before adding because - the red, green, and blue component of the color are already pre-multiplied - by alpha. Also note that the window / level operation leaves the alpha - component unchanged - it only adjusts the RGB values. - - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This method can be used to render a representative view of the input data - into the supplied image given the supplied blending mode, view direction, - and view up vector. - - - - - Get the final color level. - - - - - Get the final color window. Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Get the update rate at or above which this is considered an - interactive render. - Initial value is 1.0e-5. - - - - - Set the rate at or above this render will be considered interactive. - If the DesiredUpdateRate of the vtkRenderWindow that caused the Render - falls at or above this rate, the render is considered interactive and - the mapper may be adjusted (depending on the render mode). - Initial value is 1.0e-5. - - - - - Set the rate at or above this render will be considered interactive. - If the DesiredUpdateRate of the vtkRenderWindow that caused the Render - falls at or above this rate, the render is considered interactive and - the mapper may be adjusted (depending on the render mode). - Initial value is 1.0e-5. - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - This will return the render mode used during the previous call to - Render(). - - - - - Value passed to the GPU mapper. Ignored by other mappers. - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Value passed to the GPU mapper. Ignored by other mappers. - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Value passed to the GPU mapper. Ignored by other mappers. - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Value passed to the GPU mapper. Ignored by other mappers. - Maximum size of the 3D texture in GPU memory. - Will default to the size computed from the graphics - card. Can be adjusted by the user. - Useful if the automatic detection is defective or missing. - - - - - Get the requested render mode. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method can be used to render a representative view of the input data - into the supplied image given the supplied blending mode, view direction, - and view up vector. - - - - - This method can be used to render a representative view of the input data - into the supplied image given the supplied blending mode, view direction, - and view up vector. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the final color level. The level controls the - brightness of the image. The final color window will - be centered at the final color level, and together - represent a linear remapping of color values. The - default value for the level is 0.5. - - - - - Set the final color window. This controls the contrast of - the image. The default value is 1.0. The Window can be - negative (this causes a "negative" effect on the image) - Although Window can be set to 0.0, any value less than - 0.00001 and greater than or equal to 0.0 will be set to - 0.00001, and any value greater than -0.00001 but less - than or equal to 0.0 will be set to -0.00001. - Initial value is 1.0. - - - - - Set the rate at or above this render will be considered interactive. - If the DesiredUpdateRate of the vtkRenderWindow that caused the Render - falls at or above this rate, the render is considered interactive and - the mapper may be adjusted (depending on the render mode). - Initial value is 1.0e-5. - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - Set interpolation mode for downsampling (lowres GPU) - (initial value: cubic). - - - - - Value passed to the GPU mapper. Ignored by other mappers. - Maximum fraction of the MaxMemoryInBytes that should - be used to hold the texture. Valid values are 0.1 to - 1.0. - - - - - Value passed to the GPU mapper. Ignored by other mappers. - Maximum size of the 3D texture in GPU memory. - Will default to the size computed from the graphics - card. Can be adjusted by the user. - Useful if the automatic detection is defective or missing. - - - - - Set the requested render mode. The default is - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::DefaultRenderMode. - - - - - Set the requested render mode to vtkSmartVolumeMapper::DefaultRenderMode. - This is the best option for an application that must adapt to different - data types, harware, and rendering parameters. - - - - - Set the requested render mode to vtkSmartVolumeMapper::RayCastRenderMode. - This option will use software rendering exclusively. This is a good option - if you know there is no hardware acceleration. - - - - - Set the requested render mode to - vtkSmartVolumeMapper::RayCastAndTextureRenderMode. - This is a good option if you want to avoid using advanced OpenGL - functionality, but would still like to used 3D texture mapping, if - available, for interactive rendering. - - - - - Get the final color level. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSphericalDirectionEncoder - A direction encoder based on spherical coordinates - - - Description - vtkSphericalDirectionEncoder is a direction encoder which uses spherical - coordinates for mapping (nx, ny, nz) into an azimuth, elevation pair. - - - - - vtkDirectionEncoder - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct the object. Initialize the index table which will be - used to map the normal into a patch on the recursively subdivided - sphere. - - - - - Construct the object. Initialize the index table which will be - used to map the normal into a patch on the recursively subdivided - sphere. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given an encoded value, return a pointer to the normal vector - - - - - Get the decoded gradient table. There are - this->GetNumberOfEncodedDirections() entries in the table, each - containing a normal (direction) vector. This is a flat structure - - 3 times the number of directions floats in an array. - - - - - Given a normal vector n, return the encoded direction - - - - - Return the number of encoded directions - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkVolumeOutlineSource - outline of volume cropping region - - - Description - vtkVolumeOutlineSource generates a wireframe outline that corresponds - to the cropping region of a vtkVolumeMapper. It requires a - vtkVolumeMapper as input. The GenerateFaces option turns on the - solid faces of the outline, and the GenerateScalars option generates - color scalars. When GenerateScalars is on, it is possible to set - an "ActivePlaneId" value in the range [0..6] to highlight one of the - six cropping planes. - Thanks - Thanks to David Gobbi for contributing this class to VTK. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. By default, - only lines are generated. The faces will form a closed, watertight - surface. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. By default, - only lines are generated. The faces will form a closed, watertight - surface. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is on by default. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is on by default. - - - - - Set whether to generate color scalars for the output. By default, - the output has no scalars and the color must be set in the - property of the actor. - - - - - Set whether to generate color scalars for the output. By default, - the output has no scalars and the color must be set in the - property of the actor. - - - - - Set the color of the active cropping plane. This has no effect unless - GenerateScalars is On and ActivePlaneId is non-negative. The default - color is yellow. - - - - - Set the color of the active cropping plane. This has no effect unless - GenerateScalars is On and ActivePlaneId is non-negative. The default - color is yellow. - - - - - Set the color of the active cropping plane. This has no effect unless - GenerateScalars is On and ActivePlaneId is non-negative. The default - color is yellow. - - - - - Set the active plane, e.g. to display which plane is currently being - modified by an interaction. Set this to -1 if there is no active plane. - The default value is -1. - - - - - Set the color of the outline. This has no effect unless GenerateScalars - is On. The default color is red. - - - - - Set the color of the outline. This has no effect unless GenerateScalars - is On. The default color is red. - - - - - Set the color of the outline. This has no effect unless GenerateScalars - is On. The default color is red. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. By default, - only lines are generated. The faces will form a closed, watertight - surface. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is on by default. - - - - - Set whether to generate color scalars for the output. By default, - the output has no scalars and the color must be set in the - property of the actor. - - - - - Set the mapper that has the cropping region that the outline will - be generated for. The mapper must have an input, because the - bounds of the data must be computed in order to generate the - outline. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the color of the active cropping plane. This has no effect unless - GenerateScalars is On and ActivePlaneId is non-negative. The default - color is yellow. - - - - - Set the color of the active cropping plane. This has no effect unless - GenerateScalars is On and ActivePlaneId is non-negative. The default - color is yellow. - - - - - Set the active plane, e.g. to display which plane is currently being - modified by an interaction. Set this to -1 if there is no active plane. - The default value is -1. - - - - - Set the color of the outline. This has no effect unless GenerateScalars - is On. The default color is red. - - - - - Set the color of the outline. This has no effect unless GenerateScalars - is On. The default color is red. - - - - - Set whether to generate polygonal faces for the output. By default, - only lines are generated. The faces will form a closed, watertight - surface. - - - - - Set whether to generate an outline wherever an input face was - cut by a plane. This is on by default. - - - - - Set whether to generate color scalars for the output. By default, - the output has no scalars and the color must be set in the - property of the actor. - - - - - Set the mapper that has the cropping region that the outline will - be generated for. The mapper must have an input, because the - bounds of the data must be computed in order to generate the - outline. - - - - - vtkVolumePicker - ray-cast picker enhanced for volumes - - - Description - vtkVolumePicker is a subclass of vtkCellPicker. It has one - advantage over vtkCellPicker for volumes: it will be able to - correctly perform picking when CroppingPlanes are present. This - isn't possible for vtkCellPicker since it doesn't link to - the VolumeRendering classes and hence cannot access information - about the CroppingPlanes. - - Thanks - This class was contributed to VTK by David Gobbi on behalf of Atamai Inc. - - - - vtkPicker vtkPointPicker vtkCellPicker - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the index of the cropping plane that the pick ray passed - through on its way to the prop. This will be set regardless - of whether PickCroppingPlanes is on. The crop planes are ordered - as follows: xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax, zmin, zmax. If the volume is - not cropped, the value will bet set to -1. - - - - - Set whether to pick the cropping planes of props that have them. - If this is set, then the pick will be done on the cropping planes - rather than on the data. The GetCroppingPlaneId() method will return - the index of the cropping plane of the volume that was picked. This - setting is only relevant to the picking of volumes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set whether to pick the cropping planes of props that have them. - If this is set, then the pick will be done on the cropping planes - rather than on the data. The GetCroppingPlaneId() method will return - the index of the cropping plane of the volume that was picked. This - setting is only relevant to the picking of volumes. - - - - - Set whether to pick the cropping planes of props that have them. - If this is set, then the pick will be done on the cropping planes - rather than on the data. The GetCroppingPlaneId() method will return - the index of the cropping plane of the volume that was picked. This - setting is only relevant to the picking of volumes. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set whether to pick the cropping planes of props that have them. - If this is set, then the pick will be done on the cropping planes - rather than on the data. The GetCroppingPlaneId() method will return - the index of the cropping plane of the volume that was picked. This - setting is only relevant to the picking of volumes. - - - - - vtkVolumeProMapper - Superclass for VolumePRO volume rendering mappers - - - - Description - vtkVolumeProMapper is the superclass for VolumePRO volume rendering mappers. - Any functionality that is general across all VolumePRO implementations is - placed here in this class. Subclasses of this class are for the specific - board implementations. Subclasses of that are for underlying graphics - languages. Users should not create subclasses directly - - a vtkVolumeProMapper will automatically create the object of the right - type. - - If you do not have the VolumePRO libraries when building this object, then - the New method will create a default renderer that will not render. - You can check the NumberOfBoards ivar to see if it is a real rendering class. - To build with the VolumePRO board see vtkVolumeProVP1000Mapper.h - for instructions. - - For more information on the VolumePRO hardware, please see: - - http://www.terarecon.com/products/volumepro_prod.html - - If you encounter any problems with this class, please inform Kitware, Inc. - at kitware@kitware.com. - - - - - - vtkVolumeMapper vtkVolumeProVP1000Mapper vtkOpenGLVolumeProVP1000Mapper - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically create the proper subclass - - - - - Automatically create the proper subclass - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If set to 1, this mapper will select a mipmap level to use based - on the AllocatedRenderTime of the volume and the amount of time used - by the previous render. - - - - - If set to 1, this mapper will select a mipmap level to use based - on the AllocatedRenderTime of the volume and the amount of time used - by the previous render. - - - - - Turn the cursor on / off - - - - - Turn the cursor on / off - - - - - Turn on / off the cut plane - - - - - Turn on / off the cut plane - - - - - If set to 1, this mapper will select a mipmap level to use based - on the AllocatedRenderTime of the volume and the amount of time used - by the previous render. - - - - - If set to 1, this mapper will select a mipmap level to use based - on the AllocatedRenderTime of the volume and the amount of time used - by the previous render. - - - - - If set to 1, this mapper will select a mipmap level to use based - on the AllocatedRenderTime of the volume and the amount of time used - by the previous render. - - - - - Access methods for some board info - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Get the blending mode as a descriptive string - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Turn the cursor on / off - - - - - Turn the cursor on / off - - - - - Turn the cursor on / off - - - - - Set/Get the cursor position - - - - - Set/Get the cursor position - - - - - Set the type of the cursor - - - - - Get the cursor type as a descriptive string - - - - - Set the type of the cursor - - - - - Set the type of the cursor - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Turn on / off the cut plane - - - - - Set/Get the cut plane equation - - - - - Set/Get the cut plane equation - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane falloff value for intensities - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane falloff value for intensities - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane falloff value for intensities - - - - - Turn on / off the cut plane - - - - - Turn on / off the cut plane - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane thickness - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane thickness - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane thickness - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude diffuse modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude diffuse modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude diffuse modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude opacity modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude opacity modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude opacity modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude specular modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude specular modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude specular modulation - - - - - Specify whether any geometry intersects the volume. - - - - - Specify whether any geometry intersects the volume. - - - - - Specify whether any geometry intersects the volume. - - - - - Access methods for some board info - - - - - Access methods for some board info - - - - - Specify the maximum mipmap level to use -- the lowest resolution. - Defaults to 4. It will not help to set the level larger than - this unless your volume is very large because for each successive mipmap - level, the number of voxels along each axis is cut in half. - - - - - Specify the maximum mipmap level to use -- the lowest resolution. - Defaults to 4. It will not help to set the level larger than - this unless your volume is very large because for each successive mipmap - level, the number of voxels along each axis is cut in half. - - - - - Specify the maximum mipmap level to use -- the lowest resolution. - Defaults to 4. It will not help to set the level larger than - this unless your volume is very large because for each successive mipmap - level, the number of voxels along each axis is cut in half. - - - - - Specify the minimum mipmap level to use -- the highest resolution. - Defaults to 0. This is the mipmap level that is used when interaction - stops. - - - - - Specify the minimum mipmap level to use -- the highest resolution. - Defaults to 0. This is the mipmap level that is used when interaction - stops. - - - - - Specify the minimum mipmap level to use -- the highest resolution. - Defaults to 0. This is the mipmap level that is used when interaction - stops. - - - - - Access methods for some board info - - - - - Choose a mipmap level. If AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is off, then this - specifies the mipmap level to use during interaction. If - AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is on, then this specifies the initial mipmap - level to use. - - - - - Choose a mipmap level. If AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is off, then this - specifies the mipmap level to use during interaction. If - AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is on, then this specifies the initial mipmap - level to use. - - - - - Choose a mipmap level. If AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is off, then this - specifies the mipmap level to use during interaction. If - AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is on, then this specifies the initial mipmap - level to use. - - - - - Conveniece methods for debugging - - - - - Access methods for some board info - - - - - Set the subvolume - - - - - Set the subvolume - - - - - Turn supersampling on/off - - - - - Set the supersampling factors - - - - - Set the supersampling factors - - - - - Turn supersampling on/off - - - - - Turn supersampling on/off - - - - - Conveniece methods for debugging - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude diffuse modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude diffuse modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude opacity modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude opacity modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude specular modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude specular modulation - - - - - Specify whether any geometry intersects the volume. - - - - - Specify whether any geometry intersects the volume. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Render the image using the hardware and place it in the frame buffer - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If set to 1, this mapper will select a mipmap level to use based - on the AllocatedRenderTime of the volume and the amount of time used - by the previous render. - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Set the blend mode - - - - - Turn the cursor on / off - - - - - Set/Get the cursor position - - - - - Set/Get the cursor position - - - - - Set the type of the cursor - - - - - Set the type of the cursor - - - - - Set the type of the cursor - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Set/Get the cursor color - - - - - Turn on / off the cut plane - - - - - Set/Get the cut plane equation - - - - - Set/Get the cut plane equation - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane falloff value for intensities - - - - - Set / Get the cut plane thickness - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude diffuse modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude opacity modulation - - - - - Set/Get the gradient magnitude specular modulation - - - - - Specify whether any geometry intersects the volume. - - - - - Specify the maximum mipmap level to use -- the lowest resolution. - Defaults to 4. It will not help to set the level larger than - this unless your volume is very large because for each successive mipmap - level, the number of voxels along each axis is cut in half. - - - - - Specify the minimum mipmap level to use -- the highest resolution. - Defaults to 0. This is the mipmap level that is used when interaction - stops. - - - - - Choose a mipmap level. If AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is off, then this - specifies the mipmap level to use during interaction. If - AutoAdjustMipmapLevels is on, then this specifies the initial mipmap - level to use. - - - - - Set the subvolume - - - - - Set the subvolume - - - - - Turn supersampling on/off - - - - - Set the supersampling factors - - - - - Set the supersampling factors - - - - - Turn supersampling on/off - - - - - Turn supersampling on/off - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastCompositeFunction - a ray function for compositing - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastFunction - a superclass for ray casting functions - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the value below which all scalar values are considered to - have 0 opacity. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - Set the CompositeMethod to either Classify First or Interpolate First - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastIsosurfaceFunction - An isosurface ray caster for volumes - - - - Description - vtkVolumeRayCastIsosurfaceFunction is a volume ray cast function that - intersects a ray with an analytic isosurface in a scalar field. The color - and shading parameters are defined in the vtkVolumeProperty of the - vtkVolume, as well as the interpolation type to use when locating the - surface (either a nearest neighbor approach or a tri-linear interpolation - approach) - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastFunction vtkVolumeRayCastMapper vtkVolumeProperty - vtkVolumeRayCastCompositeFunction vtkVolumeRayCastMIPFunction - vtkVolume vtkVolumeProperty - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Construct a new vtkVolumeRayCastIsosurfaceFunction - - - - - Construct a new vtkVolumeRayCastIsosurfaceFunction - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the value of IsoValue. - - - - - Get the scalar value below which all scalar values have 0 opacity - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the value of IsoValue. - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastMIPFunction - A maximum intensity projection ray caster for volumes - - - - Description - vtkVolumeRayCastMIPFunction is a volume ray cast function that - computes the maximum value encountered along the ray. This is - either the maximum scalar value, or the maximum opacity, as - defined by the MaximizeMethod. The color and opacity returned - by this function is based on the color, scalar opacity, and - gradient opacity transfer functions defined in the vtkVolumeProperty - of the vtkVolume. - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastFunction vtkVolumeRayCastMapper vtkVolumeProperty - vtkVolumeRayCastCompositeFunction vtkVolumeRayCastIsosurfaceFunction - vtkVolume vtkVolumeProperty - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - Get the scalar value below which all scalar values have zero opacity. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - Set the MaximizeMethod to either ScalarValue or Opacity. - - - - - vtkVolumeRayCastMapper - A slow but accurate mapper for rendering volumes - - - Description - This is a software ray caster for rendering volumes in vtkImageData. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set / Get the gradient estimator used to estimate normals - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - Set/Get the number of threads to use. This by default is equal to - the number of available processors detected. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples. This variable is only - used for sampling ray casting methods. Methods that compute - a ray value by stepping cell-by-cell are not affected by this - value. - - - - - Get / Set the volume ray cast function. This is used to process - values found along the ray to compute a final pixel value. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set / Get the gradient estimator used to estimate normals - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - Set/Get the number of threads to use. This by default is equal to - the number of available processors detected. - - - - - Set/Get the distance between samples. This variable is only - used for sampling ray casting methods. Methods that compute - a ray value by stepping cell-by-cell are not affected by this - value. - - - - - Get / Set the volume ray cast function. This is used to process - values found along the ray to compute a final pixel value. - - - - - vtkVolumeRenderingFactory - - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create and return an instance of the named vtk object. - This method first checks the vtkObjectFactory to support - dynamic loading. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkVolumeTextureMapper - Abstract class for a volume mapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Set / Get the gradient estimator used to estimate normals - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get the gradient shader. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set / Get the gradient estimator used to estimate normals - - - - - Update the volume rendering pipeline by updating the scalar input - - - - - vtkVolumeTextureMapper2D - Abstract class for a volume mapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - This is the maximum number of planes that will be created for texture mapping - the volume. If the volume has more voxels than this along the viewing direction, - then planes of the volume will be skipped to ensure that this maximum is not - violated. A skip factor is used, and is incremented until the maximum condition - is satisfied. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - Target size in pixels of each size of the texture for downloading. Default is - 512x512 - so a 512x512 texture will be tiled with as many slices of the volume - as possible, then all the quads will be rendered. This can be set to optimize - for a particular architecture. This must be set with numbers that are a power - of two. - - - - - Target size in pixels of each size of the texture for downloading. Default is - 512x512 - so a 512x512 texture will be tiled with as many slices of the volume - as possible, then all the quads will be rendered. This can be set to optimize - for a particular architecture. This must be set with numbers that are a power - of two. - - - - - Target size in pixels of each size of the texture for downloading. Default is - 512x512 - so a 512x512 texture will be tiled with as many slices of the volume - as possible, then all the quads will be rendered. This can be set to optimize - for a particular architecture. This must be set with numbers that are a power - of two. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This is the maximum number of planes that will be created for texture mapping - the volume. If the volume has more voxels than this along the viewing direction, - then planes of the volume will be skipped to ensure that this maximum is not - violated. A skip factor is used, and is incremented until the maximum condition - is satisfied. - - - - - This is the maximum size of saved textures in bytes. If this size is large - enough to hold the RGBA textures for all three directions (XxYxZx3x4 is - the approximate value - it is actually a bit larger due to wasted space in - the textures) then the textures will be saved. - - - - - Target size in pixels of each size of the texture for downloading. Default is - 512x512 - so a 512x512 texture will be tiled with as many slices of the volume - as possible, then all the quads will be rendered. This can be set to optimize - for a particular architecture. This must be set with numbers that are a power - of two. - - - - - Target size in pixels of each size of the texture for downloading. Default is - 512x512 - so a 512x512 texture will be tiled with as many slices of the volume - as possible, then all the quads will be rendered. This can be set to optimize - for a particular architecture. This must be set with numbers that are a power - of two. - - - - - vtkVolumeTextureMapper3D - volume render with 3D texture mapping - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allow access to the actual sample distance used to render - the image. - - - - - Allow access to the number of polygons used for the - rendering. - - - - - Set the preferred render method. If it is supported, this - one will be used. Don't allow ATI_METHOD - it is not actually - supported. - - - - - Set the preferred render method. If it is supported, this - one will be used. Don't allow ATI_METHOD - it is not actually - supported. - - - - - Set the preferred render method. If it is supported, this - one will be used. Don't allow ATI_METHOD - it is not actually - supported. - - - - - The distance at which to space sampling planes. This - may not be honored for interactive renders. An interactive - render is defined as one that has less than 1 second of - allocated render time. - - - - - Set/Get if the mapper use compressed textures (if supported by the - hardware). Initial value is false. - There are two reasons to use compressed textures: 1. rendering can be 4 - times faster. 2. It saves some VRAM. - There is one reason to not use compressed textures: quality may be lower - than with uncompressed textures. - - - - - These are the dimensions of the 3D texture - - - - - These are the dimensions of the 3D texture - - - - - This is the spacing of the 3D texture - - - - - This is the spacing of the 3D texture - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Based on hardware and properties, we may or may not be able to - render using 3D texture mapping. This indicates if 3D texture - mapping is supported by the hardware, and if the other extensions - necessary to support the specific properties are available. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Allow access to the actual sample distance used to render - the image. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set the preferred render method. If it is supported, this - one will be used. Don't allow ATI_METHOD - it is not actually - supported. - - - - - Set the preferred render method. If it is supported, this - one will be used. Don't allow ATI_METHOD - it is not actually - supported. - - - - - Set the preferred render method. If it is supported, this - one will be used. Don't allow ATI_METHOD - it is not actually - supported. - - - - - The distance at which to space sampling planes. This - may not be honored for interactive renders. An interactive - render is defined as one that has less than 1 second of - allocated render time. - - - - - Set/Get if the mapper use compressed textures (if supported by the - hardware). Initial value is false. - There are two reasons to use compressed textures: 1. rendering can be 4 - times faster. 2. It saves some VRAM. - There is one reason to not use compressed textures: quality may be lower - than with uncompressed textures. - - - - - Allow access to the actual sample distance used to render - the image. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridBunykRayCastFunction - a superclass for ray casting functions - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridVolumeRayCastFunction - a superclass for ray casting functions - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridHomogeneousRayIntegrator - performs peicewise constant ray integration. - - - - Description - - vtkUnstructuredGridHomogeneousRayIntegrator performs homogeneous ray - integration. This is a good method to use when volume rendering scalars - that are defined on cells. - - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridVolumeRayIntegrator - a superclass for volume ray integration functions - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set up the integrator with the given properties and scalars. - - - - - Given a set of intersections (defined by the three arrays), compute - the peicewise integration of the array in front to back order. - /c intersectionLengths holds the lengths of each peicewise segment. - /c nearIntersections and /c farIntersections hold the scalar values at - the front and back of each segment. /c color should contain the RGBA - value of the volume in front of the segments passed in, and the result - will be placed back into /c color. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - For quick lookup, the transfer function is sampled into a table. - This parameter sets how big of a table to use. By default, 1024 - entries are used. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - For quick lookup, the transfer function is sampled into a table. - This parameter sets how big of a table to use. By default, 1024 - entries are used. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridLinearRayIntegrator - performs piecewise linear ray integration. - - - - Description - - vtkUnstructuredGridLinearRayIntegrator performs piecewise linear ray - integration. Considering that transfer functions in VTK are piecewise - linear, this class should give the "correct" integration under most - circumstances. However, the computations performed are fairly hefty and - should, for the most part, only be used as a benchmark for other, faster - methods. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridPartialPreIntegration - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Integrates a single ray segment. \c color is blended with the result - (with \c color in front). The result is written back into \c color. - - - - - Integrates a single ray segment. \c color is blended with the result - (with \c color in front). The result is written back into \c color. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Computes Psi (as defined by Moreland and Angel, "A Fast High Accuracy - Volume Renderer for Unstructured Data"). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridPartialPreIntegration - performs piecewise linear ray integration. - - - - Description - - vtkUnstructuredGridPartialPreIntegration performs piecewise linear ray - integration. This will give the same results as - vtkUnstructuredGridLinearRayIntegration (with potentially a error due to - table lookup quantization), but should be notably faster. The algorithm - used is given by Moreland and Angel, "A Fast High Accuracy Volume - Renderer for Unstructured Data." - - This class is thread safe only after the first instance is created. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Looks up Psi (as defined by Moreland and Angel, "A Fast High Accuracy - Volume Renderer for Unstructured Data") in a table. The table must be - created first, which happens on the first instantiation of this class - or when BuildPsiTable is first called. - - - - - Looks up Psi (as defined by Moreland and Angel, "A Fast High Accuracy - Volume Renderer for Unstructured Data") in a table. The table must be - created first, which happens on the first instantiation of this class - or when BuildPsiTable is first called. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Looks up Psi (as defined by Moreland and Angel, "A Fast High Accuracy - Volume Renderer for Unstructured Data") in a table. The table must be - created first, which happens on the first instantiation of this class - or when BuildPsiTable is first called. - - - - - Is setting the RGB values the same the right thing to do? - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Looks up Psi (as defined by Moreland and Angel, "A Fast High Accuracy - Volume Renderer for Unstructured Data") in a table. The table must be - created first, which happens on the first instantiation of this class - or when BuildPsiTable is first called. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridPreIntegration - performs ray integration with pre-integration tables. - - - - Description - - vtkUnstructuredGridPreIntegration performs ray integration by looking - into a precomputed table. The result should be equivalent to that - computed by vtkUnstructuredGridLinearRayIntegrator and - vtkUnstructuredGridPartialPreIntegration, but faster than either one. - The pre-integration algorithm was first introduced by Roettger, Kraus, - and Ertl in "Hardware-Accelerated Volume And Isosurface Rendering Based - On Cell-Projection." - - Due to table size limitations, a table can only be indexed by - independent scalars. Thus, dependent scalars are not supported. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get/set whether to use incremental pre-integration (by default it's - on). Incremental pre-integration is much faster but can introduce - error due to numerical imprecision. Under most circumstances, the - error is not noticeable. - - - - - Like GetTableEntry, except the inputs are scaled indices into the table - rather than than the actual scalar and length values. Use GetTableEntry - unless you are really sure you know what you are doing. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the integration table built. - - - - - Get how an integration table is indexed. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the integration table built. - - - - - Get how an integration table is indexed. - - - - - Get how an integration table is indexed. - - - - - The class used to fill the pre integration table. By default, a - vtkUnstructuredGridPartialPreIntegration is built. - - - - - Get the partial pre-integration table for the given scalar component. - The tables are built when Initialize is called. A segment of length d - with a front scalar of sf and a back scalar of sb is referenced in the - resulting table as 4 * ((l * \c IntegrationTableLengthScale) * \c - IntegrationTableScalarResolution * \c IntegrationTableScalarResolution - + (sb * \c IntegrationTableScalarScale + \c - IntegrationTableScalarShift) * \c IntegrationTableScalarResolution - + (sf * \c IntegrationTableScalarScale + \c - IntegrationTableScalarShift)). - - - - - Snap entries to bounds. I don't really want to spend cycles doing - this, but I've had the ray caster give me values that are noticeably - out of bounds. - - - - - Get/set whether to use incremental pre-integration (by default it's - on). Incremental pre-integration is much faster but can introduce - error due to numerical imprecision. Under most circumstances, the - error is not noticeable. - - - - - Get/set whether to use incremental pre-integration (by default it's - on). Incremental pre-integration is much faster but can introduce - error due to numerical imprecision. Under most circumstances, the - error is not noticeable. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/set whether to use incremental pre-integration (by default it's - on). Incremental pre-integration is much faster but can introduce - error due to numerical imprecision. Under most circumstances, the - error is not noticeable. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the integration table built. - - - - - Set/Get the size of the integration table built. - - - - - The class used to fill the pre integration table. By default, a - vtkUnstructuredGridPartialPreIntegration is built. - - - - - -*- c++ -*- - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the bounds of the cast ray (in viewing coordinates). By - default the range is [0,1]. - - - - - Set/get the bounds of the cast ray (in viewing coordinates). By - default the range is [0,1]. - - - - - Set/get the bounds of the cast ray (in viewing coordinates). By - default the range is [0,1]. - - - - - Descrption: - Set/get the maximum number of intersections returned with a call to - GetNextIntersections. Set to 32 by default. - - - - - Get the intersections of the next several cells. The cell ids are - stored in \c intersectedCells and the length of each ray segment - within the cell is stored in \c intersectionLengths. The point - scalars \c scalars are interpolated and stored in \c nearIntersections - and \c farIntersections. \c intersectedCells, \c intersectionLengths, - or \c scalars may be \c NULL to supress passing the associated - information. The number of intersections actually encountered is - returned. 0 is returned if and only if no more intersections are to - be found. - - - - - Initializes the iteration to the start of the ray at the given screen - coordinates. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get the bounds of the cast ray (in viewing coordinates). By - default the range is [0,1]. - - - - - Set/get the bounds of the cast ray (in viewing coordinates). By - default the range is [0,1]. - - - - - Descrption: - Set/get the maximum number of intersections returned with a call to - GetNextIntersections. Set to 32 by default. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridVolumeRayCastMapper - A software mapper for unstructured volumes - - - Description - This is a software ray caster for rendering volumes in vtkUnstructuredGrid. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - Set/Get the number of threads to use. This by default is equal to - the number of available processors detected. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for casting rays. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - Set/Get the number of threads to use. This by default is equal to - the number of available processors detected. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for casting rays. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - vtkUnstructuredGridVolumeZSweepMapper - Unstructured grid volume mapper based the ZSweep Algorithm - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set MaxPixelListSize to 32. - - - - - Set MaxPixelListSize to 32. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Maximum size allowed for a pixel list. Default is 32. - During the rendering, if a list of pixel is full, incremental compositing - is performed. Even if it is a user setting, it is an advanced parameter. - You have to understand how the algorithm works to change this value. - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If AutoAdjustSampleDistances is on, the the ImageSampleDistance - will be varied to achieve the allocated render time of this - prop (controlled by the desired update rate and any culling in - use). - - - - - Sampling distance in the XY image dimensions. Default value of 1 meaning - 1 ray cast per pixel. If set to 0.5, 4 rays will be cast per pixel. If - set to 2.0, 1 ray will be cast for every 4 (2 by 2) pixels. - - - - - If IntermixIntersectingGeometry is turned on, the zbuffer will be - captured and used to limit the traversal of the rays. - - - - - Change the maximum size allowed for a pixel list. It is an advanced - parameter. - \pre positive_size: size>1 - - - - - This is the maximum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - This is the minimum image sample distance allow when the image - sample distance is being automatically adjusted - - - - - Set/Get the helper class for integrating rays. If set to NULL, a - default integrator will be assigned. - - - - - vtkOpenGLGPUVolumeRayCastMapper - OpenGL subclass that draws the - image to the screen - - - Description - This is the concrete implementation of a ray cast image display helper - - a helper class responsible for drawing the image to the screen. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Based on hardware and properties, we may or may not be able to - render using 3D texture mapping. This indicates if 3D texture - mapping is supported by the hardware, and if the other extensions - necessary to support the specific properties are available. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Return a string matching the OpenGL errorCode. - \post result_exists: result!=0 - - - - - Display headerMessage on the standard output and the last OpenGL error - message if any. - \pre headerMessage_exists: headerMessage!=0 - - - - - Delete OpenGL objects. - \post done: this->OpenGLObjectsCreated==0 - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLHAVSVolumeMapper - Hardware-Assisted - Visibility Sorting unstructured grid mapper, OpenGL implementation - - - - Description - - vtkHAVSVolumeMapper is a class that renders polygonal data - (represented as an unstructured grid) using the Hardware-Assisted - Visibility Sorting (HAVS) algorithm. First the unique triangles are sorted - in object space, then they are sorted in image space using a fixed size - A-buffer implemented on the GPU called the k-buffer. The HAVS algorithm - excels at rendering large datasets quickly. The trade-off is that the - algorithm may produce some rendering artifacts due to an insufficient k - size (currently 2 or 6 is supported) or read/write race conditions. - - A built in level-of-detail (LOD) approach samples the geometry using one of - two heuristics (field or area). If LOD is enabled, the amount of geometry - that is sampled and rendered changes dynamically to stay within the target - frame rate. The field sampling method generally works best for datasets - with cell sizes that don't vary much in size. On the contrary, the area - sampling approach gives better approximations when the volume has a lot of - variation in cell size. - - The HAVS algorithm uses several advanced features on graphics hardware. - The k-buffer sorting network is implemented using framebuffer objects - (FBOs) with multiple render targets (MRTs). Therefore, only cards that - support these features can run the algorithm (at least an ATI 9500 or an - NVidia NV40 (6600)). - - Notes - - Several issues had to be addressed to get the HAVS algorithm working within - the vtk framework. These additions forced the code to forsake speed for - the sake of compliance and robustness. - - The HAVS algorithm operates on the triangles that compose the mesh. - Therefore, before rendering, the cells are decomposed into unique triangles - and stored on the GPU for efficient rendering. The use of GPU data - structures is only recommended if the entire geometry can fit in graphics - memory. Otherwise this feature should be disabled. - - Another new feature is the handling of mixed data types (eg., polygonal - data with volume data). This is handled by reading the z-buffer from the - current window and copying it into the framebuffer object for off-screen - rendering. The depth test is then enabled so that the volume only appears - over the opaque geometry. Finally, the results of the off-screen rendering - are blended into the framebuffer as a transparent, view-aligned texture. - - Instead of using a preintegrated 3D lookup table for storing the ray - integral, this implementation uses partial pre-integration. This improves - the performance of dynamic transfer function updates by avoiding a costly - preprocess of the table. - - A final change to the original algorithm is the handling of non-convexities - in the mesh. Due to read/write hazards that may create undesired artifacts - with non-convexities when using a inside/outside toggle in the fragment - program, another approach was employed. To handle non-convexities, the - fragment shader determines if a ray-gap is larger than the max cell size - and kill the fragment if so. This approximation performs rather well in - practice but may miss small non-convexities. - - For more information on the HAVS algorithm see: - - "Hardware-Assisted Visibility Sorting for Unstructured Volume - Rendering" by S. P. Callahan, M. Ikits, J. L. D. Comba, and C. T. Silva, - IEEE Transactions of Visualization and Computer Graphics; May/June 2005. - - For more information on the Level-of-Detail algorithm, see: - - "Interactive Rendering of Large Unstructured Grids Using Dynamic - Level-of-Detail" by S. P. Callahan, J. L. D. Comba, P. Shirley, and - C. T. Silva, Proceedings of IEEE Visualization '05, Oct. 2005. - - Acknowledgments - - This code was developed by Steven P. Callahan under the supervision - of Prof. Claudio T. Silva. The code also contains contributions - from Milan Ikits, Linh Ha, Huy T. Vo, Carlos E. Scheidegger, and - Joao L. D. Comba. - - The work was supported by grants, contracts, and gifts from the - National Science Foundation, the Department of Energy, the Army - Research Office, and IBM. - - The port of HAVS to VTK and ParaView has been primarily supported - by Sandia National Labs. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Description - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this volume - renderer. - - - - - Render the volume - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/get whether or not the data structures should be stored on the GPU - for better peformance. - - - - - Check hardware support for the HAVS algorithm. Necessary - features include off-screen rendering, 32-bit fp textures, multiple - render targets, and framebuffer objects. - Subclasses must override this method to indicate if supported by Hardware. - - - - - vtkOpenGLProjectedAAHexahedraMapper - OpenGL implementation of a volume mapper for axis-aligned hexahedra - - - Description - High quality volume renderer for axis-aligned hexahedra - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check if the required OpenGL extensions are supported by the OpenGL - context attached to the render window `w'. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Check if the required OpenGL extensions are supported by the OpenGL - context attached to the render window `w'. - - - - - Check if the required OpenGL extensions are supported by the OpenGL - context attached to the render window `w'. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLProjectedTetrahedraMapper - OpenGL implementation of PT - - - - Bugs - This mapper relies highly on the implementation of the OpenGL pipeline. - A typical hardware driver has lots of options and some settings can - cause this mapper to produce artifacts. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLRayCastImageDisplayHelper - OpenGL subclass that draws the image to the screen - - - Description - This is the concrete implementation of a ray cast image display helper - - a helper class responsible for drawing the image to the screen. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLVolumeTextureMapper2D - Abstract class for a volume mapper - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtkOpenGLVolumeTextureMapper3D - concrete implementation of 3D volume texture mapping - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Desciption: - Initialize when we go to render, or go to answer the - IsRenderSupported question. Don't call unless we have - a valid OpenGL context! - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Is hardware rendering supported? No if the input data is - more than one independent component, or if the hardware does - not support the required extensions - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Release any graphics resources that are being consumed by this texture. - The parameter window could be used to determine which graphic - resources to release. - - - - - Is hardware rendering supported? No if the input data is - more than one independent component, or if the hardware does - not support the required extensions - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - vtk3DWidget - an abstract superclass for 3D widgets - - - Description - vtk3DWidget is an abstract superclass for 3D interactor observers. These - 3D widgets represent themselves in the scene, and have special callbacks - associated with them that allows interactive manipulation of the widget. - Inparticular, the difference between a vtk3DWidget and its abstract - superclass vtkInteractorObserver is that vtk3DWidgets are "placed" in 3D - space. vtkInteractorObservers have no notion of where they are placed, - and may not exist in 3D space at all. 3D widgets also provide auxiliary - functions like producing a transformation, creating polydata (for seeding - streamlines, probes, etc.) or creating implicit functions. See the - concrete subclasses for particulars. - - Typically the widget is used by specifying a vtkProp3D or VTK dataset as - input, and then invoking the "On" method to activate it. (You can also - specify a bounding box to help position the widget.) Prior to invoking the - On() method, the user may also wish to use the PlaceWidget() to initially - position it. The 'i' (for "interactor") keypresses also can be used to - turn the widgets on and off (methods exist to change the key value - and enable keypress activiation). - - To support interactive manipulation of objects, this class (and - subclasses) invoke the events StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and - EndInteractionEvent. These events are invoked when the vtk3DWidget enters - a state where rapid response is desired: mouse motion, etc. The events can - be used, for example, to set the desired update frame rate - (StartInteractionEvent), operate on the vtkProp3D or other object - (InteractionEvent), and set the desired frame rate back to normal values - (EndInteractionEvent). - - Note that the Priority attribute inherited from vtkInteractorObserver has - a new default value which is now 0.5 so that all 3D widgets have a higher - priority than the usual interactor styles. - - - - - vtkBoxWidget vtkPlaneWidget vtkLineWidget vtkPointWidget - vtkSphereWidget vtkImplicitPlaneWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that - appear as part of the widget. These handles (like spheres, etc.) - are used to manipulate the widget, and are sized as a fraction of - the screen diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that - appear as part of the widget. These handles (like spheres, etc.) - are used to manipulate the widget, and are sized as a fraction of - the screen diagonal. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that - appear as part of the widget. These handles (like spheres, etc.) - are used to manipulate the widget, and are sized as a fraction of - the screen diagonal. - - - - - Specify the input dataset. This is not required, but if supplied, - and no vtkProp3D is specified, it is used to initially position - the widget. - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Specify a vtkProp3D around which to place the widget. This - is not required, but if supplied, it is used to initially - position the widget. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - This method is used to initially place the widget. The placement of the - widget depends on whether a Prop3D or input dataset is provided. If one - of these two is provided, they will be used to obtain a bounding box, - around which the widget is placed. Otherwise, you can manually specify a - bounds with the PlaceWidget(bounds) method. Note: PlaceWidget(bounds) - is required by all subclasses; the other methods are provided as - convenience methods. - - - - - This method is used to initially place the widget. The placement of the - widget depends on whether a Prop3D or input dataset is provided. If one - of these two is provided, they will be used to obtain a bounding box, - around which the widget is placed. Otherwise, you can manually specify a - bounds with the PlaceWidget(bounds) method. Note: PlaceWidget(bounds) - is required by all subclasses; the other methods are provided as - convenience methods. - - - - - This method is used to initially place the widget. The placement of the - widget depends on whether a Prop3D or input dataset is provided. If one - of these two is provided, they will be used to obtain a bounding box, - around which the widget is placed. Otherwise, you can manually specify a - bounds with the PlaceWidget(bounds) method. Note: PlaceWidget(bounds) - is required by all subclasses; the other methods are provided as - convenience methods. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the size of the handles that - appear as part of the widget. These handles (like spheres, etc.) - are used to manipulate the widget, and are sized as a fraction of - the screen diagonal. - - - - - Specify the input dataset. This is not required, but if supplied, - and no vtkProp3D is specified, it is used to initially position - the widget. - - - - - Set/Get a factor representing the scaling of the widget upon placement - (via the PlaceWidget() method). Normally the widget is placed so that - it just fits within the bounding box defined in PlaceWidget(bounds). - The PlaceFactor will make the widget larger (PlaceFactor > 1) or smaller - (PlaceFactor < 1). By default, PlaceFactor is set to 0.5. - - - - - Specify a vtkProp3D around which to place the widget. This - is not required, but if supplied, it is used to initially - position the widget. - - - - - vtkAffineRepresentation - abstract class for representing affine transformation widgets - - - Description - This class defines an API for affine transformation widget - representations. These representations interact with vtkAffineWidget. The - basic functionality of the affine representation is to maintain a - transformation matrix. - - This class may be subclassed so that alternative representations can - be created. The class defines an API and a default implementation that - the vtkAffineWidget interacts with to render itself in the scene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - Retrieve a linear transform characterizing the affine transformation - generated by this widget. This method copies its internal transform into - the transform provided. The transform is relative to the initial placement - of the representation (i.e., when PlaceWidget() is invoked). - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAffineRepresentation2D - represent 2D affine transformations - - - Description - This class is used to represent a vtkAffineWidget. This representation - consists of three parts: a box, a circle, and a cross. The box is used for - scaling and shearing, the circle for rotation, and the cross for - translation. These parts are drawn in the overlay plane and maintain a - constant size (width and height) specified in terms of normalized viewport - coordinates. - - The representation maintains an internal transformation matrix (see - superclass' GetTransform() method). The transformations generated by this - widget assume that the representation lies in the x-y plane. If this is - not the case, the user is responsible for transforming this - representation's matrix into the correct coordinate space (by judicious - matrix multiplication). Note that the transformation matrix returned by - GetTransform() is relative to the last PlaceWidget() invocation. (The - PlaceWidget() sets the origin around which rotation and scaling occurs; - the origin is the center point of the bounding box provided.) - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkAffineRepresentation2D must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. Note: PlaceWidget() reinitializes the - transformation matrix (i.e., sets it to identity). It also sets the - origin for scaling and rotation. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkAffineRepresentation2D must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. Note: PlaceWidget() reinitializes the - transformation matrix (i.e., sets it to identity). It also sets the - origin for scaling and rotation. - - - - - Enable the display of text with numeric values characterizing the - transformation. Rotation and shear are expressed in degrees; translation - the distance in world coordinates; and scale normalized (sx,sy) values. - - - - - Enable the display of text with numeric values characterizing the - transformation. Rotation and shear are expressed in degrees; translation - the distance in world coordinates; and scale normalized (sx,sy) values. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkAffineRepresentation2D must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. Note: PlaceWidget() reinitializes the - transformation matrix (i.e., sets it to identity). It also sets the - origin for scaling and rotation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Enable the display of text with numeric values characterizing the - transformation. Rotation and shear are expressed in degrees; translation - the distance in world coordinates; and scale normalized (sx,sy) values. - - - - - Specify the origin of the widget (in world coordinates). The origin - is the point where the widget places itself. Note that rotations and - scaling occurs around the origin. - - - - - Specify the origin of the widget (in world coordinates). The origin - is the point where the widget places itself. Note that rotations and - scaling occurs around the origin. - - - - - Specify the origin of the widget (in world coordinates). The origin - is the point where the widget places itself. Note that rotations and - scaling occurs around the origin. - - - - - Set/Get the properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Retrieve a linear transform characterizing the affine transformation - generated by this widget. This method copies its internal transform into - the transform provided. Note that the PlaceWidget() method initializes - the internal matrix to identity. All subsequent widget operations (i.e., - scale, translate, rotate, shear) are concatenated with the internal - transform. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkAffineRepresentation2D must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. Note: PlaceWidget() reinitializes the - transformation matrix (i.e., sets it to identity). It also sets the - origin for scaling and rotation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Specify the width of the various parts of the representation (in - pixels). The three parts are of the representation are the translation - axes, the rotation circle, and the scale/shear box. Note that since the - widget resizes itself so that the width and height are always the - same, only the width needs to be specified. - - - - - Enable the display of text with numeric values characterizing the - transformation. Rotation and shear are expressed in degrees; translation - the distance in world coordinates; and scale normalized (sx,sy) values. - - - - - Specify the origin of the widget (in world coordinates). The origin - is the point where the widget places itself. Note that rotations and - scaling occurs around the origin. - - - - - Specify the origin of the widget (in world coordinates). The origin - is the point where the widget places itself. Note that rotations and - scaling occurs around the origin. - - - - - Set/Get the properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkAffineRepresentation2D must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. Note: PlaceWidget() reinitializes the - transformation matrix (i.e., sets it to identity). It also sets the - origin for scaling and rotation. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkAffineRepresentation2D must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. Note: PlaceWidget() reinitializes the - transformation matrix (i.e., sets it to identity). It also sets the - origin for scaling and rotation. - - - - - vtkAffineWidget - perform affine transformations - - - Description - The vtkAffineWidget is used to perform affine transformations on objects. - (Affine transformations are transformations that keep parallel lines parallel. - Affine transformations include translation, scaling, rotation, and shearing.) - - To use this widget, set the widget representation. The representation - maintains a transformation matrix and other instance variables consistent - with the transformations applied by this widget. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - select widget: depending on which part is selected - translation, rotation, scaling, or shearing may follow. - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - end selection of widget. - MouseMoveEvent - interactive movement across widget - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkAffineWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- focal point is being selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for widget motion - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkAffineWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkAffineRepresentation. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Methods for activiating this widget. This implementation extends the - superclasses' in order to resize the widget handles due to a render - start event. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkAngleRepresentation - represent the vtkAngleWidget - - - Description - The vtkAngleRepresentation is a superclass for classes representing the - vtkAngleWidget. This representation consists of two rays and three - vtkHandleRepresentations to place and manipulate the three points defining - the angle representation. (Note: the three points are referred to as Point1, - Center, and Point2, at the two end points (Point1 and Point2) and Center - (around which the angle is measured). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - This representation and all subclasses must keep an angle (in degrees) - consistent with the state of the widget. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used for the vtkAngleRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the angle. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the angle value. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used for the vtkAngleRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used for the vtkAngleRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points - of the representation to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points - of the representation to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points - of the representation to be active. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to use - for the three internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkAngleRepresentation. - To use this method, create a dummy vtkHandleRepresentation (or - subclass), and then invoke this method with this dummy. Then the - vtkAngleRepresentation uses this dummy to clone three - vtkHandleRepresentations of the same type. Make sure you set the handle - representation before the widget is enabled. (The method - InstantiateHandleRepresentation() is invoked by the vtkAngle widget.) - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to use - for the three internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkAngleRepresentation. - To use this method, create a dummy vtkHandleRepresentation (or - subclass), and then invoke this method with this dummy. Then the - vtkAngleRepresentation uses this dummy to clone three - vtkHandleRepresentations of the same type. Make sure you set the handle - representation before the widget is enabled. (The method - InstantiateHandleRepresentation() is invoked by the vtkAngle widget.) - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the angle. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the angle value. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the three points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points - of the representation to be active. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the rays and arc that define the cone - and arc of the angle. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAngleRepresentation2D - represent the vtkAngleWidget - - - Description - The vtkAngleRepresentation2D is a representation for the - vtkAngleWidget. This representation consists of two rays and three - vtkHandleRepresentations to place and manipulate the three points defining - the angle representation. (Note: the three points are referred to as Point1, - Center, and Point2, at the two end points (Point1 and Point2) and Center - (around which the angle is measured). This particular implementation is a - 2D representation, meaning that it draws in the overlay plane. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method defined by vtkWidgetRepresentation superclass and - needed here. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - vtkAngleRepresentation3D - represent the vtkAngleWidget - - - Description - The vtkAngleRepresentation3D is a representation for the - vtkAngleWidget. This representation consists of two rays and three - vtkHandleRepresentations to place and manipulate the three points defining - the angle representation. (Note: the three points are referred to as Point1, - Center, and Point2, at the two end points (Point1 and Point2) and Center - (around which the angle is measured). This particular implementation is a - 3D representation, meaning that it draws in the overlay plane. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method defined by vtkWidgetRepresentation superclass and - needed here. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. Angle returned is in radians. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Set/Get the three leaders used to create this representation. - By obtaining these leaders the user can set the appropriate - properties, etc. - - - - - Scale text. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Scale text. - - - - - vtkAngleWidget - measure the angle between two rays (defined by three points) - - - Description - The vtkAngleWidget is used to measure the angle between two rays (defined - by three points). The three points (two end points and a center) - can be positioned independently, and when they are released, a special - PlacePointEvent is invoked so that special operations may be take to - reposition the point (snap to grid, etc.) The widget has two different - modes of interaction: when initially defined (i.e., placing the three - points) and then a manipulate mode (adjusting the position of the - three points). - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkAngleWidget and a - representation (a subclass of vtkAngleRepresentation). The widget is - implemented using three instances of vtkHandleWidget which are used to - position the three points. The representations for these handle widgets - are provided by the vtkAngleRepresentation. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - add a point or select a handle - MouseMoveEvent - position the second or third point, or move a handle - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the selected handle - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkAngleWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::AddPoint -- add one point; depending on the state - it may the first, second or third point - added. Or, if near a handle, select the handle. - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- position the second or third point, or move the - handle depending on the state. - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the handle manipulation process has completed. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers - can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (beginning to interact) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (completing interaction) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (moving a handle) - vtkCommand::PlacePointEvent (after a point is positioned; - call data includes handle id (0,1,2)) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkAngleRepresentation. - - - - - Return the current widget state. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - A flag indicates whether the angle is valid. The angle value only becomes - valid after two of the three points are placed. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it is a composite widget and does more than - its superclasses' vtkAbstractWidget::SetEnabled() method. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Set the state of the widget. If the state is set to "Manipulate" then it - is assumed that the widget and its representation will be initialized - programmatically and is not interactively placed. Initially the widget - state is set to "Start" which means nothing will appear and the user - must interactively place the widget with repeated mouse selections. Set - the state to "Start" if you want interactive placement. Generally state - changes must be followed by a Render() for things to visually take - effect. - - - - - Set the state of the widget. If the state is set to "Manipulate" then it - is assumed that the widget and its representation will be initialized - programmatically and is not interactively placed. Initially the widget - state is set to "Start" which means nothing will appear and the user - must interactively place the widget with repeated mouse selections. Set - the state to "Start" if you want interactive placement. Generally state - changes must be followed by a Render() for things to visually take - effect. - - - - - Enum defining the state of the widget. By default the widget is in Start mode, - and expects to be interactively placed. While placing the points the widget - transitions to Define state. Once placed, the widget enters the Manipulate state. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkAxesTransformWidget - 3D widget for performing 3D transformations around an axes - - - Description - This 3D widget defines an axes which is used to guide transformation. The - widget can translate, scale, and rotate around one of the three coordinate - axes. The widget consists of a handle at the origin (used for - translation), three axes (around which rotations occur), and three end - arrows (or cones depending on the representation) that can be stretched to - scale an object. Optionally a text label can be used to indicate the - amount of the transformation. - - To use this widget, you generally pair it with a - vtkAxesTransformRepresentation (or a subclass). Various options are - available in the representation for controlling how the widget appears, - and how the widget functions. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If the origin handle is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - activate the associated handle widget - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the handle widget associated with the point - MouseMoveEvent - move the handle and hence the origin and the widget - If one of the lines is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - activate rotation by selecting one of the three axes. - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - end rotation - MouseMoveEvent - moving along the selected axis causes rotation to occur. - If one of the arrows/cones is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - activate scaling by selecting the ends of one of the three axes. - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - end scaling - MouseMoveEvent - moving along the selected axis causes scaling to occur. - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkAxesTransformWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkAxesTransformWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkAxesTransformRepresentation. - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Override superclasses' SetEnabled() method because the line - widget must enable its internal handle widgets. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkAxesTransformRepresentation - represent the vtkAxesTransformWidget - - - Description - The vtkAxesTransformRepresentation is a representation for the - vtkAxesTransformWidget. This representation consists of a origin sphere - with three tubed axes with cones at the end of the axes. In addition an - optional lable provides delta values of motion. Note that this particular - widget draws its representation in 3D space, so the widget can be - occluded. - - - - vtkDistanceWidget vtkDistanceRepresentation vtkDistanceRepresentation2D - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkLineWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkLineWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling information during - transformation. Note that an empty string results in no label, or a - format string without a "%" character will not print numeric values. - - - - - Get the distance annotation property - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). This helps control - the appearance of the 3D text. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the two handle representations used for the - vtkAxesTransformWidget. (Note: properties can be set by grabbing these - representations and setting the properties appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the two handle representations used for the - vtkAxesTransformWidget. (Note: properties can be set by grabbing these - representations and setting the properties appropriately.) - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkLineWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling information during - transformation. Note that an empty string results in no label, or a - format string without a "%" character will not print numeric values. - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). This helps control - the appearance of the 3D text. - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). This helps control - the appearance of the 3D text. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Enum used to communicate interaction state. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBalloonRepresentation - represent the vtkBalloonWidget - - - Description - The vtkBalloonRepresentation is used to represent the vtkBalloonWidget. - This representation is defined by two items: a text string and an image. - At least one of these two items must be defined, but it is allowable to - specify both, or just an image or just text. If both the text and image - are specified, then methods are available for positioning the text and - image with respect to each other. - - The balloon representation consists of three parts: text, a rectangular - frame behind the text, and an image placed next to the frame and sized - to match the frame. - - The size of the balloon is ultimately controlled by the text properties - (i.e., font size). This representation uses a layout policy as follows. - - If there is just text and no image, then the text properties and padding - are used to control the size of the balloon. - - If there is just an image and no text, then the ImageSize[2] member is - used to control the image size. (The image will fit into this rectangle, - but will not necessarily fill the whole rectangle, i.e., the image is not - stretched). - - If there is text and an image, the following approach ia used. First, - based on the font size and other related properties (e.g., padding), - determine the size of the frame. Second, depending on the layout of the - image and text frame, control the size of the neighboring image (since the - frame and image share a common edge). However, if this results in an image - that is smaller than ImageSize[2], then the image size will be set to - ImageSize[2] and the frame will be adjusted accordingly. The text is - always placed in the center of the frame if the frame is resized. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Specify/retrieve the image to display in the balloon. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - Specify/retrieve the text to display in the balloon. - - - - - Set/get the frame property (relevant only if text is shown). - The frame lies behind the text. - - - - - Set/get the image property (relevant only if an image is shown). - - - - - Specify the minimum size for the image. Note that this is a bounding - rectangle, the image will fit inside of it. However, if the balloon - consists of text plus an image, then the image may be bigger than - ImageSize[2] to fit into the balloon frame. - - - - - Specify the minimum size for the image. Note that this is a bounding - rectangle, the image will fit inside of it. However, if the balloon - consists of text plus an image, then the image may be bigger than - ImageSize[2] to fit into the balloon frame. - - - - - Specify the minimum size for the image. Note that this is a bounding - rectangle, the image will fit inside of it. However, if the balloon - consists of text plus an image, then the image may be bigger than - ImageSize[2] to fit into the balloon frame. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the mouse pointer from which to place the - balloon. The representation will try and honor this offset unless there - is a collision with the side of the renderer, in which case the balloon - will be repositioned to lie within the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the mouse pointer from which to place the - balloon. The representation will try and honor this offset unless there - is a collision with the side of the renderer, in which case the balloon - will be repositioned to lie within the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the mouse pointer from which to place the - balloon. The representation will try and honor this offset unless there - is a collision with the side of the renderer, in which case the balloon - will be repositioned to lie within the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the padding (in pixels) that is used between the text and the - frame. - - - - - Set/Get the padding (in pixels) that is used between the text and the - frame. - - - - - Set/Get the padding (in pixels) that is used between the text and the - frame. - - - - - Set/get the text property (relevant only if text is shown). - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Specify/retrieve the image to display in the balloon. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - BTX - enum {ImageLeft=0,ImageRight,ImageBottom,ImageTop}; - ETX - Specify the layout of the image and text within the balloon. Note that - there are reduncies in these methods, for example - SetBalloonLayoutToImageLeft() results in the same effect as - SetBalloonLayoutToTextRight(). If only text is specified, or only an - image is specified, then it doesn't matter how the layout is specified. - - - - - Specify/retrieve the text to display in the balloon. - - - - - Set/get the frame property (relevant only if text is shown). - The frame lies behind the text. - - - - - Set/get the image property (relevant only if an image is shown). - - - - - Specify the minimum size for the image. Note that this is a bounding - rectangle, the image will fit inside of it. However, if the balloon - consists of text plus an image, then the image may be bigger than - ImageSize[2] to fit into the balloon frame. - - - - - Specify the minimum size for the image. Note that this is a bounding - rectangle, the image will fit inside of it. However, if the balloon - consists of text plus an image, then the image may be bigger than - ImageSize[2] to fit into the balloon frame. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the mouse pointer from which to place the - balloon. The representation will try and honor this offset unless there - is a collision with the side of the renderer, in which case the balloon - will be repositioned to lie within the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the offset from the mouse pointer from which to place the - balloon. The representation will try and honor this offset unless there - is a collision with the side of the renderer, in which case the balloon - will be repositioned to lie within the rendering window. - - - - - Set/Get the padding (in pixels) that is used between the text and the - frame. - - - - - Set/get the text property (relevant only if text is shown). - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Set/get the image property (relevant only if an image is shown). - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - State is either outside, or inside (on the text portion ot the image). - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBalloonWidget - popup text balloons above instance of vtkProp when hovering occurs - - - Description - The vtkBalloonWidget is used to popup text and/or an image when the mouse - hovers over an instance of vtkProp. The widget keeps track of - (vtkProp,vtkBalloon) pairs (where the internal vtkBalloon class is defined - by a pair of vtkStdString and vtkImageData), and when the mouse stops - moving for a user-specified period of time over the vtkProp, then the - vtkBalloon is drawn nearby the vtkProp. Note that an instance of - vtkBalloonRepresentation is used to draw the balloon. - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkBalloonWidget and a - representation (e.g., vtkBalloonRepresentation). Then list all instances - of vtkProp, a text string, and/or an instance of vtkImageData to be - associated with each vtkProp. (Note that you can specify both text and an - image, or just one or the other.) You may also wish to specify the hover - delay (i.e., set in the superclass vtkHoverWidget). - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget observes the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - MouseMoveEvent - occurs when mouse is moved in render window. - TimerEvent - occurs when the time between events (e.g., mouse move) - is greater than TimerDuration. - KeyPressEvent - when the "Enter" key is pressed after the balloon appears, - a callback is activited (e.g., WidgetActivateEvent). - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkBalloonWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- start the timer - vtkWidgetEvent::TimedOut -- when hovering occurs, - vtkWidgetEvent::SelectAction -- activate any callbacks associated - with the balloon. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers - can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::TimerEvent (when hovering is determined to occur) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (after a hover has occured and the - mouse begins moving again). - vtkCommand::WidgetActivateEvent (when the balloon is selected with a - keypress). - </pre> - - - - - vtkHoverWidget - invoke a vtkTimerEvent when hovering - - - Description - The vtkHoverWidget is used to invoke an event when hovering in a render window. - Hovering occurs when mouse motion (in the render window) does not occur - for a specified amount of time (i.e., TimerDuration). This class can be used - as is (by observing TimerEvents) or for class derivation for those classes - wishing to do more with the hover event. - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkHoverWidget and specify the - time (in milliseconds) defining the hover period. Unlike most widgets, - this widget does not require a representation (although subclasses like - vtkBalloonWidget do require a representation). - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget observes the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - MouseMoveEvent - manages a timer used to determine whether the mouse - is hovering. - TimerEvent - when the time between events (e.g., mouse move), then a - timer event is invoked. - KeyPressEvent - when the "Enter" key is pressed after the balloon appears, - a callback is activited (e.g., WidgetActivateEvent). - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkHoverWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- start (or reset) the timer - vtkWidgetEvent::TimedOut -- when enough time is elapsed between defined - VTK events the hover event is invoked. - vtkWidgetEvent::SelectAction -- activate any callbacks associated - with the balloon. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself when the widget - determines that it is hovering. Note that observers of this widget can - listen for these events and take appropriate action. - <pre> - vtkCommand::TimerEvent (when hovering is determined to occur) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (after a hover has occured and the - mouse begins moving again). - vtkCommand::WidgetActivateEvent (when the balloon is selected with a - keypress). - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A default representation, of which there is none, is created. Note - that the superclasses vtkAbstractWidget::GetRepresentation() - method returns NULL. - - - - - Specify the hovering interval (in milliseconds). If after moving the - mouse the pointer stays over a vtkProp for this duration, then a - vtkTimerEvent::TimerEvent is invoked. - - - - - Specify the hovering interval (in milliseconds). If after moving the - mouse the pointer stays over a vtkProp for this duration, then a - vtkTimerEvent::TimerEvent is invoked. - - - - - Specify the hovering interval (in milliseconds). If after moving the - mouse the pointer stays over a vtkProp for this duration, then a - vtkTimerEvent::TimerEvent is invoked. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it performs special timer-related operations. - - - - - Specify the hovering interval (in milliseconds). If after moving the - mouse the pointer stays over a vtkProp for this duration, then a - vtkTimerEvent::TimerEvent is invoked. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add and remove text and/or an image to be associated with a vtkProp. You - may add one or both of them. - - - - - Add and remove text and/or an image to be associated with a vtkProp. You - may add one or both of them. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Methods to retrieve the information associated with each vtkProp (i.e., - the information that makes up each balloon). A NULL will be returned if - the vtkProp does not exist, or if a string or image have not been - associated with the specified vtkProp. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkBalloonRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to retrieve the information associated with each vtkProp (i.e., - the information that makes up each balloon). A NULL will be returned if - the vtkProp does not exist, or if a string or image have not been - associated with the specified vtkProp. - - - - - Return the current vtkProp that is being hovered over. Note that the - value may be NULL (if hovering over nothing or the mouse is moving). - - - - - Set/Get the object used to perform pick operations. Since the - vtkBalloonWidget operates on vtkProps, the picker must be a subclass of - vtkAbstractPropPicker. (Note: if not specified, an instance of - vtkPropPicker is used.) - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Add and remove text and/or an image to be associated with a vtkProp. You - may add one or both of them. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it performs special timer-related operations. - - - - - Set/Get the object used to perform pick operations. Since the - vtkBalloonWidget operates on vtkProps, the picker must be a subclass of - vtkAbstractPropPicker. (Note: if not specified, an instance of - vtkPropPicker is used.) - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Update the balloon string or image. If the specified prop does not exist, - then nothing is added not changed. - - - - - Update the balloon string or image. If the specified prop does not exist, - then nothing is added not changed. - - - - - vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator - Interpolates supplied nodes with bezier line segments - - - Description - The line interpolator interpolates supplied nodes (see InterpolateLine) - with bezier line segments. The finess of the curve may be controlled using - SetMaximumCurveError and SetMaximumNumberOfLineSegments. - - - - - vtkContourLineInterpolator - - - - - vtkContourLineInterpolator - Defines API for interpolating/modifying nodes from a vtkContourRepresentation - - - Description - vtkContourLineInterpolator is an abstract base class for interpolators - that work are used by the contour representation class to interpolate - and/or modify nodes in a contour. Subclasses must override the virtual - method: \c InterpolateLine. This is used by the contour representation - to give the interpolator a chance to define an interpolation scheme - between nodes. See vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator for a concrete - implementation. Subclasses may also override, \c UpdateNode. This provides - a way for the representation to give the interpolator a chance to modify - the nodes, as the user constructs the contours. For instance a sticky - contour widget may be implemented that moves nodes to nearby regions of - high gradient, to be used in contour guided segmentation. - - - - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Span of the interpolator. ie. the number of control points its supposed - to interpolate given a node. - - The first argument is the current nodeIndex. - ie, you'd be trying to interpolate between nodes "nodeIndex" and - "nodeIndex-1", unless you're closing the contour in which case, you're - trying to interpolate "nodeIndex" and "Node=0". - - The node span is returned in a vtkIntArray. The default node span is 1 - (ie. nodeIndices is a 2 tuple (nodeIndex, nodeIndex-1)). However, it - need not always be 1. For instance, cubic spline interpolators, which - have a span of 3 control points, it can be larger. See - vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator for instance. - - - - - Subclasses that wish to interpolate a line segment must implement this. - For instance vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator adds nodes between idx1 - and idx2, that allow the contour to adhere to a bezier curve. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - The interpolator is given a chance to update the node. For instance, the - vtkImageContourLineInterpolator updates the idx'th node in the contour, - so it automatically sticks to edges in the vicinity as the user - constructs the contour. - Returns 0 if the node (world position) is unchanged. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The difference between a line segment connecting two points and the curve - connecting the same points. In the limit of the length of the curve - dx -> 0, the two values will be the same. The smaller this number, the - finer the bezier curve will be interpolated. Default is 0.005 - - - - - The difference between a line segment connecting two points and the curve - connecting the same points. In the limit of the length of the curve - dx -> 0, the two values will be the same. The smaller this number, the - finer the bezier curve will be interpolated. Default is 0.005 - - - - - The difference between a line segment connecting two points and the curve - connecting the same points. In the limit of the length of the curve - dx -> 0, the two values will be the same. The smaller this number, the - finer the bezier curve will be interpolated. Default is 0.005 - - - - - Maximum number of bezier line segments between two nodes. Larger values - create a finer interpolation. Default is 100. - - - - - Maximum number of bezier line segments between two nodes. Larger values - create a finer interpolation. Default is 100. - - - - - Maximum number of bezier line segments between two nodes. Larger values - create a finer interpolation. Default is 100. - - - - - Span of the interpolator. ie. the number of control points its supposed - to interpolate given a node. - - The first argument is the current nodeIndex. - ie, you'd be trying to interpolate between nodes "nodeIndex" and - "nodeIndex-1", unless you're closing the contour in which case, you're - trying to interpolate "nodeIndex" and "Node=0". The node span is - returned in a vtkIntArray. - - The node span is returned in a vtkIntArray. The node span returned by - this interpolator will be a 2-tuple with a span of 4. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - The difference between a line segment connecting two points and the curve - connecting the same points. In the limit of the length of the curve - dx -> 0, the two values will be the same. The smaller this number, the - finer the bezier curve will be interpolated. Default is 0.005 - - - - - Maximum number of bezier line segments between two nodes. Larger values - create a finer interpolation. Default is 100. - - - - - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation - represent the vtkBiDimensionalWidget - - - Description - The vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation is used to represent the - bi-dimensional measure of an object. This representation - consists of two perpendicular lines defined by four - vtkHandleRepresentations. The four handles can be independently - manipulated consistent with the orthogonal constraint on the lines. (Note: - the four points are referred to as Point1, Point2, Point3 and - Point4. Point1 and Point2 define the first line; and Point3 and Point4 - define the second orthogonal line.) This particular class is an abstract - class, contrete subclasses (e.g., vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D) actual - implement the widget. - - To create this widget, you click to place the first two points. The third - point is mirrored with the fourth point; when you place the third point - (which is orthogonal to the lined defined by the first two points), the - fourth point is dropped as well. After definition, the four points can be - moved (in constrained fashion, preserving orthogonality). Further, the - entire widget can be translated by grabbing the center point of the widget; - each line can be moved along the other line; and the entire widget can be - rotated around its center point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the id to display in the label. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the distance. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the distance value. - - - - - Get the position of the widget's label in display coordinates. - - - - - Get the position of the widget's label in display coordinates. - - - - - Get the text shown in the widget's label. - - - - - Return the length of the line defined by (Point1,Point2). This is the - distance in the world coordinate system. - - - - - Return the length of the line defined by (Point3,Point4). This is the - distance in the world coordinate system. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used within the - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D. (Note: properties can be set by - grabbing these representations and setting the properties - appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used within the - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D. (Note: properties can be set by - grabbing these representations and setting the properties - appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used within the - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D. (Note: properties can be set by - grabbing these representations and setting the properties - appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the handle representations used within the - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D. (Note: properties can be set by - grabbing these representations and setting the properties - appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Toggle whether to display the label above or below the widget. - Defaults to 1. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the - representation to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the - representation to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the - representation to be active. - - - - - Get the position of the widget's label in display coordinates. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to use - for the four internal vtkHandleRepresentations within - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation. To use this method, create a dummy - vtkHandleRepresentation (or subclass), and then invoke this method with - this dummy. Then the vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation uses this dummy to - clone four vtkHandleRepresentations of the same type. Make sure you set the - handle representation before the widget is enabled. (The method - InstantiateHandleRepresentation() is invoked by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget - for the purposes of cloning.) - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to use - for the four internal vtkHandleRepresentations within - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation. To use this method, create a dummy - vtkHandleRepresentation (or subclass), and then invoke this method with - this dummy. Then the vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation uses this dummy to - clone four vtkHandleRepresentations of the same type. Make sure you set the - handle representation before the widget is enabled. (The method - InstantiateHandleRepresentation() is invoked by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget - for the purposes of cloning.) - - - - - Set/get the id to display in the label. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the distance. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the distance value. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Special methods for turning off the lines that define the bi-dimensional - measure. Generally these methods are used by the vtkBiDimensionalWidget to - control the appearance of the widget. Note: turning off Line1 actually turns - off Line1 and Line2. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the four points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Toggle whether to display the label above or below the widget. - Defaults to 1. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the representation (in - pixels) in which the cursor is considered near enough to the - representation to be active. - - - - - Toggle whether to display the label above or below the widget. - Defaults to 1. - - - - - Toggle whether to display the label above or below the widget. - Defaults to 1. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the distance. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the distance value. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D - represent the vtkBiDimensionalWidget - - - Description - The vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D is used to represent the - bi-dimensional measure in a 2D (overlay) context. This representation - consists of two perpendicular lines defined by four - vtkHandleRepresentations. The four handles can be independently - manipulated consistent with the orthogonal constraint on the lines. (Note: - the four points are referred to as Point1, Point2, Point3 and - Point4. Point1 and Point2 define the first line; and Point3 and Point4 - define the second orthogonal line.) - - To create this widget, you click to place the first two points. The third - point is mirrored with the fourth point; when you place the third point - (which is orthogonal to the lined defined by the first two points), the - fourth point is dropped as well. After definition, the four points can be - moved (in constrained fashion, preserving orthogonality). Further, the - entire widget can be translated by grabbing the center point of the widget; - each line can be moved along the other line; and the entire widget can be - rotated around its center point. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Get the position of the widget's label in display coordinates. - - - - - Get the position of the widget's label in display coordinates. - - - - - Get the text shown in the widget's label. - - - - - Retrieve the property used to control the appearance of the two - orthogonal lines. - - - - - Retrieve the property used to control the appearance of the two - orthogonal lines. - - - - - Retrieve the property used to control the appearance of the text - labels. - - - - - Get the position of the widget's label in display coordinates. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Retrieve the property used to control the appearance of the text - labels. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBiDimensionalWidget - measure the bi-dimensional lengths of an object - - - Description - The vtkBiDimensionalWidget is used to measure the bi-dimensional length of - an object. The bi-dimensional measure is defined by two finite, - orthogonal lines that intersect within the finite extent of both lines. - The lengths of these two lines gives the bi-dimensional measure. Each line - is defined by two handle widgets at the end points of each line. - - The orthognal constraint on the two lines limits how the four end points - can be positioned. The first two points can be placed arbitrarily to - define the first line (similar to vtkDistanceWidget). The placement of the - third point is limited by the finite extent of the first line. As the - third point is placed, the fourth point is placed on the opposite side of - the first line. Once the third point is placed, the second line is defined - since the fourth point is defined at the same time, but the fourth point - can be moved along the second line (i.e., maintaining the orthogonal - relationship between the two lines). Onced defined, any of the four points - can be moved along their constraint lines. Also, each line can be translated - along the other line (in an orthogonal direction), and the whole - bi-dimensional widget can be rotated about its center point (see the description - of the event bindings). Finally, selecting the point where the two orthogonal - axes intersect, the entire widget can be translated in any direction. - - Placement of any point results in a special PlacePointEvent invocation so - that special operations may be performed to reposition the point. Motion - of any point, moving the lines, or rotating the widget cause - InteractionEvents to be invoked. Note that the widget has two fundamental - modes: a define mode (when initially placing the points) and a manipulate - mode (after the points are placed). Line translation and rotation are only - possible in manipulate mode. - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkBiDimensionalWidget and a - representation (e.g., vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation2D). The widget is - implemented using four instances of vtkHandleWidget which are used to - position the end points of the two intersecting lines. The representations - for these handle widgets are provided by the vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation - class. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - define a point or manipulate a handle, line, - perform rotation or translate the widget. - MouseMoveEvent - position the points, move a line, rotate or translate the widget - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the selected handle and end interaction - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkBiDimensionalWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::AddPoint -- (In Define mode:) Add one point; depending on the - state it may the first, second, third or fourth - point added. (In Manipulate mode:) If near a handle, - select the handle. Or if near a line, select the line. - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- (In Define mode:) Position the second, third or fourth - point. (In Manipulate mode:) Move the handle, line or widget. - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the manipulation process has completed. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers - can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (beginning to interact) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (completing interaction) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (moving a handle, line or performing rotation) - vtkCommand::PlacePointEvent (after a point is positioned; - call data includes handle id (0,1,2,4)) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkBiDimensionalRepresentation. - - - - - Return the current widget state. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - A flag indicates whether the bi-dimensional measure is valid. The widget - becomes valid after two of the four points are placed. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it is a composite widget and does more than - its superclasses' vtkAbstractWidget::SetEnabled() method. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Set the state of the widget. If the state is set to "Manipulate" then it - is assumed that the widget and its representation will be initialized - programmatically and is not interactively placed. Initially the widget - state is set to "Start" which means nothing will appear and the user - must interactively place the widget with repeated mouse selections. Set - the state to "Start" if you want interactive placement. Generally state - changes must be followed by a Render() for things to visually take - effect. - - - - - Set the state of the widget. If the state is set to "Manipulate" then it - is assumed that the widget and its representation will be initialized - programmatically and is not interactively placed. Initially the widget - state is set to "Start" which means nothing will appear and the user - must interactively place the widget with repeated mouse selections. Set - the state to "Start" if you want interactive placement. Generally state - changes must be followed by a Render() for things to visually take - effect. - - - - - A flag indicates whether the bi-dimensional measure is valid. The widget - becomes valid after two of the four points are placed. - - - - enum member - - - - Enum defining the state of the widget. By default the widget is in Start mode, - and expects to be interactively placed. While placing the points the widget - transitions to Define state. Once placed, the widget enters the Manipulate state. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBorderRepresentation - represent a vtkBorderWidget - - - Description - This class is used to represent and render a vtBorderWidget. To - use this class, you need to specify the two corners of a rectangular - region. - - The class is typically subclassed so that specialized representations can - be created. The class defines an API and a default implementation that - the vtkBorderRepresentation interacts with to render itself in the scene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subclasses should implement these methods. See the superclasses' - documentation for more information. - - - - - Subclasses should implement these methods. See the superclasses' - documentation for more information. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Specify the properties of the border. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - This is a modifier of the interaction state. When set, widget interaction - allows the border (and stuff inside of it) to be translated with mouse - motion. - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Indicate whether resizing operations should keep the x-y directions - proportional to one another. Also, if ProportionalResize is on, then - the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle, and the - representation will be placed in the rectangle in such a way as to - preserve the aspect ratio of the representation. - - - - - After a selection event within the region interior to the border; the - normalized selection coordinates may be obtained. - - - - - After a selection event within the region interior to the border; the - normalized selection coordinates may be obtained. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - Subclasses should implement these methods. See the superclasses' - documentation for more information. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Define standard methods. - - - - - Define standard methods. - - - - - This is a modifier of the interaction state. When set, widget interaction - allows the border (and stuff inside of it) to be translated with mouse - motion. - - - - - This is a modifier of the interaction state. When set, widget interaction - allows the border (and stuff inside of it) to be translated with mouse - motion. - - - - - Define standard methods. - - - - - Indicate whether resizing operations should keep the x-y directions - proportional to one another. Also, if ProportionalResize is on, then - the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle, and the - representation will be placed in the rectangle in such a way as to - preserve the aspect ratio of the representation. - - - - - Indicate whether resizing operations should keep the x-y directions - proportional to one another. Also, if ProportionalResize is on, then - the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle, and the - representation will be placed in the rectangle in such a way as to - preserve the aspect ratio of the representation. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Define standard methods. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - Specify a minimum and/or maximum size (in pixels) that this representation - can take. These methods require two values: size values in the x and y - directions, respectively. - - - - - This is a modifier of the interaction state. When set, widget interaction - allows the border (and stuff inside of it) to be translated with mouse - motion. - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - - Indicate whether resizing operations should keep the x-y directions - proportional to one another. Also, if ProportionalResize is on, then - the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle, and the - representation will be placed in the rectangle in such a way as to - preserve the aspect ratio of the representation. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - BTX - enum {BORDER_OFF=0,BORDER_ON,BORDER_ACTIVE}; - ETX - Specify when and if the border should appear. If ShowBorder is "on", - then the border will always appear. If ShowBorder is "off" then the - border will never appear. If ShowBorder is "active" then the border - will appear when the mouse pointer enters the region bounded by the - border widget. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - Subclasses should implement these methods. See the superclasses' - documentation for more information. - - - - - Subclasses should implement these methods. See the superclasses' - documentation for more information. - - - - - Specify opposite corners of the box defining the boundary of the - widget. By default, these coordinates are in the normalized viewport - coordinate system, with Position the lower left of the outline, and - Position2 relative to Position. Note that using these methods are - affected by the ProportionalResize flag. That is, if the aspect ratio of - the representation is to be preserved (e.g., ProportionalResize is on), - then the rectangle (Position,Position2) is a bounding rectangle. Also, - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - This is a modifier of the interaction state. When set, widget interaction - allows the border (and stuff inside of it) to be translated with mouse - motion. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBorderWidget - place a border around a 2D rectangular region - - - Description - This class is a superclass for 2D widgets that may require a rectangular - border. Besides drawing a border, the widget provides methods for resizing - and moving the rectangular region (and associated border). The widget - provides methods and internal data members so that subclasses can take - advantage of this widgets capabilities, requiring only that the subclass - defines a "representation", i.e., some combination of props or actors - that can be managed in the 2D rectangular region. - - The class defines basic positioning functionality, including the ability - to size the widget with locked x/y proportions. The area within the border - may be made "selectable" as well, meaning that a selection event interior - to the widget invokes a virtual SelectRegion() method, which can be used - to pick objects or otherwise manipulate data interior to the widget. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - On the boundary of the widget: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select boundary - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - deselect boundary - MouseMoveEvent - move/resize widget depending on which portion of the - boundary was selected. - On the interior of the widget: - LeftButtonPressEvent - invoke SelectButton() callback (if the ivar - Selectable is on) - Anywhere on the widget: - MiddleButtonPressEvent - move the widget - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkBorderWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Translate -- the widget is to be translated - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, this widget invokes the - following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to instantiate class. - - - - - Method to instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkBorderRepresentation. - - - - - Indicate whether the boundary of the widget can be resized. - If not, the cursor will not change to "resize" type when mouse - over the boundary. - - - - - Indicate whether the interior region of the widget can be selected or - not. If not, then events (such as left mouse down) allow the user to - "move" the widget, and no selection is possible. Otherwise the - SelectRegion() method is invoked. - - - - - Description; - Standard methods for class. - - - - - Description; - Standard methods for class. - - - - - Description; - Standard methods for class. - - - - - Indicate whether the boundary of the widget can be resized. - If not, the cursor will not change to "resize" type when mouse - over the boundary. - - - - - Indicate whether the boundary of the widget can be resized. - If not, the cursor will not change to "resize" type when mouse - over the boundary. - - - - - Description; - Standard methods for class. - - - - - Indicate whether the interior region of the widget can be selected or - not. If not, then events (such as left mouse down) allow the user to - "move" the widget, and no selection is possible. Otherwise the - SelectRegion() method is invoked. - - - - - Indicate whether the interior region of the widget can be selected or - not. If not, then events (such as left mouse down) allow the user to - "move" the widget, and no selection is possible. Otherwise the - SelectRegion() method is invoked. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Indicate whether the boundary of the widget can be resized. - If not, the cursor will not change to "resize" type when mouse - over the boundary. - - - - - Indicate whether the interior region of the widget can be selected or - not. If not, then events (such as left mouse down) allow the user to - "move" the widget, and no selection is possible. Otherwise the - SelectRegion() method is invoked. - - - - - vtkBoundedPlanePointPlacer - a placer that constrains a handle to a finite plane - - - Description - vtkBoundedPlanePointPlacer is a type of point placer that constrains its - points to a finite (i.e., bounded) plance. - - - - - vtkPointPlacer vtkHandleWidget vtkHandleRepresentation - - - - - vtkPointPlacer - Abstract interface to translate 2D display positions to world coordinates - - - Description - Most widgets in VTK have a need to translate of 2D display coordinates (as - reported by the RenderWindowInteractor) to 3D world coordinates. This class - is an abstraction of this functionality. A few subclasses are listed below: - <p>1) vtkFocalPlanePointPlacer: This class converts 2D display positions to - world positions such that they lie on the focal plane. - <p>2) vtkPolygonalSurfacePointPlacer: Converts 2D display positions to - world positions such that they lie on the surface of one or more specified - polydatas. - <p>3) vtkImageActorPointPlacer: Converts 2D display positions to world - positions such that they lie on an ImageActor - <p>4) vtkBoundedPlanePointPlacer: Converts 2D display positions to world - positions such that they lie within a set of specified bounding planes. - <p>5) vtkTerrainDataPointPlacer: Converts 2D display positions to world - positions such that they lie on a height field. - <p> Point placers provide an extensible framework to specify constraints on - points. The methods ComputeWorldPosition, ValidateDisplayPosition and - ValidateWorldPosition may be overridden to dictate whether a world or - display position is allowed. These classes are currently used by the - HandleWidget and the ContourWidget to allow various constraints to be - enforced on the placement of their handles. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a renderer and a display position in pixel coordinates, - compute the world position and orientation where this point - will be placed. This method is typically used by the - representation to place the point initially. A return value of 1 - indicates that constraints of the placer are met. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position, and a reference world - position, compute the new world position and orientation - of this point. This method is typically used by the - representation to move the point. A return value of 1 indicates that - constraints of the placer are met. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in display coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in display coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in display coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in world coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in world coordinates. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in display coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the tolerance used when performing computations - in world coordinates. - - - - - Called by the representation to give the placer a chance - to update itself. - - - - - Given a current renderer, world position and orientation, - update them according to the constraints of the placer. - This method is typically used when UpdateContour is called - on the representation, which must be called after changes - are made to the constraints in the placer. A return - value of 1 indicates that the point has been updated. A - return value of 0 indicates that the point could not - be updated and was left alone. By default this is a no-op - - leaving the point as is. - - - - - Given a display position, check the validity of this position. - - - - - Given a world position check the validity of this - position according to the constraints of the placer. - - - - - Given a world position and a world orientation, - validate it according to the constraints of the placer. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Given a renderer and a display position, compute the - world position and world orientation for this point. - A plane is defined by a combination of the - ProjectionNormal, ProjectionOrigin, and ObliquePlane - ivars. The display position is projected onto this - plane to determine a world position, and the - orientation is set to the normal of the plane. If - the point cannot project onto the plane or if it - falls outside the bounds imposed by the - BoundingPlanes, then 0 is returned, otherwise 1 is - returned to indicate a valid return position and - orientation. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position, and a reference world - position, compute the new world position and orientation - of this point. This method is typically used by the - representation to move the point. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - The position of the bounding plane from the origin along the - normal. The origin and normal are defined in the oblique plane - when the ProjectionNormal is oblique. For the X, Y, and Z - axes projection normals, the normal is the axis direction, and - the origin is (0,0,0). - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - If the ProjectionNormal is set to Oblique, then this is the - oblique plane used to constrain the handle position. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - The position of the bounding plane from the origin along the - normal. The origin and normal are defined in the oblique plane - when the ProjectionNormal is oblique. For the X, Y, and Z - axes projection normals, the normal is the axis direction, and - the origin is (0,0,0). - - - - - If the constraints on this placer are changed, then - this method will be called by the representation on - each of its points. For this placer, the world - position will be converted to a display position, then - ComputeWorldPosition will be used to update the - point. - - - - - Give a world position check if it is valid - does - it lie on the plane and within the bounds? Returns - 1 if it is valid, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Descrption: - Orientationation is ignored, and the above method - is called instead. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBoxRepresentation - a class defining the representation for the vtkBoxWidget2 - - - Description - This class is a concrete representation for the vtkBoxWidget2. It - represents a box with seven handles: one on each of the six faces, plus a - center handle. Through interaction with the widget, the box - representation can be arbitrarily positioned in the 3D space. - - To use this representation, you normally use the PlaceWidget() method - to position the widget at a specified region in space. - - Caveats - This class, and vtkBoxWidget2, are second generation VTK - widgets. An earlier version of this functionality was defined in the - class vtkBoxWidget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Get the face properties (the faces of the box). The - properties of the face when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles, when selected or normal, can be - specified. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. This data memeber is used in conjunction - with the GetPlanes() method. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Get the outline properties (the outline of the box). The - properties of the outline when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the planes describing the implicit function defined by the box - widget. The user must provide the instance of the class vtkPlanes. Note - that vtkPlanes is a subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can - be used by a variety of filters to perform clipping, cutting, and - selection of data. (The direction of the normals of the planes can be - reversed enabling the InsideOut flag.) - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that define the box widget. The - polydata consists of 6 quadrilateral faces and 15 points. The first - eight points define the eight corner vertices; the next six define the - -x,+x, -y,+y, -z,+z face points; and the final point (the 15th out of 15 - points) defines the center of the box. These point values are guaranteed - to be up-to-date when either the widget's corresponding InteractionEvent - or EndInteractionEvent events are invoked. The user provides the - vtkPolyData and the points and cells are added to it. - - - - - Get the face properties (the faces of the box). The - properties of the face when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles, when selected or normal, can be - specified. - - - - - Get the outline properties (the outline of the box). The - properties of the outline when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Retrieve a linear transform characterizing the transformation of the - box. Note that the transformation is relative to where PlaceWidget() - was initially called. This method modifies the transform provided. The - transform can be used to control the position of vtkProp3D's, as well as - other transformation operations (e.g., vtkTranformPolyData). - - - - - Switches handles (the spheres) on or off by manipulating the underlying - actor visibility. - - - - - Switches handles (the spheres) on or off by manipulating the underlying - actor visibility. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. This data memeber is used in conjunction - with the GetPlanes() method. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. This data memeber is used in conjunction - with the GetPlanes() method. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. This data memeber is used in conjunction - with the GetPlanes() method. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut is off - by default. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkBoxWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Set the position, scale and orientation of the box widget using the - transform specified. Note that the transformation is relative to - where PlaceWidget() was initially called (i.e., the original bounding - box). - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkBoxWidget - orthogonal hexahedron 3D widget - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a region of interest that is represented by an - arbitrarily oriented hexahedron with interior face angles of 90 degrees - (orthogonal faces). The object creates 7 handles that can be moused on and - manipulated. The first six correspond to the six faces, the seventh is in - the center of the hexahedron. In addition, a bounding box outline is shown, - the "faces" of which can be selected for object rotation or scaling. A - nice feature of the object is that the vtkBoxWidget, like any 3D widget, - will work with the current interactor style. That is, if vtkBoxWidget does - not handle an event, then all other registered observers (including the - interactor style) have an opportunity to process the event. Otherwise, the - vtkBoxWidget will terminate the processing of the event that it handles. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. The interactor will act - normally until the "i" key (for "interactor") is pressed, at which point the - vtkBoxWidget will appear. (See superclass documentation for information - about changing this behavior.) By grabbing the six face handles (use the - left mouse button), faces can be moved. By grabbing the center handle - (with the left mouse button), the entire hexahedron can be - translated. (Translation can also be employed by using the - "shift-left-mouse-button" combination inside of the widget.) Scaling is - achieved by using the right mouse button "up" the render window (makes the - widget bigger) or "down" the render window (makes the widget smaller). To - rotate vtkBoxWidget, pick a face (but not a face handle) and move the left - mouse. (Note: the mouse button must be held down during manipulation.) - Events that occur outside of the widget (i.e., no part of the widget is - picked) are propagated to any other registered obsevers (such as the - interaction style). Turn off the widget by pressing the "i" key again. - (See the superclass documentation on key press activiation.) - - The vtkBoxWidget is very flexible. It can be used to select, cut, clip, or - perform any other operation that depends on an implicit function (use the - GetPlanes() method); or it can be used to transform objects using a linear - transformation (use the GetTransform() method). Typical usage of the - widget is to make use of the StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and - EndInteractionEvent events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse - motion; the other two events are called on button down and button up - (either left or right button). - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - rendered properties of the widget. You can set the properties of the - selected and unselected representations of the parts of the widget. For - example, you can set the property for the handles, faces, and outline in - their normal and selected states. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the face properties (the faces of the box). The - properties of the face when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut - is off by default. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Get the outline properties (the outline of the box). The - properties of the outline when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the planes describing the implicit function defined by the box - widget. The user must provide the instance of the class vtkPlanes. Note - that vtkPlanes is a subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can - be used by a variety of filters to perform clipping, cutting, and - selection of data. (The direction of the normals of the planes can be - reversed enabling the InsideOut flag.) - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that define the box widget. The - polydata consists of 6 quadrilateral faces and 15 points. The first - eight points define the eight corner vertices; the next six define the - -x,+x, -y,+y, -z,+z face points; and the final point (the 15th out of 15 - points) defines the center of the hexahedron. These point values are - guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the InteractionEvent or - EndInteractionEvent events are invoked. The user provides the - vtkPolyData and the points and cells are added to it. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Get the face properties (the faces of the box). The - properties of the face when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the outline properties (the outline of the box). The - properties of the outline when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Retrieve a linear transform characterizing the transformation of the - box. Note that the transformation is relative to where PlaceWidget - was initially called. This method modifies the transform provided. The - transform can be used to control the position of vtkProp3D's, as well as - other transformation operations (e.g., vtkTranformPolyData). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Switches handles (the spheres) on or off by manipulating the actor - visibility. - - - - - Switches handles (the spheres) on or off by manipulating the actor - visibility. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut - is off by default. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut - is off by default. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Set/Get the InsideOut flag. When off, the normals point out of the - box. When on, the normals point into the hexahedron. InsideOut - is off by default. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - the cursor lines running between the handles. By default cursor - wires are on. - - - - - Control the representation of the outline. This flag enables - face wires. By default face wires are off. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Set the position, scale and orientation of the box widget using the - transform specified. Note that the transformation is relative to - where PlaceWidget was initially called (i.e., the original bounding - box). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget. Translation, rotation, and - scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - vtkBoxWidget2 - 3D widget for manipulating a box - - - Description - This 3D widget interacts with a vtkBoxRepresentation class (i.e., it - handles the events that drive its corresponding representation). The - representation is assumed to represent a region of interest that is - represented by an arbitrarily oriented hexahedron (or box) with interior - face angles of 90 degrees (i.e., orthogonal faces). The representation - manifests seven handles that can be moused on and manipulated, plus the - six faces can also be interacted with. The first six handles are placed on - the six faces, the seventh is in the center of the box. In addition, a - bounding box outline is shown, the "faces" of which can be selected for - object rotation or scaling. A nice feature of vtkBoxWidget2, like any 3D - widget, will work with the current interactor style. That is, if - vtkBoxWidget2 does not handle an event, then all other registered - observers (including the interactor style) have an opportunity to process - the event. Otherwise, the vtkBoxWidget will terminate the processing of - the event that it handles. - - To use this widget, you generally pair it with a vtkBoxRepresentation - (or a subclass). Variuos options are available in the representation for - controlling how the widget appears, and how the widget functions. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If one of the seven handles are selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select the appropriate handle - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the currently selected handle - MouseMoveEvent - move the handle - If one of the faces is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select a box face - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the box face - MouseMoveEvent - rotate the box - In all the cases, independent of what is picked, the widget responds to the - following VTK events: - MiddleButtonPressEvent - translate the widget - MiddleButtonReleaseEvent - release the widget - RightButtonPressEvent - scale the widget's representation - RightButtonReleaseEvent - stop scaling the widget - MouseMoveEvent - scale (if right button) or move (if middle button) the widget - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkBoxWidget2's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Scale -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndScale -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Translate -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndTranslate -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkBoxWidget2 - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. By default, - this is an instance of the vtkBoxRepresentation class. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, rotation, scaling and face movement can all be enabled and - disabled. Scaling refers to scaling of the whole widget at once, - (default is through right mouse button) while face movement refers to - scaling of the widget one face (axis) at a time (default through grabbing - one of the representation spherical handles). - - - - - vtkButtonRepresentation - abstract class defines the representation for a vtkButtonWidget - - - Description - This abstract class is used to specify how the vtkButtonWidget should - interact with representations of the vtkButtonWidget. This class may be - subclassed so that alternative representations can be created. The class - defines an API, and a default implementation, that the vtkButtonWidget - interacts with to render itself in the scene. - - The vtkButtonWidget assumes an n-state button so that traveral methods - are available for changing, querying and manipulating state. Derived - classed determine the actual appearance. The state is represented by an - integral value 0<=state<numStates. - - To use this representation, always begin by specifying the number of states. - Then follow with the necessary information to represent each state (done through - a subclass API). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - ETX - - - - - Retrieve the current button state. - - - - - Retrieve the current button state. - - - - - Retrieve the current button state. - - - - - ETX - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Manipulate the state. Note that the NextState() and PreviousState() methods - use modulo traveral. The "state" integral value will be clamped within - the possible state values (0<=state<NumberOfStates). Note that subclasses - will override these methods in many cases. - - - - - Manipulate the state. Note that the NextState() and PreviousState() methods - use modulo traveral. The "state" integral value will be clamped within - the possible state values (0<=state<NumberOfStates). Note that subclasses - will override these methods in many cases. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Retrieve the current button state. - - - - - Manipulate the state. Note that the NextState() and PreviousState() methods - use modulo traveral. The "state" integral value will be clamped within - the possible state values (0<=state<NumberOfStates). Note that subclasses - will override these methods in many cases. - - - - - ETX - - - - - ETX - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Manipulate the state. Note that the NextState() and PreviousState() methods - use modulo traveral. The "state" integral value will be clamped within - the possible state values (0<=state<NumberOfStates). Note that subclasses - will override these methods in many cases. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkButtonWidget - activate an n-state button - - - Description - The vtkButtonWidget is used to interface with an n-state button. That is - each selection moves to the next button state (e.g., moves from "on" to - "off"). The widget uses modulo list traversal to transition through one or - more states. (A single state is simply a "selection" event; traversal - through the list can be in the forward or backward direction.) - - Depending on the nature of the representation the appearance of the button - can change dramatically, the specifics of appearance changes are a - function of the associated vtkButtonRepresentation (or subclass). - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - select button - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - end the button selection process - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkButtonWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkButtonWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StateChangedEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkButtonRepresentation. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkCameraRepresentation - represent the vtkCameraWidget - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively saving a series of camera - views into an interpolated path (using vtkCameraInterpolator). The class - typically works in conjunction with vtkCameraWidget. To use this class - simply specify the camera to interpolate and use the methods - AddCameraToPath(), AnimatePath(), and InitializePath() to add a new camera - view, animate the current views, and initialize the interpolation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These methods are used to create interpolated camera paths. The - AddCameraToPath() method adds the view defined by the current camera - (via SetCamera()) to the interpolated camera path. AnimatePath() - interpolates NumberOfFrames along the current path. InitializePath() - resets the interpolated path to its initial, empty configuration. - - - - - These methods are used to create interpolated camera paths. The - AddCameraToPath() method adds the view defined by the current camera - (via SetCamera()) to the interpolated camera path. AnimatePath() - interpolates NumberOfFrames along the current path. InitializePath() - resets the interpolated path to its initial, empty configuration. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses' API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Specify the camera to interpolate. This must be specified by - the user. - - - - - Get the vtkCameraInterpolator used to interpolate and save the - sequence of camera views. If not defined, one is created - automatically. Note that you can access this object to set - the interpolation type (linear, spline) and other instance - variables. - - - - - Set the number of frames to generate when playback is initiated. - - - - - Set the number of frames to generate when playback is initiated. - - - - - Set the number of frames to generate when playback is initiated. - - - - - By obtaining this property you can specify the properties of the - representation. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses' API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are used to create interpolated camera paths. The - AddCameraToPath() method adds the view defined by the current camera - (via SetCamera()) to the interpolated camera path. AnimatePath() - interpolates NumberOfFrames along the current path. InitializePath() - resets the interpolated path to its initial, empty configuration. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify the camera to interpolate. This must be specified by - the user. - - - - - Get the vtkCameraInterpolator used to interpolate and save the - sequence of camera views. If not defined, one is created - automatically. Note that you can access this object to set - the interpolation type (linear, spline) and other instance - variables. - - - - - Set the number of frames to generate when playback is initiated. - - - - - vtkCameraWidget - 2D widget for saving a series of camera views - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively saving a series of camera - views into an interpolated path (using vtkCameraInterpolator). To use the - class start by specifying a camera to interpolate, and then simply start - recording by hitting the "record" button, manipulate the camera (by using - an interactor, direct scripting, or any other means), and then save the - camera view. Repeat this process to record a series of views. The user - can then play back interpolated camera views using the - vtkCameraInterpolator. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkCaptionRepresentation - represents vtkCaptionWidget in the scene - - - Description - This class represents vtkCaptionWidget. A caption is defined by some text - with a leader (e.g., arrow) that points from the text to a point in the - scene. The caption is defined by an instance of vtkCaptionActor2D. It uses - the event bindings of its superclass (vtkBorderWidget) to control the - placement of the text, and adds the ability to move the attachment point - around. In addition, when the caption text is selected, the widget emits a - ActivateEvent that observers can watch for. This is useful for opening GUI - dialogoues to adjust font characteristics, etc. (Please see the superclass - for a description of event bindings.) - - Note that this widget extends the behavior of its superclass - vtkBorderRepresentation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Specify the position of the anchor (i.e., the point that the caption is anchored to). - Note that the position should be specified in world coordinates. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkPointHandleRepresention3D used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Specify the vtkCaptionActor2D to manage. If not specified, then one - is automatically created. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts - of the caption when the text actor's ScaledText is OFF - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts - of the caption when the text actor's ScaledText is OFF - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts - of the caption when the text actor's ScaledText is OFF - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify the position of the anchor (i.e., the point that the caption is anchored to). - Note that the position should be specified in world coordinates. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkPointHandleRepresention3D used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Specify the vtkCaptionActor2D to manage. If not specified, then one - is automatically created. - - - - - Set/Get the factor that controls the overall size of the fonts - of the caption when the text actor's ScaledText is OFF - - - - - vtkCaptionWidget - widget for placing a caption (text plus leader) - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively placing a caption on the 2D - overlay plane. A caption is defined by some text with a leader (e.g., - arrow) that points from the text to a point in the scene. The caption is - represented by a vtkCaptionRepresentation. It uses the event bindings of - its superclass (vtkBorderWidget) to control the placement of the text, and - adds the ability to move the attachment point around. In addition, when - the caption text is selected, the widget emits a ActivateEvent that - observers can watch for. This is useful for opening GUI dialogoues to - adjust font characteristics, etc. (Please see the superclass for a - description of event bindings.) - - Note that this widget extends the behavior of its superclass - vtkBorderWidget. The end point of the leader can be selected and - moved around with an internal vtkHandleWidget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Specify a vtkCaptionActor2D to manage. This is convenient, alternative - method to SetRepresentation(). It internally create a vtkCaptionRepresentation - and then invokes vtkCaptionRepresentation::SetCaptionActor2D(). - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify a vtkCaptionActor2D to manage. This is convenient, alternative - method to SetRepresentation(). It internally create a vtkCaptionRepresentation - and then invokes vtkCaptionRepresentation::SetCaptionActor2D(). - - - - - Override superclasses' SetEnabled() method because the caption leader - has its own dedicated widget. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkCenteredSliderRepresentation - provide the representation for a vtkCenteredSliderWidget - - - Description - This class is used to represent and render a vtkCenteredSliderWidget. To use this - class, you must at a minimum specify the end points of the - slider. Optional instance variable can be used to modify the appearance of - the widget. - - - - - - vtkSliderRepresentation - abstract class defines the representation for a vtkSliderWidget - - - Description - This abstract class is used to specify how the vtkSliderWidget should - interact with representations of the vtkSliderWidget. This class may be - subclassed so that alternative representations can be created. The class - defines an API, and a default implementation, that the vtkSliderWidget - interacts with to render itself in the scene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. Subclasses of this class - actually do something. - - - - - Specify the length of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the length is 0.025. If the end cap length - is set to 0.0, then the end cap will not display at all. - - - - - Specify the length of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the length is 0.025. If the end cap length - is set to 0.0, then the end cap will not display at all. - - - - - Specify the length of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the length is 0.025. If the end cap length - is set to 0.0, then the end cap will not display at all. - - - - - Specify the width of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the width is twice the tube width. - - - - - Specify the width of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the width is twice the tube width. - - - - - Specify the width of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the width is twice the tube width. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the slider value. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the label as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the label as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the label as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Set the current maximum value that the slider can take. Setting the - maximum value less than the minimum value will cause the minimum - value to change to (maximum value - 1). - - - - - Set the current minimum value that the slider can take. Setting the - minimum value greater than the maximum value will cause the maximum - value to grow to (minimum value + 1). - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. Subclasses of this class - actually do something. - - - - - Indicate whether the slider text label should be displayed. This is - a number corresponding to the current Value of this widget. - - - - - Specify the length of the slider shape (in normalized display coordinates - [0.01,0.5]). The slider length by default is 0.05. - - - - - Specify the length of the slider shape (in normalized display coordinates - [0.01,0.5]). The slider length by default is 0.05. - - - - - Specify the length of the slider shape (in normalized display coordinates - [0.01,0.5]). The slider length by default is 0.05. - - - - - Set the width of the slider in the directions orthogonal to the - slider axis. Using this it is possible to create ellipsoidal and hockey - puck sliders (in some subclasses). By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Set the width of the slider in the directions orthogonal to the - slider axis. Using this it is possible to create ellipsoidal and hockey - puck sliders (in some subclasses). By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Set the width of the slider in the directions orthogonal to the - slider axis. Using this it is possible to create ellipsoidal and hockey - puck sliders (in some subclasses). By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the title as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the title as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the title as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Specify the label text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the label text is not displayed. - - - - - Set the width of the tube (in normalized display coordinates) on which - the slider moves. By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Set the width of the tube (in normalized display coordinates) on which - the slider moves. By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Set the width of the tube (in normalized display coordinates) on which - the slider moves. By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Specify the current value for the widget. The value should lie between - the minimum and maximum values. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Specify the length of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the length is 0.025. If the end cap length - is set to 0.0, then the end cap will not display at all. - - - - - Specify the width of each end cap (in normalized coordinates - [0.0,0.25]). By default the width is twice the tube width. - - - - - Set/Get the format with which to print the slider value. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the label as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Set the current maximum value that the slider can take. Setting the - maximum value less than the minimum value will cause the minimum - value to change to (maximum value - 1). - - - - - Set the current minimum value that the slider can take. Setting the - minimum value greater than the maximum value will cause the maximum - value to grow to (minimum value + 1). - - - - - Indicate whether the slider text label should be displayed. This is - a number corresponding to the current Value of this widget. - - - - - Specify the length of the slider shape (in normalized display coordinates - [0.01,0.5]). The slider length by default is 0.05. - - - - - Set the width of the slider in the directions orthogonal to the - slider axis. Using this it is possible to create ellipsoidal and hockey - puck sliders (in some subclasses). By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Specify the relative height of the title as compared to the length of the - slider. - - - - - Specify the label text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the label text is not displayed. - - - - - Set the width of the tube (in normalized display coordinates) on which - the slider moves. By default the width is 0.05. - - - - - Specify the current value for the widget. The value should lie between - the minimum and maximum values. - - - - - Indicate whether the slider text label should be displayed. This is - a number corresponding to the current Value of this widget. - - - - - Indicate whether the slider text label should be displayed. This is - a number corresponding to the current Value of this widget. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. Subclasses of this class - actually do something. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Set/Get the properties for the label and title text. - - - - - Position the first end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point1Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Position the second end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point2Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Get the selection property. This property is used to modify the - appearance of selected objects (e.g., the slider). - - - - - Get the properties for the tube and slider - - - - - Specify the label text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the label text is not displayed. - - - - - Get the properties for the tube and slider - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Specify the label text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the label text is not displayed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display - space where the widget should be placed. - - - - - vtkCenteredSliderWidget - set a value by manipulating a slider - - - Description - The vtkCenteredSliderWidget is used to adjust a scalar value in an application. - This class measures deviations form the center point on the slider. - Moving the slider - modifies the value of the widget, which can be used to set parameters on - other objects. Note that the actual appearance of the widget depends on - the specific representation for the widget. - - To use this widget, set the widget representation. The representation is - assumed to consist of a tube, two end caps, and a slider (the details may - vary depending on the particulars of the representation). Then in the - representation you will typically set minimum and maximum value, as well - as the current value. The position of the slider must also be set, as well - as various properties. - - Note that the value should be obtain from the widget, not from the - representation. Also note that Minimum and Maximum values are in terms of - value per second. The value you get from this widget's GetValue method is - multiplied by time. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If the slider bead is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select slider (if on slider) - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release slider (if selected) - MouseMoveEvent - move slider - If the end caps or slider tube are selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - move (or animate) to cap or point on tube; - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkCenteredSliderWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkCenteredSliderWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkSliderRepresentation. - - - - - Get the value fo this widget. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkContinuousValueWidget - set a value by manipulating something - - - Description - The vtkContinuousValueWidget is used to adjust a scalar value in an - application. Note that the actual appearance of the widget depends on - the specific representation for the widget. - - To use this widget, set the widget representation. (the details may - vary depending on the particulars of the representation). - - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If the slider bead is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select slider - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release slider - MouseMoveEvent - move slider - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkContinuousValueWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkContinuousValueWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkContinuousValueWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Get the value for this widget. - - - - - vtkContourRepresentation - represent the vtkContourWidget - - - Description - The vtkContourRepresentation is a superclass for various types of - representations for the vtkContourWidget. - - Managing contour points - The classes vtkContourRepresentationNode, vtkContourRepresentationInternals, - vtkContourRepresentationPoint manage the data structure used to represent - nodes and points on a contour. A contour may contain several nodes and - several more points. Nodes are usually the result of user clicked points on - the contour. Additional points are created between nodes to generate a - smooth curve using some Interpolator. See the method \c SetLineInterpolator. - \par - The data structure stores both the world and display positions for every - point. (This may seem like a duplication.) The default behaviour of this - class is to use the WorldPosition to do all the math. Typically a point is - added at a given display position. Its corresponding world position is - computed using the point placer and stored. Any query of the display - position of a stored point is done via the Renderer, which computes the - display position given a world position. - - \par - So why maintain the display position ? Consider drawing a contour on a - volume widget. You might want the contour to be located at a certain world - position in the volume or you might want to be overlayed over the window - like an Actor2D. The default behaviour of this class is to provide the - former behaviour. - - \par - To achieve the latter behaviour override the methods that return the display - position (to return the set display position instead of computing it from - the world positions) and the method \c BuildLines() to interpolate lines - using their display positions intead of world positions. - - - - - vtkContourWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given a display position, activate a node. The closest - node within tolerance will be activated. If a node is - activated, 1 will be returned, otherwise 0 will be - returned. - - - - - Given a display position, activate a node. The closest - node within tolerance will be activated. If a node is - activated, 1 will be returned, otherwise 0 will be - returned. - - - - - Add an intermediate point between node n and n+1 - (or n and 0 if n is the last node and the loop is closed). - Returns 1 on success or 0 if n is out of range. - - - - - Add a node at a specific display position. This will be - converted into a world position according to the current - constraints of the point placer. Return 0 if a point could - not be added, 1 otherwise. - - - - - Add a node at a specific display position. This will be - converted into a world position according to the current - constraints of the point placer. Return 0 if a point could - not be added, 1 otherwise. - - - - - Add a node at a specific world position. Returns 0 if the - node could not be added, 1 otherwise. - - - - - Add a node at a specific world position. Returns 0 if the - node could not be added, 1 otherwise. - - - - - Add a node at a specific world position. Returns 0 if the - node could not be added, 1 otherwise. - - - - - Given a specific X, Y pixel location, add a new node - on the contour at this location. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Delete all nodes. - - - - - Set / Get the ClosedLoop value. This ivar indicates whether the contour - forms a closed loop. - - - - - Set / Get the ClosedLoop value. This ivar indicates whether the contour - forms a closed loop. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Delete the active node. Returns 1 on success or 0 if - the active node did not indicate a valid node. - - - - - Delete the last node. Returns 1 on success or 0 if - there were not any nodes. - - - - - Delete the nth node. Return 1 on success or 0 if n - is out of range. - - - - - Get the display position of the active node. Will return - 0 if there is no active node, or 1 otherwise. - - - - - Set/Get whether the active or nth node is selected. - - - - - Get the world orientation of the active node. Will return - 0 if there is no active node, or 1 otherwise. - - - - - Get the world position of the active node. Will return - 0 if there is no active node, or 1 otherwise. - - - - - Set / Get the ClosedLoop value. This ivar indicates whether the contour - forms a closed loop. - - - - - A flag to indicate whether to show the Selected nodes - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Get the world position of the intermediate point at - index idx between nodes n and (n+1) (or n and 0 if - n is the last node and the loop is closed). Returns - 1 on success or 0 if n or idx are out of range. - - - - - Set / Get the Line Interpolator. The line interpolator - is responsible for generating the line segments connecting - nodes. - - - - - Get the nodes and not the intermediate points in this - contour as a vtkPolyData. - - - - - Get the nth node's display position. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting). - - - - - Set/Get whether the active or nth node is selected. - - - - - Get the nth node's slope. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting). - - - - - Get the nth node's world orientation. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting). - - - - - Get the nth node's world position. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting). - - - - - Descirption: - For a given node n, get the number of intermediate - points between this node and the node at - (n+1). If n is the last node and the loop is - closed, this is the number of intermediate points - between node n and node 0. 0 is returned if n is - out of range. - - - - - Get the number of nodes. - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - display coordinates - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - display coordinates - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - display coordinates - - - - - Descirption: - Set / get the Point Placer. The point placer is - responsible for converting display coordinates into - world coordinates according to some constraints, and - for validating world positions. - - - - - A flag to indicate whether to show the Selected nodes - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - world coordinates - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - world coordinates - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - world coordinates - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Move the active node based on a specified display position. - The display position will be converted into a world - position. If the new position is not valid or there is - no active node, a 0 will be returned. Otherwise, on - success a 1 will be returned. - - - - - Move the active node based on a specified display position. - The display position will be converted into a world - position. If the new position is not valid or there is - no active node, a 0 will be returned. Otherwise, on - success a 1 will be returned. - - - - - Descirption: - Move the active node to a specified world position. - Will return 0 if there is no active node or the node - could not be moved to that position. 1 will be returned - on success. - - - - - Descirption: - Move the active node to a specified world position. - Will return 0 if there is no active node or the node - could not be moved to that position. 1 will be returned - on success. - - - - - Set / Get the ClosedLoop value. This ivar indicates whether the contour - forms a closed loop. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / get the current operation. The widget is either - inactive, or it is being translated. - - - - - Set / Get the Line Interpolator. The line interpolator - is responsible for generating the line segments connecting - nodes. - - - - - Set the nth node's display position. Display position - will be converted into world position according to the - constraints of the point placer. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting) or the world position - is not valid. - - - - - Set the nth node's display position. Display position - will be converted into world position according to the - constraints of the point placer. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting) or the world position - is not valid. - - - - - Set/Get whether the active or nth node is selected. - - - - - Set the nth node's world position. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting) or the world - position is not valid according to the point - placer. - - - - - Set the nth node's world position. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting) or the world - position is not valid according to the point - placer. - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - display coordinates - - - - - Descirption: - Set / get the Point Placer. The point placer is - responsible for converting display coordinates into - world coordinates according to some constraints, and - for validating world positions. - - - - - Get the nodes and not the intermediate points in this - contour as a vtkPolyData. - - - - - A flag to indicate whether to show the Selected nodes - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - world coordinates - - - - - A flag to indicate whether to show the Selected nodes - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - A flag to indicate whether to show the Selected nodes - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Set/Get whether the active or nth node is selected. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - world coordinates - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - The tolerance to use when calculations are performed in - world coordinates - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkFocalPlaneContourRepresentation - represent a contour drawn on the - focal plane. - - - - Description - The contour will stay on the focal plane irrespective of camera - position/orientation changes. The class was written in order to be able to - draw contours on a volume widget and have the contours overlayed on the - focal plane in order to do contour segmentation. The superclass, - vtkContourRepresentation handles contours that are drawn in actual world - position co-ordinates, so they would rotate with the camera position/ - orientation changes - - - - - vtkContourWidget vtkHandleRepresentation vtkContourRepresentation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the world position of the intermediate point at - index idx between nodes n and (n+1) (or n and 0 if - n is the last node and the loop is closed). Returns - 1 on success or 0 if n or idx are out of range. - - - - - Get the world position of the intermediate point at - index idx between nodes n and (n+1) (or n and 0 if - n is the last node and the loop is closed). Returns - 1 on success or 0 if n or idx are out of range. - - - - - Get the nth node's display position. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting). - - - - - Get the nth node's world position. Will return - 1 on success, or 0 if there are not at least - (n+1) nodes (0 based counting). - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - The method must be called whenever the contour needs to be updated, usually - from RenderOpaqueGeometry() - - - - - The class maintains its true contour locations based on display co-ords - This method syncs the world co-ords data structure with the display co-ords. - - - - - The method must be called whenever the contour needs to be updated, usually - from RenderOpaqueGeometry() - - - - - vtkContourWidget - create a contour with a set of points - - - Description - The vtkContourWidget is used to select a set of points, and draw lines - between these points. The contour may be opened or closed, depending on - how the last point is added. The widget handles all processing of widget - events (that are triggered by VTK events). The vtkContourRepresentation is - responsible for all placement of the points, calculation of the lines, and - contour manipulation. This is done through two main helper classes: - vtkPointPlacer and vtkContourLineInterpolator. The representation is also - responsible for drawing the points and lines. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - triggers a Select event - RightButtonPressEvent - triggers a AddFinalPoint event - MouseMoveEvent - triggers a Move event - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - triggers an EndSelect event - Delete key event - triggers a Delete event - Shift + Delete key event - triggers a Reset event - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkContourWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select - widget state is: - Start or - Define: If we already have at least 2 nodes, test - whether the current (X,Y) location is near an existing - node. If so, close the contour and change to Manipulate - state. Otherwise, attempt to add a node at this (X,Y) - location. - Manipulate: If this (X,Y) location activates a node, then - set the current operation to Translate. Otherwise, if - this location is near the contour, attempt to add a - new node on the contour at this (X,Y) location. - - vtkWidgetEvent::AddFinalPoint - widget state is: - Start: Do nothing. - Define: If we already have at least 2 nodes, test - whether the current (X,Y) location is near an existing - node. If so, close the contour and change to Manipulate - state. Otherwise, attempt to add a node at this (X,Y) - location. If we do, then leave the contour open and - change to Manipulate state. - Manipulate: Do nothing. - - vtkWidgetEvent::Move - widget state is: - Start or - Define: Do nothing. - Manipulate: If our operation is Translate, then invoke - WidgetInteraction() on the representation. If our - operation is Inactive, then just attempt to activate - a node at this (X,Y) location. - - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect - widget state is: - Start or - Define: Do nothing. - Manipulate: If our operation is not Inactive, set it to - Inactive. - - vtkWidgetEvent::Delete - widget state is: - Start: Do nothing. - Define: Remove the last point on the contour. - Manipulate: Attempt to activate a node at (X,Y). If - we do activate a node, delete it. If we now - have less than 3 nodes, go back to Define state. - - vtkWidgetEvent::Reset - widget state is: - Start: Do nothing. - Define: Remove all points and line segments of the contour. - Essentially calls Intialize(NULL) - Manipulate: Do nothing. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers - can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (beginning to interact) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (completing interaction) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (moving after selecting something) - vtkCommand::PlacePointEvent (after point is positioned; - call data includes handle id (0,1)) - vtkCommand::WidgetValueChangedEvent (Invoked when the contour is closed - for the first time. ) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set / Get the AllowNodePicking value. This ivar indicates whether the nodes - and points between nodes can be picked/un-picked by Ctrl+Click on the node. - - - - - Set / Get the AllowNodePicking value. This ivar indicates whether the nodes - and points between nodes can be picked/un-picked by Ctrl+Click on the node. - - - - - Convenient method to close the contour loop. - - - - - Define a contour by continuously drawing with the mouse cursor. - Press and hold the left mouse button down to continuously draw. - Releasing the left mouse button switches into a snap drawing mode. - Terminate the contour by pressing the right mouse button. If you - do not want to see the nodes as they are added to the contour, set the - opacity to 0 of the representation's property. If you do not want to - see the last active node as it is being added, set the opacity to 0 - of the representation's active property. - - - - - Define a contour by continuously drawing with the mouse cursor. - Press and hold the left mouse button down to continuously draw. - Releasing the left mouse button switches into a snap drawing mode. - Terminate the contour by pressing the right mouse button. If you - do not want to see the nodes as they are added to the contour, set the - opacity to 0 of the representation's property. If you do not want to - see the last active node as it is being added, set the opacity to 0 - of the representation's active property. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Follow the cursor ? If this is ON, during definition, the last node of the - contour will automatically follow the cursor, without waiting for the the - point to be dropped. This may be useful for some interpolators, such as the - live-wire interpolator to see the shape of the contour that will be placed - as you move the mouse cursor. - - - - - Follow the cursor ? If this is ON, during definition, the last node of the - contour will automatically follow the cursor, without waiting for the the - point to be dropped. This may be useful for some interpolators, such as the - live-wire interpolator to see the shape of the contour that will be placed - as you move the mouse cursor. - - - - - Set / Get the AllowNodePicking value. This ivar indicates whether the nodes - and points between nodes can be picked/un-picked by Ctrl+Click on the node. - - - - - Define a contour by continuously drawing with the mouse cursor. - Press and hold the left mouse button down to continuously draw. - Releasing the left mouse button switches into a snap drawing mode. - Terminate the contour by pressing the right mouse button. If you - do not want to see the nodes as they are added to the contour, set the - opacity to 0 of the representation's property. If you do not want to - see the last active node as it is being added, set the opacity to 0 - of the representation's active property. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkContourRepresentation. - - - - - Follow the cursor ? If this is ON, during definition, the last node of the - contour will automatically follow the cursor, without waiting for the the - point to be dropped. This may be useful for some interpolators, such as the - live-wire interpolator to see the shape of the contour that will be placed - as you move the mouse cursor. - - - - - Convenient method to determine the state of the method - - - - - Initialize the contour widget from a user supplied set of points. The - state of the widget decides if you are still defining the widget, or - if you've finished defining (added the last point) are manipulating - it. Note that if the polydata supplied is closed, the state will be - set to manipulate. - State: Define = 0, Manipulate = 1. - - - - - Initialize the contour widget from a user supplied set of points. The - state of the widget decides if you are still defining the widget, or - if you've finished defining (added the last point) are manipulating - it. Note that if the polydata supplied is closed, the state will be - set to manipulate. - State: Define = 0, Manipulate = 1. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Set / Get the AllowNodePicking value. This ivar indicates whether the nodes - and points between nodes can be picked/un-picked by Ctrl+Click on the node. - - - - - Define a contour by continuously drawing with the mouse cursor. - Press and hold the left mouse button down to continuously draw. - Releasing the left mouse button switches into a snap drawing mode. - Terminate the contour by pressing the right mouse button. If you - do not want to see the nodes as they are added to the contour, set the - opacity to 0 of the representation's property. If you do not want to - see the last active node as it is being added, set the opacity to 0 - of the representation's active property. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it is a composite widget and does more than - its superclasses' vtkAbstractWidget::SetEnabled() method. - - - - - Follow the cursor ? If this is ON, during definition, the last node of the - contour will automatically follow the cursor, without waiting for the the - point to be dropped. This may be useful for some interpolators, such as the - live-wire interpolator to see the shape of the contour that will be placed - as you move the mouse cursor. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Convenient method to change what state the widget is in. - - - - - vtkCheckerboardRepresentation - represent the vtkCheckerboardWidget - - - Description - The vtkCheckerboardRepresentation is used to implement the representation of - the vtkCheckerboardWidget. The user can adjust the number of divisions in - each of the i-j directions in a 2D image. A frame appears around the - vtkImageActor with sliders along each side of the frame. The user can - interactively adjust the sliders to the desired number of checkerboard - subdivisions. The representation uses four instances of - vtkSliderRepresentation3D to implement itself. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageCheckerboard to manipulate. - - - - - Specify the offset of the ends of the sliders (on the boundary edges of - the image) from the corner of the image. The offset is expressed as a - normalized fraction of the border edges. - - - - - Specify the offset of the ends of the sliders (on the boundary edges of - the image) from the corner of the image. The offset is expressed as a - normalized fraction of the border edges. - - - - - Specify the offset of the ends of the sliders (on the boundary edges of - the image) from the corner of the image. The offset is expressed as a - normalized fraction of the border edges. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageActor to decorate. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Methods required by superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageCheckerboard to manipulate. - - - - - Specify the offset of the ends of the sliders (on the boundary edges of - the image) from the corner of the image. The offset is expressed as a - normalized fraction of the border edges. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageActor to decorate. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - Set and get the instances of vtkSliderRepresention used to implement this - representation. Normally default representations are created, but you can - specify the ones you want to use. - - - - - This method is invoked by the vtkCheckerboardWidget() when a value of some - slider has changed. - - - - - Specify the offset of the ends of the sliders (on the boundary edges of - the image) from the corner of the image. The offset is expressed as a - normalized fraction of the border edges. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkCheckerboardWidget - interactively set the number of divisions in 2D image checkerboard - - - Description - The vtkCheckerboardWidget is used to interactively control an instance of - vtkImageCheckerboard (and an associated vtkImageActor used to display the - checkerboard). The user can adjust the number of divisions in each of the - i-j directions in a 2D image. A frame appears around the vtkImageActor - with sliders along each side of the frame. The user can interactively - adjust the sliders to the desired number of checkerboard subdivisions. - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkImageCheckerboard and an - instance of vtkImageActor. By default, the widget responds to the - following events: - <pre> - If the slider bead is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select slider (if on slider) - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release slider - MouseMoveEvent - move slider - If the end caps or slider tube of a slider are selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - jump (or animate) to cap or point on tube; - </pre> - It is possible to change these event bindings. Please refer to the - documentation for vtkSliderWidget for more information. Advanced users may - directly access and manipulate the sliders by obtaining the instances of - vtkSliderWidget composing the vtkCheckerboard widget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkCheckerboardRepresentation. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it is a composite widget and does more than - its superclasses' vtkAbstractWidget::SetEnabled() method. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation - point representation constrained to a 2D plane - - - Description - This class is used to represent a vtkHandleWidget. It represents a - position in 3D world coordinates that is constrained to a specified plane. - The default look is to draw a white point when this widget is not selected - or active, a thin green circle when it is highlighted, and a thicker cyan - circle when it is active (being positioned). Defaults can be adjusted - but - take care to define cursor geometry that makes sense for this widget. - The geometry will be aligned on the constraining plane, with the plane - normal aligned with the X axis of the geometry (similar behavior to - vtkGlyph3D). - - TODO: still need to work on - 1) translation when mouse is outside bounding planes - 2) size of the widget - - - - - vtkHandleRepresentation vtkHandleWidget - - - - - vtkHandleRepresentation - abstract class for representing widget handles - - - Description - This class defines an API for widget handle representations. These - representations interact with vtkHandleWidget. Various representations - can be used depending on the nature of the handle. The basic functionality - of the handle representation is to maintain a position. The position is - represented via a vtkCoordinate, meaning that the position can be easily - obtained in a variety of coordinate systems. - - Optional features for this representation include an active mode (the widget - appears only when the mouse pointer is close to it). The active distance is - expressed in pixels and represents a circle in display space. - - The class may be subclassed so that alternative representations can - be created. The class defines an API and a default implementation that - the vtkHandleWidget interacts with to render itself in the scene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Flag controls whether the widget becomes visible when the mouse pointer - moves close to it (i.e., the widget becomes active). By default, - ActiveRepresentation is off and the representation is always visible. - - - - - Flag controls whether the widget becomes visible when the mouse pointer - moves close to it (i.e., the widget becomes active). By default, - ActiveRepresentation is off and the representation is always visible. - - - - - Method has to be overridden in the subclasses which has - constraints on placing the handle - (Ex. vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation). It should return 1 - if the position is within the constraint, else it should return - 0. By default it returns 1. - - - - - Specify whether any motions (such as scale, translate, etc.) are - constrained in some way (along an axis, etc.) Widgets can use this - to control the resulting motion. - - - - - Specify whether any motions (such as scale, translate, etc.) are - constrained in some way (along an axis, etc.) Widgets can use this - to control the resulting motion. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Flag controls whether the widget becomes visible when the mouse pointer - moves close to it (i.e., the widget becomes active). By default, - ActiveRepresentation is off and the representation is always visible. - - - - - Specify whether any motions (such as scale, translate, etc.) are - constrained in some way (along an axis, etc.) Widgets can use this - to control the resulting motion. - - - - - Handles usually have their coordinates set in display coordinates - (generally by an associated widget) and internally maintain the position - in world coordinates. (Using world coordinates insures that handles are - rendered in the right position when the camera view changes.) These - methods are often subclassed because special constraint operations can - be used to control the actual positioning. - - - - - Handles usually have their coordinates set in display coordinates - (generally by an associated widget) and internally maintain the position - in world coordinates. (Using world coordinates insures that handles are - rendered in the right position when the camera view changes.) These - methods are often subclassed because special constraint operations can - be used to control the actual positioning. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., HandleWidget) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - processwith the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., HandleWidget) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - processwith the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Overload the superclasses' GetMTime() because the internal vtkCoordinates - are used to keep the state of the representation. - - - - - Set/Get the point placer. Point placers can be used to dictate constraints - on the placement of handles. As an example, see vtkBoundedPlanePointPlacer - (constrains the placement of handles to a set of bounded planes) - vtkFocalPlanePointPlacer (constrains placement on the focal plane) etc. - The default point placer is vtkPointPlacer (which does not apply any - constraints, so the handles are free to move anywhere). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - Handles usually have their coordinates set in display coordinates - (generally by an associated widget) and internally maintain the position - in world coordinates. (Using world coordinates insures that handles are - rendered in the right position when the camera view changes.) These - methods are often subclassed because special constraint operations can - be used to control the actual positioning. - - - - - Handles usually have their coordinates set in display coordinates - (generally by an associated widget) and internally maintain the position - in world coordinates. (Using world coordinates insures that handles are - rendered in the right position when the camera view changes.) These - methods are often subclassed because special constraint operations can - be used to control the actual positioning. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Flag controls whether the widget becomes visible when the mouse pointer - moves close to it (i.e., the widget becomes active). By default, - ActiveRepresentation is off and the representation is always visible. - - - - - Specify whether any motions (such as scale, translate, etc.) are - constrained in some way (along an axis, etc.) Widgets can use this - to control the resulting motion. - - - - - Handles usually have their coordinates set in display coordinates - (generally by an associated widget) and internally maintain the position - in world coordinates. (Using world coordinates insures that handles are - rendered in the right position when the camera view changes.) These - methods are often subclassed because special constraint operations can - be used to control the actual positioning. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., HandleWidget) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - processwith the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Set/Get the point placer. Point placers can be used to dictate constraints - on the placement of handles. As an example, see vtkBoundedPlanePointPlacer - (constrains the placement of handles to a set of bounded planes) - vtkFocalPlanePointPlacer (constrains placement on the focal plane) etc. - The default point placer is vtkPointPlacer (which does not apply any - constraints, so the handles are free to move anywhere). - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered near enough to the widget to - be active. - - - - - Handles usually have their coordinates set in display coordinates - (generally by an associated widget) and internally maintain the position - in world coordinates. (Using world coordinates insures that handles are - rendered in the right position when the camera view changes.) These - methods are often subclassed because special constraint operations can - be used to control the actual positioning. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Flag controls whether the widget becomes visible when the mouse pointer - moves close to it (i.e., the widget becomes active). By default, - ActiveRepresentation is off and the representation is always visible. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Overridden from the base class. It converts the display - co-ordinates to world co-ordinates. It returns 1 if the point lies - within the constrained region, otherwise return 0 - - - - - Subclasses of vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Specify the shape of the cursor (handle) when it is active. - This is the geometry that will be used when the mouse is - close to the handle or if the user is manipulating the handle. - - - - - This is the property used when the user is interacting - with the handle. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape. Keep in mind that the shape will be - aligned with the constraining plane by orienting it such that - the x axis of the geometry lies along the normal of the plane. - - - - - If the ProjectionNormal is set to Oblique, then this is the - oblique plane used to constrain the handle position - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point in display coordinates. These are - convenience methods that extend the superclasses' GetHandlePosition() - method. Note that only the x-y coordinate values are used - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point in display coordinates. These are - convenience methods that extend the superclasses' GetHandlePosition() - method. Note that only the x-y coordinate values are used - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - The position of the bounding plane from the origin along the - normal. The origin and normal are defined in the oblique plane - when the ProjectionNormal is Oblique. For the X, Y, and Z - axes projection normals, the normal is the axis direction, and - the origin is (0,0,0). - - - - - This is the property used when the handle is not active - (the mouse is not near the handle) - - - - - This is the property used when the mouse is near the - handle (but the user is not yet interacting with it) - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Specify the shape of the cursor (handle) when it is active. - This is the geometry that will be used when the mouse is - close to the handle or if the user is manipulating the handle. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape. Keep in mind that the shape will be - aligned with the constraining plane by orienting it such that - the x axis of the geometry lies along the normal of the plane. - - - - - Method overridden from Superclass. computes the world - co-ordinates using GetIntersectionPosition() - - - - - If the ProjectionNormal is set to Oblique, then this is the - oblique plane used to constrain the handle position - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point in display coordinates. These are - convenience methods that extend the superclasses' GetHandlePosition() - method. Note that only the x-y coordinate values are used - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point in display coordinates. These are - convenience methods that extend the superclasses' GetHandlePosition() - method. Note that only the x-y coordinate values are used - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - Set the projection normal to lie along the x, y, or z axis, - or to be oblique. If it is oblique, then the plane is - defined in the ObliquePlane ivar. - - - - - The position of the bounding plane from the origin along the - normal. The origin and normal are defined in the oblique plane - when the ProjectionNormal is Oblique. For the X, Y, and Z - axes projection normals, the normal is the axis direction, and - the origin is (0,0,0). - - - - - Subclasses of vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkConstrainedPointHandleRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDijkstraImageContourLineInterpolator - Contour interpolator for placing points on an image. - - - - Description - vtkDijkstraImageContourLineInterpolator interpolates and places - contour points on images. The class interpolates nodes by - computing a graph lying on the image data. By graph, we mean - that the line interpolating the two end points traverses along - pixels so as to form a shortest path. A Dijkstra algorithm is - used to compute the path. - - The class is meant to be used in conjunction with - vtkImageActorPointPlacer. One reason for this coupling is a - performance issue: both classes need to perform a cell pick, and - coupling avoids multiple cell picks (cell picks are slow). Another - issue is that the interpolator may need to set the image input to - its vtkDijkstraImageGeodesicPath ivar. - - - - - vtkContourWidget vtkContourLineInterpolator vtkDijkstraImageGeodesicPath - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the image data for the vtkDijkstraImageGeodesicPath. - If not set, the interpolator uses the image data input to the image actor. - The image actor is obtained from the expected vtkImageActorPointPlacer. - - - - - access to the internal dijkstra path - - - - - Subclasses that wish to interpolate a line segment must implement this. - For instance vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator adds nodes between idx1 - and idx2, that allow the contour to adhere to a bezier curve. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set the image data for the vtkDijkstraImageGeodesicPath. - If not set, the interpolator uses the image data input to the image actor. - The image actor is obtained from the expected vtkImageActorPointPlacer. - - - - - vtkDistanceWidget - measure the distance between two points - - - Description - The vtkDistanceWidget is used to measure the distance between two points. - The two end points can be positioned independently, and when they are - released, a special PlacePointEvent is invoked so that special operations - may be take to reposition the point (snap to grid, etc.) The widget has - two different modes of interaction: when initially defined (i.e., placing - the two points) and then a manipulate mode (adjusting the position of - the two points). - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkDistanceWidget and a - representation (a subclass of vtkDistanceRepresentation). The widget is - implemented using two instances of vtkHandleWidget which are used to - position the end points of the line. The representations for these two - handle widgets are provided by the vtkDistanceRepresentation. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - add a point or select a handle - MouseMoveEvent - position the second point or move a handle - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the handle - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkDistanceWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::AddPoint -- add one point; depending on the state - it may the first or second point added. Or, - if near a handle, select the handle. - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- move the second point or handle depending on the state. - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the handle manipulation process has completed. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers - can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (beginning to interact) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (completing interaction) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (moving after selecting something) - vtkCommand::PlacePointEvent (after point is positioned; - call data includes handle id (0,1)) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkDistanceRepresentation. - - - - - Return the current widget state. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it is a composite widget and does more than - its superclasses' vtkAbstractWidget::SetEnabled() method. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Set the state of the widget. If the state is set to "Manipulate" then it - is assumed that the widget and its representation will be initialized - programmatically and is not interactively placed. Initially the widget - state is set to "Start" which means nothing will appear and the user - must interactively place the widget with repeated mouse selections. Set - the state to "Start" if you want interactive placement. Generally state - changes must be followed by a Render() for things to visually take - effect. - - - - - Set the state of the widget. If the state is set to "Manipulate" then it - is assumed that the widget and its representation will be initialized - programmatically and is not interactively placed. Initially the widget - state is set to "Start" which means nothing will appear and the user - must interactively place the widget with repeated mouse selections. Set - the state to "Start" if you want interactive placement. Generally state - changes must be followed by a Render() for things to visually take - effect. - - - - - Enum defining the state of the widget. By default the widget is in Start mode, - and expects to be interactively placed. While placing the points the widget - transitions to Define state. Once placed, the widget enters the Manipulate state. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDistanceRepresentation - represent the vtkDistanceWidget - - - Description - The vtkDistanceRepresentation is a superclass for various types of - representations for the vtkDistanceWidget. Logically subclasses consist of - an axis and two handles for placing/manipulating the end points. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - This representation and all subclasses must keep a distance - consistent with the state of the widget. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the distance. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the distance value. - - - - - Specify the number of major ruler ticks. This overrides any subclasses - (e.g., vtkDistanceRepresentation2D) that have alternative methods to - specify the number of major ticks. Note: the number of ticks is the - number inbetween the two handle endpoints. This ivar only has effect - when the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Specify the number of major ruler ticks. This overrides any subclasses - (e.g., vtkDistanceRepresentation2D) that have alternative methods to - specify the number of major ticks. Note: the number of ticks is the - number inbetween the two handle endpoints. This ivar only has effect - when the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Specify the number of major ruler ticks. This overrides any subclasses - (e.g., vtkDistanceRepresentation2D) that have alternative methods to - specify the number of major ticks. Note: the number of ticks is the - number inbetween the two handle endpoints. This ivar only has effect - when the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the two handle representations used for the vtkDistanceWidget. (Note: - properties can be set by grabbing these representations and setting the - properties appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Set/Get the two handle representations used for the vtkDistanceWidget. (Note: - properties can be set by grabbing these representations and setting the - properties appropriately.) - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Enable or disable ruler mode. When enabled, the ticks on the distance widget - are separated by the amount specified by RulerDistance. Otherwise, the ivar - NumberOfRulerTicks is used to draw the tick marks. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to - use for the two internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkDistanceWidget. - To use this method, create a dummy vtkHandleWidget (or subclass), - and then invoke this method with this dummy. Then the - vtkDistanceRepresentation uses this dummy to clone two vtkHandleWidgets - of the same type. Make sure you set the handle representation before - the widget is enabled. (The method InstantiateHandleRepresentation() - is invoked by the vtkDistance widget.) - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Enable or disable ruler mode. When enabled, the ticks on the distance widget - are separated by the amount specified by RulerDistance. Otherwise, the ivar - NumberOfRulerTicks is used to draw the tick marks. - - - - - Enable or disable ruler mode. When enabled, the ticks on the distance widget - are separated by the amount specified by RulerDistance. Otherwise, the ivar - NumberOfRulerTicks is used to draw the tick marks. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to - use for the two internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkDistanceWidget. - To use this method, create a dummy vtkHandleWidget (or subclass), - and then invoke this method with this dummy. Then the - vtkDistanceRepresentation uses this dummy to clone two vtkHandleWidgets - of the same type. Make sure you set the handle representation before - the widget is enabled. (The method InstantiateHandleRepresentation() - is invoked by the vtkDistance widget.) - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the distance. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the distance value. - - - - - Specify the number of major ruler ticks. This overrides any subclasses - (e.g., vtkDistanceRepresentation2D) that have alternative methods to - specify the number of major ticks. Note: the number of ticks is the - number inbetween the two handle endpoints. This ivar only has effect - when the RulerMode is off. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Specify the RulerDistance which indicates the spacing of the major ticks. - This ivar only has effect when the RulerMode is on. - - - - - Enable or disable ruler mode. When enabled, the ticks on the distance widget - are separated by the amount specified by RulerDistance. Otherwise, the ivar - NumberOfRulerTicks is used to draw the tick marks. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the end points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Specify the number of major ruler ticks. This overrides any subclasses - (e.g., vtkDistanceRepresentation2D) that have alternative methods to - specify the number of major ticks. Note: the number of ticks is the - number inbetween the two handle endpoints. This ivar only has effect - when the RulerMode is off. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkDistanceRepresentation2D - represent the vtkDistanceWidget - - - Description - The vtkDistanceRepresentation2D is a representation for the - vtkDistanceWidget. This representation consists of a measuring line (axis) - and two vtkHandleWidgets to place the end points of the line. Note that - this particular widget draws its representation in the overlay plane, and - the handles also operate in the 2D overlay plane. (If you desire to use - the distance widget for 3D measurements, use the - vtkDistanceRepresentation3D.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Retrieve the vtkAxisActor2D used to draw the measurement axis. With this - properties can be set and so on. There is also a convenience method to - get the axis property. - - - - - Retrieve the vtkAxisActor2D used to draw the measurement axis. With this - properties can be set and so on. There is also a convenience method to - get the axis property. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - vtkDistanceRepresentation3D - represent the vtkDistanceWidget - - - Description - The vtkDistanceRepresentation3D is a representation for the - vtkDistanceWidget. This representation consists of a measuring line (axis) - and two vtkHandleWidgets to place the end points of the line. Note that - this particular widget draws its representation in 3D space, so the widget - can be occluded. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Method to satisfy superclasses' API. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - Convenience method to get the glyph actor. Using this it is - possible to control the appearance of the glyphs. - - - - - Scale the glyphs used as tick marks. By default it is - 1/40th of the length. - - - - - Convenience method Get the label actor. It is possible to - control the appearance of the label. - - - - - Set/Get position of the label title in normalized coordinates [0,1]. - 0 is at the start of the line whereas 1 is at the end. - - - - - Get the distance annotation property - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). This helps control - the appearance of the 3D text. - - - - - Convenience method to get the line actor property. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of ticks in ruler mode. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of ticks in ruler mode. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of ticks in ruler mode. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Scale the glyphs used as tick marks. By default it is - 1/40th of the length. - - - - - Set/Get position of the label title in normalized coordinates [0,1]. - 0 is at the start of the line whereas 1 is at the end. - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). This helps control - the appearance of the 3D text. - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). This helps control - the appearance of the 3D text. - - - - - Set/Get the maximum number of ticks in ruler mode. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - vtkEllipsoidTensorProbeRepresentation - A concrete implementation of vtkTensorProbeRepresentation that renders tensors as ellipoids. - - - Description - vtkEllipsoidTensorProbeRepresentation is a concrete implementation of - vtkTensorProbeRepresentation. It renders tensors as ellipsoids. Locations - between two points when probed have the tensors linearly interpolated - from the neighboring locations on the polyline. - - - - - vtkTensorProbeWidget - - - - - vtkTensorProbeRepresentation - Abstract class that serves as a representation for vtkTensorProbeWidget - - - Description - The class serves as an abstract geometrical representation for the - vtkTensorProbeWidget. It is left to the concrete implementation to render - the tensors as it desires. For instance, - vtkEllipsoidTensorProbeRepresentation renders the tensors as ellipsoids. - - - - - vtkTensorProbeWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See vtkWidgetRepresentation for details. - - - - - See vtkProp for details. - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the probe position to a reasonable location on the trajectory. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - INTERNAL - Do not use - This method is invoked by the widget during user interaction. - Move probe based on the position and the motion vector. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - See vtkProp for details. - - - - - See vtkWidgetRepresentation for details. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - This method is invoked by the widget during user interaction. - Can we pick the tensor glyph at the current cursor pos - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the position of the Tensor probe. - - - - - Set the trajectory that we are trying to probe tensors on - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - See vtkProp for details. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - See vtkProp for details. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Can we pick the tensor glyph at the current cursor pos - - - - - vtkEvent - a complete specification of a VTK event including all modifiers - - - Description - vtkEvent is a class that fully describes a VTK event. It is used by the - widgets to help specify the mapping between VTK events and widget events. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The object factory constructor. - - - - - The object factory constructor. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the modifier for the event. - - - - - Set the KeyCode for the event. - - - - - Set the complex key symbol (compound key strokes) for the event. - - - - - Set the modifier for the event. - - - - - Convenience method computes the event modifier from an interactor. - - - - - Set the repease count for the event. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Set the modifier for the event. - - - - - Set the KeyCode for the event. - - - - - Set the complex key symbol (compound key strokes) for the event. - - - - - Set the modifier for the event. - - - - - Set the repease count for the event. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - - - - Description - - - - - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Descirption: - Given a renderer and a display position, compute - the world position and orientation. The orientation - computed by the placer will always line up with the - standard coordinate axes. The world position will be - computed by projecting the display position onto the - focal plane. This method is typically used to place a - point for the first time. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position, and a reference - world position, compute a new world position. The - orientation will be the standard coordinate axes, and the - computed world position will be created by projecting - the display point onto a plane that is parallel to - the focal plane and runs through the reference world - position. This method is typically used to move existing - points. - - - - - Optionally specify a signed offset from the focal plane for the points to - be placed at. If negative, the constraint plane is offset closer to the - camera. If positive, its further away from the camera. - - - - - Optionally Restrict the points to a set of bounds. The placer will - invalidate points outside these bounds. - - - - - Optionally Restrict the points to a set of bounds. The placer will - invalidate points outside these bounds. - - - - - Optionally Restrict the points to a set of bounds. The placer will - invalidate points outside these bounds. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Optionally specify a signed offset from the focal plane for the points to - be placed at. If negative, the constraint plane is offset closer to the - camera. If positive, its further away from the camera. - - - - - Optionally Restrict the points to a set of bounds. The placer will - invalidate points outside these bounds. - - - - - Optionally Restrict the points to a set of bounds. The placer will - invalidate points outside these bounds. - - - - - Validate a world position. All world positions - are valid so these methods always return 1. - - - - - Validate a world position. All world positions - are valid so these methods always return 1. - - - - - vtkHandleWidget - a general widget for moving handles - - - Description - The vtkHandleWidget is used to position a handle. A handle is a widget - with a position (in display and world space). Various appearances are - available depending on its associated representation. The widget provides - methods for translation, including constrained translation along - coordinate axes. To use this widget, create and associate a representation - with the widget. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - select focal point of widget - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - end selection - MiddleButtonPressEvent - translate widget - MiddleButtonReleaseEvent - end translation - RightButtonPressEvent - scale widget - RightButtonReleaseEvent - end scaling - MouseMoveEvent - interactive movement across widget - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkHandleWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- focal point is being selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Translate -- translate the widget - vtkWidgetEvent::EndTranslate -- end widget translation - vtkWidgetEvent::Scale -- scale the widget - vtkWidgetEvent::EndScale -- end scaling the widget - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for widget motion - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkHandleWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Allow resizing of handles ? By default the right mouse button scales - the handle size. - - - - - Allow resizing of handles ? By default the right mouse button scales - the handle size. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. By default - an instance of vtkPointHandleRepresenation3D is created. - - - - - Enable / disable axis constrained motion of the handles. By default the - widget responds to the shift modifier to constrain the handle along the - axis closest aligned with the motion vector. - - - - - Enable / disable axis constrained motion of the handles. By default the - widget responds to the shift modifier to constrain the handle along the - axis closest aligned with the motion vector. - - - - - Allow resizing of handles ? By default the right mouse button scales - the handle size. - - - - - Enable / disable axis constrained motion of the handles. By default the - widget responds to the shift modifier to constrain the handle along the - axis closest aligned with the motion vector. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkHandleRepresentation. - - - - - Get the widget state. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Allow resizing of handles ? By default the right mouse button scales - the handle size. - - - - - Enable / disable axis constrained motion of the handles. By default the - widget responds to the shift modifier to constrain the handle along the - axis closest aligned with the motion vector. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Get the widget state. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkImageActorPointPlacer - Converts 2D display positions to world positions such that they lie on an ImageActor - - - Description - This PointPlacer is used to constrain the placement of points on the - supplied image actor. Additionally, you may set bounds to restrict the - placement of the points. The placement of points will then be constrained - to lie not only on the ImageActor but also within the bounds specified. - If no bounds are specified, they may lie anywhere on the supplied ImageActor. - - - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Given and renderer and a display position in pixels, - find a world position and orientation. In this class - an internal vtkBoundedPlanePointPlacer is used to compute - the world position and orientation. The internal placer - is set to use the plane of the image actor and the bounds - of the image actor as the constraints for placing points. - - - - - This method is identical to the one above since the - reference position is ignored by the bounded plane - point placer. - - - - - Optionally, you may set bounds to restrict the placement of the points. - The placement of points will then be constrained to lie not only on - the ImageActor but also within the bounds specified. If no bounds are - specified, they may lie anywhere on the supplied ImageActor. - - - - - Optionally, you may set bounds to restrict the placement of the points. - The placement of points will then be constrained to lie not only on - the ImageActor but also within the bounds specified. If no bounds are - specified, they may lie anywhere on the supplied ImageActor. - - - - - Optionally, you may set bounds to restrict the placement of the points. - The placement of points will then be constrained to lie not only on - the ImageActor but also within the bounds specified. If no bounds are - specified, they may lie anywhere on the supplied ImageActor. - - - - - Set / get the reference vtkImageActor used to place the points. - An image actor must be set for this placer to work. An internal - bounded plane point placer is created and set to match the bounds - of the displayed image. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Optionally, you may set bounds to restrict the placement of the points. - The placement of points will then be constrained to lie not only on - the ImageActor but also within the bounds specified. If no bounds are - specified, they may lie anywhere on the supplied ImageActor. - - - - - Optionally, you may set bounds to restrict the placement of the points. - The placement of points will then be constrained to lie not only on - the ImageActor but also within the bounds specified. If no bounds are - specified, they may lie anywhere on the supplied ImageActor. - - - - - Set / get the reference vtkImageActor used to place the points. - An image actor must be set for this placer to work. An internal - bounded plane point placer is created and set to match the bounds - of the displayed image. - - - - - Set the world tolerance. This propagates it to the internal - BoundedPlanePointPlacer. - - - - - A method for configuring the internal placer according - to the constraints of the image actor. - Called by the representation to give the placer a chance - to update itself, which may cause the MTime to change, - which would then cause the representation to update - all of its points - - - - - Update the world position and orientation according the - the current constraints of the placer. Will be called - by the representation when it notices that this placer - has been modified. - - - - - This method validates a world position by checking to see - if the world position is valid according to the constraints - of the internal placer (essentially - is this world position - on the image?) - - - - - This method is identical to the one above since the bounded - plane point placer ignores orientation - - - - - vtkImageOrthoPlanes - Connect three vtkImagePlaneWidgets together - - - Description - vtkImageOrthoPlanes is an event observer class that listens to the - events from three vtkImagePlaneWidgets and keeps their orientations - and scales synchronized. - Thanks - Thanks to Atamai Inc. for developing and contributing this class. - - - - vtkImagePlaneWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - You must set three planes for the widget. - - - - - Get the transform for the planes. - - - - - A public method to be used only by the event callback. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Reset the planes to original scale, rotation, and location. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - You must set three planes for the widget. - - - - - vtkImagePlaneWidget - 3D widget for reslicing image data - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a plane that can be interactively placed in an - image volume. A nice feature of the object is that the - vtkImagePlaneWidget, like any 3D widget, will work with the current - interactor style. That is, if vtkImagePlaneWidget does not handle an - event, then all other registered observers (including the interactor - style) have an opportunity to process the event. Otherwise, the - vtkImagePlaneWidget will terminate the processing of the event that it - handles. - - The core functionality of the widget is provided by a vtkImageReslice - object which passes its output onto a texture mapping pipeline for fast - slicing through volumetric data. See the key methods: GenerateTexturePlane() - and UpdatePlane() for implementation details. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. If the "i" key (for - "interactor") is pressed, the vtkImagePlaneWidget will appear. (See - superclass documentation for information about changing this behavior.) - - Selecting the widget with the middle mouse button with and without holding - the shift or control keys enables complex reslicing capablilites. - To facilitate use, a set of 'margins' (left, right, top, bottom) are shown as - a set of plane-axes aligned lines, the properties of which can be changed - as a group. - Without keyboard modifiers: selecting in the middle of the margins - enables translation of the plane along its normal. Selecting one of the - corners within the margins enables spinning around the plane's normal at its - center. Selecting within a margin allows rotating about the center of the - plane around an axis aligned with the margin (i.e., selecting left margin - enables rotating around the plane's local y-prime axis). - With control key modifier: margin selection enables edge translation (i.e., a - constrained form of scaling). Selecting within the margins enables - translation of the entire plane. - With shift key modifier: uniform plane scaling is enabled. Moving the mouse - up enlarges the plane while downward movement shrinks it. - - Window-level is achieved by using the right mouse button. Window-level - values can be reset by shift + 'r' or control + 'r' while regular reset - camera is maintained with 'r' or 'R'. - The left mouse button can be used to query the underlying image data - with a snap-to cross-hair cursor. Currently, the nearest point in the input - image data to the mouse cursor generates the cross-hairs. With oblique - slicing, this behaviour may appear unsatisfactory. Text display of - window-level and image coordinates/data values are provided by a text - actor/mapper pair. - - Events that occur outside of the widget (i.e., no part of the widget is - picked) are propagated to any other registered obsevers (such as the - interaction style). Turn off the widget by pressing the "i" key again - (or invoke the Off() method). To support interactive manipulation of - objects, this class invokes the events StartInteractionEvent, - InteractionEvent, and EndInteractionEvent as well as StartWindowLevelEvent, - WindowLevelEvent, EndWindowLevelEvent and ResetWindowLevelEvent. - - The vtkImagePlaneWidget has several methods that can be used in - conjunction with other VTK objects. The GetPolyData() method can be used - to get the polygonal representation of the plane and can be used as input - for other VTK objects. Typical usage of the widget is to make use of the - StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and EndInteractionEvent - events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse motion; the other two - events are called on button down and button up (either left or right - button). - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - properties of the widget. You can set the properties of: the selected and - unselected representations of the plane's outline; the text actor via its - vtkTextProperty; the cross-hair cursor. In addition there are methods to - constrain the plane so that it is aligned along the x-y-z axes. Finally, - one can specify the degree of interpolation (vtkImageReslice): nearest - neighbour, linear, and cubic. - - - - - vtkPolyDataSourceWidget - abstract PolyDataSource-based 3D widget - - - Description - This abstract class serves as parent to 3D widgets that have simple - vtkPolyDataSource instances defining their geometry. - - In addition to what is offered by the vtk3DWidget parent, this class - makes it possible to manipulate the underlying polydatasource and to - PlaceWidget() according to that, instead of having to make use of - SetInput() or SetProp3D(). - - Implementors of child classes HAVE to implement their PlaceWidget(bounds) - to check for the existence of Input and Prop3D FIRST. If these don't - exist, place according to the underlying PolyDataSource. Child classes - also have to imprement UpdatePlacement(), which updates the widget according - to the geometry of the underlying PolyDataSource. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Returns underlying vtkPolyDataSource that determines geometry. This - can be modified after which PlaceWidget() or UpdatePlacement() can be - called. UpdatePlacement() will always update the planewidget according - to the geometry of the underlying PolyDataSource. PlaceWidget() will - only make use of this geometry if there is no Input and no Prop3D set. - - - - - Returns underlying vtkPolyDataSource that determines geometry. This - can be modified after which PlaceWidget() or UpdatePlacement() can be - called. UpdatePlacement() will always update the planewidget according - to the geometry of the underlying PolyDataSource. PlaceWidget() will - only make use of this geometry if there is no Input and no Prop3D set. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Overrides vtk3DWidget PlaceWidget() so that it doesn't complain if - there's no Input and no Prop3D. - - - - - We have to redeclare this abstract, PlaceWidget() requires it. You HAVE - to override this in your concrete child classes. If there's no Prop3D - and no Input, your PlaceWidget must make use of the underlying - PolyDataSource to do its work. - - - - - Convenience method brought over from vtkPlaneWidget. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - If you've made changes to the underlying vtkPolyDataSource AFTER your - initial call to PlaceWidget(), use this method to realise the changes - in the widget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable text display of window-level, image coordinates and - scalar values in a render window. - - - - - Enable/disable text display of window-level, image coordinates and - scalar values in a render window. - - - - - Get the center of the plane. - - - - - Get the center of the plane. - - - - - Convenience method to get the vtkImageMapToColors filter used by this - widget. The user can properly render other transparent actors in a - scene by calling the filter's SetOutputFormatToRGB and - PassAlphaToOutputOff. - - - - - Get the current cursor position. To be used in conjunction with - GetCursorDataStatus. - - - - - Get the current cursor position. To be used in conjunction with - GetCursorDataStatus. - - - - - Get the current image value at the current cursor position. To - be used in conjunction with GetCursorDataStatus. The value is - VTK_DOUBLE_MAX when the data is invalid. - - - - - Get the image coordinate position and voxel value. Currently only - supports single component image data. - - - - - Get the status of the cursor data. If this returns 1 the - CurrentCursorPosition and CurrentImageValue will have current - data. If it returns 0, these values are invalid. - - - - - Set the properties of the cross-hair cursor. - - - - - Enable/disable text display of window-level, image coordinates and - scalar values in a render window. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Set/Get the current window and level values. SetWindowLevel should - only be called after SetInput. If a shared lookup table is being used, - a callback is required to update the window level values without having - to update the lookup table again. - - - - - Set/Get the internal lookuptable (lut) to one defined by the user, or, - alternatively, to the lut of another vtkImgePlaneWidget. In this way, - a set of three orthogonal planes can share the same lut so that - window-levelling is performed uniformly among planes. The default - internal lut can be re- set/allocated by setting to 0 (NULL). - - - - - Set the properties of the margins. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Convenience method sets the plane orientation normal to the - x, y, or z axes. Default is XAxes (0). - - - - - Set/Get the plane's outline properties. The properties of the plane's - outline when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the plane. The - polydata consists of (res+1)*(res+1) points, and res*res quadrilateral - polygons, where res is the resolution of the plane. These point values - are guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the InteractionEvent or - EndInteraction events are invoked. The user provides the vtkPolyData and - the points and polygons are added to it. - - - - - Satisfies superclass API. This returns a pointer to the underlying - vtkPolyData. Make changes to this before calling the initial PlaceWidget() - to have the initial placement follow suit. Or, make changes after the - widget has been initialised and call UpdatePlacement() to realise. - - - - - Get the current reslice class and reslice axes - - - - - Get the current reslice class and reslice axes - - - - - Set the interpolation to use when texturing the plane. - - - - - Convenience method to get the vtkImageReslice output. - - - - - Make sure that the plane remains within the volume. - Default is On. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Set/Get the plane's outline properties. The properties of the plane's - outline when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the slice position in terms of the data extent. - - - - - Get the position of the slice along its normal. - - - - - Set/Get the text property for the image data and window-level annotation. - - - - - Convenience method to get the texture used by this widget. This can be - used in external slice viewers. - - - - - Specify whether to interpolate the texture or not. When off, the - reslice interpolation is nearest neighbour regardless of how the - interpolation is set through the API. Set before setting the - vtkImageData input. Default is On. - - - - - Set/Get the property for the resliced image. - - - - - Control the visibility of the actual texture mapped reformatted plane. - in some cases you may only want the plane outline for example. - - - - - Choose between voxel centered or continuous cursor probing. With voxel - centered probing, the cursor snaps to the nearest voxel and the reported - cursor coordinates are extent based. With continuous probing, voxel data - is interpolated using vtkDataSetAttributes' InterpolatePoint method and - the reported coordinates are 3D spatial continuous. - - - - - Let the user control the lookup table. NOTE: apply this method BEFORE - applying the SetLookupTable method. - Default is Off. - - - - - Get the vector from the plane origin to point1. - - - - - Get the vector from the plane origin to point2. - - - - - Set/Get the current window and level values. SetWindowLevel should - only be called after SetInput. If a shared lookup table is being used, - a callback is required to update the window level values without having - to update the lookup table again. - - - - - Set/Get the current window and level values. SetWindowLevel should - only be called after SetInput. If a shared lookup table is being used, - a callback is required to update the window level values without having - to update the lookup table again. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Make sure that the plane remains within the volume. - Default is On. - - - - - Make sure that the plane remains within the volume. - Default is On. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Convenience method to get the vtkImageMapToColors filter used by this - widget. The user can properly render other transparent actors in a - scene by calling the filter's SetOutputFormatToRGB and - PassAlphaToOutputOff. - - - - - Set the properties of the cross-hair cursor. - - - - - Enable/disable text display of window-level, image coordinates and - scalar values in a render window. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Set the vtkImageData* input for the vtkImageReslice. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Set/Get the internal lookuptable (lut) to one defined by the user, or, - alternatively, to the lut of another vtkImgePlaneWidget. In this way, - a set of three orthogonal planes can share the same lut so that - window-levelling is performed uniformly among planes. The default - internal lut can be re- set/allocated by setting to 0 (NULL). - - - - - Set the properties of the margins. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Set the size of the margins based on a percentage of the - plane's width and height, limited between 0 and 50%. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Set the internal picker to one defined by the user. In this way, - a set of three orthogonal planes can share the same picker so that - picking is performed correctly. The default internal picker can be - re-set/allocated by setting to 0 (NULL). - - - - - Convenience method sets the plane orientation normal to the - x, y, or z axes. Default is XAxes (0). - - - - - Convenience method sets the plane orientation normal to the - x, y, or z axes. Default is XAxes (0). - - - - - Convenience method sets the plane orientation normal to the - x, y, or z axes. Default is XAxes (0). - - - - - Convenience method sets the plane orientation normal to the - x, y, or z axes. Default is XAxes (0). - - - - - Set/Get the plane's outline properties. The properties of the plane's - outline when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set the interpolation to use when texturing the plane. - - - - - Set the interpolation to use when texturing the plane. - - - - - Set the interpolation to use when texturing the plane. - - - - - Set the interpolation to use when texturing the plane. - - - - - Make sure that the plane remains within the volume. - Default is On. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - - Set/Get the plane's outline properties. The properties of the plane's - outline when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set the slice position in terms of the data extent. - - - - - Set the position of the slice along its normal. - - - - - Set/Get the text property for the image data and window-level annotation. - - - - - Specify whether to interpolate the texture or not. When off, the - reslice interpolation is nearest neighbour regardless of how the - interpolation is set through the API. Set before setting the - vtkImageData input. Default is On. - - - - - Set/Get the property for the resliced image. - - - - - Control the visibility of the actual texture mapped reformatted plane. - in some cases you may only want the plane outline for example. - - - - - Choose between voxel centered or continuous cursor probing. With voxel - centered probing, the cursor snaps to the nearest voxel and the reported - cursor coordinates are extent based. With continuous probing, voxel data - is interpolated using vtkDataSetAttributes' InterpolatePoint method and - the reported coordinates are 3D spatial continuous. - - - - - Let the user control the lookup table. NOTE: apply this method BEFORE - applying the SetLookupTable method. - Default is Off. - - - - - Set/Get the current window and level values. SetWindowLevel should - only be called after SetInput. If a shared lookup table is being used, - a callback is required to update the window level values without having - to update the lookup table again. - - - - - Specify whether to interpolate the texture or not. When off, the - reslice interpolation is nearest neighbour regardless of how the - interpolation is set through the API. Set before setting the - vtkImageData input. Default is On. - - - - - Specify whether to interpolate the texture or not. When off, the - reslice interpolation is nearest neighbour regardless of how the - interpolation is set through the API. Set before setting the - vtkImageData input. Default is On. - - - - - Control the visibility of the actual texture mapped reformatted plane. - in some cases you may only want the plane outline for example. - - - - - Control the visibility of the actual texture mapped reformatted plane. - in some cases you may only want the plane outline for example. - - - - - Satisfies superclass API. This will change the state of the widget to - match changes that have been made to the underlying vtkPolyDataSource - - - - - Choose between voxel centered or continuous cursor probing. With voxel - centered probing, the cursor snaps to the nearest voxel and the reported - cursor coordinates are extent based. With continuous probing, voxel data - is interpolated using vtkDataSetAttributes' InterpolatePoint method and - the reported coordinates are 3D spatial continuous. - - - - - Choose between voxel centered or continuous cursor probing. With voxel - centered probing, the cursor snaps to the nearest voxel and the reported - cursor coordinates are extent based. With continuous probing, voxel data - is interpolated using vtkDataSetAttributes' InterpolatePoint method and - the reported coordinates are 3D spatial continuous. - - - - - Let the user control the lookup table. NOTE: apply this method BEFORE - applying the SetLookupTable method. - Default is Off. - - - - - Let the user control the lookup table. NOTE: apply this method BEFORE - applying the SetLookupTable method. - Default is Off. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction so the widget remains on display. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkImageTracerWidget - 3D widget for tracing on planar props. - - - Description - vtkImageTracerWidget is different from other widgets in three distinct ways: - 1) any sub-class of vtkProp can be input rather than just vtkProp3D, so that - vtkImageActor can be set as the prop and then traced over, 2) the widget fires - pick events at the input prop to decide where to move its handles, 3) the - widget has 2D glyphs for handles instead of 3D spheres as is done in other - sub-classes of vtk3DWidget. This widget is primarily designed for manually - tracing over image data. - The button actions and key modifiers are as follows for controlling the - widget: - 1) left button click over the image, hold and drag draws a free hand line. - 2) left button click and release erases the widget line, - if it exists, and repositions the first handle. - 3) middle button click starts a snap drawn line. The line is terminated by - clicking the middle button while depressing the ctrl key. - 4) when tracing a continuous or snap drawn line, if the last cursor position - is within a specified tolerance to the first handle, the widget line will form - a closed loop. - 5) right button clicking and holding on any handle that is part of a snap - drawn line allows handle dragging: existing line segments are updated - accordingly. If the path is open and AutoClose is set to On, the path can - be closed by repositioning the first and last points over one another. - 6) ctrl key + right button down on any handle will erase it: existing - snap drawn line segments are updated accordingly. If the line was formed by - continous tracing, the line is deleted leaving one handle. - 7) shift key + right button down on any snap drawn line segment will insert - a handle at the cursor position. The line segment is split accordingly. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - In concert with a CaptureRadius value, automatically - form a closed path by connecting first to last path points. - Default is Off. - - - - - In concert with a CaptureRadius value, automatically - form a closed path by connecting first to last path points. - Default is Off. - - - - - In concert with a CaptureRadius value, automatically - form a closed path by connecting first to last path points. - Default is Off. - - - - - Set/Get the capture radius for automatic path closing. For image - data, capture radius should be half the distance between voxel/pixel - centers. - Default is 1.0 - - - - - Get the handles' geometric representation via vtkGlyphSource2D. - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Set/Get the handle position in terms of a zero-based array of handles. - - - - - Set/Get the handle position in terms of a zero-based array of handles. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the 2D glyphs are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be manipulated. - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Set/Get the type of snapping to image data: center of a pixel/voxel or - nearest point defining a pixel/voxel. - - - - - Set/Get the type of snapping to image data: center of a pixel/voxel or - nearest point defining a pixel/voxel. - - - - - Set/Get the type of snapping to image data: center of a pixel/voxel or - nearest point defining a pixel/voxel. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction when the widget is visible. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the number of handles. - - - - - Grab the points and lines that define the traced path. These point values - are guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the InteractionEvent or - EndInteraction events are invoked. The user provides the vtkPolyData and - the points and cells representing the line are added to it. - - - - - Force handles to be on a specific ortho plane. Default is Off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the position of the widgets' handles in terms of a plane's position. - e.g., if ProjectionNormal is 0, all of the x-coordinate values of the - handles are set to ProjectionPosition. No attempt is made to ensure that - the position is within the bounds of either the underlying image data or - the prop on which tracing is performed. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the 2D glyphs are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Force snapping to image data while tracing. Default is Off. - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Initialize the widget with a set of points and generate - lines between them. If AutoClose is on it will handle the - case wherein the first and last points are congruent. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction when the widget is visible. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction when the widget is visible. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Is the path closed or open? - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Force handles to be on a specific ortho plane. Default is Off. - - - - - Force handles to be on a specific ortho plane. Default is Off. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - In concert with a CaptureRadius value, automatically - form a closed path by connecting first to last path points. - Default is Off. - - - - - Set/Get the capture radius for automatic path closing. For image - data, capture radius should be half the distance between voxel/pixel - centers. - Default is 1.0 - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Set/Get the handle position in terms of a zero-based array of handles. - - - - - Set/Get the handle position in terms of a zero-based array of handles. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the 2D glyphs are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be manipulated. - - - - - Enable/Disable mouse button events - - - - - Set/Get the type of snapping to image data: center of a pixel/voxel or - nearest point defining a pixel/voxel. - - - - - Enable/disable mouse interaction when the widget is visible. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Force handles to be on a specific ortho plane. Default is Off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the projection normal. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 - for YZ,XZ,XY planes respectively. Since the handles are 2D glyphs, it is - necessary to specify a plane on which to generate them, even though - ProjectToPlane may be turned off. - - - - - Set the position of the widgets' handles in terms of a plane's position. - e.g., if ProjectionNormal is 0, all of the x-coordinate values of the - handles are set to ProjectionPosition. No attempt is made to ensure that - the position is within the bounds of either the underlying image data or - the prop on which tracing is performed. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the 2D glyphs are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Force snapping to image data while tracing. Default is Off. - - - - - Set the prop, usually a vtkImageActor, to trace over. - - - - - Force snapping to image data while tracing. Default is Off. - - - - - Force snapping to image data while tracing. Default is Off. - - - - - vtkImplicitPlaneRepresentation - a class defining the representation for a vtkImplicitPlaneWidget2 - - - Description - This class is a concrete representation for the - vtkImplicitPlaneWidget2. It represents an infinite plane defined by a - normal and point in the context of a bounding box. Through interaction - with the widget, the plane can be manipulated by adjusting the plane - normal or moving the origin point. - - To use this representation, you normally define a (plane) origin and (plane) - normal. The PlaceWidget() method is also used to intially position the - representation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - Get the property of the intersection edges. (This property also - applies to the edges when tubed.) - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., - vtkImplicitPlaneWidget2) or other object. This controls how the - interaction with the widget proceeds. Normally this method is used as - part of a handshaking process with the widget: First - ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that returns a state based on - geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a widget feature), then - based on events, the widget may modify this further. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., - vtkImplicitPlaneWidget2) or other object. This controls how the - interaction with the widget proceeds. Normally this method is used as - part of a handshaking process with the widget: First - ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that returns a state based on - geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a widget feature), then - based on events, the widget may modify this further. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the properties on the normal (line and cone). - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the property of the outline. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the bounds - specified in the initial PlaceWidget() invocation. - - - - - Get the implicit function for the plane. The user must provide the - instance of the class vtkPlane. Note that vtkPlane is a subclass of - vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can be used by a variety of filters - to perform clipping, cutting, and selection of data. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Grab the polydata that defines the plane. The polydata contains a single - polygon that is clipped by the bounding box. - - - - - Satisfies superclass API. This returns a pointer to the underlying - PolyData (which represents the plane). - - - - - Sets the visual appearance of the representation based on the - state it is in. This state is usually the same as InteractionState. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale the widget with the mouse. - - - - - Get the properties on the normal (line and cone). - - - - - Get the property of the outline. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the bounds - specified in the initial PlaceWidget() invocation. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the bounds - specified in the initial PlaceWidget() invocation. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale the widget with the mouse. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale the widget with the mouse. - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., - vtkImplicitPlaneWidget2) or other object. This controls how the - interaction with the widget proceeds. Normally this method is used as - part of a handshaking process with the widget: First - ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that returns a state based on - geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a widget feature), then - based on events, the widget may modify this further. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the bounds - specified in the initial PlaceWidget() invocation. - - - - - Sets the visual appearance of the representation based on the - state it is in. This state is usually the same as InteractionState. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale the widget with the mouse. - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Satisfies the superclass API. This will change the state of the widget - to match changes that have been made to the underlying PolyDataSource - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkImplicitPlaneWidget - 3D widget for manipulating an infinite plane - - - Description - This 3D widget defines an infinite plane that can be interactively placed - in a scene. The widget is represented by a plane with a normal vector; the - plane is contained by a bounding box, and where the plane intersects the - bounding box the edges are shown (possibly tubed). The normal can be - selected and moved to rotate the plane; the plane itself can be selected - and translated in various directions. As the plane is moved, the implicit - plane function and polygon (representing the plane cut against the bounding - box) is updated. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. If the "i" key (for - "interactor") is pressed, the vtkImplicitPlaneWidget will appear. (See - superclass documentation for information about changing this behavior.) - If you select the normal vector, the plane can be arbitrarily rotated. The - plane can be translated along the normal by selecting the plane and moving - it. The plane (the plane origin) can also be arbitrary moved by selecting - the plane with the middle mouse button. The right mouse button can be used - to uniformly scale the bounding box (moving "up" the box scales larger; - moving "down" the box scales smaller). Events that occur outside of the - widget (i.e., no part of the widget is picked) are propagated to any other - registered obsevers (such as the interaction style). Turn off the widget - by pressing the "i" key again (or invoke the Off() method). - - The vtkImplicitPlaneWidget has several methods that can be used in - conjunction with other VTK objects. The GetPolyData() method can be used - to get a polygonal representation (the single polygon clipped by the - bounding box). Typical usage of the widget is to make use of the - StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and EndInteractionEvent - events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse motion; the other two - events are called on button down and button up (either left or right - button). (Note: there is also a PlaceWidgetEvent that is invoked when - the widget is placed with PlaceWidget().) - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - properties of the widget. You do this by setting property values on the - normal vector (selected and unselected properties); the plane (selected - and unselected properties); the outline (selected and unselected - properties); and the edges. The edges may also be tubed or not. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - By default the arrow is 30% of the diagonal length. DiagonalRatio control - this ratio in the interval [0-2] - - - - - By default the arrow is 30% of the diagonal length. DiagonalRatio control - this ratio in the interval [0-2] - - - - - By default the arrow is 30% of the diagonal length. DiagonalRatio control - this ratio in the interval [0-2] - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - Get the property of the intersection edges. (This property also - applies to the edges when tubed.) - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the properties on the normal (line and cone). - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the origin (sphere) - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Get the property of the outline. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the input's bound - - - - - Get the implicit function for the plane. The user must provide the - instance of the class vtkPlane. Note that vtkPlane is a subclass of - vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can be used by a variety of filters - to perform clipping, cutting, and selection of data. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Grab the polydata that defines the plane. The polydata contains a single - polygon that is clipped by the bounding box. - - - - - Satisfies superclass API. This returns a pointer to the underlying - PolyData (which represents the plane). - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale with the mouse - - - - - Get the properties on the normal (line and cone). - - - - - Get the property of the outline. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the origin (sphere) - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the origin (sphere) - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the input's bound - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the input's bound - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale with the mouse - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale with the mouse - - - - - By default the arrow is 30% of the diagonal length. DiagonalRatio control - this ratio in the interval [0-2] - - - - - Enable/disable the drawing of the plane. In some cases the plane - interferes with the object that it is operating on (i.e., the - plane interferes with the cut surface it produces producing - z-buffer artifacts.) - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - If one axis is set on, the other two will be set off. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the origin (sphere) - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to translate the bounding box by grabbing it - with the left mouse button. - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to move the widget outside of the input's bound - - - - - Turn on/off the ability to scale with the mouse - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Control widget appearance - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Turn on/off tubing of the wire outline of the plane. The tube thickens - the line by wrapping with a vtkTubeFilter. - - - - - Satisfies the superclass API. This will change the state of the widget - to match changes that have been made to the underlying PolyDataSource - - - - - vtkImplicitPlaneWidget2 - 3D widget for manipulating an infinite plane - - - Description - This 3D widget defines an infinite plane that can be interactively placed - in a scene. The widget is assumed to consist of four parts: 1) a plane - contained in a 2) bounding box, with a 3) plane normal, which is rooted - at a 4) point on the plane. (The representation paired with this widget - determines the actual geometry of the widget.) - - To use this widget, you generally pair it with a vtkImplicitPlaneRepresentation - (or a subclass). Variuos options are available for controlling how the - representation appears, and how the widget functions. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkImplicitPlaneRepresentation. - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkLinearContourLineInterpolator - Interpolates supplied nodes with line segments - - - Description - The line interpolator interpolates supplied nodes (see InterpolateLine) - with line segments. The finess of the curve may be controlled using - SetMaximumCurveError and SetMaximumNumberOfLineSegments. - - - - - vtkContourLineInterpolator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - vtkLineRepresentation - a class defining the representation for a vtkLineWidget2 - - - Description - This class is a concrete representation for the vtkLineWidget2. It - represents a straight line with three handles: one at the beginning and - ending of the line, and one used to translate the line. Through - interaction with the widget, the line representation can be arbitrarily - placed in the 3D space. - - To use this representation, you normally specify the position of the two - end points (either in world or display coordinates). The PlaceWidget() - method is also used to intially position the representation. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Show the distance between the points. - - - - - Show the distance between the points. - - - - - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Get the distance between the points. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the line. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the angle value. - - - - - Get the distance annotation property - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). - - - - - Show the distance between the points. - - - - - Get the end-point (sphere) properties. The properties of the end-points - when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the end-point (sphere) properties. The properties of the end-points - when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkLineWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkLineWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Get the three handle representations used for the vtkLineWidget2. - - - - - Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Overload the superclasses' GetMTime() because internal classes - are used to keep the state of the representation. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Get the three handle representations used for the vtkLineWidget2. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Get the three handle representations used for the vtkLineWidget2. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Retrieve the polydata (including points) that defines the line. The - polydata consists of n+1 points, where n is the resolution of the - line. These point values are guaranteed to be up-to-date whenever any - one of the three handles are moved. To use this method, the user - provides the vtkPolyData as an input argument, and the points and - polyline are copied into it. - - - - - Sets the visual appearance of the representation based on the - state it is in. This state is usually the same as InteractionState. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution (number of subdivisions) of the line. A line with - resolution greater than one is useful when points along the line are - desired; e.g., generating a rake of streamlines. - - - - - Get the end-point (sphere) properties. The properties of the end-points - when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the end-point (sphere) properties. The properties of the end-points - when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the text actor - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the line or end point - to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the line or end point - to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the line or end point - to be active. - - - - - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to - use for the three internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkLineWidget2. - To use this method, create a dummy vtkHandleWidget (or subclass), - and then invoke this method with this dummy. Then the - vtkLineRepresentation uses this dummy to clone three vtkHandleWidgets - of the same type. Make sure you set the handle representation before - the widget is enabled. (The method InstantiateHandleRepresentation() - is invoked by the vtkLineWidget2.) - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Specify the format to use for labelling the line. Note that an empty - string results in no label, or a format string without a "%" character - will not print the angle value. - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). - - - - - Show the distance between the points. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to - use for the three internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkLineWidget2. - To use this method, create a dummy vtkHandleWidget (or subclass), - and then invoke this method with this dummy. Then the - vtkLineRepresentation uses this dummy to clone three vtkHandleWidgets - of the same type. Make sure you set the handle representation before - the widget is enabled. (The method InstantiateHandleRepresentation() - is invoked by the vtkLineWidget2.) - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkLineWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Convenience method to set the line color. - Ideally one should use GetLineProperty()->SetColor(). - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of the two points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. - - - - - Overridden to set the rendererer on the internal representations. - - - - - Sets the visual appearance of the representation based on the - state it is in. This state is usually the same as InteractionState. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution (number of subdivisions) of the line. A line with - resolution greater than one is useful when points along the line are - desired; e.g., generating a rake of streamlines. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the line or end point - to be active. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkLineWidget - 3D widget for manipulating a line - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a line that can be interactively placed in a - scene. The line has two handles (at its endpoints), plus the line can be - picked to translate it in the scene. A nice feature of the object is that - the vtkLineWidget, like any 3D widget, will work with the current - interactor style and any other widgets present in the scene. That is, if - vtkLineWidget does not handle an event, then all other registered - observers (including the interactor style) have an opportunity to process - the event. Otherwise, the vtkLineWidget will terminate the processing of - the event that it handles. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. The interactor will act - normally until the "i" key (for "interactor") is pressed, at which point - the vtkLineWidget will appear. (See superclass documentation for - information about changing this behavior.) By grabbing one of the two end - point handles (use the left mouse button), the line can be oriented and - stretched (the other end point remains fixed). By grabbing the line - itself, or using the middle mouse button, the entire line can be - translated. Scaling (about the center of the line) is achieved by using - the right mouse button. By moving the mouse "up" the render window the - line will be made bigger; by moving "down" the render window the widget - will be made smaller. Turn off the widget by pressing the "i" key again - (or invoke the Off() method). (Note: picking the line or either one of the - two end point handles causes a vtkPointWidget to appear. This widget has - the ability to constrain motion to an axis by pressing the "shift" key - while moving the mouse.) - - The vtkLineWidget has several methods that can be used in conjunction with - other VTK objects. The Set/GetResolution() methods control the number of - subdivisions of the line; the GetPolyData() method can be used to get the - polygonal representation and can be used for things like seeding - streamlines. Typical usage of the widget is to make use of the - StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and EndInteractionEvent - events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse motion; the other two - events are called on button down and button up (either left or right - button). - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - properties of the widget. You can set the properties of the selected and - unselected representations of the line. For example, you can set the - property for the handles and line. In addition there are methods to - constrain the line so that it is aligned along the x-y-z axes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Enable/disable clamping of the point end points to the bounding box - of the data. The bounding box is defined from the last PlaceWidget() - invocation, and includes the effect of the PlaceFactor which is used - to gram/shrink the bounding box. - - - - - Enable/disable clamping of the point end points to the bounding box - of the data. The bounding box is defined from the last PlaceWidget() - invocation, and includes the effect of the PlaceFactor which is used - to gram/shrink the bounding box. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Enable/disable clamping of the point end points to the bounding box - of the data. The bounding box is defined from the last PlaceWidget() - invocation, and includes the effect of the PlaceFactor which is used - to gram/shrink the bounding box. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - manipulated. - - - - - Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the position of first end point. - - - - - Set/Get the position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the line. The - polydata consists of n+1 points, where n is the resolution of the - line. These point values are guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the - InteractionEvent or EndInteraction events are invoked. The user provides - the vtkPolyData and the points and polyline are added to it. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution (number of subdivisions) of the line. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - manipulated. - - - - - Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the line widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the line to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Enable/disable clamping of the point end points to the bounding box - of the data. The bounding box is defined from the last PlaceWidget() - invocation, and includes the effect of the PlaceFactor which is used - to gram/shrink the bounding box. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Set/Get the position of first end point. - - - - - Set/Get the position of first end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set position of other end point. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution (number of subdivisions) of the line. - - - - - vtkLineWidget2 - 3D widget for manipulating a finite, straight line - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a straight line that can be interactively placed in - a scene. The widget is assumed to consist of two parts: 1) two end points - and 2) a straight line connecting the two points. (The representation - paired with this widget determines the actual geometry of the widget.) The - positioning of the two end points is facilitated by using vtkHandleWidgets - to position the points. - - To use this widget, you generally pair it with a vtkLineRepresentation - (or a subclass). Variuos options are available in the representation for - controlling how the widget appears, and how the widget functions. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If one of the two end points are selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - activate the associated handle widget - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the handle widget associated with the point - MouseMoveEvent - move the point - If the line is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - activate a handle widget accociated with the line - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the handle widget associated with the line - MouseMoveEvent - translate the line - In all the cases, independent of what is picked, the widget responds to the - following VTK events: - MiddleButtonPressEvent - translate the widget - MiddleButtonReleaseEvent - release the widget - RightButtonPressEvent - scale the widget's representation - RightButtonReleaseEvent - stop scaling the widget - MouseMoveEvent - scale (if right button) or move (if middle button) the widget - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkLineWidget2's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkLineWidget2 - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkLineRepresentation. - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Standard vtkObject methods - - - - - Override superclasses' SetEnabled() method because the line - widget must enable its internal handle widgets. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkLogoRepresentation - represent the vtkLogoWidget - - - Description - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses' API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Specify/retrieve the image to display in the balloon. - - - - - Set/get the image property (relevant only if an image is shown). - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify/retrieve the image to display in the balloon. - - - - - Set/get the image property (relevant only if an image is shown). - - - - - vtkLogoWidget - 2D widget for placing and manipulating a logo - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively displaying and manipulating - a logo. Logos are defined by an image; this widget simply allows you to - interactively place and resize the image logo. To use this widget, simply - create a vtkLogoRepresentation (or subclass) and associate it with the - vtkLogoWidget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkOrientationMarkerWidget - 2D widget for manipulating a marker prop - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively manipulating the position, - size, and apparent orientation of a prop that represents an orientation - marker. This class works by adding its internal renderer to an external - "parent" renderer on a different layer. The input orientation marker is - rendered as an overlay on the parent renderer and, thus, appears superposed - over all props in the parent's scene. The camera view of the orientation - the marker is made to match that of the parent's by means of an observer - mechanism, giving the illusion that the orientation of the marker reflects - that of the prop(s) in the parent's scene. - - The widget listens to left mouse button and mouse movement events. It will - change the cursor shape based on its location. If the cursor is over the - overlay renderer, it will change the cursor shape to a SIZEALL shape - or to a resize corner shape (e.g., SIZENW) if the cursor is near a corner. - If the left mouse button is pressed and held down while moving, the overlay - renderer, and hence, the orientation marker, is resized or moved. I the case - of a resize operation, releasing the left mouse button causes the widget - to enforce its renderer to be square. The diagonally opposite corner to the - one moved is repositioned such that all edges of the renderer have the same - length: the minimum. - - To use this object, there are two key steps: 1) invoke SetInteractor() with - the argument of the method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor, and 2) invoke - SetOrientationMarker with an instance of vtkProp (see caveats below). - Specifically, vtkAxesActor and vtkAnnotatedCubeActor are two classes - designed to work with this class. A composite orientation marker can be - generated by adding instances of vtkAxesActor and vtkAnnotatedCubeActor to a - vtkPropAssembly, which can then be set as the input orientation marker. - The widget can be also be set up in a non-interactive fashion by setting - Ineractive to Off and sizing/placing the overlay renderer in its parent - renderer by calling the widget's SetViewport method. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Callback to keep the camera for the orientation marker up to date with the - camera in the parent renderer. - - - - - Set/get whether to allow this widget to be interactively moved/scaled. - Default is On. - - - - - Set/get the orientation marker to be displayed in this widget. - - - - - Set/get the color of the outline of this widget. The outline is visible - when (in interactive mode) the cursor is over this widget. - Default is white (1,1,1). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - Set/get the viewport to position/size this widget. - Default is bottom left corner (0,0,0.2,0.2). - - - - - Set/get whether to allow this widget to be interactively moved/scaled. - Default is On. - - - - - Set/get whether to allow this widget to be interactively moved/scaled. - Default is On. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Enable/disable the widget. Default is 0 (disabled). - - - - - Set/get whether to allow this widget to be interactively moved/scaled. - Default is On. - - - - - Set/get the orientation marker to be displayed in this widget. - - - - - Set/get the color of the outline of this widget. The outline is visible - when (in interactive mode) the cursor is over this widget. - Default is white (1,1,1). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - Set/get the viewport to position/size this widget. - Default is bottom left corner (0,0,0.2,0.2). - - - - - vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation - Default representation for the contour widget - - - Description - This class provides the default concrete representation for the - vtkContourWidget. It works in conjunction with the - vtkContourLineInterpolator and vtkPointPlacer. See vtkContourWidget - for details. - - - - vtkContourRepresentation vtkContourWidget vtkPointPlacer - vtkContourLineInterpolator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Controls whether the contour widget should always appear on top - of other actors in the scene. (In effect, this will disable OpenGL - Depth buffer tests while rendering the contour). - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - Controls whether the contour widget should always appear on top - of other actors in the scene. (In effect, this will disable OpenGL - Depth buffer tests while rendering the contour). - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Specify the shape of the cursor (handle) when it is active. - This is the geometry that will be used when the mouse is - close to the handle or if the user is manipulating the handle. - - - - - This is the property used when the user is interacting - with the handle. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Controls whether the contour widget should always appear on top - of other actors in the scene. (In effect, this will disable OpenGL - Depth buffer tests while rendering the contour). - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - Return the bounds of the representation - - - - - Get the points in this contour as a vtkPolyData. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape. Keep in mind that the shape will be - aligned with the constraining plane by orienting it such that - the x axis of the geometry lies along the normal of the plane. - - - - - This is the property used by the lines. - - - - - This is the property used when the handle is not active - (the mouse is not near the handle) - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Specify the shape of the cursor (handle) when it is active. - This is the geometry that will be used when the mouse is - close to the handle or if the user is manipulating the handle. - - - - - Controls whether the contour widget should always appear on top - of other actors in the scene. (In effect, this will disable OpenGL - Depth buffer tests while rendering the contour). - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape. Keep in mind that the shape will be - aligned with the constraining plane by orienting it such that - the x axis of the geometry lies along the normal of the plane. - - - - - Convenience method to set the line color. - Ideally one should use GetLinesProperty()->SetColor(). - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - A flag to indicate whether to show the Selected nodes - Default is to set it to false. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - vtkOrientedGlyphFocalPlaneContourRepresentation - Contours constrained - to a focal plane. - - - - Description - This class is used to represent a contour drawn on the focal plane (usually - overlayed on top of an image or volume widget). - The class was written in order to be able to draw contours on a volume widget - and have the contours overlayed on the focal plane in order to do contour - segmentation. - - - - - vtkOrientedGlyphContourRepresentation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphFocalPlaneContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphFocalPlaneContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Specify the shape of the cursor (handle) when it is active. - This is the geometry that will be used when the mouse is - close to the handle or if the user is manipulating the handle. - - - - - This is the property used when the user is interacting - with the handle. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Direction cosines of the plane on which the contour lies - on in world co-ordinates. This would be the same matrix that would be - set in vtkImageReslice or vtkImagePlaneWidget if there were a plane - passing through the contour points. The origin must be the origin of the - data under the contour. - - - - - Get the points in this contour as a vtkPolyData. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape. Keep in mind that the shape will be - aligned with the constraining plane by orienting it such that - the x axis of the geometry lies along the normal of the plane. - - - - - This is the property used by the lines. - - - - - This is the property used when the handle is not active - (the mouse is not near the handle) - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Specify the shape of the cursor (handle) when it is active. - This is the geometry that will be used when the mouse is - close to the handle or if the user is manipulating the handle. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape. Keep in mind that the shape will be - aligned with the constraining plane by orienting it such that - the x axis of the geometry lies along the normal of the plane. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphFocalPlaneContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphFocalPlaneContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkOrientedGlyphFocalPlaneContourRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - vtkParallelopipedRepresentation - Default representation for vtkParallelopipedWidget - - - Description - This class provides the default geometrical representation for - vtkParallelopipedWidget. As a result of interactions of the widget, this - representation can take on of the following shapes: - <p>1) A parallelopiped. (8 handles, 6 faces) - <p>2) Paralleopiped with a chair depression on any one handle. (A chair - is a depression on one of the handles that carves inwards so as to allow - the user to visualize cuts in the volume). (14 handles, 9 faces). - - - - - vtkParallelopipedWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - This actually constructs the geometry of the widget from the various - data parameters. - - - - - Given and x-y display coordinate, compute the interaction state of - the widget. - - - - - Methods to satisfy the superclass. - - - - - Get the bounding planes of the object. The first 6 planes will - be bounding planes of the parallelopiped. If in chair mode, three - additional planes will be present. The last three planes will be those - of the chair. The normals of all the planes will point into the object. - - - - - The parallelopiped polydata. - - - - - Get the face properties. When a face is being translated, the face gets - highlighted with the SelectedFaceProperty. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Minimum thickness for the parallelopiped. User interactions cannot make - any individual axis of the parallopiped thinner than this value. - Default is 0.05 expressed as a fraction of the diagonal of the bounding - box used in the PlaceWidget() invocation. - - - - - Get the outline properties. These are the properties with which the - parallelopiped wireframe is rendered. - - - - - The parallelopiped polydata. - - - - - Get the face properties. When a face is being translated, the face gets - highlighted with the SelectedFaceProperty. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Get the outline properties. These are the properties with which the - parallelopiped wireframe is rendered. - - - - - Turns the visibility of the handles on/off. Sometimes they may get in - the way of visualization. - - - - - Turns the visibility of the handles on/off. Sometimes they may get in - the way of visualization. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Place the widget in the scene. You can use either of the two APIs : - 1) PlaceWidget( double bounds[6] ) - Creates a cuboid conforming to the said bounds. - 2) PlaceWidget( double corners[8][3] ) - Creates a parallelopiped with corners specified. The order in - which corners are specified must obey the following rule: - Corner 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 0 forms a face - Corner 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 4 forms a face - Corner 0 - 4 - 5 - 1 - 0 forms a face - Corner 1 - 5 - 6 - 2 - 1 forms a face - Corner 2 - 6 - 7 - 3 - 2 forms a face - Corner 3 - 7 - 4 - 0 - 3 forms a face - - - - - Synchronize the parallelopiped handle positions with the - Polygonal datastructure. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Methods required by vtkProp superclass. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to manipulate the piped. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., PointWidget) - or other object. This controls how the interaction with the - widget proceeds. - - - - - Minimum thickness for the parallelopiped. User interactions cannot make - any individual axis of the parallopiped thinner than this value. - Default is 0.05 expressed as a fraction of the diagonal of the bounding - box used in the PlaceWidget() invocation. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties. - - - - - Methods to manipulate the piped. - - - - - Methods to manipulate the piped. - - - - - Given and x-y display coordinate, compute the interaction state of - the widget. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkParallelopipedWidget - a widget to manipulate 3D parallelopipeds - - - - Description - This widget was designed with the aim of visualizing / probing cuts on - a skewed image data / structured grid. - - Interaction - The widget allows you to create a parallelopiped (defined by 8 handles). - The widget is initially placed by using the "PlaceWidget" method in the - representation class. After the widget has been created, the following - interactions may be used to manipulate it : - 1) Click on a handle and drag it around moves the handle in space, while - keeping the same axis alignment of the parallelopiped - 2) Dragging a handle with the shift button pressed resizes the piped - along an axis. - 3) Control-click on a handle creates a chair at that position. (A chair - is a depression in the piped that allows you to visualize cuts in the - volume). - 4) Clicking on a chair and dragging it around moves the chair within the - piped. - 5) Shift-click on the piped enables you to translate it. - - Caveats - - - vtkParallelopipedRepresentation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Enable/disable the creation of a chair on this widget. If off, - chairs cannot be created. - - - - - Enable/disable the creation of a chair on this widget. If off, - chairs cannot be created. - - - - - Enable/disable the creation of a chair on this widget. If off, - chairs cannot be created. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkParallelopipedRepresentation. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Enable/disable the creation of a chair on this widget. If off, - chairs cannot be created. - - - - - Override the superclass method. This is a composite widget, (it internally - consists of handle widgets). We will override the superclass method, so - that we can pass the enabled state to the internal widgets as well. - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkClosedSurfacePointPlacer - PointPlacer to constrain validity within a set of convex planes - - - Description - This placer takes a set of boudning planes and constraints the validity - within the supplied convex planes. It is used by the - ParallelopPipedRepresentation to place constraints on the motion the - handles within the parallelopiped. - - - - - vtkParallelopipedRepresentation - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Given a renderer and a display position, compute the - world position and world orientation for this point. - A plane is defined by a combination of the - ProjectionNormal, ProjectionOrigin, and ObliquePlane - ivars. The display position is projected onto this - plane to determine a world position, and the - orientation is set to the normal of the plane. If - the point cannot project onto the plane or if it - falls outside the bounds imposed by the - BoundingPlanes, then 0 is returned, otherwise 1 is - returned to indicate a valid return position and - orientation. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position and a reference position, "worldPos" - is calculated as : - Consider the line "L" that passes through the supplied "displayPos" and - is parallel to the direction of projection of the camera. Clip this line - segment with the parallelopiped, let's call it "L_segment". The computed - world position, "worldPos" will be the point on "L_segment" that is - closest to refWorldPos. - NOTE: Note that a set of bounding planes must be supplied. The Oblique - plane, if supplied is ignored. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Descrption: - The minimum distance the object should be from the faces of the object. - Must be greater than 0. Default is 0. - - - - - Descrption: - The minimum distance the object should be from the faces of the object. - Must be greater than 0. Default is 0. - - - - - Descrption: - The minimum distance the object should be from the faces of the object. - Must be greater than 0. Default is 0. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - A collection of plane equations used to bound the position of the point. - This is in addition to confining the point to a plane - these constraints - are meant to, for example, keep a point within the extent of an image. - Using a set of plane equations allows for more complex bounds (such as - bounding a point to an oblique reliced image that has hexagonal shape) - than a simple extent. - - - - - Descrption: - The minimum distance the object should be from the faces of the object. - Must be greater than 0. Default is 0. - - - - - Give a world position check if it is valid - does - it lie on the plane and within the bounds? Returns - 1 if it is valid, 0 otherwise. - - - - - Descrption: - Orientationation is ignored, and the above method - is called instead. - - - - - vtkPlaneWidget - 3D widget for manipulating a finite plane - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a finite (bounded) plane that can be interactively - placed in a scene. The plane has four handles (at its corner vertices), a - normal vector, and the plane itself. The handles are used to resize the - plane; the normal vector to rotate it, and the plane can be picked and - translated. Selecting the plane while pressing CTRL makes it spin around - the normal. A nice feature of the object is that the vtkPlaneWidget, like - any 3D widget, will work with the current interactor style. That is, if - vtkPlaneWidget does not handle an event, then all other registered - observers (including the interactor style) have an opportunity to process - the event. Otherwise, the vtkPlaneWidget will terminate the processing of - the event that it handles. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. If the "i" key (for - "interactor") is pressed, the vtkPlaneWidget will appear. (See superclass - documentation for information about changing this behavior.) By grabbing - the one of the four handles (use the left mouse button), the plane can be - resized. By grabbing the plane itself, the entire plane can be - arbitrarily translated. Pressing CTRL while grabbing the plane will spin - the plane around the normal. If you select the normal vector, the plane can be - arbitrarily rotated. Selecting any part of the widget with the middle - mouse button enables translation of the plane along its normal. (Once - selected using middle mouse, moving the mouse in the direction of the - normal translates the plane in the direction of the normal; moving in the - direction opposite the normal translates the plane in the direction - opposite the normal.) Scaling (about the center of the plane) is achieved - by using the right mouse button. By moving the mouse "up" the render - window the plane will be made bigger; by moving "down" the render window - the widget will be made smaller. Events that occur outside of the widget - (i.e., no part of the widget is picked) are propagated to any other - registered obsevers (such as the interaction style). Turn off the widget - by pressing the "i" key again (or invoke the Off() method). - - The vtkPlaneWidget has several methods that can be used in conjunction - with other VTK objects. The Set/GetResolution() methods control the number - of subdivisions of the plane; the GetPolyData() method can be used to get - the polygonal representation and can be used for things like seeding - stream lines. GetPlane() can be used to update a vtkPlane implicit - function. Typical usage of the widget is to make use of the - StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and EndInteractionEvent - events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse motion; the other two - events are called on button down and button up (either left or right - button). - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - properties of the widget. You can set the properties of the selected and - unselected representations of the plane. For example, you can set the - property for the handles and plane. In addition there are methods to - constrain the plane so that it is perpendicular to the x-y-z axes. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the center of the plane. - - - - - Get the center of the plane. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - manipulated. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the planes describing the implicit function defined by the plane - widget. The user must provide the instance of the class vtkPlane. Note - that vtkPlane is a subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can - be used by a variety of filters to perform clipping, cutting, and - selection of data. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the plane. The - polydata consists of (res+1)*(res+1) points, and res*res quadrilateral - polygons, where res is the resolution of the plane. These point values - are guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the InteractionEvent or - EndInteraction events are invoked. The user provides the vtkPolyData and - the points and polyplane are added to it. - - - - - Satisfies superclass API. This returns a pointer to the underlying - PolyData. Make changes to this before calling the initial PlaceWidget() - to have the initial placement follow suit. Or, make changes after the - widget has been initialised and call UpdatePlacement() to realise. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution (number of subdivisions) of the plane. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - manipulated. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Get the center of the plane. - - - - - Get the center of the plane. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Get the normal to the plane. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Force the plane widget to be aligned with one of the x-y-z axes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the plane to the axes if it is orginally - not aligned. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the origin of the plane. - - - - - Get the plane properties. The properties of the plane when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the first axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point defining the second axis of the plane. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Control how the plane appears when GetPolyData() is invoked. - If the mode is "outline", then just the outline of the plane - is shown. If the mode is "wireframe" then the plane is drawn - with the outline plus the interior mesh (corresponding to the - resolution specified). If the mode is "surface" then the plane - is drawn as a surface. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution (number of subdivisions) of the plane. - - - - - Satisfies superclass API. This will change the state of the widget to - match changes that have been made to the underlying PolyDataSource - - - - - vtkPlaybackRepresentation - represent the vtkPlaybackWidget - - - Description - This class is used to represent the vtkPlaybackWidget. Besides defining - geometry, this class defines a series of virtual method stubs that are - meant to be subclassed by applications for controlling playback. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Virtual callbacks that subclasses should implement. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses' API. - - - - - Virtual callbacks that subclasses should implement. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - By obtaining this property you can specify the properties of the - representation. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses' API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Virtual callbacks that subclasses should implement. - - - - - Virtual callbacks that subclasses should implement. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Virtual callbacks that subclasses should implement. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK class methods. - - - - - Virtual callbacks that subclasses should implement. - - - - - vtkPlaybackWidget - 2D widget for controlling a playback stream - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively controlling the playback of - a serial stream of information (e.g., animation sequence, video, etc.). - Controls for play, stop, advance one step forward, advance one step backward, - jump to beginning, and jump to end are available. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Standar VTK class methods. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkPlaybackRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkPointHandleRepresentation2D - represent the position of a point in display coordinates - - - Description - This class is used to represent a vtkHandleWidget. It represents a - position in 2D world coordinates using a x-y cursor (the cursor defined by - an instance of vtkPolyData and generated by a vtkPolyDataAlgorithm). - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkPointHandleRepresentation2D must implement these - methods. These are the methods that the widget and its representation - use to communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkPointHandleRepresentation2D must implement these - methods. These are the methods that the widget and its representation - use to communicate with each other. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkPointHandleRepresentation2D must implement these - methods. These are the methods that the widget and its representation - use to communicate with each other. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape with an instance of vtkPolyData. Note that - shape is assumed to be defined in the display coordinate system. By - default a vtkCursor2D shape is used. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Specify the cursor shape with an instance of vtkPolyData. Note that - shape is assumed to be defined in the display coordinate system. By - default a vtkCursor2D shape is used. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point in display coordinates. This overloads - the superclasses SetDisplayPosition in order to set the focal point - of the cursor. - - - - - Override the superclass implementation. This class does not use a - point placer. Point placers dictate the placement of points in 3D - space. Since this class constrains points to lie in an overlay - plane anyway, we don't care. Just returns. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkPointHandleRepresentation2D must implement these - methods. These are the methods that the widget and its representation - use to communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkPointHandleRepresentation2D must implement these - methods. These are the methods that the widget and its representation - use to communicate with each other. - - - - - vtkPointHandleRepresentation3D - represent the position of a point in 3D space - - - Description - This class is used to represent a vtkHandleWidget. It represents a position - in 3D world coordinates using a x-y-z cursor. The cursor can be configured to - show a bounding box and/or shadows. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods to turn outline and shadows on and off. - - - - - Convenience methods to turn outline and shadows on and off. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated and sized simultaneously as the - point moves (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). If - translation mode is off, the cursor does not scale itself (based on the - specified handle size), and the bounding box and shadows do not move or - size themselves as the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by - the bounds of the point representation. (Note that the bounds can be - scaled up using the right mouse button, and the bounds can be manually - set with the SetBounds() method.) - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. Note - that if the position is set outside of the bounding box, it will be - clamped to the boundary of the bounding box. This method overloads - the superclasses' SetWorldPosition() and SetDisplayPosition() in - order to set the focal point of the cursor properly. - - - - - Overload the superclasses SetHandleSize() method to update internal variables. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated and sized simultaneously as the - point moves (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). If - translation mode is off, the cursor does not scale itself (based on the - specified handle size), and the bounding box and shadows do not move or - size themselves as the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by - the bounds of the point representation. (Note that the bounds can be - scaled up using the right mouse button, and the bounds can be manually - set with the SetBounds() method.) - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. Note - that if the position is set outside of the bounding box, it will be - clamped to the boundary of the bounding box. This method overloads - the superclasses' SetWorldPosition() and SetDisplayPosition() in - order to set the focal point of the cursor properly. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated and sized simultaneously as the - point moves (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). If - translation mode is off, the cursor does not scale itself (based on the - specified handle size), and the bounding box and shadows do not move or - size themselves as the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by - the bounds of the point representation. (Note that the bounds can be - scaled up using the right mouse button, and the bounds can be manually - set with the SetBounds() method.) - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated and sized simultaneously as the - point moves (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). If - translation mode is off, the cursor does not scale itself (based on the - specified handle size), and the bounding box and shadows do not move or - size themselves as the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by - the bounds of the point representation. (Note that the bounds can be - scaled up using the right mouse button, and the bounds can be manually - set with the SetBounds() method.) - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - vtkPointWidget - position a point in 3D space - - - Description - This 3D widget allows the user to position a point in 3D space using a 3D - cursor. The cursor has an outline bounding box, axes-aligned cross-hairs, - and axes shadows. (The outline and shadows can be turned off.) Any of - these can be turned off. A nice feature of the object is that the - vtkPointWidget, like any 3D widget, will work with the current interactor - style. That is, if vtkPointWidget does not handle an event, then all other - registered observers (including the interactor style) have an opportunity - to process the event. Otherwise, the vtkPointWidget will terminate the - processing of the event that it handles. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. The interactor will act - normally until the "i" key (for "interactor") is pressed, at which point - the vtkPointWidget will appear. (See superclass documentation for - information about changing this behavior.) To move the point, the user can - grab (left mouse) on any widget line and "slide" the point into - position. Scaling is achieved by using the right mouse button "up" the - render window (makes the widget bigger) or "down" the render window (makes - the widget smaller). To translate the widget use the middle mouse button. - (Note: all of the translation interactions can be constrained to one of - the x-y-z axes by using the "shift" key.) The vtkPointWidget produces as - output a polydata with a single point and a vertex cell. - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - rendered properties of the widget. You can set the properties of the - selected and unselected representations of the parts of the widget. For - example, you can set the property of the 3D cursor in its normal and - selected states. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this widget - - - - - Instantiate this widget - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods to turn outline and shadows on and off. - - - - - Convenience methods to turn outline and shadows on and off. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the point. A - single point and a vertex compose the vtkPolyData. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point. Note that if the position is set - outside of the bounding box, it will be clamped to the boundary of - the bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point. Note that if the position is set - outside of the bounding box, it will be clamped to the boundary of - the bounding box. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little balls are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and normal can be - set. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point - moves. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Instantiate this widget - - - - - Instantiate this widget - - - - - Instantiate this widget - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Instantiate this widget - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point. Note that if the position is set - outside of the bounding box, it will be clamped to the boundary of - the bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the point. Note that if the position is set - outside of the bounding box, it will be clamped to the boundary of - the bounding box. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point - moves. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point - moves. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point - moves. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe x-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe y-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - Turn on/off the wireframe z-shadows. - - - - - vtkPolyDataPointPlacer - Base class to place points given constraints on polygonal data - - - - Description - vtkPolyDataPointPlacer is a base class to place points on the surface of - polygonal data. - - Usage - The actors that render polygonal data and wish to be considered - for placement by this placer are added to the list as - - placer->AddProp( polyDataActor ); - - - - - - vtkPolygonalSurfacePointPlacer - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Given a renderer and a display position in pixel coordinates, - compute the world position and orientation where this point - will be placed. This method is typically used by the - representation to place the point initially. - For the Terrain point placer this computes world points that - lie at the specified height above the terrain. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position, and a reference world - position, compute the new world position and orientation - of this point. This method is typically used by the - representation to move the point. - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Get the Prop picker. - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Given a display position, check the validity of this position. - - - - - Given a world position check the validity of this - position according to the constraints of the placer - - - - - Given a world position and a world orientation, - validate it according to the constraints of the placer. - - - - - vtkAbstractPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D - represent a user defined handle geometry in 3D while maintaining a fixed orientation w.r.t the camera. - - - Description - This class serves as the geometrical representation of a vtkHandleWidget. - The handle can be represented by an arbitrary polygonal data (vtkPolyData), - set via SetHandle(vtkPolyData *). The actual position of the handle - will be initially assumed to be (0,0,0). You can specify an offset from - this position if desired. This class differs from - vtkPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D in that the handle will always remain - front facing, ie it maintains a fixed orientation with respect to the - camera. This is done by using vtkFollowers internally to render the actors. - - - - vtkPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D vtkHandleRepresentation vtkHandleWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Set/get the handle polydata. - - - - - Toogle the visibility of the handle on and off - - - - - A label may be associated with the seed. The string can be set via - SetLabelText. The visibility of the label can be turned on / off. - - - - - Get the label text actor - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). - - - - - A label may be associated with the seed. The string can be set via - SetLabelText. The visibility of the label can be turned on / off. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Get the transform used to transform the generic handle polydata before - placing it in the render window - - - - - Toogle the visibility of the handle on and off - - - - - Toogle the visibility of the handle on and off - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Toogle the visibility of the handle on and off - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - A label may be associated with the seed. The string can be set via - SetLabelText. The visibility of the label can be turned on / off. - - - - - A label may be associated with the seed. The string can be set via - SetLabelText. The visibility of the label can be turned on / off. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. - - - - - Set/get the handle polydata. - - - - - Toogle the visibility of the handle on and off - - - - - A label may be associated with the seed. The string can be set via - SetLabelText. The visibility of the label can be turned on / off. - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). - - - - - Scale text (font size along each dimension). - - - - - A label may be associated with the seed. The string can be set via - SetLabelText. The visibility of the label can be turned on / off. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - The handle may be scaled uniformly in all three dimensions using this - API. The handle can also be scaled interactively using the right - mouse button. - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - vtkPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D - represent a user defined handle geometry in 3D space - - - Description - This class serves as the geometrical representation of a vtkHandleWidget. - The handle can be represented by an arbitrary polygonal data (vtkPolyData), - set via SetHandle(vtkPolyData *). The actual position of the handle - will be initially assumed to be (0,0,0). You can specify an offset from - this position if desired. - - - - vtkPointHandleRepresentation3D vtkHandleRepresentation vtkHandleWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/get the offset of the handle position with respect to the handle - center, assumed to be the origin. - - - - - Set/get the offset of the handle position with respect to the handle - center, assumed to be the origin. - - - - - Set/get the offset of the handle position with respect to the handle - center, assumed to be the origin. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set/get the offset of the handle position with respect to the handle - center, assumed to be the origin. - - - - - Set/get the offset of the handle position with respect to the handle - center, assumed to be the origin. - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. - - - - - vtkOrientedPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D - represent a user defined handle geometry in 3D while maintaining a fixed orientation w.r.t the camera. - - - Description - This class serves as the geometrical representation of a vtkHandleWidget. - The handle can be represented by an arbitrary polygonal data (vtkPolyData), - set via SetHandle(vtkPolyData *). The actual position of the handle - will be initially assumed to be (0,0,0). You can specify an offset from - this position if desired. This class differs from - vtkPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D in that the handle will always remain - front facing, ie it maintains a fixed orientation with respect to the - camera. This is done by using vtkFollowers internally to render the actors. - - - - vtkPolygonalHandleRepresentation3D vtkHandleRepresentation vtkHandleWidget - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - - Place points on the surface of polygonal data. - - - - Description - vtkPolygonalSurfacePointPlacer places points on polygonal data and is - meant to be used in conjunction with - vtkPolygonalSurfaceContourLineInterpolator. - - Usage - - Caveats - You should have computed cell normals for the input polydata if you are - specifying a distance offset. - - - - - vtkPointPlacer vtkPolyDataNormals - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Descuription: - Add /remove a prop, to place points on - - - - - Given a renderer and a display position in pixel coordinates, - compute the world position and orientation where this point - will be placed. This method is typically used by the - representation to place the point initially. - For the Terrain point placer this computes world points that - lie at the specified height above the terrain. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position, and a reference world - position, compute the new world position and orientation - of this point. This method is typically used by the - representation to move the point. - - - - - Get the Prop picker. - - - - - Height offset at which points may be placed on the polygonal surface. - If you specify a non-zero value here, be sure to compute cell normals - on your input polygonal data (easily done with vtkPolyDataNormals). - - - - - Be sure to add polydata on which you wish to place points to this list - or they will not be considered for placement. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Descuription: - Add /remove a prop, to place points on - - - - - Descuription: - Add /remove a prop, to place points on - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Height offset at which points may be placed on the polygonal surface. - If you specify a non-zero value here, be sure to compute cell normals - on your input polygonal data (easily done with vtkPolyDataNormals). - - - - - Given a display position, check the validity of this position. - - - - - Given a world position check the validity of this - position according to the constraints of the placer - - - - - Given a world position and a world orientation, - validate it according to the constraints of the placer. - - - - - vtkPolyDataContourLineInterpolator - Contour interpolator for polygonal data - - - - Description - vtkPolyDataContourLineInterpolator is an abstract base class for contour - line interpolators that interpolate on polygonal data. - - - - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Be sure to add polydata on which you wish to place points to this list - or they will not be considered for placement. - - - - - Subclasses that wish to interpolate a line segment must implement this. - For instance vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator adds nodes between idx1 - and idx2, that allow the contour to adhere to a bezier curve. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - The interpolator is given a chance to update the node. - vtkImageContourLineInterpolator updates the idx'th node in the contour, - so it automatically sticks to edges in the vicinity as the user - constructs the contour. - Returns 0 if the node (world position) is unchanged. - - - - - vtkPolygonalSurfaceContourLineInterpolator - Contour interpolator for to place points on polygonal surfaces. - - - - Description - vtkPolygonalSurfaceContourLineInterpolator interpolates and places - contour points on polygonal surfaces. The class interpolates nodes by - computing a \em graph \em geodesic lying on the polygonal data. By \em - graph \em Geodesic, we mean that the line interpolating the two end - points traverses along on the mesh edges so as to form the shortest - path. A Dijkstra algorithm is used to compute the path. See - vtkDijkstraGraphGeodesicPath. - - The class is mean to be used in conjunction with - vtkPolygonalSurfacePointPlacer. The reason for this weak coupling is a - performance issue, both classes need to perform a cell pick, and - coupling avoids multiple cell picks (cell picks are slow). - - Caveats - You should have computed cell normals for the input polydata. - - - - - vtkDijkstraGraphGeodesicPath, vtkPolyDataNormals - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Height offset at which points may be placed on the polygonal surface. - If you specify a non-zero value here, be sure to have computed vertex - normals on your input polygonal data. (easily done with - vtkPolyDataNormals). - - - - - Subclasses that wish to interpolate a line segment must implement this. - For instance vtkBezierContourLineInterpolator adds nodes between idx1 - and idx2, that allow the contour to adhere to a bezier curve. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Height offset at which points may be placed on the polygonal surface. - If you specify a non-zero value here, be sure to have computed vertex - normals on your input polygonal data. (easily done with - vtkPolyDataNormals). - - - - - The interpolator is given a chance to update the node. - vtkImageContourLineInterpolator updates the idx'th node in the contour, - so it automatically sticks to edges in the vicinity as the user - constructs the contour. - Returns 0 if the node (world position) is unchanged. - - - - - vtkProp3DButtonRepresentation - defines a representation for a vtkButtonWidget - - - Description - This class implements one type of vtkButtonRepresentation. Each button - state can be represented with a separate instance of vtkProp3D. Thus - buttons can be represented with vtkActor, vtkImageActor, volumes (e.g., - vtkVolume) and/or any other vtkProp3D. Also, the class invokes events when - highlighting occurs (i.e., hovering, selecting) so that appropriate action - can be taken to highlight the button (if desired). - - To use this representation, always begin by specifying the number of - button states. Then provide, for each state, an instance of vtkProp3D. - - This widget representation uses the conventional placement method. The - button is placed inside the bounding box defined by PlaceWidget by translating - and scaling the vtkProp3D to fit (each vtkProp3D is transformed). Therefore, - you must define the number of button states and each state (i.e., vtkProp3D) - prior to calling vtkPlaceWidget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button reorients itself towards the camera as the camera moves. - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button reorients itself towards the camera as the camera moves. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Add the ith texture corresponding to the ith button state. - The parameter i should be (0 <= i < NumberOfStates). - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button reorients itself towards the camera as the camera moves. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - This method positions (translates and scales the props) into the - bounding box specified. Note all the button props are scaled. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Add the ith texture corresponding to the ith button state. - The parameter i should be (0 <= i < NumberOfStates). - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button reorients itself towards the camera as the camera moves. - - - - - Extend the vtkButtonRepresentation::SetState() method. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation - represent a vtkRectilinearWipeWidget - - - Description - This class is used to represent and render a vtkRectilinearWipeWidget. To - use this class, you need to specify an instance of a - vtkImageRectilinearWipe and vtkImageActor. This provides the information - for this representation to construct and place itself. - - The class may be subclassed so that alternative representations can - be created. The class defines an API and a default implementation that - the vtkRectilinearWipeWidget interacts with to render itself in the scene. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageActor to decorate. - - - - - Get the properties for the widget. This can be manipulated to set - different colors, line widths, etc. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageRectilinearWipe to manipulate. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageActor to decorate. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkImageRectilinearWipe to manipulate. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) - in which the cursor is considered to be on the widget, or on a - widget feature (e.g., a corner point or edge). - - - - - Subclasses of vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - - Subclasses of vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation must implement these methods. These - are the methods that the widget and its representation use to - communicate with each other. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkRectilinearWipeWidget - interactively control an instance of vtkImageRectilinearWipe filter - - - Description - The vtkRectilinearWipeWidget is used to interactively control an instance - of vtkImageRectilinearWipe (and an associated vtkImageActor used to - display the rectilinear wipe). A rectilinear wipe is a 2x2 checkerboard - pattern created by combining two separate images, where various - combinations of the checker squares are possible. Using this widget, the - user can adjust the layout of the checker pattern, such as moving the - center point, moving the horizontal separator, or moving the vertical - separator. These capabilities are particularly useful for comparing two - images. - - To use this widget, specify its representation (by default the - representation is an instance of vtkRectilinearWipeProp). The - representation generally requires that you specify an instance of - vtkImageRectilinearWipe and an instance of vtkImageActor. Other instance - variables may also be required to be set -- see the documentation for - vtkRectilinearWipeProp (or appropriate subclass). - - By default, the widget responds to the following events: - <pre> - Selecting the center point, horizontal separator, and verticel separator: - LeftButtonPressEvent - move the separators - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the separators - MouseMoveEvent - move the separators - </pre> - Selecting the center point allows you to move the horizontal and vertical - separators simultaneously. Otherwise only horizontal or vertical motion - is possible/ - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events into - the vtkRectilinearWipeWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the - vtkRectilinearWipeWidget invokes the following VTK events (which - observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - Caveats - The appearance of this widget is defined by its representation, including - any properties associated with the representation. The widget - representation is a type of vtkProp that defines a particular API that - works with this widget. If desired, the vtkProp may be subclassed to - create new looks for the widget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkRectilinearWipeRepresentation. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkScalarBarRepresentation - represent scalar bar for vtkScalarBarWidget - - - - Description - - This class represents a scalar bar for a vtkScalarBarWidget. This class - provides support for interactively placing a scalar bar on the 2D overlay - plane. The scalar bar is defined by an instance of vtkScalarBarActor. - - One specialty of this class is that if the scalar bar is moved near enough - to an edge, it's orientation is flipped to match that edge. - - - - - vtkScalarBarWidget vtkWidgetRepresentation vtkScalarBarActor - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Get/Set the orientation. - - - - - The prop that is placed in the renderer. - - - - - Satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Get/Set the orientation. - - - - - The prop that is placed in the renderer. - - - - - Satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - vtkScalarBarWidget - 2D widget for manipulating a scalar bar - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively manipulating the position, - size, and orientation of a scalar bar. It listens to Left mouse events and - mouse movement. It also listens to Right mouse events and notifies any - observers of Right mouse events on this object when they occur. - It will change the cursor shape based on its location. If - the cursor is over an edge of the scalar bar it will change the cursor - shape to a resize edge shape. If the position of a scalar bar is moved to - be close to the center of one of the four edges of the viewport, then the - scalar bar will change its orientation to align with that edge. This - orientation is sticky in that it will stay that orientation until the - position is moved close to another edge. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Can the widget be moved. On by default. If off, the widget cannot be moved - around. - - TODO: This functionality should probably be moved to the superclass. - - - - - Get the ScalarBar used by this Widget. One is created automatically. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkScalarBarRepresentation. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Can the widget be moved. On by default. If off, the widget cannot be moved - around. - - TODO: This functionality should probably be moved to the superclass. - - - - - Can the widget be moved. On by default. If off, the widget cannot be moved - around. - - TODO: This functionality should probably be moved to the superclass. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Can the widget be moved. On by default. If off, the widget cannot be moved - around. - - TODO: This functionality should probably be moved to the superclass. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Get the ScalarBar used by this Widget. One is created automatically. - - - - - vtkSeedRepresentation - represent the vtkSeedWidget - - - Description - The vtkSeedRepresentation is a superclass for classes representing the - vtkSeedWidget. This representation consists of one or more handles - (vtkHandleRepresentation) which are used to place and manipulate the - points defining the collection of seeds. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. - - - - - Returns the id of the seed created, -1 on failure. e is the display position. - - - - - These are methods specific to vtkSeedRepresentation and which are - invoked from vtkSeedWidget. - - - - - Get the handle representations used for a particular seed. A side effect of - this method is that it will create a handle representation in the list of - representations if one has not yet been created. - - - - - Returns the model HandleRepresentation. - - - - - Return the number of seeds (or handles) that have been created. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of seed points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. The seeds are accessed by a seed - number. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of seed points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. The seeds are accessed by a seed - number. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the seed points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the seed points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the seed points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Delete the currently active handle - - - - - Remove the nth handle. - - - - - Delete last handle created - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - This method is used to specify the type of handle representation to use - for the internal vtkHandleWidgets within vtkSeedWidget. To use this - method, create a dummy vtkHandleWidget (or subclass), and then invoke - this method with this dummy. Then the vtkSeedRepresentation uses this - dummy to clone vtkHandleWidgets of the same type. Make sure you set the - handle representation before the widget is enabled. - - - - - Methods to Set/Get the coordinates of seed points defining - this representation. Note that methods are available for both - display and world coordinates. The seeds are accessed by a seed - number. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the seed points of - the widget to be active. - - - - - The tolerance representing the distance to the widget (in pixels) in - which the cursor is considered near enough to the seed points of - the widget to be active. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSeedWidget - place multiple seed points - - - Description - The vtkSeedWidget is used to placed multiple seed points in the scene. - The seed points can be used for operations like connectivity, segmentation, - and region growing. - - To use this widget, specify an instance of vtkSeedWidget and a - representation (a subclass of vtkSeedRepresentation). The widget is - implemented using multiple instances of vtkHandleWidget which can be used - to position the seed points (after they are initially placed). The - representations for these handle widgets are provided by the - vtkSeedRepresentation. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - LeftButtonPressEvent - add a point or select a handle (i.e., seed) - RightButtonPressEvent - finish adding the seeds - MouseMoveEvent - move a handle (i.e., seed) - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the selected handle (seed) - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkSeedWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::AddPoint -- add one point; depending on the state - it may the first or second point added. Or, - if near handle, select handle. - vtkWidgetEvent::Completed -- finished adding seeds. - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- move the second point or handle depending on the state. - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the handle manipulation process has completed. - </pre> - - This widget invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers - can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (beginning to interact) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (completing interaction) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (moving after selecting something) - vtkCommand::PlacePointEvent (after point is positioned; - call data includes handle id (0,1)) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Method to be called when the seed widget should stop responding to - the place point interaction. The seed widget, when defined allows you - place seeds by clicking on the render window. Use this method to - indicate that you would like to stop placing seeds interactively. If - you'd like the widget to stop responding to *any* user interaction - simply disable event processing by the widget by calling - widget->ProcessEventsOff() - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Use this method to programmatically create a new handle. In interactive - mode, (when the widget is in the PlacingSeeds state) this method is - automatically invoked. The method returns the handle created. - A valid seed representation must exist for the widget to create a new - handle. - - - - - Delete the nth seed. - - - - - Get the nth seed - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkSeedRepresentation. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Method to be called when the seed widget should start responding - to the interaction. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Set the current renderer. This method also propagates to all the child - handle widgets, if any exist - - - - - The method for activiating and deactiviating this widget. This method - must be overridden because it is a composite widget and does more than - its superclasses' vtkAbstractWidget::SetEnabled() method. - - - - - Set the interactor. This method also propagates to all the child - handle widgets, if any exist - - - - - Methods to change the whether the widget responds to interaction. - Overridden to pass the state to component widgets. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkSliderRepresentation2D - provide the representation for a vtkSliderWidget with a 3D skin - - - Description - This class is used to represent and render a vtkSliderWidget. To use this - class, you must at a minimum specify the end points of the - slider. Optional instance variable can be used to modify the appearance of - the widget. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display space - where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Get the properties for the tube and end caps. - - - - - Set/Get the properties for the label and title text. - - - - - Position the first end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point1Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Position the second end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point2Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Get the selection property. This property is used to modify the appearance of - selected objects (e.g., the slider). - - - - - Get the slider properties. The properties of the slider when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the properties for the label and title text. - - - - - Specify the label text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the label text is not displayed. - - - - - Get the properties for the tube and end caps. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display space - where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display space - where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Specify the label text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the label text is not displayed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display space - where the widget should be placed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. The PlaceWidget() method - assumes that the parameter bounds[6] specifies the location in display space - where the widget should be placed. - - - - - vtkSliderRepresentation3D - provide the representation for a vtkSliderWidget with a 3D skin - - - Description - This class is used to represent and render a vtkSliderWidget. To use this - class, you must at a minimum specify the end points of the - slider. Optional instance variable can be used to modify the appearance of - the widget. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Get the properties for the tube and end caps. - - - - - Override GetMTime to include point coordinates - - - - - Position the first end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point1Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Position the second end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point2Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Set the rotation of the slider widget around the axis of the widget. This is - used to control which way the widget is initially oriented. (This is especially - important for the label and title.) - - - - - Get the selection property. This property is used to modify the appearance of - selected objects (e.g., the slider). - - - - - Get the slider properties. The properties of the slider when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Specify whether to use a sphere or cylinder slider shape. By default, a - sphere shape is used. - - - - - Specify whether to use a sphere or cylinder slider shape. By default, a - sphere shape is used. - - - - - Specify whether to use a sphere or cylinder slider shape. By default, a - sphere shape is used. - - - - - Specify the title text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the title text is not displayed. - - - - - Get the properties for the tube and end caps. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Decsription: - Methods supporting the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Position the first end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point1Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Position the second end point of the slider. Note that this point is an - instance of vtkCoordinate, meaning that Point 1 can be specified in a - variety of coordinate systems, and can even be relative to another - point. To set the point, you'll want to get the Point2Coordinate and - then invoke the necessary methods to put it into the correct coordinate - system and set the correct initial value. - - - - - Set the rotation of the slider widget around the axis of the widget. This is - used to control which way the widget is initially oriented. (This is especially - important for the label and title.) - - - - - Specify whether to use a sphere or cylinder slider shape. By default, a - sphere shape is used. - - - - - Specify whether to use a sphere or cylinder slider shape. By default, a - sphere shape is used. - - - - - Specify whether to use a sphere or cylinder slider shape. By default, a - sphere shape is used. - - - - - Specify the title text for this widget. If the value is not set, or set - to the empty string "", then the title text is not displayed. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - Methods to interface with the vtkSliderWidget. - - - - - vtkSliderWidget - set a value by manipulating a slider - - - Description - The vtkSliderWidget is used to set a scalar value in an application. This - class assumes that a slider is moved along a 1D parameter space (e.g., a - spherical bead that can be moved along a tube). Moving the slider - modifies the value of the widget, which can be used to set parameters on - other objects. Note that the actual appearance of the widget depends on - the specific representation for the widget. - - To use this widget, set the widget representation. The representation is - assumed to consist of a tube, two end caps, and a slider (the details may - vary depending on the particulars of the representation). Then in the - representation you will typically set minimum and maximum value, as well - as the current value. The position of the slider must also be set, as well - as various properties. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If the slider bead is selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select slider (if on slider) - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release slider (if selected) - MouseMoveEvent - move slider - If the end caps or slider tube are selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - move (or animate) to cap or point on tube; - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkSliderWidget's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for slider motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkSliderWidget - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Specify the number of animation steps to take if the animation mode - is set to animate. - - - - - Specify the number of animation steps to take if the animation mode - is set to animate. - - - - - Specify the number of animation steps to take if the animation mode - is set to animate. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkSliderRepresentation. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Control the behavior of the slider when selecting the tube or caps. If - Jump, then selecting the tube, left cap, or right cap causes the slider to - jump to the selection point. If the mode is Animate, the slider moves - towards the selection point in NumberOfAnimationSteps number of steps. - If Off, then the slider does not move. - - - - - Specify the number of animation steps to take if the animation mode - is set to animate. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkSphereHandleRepresentation - A spherical rendition of point in 3D space - - - - Description - This class is a concrete implementation of vtkHandleRepresentation. It - renders handles as spherical blobs in 3D space. - - - - - vtkHandleRepresentation vtkHandleWidget vtkSphereSource - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point moves - (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). Otherwise, only - the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by the bounds of the - point representation. (Note that the bounds can be scaled up using the - right mouse button.) - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point moves - (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). Otherwise, only - the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by the bounds of the - point representation. (Note that the bounds can be scaled up using the - right mouse button.) - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. Note - that if the position is set outside of the bounding box, it will be - clamped to the boundary of the bounding box. This method overloads - the superclasses' SetWorldPosition() and SetDisplayPosition() in - order to set the focal point of the cursor properly. - - - - - Overload the superclasses SetHandleSize() method to update internal - variables. - - - - - Set the "hot spot" size; i.e., the region around the focus, in which the - motion vector is used to control the constrained sliding action. Note the - size is specified as a fraction of the length of the diagonal of the - point widget's bounding box. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties when unselected and selected. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point moves - (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). Otherwise, only - the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by the bounds of the - point representation. (Note that the bounds can be scaled up using the - right mouse button.) - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point moves - (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). Otherwise, only - the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by the bounds of the - point representation. (Note that the bounds can be scaled up using the - right mouse button.) - - - - - Set the position of the point in world and display coordinates. Note - that if the position is set outside of the bounding box, it will be - clamped to the boundary of the bounding box. This method overloads - the superclasses' SetWorldPosition() and SetDisplayPosition() in - order to set the focal point of the cursor properly. - - - - - Methods to make this class behave as a vtkProp. - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point moves - (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). Otherwise, only - the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by the bounds of the - point representation. (Note that the bounds can be scaled up using the - right mouse button.) - - - - - If translation mode is on, as the widget is moved the bounding box, - shadows, and cursor are all translated simultaneously as the point moves - (i.e., the left and middle mouse buttons act the same). Otherwise, only - the cursor focal point moves, which is constrained by the bounds of the - point representation. (Note that the bounds can be scaled up using the - right mouse button.) - - - - - Methods to make this class properly act like a vtkWidgetRepresentation. - - - - - vtkSphereRepresentation - a class defining the representation for the vtkSphereWidget2 - - - Description - This class is a concrete representation for the vtkSphereWidget2. It - represents a sphere with an optional handle. Through interaction with the - widget, the sphere can be arbitrarily positioned and scaled in 3D space; - and the handle can be moved on the surface of the sphere. Typically the - vtkSphereWidget2/vtkSphereRepresentation are used to position a sphere for - the purpose of extracting, cutting or clipping data; or the handle is - moved on the sphere to position a light or camera. - - To use this representation, you normally use the PlaceWidget() method - to position the widget at a specified region in space. It is also possible - to set the center of the sphere, a radius, and/or a handle position. - - Caveats - Note that the representation is overconstrained in that the center and radius - of the sphere can be defined, this information plus the handle direction defines - the geometry of the representation. Alternatively, the user may specify the center - of the sphere plus the handle position. - - This class, and vtkSphereWidget2, are second generation VTK widgets. An - earlier version of this functionality was defined in the class - vtkSphereWidget. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - Set/Get the center position of the sphere. Note that this may - adjust the direction from the handle to the center, as well as - the radius of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the center position of the sphere. Note that this may - adjust the direction from the handle to the center, as well as - the radius of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. This may affect the position of the handle and the radius - of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. This may affect the position of the handle and the radius - of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. This may affect the position of the handle and the radius - of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the handle. Note that this may adjust the radius - of the sphere and the handle direction. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the handle. Note that this may adjust the radius - of the sphere and the handle direction. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the handle. Note that this may adjust the radius - of the sphere and the handle direction. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little ball on the sphere is the - handle). The properties of the handle when selected and unselected - can be manipulated. - - - - - Enable/disable a label that displays the location of the handle in - spherical coordinates (radius,theta,phi). The two angles, theta and - phi, are displayed in degrees. Note that phi is measured from the - north pole down towards the equator; and theta is the angle around - the north/south axis. - - - - - Get the handle text property. This can be used to control the appearance - of the handle text. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the phi direction. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the sphere. The - polydata consists of n+1 points, where n is the resolution of the - sphere. These point values are guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the - InteractionEvent or EndInteraction events are invoked. The user provides - the vtkPolyData and the points and polysphere are added to it. - - - - - Enable/disable a radial line segment that joins the center of the - outer sphere and the handle. - - - - - Get the property of the radial line. This can be used to control the - appearance of the optional line connecting the center to the handle. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of sphere. Default is 0.5. Note that this may - modify the position of the handle based on the handle direction. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little ball on the sphere is the - handle). The properties of the handle when selected and unselected - can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the sphere properties. The properties of the sphere when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the spherical implicit function defined by this widget. Note that - vtkSphere is a subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can be - used by a variety of filters to perform clipping, cutting, and selection - of data. - - - - - Get the sphere properties. The properties of the sphere when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the theta direction. - - - - - Enable/disable a label that displays the location of the handle in - spherical coordinates (radius,theta,phi). The two angles, theta and - phi, are displayed in degrees. Note that phi is measured from the - north pole down towards the equator; and theta is the angle around - the north/south axis. - - - - - Enable/disable a label that displays the location of the handle in - spherical coordinates (radius,theta,phi). The two angles, theta and - phi, are displayed in degrees. Note that phi is measured from the - north pole down towards the equator; and theta is the angle around - the north/south axis. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and to print out the contents of the class. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and to print out the contents of the class. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and to print out the contents of the class. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - Enable/disable a radial line segment that joins the center of the - outer sphere and the handle. - - - - - Enable/disable a radial line segment that joins the center of the - outer sphere and the handle. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and to print out the contents of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the center position of the sphere. Note that this may - adjust the direction from the handle to the center, as well as - the radius of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the center position of the sphere. Note that this may - adjust the direction from the handle to the center, as well as - the radius of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. This may affect the position of the handle and the radius - of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. This may affect the position of the handle and the radius - of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the handle. Note that this may adjust the radius - of the sphere and the handle direction. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the handle. Note that this may adjust the radius - of the sphere and the handle direction. - - - - - Enable/disable a label that displays the location of the handle in - spherical coordinates (radius,theta,phi). The two angles, theta and - phi, are displayed in degrees. Note that phi is measured from the - north pole down towards the equator; and theta is the angle around - the north/south axis. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - The interaction state may be set from a widget (e.g., vtkSphereWidget2) or - other object. This controls how the interaction with the widget - proceeds. Normally this method is used as part of a handshaking - process with the widget: First ComputeInteractionState() is invoked that - returns a state based on geometric considerations (i.e., cursor near a - widget feature), then based on events, the widget may modify this - further. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the phi direction. - - - - - Enable/disable a radial line segment that joins the center of the - outer sphere and the handle. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of sphere. Default is 0.5. Note that this may - modify the position of the handle based on the handle direction. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Set the representation (i.e., appearance) of the sphere. Different - representations are useful depending on the application. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the theta direction. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - Standard methods for type information and to print out the contents of the class. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSphereWidget - 3D widget for manipulating a sphere - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a sphere that can be interactively placed in a - scene. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. The interactor will act - normally until the "i" key (for "interactor") is pressed, at which point the - vtkSphereWidget will appear. (See superclass documentation for information - about changing this behavior.) - Events that occur outside of the widget (i.e., no part of - the widget is picked) are propagated to any other registered obsevers - (such as the interaction style). Turn off the widget by pressing the "i" - key again (or invoke the Off() method). - - The vtkSphereWidget has several methods that can be used in conjunction - with other VTK objects. The Set/GetThetaResolution() and - Set/GetPhiResolution() methods control the number of subdivisions of the - sphere in the theta and phi directions; the GetPolyData() method can be - used to get the polygonal representation and can be used for things like - seeding streamlines. The GetSphere() method returns a sphere implicit - function that can be used for cutting and clipping. Typical usage of the - widget is to make use of the StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and - EndInteractionEvent events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse - motion; the other two events are called on button down and button up - (any mouse button). - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - properties of the widget. You can set the properties of the selected and - unselected representations of the sphere. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. The direction of the handle is from the sphere center to - the handle position. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. The direction of the handle is from the sphere center to - the handle position. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. The direction of the handle is from the sphere center to - the handle position. - - - - - Get the position of the handle. - - - - - Get the position of the handle. - - - - - Get the position of the handle. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little ball on the sphere is the - handle). The properties of the handle when selected and unselected - can be manipulated. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the Phi direction. - The default is 8. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the sphere. The - polydata consists of n+1 points, where n is the resolution of the - sphere. These point values are guaranteed to be up-to-date when either the - InteractionEvent or EndInteraction events are invoked. The user provides - the vtkPolyData and the points and polysphere are added to it. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of sphere. Default is .5. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - Get the handle properties (the little ball on the sphere is the - handle). The properties of the handle when selected and unselected - can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the sphere properties. The properties of the sphere when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the spherical implicit function defined by this widget. Note that - vtkSphere is a subclass of vtkImplicitFunction, meaning that it can be - used by a variety of filters to perform clipping, cutting, and selection - of data. - - - - - Get the sphere properties. The properties of the sphere when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the Theta direction. - The default is 16. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the sphere. - - - - - Set/Get the center of the sphere. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. The direction of the handle is from the sphere center to - the handle position. - - - - - Set/Get the direction vector of the handle relative to the center of - the sphere. The direction of the handle is from the sphere center to - the handle position. - - - - - The handle sits on the surface of the sphere and may be moved around - the surface by picking (left mouse) and then moving. The position - of the handle can be retrieved, this is useful for positioning cameras - and lights. By default, the handle is turned off. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the Phi direction. - The default is 8. - - - - - Set/Get the radius of sphere. Default is .5. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Set the representation of the sphere. Different representations are - useful depending on the application. The default is - VTK_SPHERE_WIREFRAME. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - Set/Get the resolution of the sphere in the Theta direction. - The default is 16. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - Enable translation and scaling of the widget. By default, the widget - can be translated and rotated. - - - - - vtkSphereWidget2 - 3D widget for manipulating a point on a sphere - - - Description - This 3D widget interacts with a vtkSphereRepresentation class (i.e., it - handles the events that drive its corresponding representation). It can be - used to position a point on a sphere (for example, to place a light or - camera), or to position a sphere in a scene, including translating and - scaling the sphere. - - A nice feature of vtkSphereWidget2, like any 3D widget, is that it will - work in combination with the current interactor style (or any other - interactor observer). That is, if vtkSphereWidget2 does not handle an - event, then all other registered observers (including the interactor - style) have an opportunity to process the event. Otherwise, the - vtkSphereWidget2 will terminate the processing of the event that it - handles. - - To use this widget, you generally pair it with a vtkSphereRepresentation - (or a subclass). Variuos options are available in the representation for - controlling how the widget appears, and how the widget functions. - - Event Bindings - By default, the widget responds to the following VTK events (i.e., it - watches the vtkRenderWindowInteractor for these events): - <pre> - If the handle or sphere are selected: - LeftButtonPressEvent - select the handle or sphere - LeftButtonReleaseEvent - release the handle ot sphere - MouseMoveEvent - move the handle or translate the sphere - In all the cases, independent of what is picked, the widget responds to the - following VTK events: - MiddleButtonPressEvent - translate the representation - MiddleButtonReleaseEvent - stop translating the representation - RightButtonPressEvent - scale the widget's representation - RightButtonReleaseEvent - stop scaling the representation - MouseMoveEvent - scale (if right button) or move (if middle button) the widget - </pre> - - Note that the event bindings described above can be changed using this - class's vtkWidgetEventTranslator. This class translates VTK events - into the vtkSphereWidget2's widget events: - <pre> - vtkWidgetEvent::Select -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Scale -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndScale -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Translate -- some part of the widget has been selected - vtkWidgetEvent::EndTranslate -- the selection process has completed - vtkWidgetEvent::Move -- a request for motion has been invoked - </pre> - - In turn, when these widget events are processed, the vtkSphereWidget2 - invokes the following VTK events on itself (which observers can listen for): - <pre> - vtkCommand::StartInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Select) - vtkCommand::EndInteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::EndSelect) - vtkCommand::InteractionEvent (on vtkWidgetEvent::Move) - </pre> - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. By default, - this is an instance of the vtkSphereRepresentation class. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Standard class methods for type information and printing. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of - vtkProp so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - Control the behavior of the widget (i.e., how it processes - events). Translation, and scaling can all be enabled and disabled. - - - - - vtkSplineRepresentation - vtkWidgetRepresentation for a spline. - - - Description - vtkSplineRepresentation is a vtkWidgetRepresentation for a spline. - This 3D widget defines a spline that can be interactively placed in a - scene. The spline has handles, the number of which can be changed, plus it - can be picked on the spline itself to translate or rotate it in the scene. - This is based on vtkSplineWidget. - - - - vtkSplineWidget, vtkSplineWidget2 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the spheres are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the number of handles for this widget. - - - - - Set the parametric spline object. Through vtkParametricSpline's API, the - user can supply and configure one of currently two types of spline: - vtkCardinalSpline, vtkKochanekSpline. The widget controls the open - or closed configuration of the spline. - WARNING: The widget does not enforce internal consistency so that all - three are of the same type. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the spline. The - polydata consists of points and line segments numbering Resolution + 1 - and Resoltuion, respectively. Points are guaranteed to be up-to-date when - either the InteractionEvent or EndInteraction events are invoked. The - user provides the vtkPolyData and the points and polyline are added to it. - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the InteractionState changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set the position of spline handles and points in terms of a plane's - position. i.e., if ProjectionNormal is 0, all of the x-coordinate - values of the points are set to position. Any value can be passed (and is - ignored) to update the spline points when Projection normal is set to 3 - for arbritrary plane orientations. - - - - - Set/Get the number of line segments representing the spline for - this widget. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the spheres are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the approximate vs. the true arc length of the spline. Calculated as - the summed lengths of the individual straight line segments. Use - SetResolution to control the accuracy. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Convenience method to allocate and set the handles from a vtkPoints - instance. If the first and last points are the same, the spline sets - Closed to the on InteractionState and disregards the last point, otherwise Closed - remains unchanged. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convenience method to determine whether the spline is - closed in a geometric sense. The widget may be set "closed" but still - be geometrically open (e.g., a straight line). - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the InteractionState changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the InteractionState changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Methods supporting, and required by, the rendering process. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Convenience method to set the line color. - Ideally one should use GetLineProperty()->SetColor(). - - - - - Set/Get the number of handles for this widget. - - - - - Set the parametric spline object. Through vtkParametricSpline's API, the - user can supply and configure one of currently two types of spline: - vtkCardinalSpline, vtkKochanekSpline. The widget controls the open - or closed configuration of the spline. - WARNING: The widget does not enforce internal consistency so that all - three are of the same type. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the InteractionState changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set the position of spline handles and points in terms of a plane's - position. i.e., if ProjectionNormal is 0, all of the x-coordinate - values of the points are set to position. Any value can be passed (and is - ignored) to update the spline points when Projection normal is set to 3 - for arbritrary plane orientations. - - - - - Set/Get the number of line segments representing the spline for - this widget. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - These are methods that satisfy vtkWidgetRepresentation's API. Note that a - version of place widget is available where the center and handle position - are specified. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkSplineWidget - 3D widget for manipulating a spline - - - Description - This 3D widget defines a spline that can be interactively placed in a - scene. The spline has handles, the number of which can be changed, plus it - can be picked on the spline itself to translate or rotate it in the scene. - A nice feature of the object is that the vtkSplineWidget, like any 3D - widget, will work with the current interactor style. That is, if - vtkSplineWidget does not handle an event, then all other registered - observers (including the interactor style) have an opportunity to process - the event. Otherwise, the vtkSplineWidget will terminate the processing of - the event that it handles. - - To use this object, just invoke SetInteractor() with the argument of the - method a vtkRenderWindowInteractor. You may also wish to invoke - "PlaceWidget()" to initially position the widget. The interactor will act - normally until the "i" key (for "interactor") is pressed, at which point the - vtkSplineWidget will appear. (See superclass documentation for information - about changing this behavior.) Events that occur outside of the widget - (i.e., no part of the widget is picked) are propagated to any other - registered obsevers (such as the interaction style). Turn off the widget - by pressing the "i" key again (or invoke the Off() method). - - The button actions and key modifiers are as follows for controlling the - widget: - 1) left button down on and drag one of the spherical handles to change the - shape of the spline: the handles act as "control points". - 2) left button or middle button down on a line segment forming the spline - allows uniform translation of the widget. - 3) ctrl + middle button down on the widget enables spinning of the widget - about its center. - 4) right button down on the widget enables scaling of the widget. By moving - the mouse "up" the render window the spline will be made bigger; by moving - "down" the render window the widget will be made smaller. - 5) ctrl key + right button down on any handle will erase it providing there - will be two or more points remaining to form a spline. - 6) shift key + right button down on any line segment will insert a handle - onto the spline at the cursor position. - - The vtkSplineWidget has several methods that can be used in conjunction with - other VTK objects. The Set/GetResolution() methods control the number of - subdivisions of the spline; the GetPolyData() method can be used to get the - polygonal representation and can be used for things like seeding - streamlines or probing other data sets. Typical usage of the widget is to - make use of the StartInteractionEvent, InteractionEvent, and - EndInteractionEvent events. The InteractionEvent is called on mouse motion; - the other two events are called on button down and button up (either left or - right button). - - Some additional features of this class include the ability to control the - properties of the widget. You can set the properties of the selected and - unselected representations of the spline. For example, you can set the - property for the handles and spline. In addition there are methods to - constrain the spline so that it is aligned with a plane. Note that a simple - ruler widget can be derived by setting the resolution to 1, the number of - handles to 2, and calling the GetSummedLength method! - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the spheres are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the number of handles for this widget. - - - - - Set the parametric spline object. Through vtkParametricSpline's API, the - user can supply and configure one of currently two types of spline: - vtkCardinalSpline, vtkKochanekSpline. The widget controls the open - or closed configuration of the spline. - WARNING: The widget does not enforce internal consistency so that all - three are of the same type. - - - - - Grab the polydata (including points) that defines the spline. The - polydata consists of points and line segments numbering Resolution + 1 - and Resoltuion, respectively. Points are guaranteed to be up-to-date when - either the InteractionEvent or EndInteraction events are invoked. The - user provides the vtkPolyData and the points and polyline are added to it. - - - - - Turn on / off event processing for this widget. If off, the widget will - not respond to user interaction - - - - - Turn on / off event processing for this widget. If off, the widget will - not respond to user interaction - - - - - Turn on / off event processing for this widget. If off, the widget will - not respond to user interaction - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set the position of spline handles and points in terms of a plane's - position. i.e., if ProjectionNormal is 0, all of the x-coordinate - values of the points are set to position. Any value can be passed (and is - ignored) to update the spline points when Projection normal is set to 3 - for arbritrary plane orientations. - - - - - Set/Get the number of line segments representing the spline for - this widget. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the spheres are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Get the approximate vs. the true arc length of the spline. Calculated as - the summed lengths of the individual straight line segments. Use - SetResolution to control the accuracy. - - - - - Convenience method to allocate and set the handles from a vtkPoints - instance. If the first and last points are the same, the spline sets - Closed to the on state and disregards the last point, otherwise Closed - remains unchanged. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Convenience method to determine whether the spline is - closed in a geometric sense. The widget may be set "closed" but still - be geometrically open (e.g., a straight line). - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Turn on / off event processing for this widget. If off, the widget will - not respond to user interaction - - - - - Turn on / off event processing for this widget. If off, the widget will - not respond to user interaction - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Control whether the spline is open or closed. A closed spline forms - a continuous loop: the first and last points are the same, and - derivatives are continuous. A minimum of 3 handles are required to - form a closed loop. This method enforces consistency with - user supplied subclasses of vtkSpline. - - - - - Methods that satisfy the superclass' API. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the position of the spline handles. Call GetNumberOfHandles - to determine the valid range of handle indices. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the spheres are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the number of handles for this widget. - - - - - Set the parametric spline object. Through vtkParametricSpline's API, the - user can supply and configure one of currently two types of spline: - vtkCardinalSpline, vtkKochanekSpline. The widget controls the open - or closed configuration of the spline. - WARNING: The widget does not enforce internal consistency so that all - three are of the same type. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Turn on / off event processing for this widget. If off, the widget will - not respond to user interaction - - - - - Force the spline widget to be projected onto one of the orthogonal planes. - Remember that when the state changes, a ModifiedEvent is invoked. - This can be used to snap the spline to the plane if it is orginally - not aligned. The normal in SetProjectionNormal is 0,1,2 for YZ,XZ,XY - planes respectively and 3 for arbitrary oblique planes when the widget - is tied to a vtkPlaneSource. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set up a reference to a vtkPlaneSource that could be from another widget - object, e.g. a vtkPolyDataSourceWidget. - - - - - Set the position of spline handles and points in terms of a plane's - position. i.e., if ProjectionNormal is 0, all of the x-coordinate - values of the points are set to position. Any value can be passed (and is - ignored) to update the spline points when Projection normal is set to 3 - for arbritrary plane orientations. - - - - - Set/Get the number of line segments representing the spline for - this widget. - - - - - Set/Get the handle properties (the spheres are the handles). The - properties of the handles when selected and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - Set/Get the line properties. The properties of the line when selected - and unselected can be manipulated. - - - - - vtkSplineWidget2 - widget for vtkSplineRepresentation. - - - Description - vtkSplineWidget2 is the vtkAbstractWidget subclass for - vtkSplineRepresentation which manages the interactions with - vtkSplineRepresentation. This is based on vtkSplineWidget. - - - - vtkSplineRepresentation, vtkSplineWidget2 - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. By default, - this is an instance of the vtkSplineRepresentation class. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of - vtkProp so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkTensorProbeWidget - a widget to probe tensors on a polyline - - - Description - The class is used to probe tensors on a trajectory. The representation - (vtkTensorProbeRepresentation) is free to choose its own method of - rendering the tensors. For instance vtkEllipsoidTensorProbeRepresentation - renders the tensors as ellipsoids. The interactions of the widget are - controlled by the left mouse button. A left click on the tensor selects - it. It can dragged around the trajectory to probe the tensors on it. - - For instance dragging the ellipsoid around with - vtkEllipsoidTensorProbeRepresentation will manifest itself with the - ellipsoid shape changing as needed along the trajectory. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - See vtkWidgetRepresentation for details. - - - - - Return the representation as a vtkTensorProbeRepresentation. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Standard VTK class macros. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - vtkTerrainDataPointPlacer - Place points on terrain data - - - - Description - vtkTerrainDataPointPlacer dictates the placement of points on height field - data. The class takes as input the list of props that represent the terrain - in a rendered scene. A height offset can be specified to dicatate the - placement of points at a certain height above the surface. - - Usage - A typical usage of this class is as follows: - - pointPlacer->AddProp(demActor); // the actor(s) containing the terrain. - rep->SetPointPlacer(pointPlacer); - pointPlacer->SetHeightOffset( 100 ); - - - - - - vtkPointPlacer vtkTerrainContourLineInterpolator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Given a renderer and a display position in pixel coordinates, - compute the world position and orientation where this point - will be placed. This method is typically used by the - representation to place the point initially. - For the Terrain point placer this computes world points that - lie at the specified height above the terrain. - - - - - Given a renderer, a display position, and a reference world - position, compute the new world position and orientation - of this point. This method is typically used by the - representation to move the point. - - - - - This is the height above (or below) the terrain that the dictated - point should be placed. Positive values indicate distances above the - terrain; negative values indicate distances below the terrain. The - default is 0.0. - - - - - Get the Prop picker. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Descuription: - Add an actor (that represents a terrain in a rendererd scene) to the - list. Only props in this list are considered by the PointPlacer - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - This is the height above (or below) the terrain that the dictated - point should be placed. Positive values indicate distances above the - terrain; negative values indicate distances below the terrain. The - default is 0.0. - - - - - Given a display position, check the validity of this position. - - - - - Given a world position check the validity of this - position according to the constraints of the placer - - - - - Given a world position and a world orientation, - validate it according to the constraints of the placer. - - - - - vtkTerrainContourLineInterpolator - Contour interpolator for DEM data. - - - - Description - vtkTerrainContourLineInterpolator interpolates nodes on height field data. - The class is meant to be used in conjunciton with a vtkContourWidget, - enabling you to draw paths on terrain data. The class internally uses a - vtkProjectedTerrainPath. Users can set kind of interpolation - desired between two node points by setting the modes of the this filter. - For instance: - - - contourRepresentation->SetLineInterpolator(interpolator); - interpolator->SetImageData( demDataFile ); - interpolator->GetProjector()->SetProjectionModeToHug(); - interpolator->SetHeightOffset(25.0); - - - You are required to set the ImageData to this class as the height-field - image. - - - - - vtkTerrainDataPointPlacer vtkProjectedTerrainPath - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Set the height field data. The height field data is a 2D image. The - scalars in the image represent the height field. This must be set. - - - - - Get the vtkProjectedTerrainPath operator used to project the terrain - onto the data. This operator has several modes, See the documentation - of vtkProjectedTerrainPath. The default mode is to hug the terrain - data at 0 height offset. - - - - - Interpolate to create lines between contour nodes idx1 and idx2. - Depending on the projection mode, the interpolated line may either - hug the terrain, just connect the two points with a straight line or - a non-occluded interpolation. - Used internally by vtkContourRepresentation. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of this class. - - - - - Set the height field data. The height field data is a 2D image. The - scalars in the image represent the height field. This must be set. - - - - - The interpolator is given a chance to update the node. - Used internally by vtkContourRepresentation - Returns 0 if the node (world position) is unchanged. - - - - - vtkTextRepresentation - represent text for vtkTextWidget - - - Description - This class represents text for a vtkTextWidget. This class provides - support for interactively placing text on the 2D overlay plane. The text - is defined by an instance of vtkTextActor. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - Internal. Excecute events observed by internal observer - - - - - Internal. Excecute events observed by internal observer - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Satisfy the superclasses API. - - - - - Get/Set the text string display by this representation. - - - - - Specify the vtkTextActor to manage. If not specified, then one - is automatically created. - - - - - Set the text position, by enumeration ( - AnyLocation = 0, - LowerLeftCorner, - LowerRightCorner, - LowerCenter, - UpperLeftCorner, - UpperRightCorner, - UpperCenter) - related to the render window - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Set the text position, by overiding the same function of - vtkBorderRepresentation so that the Modified() will be called. - - - - - Set the text position, by overiding the same function of - vtkBorderRepresentation so that the Modified() will be called. - - - - - Get/Set the text string display by this representation. - - - - - Specify the vtkTextActor to manage. If not specified, then one - is automatically created. - - - - - Set the text position, by enumeration ( - AnyLocation = 0, - LowerLeftCorner, - LowerRightCorner, - LowerCenter, - UpperLeftCorner, - UpperRightCorner, - UpperCenter) - related to the render window - - - - - These methods are necessary to make this representation behave as - a vtkProp. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkTexturedButtonRepresentation - defines a representation for a vtkButtonWidget - - - Description - This class implements one type of vtkButtonRepresentation. It changes the - appearance of a user-provided polydata by assigning textures according to the - current button state. It also provides highlighting (when hovering and - selecting the button) by fiddling with the actor's property. - - To use this representation, always begin by specifying the number of - button states. Then provide a polydata (the polydata should have associated - texture coordinates), and a list of textures cooresponding to the button - states. Optionally, the HoveringProperty and SelectionProperty can be - adjusted to obtain the appropriate appearance. - - This widget representation has two placement methods. The conventional - PlaceWidget() method is used to locate the textured button inside of a - user-specified bounding box (note that the button geometry is uniformly - scaled to fit, thus two of the three dimensions can be "large" and the - third used to perform the scaling). However this PlaceWidget() method will - align the geometry within x-y-z oriented bounds. To further control the - placement, use the additional PlaceWidget(scale,point,normal) method. This - scales the geometry, places its center at the specified point position, - and orients the geometry's z-direction parallel to the specified normal. - This can be used to attach "sticky notes" or "sticky buttons" to the - surface of objects. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button rotates as the camera moves. - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button rotates as the camera moves. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Set/Get the polydata which defines the button geometry. - - - - - Add the ith texture corresponding to the ith button state. - The parameter i should be (0 <= i < NumberOfStates). - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button rotates as the camera moves. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the hovering over the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the button is to appear "normal" - i.e., the mouse pointer is not hovering or selecting the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when selecting the button. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Alternative method for placing a button at a given position (defined by - point[3]); at a given orientation (normal[3], where the z-axis of the - button geometry is parallel to the normal); and scaled by the scale - parameter. This method can bs used to attach "sticky notes" or "sticky - buttons" to objects. A great way to attach interactive meta-data to 3D - actors. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Standard methods for instances of the class. - - - - - Set/Get the polydata which defines the button geometry. - - - - - Set/Get the polydata which defines the button geometry. - - - - - Add the ith texture corresponding to the ith button state. - The parameter i should be (0 <= i < NumberOfStates). - - - - - Specify whether the button should always face the camera. If enabled, - the button rotates as the camera moves. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the hovering over the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the button is to appear "normal" - i.e., the mouse pointer is not hovering or selecting the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when selecting the button. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - vtkTexturedButtonRepresentation2D - defines a representation for a vtkButtonWidget - - - Description - This class implements one type of vtkButtonRepresentation. It changes the - appearance of a user-provided polydata by assigning textures according to - the current button state. It also provides highlighting (when hovering and - selecting the button) by fiddling with the actor's property. Since this is - a 2D version, the button is rendered in the overlay plane. Typically it is - positioned in display coordinates, but it can be anchored to a world - position so it will appear to move as the camera moves. - - To use this representation, always begin by specifying the number of - button states. Then provide a polydata (the polydata should have associated - texture coordinates), and a list of textures cooresponding to the button - states. Optionally, the HoveringProperty and SelectionProperty can be - adjusted to obtain the appropriate appearance. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Grab the underlying vtkBalloonRepresentation used to position and display - the button texture. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Add the ith texture corresponding to the ith button state. - The parameter i should be 0<=i<NumberOfStates. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the hovering over the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the button is to appear "normal" - i.e., the mouse pointer is not hovering or selecting the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when selecting the button. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Conventional PlaceWidget() method to satisfy the vtkWidgetRepresentation API. - In this version, bounds[6] specifies a rectangle in *display* coordinates - in which to place the button. The values for bounds[4] and bounds[5] can be - set to zero. Note that PlaceWidget() is typically called at the end of configuring - the button representation. - - - - - This alternative PlaceWidget() method can be used to anchor the button - to a 3D point. In this case, the button representation will move around - the screen as the camera moves around the world space. The first - parameter anchor[3] is the world point anchor position (attached to the - lower left portion of the button by default); and the size[2] parameter - defines a x-y box in display coordinates in which the button will - fit. Note that you can grab the vtkBalloonRepresentation and set an - offset value if the anchor point is to be elsewhere on the button. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - Standard methods for the class. - - - - - Add the ith texture corresponding to the ith button state. - The parameter i should be 0<=i<NumberOfStates. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the hovering over the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when the button is to appear "normal" - i.e., the mouse pointer is not hovering or selecting the button. - - - - - Specify the property to use when selecting the button. - - - - - Provide the necessary methods to satisfy the rendering API. - - - - - vtkTextWidget - widget for placing text on overlay plane - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively placing text on the 2D - overlay plane. The text is defined by an instance of vtkTextActor. It uses - the event bindings of its superclass (vtkBorderWidget). In addition, when - the text is selected, the widget emits a WidgetActivateEvent that - observers can watch for. This is useful for opening GUI dialogues to - adjust font characteristics, etc. (Please see the superclass for a - description of event bindings.) - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Instantiate class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Create the default widget representation if one is not set. - - - - - Specify a vtkTextActor to manage. This is a convenient, alternative - method to specify the representation for the widget (i.e., used instead - of SetRepresentation()). It internally creates a vtkTextRepresentation - and then invokes vtkTextRepresentation::SetTextActor(). - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Standard VTK methods. - - - - - Specify an instance of vtkWidgetRepresentation used to represent this - widget in the scene. Note that the representation is a subclass of vtkProp - so it can be added to the renderer independent of the widget. - - - - - Specify a vtkTextActor to manage. This is a convenient, alternative - method to specify the representation for the widget (i.e., used instead - of SetRepresentation()). It internally creates a vtkTextRepresentation - and then invokes vtkTextRepresentation::SetTextActor(). - - - - - vtkWidgetCallbackMapper - map widget events into callbacks - - - Description - vtkWidgetCallbackMapper maps widget events (defined in vtkWidgetEvent.h) - into static class methods, and provides facilities to invoke the methods. - This class is templated and meant to be used as an internal helper class - by the widget classes. The class works in combination with the class - vtkWidgetEventTranslator, which translates VTK events into widget events. - - - - - vtkWidgetEvent vtkWidgetEventTranslator - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Instantiate the class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Specify the vtkWidgetEventTranslator to coordinate with. - - - - - This method invokes the callback given a widget event. A non-zero value - is returned if the listed event is registered. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - This class works with the class vtkWidgetEventTranslator to set up the - initial coorespondence between VTK events, widget events, and callbacks. - Different flavors of the SetCallbackMethod() are available depending on - what sort of modifiers are to be associated with a particular event. - Typically the widgets should use this method to set up their event - callbacks. If modifiers are not provided (i.e., the VTKEvent is a - unsigned long eventId) then modifiers are ignored. Otherwise, a vtkEvent - instance is used to fully quality the events. - - - - - This class works with the class vtkWidgetEventTranslator to set up the - initial coorespondence between VTK events, widget events, and callbacks. - Different flavors of the SetCallbackMethod() are available depending on - what sort of modifiers are to be associated with a particular event. - Typically the widgets should use this method to set up their event - callbacks. If modifiers are not provided (i.e., the VTKEvent is a - unsigned long eventId) then modifiers are ignored. Otherwise, a vtkEvent - instance is used to fully quality the events. - - - - - Specify the vtkWidgetEventTranslator to coordinate with. - - - - - Specify the vtkWidgetEventTranslator to coordinate with. - - - - - vtkWidgetEvent - define widget events - - - Description - vtkWidgetEvent defines widget events. These events are processed by - subclasses of vtkInteractorObserver. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - The object factory constructor. - - - - - The object factory constructor. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Convenience methods for translating between event names and event ids. - - - - - Convenience methods for translating between event names and event ids. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - enum member - - - - vtkWidgetEventTranslator - map VTK events into widget events - - - Description - vtkWidgetEventTranslator maps VTK events (defined on vtkCommand) into - widget events (defined in vtkWidgetEvent.h). This class is typically used - in combination with vtkWidgetCallbackMapper, which is responsible for - translating widget events into method callbacks, and then invoking the - callbacks. - - This class can be used to define different mappings of VTK events into - the widget events. Thus widgets can be reconfigured to use different - event bindings. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Instantiate the object. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Clear all events from the translator (i.e., no events will be - translated). - - - - - Translate a VTK event into a widget event. If no event mapping is found, - then the methods return vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or a NULL string. - - - - - Translate a VTK event into a widget event. If no event mapping is found, - then the methods return vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or a NULL string. - - - - - Translate a VTK event into a widget event. If no event mapping is found, - then the methods return vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or a NULL string. - - - - - Translate a VTK event into a widget event. If no event mapping is found, - then the methods return vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or a NULL string. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Remove translations for a binding. - Returns the number of translations removed. - - - - - Remove translations for a binding. - Returns the number of translations removed. - - - - - Remove translations for a binding. - Returns the number of translations removed. - - - - - Standard macros. - - - - - Use these methods to create the translation from a VTK event to a widget - event. Specifying vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or an empty - string for the (toEvent) erases the mapping for the event. - - - - - Use these methods to create the translation from a VTK event to a widget - event. Specifying vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or an empty - string for the (toEvent) erases the mapping for the event. - - - - - Use these methods to create the translation from a VTK event to a widget - event. Specifying vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or an empty - string for the (toEvent) erases the mapping for the event. - - - - - Use these methods to create the translation from a VTK event to a widget - event. Specifying vtkWidgetEvent::NoEvent or an empty - string for the (toEvent) erases the mapping for the event. - - - - - vtkWidgetSet - Synchronize a collection on vtkWidgets drawn on different renderwindows using the Callback - Dispatch Action mechanism. - - - - Description - The class synchronizes a set of vtkAbstractWidget(s). Widgets typically - invoke "Actions" that drive the geometry/behaviour of their representations - in response to interactor events. Interactor interactions on a render window - are mapped into "Callbacks" by the widget, from which "Actions" are - dispatched to the entire set. This architecture allows us to tie widgets - existing in different render windows together. For instance a HandleWidget - might exist on the sagittal view. Moving it around should update the - representations of the corresponding handle widget that lies on the axial - and coronal and volume views as well. - - User API - A user would use this class as follows. - - vtkWidgetSet *set = vtkWidgetSet::New(); - vtkParallelopipedWidget *w1 = vtkParallelopipedWidget::New(); - set->AddWidget(w1); - w1->SetInteractor(axialRenderWindow->GetInteractor()); - vtkParallelopipedWidget *w2 = vtkParallelopipedWidget::New(); - set->AddWidget(w2); - w2->SetInteractor(coronalRenderWindow->GetInteractor()); - vtkParallelopipedWidget *w3 = vtkParallelopipedWidget::New(); - set->AddWidget(w3); - w3->SetInteractor(sagittalRenderWindow->GetInteractor()); - set->SetEnabled(1); - - - Motivation - The motivation for this class is really to provide a usable API to tie - together multiple widgets of the same kind. To enable this, subclasses - of vtkAbstractWidget, must be written as follows: - They will generally have callback methods mapped to some user - interaction such as: - - this->CallbackMapper->SetCallbackMethod(vtkCommand::LeftButtonPressEvent, - vtkEvent::NoModifier, 0, 0, NULL, - vtkPaintbrushWidget::BeginDrawStrokeEvent, - this, vtkPaintbrushWidget::BeginDrawCallback); - - The callback invoked when the left button is pressed looks like: - - void vtkPaintbrushWidget::BeginDrawCallback(vtkAbstractWidget *w) - { - vtkPaintbrushWidget *self = vtkPaintbrushWidget::SafeDownCast(w); - self->WidgetSet->DispatchAction(self, &vtkPaintbrushWidget::BeginDrawAction); - } - - The actual code for handling the drawing is written in the BeginDrawAction - method. - - void vtkPaintbrushWidget::BeginDrawAction( vtkPaintbrushWidget *dispatcher) - { - // Do stuff to draw... - // Here dispatcher is the widget that was interacted with, the one that - // dispatched an action to all the other widgets in its group. You may, if - // necessary find it helpful to get parameters from it. - // For instance for a ResizeAction: - // if (this != dispatcher) - // { - // double *newsize = dispatcher->GetRepresentation()->GetSize(); - // this->WidgetRep->SetSize(newsize); - // } - // else - // { - // this->WidgetRep->IncrementSizeByDelta(); - // } - } - - - Caveats - Actions are always dispatched first to the activeWidget, the one calling - the set, and then to the other widgets in the set. - - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Instantiate this class. - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Add a widget to the set. - - - - - Method for activiating and deactiviating all widgets in the group. - - - - - Method for activiating and deactiviating all widgets in the group. - - - - - Get the Nth widget in the set. - - - - - Get number of widgets in the set. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Remove a widget from the set - - - - - Standard methods for a VTK class. - - - - - Method for activiating and deactiviating all widgets in the group. - - - - - vtkXYPlotWidget - 2D widget for manipulating a XY plot - - - Description - This class provides support for interactively manipulating the position, - size, and orientation of a XY Plot. It listens to Left mouse events and - mouse movement. It will change the cursor shape based on its location. If - the cursor is over an edge of thea XY plot it will change the cursor shape - to a resize edge shape. If the position of a XY plot is moved to be close to - the center of one of the four edges of the viewport, then the XY plot will - change its orientation to align with that edge. This orientation is sticky - in that it will stay that orientation until the position is moved close to - another edge. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated type registration mechanics. - - - - - Automatically generated constructor - called from generated code. - DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Automatically generated protected Dispose method - called from - public Dispose or the C# destructor. DO NOT call directly. - - - - - Get the XY plot used by this Widget. One is created automatically. - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Undocumented Block - - - - - Methods for turning the interactor observer on and off. - - - - - Get the XY plot used by this Widget. One is created automatically. - - - - - UserControl derived implementation of vtkRenderWindow for use - in Windows Forms applications. - The client area of this UserControl is completely filled with - an instance of a vtkRenderWindow. - - - - - UserControl derived implementation of vtkRenderWindow for use - in Windows Forms applications. - The client area of this UserControl is completely filled with - an instance of a vtkRenderWindow. - - - - - TestAddActorsToRenderWindow. - - - - - Required designer variable. - - - - - Clean up any resources being used. - - true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false. - - - - Called to set the vtkRenderWindow size according to this control's - Size property. - - - - - Retrieve the X11 Display* to pass to VTK's vtkRenderWindow::SetDisplayId - - - - - OnHandleCreated. - - - - - OnHandleDestroyed. - - - - - OnMouseDown. - - - - - OnMouseMove. - - - - - OnMouseUp. - - - - - OnMouseWheel. - - - - - OnKeyDown. - - - - - OnKeyPress. - - - - - OnKeyUp. - - - - - OnSizeChanged fires after the Size property has changed value. - - - - - OnGotFocus fires after Windows keyboard focus enters the control. - - - - - Override to do "last minute cram" of child control... - - - - - OnVisibleChanged fires after the Visible property has changed value. - - - - - Required method for Designer support - do not modify - the contents of this method with the code editor. - - - - - This property gives you access to the vtkRenderWindow that - fills the client area. - - - - - Text property for test purposes. - - - - - Bool property for test purposes. If true, VTK actors will be added to - the render window in OnHandleCreated. - - - - diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.mummy.Runtime.Unmanaged.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.mummy.Runtime.Unmanaged.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c7f1a59e..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.mummy.Runtime.Unmanaged.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.mummy.Runtime.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.mummy.Runtime.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6b92536d..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Kitware.mummy.Runtime.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/License-OS.txt b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/License-OS.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 197448c8..00000000 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/License-OS.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -ActiViz .NET OpenSource Edition - -Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Kitware Inc. -All rights reserved. - -Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without -modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: - - * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, - this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. - - * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, - this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation - and/or other materials provided with the distribution. - - * Neither name of Kitware, Inc. nor the names of any contributors may be - used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without - specific prior written permission. - -THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" -AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE -ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR -ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL -DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR -SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER -CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, -OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE -OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Microsoft.VC90.CRT.manifest b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Microsoft.VC90.CRT.manifest deleted file mode 100644 index 594cb76b..00000000 --- a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/Microsoft.VC90.CRT.manifest +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ - - - - - S83+LBs1RkUxSkzia1WysaAhLbk= cKyCmIKF+fcGn6qaBhKuun+wAcQ= r+4y/NnOFgaANxNXoHL1jF95DUg= - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/VPIC.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/VPIC.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 21c3812a..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/VPIC.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcm90.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcm90.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 434353d8..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcm90.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcp90.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcp90.dll deleted file mode 100644 index af6cc3da..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcp90.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcr90.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcr90.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ec7f83a3..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/msvcr90.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkCharts.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkCharts.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 45090e94..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkCharts.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkCommon.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkCommon.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6eac9609..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkCommon.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkDICOMParser.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkDICOMParser.dll deleted file mode 100644 index f0c7163e..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkDICOMParser.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkFiltering.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkFiltering.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b963c732..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkFiltering.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGenericFiltering.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGenericFiltering.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c5e85cbd..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGenericFiltering.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGeovis.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGeovis.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6f8b6985..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGeovis.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGraphics.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGraphics.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6906899e..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkGraphics.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkHybrid.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkHybrid.dll deleted file mode 100644 index a9b7aaa6..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkHybrid.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkIO.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkIO.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bb7bd88f..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkIO.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkImaging.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkImaging.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b5ceab44..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkImaging.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkInfovis.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkInfovis.dll deleted file mode 100644 index fd06c03f..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkInfovis.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkNetCDF.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkNetCDF.dll deleted file mode 100644 index c1be9505..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkNetCDF.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkNetCDF_cxx.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkNetCDF_cxx.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 6302986f..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkNetCDF_cxx.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkParallel.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkParallel.dll deleted file mode 100644 index cc3bf987..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkParallel.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkRendering.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkRendering.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8faabe9f..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkRendering.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkViews.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkViews.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b2fead8b..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkViews.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkVolumeRendering.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkVolumeRendering.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 64c5db16..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkVolumeRendering.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkWidgets.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkWidgets.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b10cd66e..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkWidgets.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkalglib.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkalglib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b0820309..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkalglib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkexoIIc.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkexoIIc.dll deleted file mode 100644 index bc132d95..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkexoIIc.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkexpat.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkexpat.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 1dd4af1e..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkexpat.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkfreetype.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkfreetype.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 29046f5c..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkfreetype.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkftgl.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkftgl.dll deleted file mode 100644 index ab81f5d7..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkftgl.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkjpeg.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkjpeg.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 8382fb3c..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkjpeg.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtklibxml2.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtklibxml2.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 65a26fb5..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtklibxml2.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkmetaio.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkmetaio.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2ea76048..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkmetaio.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkpng.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkpng.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 274f1bd8..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkpng.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkproj4.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkproj4.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 5a07cf95..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkproj4.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtksys.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtksys.dll deleted file mode 100644 index dce6bf7d..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtksys.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtktiff.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtktiff.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 2e38b6cd..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtktiff.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkverdict.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkverdict.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 0b5670a8..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkverdict.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkzlib.dll b/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkzlib.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 4dbd0c4c..00000000 Binary files a/VTKConverter/VTKConverter/bin/vtkzlib.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.gitignore b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac632f0c --- /dev/null +++ b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +### +# Unity folders and files +### +[Aa]ssets/AssetStoreTools* +[Aa]ssets/Resources/Models/ +[Bb]uild/ +[Ll]ibrary/ +[Ll]ocal[Cc]ache/ +[Oo]bj/ +[Tt]emp/ +[Uu]nityGenerated/ +# file on crash reports +sysinfo.txt +# Unity3D generated meta files +*.pidb.meta +# Unity build location +App/* + +### +# VS/MD solution and project files +### +[Ee]xportedObj/ +*.booproj +*.csproj +*.sln +*.suo +*.svd +*.unityproj +*.user +*.userprefs +*.pidb +.DS_Store + +### +# OS generated +### +.DS_Store +.DS_Store? +._* +.Spotlight-V100 +.Trashes +Icon? +ehthumbs.db +Thumbs.db +/.vs + +# Specific to Holo project +/Assets/Resources/localConfig.asset +/Assets/Resources/localConfig.asset.meta +/Assets/icon.asset +/Assets/icon.asset.meta +/Assets/Temporary +/Assets/Temporary.meta +/Assets/StreamingAssets +/Assets/StreamingAssets.meta diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/.suo b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/.suo deleted file mode 100644 index aa18bad3..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/.suo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/db.lock b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/db.lock deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide deleted file mode 100644 index e65b5911..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-shm b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-shm deleted file mode 100644 index 40b5b0fc..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-shm and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-wal b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-wal deleted file mode 100644 index 6a5d9d1d..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v15/Server/sqlite3/storage.ide-wal and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v16/.suo b/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v16/.suo deleted file mode 100644 index e5402aa7..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/.vs/EVPreprocessing/v16/.suo and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assembly-CSharp-Editor.csproj b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assembly-CSharp-Editor.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index 42bf3201..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assembly-CSharp-Editor.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,729 +0,0 @@ - - - - latest - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 10.0.20506 - 2.0 - - {667961D3-400B-03A5-42A9-5C624055DAF9} - Library - Properties - Assembly-CSharp-Editor - v4.7.1 - 512 - . - - - true - full - false - Temp\bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE;UNITY_5_3_OR_NEWER;UNITY_5_4_OR_NEWER;UNITY_5_5_OR_NEWER;UNITY_5_6_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_1_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_2_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_3_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_4_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_1_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_2_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_3_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_4_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_4_14;UNITY_2018_4;UNITY_2018;UNITY_INCLUDE_TESTS;ENABLE_AUDIO;ENABLE_CACHING;ENABLE_CLOTH;ENABLE_MICROPHONE;ENABLE_MULTIPLE_DISPLAYS;ENABLE_PHYSICS;ENABLE_SPRITES;ENABLE_GRID;ENABLE_TILEMAP;ENABLE_TERRAIN;ENABLE_TEXTURE_STREAMING;ENABLE_DIRECTOR;ENABLE_UNET;ENABLE_LZMA;ENABLE_UNITYEVENTS;ENABLE_WEBCAM;ENABLE_WWW;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_COLLAB;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_COLLAB_SOFTLOCKS;ENABLE_CLOUD_HUB;ENABLE_CLOUD_PROJECT_ID;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_USE_WEBREQUEST;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_UNET;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_BUILD;ENABLE_CLOUD_LICENSE;ENABLE_EDITOR_HUB;ENABLE_EDITOR_HUB_LICENSE;ENABLE_WEBSOCKET_CLIENT;ENABLE_DIRECTOR_AUDIO;ENABLE_DIRECTOR_TEXTURE;ENABLE_TIMELINE;ENABLE_EDITOR_METRICS;ENABLE_EDITOR_METRICS_CACHING;ENABLE_MANAGED_TRANSFORM_JOBS;ENABLE_MANAGED_ANIMATION_JOBS;INCLUDE_DYNAMIC_GI;INCLUDE_GI;ENABLE_MONO_BDWGC;RENDER_SOFTWARE_CURSOR;INCLUDE_PUBNUB;ENABLE_VIDEO;ENABLE_CUSTOM_RENDER_TEXTURE;ENABLE_LOCALIZATION;PLATFORM_METRO;UNITY_METRO;UNITY_METRO_API;UNITY_WSA;UNITY_WSA_10_0;UNITY_WINRT_10_0;PLATFORM_WINRT;UNITY_WINRT;ENABLE_WINRT_PINVOKE;ENABLE_LAZY_METHOD_CACHING;ENABLE_MOVIES;ENABLE_CRUNCH_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION;ENABLE_NETWORK;ENABLE_EVENT_QUEUE;UNITY_PLATFORM_THREAD_TO_CORE_MAPPING;ENABLE_SUBSTANCE;PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_ADS_ID;ENABLE_UNITYWEBREQUEST;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ADS;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ANALYTICS;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_PURCHASING;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_CRASH_REPORTING;CURL_STATICLIB;ENABLE_VR;ENABLE_AR;PLATFORM_OVERRIDES_APPLICATION_PACKAGE_NAME;ENABLE_MONO;NET_4_6;ENABLE_PROFILER;UNITY_ASSERTIONS;UNITY_EDITOR;UNITY_EDITOR_64;UNITY_EDITOR_WIN;ENABLE_UNITY_COLLECTIONS_CHECKS;ENABLE_BURST_AOT;UNITY_TEAM_LICENSE;ENABLE_VSTU;CSHARP_7_OR_LATER;CSHARP_7_3_OR_NEWER - prompt - 4 - 0169 - False - - - pdbonly - true - Temp\bin\Release\ - prompt - 4 - 0169 - False - - - true - true - false - false - false - - - {E097FAD1-6243-4DAD-9C02-E9B9EFC3FFC1};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} - Unity/VSTU - Editor:5 - WSAPlayer:21 - 2018.4.14f1 - - - - - - - C:\Program Files\Unity\Editor\Data\Managed/UnityEngine/UnityEngine.dll - - - C:\Program Files\Unity\Editor\Data\Managed/UnityEditor.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.TextMeshPro.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.PackageManagerUI.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.TextMeshPro.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AIModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ARModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AccessibilityModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AnimationModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AssetBundleModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AudioModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.BaselibModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ClothModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.CoreModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.CrashReportingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.DirectorModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.FileSystemHttpModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.GameCenterModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.GridModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.HotReloadModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.IMGUIModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ImageConversionModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.InputModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.JSONSerializeModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.LocalizationModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ParticleSystemModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.PerformanceReportingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.PhysicsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.Physics2DModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ProfilerModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ScreenCaptureModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SharedInternalsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SpatialTrackingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SpriteMaskModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SpriteShapeModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.StreamingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.StyleSheetsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SubstanceModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TLSModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TerrainModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TerrainPhysicsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TextCoreModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TextRenderingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TilemapModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TimelineModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UIModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UIElementsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UNETModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UmbraModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityAnalyticsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityConnectModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityTestProtocolModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestAssetBundleModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestAudioModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestTextureModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestWWWModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VFXModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VRModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VehiclesModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VideoModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.WindModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.XRModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/Managed/Unity.Locator.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/GUISystem/UnityEngine.UI.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/GUISystem/Editor/UnityEditor.UI.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/TestRunner/Editor/UnityEditor.TestRunner.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/TestRunner/UnityEngine.TestRunner.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/TestRunner/net35/unity-custom/nunit.framework.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/Timeline/RuntimeEditor/UnityEngine.Timeline.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/Timeline/Editor/UnityEditor.Timeline.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/Networking/UnityEngine.Networking.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/Networking/Editor/UnityEditor.Networking.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/VuforiaSupport/Managed/Editor/Vuforia.UnityExtensions.Editor.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/VuforiaSupport/Managed/Runtime/Vuforia.UnityExtensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnityGoogleAudioSpatializer/Editor/UnityEditor.GoogleAudioSpatializer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnityGoogleAudioSpatializer/RuntimeEditor/UnityEngine.GoogleAudioSpatializer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnitySpatialTracking/Editor/UnityEditor.SpatialTracking.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnitySpatialTracking/RuntimeEditor/UnityEngine.SpatialTracking.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnityVR/Editor/UnityEditor.VR.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/Managed/UnityEditor.Graphs.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/UnityEditor.WSA.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/WebGLSupport/UnityEditor.WebGL.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/windowsstandalonesupport/UnityEditor.WindowsStandalone.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Plugins/log4net.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Plugins/NDesk.Options.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Plugins/Newtonsoft.Json.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.purchasing@2.0.3/Editor/UnityEditor.Purchasing.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/mscorlib.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Core.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Runtime.Serialization.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Xml.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Xml.Linq.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Numerics.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Numerics.Vectors.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Net.Http.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Microsoft.CSharp.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Data.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/Microsoft.Win32.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/netstandard.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.AppContext.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.Concurrent.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.NonGeneric.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.Specialized.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.Annotations.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.EventBasedAsync.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Console.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Data.Common.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Contracts.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Debug.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.FileVersionInfo.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Process.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.StackTrace.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.TextWriterTraceListener.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Tools.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.TraceSource.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Drawing.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Dynamic.Runtime.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Globalization.Calendars.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Globalization.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Globalization.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.Compression.ZipFile.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.DriveInfo.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.Watcher.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.IsolatedStorage.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.MemoryMappedFiles.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.Pipes.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.UnmanagedMemoryStream.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.Expressions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.Parallel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.Queryable.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Http.Rtc.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.NameResolution.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.NetworkInformation.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Ping.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Requests.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Security.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Sockets.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.WebHeaderCollection.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.WebSockets.Client.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.WebSockets.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ObjectModel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Emit.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Emit.ILGeneration.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Emit.Lightweight.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Resources.Reader.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Resources.ResourceManager.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Resources.Writer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.CompilerServices.VisualC.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Handles.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.InteropServices.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.InteropServices.RuntimeInformation.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.InteropServices.WindowsRuntime.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Numerics.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Json.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Xml.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Claims.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Algorithms.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Csp.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Encoding.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Principal.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.SecureString.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Duplex.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Http.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.NetTcp.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Security.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Text.Encoding.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Text.Encoding.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Text.RegularExpressions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Overlapped.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Tasks.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Tasks.Parallel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Thread.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.ThreadPool.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Timer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ValueTuple.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.ReaderWriter.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XDocument.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XmlDocument.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XmlSerializer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XPath.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XPath.XDocument.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/unityscript/UnityScript.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/unityscript/UnityScript.Lang.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/unityscript/Boo.Lang.dll - - - - - {A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3} - Assembly-CSharp - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assembly-CSharp.csproj b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assembly-CSharp.csproj deleted file mode 100644 index 1f6e5e52..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assembly-CSharp.csproj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,671 +0,0 @@ - - - - latest - - - Debug - AnyCPU - 10.0.20506 - 2.0 - - {A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3} - Library - Properties - Assembly-CSharp - v4.7.1 - 512 - . - - - true - full - false - Temp\bin\Debug\ - DEBUG;TRACE;UNITY_5_3_OR_NEWER;UNITY_5_4_OR_NEWER;UNITY_5_5_OR_NEWER;UNITY_5_6_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_1_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_2_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_3_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2017_4_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_1_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_2_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_3_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_4_OR_NEWER;UNITY_2018_4_14;UNITY_2018_4;UNITY_2018;UNITY_INCLUDE_TESTS;ENABLE_AUDIO;ENABLE_CACHING;ENABLE_CLOTH;ENABLE_MICROPHONE;ENABLE_MULTIPLE_DISPLAYS;ENABLE_PHYSICS;ENABLE_SPRITES;ENABLE_GRID;ENABLE_TILEMAP;ENABLE_TERRAIN;ENABLE_TEXTURE_STREAMING;ENABLE_DIRECTOR;ENABLE_UNET;ENABLE_LZMA;ENABLE_UNITYEVENTS;ENABLE_WEBCAM;ENABLE_WWW;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_COLLAB;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_COLLAB_SOFTLOCKS;ENABLE_CLOUD_HUB;ENABLE_CLOUD_PROJECT_ID;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_USE_WEBREQUEST;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_UNET;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_BUILD;ENABLE_CLOUD_LICENSE;ENABLE_EDITOR_HUB;ENABLE_EDITOR_HUB_LICENSE;ENABLE_WEBSOCKET_CLIENT;ENABLE_DIRECTOR_AUDIO;ENABLE_DIRECTOR_TEXTURE;ENABLE_TIMELINE;ENABLE_EDITOR_METRICS;ENABLE_EDITOR_METRICS_CACHING;ENABLE_MANAGED_TRANSFORM_JOBS;ENABLE_MANAGED_ANIMATION_JOBS;INCLUDE_DYNAMIC_GI;INCLUDE_GI;ENABLE_MONO_BDWGC;RENDER_SOFTWARE_CURSOR;INCLUDE_PUBNUB;ENABLE_VIDEO;ENABLE_CUSTOM_RENDER_TEXTURE;ENABLE_LOCALIZATION;PLATFORM_METRO;UNITY_METRO;UNITY_METRO_API;UNITY_WSA;UNITY_WSA_10_0;UNITY_WINRT_10_0;PLATFORM_WINRT;UNITY_WINRT;ENABLE_WINRT_PINVOKE;ENABLE_LAZY_METHOD_CACHING;ENABLE_MOVIES;ENABLE_CRUNCH_TEXTURE_COMPRESSION;ENABLE_NETWORK;ENABLE_EVENT_QUEUE;UNITY_PLATFORM_THREAD_TO_CORE_MAPPING;ENABLE_SUBSTANCE;PLATFORM_SUPPORTS_ADS_ID;ENABLE_UNITYWEBREQUEST;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ADS;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ANALYTICS;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_PURCHASING;ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_CRASH_REPORTING;CURL_STATICLIB;ENABLE_VR;ENABLE_AR;PLATFORM_OVERRIDES_APPLICATION_PACKAGE_NAME;ENABLE_MONO;NET_4_6;ENABLE_PROFILER;UNITY_ASSERTIONS;UNITY_EDITOR;UNITY_EDITOR_64;UNITY_EDITOR_WIN;ENABLE_UNITY_COLLECTIONS_CHECKS;ENABLE_BURST_AOT;UNITY_TEAM_LICENSE;ENABLE_VSTU;CSHARP_7_OR_LATER;CSHARP_7_3_OR_NEWER - prompt - 4 - 0169 - False - - - pdbonly - true - Temp\bin\Release\ - prompt - 4 - 0169 - False - - - true - true - false - false - false - - - {E097FAD1-6243-4DAD-9C02-E9B9EFC3FFC1};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} - Unity/VSTU - Game:1 - WSAPlayer:21 - 2018.4.14f1 - - - - - - - C:\Program Files\Unity\Editor\Data\Managed/UnityEngine/UnityEngine.dll - - - C:\Program Files\Unity\Editor\Data\Managed/UnityEditor.dll - - - - - - - - - - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.TextMeshPro.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.PackageManagerUI.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.TextMeshPro.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/ScriptAssemblies/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AIModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ARModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AccessibilityModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AnimationModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AssetBundleModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.AudioModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.BaselibModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ClothModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.CoreModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.CrashReportingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.DirectorModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.FileSystemHttpModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.GameCenterModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.GridModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.HotReloadModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.IMGUIModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ImageConversionModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.InputModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.JSONSerializeModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.LocalizationModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ParticleSystemModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.PerformanceReportingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.PhysicsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.Physics2DModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ProfilerModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.ScreenCaptureModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SharedInternalsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SpatialTrackingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SpriteMaskModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SpriteShapeModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.StreamingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.StyleSheetsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.SubstanceModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TLSModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TerrainModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TerrainPhysicsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TextCoreModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TextRenderingModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TilemapModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.TimelineModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UIModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UIElementsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UNETModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UmbraModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityAnalyticsModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityConnectModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityTestProtocolModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestAssetBundleModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestAudioModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestTextureModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.UnityWebRequestWWWModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VFXModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VRModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VehiclesModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.VideoModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.WindModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/MetroSupport/Tools/UnityEngine.XRModule.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/Managed/Unity.Locator.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/GUISystem/UnityEngine.UI.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/TestRunner/UnityEngine.TestRunner.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/TestRunner/net35/unity-custom/nunit.framework.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/Timeline/RuntimeEditor/UnityEngine.Timeline.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/Networking/UnityEngine.Networking.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/PlaybackEngines/VuforiaSupport/Managed/Runtime/Vuforia.UnityExtensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnityGoogleAudioSpatializer/RuntimeEditor/UnityEngine.GoogleAudioSpatializer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/UnityExtensions/Unity/UnitySpatialTracking/RuntimeEditor/UnityEngine.SpatialTracking.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Plugins/log4net.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Plugins/NDesk.Options.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Plugins/Newtonsoft.Json.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll - - - C:/Users/mit-kuchnowski/repos/holo/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/mscorlib.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Core.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Runtime.Serialization.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Xml.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Xml.Linq.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Numerics.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Numerics.Vectors.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Net.Http.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Microsoft.CSharp.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/System.Data.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/Microsoft.Win32.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/netstandard.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.AppContext.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.Concurrent.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.NonGeneric.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Collections.Specialized.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.Annotations.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.EventBasedAsync.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ComponentModel.TypeConverter.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Console.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Data.Common.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Contracts.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Debug.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.FileVersionInfo.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Process.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.StackTrace.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.TextWriterTraceListener.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.Tools.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Diagnostics.TraceSource.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Drawing.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Dynamic.Runtime.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Globalization.Calendars.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Globalization.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Globalization.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.Compression.ZipFile.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.DriveInfo.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.FileSystem.Watcher.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.IsolatedStorage.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.MemoryMappedFiles.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.Pipes.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.IO.UnmanagedMemoryStream.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.Expressions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.Parallel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Linq.Queryable.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Http.Rtc.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.NameResolution.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.NetworkInformation.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Ping.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Requests.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Security.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.Sockets.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.WebHeaderCollection.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.WebSockets.Client.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Net.WebSockets.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ObjectModel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Emit.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Emit.ILGeneration.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Emit.Lightweight.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Reflection.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Resources.Reader.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Resources.ResourceManager.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Resources.Writer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.CompilerServices.VisualC.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Handles.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.InteropServices.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.InteropServices.RuntimeInformation.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.InteropServices.WindowsRuntime.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Numerics.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Formatters.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Json.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Runtime.Serialization.Xml.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Claims.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Algorithms.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Csp.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Encoding.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.Principal.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Security.SecureString.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Duplex.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Http.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.NetTcp.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Primitives.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ServiceModel.Security.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Text.Encoding.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Text.Encoding.Extensions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Text.RegularExpressions.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Overlapped.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Tasks.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Tasks.Parallel.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Thread.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.ThreadPool.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Threading.Timer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.ValueTuple.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.ReaderWriter.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XDocument.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XmlDocument.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XmlSerializer.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XPath.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/4.7.1-api/Facades/System.Xml.XPath.XDocument.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/unityscript/UnityScript.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/unityscript/UnityScript.Lang.dll - - - C:/Program Files/Unity/Editor/Data/MonoBleedingEdge/lib/mono/unityscript/Boo.Lang.dll - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/DataPreparator.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/DataPreparator.cs index ee643fee..c5773850 100644 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/DataPreparator.cs +++ b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/DataPreparator.cs @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ using System.IO; +using System.Threading; using UnityEditor; using UnityEngine; @@ -70,7 +71,7 @@ private void PrepareData(string modelType) } finally { - Directory.Delete(AssetDirs.TempAssetsDir, true); + DeleteRecursivelyWithSleep(AssetDirs.TempAssetsDir); Log.Info("Preprocessing finished!"); } } @@ -92,4 +93,28 @@ private ModelImport.ModelImporter InitializeModelImporter(string modelType, Mode throw Log.ThrowError("Incorrect ModelImporter type declared!", new IOException()); } } + + + private static void DeleteRecursivelyWithSleep(string destinationDir) + { + const int tries = 10; + for (var attempt = 1; attempt <= tries; attempt++) + { + try + { + Directory.Delete(destinationDir, true); + } + catch (DirectoryNotFoundException) + { + return; + } + catch (System.UnauthorizedAccessException) + { // Someone or something hasn't closed a file yet. + Log.Debug($"Unauthorized Access at path: {destinationDir}, attempt #{attempt}. Sleeping for 50ms and trying again."); + Thread.Sleep(50); + continue; + } + return; + } + } } diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/ModelImport/VolumetricModel.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/ModelImport/VolumetricModel.cs.meta index 35f79b1e..5996eae1 100644 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/ModelImport/VolumetricModel.cs.meta +++ b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Editor/ModelImport/VolumetricModel.cs.meta @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 403d75a1ae574154a891bad55a19359c +guid: fc47d3d1cf6b8df4db1656e2ef88aaa5 MonoImporter: externalObjects: {} serializedVersion: 2 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Resources.meta similarity index 77% rename from unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources.meta rename to unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Resources.meta index 01229c29..ce1205a0 100644 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources.meta +++ b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Resources.meta @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a6ab6fd2b91214e8a9c8ec2224a528de +guid: 3c72b05541ebb8e46b260e67a8c550a9 folderAsset: yes DefaultImporter: externalObjects: {} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Scripts/models_collection/VolumetricModelLayer.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Scripts/models_collection/VolumetricModelLayer.cs.meta index d4cb2e89..16d7db02 100644 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Scripts/models_collection/VolumetricModelLayer.cs.meta +++ b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/Scripts/models_collection/VolumetricModelLayer.cs.meta @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 192c7a7a3865ebe45a444671c8fcfb17 +guid: 3b41f7471a7a18c41a23a1d9fd08a27b MonoImporter: externalObjects: {} serializedVersion: 2 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/StreamingAssets.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/StreamingAssets.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 13828277..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/StreamingAssets.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: cf85109a6fa52974e9ca2bdf604bf5e7 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.exe b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.exe index 71191bb1..93d1286b 100644 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.exe and b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.exe differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.pdb b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.pdb deleted file mode 100644 index 09207da5..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Assets/VTKConverter/VTKConverter.pdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/EVPreprocessing.sln b/unity/EVPreprocessing/EVPreprocessing.sln deleted file mode 100644 index 9087c347..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/EVPreprocessing.sln +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ - -Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 -# Visual Studio 15 -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Assembly-CSharp", "Assembly-CSharp.csproj", "{A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Assembly-CSharp-Editor", "Assembly-CSharp-Editor.csproj", "{667961D3-400B-03A5-42A9-5C624055DAF9}" -EndProject -Global - GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution - Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU - Release|Any CPU = Release|Any CPU - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution - {A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A90233C0-64AA-DFA8-A289-3B3C6B6F02C3}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {667961D3-400B-03A5-42A9-5C624055DAF9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {667961D3-400B-03A5-42A9-5C624055DAF9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {667961D3-400B-03A5-42A9-5C624055DAF9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {667961D3-400B-03A5-42A9-5C624055DAF9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution - HideSolutionNode = FALSE - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(MonoDevelopProperties) = preSolution - StartupItem = Assembly-CSharp.csproj - EndGlobalSection -EndGlobal diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/AnnotationManager b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/AnnotationManager deleted file mode 100644 index 7bddecb8..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/AnnotationManager and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/AssetImportState b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/AssetImportState deleted file mode 100644 index b454ee5b..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/AssetImportState +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -21;0;4;0;0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/BuildPlayer.prefs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/BuildPlayer.prefs deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/BuildSettings.asset b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/BuildSettings.asset deleted file mode 100644 index 1003db50..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/BuildSettings.asset and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/CrashedAssetImports.txt b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/CrashedAssetImports.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e69de29b..00000000 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/CurrentLayout.dwlt b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/CurrentLayout.dwlt deleted file mode 100644 index a48b5201..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/CurrentLayout.dwlt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,769 +0,0 @@ -%YAML 1.1 -%TAG !u! tag:unity3d.com,2011: ---- !u!114 &1 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12004, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_PixelRect: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 43 - width: 1920 - height: 997 - m_ShowMode: 4 - m_Title: - m_RootView: {fileID: 4} - m_MinSize: {x: 950, y: 548} - m_MaxSize: {x: 10000, y: 10000} ---- !u!114 &2 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 12006, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: [] - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 1419 - y: 0 - width: 501 - height: 947 - m_MinSize: {x: 275, y: 50} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_ActualView: {fileID: 12} - m_Panes: - - {fileID: 12} - m_Selected: 0 - m_LastSelected: 0 ---- !u!114 &3 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 12010, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: - - {fileID: 7} - - {fileID: 2} - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 30 - width: 1920 - height: 947 - m_MinSize: {x: 681, y: 498} - m_MaxSize: {x: 14002, y: 14048} - vertical: 0 - controlID: 12 ---- !u!114 &4 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12008, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: - - {fileID: 5} - - {fileID: 3} - - {fileID: 6} - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 1920 - height: 997 - m_MinSize: {x: 950, y: 548} - m_MaxSize: {x: 10000, y: 10000} ---- !u!114 &5 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12011, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: [] - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 1920 - height: 30 - m_MinSize: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_MaxSize: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_LastLoadedLayoutName: ---- !u!114 &6 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12042, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: [] - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 977 - width: 1920 - height: 20 - m_MinSize: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_MaxSize: {x: 0, y: 0} ---- !u!114 &7 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12010, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: - - {fileID: 8} - - {fileID: 11} - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 1419 - height: 947 - m_MinSize: {x: 406, y: 498} - m_MaxSize: {x: 10002, y: 14048} - vertical: 1 - controlID: 13 ---- !u!114 &8 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12010, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: - - {fileID: 9} - - {fileID: 10} - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 1419 - height: 585 - m_MinSize: {x: 406, y: 224} - m_MaxSize: {x: 8006, y: 4024} - vertical: 0 - controlID: 14 ---- !u!114 &9 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12006, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: [] - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 386 - height: 585 - m_MinSize: {x: 200, y: 200} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_ActualView: {fileID: 14} - m_Panes: - - {fileID: 14} - m_Selected: 0 - m_LastSelected: 0 ---- !u!114 &10 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12006, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: [] - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 386 - y: 0 - width: 1033 - height: 585 - m_MinSize: {x: 200, y: 200} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_ActualView: {fileID: 13} - m_Panes: - - {fileID: 13} - - {fileID: 15} - - {fileID: 16} - - {fileID: 17} - m_Selected: 0 - m_LastSelected: 1 ---- !u!114 &11 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12006, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Children: [] - m_Position: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 585 - width: 1419 - height: 362 - m_MinSize: {x: 232, y: 274} - m_MaxSize: {x: 10002, y: 10024} - m_ActualView: {fileID: 18} - m_Panes: - - {fileID: 18} - - {fileID: 19} - - {fileID: 20} - m_Selected: 0 - m_LastSelected: 1 ---- !u!114 &12 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 12019, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 275, y: 50} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Inspector - m_Image: {fileID: -6905738622615590433, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 1419 - y: 73 - width: 499 - height: 927 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_ObjectsLockedBeforeSerialization: [] - m_InstanceIDsLockedBeforeSerialization: - m_LockTracker: - m_IsLocked: 0 - m_PreviewResizer: - m_CachedPref: -160 - m_ControlHash: 1412526313 - m_PrefName: Preview_InspectorPreview - m_PreviewWindow: {fileID: 0} ---- !u!114 &13 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12013, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 200, y: 200} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Scene - m_Image: {fileID: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 386 - y: 73 - width: 1029 - height: 565 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_WindowGUID: b408dd37a86d20341974f4b885852568 - m_SceneLighting: 0 - m_2DMode: 0 - m_isRotationLocked: 0 - m_AudioPlay: 0 - m_Position: - m_Target: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0} - speed: 2 - m_Value: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0} - m_RenderMode: 2 - m_CameraMode: - drawMode: 2 - name: Shaded Wireframe - section: Shading Mode - m_ValidateTrueMetals: 0 - m_SceneViewState: - showFog: 1 - showMaterialUpdate: 1 - showSkybox: 1 - showFlares: 1 - showImageEffects: 1 - showParticleSystems: 1 - grid: - xGrid: - m_Target: 0 - speed: 2 - m_Value: 0 - yGrid: - m_Target: 1 - speed: 2 - m_Value: 1 - zGrid: - m_Target: 0 - speed: 2 - m_Value: 0 - m_Rotation: - m_Target: {x: -0.08717229, y: 0.89959055, z: -0.21045254, w: -0.3726226} - speed: 2 - m_Value: {x: -0.08717229, y: 0.89959055, z: -0.21045254, w: -0.3726226} - m_Size: - m_Target: 10 - speed: 2 - m_Value: 10 - m_Ortho: - m_Target: 0 - speed: 2 - m_Value: 0 - m_ShowGlobalGrid: 1 - m_LastSceneViewRotation: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - m_LastSceneViewOrtho: 0 - m_ReplacementShader: {fileID: 0} - m_ReplacementString: - m_LastLockedObject: {fileID: 0} - m_ViewIsLockedToObject: 0 ---- !u!114 &14 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12061, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 200, y: 200} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Hierarchy - m_Image: {fileID: -590624980919486359, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 73 - width: 384 - height: 565 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_SceneHierarchy: - m_TreeViewState: - scrollPos: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_SelectedIDs: e62f0000 - m_LastClickedID: 0 - m_ExpandedIDs: eafaffff - m_RenameOverlay: - m_UserAcceptedRename: 0 - m_Name: - m_OriginalName: - m_EditFieldRect: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 0 - height: 0 - m_UserData: 0 - m_IsWaitingForDelay: 0 - m_IsRenaming: 0 - m_OriginalEventType: 11 - m_IsRenamingFilename: 0 - m_ClientGUIView: {fileID: 9} - m_SearchString: - m_ExpandedScenes: [] - m_CurrenRootInstanceID: 0 - m_LockTracker: - m_IsLocked: 0 - m_CurrentSortingName: TransformSorting - m_WindowGUID: 92ca9878e114478498200ffcc60c2b32 ---- !u!114 &15 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12015, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 200, y: 200} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Game - m_Image: {fileID: -2087823869225018852, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 1340 - y: -1007 - width: 1029 - height: 565 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_MaximizeOnPlay: 0 - m_Gizmos: 0 - m_Stats: 0 - m_SelectedSizes: 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 - m_TargetDisplay: 0 - m_ZoomArea: - m_HRangeLocked: 0 - m_VRangeLocked: 0 - hZoomLockedByDefault: 0 - vZoomLockedByDefault: 0 - m_HBaseRangeMin: -514.5 - m_HBaseRangeMax: 514.5 - m_VBaseRangeMin: -274 - m_VBaseRangeMax: 274 - m_HAllowExceedBaseRangeMin: 1 - m_HAllowExceedBaseRangeMax: 1 - m_VAllowExceedBaseRangeMin: 1 - m_VAllowExceedBaseRangeMax: 1 - m_ScaleWithWindow: 0 - m_HSlider: 0 - m_VSlider: 0 - m_IgnoreScrollWheelUntilClicked: 0 - m_EnableMouseInput: 0 - m_EnableSliderZoomHorizontal: 0 - m_EnableSliderZoomVertical: 0 - m_UniformScale: 1 - m_UpDirection: 1 - m_DrawArea: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 17 - width: 1029 - height: 548 - m_Scale: {x: 1, y: 1} - m_Translation: {x: 514.5, y: 274} - m_MarginLeft: 0 - m_MarginRight: 0 - m_MarginTop: 0 - m_MarginBottom: 0 - m_LastShownAreaInsideMargins: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: -514.5 - y: -274 - width: 1029 - height: 548 - m_MinimalGUI: 1 - m_defaultScale: 1 - m_TargetTexture: {fileID: 0} - m_CurrentColorSpace: 0 - m_LastWindowPixelSize: {x: 1029, y: 565} - m_ClearInEditMode: 1 - m_NoCameraWarning: 1 - m_LowResolutionForAspectRatios: 01000000000100000100 - m_XRRenderMode: 0 ---- !u!114 &16 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12111, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 400, y: 100} - m_MaxSize: {x: 2048, y: 2048} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Asset Store - m_Image: {fileID: 357073275683767465, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 1085.2 - y: -999 - width: 1192 - height: 554 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} ---- !u!114 &17 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 12071, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 100, y: 100} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Animation - m_Image: {fileID: 1561878555887300916, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 1080.2 - y: -1007 - width: 1202 - height: 564 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_LockTracker: - m_IsLocked: 0 - m_LastSelectedObjectID: -6964 ---- !u!114 &18 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12014, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 230, y: 250} - m_MaxSize: {x: 10000, y: 10000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Project - m_Image: {fileID: -7501376956915960154, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 658 - width: 1417 - height: 342 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_SearchFilter: - m_NameFilter: - m_ClassNames: [] - m_AssetLabels: [] - m_AssetBundleNames: [] - m_VersionControlStates: [] - m_SoftLockControlStates: [] - m_ReferencingInstanceIDs: - m_SceneHandles: - m_ShowAllHits: 0 - m_SearchArea: 1 - m_Folders: - - Assets/Scripts/models_collection - m_ViewMode: 1 - m_StartGridSize: 16 - m_LastFolders: - - Assets/Scripts/models_collection - m_LastFoldersGridSize: 16 - m_LastProjectPath: C:\Users\mit-kuchnowski\repos\holo\unity\EVPreprocessing\EVPreprocessing - m_LockTracker: - m_IsLocked: 0 - m_FolderTreeState: - scrollPos: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_SelectedIDs: 0e2e0000 - m_LastClickedID: 11790 - m_ExpandedIDs: 000000005c2d0000862e0000942e00006a2f0000dc2f0000de2f000000ca9a3b - m_RenameOverlay: - m_UserAcceptedRename: 0 - m_Name: - m_OriginalName: - m_EditFieldRect: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 0 - height: 0 - m_UserData: 0 - m_IsWaitingForDelay: 0 - m_IsRenaming: 0 - m_OriginalEventType: 11 - m_IsRenamingFilename: 1 - m_ClientGUIView: {fileID: 11} - m_SearchString: - m_CreateAssetUtility: - m_EndAction: {fileID: 0} - m_InstanceID: 0 - m_Path: - m_Icon: {fileID: 0} - m_ResourceFile: - m_AssetTreeState: - scrollPos: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_SelectedIDs: - m_LastClickedID: 0 - m_ExpandedIDs: 000000005c2d0000862e0000942e00006a2f0000dc2f0000de2f0000 - m_RenameOverlay: - m_UserAcceptedRename: 0 - m_Name: - m_OriginalName: - m_EditFieldRect: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 0 - height: 0 - m_UserData: 0 - m_IsWaitingForDelay: 0 - m_IsRenaming: 0 - m_OriginalEventType: 11 - m_IsRenamingFilename: 1 - m_ClientGUIView: {fileID: 0} - m_SearchString: - m_CreateAssetUtility: - m_EndAction: {fileID: 0} - m_InstanceID: 0 - m_Path: - m_Icon: {fileID: 0} - m_ResourceFile: - m_ListAreaState: - m_SelectedInstanceIDs: - m_LastClickedInstanceID: 0 - m_HadKeyboardFocusLastEvent: 1 - m_ExpandedInstanceIDs: c623000036290000502900009e280000002e0000 - m_RenameOverlay: - m_UserAcceptedRename: 0 - m_Name: - m_OriginalName: - m_EditFieldRect: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 0 - width: 0 - height: 0 - m_UserData: 0 - m_IsWaitingForDelay: 0 - m_IsRenaming: 0 - m_OriginalEventType: 11 - m_IsRenamingFilename: 1 - m_ClientGUIView: {fileID: 11} - m_CreateAssetUtility: - m_EndAction: {fileID: 0} - m_InstanceID: 0 - m_Path: - m_Icon: {fileID: 0} - m_ResourceFile: - m_NewAssetIndexInList: -1 - m_ScrollPosition: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_GridSize: 16 - m_DirectoriesAreaWidth: 262 ---- !u!114 &19 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 1 - m_Script: {fileID: 12003, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 100, y: 100} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Console - m_Image: {fileID: 111653112392082826, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 0 - y: 658 - width: 1417 - height: 342 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} ---- !u!114 &20 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 52 - m_CorrespondingSourceObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInstance: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabAsset: {fileID: 0} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 0} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 12071, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_MinSize: {x: 100, y: 100} - m_MaxSize: {x: 4000, y: 4000} - m_TitleContent: - m_Text: Animation - m_Image: {fileID: 1561878555887300916, guid: 0000000000000000d000000000000000, - type: 0} - m_Tooltip: - m_Pos: - serializedVersion: 2 - x: 954 - y: -421 - width: 1417 - height: 341 - m_PersistentViewDataDictionary: {fileID: 0} - m_LockTracker: - m_IsLocked: 0 - m_LastSelectedObjectID: -6964 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorOnlyScriptingUserSettings.json b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorOnlyScriptingUserSettings.json deleted file mode 100644 index 278d630c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorOnlyScriptingUserSettings.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -{"m_ScriptingRuntimeVersion":1,"m_DefineSymbols":[],"m_AllowUnsafeCode":false} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorUserBuildSettings.asset b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorUserBuildSettings.asset deleted file mode 100644 index 81990c13..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorUserBuildSettings.asset and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorUserSettings.asset b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorUserSettings.asset deleted file mode 100644 index c870a0bf..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/EditorUserSettings.asset and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/InspectorExpandedItems.asset b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/InspectorExpandedItems.asset deleted file mode 100644 index 3b631967..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/InspectorExpandedItems.asset and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LastBuild.buildreport b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LastBuild.buildreport deleted file mode 100644 index c65f21db..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LastBuild.buildreport and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LastSceneManagerSetup.txt b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LastSceneManagerSetup.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 16052c40..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LastSceneManagerSetup.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -sceneSetups: -- path: Assets/Scenes/SampleScene.unity - isLoaded: 1 - isActive: 1 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LibraryFormatVersion.txt b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LibraryFormatVersion.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 6185f096..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/LibraryFormatVersion.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -unityRebuildLibraryVersion: 11 -unityForwardCompatibleVersion: 40 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/MonoManager.asset b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/MonoManager.asset deleted file mode 100644 index 35d160ae..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/MonoManager.asset and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md deleted file mode 100644 index ceaa4264..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ - -[1.0.1] - -Adding Readme file -Adding local plugin importer callbacks. -Removing Bintray references in package.json - -[2.0.3] - -Fix bug where importing the asset store ads package would cause duiplicate symbols, -and removing the asset store ads package would cause missing symbols. - -[2.0.4] - -Added new description string to package.json -Fixed art assets to use no compression (fixes issue switching between iOS and PC builds) - -[2.0.5] - 2018-03-29 - -Fix for https://fogbugz.unity3d.com/f/cases/1011363 -Fixes an incorrect guid that the importer used to include/exclude the runtime assembly from the build. - -[2.0.6] - 2018-03-29 - -Update changelog for this and 2.0.5 - -[2.0.7] - 2018-04-06 - -Fix editor assembly project file to include the importer script. - -[2.0.8] - 2018-05-01 - -Add call to SetShouldOverridePredicate to exclude package dll when asset store dlls are present. -Update unity version attribute to support 2017.4 LTS - -Fix an issue with the editor assembly to add back in some iOS platform specific code that was removed -via conditionals (which is fine for source packages, but doesn't work with precompiled assemblies) diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 5d2eb24c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 35b4e72ca46f44581b85082c4dc21d13 -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 575303a2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a37e18887fa954edf92bc36bc353b879 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491945644 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources.meta deleted file mode 100644 index aae7f602..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7c3a5d6e39b874f468b2691537168513 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258568 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 45b8bb6e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 48986928cc2a449dbaecdd1654bc9bf6 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 826840ef..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f28fcced5af094cf78eb4e1109a71981 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds/unity-ads.aar b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds/unity-ads.aar deleted file mode 100644 index a05fc299..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds/unity-ads.aar and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds/unity-ads.aar.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds/unity-ads.aar.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 6ba354b6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Android/builds/unity-ads.aar.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b32abd1c9d73a4cce8389f084ac12b11 -timeCreated: 1491258710 -licenseType: Pro -PluginImporter: - serializedVersion: 1 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 0 - platformData: - Editor: - enabled: 1 - settings: - DefaultValueInitialized: true - data: - enabled: 0 - settings: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 8defda5c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 99ddb49592ff84811804420a1910cb89 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/landscape.jpg b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/landscape.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 4fa7f280..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/landscape.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/landscape.jpg.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/landscape.jpg.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ce5a605c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/landscape.jpg.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 10bf81265ad87424d946598c575f45a0 -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 5 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 1 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapU: -1 - wrapV: -1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 1 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 0 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 0 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 0 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: iPhone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/portrait.jpg b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/portrait.jpg deleted file mode 100644 index 5d8fb0b9..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/portrait.jpg and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/portrait.jpg.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/portrait.jpg.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ff78850d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Editor/portrait.jpg.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 1b32bcce201b4494ea8848326290c5d5 -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 5 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 1 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapU: -1 - wrapV: -1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 1 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 0 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 0 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 0 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: iPhone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS.meta deleted file mode 100644 index a44e61b4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4f234578336894dc081edf696f2ff5f2 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds.meta deleted file mode 100644 index f37efbe6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 2d4d46c70fdd242668a56e99799e8540 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework.meta deleted file mode 100644 index c83ed20c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: eeed6954b3c264ca0b28a92aa6289bf0 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -PluginImporter: - serializedVersion: 1 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 0 - platformData: - Editor: - enabled: 1 - settings: - DefaultValueInitialized: true - data: - enabled: 0 - settings: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers.meta deleted file mode 100644 index fab0de2b..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 6e7c8cfeedae74eb3a562055e069e441 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8edc8c14..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -#import "UADSMetaData.h" - -@interface UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData : UADSMetaData - -- (void)setProductId:(NSString *)productId; -- (void)setPrice:(NSNumber *)price; -- (void)setCurrency:(NSString *)currency; -- (void)setReceiptPurchaseData:(NSString *)receiptPurchaseData; -- (void)setSignature:(NSString *)signature; - -@end diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 98aa8391..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSInAppPurchaseMetaData.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7927683d1fc5848b5abfb54ebb1028ec -timeCreated: 1493316657 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSJsonStorage.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSJsonStorage.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1ed3c431..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSJsonStorage.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -@interface UADSJsonStorage : NSObject - -@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableDictionary *storageContents; - -- (BOOL)set:(NSString *)key value:(id)value; -- (id)getValueForKey:(NSString *)key; -- (BOOL)deleteKey:(NSString *)key; -- (NSArray *)getKeys:(NSString *)key recursive:(BOOL)recursive; -- (void)clearData; -- (BOOL)initData; -- (BOOL)hasData; - -@end diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSJsonStorage.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSJsonStorage.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 9b923496..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSJsonStorage.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 1322fd896bbb15bb6e335591b766ae62 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMediationMetaData.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMediationMetaData.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f49a285..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMediationMetaData.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -#import "UADSMetaData.h" - -@interface UADSMediationMetaData : UADSMetaData - -- (void)setName:(NSString *)mediationNetworkName; -- (void)setVersion:(NSString *)mediationSdkVersion; -- (void)setOrdinal:(int)mediationOrdinal; - -@end \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMediationMetaData.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMediationMetaData.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index cd75153c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMediationMetaData.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b52e557db2c2b4eebb10444f1d582029 -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMetaData.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMetaData.h deleted file mode 100644 index 791d3138..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMetaData.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ - - -@interface UADSMetaData : NSObject - -@property (nonatomic, strong) NSString *category; -@property (nonatomic, strong) NSMutableDictionary *entries; - -- (instancetype)initWithCategory:(NSString *)category; -- (void)set:(NSString *)key value:(id)value; -- (void)commit; - -@end \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMetaData.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMetaData.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 1710ad25..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSMetaData.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 86c008322e7c647149878156c5b81940 -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSPlayerMetaData.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSPlayerMetaData.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d0db483..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSPlayerMetaData.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -#import "UADSMetaData.h" - -@interface UADSPlayerMetaData : UADSMetaData - -- (void)setServerId:(NSString *)serverId; - -@end \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSPlayerMetaData.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSPlayerMetaData.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 92fe5059..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UADSPlayerMetaData.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 453f100e6bdae4dfd9e655927819dc85 -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAds.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAds.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8e1ccfda..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAds.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -#import - -#import -#import - -/** - * An enumerate that describes the state of `UnityAds` placements. - * @note All placement states, other than `kUnityAdsPlacementStateReady`, indicate that the placement is not currently ready to show ads. - */ -typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, UnityAdsPlacementState) { - /** - * A state that indicates that the placement is ready to show an ad. The `show:` selector can be called. - */ - kUnityAdsPlacementStateReady, - /** - * A state that indicates that no state is information is available. - * @warning This state can that UnityAds is not initialized or that the placement is not correctly configured in the Unity Ads admin tool. - */ - kUnityAdsPlacementStateNotAvailable, - /** - * A state that indicates that the placement is currently disabled. The placement can be enabled in the Unity Ads admin tools. - */ - kUnityAdsPlacementStateDisabled, - /** - * A state that indicates that the placement is not currently ready, but will be in the future. - * @note This state most likely indicates that the ad content is currently caching. - */ - kUnityAdsPlacementStateWaiting, - /** - * A state that indicates that the placement is properly configured, but there are currently no ads available for the placement. - */ - kUnityAdsPlacementStateNoFill -}; - -/** - * An enumeration for the completion state of an ad. - */ -typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, UnityAdsFinishState) { - /** - * A state that indicates that the ad did not successfully display. - */ - kUnityAdsFinishStateError, - /** - * A state that indicates that the user skipped the ad. - */ - kUnityAdsFinishStateSkipped, - /** - * A state that indicates that the ad was played entirely. - */ - kUnityAdsFinishStateCompleted -}; - -/** - * An enumeration for the various errors that can be emitted through the `UnityAdsDelegate` `unityAdsDidError:withMessage:` method. - */ -typedef NS_ENUM(NSInteger, UnityAdsError) { - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to `UnityAds` currently being uninitialized. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorNotInitialized = 0, - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to a failure in the initialization process. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorInitializedFailed, - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to attempting to initialize `UnityAds` with invalid parameters. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorInvalidArgument, - /** - * An error that indicates failure of the video player. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorVideoPlayerError, - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to having attempted to initialize the `UnityAds` class in an invalid environment. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorInitSanityCheckFail, - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to the presence of an ad blocker. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorAdBlockerDetected, - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to inability to read or write a file. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorFileIoError, - /** - * An error that indicates failure due to a bad device identifier. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorDeviceIdError, - /** - * An error that indicates a failure when attempting to show an ad. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorShowError, - /** - * An error that indicates an internal failure in `UnityAds`. - */ - kUnityAdsErrorInternalError, -}; - -/** - * The `UnityAdsDelegate` protocol defines the required methods for receiving messages from UnityAds. - * Must be implemented by the hosting app. - * The unityAdsReady: method is called when it's possible to show an ad. - * All other methods are used to provide notifications of events of the ad lifecycle. - * @note On initialization, there are ready (or error) callbacks for each placement attached to the game identifier. - */ -NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN -@protocol UnityAdsDelegate -/** - * Called when `UnityAds` is ready to show an ad. After this callback you can call the `UnityAds` `show:` method for this placement. - * Note that sometimes placement might no longer be ready due to exceptional reasons. These situations will give no new callbacks. - * - * @warning To avoid error situations, it is always best to check `isReady` method status before calling show. - * @param placementId The ID of the placement that is ready to show, as defined in Unity Ads admin tools. - */ -- (void)unityAdsReady:(NSString *)placementId; -/** - * Called when `UnityAds` encounters an error. All errors will be logged but this method can be used as an additional debugging aid. This callback can also be used for collecting statistics from different error scenarios. - * - * @param error A `UnityAdsError` error enum value indicating the type of error encountered. - * @param message A human readable string indicating the type of error encountered. - */ -- (void)unityAdsDidError:(UnityAdsError)error withMessage:(NSString *)message; -/** - * Called on a successful start of advertisement after calling the `UnityAds` `show:` method. - * - * @warning If there are errors in starting the advertisement, this method may never be called. Unity Ads will directly call `unityAdsDidFinish:withFinishState:` with error status. - * - * @param placementId The ID of the placement that has started, as defined in Unity Ads admin tools. - */ -- (void)unityAdsDidStart:(NSString *)placementId; -/** - * Called after the ad has closed. - * - * @param placementId The ID of the placement that has finished, as defined in Unity Ads admin tools. - * @param state An enum value indicating the finish state of the ad. Possible values are `Completed`, `Skipped`, and `Error`. - */ -- (void)unityAdsDidFinish:(NSString *)placementId - withFinishState:(UnityAdsFinishState)state; -@end - -/** - * `UnityAds` is a static class with methods for preparing and showing ads. - * - * @warning In order to ensure expected behaviour, the delegate must always be set. - */ - -@interface UnityAds : NSObject - -- (instancetype)init NS_UNAVAILABLE; -+ (instancetype)initialize NS_UNAVAILABLE; - -/** - * Initializes UnityAds. UnityAds should be initialized when app starts. - * - * @param gameId Unique identifier for a game, given by Unity Ads admin tools or Unity editor. - * @param delegate delegate for UnityAdsDelegate callbacks - */ -+ (void)initialize:(NSString *)gameId - delegate:(nullable id)delegate; -/** - * Initializes UnityAds. UnityAds should be initialized when app starts. - * - * @param gameId Unique identifier for a game, given by Unity Ads admin tools or Unity editor. - * @param delegate delegate for UnityAdsDelegate callbacks - * @param testMode Set this flag to `YES` to indicate test mode and show only test ads. - */ -+ (void)initialize:(NSString *)gameId - delegate:(nullable id)delegate - testMode:(BOOL)testMode; -/** - * Show an ad using the defaul placement. - * - * @param viewController The `UIViewController` that is to present the ad view controller. - */ -+ (void)show:(UIViewController *)viewController; -/** - * Show an ad using the provided placement ID. - * - * @param viewController The `UIViewController` that is to present the ad view controller. - * @param placementId The placement ID, as defined in Unity Ads admin tools. - */ -+ (void)show:(UIViewController *)viewController placementId:(NSString *)placementId; -/** - * Provides the currently assigned `UnityAdsDelegate`. - * - * @return The current `UnityAdsDelegate`. - */ -+ (id)getDelegate; -/** - * Allows the delegate to be reassigned after UnityAds has already been initialized. - * - * @param delegate The new `UnityAdsDelegate' for UnityAds to send callbacks to. - */ -+ (void)setDelegate:(id)delegate; -/** - * Get the current debug status of `UnityAds`. - * - * @return If `YES`, `UnityAds` will provide verbose logs. - */ -+ (BOOL)getDebugMode; -/** - * Set the logging verbosity of `UnityAds`. Debug mode indicates verbose logging. - * @warning Does not relate to test mode for ad content. - * @param enableDebugMode `YES` for verbose logging. - */ -+ (void)setDebugMode:(BOOL)enableDebugMode; -/** - * Check to see if the current device supports using Unity Ads. - * - * @return If `NO`, the current device cannot initialize `UnityAds` or show ads. - */ -+ (BOOL)isSupported; -/** - * Check if the default placement is ready to show an ad. - * - * @return If `YES`, the default placement is ready to show an ad. - */ -+ (BOOL)isReady; -/** - * Check if a particular placement is ready to show an ad. - * - * @param placementId The placement ID being checked. - * - * @return If `YES`, the placement is ready to show an ad. - */ -+ (BOOL)isReady:(NSString *)placementId; -/** - * Check the current state of the default placement. - * - * @return If this is `kUnityAdsPlacementStateReady`, the placement is ready to show ads. Other states represent errors. - */ -+ (UnityAdsPlacementState)getPlacementState; -/** - * Check the current state of a placement. - * - * @param placementId The placement ID, as defined in Unity Ads admin tools. - * - * @return If this is `kUnityAdsPlacementStateReady`, the placement is ready to show ads. Other states represent errors. - */ -+ (UnityAdsPlacementState)getPlacementState:(NSString *)placementId; -/** - * Check the version of this `UnityAds` SDK - * - * @return String representing the current version name. - */ -+ (NSString *)getVersion; -/** - * Check that `UnityAds` has been initialized. This might be useful for debugging initialization problems. - * - * @return If `YES`, Unity Ads has been successfully initialized. - */ -+ (BOOL)isInitialized; - -@end -NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAds.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAds.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index e4b7c0bc..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAds.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c99bfe4fc4e5c4dc3917c14075acd117 -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsExtended.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsExtended.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1435037b..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsExtended.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -#import "UnityAds.h" - -NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN -@protocol UnityAdsExtendedDelegate -/** - * Called when a click event happens. - * - * @param placementId The ID of the placement that was clicked. - */ -- (void)unityAdsDidClick:(NSString *)placementId; - -/** - * Called when a placement changes state. - * - * @param placementId The ID of the placement that changed state. - * @param oldState The state before the change. - * @param newState The state after the change. - */ -- (void)unityAdsPlacementStateChanged:(NSString *)placementId oldState:(UnityAdsPlacementState)oldState newState:(UnityAdsPlacementState)newState; -@end -NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsExtended.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsExtended.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 9840de15..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsExtended.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a6842a74831964edc8fefa1c0aed89dc -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsUnityDelegate.h b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsUnityDelegate.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0fa6e362..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsUnityDelegate.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -#import "UnityAds.h" -NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_BEGIN -@protocol UnityAdsUnityDelegate -/** - * Called when an in-app purchase is initiated from an ad. - * - * @param eventString The string provided via the ad. - */ -- (void)unityAdsDidInitiatePurchase:(NSString *)eventString; -@end -NS_ASSUME_NONNULL_END diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsUnityDelegate.h.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsUnityDelegate.h.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 19ec6df7..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Headers/UnityAdsUnityDelegate.h.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: ce4395ccdb12cf62fca756358be1a892 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Info.plist b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Info.plist deleted file mode 100644 index 31b03797..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Info.plist and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Info.plist.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Info.plist.meta deleted file mode 100644 index e4e0148d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Info.plist.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: cc1b50b5501f748da8bec762294d9136 -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 6ba1dcb9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3cebe1a96232b44388b30b2f72dde434 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules/module.modulemap b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules/module.modulemap deleted file mode 100644 index 9b448d57..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules/module.modulemap +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -framework module UnityAds { - umbrella header "UnityAds.h" - header "UnityAdsExtended.h" - - export * - module * { export * } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules/module.modulemap.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules/module.modulemap.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 13ea2e99..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/Modules/module.modulemap.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c5ba7626a737840ff88a3bd84b100482 -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/UnityAds b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/UnityAds deleted file mode 100644 index 53184164..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/UnityAds and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/UnityAds.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/UnityAds.meta deleted file mode 100644 index a311b834..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/iOS/builds/UnityAds.framework/UnityAds.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d1c1a2d988f5148fd9ab17b2460d271e -timeCreated: 1491258705 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 77409dde..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.mdb b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.mdb deleted file mode 100644 index 7ee35e88..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.mdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.mdb.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.mdb.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ad74189a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.mdb.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 6597c6ea86d36477081342001145d8d9 -timeCreated: 1492551631 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ede66537..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/Editor/UnityEditor.Advertisements.dll.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a342381d77833427fa10621e38fbae10 -timeCreated: 1491945648 -licenseType: Pro -PluginImporter: - serializedVersion: 1 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 0 - platformData: - Editor: - enabled: 1 - settings: - DefaultValueInitialized: true - WindowsStoreApps: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - data: - enabled: 0 - settings: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/License.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/License.md deleted file mode 100644 index 27c17ac4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/License.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -**Unity Companion Package License v1.0 ("_License_")** - -Copyright © 2017 Unity Technologies ApS ("**_Unity_**") - -Unity hereby grants to you a worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, and royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the software that is made available with this License ("**_Software_**"), subject to the following terms and conditions: - -1. *Unity Companion Use Only*. Exercise of the license granted herein is limited to exercise for the creation, use, and/or distribution of applications, software, or other content pursuant to a valid Unity development engine software license ("**_Engine License_**"). That means while use of the Software is not limited to use in the software licensed under the Engine License, the Software may not be used for any purpose other than the creation, use, and/or distribution of Engine License-dependent applications, software, or other content. No other exercise of the license granted herein is permitted. - -1. *No Modification of Engine License*. Neither this License nor any exercise of the license granted herein modifies the Engine License in any way. - -1. *Ownership & Grant Back to You*. - - 3.1. You own your content. In this License, "derivative works" means derivatives of the Software itself--works derived only from the Software by you under this License (for example, modifying the code of the Software itself to improve its efficacy); “derivative works” of the Software do not include, for example, games, apps, or content that you create using the Software. You keep all right, title, and interest to your own content. - - 3.2. Unity owns its content. While you keep all right, title, and interest to your own content per the above, as between Unity and you, Unity will own all right, title, and interest to all intellectual property rights (including patent, trademark, and copyright) in the Software and derivative works of the Software, and you hereby assign and agree to assign all such rights in those derivative works to Unity. - - 3.3. You have a license to those derivative works. Subject to this License, Unity grants to you the same worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, and royalty-free copyright license to derivative works of the Software you create as is granted to you for the Software under this License. - -1. *Trademarks*. You are not granted any right or license under this License to use any trademarks, service marks, trade names, products names, or branding of Unity or its affiliates ("**_Trademarks_**"). Descriptive uses of Trademarks are permitted; see, for example, Unity’s Branding Usage Guidelines at [https://unity3d.com/public-relations/brand](https://unity3d.com/public-relations/brand). - -1. *Notices & Third-Party Rights*. This License, including the copyright notice above, must be provided in all substantial portions of the Software and derivative works thereof (or, if that is impracticable, in any other location where such notices are customarily placed). Further, if the Software is accompanied by a Unity "third-party notices" or similar file, you acknowledge and agree that software identified in that file is governed by those separate license terms. - -1. *DISCLAIMER, LIMITATION OF LIABILITY*. THE SOFTWARE AND ANY DERIVATIVE WORKS THEREOF IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND IS PROVIDED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND/OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES (WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCLUDING PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, AND BUSINESS INTERRUPTION), OR OTHER LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OR OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SOFTWARE OR ANY DERIVATIVE WORKS THEREOF OR THE USE OF OR OTHER DEALINGS IN SAME, EVEN WHERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -1. *USE IS ACCEPTANCE and License Versions*. Your receipt and use of the Software constitutes your acceptance of this License and its terms and conditions. Software released by Unity under this License may be modified or updated and the License with it; upon any such modification or update, you will comply with the terms of the updated License for any use of any of the Software under the updated License. - -1. *Use in Compliance with Law and Termination*. Your exercise of the license granted herein will at all times be in compliance with applicable law and will not infringe any proprietary rights (including intellectual property rights); this License will terminate immediately on any breach by you of this License. - -1. *Severability*. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain in full force and effect. - -1. *Governing Law and Venue*. This License is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Denmark, except for its conflict of laws rules; the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. If you reside (or your principal place of business is) within the United States, you and Unity agree to submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the state and federal courts located in San Francisco County, California concerning any dispute arising out of this License ("**_Dispute_**"). If you reside (or your principal place of business is) outside the United States, you and Unity agree to submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts located in Copenhagen, Denmark concerning any Dispute. - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/License.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/License.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 308e13bc..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/License.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4c6fe94acbb24417c988bab18cbd5209 -timeCreated: 1504642506 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/README.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 811347a9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -# Unity Ads - -Implementation of the Unity Ads API. - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/README.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/README.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 26e726c9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/README.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 62772aad98ed04f0d955b7d20de61f7f -timeCreated: 1493316656 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll deleted file mode 100644 index e9486522..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.mdb b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.mdb deleted file mode 100644 index 5ec8e50d..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.mdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.mdb.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.mdb.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 172110a8..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.mdb.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 5e57a6c62c1ec47d0bceb70495845164 -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 823a117d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/UnityEngine.Advertisements.dll.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3b07d432cba2a4c4f8a2fdea984620b8 -PluginImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 0 - platformData: - - first: - '': Any - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - Exclude Android: 0 - Exclude Editor: 0 - Exclude Linux: 1 - Exclude Linux64: 1 - Exclude LinuxUniversal: 1 - Exclude OSXIntel: 1 - Exclude OSXIntel64: 1 - Exclude OSXUniversal: 1 - Exclude Win: 1 - Exclude Win64: 1 - Exclude iOS: 0 - - first: - Android: Android - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: - CPU: ARMv7 - - first: - Any: - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: {} - - first: - Editor: Editor - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - DefaultValueInitialized: true - OS: AnyOS - - first: - Facebook: Win - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Facebook: Win64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: Linux - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: x86 - - first: - Standalone: Linux64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: x86_64 - - first: - Standalone: LinuxUniversal - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: None - - first: - Standalone: OSXIntel - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: OSXIntel64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: OSXUniversal - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: None - - first: - Standalone: Win - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: Win64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Windows Store Apps: WindowsStoreApps - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - iPhone: iOS - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: - CompileFlags: - FrameworkDependencies: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/package.json b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/package.json deleted file mode 100644 index 881daf2c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/package.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -{ - "category": "AssetStore/Unity", - "description": "Unity Ads is a video ad network for iOS and Android that allows you to quickly and effectively monetize your games.", - "gitHead": "0d2114387a99011be685886f8ea902242e323e70", - "keywords": [ - "ads", - "unity" - ], - "name": "com.unity.ads", - "repoPackagePath": "build/install/com.unity.ads", - "repository": { - "type": "git", - "url": "ssh://git@github.com/Unity-Technologies/com.unity.ads.git" - }, - "unity": "2017.4", - "version": "2.0.8" -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/package.json.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/package.json.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 38201ff4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.ads@2.0.8/package.json.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: dced8f6ea9f964e8e8e61574ea889d21 -timeCreated: 1491258710 -licenseType: Pro -TextScriptImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/CHANGELOG.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/CHANGELOG.md deleted file mode 100644 index 207f10a7..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/CHANGELOG.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -## [3.2.2] - 2018-11-02 -- Removed FetchOptOutStatus and Initialize call. All application of opt out - status will be handled by the engine. The Analytics/Data Privacy package still - provides FetchPrivacyUrl to provide a URL from which to opt out. - -## [3.2.1] - 2018-10-25 -- Move editor and playmode tests to be packed within the package. - -## [3.2.0] - 2018-10-11 -- Prevent double-registration of standard events. -- Fixed build error on platforms that don't support analytics. -- Update package docs so they can be built and published and be accessible from - the Package Manager UI. -- Fixed a crash occurring on iOS device when the device has cellular capability - but was never configured with any carrier service. -- Fixed an android build failure occurring due to conflicting install referrer - AIDL files. - -## [3.1.1] - 2018-08-21 -- Add DataPrivacy plugin into package. -- Fixed an issue where Android project build would fail when proguard is enabled - in publishing settings. -- Fixed an issue where iOS product archive would fail because bitcode was not - enabled. - -## [3.0.9] - 2018-07-31 -- Fixing issue with NullReferenceException during editor playmode - -## [3.0.8] - 2018-07-26 -- Fixing linking issue when building Android il2cpp - -## [3.0.7] - 2018-07-10 -- Adding in continuous events for signal strength, battery level, battery - temperature, memory usage, available storage - -## [3.0.6] - 2018-06-01 -- Reorganizing platformInfo event around session start/resume/pause - -## [3.0.5] - 2018-05-29 -- Fixing cellular signal strength incorrect array format - -## [3.0.4] - 2018-05-04 -- Breaking change to only work with 2018.2 (change name of whitelisted dll's in - engine to conform to PackageManager standard) -- Changed name of old Analytics dll to the Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll and - replaced the old one with the new platform information package. -- Changed naming convention of dlls to the PackageManager Standard: - Unity.Analytics.dll, Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll, Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll, - Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll. -- Deprecated old Analytics tracker and removed it from the add component menu. -- Merged Standardevents package into Analytics package. - -## [2.0.14] - 2018-02-08 -- Added proper documentation and better description text. - -## [2.0.5] - -- Update analytics tracker to 2.0 (1.0 version is still available) diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/CHANGELOG.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/CHANGELOG.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 80fcec7f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/CHANGELOG.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: bcd27da1c9ae94d2cafe094482a20792 -timeCreated: 1511216857 -licenseType: Pro -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 80f7551f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 8aafd27f78c12564281bac0d0067df8d -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/AssemblyInfo.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index a97f2747..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; - -[assembly: InternalsVisibleTo("Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests")] -[assembly: InternalsVisibleTo("Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.WebRequest.Tests")] diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index bee8db4f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7aad9e80c95b4991a1f4d017c8caf386 -timeCreated: 1526477558 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacy.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacy.cs deleted file mode 100644 index f48eb131..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacy.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -#if ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ANALYTICS -using System; -using System.Text; -using UnityEngine.Networking; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics -{ - public class DataPrivacy - { - [Serializable] - internal struct UserPostData - { - public string appid; - public string userid; - public long sessionid; - public string platform; - public UInt32 platformid; - public string sdk_ver; - public bool debug_device; - public string deviceid; - public string plugin_ver; - } - - [Serializable] - internal struct TokenData - { - public string url; - public string token; - } - - const string kVersion = "3.0.0"; - const string kVersionString = "DataPrivacyPackage/" + kVersion; - - internal const string kBaseUrl = "https://data-optout-service.uca.cloud.unity3d.com"; - const string kTokenUrl = kBaseUrl + "/token"; - - internal static UserPostData GetUserData() - { - var postData = new UserPostData - { - appid = Application.cloudProjectId, - userid = AnalyticsSessionInfo.userId, - sessionid = AnalyticsSessionInfo.sessionId, - platform = Application.platform.ToString(), - platformid = (UInt32)Application.platform, - sdk_ver = Application.unityVersion, - debug_device = Debug.isDebugBuild, - deviceid = SystemInfo.deviceUniqueIdentifier, - plugin_ver = kVersionString - }; - - return postData; - } - - static string GetUserAgent() - { - var message = "UnityPlayer/{0} ({1}/{2}{3} {4})"; - return String.Format(message, - Application.unityVersion, - Application.platform.ToString(), - (UInt32)Application.platform, - Debug.isDebugBuild ? "-dev" : "", - kVersionString); - } - - static String getErrorString(UnityWebRequest www) - { - var json = www.downloadHandler.text; - var error = www.error; - if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(error)) - { - // 5.5 sometimes fails to parse an error response, and the only clue will be - // in www.responseHeadersString, which isn't accessible. - error = "Empty response"; - } - - if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(json)) - { - error += ": " + json; - } - - return error; - } - - public static void FetchPrivacyUrl(Action success, Action failure = null) - { - string postJson = JsonUtility.ToJson(GetUserData()); - byte[] bytes = Encoding.UTF8.GetBytes(postJson); - var uploadHandler = new UploadHandlerRaw(bytes); - uploadHandler.contentType = "application/json"; - - var www = UnityWebRequest.Post(kTokenUrl, ""); - www.uploadHandler = uploadHandler; -#if !UNITY_WEBGL - www.SetRequestHeader("User-Agent", GetUserAgent()); -#endif - var async = www.SendWebRequest(); - - async.completed += (AsyncOperation async2) => - { - var json = www.downloadHandler.text; - if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(www.error) || String.IsNullOrEmpty(json)) - { - var error = getErrorString(www); - if (failure != null) - { - failure(error); - } - } - else - { - TokenData tokenData; - tokenData.url = ""; // Just to quell "possibly unassigned" error - try - { - tokenData = JsonUtility.FromJson(json); - } - catch (Exception e) - { - if (failure != null) - { - failure(e.ToString()); - } - } - - success(tokenData.url); - } - }; - } - } -} -#endif //ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ANALYTICS diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacy.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacy.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 0559a4b0..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacy.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: bff25ea4cf0d3d841b6787b9f649f21b -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 412b430c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -#if ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ANALYTICS -using System; -using UnityEngine.UI; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics -{ - public class DataPrivacyButton : Button - { - bool urlOpened = false; - - DataPrivacyButton() - { - onClick.AddListener(OpenDataPrivacyUrl); - } - - void OnFailure(string reason) - { - interactable = true; - Debug.LogWarning(String.Format("Failed to get data privacy url: {0}", reason)); - } - - void OpenUrl(string url) - { - interactable = true; - urlOpened = true; - - #if UNITY_WEBGL && !UNITY_EDITOR - Application.ExternalEval("window.open(\"" + url + "\",\"_blank\")"); - #else - Application.OpenURL(url); - #endif - } - - void OpenDataPrivacyUrl() - { - interactable = false; - DataPrivacy.FetchPrivacyUrl(OpenUrl, OnFailure); - } - - void OnApplicationFocus(bool hasFocus) - { - if (hasFocus && urlOpened) - { - urlOpened = false; - // Immediately refresh the remote config so new privacy settings can be enabled - // as soon as possible if they have changed. - RemoteSettings.ForceUpdate(); - } - } - } -} -#endif //ENABLE_CLOUD_SERVICES_ANALYTICS diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 444ade1e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a5ebb11c6fc3a2f498bd89593f7744aa -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.prefab b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.prefab deleted file mode 100644 index 53543550..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.prefab +++ /dev/null @@ -1,246 +0,0 @@ -%YAML 1.1 -%TAG !u! tag:unity3d.com,2011: ---- !u!1 &109074 -GameObject: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 0 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - serializedVersion: 4 - m_Component: - - 224: {fileID: 22409074} - - 222: {fileID: 22209074} - - 114: {fileID: 11409072} - m_Layer: 5 - m_Name: Image - m_TagString: Untagged - m_Icon: {fileID: 0} - m_NavMeshLayer: 0 - m_StaticEditorFlags: 0 - m_IsActive: 1 ---- !u!1 &109076 -GameObject: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 0 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - serializedVersion: 4 - m_Component: - - 224: {fileID: 22409076} - - 222: {fileID: 22209076} - - 114: {fileID: 11409074} - - 114: {fileID: 11409076} - m_Layer: 5 - m_Name: DataPrivacyButton - m_TagString: Untagged - m_Icon: {fileID: 0} - m_NavMeshLayer: 0 - m_StaticEditorFlags: 0 - m_IsActive: 1 ---- !u!1 &109078 -GameObject: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 0 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - serializedVersion: 4 - m_Component: - - 224: {fileID: 22409078} - - 222: {fileID: 22209078} - - 114: {fileID: 11409078} - m_Layer: 0 - m_Name: Text - m_TagString: Untagged - m_Icon: {fileID: 0} - m_NavMeshLayer: 0 - m_StaticEditorFlags: 0 - m_IsActive: 1 ---- !u!114 &11409072 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109074} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: -765806418, guid: f5f67c52d1564df4a8936ccd202a3bd8, type: 3} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Material: {fileID: 0} - m_Color: {r: .196078405, g: .196078405, b: .196078405, a: 1} - m_Sprite: {fileID: 21300000, guid: 599a5fd92bab81a4ab02e52d0b1b1c60, type: 3} - m_Type: 0 - m_PreserveAspect: 0 - m_FillCenter: 1 - m_FillMethod: 4 - m_FillAmount: 1 - m_FillClockwise: 1 - m_FillOrigin: 0 ---- !u!114 &11409074 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109076} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: -765806418, guid: f5f67c52d1564df4a8936ccd202a3bd8, type: 3} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Material: {fileID: 0} - m_Color: {r: 1, g: 1, b: 1, a: 1} - m_Sprite: {fileID: 10905, guid: 0000000000000000f000000000000000, type: 0} - m_Type: 1 - m_PreserveAspect: 0 - m_FillCenter: 1 - m_FillMethod: 4 - m_FillAmount: 1 - m_FillClockwise: 1 - m_FillOrigin: 0 ---- !u!114 &11409076 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109076} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 11500000, guid: a5ebb11c6fc3a2f498bd89593f7744aa, type: 3} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Navigation: - m_Mode: 3 - m_SelectOnUp: {fileID: 0} - m_SelectOnDown: {fileID: 0} - m_SelectOnLeft: {fileID: 0} - m_SelectOnRight: {fileID: 0} - m_Transition: 1 - m_Colors: - m_NormalColor: {r: 1, g: 1, b: 1, a: 1} - m_HighlightedColor: {r: .960784316, g: .960784316, b: .960784316, a: 1} - m_PressedColor: {r: .784313738, g: .784313738, b: .784313738, a: 1} - m_DisabledColor: {r: .784313738, g: .784313738, b: .784313738, a: .501960814} - m_ColorMultiplier: 1 - m_FadeDuration: .100000001 - m_SpriteState: - m_HighlightedSprite: {fileID: 0} - m_PressedSprite: {fileID: 0} - m_DisabledSprite: {fileID: 0} - m_AnimationTriggers: - m_NormalTrigger: Normal - m_HighlightedTrigger: Highlighted - m_PressedTrigger: Pressed - m_DisabledTrigger: Disabled - m_Interactable: 1 - m_TargetGraphic: {fileID: 11409074} - m_OnClick: - m_PersistentCalls: - m_Calls: [] - m_TypeName: UnityEngine.UI.Button+ButtonClickedEvent, UnityEngine.UI, Version=1.0.0.0, - Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=null ---- !u!114 &11409078 -MonoBehaviour: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109078} - m_Enabled: 1 - m_EditorHideFlags: 0 - m_Script: {fileID: 708705254, guid: f5f67c52d1564df4a8936ccd202a3bd8, type: 3} - m_Name: - m_EditorClassIdentifier: - m_Material: {fileID: 0} - m_Color: {r: .196078405, g: .196078405, b: .196078405, a: 1} - m_FontData: - m_Font: {fileID: 10102, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} - m_FontSize: 14 - m_FontStyle: 0 - m_BestFit: 0 - m_MinSize: 10 - m_MaxSize: 40 - m_Alignment: 4 - m_RichText: 0 - m_HorizontalOverflow: 0 - m_VerticalOverflow: 0 - m_LineSpacing: 1 - m_Text: Open Data Privacy Page ---- !u!222 &22209074 -CanvasRenderer: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109074} ---- !u!222 &22209076 -CanvasRenderer: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109076} ---- !u!222 &22209078 -CanvasRenderer: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109078} ---- !u!224 &22409074 -RectTransform: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109074} - m_LocalRotation: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 1} - m_LocalPosition: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0} - m_LocalScale: {x: 1, y: 1, z: 1} - m_Children: [] - m_Father: {fileID: 22409076} - m_RootOrder: 1 - m_AnchorMin: {x: 1, y: .5} - m_AnchorMax: {x: 1, y: .5} - m_AnchoredPosition: {x: -8, y: 0} - m_SizeDelta: {x: 20, y: 20} - m_Pivot: {x: 1, y: .5} ---- !u!224 &22409076 -RectTransform: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109076} - m_LocalRotation: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 1} - m_LocalPosition: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0} - m_LocalScale: {x: 1, y: 1, z: 1} - m_Children: - - {fileID: 22409078} - - {fileID: 22409074} - m_Father: {fileID: 0} - m_RootOrder: 0 - m_AnchorMin: {x: .5, y: .5} - m_AnchorMax: {x: .5, y: .5} - m_AnchoredPosition: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_SizeDelta: {x: 200, y: 30} - m_Pivot: {x: .5, y: .5} ---- !u!224 &22409078 -RectTransform: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - m_PrefabParentObject: {fileID: 0} - m_PrefabInternal: {fileID: 100100000} - m_GameObject: {fileID: 109078} - m_LocalRotation: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 1} - m_LocalPosition: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0} - m_LocalScale: {x: 1, y: 1, z: 1} - m_Children: [] - m_Father: {fileID: 22409076} - m_RootOrder: 0 - m_AnchorMin: {x: 0, y: 0} - m_AnchorMax: {x: .850000024, y: 1} - m_AnchoredPosition: {x: 8, y: 0} - m_SizeDelta: {x: -12, y: 0} - m_Pivot: {x: 0, y: .5} ---- !u!1001 &100100000 -Prefab: - m_ObjectHideFlags: 1 - serializedVersion: 2 - m_Modification: - m_TransformParent: {fileID: 0} - m_Modifications: [] - m_RemovedComponents: [] - m_ParentPrefab: {fileID: 0} - m_RootGameObject: {fileID: 109076} - m_IsPrefabParent: 1 - m_IsExploded: 1 diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.prefab.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.prefab.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 4eaf22f2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton.prefab.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 71b11355001648444b41d17fd36c150d -NativeFormatImporter: - userData: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 564b374b..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 58ce1082..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 599a5fd92bab81a4ab02e52d0b1b1c60 -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 664227380: ImportLogs - serializedVersion: 2 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - correctGamma: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: .25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - maxTextureSize: 256 - textureSettings: - filterMode: -1 - aniso: 16 - mipBias: -1 - wrapMode: 1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: .5, y: .5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - textureType: 8 - buildTargetSettings: [] - spriteSheet: - sprites: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.asmdef b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.asmdef deleted file mode 100644 index c47ab217..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.asmdef +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy", - "references": [], - "optionalUnityReferences": [], - "includePlatforms": [], - "excludePlatforms": [], - "allowUnsafeCode": false -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.asmdef.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.asmdef.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 787823b6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.asmdef.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 0fda7ebe61ab2164383d10e32efb9c6e -AssemblyDefinitionImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Documentation~/analytics.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Documentation~/analytics.md deleted file mode 100644 index 21782ac3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Documentation~/analytics.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ -# About the Analytics Package - -This Analytics package supports the following Unity Analytics features: - -* [Standard Events](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalyticsStandardEvents.html) -* [Analytics Event Tracker](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/class-AnalyticsEventTracker.html) -* [Unity Analytics Data Privacy Plug-in](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalyticsDataPrivacy.html) - -For instructions on using the features in the Analytics package, refer to the [Analytics section of -the Unity Manual](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalytics.html). - -The package is supported by Unity 2018.3+ and includes functionality previously included in -earlier Unity Asset Store and Package Manager packages. When upgrading existing projects to -2018.3 or later, older, redundant packages should be removed from the project. - - -## Installing the Analytics Package - -The Analytics package is built into the Unity Editor and enabled automatically. Use the Unity -Package Manager (menu: **Window** > **Package Manager**) to disable or enable the package. -The Analytics package is listed under the built-in packages. - - - -## Using the Analytics Package - -For instructions on using the features in the Analytics package, refer to the Unity Manual: - -* [Standard Events](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalyticsStandardEvents.html) -* [Analytics Event Tracker](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/class-AnalyticsEventTracker.html) -* [Unity Analytics Data Privacy Plug-in](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalyticsDataPrivacy.html) - - -## Package contents - -The following table indicates the major classes, components, and files included in the Analytics package: - -|Item|Description| -|---|---| -|[`AnalyticsEvent` class](https://docs.unity3d.com/2018.3/Documentation/ScriptReference/Analytics.AnalyticsEvent.html) | The primary class for sending Standard and Custom analytics events to the Unity Analytics service.| -|[Analytics Event Tracker component](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/class-AnalyticsEventTracker.html) | A Unity component that you can use to send Standard and Custom analytics events (without writing code).| -|[DataPrivacy class](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalyticsDataPrivacyAPI.html)| A utility class that helps applications using Unity Analytics comply with the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).| -|`Packages/Analytics Library/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyButton`| A Prefab GameObject you can use when building a user interface to allow players to opt out of Analytics data collection.| -|`Packages/Analytics Library/DataPrivacy/DataPrivacyIcon`| An icon graphic you can use when creating your own opt-out button or control.| - - -## Document revision history - -|Date|Reason| -|---|---| -|October 5, 2018|Document created. Matches package version 3.2.0.| diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index d29d133a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7fd5e77e7e7ea4eea8198138cd9cc814 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1491256195 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor/AnalyticsEventTracker icon.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor/AnalyticsEventTracker icon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 23763936..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor/AnalyticsEventTracker icon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor/AnalyticsEventTracker icon.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor/AnalyticsEventTracker icon.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 124e6e94..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Editor/AnalyticsEventTracker icon.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 5e7c9ab97e5884e4eaa5967e9024f39d -timeCreated: 1492409422 -licenseType: Free -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - linearTexture: 1 - correctGamma: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 0 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - cubemapConvolutionSteps: 7 - cubemapConvolutionExponent: 1.5 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: -3 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - filterMode: -1 - aniso: 1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapMode: 1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - rGBM: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - spriteMode: 0 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - textureType: 2 - buildTargetSettings: [] - spriteSheet: - sprites: [] - outline: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/License.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/License.md deleted file mode 100644 index 27c17ac4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/License.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,32 +0,0 @@ -**Unity Companion Package License v1.0 ("_License_")** - -Copyright © 2017 Unity Technologies ApS ("**_Unity_**") - -Unity hereby grants to you a worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, and royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the software that is made available with this License ("**_Software_**"), subject to the following terms and conditions: - -1. *Unity Companion Use Only*. Exercise of the license granted herein is limited to exercise for the creation, use, and/or distribution of applications, software, or other content pursuant to a valid Unity development engine software license ("**_Engine License_**"). That means while use of the Software is not limited to use in the software licensed under the Engine License, the Software may not be used for any purpose other than the creation, use, and/or distribution of Engine License-dependent applications, software, or other content. No other exercise of the license granted herein is permitted. - -1. *No Modification of Engine License*. Neither this License nor any exercise of the license granted herein modifies the Engine License in any way. - -1. *Ownership & Grant Back to You*. - - 3.1. You own your content. In this License, "derivative works" means derivatives of the Software itself--works derived only from the Software by you under this License (for example, modifying the code of the Software itself to improve its efficacy); “derivative works” of the Software do not include, for example, games, apps, or content that you create using the Software. You keep all right, title, and interest to your own content. - - 3.2. Unity owns its content. While you keep all right, title, and interest to your own content per the above, as between Unity and you, Unity will own all right, title, and interest to all intellectual property rights (including patent, trademark, and copyright) in the Software and derivative works of the Software, and you hereby assign and agree to assign all such rights in those derivative works to Unity. - - 3.3. You have a license to those derivative works. Subject to this License, Unity grants to you the same worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, and royalty-free copyright license to derivative works of the Software you create as is granted to you for the Software under this License. - -1. *Trademarks*. You are not granted any right or license under this License to use any trademarks, service marks, trade names, products names, or branding of Unity or its affiliates ("**_Trademarks_**"). Descriptive uses of Trademarks are permitted; see, for example, Unity’s Branding Usage Guidelines at [https://unity3d.com/public-relations/brand](https://unity3d.com/public-relations/brand). - -1. *Notices & Third-Party Rights*. This License, including the copyright notice above, must be provided in all substantial portions of the Software and derivative works thereof (or, if that is impracticable, in any other location where such notices are customarily placed). Further, if the Software is accompanied by a Unity "third-party notices" or similar file, you acknowledge and agree that software identified in that file is governed by those separate license terms. - -1. *DISCLAIMER, LIMITATION OF LIABILITY*. THE SOFTWARE AND ANY DERIVATIVE WORKS THEREOF IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND IS PROVIDED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND/OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES (WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCLUDING PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, AND BUSINESS INTERRUPTION), OR OTHER LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OR OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SOFTWARE OR ANY DERIVATIVE WORKS THEREOF OR THE USE OF OR OTHER DEALINGS IN SAME, EVEN WHERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -1. *USE IS ACCEPTANCE and License Versions*. Your receipt and use of the Software constitutes your acceptance of this License and its terms and conditions. Software released by Unity under this License may be modified or updated and the License with it; upon any such modification or update, you will comply with the terms of the updated License for any use of any of the Software under the updated License. - -1. *Use in Compliance with Law and Termination*. Your exercise of the license granted herein will at all times be in compliance with applicable law and will not infringe any proprietary rights (including intellectual property rights); this License will terminate immediately on any breach by you of this License. - -1. *Severability*. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain in full force and effect. - -1. *Governing Law and Venue*. This License is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Denmark, except for its conflict of laws rules; the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. If you reside (or your principal place of business is) within the United States, you and Unity agree to submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the state and federal courts located in San Francisco County, California concerning any dispute arising out of this License ("**_Dispute_**"). If you reside (or your principal place of business is) outside the United States, you and Unity agree to submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts located in Copenhagen, Denmark concerning any Dispute. - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/License.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/License.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 51c39687..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/License.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 15bf9c691b85b41a39c18bee2f87e21b -timeCreated: 1504642560 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/README.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9d6fd499..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,14 +0,0 @@ -Unity Analytics: Tracker ------------------------------- -Please visit the following URL to see documentation for the Analytics Event Tracker. - -https://docs.google.com/document/d/1glh4zEk0KQ_FhOgk95H-VOubcdzrVGyu5BYCmhFQCh0/edit# - -Please note, the documentation at this URL is considered a "living" document and subject to change. - - -Unity Analytics: Standard Events ------------------------------- -Track player behavior specific to your game - -Standard Events are a set of curated custom events focused on player experience. diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/README.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/README.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index f874e182..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/README.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 884f8f0e4025a420893d3a8d1d3063e1 -timeCreated: 1511217314 -licenseType: Pro -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 8f14a0b9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7a573b834e2608c4f982daf527bdb47a -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/.tests.json b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/.tests.json deleted file mode 100644 index 327abb29..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/.tests.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -{ - "createSeparatePackage": false -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 64435dd9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 931f3395378214a6c94333853bd0659b -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1489179043 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 733defc0..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b6295675042094715ad9cc104210aeb7 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1489733951 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementStepTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementStepTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index f4c1af3e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementStepTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void AchievementStep_StepIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int stepIndex - ) - { - var achievementId = "unit_tester"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AchievementStep(stepIndex, achievementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AchievementStep_AchievementIdTest( - [Values("unit_tester", "", null)] string achievementId - ) - { - var stepIndex = 0; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(achievementId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.AchievementStep(stepIndex, achievementId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AchievementStep(stepIndex, achievementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void AchievementStep_CustomDataTest() - { - var stepIndex = 0; - var achievementId = "unit_tester"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AchievementStep(stepIndex, achievementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementStepTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementStepTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 9ca9a734..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementStepTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a592d27ead6884163839d4f8da3977ef -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementUnlockedTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementUnlockedTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 4cb4c4bd..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementUnlockedTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void AchievementUnlocked_AchievementIdTest( - [Values("unit_tester", "", null)] string achievementId - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(achievementId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.AchievementUnlocked(achievementId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AchievementUnlocked(achievementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void AchievementUnlocked_CustomDataTest() - { - var achievementId = "unit_tester"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AchievementUnlocked(achievementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementUnlockedTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementUnlockedTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 3d3f40e1..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AchievementUnlockedTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d1114812d620342e1a4ad3eaae7e220c -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdCompleteTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdCompleteTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 5efd551a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdCompleteTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void AdComplete_RewardedTest( - [Values(true, false)] bool rewarded - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdComplete(rewarded)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdComplete_NetworkStringTest( - [Values("unityads", "", null)] string network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdComplete(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdComplete_NetworkEnumTest( - [Values(AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds, AdvertisingNetwork.None)] AdvertisingNetwork network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdComplete(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdComplete_PlacementIdTest( - [Values("rewardedVideo", "", null)] string placementId - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdComplete(rewarded, network, placementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdComplete_CustomDataTest() - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - var placementId = "rewardedVideo"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdComplete(rewarded, network, placementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdCompleteTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdCompleteTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index eb1155c3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdCompleteTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 9405b416c158444b19157040fd664533 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdOfferTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdOfferTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index c5dfedb4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdOfferTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void AdOffer_RewardedTest( - [Values(true, false)] bool rewarded - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdOffer(rewarded)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdOffer_NetworkStringTest( - [Values("unityads", "", null)] string network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdOffer(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdOffer_NetworkEnumTest( - [Values(AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds, AdvertisingNetwork.None)] AdvertisingNetwork network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdOffer(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdOffer_PlacementIdTest( - [Values("rewardedVideo", "", null)] string placementId - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdOffer(rewarded, network, placementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdOffer_CustomDataTest() - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - var placementId = "rewardedVideo"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdOffer(rewarded, network, placementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdOfferTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdOfferTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index f9845981..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdOfferTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 96626a3e271e94e76a848c68828fbbac -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdSkipTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdSkipTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 8c554b65..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdSkipTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void AdSkip_RewardedTest( - [Values(true, false)] bool rewarded - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdSkip(rewarded)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdSkip_NetworkStringTest( - [Values("unityads", "", null)] string network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdSkip(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdSkip_NetworkEnumTest( - [Values(AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds, AdvertisingNetwork.None)] AdvertisingNetwork network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdSkip(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdSkip_PlacementIdTest( - [Values("rewardedVideo", "", null)] string placementId - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdSkip(rewarded, network, placementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdSkip_CustomDataTest() - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - var placementId = "rewardedVideo"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdSkip(rewarded, network, placementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdSkipTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdSkipTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 186be883..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdSkipTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c09652e660b34484cb10d35ed2206df5 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdStartTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdStartTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index ae104d88..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdStartTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void AdStart_RewardedTest( - [Values(true, false)] bool rewarded - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdStart(rewarded)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdStart_NetworkStringTest( - [Values("unityads", "", null)] string network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdStart(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdStart_NetworkEnumTest( - [Values(AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds, AdvertisingNetwork.None)] AdvertisingNetwork network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdStart(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdStart_PlacementIdTest( - [Values("rewardedVideo", "", null)] string placementId - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdStart(rewarded, network, placementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void AdStart_CustomDataTest() - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - var placementId = "rewardedVideo"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.AdStart(rewarded, network, placementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdStartTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdStartTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 98f15871..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AdStartTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 589b3ddef1e4d44cea68e0144bd95434 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AnalyticsEventTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AnalyticsEventTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index e24c6919..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AnalyticsEventTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -#pragma warning disable 0612, 0618 - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - [TestFixture, Category("Standard Event SDK")] - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - readonly Dictionary m_CustomData = new Dictionary(); - AnalyticsResult m_Result = AnalyticsResult.Ok; - - [SetUp] - public void TestCaseSetUp() - { - m_Result = AnalyticsResult.Ok; - - m_CustomData.Clear(); - m_CustomData.Add("custom_param", "test"); - } - - [Test] - public void SdkVersion_FormatTest() - { - int major, minor, patch; - var versions = AnalyticsEvent.sdkVersion.Split('.'); - - Assert.AreEqual(3, versions.Length, "Number of integer fields in version format"); - - Assert.IsTrue(int.TryParse(versions[0], out major), "Major version is an integer"); - Assert.IsTrue(int.TryParse(versions[1], out minor), "Minor version is an integer"); - Assert.IsTrue(int.TryParse(versions[2], out patch), "Patch version is an integer"); - - Assert.LessOrEqual(0, major, "Major version"); - Assert.LessOrEqual(0, minor, "Minor version"); - Assert.LessOrEqual(0, patch, "Patch version"); - } - - [Test] - public void Custom_EventNameTest( - [Values("custom_event", "", null)] string eventName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(eventName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.Custom(eventName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.Custom(eventName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void Custom_EventDataTest() - { - var eventName = "custom_event"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.Custom(eventName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void Custom_RegisterUnregisterUnnamedTest() - { - Action> myAction = - eventData => eventData.Add("my_key", "my_value"); - - AnalyticsEvent.Register(myAction); // Registering for a named AnalyticsEvent - - var eventName = "custom_event"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.Custom(eventName, m_CustomData)); - - EvaluateRegisteredCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - AnalyticsEvent.Unregister(myAction); - } - - /// Normal. Unregistered. - public static void EvaluateCustomData(IDictionary customData) - { - Assert.AreEqual(1, customData.Count, "Custom param count"); - } - - /// For Registered case. - public static void EvaluateRegisteredCustomData(IDictionary customData) - { - Assert.AreEqual(2, customData.Count, "Custom param count"); - } - - public static void EvaluateAnalyticsResult(AnalyticsResult result) - { - switch (result) - { - case AnalyticsResult.Ok: - break; - case AnalyticsResult.InvalidData: - Assert.Fail("Event data is invalid."); - break; - case AnalyticsResult.TooManyItems: - Assert.Fail("Event data consists of too many parameters."); - break; - default: - Debug.LogFormat("A result of {0} is passable for the purpose of this test.", result); - break; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AnalyticsEventTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AnalyticsEventTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index bb75d13e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/AnalyticsEventTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b5366b8adc0f44b3c9cb261a3f752d7a -timeCreated: 1492730660 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ChatMessageSentTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ChatMessageSentTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 56496550..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ChatMessageSentTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void ChatMessageSent_NoArgsTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ChatMessageSent()); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ChatMessageSent_CustomDataTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ChatMessageSent(m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ChatMessageSentTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ChatMessageSentTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 16cb7f8d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ChatMessageSentTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7b186a0d29a784d81809e8a5471d155e -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneSkipTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneSkipTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 4b3cfd35..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneSkipTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void CutsceneSkip_CutsceneNameTest( - [Values("test_cutscene", "", null)] string name - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(name)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.CutsceneSkip(name)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.CutsceneSkip(name)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void CutsceneSkip_CustomDataTest() - { - var name = "test_cutscene"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.CutsceneSkip(name, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneSkipTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneSkipTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 3722ed81..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneSkipTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f03b3e03b69e74ef9bd0f20377217a73 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneStartTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneStartTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 508cc790..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneStartTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void CutsceneStart_CutsceneNameTest( - [Values("test_cutscene", "", null)] string name - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(name)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.CutsceneStart(name)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.CutsceneStart(name)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void CutsceneStart_CustomDataTest() - { - var name = "test_cutscene"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.CutsceneStart(name, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneStartTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneStartTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 47f3e967..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/CutsceneStartTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: edf97aac6cc5a437ebf600a06a2e5ac7 -timeCreated: 1492896816 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/FirstInteractionTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/FirstInteractionTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index a5cc8442..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/FirstInteractionTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,33 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void FirstInteraction_NoArgsTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.FirstInteraction()); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void FirstInteraction_ActionIdTest( - [Values("test_user_action", "", null)] string actionId - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.FirstInteraction(actionId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void FirstInteraction_CustomDataTest() - { - var actionId = "test_user_action"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.FirstInteraction(actionId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/FirstInteractionTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/FirstInteractionTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index d913d102..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/FirstInteractionTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 78759e25237a7430587982cd92a2a0d8 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameOverTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameOverTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 8e88f445..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameOverTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void GameOver_NoArgsTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameOver()); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void GameOver_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameOver(levelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void GameOver_LevelNameTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameOver(levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void GameOver_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest( - [Values(0)] int levelIndex, - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameOver(levelIndex, levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void GameOver_CustomDataTest() - { - var levelIndex = 0; - var levelName = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameOver(levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameOver(levelIndex, levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameOverTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameOverTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 60aa2a19..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameOverTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a30e59ca9f68d46db88323ac18f49e31 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameStartTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameStartTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 18749c7c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameStartTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void GameStart_NoArgsTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameStart()); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void GameStart_CustomDataTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.GameStart(m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameStartTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameStartTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index e17c1ba1..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/GameStartTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 2b2be9ee9f41a4b2db6b502697ba31b1 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/IAPTransactionTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/IAPTransactionTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 439d4e77..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/IAPTransactionTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_ContextTest( - [Values("test", "", null)] string context) - { - var price = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(context)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId)); - } - - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_PriceTest( - [Values(-1f, 0f, 1f)] float price) - { - var context = "test"; - var itemId = "test_item"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_ItemIdTest( - [Values("test_item", "", null)] string itemId) - { - var context = "test"; - var price = 1f; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId)); - } - - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_ItemTypeTest( - [Values("test_type", "", null)] string itemType) - { - var context = "test"; - var price = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId, itemType)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_LevelTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string level) - { - var context = "test"; - var price = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var itemType = "test_type"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId, itemType, level)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_TransactionIdTest( - [Values("test_id", "", null)] string transactionId) - { - var context = "test"; - var price = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var itemType = "test_type"; - var level = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId, itemType, level, transactionId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void IAPTransaction_CustomDataTest() - { - var context = "test"; - var price = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var itemType = "test_type"; - var level = "test_level"; - var transactionId = "test_id"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.IAPTransaction(context, price, itemId, itemType, level, transactionId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/IAPTransactionTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/IAPTransactionTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index a9cb068c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/IAPTransactionTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 8b4a8234f532f4b34aba0ab70400d90d -timeCreated: 1497539738 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemAcquiredTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemAcquiredTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index ec2b6683..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemAcquiredTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_CurrencyTypeTest( - [Values(AcquisitionType.Premium, AcquisitionType.Soft)] AcquisitionType currencyType) - { - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_ContextTest( - [Values("test", "", null)] string context) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(context)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_AmountTest( - [Values(-1f, 0f, 1f)] float amount) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_ItemIdTest( - [Values("test_item", "", null)] string itemId) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var balance = 1f; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_BalanceTest( - [Values(-1f, 0, 1f)] float balance) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_ItemTypeTest( - [Values("test_type", "", null)] string itemType) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_LevelTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string level) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - var itemType = "test_type"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType, level)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType, level)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_TransactionIdTest( - [Values("test_id", "", null)] string transactionId) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - var itemType = "test_type"; - var level = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType, level, transactionId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType, level, transactionId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemAcquired_CustomDataTest() - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - var itemType = "test_type"; - var level = "test_level"; - var transactionId = "test_id"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType, level, transactionId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemAcquired(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType, level, transactionId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemAcquiredTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemAcquiredTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 72834076..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemAcquiredTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 5e7a49a6952af4d4ab2c3b038be68141 -timeCreated: 1497539770 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemSpentTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemSpentTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 52ee9422..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemSpentTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_CurrencyTypeTest( - [Values(AcquisitionType.Premium, AcquisitionType.Soft)] AcquisitionType currencyType) - { - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_ContextTest( - [Values("test", "", null)] string context) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(context)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_AmountTest( - [Values(-1f, 0f, 1f)] float amount) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_ItemIdTest( - [Values("test_item", "", null)] string itemId) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var balance = 1f; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_BalanceTest( - [Values(-1f, 0, 1f)] float balance) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_ItemTypeTest( - [Values("test_type", "", null)] string itemType) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_LevelTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string level) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - var itemType = "test_type"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType, level)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType, level)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_TransactionIdTest( - [Values("test_id", "", null)] string transactionId) - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - var itemType = "test_type"; - var level = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType, level, transactionId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType, level, transactionId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ItemSpent_CustomDataTest() - { - var currencyType = AcquisitionType.Soft; - var context = "test"; - var amount = 1f; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var balance = 1f; - var itemType = "test_type"; - var level = "test_level"; - var transactionId = "test_id"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, itemType, level, transactionId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ItemSpent(currencyType, context, amount, itemId, balance, itemType, level, transactionId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemSpentTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemSpentTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ab3b390a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ItemSpentTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 00ed25e3298ac440eb327c706a964e3a -timeCreated: 1497539780 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelCompleteTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelCompleteTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 274e37c4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelCompleteTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void LevelComplete_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelComplete(levelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void LevelComplete_LevelNameTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(levelName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.LevelComplete(levelName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelComplete(levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - // [Test] - // public void LevelComplete_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest ( - // [Values(0)] int levelIndex, - // [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - // ) - // { - // Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelComplete(levelIndex, levelName)); - // EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - // } - - [Test] - public void LevelComplete_CustomDataTest() - { - var levelIndex = 0; - var levelName = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelComplete(levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelComplete(levelIndex, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelCompleteTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelCompleteTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 70202cf9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelCompleteTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: fa4ff09b6aaaa4df29a884efa38bce56 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelFailTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelFailTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index fece2ead..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelFailTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void LevelFail_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelFail(levelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void LevelFail_LevelNameTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(levelName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.LevelFail(levelName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelFail(levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - // [Test] - // public void LevelFail_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest ( - // [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex, - // [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - // ) - // { - // Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelFail(levelIndex, levelName)); - // EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - // } - - [Test] - public void LevelFail_CustomDataTest() - { - var levelIndex = 0; - var levelName = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelFail(levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelFail(levelIndex, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelFailTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelFailTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 05b52fdb..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelFailTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 036d03e26977243fa9a2d7af48e51e08 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelQuitTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelQuitTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index e4859aba..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelQuitTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void LevelQuit_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelQuit(levelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void LevelQuit_LevelNameTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(levelName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.LevelQuit(levelName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelQuit(levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - // [Test] - // public void LevelQuit_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest ( - // [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex, - // [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - // ) - // { - // Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelQuit(levelIndex, levelName)); - // EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - // } - - [Test] - public void LevelQuit_CustomDataTest() - { - var levelIndex = 0; - var levelName = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelQuit(levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelQuit(levelIndex, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelQuitTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelQuitTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 0b0c0f77..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelQuitTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 617202f4e2bed4ef8acccfd6c1ecd6fa -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelSkipTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelSkipTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index fcbe9eb6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelSkipTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void LevelSkip_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelSkip(levelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void LevelSkip_LevelNameTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(levelName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.LevelSkip(levelName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelSkip(levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - // [Test] - // public void LevelSkip_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest ( - // [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex, - // [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - // ) - // { - // Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelSkip(levelIndex, levelName)); - // EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - // } - - [Test] - public void LevelSkip_CustomDataTest() - { - var levelIndex = 0; - var levelName = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelSkip(levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelSkip(levelIndex, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelSkipTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelSkipTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 5d5b103c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelSkipTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 93f7ca1a9c5c945a89e884f9611c70f0 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelStartTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelStartTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index ff4ef434..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelStartTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void LevelStart_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int levelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelStart(levelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void LevelStart_LevelNameTest( - [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(levelName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.LevelStart(levelName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelStart(levelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - // [Test] - // public void LevelStart_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest ( - // [Values(0)] int levelIndex, - // [Values("test_level", "", null)] string levelName - // ) - // { - // Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelStart(levelIndex, levelName)); - // EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - // } - - [Test] - public void LevelStart_CustomDataTest() - { - var levelIndex = 0; - var levelName = "test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelStart(levelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelStart(levelIndex, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelStartTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelStartTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 121018d8..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelStartTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 876d47a520ae34f81a97792e1afed14b -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelUpTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelUpTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 96578a71..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelUpTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void LevelUp_LevelIndexTest( - [Values(0, 1, 2)] int newLevelIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelUp(newLevelIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void LevelUp_LevelNameTest( - [Values("new_test_level", "", null)] string newLevelName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(newLevelName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.LevelUp(newLevelName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelUp(newLevelName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - // [Test] - // public void LevelUp_LevelIndex_LevelNameTest ( - // [Values(1)] int newLevelIndex, - // [Values("new_test_level", "", null)] string newLevelName - // ) - // { - // Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelUp(newLevelIndex, newLevelName)); - // EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - // } - - [Test] - public void LevelUp_CustomDataTest() - { - var newLevelIndex = 1; - var newLevelName = "new_test_level"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelUp(newLevelName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.LevelUp(newLevelIndex, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelUpTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelUpTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 1d650da1..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/LevelUpTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b0bb2afc5cd494e6f9b44455a0fc22f8 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PostAdActionTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PostAdActionTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 80ffa6df..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PostAdActionTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void PostAdAction_RewardedTest( - [Values(true, false)] bool rewarded - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PostAdAction(rewarded)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void PostAdAction_NetworkStringTest( - [Values("unityads", "", null)] string network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PostAdAction(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void PostAdAction_NetworkEnumTest( - [Values(AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds, AdvertisingNetwork.None)] AdvertisingNetwork network - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PostAdAction(rewarded, network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void PostAdAction_PlacementIdTest( - [Values("rewardedVideo", "", null)] string placementId - ) - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PostAdAction(rewarded, network, placementId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void PostAdAction_CustomDataTest() - { - var rewarded = true; - var network = AdvertisingNetwork.UnityAds; - var placementId = "rewardedVideo"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PostAdAction(rewarded, network, placementId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PostAdActionTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PostAdActionTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 405d0119..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PostAdActionTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 293182c4d29604c05b6724ae00fd121a -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationClickTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationClickTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 5923cedd..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationClickTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,34 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void PushNotificationClick_MessageIdTest( - [Values("test_message", "", null)] string messageId - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(messageId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.PushNotificationClick(messageId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PushNotificationClick(messageId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void PushNotificationClick_CustomDataTest() - { - var messageId = "test_message"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PushNotificationClick(messageId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationClickTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationClickTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 1ee5e1f9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationClickTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 240551e3142f04b0ca801ce8eb645ba2 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationEnableTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationEnableTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 2e842bdc..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationEnableTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void PushNotificationEnable_NoArgsTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PushNotificationEnable()); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void PushNotificationEnable_CustomDataTest() - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.PushNotificationEnable(m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationEnableTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationEnableTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 285653d9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/PushNotificationEnableTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a10564aae782c458cbf1de024f4870f7 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ScreenVisitTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ScreenVisitTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 97a60fcc..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ScreenVisitTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void ScreenVisit_ScreenNameStringTest( - [Values("test_screen", "", null)] string screenName - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(screenName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.ScreenVisit(screenName)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ScreenVisit(screenName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void ScreenVisit_ScreenNameEnumTest( - [Values(ScreenName.CrossPromo, ScreenName.IAPPromo, ScreenName.None)] ScreenName screenName - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ScreenVisit(screenName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void ScreenVisit_CustomDataTest() - { - var screenName = ScreenName.MainMenu; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.ScreenVisit(screenName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ScreenVisitTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ScreenVisitTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 6327d182..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/ScreenVisitTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 768d77435df35443bad74aedc993c0cf -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareAcceptTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareAcceptTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 7cb38a1d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareAcceptTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_ShareTypeStringTest( - [Values("test_share", "", null)] string shareType - ) - { - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Facebook; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(shareType)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_ShareTypeEnumTest( - [Values(ShareType.TextOnly, ShareType.Image, ShareType.None)] ShareType shareType - ) - { - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_SocialNetworkStringTest( - [Values("test_network", "", null)] string socialNetwork - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.Image; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(socialNetwork)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_SocialNetworkEnumTest( - [Values(SocialNetwork.GooglePlus, SocialNetwork.OK_ru, SocialNetwork.None)] SocialNetwork socialNetwork - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.Video; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_SenderIdTest( - [Values("test_sender", "", null)] string senderId - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.TextOnly; - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow( - () => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork, senderId) - ); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_RecipientIdTest( - [Values("test_recipient", "", null)] string recipientId - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.TextOnly; - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - var senderId = "test_sender"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow( - () => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork, senderId, recipientId) - ); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShareAccept_CustomDataTest() - { - var shareType = ShareType.TextOnly; - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - var senderId = "test_sender"; - var recipientId = "test_recipient"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow( - () => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShareAccept(shareType, socialNetwork, senderId, recipientId, m_CustomData) - ); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareAcceptTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareAcceptTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index e491cf29..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareAcceptTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 138961c4434d141a987d96df1f8d7342 -timeCreated: 1492896446 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 0809d04a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void SocialShare_ShareTypeStringTest( - [Values("test_share", "", null)] string shareType - ) - { - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Facebook; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(shareType)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShare_ShareTypeEnumTest( - [Values(ShareType.TextOnly, ShareType.Image, ShareType.None)] ShareType shareType - ) - { - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShare_SocialNetworkStringTest( - [Values("test_network", "", null)] string socialNetwork - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.Image; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(socialNetwork)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShare_SocialNetworkEnumTest( - [Values(SocialNetwork.GooglePlus, SocialNetwork.OK_ru, SocialNetwork.None)] SocialNetwork socialNetwork - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.Video; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShare_SenderIdTest( - [Values("test_sender", "", null)] string senderId - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.TextOnly; - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow( - () => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork, senderId) - ); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShare_RecipientIdTest( - [Values("test_recipient", "", null)] string recipientId - ) - { - var shareType = ShareType.TextOnly; - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - var senderId = "test_sender"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow( - () => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork, senderId, recipientId) - ); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void SocialShare_CustomDataTest() - { - var shareType = ShareType.TextOnly; - var socialNetwork = SocialNetwork.Twitter; - var senderId = "test_sender"; - var recipientId = "test_recipient"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow( - () => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.SocialShare(shareType, socialNetwork, senderId, recipientId, m_CustomData) - ); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index bc9978d3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/SocialShareTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 811f7f1f5920641c0a9233503492c9ba -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreItemClickTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreItemClickTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 367a4599..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreItemClickTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void StoreItemClick_StoreTypeTest( - [Values(StoreType.Premium, StoreType.Soft)] StoreType storeType - ) - { - var itemId = "test_item"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void StoreItemClick_ItemIdTest( - [Values("test_item", "", null)] string itemId - ) - { - var storeType = StoreType.Soft; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void StoreItemClick_ItemId_ItemNameTest( - [Values("test_item_id", "", null)] string itemId, - [Values("Test Item Name", "", null)] string itemName - ) - { - var storeType = StoreType.Soft; - - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemId) && string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemName)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId)); - } - else - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(itemId)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId, itemName)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - } - - [Test] - public void StoreItemClick_CustomDataTest() - { - var storeType = StoreType.Soft; - var itemId = "test_item"; - var itemName = "Test Item"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.StoreItemClick(storeType, itemId, itemName, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreItemClickTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreItemClickTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 182b9d1d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreItemClickTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c786248494be6489bbfa006bdf59c773 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreOpenedTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreOpenedTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 48918872..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreOpenedTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -using System.Collections.Generic; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void StoreOpened_StoreTypeTest( - [Values(StoreType.Premium, StoreType.Soft)] StoreType storeType - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.StoreOpened(storeType)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void StoreOpened_CustomDataTest() - { - var storeType = StoreType.Soft; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.StoreOpened(storeType, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreOpenedTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreOpenedTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 65bf4722..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/StoreOpenedTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f4c7193663918411c8f78e3cf844cb9e -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialCompleteTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialCompleteTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 3e166af2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialCompleteTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void TutorialComplete_TutorialIdTest( - [Values("test_tutorial", "", null)] string tutorialId - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialComplete(tutorialId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void TutorialComplete_CustomDataTest() - { - var tutorialId = "test_tutorial"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialComplete(tutorialId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialCompleteTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialCompleteTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b2067fea..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialCompleteTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b025f6f8a47be46418bcb0ed1050cfb4 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialSkipTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialSkipTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 9b413eda..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialSkipTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void TutorialSkip_TutorialIdTest( - [Values("test_tutorial", "", null)] string tutorialId - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialSkip(tutorialId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void TutorialSkip_CustomDataTest() - { - var tutorialId = "test_tutorial"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialSkip(tutorialId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialSkipTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialSkipTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b700e0ed..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialSkipTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3ab6e6972ecb54e2cbd505692415a7ba -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStartTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStartTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 425f2773..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStartTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void TutorialStart_TutorialIdTest( - [Values("test_tutorial", "", null)] string tutorialId - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialStart(tutorialId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void TutorialStart_CustomDataTest() - { - var tutorialId = "test_tutorial"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialStart(tutorialId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStartTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStartTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index bfa7a294..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStartTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 2622838afa3284cc882c48ceea4c8220 -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStepTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStepTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 524d8195..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStepTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void TutorialStep_StepIndexTest( - [Values(-1, 0, 1)] int stepIndex - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialStep(stepIndex)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void TutorialStep_TutorialIdTest( - [Values("test_tutorial", "", null)] string tutorialId - ) - { - var stepIndex = 0; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialStep(stepIndex, tutorialId)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void TutorialStep_CustomDataTest() - { - var stepIndex = 0; - var tutorialId = "test_tutorial"; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.TutorialStep(stepIndex, tutorialId, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStepTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStepTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 54ebcfa2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/TutorialStepTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a571de1bea3cb4c9784493c6f1b0b76c -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests.asmdef b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests.asmdef deleted file mode 100644 index eeceedd8..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests.asmdef +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests", - "references": [], - "optionalUnityReferences": [ - "TestAssemblies" - ], - "includePlatforms": [ - "Editor" - ], - "excludePlatforms": [], - "allowUnsafeCode": false -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests.asmdef.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests.asmdef.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 074fd474..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.EditorTests.asmdef.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: adee0c1377ef8b2489060e152dd0d119 -AssemblyDefinitionImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/UserSignupTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/UserSignupTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 56920a63..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/UserSignupTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEngine.Analytics.Tests -{ - public partial class AnalyticsEventTests - { - [Test] - public void UserSignup_AuthorizationNetworkStringTest( - [Values("test_network", "", null)] string network - ) - { - if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(network)) - { - Assert.Throws(() => AnalyticsEvent.UserSignup(network)); - } - else - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.UserSignup(network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } - - [Test] - public void UserSignup_AuthorizationNetworkEnumTest( - [Values(AuthorizationNetwork.Facebook, AuthorizationNetwork.GameCenter, AuthorizationNetwork.None)] AuthorizationNetwork network - ) - { - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.UserSignup(network)); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - - [Test] - public void UserSignup_CustomDataTest() - { - var network = AuthorizationNetwork.Internal; - - Assert.DoesNotThrow(() => m_Result = AnalyticsEvent.UserSignup(network, m_CustomData)); - EvaluateCustomData(m_CustomData); - EvaluateAnalyticsResult(m_Result); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/UserSignupTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/UserSignupTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 3441ed8b..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Editor/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents/UserSignupTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 8b0f0c8689876421c90e7b60f096325a -timeCreated: 1489734081 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime.meta deleted file mode 100644 index a17b3d13..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4f5362359d4548b44a34a45f19efb4bf -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 279b827c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f2233ba26b028cc4b9e58681e7a22dac -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/JsonSerialization.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/JsonSerialization.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 921976a5..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/JsonSerialization.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using NUnit.Framework; -using UnityEngine; -using UnityEngine.Analytics; - -public class JsonSerialization -{ - // This test was create to verifiy JsonUtility could properly deserialize the nested - // structs used for opt-out status. That process is now handled with remote config so - // now we just verify that the expected response from the token API can be deserialized. - - const string kTokenJson = "{" + - "\"url\": \"https://analytics.cloud.unity3d.com/optout?token=24a96770b5c4420a4f930dbb4b72fbb83erfg3edf3ert4r1/\"," + - "\"token\": \"24a96770b5c4420a4f930dbb4b72fbb83erfg3edf3ert4r1\"" + - "}"; - - [Test] - public void TestTokenStruct_JsonUtility() - { - var tokenData = JsonUtility.FromJson(kTokenJson); - Assert.AreEqual("https://analytics.cloud.unity3d.com/optout?token=24a96770b5c4420a4f930dbb4b72fbb83erfg3edf3ert4r1/", tokenData.url); - Assert.AreEqual("24a96770b5c4420a4f930dbb4b72fbb83erfg3edf3ert4r1", tokenData.token); - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/JsonSerialization.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/JsonSerialization.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index feafedcf..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/JsonSerialization.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 0fe4c527c3aa3eb42912a1caafbbc6a0 -timeCreated: 1526476500 -licenseType: Pro -MonoImporter: - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests.asmdef b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests.asmdef deleted file mode 100644 index 54d317a0..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests.asmdef +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests", - "references": [ - "Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy" - ], - "optionalUnityReferences": [ - "TestAssemblies" - ], - "includePlatforms": [], - "excludePlatforms": [], - "allowUnsafeCode": false -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests.asmdef.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests.asmdef.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 5d4c3c4f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Tests/Runtime/DataPrivacy/Unity.Analytics.DataPrivacy.Tests.asmdef.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 015812e983113a84b95773e55f3cec13 -AssemblyDefinitionImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 28c50822..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.mdb b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.mdb deleted file mode 100644 index e598a74d..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.mdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.mdb.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.mdb.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 3acc6079..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.mdb.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: fec197bad419341558f81f2ec8a05e18 -timeCreated: 1491256222 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 6611ac13..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Editor.dll.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 224ede67b4f3a4109bfec4d5cb161b05 -PluginImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 1 - platformData: - - first: - '': Any - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - Exclude Android: 1 - Exclude Editor: 0 - Exclude Linux: 1 - Exclude Linux64: 1 - Exclude LinuxUniversal: 1 - Exclude OSXUniversal: 1 - Exclude Win: 1 - Exclude Win64: 1 - Exclude iOS: 1 - - first: - '': first - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: {} - - first: - Android: Android - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: ARMv7 - - first: - Editor: Editor - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - DefaultValueInitialized: true - OS: AnyOS - - first: - Facebook: Win - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Facebook: Win64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: Linux - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: x86 - - first: - Standalone: Linux64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: x86_64 - - first: - Standalone: OSXUniversal - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: Win - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Standalone: Win64 - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - Windows Store Apps: WindowsStoreApps - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - - first: - iPhone: iOS - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - AddToEmbeddedBinaries: false - CompileFlags: - FrameworkDependencies: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll deleted file mode 100644 index b8e7ea79..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.mdb b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.mdb deleted file mode 100644 index 03748075..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.mdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.mdb.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.mdb.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 09cc7932..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.mdb.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 36e8bb3feb5e6402185947b817a6ed8d -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b4342b7f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.StandardEvents.dll.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,37 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: dce91326f102345f3ba2f0987c0679c2 -PluginImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 0 - platformData: - - first: - '': Any - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - Exclude N3DS: 1 - Exclude PS4: 1 - Exclude PSP2: 1 - Exclude Switch: 1 - Exclude WiiU: 1 - Exclude XboxOne: 1 - - first: - Any: - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: {} - - first: - Editor: Editor - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - DefaultValueInitialized: true - OS: AnyOS - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll deleted file mode 100644 index 21975ccf..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.mdb b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.mdb deleted file mode 100644 index 0811ab65..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.mdb and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.mdb.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.mdb.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 5b0f4d17..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.mdb.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d607a67dc772b484da060e66a3d61a4e -timeCreated: 1491256195 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 7f95e23e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/Unity.Analytics.Tracker.dll.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 220224b43fc464c28bc0e8de8f54a432 -PluginImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - iconMap: {} - executionOrder: {} - isPreloaded: 0 - isOverridable: 0 - platformData: - - first: - '': Any - second: - enabled: 0 - settings: - Exclude N3DS: 1 - Exclude PS4: 1 - Exclude PSP2: 1 - Exclude Switch: 1 - Exclude WiiU: 1 - Exclude XboxOne: 1 - - first: - Any: - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: {} - - first: - Editor: Editor - second: - enabled: 1 - settings: - CPU: AnyCPU - DefaultValueInitialized: true - OS: AnyOS - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/package.json b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/package.json deleted file mode 100644 index 554d9af9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/package.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -{ - "description": "The Unity Analytics Library contains the Analytics Event Tracker component, the Data Privacy plug-in, and the Standard Events API.", - "displayName": "Analytics Library", - "keywords": [ - "analytics", - "unity" - ], - "name": "com.unity.analytics", - "readme": "Unity Analytics", - "repoPackagePath": "build/install/com.unity.analytics", - "repository": { - "revision": "f6830e2decdab13b9a19d8bf39509a8f0a8d349e", - "type": "git", - "url": "git@gitlab.cds.internal.unity3d.com:upm-packages/analytics/com.unity.analytics.git" - }, - "unity": "2018.3", - "version": "3.2.2" -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/package.json.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/package.json.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 83b0f788..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.analytics@3.2.2/package.json.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 510d1d319d2754ea4a47c6dd8c421ea0 -timeCreated: 1491258762 -licenseType: Pro -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/CHANGELOG.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/CHANGELOG.md deleted file mode 100644 index 7dfff7ca..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/CHANGELOG.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,28 +0,0 @@ -# Changelog -All notable changes to this package will be documented in this file. - -The format is based on [Keep a Changelog](http://keepachangelog.com/en/1.0.0/) -and this project adheres to [Semantic Versioning](http://semver.org/spec/v2.0.0.html). - -## [1.2.15] - 2018-11-16 -Added support for non-experimental UIElements. - -## [1.2.11] - 2018-09-04 -Made some performance improvements to reduce impact on ReloadAssemblies. - -## [1.2.9] - 2018-08-13 -Test issues for the Collab History Window are now fixed. - -## [1.2.7] - 2018-08-07 -Toolbar drop-down will no longer show up when package is uninstalled. - -## [1.2.6] - 2018-06-15 -Fixed an issue where Collab's History window wouldn't load properly. - -## [1.2.5] - 2018-05-21 -This is the first release of *Unity Package CollabProxy*. - -### Added -- Collab history and toolbar windows -- Collab view and presenter classes -- Collab Editor tests for view and presenter diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/CHANGELOG.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/CHANGELOG.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 38274a69..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/CHANGELOG.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 782c49e6e68074dc7ba12c95537825ce -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/DEPENDENCIES.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/DEPENDENCIES.md deleted file mode 100644 index 57808d56..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/DEPENDENCIES.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ - - - - Unity.CollabProxy.Dependencies - 1.1.0-experimental - Rohit Garg - Dependencies for the CollabProxy package - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/DEPENDENCIES.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/DEPENDENCIES.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 24e45c2f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/DEPENDENCIES.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 470530e667ad4475786b28fa3187ce95 -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Documentation~/collab-proxy.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Documentation~/collab-proxy.md deleted file mode 100644 index c1800d6a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Documentation~/collab-proxy.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -# About Unity Collaborate - -Collaborate is a simple way for teams to save, share, and sync their Unity project. - -Please refer to the online documentation [here.](https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityCollaborate.html) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b54ca871..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d31e5d760880a4e52a3a75322481d0d2 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index d7266b63..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using UnityEngine; - -[assembly: InternalsVisibleTo("Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests")] diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index e384b318..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d4ef26aa386b44923b61c9c4b505a67c -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 694fc4ea..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c18cb9388313e4287ad5895ee735c47d -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Bootstrap.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Bootstrap.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 029ce1c7..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Bootstrap.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -using UnityEditor; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEngine; - -namespace CollabProxy.UI -{ - [InitializeOnLoad] - public class Bootstrap - { - private const float kCollabToolbarButtonWidth = 78.0f; - - static Bootstrap() - { - Collab.ShowHistoryWindow = CollabHistoryWindow.ShowHistoryWindow; - Collab.ShowToolbarAtPosition = CollabToolbarWindow.ShowCenteredAtPosition; - Collab.IsToolbarVisible = CollabToolbarWindow.IsVisible; - Collab.CloseToolbar = CollabToolbarWindow.CloseToolbar; - Toolbar.AddSubToolbar(new CollabToolbarButton - { - Width = kCollabToolbarButtonWidth - }); - } - } -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Bootstrap.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Bootstrap.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 641d54b7..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Bootstrap.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 8aa8171e088f94069bbd1978a053f7dd -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabAnalytics.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabAnalytics.cs deleted file mode 100644 index c7f90aa1..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabAnalytics.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -using System; - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal static class CollabAnalytics - { - [Serializable] - private struct CollabUserActionAnalyticsEvent - { - public string category; - public string action; - } - - public static void SendUserAction(string category, string action) - { - EditorAnalytics.SendCollabUserAction(new CollabUserActionAnalyticsEvent() { category = category, action = action }); - } - - public static readonly string historyCategoryString = "History"; - }; -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabAnalytics.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabAnalytics.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 2f46e9bc..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabAnalytics.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f944311c8fff2479fa3ba741f6039fc8 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabHistoryWindow.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabHistoryWindow.cs deleted file mode 100644 index b855bce3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabHistoryWindow.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Linq; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEditor.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.StyleEnums; -#endif - -using UnityEngine; -using UnityEditor.Connect; - -namespace UnityEditor -{ - internal class CollabHistoryWindow : EditorWindow, ICollabHistoryWindow - { -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER - private const string ResourcesPath = "Packages/com.unity.collab-proxy/Editor/Resources/Styles/"; -#else - private const string ResourcesPath = "StyleSheets/"; -#endif - - - const string kWindowTitle = "Collab History"; - const string kServiceUrl = "developer.cloud.unity3d.com"; - - [MenuItem("Window/Asset Management/Collab History", false, 1)] - public static void ShowHistoryWindow() - { - EditorWindow.GetWindow(kWindowTitle); - } - - [MenuItem("Window/Asset Management/Collab History", true)] - public static bool ValidateShowHistoryWindow() - { - return Collab.instance.IsCollabEnabledForCurrentProject(); - } - - CollabHistoryPresenter m_Presenter; - Dictionary m_Views; - List m_HistoryItems = new List(); - HistoryState m_State; - VisualElement m_Container; - PagedListView m_Pager; - ScrollView m_HistoryView; - int m_ItemsPerPage = 5; - string m_InProgressRev; - bool m_RevisionActionsEnabled; - - public CollabHistoryWindow() - { - minSize = new Vector2(275, 50); - } - - public void OnEnable() - { - SetupGUI(); - name = "CollabHistory"; - - if (m_Presenter == null) - { - m_Presenter = new CollabHistoryPresenter(this, new CollabHistoryItemFactory(), new RevisionsService(Collab.instance, UnityConnect.instance)); - } - m_Presenter.OnWindowEnabled(); - } - - public void OnDisable() - { - m_Presenter.OnWindowDisabled(); - } - - public bool revisionActionsEnabled - { - get { return m_RevisionActionsEnabled; } - set - { - if (m_RevisionActionsEnabled == value) - return; - - m_RevisionActionsEnabled = value; - foreach (var historyItem in m_HistoryItems) - { - historyItem.RevisionActionsEnabled = value; - } - } - } - - private void AddStyleSheetPath(VisualElement root, string path) - { -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER - root.styleSheets.Add(EditorGUIUtility.Load(path) as StyleSheet); -#else - root.AddStyleSheetPath(path); -#endif - } - - - public void SetupGUI() - { -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER - var root = this.rootVisualElement; -#else - var root = this.GetRootVisualContainer(); -#endif - AddStyleSheetPath(root, ResourcesPath + "CollabHistoryCommon.uss"); - if (EditorGUIUtility.isProSkin) - { - AddStyleSheetPath(root, ResourcesPath + "CollabHistoryDark.uss"); - } - else - { - AddStyleSheetPath(root, ResourcesPath + "CollabHistoryLight.uss"); - } - - m_Container = new VisualElement(); - m_Container.StretchToParentSize(); - root.Add(m_Container); - - m_Pager = new PagedListView() - { - name = "PagedElement", - pageSize = m_ItemsPerPage - }; - - var errorView = new StatusView() - { - message = "An Error Occurred", - icon = EditorGUIUtility.LoadIconRequired("Collab.Warning") as Texture, - }; - - var noInternetView = new StatusView() - { - message = "No Internet Connection", - icon = EditorGUIUtility.LoadIconRequired("Collab.NoInternet") as Texture, - }; - - var maintenanceView = new StatusView() - { - message = "Maintenance", - }; - - var loginView = new StatusView() - { - message = "Sign in to access Collaborate", - buttonText = "Sign in...", - callback = SignInClick, - }; - - var noSeatView = new StatusView() - { - message = "Ask your project owner for access to Unity Teams", - buttonText = "Learn More", - callback = NoSeatClick, - }; - - var waitingView = new StatusView() - { - message = "Updating...", - }; - - m_HistoryView = new ScrollView() { name = "HistoryContainer", showHorizontal = false}; - m_HistoryView.contentContainer.StretchToParentWidth(); - m_HistoryView.Add(m_Pager); - - m_Views = new Dictionary() - { - {HistoryState.Error, errorView}, - {HistoryState.Offline, noInternetView}, - {HistoryState.Maintenance, maintenanceView}, - {HistoryState.LoggedOut, loginView}, - {HistoryState.NoSeat, noSeatView}, - {HistoryState.Waiting, waitingView}, - {HistoryState.Ready, m_HistoryView} - }; - } - - public void UpdateState(HistoryState state, bool force) - { - if (state == m_State && !force) - return; - - m_State = state; - switch (state) - { - case HistoryState.Ready: - UpdateHistoryView(m_Pager); - break; - case HistoryState.Disabled: - Close(); - return; - } - - m_Container.Clear(); - m_Container.Add(m_Views[m_State]); - } - - public void UpdateRevisions(IEnumerable datas, string tip, int totalRevisions, int currentPage) - { - var elements = new List(); - var isFullDateObtained = false; // Has everything from this date been obtained? - m_HistoryItems.Clear(); - - if (datas != null) - { - DateTime currentDate = DateTime.MinValue; - foreach (var data in datas) - { - if (data.timeStamp.Date != currentDate.Date) - { - elements.Add(new CollabHistoryRevisionLine(data.timeStamp, isFullDateObtained)); - currentDate = data.timeStamp; - } - - var item = new CollabHistoryItem(data); - m_HistoryItems.Add(item); - - var container = new VisualElement(); - container.style.flexDirection = FlexDirection.Row; - if (data.current) - { - isFullDateObtained = true; - container.AddToClassList("currentRevision"); - container.AddToClassList("obtainedRevision"); - } - else if (data.obtained) - { - container.AddToClassList("obtainedRevision"); - } - else - { - container.AddToClassList("absentRevision"); - } - // If we use the index as-is, the latest commit will become #1, but we want it to be last - container.Add(new CollabHistoryRevisionLine(data.index)); - container.Add(item); - elements.Add(container); - } - } - - m_HistoryView.scrollOffset = new Vector2(0, 0); - m_Pager.totalItems = totalRevisions; - m_Pager.curPage = currentPage; - m_Pager.items = elements; - } - - public string inProgressRevision - { - get { return m_InProgressRev; } - set - { - m_InProgressRev = value; - foreach (var historyItem in m_HistoryItems) - { - historyItem.SetInProgressStatus(value); - } - } - } - - public int itemsPerPage - { - set - { - if (m_ItemsPerPage == value) - return; - m_Pager.pageSize = m_ItemsPerPage; - } - } - - public PageChangeAction OnPageChangeAction - { - set { m_Pager.OnPageChanged = value; } - } - - public RevisionAction OnGoBackAction - { - set { CollabHistoryItem.s_OnGoBack = value; } - } - - public RevisionAction OnUpdateAction - { - set { CollabHistoryItem.s_OnUpdate = value; } - } - - public RevisionAction OnRestoreAction - { - set { CollabHistoryItem.s_OnRestore = value; } - } - - public ShowBuildAction OnShowBuildAction - { - set { CollabHistoryItem.s_OnShowBuild = value; } - } - - public Action OnShowServicesAction - { - set { CollabHistoryItem.s_OnShowServices = value; } - } - - void UpdateHistoryView(VisualElement history) - { - } - - void NoSeatClick() - { - var connection = UnityConnect.instance; - var env = connection.GetEnvironment(); - // Map environment to url - prod is special - if (env == "production") - env = ""; - else - env += "-"; - - var url = "https://" + env + kServiceUrl - + "/orgs/" + connection.GetOrganizationId() - + "/projects/" + connection.GetProjectName() - + "/unity-teams/"; - Application.OpenURL(url); - } - - void SignInClick() - { - UnityConnect.instance.ShowLogin(); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabHistoryWindow.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabHistoryWindow.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 74358d40..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabHistoryWindow.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: fed9dda667cab45d398d06402bba03f4 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarButton.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarButton.cs deleted file mode 100644 index eebe4aca..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarButton.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,297 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEditor.Connect; -using UnityEditor.Web; -using UnityEngine; - -namespace UnityEditor -{ - internal class CollabToolbarButton : SubToolbar, IDisposable - { - // Must match s_CollabIcon array - enum CollabToolbarState - { - NeedToEnableCollab, - UpToDate, - Conflict, - OperationError, - ServerHasChanges, - FilesToPush, - InProgress, - Disabled, - Offline - } - - private class CollabToolbarContent - { - readonly string m_iconName; - readonly string m_toolTip; - readonly CollabToolbarState m_state; - - static Dictionary m_CollabIcons; - - public CollabToolbarState RegisteredForState - { - get { return m_state; } - } - - public GUIContent GuiContent - { - get - { - if (m_CollabIcons == null) - { - m_CollabIcons = new Dictionary(); - } - - if (!m_CollabIcons.ContainsKey(this)) - { - m_CollabIcons.Add(this, EditorGUIUtility.TrTextContentWithIcon("Collab", m_toolTip, m_iconName)); - } - - return m_CollabIcons[this]; - } - } - - public CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState state, string iconName, string toolTip) - { - m_state = state; - m_iconName = iconName; - m_toolTip = toolTip; - } - } - - CollabToolbarContent[] m_toolbarContents; - CollabToolbarState m_CollabToolbarState = CollabToolbarState.UpToDate; - const float kCollabButtonWidth = 78.0f; - ButtonWithAnimatedIconRotation m_CollabButton; - string m_DynamicTooltip; - static bool m_ShowCollabTooltip = false; - - private GUIContent currentCollabContent - { - get - { - CollabToolbarContent toolbarContent = - m_toolbarContents.FirstOrDefault(c => c.RegisteredForState.Equals(m_CollabToolbarState)); - GUIContent content = new GUIContent(toolbarContent == null? m_toolbarContents.First().GuiContent : toolbarContent.GuiContent); - if (!m_ShowCollabTooltip) - { - content.tooltip = null; - } - else if (m_DynamicTooltip != "") - { - content.tooltip = m_DynamicTooltip; - } - - if (Collab.instance.AreTestsRunning()) - { - content.text = "CTF"; - } - - return content; - } - } - - public CollabToolbarButton() - { - m_toolbarContents = new[] - { - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.NeedToEnableCollab, "CollabNew", " You need to enable collab."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.UpToDate, "Collab", " You are up to date."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.Conflict, "CollabConflict", " Please fix your conflicts prior to publishing."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.OperationError, "CollabError", " Last operation failed. Please retry later."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.ServerHasChanges, "CollabPull", " Please update, there are server changes."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.FilesToPush, "CollabPush", " You have files to publish."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.InProgress, "CollabProgress", " Operation in progress."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.Disabled, "CollabNew", " Collab is disabled."), - new CollabToolbarContent(CollabToolbarState.Offline, "CollabNew", " Please check your network connection.") - }; - - Collab.instance.StateChanged += OnCollabStateChanged; - UnityConnect.instance.StateChanged += OnUnityConnectStateChanged; - UnityConnect.instance.UserStateChanged += OnUnityConnectUserStateChanged; - } - - void OnUnityConnectUserStateChanged(UserInfo state) - { - UpdateCollabToolbarState(); - } - - void OnUnityConnectStateChanged(ConnectInfo state) - { - UpdateCollabToolbarState(); - } - - public override void OnGUI(Rect rect) - { - DoCollabDropDown(rect); - } - - Rect GUIToScreenRect(Rect guiRect) - { - Vector2 screenPoint = GUIUtility.GUIToScreenPoint(new Vector2(guiRect.x, guiRect.y)); - guiRect.x = screenPoint.x; - guiRect.y = screenPoint.y; - return guiRect; - } - - void ShowPopup(Rect rect) - { - // window should be centered on the button - ReserveRight(kCollabButtonWidth / 2, ref rect); - ReserveBottom(5, ref rect); - // calculate screen rect before saving assets since it might open the AssetSaveDialog window - var screenRect = GUIToScreenRect(rect); - // save all the assets - AssetDatabase.SaveAssets(); - if (Collab.ShowToolbarAtPosition != null && Collab.ShowToolbarAtPosition(screenRect)) - { - GUIUtility.ExitGUI(); - } - } - - void DoCollabDropDown(Rect rect) - { - UpdateCollabToolbarState(); - GUIStyle collabButtonStyle = "OffsetDropDown"; - bool showPopup = Toolbar.requestShowCollabToolbar; - Toolbar.requestShowCollabToolbar = false; - - bool enable = !EditorApplication.isPlaying; - - using (new EditorGUI.DisabledScope(!enable)) - { - bool animate = m_CollabToolbarState == CollabToolbarState.InProgress; - - EditorGUIUtility.SetIconSize(new Vector2(12, 12)); - if (GetCollabButton().OnGUI(rect, currentCollabContent, animate, collabButtonStyle)) - { - showPopup = true; - } - EditorGUIUtility.SetIconSize(Vector2.zero); - } - - if (m_CollabToolbarState == CollabToolbarState.Disabled) - return; - - if (showPopup) - { - ShowPopup(rect); - } - } - - public void OnCollabStateChanged(CollabInfo info) - { - UpdateCollabToolbarState(); - } - - public void UpdateCollabToolbarState() - { - var currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.UpToDate; - bool networkAvailable = UnityConnect.instance.connectInfo.online && UnityConnect.instance.connectInfo.loggedIn; - m_DynamicTooltip = ""; - - if (UnityConnect.instance.isDisableCollabWindow) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.Disabled; - } - else if (networkAvailable) - { - Collab collab = Collab.instance; - CollabInfo currentInfo = collab.collabInfo; - UnityErrorInfo errInfo; - bool error = false; - if (collab.GetError((UnityConnect.UnityErrorFilter.ByContext | UnityConnect.UnityErrorFilter.ByChild), out errInfo)) - { - error = (errInfo.priority <= (int)UnityConnect.UnityErrorPriority.Error); - m_DynamicTooltip = errInfo.shortMsg; - } - - if (!currentInfo.ready) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.InProgress; - } - else if (error) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.OperationError; - } - else if (currentInfo.inProgress) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.InProgress; - } - else - { - bool collabEnable = Collab.instance.IsCollabEnabledForCurrentProject(); - - if (UnityConnect.instance.projectInfo.projectBound == false || !collabEnable) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.NeedToEnableCollab; - } - else if (currentInfo.update) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.ServerHasChanges; - } - else if (currentInfo.conflict) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.Conflict; - } - else if (currentInfo.publish) - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.FilesToPush; - } - } - } - else - { - currentCollabState = CollabToolbarState.Offline; - } - - if (Collab.IsToolbarVisible != null) - { - if (currentCollabState != m_CollabToolbarState || - Collab.IsToolbarVisible() == m_ShowCollabTooltip) - { - m_CollabToolbarState = currentCollabState; - m_ShowCollabTooltip = !Collab.IsToolbarVisible(); - Toolbar.RepaintToolbar(); - } - } - } - - void ReserveRight(float width, ref Rect pos) - { - pos.x += width; - } - - void ReserveBottom(float height, ref Rect pos) - { - pos.y += height; - } - - ButtonWithAnimatedIconRotation GetCollabButton() - { - if (m_CollabButton == null) - { - const int repaintsPerSecond = 20; - const float animSpeed = 500f; - const bool mouseDownButton = true; - m_CollabButton = new ButtonWithAnimatedIconRotation(() => (float)EditorApplication.timeSinceStartup * animSpeed, Toolbar.RepaintToolbar, repaintsPerSecond, mouseDownButton); - } - - return m_CollabButton; - } - - public void Dispose() - { - Collab.instance.StateChanged -= OnCollabStateChanged; - UnityConnect.instance.StateChanged -= OnUnityConnectStateChanged; - UnityConnect.instance.UserStateChanged -= OnUnityConnectUserStateChanged; - - if (m_CollabButton != null) - m_CollabButton.Clear(); - } - } -} // namespace \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarButton.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarButton.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 949d8db9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarButton.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 882f1a4147a284f028899b9c018e63eb -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarWindow.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarWindow.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 27938750..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarWindow.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -using UnityEngine; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEditor.Web; -using UnityEditor.Connect; - -namespace UnityEditor -{ - [InitializeOnLoad] - internal class WebViewStatic : ScriptableSingleton - { - [SerializeField] - WebView m_WebView; - - static public WebView GetWebView() - { - return instance.m_WebView; - } - - static public void SetWebView(WebView webView) - { - instance.m_WebView = webView; - } - } - - [InitializeOnLoad] - internal class CollabToolbarWindow : WebViewEditorStaticWindow, IHasCustomMenu - { - internal override WebView webView - { - get {return WebViewStatic.GetWebView(); } - set {WebViewStatic.SetWebView(value); } - } - - private const string kWindowName = "Unity Collab Toolbar"; - - private static long s_LastClosedTime; - private static CollabToolbarWindow s_CollabToolbarWindow; - - public static bool s_ToolbarIsVisible = false; - - const int kWindowWidth = 320; - const int kWindowHeight = 350; - - public static void CloseToolbar() - { - foreach (CollabToolbarWindow window in Resources.FindObjectsOfTypeAll()) - window.Close(); - } - - [MenuItem("Window/Asset Management/Collab Toolbar", false /*IsValidateFunction*/, 2, true /* IsInternalMenu */)] - public static CollabToolbarWindow ShowToolbarWindow() - { - //Create a new window if it does not exist - if (s_CollabToolbarWindow == null) - { - s_CollabToolbarWindow = GetWindow(false, kWindowName) as CollabToolbarWindow; - } - - return s_CollabToolbarWindow; - } - - [MenuItem("Window/Asset Management/Collab Toolbar", true /*IsValidateFunction*/)] - public static bool ValidateShowToolbarWindow() - { - return true; - } - - public static bool IsVisible() - { - return s_ToolbarIsVisible; - } - - public static bool ShowCenteredAtPosition(Rect buttonRect) - { - buttonRect.x -= kWindowWidth / 2; - // We could not use realtimeSinceStartUp since it is set to 0 when entering/exitting playmode, we assume an increasing time when comparing time. - long nowMilliSeconds = System.DateTime.Now.Ticks / System.TimeSpan.TicksPerMillisecond; - bool justClosed = nowMilliSeconds < s_LastClosedTime + 50; - if (!justClosed) - { - // Method may have been triggered programmatically, without a user event to consume. - if (Event.current.type != EventType.Layout) - { - Event.current.Use(); - } - if (s_CollabToolbarWindow == null) - s_CollabToolbarWindow = CreateInstance() as CollabToolbarWindow; - var windowSize = new Vector2(kWindowWidth, kWindowHeight); - s_CollabToolbarWindow.initialOpenUrl = "file:///" + EditorApplication.userJavascriptPackagesPath + "unityeditor-collab-toolbar/dist/index.html"; - s_CollabToolbarWindow.Init(); - s_CollabToolbarWindow.ShowAsDropDown(buttonRect, windowSize); - s_CollabToolbarWindow.OnFocus(); - return true; - } - return false; - } - - // Receives HTML title - public void OnReceiveTitle(string title) - { - titleContent.text = title; - } - - public new void OnInitScripting() - { - base.OnInitScripting(); - } - - public override void OnEnable() - { - minSize = new Vector2(kWindowWidth, kWindowHeight); - maxSize = new Vector2(kWindowWidth, kWindowHeight); - initialOpenUrl = "file:///" + EditorApplication.userJavascriptPackagesPath + "unityeditor-collab-toolbar/dist/index.html"; - base.OnEnable(); - s_ToolbarIsVisible = true; - } - - internal new void OnDisable() - { - s_LastClosedTime = System.DateTime.Now.Ticks / System.TimeSpan.TicksPerMillisecond; - if (s_CollabToolbarWindow) - { - s_ToolbarIsVisible = false; - NotifyVisibility(s_ToolbarIsVisible); - } - s_CollabToolbarWindow = null; - - base.OnDisable(); - } - - public new void OnDestroy() - { - OnLostFocus(); - base.OnDestroy(); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarWindow.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarWindow.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b08bf2aa..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/CollabToolbarWindow.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 6f516f1ec21a54a59a92bf99db2d9535 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 91331532..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d437fe60bb34f45728664a5d930c1635 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters/CollabHistoryPresenter.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters/CollabHistoryPresenter.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 91d500be..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters/CollabHistoryPresenter.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ -using System.Collections.Generic; -using UnityEditor.Connect; -using UnityEditor.Web; - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class CollabHistoryPresenter - { - public const int ItemsPerPage = 5; - ICollabHistoryWindow m_Window; - ICollabHistoryItemFactory m_Factory; - IRevisionsService m_Service; - ConnectInfo m_ConnectState; - CollabInfo m_CollabState; - bool m_IsCollabError; - int m_TotalRevisions; - int m_CurrentPage; - int m_RequestedPage; - bool m_FetchInProgress; - - BuildAccess m_BuildAccess; - string m_ProgressRevision; - public bool BuildServiceEnabled {get; set; } - - public CollabHistoryPresenter(ICollabHistoryWindow window, ICollabHistoryItemFactory factory, IRevisionsService service) - { - m_Window = window; - m_Factory = factory; - m_Service = service; - m_CurrentPage = 0; - m_BuildAccess = new BuildAccess(); - m_Service.FetchRevisionsCallback += OnFetchRevisions; - } - - public void OnWindowEnabled() - { - UnityConnect.instance.StateChanged += OnConnectStateChanged; - Collab.instance.StateChanged += OnCollabStateChanged; - Collab.instance.RevisionUpdated += OnCollabRevisionUpdated; - Collab.instance.JobsCompleted += OnCollabJobsCompleted; - Collab.instance.ErrorOccurred += OnCollabError; - Collab.instance.ErrorCleared += OnCollabErrorCleared; - EditorApplication.playModeStateChanged += OnPlayModeStateChanged; - m_ConnectState = UnityConnect.instance.GetConnectInfo(); - m_CollabState = Collab.instance.GetCollabInfo(); - - m_Window.revisionActionsEnabled = !EditorApplication.isPlayingOrWillChangePlaymode; - - // Setup window callbacks - m_Window.OnPageChangeAction = OnUpdatePage; - m_Window.OnUpdateAction = OnUpdate; - m_Window.OnRestoreAction = OnRestore; - m_Window.OnGoBackAction = OnGoBack; - m_Window.OnShowBuildAction = ShowBuildForCommit; - m_Window.OnShowServicesAction = ShowServicePage; - m_Window.itemsPerPage = ItemsPerPage; - - // Initialize data - UpdateBuildServiceStatus(); - var state = RecalculateState(); - // Only try to load the page if we're ready - if (state == HistoryState.Ready) - OnUpdatePage(m_CurrentPage); - m_Window.UpdateState(state, true); - } - - public void OnWindowDisabled() - { - UnityConnect.instance.StateChanged -= OnConnectStateChanged; - Collab.instance.StateChanged -= OnCollabStateChanged; - Collab.instance.RevisionUpdated -= OnCollabRevisionUpdated; - Collab.instance.JobsCompleted -= OnCollabJobsCompleted; - EditorApplication.playModeStateChanged -= OnPlayModeStateChanged; - } - - private void OnConnectStateChanged(ConnectInfo state) - { - m_ConnectState = state; - - m_Window.UpdateState(RecalculateState(), false); - } - - private void OnCollabStateChanged(CollabInfo state) - { - // Sometimes a collab state change will trigger even though everything is the same - if (m_CollabState.Equals(state)) - return; - - if (m_CollabState.tip != state.tip) - OnUpdatePage(m_CurrentPage); - - m_CollabState = state; - m_Window.UpdateState(RecalculateState(), false); - if (state.inProgress) - { - m_Window.inProgressRevision = m_ProgressRevision; - } - else - { - m_Window.inProgressRevision = null; - } - } - - private void OnCollabRevisionUpdated(CollabInfo state) - { - OnUpdatePage(m_CurrentPage); - } - - private void OnCollabJobsCompleted(CollabInfo state) - { - m_ProgressRevision = null; - } - - private void OnCollabError() - { - m_IsCollabError = true; - m_Window.UpdateState(RecalculateState(), false); - } - - private void OnCollabErrorCleared() - { - m_IsCollabError = false; - m_FetchInProgress = true; - m_Service.GetRevisions(m_CurrentPage * ItemsPerPage, ItemsPerPage); - m_Window.UpdateState(RecalculateState(), false); - } - - private void OnPlayModeStateChanged(PlayModeStateChange stateChange) - { - // If entering play mode, disable - if (stateChange == PlayModeStateChange.ExitingEditMode || - stateChange == PlayModeStateChange.EnteredPlayMode) - { - m_Window.revisionActionsEnabled = false; - } - // If exiting play mode, enable! - else if (stateChange == PlayModeStateChange.EnteredEditMode || - stateChange == PlayModeStateChange.ExitingPlayMode) - { - m_Window.revisionActionsEnabled = true; - } - } - - private HistoryState RecalculateState() - { - if (!m_ConnectState.online) - return HistoryState.Offline; - if (m_ConnectState.maintenance || m_CollabState.maintenance) - return HistoryState.Maintenance; - if (!m_ConnectState.loggedIn) - return HistoryState.LoggedOut; - if (!m_CollabState.seat) - return HistoryState.NoSeat; - if (!Collab.instance.IsCollabEnabledForCurrentProject()) - return HistoryState.Disabled; - if (!Collab.instance.IsConnected() || !m_CollabState.ready || m_FetchInProgress) - return HistoryState.Waiting; - if (m_ConnectState.error || m_IsCollabError) - return HistoryState.Error; - - return HistoryState.Ready; - } - - // TODO: Eventually this can be a listener on the build service status - public void UpdateBuildServiceStatus() - { - foreach (var service in UnityConnectServiceCollection.instance.GetAllServiceInfos()) - { - if (service.name.Equals("Build")) - { - BuildServiceEnabled = service.enabled; - } - } - } - - public void ShowBuildForCommit(string revisionID) - { - m_BuildAccess.ShowBuildForCommit(revisionID); - } - - public void ShowServicePage() - { - m_BuildAccess.ShowServicePage(); - } - - public void OnUpdatePage(int page) - { - m_FetchInProgress = true; - m_Service.GetRevisions(page * ItemsPerPage, ItemsPerPage); - m_Window.UpdateState(RecalculateState(), false); - m_RequestedPage = page; - } - - private void OnFetchRevisions(RevisionsResult data) - { - m_FetchInProgress = false; - IEnumerable items = null; - if (data != null) - { - m_CurrentPage = m_RequestedPage; - m_TotalRevisions = data.RevisionsInRepo; - items = m_Factory.GenerateElements(data.Revisions, m_TotalRevisions, m_CurrentPage * ItemsPerPage, m_Service.tipRevision, m_Window.inProgressRevision, m_Window.revisionActionsEnabled, BuildServiceEnabled, m_Service.currentUser); - } - - // State must be recalculated prior to inserting items - m_Window.UpdateState(RecalculateState(), false); - m_Window.UpdateRevisions(items, m_Service.tipRevision, m_TotalRevisions, m_CurrentPage); - } - - private void OnRestore(string revisionId, bool updatetorevision) - { - m_ProgressRevision = revisionId; - Collab.instance.ResyncToRevision(revisionId); - } - - private void OnGoBack(string revisionId, bool updatetorevision) - { - m_ProgressRevision = revisionId; - Collab.instance.GoBackToRevision(revisionId, false); - } - - private void OnUpdate(string revisionId, bool updatetorevision) - { - m_ProgressRevision = revisionId; - Collab.instance.Update(revisionId, updatetorevision); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters/CollabHistoryPresenter.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters/CollabHistoryPresenter.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 9c37ecd8..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Presenters/CollabHistoryPresenter.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a7c91a123806d41a0873fcdcb629b1c4 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views.meta deleted file mode 100644 index f62ac6be..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: fd0a39b4d296d4d509b4f1dbd08d0630 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/BuildStatusButton.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/BuildStatusButton.cs deleted file mode 100644 index ac3754d2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/BuildStatusButton.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using UnityEditor; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class BuildStatusButton : Button - { - private readonly string iconPrefix = "Icons/Collab.Build"; - private readonly string iconSuffix = ".png"; - Label labelElement = new Label(); - Image iconElement = new Image() {name = "BuildIcon"}; - - public BuildStatusButton(Action clickEvent) : base(clickEvent) - { - iconElement.image = EditorGUIUtility.Load(iconPrefix + iconSuffix) as Texture; - labelElement.text = "Build Now"; - Add(iconElement); - Add(labelElement); - } - - public BuildStatusButton(Action clickEvent, BuildState state, int failures) : base(clickEvent) - { - switch (state) - { - case BuildState.InProgress: - iconElement.image = EditorGUIUtility.Load(iconPrefix + iconSuffix) as Texture; - labelElement.text = "In progress"; - break; - - case BuildState.Failed: - iconElement.image = EditorGUIUtility.Load(iconPrefix + "Failed" + iconSuffix) as Texture; - labelElement.text = failures + ((failures == 1) ? " failure" : " failures"); - break; - - case BuildState.Success: - iconElement.image = EditorGUIUtility.Load(iconPrefix + "Succeeded" + iconSuffix) as Texture; - labelElement.text = "success"; - break; - } - - Add(iconElement); - Add(labelElement); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/BuildStatusButton.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/BuildStatusButton.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index d74a58af..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/BuildStatusButton.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 0217a80286f79419daa202f69409f19b -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDown.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDown.cs deleted file mode 100644 index e3bb05a6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDown.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -using UnityEngine; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using UnityEditor.Connect; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -#endif - - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class CollabHistoryDropDown : VisualElement - { - private readonly VisualElement m_FilesContainer; - private readonly Label m_ToggleLabel; - private int m_ChangesTotal; - private string m_RevisionId; - - public CollabHistoryDropDown(ICollection changes, int changesTotal, bool changesTruncated, string revisionId) - { - m_FilesContainer = new VisualElement(); - m_ChangesTotal = changesTotal; - m_RevisionId = revisionId; - - m_ToggleLabel = new Label(ToggleText(false)); - m_ToggleLabel.AddManipulator(new Clickable(ToggleDropdown)); - Add(m_ToggleLabel); - - foreach (ChangeData change in changes) - { - m_FilesContainer.Add(new CollabHistoryDropDownItem(change.path, change.action)); - } - - if (changesTruncated) - { - m_FilesContainer.Add(new Button(ShowAllClick) - { - text = "Show all on dashboard" - }); - } - } - - private void ToggleDropdown() - { - if (Contains(m_FilesContainer)) - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "CollapseAssets"); - Remove(m_FilesContainer); - m_ToggleLabel.text = ToggleText(false); - } - else - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "ExpandAssets"); - Add(m_FilesContainer); - m_ToggleLabel.text = ToggleText(true); - } - } - - private string ToggleText(bool open) - { - var icon = open ? "\u25bc" : "\u25b6"; - var change = m_ChangesTotal == 1 ? "Change" : "Changes"; - return string.Format("{0} {1} Asset {2}", icon, m_ChangesTotal, change); - } - - private void ShowAllClick() - { - var host = UnityConnect.instance.GetConfigurationURL(CloudConfigUrl.CloudServicesDashboard); - var org = UnityConnect.instance.GetOrganizationId(); - var proj = UnityConnect.instance.GetProjectGUID(); - var url = string.Format("{0}/collab/orgs/{1}/projects/{2}/commits?commit={3}", host, org, proj, m_RevisionId); - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "ShowAllOnDashboard"); - Application.OpenURL(url); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDown.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDown.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 513b66bf..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDown.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a483595b0257945278dc75c5ff7d82ee -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDownItem.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDownItem.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 3ad43f23..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDownItem.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.IO; -using System.Linq; -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -#endif - - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class CollabHistoryDropDownItem : VisualElement - { - public CollabHistoryDropDownItem(string path, string action) - { - var fileName = Path.GetFileName(path); - var isFolder = Path.GetFileNameWithoutExtension(path).Equals(fileName); - var fileIcon = GetIconElement(action, fileName, isFolder); - var metaContainer = new VisualElement(); - var fileNameLabel = new Label - { - name = "FileName", - text = fileName - }; - var filePathLabel = new Label - { - name = "FilePath", - text = path - }; - metaContainer.Add(fileNameLabel); - metaContainer.Add(filePathLabel); - Add(fileIcon); - Add(metaContainer); - } - - private Image GetIconElement(string action, string fileName, bool isFolder) - { - var prefix = isFolder ? "Folder" : "File"; - var actionName = action.First().ToString().ToUpper() + action.Substring(1); - // Use the same icon for renamed and moved files - actionName = actionName.Equals("Renamed") ? "Moved" : actionName; - var iconElement = new Image - { - name = "FileIcon", - image = EditorGUIUtility.LoadIcon("Icons/Collab." + prefix + actionName + ".png") - }; - return iconElement; - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDownItem.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDownItem.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 10bf40eb..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryDropDownItem.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: d912d4873af534bd4a9d44bf1b52f14e -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItem.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItem.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 24e5d1dd..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItem.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,229 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Linq; -using System.Security.Cryptography; -using UnityEditor.Connect; -using UnityEditor.Web; -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.StyleEnums; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class CollabHistoryItem : VisualElement - { - public static RevisionAction s_OnRestore; - public static RevisionAction s_OnGoBack; - public static RevisionAction s_OnUpdate; - public static ShowBuildAction s_OnShowBuild; - public static Action s_OnShowServices; - - private readonly string m_RevisionId; - private readonly string m_FullDescription; - private readonly DateTime m_TimeStamp; - private readonly Button m_Button; - private readonly HistoryProgressSpinner m_ProgressSpinner; - private VisualElement m_ActionsTray; - private VisualElement m_Details; - private Label m_Description; - private Label m_TimeAgo; - private readonly Button m_ExpandCollapseButton; - private bool m_Expanded; - - private const int kMaxDescriptionChars = 500; - - public bool RevisionActionsEnabled - { - set - { - m_Button.SetEnabled(value); - } - } - - public DateTime timeStamp - { - get { return m_TimeStamp; } - } - - public CollabHistoryItem(RevisionData data) - { - m_RevisionId = data.id; - m_TimeStamp = data.timeStamp; - name = "HistoryItem"; - m_ActionsTray = new VisualElement {name = "HistoryItemActionsTray"}; - m_ProgressSpinner = new HistoryProgressSpinner(); - m_Details = new VisualElement {name = "HistoryDetail"}; - var author = new Label(data.authorName) {name = "Author"}; - m_TimeAgo = new Label(TimeAgo.GetString(m_TimeStamp)); - m_FullDescription = data.comment; - var shouldTruncate = ShouldTruncateDescription(m_FullDescription); - if (shouldTruncate) - { - m_Description = new Label(GetTruncatedDescription(m_FullDescription)); - } - else - { - m_Description = new Label(m_FullDescription); - } - m_Description.name = "RevisionDescription"; - var dropdown = new CollabHistoryDropDown(data.changes, data.changesTotal, data.changesTruncated, data.id); - if (data.current) - { - m_Button = new Button(Restore) {name = "ActionButton", text = "Restore"}; - } - else if (data.obtained) - { - m_Button = new Button(GoBackTo) {name = "ActionButton", text = "Go back to..."}; - } - else - { - m_Button = new Button(UpdateTo) {name = "ActionButton", text = "Update"}; - } - m_Button.SetEnabled(data.enabled); - m_ProgressSpinner.ProgressEnabled = data.inProgress; - - m_ActionsTray.Add(m_ProgressSpinner); - m_ActionsTray.Add(m_Button); - - m_Details.Add(author); - m_Details.Add(m_TimeAgo); - m_Details.Add(m_Description); - - if (shouldTruncate) - { - m_ExpandCollapseButton = new Button(ToggleDescription) { name = "ToggleDescription", text = "Show More" }; - m_Details.Add(m_ExpandCollapseButton); - } - - if (data.buildState != BuildState.None) - { - BuildStatusButton buildButton; - if (data.buildState == BuildState.Configure) - buildButton = new BuildStatusButton(ShowServicePage); - else - buildButton = new BuildStatusButton(ShowBuildForCommit, data.buildState, data.buildFailures); - - m_Details.Add(buildButton); - } - - m_Details.Add(m_ActionsTray); - m_Details.Add(dropdown); - - Add(m_Details); - - this.schedule.Execute(UpdateTimeAgo).Every(1000 * 20); - } - - public static void SetUpCallbacks(RevisionAction Restore, RevisionAction GoBack, RevisionAction Update) - { - s_OnRestore = Restore; - s_OnGoBack = GoBack; - s_OnUpdate = Update; - } - - public void SetInProgressStatus(string revisionIdInProgress) - { - if (String.IsNullOrEmpty(revisionIdInProgress)) - { - m_Button.SetEnabled(true); - m_ProgressSpinner.ProgressEnabled = false; - } - else - { - m_Button.SetEnabled(false); - if (m_RevisionId.Equals(revisionIdInProgress)) - { - m_ProgressSpinner.ProgressEnabled = true; - } - } - } - - void ShowBuildForCommit() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "ShowBuild"); - if (s_OnShowBuild != null) - { - s_OnShowBuild(m_RevisionId); - } - } - - void ShowServicePage() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "ShowServices"); - if (s_OnShowServices != null) - { - s_OnShowServices(); - } - } - - void Restore() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "Restore"); - if (s_OnRestore != null) - { - s_OnRestore(m_RevisionId, false); - } - } - - void GoBackTo() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "GoBackTo"); - if (s_OnGoBack != null) - { - s_OnGoBack(m_RevisionId, false); - } - } - - void UpdateTo() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "Update"); - if (s_OnUpdate != null) - { - s_OnUpdate(m_RevisionId, true); - } - } - - void UpdateTimeAgo() - { - m_TimeAgo.text = TimeAgo.GetString(m_TimeStamp); - } - - bool ShouldTruncateDescription(string description) - { - return description.Contains(Environment.NewLine) || description.Length > kMaxDescriptionChars; - } - - string GetTruncatedDescription(string description) - { - string result = description.Contains(Environment.NewLine) ? - description.Substring(0, description.IndexOf(Environment.NewLine)) : description; - if (result.Length > kMaxDescriptionChars) - { - result = result.Substring(0, kMaxDescriptionChars) + "..."; - } - return result; - } - - void ToggleDescription() - { - if (m_Expanded) - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "CollapseDescription"); - m_Expanded = false; - m_ExpandCollapseButton.text = "Show More"; - m_Description.text = GetTruncatedDescription(m_FullDescription); - } - else - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "ExpandDescription"); - m_Expanded = true; - m_ExpandCollapseButton.text = "Show Less"; - m_Description.text = m_FullDescription; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItem.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItem.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 290bd28e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItem.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c4c1445ee948a4124bfa9fb818a17e36 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItemFactory.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItemFactory.cs deleted file mode 100644 index e7d7aa6c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItemFactory.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.StyleEnums; -#endif - - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class CollabHistoryItemFactory : ICollabHistoryItemFactory - { - const int k_MaxChangesPerRevision = 10; - - public IEnumerable GenerateElements(IEnumerable revisions, int totalRevisions, int startIndex, string tipRev, string inProgressRevision, bool revisionActionsEnabled, bool buildServiceEnabled, string currentUser) - { - int index = startIndex; - - foreach (var rev in revisions) - { - index++; - var current = rev.revisionID == tipRev; - - // Calculate build status - BuildState buildState = BuildState.None; - int buildFailures = 0; - if (rev.buildStatuses != null && rev.buildStatuses.Length > 0) - { - bool inProgress = false; - foreach (CloudBuildStatus buildStatus in rev.buildStatuses) - { - if (buildStatus.complete) - { - if (!buildStatus.success) - { - buildFailures++; - } - } - else - { - inProgress = true; - break; - } - } - - if (inProgress) - { - buildState = BuildState.InProgress; - } - else if (buildFailures > 0) - { - buildState = BuildState.Failed; - } - else - { - buildState = BuildState.Success; - } - } - else if (current && !buildServiceEnabled) - { - buildState = BuildState.Configure; - } - - // Calculate the number of changes performed on files and folders (not meta files) - var paths = new Dictionary(); - foreach (ChangeAction change in rev.entries) - { - if (change.path.EndsWith(".meta")) - { - var path = change.path.Substring(0, change.path.Length - 5); - // Actions taken on meta files are secondary to any actions taken on the main file - if (!paths.ContainsKey(path)) - paths[path] = new ChangeData() {path = path, action = change.action}; - } - else - { - paths[change.path] = new ChangeData() {path = change.path, action = change.action}; - } - } - - var displayName = (rev.author != currentUser) ? rev.authorName : "You"; - - var item = new RevisionData - { - id = rev.revisionID, - index = totalRevisions - index + 1, - timeStamp = TimeStampToDateTime(rev.timeStamp), - authorName = displayName, - comment = rev.comment, - - obtained = rev.isObtained, - current = current, - inProgress = (rev.revisionID == inProgressRevision), - enabled = revisionActionsEnabled, - - buildState = buildState, - buildFailures = buildFailures, - - changes = paths.Values.Take(k_MaxChangesPerRevision).ToList(), - changesTotal = paths.Values.Count, - changesTruncated = paths.Values.Count > k_MaxChangesPerRevision, - }; - - yield return item; - } - } - - private static DateTime TimeStampToDateTime(double timeStamp) - { - DateTime dateTime = new DateTime(1970, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, DateTimeKind.Utc); - dateTime = dateTime.AddSeconds(timeStamp).ToLocalTime(); - return dateTime; - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItemFactory.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItemFactory.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 3250d966..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryItemFactory.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: fc46f91ea1e8e4ca2ab693fef9156dbe -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryRevisionLine.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryRevisionLine.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 2b8fe652..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryRevisionLine.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using UnityEditor; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class CollabHistoryRevisionLine : VisualElement - { - public CollabHistoryRevisionLine(int number) - { - AddNumber(number); - AddLine("topLine"); - AddLine("bottomLine"); - AddIndicator(); - } - - public CollabHistoryRevisionLine(DateTime date, bool isFullDateObtained) - { - AddLine(isFullDateObtained ? "obtainedDateLine" : "absentDateLine"); - AddHeader(GetFormattedHeader(date)); - AddToClassList("revisionLineHeader"); - } - - private void AddHeader(string content) - { - Add(new Label - { - text = content - }); - } - - private void AddIndicator() - { - Add(new VisualElement - { - name = "RevisionIndicator" - }); - } - - private void AddLine(string className = null) - { - var line = new VisualElement - { - name = "RevisionLine" - }; - if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(className)) - { - line.AddToClassList(className); - } - Add(line); - } - - private void AddNumber(int number) - { - Add(new Label - { - text = number.ToString(), - name = "RevisionIndex" - }); - } - - private string GetFormattedHeader(DateTime date) - { - string result = "Commits on " + date.ToString("MMM d"); - switch (date.Day) - { - case 1: - case 21: - case 31: - result += "st"; - break; - case 2: - case 22: - result += "nd"; - break; - case 3: - case 23: - result += "rd"; - break; - default: - result += "th"; - break; - } - return result; - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryRevisionLine.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryRevisionLine.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 2659a3c3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/CollabHistoryRevisionLine.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3c737f7a9d78541d1ab25f28f045dd32 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/HistoryProgressSpinner.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/HistoryProgressSpinner.cs deleted file mode 100644 index fad3b824..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/HistoryProgressSpinner.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class HistoryProgressSpinner : Image - { - private readonly Texture2D[] m_StatusWheelTextures; - private bool m_ProgressEnabled; - private IVisualElementScheduledItem m_Animation; - - public bool ProgressEnabled - { - set - { - if (m_ProgressEnabled == value) - return; - - m_ProgressEnabled = value; - visible = value; - - - if (value) - { - if (m_Animation == null) - { - m_Animation = this.schedule.Execute(AnimateProgress).Every(33); - } - else - { - m_Animation.Resume(); - } - } - else - { - if (m_Animation != null) - { - m_Animation.Pause(); - } - } - } - } - - public HistoryProgressSpinner() - { - m_StatusWheelTextures = new Texture2D[12]; - for (int i = 0; i < 12; i++) - { - m_StatusWheelTextures[i] = EditorGUIUtility.LoadIcon("WaitSpin" + i.ToString("00")); - } - image = m_StatusWheelTextures[0]; - style.width = m_StatusWheelTextures[0].width; - style.height = m_StatusWheelTextures[0].height; - visible = false; - } - - private void AnimateProgress(TimerState obj) - { - int frame = (int)Mathf.Repeat(Time.realtimeSinceStartup * 10, 11.99f); - image = m_StatusWheelTextures[frame]; - MarkDirtyRepaint(); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/HistoryProgressSpinner.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/HistoryProgressSpinner.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 0ded4e8a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/HistoryProgressSpinner.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: cf6aca931950a4a6a886e214e9e649c4 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/ICollabHistoryItemFactory.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/ICollabHistoryItemFactory.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 03239a33..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/ICollabHistoryItemFactory.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,17 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal interface ICollabHistoryItemFactory - { - IEnumerable GenerateElements(IEnumerable revsRevisions, int mTotalRevisions, int startIndex, string tipRev, string inProgressRevision, bool revisionActionsEnabled, bool buildServiceEnabled, string currentUser); - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/ICollabHistoryItemFactory.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/ICollabHistoryItemFactory.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 08e90856..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/ICollabHistoryItemFactory.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 821f5482c5a3f4389885f4432433f56f -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/PagedListView.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/PagedListView.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 472a70e7..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/PagedListView.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.StyleEnums; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal interface IPagerData - { - int curPage { get; } - int totalPages { get; } - PageChangeAction OnPageChanged { get; } - } - - internal class PagerElement : VisualElement - { - IPagerData m_Data; - readonly Label m_PageText; - readonly Button m_DownButton; - readonly Button m_UpButton; - - public PagerElement(IPagerData dataSource) - { - m_Data = dataSource; - - this.style.flexDirection = FlexDirection.Row; - this.style.alignSelf = Align.Center; - - Add(m_DownButton = new Button(OnPageDownClicked) {text = "\u25c5 Newer"}); - m_DownButton.AddToClassList("PagerDown"); - - m_PageText = new Label(); - m_PageText.AddToClassList("PagerLabel"); - Add(m_PageText); - - Add(m_UpButton = new Button(OnPageUpClicked) {text = "Older \u25bb"}); - m_UpButton.AddToClassList("PagerUp"); - - UpdateControls(); - } - - void OnPageDownClicked() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "NewerPage"); - m_Data.OnPageChanged(m_Data.curPage - 1); - } - - void OnPageUpClicked() - { - CollabAnalytics.SendUserAction(CollabAnalytics.historyCategoryString, "OlderPage"); - m_Data.OnPageChanged(m_Data.curPage + 1); - } - - public void Refresh() - { - UpdateControls(); - } - - void UpdateControls() - { - var curPage = m_Data.curPage; - var totalPages = m_Data.totalPages; - - m_PageText.text = (curPage + 1) + " / " + totalPages; - m_DownButton.SetEnabled(curPage > 0); - m_UpButton.SetEnabled(curPage < totalPages - 1); - } - } - - internal enum PagerLocation - { - Top, - Bottom, - } - - internal class PagedListView : VisualElement, IPagerData - { - public const int DefaultItemsPerPage = 10; - - readonly VisualElement m_ItemContainer; - readonly PagerElement m_PagerTop, m_PagerBottom; - int m_PageSize = DefaultItemsPerPage; - IEnumerable m_Items; - int m_TotalItems; - int m_CurPage; - - public int pageSize - { - set { m_PageSize = value; } - } - - public IEnumerable items - { - set - { - m_Items = value; - LayoutItems(); - } - } - - public int totalItems - { - set - { - if (m_TotalItems == value) - return; - - m_TotalItems = value; - UpdatePager(); - } - } - - public PageChangeAction OnPageChanged { get; set; } - - public PagedListView() - { - m_PagerTop = new PagerElement(this); - - m_ItemContainer = new VisualElement() - { - name = "PagerItems", - }; - Add(m_ItemContainer); - m_Items = new List(); - - m_PagerBottom = new PagerElement(this); - } - - void LayoutItems() - { - m_ItemContainer.Clear(); - foreach (var item in m_Items) - { - m_ItemContainer.Add(item); - } - } - - void UpdatePager() - { - if (m_PagerTop.parent != this && totalPages > 1 && curPage > 0) - Insert(0, m_PagerTop); - if (m_PagerTop.parent == this && (totalPages <= 1 || curPage == 0)) - Remove(m_PagerTop); - - if (m_PagerBottom.parent != this && totalPages > 1) - Add(m_PagerBottom); - if (m_PagerBottom.parent == this && totalPages <= 1) - Remove(m_PagerBottom); - - m_PagerTop.Refresh(); - m_PagerBottom.Refresh(); - } - - int pageCount - { - get - { - var pages = m_TotalItems / m_PageSize; - if (m_TotalItems % m_PageSize > 0) - pages++; - - return pages; - } - } - - public int curPage - { - get { return m_CurPage; } - set - { - m_CurPage = value; - UpdatePager(); - } - } - - public int totalPages - { - get - { - var extraPage = 0; - if (m_TotalItems % m_PageSize > 0) - extraPage = 1; - return m_TotalItems / m_PageSize + extraPage; - } - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/PagedListView.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/PagedListView.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 565f7a2e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/PagedListView.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 50de529b6a28f4a7093045e08810a5df -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/StatusView.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/StatusView.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 9b50e7a5..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/StatusView.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using UnityEditor; -using UnityEngine; - -#if UNITY_2019_1_OR_NEWER -using UnityEngine.UIElements; -#else -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements; -using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.StyleEnums; -#endif - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration -{ - internal class StatusView : VisualElement - { - Image m_Image; - Label m_Message; - Button m_Button; - Action m_Callback; - - public Texture icon - { - get { return m_Image.image; } - set - { - m_Image.image = value; - m_Image.visible = value != null; - // Until "display: hidden" is added, this is the only way to hide an element - m_Image.style.height = value != null ? 150 : 0; - } - } - - public string message - { - get { return m_Message.text; } - set - { - m_Message.text = value; - m_Message.visible = value != null; - } - } - - public string buttonText - { - get { return m_Button.text; } - set - { - m_Button.text = value; - UpdateButton(); - } - } - - public Action callback - { - get { return m_Callback; } - set - { - m_Callback = value; - UpdateButton(); - } - } - - public StatusView() - { - name = "StatusView"; - - this.StretchToParentSize(); - - m_Image = new Image() { name = "StatusIcon", visible = false, style = { height = 0f }}; - m_Message = new Label() { name = "StatusMessage", visible = false}; - m_Button = new Button(InternalCallaback) { name = "StatusButton", visible = false}; - - Add(m_Image); - Add(m_Message); - Add(m_Button); - } - - private void UpdateButton() - { - m_Button.visible = m_Button.text != null && m_Callback != null; - } - - private void InternalCallaback() - { - m_Callback(); - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/StatusView.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/StatusView.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index bb634b19..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Collab/Views/StatusView.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 08e9894bdf0834710b22d3c0aa245ac0 -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 0ff03824..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 6b1ae1e78552c459d9ce27048ff51c7f -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryCommon.uss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryCommon.uss deleted file mode 100644 index 39684933..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryCommon.uss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,259 +0,0 @@ -.unity-button { - min-height:unset; - -unity-text-align:middle-center; - margin-left:4px; - margin-top:3px; - margin-right:4px; - margin-bottom:3px; - border-left-width:6px; - border-top-width:4px; - border-right-width:6px; - border-bottom-width:4px; - padding-left:6 px; - padding-top:2 px; - padding-right:6 px; - padding-bottom:3 px; -} - -.unity-label { - overflow: hidden; - margin-left:4px; - margin-top:2px; - margin-right:4px; - margin-bottom:2px; - padding-left:2 px; - padding-top:1 px; - min-height: unset; -} - -#HistoryContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; -} - -#HistoryItem { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; -} - -#HistoryDetail { - margin-top: 10px; - margin-left: 10px; - margin-bottom: 10px; - margin-right: 10px; - padding-top: 4px; - flex: 1 0 0; -} - -#Author { - -unity-font-style: bold; - font-size: 12px; -} - -#HistoryDetail > Button { - align-self: flex-end; -} - -CollabHistoryRevisionLine { - width: 40px; -} - -#RevisionLine { - flex: 1 0 0; - margin-left: 35px; - width: 1.5px; -} - -#RevisionLine.topLine { - height: 20px; - flex: 0 0 auto; -} - -#RevisionLine.absentDateLine { - background-color: #797676; -} - -.absentRevision #RevisionLine { - background-color: #797676; -} - -.currentRevision #RevisionLine.topLine { - background-color: #797676; -} - -#RevisionIndex { - position: absolute; - min-width: 23px; - -unity-text-align: middle-right; - top: 15.8px; - font-size: 9px; -} - -#RevisionIndicator { - position: absolute; - background-color: #000; - border-radius: 3px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - border-bottom-width: 2px; - border-left-width: 2px; - border-right-width: 2px; - border-top-width: 2px; - top: 20px; - left: 32px; -} - -.revisionLineHeader { - width: 200px; - height: 20px; -} - -.revisionLineHeader > .unity-label { - position: absolute; - margin-left: 47px; - margin-top: 3px; -} - -#PagerItems { - flex-direction: column; -} - -PagerElement > .unity-label { - margin-top: 8px; -} - -.absentRevision #RevisionIndicator { - border-color: #797676; -} - -.absentRevision #RevisionIndex { - color: #797676; -} - -.currentRevision #HistoryDetail { - border-top-width: 2px; -} - -#HistoryItem #RevisionDescription { - white-space: normal; -} - -#HistoryItem #ToggleDescription { - align-self: flex-start; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-right: 0; - padding-bottom: 2; -} - -#HistoryItem #ActionButton { - position: absolute; - right: 0; -} - -#HistoryItem #BuildIcon { - width: 16px; - height: 13px; -} - -#HistoryItemActionsTray { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - height: 38px; - margin-left: 10px; - margin-right: 10px; -} - -CollabHistoryDropDown { - border-top-width: 1px; -} - -CollabHistoryDropDown > .unity-label { - padding-top: 10px; - padding-bottom: 10px; -} - -CollabHistoryDropDownItem { - flex-direction: row; - border-top-width: 1px; - overflow: hidden; -} - -#FileIcon { - align-self: center; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; -} - -#FileName { - -unity-font-style: bold; - padding-bottom: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; -} - -#FileIcon { - padding-top: 0; - margin-top: 0; -} - -#ErrorBar { - height: 24px; - background-color: #ff0000; - color: #000; - font-size: 12px; -} - -#ErrorBar > #CloseButton { - position: absolute; - right: 0; - top: 0; - width: 24px; - height: 24; - color: #000; - font-size: 18px; - -unity-font-style: bold; -} - -#StatusView { - flex-direction: column; - justify-content: center; - align-self: center; - align-items: center; - flex: 1 0 0; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusIcon { - width: 115px; - height: 150px; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusMessage { - font-size: 22px; - width: 230px; - white-space: normal; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusButton { - font-size: 12px; - margin-top: 20px; - background-image: none; - width: 108px; - height: 29px; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button { - flex-direction: row; - align-self: flex-end; - align-items: center; - margin-right: 10px; - padding-left:unset; - padding-top:unset; - padding-right:unset; - padding-bottom:unset; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button .unity-label { - padding-left: 2px; -} - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryCommon.uss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryCommon.uss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 035b6621..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryCommon.uss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3a2d94c8977984b67984caeff9fa666e -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: stylesheet - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 12385, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryDark.uss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryDark.uss deleted file mode 100644 index de436f89..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryDark.uss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -#HistoryContainer { - background-color: #292929; -} - -.obtainedRevision #HistoryDetail { - background-color: #333; -} - -.absentRevision #HistoryDetail { - background-color: #595959; -} - -#StatusView { - background-color: #292929; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusMessage { - color: #959995; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button { - color: #B4B4B4; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover { - color: #FFF; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover:active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn act.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:checked { - color: #F0F0F0; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn on.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover:checked { - color: #FFF; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover:active:checked { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn onact.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:focus:checked { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn on focus.png"); -} - -CollabHistoryDropDown { - border-color: #292929; -} - -CollabHistoryDropDownItem { - border-color: #292929; -} - -#RevisionLine.obtainedDateLine { - background-color: #0cb4cc; -} - -.obtainedRevision #RevisionLine { - background-color: #0cb4cc; -} - -#RevisionIndex { - color: #0cb4cc; -} - -#RevisionIndicator { - border-color: #0cb4cc; -} - -.currentRevision #RevisionIndicator { - background-color: #0cb4cc; -} - -.currentRevision #HistoryDetail { - border-color: #0cb4cc; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusButton { - background-color: #0cb4cc; - border-color: #0cb4cc; -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryDark.uss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryDark.uss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 35a7d097..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryDark.uss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 70d4d75a2877243758b0750cbc75b6eb -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: stylesheet - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 12385, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryLight.uss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryLight.uss deleted file mode 100644 index 3f9b85f3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryLight.uss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -#HistoryContainer { - background-color: #a2a2a2; -} - -.obtainedRevision #HistoryDetail { - background-color: #c2c2c2; -} - -.absentRevision #HistoryDetail { - background-color: #dedede; -} - -#StatusView { - background-color: #a2a2a3; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusMessage { - color: #000; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button { - color: #111; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover { - color: #000; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover:active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn act.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:checked { - color: #F0F0F0; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn on.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover:checked { - color: #000; -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:hover:active:checked { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn onact.png"); -} - -BuildStatusButton.unity-button:focus:checked { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn on focus.png"); -} - -CollabHistoryDropDown { - border-color: #a2a2a2; -} - -CollabHistoryDropDownItem { - border-color: #a2a2a2; -} - -#RevisionLine.obtainedDateLine { - background-color: #018d98; -} - -.obtainedRevision #RevisionLine { - background-color: #018d98; -} - -#RevisionIndex { - color: #018d98; -} - -#RevisionIndicator { - border-color: #018d98; -} - -.currentRevision #RevisionIndicator { - background-color: #018d98; -} - -.currentRevision #HistoryDetail { - border-color: #018d98; -} - -#StatusView > #StatusButton { - background-color: #018d98; - border-color: #018d98; -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryLight.uss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryLight.uss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 28c860e5..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Resources/Styles/CollabHistoryLight.uss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b52bde26a83564960bcb90217f72b910 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: stylesheet - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 12385, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.asmdef b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.asmdef deleted file mode 100644 index 66511e1d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.asmdef +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "Unity.CollabProxy.Editor", - "includePlatforms": [ - "Editor" - ], - "excludePlatforms": [] -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.asmdef.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.asmdef.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 03ebeca0..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.Editor.asmdef.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 645165c8169474bfbbeb8fb0bcfd26f5 -AssemblyDefinitionImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/LICENSE.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/LICENSE.md deleted file mode 100644 index 31bde4e4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/LICENSE.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ -**Unity Companion Package License v1.0 ("_License_")** - -Copyright © 2017 Unity Technologies ApS ("**_Unity_**") - -Unity hereby grants to you a worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, and royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the software that is made available with this License ("**_Software_**"), subject to the following terms and conditions: - -1. *Unity Companion Use Only*. Exercise of the license granted herein is limited to exercise for the creation, use, and/or distribution of applications, software, or other content pursuant to a valid Unity development engine software license ("**_Engine License_**"). That means while use of the Software is not limited to use in the software licensed under the Engine License, the Software may not be used for any purpose other than the creation, use, and/or distribution of Engine License-dependent applications, software, or other content. No other exercise of the license granted herein is permitted. - -1. *No Modification of Engine License*. Neither this License nor any exercise of the license granted herein modifies the Engine License in any way. - -1. *Ownership & Grant Back to You*. - - 3.1. You own your content. In this License, "derivative works" means derivatives of the Software itself--works derived only from the Software by you under this License (for example, modifying the code of the Software itself to improve its efficacy); “derivative works” of the Software do not include, for example, games, apps, or content that you create using the Software. You keep all right, title, and interest to your own content. - - 3.2. Unity owns its content. While you keep all right, title, and interest to your own content per the above, as between Unity and you, Unity will own all right, title, and interest to all intellectual property rights (including patent, trademark, and copyright) in the Software and derivative works of the Software, and you hereby assign and agree to assign all such rights in those derivative works to Unity. - - 3.3. You have a license to those derivative works. Subject to this License, Unity grants to you the same worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, and royalty-free copyright license to derivative works of the Software you create as is granted to you for the Software under this License. - -1. *Trademarks*. You are not granted any right or license under this License to use any trademarks, service marks, trade names, products names, or branding of Unity or its affiliates ("**_Trademarks_**"). Descriptive uses of Trademarks are permitted; see, for example, Unity’s Branding Usage Guidelines at [https://unity3d.com/public-relations/brand](https://unity3d.com/public-relations/brand). - -1. *Notices & Third-Party Rights*. This License, including the copyright notice above, must be provided in all substantial portions of the Software and derivative works thereof (or, if that is impracticable, in any other location where such notices are customarily placed). Further, if the Software is accompanied by a Unity "third-party notices" or similar file, you acknowledge and agree that software identified in that file is governed by those separate license terms. - -1. *DISCLAIMER, LIMITATION OF LIABILITY*. THE SOFTWARE AND ANY DERIVATIVE WORKS THEREOF IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND IS PROVIDED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND/OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES (WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCLUDING PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, AND BUSINESS INTERRUPTION), OR OTHER LIABILITY WHATSOEVER, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OR OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SOFTWARE OR ANY DERIVATIVE WORKS THEREOF OR THE USE OF OR OTHER DEALINGS IN SAME, EVEN WHERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -1. *USE IS ACCEPTANCE and License Versions*. Your receipt and use of the Software constitutes your acceptance of this License and its terms and conditions. Software released by Unity under this License may be modified or updated and the License with it; upon any such modification or update, you will comply with the terms of the updated License for any use of any of the Software under the updated License. - -1. *Use in Compliance with Law and Termination*. Your exercise of the license granted herein will at all times be in compliance with applicable law and will not infringe any proprietary rights (including intellectual property rights); this License will terminate immediately on any breach by you of this License. - -1. *Severability*. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable or invalid, that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain in full force and effect. - -1. *Governing Law and Venue*. This License is governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Denmark, except for its conflict of laws rules; the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. If you reside (or your principal place of business is) within the United States, you and Unity agree to submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the state and federal courts located in San Francisco County, California concerning any dispute arising out of this License ("**_Dispute_**"). If you reside (or your principal place of business is) outside the United States, you and Unity agree to submit to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in the courts located in Copenhagen, Denmark concerning any Dispute. diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/LICENSE.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/LICENSE.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 30f5c3a6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/LICENSE.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c754112a02f354a6696fa4f2b99e95a5 -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/README.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5cfbd88a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,16 +0,0 @@ -# Collab Proxy UPM Package -This is the packaged version of Collab, currently limited to containing the History and Toolbar windows, along with supporting classes. - -## Development -Check this repository out in your {$PROJECT}/Packages/ folder, under the name com.unity.collab-proxy. The classes will be built by Unity. - -## Testing -In order to run the tests, you will need to add this project to the testables key in your manifest.json - once you have done this, the tests will be picked up by the Unity Test Runner window. - -## Building -You may build this project using msbuild. The commands to do so can be seen under .gitlab-ci.yml. - -## Deploying -Gitlab will automatically build your project when you deploy. You can download the resulting artifact, which will be a dll, and place it in your Editor/bin/ folder. Open the package in Unity to generate the meta files, and then you will be able to publish. - -We're currently looking into a way to avoid this manual process. diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/README.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/README.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b3ad9937..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/README.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: ac281230df7b14becb40b3c479f1b429 -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests.meta deleted file mode 100644 index f43ddd35..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 1369382d2c5e64dc5b2ec0b6b0a94531 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b80cefdb..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4506ac79f5b274cb1b249ed7f4abfb9a -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/HistoryTests.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/HistoryTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index ba79a204..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/HistoryTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,583 +0,0 @@ -using System; -using System.Collections; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Linq; -using UnityEngine; -using UnityEditor.Collaboration; -using UnityEngine.TestTools; -using NUnit.Framework; - -namespace UnityEditor.Collaboration.Tests -{ - [TestFixture] - internal class HistoryTests - { - private TestHistoryWindow _window; - private TestRevisionsService _service; - private CollabHistoryPresenter _presenter; - - [SetUp] - public void SetUp() - { - _window = new TestHistoryWindow(); - _service = new TestRevisionsService(); - _presenter = new CollabHistoryPresenter(_window, new CollabHistoryItemFactory(), _service); - } - - [TearDown] - public void TearDown() - { - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__PropagatesRevisionResult() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(authorName: "authorName", comment: "comment", revisionID: "revisionID"), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual("revisionID", item.id); - Assert.AreEqual("authorName", item.authorName); - Assert.AreEqual("comment", item.comment); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__RevisionNumberingIsInOrder() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - RevisionsInRepo = 4, - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - new Revision(revisionID: "1"), - new Revision(revisionID: "2"), - new Revision(revisionID: "3"), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var items = _window.items.ToArray(); - - Assert.AreEqual(4, items[0].index); - Assert.AreEqual(3, items[1].index); - Assert.AreEqual(2, items[2].index); - Assert.AreEqual(1, items[3].index); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__RevisionNumberingChangesForMorePages() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - RevisionsInRepo = 12, - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - new Revision(revisionID: "1"), - new Revision(revisionID: "2"), - new Revision(revisionID: "3"), - new Revision(revisionID: "4"), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(1); - var items = _window.items.ToArray(); - - Assert.AreEqual(12, items[0].index); - Assert.AreEqual(11, items[1].index); - Assert.AreEqual(10, items[2].index); - Assert.AreEqual(9, items[3].index); - Assert.AreEqual(8, items[4].index); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__ObtainedIsCalculated() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(isObtained: false), - new Revision(isObtained: true), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var items = _window.items.ToArray(); - - Assert.IsFalse(items[0].obtained); - Assert.IsTrue(items[1].obtained); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__CurrentIsCalculated() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "1"), - new Revision(revisionID: "2"), - new Revision(revisionID: "3"), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "2"; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var items = _window.items.ToArray(); - - Assert.AreEqual(false, items[0].current); - Assert.AreEqual(true, items[1].current); - Assert.AreEqual(false, items[2].current); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__InProgressIsCalculated() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "1"), - new Revision(revisionID: "2"), - new Revision(revisionID: "3"), - } - }; - _window.inProgressRevision = "2"; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var items = _window.items.ToArray(); - - Assert.IsFalse(items[0].inProgress); - Assert.IsTrue(items[1].inProgress); - Assert.IsFalse(items[2].inProgress); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__EnabledIsCalculated() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - } - }; - _window.revisionActionsEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(true, item.enabled); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__DisabledIsCalculated() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - } - }; - _window.revisionActionsEnabled = false; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(false, item.enabled); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasNoneWhenNotTip() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "1"), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = false; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.None, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateTipHasNoneWhenEnabled() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.None, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasConfigureWhenTip() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = false; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.Configure, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasConfigureWhenZeroBuildStatus() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = false; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.Configure, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasNoneWhenZeroBuildStatuses() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0"), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.None, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasSuccessWhenCompleteAndSucceeded() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision - ( - revisionID: "0", - buildStatuses: new CloudBuildStatus[1] - { - new CloudBuildStatus(complete: true, success: true), - } - ), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.Success, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasInProgress() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision - ( - revisionID: "0", - buildStatuses: new CloudBuildStatus[1] - { - new CloudBuildStatus(complete: false), - } - ), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.InProgress, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasFailure() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision - ( - revisionID: "0", - buildStatuses: new CloudBuildStatus[1] - { - new CloudBuildStatus(complete: true, success: false), - } - ), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.Failed, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__BuildStateHasFailureWhenAnyBuildsFail() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision - ( - revisionID: "0", - buildStatuses: new CloudBuildStatus[3] - { - new CloudBuildStatus(complete: true, success: false), - new CloudBuildStatus(complete: true, success: false), - new CloudBuildStatus(complete: true, success: true), - } - ), - } - }; - _service.tipRevision = "0"; - _presenter.BuildServiceEnabled = true; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(BuildState.Failed, item.buildState); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__ChangesPropagateThrough() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0", entries: GenerateChangeActions(3)), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - var changes = item.changes.ToList(); - - Assert.AreEqual("Path0", changes[0].path); - Assert.AreEqual("Path1", changes[1].path); - Assert.AreEqual("Path2", changes[2].path); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__ChangesTotalIsCalculated() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0", entries: GenerateChangeActions(3)), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(3, item.changes.Count); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__ChangesTruncatedIsCalculated() - { - for (var i = 0; i < 20; i++) - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(revisionID: "0", entries: GenerateChangeActions(i)), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(0); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(i > 10, item.changesTruncated); - } - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__OnlyKeeps10ChangeActions() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision(authorName: "Test", author: "test", entries: GenerateChangeActions(12)), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(1); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(10, item.changes.Count); - Assert.AreEqual(12, item.changesTotal); - Assert.AreEqual(true, item.changesTruncated); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__DeduplicatesMetaFiles() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision - ( - authorName: "Test", - author: "test", - revisionID: "", - entries: new ChangeAction[2] - { - new ChangeAction(path: "Path1", action: "Action1"), - new ChangeAction(path: "Path1.meta", action: "Action1"), - } - ), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(1); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(1, item.changes.Count); - Assert.AreEqual(1, item.changesTotal); - Assert.AreEqual("Path1", item.changes.First().path); - } - - [Test] - public void CollabHistoryPresenter_OnUpdatePage__FolderMetaFilesAreCounted() - { - _service.result = new RevisionsResult() - { - Revisions = new List() - { - new Revision - ( - authorName: "Test", - author: "test", - entries: new ChangeAction[1] - { - new ChangeAction(path: "Folder1.meta", action: "Action1"), - } - ), - } - }; - - _presenter.OnUpdatePage(1); - var item = _window.items.First(); - - Assert.AreEqual(1, item.changes.Count); - Assert.AreEqual(1, item.changesTotal); - Assert.AreEqual("Folder1", item.changes.First().path); - } - - private static ChangeAction[] GenerateChangeActions(int count) - { - var entries = new ChangeAction[count]; - for (var i = 0; i < count; i++) - entries[i] = new ChangeAction(path: "Path" + i, action: "Action" + i); - return entries; - } - } - - internal class TestRevisionsService : IRevisionsService - { - public RevisionsResult result; - public event RevisionsDelegate FetchRevisionsCallback; - - public string tipRevision { get; set; } - public string currentUser { get; set; } - - public void GetRevisions(int offset, int count) - { - if(FetchRevisionsCallback != null) - { - FetchRevisionsCallback(result); - } - } - } - - internal class TestHistoryWindow : ICollabHistoryWindow - { - public IEnumerable items; - - public bool revisionActionsEnabled { get; set; } - public int itemsPerPage { get; set; } - public string errMessage { get; set; } - public string inProgressRevision { get; set; } - public PageChangeAction OnPageChangeAction { get; set; } - public RevisionAction OnGoBackAction { get; set; } - public RevisionAction OnUpdateAction { get; set; } - public RevisionAction OnRestoreAction { get; set; } - public ShowBuildAction OnShowBuildAction { get; set; } - public Action OnShowServicesAction { get; set; } - - public void UpdateState(HistoryState state, bool force) - { - } - - public void UpdateRevisions(IEnumerable items, string tip, int totalRevisions, int currPage) - { - this.items = items; - } - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/HistoryTests.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/HistoryTests.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index d648a7ff..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/HistoryTests.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 23a56a19774ed42b6b65646af08a003c -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests.asmdef b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests.asmdef deleted file mode 100644 index 3467a9ed..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests.asmdef +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests", - "references": [ - "Unity.CollabProxy.Editor" - ], - "optionalUnityReferences": [ - "TestAssemblies" - ], - "includePlatforms": [ - "Editor" - ], - "excludePlatforms": [] -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests.asmdef.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests.asmdef.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 57db5c7d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/Tests/Editor/Unity.CollabProxy.EditorTests.asmdef.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 782de34c17796430ba8d0ceddb60944e -AssemblyDefinitionImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/package.json b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/package.json deleted file mode 100644 index 473c7821..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/package.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -{ - "name": "com.unity.collab-proxy", - "displayName": "Unity Collaborate", - "version": "1.2.15", - "unity": "2018.3", - "description": "Collaborate is a simple way for teams to save, share, and sync their Unity project", - "keywords": [ - "collab", - "collaborate", - "teams", - "team", - "cloud", - "backup" - ], - "dependencies": {}, - "repository": { - "type": "git", - "url": "https://gitlab.cds.internal.unity3d.com/upm-packages/cloud-services/collab-proxy.git", - "revision": "95a78b0bc11f99338fc2bd037a817aa69d199b56" - } -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/package.json.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/package.json.meta deleted file mode 100644 index c52d0c60..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.collab-proxy@1.2.15/package.json.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 57b0c806ba25b48aa8a6ecb3345a4a9b -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1d8702ee..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -# Changelog -All notable changes to this package will be documented in this file. - -The format is based on [Keep a Changelog](http://keepachangelog.com/en/1.0.0/) -and this project adheres to [Semantic Versioning](http://semver.org/spec/v2.0.0.html). - -## [2.0.8] - 2019-09-17 -- Open offline documentations when online documentations are not accessible. - -## [2.0.7] - 2019-03-06 -- Fix version parse for .NET 3.5 - -## [2.0.4] - 2018-12-02 -- Fix version conversion to support different CultureInfos - -## [2.0.3] - 2018-10-10 -- When a preview package is installed, keep showing updates even if "Show Preview Packages" is not checked -- When user as not already choose to show or hide Preview Packages: - - If a preview package is already installed, "Show Preview Packages" is checked - - If no preview packages are installed, "Show Preview Packages" is not checked - -## [2.0.2] - 2018-10-04 -- Documentation Update -- Update dialog title to "Unity Package Manager" - -## [2.0.1] - 2018-09-14 -- Move undesired public classes to internal -- Minor fix to the documentation - -## [2.0.0] - 2018-09-10 -- Always mark a package as up to date when it's not installed -- Add "Advanced" menu -- Hide preview packages by default -- Labelled packages with major version '0' as preview -- Fixed cropped error message -- Disabled downgrading Package Manager UI to incompatible versions -- Updated docs to reflect the new UI -- Fix incorrect verified tag on preview packages -- UI Fixes: - - Change mouse cursor when hovering over links - - Tweak UI layout for better alignment -- Fixed dropdown to work with 2018.3 editor -- Updated style to reflect changes in VisualElements -- Added packages serialization to avoid unnecessary refreshes -- Enable "View Documentation" Button on built-in packages, and make it point to the url contained in the description string -- Added persistent error icon when there are package add or remove errors -- Filter by name, category, version and release tag -- Show All Package by default -- MenuDropdown for All packages/In project/Built-in -- UI redesign -- Remove sentence "This package is installed for..." and all other sentence regarding status of the package -- Hide buttons for embedded, git and local packages -- Display "No results for "" - -## [1.9.9] - 2018-05-09 -- Only show user visible versions in the UI - -## [1.9.8] - 2018-05-01 -- Fixed package to work with 2018.3 -- Deprecated 2018.1 because of its inability to update without error - -## [1.9.6] - 2018-04-10 -- Added ability to choose a package version -- Added loading indicator when retrieving package lists - -## [1.9.5] - 2018-03-28 -- Optimize packages list loading -- Fixes for UXML factories changes in Unity -- UI Fixes: - - "View changes" update position and label should say "View Changelog" - - Packages list should not have padding - - preview and verified tags should be lower case everywhere - - the package displayed name should stay on 1 line - -## [1.9.3] - 2018-03-11 -- Added caching for faster UI response time -- Exposed APIs for the Package Manager UI extension mechanism - -## [1.8.2] - 2018-03-02 -- Modified Tags to reflect new package workflow (Preview -> Released(no tag) -> Verified) - -## [1.8.1] - 2018-02-23 -- Removed Recommended tag if package version is alpha, beta or experimental - -## [1.8.0] - 2018-02-16 -- Removed support built-in packages -- Fixed packages sorting in All tab -- Fixed error reporting with an invalid manifest - -## [1.7.2] - 2018-02-08 -- Fixed errors when an exception is thrown during an operation -- Changed to only show "View Changes" when there is an update button -- Fixed typos in dialog when updating package manager ui - -## [1.7.0] - 2018-02-05 -- Added 'View Documentation' link to package details -- Added 'View changes' link to package details - -## [1.6.1] - 2018-01-30 -### Fixes -- When updating from 1.5.1, ask user to confirm close of window prior to update -- Made window dockable -- Reworked UI styles -- Enhanced keyboard navigation - -## [1.5.1] - 2018-01-18 -### Fixes -- Replaced VisualContainer by VisualElement in code and templates -- Moved "Project->Packages->Manage" menu item to "Window->Package Manager" -- Showed the latest version and description in tab "Install" instead of the current version -- Added "Recommended" tag properly -- Added "Go back to" when latest version is less than current one -- Removed "Update to" when current version is greater than latest one. (case for embedded or local packages) -- Replaced packages action button label: - - "Install" instead of "Add" for packages - - "Enable/Disable" instead of "Add/Remove" for built-in packages -- Added "alpha", "beta", "experimental" and "recommended" tags support -- Added loading progress while opening window -- Added package description and display name update -- Added extra messaging on package state -- Performed Documentation update - -## [1.3.0] - 2017-12-12 -### Changes -- Added assembly definition files -- Forced SemVer to use .NetStandard -- Fixed ValidationSuiteTests tests -- Handled compatible versions returned in PackageInfo - -## [1.2.0] - 2017-11-16 -### Fixes -- Fixed flickering test When_Default_FirstPackageUIElement_HasSelectedClass, use package only -- Fixed documentation -- Added Doxygen configuration file -- Removed unused fields in package.json -- Changed 'Modules' for 'Built In Packages' -- Removed version display for Built In Packages - -## [1.0.0] - 2017-11-10 -### This is the first release of *Unity Package Manager UI*. diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 01d2b8e6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/CHANGELOG.md.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 6277a751c6c9f46359fc7004b3ee12f0 -TextScriptImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-DetailsPane.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-DetailsPane.png deleted file mode 100644 index e1c8fc9e..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-DetailsPane.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-DocSite.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-DocSite.png deleted file mode 100644 index 25b4fb94..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-DocSite.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-ExternalPackageButton.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-ExternalPackageButton.png deleted file mode 100644 index df69fdf7..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-ExternalPackageButton.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-Main.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-Main.png deleted file mode 100644 index c9e1803a..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-Main.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-SearchResults.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-SearchResults.png deleted file mode 100644 index ad43b6b0..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-SearchResults.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Network.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Network.png deleted file mode 100644 index e276b57c..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Network.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Update.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Update.png deleted file mode 100644 index 62757a81..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Update.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-checkmark.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-checkmark.png deleted file mode 100644 index 05dbce91..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-checkmark.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-downloadicon.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-downloadicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4393f674..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-downloadicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-errorflag.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-errorflag.png deleted file mode 100644 index a7fa0ef7..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/Images/PackageManagerUI-errorflag.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/package-manager-ui.md b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/package-manager-ui.md deleted file mode 100644 index ff82928c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Documentation~/package-manager-ui.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,372 +0,0 @@ -# Unity Package Manager - -A package is a container that holds any combination of Assets, Shaders, Textures, plug-ins, icons, and scripts that enhance various parts of your Project, including Unity modules (such as Physics or Animation). Unity packages are newer, more tightly integrated versions of Asset Store packages, able to deliver a wide range of enhancements to Unity. - -Use the Unity Package Manager (in Unity’s top menu: __Window__ > __Package Manager__) to view which packages are available for installation or already installed in your Project. In addition, you can use this window to see [which versions are available](#VersionList), and [install](#PackManInstall), [remove](#PackManRemove), [disable](#PackManDisable), or [update](#PackManUpdate) packages for each Project. - -![Packages window](Images/PackageManagerUI-Main.png) - -The Packages window displays: - -- (A) The [package scope drop-down menu](#scope), which allows you to filter which packages appear in the list. -- (B) The [Advanced button](#advanced), which allows you to display preview packages in addition to packages that have been verified to work with Unity. -- (C) The [search box](#searchText), which allows you to look for packages by name. -- (D) The [packages list view](#PackManLists), which displays all packages that match the filter and search parameters you specify. -- (E) The [package-specific detail view](#PackManDetails), which displays information specific to the package selected in the list. -- (F) The [status bar](#statusbar), which displays messages about the package load status and warnings about the network. -- (G) The [Add package from disk button](#extpkg), which allows you to specify the location of an external package. - - -## Finding packages - -The Packages window displays the following types of Unity packages: - -- **Read-only packages** - - These are packages which the Package Manager downloads from the [Unity package registry](#PackManRegistry) as needed. They are not bundled with the Project source and may have dependencies on other packages in external Projects. This type is typical of most Unity packages. - -- **Local packages** - - These are packages that you saved on your computer in an [external](#extpkg) location outside of your current Unity Project. - -- **Built-in packages** - - These represent some of the core Unity features. You can use these packages to [turn Unity modules on and off](#PackManDisable). - -**Note**: You can find out more about what each module implements in the [Unity Scripting API](https://docs.unity3d.com/ScriptReference/). Each module assembly page lists which APIs the built-in package implements. - -By default, the Packages window displays the list of all packages either registered in the [package registry](#PackManRegistry) or installed [locally](#extpkg). - -The following icons show you package status: - -![check mark](Images/PackageManagerUI-checkmark.png) A check mark indicates that the package is already [installed](#PackManInstall) or [enabled](#PackManDisable). - -![download icon](Images/PackageManagerUI-downloadicon.png) The download icon indicates that the installed packages has [an available update](#PackManUpdate). - -![error indicator](Images/PackageManagerUI-errorflag.png) An error icon indicates that something went wrong during installation or loading. For more advice on resolving errors, see [Error messages](#troubleshooting) below. - -You can [filter](#scope) the list to display only packages installed in your Project (including [local](#extpkg) packages), or display only built-in Unity packages. You can also [search](#searchText) for a specific package by package name, tag, or package version number. - - -### Filtering the list - -To change which packages appear in the list, select the scope you want from the drop-down menu in the left hand corner of the Packages window. - -You can select from these options: - -- The **All packages** scope (the default) displays all packages on the [package registry](#PackManRegistry), regardless of whether they are already installed in your Project. This also includes [local](#extpkg) packages (which are always installed). -- The **In Project** scope displays all packages currently installed in your Project, including [local](#extpkg) packages. -- The **Built-in packages** scope displays only built-in Unity packages. - -When you select a new scope, your choice appears on the package scope drop-down menu and the list displays the packages matching your choice. - -**Note:** If you entered any text in the [search box](#searchText), the list only displays packages which match both the scope and the search criteria. - - -### Advanced button - -The **Advanced** button opens a drop-down menu that allows you to show preview packages. Preview package are not verified to work with Unity and might be unstable. They are not not supported in production environments. - -To show the preview packages that are available, click the **Advanced** button, then click the **Show preview packages** menu item. - - -### Searching for packages - -You can use the search box at the top of the Packages window to find any packages that match the text you enter. The Package Manager updates the package list as you enter text, displaying every package within the current scope that matches. For example, if you enter `web` in the search box, the list displays different results depending on whether you chose the **Built-in packages** scope or the **All packages** scope: - -![Built-in package scope](Images/PackageManagerUI-SearchResults.png) - -You can look for a package by its [package name](#PackManManifestsPackage), its [tag name](#version_tags), or its [package version number](#VersionList). The Package Manager analyzes the text that you enter to detect which method you are using and updates the list of packages dynamically. - -**Package name** - -You can search for either the display name as it appears in the Packages window, or the registered package name that begins with `com.unity`. - -Your search text could match the beginning, middle, or end of the package's name. - -**Tag name** - -To search by tag name, enter one of the package version tags. For example, if you enter `verified` in the search box, only packages with a verified tag appear, regardless of their package name. - -**Version number** - -Enter the [version number](#VersionList) in version order (`MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH`). For example, typing `1` returns all packages with versions matching `1.x.x` (for example, `1.0.0`, `1.3.2`, and `1.10.1` all match but not `0.1.0` ). - - -### Status bar - -The Package Manager displays messages in the status bar at the bottom left of the Packages window. - -There are typically three status messages that you might see. The **Loading packages** message appears briefly the first time you open Packman UI in a new Project. However, if the Package Manager [detects a problem](#troubleshooting), such as a missing network connection, the Package Manager displays a warning in the status bar: - -![Network error message](Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Network.png) - -You will also often see a message informing you when the last update occurred: - -![Update message](Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Update.png) - - -## Viewing package details - -The pane on the right side of the Packages window displays details about the selected package. - -![Details pane](Images/PackageManagerUI-DetailsPane.png) - -These details include the following information: - - (A) The display name - - (B) The [version number](#VersionList) (and [tag](#version_tags), if available) - - \(C\) The [links](#links) to open the package documentation page, the package change log (if available), and the license information. - - (D) The official package name from the [registry](#PackManRegistry) starting with `com.unity.` - - (E) The author - - (F) A brief description - - (G) Buttons to [install](#PackManInstall) or [update](#PackManUpdate) a package (or the **Up to date** message if the selected version is already installed) - - (H) The package version drop-down menu - - (I) Buttons to [remove](#PackManRemove) or [disable](#PackManDisable) the package - - -### List of versions - -You can view the list of versions available for the current package by clicking the version drop-down menu beside the **Update to** or **Install** button in the upper right of the Package specific detail view. - -- (A) The main menu displays the current version, the latest version (even if it is a preview), and the verified version. -- (B) The submenu displays all available versions. - -You can select any of these versions for the current package and install that specific version using the **Install** or **Update to** button. - - -### Version tags - -Some packages display tags next to the version number. These tags convey information about that version of the package. - -The Package Manager uses the following values: - -| **Tag** | **Meaning** | -|--|--| -| `Verified` | This package has been verified by Unity's Quality Assurance team to work with a specific version of the Editor. | -| `Preview` | This package is at an early stage of the release cycle and may not have been documented and fully validated by either the development team or Unity's Quality Assurance team. | -| `Local` | This package is located on your local disk but is external to your Unity Project folder. | -| *(no tag)* | This package is considered production quality, which means it is fully validated, documented, supported, and incrementally updated. | - - - -### Finding more information - -You can find out more about a package by viewing its documentation, changelog, or license information. - -To access any of these pages, click the **View documentation**, **View changelog**, or **View licences** links. - -The package page opens in your default browser. - -![Package information page](Images/PackageManagerUI-DocSite.png) - -To switch back and forth between the *Manual* documentation, the *Scripting API* documentation, the *Changelog*, and the *License* information for this package, click the corresponding link at the top of the page. - - -## Installing, removing, disabling, and updating packages -You can perform a variety of tasks through the Packages window: - - - [Install a new package](#PackManInstall) - - [Remove an installed package](#PackManRemove) - - [Disable a built-in package](#PackManDisable) - - [Update an installed package](#PackManUpdate) - - [Specify an external package location](#extpkg) - -### Accessing the Packages window - -To open the Packages window, navigate to Unity's main menu and go to **Window** > **Package Manager**. - - -### Installing a new package - -To install a new package: - -1. Open the Packages window and select **All packages** from the [package scope](#scope) drop-down menu. -2. Select the package you want to install from the [list of packages](#PackManLists). The package information appears in the [details pane](#PackManDetails). -3. Select the version you want from the [version drop-down menu](#VersionList). -4. Click the **Install** button. When the progress bar finishes, the new package is ready to use. - - -### Removing an installed package - -You can only remove packages which are not required by another package. - -When you remove a package, any Editor or run-time functionality which it implemented is no longer available. - -To remove an installed package: - -1. Open the Packages window and select **In Project** (or **All packages**) from the [package scope](#scope) drop-down menu. -2. Select the package you want to remove from the [list of packages](#PackManLists). The package information appears in the [details pane](#PackManDetails). -3. Click the **Remove** button. When the progress bar finishes, the package disappears from the list. - -You can restore a removed package from the list when you are in the **All packages** scope. - - -### Disabling a built-in package - -You can disable a built-in package if you don't need some modules and you want to save resources. However, when you disable a built-in package, the corresponding Unity functionality is no longer available. This results in the following: - -- If you use a Scripting API implemented by a disabled package, you get compiler errors. -- Components implemented by the disabled built-in package are also disabled, which means you cannot add them to any GameObjects. If you have a GameObject that already has one of these components, Unity ignores them in Play mode. You can see them in the Inspector window but they are greyed out to indicate that they are not available. -- When building a game, Unity strips all disabled components. For build targets which support engine code stripping (like WebGL, iOS, and Android), Unity doesn't add any code from a disabled built-in package. - -To disable a built-in package: - 1. Open the Packages window and select **Built-in packages** from the [package scope](#scope) drop-down menu. - 2. Select the package you want to remove from the [list of packages](#PackManLists). Its information appears in the Details pane. - 3. Click the **Disable** button. When the progress bar finishes, the check mark no longer appears next to the built-in package and the **Disable** button becomes an **Enable** button. - -To re-enable a disabled built-in package, click the **Enable** button. - - -### Updating an installed package - -You can update a package while in either the **In Project** or **All** mode: - -1. Open the Packages window. An arrow indicator appears next to any packages that have updates available. -2. Select the package you want to update from the [list of packages](#PackManLists). The package information appears in the [details pane](#PackManDetails). -3. Select the version you want from the [version drop-down menu](#VersionList). -4. Click the **Update to** button. - -When the progress bar finishes, the new package version information appears in the Details pane, and any new functionality is immediately available. - - -### Specifying a local package location - -The Package Manager can load a package from anywhere on your computer even if you saved it outside your Unity Project folder. For example, if you have a package called `com.unity.my-local-package` and you save it on the `Desktop` but your Unity Project is under the `Documents` folder. - -To load a package from your local disk: - -1. Click the plus (`+`) icon in the status bar. - - The **Add package from disk** button appears. - - ![Add package from disk button](Images/PackageManagerUI-ExternalPackageButton.png) - -2. Click the **Add package from disk** button to bring up a file browser. -3. Navigate to the folder root of your local package. -4. Double-click the `package.json` file in the file browser. - - The file browser closes and the package now appears in the [package list](#PackManLists) with the `local` tag. - - -## Error messages - -The Package Manager displays error indicators when it encounters problems: - -- **System-wide issues** - - Error messages that appear in the [status bar](#statusbar) indicate the Package Manager has detected an issue that is not related to a specific package. For example, if the Package Manager cannot access the [package registry server](#PackManRegistry), it displays this message in the status bar: - - ![Network error message](Images/PackageManagerUI-StatusBar_Network.png) - - If your network cannot reach the package registry server, it is probably because there is a connection problem with the network. When you or your system administrator fix the network error, the status bar clears. - -- **Package-specific issues** - - If a specific package has a problem when loading or installing, the error icon (![error indicator](Images/PackageManagerUI-errorflag.png)) appears in the [package list](#PackManLists) next to the compromised package. To find out what the problem is, open the compromised package's [details pane](#PackManDetails). - -## Understanding how packages work - -In addition to its contents (Assets, Shaders, Textures, plug-ins, icons, and scripts), a Unity package contains a [package manifest file](#PackManManifestsPackage). The package manifest tells Unity how to display its information page in the Packages window, and how to install the package in the Project. - -It also contains several files that help manage package deployment, including the tests, samples, license, changelog, and documentation. - - -### Manifests - -There are two types of manifest files: [Project](#PackManManifestsProject) manifests (`manifest.json`), and [package](#PackManManifestsPackage) manifests (`package.json`). Both files use JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) syntax to communicate with the Package Manager, by describing which packages are available for each Project, and what each package contains. - - -#### Project manifests - -Project manifests (`manifest.json`) tell the Package Manager which packages and versions are available to the Project. - -Project manifests support the following value: - -| Key | JSON Type | Description | -|--|--|--| -| `dependencies` | Object |List of packages for the Package Manager to load. These are usually packages officially registered with Unity, but may also include [local packages that are external](#extpkg) to your Unity project. | - - -Example of a `manifest.json` file: - - { - "dependencies": { - "com.unity.package-1": "1.0.0", - "com.unity.package-2": "2.0.0", - "com.unity.package-3": "3.0.0", - "com.unity.my-local-package": "file://com.unity.my-local-package" - } - } - -Unity stores each Project manifest in the `[your_Project_root_folder]/Packages/manifest.json` file. - - -#### Package manifests - -The Package Manager uses package manifests (`package.json`) to determine which version of the package to load, and what information to display in the Packages window. - -Package manifests support the following values: - -| Key | JSON Type | Description | -|--|--|--| -| `name` | String |The officially registered package name, following this naming convention: `"com.unity.[package name]"`. For example, `"com.unity.resourcemanager"` | -| `displayName` | String |The package name as it appears in the Packages window. For example, `"Resource Manager"` | -| `version` | String |The package version `"MAJOR.MINOR.PATCH"`. Unity packages follow the [Semantic Versioning](https://semver.org) system. For example, `"1.3.0"`. | -| `unity` | String |The Unity version that supports this package. For example, `"2018.1"` indicates compatibility starting with Unity version 2018.1. | -| `description` | String |A brief description of the package. This is the text that appears on the Details pane of the Packages window. Some special formatting character codes are supported, such as line breaks (`\n`) and bullets (`\u25AA`). | -| `category` | String |The category this packages is in. For example, `"Forces"`. | -| `dependencies` | Object |A list of packages that this package depends on, expressed as a JSON dictionary where the key is the package name and the value is the version number. Unity downloads all dependencies and loads them into the project alongside this package. | - -Example of a `package.json` file: - - { - "name": "com.unity.package-4", - "displayName": "Package Number 4", - "version": "2.5.1", - "unity": "2018.2", - "description": "This package provides X, Y, and Z. \n\nTo find out more, click the \"View documentation\" link.", - "keywords": ["key X", "key Y", "key Z"], - "category": "Controllers", - "dependencies": { - "com.unity.package-1": "1.0.0", - "com.unity.package-2": "2.0.0", - "com.unity.package-3": "3.0.0" - } - } - -Unity stores each package manifest in the `[package_root_folder]/package.json` file. - - -### Package registry - -Unity maintains a central registry of official packages that are available for distribution. When Unity loads, the Package Manager communicates with the registry, checks the Project manifest file, and displays the status of each available package in the Packages window. - -When you remove a package from the Project, the Package Manager updates the Project manifest to exclude that package from the list when in **In Project** mode but it is still available in **All packages** mode because it is still in the registry. - -When you install or update a package, the Package Manager downloads the package from the registry. - -# Technical details - -## Requirements - -This version of Unity Package Manager is compatible with the following versions of the Unity Editor: - -* 2018.3 and later (recommended) - -## Documentation revision history -|Date|Reason| -|---|---| -|October 3, 2018|Documentation updated. Image updates and minor corrections.| -|September 14, 2018|Documentation updated. Matches package version 2.0.1.| -|June 4, 2018|Documentation updated. Matches package version 2.0.0.| -|May 25, 2018|Documentation updated. Matches package version 1.9.9.| -|May 4, 2018|Documentation updated. Matches package version 1.9.8.| -|March 19, 2018|Documentation updated. Matches package version 1.9.0.| -|Feb 8, 2018|Documentation updated. Matches package version 1.7.0.| -|Feb 6, 2018|Documentation cleaned up. Matches package version 1.6.1.| -|Jan 31, 2018|Documentation updated (developmental review)| -|Jan 29, 2018|Document updated. Matches package version 1.6.0.| -|Jan 18, 2018|Document updated. Matches package version 1.5.1.| -|Jan 17, 2018|Document updated. Matches package version 1.5.0.| -|Jan 12, 2018|Document updated. Matches package version 1.4.0.| -|Nov 7, 2017|Document created. Matches package version 1.0.0.| \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor.meta deleted file mode 100644 index fd6884cc..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 797cf0c5f1b7e4e1ab17481bd9b698eb -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1501783286 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 85d53322..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; -using UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements; - -[assembly: InternalsVisibleTo("Unity.PackageManagerCaptain.Editor")] -[assembly: InternalsVisibleTo("Unity.PackageManagerUI.EditorTests")] -#if UNITY_2018_3_OR_NEWER -[assembly: UxmlNamespacePrefix("UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI", "upm")] -#endif diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 7297d154..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/AssemblyInfo.cs.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: ca53a6f1e29564d528bb56b92e0f181c -MonoImporter: - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 2 - defaultReferences: [] - executionOrder: 0 - icon: {instanceID: 0} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 76af4715..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: b0c12f0066bd444a1b3a900679169f30 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1501783300 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 941c68d3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: da0b41deddf0a4414b09681018c171f1 -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1502292048 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 9ee1c3a6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 8c25f8b5c9da143328c516248414b95d -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/download.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/download.png deleted file mode 100644 index 13e377b7..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/download.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/download.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/download.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 63f450a6..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/download.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4dfd3f5da88944ec6ac5977d676c30c6 -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 5 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapU: 1 - wrapV: 1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 8 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: iPhone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/error.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/error.png deleted file mode 100644 index a6e1c097..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/error.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/error.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/error.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index f644f1d2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/error.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: acc34040a66fe4170bc8885268860cfe -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 6 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - streamingMipmaps: 0 - streamingMipmapsPriority: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -100 - wrapU: 1 - wrapV: 1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spriteGenerateFallbackPhysicsShape: 1 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 8 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/loading.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/loading.png deleted file mode 100644 index fd36a035..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/loading.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/loading.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/loading.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index e6c8366e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Dark/loading.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3cf132d4fa07f4f0cb2883499c5c7dd0 -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 5 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapU: 1 - wrapV: 1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 8 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: iPhone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: 66120540d98c346bab32966fe3676afd - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light.meta deleted file mode 100644 index b9fb073a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 907731821455c4fa989ac14278e02251 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/download.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/download.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0af6af8d..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/download.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/download.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/download.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 4f7750fa..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/download.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f8eca3a711f4842eba0c52ea9885ef7f -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 5 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapU: 1 - wrapV: 1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 8 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: iPhone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/error.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/error.png deleted file mode 100644 index a6e1c097..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/error.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/error.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/error.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 20a8c056..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/error.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4c433abcdb28444ebb7bd395ba5c76fc -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 6 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - streamingMipmaps: 0 - streamingMipmapsPriority: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -100 - wrapU: 1 - wrapV: 1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spriteGenerateFallbackPhysicsShape: 1 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 8 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/loading.png b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/loading.png deleted file mode 100644 index f3828db9..00000000 Binary files a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/loading.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/loading.png.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/loading.png.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ea402307..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Images/Light/loading.png.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,105 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 01e02995805eb483690380a911a657e2 -TextureImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: {} - externalObjects: {} - serializedVersion: 5 - mipmaps: - mipMapMode: 0 - enableMipMap: 0 - sRGBTexture: 1 - linearTexture: 0 - fadeOut: 0 - borderMipMap: 0 - mipMapsPreserveCoverage: 0 - alphaTestReferenceValue: 0.5 - mipMapFadeDistanceStart: 1 - mipMapFadeDistanceEnd: 3 - bumpmap: - convertToNormalMap: 0 - externalNormalMap: 0 - heightScale: 0.25 - normalMapFilter: 0 - isReadable: 0 - grayScaleToAlpha: 0 - generateCubemap: 6 - cubemapConvolution: 0 - seamlessCubemap: 0 - textureFormat: 1 - maxTextureSize: 2048 - textureSettings: - serializedVersion: 2 - filterMode: -1 - aniso: -1 - mipBias: -1 - wrapU: 1 - wrapV: 1 - wrapW: -1 - nPOTScale: 0 - lightmap: 0 - compressionQuality: 50 - spriteMode: 1 - spriteExtrude: 1 - spriteMeshType: 1 - alignment: 0 - spritePivot: {x: 0.5, y: 0.5} - spriteBorder: {x: 0, y: 0, z: 0, w: 0} - spritePixelsToUnits: 100 - alphaUsage: 1 - alphaIsTransparency: 1 - spriteTessellationDetail: -1 - textureType: 8 - textureShape: 1 - singleChannelComponent: 0 - maxTextureSizeSet: 0 - compressionQualitySet: 0 - textureFormatSet: 0 - platformSettings: - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: DefaultTexturePlatform - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: Standalone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - - serializedVersion: 2 - buildTarget: iPhone - maxTextureSize: 2048 - resizeAlgorithm: 0 - textureFormat: -1 - textureCompression: 1 - compressionQuality: 50 - crunchedCompression: 0 - allowsAlphaSplitting: 0 - overridden: 0 - androidETC2FallbackOverride: 0 - spriteSheet: - serializedVersion: 2 - sprites: [] - outline: [] - physicsShape: [] - bones: [] - spriteID: f6ebd98fa3a904bd4bb57dae59f0a4ce - vertices: [] - indices: - edges: [] - weights: [] - spritePackingTag: - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 912e5d44..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: fe684bbd80eab45778b9eb316893ff7c -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1502132899 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.scss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.scss deleted file mode 100644 index bc89105a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.scss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/*************************************************************************************************** - - *** Auto-Generated - Do not modify .uss File *** - - Only Modify Main.scss - -***************************************************************************************************/ - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Pure theme colors -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$unity-text-color: #b4b4b4; -$unity-list-hover-background: #484848; -$unity-list-selected-background: #3e5f96; -$unity-background: #383838; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Custom colors -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$unity-background-light-contrast: #3c3c3c; // For dark contrast, use: #404040 and #232323 -$unity-background-dark-contrast: #707070; // $ -$unity-text-color-highlight: #f4f4f4; - -$unity-installed-color-highlight: rgba(255,255,254,0.4); -$not-installed-package-background-color: #424242; - -$package-tag-color: #ffa44e; -$package-tag-recommended-color: #e4e4e4; - -$caret-text-color: #646464; - -$link-text-color: #4F80F8; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Custom backgrounds -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -$installed-package-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/MenuItemOn.png"); - -$background-left-button: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn left.png"); -$background-left-button-selected: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn left on.png");; -$background-mid-button: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn mid.png"); -$background-mid-button-selected: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn mid on.png"); -$background-right-button: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn right.png"); -$background-right-button-selected: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn right on.png"); - -$background-button-slice-right: 0; -$background-button-slice-left: 0; -$background-button-slice-middle: 1; - -$background-status-outdated: resource("Images/Dark/download"); -$background-status-error: resource("Images/Dark/error"); - -$background-spinner-normal: resource("Images/Dark/loading"); -$background-spinner-large: resource("Images/Dark/loading"); - -$popup-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/mini popup.png"); - -$toolbar-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/Toolbar.png"); -$toolbar-button-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar button.png"); -$toolbar-button-active-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar button act.png"); -$toolbar-button-pulldown-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar pulldown.png"); -$toolbar-button-popup-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar popup.png"); -$toolbar-search-textfield-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearch.png"); -$toolbar-search-textfield-focus-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearch focused.png"); -$toolbar-search-cancel-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButton.png"); -$toolbar-search-cancel-active-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonActive.png"); -$toolbar-search-cancel-off-background: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonOff.png"); - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Common stylesheet -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -@import "common"; diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.scss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.scss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 10b49f32..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.scss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 880f2fc52037c4fe09edb80cfe84ac7c -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.uss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.uss deleted file mode 100644 index c320a9b9..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.uss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1038 +0,0 @@ -/*************************************************************************************************** - - *** Auto-Generated - Do not modify .uss File *** - - Only Modify Main.scss - -***************************************************************************************************/ -#container { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 0; - left: 0; - bottom: 0; - right: 0; -} - -.display-none { - position: absolute; - overflow: hidden; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} - -.row, #detailListView .combo, #detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions, #detailListView #detailView .detail .versionContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; -} - -.column, #detailListView .emptyArea, #detailListView #packageListGroup #listContainerOuter, #detailListView #packageListGroup #packageList, #detailListView #packageListGroup #listContainer, #detailListView #packageListGroup #listGroups, #detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; -} - -.tag { - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 1; - border-bottom-width: 1; - border-right-width: 1; - padding-top: 1; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 1; - padding-right: 3; - font-size: 9; - border-radius: 5; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - border-color: #000000; - color: #000000; -} - -#toolbarContainer { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - height: 18; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/Toolbar.png"); - margin-top: -1; - -unity-slice-top: 1; - -unity-slice-left: 1; - -unity-slice-bottom: 1; - -unity-slice-right: 1; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 9; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar button.png"); - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: -1; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 5; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 5; - height: 19; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton:hover { - color: #b4b4b4; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.space { - margin-left: 7; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar button act.png"); -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.pulldown:active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbar button.png"); -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView #toolbarLeft { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView #toolbarRight { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - justify-content: flex-end; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView #toolbarRight #toolbarSearch { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 18; - max-width: 500; - flex-direction: row; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 5; -} - -#searchContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - height: 14; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#searchContainer #searchTextField { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 9; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearch.png"); - margin-top: 2; - margin-left: 5; - margin-bottom: 1; - margin-right: 5; - padding-top: 2; - padding-left: 17; - padding-bottom: 1; - padding-right: 17; - -unity-slice-top: 1; - -unity-slice-left: 14; - -unity-slice-bottom: 1; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - height: 14; -} -#searchContainer #searchTextField:focus { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearch focused.png"); -} -#searchContainer #searchTextField.placeholder { - color: #707070; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton { - width: 14; - height: 15; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonOff.png"); - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - -unity-slice-top: 1; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 1; - -unity-slice-right: 14; - margin-top: 3; - margin-left: -10; - margin-bottom: 2; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton:hover { - color: #b4b4b4; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton.on { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButton.png"); -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton:active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonActive.png"); -} - -#detailListView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; -} -#detailListView .link { - color: #4F80F8; - background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0); - background-image: none; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - cursor: link; -} -#detailListView .emptyArea { - flex: 1 0 0; -} -#detailListView .emptyArea .title { - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - font-size: 14; -} -#detailListView .emptyArea .loading { - -unity-position: relative; - top: 7; - left: 7; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - width: 14; - height: 14; - max-width: 14; - max-height: 14; -} -#detailListView #headerTitle { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-font-style: bold; - color: #b4b4b4; -} -#detailListView #headerCaret { - flex: 0 0 auto; - font-size: 12; - -unity-font-style: bold; - color: #b4b4b4; - min-width: 16; -} -#detailListView #spinnerContainer { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 3; - left: 2; - right: 0; - width: 14; - flex: 0.1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - align-items: center; -} -#detailListView .loading { - -unity-position: relative; - top: 7; - left: 7; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - width: 14; - height: 14; - max-width: 14; - max-height: 14; -} -#detailListView .combo { - margin-top: 3; - margin-left: 3; - margin-bottom: 3; - margin-right: 3; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 3; - padding-right: 3; -} -#detailListView .combo .popup { - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 8; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - border-top-width-left-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-left-radius: 0; -} -#detailListView .combo .button { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 2; - padding-left: 6; - padding-bottom: 3; - padding-right: 6; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 1; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 1; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - border-left-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn mid.png"); - border-top-width-right-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-right-radius: 0; - border-top-width-left-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-left-radius: 0; -} -#detailListView .combo .button.selected { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn mid on.png"); - color: #f4f4f4; -} -#detailListView .combo .button.first { - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn left.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.first.selected { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn left on.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.last { - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn right.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.last.selected { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/btn right on.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.small { - flex: 0.5 0 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup { - width: 270; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #groupContainerOuter #headerContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #groupContainerOuter #headerContainer #headerTitle { - height: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #groupContainerOuter #groupContainer { - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #VerticalScroller { - bottom: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #HorizontalScroller { - height: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #ContentViewport { - bottom: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #ContentViewport #ContentView { - right: 0; - left: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #noResult #noResultText { - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView .package { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-bottom-width: 1; -} -#detailListView .package.selected { - background-color: #3e5f96; - color: #f4f4f4; -} -#detailListView .package.selected #packageName, #detailListView .package.selected #packageVersion { - color: #f4f4f4; -} -#detailListView .package .status { - flex: 0 0 14; - width: 14; - height: 14; - margin-left: 2; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView .package .status.installed { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/MenuItemOn.png"); -} -#detailListView .package .status.installed.no-icon { - background-image: none; -} -#detailListView .package .status.outdated { - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/download"); -} -#detailListView .package .status.outdated.no-icon { - background-image: none; -} -#detailListView .package .status.inprogress { - background-image: none; -} -#detailListView .package .status.error { - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/error"); -} -#detailListView .package .name { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 5; - overflow: hidden; -} -#detailListView .package .version { - flex: 0 0 auto; - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 5; - font-size: 9; -} -#detailListView #detailsGroup { - flex: 1 0 0; - border-left-width: 1px; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); -} -#detailListView #detailsGroup #detailsContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - -unity-position: relative; -} -#detailListView #detailView { - flex: 1 0 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView #VerticalScroller { - bottom: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView #ContentViewport #ContentView { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 0; - left: 0; - right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - padding-top: 5; - padding-left: 5; - padding-bottom: 5; - padding-right: 5; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - margin-bottom: 8; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #titleContainer { - flex: 0.9 0 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #titleContainer #detailTitle { - font-size: 18; - -unity-font-style: bold; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 4; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #detailsControls { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 19; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - flex-wrap: wrap; - margin-top: 3; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 19; - align-items: center; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #update { - flex: 0 0 auto; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer { - min-width: 65; - max-width: 150; - height: 19; - flex: 0 0 auto; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup { - font-size: 12; - height: 19; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup:focus { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/DarkSkin/Images/mini popup.png"); -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup:hover .textElement { - color: #b4b4b4; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup .textElement { - margin-top: 2; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo .action { - flex: 0 0 auto; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - font-size: 12; - padding-top: 2; - padding-left: 4; - padding-bottom: 3; - padding-right: 4; - right: -3; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo .action:hover { - color: #b4b4b4; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateContainer { - height: 19; - flex: 1 0 0; - align-items: flex-end; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header .button { - height: 19; - font-size: 12; - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 4; - padding-right: 3; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header .button.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header .button:hover { - color: #b4b4b4; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailVersion { - font-size: 16; - max-height: 30; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailName { - flex: 1 0 0; - max-height: 20; - -unity-font-style: italic; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailPackageStatus { - flex: 1 0 0; - -unity-font-style: bold; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailTag { - width: 60; - font-size: 12; - border-radius: 5; - border-color: #b4b4b4; - border-top-width: 2; - border-left-width: 2; - border-bottom-width: 2; - border-right-width: 2; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailDesc, #detailListView #detailView .detail #detailModuleReference { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailDesc.empty, #detailListView #detailView .detail #detailModuleReference.empty { - -unity-font-style: italic; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailAuthor { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailCategory { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - margin-bottom: 5; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #changeLogContainer, #detailListView #detailView .detail #viewLicensesContainer { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - margin-left: 2; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions .detailAction, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions .detailAction { - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-left: 2; - padding-right: 2; - border-left-width: 2; - border-right-width: 2; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions .detailActionSeparator, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions .detailActionSeparator { - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-right: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions #thirdPartyNoticeLabel, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions #thirdPartyNoticeLabel { - margin-top: 4; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 4; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions #viewThirdParty, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions #viewThirdParty { - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .versionContainer { - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .versionContainer #detailVersion { - flex: 0 0 auto; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .tag { - border-color: #ffa44e; - color: #ffa44e; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .tag.verified { - border-color: #e4e4e4; - color: #e4e4e4; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .tagLine { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; -} -#detailListView #detailError { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 5; - left: 5; - right: 5; - min-height: 200; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailError.display-none { - top: 0; - left: 0; - bottom: 0; - right: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageStatusBar { - -unity-position: relative; - flex: 0 0 auto; - margin-top: 2; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer { - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: space-between; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer { - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - margin-left: 2; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer #loadingIcon { - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/error"); - width: 16; - height: 16; - margin-left: -12; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer #loadingText { - padding-left: 2; - -unity-font-style: italic; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer #loadingText.icon { - margin-left: 0; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #moreAddOptionsButton { - font-size: 16; - background-image: none; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: -2; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 6; - padding-bottom: 6; - padding-right: 6; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 1; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageAddFromUrlField { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: -35; - left: 0; - bottom: 0; - right: 0; -} -#detailListView #addFromUrlFieldContainer { - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 1; - border-right-width: 0; - flex-direction: row; - justify-content: space-between; - align-items: center; - height: 35; - background-color: #383838; -} -#detailListView #addFromUrlFieldContainer #urlTextField { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 20; - -unity-text-align: middle-left; -} -#detailListView #addFromUrlFieldContainer #addFromUrlButton { - flex: 0 0 auto; - height: 20; -} - -.alert { - background-color: rgba(200, 0, 0, 0.8); - border-color: #FF0000; - flex-direction: row; - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 1; - border-bottom-width: 1; - border-right-width: 1; - padding-top: 5; - padding-left: 10; - padding-bottom: 5; - padding-right: 10; -} -.alert #alertMessage { - flex: 1 0 0; - color: #f4f4f4; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - overflow: hidden; -} -.alert #close { - flex: 0 0 auto; - max-height: 30; - left: 5; - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 4; - padding-right: 3; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; -} -.alert #close.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -.alert #close:hover { - color: #b4b4b4; -} - -.spinner { - flex: 0 0 auto; - top: -7; - left: -7; - min-width: 14; - min-height: 14; - max-width: 14; - max-height: 14; - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/loading"); -} - -.largeSpinner { - flex: 0 0 auto; - top: -16; - left: -16; - min-width: 32; - min-height: 32; - max-width: 32; - max-height: 32; - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/loading"); -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.uss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.uss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 6cb06dea..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Dark.uss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: c7559cdbc33f04af1a5a42d2aa5b40a5 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: stylesheet - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 12385, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.scss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.scss deleted file mode 100644 index ee96efdf..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.scss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/*************************************************************************************************** - - *** Auto-Generated - Do not modify .uss File *** - - Only Modify Main.scss - -***************************************************************************************************/ - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Pure theme colors -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$unity-text-color: #000000; -$unity-list-hover-background: #8f8f8f; -$unity-list-selected-background: #3e7de7; -$unity-background: #c2c2c2; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Custom colors -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -$unity-background-light-contrast: #D5D5D5; -$unity-background-dark-contrast: #6C6C6C; -$unity-text-color-highlight: #f4f4f4; - -$unity-installed-color-highlight: rgba(1,0,0,0.3); -$not-installed-package-background-color: #d1d1d1; - -$package-tag-color: #d25a00; -$package-tag-recommended-color: #000; - -$caret-text-color: #646464; - -$link-text-color: #0808FC; - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Custom backgrounds -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -$installed-package-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/MenuItemOn.png"); - -$background-left-button: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn left.png"); -$background-left-button-selected: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn left on.png");; -$background-mid-button: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn mid.png"); -$background-mid-button-selected: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn mid on.png"); -$background-right-button: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn right.png"); -$background-right-button-selected: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn right on.png"); - -$background-button-slice-right: 6; -$background-button-slice-left: 6; -$background-button-slice-middle: 1; - -$background-status-outdated: resource("Images/Light/download"); -$background-status-error: resource("Images/Dark/error"); - -$background-spinner-normal: resource("Images/Light/loading"); -$background-spinner-large: resource("Images/Light/loading"); - -$popup-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/mini popup.png"); - -$toolbar-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/Toolbar.png"); -$toolbar-button-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar button.png"); -$toolbar-button-active-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar button act.png"); -$toolbar-button-pulldown-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar pulldown.png"); -$toolbar-button-popup-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar popup.png"); -$toolbar-search-textfield-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearch.png"); -$toolbar-search-textfield-focus-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearch focused.png"); -$toolbar-search-cancel-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButton.png"); -$toolbar-search-cancel-active-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonActive.png"); -$toolbar-search-cancel-off-background: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonOff.png"); - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Common stylesheet -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -@import "common"; diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.scss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.scss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 5d27e750..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.scss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: f1687bb24464840ae9e1d253685ae0f6 -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.uss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.uss deleted file mode 100644 index 49129790..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.uss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1038 +0,0 @@ -/*************************************************************************************************** - - *** Auto-Generated - Do not modify .uss File *** - - Only Modify Main.scss - -***************************************************************************************************/ -#container { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 0; - left: 0; - bottom: 0; - right: 0; -} - -.display-none { - position: absolute; - overflow: hidden; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} - -.row, #detailListView .combo, #detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions, #detailListView #detailView .detail .versionContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; -} - -.column, #detailListView .emptyArea, #detailListView #packageListGroup #listContainerOuter, #detailListView #packageListGroup #packageList, #detailListView #packageListGroup #listContainer, #detailListView #packageListGroup #listGroups, #detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; -} - -.tag { - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 1; - border-bottom-width: 1; - border-right-width: 1; - padding-top: 1; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 1; - padding-right: 3; - font-size: 9; - border-radius: 5; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - border-color: #000000; - color: #000000; -} - -#toolbarContainer { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - height: 18; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/Toolbar.png"); - margin-top: -1; - -unity-slice-top: 1; - -unity-slice-left: 1; - -unity-slice-bottom: 1; - -unity-slice-right: 1; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 9; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar button.png"); - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: -1; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 5; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 5; - height: 19; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton:hover { - color: #000000; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.space { - margin-left: 7; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar button act.png"); -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView .toolbarButton.pulldown:active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbar button.png"); -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView #toolbarLeft { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView #toolbarRight { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - justify-content: flex-end; -} -#toolbarContainer #toolbarView #toolbarRight #toolbarSearch { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 18; - max-width: 500; - flex-direction: row; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 5; -} - -#searchContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - height: 14; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#searchContainer #searchTextField { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 9; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearch.png"); - margin-top: 2; - margin-left: 5; - margin-bottom: 1; - margin-right: 5; - padding-top: 2; - padding-left: 17; - padding-bottom: 1; - padding-right: 17; - -unity-slice-top: 1; - -unity-slice-left: 14; - -unity-slice-bottom: 1; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - height: 14; -} -#searchContainer #searchTextField:focus { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearch focused.png"); -} -#searchContainer #searchTextField.placeholder { - color: #6C6C6C; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton { - width: 14; - height: 15; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonOff.png"); - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - -unity-slice-top: 1; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 1; - -unity-slice-right: 14; - margin-top: 3; - margin-left: -10; - margin-bottom: 2; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton:hover { - color: #000000; -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton.on { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButton.png"); -} -#searchContainer #searchCancelButton:active { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/toolbarsearchCancelButtonActive.png"); -} - -#detailListView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; -} -#detailListView .link { - color: #0808FC; - background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0); - background-image: none; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - cursor: link; -} -#detailListView .emptyArea { - flex: 1 0 0; -} -#detailListView .emptyArea .title { - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - font-size: 14; -} -#detailListView .emptyArea .loading { - -unity-position: relative; - top: 7; - left: 7; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - width: 14; - height: 14; - max-width: 14; - max-height: 14; -} -#detailListView #headerTitle { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-font-style: bold; - color: #000000; -} -#detailListView #headerCaret { - flex: 0 0 auto; - font-size: 12; - -unity-font-style: bold; - color: #000000; - min-width: 16; -} -#detailListView #spinnerContainer { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 3; - left: 2; - right: 0; - width: 14; - flex: 0.1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - align-items: center; -} -#detailListView .loading { - -unity-position: relative; - top: 7; - left: 7; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - width: 14; - height: 14; - max-width: 14; - max-height: 14; -} -#detailListView .combo { - margin-top: 3; - margin-left: 3; - margin-bottom: 3; - margin-right: 3; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 3; - padding-right: 3; -} -#detailListView .combo .popup { - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 8; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - border-top-width-left-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-left-radius: 0; -} -#detailListView .combo .button { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 2; - padding-left: 6; - padding-bottom: 3; - padding-right: 6; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 1; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 1; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - border-left-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn mid.png"); - border-top-width-right-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-right-radius: 0; - border-top-width-left-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-left-radius: 0; -} -#detailListView .combo .button.selected { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn mid on.png"); - color: #f4f4f4; -} -#detailListView .combo .button.first { - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn left.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.first.selected { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn left on.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.last { - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn right.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.last.selected { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/btn right on.png"); -} -#detailListView .combo .button.small { - flex: 0.5 0 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup { - width: 270; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #groupContainerOuter #headerContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #groupContainerOuter #headerContainer #headerTitle { - height: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #groupContainerOuter #groupContainer { - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #VerticalScroller { - bottom: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #HorizontalScroller { - height: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #ContentViewport { - bottom: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #scrollView #ContentViewport #ContentView { - right: 0; - left: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageListGroup #noResult #noResultText { - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView .package { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-bottom-width: 1; -} -#detailListView .package.selected { - background-color: #3e7de7; - color: #f4f4f4; -} -#detailListView .package.selected #packageName, #detailListView .package.selected #packageVersion { - color: #f4f4f4; -} -#detailListView .package .status { - flex: 0 0 14; - width: 14; - height: 14; - margin-left: 2; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView .package .status.installed { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/MenuItemOn.png"); -} -#detailListView .package .status.installed.no-icon { - background-image: none; -} -#detailListView .package .status.outdated { - background-image: resource("Images/Light/download"); -} -#detailListView .package .status.outdated.no-icon { - background-image: none; -} -#detailListView .package .status.inprogress { - background-image: none; -} -#detailListView .package .status.error { - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/error"); -} -#detailListView .package .name { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 5; - overflow: hidden; -} -#detailListView .package .version { - flex: 0 0 auto; - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 5; - font-size: 9; -} -#detailListView #detailsGroup { - flex: 1 0 0; - border-left-width: 1px; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); -} -#detailListView #detailsGroup #detailsContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - -unity-position: relative; -} -#detailListView #detailView { - flex: 1 0 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView #VerticalScroller { - bottom: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView #ContentViewport #ContentView { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 0; - left: 0; - right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - padding-top: 5; - padding-left: 5; - padding-bottom: 5; - padding-right: 5; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - margin-bottom: 8; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #titleContainer { - flex: 0.9 0 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #titleContainer #detailTitle { - font-size: 18; - -unity-font-style: bold; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 4; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #detailsControls { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 19; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - flex-wrap: wrap; - margin-top: 3; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 19; - align-items: center; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #update { - flex: 0 0 auto; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer { - min-width: 65; - max-width: 150; - height: 19; - flex: 0 0 auto; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup { - font-size: 12; - height: 19; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup:focus { - background-image: resource("Builtin Skins/LightSkin/Images/mini popup.png"); -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup:hover .textElement { - color: #000000; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo #updateDropdownContainer .popup .textElement { - margin-top: 2; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo .action { - flex: 0 0 auto; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - font-size: 12; - padding-top: 2; - padding-left: 4; - padding-bottom: 3; - padding-right: 4; - right: -3; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateCombo .action:hover { - color: #000000; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header #updateContainer { - height: 19; - flex: 1 0 0; - align-items: flex-end; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header .button { - height: 19; - font-size: 12; - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 4; - padding-right: 3; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header .button.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .header .button:hover { - color: #000000; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailVersion { - font-size: 16; - max-height: 30; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailName { - flex: 1 0 0; - max-height: 20; - -unity-font-style: italic; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailPackageStatus { - flex: 1 0 0; - -unity-font-style: bold; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailTag { - width: 60; - font-size: 12; - border-radius: 5; - border-color: #b4b4b4; - border-top-width: 2; - border-left-width: 2; - border-bottom-width: 2; - border-right-width: 2; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailDesc, #detailListView #detailView .detail #detailModuleReference { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailDesc.empty, #detailListView #detailView .detail #detailModuleReference.empty { - -unity-font-style: italic; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailAuthor { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailCategory { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - margin-bottom: 5; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #changeLogContainer, #detailListView #detailView .detail #viewLicensesContainer { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - margin-left: 2; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions .detailAction, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions .detailAction { - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-left: 2; - padding-right: 2; - border-left-width: 2; - border-right-width: 2; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions .detailActionSeparator, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions .detailActionSeparator { - margin-left: 0; - margin-right: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-right: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions #thirdPartyNoticeLabel, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions #thirdPartyNoticeLabel { - margin-top: 4; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 4; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail #detailActions #viewThirdParty, #detailListView #detailView .detail .detailActions #viewThirdParty { - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .versionContainer { - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .versionContainer #detailVersion { - flex: 0 0 auto; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .tag { - border-color: #d25a00; - color: #d25a00; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .tag.verified { - border-color: #000; - color: #000; -} -#detailListView #detailView .detail .tagLine { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; -} -#detailListView #detailError { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: 5; - left: 5; - right: 5; - min-height: 200; - -unity-word-wrap: true; -} -#detailListView #detailError.display-none { - top: 0; - left: 0; - bottom: 0; - right: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageStatusBar { - -unity-position: relative; - flex: 0 0 auto; - margin-top: 2; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer { - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: space-between; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer { - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - margin-left: 2; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer #loadingIcon { - background-image: resource("Images/Dark/error"); - width: 16; - height: 16; - margin-left: -12; - margin-right: 0; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer #loadingText { - padding-left: 2; - -unity-font-style: italic; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #loadingContainer #loadingText.icon { - margin-left: 0; -} -#detailListView #statusBarContainer #moreAddOptionsButton { - font-size: 16; - background-image: none; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: -2; - margin-right: 0; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 6; - padding-bottom: 6; - padding-right: 6; - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 1; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; -} -#detailListView #packageAddFromUrlField { - -unity-position: absolute; - top: -35; - left: 0; - bottom: 0; - right: 0; -} -#detailListView #addFromUrlFieldContainer { - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 1; - border-right-width: 0; - flex-direction: row; - justify-content: space-between; - align-items: center; - height: 35; - background-color: #c2c2c2; -} -#detailListView #addFromUrlFieldContainer #urlTextField { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 20; - -unity-text-align: middle-left; -} -#detailListView #addFromUrlFieldContainer #addFromUrlButton { - flex: 0 0 auto; - height: 20; -} - -.alert { - background-color: rgba(200, 0, 0, 0.8); - border-color: #FF0000; - flex-direction: row; - border-top-width: 1; - border-left-width: 1; - border-bottom-width: 1; - border-right-width: 1; - padding-top: 5; - padding-left: 10; - padding-bottom: 5; - padding-right: 10; -} -.alert #alertMessage { - flex: 1 0 0; - color: #f4f4f4; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - overflow: hidden; -} -.alert #close { - flex: 0 0 auto; - max-height: 30; - left: 5; - flex: 0 0 auto; - padding-top: 3; - padding-left: 3; - padding-bottom: 4; - padding-right: 3; - -unity-slice-top: 4; - -unity-slice-left: 6; - -unity-slice-bottom: 4; - -unity-slice-right: 6; -} -.alert #close.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - padding-top: 0; - padding-left: 0; - padding-bottom: 0; - padding-right: 0; - margin-top: 0; - margin-left: 0; - margin-bottom: 0; - margin-right: 0; - -unity-slice-top: 0; - -unity-slice-left: 0; - -unity-slice-bottom: 0; - -unity-slice-right: 0; - visibility: hidden; -} -.alert #close:hover { - color: #000000; -} - -.spinner { - flex: 0 0 auto; - top: -7; - left: -7; - min-width: 14; - min-height: 14; - max-width: 14; - max-height: 14; - background-image: resource("Images/Light/loading"); -} - -.largeSpinner { - flex: 0 0 auto; - top: -16; - left: -16; - min-width: 32; - min-height: 32; - max-width: 32; - max-height: 32; - background-image: resource("Images/Light/loading"); -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.uss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.uss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 2c678e6f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/Main_Light.uss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: abdc053b8e3644f299aedc641d609a84 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: stylesheet - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 12385, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/_common.scss b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/_common.scss deleted file mode 100644 index 73b5d909..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/_common.scss +++ /dev/null @@ -1,960 +0,0 @@ -// If you are using IntelliJ Rider, you can simply turn on the SCSS compiler, otherwise here is how to convert scss to uss -// # Install Sass -// gem install sass -// -// # Convert -// sass --sourcemap=none --style=expanded --scss --no-cache Main_Dark.scss Main_Dark.uss -// sass --sourcemap=none --style=expanded --scss --no-cache Main_Light.scss Main_Light.uss -// -// # Watch -// sass --watch --sourcemap=none --style=expanded --scss --no-cache Main_Light.scss:Main_Light.uss Main_Dark.scss:Main_Dark.uss -// -// Sass to Uss Notes -// - Sass converts rgb(0,0,0) to css 'black'. Uss doesn't support named colors. The workaround is to set the color in sass as #000000 -// -// Uss Notes -// Runtime\UIElements\Managed\StyleSheets\StyleSheetCache.cs:50 to see which properties are available (until there is a doc) - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper Mixins -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -@mixin border($top, $right, $bottom, $left) { - @if $top != 'auto' {border-top-width: $top;} - @if $left != 'auto' {border-left-width: $right;} - @if $bottom != 'auto' {border-bottom-width: $bottom;} - @if $right != 'auto' {border-right-width: $left;} -} - -@mixin border-box($width: 1) { - @include border($width, $width, $width, $width); -} - -@mixin padding($top, $right, $bottom, $left) { - @if $top != 'auto' {padding-top: $top;} - @if $left != 'auto' {padding-left: $left;} - @if $bottom != 'auto' {padding-bottom: $bottom;} - @if $right != 'auto' {padding-right: $right;} -} - -@mixin padding-box($size) { - @include padding($size, $size, $size, $size); -} - -@mixin margin($top, $right, $bottom, $left) { - @if $top != 'auto' {margin-top: $top;} - @if $left != 'auto' {margin-left: $left;} - @if $bottom != 'auto' {margin-bottom: $bottom;} - @if $right != 'auto' {margin-right: $right;} -} - -@mixin margin-box($size) { - @include margin($size, $size, $size, $size); -} - -@mixin slice($top, $right, $bottom, $left) { - @if $top != 'auto' {-unity-slice-top: $top;} - @if $left != 'auto' {-unity-slice-left: $left;} - @if $bottom != 'auto' {-unity-slice-bottom: $bottom;} - @if $right != 'auto' {-unity-slice-right: $right;} -} - -@mixin slice-box($size) { - @include slice($size, $size, $size, $size); -} - -@mixin position($top, $right, $bottom, $left) { - @if $top != 'auto' {top: $top;} - @if $left != 'auto' {left: $left;} - @if $bottom != 'auto' {bottom: $bottom;} - @if $right != 'auto' {right: $right;} -} - -@mixin text-clip() { - overflow: hidden; -} - -@mixin selected-element() { - background-color: $unity-list-selected-background; - color: $unity-text-color-highlight; -} - -@mixin active-tab() { - background-color: $unity-background-dark-contrast; - color: $unity-text-color-highlight; -} - -@mixin inactive-tab() { - background-color: $unity-background-light-contrast; - color: $unity-text-color; -} - -@mixin button($top, $right, $bottom, $left) { - flex: 0 0 auto; - - @include padding($top, $right, $bottom, $left); - @include slice(4, 6, 4, 6); - - &.display-none { - position: absolute; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - min-width: 0; - @include border-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - @include margin-box(0); - @include slice-box(0); - visibility: hidden; - } - - &:hover { - color: $unity-text-color; - } -} - -@mixin button-box($size) { - @include button($size, $size, $size, $size); -} - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Font -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -@mixin font-small() { - font-size: 9; -} - -@mixin font-normal() { - font-size: 12; -} - -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Styles -//-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -#container { - -unity-position: absolute; - @include position(0, 0, 0, 0); -} - -.display-none { - position: absolute; - overflow: hidden; - border-radius: 0; - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - min-width: 0; - max-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-left-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - @include border-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - @include margin-box(0); -} - -.row { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; -} - -.column { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; -} - -.tag { - @include border-box(1); - @include padding(1, 3, 1, 3); - @include font-small(); - border-radius: 5; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - - border-color: #000000; - color: #000000; -} - -$spinner-large-size: 32; -$spinner-large-half-size: 16; -$spinner-normal-size: 14; -$spinner-normal-half-size: 7; -$toolbar-height: 18; - -#toolbarContainer { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - height: $toolbar-height; - - #toolbarView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - background-image: $toolbar-background; - margin-top: -1; - @include slice(1, 1, 1, 1); - - .toolbarButton { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 9; - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - background-image: $toolbar-button-background; - @include button-box(0); - @include margin(0, -1, 0, 0); - @include padding(0, 5, 0, 5); - height: 19; - - &.space { - margin-left: 7; - } - - &.active { - background-image: $toolbar-button-active-background; - } - - &.pulldown { - - &:active { - background-image: $toolbar-button-background; - } - } - } - - #toolbarLeft { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - } - - #toolbarRight { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - justify-content: flex-end; - - #toolbarSearch { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: $toolbar-height; - max-width: 500; - flex-direction: row; - @include margin(0, 5, 0, 0); - } - } - } -} - -#searchContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - height: 14; - @include margin(0, 0, 0, 0); - - #searchTextField { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 9; - background-image: $toolbar-search-textfield-background; - @include margin(2, 5, 1, 5); - @include padding(2, 17, 1, 17); - @include slice(1, 0, 1, 14); - height: 14; - - &:focus { - background-image: $toolbar-search-textfield-focus-background; - } - - &.placeholder { - color: $unity-background-dark-contrast; - } - } - - #searchCancelButton { - width: 14; - height: 15; - background-image: $toolbar-search-cancel-off-background; - @include button-box(0); - @include slice(1, 14, 1, 0); - @include margin(3, 0, 2, -10); - @include padding-box(0); - @include border-box(0); - - &.on { - background-image: $toolbar-search-cancel-background; - } - - &:active { - background-image: $toolbar-search-cancel-active-background; - } - } -} - -#detailListView { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - - .link { - color: $link-text-color; - background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0); - background-image: none; - @include margin-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - cursor: link; - } - - .emptyArea { - flex: 1 0 0; - @extend .column; - - .title { - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - font-size: 14; - } - - .loading { - -unity-position: relative; - @include position($spinner-normal-half-size, auto, auto, $spinner-normal-half-size); - - @include border-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - @include margin-box(0); - @include slice-box(0); - - width: $spinner-normal-size; - height: $spinner-normal-size; - max-width: $spinner-normal-size; - max-height: $spinner-normal-size; - } - } - - #headerTitle { - flex: 1 0 0; - font-size: 12; - -unity-font-style: bold; - color: $unity-text-color; - } - - #headerCaret { - flex: 0 0 auto; - font-size: 12; - -unity-font-style: bold; - color: $unity-text-color; - min-width: 16; - } - - #spinnerContainer { - -unity-position: absolute; - @include position(3, 0, auto, 2); - width: 14; - - flex: 0.1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - align-items: center; - } - - .loading { - -unity-position: relative; - @include position($spinner-normal-half-size, auto, auto, $spinner-normal-half-size); - - @include border-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - @include margin-box(0); - @include slice-box(0); - - width: $spinner-normal-size; - height: $spinner-normal-size; - max-width: $spinner-normal-size; - max-height: $spinner-normal-size; - } - - .combo { - @extend .row; - @include margin-box(3); - @include padding-box(3); - - .popup { - @include padding(0, 0, 0, 8); - @include margin-box(0); - border-top-width-left-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-left-radius: 0; - } - - .button { - flex: 1 0 0; // Make buttons take all the parent's free space - - @include font-normal(); - @include border-box(0); - @include margin-box(0); - @include padding(2, 6, 3, 6); - @include slice(4, $background-button-slice-middle, 4, $background-button-slice-middle); - - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - border-left-width: 0; - border-top-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - border-bottom-width: 0; - background-image: $background-mid-button; - - border-top-width-right-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-right-radius: 0; - border-top-width-left-radius: 0; - border-bottom-width-left-radius: 0; - - &.selected { - background-image: $background-mid-button-selected; - color: $unity-text-color-highlight; - } - - &.first { - @include slice(4, $background-button-slice-right, 4, 6); - background-image: $background-left-button; - - &.selected { - background-image: $background-left-button-selected; - } - } - - &.last { - @include slice(4, 6, 4, $background-button-slice-left); - background-image: $background-right-button; - - &.selected { - background-image: $background-right-button-selected; - } - } - - - &.small { - flex: 0.5 0 0; - @include padding(0, 0, 0, 0); - } - } - } - - //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // Package List - //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - #packageListGroup { - width: 270; - - #listContainerOuter { - @extend .column; - } - - #groupContainerOuter { - - #headerContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - border-color: rgba(0,0,0, 0.5); - - #headerTitle { - height: 0; - @include margin-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - @include border-box(0); - } - } - - #groupContainer { - @include margin(0, 0, 0, 0); - } - } - - #packageList, #listContainer, #listGroups { - @extend .column; - } - - #scrollView { - @extend .column; - - #VerticalScroller { - bottom: 0; - } - - #HorizontalScroller { - height: 0; - } - - #ContentViewport { - bottom: 0; - - #ContentView { - right: 0; - left: 0; - } - } - } - - #noResult { - #noResultText { - -unity-word-wrap: true; - } - } - } - - //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // Package Item - //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - .package { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - @include margin(0, 0, 0, 0); - border-color: rgba(0,0,0, 0.5); - border-bottom-width: 1; - - &.selected { - @include selected-element(); - - #packageName, #packageVersion { - color: $unity-text-color-highlight; - } - } - - .status { - flex: 0 0 14; - width: 14; - height: 14; - @include margin(auto, 0, auto, 2); - - &.installed { - background-image: $installed-package-background; - &.no-icon { - background-image: none; - } - } - - &.outdated { - background-image: $background-status-outdated; - &.no-icon { - background-image: none; - } - } - - &.inprogress { - background-image: none; - } - - &.error { - background-image: $background-status-error; - } - } - - .name { - flex: 1 0 0; - @include font-normal(); - @include margin(auto, 5, auto, 0); - @include text-clip(); - } - - .version { - flex: 0 0 auto; - @include margin(auto, 5, auto, 0); - @include font-small; - } - } - - //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - // Package Details - //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - #detailsGroup { - flex: 1 0 0; - border-left-width: 1px; - border-color: rgba(0,0,0, 0.5); - - #detailsContainer { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - -unity-position: relative; - } - } - - #detailView { - flex: 1 0 0; - - #VerticalScroller { - bottom: 0; - } - - #ContentViewport { - - #ContentView { - -unity-position: absolute; - @include position(0, 0, auto, 0); - } - } - - .detail { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: column; - @include padding-box(5); - - .header { - flex: 1 0 0; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: flex-start; - - margin-bottom: 8; - - #titleContainer { - flex: 0.9 0 0; - - #detailTitle { - font-size: 18; - -unity-font-style: bold; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - @include margin(0, 0, 0, 4); - } - } - - $controls-height: 19; - #detailsControls { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: $controls-height; - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - flex-wrap: wrap; - @include margin(3, 0, 0, 0); - } - - #updateCombo { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: $controls-height; - align-items: center; - @include margin(0, 0, 0, 0); - @include padding(0, 0, 0, 0); - - #update { - flex: 0 0 auto; - } - - #updateDropdownContainer { - min-width: 65; - max-width: 150; - height: $controls-height; - flex: 0 0 auto; - - .popup { - @include font-normal(); - height: $controls-height; - - &:focus { - background-image: $popup-background; - } - - &:hover { - .textElement { - color: $unity-text-color; - } - } - - .textElement { - margin-top: 2; - } - } - } - - .action { - flex: 0 0 auto; - @include margin-box(0); - @include font-normal(); - @include padding(2, 4, 3, 4); - right: -3; - &:hover { - color: $unity-text-color; - } - } - } - - #updateContainer { - height: $controls-height; - flex: 1 0 0; - align-items: flex-end; - - @include padding-box(0); - } - - - - .button { - height: $controls-height; - @include font-normal(); - @include button(3,3,4,3); - } - } - - #detailVersion { - font-size: 16; - max-height: 30; - } - - #detailName { - flex: 1 0 0; - max-height: 20; - -unity-font-style: italic; - } - - #detailPackageStatus { - flex: 1 0 0; - -unity-font-style: bold; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - } - - #detailTag { - width: 60; - @include font-normal(); - border-radius: 5; - border-color: rgb(180, 180, 180); - @include border-box(2); - -unity-text-align: middle-center; - } - - #detailDesc, #detailModuleReference { - flex: 1 0 0; - @include font-normal(); - -unity-word-wrap: true; - - &.empty { - -unity-font-style: italic; - } - } - - #detailAuthor { - flex: 1 0 0; - @include font-normal(); - -unity-word-wrap: true; - } - - #detailCategory { - flex: 1 0 0; - @include font-normal(); - -unity-word-wrap: true; - - @include margin(auto, auto, 5, auto); - } - - #changeLogContainer, #viewLicensesContainer { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - } - - #detailActions, .detailActions { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - margin-left: 2; - - @extend .row; - - .detailAction { - @include margin(auto, 0, auto, 0); - @include padding(auto, 2, auto, 2); - border-left-width: 2; - border-right-width: 2; - } - - .detailActionSeparator { - @include margin(auto, 0, auto, 0); - @include padding(auto, 0, auto, 0); - border-left-width: 0; - border-right-width: 0; - } - - #thirdPartyNoticeLabel { - @include margin(4, 0, 4, 0); - @include padding-box(0); - -unity-word-wrap: true; - } - - #viewThirdParty { - border-right-width: 0; - } - } - - .versionContainer { - @extend .row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - - #detailVersion { - flex: 0 0 auto; - } - } - - .tag { - border-color: $package-tag-color; - color: $package-tag-color; - - &.verified { - border-color: $package-tag-recommended-color; - color: $package-tag-recommended-color; - } - } - - .tagLines { - } - - .tagLine { - flex: 0 0 auto; - flex-direction: row; - } - - .tagContainer { - } - } - } - - #detailError { - -unity-position: absolute; - @include position(5, 5, auto, 5); - min-height: 200; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - - &.display-none { - @include position(0, 0, 0, 0); - width: 0; - height: 0; - min-height: 0; - max-height: 0; - @include border-box(0); - @include padding-box(0); - @include margin-box(0); - } - } - - #packageStatusBar { - -unity-position: relative; - - flex: 0 0 auto; - @include margin(2, 0, 0, 0); - - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - @include border(1, 0, 0, 0); - } - - #statusBarContainer { - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: space-between; - - #loadingContainer{ - - flex-direction: row; - align-items: center; - justify-content: flex-start; - - margin-left: 2; - - #loadingIcon { - background-image: $background-status-error; - width: 16; - height: 16; - margin-left: -12; - margin-right: 0; - } - - #loadingText { - padding-left: 2; - -unity-font-style: italic; - - &.icon { - margin-left: 0; - } - } - } - - #moreAddOptionsButton { - font-size: 16; - background-image: none; - @include margin(0, 0, -2, 0); - @include padding(3, 6, 6, 6); - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - @include border(0, 1, 0, 0); - } - } - - #packageAddFromUrlField { - -unity-position: absolute; - @include position(-35, 0, 0, 0); - } - - #addFromUrlFieldContainer { - border-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5); - @include border(1, 0, 1, 0); - - flex-direction: row; - justify-content: space-between; - align-items: center; - - height: 35; - background-color: $unity-background; - - #urlTextField { - flex: 1 0 0; - height: 20; - -unity-text-align: middle-left; - } - - #addFromUrlButton { - flex: 0 0 auto; - height: 20; - } - } -} - -.alert { - background-color: rgba(200,0,0,0.8); - border-color: #FF0000; - flex-direction: row; - - @include border-box(1); - @include padding(5, 10, 5, 10); - - #alertMessage { - flex: 1 0 0; - color: $unity-text-color-highlight; - -unity-word-wrap: true; - @include text-clip(); - } - - #close { - flex: 0 0 auto; - max-height: 30; - @include position(auto, auto, auto, 5); - @include button(3,3,4,3); - } -} - -.spinner { - flex: 0 0 auto; - @include position(-$spinner-normal-half-size, auto, auto, -$spinner-normal-half-size); - - min-width: $spinner-normal-size; - min-height: $spinner-normal-size; - max-width: $spinner-normal-size; - max-height: $spinner-normal-size; - background-image: $background-spinner-normal; -} - -.largeSpinner { - flex: 0 0 auto; - @include position(-$spinner-large-half-size, auto, auto, -$spinner-large-half-size); - - min-width: $spinner-large-size; - min-height: $spinner-large-size; - max-width: $spinner-large-size; - max-height: $spinner-large-size; - background-image: $background-spinner-large; -} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/_common.scss.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/_common.scss.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 87349747..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Styles/_common.scss.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: e45f79867376940b7ba31502238d8efa -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 22113e25..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 1cf679539c5e5499e8856aaacf1fc32f -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1502292048 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/Alert.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/Alert.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 426e52a2..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/Alert.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/Alert.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/Alert.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 25c3a518..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/Alert.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 4f768b64e6c37495699fffe3007e4379 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageAddFromUrlField.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageAddFromUrlField.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 9956896f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageAddFromUrlField.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageAddFromUrlField.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageAddFromUrlField.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 8a12c95a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageAddFromUrlField.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 97dff1b5ae41ee84886ae7a80ae21499 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageDetails.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageDetails.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 29c89c0c..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageDetails.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageDetails.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageDetails.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ddbb7667..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageDetails.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 93c1370867fcb45079592da39e0994c5 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageGroup.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageGroup.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 1e56219e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageGroup.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,13 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageGroup.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageGroup.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index db9ec98f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageGroup.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 25ebe415cc14c4f4ea15c34a796b75bb -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageItem.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageItem.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 5ed97fdf..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageItem.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageItem.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageItem.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 05a0b730..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageItem.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 10145f279f90346bbb61712ff585828b -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageList.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageList.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 71f3c3c0..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageList.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageList.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageList.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index c9e1baab..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageList.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 46c02d8d6499b4309ac1ec5d0b818585 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerToolbar.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerToolbar.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index a1009f35..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerToolbar.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerToolbar.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerToolbar.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 13aabe07..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerToolbar.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3aba9fe1ad29b42ffb0eea781318a626 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerWindow.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerWindow.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 55a7fd5d..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerWindow.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerWindow.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerWindow.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 76d285ae..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageManagerWindow.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: a8d9e44eff3f447db9448925617ccb44 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageSearchToolbar.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageSearchToolbar.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 19585eea..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageSearchToolbar.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageSearchToolbar.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageSearchToolbar.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index ee9e3d37..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageSearchToolbar.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: cd44c1bc0fa624a39aa784af44c62180 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageStatusBar.uxml b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageStatusBar.uxml deleted file mode 100644 index 1de5fa16..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageStatusBar.uxml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageStatusBar.uxml.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageStatusBar.uxml.meta deleted file mode 100644 index d727f0d3..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/PackageStatusBar.uxml.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: bbec1324b05a54939ad2fea2d7e11063 -ScriptedImporter: - fileIDToRecycleName: - 11400000: tree - 11400002: inlineStyle - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: - script: {fileID: 13804, guid: 0000000000000000e000000000000000, type: 0} diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema.meta deleted file mode 100644 index a5f865c4..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3a2bf0128e2dd664f91dfba49e36a012 -folderAsset: yes -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UIElements.xsd b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UIElements.xsd deleted file mode 100644 index 84b345c1..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UIElements.xsd +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UIElements.xsd.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UIElements.xsd.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 5d6c926a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UIElements.xsd.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 7d22934bf84ccd14082fd2d5a9f5951e -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements.xsd b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements.xsd deleted file mode 100644 index 09620662..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements.xsd +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements.xsd.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements.xsd.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 472a8f51..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.Experimental.UIElements.xsd.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 86d0242b70e6ab24aaf5a0e67edf2a61 -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI.xsd b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI.xsd deleted file mode 100644 index c431c7b5..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI.xsd +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI.xsd.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI.xsd.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 7ccd058f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI.xsd.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3abc8faab9f5cbe4db0336c99fef85ca -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.xsd b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.xsd deleted file mode 100644 index bf6c6581..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.xsd +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.xsd.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.xsd.meta deleted file mode 100644 index a9e2a6c7..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Resources/Templates/UIElementsSchema/UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements.xsd.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 9da568db70dafa345a908282554b3672 -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 9a89d29a..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 3c61c79a991f84470843243e9710743e -folderAsset: yes -timeCreated: 1502224504 -licenseType: Pro -DefaultImporter: - externalObjects: {} - userData: - assetBundleName: - assetBundleVariant: diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External.meta deleted file mode 100644 index 35c9410f..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External.meta +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -fileFormatVersion: 2 -guid: 06b575597b644fe8ba88495149d01b66 -timeCreated: 1503684160 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersion.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersion.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 295d4c3e..00000000 --- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersion.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,563 +0,0 @@ -/* -Copyright (c) 2013 Max Hauser - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal -in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights -to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell -copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, -OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN -THE SOFTWARE. - -From: https://github.com/maxhauser/semver -*/ - -using System; -#if !NETSTANDARD -using System.Globalization; -using System.Runtime.Serialization; -using System.Security.Permissions; -#endif -using System.Text.RegularExpressions; - -namespace Semver -{ - /// - /// A semantic version implementation. - /// Conforms to v2.0.0 of http://semver.org/ - /// -#if NETSTANDARD - public sealed class SemVersion : IComparable, IComparable -#else - [Serializable] - internal sealed class SemVersion : IComparable, IComparable, ISerializable -#endif - { - static Regex parseEx = - new Regex(@"^(?\d+)" + - @"(\.(?\d+))?" + - @"(\.(?\d+))?" + - @"(\-(?
[0-9A-Za-z\-\.]+))?" +
-                @"(\+(?[0-9A-Za-z\-\.]+))?$",
-#if NETSTANDARD
-                RegexOptions.CultureInvariant | RegexOptions.ExplicitCapture);
-#else
-                RegexOptions.CultureInvariant | RegexOptions.Compiled | RegexOptions.ExplicitCapture);
-#endif
-
-#if !NETSTANDARD
-        /// 
-        /// Initializes a new instance of the  class.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        private SemVersion(SerializationInfo info, StreamingContext context)
-        {
-            if (info == null) throw new ArgumentNullException("info");
-            var semVersion = Parse(info.GetString("SemVersion"));
-            Major = semVersion.Major;
-            Minor = semVersion.Minor;
-            Patch = semVersion.Patch;
-            Prerelease = semVersion.Prerelease;
-            Build = semVersion.Build;
-        }
-#endif
-
-        /// 
-        /// Initializes a new instance of the  class.
-        /// 
-        /// The major version.
-        /// The minor version.
-        /// The patch version.
-        /// The prerelease version (eg. "alpha").
-        /// The build eg ("nightly.232").
-        public SemVersion(int major, int minor = 0, int patch = 0, string prerelease = "", string build = "")
-        {
-            this.Major = major;
-            this.Minor = minor;
-            this.Patch = patch;
-
-            this.Prerelease = prerelease ?? "";
-            this.Build = build ?? "";
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Initializes a new instance of the  class.
-        /// 
-        /// The  that is used to initialize 
-        /// the Major, Minor, Patch and Build properties.
-        public SemVersion(Version version)
-        {
-            if (version == null)
-                throw new ArgumentNullException("version");
-
-            this.Major = version.Major;
-            this.Minor = version.Minor;
-
-            if (version.Revision >= 0)
-            {
-                this.Patch = version.Revision;
-            }
-
-            this.Prerelease = String.Empty;
-
-            if (version.Build > 0)
-            {
-                this.Build = version.Build.ToString();
-            }
-            else
-            {
-                this.Build = String.Empty;
-            }
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Parses the specified string to a semantic version.
-        /// 
-        /// The version string.
-        /// If set to true minor and patch version are required, else they default to 0.
-        /// The SemVersion object.
-        /// When a invalid version string is passed.
-        public static SemVersion Parse(string version, bool strict = false)
-        {
-            var match = parseEx.Match(version);
-            if (!match.Success)
-            {
-                return new SemVersion(0);
-            }
-
-#if NETSTANDARD
-            var major = int.Parse(match.Groups["major"].Value);
-#else
-            var major = int.Parse(match.Groups["major"].Value, CultureInfo.InvariantCulture);
-#endif
-
-            var minorMatch = match.Groups["minor"];
-            int minor = 0;
-            if (minorMatch.Success) 
-            {
-#if NETSTANDARD
-                minor = int.Parse(minorMatch.Value);
-#else
-                minor = int.Parse(minorMatch.Value, CultureInfo.InvariantCulture);
-#endif
-            }
-            else if (strict)
-            {
-                throw new InvalidOperationException("Invalid version (no minor version given in strict mode)");
-            }
-
-            var patchMatch = match.Groups["patch"];
-            int patch = 0;
-            if (patchMatch.Success)
-            {
-#if NETSTANDARD
-                patch = int.Parse(patchMatch.Value);
-#else
-                patch = int.Parse(patchMatch.Value, CultureInfo.InvariantCulture);
-#endif
-            }
-            else if (strict) 
-            {
-                throw new InvalidOperationException("Invalid version (no patch version given in strict mode)");
-            }
-
-            var prerelease = match.Groups["pre"].Value;
-            var build = match.Groups["build"].Value;
-
-            return new SemVersion(major, minor, patch, prerelease, build);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Parses the specified string to a semantic version.
-        /// 
-        /// The version string.
-        /// When the method returns, contains a SemVersion instance equivalent 
-        /// to the version string passed in, if the version string was valid, or null if the 
-        /// version string was not valid.
-        /// If set to true minor and patch version are required, else they default to 0.
-        /// False when a invalid version string is passed, otherwise true.
-        public static bool TryParse(string version, out SemVersion semver, bool strict = false)
-        {
-            try
-            {
-                semver = Parse(version, strict);
-                return true;
-            }
-            catch (Exception)
-            {
-                semver = null;
-                return false;
-            }
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Tests the specified versions for equality.
-        /// 
-        /// The first version.
-        /// The second version.
-        /// If versionA is equal to versionB true, else false.
-        public static bool Equals(SemVersion versionA, SemVersion versionB)
-        {
-            if (ReferenceEquals(versionA, null))
-                return ReferenceEquals(versionB, null);
-            return versionA.Equals(versionB);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Compares the specified versions.
-        /// 
-        /// The version to compare to.
-        /// The version to compare against.
-        /// If versionA < versionB < 0, if versionA > versionB > 0,
-        /// if versionA is equal to versionB 0.
-        public static int Compare(SemVersion versionA, SemVersion versionB)
-        {
-            if (ReferenceEquals(versionA, null))
-                return ReferenceEquals(versionB, null) ? 0 : -1;
-            return versionA.CompareTo(versionB);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Make a copy of the current instance with optional altered fields. 
-        /// 
-        /// The major version.
-        /// The minor version.
-        /// The patch version.
-        /// The prerelease text.
-        /// The build text.
-        /// The new version object.
-        public SemVersion Change(int? major = null, int? minor = null, int? patch = null,
-            string prerelease = null, string build = null)
-        {
-            return new SemVersion(
-                major ?? this.Major,
-                minor ?? this.Minor,
-                patch ?? this.Patch,
-                prerelease ?? this.Prerelease,
-                build ?? this.Build);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Gets the major version.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// The major version.
-        /// 
-        public int Major { get; private set; }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Gets the minor version.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// The minor version.
-        /// 
-        public int Minor { get; private set; }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Gets the patch version.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// The patch version.
-        /// 
-        public int Patch { get; private set; }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Gets the pre-release version.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// The pre-release version.
-        /// 
-        public string Prerelease { get; private set; }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Gets the build version.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// The build version.
-        /// 
-        public string Build { get; private set; }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Returns a  that represents this instance.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// A  that represents this instance.
-        /// 
-        public override string ToString()
-        {
-            var version = "" + Major + "." + Minor + "." + Patch;
-            if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(Prerelease))
-                version += "-" + Prerelease;
-            if (!String.IsNullOrEmpty(Build))
-                version += "+" + Build;
-            return version;
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates 
-        /// whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the 
-        /// other object.
-        /// 
-        /// An object to compare with this instance.
-        /// 
-        /// A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. 
-        /// The return value has these meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero 
-        ///  This instance precedes  in the sort order. 
-        ///  Zero This instance occurs in the same position in the sort order as . i
-        ///  Greater than zero This instance follows  in the sort order.
-        /// 
-        public int CompareTo(object obj)
-        {
-            return CompareTo((SemVersion)obj);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates 
-        /// whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the 
-        /// other object.
-        /// 
-        /// An object to compare with this instance.
-        /// 
-        /// A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. 
-        /// The return value has these meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero 
-        ///  This instance precedes  in the sort order. 
-        ///  Zero This instance occurs in the same position in the sort order as . i
-        ///  Greater than zero This instance follows  in the sort order.
-        /// 
-        public int CompareTo(SemVersion other)
-        {
-            if (ReferenceEquals(other, null))
-                return 1;
-
-            var r = this.CompareByPrecedence(other);
-            if (r != 0)
-                return r;
-
-            r = CompareComponent(this.Build, other.Build);
-            return r;
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Compares to semantic versions by precedence. This does the same as a Equals, but ignores the build information.
-        /// 
-        /// The semantic version.
-        /// true if the version precedence matches.
-        public bool PrecedenceMatches(SemVersion other)
-        {
-            return CompareByPrecedence(other) == 0;
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Compares to semantic versions by precedence. This does the same as a Equals, but ignores the build information.
-        /// 
-        /// The semantic version.
-        /// 
-        /// A value that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. 
-        /// The return value has these meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero 
-        ///  This instance precedes  in the version precedence.
-        ///  Zero This instance has the same precedence as . i
-        ///  Greater than zero This instance has creater precedence as .
-        /// 
-        public int CompareByPrecedence(SemVersion other)
-        {
-            if (ReferenceEquals(other, null))
-                return 1;
-
-            var r = this.Major.CompareTo(other.Major);
-            if (r != 0) return r;
-
-            r = this.Minor.CompareTo(other.Minor);
-            if (r != 0) return r;
-
-            r = this.Patch.CompareTo(other.Patch);
-            if (r != 0) return r;
-
-            r = CompareComponent(this.Prerelease, other.Prerelease, true);
-            return r;
-        }
-
-        static int CompareComponent(string a, string b, bool lower = false)
-        {
-            var aEmpty = String.IsNullOrEmpty(a);
-            var bEmpty = String.IsNullOrEmpty(b);
-            if (aEmpty && bEmpty)
-                return 0;
-
-            if (aEmpty)
-                return lower ? 1 : -1;
-            if (bEmpty)
-                return lower ? -1 : 1;
-
-            var aComps = a.Split('.');
-            var bComps = b.Split('.');
-
-            var minLen = Math.Min(aComps.Length, bComps.Length);
-            for (int i = 0; i < minLen; i++)
-            {
-                var ac = aComps[i];
-                var bc = bComps[i];
-                int anum, bnum;
-                var isanum = Int32.TryParse(ac, out anum);
-                var isbnum = Int32.TryParse(bc, out bnum);
-                int r;
-                if (isanum && isbnum)
-                {
-                    r = anum.CompareTo(bnum);
-                    if (r != 0) return anum.CompareTo(bnum);
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    if (isanum)
-                        return -1;
-                    if (isbnum)
-                        return 1;
-                    r = String.CompareOrdinal(ac, bc);
-                    if (r != 0)
-                        return r;
-                }
-            }
-
-            return aComps.Length.CompareTo(bComps.Length);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Determines whether the specified  is equal to this instance.
-        /// 
-        /// The  to compare with this instance.
-        /// 
-        ///   true if the specified  is equal to this instance; otherwise, false.
-        /// 
-        public override bool Equals(object obj)
-        {
-            if (ReferenceEquals(obj, null))
-                return false;
-
-            if (ReferenceEquals(this, obj))
-                return true;
-
-            var other = (SemVersion)obj;
-
-            return this.Major == other.Major &&
-                this.Minor == other.Minor &&
-                this.Patch == other.Patch &&
-                string.Equals(this.Prerelease, other.Prerelease, StringComparison.Ordinal) &&
-                string.Equals(this.Build, other.Build, StringComparison.Ordinal);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// Returns a hash code for this instance.
-        /// 
-        /// 
-        /// A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. 
-        /// 
-        public override int GetHashCode()
-        {
-            unchecked
-            {
-                int result = this.Major.GetHashCode();
-                result = result * 31 + this.Minor.GetHashCode();
-                result = result * 31 + this.Patch.GetHashCode();
-                result = result * 31 + this.Prerelease.GetHashCode();
-                result = result * 31 + this.Build.GetHashCode();
-                return result;
-            }
-        }
-
-#if !NETSTANDARD
-        [SecurityPermission(SecurityAction.Demand, SerializationFormatter = true)]
-        public void GetObjectData(SerializationInfo info, StreamingContext context)
-        {
-            if (info == null) throw new ArgumentNullException("info");
-            info.AddValue("SemVersion", ToString());
-        }
-#endif
-
-        /// 
-        /// Implicit conversion from string to SemVersion.
-        /// 
-        /// The semantic version.
-        /// The SemVersion object.
-        public static implicit operator SemVersion(string version)
-        {
-            return SemVersion.Parse(version);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// The override of the equals operator. 
-        /// 
-        /// The left value.
-        /// The right value.
-        /// If left is equal to right true, else false.
-        public static bool operator ==(SemVersion left, SemVersion right)
-        {
-            return SemVersion.Equals(left, right);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// The override of the un-equal operator. 
-        /// 
-        /// The left value.
-        /// The right value.
-        /// If left is not equal to right true, else false.
-        public static bool operator !=(SemVersion left, SemVersion right)
-        {
-            return !SemVersion.Equals(left, right);
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// The override of the greater operator. 
-        /// 
-        /// The left value.
-        /// The right value.
-        /// If left is greater than right true, else false.
-        public static bool operator >(SemVersion left, SemVersion right)
-        {
-            return SemVersion.Compare(left, right) > 0;
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// The override of the greater than or equal operator. 
-        /// 
-        /// The left value.
-        /// The right value.
-        /// If left is greater than or equal to right true, else false.
-        public static bool operator >=(SemVersion left, SemVersion right)
-        {
-            return left == right || left > right;
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// The override of the less operator. 
-        /// 
-        /// The left value.
-        /// The right value.
-        /// If left is less than right true, else false.
-        public static bool operator <(SemVersion left, SemVersion right)
-        {
-            return SemVersion.Compare(left, right) < 0;
-        }
-
-        /// 
-        /// The override of the less than or equal operator. 
-        /// 
-        /// The left value.
-        /// The right value.
-        /// If left is less than or equal to right true, else false.
-        public static bool operator <=(SemVersion left, SemVersion right)
-        {
-            return left == right || left < right;
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersion.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersion.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 9531b852..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersion.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 5075cb5aa3254b099b11b2840d7cd46e
-timeCreated: 1503684176
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersionExtension.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersionExtension.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 33d1ee7c..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersionExtension.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-namespace Semver
-{
-    internal static class SemVersionExtension
-    {
-        public static string VersionOnly(this SemVersion version)
-        {
-            return "" + version.Major + "." + version.Minor + "." + version.Patch;
-        }
-        
-        public static string ShortVersion(this SemVersion version)
-        {
-            return version.Major + "." + version.Minor;
-        }                
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersionExtension.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersionExtension.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dc5fdf9..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/External/SemVersionExtension.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 9f17a0688211d476f8d8c9742bb9f992
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 0327535b..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: afd7697844f4142f9aa91471c1fba506
-folderAsset: yes
-timeCreated: 1502224642
-licenseType: Pro
-DefaultImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 15b36c71..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 1067213df0c64b319bc81e73be809b1a
-timeCreated: 1505249387
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ApplicationUtil.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ApplicationUtil.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c8dcdb8..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ApplicationUtil.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-using System.Linq;
-using UnityEngine;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    class ApplicationUtil
-    {
-        public static bool IsPreReleaseVersion
-        {
-            get
-            {
-                var lastToken = Application.unityVersion.Split('.').LastOrDefault();
-                return lastToken.Contains("a") || lastToken.Contains("b");
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ApplicationUtil.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ApplicationUtil.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 44e11dfa..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ApplicationUtil.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 7ed48dcc992234c659018e00590315b7
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/OperationSignal.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/OperationSignal.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 20808989..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/OperationSignal.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    [Serializable]
-    internal class OperationSignal where T: IBaseOperation
-    {
-        public event Action OnOperation = delegate { };
-
-        public T Operation { get; set; }
-
-        public void SetOperation(T operation)
-        {
-            Operation = operation;
-            OnOperation(operation);
-        }
-
-        public void WhenOperation(Action callback)
-        {
-            if (Operation != null)
-                callback(Operation);
-            OnOperation += callback;
-        }
-
-        internal void ResetEvents()
-        {
-            OnOperation = delegate { };
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/OperationSignal.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/OperationSignal.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 2587993f..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/OperationSignal.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 7da0c11c52b4044de81c175887699282
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/Resources.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/Resources.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e15ff9a..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/Resources.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal static class Resources
-    {
-        private static string TemplateRoot { get { return PackageManagerWindow.ResourcesPath + "Templates"; } }
-
-        private static string TemplatePath(string filename)
-        {
-            return string.Format("{0}/{1}", TemplateRoot, filename);
-        }
-
-        public static VisualElement GetTemplate(string templateFilename)
-        {
-            return AssetDatabase.LoadAssetAtPath(TemplatePath(templateFilename)).CloneTree(null);
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/Resources.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/Resources.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a96b675..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/Resources.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: d6a708dbb74414a6dbd60e07d9513c1c
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ThreadedDelay.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ThreadedDelay.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 369752be..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ThreadedDelay.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-using System.Threading;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class ThreadedDelay
-    {
-        public int Length { get; set; }            // In milliseconds
-        public bool IsDone { get; private set; }
-
-        public ThreadedDelay(int length = 0)
-        {
-            Length = length;
-            IsDone = false;
-        }
-
-        public void Start()
-        {
-            if (Length <= 0)
-            {
-                IsDone = true;
-                return;
-            }
-
-            IsDone = false;
-            
-            Thread newThread = new Thread(() =>
-            {
-                Thread.Sleep(Length);
-                IsDone = true;
-            });
-            
-            newThread.Start();
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ThreadedDelay.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ThreadedDelay.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 7ca2684e..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Common/ThreadedDelay.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 490fe93dbc954e3ba3651b7f55eaba70
-timeCreated: 1505249395
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 560bf017..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 3385f7527e5be4c65b3a5294e8995ff8
-folderAsset: yes
-DefaultImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IAddOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IAddOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index d117c9b6..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IAddOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal interface IAddOperation : IBaseOperation
-    {
-        event Action OnOperationSuccess;
-        
-        PackageInfo PackageInfo { get; }
-
-        void AddPackageAsync(PackageInfo packageInfo, Action doneCallbackAction = null,  Action errorCallbackAction = null);
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IAddOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IAddOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 183c23ac..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IAddOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 3dcbbc060dea46168ffc09a580836240
-timeCreated: 1504191596
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IBaseOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IBaseOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 4f432644..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IBaseOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal interface IBaseOperation
-    {
-        event Action OnOperationError;
-        event Action OnOperationFinalized;
-
-        bool IsCompleted { get; }
-                
-        void Cancel();
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IBaseOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IBaseOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 073084bd..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IBaseOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 2f1849b9179b464381598f68663790d3
-timeCreated: 1507041169
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IListOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IListOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index a90834c3..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IListOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal interface IListOperation : IBaseOperation
-    {
-        bool OfflineMode { get; set; }
-        void GetPackageListAsync(Action> doneCallbackAction, Action errorCallbackAction = null);
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IListOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IListOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index f793b638..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IListOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: b7e8a8fb69eacee439474914ea54bf9b
-timeCreated: 1502913188
-licenseType: Free
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IOperationFactory.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IOperationFactory.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 50ee7fa6..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IOperationFactory.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    /// 
-    /// This is the Interface we will use to create the facade we need for testing.
-    /// In the case of the Fake factory, we can create fake operations with doctored data we use for our tests.
-    /// 
-    internal interface IOperationFactory
-    {
-        IListOperation CreateListOperation(bool offlineMode = false);
-        ISearchOperation CreateSearchOperation();
-        IAddOperation CreateAddOperation();
-        IRemoveOperation CreateRemoveOperation();
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IOperationFactory.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IOperationFactory.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 1fb99e99..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IOperationFactory.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 0a1161a2ab6569948a0aa7899197218c
-timeCreated: 1502915478
-licenseType: Free
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IRemoveOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IRemoveOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 735d45aa..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IRemoveOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal interface IRemoveOperation : IBaseOperation
-    {
-        event Action OnOperationSuccess;
-
-        void RemovePackageAsync(PackageInfo package, Action doneCallbackAction = null,  Action errorCallbackAction = null);
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IRemoveOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IRemoveOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b4a04bf..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/IRemoveOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 54e5fc61925bc4ca3b2c1e82dfb35eb5
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/ISearchOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/ISearchOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e9c25bc..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/ISearchOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal interface ISearchOperation : IBaseOperation
-    {
-        void GetAllPackageAsync(Action> doneCallbackAction = null, Action errorCallbackAction = null);
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/ISearchOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/ISearchOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index f122eafb..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Interfaces/ISearchOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 85dba6b2d7204a7f9a1f976eb0a6b4d2
-timeCreated: 1508160206
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/OperationFactory.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/OperationFactory.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6de127ff..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/OperationFactory.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal static class OperationFactory
-    {
-        private static IOperationFactory _instance;
-
-        public static IOperationFactory Instance 
-        {
-            get {
-                if (_instance == null)
-                    _instance = new UpmOperationFactory ();
-                return _instance;
-            }
-            internal set {
-                _instance = value;
-            }
-        }
-
-        internal static void Reset()
-        {
-            _instance = null;
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/OperationFactory.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/OperationFactory.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a836710..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/OperationFactory.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 9ec5dc72125424af38a9bfaca532acc8
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index e2d634fc..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: e53bc96d2d054b8cbc811f0d73e761eb
-timeCreated: 1504191702
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/Package.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/Package.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e453b1c..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/Package.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,222 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.IO;
-using System.Linq;
-using UnityEngine;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{    
-    // History of a single package
-    internal class Package : IEquatable
-    {
-        static public bool ShouldProposeLatestVersions
-        {
-            get
-            {
-                // Until we figure out a way to test this properly, alway show standard behavior
-                //    return InternalEditorUtility.IsUnityBeta() && !Unsupported.IsDeveloperMode();
-                return false;
-            }
-        }
-
-        // There can only be one package add/remove operation.
-        private static IBaseOperation addRemoveOperationInstance;
-
-        public static bool AddRemoveOperationInProgress
-        {
-            get { return addRemoveOperationInstance != null && !addRemoveOperationInstance.IsCompleted; }
-        }
-
-        internal const string packageManagerUIName = "com.unity.package-manager-ui";
-        private readonly string packageName;
-        private IEnumerable source;
-
-        internal Package(string packageName, IEnumerable infos)
-        {
-            if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(packageName))
-                throw new ArgumentException("Cannot be empty or null", "packageName");
-
-            if (!infos.Any())
-                throw new ArgumentException("Cannot be empty", "infos");
-            
-            this.packageName = packageName;
-            UpdateSource(infos);
-        }
-
-        internal void UpdateSource(IEnumerable source)
-        {
-            this.source = source;
-#if UNITY_2018_3_OR_NEWER
-            if (IsPackageManagerUI)
-                this.source = this.source.Where(p => p != null && p.Version.Major >= 2);
-#endif
-        }
-
-        public PackageInfo Current { get { return Versions.FirstOrDefault(package => package.IsCurrent); } }
-
-        // This is the latest verified or official release (eg: 1.3.2). Not necessarily the latest verified release (eg: 1.2.4) or that latest candidate (eg: 1.4.0-beta)
-        public PackageInfo LatestUpdate
-        {
-            get
-            {
-                // We want to show the absolute latest when in beta mode
-                if (ShouldProposeLatestVersions)
-                    return Latest;
-
-                // Override with current when it's version locked
-                var current = Current;
-                if (current != null && current.IsVersionLocked)
-                    return current;
-
-                // Get all the candidates versions (verified, release, preview) that are newer than current
-                var verified = Verified;
-                var latestRelease = LatestRelease;
-                var latestPreview = Versions.LastOrDefault(package => package.IsPreview);
-                var candidates = new List
-                {
-                    verified,
-                    latestRelease,
-                    latestPreview,
-                }.Where(package => package != null && (current == null || current == package || current.Version < package.Version)).ToList();
-
-                if (candidates.Contains(verified))
-                    return verified;
-                if ((current == null || !current.IsVerified ) && candidates.Contains(latestRelease))
-                    return latestRelease;
-                if ((current == null || current.IsPreview) && candidates.Contains(latestPreview))
-                    return latestPreview;
-
-                // Show current if it exists, otherwise latest user visible, and then otherwise show the absolute latest
-                return current ?? Latest;
-            }
-        }
-
-        public PackageInfo LatestPatch
-        {
-            get
-            {
-                if (Current == null)
-                    return null;
-                
-                // Get all version that have the same Major/Minor
-                var versions = Versions.Where(package => package.Version.Major == Current.Version.Major && package.Version.Minor == Current.Version.Minor);
-
-                return versions.LastOrDefault();
-            }
-        }
-
-        // This is the very latest version, including pre-releases (eg: 1.4.0-beta).
-        internal PackageInfo Latest { get { return Versions.FirstOrDefault(package => package.IsLatest) ?? Versions.LastOrDefault(); } }
-
-        // Returns the current version if it exist, otherwise returns the latest user visible version.
-        internal PackageInfo VersionToDisplay { get { return Current ?? LatestUpdate; } }
-
-        // Every version available for this package
-        internal IEnumerable Versions { get { return source.OrderBy(package => package.Version); } }
-
-        // Every version that's not a pre-release (eg: not beta/alpha/preview).
-        internal IEnumerable ReleaseVersions
-        {
-            get { return Versions.Where(package => !package.IsPreRelease); }
-        }
-        
-        internal PackageInfo LatestRelease { get {return ReleaseVersions.LastOrDefault();}}
-        internal PackageInfo Verified { get {return Versions.FirstOrDefault(package => package.IsVerified);}}
-
-        internal bool IsAfterCurrentVersion(PackageInfo packageInfo) { return Current == null || (packageInfo != null  && packageInfo.Version > Current.Version); }
-
-        internal bool IsBuiltIn {get { return Versions.Any() && Versions.First().IsBuiltIn; }}
-
-        public string Name { get { return packageName; } }
-
-        public bool IsPackageManagerUI
-        {
-            get { return Name == packageManagerUIName; }
-        }
-        
-        public bool Equals(Package other)
-        {
-            if (other == null) 
-                return false;
-            
-            return packageName == other.packageName;
-        }
-
-        public override int GetHashCode()
-        {
-            return packageName.GetHashCode();
-        }
-        
-        [SerializeField]
-        internal readonly OperationSignal AddSignal = new OperationSignal();
-
-        private Action OnAddOperationFinalizedEvent;
-        
-        internal void Add(PackageInfo packageInfo)
-        {
-            if (packageInfo == Current || AddRemoveOperationInProgress)
-                return;
-
-            var operation = OperationFactory.Instance.CreateAddOperation();
-            addRemoveOperationInstance = operation;
-            OnAddOperationFinalizedEvent = () =>
-            {
-                AddSignal.Operation = null;
-                operation.OnOperationFinalized -= OnAddOperationFinalizedEvent;
-                PackageCollection.Instance.FetchListOfflineCache(true);
-            };
-
-            operation.OnOperationFinalized += OnAddOperationFinalizedEvent;
-
-            AddSignal.SetOperation(operation);
-            operation.AddPackageAsync(packageInfo);
-        }
-
-        internal void Update()
-        {
-            Add(Latest);
-        }
-
-        internal static void AddFromLocalDisk(string path)
-        {
-            if (AddRemoveOperationInProgress)
-                return;
-
-            var packageJson = PackageJsonHelper.Load(path);
-            if (null == packageJson)
-            {
-                Debug.LogError(string.Format("Invalid package path: cannot find \"{0}\".", path));
-                return;
-            }
-
-            var operation = OperationFactory.Instance.CreateAddOperation();
-            addRemoveOperationInstance = operation;
-            operation.AddPackageAsync(packageJson.PackageInfo);
-        }
-
-        [SerializeField]
-        internal readonly OperationSignal RemoveSignal = new OperationSignal();
-
-        private Action OnRemoveOperationFinalizedEvent;
-
-        public void Remove()
-        {
-            if (Current == null || AddRemoveOperationInProgress)
-                return;
-
-            var operation = OperationFactory.Instance.CreateRemoveOperation();
-            addRemoveOperationInstance = operation;
-            OnRemoveOperationFinalizedEvent = () =>
-            {
-                RemoveSignal.Operation = null;
-                operation.OnOperationFinalized -= OnRemoveOperationFinalizedEvent;
-                PackageCollection.Instance.FetchListOfflineCache(true);
-            };
-
-            operation.OnOperationFinalized += OnRemoveOperationFinalizedEvent;
-            RemoveSignal.SetOperation(operation);
-
-            operation.RemovePackageAsync(Current);
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/Package.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/Package.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 2c38b4d1..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/Package.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: f499e12eaeb145bf9022f581c0b7fa5b
-timeCreated: 1505740170
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageAssetPostprocessor.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageAssetPostprocessor.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ab1da27..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageAssetPostprocessor.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-using System.Linq;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class PackageAssetPostprocessor : AssetPostprocessor
-    {
-        static bool IsPackageJsonAsset(string path)
-        {
-            var pathComponents = (path ?? "").Split('/');
-            return pathComponents.Length == 3 && pathComponents[0] == "Packages" && pathComponents[2] == "package.json";
-        }
-
-        static void OnPostprocessAllAssets(string[] importedAssets, string[] deletedAssets, string[] movedAssets, string[] movedFromAssetPaths)
-        {
-            if (PackageCollection.Instance != null && (importedAssets.Any(IsPackageJsonAsset) || deletedAssets.Any(IsPackageJsonAsset) || movedAssets.Any(IsPackageJsonAsset)))
-            {
-                PackageCollection.Instance.FetchListOfflineCache(true);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageAssetPostprocessor.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageAssetPostprocessor.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 1d50bc7c..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageAssetPostprocessor.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 63e8a6023745e4347bb661e87a9be1d9
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageCollection.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageCollection.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 91c54648..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageCollection.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,284 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Linq;
-using UnityEngine;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    [Serializable]
-    internal class PackageCollection
-    {
-        private static PackageCollection instance = new PackageCollection();
-        public static PackageCollection Instance { get { return instance; } }
-
-        public event Action> OnPackagesChanged = delegate { };
-        public event Action OnFilterChanged = delegate { };
-
-        private readonly Dictionary packages;
-
-        private PackageFilter filter;
-
-        private string selectedListPackage;
-        private string selectedSearchPackage;
-
-        internal string lastUpdateTime;
-        private List listPackagesOffline;
-        private List listPackages;
-        private List searchPackages;
-
-        private List packageErrors;
-
-        private int listPackagesVersion;
-        private int listPackagesOfflineVersion;
-
-        private bool searchOperationOngoing;
-        private bool listOperationOngoing;
-        private bool listOperationOfflineOngoing;
-
-        private IListOperation listOperationOffline;
-        private IListOperation listOperation;
-        private ISearchOperation searchOperation;
-
-        public readonly OperationSignal SearchSignal = new OperationSignal();
-        public readonly OperationSignal ListSignal = new OperationSignal();
-
-        public static void InitInstance(ref PackageCollection value)
-        {
-            if (value == null)  // UI window opened
-            {
-                value = instance;
-
-                Instance.OnPackagesChanged = delegate { };
-                Instance.OnFilterChanged = delegate { };
-                Instance.SearchSignal.ResetEvents();
-                Instance.ListSignal.ResetEvents();
-
-                Instance.FetchListOfflineCache(true);
-                Instance.FetchListCache(true);
-                Instance.FetchSearchCache(true);
-            }
-            else // Domain reload
-            {
-                instance = value;
-
-                Instance.RebuildPackageDictionary();
-
-                // Resume operations interrupted by domain reload
-                Instance.FetchListOfflineCache(Instance.listOperationOfflineOngoing);
-                Instance.FetchListCache(Instance.listOperationOngoing);
-                Instance.FetchSearchCache(Instance.searchOperationOngoing);
-            }
-        }
-
-        public PackageFilter Filter
-        {
-            get { return filter; }
-            
-            // For public usage, use SetFilter() instead
-            private set
-            {
-                var changed = value != filter;
-                filter = value;
-                
-                if (changed)
-                    OnFilterChanged(filter);
-            }
-        }
-
-        public List LatestListPackages
-        {
-            get { return listPackagesVersion > listPackagesOfflineVersion? listPackages : listPackagesOffline; }
-        }
-
-        public List LatestSearchPackages { get { return searchPackages; } }
-
-        public string SelectedPackage
-        {
-            get { return PackageFilter.All == Filter ? selectedSearchPackage : selectedListPackage; }
-            set
-            {
-                if (PackageFilter.All == Filter)
-                    selectedSearchPackage = value;
-                else
-                    selectedListPackage = value;
-            }
-        }
-        
-        private PackageCollection()
-        {
-            packages = new Dictionary();
-
-            listPackagesOffline = new List();
-            listPackages = new List();
-            searchPackages = new List();
-
-            packageErrors = new List();
-
-            listPackagesVersion = 0;
-            listPackagesOfflineVersion = 0;
-
-            searchOperationOngoing = false;
-            listOperationOngoing = false;
-            listOperationOfflineOngoing = false;
-
-            Filter = PackageFilter.All;
-        }
-
-        public bool SetFilter(PackageFilter value, bool refresh = true)
-        {
-            if (value == Filter) 
-                return false;
-            
-            Filter = value;
-            if (refresh)
-            {
-                UpdatePackageCollection();
-            }
-            return true;
-        }
-
-        public void UpdatePackageCollection(bool rebuildDictionary = false)
-        {
-            if (rebuildDictionary)
-            {
-                lastUpdateTime = DateTime.Now.ToString("HH:mm");
-                RebuildPackageDictionary();
-            }
-            if (packages.Any())
-                OnPackagesChanged(OrderedPackages());
-        }
-
-        internal void FetchListOfflineCache(bool forceRefetch = false)
-        {
-            if (!forceRefetch && (listOperationOfflineOngoing || listPackagesOffline.Any())) return;
-            if (listOperationOffline != null)
-                listOperationOffline.Cancel();
-            listOperationOfflineOngoing = true;
-            listOperationOffline = OperationFactory.Instance.CreateListOperation(true);
-            listOperationOffline.OnOperationFinalized += () =>
-            {
-                listOperationOfflineOngoing = false;
-                UpdatePackageCollection(true);
-            };
-            listOperationOffline.GetPackageListAsync(
-                infos =>
-                {
-                    var version = listPackagesVersion;
-                    UpdateListPackageInfosOffline(infos, version);
-                },
-                error => { Debug.LogError("Error fetching package list (offline mode)."); });
-        }
-
-        internal void FetchListCache(bool forceRefetch = false)
-        {
-            if (!forceRefetch && (listOperationOngoing || listPackages.Any())) return;
-            if (listOperation != null)
-                listOperation.Cancel();
-            listOperationOngoing = true;
-            listOperation = OperationFactory.Instance.CreateListOperation();
-            listOperation.OnOperationFinalized += () =>
-            {
-                listOperationOngoing = false;
-                UpdatePackageCollection(true);
-            };
-            listOperation.GetPackageListAsync(UpdateListPackageInfos,
-                error => { Debug.LogError("Error fetching package list."); });
-            ListSignal.SetOperation(listOperation);
-        }
-
-        internal void FetchSearchCache(bool forceRefetch = false)
-        {
-            if (!forceRefetch && (searchOperationOngoing || searchPackages.Any())) return;
-            if (searchOperation != null)
-                searchOperation.Cancel();
-            searchOperationOngoing = true;
-            searchOperation = OperationFactory.Instance.CreateSearchOperation();
-            searchOperation.OnOperationFinalized += () =>
-            {
-                searchOperationOngoing = false;
-                UpdatePackageCollection(true);
-            };
-            searchOperation.GetAllPackageAsync(UpdateSearchPackageInfos,
-                error => { Debug.LogError("Error searching packages online."); });
-            SearchSignal.SetOperation(searchOperation);
-        }
-
-        private void UpdateListPackageInfosOffline(IEnumerable newInfos, int version)
-        {
-            listPackagesOfflineVersion = version;
-            listPackagesOffline = newInfos.Where(p => p.IsUserVisible).ToList();
-        }
-
-        private void UpdateListPackageInfos(IEnumerable newInfos)
-        {
-            // Each time we fetch list packages, the cache for offline mode will be updated
-            // We keep track of the list packages version so that we know which version of cache
-            // we are getting with the offline fetch operation.
-            listPackagesVersion++;
-            listPackages = newInfos.Where(p => p.IsUserVisible).ToList();
-            listPackagesOffline = listPackages;
-        }
-
-        private void UpdateSearchPackageInfos(IEnumerable newInfos)
-        {
-            searchPackages = newInfos.Where(p => p.IsUserVisible).ToList();
-        }
-
-        private IEnumerable OrderedPackages()
-        {
-            return packages.Values.OrderBy(pkg => pkg.Versions.LastOrDefault() == null ? pkg.Name : pkg.Versions.Last().DisplayName).AsEnumerable();
-        }
-
-        public Package GetPackageByName(string name)
-        {
-            Package package;
-            packages.TryGetValue(name, out package);
-            return package;
-        }
-
-        public Error GetPackageError(Package package)
-        {
-            if (null == package) return null;
-            var firstMatchingError = packageErrors.FirstOrDefault(p => p.PackageName == package.Name);
-            return firstMatchingError != null ? firstMatchingError.Error : null;
-        }
-
-        public void AddPackageError(Package package, Error error)
-        {
-            if (null == package || null == error) return;
-            packageErrors.Add(new PackageError(package.Name, error));
-        }
-
-        public void RemovePackageErrors(Package package)
-        {
-            if (null == package) return;
-            packageErrors.RemoveAll(p => p.PackageName == package.Name);
-        }
-
-        private void RebuildPackageDictionary()
-        {
-            // Merge list & search packages
-            var allPackageInfos = new List(LatestListPackages);
-            var installedPackageIds = new HashSet(allPackageInfos.Select(p => p.PackageId));
-            allPackageInfos.AddRange(searchPackages.Where(p => !installedPackageIds.Contains(p.PackageId)));
-
-            if (!PackageManagerPrefs.ShowPreviewPackages)
-            {
-                allPackageInfos = allPackageInfos.Where(p => !p.IsPreRelease || installedPackageIds.Contains(p.PackageId)).ToList();
-            }
-
-            // Rebuild packages dictionary
-            packages.Clear();
-            foreach (var p in allPackageInfos)
-            {
-                var packageName = p.Name;
-                if (packages.ContainsKey(packageName))
-                    continue;
-
-                var packageQuery = from pkg in allPackageInfos where pkg.Name == packageName select pkg;
-                var package = new Package(packageName, packageQuery);
-                packages[packageName] = package;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageCollection.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageCollection.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index fe9f6d83..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageCollection.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 61d72cb49da3040d5ade3edfd6eccfc1
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageError.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageError.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 822a9c5d..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageError.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    [Serializable]
-    internal class PackageError
-    {
-        public string PackageName;
-        public Error Error;
-
-        public PackageError(string packageName, Error error)
-        {
-            PackageName = packageName;
-            Error = error;
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageError.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageError.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 14cfef18..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageError.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: b7c10e584b708734ba6141e7d4797931
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageFilter.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageFilter.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index fa675ac1..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageFilter.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    [Serializable]
-    internal enum PackageFilter
-    {
-        None,
-        All,
-        Local,
-        Modules
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageFilter.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageFilter.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c9e690a..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageFilter.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 03ffb9844f8d40e8a2f59dd2aff561eb
-timeCreated: 1508251051
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageGroupOrigins.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageGroupOrigins.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 48b5565f..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageGroupOrigins.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal enum PackageGroupOrigins
-    {
-        Packages,
-        BuiltInPackages
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageGroupOrigins.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageGroupOrigins.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index c1c25b88..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageGroupOrigins.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 0e372f1bbea04aa9bd68055d4105bd84
-timeCreated: 1508855779
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfo.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfo.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cbb24d6..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfo.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Linq;
-using Semver;
-using System.IO;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    [Serializable]
-    internal class PackageInfo : IEquatable
-    {
-        // Module package.json files contain a documentation url embedded in the description.
-        // We parse that to have the "View Documentation" button direct to it, instead of showing
-        // the link in the description text.
-        private const string builtinPackageDocsUrlKey = "Scripting API: ";
-
-        public string Name;
-        public string DisplayName;
-        private string _PackageId;
-        public SemVersion Version;
-        public string Description;
-        public string Category;
-        public PackageState State;
-        public bool IsCurrent;
-        public bool IsLatest;
-        public string Group;
-        public PackageSource Origin;
-        public List Errors;
-        public bool IsVerified;
-        public string Author;
-
-        public PackageManager.PackageInfo Info { get; set; }
-        
-        public string PackageId {
-            get
-            {
-                if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(_PackageId )) 
-                    return _PackageId;
-                return string.Format("{0}@{1}", Name.ToLower(), Version);
-            }
-            set
-            {
-                _PackageId = value;
-            }
-        }
-
-        // This will always be @, even for an embedded package.
-        public string VersionId { get { return string.Format("{0}@{1}", Name.ToLower(), Version); } }
-        public string ShortVersionId { get { return string.Format("{0}@{1}", Name.ToLower(), Version.ShortVersion()); } }
-
-        public string BuiltInDescription { get {
-            if (IsBuiltIn)
-                return string.Format("This built in package controls the presence of the {0} module.", DisplayName);
-            else
-                return Description.Split(new[] {builtinPackageDocsUrlKey}, StringSplitOptions.None)[0];
-        } }
-
-        private static Version ParseShortVersion(string shortVersionId)
-        {
-            try
-            {
-                var versionToken = shortVersionId.Split('@')[1];
-                return new Version(versionToken);
-            }
-            catch (Exception)
-            {
-                // Keep default version 0.0 on exception
-                return new Version();
-            }
-        }
-
-        // Method content must be matched in package manager UI
-        public static string GetPackageUrlRedirect(string packageName, string shortVersionId)
-        {
-            var redirectUrl = "";
-            if (packageName == "com.unity.ads")
-                redirectUrl = "https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAds.html";
-            else if (packageName == "com.unity.analytics")
-            {
-                if (ParseShortVersion(shortVersionId) < new Version(3, 2))
-                    redirectUrl = "https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalytics.html";
-            }
-            else if (packageName == "com.unity.purchasing")
-                redirectUrl = "https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityIAP.html";
-            else if (packageName == "com.unity.standardevents")
-                redirectUrl = "https://docs.unity3d.com/Manual/UnityAnalyticsStandardEvents.html";
-            else if (packageName == "com.unity.xiaomi")
-                redirectUrl = "https://unity3d.com/cn/partners/xiaomi/guide";
-            else if (packageName == "com.unity.shadergraph")
-            {
-                if (ParseShortVersion(shortVersionId) < new Version(4, 1))
-                    redirectUrl = "https://github.com/Unity-Technologies/ShaderGraph/wiki";
-            }
-
-            return redirectUrl;
-        }
-
-        public bool RedirectsToManual(PackageInfo packageInfo)
-        {
-            return !string.IsNullOrEmpty(GetPackageUrlRedirect(packageInfo.Name, packageInfo.ShortVersionId));
-        }
-
-        public bool HasChangelog(PackageInfo packageInfo)
-        {
-            // Packages with no docs have no third party notice
-            return !RedirectsToManual(packageInfo);
-        }
-
-        public string GetDocumentationUrl()
-        {
-            if (IsBuiltIn)
-            {
-                if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(Description))
-                {
-                    var split = Description.Split(new[] {builtinPackageDocsUrlKey}, StringSplitOptions.None);
-                    if (split.Length > 1)
-                        return split[1];
-                }
-            }
-            return string.Format("http://docs.unity3d.com/Packages/{0}/index.html", ShortVersionId);
-        }
-
-        public string GetOfflineDocumentationUrl()
-        {
-            var docsFolder = Path.Combine(Info.resolvedPath, "Documentation~");
-            if (!Directory.Exists(docsFolder))
-                docsFolder = Path.Combine(Info.resolvedPath, "Documentation");
-            if (Directory.Exists(docsFolder))
-            {
-                var mdFiles = Directory.GetFiles(docsFolder, "*.md", SearchOption.TopDirectoryOnly);
-                var docsMd = mdFiles.FirstOrDefault(d => Path.GetFileName(d).ToLower() == "index.md")
-                    ?? mdFiles.FirstOrDefault(d => Path.GetFileName(d).ToLower() == "tableofcontents.md") ?? mdFiles.FirstOrDefault();
-                if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(docsMd))
-                    return new Uri(docsMd).AbsoluteUri;
-            }
-            return string.Empty;
-        }
-
-        public string GetChangelogUrl()
-        {
-            return string.Format("http://docs.unity3d.com/Packages/{0}/changelog/CHANGELOG.html", ShortVersionId);
-        }
-
-        public string GetOfflineChangelogUrl()
-        {
-            var changelogFile = Path.Combine(Info.resolvedPath, "CHANGELOG.md");
-            return File.Exists(changelogFile) ? new Uri(changelogFile).AbsoluteUri : string.Empty;
-        }
-
-        public string GetLicensesUrl()
-        {
-            var url = string.Format("http://docs.unity3d.com/Packages/{0}/license/index.html", ShortVersionId);
-            if (RedirectsToManual(this))
-                url = "https://unity3d.com/legal/licenses/Unity_Companion_License";
-
-            return url;
-        }
-
-        public string GetOfflineLicensesUrl()
-        {
-            var licenseFile = Path.Combine(Info.resolvedPath, "LICENSE.md");
-            return File.Exists(licenseFile) ? new Uri(licenseFile).AbsoluteUri : string.Empty;
-        }
-
-        public bool Equals(PackageInfo other)
-        {
-            if (other == null) 
-                return false;
-            if (other == this)
-                return true;
-            
-            return Name == other.Name && Version == other.Version;
-        }
-
-        public override int GetHashCode()
-        {
-            return PackageId.GetHashCode();
-        }
-
-        public bool HasVersionTag(string tag)
-        {
-            if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(Version.Prerelease))
-                return false;
-
-            return String.Equals(Version.Prerelease.Split('.').First(), tag, StringComparison.CurrentCultureIgnoreCase);
-        }
-
-        public bool HasVersionTag(PackageTag tag)
-        {
-            return HasVersionTag(tag.ToString());
-        }
-
-        // Is it a pre-release (alpha/beta/experimental/preview)?
-        //        Current logic is any tag is considered pre-release, except recommended
-        public bool IsPreRelease
-        {
-            get { return !string.IsNullOrEmpty(Version.Prerelease) || Version.Major == 0; }
-        }
-
-        public bool IsPreview
-        {
-            get { return HasVersionTag(PackageTag.preview) || Version.Major == 0; }
-        }
-
-        // A version is user visible if it has a supported tag (or no tag at all)
-        public bool IsUserVisible
-        {
-            get { return IsCurrent || string.IsNullOrEmpty(Version.Prerelease) || HasVersionTag(PackageTag.preview) || IsVerified; }
-        }
-
-        public bool IsInDevelopment { get { return Origin == PackageSource.Embedded; } }
-        public bool IsLocal { get { return Origin == PackageSource.Local; } }
-        public bool IsBuiltIn { get { return Origin == PackageSource.BuiltIn; } }
-        
-        public string VersionWithoutTag { get { return Version.VersionOnly(); } }
-        
-        public bool IsVersionLocked
-        {
-            get { return Origin == PackageSource.Embedded || Origin == PackageSource.Git || Origin == PackageSource.BuiltIn; }
-        }
-
-        public bool CanBeRemoved
-        {
-            get { return Origin == PackageSource.Registry || Origin == PackageSource.BuiltIn || Origin == PackageSource.Local; }
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfo.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfo.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index ecbb79f3..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfo.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: b9f324f08cd904ec986357c98dd9eaa6
-timeCreated: 1502224642
-licenseType: Pro
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfoListExtensions.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfoListExtensions.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 455b874c..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfoListExtensions.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Linq;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal static class PackageInfoListExtensions
-    {
-        public static IEnumerable ByName(this IEnumerable list, string name)
-        {
-            return from package in list where package.Name == name select package;
-        }
-
-        public static void SetCurrent(this IEnumerable list, bool current = true)
-        {
-            foreach (var package in list)
-            {
-                package.IsCurrent = current;
-            }
-        }
-
-        public static void SetLatest(this IEnumerable list, bool latest = true)
-        {
-            foreach (var package in list)
-            {
-                package.IsLatest = latest;
-            }
-        }
-
-        public static void SetGroup(this IEnumerable list, string group)
-        {
-            foreach (var package in list)
-            {
-                package.Group = group;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfoListExtensions.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfoListExtensions.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b025fbd..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageInfoListExtensions.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: a7b89acd74e047778b42209a7a733d39
-timeCreated: 1505740214
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageJsonHelper.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageJsonHelper.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index f6c35553..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageJsonHelper.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-using System.IO;
-using UnityEngine;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class PackageJsonHelper
-    {
-        [SerializeField]
-        private string name = string.Empty;
-
-        private string path = string.Empty;
-
-        public static string GetPackagePath(string jsonPath)
-        {
-            return Path.GetDirectoryName(jsonPath).Replace("\\", "/");
-        }
-
-        public static PackageJsonHelper Load(string path)
-        {
-            // If the path is a directory, find the `package.json` file path
-            var jsonPath = Directory.Exists(path) ? Path.Combine(path, "package.json") : path;
-            if (!File.Exists(jsonPath))
-                return null;
-            var packageJson = JsonUtility.FromJson(File.ReadAllText(jsonPath));
-            packageJson.path = GetPackagePath(jsonPath);
-            return string.IsNullOrEmpty(packageJson.name) ? null : packageJson;
-        }
-
-        public PackageInfo PackageInfo
-        {
-            get { return new PackageInfo {PackageId = string.Format("{0}@file:{1}", name, path)}; }
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageJsonHelper.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageJsonHelper.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 23733c14..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageJsonHelper.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: b9374526debed24449d75f8cc6d0103f
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageListExtensions.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageListExtensions.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 6b503d1b..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageListExtensions.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Linq;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal static class PackageListExtensions
-    {
-        public static IEnumerable Current(this IEnumerable list)
-        {
-            return (from package in list where package.Current != null select package);
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageListExtensions.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageListExtensions.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index c14bafe8..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageListExtensions.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 7a74094b34f74992a5121c0586ccf6ea
-timeCreated: 1506458921
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageOrigin.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageOrigin.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 83ee17cf..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageOrigin.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal enum PackageOrigin
-    {
-        Unknown,
-        Builtin,
-        Registry
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageOrigin.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageOrigin.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 793cd248..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageOrigin.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: a98bc92072da64d49a393088e55ce2a0
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageSearchFilter.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageSearchFilter.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 8586d350..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageSearchFilter.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    [Serializable]
-    internal class PackageSearchFilter
-    {
-        private static PackageSearchFilter instance = new PackageSearchFilter();
-        public static PackageSearchFilter Instance { get { return instance; } }
-
-        public string SearchText { get; set; }
-        
-        public static void InitInstance(ref PackageSearchFilter value)
-        {
-            if (value == null)  // UI window opened
-                value = instance;
-            else // Domain reload
-                instance = value;
-        }
-
-        public void ResetSearch()
-        {
-            SearchText = string.Empty;
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageSearchFilter.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageSearchFilter.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 124d4e1c..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageSearchFilter.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 8d65a43500ec84d9186cb6d9ab681277
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageState.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageState.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 5111f851..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageState.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal enum PackageState {
-        UpToDate,
-        Outdated,
-        InProgress,
-        Error
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageState.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageState.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index e65d32e2..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageState.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 0a822dba3d5c4c85b150866e5442a5ec
-timeCreated: 1505740158
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageTag.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageTag.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e8bf1cb..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageTag.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal enum PackageTag
-    {
-        preview,
-        verified,
-        inDevelopment,
-        local
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageTag.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageTag.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 4891ba8e..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Packages/PackageTag.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 2a3f4f8c4e2df41108f55825c24ff694
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index e472f442..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 669717f3193a457b9bad9665ebcae836
-timeCreated: 1504191654
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmAddOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmAddOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 5b61a72f..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmAddOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using UnityEditor.PackageManager.Requests;
-using System.Linq;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class UpmAddOperation : UpmBaseOperation, IAddOperation
-    {
-        public PackageInfo PackageInfo { get; protected set; }
-
-        public event Action OnOperationSuccess = delegate { };
-
-        public void AddPackageAsync(PackageInfo packageInfo, Action doneCallbackAction = null, Action errorCallbackAction = null)
-        {
-            PackageInfo = packageInfo;
-            OnOperationError += errorCallbackAction;
-            OnOperationSuccess += doneCallbackAction;
-
-            Start();
-        }
-
-        protected override Request CreateRequest()
-        {
-            return Client.Add(PackageInfo.PackageId);
-        }
-
-        protected override void ProcessData()
-        {
-            var request = CurrentRequest as AddRequest;
-            var package = FromUpmPackageInfo(request.Result).First();
-            OnOperationSuccess(package);
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmAddOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmAddOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 8fce3154..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmAddOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 9f091dea68a1452cb6c04a6dfa73d5f5
-timeCreated: 1504190581
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmBaseOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmBaseOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index f0063855..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmBaseOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,229 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Globalization;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using System.Linq;
-using Semver;
-using UnityEngine;
-using UnityEditor.PackageManager.Requests;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{    
-    internal abstract class UpmBaseOperation : IBaseOperation
-    {
-        public static string GroupName(PackageSource origin)
-        {
-            var group = PackageGroupOrigins.Packages.ToString();
-            if (origin == PackageSource.BuiltIn)
-                group = PackageGroupOrigins.BuiltInPackages.ToString();
-
-            return group;
-        }
-
-        protected static IEnumerable FromUpmPackageInfo(PackageManager.PackageInfo info, bool isCurrent=true)
-        {
-            var packages = new List();
-            var displayName = info.displayName;
-            if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(displayName))
-            {
-                displayName = info.name.Replace("com.unity.modules.", "");
-                displayName = displayName.Replace("com.unity.", "");
-                displayName = new CultureInfo("en-US").TextInfo.ToTitleCase(displayName);
-            }
-
-            string author = info.author.name;
-            if (string.IsNullOrEmpty(info.author.name) && info.name.StartsWith("com.unity."))
-                author = "Unity Technologies Inc.";
-
-            var lastCompatible = info.versions.latestCompatible;
-            var versions = new List();
-            versions.AddRange(info.versions.compatible);
-            if (versions.FindIndex(version => version == info.version) == -1)
-            {
-                versions.Add(info.version);
-
-                versions.Sort((left, right) =>
-                {
-                    if (left == null || right == null) return 0;
-                    
-                    SemVersion leftVersion = left;
-                    SemVersion righVersion = right;
-                    return leftVersion.CompareByPrecedence(righVersion);
-                });
-
-                SemVersion packageVersion = info.version;
-                if (!string.IsNullOrEmpty(lastCompatible))
-                {
-                    SemVersion lastCompatibleVersion =
-                        string.IsNullOrEmpty(lastCompatible) ? (SemVersion) null : lastCompatible;
-                    if (packageVersion != null && string.IsNullOrEmpty(packageVersion.Prerelease) &&
-                        packageVersion.CompareByPrecedence(lastCompatibleVersion) > 0)
-                        lastCompatible = info.version;
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    if (packageVersion != null && string.IsNullOrEmpty(packageVersion.Prerelease))
-                        lastCompatible = info.version;
-                }
-            }
-
-            foreach(var version in versions)
-            {
-                var isVersionCurrent = version == info.version && isCurrent;
-                var isBuiltIn = info.source == PackageSource.BuiltIn;
-                var isVerified = string.IsNullOrEmpty(SemVersion.Parse(version).Prerelease) && version == info.versions.recommended;
-                var state = (isBuiltIn || info.version == lastCompatible || !isCurrent ) ? PackageState.UpToDate : PackageState.Outdated;
-                
-                // Happens mostly when using a package that hasn't been in production yet.
-                if (info.versions.all.Length <= 0)
-                    state = PackageState.UpToDate;
-                
-                if (info.errors.Length > 0)
-                    state = PackageState.Error;
-
-                var packageInfo = new PackageInfo
-                {
-                    Name = info.name,
-                    DisplayName = displayName,
-                    PackageId = version == info.version ? info.packageId : null,
-                    Version = version,
-                    Description = info.description,
-                    Category = info.category,
-                    IsCurrent = isVersionCurrent,
-                    IsLatest = version == lastCompatible,
-                    IsVerified = isVerified,
-                    Errors = info.errors.ToList(),
-                    Group = GroupName(info.source),
-                    State = state,
-                    Origin = isBuiltIn || isVersionCurrent ? info.source : PackageSource.Registry,
-                    Author = author,
-                    Info = info
-                };
-                
-                packages.Add(packageInfo);
-            }
-
-            return packages;
-        }
-        
-        public static event Action OnOperationStart = delegate { };
-
-        public event Action OnOperationError = delegate { };
-        public event Action OnOperationFinalized = delegate { };
-        
-        public Error ForceError { get; set; }                // Allow external component to force an error on the requests (eg: testing)
-        public Error Error { get; protected set; }        // Keep last error
-        
-        public bool IsCompleted { get; private set; }
-
-        protected abstract Request CreateRequest();
-        
-        [SerializeField]
-        protected Request CurrentRequest;
-        public readonly ThreadedDelay Delay = new ThreadedDelay();
-
-        protected abstract void ProcessData();
-
-        protected void Start()
-        {
-            Error = null;
-            OnOperationStart(this);
-
-            Delay.Start();
-
-            if (TryForcedError())
-                return;
-
-            EditorApplication.update += Progress;
-        }
-
-        // Common progress code for all classes
-        private void Progress()
-        {
-            if (!Delay.IsDone)
-                return;
-
-            // Create the request after the delay
-            if (CurrentRequest == null)
-            {
-                CurrentRequest = CreateRequest();
-            }
-            
-            // Since CurrentRequest's error property is private, we need to simulate
-            // an error instead of just setting it.
-            if (TryForcedError())
-                return;
-            
-            if (CurrentRequest.IsCompleted)
-            {
-                if (CurrentRequest.Status == StatusCode.Success)
-                    OnDone();
-                else if (CurrentRequest.Status >= StatusCode.Failure)
-                    OnError(CurrentRequest.Error);
-                else
-                    Debug.LogError("Unsupported progress state " + CurrentRequest.Status);
-            }
-        }
-
-        private void OnError(Error error)
-        {
-            try
-            {
-                Error = error;
-
-                var message = "Cannot perform upm operation.";
-                if (error != null)
-                    message = "Cannot perform upm operation: " + Error.message + " [" + Error.errorCode + "]";
-                
-                Debug.LogError(message);
-
-                OnOperationError(Error);
-            }
-            catch (Exception exception)
-            {
-                Debug.LogError("Package Manager Window had an error while reporting an error in an operation: " + exception);                
-            }
-
-            FinalizeOperation();
-        }
-
-        private void OnDone()
-        {
-            try
-            {
-                ProcessData();
-            }
-            catch (Exception error)
-            {
-                Debug.LogError("Package Manager Window had an error while completing an operation: " + error);
-            }
-
-            FinalizeOperation();
-        }
-
-        private void FinalizeOperation()
-        {
-            EditorApplication.update -= Progress;
-            OnOperationFinalized();
-            IsCompleted = true;
-        }
-
-        public void Cancel()
-        {
-            EditorApplication.update -= Progress;
-            OnOperationError = delegate { };
-            OnOperationFinalized = delegate { };
-            IsCompleted = true;
-        }
-
-        private bool TryForcedError()
-        {
-            if (ForceError != null)
-            {
-                OnError(ForceError);
-                return true;
-            }
-
-            return false;
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmBaseOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmBaseOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index c40f1ae6..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmBaseOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 4e830e2dbc3315b4b97cd5311a54e4fe
-timeCreated: 1502918867
-licenseType: Free
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmListOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmListOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 44e4483a..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmListOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using UnityEngine;
-using UnityEditor.PackageManager.Requests;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class UpmListOperation : UpmBaseOperation, IListOperation
-    {
-        [SerializeField]
-        private Action> _doneCallbackAction;
-
-        public UpmListOperation(bool offlineMode) : base() 
-        {
-            OfflineMode = offlineMode;
-        }
-
-        public bool OfflineMode { get; set; }
-
-        public void GetPackageListAsync(Action> doneCallbackAction, Action errorCallbackAction = null)
-        {
-            this._doneCallbackAction = doneCallbackAction;
-            OnOperationError += errorCallbackAction;
-            
-            Start();
-        }
-
-        protected override Request CreateRequest()
-        {
-            return Client.List(OfflineMode);            
-        }
-
-        protected override void ProcessData()
-        {
-            var request = CurrentRequest as ListRequest;
-            var packages = new List();
-            foreach (var upmPackage in request.Result)
-            {
-                var packageInfos = FromUpmPackageInfo(upmPackage);
-                packages.AddRange(packageInfos);
-            }
-
-            _doneCallbackAction(packages);
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmListOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmListOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 7bdf412c..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmListOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 9a2c874c382e2419184b302497279dd9
-timeCreated: 1502224642
-licenseType: Pro
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmOperationFactory.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmOperationFactory.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index a62a9a96..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmOperationFactory.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class UpmOperationFactory : IOperationFactory
-    {
-        public IListOperation CreateListOperation(bool offlineMode = false)
-        {
-            return new UpmListOperation(offlineMode);
-        }
-
-        public ISearchOperation CreateSearchOperation()
-        {
-            return new UpmSearchOperation();
-        }
-
-        public IAddOperation CreateAddOperation()
-        {
-            return new UpmAddOperation();
-        }
-
-        public IRemoveOperation CreateRemoveOperation()
-        {
-            return new UpmRemoveOperation();
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmOperationFactory.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmOperationFactory.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 48ffd8c7..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmOperationFactory.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: e6925bb38494e6a43ba0921e65e424fe
-timeCreated: 1502915478
-licenseType: Free
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmRemoveOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmRemoveOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 869bd5b5..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmRemoveOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using UnityEngine;
-using UnityEditor.PackageManager.Requests;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class UpmRemoveOperation : UpmBaseOperation, IRemoveOperation
-    {
-        [SerializeField]
-        private PackageInfo _package;
-
-        public event Action OnOperationSuccess = delegate { };
-
-        public void RemovePackageAsync(PackageInfo package, Action doneCallbackAction = null,  Action errorCallbackAction = null)
-        {
-            _package = package;
-            OnOperationError += errorCallbackAction;
-            OnOperationSuccess += doneCallbackAction;
-
-            Start();
-        }
-
-        protected override Request CreateRequest()
-        {
-            return Client.Remove(_package.Name);
-        }
-
-        protected override void ProcessData()
-        {
-            OnOperationSuccess(_package);
-        }
-    }
-}
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmRemoveOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmRemoveOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 65f31db9..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmRemoveOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: d5a61f8cc87394b28aec6b88b4083217
-MonoImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  serializedVersion: 2
-  defaultReferences: []
-  executionOrder: 0
-  icon: {instanceID: 0}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmSearchOperation.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmSearchOperation.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index f6faf6d8..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmSearchOperation.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using System.Collections.Generic;
-using UnityEngine;
-using UnityEditor.PackageManager.Requests;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-    internal class UpmSearchOperation : UpmBaseOperation, ISearchOperation
-    {
-        [SerializeField]
-        private Action> _doneCallbackAction;
-
-        public void GetAllPackageAsync(Action> doneCallbackAction = null, Action errorCallbackAction = null)
-        {
-            _doneCallbackAction = doneCallbackAction;
-            OnOperationError += errorCallbackAction;
-            
-            Start();
-        }
-
-        protected override Request CreateRequest()
-        {
-            return Client.SearchAll();            
-        }
-
-        protected override void ProcessData()
-        {
-            var request = CurrentRequest as SearchRequest;
-            var packages = new List();
-            foreach (var upmPackage in request.Result)
-            {
-                var packageInfos = FromUpmPackageInfo(upmPackage, false);
-                packages.AddRange(packageInfos);
-            }
-            _doneCallbackAction(packages);
-        }
-    }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmSearchOperation.cs.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmSearchOperation.cs.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index af4deb33..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/Services/Upm/UpmSearchOperation.cs.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: ef5a2781610c4f12a79939f717f789cf
-timeCreated: 1508160183
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 26a14173..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 301fbaa0e62e44fd2a7383bd338a2898
-folderAsset: yes
-timeCreated: 1502224642
-licenseType: Pro
-DefaultImporter:
-  externalObjects: {}
-  userData: 
-  assetBundleName: 
-  assetBundleVariant: 
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI/Common.meta b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI/Common.meta
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b43bd64..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI/Common.meta
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-fileFormatVersion: 2
-guid: 42064bc130be4c44b288d249a44b356f
-timeCreated: 1504191962
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI/Common/Alert.cs b/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI/Common/Alert.cs
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a4ca34e..00000000
--- a/unity/EVPreprocessing/Library/PackageCache/com.unity.package-manager-ui@2.0.8/Editor/Sources/UI/Common/Alert.cs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-using System;
-using UnityEngine.Experimental.UIElements;
-
-namespace UnityEditor.PackageManager.UI
-{
-#if !UNITY_2018_3_OR_NEWER
-    internal class AlertFactory : UxmlFactory
-    {
-        protected override Alert DoCreate(IUxmlAttributes bag, CreationContext cc)
-        {
-            return new Alert();
-        }
-    }
-#endif
-
-    internal class Alert : VisualElement
-    {
-#if UNITY_2018_3_OR_NEWER
-        internal new class UxmlFactory : UxmlFactory { }
-#endif
-
-        private const string TemplatePath = PackageManagerWindow.ResourcesPath + "Templates/Alert.uxml";
-        private readonly VisualElement root;
-        private const float originalPositionRight = 5.0f;
-        private const float positionRightWithScroll = 12.0f;
-
-        public Action OnCloseError;
-
-        public Alert()
-        {
-            UIUtils.SetElementDisplay(this, false);
-
-            root = AssetDatabase.LoadAssetAtPath(TemplatePath).CloneTree(null);
-            Add(root);
-            root.StretchToParentSize();
-
-            CloseButton.clickable.clicked += () =>
-            {
-                if (null != OnCloseError)
-                    OnCloseError();
-                ClearError();
-            };
-        }
-
-        public void SetError(Error error)
-        {
-            var message = "An error occured.";
-            if (error != null)
-                message = error.message ?? string.Format("An error occurred ({0})", error.errorCode.ToString());
-
-            AlertMessage.text = message;
-            UIUtils.SetElementDisplay(this, true);
-        }
-
-        public void ClearError()
-        {
-            UIUtils.SetElementDisplay(this, false);
-            AdjustSize(false);
-            AlertMessage.text = "";
-            OnCloseError = null;
-        }
-
-        public void AdjustSize(bool verticalScrollerVisible)
-        {
-            if (verticalScrollerVisible)
-                style.positionRight = originalPositionRight + positionRightWithScroll;
-            else
-                style.positionRight = originalPositionRight;
-        }
-
-        private Label AlertMessage { get { return root.Q